Skip to main content

Full text of "Pearl Harbor attack : hearings before the Joint Committee on the investigation of the Pearl Harbor attack, Congress of the United States, Seventy-ninth Congress, first session, pursuant to S. Con. Res. 27, 79th Congress, a concurrent resolution authorizing an investigation of the attack on Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941, and events and circumstances relating thereto .."

See other formats


rF 


t 


<\"}i4\i^_qa;l\^  \(\X 


^% 


Given  By 
U,   S.  SUPT.  Ul-    DOCUMENTS 


3^ 


PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


HEARINGS 

'  BEFORE  THE 

JOINT  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  INVESTIGATION 
OF  THE  PEARL  HARBOK  ATTACK 

CONGEESS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  l2>%7 
SEVENTY-NINTH  CONGRESS        ,  9^- 

FIRST  SESSION  /  ^O 

PURSUANT  TO  //«// 

S.  Con.  Res.  27  ^^- 

A    CONCURRENT    RESOLUTION    AUTHORIZING    AN 

INVESTIGATION  OF  THE  ATTACK  ON  PEARL 

HARBOR     ON     DECEMBER     7,     1941,     AND 

EVENTS  AND  CIRCUMSTANCES 

RELATING  THERETO 


PART  28 
PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the 
Joint  Committee  on  the  Investigation  of  the  Pearl  Harbor  Attack 


O 


PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


//■ 


HEARINGS 

C^,'^^  -     •       .         ■  DEFOKE   THE 

JOINT  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  INVESTIGATION 
OF  THE  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

conCtEess  of  the  united  states 

SEVENTY-NIXTH  CONGRESS 

FIItST  SESSION 
PURSUANT  TO 

S.  Con.  Res.  27 


''J>761 


A  CONCUKFvENT  RESOLUTION  AUTHORIZING  AN 

INVESTIGATION  OF  THE  ATTACK  ON  PEARL 

HARBOR    ON    DECEMBER    7,    1941,    AND 

EVENTS  AND  CIRCUMSTANCES 

RELATING  THERETO 


PART  28 
PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the 
Joint  Committee  on  the  Investigation  of  the  Pearl  Harbor  Attack 


UNITED  STATES 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE 

WASHINGTON  :   1943 


«•  «•  SUPtRimwoWr  Of  OOCUMENTS 

AUG  13  1946 


"-2)767 


JOINT  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  INVESTIGATION  OF  THE  PEARL 
HAIJBOR  ATTACK 

ALBEN  W.  BARKLEY,  Senator  from  Kentucky,  Chairman 
JERE  COOPER,  Representative  from  Tennessee,  Vice  Chairman 
WALTER  F.  GEORGE,  Senator  from  Georgia     JOHN    W.    MURPHY,    Representative    from 
SCOTT  W.  IjUCAS,  Senator  from  Illinois  Pennsylvania 

OWEN  BREWSTER,  Senator  from  Maine  BERTRAND    W.    GEARHART,    Representa- 

HOMER  FERGUSON,    Senator  from   Mielii-         tive  from  California 

gan  FRANK    B.    KEEFE,    Representative    from 

J.    BAYARD    CLARK,    Representative   from         Wisconsin 
North  Carolina 


COUNSEL 


(Through  January  14,  194G) 
William  D.  JMitchell,  General  Counsel 
Gerhard  A.  Gesell,  Chief  Assistant  Counsel 
JULE  M.  Hanxaford,  Assistant  Counsel 
JOHN  E.  ;masten,  Assistant  Counsel 

(After  January  14,  1946) 
Seth  W.  Richardson,  General  Counsel 
Samuel  H.  Kaufman.  Associate  General  Counsel 
John  E.  Masten,  Assistant  Counsel 
Edward  P.  Morgan,  Assistant  Counsel 
LOGAN  J.  Lane,  Assistant  Counsel 


HEARINGS  OF  JOINT  COMMITTEE 


Part 

Pages 

Transcript 

Hearings 

No. 

pages 

1 

1-  399 

1-  1058 

Nov. 

.  15,  16,  17,  19,  20,  and  21,  1945. 

2 

401-  982 

1059-  2586 

Nov, 

.  23,  24,  26  to  30,   Dec.  3  and  4,  1945, 

3 

983-1583 

2587-  4194 

Dec. 

5,  6,  7,  8,  10,  11,  12,  and  13,  1945. 

4 

1585-2063 

4195-  5460 

Dec. 

14,  15,  17,  18,  19,  20,  and  21,  1945. 

5 

2065-2492 

5461-  6646 

Dec. 

31,  1945,  and  Jan.  2,  3,  4,  and  5,  1946. 

6 

2493-2920 

6647-  7888 

Jan. 

15,  16,  17,  18,  19,  and  21,  1946. 

7 

2921-3378 

78S9-  9107 

Jan. 

22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  28  and  29,  1946., 

8 

3379-3927 

9108-10517 

Jan. 

30,  31,  Feb.  1,  2,  4,  5,  and  6,  1946. 

9 

3929-4599 

10518-12277 

Feb. 

7,  8,  9,  11,  12,  13,  and  14,  1946. 

10 

4601-5151 

12278-13708 

Feb. 

15,  16,  18,  19,  and  20,  1946. 

11 

5153-5560 

13709-14765 

Apr. 

9  and  11,  and  JNIav  23  and  31,  1946. 

EXHIBITS  OF  JOINT  COMMITTEE 


Part 
No. 


12 
13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  through  25 

26 

27  through  31 

32  through  33 

34 

35 

36  through  38 

39 


Exhibits  Nos. 

1  through  6. 

7  and  8. 

9  through  43. 

44  through  87. 

88  through  110. 

Ill  through  128. 

129  through  156. 

157  through  172. 

173  through  179. 

180  through  183,  and  Exhibits-Illustrations. 

Roberts  Commission  Proceedings. 

Hart  Inquiry  Proceedings. 

Army  Pearl  Harljor  Board  Proceedings. 

Navy  Court  of  Inquiry  Proceedings. 

Clarke  Investigation  Proceedings. 

Clau.sen  Investigation  Proceedings. 

Hewitt  Inquiry  Proceedings. 

Reports  of  Roberts  Commission,  Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board, 
Navy  Court  of  Inquiry  and  Hewitt  Inquiry,  with  endorse- 
ments. 


Ill 


IV 


CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


<J 

« 

H 

S 

>- 

Eh 

M 

^ 

o 

t3 

u 

►J 

o 

is 

K* 

h-t 

o 

w 

rr 

W 

M 

W 

« 

jH 

O 

g 

Q 

03 

W 

M 

tH 

c« 

J5 
■  W 

< 

H 

<! 

3 
o 

W 

fa 
O 


Joint 

Congressional 
Committee, 

Nov.  15,  1945, 

to  May  31, 

1946 

1I1IIIII1III1— (COC5lllll(MI 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiOKM^iiiiilMi 

1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      i(N      1  CC  lO      1      1      1      1      1  — 1      1 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiOiCOCOiiiiiuOi 

«      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1     1        III        1      1      1      1      1     1        1 

taiiiiiiiiiiiiiOJi-^OiiiiiOSI 

a      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1  CO      1  .-1  lO      1      1      1      1      1  00      1 

Hi      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1  (M      1  00  T      1      1      1      1      1  O      1 

liiiiiiiiiiiiiOiCOCOiiiiiOi 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

149      J 

(Hewitt 

Inquiry, 

May  14  to 

July  11,  1945) 

1    I    1    1    1    1    I    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1     lo    I    1    1    1    1    1    1 

2      1      1      1      1      1      1      1 ii-J II 

S,      1        1        1        1        1       1       1        1        I        1        1        1        1       1       1        1      1          1       1       1       1        1       1       ! 

III 1   1  -Tt< II 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

148 

(Clausen 

Investigation, 

Nov.  23,  1944, 

to  Sept.  12, 

1945) 

Pages 

64' 

194 
59-63 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

147 

(Clarlte 

Investigation, 

Sept.  14  to 

16,  1944;  July 

13  to  Aui^. 

4,  1945) 

Vol. 



Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

146 

(Navy  Court 

of  Inquiry, 

July  24  to 

Oct.  19,  1944) 

Pages 
"660-688' 

Joint 

Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

145 
(Army  Pearl 
Harbor  Board, 

July  20  to 
Oct.  20,  1944) 

Pages 

3105-3120' 

2479-2491 

4022-4027" 
148-186 

2567-25S0" 

3972-3988 

2492-2515 

1575-1643" 

3720-3749' 
1186-1220 

1413-1442' 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

144 

(Hart  Inquiry, 

Feb.  12  to 
Juno  15,  1944) 

1       1       1      1  CO      1       1       1       1      1       1       1       1       1       1       1 -rf       1       1       1       1      1      1       1 

1       1       1      lO 1      1       1       iCO       1       1      1       1      1      1       1 

KllllCOliillliillli-i 1 

^     1       1      1      1     1        1       1       1       1       1       1       1       1       1      1       1     1 1 

.e     1      1      1      1 1-1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      I      1      1      1  LO      1      1      1      1      1      1      1 

^1     1      1      1      lOi      1 .-1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1 

1      1      1      lOO      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1.-I      1      1      1      1      1      1      1 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

143 

(Roberta 

Commission, 

Dec.  IS,  1941, 

to  Jan.  23, 1942) 

Pages 
203-209 

1127-1138 
1033-1038 

1719-1721' 

1219-1224' 

"888-951' 
1382-1399 

"'377-389' 
1224-1229 

"'314-320' 

6 
a 

% 

Allen,  Brooke  E.,  Maj 

Allen,  Riley  H 

Anderson,  Edward  B.,  Maj 

Anderson,  Ray 

Anderson,  Walter  S.,  Rear  Adm 

Anstey,  Alice 

Arnold,  II.  H.,  Gen 

Asher,  N.  F.,  Ens 

Ball,  N.  F.,  Ens 

Ballard,  Emma  Jane 

Barber,  Bruce  G 

Bartlett,  George  Francis 

Bates,  Paul  M.,  Lt.  Comdr 

Beardall,  John  R.,  Rear  Adm 

Beardall,  John  R.,  Jr.,  Ens 

Beatty,  Frank  E.,  Rear  Adm 

Bellinger,  P.  N.  L.,  Vice  Adm 

Benny,  Chris  J 

Benson,  Henry  P 

Berquist,  Kenneth  P.,  Col 

Berry,  Frank  M.,  S  1/c 

Betts,  Thomas  J.,  Brig.  Gen 

Bicknell,  George  W.,  Col 

Bissell,  John  T.,  Col 

INDEX   OF  WITNESSES 


i>  CO 

lO  o 

I    I 

»o  o 


05  CO 

00  oc 

iM  CO 


O  '^  00 
O  'H^  o 

I  c^jco 

LC  h-  00 


^  Oi 

^(X>(0 

(N  O 

COt^  CR 

Oi  en 

CDOOO 

C>5    1 

(N  CO    1 

1  00 

1    1  00 

OCl 

CCl>--i< 

--OC' 

o«:;  CO 

(M 

iC  o 

ca 

C<5  CO 

O  --^  '^  LO  O  CO 
CO  (N  Th  CC  CO  O 
o  c  i-^  C3  c;  r-H 
(M  -^  I  CO  CO  -^ 
I  I  CO  I  I  I 
lO  lO  Tti  00  CO  lO 
.-H  ,--  rt  iC  IM  O 

o  o      (N«:  o 

(N  Tfi        CO  CO  -* 


•tH  CD  »0 

oo  oi  lo 

r-<  1^  ^ 

CO    I    (M 

I    O    I 

O  CC  (M 

,-1      ^ 


o 


'a 

a; 

rt 

— 

O 

O 

- 

o 

o 

a 
o 
o 

a 

m 

"CC 


H      ^ 


Qi    O 

J3  bC 
O   (h 


Is 


pq« 


'O 


r-'     2     C 


T^h^ 


o 


<o 


■rA  iS  rt 


rSO 


gK 


■Kt:    -, 


=  .-^      .Ph 


C  p    .  o:^ 


^-  2  — C-^ 


^  o 


<5  o 


s 

7:> 


I— I  IcH 


o< 


,j_    ^    ^j    2j    _     - 

c  S  o  -^^  s:  c 
o  .2  o  o  o  3 

(h     ll     Ih     ^     (i     kn 

pqcqpqpqpQC 


'^  cq  ~  ^- 

c-piS  bc^-2^11 

ttWpqO 


^  c 


S  3 

Wpqi 


an  D  3  j3 
OQOOU 


O 


M 


.22  .^ 

2    C    '^' 


O 


n 


£} 

^S 


a  c  o 


c3   c3  'q 

oooooooo 


o  o  o  o  o 


Vr  CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


£    en    r^  lO    ^  -^ 


o  P 


*>  O  ^S 


W! 


1:2; 


-*  'T:  ^  ^ 
CQ  C£  fO  i-O 

c<)    I  (ra    I 

CO  -^  o  ^ 

(M  CS  <M 


O} 


(M 


«    m 


y.a 


i>3. 


Cc 


o-g       c3^  3*i 


96    "S  >-  _  S" 

^  t:  Z     <^  o  *-  2 

"S  —  ij  ,^  pJ  CC  o  ^ 


0(iq 


<1    t«*^^ 


I      I 

•^  CO 


00 


000 
CO  ^ 


O  o 

1-^  c  —    ' 


o  ^ 


Oh 


1  *P  t:^  cc  Gj .i£    -co 
OCo 


Oh 


■*  fO 


--<  CO  --• 
I     I  o 

0CO5  t^ 

t^  10 1-1 

r-H  CO 


00  LO  10 


o 
O 


a 


O 


o 


O      -       <5      -  o 
•S  >>  kT       C  Jo 

OOOOQQ 


B 
<^ 

i^  5- 

rt  ej  cp  a> 

fipfifi 


O  c3 


CZ2  tH 


c 

Cj 

Ph    •'" 

0! 

t$ 

W  1^ 

,£3 

03  0 

rr" 

^1-5 

ft 
(1) 

bi) 

n 

a  a 

V 

0  0 

U 

'-^ 

a  a 

QPflfl 

.00 


bC 


3J  T3 
.1^   O   O 


oS 

-1-=    1^     "  H-(  ^    >i 

'^  03  Q  c3t:pq 
p^  .bo  g^ 

f£;  s\o  H  f^  ^ 

S  9  S  S?'^^'^ 

P  S   3   >j  (^  u3 

QQQQWW 


INDEX   OF  WITNESSES 


VII 


o:2 


(M  CO 

.-I       I 

-+  o 


w 


p;*^ 


00  00 
Tt<o 

00  ^ 

I  ^ 

IM     I 

COLO 
CO  00 

CO 


(M  CO  lO 

lO  CO  00 
C^  .-I  (M 

I      I      I 

-.DTtH  CO 

1— I  lO  ■* 
i.O  (M  CO 
(N  ^  (M 


t^  00 

'^  CO 

^co 


CO  j>2(M 


O  lO  CO 
C^)  lOC-l 
coco  (N 

(M  Tf  Tt< 

I    I    I 

OOCD  I^ 

00-*  oi 

IMCO  ^ 


CO  CO 
CO  CO 

^i 

oo 
coco 
coco 


^  CO  <M 
O  ^  CO 
CO  CO  CD 


t^  --I 

05CO 

I  1-1 


to  CI 

^  o 

CO.  7 

<M  CO 

05 


p. 
u 


o 


^•£hJ 


c  o 


^T3 


www 


—  r-s       .CO 

o  ^  «  o  o 

►*  eS  oS  O)  -rt 
WWWWW 


P.  o 


aoi 


o 


.^ 


o  oj^ 

bD    ^  O 

So  C 
C 


1^  ^W 

1-2    r  o 

'   fcn     _     0) 

.^^    . 
'^'^  § 

PtT  S 
a  o  <ij 
oj  o  ?-> 


r  o 


•^      CW 

^   w  -*  o 

wwww 


go 

Ph'  S    r    " 

S  •-  ^.  & 
^  fe^  o 

^  cS  cS  <u 

wooo 


o 


o    r 

w'  "^ 


W^ 


o 


O  ;- 

Ph   C3 

Pi 


O 


73    O 

w-s 


-ew 

bu 
1^ 


§.9    ^-, 


o  g 

OOOO     CM     WM 


VIII        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


Joint 

Congressional 

Committee, 

Nov.  15,  1945, 

to  May  31, 

1946 

Pages 

"""4797-4828 

403-457, 

551-560, 

605-615, 

5367-5415  i 

4221-4300 
26-34,  36-38, 
40-49,  55-73, 
75-79,  82-92, 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

149 

(Hewitt 

Inquiry, 

May  14  to 

July  11,  1945) 

Pages 

428-432 
414-417 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

148 

(Clausen 

Investigation, 

Nov.  23,  1944, 

to  Sept.  12, 

1945) 

Pages 
2i2-2i3 

ioo-ioi 

182 

""ioo-ioi" 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

147 

(Clarke 

Investigation, 

Sept.  14  to 

16,  1944;  July 

13  to  Aug. 

4,  1915) 

Vol. 

Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

146 

(Navy  Court 

of  Inquiry, 

July  24  to 

,'Oct.  19,  1944) 

O      1      1      1      1  O      1      1      1      1      1      1  (M      1      1      1      1      1                        1      1  _      1 
t--      1      1      1      1  CO      1      1      1      1      1      1 1^      1      1      1      1      1                       1      1  lO      1 

2  O        1        1        1        1  TtH        1        1        1        1        1        1  l^        1        1        1        1        1                                 1        1  00        1 

^^    1    1    1    1  1     1    1    1    1    1    1  1     1    1    1    1    1              1    1  I     1 

-e    1       1      1      1      1  ^      1      1      1      1      1      1  C.0      1      1      1      1      1                      1      1  CO     1 
ft<0      1      1      1      lO      1      1      1      1      1      ICO      1      1     1      1      1                      1      1^      1 

l>-iiii^ t^iiiii                      iiOOi 

O      1      1      1      1           1      1      1      1      1      1           1      t      1      1      1                      II           1 

Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

145 
(Army  Pearl 
Harbor  Board, 

July  20  to 
Oct.  20,  1944) 

Pages 

2030-2090' 
3957-3971 

""24i-274" 

""267-240" 
2934-2942 

2200-22i4 
1914-1917 

""745-778" 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

144 

(Hart  Inquiry, 

Feb.  12  to 
June  15,  1944) 

Pages 
4 i 7-430 

Joint 

•Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

143 

(Roberts 

Commission, 

Dec.  18,  1941, 

to  Jan.  23, 1942) 

iiiiii-^iiiioiicoiii                 iiii 

iiiiiK^iiiit-iit^iii                        IIII 
«      1      1      1      1      1      1  10      1      1      1      1  CO      1      1  '*      1      1      1                       IIII 

g,       1        1        1        1        1        1^        1        1        1        IrH        1        1      1          1        1        1                                 IIII 

e     1      1      1      1      1      1    1       1      1      1      1    1       1      1 01      1      1      1                      IIII 

f^ ,-tiiii-:t<iiCOiii                       IIII 

liiiiit^iiiicOii'^iil                       IIII 
10      1      1      1      ICO      1      1            III                       IIII 

3 

Hamilton,  Maxwell  M.,  State  Dept 

Hannum,  Warren  T.,  Brig.  Gen 

Harrington,  Cyril  J 

Hart,  Tliomas  Charles,  Senator 

Rayes,  Philip,  Maj.  Gen 

Heard,  William  A.,  Capt.,  USN 

Henderson,  H.  H.,  Lt.,  USA 

Herron,  Charles  D.,  Maj.  Gen 

Hill,  William  H.,  Senator 

Holmes,  J.  Wilfred.,  Capt.,  USN 

Holtwick,  J.  S.,  Jr.,  Comdr 

Hoppough,  Clay,  Lt.  Col 

Hornbeck,  Stanley  K 

Home,  Walter  Wilton 

Howard,  Jack  W.,  Col 

Hubbell,  Monroe  H.,  Lt.  Comdr 

Huckins,  Thomas  A.,  Capt.,  USN 

Hull,  Cordell 

Humphrey,  Richard  W.  RM  3/c 

Hunt,  John  A.,  Col 

IngersoU,  Royal  E.,  Adm 

Inglis,  R.  B.,  Rear  Adm 

INDEX   OF   WITNESSES 


IX 


I     I     I     I     I     I     1     I     I     I  cc 


m-^ 


tog 
£^5 


i 


O  "-0 

00 

t^t-^ 

O  00 

o 

CO  r^ 

iC-* 

lO 

Tt'O 

1      1 

ci. 

1         1 

-l^CO 

M^ 

-#M 

(NO 

lO 

lO  !>■ 

•O-^ 

^  CD 

(M  '^ 

1—1  r-( 

OO  00 
00  t^ 

77 

CliM 

CO  t^ 


lO  ir:  ._  ^  Tf  L.-t  l>  (M 

!     1    -1,  A    I      I     I      I 

t--^r;>5O500-t<rt 

lO  '-f  ^^  -^  Tti  lO  i> 


Q 


O 


c  o 


2^ 


■JT'^       r^  O^ 


-rr  1^    f   C3    -5 
C^  c3  03  rt 


s^  t-l  s 


Ci^  ^  -^  "S  S 
c3  o  o  -G  ."  .G 
'V  '--'V  'j^  ^-j  M 


O 


« 


iJ  rv,  -^  ^H  -^J 


o  ^^^ 


02 

o 

:g  >..Q 


.-  »-H  '^  ■-     y     fS 


K 


S  3   - 

!  SC  bC  b£  bC^iS 
'y  K>  O  v"  )  ^ 


S   53    3 

"^    5f  53 

'••  k^  ^> 


CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


.Joint 

Congressional 

Comniittec, 

Nov.  15,  1945, 

to  May  31, 

1946 

OiiiiiiOGOiii Ill  _.-    -O      1      1 

CO OCO Sn^oii 

LOiiiiiiOCOiii E2?TiMii 

loiiiiii-^i    11 ^^5"^'' 

|iO      1      1      1      1      1      1  Ci  -t<      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1    1      1    lO      1      1 
ciO      1      1      1      1      1      ilMCO      1      1      1      1      1      1 2^1:-      1      1 

tiiio 00        1    1    1    1    1 2  2-1    1    1 

lO -*            1 °„^'' 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

149 

(Hewitt 

Inquiry, 

Mav  14  to 

July  11,  1945) 

Pages 

541-553 

182-292 

""140^142" 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

148 

(Clausen 

Investigation, 

Nov.  23,  1944, 

to  Sept.  12, 

1945) 

Pages 
103 
107-112 

186 
219-222 

102 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

147 

(Clarke 

Investigation, 

Sept.  14  to 

16,  1944;  July 

13  to  Aug. 

4,  1945) 

^1        1    1    I    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    I    1    1            II 

Joint 
Committee 
E.xhibit  No 

146 

(Navy  Court 

of  Inquiry, 

July  24  to 

Oct.  19,  1944) 

Pages 

904-918 

628-643 

"734-740" 

"852-885" 

Joint 
Committee 
E.xhibit  No. 

145 
(Army  Pearl 
Harbor  Board, 

July  20  to 
Oct.  20,  1944) 

Pages 

2665-2695" 
3028-3067 

1161-1185" 

2787-2802" 
1014-1034 
1678-1694 
3226-3250 

2362-2374" 

2-54" 

T.  S.  2-52, 

192-226 

3126-3152 

1816-1913 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

144 

(Hart  Inquiry, 

Feb.  12  to 
June  15,  1944) 

Pages 

214-22.5 
363-367 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

143 

(Roberts 

Commission, 

Dec.  18,  1941, 

to  Jan.  23, 1942) 

Pages 

1146-1156" 

1156-1171" 

4-32" 
1068-1095 

1272-1285" 

""500-504" 

1793-1805" 

"320-352," 
1648- 
1659 

i 

Krick,  Harold  D.,  Capt.,  USN 

Kroner,  Hayes  A.,  Brig.  Gen 

Landreth,  J.  L.,  Ens 

Lane,  Louis  R.,  Ch.  W/0 

Larkin,  C.  A.,  Lt.  Col 

Laswell,  Alva  B.,  Col.  USMC 

Lawton,  William  S.,  Col 

Layton,  Edwin  T.,  Capt.,  USN 

Leahy,  William  D.,  Adm 

Leary,  Herbert  F.,  Vice  Adm 

Lewis,  Fulton,  Jr 

Litell,  S.  H 

Locey,  Frank  H 

Lockard,  Joseph  L.,  Lt.,  USA 

Lorence,  Walter  E.,  Col 

Lumsdcn,  George,  Mai 

Lyman,  W.  T.,  Lt.,  USN 

Lynch,  Paul  J 

Lynn,  George  W.,  Lt.  Comdr 

Mac  Arthur,  Douglas,  Gen 

Marshall,  George  C,  Gen 

Marston,  Morrill  W.,  Col 

Martin,  F.  L.,  Maj.  Gen 

INDEX   OF   WITNESSES 


XI 


1    lO 


C:  CO  ; 


CO  lO  (N  O  fij 
C:  (M  CO  -rt^  (M 
OC  C5  00  GO  f^ 
(MC0C<1C^  ^ 

I    I    I    1    I 

CD  CO  CO  CO  ^ 
ID  .-H  O  CO  c^ 


CO  CO 

OC'   "H 

I  CO 

O  I 
OS'** 
t^  00 

CO 


CO  ^ 

C3  O 


(M  'f  (M 

.—  ^  -* 

O  '-C  1— t 
I       I    CO 

CO  -^  CO 

O  Ot-H 

CO  -v 


COIM 

lO  CO 

COIM 


00  lO  (M 

c;  CR  lO 
o  ■*  ^ 

O  (M 
CI  't^ 

CO^  T}< 

o 


i; 


cc  lo 


02 


Of 


o3 

0-5 


r"    ^   ^  „  T-'" 

!5  yU   M  c3  O  O  1-. 
03  c3  o   - 


►4Ph   di.cG 


2 

o  o  (a 


a 

<!   c3' 


o 


s  ^  otcst: 


m 


sss^s^ss^^s^§§^^s§§ 


.5  o  o  =i  3  P  s.H 


u     ^ 

4)    S    IB 

o  str 


SO 


S    t-    SJ 

03  S  o3 
OOPh 


o 

eT^   tfcH   .^      , 

<D  .'^  '^ 

15  'E  "T^  ^ 

(O    <0    <D 

PiPhPh 


Ph 


XII  CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


.Joint 

Congressional 

Committee, 

Nov.  15,  1945, 

to  May  31, 

1946 

Pages 

5210 
4933-5009 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

149 

(Hewitt     . 

Inquiry, 

May  14  to 

July  11,  1945) 

Pages 
""387-388" 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

14S 

(Clausen 

Investigation, 

Nov-  23,  1944, 

to  Sept.  12, 

1945) 

COi -H                  1                                (Nil            it^ii 

Tfi    1    1        111        1    1 00             1                      CO    1    1        1 1^    1    1 

£     1        1       1              1       1       1              11.^                     1                                     (Nil              Mil 

^LO    II        111        III             1                            II        1  ci>    1    1 

O-*        1        1                ,11                .        lO                         1                                                          11                It-        1        1 
fil                    1          1                    1          1          1                    1          1  1>                               1                                                                        1          1                    1                    1          1 

1     1          1     1     1          1     1 1—1                1                                    1     1          1          1     1 

Joint 

Committoc 

Exhibit  No. 

147 

(Clarice 

Investigation, 

Sept.  14  to 

16,  1914;  July 

13  to  Aug. 

4,  1945) 

,o        1        '        '                III                III                         1                                                 111                1        1        1        1 

Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

140 

(Navy  Court 

of  Inquiry, 

July  24  to 

Oct.  19,  1944) 

1     1  lO         111         111           _r-r-j-(N^~t-'~(N     1     1  CO         1     1 00  00 
1    ici         I^r^iPoocoio    1     1^         1    lOO 

1  1  IT     111     111      Tc^^s;:;:  i  iT     I  i? ^ 

«3iil:-          III          III            *-^',rlill|iit^          iiOOl 

I  I'*         III         111              c^'og^S    1    I'*         1    I^^O 

II  III                111                                            1— li— It— III                         IIT— 1 

Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

145 

(Army  Pearl 

Harbor  Board, 

July  20  to 
Oct.  20,  1944) 

Pages 

1107-1160," 
1240-1252 

3636^3640 
2375-2398, 
3990-3996 
3153-3165 
2923-2933 
3885-3915 

1968-1988' 
1035-1070 

778-789 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

144 

(Hart  Inquiry, 

Feb.  12  to 
June  15,  1944) 

Pages 
147-169 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

143 

(Roberts 

Commission, 

Dec.  18,  1941, 

to  .Ian.  23, 1942) 

1     Ik-'I-'^     I     1      CO     1  -r.-roo     1                            1     ieo-rt<     1     1     1     1 

1      itr(»<7J     1      1       lO      liS^Sc^      '                                '     lOOOO     1      1      1     1 

«     1      i^IlNiQ      1      1        CO      iSr^Tj<      1                                  1      it-OO      1      1      1      1 

^||CN|,_,,,,^|C0^                           ,                                                                                  111— Ijllll 

(^  1  i^^4.  1  1   i  :^g     '             1  iciS  1  1  1  1 

a 

Pettigrew,  Moses  W.,  Col 

Phelan,  John,  Ens 

Phillips,  Walter  C,  Col 

Pickett,  Harry  K.,  Col 

Pierson,  Millard,  Col 

Pine,  Willard  B 

Poindexter,  Joseph  B.,  Gov 

Powell,  BoUing  R.,  Jr.,  Maj 

Powell,  C.  A.,  Col 

Powers,  R.  D.,  Jr.,  Lt.  Comdr 

Prather,  Louise 

Pratt,  John  S.,  Col 

Pye,  William  S.,  Vice  Adm 

Rafter,  Case  B 

Raley,  Edward  W.,  Col 

Ramsey,  Logan  C,  Capt.,  USN 

Redman,  Joseph  R.,  Rear  Adm 

INDEX   OF  WITNESSES 


xm 


CfO 

>*  o 
CO  CO 


^C3 


CO<M 
O  C2 

>—  in 


(N  -r  .— 

.-I  L-  «D 


i 


T-H   ^   CO 

CJ  CO  t^ 

I  I  ! 
M'  — (<M 
C^  rH  :ri 
1-1  CO  CD 


,ci 


OOCOO-  C5 
IM  C<i  l^5  Ir^ 

1>  CD  00  CJD 

I  CO  CO  ^ 

t-  I    1    I 

cjooco-* 

OOCO  tP 

L':  cjoco 

coco  1-1 


(M  CO 


O  Tf  O 

(X  O  -D 

1-^  cots 

'tl  0:1   I 

I    I  10 

CO  OC'  o 
"*  CO 


I  CO  C^ 

I  O0C<J 
iCQ  CO 


1  LO  O 

CO  c^ 

(N  CO 


CO 


^ 


1>    , 
a>  o  aj .« 


G  .-S     - 

_•    •  t- 

C  03   O 

^  I  a  a3 

- ^  oca 

13  IB  ~  O 

•s  o  o  o 


ft 

O 


X 

a 


o 

'o    r 


o 


pd  to  ts  ^ 
0000 


G 


s  c  o 

'i  7;  m 
3  3  3 


Q 


o 


L3  a; 
^  "-1 

"ca 
O 


T3 
c3Cd 


.2     f^ 
O     h:j 


02 


o 
to 

02 


&T3  hi:!  r^  P^ 

■•<<  a;  3  C 
3  ^ti:*4  5 
03  (3  C     ^  ^ 

N'3^^'3 
i^  S-3-3^ 
03  o  o  «  o 


a 
o 

03  F^ 


o3 

.3    r3     +i 

O    O    (U 
CQCQCC 


pm::) 


kt  a^  fc  a  s 

cS.3  .!-;  O  O 
^  -3  -3  J3,3 
CC  M  ^2  (/2  CO 


XIV         CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


CO  rt< 
(NiM 


''^  ^-  in 


oco 


c  ■?:  ti  ro  >  -i:  ^    . 


•2  S  ^ 


£^^ 


?  o 

■Sp-- 
>^  a  : 
Oh 


o  — 


ia     2' 


a  >io^ 


S  o 


i 


a.  5       rt  S  O  5; 


^W      5^^ 


O  1—1 10 

10  nl  -^ 

^  (M  > 


^ 


I         I 

CO  CO 


3*JOj 


C"3-" 


,11 


•S6 


a~  —  o  O'-i    . 


O  ■*  lO 

,-1  CD  Tt< 

I    ^     I 

cot^  10 


<£> 


•^ 


000 

CT-  O 


CD  LQ 
000 

T-IOO 


o 


HO 


3  a> 
e3 


IX! 
P 


O 


S 
60 


ft<.2 


.•W 


^^     OOg^p^^^ 


COCQ 


1> 

^^  Cl  OJ  if  -£  -tf 
O  CO  Si  "3  -3  •;^ 


K_Oh^ 

aaS 

CGCCCQ 


we   r 

to     -"o 
-    .  °3 

^  03  05 


•^  a'^ 

f^  PI  a 

CO     -    - 

!=:    S   3 

(U  aj  o 
a)  a  .5 

-*-5  -(J  -1-= 


;o 


IxNDEX    OF    WlTXKbSES 


XV 


CD  iC  iC  o"  ^  -h"  CC  -rf  ■>?  ^ 

Tj<  c:-*  o^    I     I      -I     i 

eo-*cci>.(Ncooo^io 

.    -    ^    »c;  o  CO  coo 

t^.-<r^l.O  —,—1—1—1 

(M  -t*  o  t^ 

III 


"  'OO 
■n^  — <  lO 
'-H<M  -t^ 

I      I      I 

00  CO  00 

CO  —  rp 
— (  ^5  t^ 


t^  00 

a:  CO 


o  o 

COC^ 

I    I 

(N  00 

OO 
CO(M 


i 


M  Cft  (MO 

CO  -T  '^  (M 


ooi^T-H  o 

CC-*  ^OJ 


CO  00 

Ci  —I 

CO  t^ 

c  7 

CO  o 


0(^0  02 

c-j  o  t^  00 
00  00  CO  -^ 

^   r-^       I         I 

I     I  ooo 
c~.  — <  o  00 

O  OCO  -*! 
00  GO 


(M  — I  O  CO 

r^oo  —  (M 
(M  CO  o)  -^ti 


05  COCOC-l 

CO  t>  — I  rfl 
(M  CO  (M 


^<  3 

">  - 
>  \>^  -^ 

r  73  qj  g  o3 

O'  ;  "  C  tT  i^' 
^   03  03  04  Jh 


OJ 


'o 


<L)      •    C 

so  o 

sag 

C   O   tn 


s 

<; 

c3 

"     "  9^  g 


o 


■S7a-2a     ^ 

O     >-   O     ;3     r3  •- 

-=•    «    S-    ?^  T?,  fl 


rH  oi^ 


^.^u^« 


w 


a> 


^■^ 

^O 

a 

•^  o 


o 


h  O 


QJ 


,  IJ  ci 


-o 


KH    O   03    O 

SSos 


a.s.sgs 


>-C 


t> 


o   O   ^O   p  ^ 


O  T  -rt    (B   ^  =5 


;5  -'■  S  ^'' 


_  ^  „  ^  ,kj  -ij 

i^   3   c3  iS  03  o3    _ 


II 

a  ° 

o  o 


•XVI        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 


.loint 

Congressional 

Committee, 

Nov.  15,  1945, 

to  May  31, 

1946 

M  M  Mi  1 1  i ; i  i  M  ; i  i 11 1 

2    1     1     1     1     1     1    1 1         1     1     ,     i'^    1      . 

c 'CO 1 AcOl 

C^ Ol ,1           1      1      1      i^O      1 

1  M  M  i"  i  i  M  i  i  M  !  i  M""  i 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

149 

(Hewitt 

Inquiry, 

May  14  to 

July  11,  1945) 

iiiiiiOiiiiiiCDC0(NiOiii            1 

1 ^      1      1      1      1      1      1  00  lC  O      1  lO      1      1      1            1 

gJiiiiii-^iiiiiiCOLOCOiTtiiii            1 

O.      1       1        1       1        1       1      1 Ill         1      1         III               1 

.aiiii,idiiiiii.cO-^(^i(Niii           1 

f^iiiiiiOOiiiiiiI^-^OliTfiiii            1 

COi COiOiOirfiiii            1 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

148 

(Clausen 

Investigation, 

Nov.  23,  1944, 

to  Sept.  12, 

1945) 

Pages 

187-189 
105-106 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

147 

(Clarke 

Investigation, 

Sept.  14  to 

16,  1944;  July 

13  to  Aug. 

4,  1945) 

^    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1  ^  1    1    1    1    1       ,    ,    1    ,    ,        1 

1        1        1        1        ,        1        ,        1        ,        1        ,        ,        ,        1        1                II,,,                u 

Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

146 

(Navy  Court 

of  Inquiry, 

July  24  to 

Oct.  19,  1944) 

1     1     1     1     1     1     1     1     1     1     lo     i     1     1         1     1     1     1     I         I 

1      1  05      ,      1      1            1      1      1      1      1            1 

2    1     1     1     1    1     1    1    1     i     1     lO    

1  i  ;  i  i  i  !  :  i  :  ;  iS  !  1  i    i  i  I  i  ;    i 

1      1      1  00      i      1      1           1,11,            1 

1      1      ,      1      ,      ,      1      1      1      1      lO      1      1      1           1      ,      ,      1      1           1 

Joint 
Committee 
Exhibit  No. 

145 
(Army  Pearl 
Harbor  Board, 

July  20  to 
Oct.  20,  1944) 

Pages 
2722-2744 
3120-3124 

198^2667" 
2456-2478 

134.5-1381" 

910-931 
3663-3665 

3677-3683' 

3750-3773 
3357-3586" 

2580a-2596 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

144 

(Hart  Inquiry, 

Feb.  12  to 
June  15,  1944) 

Pages 
""279-288" 

379^382 

Joint 

Committee 

Exhibit  No. 

143 

(Roberts 

Commission, 

Dec.  18,  1941, 

toJan.  23, 1942) 

Pages 
1311-1329 
496-499 
1830-1842 

1334^1340" 

""247-259" 

1525^1538' 
1683-1705 

S 

Wells,  B.  II.,  Maj.  Gen 

West,  Melbourne  H.,  Lt.  Col 

Whaling,  William  J.,  Lt.  Col 

White,  William  R.,  Brig.  Gen _._ 

Wichiser,  Rea  B 

Wilke,  Weslie  T 

Wilkinson,  T.  S.,  Rear  Adm 

Willoughby,  C.  A.,  Maj.  Gen 

Wilson,  Durward  S.,  Maj.  Gen 

Wilson,  Erie  M.,  Col 

Wimer,  Benjamin  R.,  Col 

Withers,  Thomas,  Rear  Adm 

Wong,  Ahoon  H 

Woodrum,  Donald,  Jr.,  Lt.,  USNR 

Woodward,  Farnsley  C,  Lt.  (jg),  USN_ 

Woolley,  Ralph  E 

Wright,  Wesley  A.,  Comdr 

Wyman,  Theodore,  Jr.,  Col 

York,  Yee  Kam 

Zacharias,  EUis  M.,  Capt.,  USN 

Zucca,  Emil  Lawrence 

PROCEKDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  803 


[76.m  CONTENTS 


WEDNESDAY,  AUGUST  23,  1944 
Testimony  of —  Page' 

Benjamin  L.  Stilplien,  109  Jaroleuiou  Street,  Broolclyn,  New  York 1539 

1  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


79716 — 4G — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 2 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  805 


[1539-]     PKOCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


WEDNESDAY,   AUGUST   23,    1944 

Munitions  Building, 

Washington,  D.  G. 

The  Board  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell,  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H,  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Major  Henry  C.  Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and 
Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulniin,  Jr.,  Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  BENJAMIN  L.  STILPHEN,  BEOOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Major  Clausen.  Sir,  the  Recorder  will  not  be  here  for  a  little  while, 
so  I  will  act  as  Recorder. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Assistant  Recorder  and  advised  of 
his  rights  under  Article  of  War  2-1.) 

1.  Major  Clausen.  Will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name? 
Mr.  Stllphen.  Benjamin  L,  Stilphen. 

2.  Major  Clausen.  And  your  address? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  My  address  is  109  Jarolemon  Street,  Brooklyn,  New 
York. 

[IBl^O]         3.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  your  occupation  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  am  handling  industrial  relations  with  the  Sinclair 
Oil  Corporation. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  In  1941,  Mr.  Stilphen,  were  you  employed  by 
the  United  States  Engineering  Department? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  The  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers ;  yes,  sir. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  What  were  your  duties  specifically  in  August 
1941? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  My  duties  were  somewhat  varied.  I  was  generally 
sort  of  a  "trouble-shooter"  and  expediter  in  handling  the  labor  field. 
I  was  classified  as  a  lawyer,  but  the  law  had  a  small  part  in  what  I  did. 
1  was  a  liaison  labor  man;  that  is  what  I  was.  I  also  did  expediting 
and  "trouble-shooting"  for  them. 

6.  Major  Clausen.   Are  you.  admitted  to  the  bar? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir.  I  am  a  member  of  the  District  Court  here 
in  Washington,  D.  C,  and  of  the  Court  of  Appeals. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  acquainted  in  August  1941  with  one 
HansWilhelmRohl? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 


806        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

9.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  acquainted  at  that  time  with  Theodore 
Wyman,  Jr.  ? 

^Ir,  Stilphen.  No.  sir, 

10.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  acquainted  with  a  John  Martin, 
[15411,         attorney  for  Mr.  Rohl? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  met  Mr.  Martin. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Wlien  did  you  meet  him? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  It  was  sometime  in  tlie  summer  of  1941. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  exactly,  with  regard  to  August 
28,  1941,  when  you  met  Mr.  Martin? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  I  was  sitting  at  my  desk,  and  Colonel  Lorence 
and  Colonel  Gesler  sent  a  message  out  and  asked  me  to  come  into  their 
office ;  and  Mr.  Martin  was  with  them. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  He  was  in  the  office  with  Colonel  Gesler? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  And  Colonel  Lorence. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  Could  you  tell  me  approximately  when  that  was 
in  1941 ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  have  not  the  slightest  idea.  It  was  in  the  summer- 
time sometime;  that  is  all  I  can  remember. 

15.  General  Frank.  Who  was  Colonel  Lorence?  . 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Colonel  Lorence  was  Walter  E.  Lorence ;  he  was  the 
assistant  to  Colonel  Gesler  in  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers.  It 
was  the  finance  section. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Stilphen,  I  show  you  our  Exhibit  No.  2, 
which  is  a  photostatic  copy  of  a  letter,  and  ask  you  whether  you  have 
seen  the  original  of  that  before. 

Mr.  Stilphen  (after  examining  copy  referred  to).  It  sounds  sus- 
piciously like  something  that  I  might  have  written. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recognize  that  as  having  been  prepared 
by  yourself? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Frankly,  I  do  not,  but  I  have  a  general  idea  that  I 
wrote  it ;  yes,  sir. 

[154^]  18.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  tell  me  whether  the  talk 
you  had  with  John  Martin  was  before  the  letter  was  prepared? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Oh,  j^es. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  About  how  long  before  ?  You  said  you  met  him 
in  the  summer  of  1941. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  do  not  know.  Several  days  elapsed,  because  I  had 
to  investigate  a  case  between  the  time  I  met  Martin  and  the  time  this 
letter  was  written. 

20.  General  Frank.  What  was  Martin's  mission  in  there? 

21.  Major  Clausen.  I  was  just  going  to  ask  that.  General. 
When  you  met  Mr.  Martin  you  say  he  was  in  the  office  of  Colonel 

Gesler  and  Colonel  Lorence.    Tell  us  what  was  said  by  those  officers 
to  you  and  Mr.  Martin  at  that  time. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  was  called  in  and  introduced  to  Mr.  Martin  and,  in 
substance,  they  said  that  a  Colonel  Wyman,  whose  name  I  knew  but 
whom  I  had  never  met  personally,  who  was  in  charge  of  certain  con- 
struction for  the  Corps  of  Engineers  in  Hawaii,  had  written,  wired, 
telephoned,  or  communicated  in  some  way  with  the  Office  of  the  Chief 
of  Engineers  stating  that  this  man  Mr.  Martin  represented — that  his 
services  were  necessary  to  completion  of  these  projects  out  there;  that 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  807 

he  was  one  of  the  foremost  construction  engineers  of  tlie  worki,  and 
they  had  to  have  liim  out  there. 

Mr,  Martin  was  introduced  as  counsel  for  this  man  Rolil,  and  said  he 
was  back  here  on  other  business  but  had  been  asked  by  Mr.  Rohl,  after 
a  consukation  in  some  way  or  another — I  don't  know  how — that 
"VVyman  had  been  asked  to  come  down  to  the  War  Department  to  see 
the  officers  in  charge  to  see  if  sometliing  \J'543]  could  be  done 
about  getting  Rohl's  citizenship  papers  expedited,  because  at  that  time 
there  was  some  sort  of  a  regulation  that  an  alien  could  not  leave  the 
country.    So  he  had  to  have  citizenship  papers. 

I  might  add  that  Mr.  Martin,  I  was  told,  Avas  back  here  on  other 
Imsiness  and  stopped  in  to  see  what  could  be  done  about  this  thing. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  Who  told  you  that,  Mr.  Stilphen — Colonel 
Gesler  or  Colonel  Lorence  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  think  it  was  Colonel  Lorence,  if  I  am  not  mistaken ; 
I  would  not  be  too  sure  about  it. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  What  were  your  instructions  with  regard  to 
this? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  To  take  Mr.  Martin  out  and  find  out  from  him  his 
idea  of  the  case,  what  it  was  all  about,  and  then  to  see  if  I  could  not 
do  something  about  it. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  do? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  took  Mr.  Martin  out  to  my  desk  and  sat  him  down 
and  got  Rohl's  full  name,  his  address,  and  his  background,  on  paper, 
and  then  I  called  the  Department  of  Justice,  the  Bureau  of  Immigra- 
tion and  Naturalization.  I  am  very  hazy  about  this  business.  I  will 
try  to  recollect  it  the  best  I  can.  If  I  remember  correctly,  I  could  not 
get  hold  of  anybody  at  that  time.  I  talked  to  some  girl.  So  I  told 
Martin  that  I  would  take  care  of  it,  but  I  could  not  get  hold  of  anybody 
then. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ask  Martin  why  he  did  not  go  down 
to  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  himself  and  do  this? 

[1S44]  Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir.  My  instructions  were  to  do  sonip- 
thing  about  it. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  Was  anything  said  at  this  meeting  as  to  why 
John  Martin  should  not  go  down  himself  and  take  care  of  getting  hi.=! 
client's  citizenship  papers  expedited  if  he  could? 

27.  General  Fkank.  Who  gave  you  these  instructions — Lorence  or 
Gesler? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  It  was  one  of  them,  or  both.  I  think  it  was  Lorence, 
as  a  matter  of  fact. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Mr.  Martin  tell  you  why  it  was  that  while 
the  petition  for  naturalization  was  filed  on  January  15,  1941,  here  it 
was  August  1941,  and  still  it  had  not  been  granted? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  found  that  out.  I  found  out  that  that  was  the  usual 
paper  work  procedure. 

After  I  did  get  hold  of  the  proper  party  at  the  Department  of 
Justice,  I  was  informed  that  his  papers  were  in  final  form,  but  that  the 
usual  red  tape — he  was  in  a  certain  line  of  precedence.  At  the  time  he 
filed  his  application  here  there  might  be  ten  other  people  filing  their 
applications,  and  fifteen  might  be  before  him.  His  case  was  completed, 
but  it  was  a  question  of  taking  his  papers  off  the  top  of  the  stack  and 
putting  them  on  the  bottom  of  the  stack. 


808        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

29.  Major  Clausen.  But  nothing  other  than  that? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  is  correct ;  that  they  had  completed  the  investi- 
gation and  had  nothing  against  him. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  Who  told  you  that? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Somebody  in  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Nat 
uralization.  I  have  not  the  slightest  recollection  of  who  [^^4^] 
it  was. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  Was  it  the  Commissioner? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  I  talked  to  somebody  in  his  office. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  whether  John  Martin  told  you 
that  there  was  nothing  against  this  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  First  of  all,  we  had  a  recommendation  as  to  Rohl's 
character  from  Wyman. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  What  kind  of  a  recommendation  was  it? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  he  was  of  excellent  character,  above  reproach, 
et  cetera,  et  cetera,  et  cetera. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  Was  that  in  writing? 

Mr,  Stilphen.  It  was  some  sort  of  a  communication ;  I  do  not  know 
whether  it  was  in  writing,  telegram,  or  telephone  conversation. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  hear  that  over  in  the  Office  of  the 
Chief  of  Engineers? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  remember  getting  that  in  the  Office  of  the  Chief 
of  Engineers. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  From  whom? 

Mr.  StiLphen.  The  impression  I  have  is  that  I  got  it  from  Colonel 
Lorence.  Whether  he  had  the  document  or  whether  he  had  a  tele- 
phone call  from  Wyman,  or  what  it  was  all  about,  I  don't  know. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  If  you  got  it  from  Colonel  Lorence,  was 
Colonel  Gesler  there  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  cannot  remember. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  other  talks  before  you  went  to 
the  telephone  to  phone  the  Bureau  ?  Did  you  have  other  talks  with 
either  Colonel  Lorence  or  Colonel  Gesler  concerning  it? 

[154-6]  Mr.  Stilphen.  Not  outside  of  my  original  talk  that  I 
have  already  mentioned. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  You  must  have  gotten  this  information  while 
you  were  in  that  office. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  would  say  that  would  be  a  reasonable  inference. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Is  that  the  first  case  you  ever  had  of  getting 
citizenship  papers  for  somebody? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes ;  it  was  the  first  case  of  that  kind. 

4L  Major  Clausen.  It  was  very  unusual  for  you  to  ask  for  citi- 
zenship expedition ;  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr,  Stilphen.  I  did  not  consider  it  unusual.  I  just  thought  it  was 
another  routine  matter  at  that  time.  It  was  in  August  of  1941,  and 
people  were  not  quite  as  excited  then  as  they  are  now. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  But  you  had  never  had  that  kind  of  a  routine 
matter  presented  to  you,  had  you  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  had  any  since  ? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

44.  General  Grunert.  In  your  same  position  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir.     That  was  with  the  Navy  Department. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  809 

45.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Mr.  Martin  tell  you  that  Hans  Wilhelm 
Rohl  had  falsely  documented  some  vessels  and  would  have  to  pay  a 
fine  of  $25,000  before  he  could  receive  favorable  consideration? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir ;  he  did  not  tell  me  anything  about  that. 

46.  Major  Clausex.  Did  he  tell  you  anything  at  all  about  an 
[154?]         investigation  by  the  F.  B.  I.? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir;  he  did  not. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  After  you  had  this  first  talk  with  this  unknown 
party  down  at  the  Bureau  of  Immigration,  what  did  you  next  do  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  waited  to  hear  from  them  again.  They  were  go- 
ing to  look  up  the  case,  and  I  subsequently  heard  from  them,  and,  to 
the  best  of  my  recollection,  I  was  informed  that  this  case  was  all  com- 
plete ;  it  was  just  a  matter  of  routine  paper  work. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  you  had,  then,  only  two  telephone 
calls? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  think  I  went  over  there  in  person  once,  if  I  remem- 
ber correctly. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  went  over  in  person  whom  did  you 
see? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  cannot  remember. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  go  down  to  the  Department  of  Justice 
Building? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  went  down  to  the  Department  of  Justice  Building. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  report  back  to  your  superiors  what 
you  had  been  informed? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes.  By  the  way :  Parden  me  if  I  am  interrupting 
you,  but  the  reason  for  that  letter  was  that  I  was  requested  to  write 
that  letter  by  whomever  I  talked  to  in  the  Department  of  Justice. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  went  down  to  the  Department  of 
Justice  were  you  told  substantially  the  things  you  have  set  [1^4^] 
forth  in  this  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  would  say  so,  yes.  In  other  words,  I  brought  out 
that  Colonel  Wyman  had  said  it  was  essential  to  have  Mr.  Rohl  in 
Hawaii  for  the  completion  of  these  defense  projects;  and  I  imagine 
I  went  into  his  background,  and  so  oil. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  the  letter  itself,  you  knew 
that  this  work  that  was  to  be  done  by  Mr.  Rohl  was  secret  work? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  knew  it  was  defense  work  of  some  sort.  I  did  not 
know  what  type  it  was. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  I  invite  your  attention  to  this  sentence  of  the 
letter : 

It  is  the  understanding  of  this  office  that  Mr.  Rohl's  loyalty  to  the  United  States 
is  beyond  question. 

What  was  the  basis  for  that,  Mr,  Stilphen  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  The  statements  by  Wyman,  and  then  this  investiga- 
tion that  I  found  out  about  that  had  been  completed  over  at  the 
Department  of  Justice. 

55.  Major  Clau.^en.  It  says  in  the  letter  that  the  petition  was  filed 
on  January  15,  1041.  This  letter  is  dated  August  28.  Do  you  know 
whether  or  not  Wyman  made  more  than  one  request? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  do  not  know  that,  sir. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  when  the  first  request  was  made 
by  Wyman? 


810        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

57.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  talk  about  this  with  General  Robins? 
[15Jf9'\         Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  talk  about  it  with  General  Kingman? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  the  sentence  which  I  just 
read : 

It  is  the  understanding  of  this  office  that  Mr.  Rohl's  loyalty  to  the  United 
States  is  beyond  question. 

Is  it  your  intent  to  say  that  the  investigation  that  was  made  resulted 
in  that  conclusion? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  The  investigation  and  the  recommendations  of  Wy- 
man,  and  this  investigation  that  I  made  that  I  just  previously  men- 
tioned, about  the  Department  of  Justice. 

60.  General  Frank.  Did  the  instructions  to  you  convey  the  thought 
that  they  wanted  this  matter  gotten  through  in  a  hurry? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

61.  General  Frank.  Was  a  result  of  that  the  lack  of  thorough  inves- 
tigation of  Rohl  before  this  letter  was  accomplished  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  is  rather  a  difficult  question  to  answer  specifi- 
cally. I  would  say  that  the  Corps  of  Army  Engineers  would  not  have 
adequate  facilities,  in  my  opinion,  to  thoroughly  investigate  Rohl.  It 
would  have  to  take  somebody  else's  opinion.  Those  opinions  would  be 
of  people  that  knew  him  personally  or  had  been  associated  with  him, 
such  as  Wyman;  and  then  the  investigation  made  by  the  Bureau  of 
Immigration  and  Naturalization,  whose  business  it  is  to  investigate 
these  people,  these  aliens. 

62.  General  Frank.  Did  you  realize  at  that  time  that  this  man 
[]550'\         was  a  German  alien? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Oh,  yes ;  I  recognized  that. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  also  realize  that  the  letter  would  be 
presented  to  the  Court  and  would  have  very  persuasive  power  with  the 
Court  in  granting  the  petition? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No.  My  idea  ,of  using  the  letter,  as  I  previously 
mentioned,  was  that  I  was  requested  by  the  Department  of  Justice, 
Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization,  that  they  would  like  to 
have  a  letter  requesting  that  these  papers  be  expedited.  That  was  the 
reason  for  that  letter. 

64.  General  Frank.  Were  you  in  this  position,  that  you  were  called 
in  and  told  something  about  this  as  a  "go-getter,"  and  you  were  then 
operating  under  two  controls,  namely,  to  get  something  done  about 
this,  if  possible,  and  write  that  letter,  or,  rather,  first  to  find  out  the 
story  about  Rohl,  and  then  to  write  the  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

65.  General  Frank.  Could  you,  in  the  zealousness  of  haste  have 
slighted  somewhat  the  question  of  the  investigation  of  Rohl  before 
you  wrote  that  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Generally  speaking,  that  is  a  fair  statement;  but 
when  I  received  my  instructions  there  was  no  question  at  that  time  of 
writing  a  letter.  The  idea  was  to  get  this  thing  fixed  up  if  possible, 
and  the  letter  came  up  after  I  investigated  the  matter  over  at  the 
Department  of  Justice,  because  they  wanted  a  letter.  But  I  of  course 
would  not  be  competent  or  qualified  and  would  not  have  the  necessary 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  811 

facilities  to  investigate  Eohl.  I  was  not  in  a  position  to  be  able  to 
investigate  Rohl  personally.  I  would  have  to  rely  uj^on  [7557] 
other  agencies  and  other  people. 

66.  General  Frank.  Did  the  fact  that  yon  in  person  were  not  going 
to  sign  the  letter,  but  it  was  somebody  else's  onus,  lead  you  to  be 
careless  at  all  about  what  you  put  into  it  'i 

Mr.  Stilphex.  No.  If  I  was  writing  a  letter  for  someone  else's 
signature  it  would  be  the  same  as  writing  it  for  my  signature.  I 
would  never  worry  about  the  onus. 

67.  General  Grunert.  While  we  are  on  the  subject  of  that  particular 
paragraph  of  the  letter  about  RohPs  loyalty,  why  did  you  consicler 
it  was  necessary  at  all  to  put  that  in,  if  you  were  just  going  to  write 
a  letter  to  attempt  to  expedite  the  consideration  of  his  case? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  suspect  you  would  call  that  a  little  "window-dress- 
ing," General. 

68.  General  Grunert.  A  little  persuasion  or  a  little  influence,  in 
a  way? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

69.  Major  Clausen.  So  that  there  will  not  be  any  mistake  about 
it,  up  in  the  upper  right-hand  corner  are  the  initials  "B.  L.  S." 

JNIr.  Stilphen.  Those  are  my  initials. 

70  Major  Clausen.  You  have  no  question  in  your  mind  now  that 
you  prepared  that  letter,  have  you? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  I  am  convinced  of  that. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  invite  your  attention  to  this  sentence: 

The  qualifications  of  Mr.  Eohl  are  of  vital  importance  to  the  expeditious 
completion  of  the  general  construction  project  because  of  his  [1552]  pe- 
culiar qualifications. 

AVhat  peculiar  qualifications  were  you  informed  that  Mr.  Rohl 
possessed  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  He  was  one  of  the  foremost  construction  engineers 
in  the  world,  I  was  told,  and  it  w^as  absolutely  necessary  that  he  be 
sent  to  Hawaii  for  the  completion  of  these  so-called  defense  projects. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Who  told  you  that? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  got  that  by  somebody  from  AVyman.  I  don't 
know  whether  I  got  it  from  this  communication  of  Colonel  Lorence, 
but  from  somebody  around  there  somewhere. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  get  it  at  the  time  you  had  this  pre- 
liminary meeting  with  Mr.  Martin,  Colonel  Gesler,  and  Colonel 
Lorence  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  Is  your  memory  refreshed  at  all  as  to  when 
the  conversation  occurred  with  respect  to  the  date  of  this  letter, 
August  28,  1941  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  It  might  have  been  perhaps  a  week  before  or  two 
weeks.  I  seem  to  be  able  to  associate  it  with  the  fact  that  the  letter 
was  written — some  sort  of  a  period  of  time  elapsed  between  the  meet- 
ing and  the  writing  of  the  letter.  It  might  have  been  a  period  of 
days  or  a  ])eriod  of  a  week  or  two  weeks;  I  just  can't  remember. 
Too  many  things  have  happened  since  that  time. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  At  any  rate,  on  the  date  when  you  had  this 
meeting,  was  Martin  there  when  you  phoned  the  Department? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes ;  he  sat  at  my  desk. 


812        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

76.  Major  Clausen.  Was  it  in  this  telephone  conversation  that 
[loo3]  you  M^ere  askerl  to  go  down  and  see  the  Immigration  De- 
partment? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir.  I  could  not  get  hold  of  the  proper  party; 
he  was  not  in,  or  something.  I  talked  to  a  girl — I  remember  that — 
and  stated  that  I  wanted  to  get  some  information  about  an  immigra- 
tion case.  I  think  she  said  that  I  would  have  to  "come  down  here." 
So  nothing  more  was  said  on  the  telephone. 

77.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  go  down? 

Mr.  Stilpiien.  That  day.  If  I  remember  correctly,  this  meeting 
occurred  in  the  morning.  That  is  wdien  I  first  met  Martin  and 
was  called  in  to  Colonel  Lorence's  office.  1  don't  think  he  sat  any 
longer  at  my  desk  than  perhaps  five  or  ten  minutes.  I  got  Kohl's 
full  name  and  his  address  from  him,  and  tried  to  develop  something 
from  him  about  his  background,  as  to  the  kind  of  work  he  did,  and 
what  projects  he  had  worked  on.  So  I  am  sure  it  did  not  take  longer 
than  ten  or  fifteen  minutes. 

78.  Major  Clausen.  Then  you  went  down  there  in  the  afternoon? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  This  party  tliat  you  saw  in  the  afternoon: 
Do  you  remember  his  title  ? 

Mr,  Stilphen.  I  don't  remember  a  thing. 

80.  Major  Clausen.  You  told  General  Grunert  that  you  had  other 
cases  afterwards.    Did  you  see  the  same  party  afterwards? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  did  not  have  other  cases  afterwards  in  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.    I  had  other  cases  v/hen  I  was  with  the  Navy  at  New  York. 

81.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  inviting  your  attention  again  to 
this  letter,  it  says : 

It  is  therefore  requested  that  the  granting  [155.'/]  of  those  final  citizen- 
ship papers  be  expedited. 

Was  that  the  topic  of  discussion  in  this  conference  you  had  with 
Colonel  Gesler,  Colonel  Lorence,  and  Mr.  Martin  ? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  they  wanted  the  application 
granted  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  they  stated  it  was 
very  important  to  get  it  done. 

83.  Major  Clausen.  The  question  of  investigating  to  see  whether 
it  should  be  granted  before  you  wrote  the  letter  was  not  brought  up ; 
is  that  right? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  would  not  say  that  exactly.  If  I  remember  cor- 
rectly, I  was  to  look  up  the  case  to  see  what  it  was  all  about  and,  if  it 
was  possible  to  get  it  done,  to  get  it  done. 

84.  Major  Clausen.  After  you  had  this  first  talk  down  at  the 
Department  of  Justice,  did  you  ever  see  this  party  again  that  you 
talked  with? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No  ;  it  was  a  telephone  conversation. 

85.  Major  Clausen.  I  thought  you  said  that  you  went  down  there 
after  the  telephone  conversation. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  did. 

86.  Major  Clausen.  The  next  thing  that  happened  was  when  you 
prepared  this  letter? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  813 

Mr,  Stilpiiex.  That  is  right. 

87.  Major  Clausen.  How  long  did  you  talk  with  this  party,  Mr. 
Stilphen  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  was  down  there  at  the  Department  of  Justice  on 
all  kinds  of  business  in  those  days.  I  had  a  tax  [1S55]  case  in 
Alaska.  They  had  some  school  tax  law  where  they  could  imprison 
people  that  did  not  pay,  and  they  had  half  of  the  construction  force 
in  jail.  I  was  down  there  on  that,  and  I  was  down  on  all  sorts  of 
things. 

88.  Major  Clausen.  It  sticks  in  your  mind  that  Mr.  Martin  was 
in  your  office  for  only  five  minutes? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  just  happened  to  remember  that? 

89.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  did  you  have  any  other  com- 
munications with  the  Immigration  authorities  following  the  telephone 
conversation,  the  visit  down  to  see  this  party,  the  subsequent  telephone 
conversation,  and  the  writing  of  this  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  would  not  say  so,  sir. 

90.  Major  Clausen.  Did  it  ever  come  to  your  knowledge  later  on 
that  Mr.  Rohl  had  illegally  entered  the  country  and  had  paid  a  fine 
of  $25,000  for  violating  a  law  with  regard  to  immigration  matters? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir;  I  never  heard  of  him  since  that  time.  I  was 
never  concerned  with  him,  except  when  I  read  about  it  in  the  papers 
here,  when  i\Ir.  Truman  brought  it  up. 

91.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  ever  asked  by  your  superiors  to  do 
any  checking  up  after  you  had  written  this  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

92.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

93.  Colonel  Toulmin.  JMay  I  ask  a  question  ? 

94.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

95.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  have  stated  that  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
had  no  means  of  investigating  IVIr.  Hold  ;  is  that  correct? 

[15S6]  Mr.  Stilphen.  I  said  that  in  my  opinion  they  had  no 
means.  They  do  not  have  an  investigative  agency  themselves.  I 
suppose  if  they  wanted  to  investigate  Mr.  Rohl  they  could  have  gotten 
Army  Intelligence,  the  F.  B.  I.,  or  any  other  such  agency.  But  I 
meant  specifically  the  Coips  of  Engineers. 

96.  Colonel  Toulmin.  In  this  case  did  they  make  any  investigation, 
to  your  knowledge,  prior  to  your  writing  this  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  What  is  very  strong  in  this  case,  to  me,  at  least,  and 
I  assume 

97.  Colonel  Toulmin.  I  am  asking  for  the  fact  now,  not  for  your 
opinion. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  To  answer  that  question,  I  wanted  to  bring  out 
that  Colonel  Wyman  recommended  this  man — not  only  recommended 
him,  but  he  wasthe  particular  one  that  wanted  him.  Colonel  Wyman 
was  the  District  Engineer,  and  he  certainly  had  means  at  his  disposal 
to  know  about  this  man.  I  understood  he  had  worked  with  him  for 
years  and  knew  all  about  him.  To  me,  at  least — and  I  am  sure  the 
same  would  apply  to  Gesler  and  Lorence — that  would  be  very 
important. 

[1567]  98.  Colonel  Toulman.  Well,  did  you  see  yourself  the 
recommendation  of  Colonel  Wyman  about  Rohl?  ■ 


814        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  I  cannot  remember  whether  I  did  or  not,  sir. 
I  heard  it.  I  know  I  heard  it.  Whether  I  saw  it  afterwards  or  not, 
I  can't  remember. 

99.  Colonel  Toulmin.  So  that  the  total  extent  of  investigation  by 
the  Corps  of  Engineers  was  the  Wyman  recommendation,  so  far  as 
you  know? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  And  my  inquiries  at  the  Department  of  Justice. 

100.  Colonel  Toulmin.  But  I  am  confining  it  now. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir;  as  far  as  the  Corps  of  Engineers  go,  that 
policy,  that  is  a  correct  statement. 

101.  Colonel  Toulmin.  And  the  other  investigations  were  made  by 
the  Department  of  Justice  and  the  Bureau  of  Immigration;  is  that 
right? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

102.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Well,  doesn't  it  strike  you  as  strange  that 
you  write  a  letter  of  strong  recommendation,  such  as  this  document 
of  the  28th  of  August,  1941,  on  behalf  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers, 
certifying  as  to  this  matter,  when  you  did  not  have  any  means  of 
investigation  except  Wyman's  recommendation,  and  you  were  writing 
the  letter  to  the  people  who  did  have  the  opportunity  of  making 
investigation?  Isn't  that  rather  the  reverse  of  what  is  ordinarily 
done  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  other  letters  of  recommendation  had  been 
written,  I  don't  suppose  about  citizenship  papers,  but  I  was  asked  to 
write  a  letter  requesting  that  this  case  be  [1'5S8~\  expedited 
by  the  agency  that  had  cognizance  of  it;  and,  as  I  said  before,  any- 
body that  makes  a  recommendation  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
through  the  Chief  of  Engineers  out  in  the  field,  usually  his  recom- 
mendation, unless  it  is  very,  very  wrong,  would  be  accepted ;  I  don't 
care  what  the  matter  would  be.  I  mean,  if  a  man  is  out  in  the  field 
he  knows  what  he  is  talking  about ;  unless  it  is  way  out  of  line, 
obviously,  and  at  that  time  I  do  not  think  anybody  thought  it  was 
out  of  line. 

103.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Well,  you  have  a  letter  here,  Mr.  Stilphen, 
which  you  wrote  on  August  28,  1941,  in  which  you  give  a  very  ex- 
tended and  positive  recommendation  of  Mr.  Rohl  to  the  people  who 
had  made  the  actual  investigation,  and  it  is  just  puzzling,  I  think, 
to  us  why  the  people  who  knew  the  least  should  be  doing  the  recom- 
mending to  the  people  who  knew  the  most. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  that,  sir,  I  am  afraid  I  can't  answer;  and  if 
Colonel  Wyman  and  my  superiors  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  wanted 
that  man  over  there,  and  it  had  to  be  done  that  way,  as  far  as  I  was 
concerned  it  was  going  to  be  done  that  way.  They  had  the  perfect 
liberty  to  change  that  letter.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  have  written  lots 
of  letters  for  all  the  gentlemen  involved,  and  they  have  no  doubt 
changed  a  great  many  of  them  before  they  got  into  the  final  form. 

104.  Colonel  Toulmin.  All  right.  Now  that  brings  me  to  the  next 
question  :  Was  this  letter,  which  was  drafted  by  you  originally,  finally 
signed  in  this  form  without  change  from  your  original  draft,  or  was 
it  revised  by  anybody  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  couldn't  answer  that.     I  wouldn't  know. 
[J'559]         105.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  don't  remember? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  815 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  don't  remember,  no,  sir. 

106.  Colonel  Toulmin,  It  was  customary  to  have  your  letters  re- 
vised, Avas  it  not,  when  you  submitted  them  for  somebody  else's 
signature  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  It  wasn't  customary,  but  if  they  didn't  like  some- 
thing they  could  change  it ;  I  had  no  pride  of  authorship. 

107.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  don't  remember  it  in  this  case,  whether 
anybodj^  changed  this  letter? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir,  I  do  not. 

108.  General  FpvAnk.  Might  not  your  initials  up  there  in  the  corner 
indicate  that  the  letter  was  not  changed  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  didn't  mean  anything  at  all.  That  didn't 
mean  anything  at  all  as  far  as  office  procedure  Avent.  In  other  words, 
if  I  drafted  the  letter  originally  and  it  went  through,  and  say  they 
wanted  to  change  one  sentence  here  or  add  something,  or  had  any- 
thing that  should  be  changed,  it  would  come  back  again  and  be  typed 
again,  and  my  initials  would  still  go  out  on  it. 

109.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  all  I  want. 

110.  General  Russell.  So  either  Gesler  or  this  other  Colonel  who 
was  out  in  the  outer  office  that  morning,  the  office  into  which  you  went, 
introduced  you  to  this  man  Martin  as  Rohl's  attorney? 

Mr.  S'hlphen.  Yes,  sir. 

111.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  how  long  Martin  had  been  out 
there  with  these  gentlemen? 

[1660']         Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir.  I  do  not. 

112.  General  Russell.  At  this  conference  you  were  directed  by  one 
or  both  of  these  Colonels,  whose  names  you  have  given,  to  follow  a 
certain  procedure  and  accomplish  a  certain  purpose? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

113.  General  Russell.  The  decision  that  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
would  expedite,  insofar  as  it  could,  this  application  for  citizenship 
by  Rohl  had  been  made,  therefore,  when  you  were  called  in  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

114.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  how  long  Martin  had  been  in 
conference  with  these  two  Colonels  before  you  went  into  that  room  ? 

]VIr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir,  I  do  not. 

115.  General  Russell.  Was  anything  said  between  Martin  and 
those  two  Colonels  after  you  went  into  the  conference  room  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  I  couldn't — if  I  remember,  if  I  can  possibly 
remember,  I  think  that  I  was  introduced  to  him,  and  he  was  identified, 
and  then  the  statement  was  made  about  Wyman  and  the  construction 
project,  and  it  was  necessary  to  get  him  over  there,  and  would  I  see 
to  it,  take  all  steps  to  see  that  it  was  done.  Would  I  take  Mr.  Martin 
in  tow,  as  it  were,  and  get  what  information  I  needed  and  then  go  to 
work  on  it. 

116.  General  Russell.  The  instructions  which  were  conveyed  to 
you  by  these  two  Colonels,  one  or  both  of  these  Colonels,  at  that  con- 
ference, indicated  very  definitely  that  your  only  job  was  to  expedite 
those  papers? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

[ISGl]  General  Russell.  They,  in  other  words,  had  adopted 
whatever  had  been  sent  in  by  this  man  Wyman  or  information  they 


816        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

had  from  other  sources,  and  had  decided  to  go  along  in  getting  Rohl 
these  naturalization  papers  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes.    I  was  to  investigate  the  case. 

118.  General  Russell.  Well,  that  is  what  I  am  getting  at.  How 
much  investigating  were  you  to  do  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  I  was  to  look  up  and  see  what  the  status  of 
the  case  was.  Obviously,  if  I  found  out  by  looking  it  up  that  the  man 
was  some  sort  of  notorious  citizen,  I  would  report  that  back  to  them 
just  as  a  matter  of  doing  my  job;  but  if  there  was  nothing  wrong, 
why,  get  him  out  of  there. 

119.  General  Russell.  Then,  your  activities  were  to  be  along  two 
lines:  First,  an  investigation  was  to  be  conducted;  and,  second,  if 
that  investigation  was  favorable  to  Rohl,  you  would  press  his 
application  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

120.  General  Russell.  Then,  you  did  have  a  burden  of  investigat- 
ing Rohl's  desirability  as  an  American  citizen  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir.  I  wouldn't  say  that,  sir.  My  part  in  this 
was  to  look  up  the  status  of  his  papers  at  the  Bureau  of  Immigration 
and  Naturalization,  which  was  far  from  an  investigation  of  whether 
Rohl  would  make  a  desirable  citizen  or  not.  The  burden  of  proof  was 
not  upon  me  for  the  investigation  or  to  determine  his  desirability.  I 
was  merely  to  determine  the  status  of  his  citizenship  papers  at  the 
Department  of  Justice. 

121.  General  Russell.  Now,  is  that  what  we  are  going  to  stay  by  ? 
Is  that  the  only  thing  that  you  were  to  investigate,  the  [1562'] 
status  of  his  papers? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

122.  General  Russell.  Tlierefore,  your  evidence  now  is  that  you 
were  not  to  make  any  investigation  to  determine  his  desirnbility  as 
an  American  citizen? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Oh,  absolutely.    I  had  no  instructions  as  such. 

123.  General  Russell.  Did  you  discuss  this  situation  with  General 
Kingman  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

124.  General  Russell.  You  never  talked  to  him  about  it? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

125.  General  Russell.  I  may  have  asked  you  this;  I  am  not  sure. 
But  do  you  recall  how  long  you  were  in  conference  with  these  two 
Colonels  and  where  Martin  was  present  that  morning? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Oh,  not  more  than  five  minutes,  I  would  say. 

126.  General  Russell.  How  did  it  come  that  this  problem  was  in 
Washington  at  all? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  the  way  I  get  it,  or  I  got  it,  was  that  it  came — 
how  it  came  about,  I  don't  know,  but  Martin,  I  was  told,  was  back 
there  on  business,  some  other  business. 

127.  General  Russell.  Well,  let  me  approach  it  another  way:  Is 
it  true  or  not  that  this  application  for  the  granting  of  citizenship  to 
this  man  Rohl  was  pending  in  a  Federal  Court  on  the  West  Coast? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir,  I  think  it  was. 

128.  General  Russell.  It  would  be  in  that  proceeding,  therefore, 
that  all  of  the  evidence  would  be,  and  there  is  where  the  [1563] 
judicial  conclusions  would  be  reached  and  the  decision  made? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  817 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

129.  General  Russell.  By  the  Federal  Judge  out  there? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

130.  General  Russell.  Now,  1  am  just  ignorant  on  these  immi- 
gration matters,  but  there  was  a  file  here  in  Washington  relating 
to  this  West  Coast  application? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  now,  I  don't  know  that,  whether  it  would 
be  a  file  here  or  whether  they  called  or  telegraphed  out  to  the  Coast. 
If  I  am  not  mistaken,  I  have  a  hunch  but  I  certainly  wouldn't  swear 
to  it;  I  just  can't  recollect;  I  think  they  wired  out  there  regarding 
this  case,  or  telephoned. 

131.  General  Russell.  When  you  were  over  talking  with  these 
people  in  the  Department  of  Justice,  did  they  have  a  Rohl  file  there? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  took  them  several 
days  to  get  the  information  that  they  wanted,  if  I  remember  correctly. 

132.  General  Russell.  Now,  you  don't  remember  whether  they 
showed  you  a  telegram  or  a  letter  from  the  West  Coast  in  which  this 
information  was  set  forth? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  They  showed  me  nothing,  sir.  They  showed  me 
nothing. 

133.  General  Russell.  I  may  be  confused,  but  as  I  remember  you 
said  that  3"ou  had  a  telephone  conversation  and  then  immediately 
and  on — not  immediately,  but  then4)n  the  same  day  you  went  over 
to  the  Department  of  Justice  and  talked  with  them? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  is  right. 

134.  General  Russell.  And  Avhen  you  were  .over  there  did  they 
[1564]  have  a  record  or  information  that  Rohl  was  seeking  citi- 
zenship in  a  Court  on  the  West  Coast  of  the  United  States  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  think  I  stated  the  case  to  them  orally  at  the  time 
I  went  over  there,  and  told  them  what  we  were  after.  Then  I  left 
there,  and  they  in  turn  got  the  information.  At  no  time  did  I  see  any 
papers  of  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  on  this  man. 

135.  General  Russell.  What  information  did  the  Department  of 
Justice  get  from  the  West  Coast  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  suyjpose  Hie  status  of  his  papers  out  there,  along 
the  lines  that  I  have  brought  out. 

136.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Do  I  know?     No,  sir,  I  don't. 

137.  General  Russell.  Now,  when  you  were  in  all  of  your  confer- 
ences with  this  Department  of  Justice  group  here  in  Washington, 
what  information  did  they  convey  to  you  about  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  AVell.  the  nub  of  it,  the  way  I  recollect,  was  that 
their  investigation  of  him  had  been  completed. 

138.  General  Russell.  Now,  "their  investigation."  What  do  you 
means  by  "their  investigation"? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  The  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization. 

139.  General  Russell.  That  was  their  Washington  office? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes.  I  speak  of  that  as  the  office  for  the  country ; 
I  don't  speak  of  it  just  as  specifically  the  Washington  office,  because 
I  know  as  well  as  you  know  that  they  operate  through  field  offices  and 
that  they  would  have  to,  naturally  would  have  to,  couldn't  all  just  be 
down  in  Washington. 


818        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

140.  General  Kussell.  All  right.  Go  ahead  now.  Give  me  the 
facts  if  you  have  them  as  to  what  they  told  you. 

[1665]  Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  I  don't  have  an  awful  lot  of  facts, 
sir.  It  was  a  long  time  ago,  and  I  am  trying  to  do  my  best  to  recol- 
lect this  thing.  There  has  been  a  lot  of  water  over  the  dam  since 
that  time. 

141.  General  KnssELL.  Well,  let  me  ask  you  this  question:  Is  it  true 
or  not  that,  had  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  not  intervened 
in  this  thing,  would  the  Washington  office  either  of  the  Department 
of  Justice  or  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  have  ever 
known  anything  at  all  about  Rohl's  application? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  that  is  a  point  of  procedure  I  wouldn't  know 
about.  That  would  be  a  procedure  between  the  field  office  of  the 
Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  and  the  Washington  office 
of  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization.  Now,  whether 
they  clear  their  papers  with  the  Washington  office,  I  don't  know. 

142.  General  Russell.  You  are  not  informed  as  to  whether  or  not 
these  people  in  routine  procedure  here  in  Washington,  whom  I  have 
named  a  moment  ago,  normally  know  what  is  going  on  in  District 
Courts  throughout  the  United  States  relating  to  naturalization? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  am  not  informed,  sir. 

143.  General  Russell.  But  it  is  your  impression  now  that  when 
you  contacted  the  Washington  offices  of  these  two  Departments  it  was 
necessary  for  them  to  go  to  the  West  Coast  to  find  out  what  was  going 
on,  including  the  desirability  of  Rohl  to  become  a  citizen  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  I  would  go  so  far  as  to  state  it  w^as  [1566'] 
necessary  for  them  to  go  somewhere  and  get  some  information,  be- 
cause, as  I  recollect  it,  it  took  them  several  days  to  get  the  informa- 
tion.    In  other  words,  they  couldn't  give  me  an  answer  right  away. 

144.  General  Russell.  And  they  didn't  give  you  memoranda  or 
other  writings  in  wdiich  such  information  was  conveyed  to  them? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

145.  General  Russell.  Did  they  give  it  to  you  in  the  office  or  over 
the  telephone  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Gave  it  to  me  over  the  telephone. 

146.  General  Russell.  Did  they  tell  3^ou  in  that  conversation  over 
the  telephone  that  Rohl's  loyalty  to  the  United  States  could  not  be 
questioned  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No  sir,  I  don't  think  they  said  that. 

147.  General  Russell._  Wliat  did  they  say  about  his  desirability 
as  a  citizen,  to  become  a  citizen? 

_Mr.  Stilphen.  As  far  as  I  can  recollect,  they  said  that  he  had  filed 
his  papers,  that  everything  was  completed  about  it.  and  that  all  that 
had  to  happen  was  that  he  had  to  take  his  turn  to  get  into  the  District 
Court  to  take  his  oath  to  become  a  citizen.  That  was  a  question  of 
routine  red-tape  procedure. 

148.  General  Russell.  You  are  not  acquainted  with  these  naturali- 
zation proceedings  in  the  Federal  District  Court? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  am  not.  I  have  a  very  small  knowledge  of  them. 
I  am  certainly  no  authority  on  them. 

149.  General  Russell.  It  did  come  to  pass,  as  a  result  of  the 
[1567]  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  intervening,  that  all  this 
machinery  was  set  in  motion  in  Wasliington :  the  Bureau  of  Immigra- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  819 

tion  and  Naturalization  and  the  Department  of  Justice,  and  these 
three  offices  cooperating  together  were  responsible  for  influencing  the 
Western  District  Court  to  call  up  Rohl's  case  and  dispose  of  it  rather 
quickly  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  that  is  the  conclusion  you  are  draAving,  sir. 
I  assume  it  is  correct. 

150.  General  Eussell.  Well,  you  are  on  the  inside  to  know  what 
the  facts  are.     Is  that  conclusion  correct  or  not  ? 

Mr.  Stilpiien.  Well,  I  would  say  it  is  a  fair  statement.  In  other 
words,  the  way  the  field  offices  operate,  if  they  get  some  instructions 
from  Washington  they  usually  do  it.     See? 

151.  General  Russell.  But  all  of  this  machinery  that  was  put  into 
action  here  in  Washington,  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  the 
Department  of  Justice,  and  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Natural- 
ization  

Mr.  Stilphen".  May  I  interrupt  you,  sir  ? 

152.  General  Russell.  All  resulted  from  the  appearance  of  one 
Martin  in  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  and  his  selling  those 
people  down  there  on  the  desirability  of  pressing  it  along? 

]\Ir.  Stilphex.  Yes,  sir.  I  just  make  one  statement  there.  I  don't 
know  whether  Martin  sold  them  or  not.  I  don't  know  anything  about 
that,  but  this  chain  started  upon  the  appearance  of  Martin.  You  can 
put  it  that  way.  As  far  as  I  am  concerned  it  started  with  the  appear- 
ance of  Martin. 

And  there  is  one  thing,  just  for  the  record.  You  are  [ISSS] 
calling  it  the  Department  of  Justice  and  the  Bureau  of  Immigration 
and  Naturalization.  They  are  one  and  the  same  thing.  That  is,  the 
Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  at  that  time  was  in  the 
Department  of  Justice. 

153.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

154.  Major  Clausen.  Who  was  Colonel  Lorence? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  He  is  colonel  Walter  E.  Lorence,  L-o-r-e-n-c-e.  He 
was  the  assistant  to  Colonel  Gesler. 

155.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  Walter  ? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  E.  Lorence,  L-o-r-e-n-c-e. 

156.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  said,  Mr.  Stilphen,  in  this  talk 
that  you  had  with  Colonel  Gesler,  Colonel  Lorence,  and  yourself  and 
Mr.  Martin  concerning  the  contract  that  was  entered  into  in  Decem- 
ber 1940? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Nothing  was  said. 

157.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  didn't  get  this  information  out  of 
the  thin  air  that  is  in  the  first  paragraph.  You  got  the  contract  num- 
ber and  the  information  that  the  contractor  was  doing  very  important, 
as  you  say,  defense  construction  at  Honolulu. 

Mr.  Stilplien.  That  is  right. 

158.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  from  whom  did  you  get  that? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Well,  on  the  statement  that  he  was  necessary  on 
this  work,  I  went  to  the  files  and  got  the  number  of  the  contract  out. 

159.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  discuss  that  with  anyone? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

160.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  you  just  had  a  five-minute  con- 
versation with  Colonel  Gesler,  Colonel  Lorence,  and  Mr.  ^  [1569] 
Martin,  and  then  see  these  instructions,  and  undertook  all  this  action? 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 3 


820        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Stilppien.  Well,  my  instructions  were  that  way;  yes,  sir. 

161.  Major  Clausen.  Now  let  me  invite  your  attention  to  this  letter. 
Exhibit  2.  Alono;sicle  your  initials  are  some  others.  What  are  those 
initials,  Mr.  Stilphen  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  There  was  a  man  there  that  was  head  of  the — the 
Corps  of  Engineers,  the  finance  section  was  divided  up  into  a  legal 
section.  I  was  assigned  to  the  legal  section,  but  I  didn't  really  report 
to  him ;  I  reported  directly  to  Lorence  and  Gesler  on  this  labor  stuff, 
and  I  was  separate  from  the  labor  men  on  this  legal  section,  but  I  did 
do  legal  work  for  him  too,  when  I  had  some  spare  time,  and  I  think 
these  initials  are  of  the  man  that  was  the  head  of  that  section.  His 
name  is  Ralph — I  can't  think  of  his  last  name,  but  he  would  be  known ; 
I  know  that.  He  was  head  of  that  legal  section  if  I  am  not  mistaken. 
It  looks  like  the  last  initial  is  "H"  to  me,  and  I  think  his  name  begins 
with  an  H,  but  I  can't  remember  now. 

162.  Major  Clausen.  You  say,  head  of  the  legal  section  of  the  labor 
division  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No;  he  was  head  of  the  legal  section  of  the  finance 
division  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  at  that  time.  It  was  Ralph  some- 
body ;  I  can't  think  of  his  last  name. 

163.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  invite  your  attention  to  these  initials 
underneath  the  date.    Do  you  know  whom  they  represent? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  You  mean  this  mark  here  (indicating)  ? 

164.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  can't  even  decipher  it. 

[1570]         165.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  referring  to  these  initials 
ending  in  "H",  was  that  an  officer  or  a  civilian  ? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  It  Avas  a  civilian. 

166.  Major  Clausen.  Then  on  the  second  page  there  are  three  sets 
of  initials.    Can  you  tell  me  whom  they  represent? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  think  Gesler  had  a  funny  little  thing;  I  think  that 
is  Gesler's,  but  now  I  wouldn't  swear  to  it  yet.  I  remember  he  had  a 
funny  little  O.  K.  You  see,  the  way  when  these  letters  went  out,  I  will 
show  you ;  I  might  give  you  an  idea  of  the  procedure : 

I  would  draft  the  thing,  and  then  there  was  a  fellow  in  the  section 
I  was  in ;  it  wovdd  go  to  him,  and  he  would  read  it  and  initial  it  if  it 
was  all  right  with  him.  Then  from  him  it  would  go  to  the  head  of  this 
legal  section  I  just  mentioned,  and  he  would  initial  it,  and  then  it 
would  go  to  Lorence  and  tlien  to  Gesler,  and  then  it  would  start  going 
up  channels  to  the  assistants  to  the  Generals  and  to  the  Generals. 
I  mean  it  would  go  through  nine  or  ten  or  fifteen  hands. 

167.  Major  Clausen.  They  didn't  go  down  that  way  to  you,  though, 
did  they? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  You  mean  tJie  letters  ? 

168.  Major  Clausen.  No.  I  mean  your  instructions  didn't  come 
down  that  way  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Oh,  no. 

169.  Major  Clausen.  In  this  case  they  went  direct  to  you? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  That  is  right. 

170.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  see  Mr.  Martin  again  after  this 
occasion  ? 

[1571]         Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

171.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  hear  from  him  again? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  821 

Mr.  Stilphen.  If  I  remember  correctly,  I  got  a  letter  from  him, 
tlianking  me. 

172.  Major  CLAUSE>r.  Thanking  you? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Saying  that  the  papers  had  been  granted,  and  thank- 
ing the  Corps  of  Engineers  and  me  for  the  assistance,  in  the  letter. 

173.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  about  when? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Oh,  golly,  at  least  a  month  and  a  half,  I  guess,  or 
two  months. 

174.  Major  Clausen.  Addressed  to  you  personally,  was  it? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Addressed  to  me  at  the  United  States  Corps  of  Army 
Engineers,  yes. 

175.  Major  Clausen.  Personally? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Personally. 

176.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  keep  that? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  "Benjamin  L.  Stilphen,  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engi- 
neers, War  Department." 

177.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  you  kept  that,  did  you  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  think  I  kept  it  for  a  while,  but  when  I  sold  my 
house  here  in  Washington  I  went  with  the  Navy  and  moved  down  to 
New  York.  I  went  down  there  on  the  Normandie  job.  I  had  a  lot  of 
files,  and  I  don't  know  whether  I  cleaned  them  out  or  destroyed  them 
or  not. 

178.  Major  Clausen.  Was  your  action  on  this  letter  extracurricular 
or  was  it  official  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  My  action  on  this  letter? 

179.  Major  Ci-ausen.  Yes. 

[157'2]  Mr.  Stilphen.  I  would  say  my  action  was — wait  a  min- 
ute. I  don't  know  what  exactly  you  mean,  "official."  I  signed  no 
correspondence  myself. 

180.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  you  got  a  letter  from  Mr.  Martin  di- 
rected to  you,  and  that  you  kept  it  for  a  while  and  didn't  put  that  in 
the  files  of  the  Engineering? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  It  was  a  personal  letter. 

181.  Major  Clausen.  Was  your  action  in  going  down  to  Mr.  Scho- 
fielcl  a  personal  matter  or  was  it  official,  in  your  mind? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  It  was  official. 

182.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  then  when  you  got  the  letter  from  Mr. 
Martin  did  you  take  that  and  show  it  to  anybody  there? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  showed  it  to  Colonel  Lorence. 

183.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.  Anybody  else?  Did  Colonel  Lorence 
get  one ;  do  you  know  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  don't  think  so. 

184.  Major  Clausen.  Colonel  Gesler? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  don't  think  so.  It  was,  if  I  remember — I  can 
remember  it;  it  was  about  one  sentence.  It  said:  Mr.  Rohl's  papers 
were  granted  so-and-so  date,  and  we  want  to  thank  you  and  your 
associates  for  your  cooperation  in  this  matter,  or  something  on  that 
order. 

185.  Major  Clausen.     That  is  all. 

186.  General  Grunert.  I  have  a  few  questions.  The  first  one  is  to 
get  me  straightened  out  on  that  organization.  Was  the  Bureau  of 
Immigration  and  Naturalization  at  that  time  a  part  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice? 


822        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir.  It  had  been  recently  transferred  US7S] 
from  the  Department  of  Labor  to  the  Department  of  Justice. 

187.  General  Grunert.  And  the  F.  B.  I.  was  also  a  part  of  the  De- 
partment of  Justice  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

188.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  your  investigation  when  you  went 
down  to  the  Department  of  Justice  did  you  in  any  way  know  what  was 
in  the  F  B.  I.  files  about  this  man  Eohl? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

189.  General  Grunert.  From  your  investigation  could  you  person- 
ally vouch  for  Kohl's  loyalty  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  No,  sir. 

190.  General  Grunert.  You  didn't,  then,  have  enough  information 
as  to  be  able  to  vouch  for  his  loyalty  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  personally,  no. 

191.  General  Grunert.  Now,  who  passes  on  it,  or  what  is  the  pro- 
cedure in  an  alien  getting  American  citizenship?  Does  the  Court 
grant  it  ? 

Mr.  Stiphen,  The  Court  grants  it.     He  files 

192.  General  Grunert.  Where  does  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and 
Naturalization  come  in?  Do  they  investigate  and  recommend  to  the 
Court? 

Mr,  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

193.  General  Grunert.  Now,  did  it  occur  to  you  that  the  wording 
of  the  letter  you  drafted  could  have  influenced  the  granting  of  citizen- 
ship because  of  the  fact  that  the  Government  appeared  to  want  and 
need  this  man  badly,  and  because  the  Government  appeared  to  vouch 
for  this  man's  loyalty? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  would  say  that  is  the  tenor  of  the  letter. 

[1574]  194.  General  Grunert.  Now,  do  you  know  whether  this 
letter  itself  ever  got  to  the  knowledge  of  the  court  or  whether  it  just 
ended  at  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  liad  its  influence  there? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  I  don't  know,  whether  it  got  to  the  Court 
or  not,  sir. 

195.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions  ? 

196.  General  Frank.  You  stated  to  General  Russell  that  your  in- 
structions from  Colonel  Lorence  did  not  obligate  you  to  look  up  Rohl's 
loyalty.  Then,  why  did  you  put  this  in  here  about  his  loyalty  was 
beyond  question  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  My  instructions  were  to  investigate  the  status  of 
Ilohl's  case  at  tlie  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization.  After 
I  hud  determined  that  there  was  nothing  against  him,  and  on  the  basis 
of  Wyman's  recommendation,  that  was  put  in  there,  as  previously 
mentioned,  to  lift  the  letter  up,  to 

197.  General  Frank,  Window-dress  it? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Window-dress  it. 

198.  Colonel  TouLMiN.  Selling? 
Mr.  Stilphen.  Selling. 

199.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  you  were  the  legman  in 
this? 

•    Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  823 

200.  General  Frank.  And  you  were  trying  to  do  everything  that  you 
could  to  carry  out  the  expediting  instructions  that  you  had  gotten  from 
Colonel  Lorence  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  That  is  right,  sir.  If  it  had  been  Mae  West  I  would 
have  done  the  same  thing,  or  anj'one.  The  idea  was,  if  [1575'] 
they  needed  her  out  there — him  or  her  or  anybody  out  there — to  help 
the  war,  the  idea  was  to  get  it  done.     That  is  what  I  tried  to  do. 

201.  General  Frank.  That  is  all. 

202.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  your  employment  prior  to  the  time 
you  went  to  work  for  the  Chief  of  Engineers  ? 

Mr.  Stilphen.  I  was  in  the  office  of  the  Solicitor  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Labor. 

203.  General  Grunert.  There  appear  to  be  no  more  questions. 
T  hank  you  for  coming. 

Mr.  Stilphen.  Yes,  sir. 

(The  witness  w^as  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  10  a.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of  wit- 
nesses for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  825 


il57k'\  CONTENTS 


THURSDAY,  AUGUST  24,  1944 

Testimony  of —  Pag*  ' 
Vice  Admiral  P.  N.  L.  Bellinger,  U.  S.  Navy ;  Commander,  Air  Force, 

Atlantic  Fleet,  Adroinistx-ative  Office,  Norfolk,  Virginia 1575 

Commander  Joseph  J.  Rochefort,  U.  S.  N.,  on  duty  at  Chief,  Naval 

Operations,  Washington,  D.  C 1644 

Mrs.  Mary  B.  Kogan,  Washington,  D.  C 1673 

Col.  Walter  E.  Lorence,  Corps  of  Engineers,  United  States  Army, 

Columbus,    Ohio 1678 

Rear  Admiral  Walter  S.  De  Lany,  United  States  Navy 1695 

^  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  827 


[1575}      PKOCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


THURSDAY,  AUGUST   24,    1944 

Munitions  Building, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

The  Board,  at  10  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt,  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr.,  Ex- 
ecutive Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  VICE  ADMIRAL  P.  N.  L.  BELLINGER,  U.  S.  NAVY; 
COMMANDER,  AIR  FORCE,  ATLANTIC  FLEET;  ADMINISTRATIVE 
OFFICE,  NORFOLK,  VA. 

(Admiral  Bellinger  was  accompanied  by  Captain  Logan  C.  Ramsey, 
U.  S.  Navy,  Chief  of  Staff  to  Commander,  Fleet  Air,  Norfolk ;  Admin- 
istrative Headquarters,  Norfolk,  Va.) 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Admiral,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

xVdmiral  Bellinger.  Vice  Admiral  P.  N.  L.  Bellinger,  U.  S.  Navy ; 
Commander,  Air  Force,  Atlantic  Fleet ;  administrative  office  at  Nor- 
folk, Virginia. 

[1576]  2.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  the  Board  is  after  facts 
as  to  what  happened  prior  to,  leading  up  to,  and  during  the  attack  at 
Pearl  Harbor.  It  is  primarily  interested  in  those  things  that  per- 
tained to  or  could  have  been  connected  with  the  Army.  From  your 
assignment  during  that  time,  the  Board  hopes  you  will  be  able  to  give 
us  some  light  on  the  facts,  and  also,  possibly,  leads  to  where  we  can 
get  other  facts. 

Will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your  assignment,  and  generally 
your  duties  thereunder,  during  the  year  lOil,  giving  dates  as  far  as 
you  can  remember. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  December  G,  1941,  and  for  several  months 
prior  thereto,  my  duties  were  as  follows: 

Commander,  Hawaiian  Based  Patrol  Wing,  and  Commander,  Patrol 
Wing  2.  Included  in  the  larger  command  were  the  patrol  squadrons 
and  aircraft  tenders  attached  to  Patrol  Wings  1  and  2. 


828        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Commander,  Task  Force  9.  This  comprised  Patrol  Wings  1  and  2, 
plus  other  units,  as  assigned  by  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet, 
for  the  conduct  of  specific  operations. 

Commander,  Fleet  Air  Detachment,  Pearl  Harbor.  The  responsibil- 
ities of  this  function  included  administrative  authority  in  local  mat- 
ters over  all  fleet  aircraft  actually  based  on  the  Naval  Air  Station, 
Pearl  Harbor. 

Liaison  witli  Comjnanclant,  14th  Naval  District,  for  aviation  devel- 
opment within  the  District,  including  Midway,  Wake,  Palmyra,  and 
Johnston  Islands. 

Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force. 

In  connection  with  the  above  duties,  I  functioned  under  [1677] 
the  following  seniors : 

Commander,  Aircraft  Scouting  Force,  who.  as  Type  Commander 
for  patrol  wings,  was  based  at  San  Diego. 

Commander,  Scouting  Force,  the  force  command  of  which  Patrol 
Wings  1  and  2  were  a  part. 

Directly  under  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  in  my  capa- 
city as  Commander,  Task  Force  9. 

Under  Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  in  his  capacity  as 
Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  when  performing  my  duties 
as  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force. 

Comanders  of  fleet  task  forces  1,  2,  and  3,  for  operation  of  patrol 
planes  assigned  to  those  forces  for  specific  operations. 

If  I  may,  and  it  is  the  desire  of  this  Board,  I  would  like  to  continue 
giving  further  information. 

3.  General  Grunert.  You  appear  to  have  some  sort  of  prepared 
statement,  and,  if  it  will  enlighten  the  Board  and  put  its  feet  on 
the  ground,  I  think  it  would  be  a  good  thing  if  you  went  ahead  with 
your  statement,  and  then  we  will  piece  it  out  with  such  additional 
information  as  we  may  want.  Is  that  all  right  with  the  Board  ?  All 
right.     Proceed. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  December  6,  1941,  and  for  several  months 
prior  thereto,  in  addition  to  my  basic  naval  duties  as  enumerated  above, 
I  had  the  title  of  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  under 
the  then  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  who  was  Admiral 
Bloch,  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District.  A  change 
in  my  sta^jis  was  contemplated  in  what  was  tlien  the  current  Navy 
War  Plan.  Under  its  provisions,  the  [157S]  units  of  my  naval 
command  were  expected  to  make  an  early  move  to  bases  in  the  outlying 
islands,  Midway,  Wake,  Johnston,  and  Palmyra.  My  own  head- 
quarters were  to  be  at  Midway. 

Reverting  to  my  status  on  Oahu,  the  most  complicated  of  mv  duties 
consisted  of  those  in  connection  with  the  air  defense  of  Pearl  Harbor. 
About  1  March  1941,  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  directed 
me  to  report  to  the  Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  to  pre- 
pare an  air  defense  plan  in  conjunction  with  the  Commanding  General, 
Hawaiian  Air  Force.  I  so  reported,  and  proceeded  with  the  assigned 
task,  working  directly  with  Major  General  F.  L.  Martin,  U.  S.  Army, 
Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Air  Force,  who,  incidentally,  was 
senior  to  me. 

The  operation  plan  for  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Force  included 
several  subsidiary  plans.     The  most  important  of  these  was  the  opera- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  829 

tion  plan  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force.  In  it  was  outlined 
the  proposed  employment  of  all  units  made  available  to  the  Naval  Base 
Defense  Air  Force.  In  so  far  as  Naval  and  JMarine  Corps  Air  Units 
were  concerned,  it  was  an  order  requiring  definite  action  when  appli- 
cable. 

Orders  from  Army  sources  covering  the  function  of  air  units  in 
the  Naval  Base  Defense  xA.ir  Force  were  the  guides  for  these  aircraft. 
Both  Army  and  Navy  orders  on  this  subject  were  based  on  the  estimate 
of  the  situation,  dated  March  31,  1941^,  and  signed  by  both  General 
Martin  and  myself.  That  estimate  was  based  on  the  conditions  as  they 
existed  at  the  time  it  was  drafted.  Changes  in  the  Naval  Air  Station 
between  that  date  and  December  7,  1941,  were  not  of  sufficient  sig- 
nificance to  warant  a  reestimate,  and  my  information  on  the  Army 
Air  Force  [1579]  indicated  an  analogous  condition.  The  esti- 
mate I  believed  and  still  believe  to  be  sound,  but  the  order  based  on 
that  estimate,  like  a  precept  of  international  law,  lacked  sanction; 
and  the  missing  sanction  in  this  case  was  the  absence  of  unity  of  com- 
mand. 

Specifically,  the  organization  was  designed  to  function  through  mu- 
tual cooperation  between  the  Army  and  Navy  for  the  defense  of  Pearl 
Harbor  against  air  attack.  As  such  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force 
could  function  only  in  the  event  of  an  actual  emergency  or  when 
proper  authority  so  directed.  The  composition  of  the  Naval  Base 
Defense  Air  Force  varied  from  day  to  day  with  the  number  of  aircraft 
made  available  to  it  by  the  various  air  commands,  both  Army  and 
Navy.  The  determining  factor  in  this  tactical  availability  was  the 
daily  employment  schedule  of  aircraft  belonging  to  the  various  air 
units.  Aircraft  reported  as  available  were  subject  to  the  operational 
control  of  the  commander.  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  or  of  the 
Army  Pursuit  Commander,  in  the  prevailing  category  of  readiness, 
only  when  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  was  in  a  functioning 
status. 

The  normal  procedure  used  for  vitalizing  this  organization  for  drills 
was  for  the  Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  in  his  capacity 
as  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  to  send  a  dispatch  reading : 

Drill.     Danger  of  air  raid  on  Pearl  Harbor  exists.     Drill. 

This  placed  the  search-and-attack  groups  in  a  functioning  status. 
On  receipt  of  this  message,  I  in  turn,  as  Commander,  Naval  Base 
Defense  Air  Force,  sent  a  dispatch  to  all  air  units  .  [1S80]  which 
made  planes  available  to  that  organization,  except  Army  pursuit  units, 
ordering  them  to  place  all  available  aircraft  in  the  highest  degree  of 
readiness.  At  this  point,  during  such  drills,  searches  were  immedi- 
ately started  by  planes  initially  in  a  high  degree  of  readiness,  and 
their  efforts  were  supplemented  by  orders  to  other  aircraft  as  they  were 
reported  ready  for  flight. 

The  term,  "Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,"'  was  actu- 
ally a  misnomer,  due  to  the  limited  composition  of  that  portion  of 
the  Air  Forces  under  my  operational  control,  which  included  only  the 
aircraft  for  scouting  to  locate  enemy  surface  units  and  to  attack  them 
when  located.  It  did  not  include  fighter  aircraft,  radar  detection  de- 
vices, or  antiaircraft  guns.  The  term  "Commander,  Naval  Base  De- 
fense Air  Force,"  was  even  more  of  a  misnomer,  as  it  implied  authority 


830        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

over  operating  units  to  a  degree  which  did  not  exist.  Tliis  authority 
was  nonexistent  until  an  emergency  was  apparent,  or  until  appro- 
priate authority  placed  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  in  a  func- 
tioning status;  and  when  so  called  into  existence,  was  limited  in  scope, 
in  that  it  consisted  only  of  operational  control  over  Army  units  based 
upon  mutual  cooperation. 

In  addition,  my  authority,  limited  as  it  was,  extended  only  over  the 
search-and-attack  groups  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  and 
was  non-existent  so  far  as  Army  pursuit  aviation  and  Navy  fiighter 
aviation  were  concerned,  which  were  to  function  under  the  operational 
control  of  Brigadier  General  H.  C.  Davidson,  U.  S.  Army. 

To  illustrate  the  lack  of  numerical  strength  of  aircraft  available 
to  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  attention  is  [1S81]  in- 
vited to  the  report  of  a  Joint  Army  and  Navy  Board,  dated  31  October 
1941,  convened  to  prepare  recommendations  covering  the  allocation 
of  aircraft  operating  areas  in  the  Hawaiian  area.  Paragraph  4  (a) 
of  this  report,  which  was  signed  by  Major  General  Martin,  as  Senior 
Army  member,  and  myself,  as  senior  Navy  member,  reads  as  follows : 

Paragraph  4.  The  problem  confronting  the  Board  as  pertains  to  Army  aviation 
was  summed  up  by  the  Army  representatives  as  follows  : 

a.  The  mission  of  the  Army  on  Oahu  is  to  defend  the  Pearl  Harbor  Naval  Base 
against  all  attacks  by  an  enemy.  The  contribution  to  be  made  by  the  Hawaiian 
Air  Force  in  carrying  out  this  mission  is  : 

(1)  To  search  for  and  destroy  enemy  surface  craft  within  radius  of  action 
by  bombardment  aviation. 

(2)  To  detect,  intercept,  and  destroy  enemy  aircraft  in  the  vicinity  of  Oahu, 
by  pursuit  aviation. 

It  was  pointed  out  that  under  the  Army  54  Group  Program,  170 
B-l7s  and  two  groups  of  163  Pursuit  planes  each,  would  be  assigned 
to  fulfill  the  above  missions. 

Naval  planes  called  for  84  patrol  planes  and  48  VSO  planes,  to  be 
directly  under  the  Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  to  sup- 
plement or  function  in  lieu  of  the  98  patrol  planes  of  Patrol  Wings  1 
and  2,  which  might  be  ordered  to  advance  bases  on  the  outlying  Islands 
of  Wake,  Midway,  Johnston,  and  Palmyra.  Further,  the  planes  actu- 
ally present  on  Oahu  were  not  free  until  ordered  to  concentrate  on  the 
naval  ba.se  Air  Defense.  Both  Army  and  Navy  were  in  the  process  of 
receiving  replacements  of  obsolescent  planes.  Army  B-18s  were  being 
replaced  by  the  [1S82]  more  modern  B-17s,  and  Patrol  Wings 
1  and  2  PBY-ls,  -2s,  and  -3s  were  being  replaced  by  PBY-5s.  The 
new  types  were  subject  to  the  usual  shake-down  difficulties  and  main- 
tenance problems. 

The  placing  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  organization  into 
a  functioning  status  would  have  necessitated  the  substantial  cessation 
of  training  activities  in  order  to  concentrate  on  defense.  With  the 
patrol  planes  constantly  scouting  to  a  maximum  range,  and  the  bomber 
aircraft  standing  by  for  attack  missions,  a  situation  would  have  been 
soon  reached  wherein  the  Navy  planes  would  have  been  greatly  reduced 
in  material  readiness  and  their  combat  crews  approaching  an  opera- 
tional fatigue  point,  while  the  Army  pilots  would  have  been  in  need 
of  refresher  training.  Hence,  as  pointed  out  in  the  Martin-Bellinger 
estimate,  the  problem  resolved  itself  into  one  of  timing  with  respect 
to  the  current  status  of  our  relations  with  Japan  and  the  necessity 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  831 

for  specific  information  as  to  the  expectation  of  an  air  attack  within 
I'ather  narrow  time  limits. 

The  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  did  not  have  the 
authority  to  place  that  organization  in  a  functioning  status,  except  in 
the  case  of  an  actual  emergency.  The  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force 
assumed  a  functioning  status  immediately  after  the  start  of  the  attack 
on  December  7,  1941,  without  orders  from  higher  authority.  Orders 
to  planes  in  the  air  were  sent  and  received  by  0805,  and  a  message — 

Air  raid  Peai-1  Harbor.    This  is  no  drill. 

was  ordered  broadcasted  at  0758  that  morning. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  have 
anything  to  do  with  the  outlying  islands,  Wake,  Midway,  and  so 
forth? 

[1S83]         Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir. 

5.  General  Grunert.  That  was  not  part  of  the  responsibility  of 
defense  or  air  action  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  was  based 
on  the  joint  estimate. 

6.  General  Frank.  The  joint  air  estimate? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  This  joint  estimate,  prepared  by  General 
Martin  and  myself  does  not  state,  "air  estimate,"  but  it  is  based  pri- 
marily on  air,  this  joint  estimate  covering  joint  Army  and  Navy  air 
action  in  the  event  of  sudden  hostile  action  against  Oahu,  or  fleet  units 
in  the  Hawaiian  area. 

7.  General  Grunert.  The  Hawaiian  area  did  not  include  anything 
outside  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  proper,  did  it? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Now,  the  Board  is  interested  in  the  terms 
used,  when  the  plan  is  "effective,"  and  when  iti  is  "operative."  These 
plans  became  effective  when  they  were  signed,  but  as  I  understand, 
you  say  they  were  not  to  become  operative  until  an  emergency  arose, 
and  then,  I  believe,  that  they  could  be  ordered  to  become  operative 
by  the  Army  or  the  Navy  Department,  or  by  local  commanders,  when 
so  agreed  upon.    Is  that  your  understanding? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  question  is,  who  were  the  "local  com- 
manders"— the  senior  Army  and  senior  Navy  officers  present? 

General  Grunert.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  Hawaiian  Coastal 
Frontier  Defense  Plan  of  approximately  February  1941,  to  which 
this  air  operational  plan  was  a  sort  of  supplement  or  appendix?  I 
have  here  what  is  known  as  the  "Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense 
Plan,"  which  was  dated  as  of  11  April  1941,  and  [ISS^]  in  that 
plan,  paragraph  15  (c) ,  (2) ,  it  states : 

Such  parts  of  this  plan  as  are  believed  necessary  will  be  put  into  effect  prior 
to  M-Day  as  ordered  by  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  or  as  mutually  agreed 
upon  by  local  commanders. 

Now,  just  who  are  referred  to,  there,  as  "local  commanders,"  the 
Board  has  not  yet  determined.  At  least,  I  do  not  know  who  are  meant. 
I  would  interpret  it  off-hand  to  mean  that  the  "local  commanders"  in 
Hawaii  would  be  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department, 
and  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  whether  or 


832        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

not  it  went  down  below  that.     But  what  was  your  understanding  as 
to  when  the  joint  air  agreement  became  effective  and  operative? 

Admiral  Bellixger.  In  this  joint  estimate  signed  by  General  Martin 
and  myself,  in  paragraph  5(e),  the  first  sentence  reads  as  follows : 

Establish  a  procedure  whereby  the  condition  of  readiness  to  be  maintained 
by  each  unit  is  at  all  times  prescribed  by  the  senior  oflBcers  present  of  the  Army 
and  Navy  as  a  result  of  all  information  currently  available  to  them. 

10.  General  Grunert.  I  thought  I  understood  you  to  say,  in  your 
statement,  that  this  naval  air  plan  functioned  only  during  an  emer- 
gency ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Or  when  set  into  the  functioning  status  by 
proper  authority.  Now,  the  question  is,  what  is  "proper  authority"? 
My  understanding  of  it  is  that  the  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense 
Force,  could  issue  an  order.  Whether  it  would  be  complied  with 
completely  by  the  Army,  lacking  an  [loSS]  emergency,  would 
depend  on  the  iniderstanding  of  the  Army  commander,  whether  that 
was  a  state  of  emergency  which  required  concentrating  on  that  type 
of  work.  That  question,  as  I  say,  never  came  up  except  in  connection 
with  drills,  and  when  a  drill  was  held  it  was  arranged  by  mutual  con- 
sent prior  to  the  time  of  the  drill,  in  order  to  make  sure  that  the  forces 
involved,  particularly  with  the  Army,  would  be  available  to  take  part 
in  the  drill. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Then,  for  each  such  drill  or  maneuver,  it 
required  cooperation  for  that  particular  period,  and  did  not  extend 
beyond  that  period  ?     Is  that  right  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  During  the  joeriod  of  the  drill,  the  cooperation 
existed ;  yes. 

12.  General  Grunert.  That  was  because  the  two  senior  commanders 
agreed  upon  having  such  a  drill  and  maneuver? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

13.  General  Grunert.  To  your  knowledge,  did  the  Commandant 
of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  and  the  Commanding  General  of  the 
Hawaiian  Department  agree  at  any  time  prior  to  December  7  to  make 
this  joint  air  operation  agreement  effective  as  an  emergency? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  remember  a  situation  wherein  the  Army 
were  having  a  3-day  period  of  drills,  in  which  the  Navy  cooperated 
in  these  drills,  to  get  both  Army  and  Navy  forces  working  together. 
This  was  subsequent  to  the  plans  and  directives,  and  this  estimate  we 
have  just  been  discussing,  which  were  in  effect. 

14.  General  Grunert.  That,  again,  does  not  answer  the  question. 
[1580]         Admiral  Bellinger.  Excuse  me — may  I  continue  ? 

15.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  first  day,  the  operations  were  carried  out 
under  the  plans  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force.  That  night,  I 
received  a  dispatch  from  Army  headquarters,  stating  that  the  bomber 
command  was  no  longer  "under  my  command,"  or  "operational 
control" — I  have  forgotten  the  term  used  in  the  dispatch.  I  wondered 
what  caused  that  dispatch,  and  what  it  meant.  It  arrived  late  at 
night.  The  next  morning,  there  was  an  air-raid  drill  in  connec- 
tion with  these  operations  scheduled,  and  in  carrying  out  the  plans 
for  this  drill  the  question,  to  me,  was,  was  the  Army  Bomber  Command 
going  to  function,  or  not? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  833 

About  5  o'clock  in  the  morninir.  the  Wiuo-  Commander.  Colonel 
Farthing,  called  me  up  and  asked  if  we  were  going  to  ask  for  the 
Ai-niy  to  assist  the  Navy.  I  said,  "No;  I  don't  know  of  any  plan  to 
do  that,"  that  I  was  not  the  one  to  ask  for  the  Army  to  assist  the  Navy ; 
that  would  be  for  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  if  they 
wanted  the  Navy  to  ask  for  the  Army  to  assist  the  Navy.  He  said 
to  me  that  they  would  like  to  work  in  this  problem.  Well,  I  said  I 
would  like  very  much  to,  and  that  I  would  keep  them  informed,  and 
they  could  carry  out  their  directives,  as  they  might  think,  acting  on 
the  information  I  gave  them,  as  they  saw  fit,  in  accordance  with  their 
directives. 

In  checking  later  to  find  out  why  this  dispatch  was  sent,  changing 
the  plan,  so  to  speak,  I  was  informed  that  it  related  to  the  provisions 
of  joint  action,  which,  in  my  understanding,  were  superseded,  to  the 
extent  as  indicated,  in  the  plans  [1587]  embodied  in  the  de- 
fense of  Pearl  Harbor. 

After  that,  I  proposed  a  letter  to  General  Short,  for  the  signature 
of  Admiral  Bloch,  to  endeavor  to  straighten  that  situation  out,  and  I 
believe  it  was  more  or  less  straightened  out  in  so  far  as  I  could  see 
from  the  preliminary  phases  of  it;  the  idea  being  that  if  an  emer- 
gency did  exist  and  was  present,  then  it  would  not  require  authority 
or  sanction  of  Greneral  Short  for  the  Bomber  Command  to  function; 
and  it  was  in  that  way  and  in  that  echelon  that  I  am  speaking  about, 
now. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Fleet 
ever  indicate  his  approval  of  that  joint  air  agreement  as  signed  by 
Admiral  Bloch  and  General  Short  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  assume  he  did  approve  it,  because  Admiral 
Block  functioned  under  the  Commander-in-Chief  in  his  capacity,  in 
the  defense  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

IT.  General  Grunert.  Now,  of  course,  that  was  an  incident  in  the 
case  of  straightening  things  out  so  you  could  cooperate.  What  I  want 
to  start  in  with  is  to  get  down  to  the  basis.  This  Joint  Hawaiian 
Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan  was  based  on  joint  action  of  the  Army 
and  Navy,  as  agreed  to  in  Washington.  Under  paragraph  9  (b) 
thereof,  is  reads : 

Operations  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  will  be  coordinated  by  exercise  of  unity 
of  command  in  tlie  following  cases  : 

1.  Where  ordered  by  the  President ;  or, 

2.  When  provided  for  in  joint  agreements  between  the  Secretary  of  War  and 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy ;  or, 

3.  When  Commanders  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  agree  tliat  the  situation  re- 
quires the  exercise  of  unity  of  command,  and  further  agree  as  to  the  service  that 
shall         [  Z5SS]         exercise  such  command. 

Was  there  at  any  time,  up  to  December  7,  any  discussion  as  to  the 
necessity  for  agreeing  on  the  exercise  of  unity  of  command,  under  the 
conditions  that  then  existed? 

[loS9]  Admiral  Bellinger.  I  had  mentioned  it.  In  other  words, 
I  was  not  satisfied  with  the  setup  under  the  estimate  and  directives 
concerning  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force.  I  thought  that  it  was 
necessary  to  have  a  unity  of  command  to  make  such  an  operation  a 
success. 

18.  General  Frank.  You  mean  a  unity  of  command  before  some- 
thing happened  ? 


834        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Admiral  Beixinger.  Yes. 

19.  General  Frank.  Rather  than  when  it  happened? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Up  to  December  7th  was  there  ever  a  period 
that  in  your  mind  made  it  necessary  to  brin^  that  thing  to  a  head  be- 
cause things  were  about  to  happen?  In  other  words,  an  imminence 
of  possible  attack?  You  apparently  in  your  estimate  figured  that  an 
air  raid  or  attack  was  highly  possible,  if  not  probable.  Now,  was  there 
such  a  period  that  it  seemed  to  be  more  necessary  than  ever  to  bring 
that  to  a  head? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  would  like  to  point  out  this :  that  this  joint 
estimate  is  based  on 

21.  General  Frank.  Between  3?ou  and  Martin? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes;  the  joint  estimate  signed  by  General 
Martin  and  myself. 

22.  General  Grunert.  But  approved  by  the  14th  Naval  District  and 
by  the  Admiral  of  the  Fleet? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  This  estimate  (indicating)  ?  I  assume  so.  I 
was  directed  to  cooperate  with  the  Army  and  work  out  a  plan. 

23.  General  Frank.  By  whom? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  By  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Fleet, 
[1S90]  Admiral  Kimmel.  I  was  directed  to  report  to  the  Com- 
mandant of  the  Naval  Base  to  do  this,  who  was  Admiral  Block ;  and 
the  most  logical  procedure  w^as  first  to  make  an  estimate  of  the  situa- 
tion, and  this  was  the  first  step  in  the  effort  to  bring  about  a  plan  of 
action,  but  this  estimate,  as  you  see,  was  based  on  in  the  event  of  a 
sudden  hostile  action  against  Oahu  and  fleet  units  in  the  Haw^aiian 
areas.    It  was  not  an  estimate  of  Japanese  war  plans. 

24.  General  Frank.  Doesn't  that  estimate  state  that  a  surprise  Jap 
air  attack  was  the  most  probable  action  expected  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  "It  appears  that  the  most  likely  and  dangerous 
form  of  attack  on  Oahu  would  be  an  air  attack,"  is  a  quotation  from 
the  estimate.  You  asked  me,  Was  this  estimate  approved.  In  carrying 
out  my  instructions,  the  estimate  and  my  directive  for  carrying  out 
the  Navy  end  of  the  estimate,  the  decisions  of  the  estimate,  w^ere  sent 
to  the  Commander  Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  who  was  my  superior 
in  command. 

25.  General  Frank.  That  was  Admiral  Bloch  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Admiral  Bloch.  I  assumed  that  General 
Martin  sent  his  copies  to  General  Short,  and  the  agreement  between 
General  Martin  and  myself  was  that  on  the  basis  of  this  estimate  he 
would  get  out  a  directive  for  his  part  of  the  forces  involved,  and  I 
would  get  out  a  directive  for  my  part  of  the  forces  involved,  and  that 
was  done. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Presumably  it  was  approved,  because  it  was 
done? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Beg  pardon  ? 

27.  General  Grunert.  The  presumption  is  that  it  had  the  approval 
of  higher  headquarters  because  action  was  taken  in  [1591]  get- 
ting it  out  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  am  sure  it  had  the  approval.  I  am  sure  it 
had  the  approval  because  I  was  complimented  on  the  cooperation  as 
indicated  between  Army  and  Navy. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  835 

28.  General  Grunert.  I  want  to  get  this  fact:  But  that  was  not 
to  become  operative  until  an  emergency  was  on  your  neck,  but  I  want 
to  find  out  if  there  wasn't  a  period  of  imminence  there  in  which  those 
concerned  should  have  tried  to  force  to  a  conclusion  to  make  it  opera- 
tive now  or  to  have  declared  a  state  of  affairs  so  that  unity  of  com- 
mand could  have  been  put  into  effect,  and  you  said  you  had  that  in 
mind  but  that  it  was  not  done  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No.  Pardon  me.  That  could  have  been  done 
at  any  time  by  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District,  who  was 
Commander  Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  if  it  was  approved  by  and 
agreed  upon  by  General  Short. 

29.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  I  want  to  get  at.  Why  didn't 
they  get  together  and  agree  upon  it? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Or  it  could  have  been  put  in  effect  by  General 
Short  if  proposed  by  him  and  agreed  upon  by  Admiral  Bloch. 

There  was  one  point  I  wish  to  raise,  though,  in  that:  that  naval 
planes  that  were  scheduled  and  which  were  made  available  when 
available  to  function  under  this  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  were 
not  separate  and  distinct  from  other  functions  for  which  they  were 
assigned,  which  the  Commander  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with,  the 
Commander-in-Chief  Pacific  Fleet. 

30.  General  Grunert.  But  this  is  the  thing  that  confuses  me :  the 
Naval  Defense  District  and  the  Commanding  General  of  the  [1592] 
Hawaiian  Department  could  get  together  and  agree  to  do  this  and 
that,  and  then  suddenly  the  Comander-in-Chief  of  the  Fleet  comes 
in  and  he  may  issue  orders  that  are  not  in  consonance  with  the  agree- 
ments that  General  Short  and  Admiral  Bloch  had.  In  other  words, 
he  got  out  an  instruction  which  was  late — I  don't  know — in  October, 
and  whether  or  not  that  was  in  consonance  with  the  Hawaiian  defense 
plan  and  with  the  air  operational  agreement,  I  do  not  know,  but 
where  does  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Fleet  come  in  on  these 
agreements  between  the  District  and  the  Department?  Does  he  have 
to  approve  them?  If  he  doesn't  approve  them,  he  has  most  of  the 
means  or  some  of  the  means  that  will  be  involved  therein. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  Admiral  Bloch  func- 
tioned under  the  Commander-in-Chief  Pacific  Fleet,  for  those  pur- 
poses I  am  sure  that  what  was  done  in  preparation  of  the  plan  had 
his  approval. 

31.  General  Frank.  For  what  purposes?  You  said,  "for  those  pur- 
poses."    I  am  trying  to  get  what  they  were. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  For  the  Pearl  Harbor  defense  force. 

32.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  a  question  here. 

33.  General  Grunert.     Go  ahead. 

34.  General  Frank.  Will  you  give  us  a  little  explanation  of  your 
official  relationship  to  Admiral  Bloch  and  to  the  Commander  of  the 
Fleet? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  My  direct  relation  with  Admiral  Bloch  was  by 
a  directive  from  the  Commander-in-Chief  to  report  to  him  for  duty 
in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  a  plan  coordinated  with  the 
Army  for  the  air  defense  of  Pearl  Harbor,  and  as  such  and  in  con- 
formity with  such  I  reported,  and  then  as  a  result  of  [15931 
that  I  became  what  was  known  then  as  Commander  Naval  Base  Air 

79716 — 4G— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 4 


836        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Force  functioning-  under  Admiral  Bloch,  tlie  Commandant  of  the 
14tli  Naval  District. 

35.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now,  as  that  Commander  what  were 
your  responsibilities  to  Admiral  Block  and  what  were  they  to  Admiral 
Kimmel  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Admiral  Kimmel  had  super  authority  over  all 
the  rest  of  the  Navy,  and  my  forces  could  be  removed  at  any  time  on 
any  million  that  he  saw  fit  to  assign  them ;  and  as  an  instance,  about 
December  4th  there  were  two  squadrons  of  planes,  one  at  Wake  and 
one  at  Midway,  in  connection  with  an  operation  which  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  Pacific  had  directed.  Those  planes  were  subject  to  being 
utilized  in  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  when  available. 

36.  General  Geunert.  When  and  if  they  were  available.  When 
they  are  ashore  and  available,  they  could  be  used  for  that  defense,  but 
he.  Admiral  Kimmel,  could  pull  out  anything  that  pertained  to  the 
fleet  at  any  time  needed  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

37.  General  Frank.  Who  was  responsible  for  this  Martin-Bellinger 
agreement,  the  next  higher  man?  Admiral  Bloch  or  Admiral  Kim- 
mel, or  both,  or  you  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  joint  estimate  signed  by  Martin  and  Bel- 
linger was  the  result  of  the  initiative  taken  by  Admiral  Kimmel.  It 
was  signed  by  General  Martin  and  myself.  Therefore  we  are  re- 
sponsible for  the  joint  estimate. 

38.  General  Frank.  We  know  who  was  the  next  man  above  General 
Martin,  and  it  was  General  Short,  and  there  is  no  question  about  it ; 
but  I  still  do  not  know  who  was  the  next  man  above  you  to  [-?<^^4] 
be  responsible  for  this  thing. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Admiral  Bloch  was  the  one  who  was  responsible 
above  me  in  connection  with  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force. 

39.  General  Grunert.  But  Admiral  Kimmel  at  any  time  could  butt 
into  Admiral  Bloch's  business  in  the  defense  line  and  sort  of  disrupt  it 
by  taking  out  some  of  his  means  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  correct.  The  naval  war  plans  in  ex- 
istence at  that  time  required  me  to  base  at  Midway  and  my  patrol 
planes  to  operate  from  the  four  islands,  Midway,  Wake,  Palmyra,  and 
Johnston,  and  possibly  some  at  Oahu. 

40.  General  Grunert.  Here  in  this  case  through  the  direction  of  the 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  he  initiated  or  he  told  you  to 
get  bus}^  on  that  estimate,  and  as  a  result  of  that  estimate  there  came 
about  this  joint  air  operations  agreement  which  was  signed  by  General 
Short  and  by  Admiral  Bloch,  but  in  that  agreement  it  envisaged  using 
air  forces  that  pertained  to  the  Fleet,  and  your  use  of  them  was  only 
when  they  were  ashore,  and  they  could  be  taken  out  from  under  you 
at  any  time  as  far  as  the  actual  defense  of  Hawaii  was  concerned  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Correct. 

41.  General  Frank.  They  could  be  taken  out  from  under  you  as 
Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  Commander  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes,  but  not 

42.  General  Frank.  But  you  still  would  have  them  under  jouv 
command  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  837 

Admiral  Belijngek.  As  Commander  Patrol  Wings,  Hawaiian  Area. 

43.  General  Frank.  In  which  event  you  no  longer  Avere  under 
[1595]         Admiral  Bloch? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No.  I  was  under  Commander-in-Chief  Pacific 
in  that  capacity.  That  was  what  I  tried  to  indicate  when  I  answered 
the  first  question,  and  I  think  you  will  find  that  very  clearly  put  as  an 
answer  to  the  question. 

44.  General  Frank.  Now  I  would  like  to  ask  this  question.  Let  us 
assume  that  somebody  did  say  that,  "Here  is  unity  of  command." 
AVith  the  forces  that  you  had  wliat  would  you  have  done  about  it  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  unity  of  command  in  connection  with  the 
Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force? 

45.  General  Frank.  With  the  whole  situation,  unity  of  command; 
suppose  that  were  on  December  1st. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  In  that  case  whoever  had  unity  of  command 
would  be  responsible  for  all  phases  of  action  which  he  initiated. 
Therefore,  if  he  took  planes  av/ay  for  one  purpose,  he  is  responsible. 
If  he  takes,  sets  the  planes  for  one  purpose  at  another  place,  he  is 
responsible  there.  In  other  words,  if  he  has  a  certain  amount  of  forces, 
he  would  be  responsible  for  the  distribution  of  those  forces. 

46.  General  Frank.  I  know,  but  what  I  am  trying  to  get  at  is  this : 
In  view  of  the  lack  of  equipment,  assuming  that  you  had  had  com- 
mand of  it  as  a  result  of  the  Navy  having  command  under  the  principle 
of  unity  of  command,  what  could  you  have  done? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  do  not  know  that  I  could  have  done  any- 
thing more  unless — that  is  I. 

47.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  Commander  who  had  unity  of  command 
may  have  done  more,  yes,  because  he  would  be  in  a  position,  as 
[1596]  I  say,  to  make  distribution  of  forces,  complete  distribu- 
tion, as  he  saw  necessity  therefor. 

48.  General  Frank.  Were  you  familiar  with  the  messages  that  ar- 
rived along  the  Ifith  of  October  up  through  the  27th  of  November? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  16th? 

49.  General  Frank.  October  16th,  and  November  24th  and  27th. 
Admiral  Bellinger.  1 6th  of  October  ? 

50.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  I  never  saw  any  of  those  messages.  I  do 
not  remember  one  on  the  16th. 

51.  General  Frank.  Well,  there  was  one  on  the  16th. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is,  I  never  saw  these  messages  prior  to 
December  7th. 

52.  General  Frank.  Well,  there  was  a  message  on  the  16th,  a  Navy 
message.  In  effect  it  said,  "Take  due  precautions  including  such  pre- 
paratory deployments  as  will  not  disclose  strategic  intention  nor  con- 
stitute provocative  action  against  Japan."  That  was  the  Navy  message 
as  of  the  16th  of  October. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  do  not  remember,  sir. 

53.  General  Frank.  You  did  not  know  anything  about  that  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  No.     There  was  a  conference  in  connection 

with  the  reinforcement  of  Wake  and  in  connection  with  Midway,  and 
in  the  first  tentative  plan  it  was  contemplated  that  Army  pursuit 
planes  might  be  put  out  there.    Then  that  was  not  agreed  upon,  so 


838        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Marine  planes  were  put  out  there.  I  attended  a  conference  in  the 
Commander-in-Chief's  office.  I  have  forgotten  the  date.  It  may  have 
been  on  the  basis  of  that  dispatch.  I  do  not  remember  ever  having 
seen  that  dispatch. 

54.  General  Frank.  On  the  24th  of  November  there  was  another 
[1597]  message :  Caution  relative  possibility  of  surprise  attack  on 
Guam  or  Philippine  Islands. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Never  saw  it.  I  never  saw  it  prior  to  Decem- 
ber 7.  My  statement  with  regard  to  not  having  seen  these  dispatches 
refers  to  prior  to  December  7. 

55.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  that  they  had  arrived? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Not  prior  to  December  7. 

56.  General  Frank.  You  did  not. 

Then  there  was  one  of  the  27th  of  November :  War  warning.  Guam 
Samoa  warned  re  sabotage  .  Jap  action  versus  Philippines,  Thai,  or 
Kra  Peninsula,  Borneo,  expected.  You  did  not  know  anything  about 
that? 

Admiral  Bellinger,  Not  prior  to  December  7. 

57.  General  Frank.  And  the  Army  sent  out  a  message.  Since  then 
you  have  known  that  those  messages  had  gone  out  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

58.  General  Frank.  But  at  that  time  you  knew  nothing  about  it? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  I  did  not. 

59.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  that  there  was  a  tense  situation 
existing? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  paper  indicated  quite  a  tense  situation. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  tense  situation  had  been  rising  and  falling, 
as  you  remember  yourself,  out  in  that  area  for  some  time.  It  caused 
me  to  write  considerable  letters  trying  to  build  up  my  forces  and  to 
get  action.  I  realized  thoroughly  that  it  was  a  tense  situation,  and  as 
I  say  the  papers  indicated  a  tense  situation,  but  I  had  no  knowledge 
of         [1S98]         secret  dispatches  at  that  time  prior  to  December  7th. 

60.  General  Frank.  How  many  P.  B.  Y.s  did  you  have  then? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  We  had  a  total  of  81  P.  B.  Y.s  in  the  Patrol 

Wings  1  and  2.  And  when  I  say  "we  had"  that  included  those  that 
were  at  Midway  as  well. 

61.  General  Frank.  How  many  did  you  have  right  there  in  Pearl 
Harbor  and  Kaneohe  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  what  day  ? 

62.  General  Frank.  December  first  to  seventh. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  December  5th  one  squadron  that  had  been 
away,  that  is,  a  squadron  of  12  planes  that  had  been  away  for  over 
a  month  or  so,  basing  on  both  Midway  and  Wake,  returned,  and  one 
squadron  was  at  Midway  on  December  6th. 

From  December  1  to  5  we  had  57  P.  B.  Y.  planes. 

63.  General  Frank.  OnOahu? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  Oahu  or  in  the  Hawaiian  area. 
On  December  5  to  7  we  had  69,  with  9  out  of  commission. 
Excuse  me.    I  have  to  check  this  a  little  bit.    I  have  got  figures  to 
show  all  this,  and  I  want  to  make  sure  that  I  am  right  on  this. 

64.  General  Frank.  Well,  you  have  the  records  of  the  exact  number 
of  planes,  haven't  you  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  839 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  December  7th  we  had  at  Kaneohe  36  phmes, 
at  Pearl  33  planes,  and  at  Midway  12  planes,  making  a  total  of  81 
planes. 

[ISW]  65.  General  Frank.  What  I  am  getting  around  to  is 
this:  What  kind  of  reconnaissance  or  patrolling  did  you  carry  out 
between  November  27th  and  December  7th  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  There  was  a  requirement  by  a  directive  from 
the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific,  to  patrol  wings — not  Naval  Base 
Air  Defense,  but  patrol  wings — to  search  fleet  operating  areas  in  the 
early  morning  at  sunrise. 

66.  General  Frank.  Those  are  task  force  operating  areas? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes.    That  was  a  daily  occurrence. 

[IGOO]  67.  General  Frank.  About  how  many  planes  did  you 
send  out? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  From  three  to  six,  depending  on  the  amount  of 
area  covered  by  these  assigned  operating  areas. 

68.  General  Frank.  Is  that  the  total  number  that  went  out  during 
the  da}',  or  did  thej^  relieve  each  other  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  search  was  in  the  early  morning,  and 
when  that  was  accomplished,  that  was  the  search  for  that  day  on 
that  particular  job. 

69.  General  Grunert.  What  was  the  purpose  of  the  search? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  To  guard  against  submarine  attack,  primarily, 

or  Japanese  ships  in  the  area. 

70.  General  Grunert.  And  that  was  primarily  done  in  order  to 
know  that  in  that  area  a  task  force  could  operate  with  comparative 
security  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes;  from  surface  or  sub-surface  craft. 

71.  General  Grunert.  It  had  nothing  to  do  with  searching  or  mak- 
ing reconnaissance  for  the  defense  of  Oahu  ? 

72.  General  Frank.  Against  a  surprise  attack? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No.  Excuse  me.  There  was  patrolling  being 
carried  on  from  Midway. 

73.  General  Frank.  What  I  would  like  to  know  is  this:  Was  any 
patrolling  being  done  as  a  prevention  against  a  surprise  attack? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Only  in  the  vicinity  of  Midway.  There  was 
a  movement  in  connection  with  putting  these  planes  that  I  spoke 
about,  these  Marine  planes,  on  Midway  and  Wake,  and  in  connection 
with  the  movement  of  the  carrier  task  force  which  was  charged  with 
that  job  we  had  patrol  planes  on  Midway  and  Wake  that  did  certain 
security  patrol  which  was  in  connection  with  the  security  of  the  task 
force  at  sea. 

74.  General  Frank.  What  instructions  did  you  receive  with 
[10011  respect  to  conducting  patrols  or  reconnaissance  for  security 
purposes  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  ones  I  spoke  about,  which  required  a 
search  of  operating  areas  in  the  early  morning  each  day. 

75.  General  Frank.  You  had  no  instructions  from  anybody  to  con- 
duct any  search  against  a  force  to  protect  you  from  a  surprise  attack? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  We  had  had  on  specific  occasions,  when  there 
was  some  apparent  reason  for  doing  so.  That  instance  had  occurred 
for  one  or  two  different  periods  during  the  year. 


840        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

76.  General  Frank.  Was  Naval  Combat  Intelligence  information 
made  available  to  you  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  depends  on  the  echelon  or  kind  of  in- 
telligence. 

77.  General  Frank.  During  this  period? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Those  dispatches  were  not  made  available  to 
me. 

78.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  information  about  a  Japanese 
task  force  with  carriers  in  the  Marshalls  about  the  first  of  December? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No  ;  not  to  my  knowledge. 

79.  General  Frank.  Such  information  would  certainly  put  you  on 
your  high  horse  to  get  busy,  would  it  not  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  In  order  for  me  to  get  busy  I  would  have  to 
initiate  some  proposition  to  higher  authority;  that  is,  to  get  busy 
lacking  some  definite  actual  emergency. 

80.  General  Frank.  If  you  had  gotten  that  information  would  you 
not  have  done  some  recommending? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  something  that  I  would  like  to 
say  [1602]  yes  to.  I  hope  I  would  have  done  so.  But  this 
IS  post-Pearl  Harbor,  and  then  was  ante-Pearl  Harbor  when  we  were 
at  peace.     But  I  think  I  would  have. 

81.  General  Frank.  But  at  the  time  3^ou  knew  nothing  about  it? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  No. 

82.  General  Grunert.  I  would  like  to  go  back  to  the  subject  of 
what  we  call  distant  reconnaissance.  You  may  call  it  patrol  or 
whatnot.  If  you  had  received  instructions  to  do  some  distant  recon- 
naissance or  patrolling  with  a  view  to  finding  out  whether  there  was 
any  air  force  that  might  come  in  to  attack  Hawaii,  in  the  line  of 
discovering  the  location  of  carriers,  from  whom  would  you  have 
received  that  directive  for  such  a  reconnaissance. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Either  Admiral  Bloch,  by  his  status  as  Com- 
mander, Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  in  which  case  I  assume  he  would 
have  conferred  with  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  prior  to 
issuing  the  order,  or  I  might  have  received  it  direct  from  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, Pacific. 

83.  General  Frank.  All  the  planes  that  you  had  to  perform  any 
missions  as  Commander  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense,  Air  Forces,  were 
sent  over  there  from  the  fleet,  were  they  not  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Will  you  repeat  that,  please? 

84.  General  Frank.  You  had  a  series  of  six  hats  that  you  wore. 
Among  them  was  Commander  of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Force, 
which  was  under  Admiral  Bloch;  but  Admiral  Bloch,  as  the  Com- 
mander of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  had  no  airplanes.  There- 
fore any  airplanes  that  were  made  available  for  work  as  such  in  the 
Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  were  sent  over  there  from  one  of  these 
several  units? 

[1603]  Admiral  Bellinger.  Or  else  the  Army  Bomber  Com- 
mand. 

85.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  as  long  as  the  commander  of  the 
fleet  left  the  planes  there.  Admiral  Bloch  and.  in  turn,  you — but 
principally  Admiral  Bloch  because  you  belonged  to  both  of  them — 
Admiral  Bloch 's  plans  for  carrying  out  his  missions  were  secure; 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  841 

but  if  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  fleet  wanted  to  pull  some  of 
those  planes  away,  that  left  Admiral  Bloch  high  and  dry,  so  far  as 
carrying  out  the  missions  he  wanted  carried  out  was  concerned.  Is 
that  correct  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  correct.  In  other  words,  the  planes 
comprising  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  were  a  "movable 
feast".  In  other  words,  there  was  no  stable  organization  set  aside 
to  form  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  prior  to  December  7th. 
After  December  7th,  and  on  Deecember  7th,  the  main  mission  became 
Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  and  all  planes  functioned  on  that 
duty,  unless  otherwise  specifically  directed  by  the  Commander-in- 
Chief,  who  also  took  cognizance,  and  direct  cognizance,  of  the  activi- 
ties of  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Force. 

May  I  inject  one  thing  on  this  matter?  As  I  said  before,  the 
Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  initiated  the  formation  of  this 
Naval  Base  Defense  Force,  including  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air 
Force.  He  did  it,  so  I  understand,  in  order  to  endeavor,  with  the 
forces  available,  to  prepare  the  best  plan,  considering  all  the  other 
factors  involved  in  operation,  and  to  bi'ing  about  some  kind  of 
coordinated  effort  through  mutual  cooperation,  utilizing  what  existed 
or  might  exist  in  case  the  need  for  it  arose. 

86.  General  Frank.  One  question  I  would  like  to  ask  about  this 
agreement.  I  asked  you  who  was  the  one  man  in  the  Navy  [1604-] 
responsible  for  the  execution  of  the  Martin-Bellinger  Agreement.  We 
have  three  names,  Bloch,  Bellinger  and  Kimmel.  Under  which  of 
the  three  shells  do  we  find  the  peanut? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  General  Short  was — — 

87.  General  Frank  (interposing).  I  say,  just  in  the  Navy. 
Admiral  Bellinger.  It  was  not  within  my  authority  to  start  the 

Air  Defense  Force  unless  there  was  an  emergency  existing.  In  other 
words,  it  could  not  be  started  by  me  to  meet  a  thought  that  I  might 
have  of  danger,  unless  there  was  some  definite  reason  to  indicate  it,  in 
which  case  I  would  have  had  to  get  some  sort  of  backing  from  General 
Martin  in  order  to  present  this  idea  to  higher  authority,  because  it 
would  have  to  be  a  mutual  agreement  to  start  it,  by  General  Short  and 
Admiral  Bloch. 

88.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  am  getting  at.  We  knew  to 
whom  Martin  would  go ;  tliere  is  no  question  about  that.  He  would  go 
to  Short.  But  to  whom  would  you  go?  You  would  go  to  Bloch  or 
Kimmel  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  With  reference  to  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air 
Force  I  would  go  to  Bloch.    He  was  my  boss. 

89.  General  Frank.  All  right.    Thank  j'ou. 

90.  General  Grunert.  I  want  to  exhaust  two  subjects  before  we  go 
on  with  another,  in  so  far  as  they  are  exhaustable  with  the  present  light. 

Let  us  continue  what  we  might  call  this  command  phase.  Here  we 
have  the  Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan  executed  between  the 
Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department,  and  the  Commandant 
of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District.  Therein,  as  agreed  to  and  appar- 
ently approved  all  around,  it  is  provided,  under  [1605]  para- 
graph 18,  that 

The  Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  shaU  provide  for — 


842        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

{ind  it  runs  from  A  to  P  and  paragraph  I  thereof  is  "Distant  Recon- 
naissance". It  is  agreed  that  the  Navy  shall  provide  distant 
reconnaissance. 

As  far  as  the  Navy  is  concerned,  in  the  signatures  to  that  there  is 
the  signature  of  the  Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District.  He  is 
to  provide  for  something,  but  apparently  he  has  nothing  to  do  that 
providing  with,  unless  he  can  get  it  from  his  senior,  who  happens  to 
be  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet.  If  he  is  not  given  the  means 
A\ herewith  to  do  that,  what  was  the  use  of  having  him  agree  to  do  it? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  It  sounds  a  little  bit  worse  than  it  actually 
might  have  been,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  Admiral  Bloch  was  responsi- 
ble and  functioned  under  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  for 
that  purpose.  The  Commander-in-Chief  did  have  an  onus  in  con- 
nection with  that  also,  because  Bloch  was  his  man  for  that  purpose, 

91.  General  Grunert.  This  is  my  understanding  of  it.  Here  is  the 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet.  That  is  not  only  Hawaii : 
it  is  the  Pacific.  He  has  his  headquarters  at  the  same  place  as  that 
of  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District.  Therefore, 
he  is  in  command,  and  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  Dis- 
trict is  his  subordinate  and  under  him,  and  he  is  charged  with  the 
defense  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  They  make  an  agreement  as  be- 
tween the  Army,  which  is  charged  with  defense,  and  the  Fourteenth 
Naval  District,  which  is  charged  with  defense,  and  he  agrees  to  do 
some  distant  reconnaissance.  [1606]  He  has  no  means,  appar- 
ently, for  this  distant  reconnaissance,  or  he  did  not  have  except  such  as 
the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  fleet  saw  fit  to  make  available  to  him. 
In  the  absence  of  sufficient  aircraft  to  meet  all  the  demands  there  neces- 
sarily was  a  sort  of  pool,  and  that  pool  was  primarily  for  the  fleet 
and  secondarily  for  the  District.  Ordinarily,  most  of  the  time  the 
fleet  used  it  and  it  could  not  be  made  available  to  the  District  if  the 
fleet  was  going  to  use  it.  So  it  resulted  in  what?  It  resulted  in  your 
being  put  in  command  of  practically  all  the  air  forces  and  the  activi- 
ties of  all  the  air  forces,  and  you  had  four  or  five  or  six  different 
propositions  and  you  had  three  or  four  people  to  go  to :  You  had  the 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  fleet;  you  had  the  District  Commander, 
and  you  also  had  some  task  force  commanders,  I  believe. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  task  force  commanders  came  into  the  pic- 
ture when  the  task  forces  were  operating. 

92.  General  Grunert.  So,  about  the  only  thing  you  could  do,  ap- 
parently, was  to  agree  with  the  Army  Air  Force  commander  and  say, 
"We  will  do  what  we  can  with  what  we  have  got;  and  in  order  to 
know  what  we  have  got,  my  part  of  the  plan  is  seaward,  and  your 
part  of  the  plan  is  over  the  land  or  nearby."  And  you  agreed  on 
what  each  other  would  do,  and  you  agreed  that  when  the  time  came 
the  fighters  of  the  Navy  would  be  turned  over  to  the  Army,  and  what 
we  may  call  the  reconnaissance  of  the  Army  would  be  turned  over  to 
the  Navy.  That  is,  generally  speaking.  So  each  day,  or  periodically, 
you  made  reports  to  each  other  as  to  what  was  available  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Each  day. 

93.  General  Grunert.  And,  therefore,  you  agreed  that 

When  and  [1607]  if  the  time  comes  that  we  may  have  to  put  this  plan 
into  effect,  that  is  our  working  scheme. 

Is  that  generally  a  fair  statement? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  843 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Generally  speaking,  I  would  say  that  is 
correct. 

94.  General  Grunert.  Without  any  details. 

Now,  apparently  the  inherent  weakness  in  making  such  plans  is  the 
question  of  their  not  becoming  operative  in  time  to  meet  an  attack? 
Is  that  true? 

Admiral  Bellinger,  That  is  correct.  In  other  words,  it  is  not 
operative  until  made  operative. 

95.  General  Frank.  It  depended  on  a  period  of  strained  relations? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes.     There  was  dependence  on  information 

that  indicated  that  it  was  very  advisable  to  put  it  into  operation ;  and 
then  that  required,  I  would  say,  mutual  consent  from  Admiral  Bloch 
and  General  Short  in  which  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific,  would 
have  a  good  deal  to  do  about  it  with  reference  to  how  many  planes 
could  be  used  for  that.  For  instance,  he  might  send  planes  away. 
As  I  say,  these  two  squadrons  of  planes  that  went  to  Midway  and 
Wake  were  on  the  direct  order  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific. 

96.  General  Frank.  It  could  have  been  put  into  effect,  that  is,  this 
unity  of  command,  by  direction  from  Washington  in  accordance  with 
joint  Army  and  Navy  action? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

97.  General  Grunert.  Washington  did  not  direct  it. 

The  only  way  you  had  an  idea  of  whether  or  not  this  prepared  plan 
would  work  would  be  by  a  number  of  drills  and  exercises,  which  I 
understand  were  had  ? 

\16'08]         Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

98.  General  Grunert.  But  there  was  no  period  of  imminence  of 
war  that  impressed  itself  upon  the  minds  of  those  present  to  decide 
to  get  together  to  make  this  plan  operative  and  to  do  it  every  day 
until  something  broke  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Apparently  not. 

99.  General  Grunert.  Would  it  then  have  been  better,  and  would 
it  have  given  a  better  chance  to  meet  an  attack  on  December  7,  had 
that  plan  been  made  operative  as  of  the  27th  of  November,  and  from 
that  time  on  you  had  exercised  daily  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  a  result  of  hindsight  and  the  proper  selec- 
tion of  a  sector  for  distant  reconnaissance,  I  would  say  yes.  The  ques- 
tion which  has  to  be  taken  into  consideration  in  looking  back  now, 
with  out  minds  built  around  ante-December  7  days,  is  this,  and  I  would 
like  to  bring  this  point  out:  We  were  in  the  process  of  getting  new 
planes;  in  other  words,  replacements  with  new  planes,  and  between 
28  October,  1941  and  23  November,  1941,  we  received  54  new  types  of 
planes. 

100.  General  Frank.  P.  B.  Y.-5's? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  P.  B.  Y.-5's ;  and  those  planes  were  experienc- 
ing the  usual  shake-down  difficulties,  and  we  were  hampered  in  main- 
tenance by  almost  a  complete  absence  of  spare  parts.  We  also  were  not 
overstocked  with  personnel.  One  of  our  main  problems,  as  I  know  it 
was  in  the  Army  at  that  time,  was  what  we  termed  expansion  training, 
with  the  idea  of  endeavoring  to  develop  an  additional  and  adequate 
number  of  combat  air  crews.  So  that  when  this  was  put  into  effect, 
in  so  far  as  the  Navy  planes  were  concerned,  that  would  have  to  be 
taken  into  consideration. 


344       CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[1609]  101.  General  Geunert.  Those  are  what  you  might  call 
handicaps  under  any  condition  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  correct. 

102.  General  Grunert.  But  if  it  had  been  decided  that  the  emer- 
gency was  such  as  to  go  all  out  in  preparedness,  then,  under  existing 
conditions,  would  it  not  have  been  better  to  have  made  that  decision 
before  anything  happened  and  not  have  to  implement  a  plan  upon  a 
hostile  attack? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  There  is  no  doubt  about  that,  because  the 
whole  basis  of  the  plan  was  to  discover  the  enemy  before  it  could  make 
an  attack. 

103.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  a  question  there  which 
is  pertinent  to  that.  Had  unity  of  command  been  in  effect  and  had 
the  whole  Army  and  Navy  been  in  the  same  frame  of  mind  that  they 
were  on  the  7th  of  December  with  unity  of  command  in  effect,  what 
difference  would  it  have  made  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  rather  difficult  to  answer,  because  there 
are  so  many  questions  of  command  relations  from  the  highest  echelons, 
which  I  am  not  familiar  with,  and  you  would  know  as  much  about 
that  as  I  do.  One  man  who  has  got  the  responsibility  and  the  author- 
ity to  make  decisions,  instead  of  trying  to  influence  another  man  to 
think  as  he  thinks,  is  the  better  plan. 

104.  General  Grunert.  If  one  man  had  to  make  the  decision  and  he 
could  get  better  action,  then  if  two  men  had  to  make  decisions  by  coop- 
eration, even  with  the  same  means  available,  do  you  think  you  could 
have  gotten  better  action? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  think  undoubtedly  unity  of  command  would 
have  brought  better  action,  starting  from  the  day  unity  [16101 
of  command  was  established. 

105.  General  Grunert.  Then  if  any  mistake  was  made  in  not  estab- 
lishing unity  of  command,  it  may  have  been  made  by  the  Powers 
That  Be  in  Washington  or  could  have  been  made  by  joint  agreement 
between  the  commanders  out  there.  Even  unity  of  command,  under 
the  Joint  Army  and  Navy  Agreement  here  in  Washington  that  I 
read 

106.  General  Frank.  But  the  frame  of  mind,  the  attitude  toward 
the  situation,  would  have  been  the  same  in  any  event,  would  it  not? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  I  am  unable  to  answer,  because  I  do  not 
know  what  attitude  of  mind  Admiral  Kimmel  and  General  Short  had. 

107.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  that  any  information  was  avail- 
able in  the  hands  of  either  of  the  supreme  commanders  that  would 
have  led  to  different  action  had  either  one  of  them  been  supreme? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  If  I  answered  that  question  it  would  be  en- 
tirely supposition  on  my  part ;  and  I  do  not  think  that  I  am  competent 
to  really  answer  it. 

108.  General  Frank.  It  is  just  a  matter  of  logic. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Logically  speaking,  starting  back  in  August, 
1941, 1  felt  that  to  place  something  into  existence  that  was  then  based 
on  mutual  cooperation  would  be  much  better  if  they  had  unity  of 
command;  and  I  still  persist  in  that. 

[1611]  109.  General  Grunert.  We  hear  considerable  about  the 
question  of  cooperation  and  the  lack  of  it,  and  so  forth,  versus  unity 
of  command,  and  what  might  have  been  done  thereunder;  but  this 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  845 

joint  action  of  Army  and  Navy,  as  promulgated  here,  is  part  of  the 
'"bible"  here  among  the  Army  and  the  Na^y,  from  Washington  on 
down,  on  which  this  Hawaiian  Defense  plan  is  predicated.  It  says, 
as  I  read  it,  in  paragraph  8,  B  (3)  : 

Operation  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  will  be  coordinated  by  the  exercise  of 
unity  of  command  in  the  following  cases,  1,  2,  and  3. 

The  third  one  is : 

When  the  Commanders  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  agree  that  the  situation  re- 
quires the  exercise  of  unity  of  command,  and  further  agree  as  to  the  service 
that  shall  exercise  that  command. 

That  unity  of  command  could  have  been  put  in  force  any  time  those 
Commanders  out  there  thought  the  situation  demanded  it ;  and  ap- 
parently they  did  not  think  the  situation  demanded  it? 

Admiral  Bei.lixger.  ]\Iaybe  one  did,  and  the  other  didn't !  I  don\ 
know. 

110.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  more  questions  on  this  sub- 
ject of  command  ?    We  can  go  to  another  subject,  now. 

111.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  as  I  understand  it,  Bloch's  function 
as  Base  Commander  in  connection  with  these  islands  was  limited  to 
the  islands  and  the  waters  adjacent  thereto.  The  Pacific  Fleet,  on 
the  contrary,  operated  over  a  very  immense  area,  relatively  speaking; 
is  that  true  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

[J612]  112.  General  Russell.  The  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
Pacific  Fleet  had  all  of  this  area  away  from  the  islands,  and  Bloch 
had  this  narrow  area  about  the  islands,  as  his  immediate  concern: 
is  that  true  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes:  under  the  Commander-in-Chief. 

113.  General  Russell.  Well,  of  course,  he  was  in  the  chain  of  com- 
mand. You  were  immediately  concerned  with  and  in  command  of 
all  the  aircraft  with  the  Pacific  Fleet,  and  that  which  may  have  been 
assigned  to  the  Base  Commander,  with  what  exceptions'? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  In  the  first  place,  the  fleet  planes  that  I  had 
command  of  in  the  Naval  Base  Air  Defense  Force  consisted  of  those 
that  were  made  available  to  me. 

114.  General  Russell.  Well,  let  us  not  jump  the  track.  Admiral. 
That  is  the  trouble  we  are  having. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Well,  but  you  have  to  come  down  to  "brass 
tacks"  on  this,  because  it  is  too  confusing. 

115.  General  Russell.  Let  me  state  my  question,  and  see  if  it  can 
be  answered. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  All  right. 

116.  General  Russell.  What  aircraft  in  the  Pacific  Fleet  or  in  the 
Fourteenth  Naval  District  did  you  not  have  command  of? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  Fourteenth  Naval  District  had  under 
it  certain  air  stations,  and  there  were  certain  small  utility-type  planes 
attached  to  them,  and  those  planes  were  directly  and  specifically  undc^ 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  air  station,  and  they  were  directly  under 
the  Commandant  of  the  Naval  District. 

117.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  you  call  "housekeeping"? 
1161S]         Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  correct. 

Now,  there  was  a  utility  wing.    The  utility  wing  was  not  under  me, 

118.  General  RussEiii,,  What  was  that? 


846        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  was  a  wing  composed  of  various  types  of 
planes,  to  do  service  to  the  fleet,  such  as  towing  targets,  drone  control, 
and  various  other  utility  works  for  the  fleet.  Also,  the  carrier  planes 
based  ashore  were  not  under  me,  except  when  they  were  made  avail- 
able to  me,  and  when  based  ashore,  and  only  those,  of  those  based 
ashore,  that  were  made  available  to  me. 

119.  General  Frank.  And  the  carrier  planes  available? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Those  carrier  planes  were  attached  to  aircraft 

carriers,  and  while  on  board  the  carriers  I  had  nothing  to  do  with 
them.  Wlien  they  were  on  shore,  those  that  were  made  available  to 
the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force,  with  the  exception  of  the  fighter 
planes;  certain  ones  of  those  that  were  available  were  made  available 
to  the  fighter  command.  General  Davidson,  in  the  same  method  and 
means  as  the  bomber  and  scouting  planes  were  made  available  to  me 
as  Commander,  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force.  And  in  addition  to 
that  there  was  a  Marine  group,  which  was  not  under  my  authority 
except  as  the  planes  were  made  available  to  me  for  the  Naval  Base 
Defense  Air  Force;  likewise,  the  fighter  planes  of  that  outfit  were 
made  available  to  General  Davison  of  the  fighter  command. 
Does  that  answer  your  question? 

120.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Now,  we  are  dealing  with  four  groups.  Admiral;  certain  utility 
planes  that  were  available  to  the  installation  command-  [^^^4] 
ers,  and  utility  planes  available  to  the  sea  units;  the  carrier-based 
planes,  when  they  were  on  the  carriers ;  and  the  Marine  group.  Now, 
those  were  the  types  of  planes  out  in  that  area,  that  only  on  occasions 
were  under  your  command  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Eight. 

121.  General  Russell,  And  probably  the  utility  planes  were  never 
under  your  command? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

122.  General  Russell.  Because  they  were  "housekeeping"? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  they  were  under  my  command  for  that 

purpose — for  this   purpose   only — Naval   Base   Defense  Air  Force 
purposes. 

123.  General  Russell.  Now,  let  us  think  about  that  third  group, 
there,  the  carrier-based  planes.  Those  were  the  ones  on  the  two  car- 
riers, the  LEXINGTON  and  the  ENTERPRISE,  operating  out  of 
Pearl  Harbor  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

124.  General  Russell.  About  how  many  carrier-bnsed  planes  did 
each  of  those  carriers  have? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Normally,  they  carried  at  that  time,  I  believe 
their  complement  was  93  planes. 

125.  General  Russell.  93  each  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

126.  General  Russell.  That  would  give  them  186  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

127.  General  Russell.  Now,  let  us  go  to  the  Marine  group.  Where 
were  they,  and  what  were  they  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  Marine  planes  were  at  the  Ewa  base  and 
they  functioned  under  the  Commander  of  Carriers  of  the  Pacific  Fleet 
at  that  time,  was  his  title. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  847 

[161S]         128.  General  Russell.  How  many  were  there? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  don't  remember  how  many  planes  they  had. 
It  was  something  about,  as  I  recall,  one  squadron  of  bombers,  one 
squadron  of  scouts,  and  about  two  squadrons  of  fighter  planes,  perhaps. 
I  am  not  sure  whether  that  was  their  full  complement  or  not. 

129.  General  Russell.  And  where  were  they,  from  November  27  to 
December  7,  1941  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Some  had  been  moved  to  Wake.  A  fighter 
squadron  had  been  moved  to  Wake,  and  I  think  it  was  a  squadron  of 
dive-bombers  that  was  at  Midway. 

The  remainder  of  the  planes  were  at  Ewa  air  station. 

130.  General  Russell.  Was  there  any  plane  arrangement  or  agree- 
ment which  regulated  the  functioning  of  the  planes  under  your  com- 
mand, the  planes  with  the  carriers,  and  the  Marine  planes,  for  recon- 
naissance purposes  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Either  reconnaissance  or  for  attack  purposes  ? 

131.  General  Russell.  Let  us  talk  about  reconnaissance. 
Admiral  Bellinger.  When  the  Air  Defense  Force  was  functioning, 

they  automatically  came  under  my  command.  Those  planes  were 
available  and  received  orders  as  required,  either  for  scouting  or  for 
bombing.  In  other  words,  standing  by  for  attack.  We  did  not  intend 
using  them  normally  for  scouting,  because  their  range  was  entirely  too 
short. 

132.  General  Russell.  Let  us  go  back  to  realities,  from  November 
27  to  December  7.  Now,  there  were  these  planes  with  the  carriers, 
there  were  these  planes  under  your  command,  and  the  planes  of  the 
Marine  people.  There  was  no  plan  in  existence,  [1616]  then 
which  coordinated  the  reconnaissance  functioning  of  these  three  groups 
of  planes  out  there? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  plan  for  reconnaissance  was  primarily  for 
the  patrol  planes  to  carry  out  reconnaissance.  In  other  words,  they 
were  the  only  ones  trained  and  capable  of  carrying  it  out,  and  these 
54  new  planes  that  I  am  speaking  about  as  having  arrived  after  28 
October  were  supposedly  the  best  aircraft  we  had  for  reconnaissance 
out  in  Hawaii. 

133.  General  Russell.  Under  whose  command,  then,  between  No- 
vember 27  and  December  7,  were  all  of  tlie  planes  in  the  areas  which 
we  have  discussed,  capable  of  conducting  patrol  missions? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  a  question  you  have  got  to  elaborate 
on  to  get  a  practical  answer.  Now,  speaking  from  practical  experi- 
ence, after  December  7. 

134.  General  Frank.  In  the  first  place,  they  were  all  under  the 
Commander  of  the  fleet,  at  the  top  side,  were  they  not  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  All  fleet  planes  are  subject  to  the  orders  of 
the  Commander-in-Chief,  as  he  sees  fit,  and  they  each  have  different 
commands,  but  the  reconnaissance  planes  were  the  PBYs  and  the 
4-engine  bombers  of  the  Army, 

135.  General  Russell.  We  are  not  talking  about  the  Army,  now. 
Admiral  Bellinger.  They  were  used,  and  proved  the  best  for  re- 
connaissance work  in  practice,  after  December  7. 

136.  General  Russell.  We  are  not  talking  about  that,  and  I  will 
approach  it  from  another  angle.     Were  there  any  planes  out  there 


848        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

which  you  have  described  as  "Marine  planes,"  on  reconnaissance  duty, 
prior  to  December  7,  19-11? 

Admiral  Bellinger,  You  mean,  under  me,  functioning? 

137.  General  Russell.  No,  sir.     I  asked  you  a  simple  question. 
[1617]         Admiral  Bellinger.  Well,  yes;  there  were. 

138.  General  Russell.  Were  those  planes  on  reconnaissance? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  They  were  going  to  Midway  for  that  purpose. 

139.  General  Russell.  They  were  functioning,  then,  on  reconnais- 
sance ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  They  went  to  Midway  to  do  jobs  at  Midway 
which  would  i-equire  reconnaissance  as  well  as  combat. 

140.  General  Russell.  All  right.  Then  you  did  have  Marine  planes 
doing  reconnaissance  from  Midway  prior  to  December  7? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  did  not  have,  no.  I  just  happened  to  know 
that  they  were  there. 

141.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  of  any  of  the  other  Marine- 
commanded  planes  that  were  doing  reconnaissance  or  patrol  prior  to 
December  7, 1941,  except  those  at  Midway  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No.  Their  planes  were  not  actually  designed 
for  reconnaissance  work,  unless  perhaps  they  were  operated  from  a 
carrier.  They  at  one  time  used  these  planes  for  operating  from 
carriers,  and  when  they  were  so  operated  they  did  carry  out  reconnais- 
sance duties  from  the  carrier;  but  from  land  their  range  was  not 
satisfactory  for  that  sort  of  work. 

142.  General  Russell.  So,  therefore,  from  land  bases  their  range 
was  not  satisfactory  for  that;  then  their  operations  from  Midway 
would  not  have  been  satisfactory,  because  they  would  have  been  land- 
based,  there? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Early  information  is  very  desirable.  Now, 
the  question  is,  how  early  can  you  get  it.  If  you  get  information  100 
miles  away,  it  is  better  than  having  it  from  20  miles  away.  Therefore, 
they  did  carry  out,  I  know,  [767<S]  reconnaissance  work  within 
their  limitations,  when  they  were  based  on  islands;  and  I  don't  think 
any  commander  who  is  in  charge  of  an  island  base  would  hesitate  to 
use  some  sort  of  plane,  even  a  fighter  plane,  to  try  to  get  early  informa- 
tion of  an  attack,  or  an  approaching  enemy. 

143.  General  Russell.  What  would  have  been  the  range  of  those 
planes  based  at  Midway,  that  were  from  the  ISIarine  Corps? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  those  planes  flew  from 
Honolulu  to  Midway  with  special  tanks  on  them.  It  was  stretching 
it  pretty  far,  but  they  did  it. 

144.  General  Frank.  That  is  around  1100  miles? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Midway  to  Oahu,  I  think,  is  1200  miles,  isn't  it? 

145.  General  Frank.  That  is  near  enough. 
Admiral  Bellinger.  It  is  1138  miles, 

146.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  where  all  of  these  Marine 
planes  were  disposed,  or  where  they  were  based,  on  7  December? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Those  in  the  Hawaiian  area  were  based  at  Ewa. 

147.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  about  how  many  there  were, 
there? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  am  not  positive. 

148.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  how  many  were  at  Midway? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  849 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  think  it  was  one  squadron  of  18  planes.  I 
am  not  positive  of  that,  but  I  think  so. 

149.  General  Russell.  Where  could  we  get  that  information,  Ad- 
miral, as  to  where  the  Marine  planes  were? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  two  years  and  four  months  ago,  Isn't 
it?  I  am  trying  to  think  where  you  could  get  it,  now.  [16191 
If  IS  only  just  by  luck  I  have  certain  papers. 

150.  GeneralRussELL.  All  right.  Now,  let  us  think  about  the  third 
group. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Excuse  me.  Perhaps  you  have  gotten  the 
wrong  impression,  when  I  said  that  the  Marine  planes  flew  from  Oahu 
to  Midway.  As  I  say,  that  was  with  special  gasoline  tanks  and  spe- 
cially loaded,  as  lightly  as  possible,  to  get  the  maximum  range  possible, 
the  normal  range  combat  load — "normal  radius  of  action,"  you  might 
say,  practically,  was  about  175  miles,  the  radius  of  action. 

151.  General  Russell.  Then  they  would  be  available  for  recon- 
naissance from  their  bases,  175  miles  out,  and  return,  or  87  miles  out 
and  87  miles  back? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

152.  General  Russell.  Which  one?  They  go  out  175,  and  come 
back,  or  they  go  out  87,  and  come  back  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  If  you  wanted  them  for  reconnaissance  work 
you  would  take  off  some  of  the  load  and  put  more  gas  on,  and  get  more 
distance.  Normally  speaking,  I  think  the  plane  could  search  a  sector 
of  a  radius  of  100  miles. 

153.  General  Russell.  Then,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  a  mere  gen- 
eralization to  say  that  the  Marine  planes  were  capable  of  only  rela- 
tively close-in  reconnaissance? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  that  was  an  auxiliary 
mission. 

154.  General  Russell.  Now,  let  us  discuss  the  planes  that  were  on 
the  carriers  at  that  time,  93  on  each  carrier.  Those  planes  were  avail- 
able to  these  two  carriers? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Available  to  them. 

[16W]         155.  General    Russell.  Yes.     I    mean,    they   had   been 
issued.     They  had  them  ? 
Admiral  Beli.inger.  Yes. 

156.  General  Frank.  They  were  their  complements  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  They  were  either  on  the  carriers,  out  at  sea, 
or,  when  the  carriers  get  in,  the  planes,  the  air  group,  are  based  ashore. 

157.  General  Russell.  Now,  the  LEXINGTON,  that  morning  of 
December  7,  was  about  200  miles  westerly  of  Oahu,  isn't  that  true? 
One  of  them  was  with  a  task  force  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  One  of  them  was  returning.  The  ENTER- 
PRISE was  returning. 

158.  General  Russell.  They  had  with  them,  or  should  have  had, 
these  93  planes? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  1  am  not  familiar  with  all  the  details  of  this 
operation,  because  I  did  not  have  charge  of  it. 

159.  General  Russell.  You  do  not  know  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  don't  know  for  a  fact,  no.  I  know  from  cer- 
tain information  what  was  going  on,  and  I  knew  it  at  the  time,  but 
this  is  two  years  and  some  months  since  then. 


850        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

160.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  authority  over  or  anything 
to  do  with  the  airplanes  on  the  carriers  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Not  on  the  carriers ;  no. 

161.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with,  or  any 
authority  over,  the  Marine  planes. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Only  when  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force 
functioned,  and  then  I  had  operational  control  over  those  that  were 
made  available  to  me.  You  must  remember  that  these  various  com- 
mands had  commanding  officers.  They  had  the  [1621]  job  of 
running  them. 

162.  General  Russell.  The  point  I  was  attempting  to  illustrate, 
Admiral,  is,  that  there  were  certain  planes  out  there  that  you  did  not 
command,  and  that  did  not  confuse  your  operation,  simply  because 
they  were  somewhere  else,  doing  something  under  another  command. 
Those  were  the  utility  planes,  the  marine  planes,  and  the  planes  that 
were  with  the  carriers.  They  did  not  trouble  you,  because  you  had 
nothing  to  do  with  them  except  when  they  were  attached  to  your  com- 
mand, isn't  that  true  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  they  didn't  trouble  me. 

163.  General  Russell.  With  respect  to  the  planes  which  you  had 
under  your  command,  it  did  not  confuse  you  a  lot,  whether  you  were 
operating  under  orders  from  Kimmel  or  whether  you  were  operating 
under  orders  from  Bloch,  if  you  understood  your  orders  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  it  didn't  confuse  me,  so  long  as  I  got 
orders. 

164.  General  Russell.  But  there  was  no  plan  set  up,  and  operative, 
by  which  you  were  working  with  the  Army  planes,  out  there,  prior  to 
December  7  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  You  say  there  w^as  no  plan  operating  ? 

165.  General  Russell.  Operative. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  A  plan  was  made  operative,  at  times. 

166.  General  Russell.  From  November  27  to  December  7,  was  it 
operative  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Oh,  excuse  me.  I  beg  your  pardon,  was  that 
question  from  November  27  ? 

167.  General  Russell.  I  was  going  to  limit  it,  so  Ave  could  not  take 
in  so  much  territory.  From  November  27  to  December  7,  [1632] 
were  any  of  those  plans  operative? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  They  were  not  in  a  functioning  status. 

168.  General  Russell.  Is  there  a  great  difference  between  "oper- 
ative" and  "in  a  functioning  status,"  please,  Admiral  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  There  is  a  great  misinterpretation  of  words  in 
the  English  language,  and  I  want  to  make  sure  that  it  is  understood 
that  this  plan  was  not  actually  functioning  at  that  time. 

169.  General  Russell.  Well,  I  like  your  language,  and  we  will  just 
adopt  it.    That  will  avoid  a  lot  of  trouble. 

Admiral,  on  the  morning  of  December  7,  1941,  how  many  Navy 
planes  were  available  on  the  Island  of  Oahu,  or  in  the  Avaters  immedi- 
ately adjacent  thereto,  to  have  aided  in  repelling  this  Japanese  attack? 

170.  General  Frank.  That  is,  for  reconnaissance,  as  well  as  for 
fighting  purposes  ? 

171.  General  Russell.  For  fighting.    I  am  going  into  the  fighting. 
Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  a  question  which  is  entirely  under  the 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  851 

control  of  the  Commander  of  the  fighter  group,  U.  S.  Army,  as  they 
made  their  reports  to  him.    They  were  not  under  me. 

172.  General  Russell.  Then  your  answer  is  that  you  do  not  know 
how  many  naval  aircraft  were  available  on  the  Island  of  Oahu  and  the 
waters  adjacent  thereto,  on  the  morning  of  December  7, 1941  ? 

173.  General  Frank.  That  is  something  to  get  from  Davidson. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  In  accordance  with  the  estimate  of  the  situa- 
tion, signed  by  General  Martin  and  myself,  it  was  \^1623'\ 
agreed  that  there  would  be  daily  reports  of  planes  that  were  avail- 
able to  the  various  commands ;  and  on  the  afternoon  of  December  6, 
I  received  a  dispatch  from  the  Marine  Air  Corps  21,  which  stated  : 

Availability  as  follows.  Ei;;hteen  scout  bombers,  three  condition  four ;  fifteen 
scout  bombers,  condition  five ;  applicable  for  December  5,  6,  and  7. 

I  sent  this  dispatch  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Air 
Force : 

Seven  fighters,  five  condition  five;  nine  scouts,  three  condition  four,  six  con- 
dition five. 

Now,  those  planes  were  presumably  marine  planes  that  were  re- 
ported to  me  available,  and  the  scouts  w^ere  reported  because  they 
functioned  under  the  fighter  command,  the  pursuit  command,  in  the 
normal  plan  we  had  drawn  up,  with  the  idea  that  they  might  be  able 
to  track  the  planes  from  a  hostile  air  raid  back  to  the  carrier,  and 
thereby  give  the  position  of  the  carrier. 

[162If\  174.  General  Eussell.  Now,  were  the  Marine  planes  all 
that  were  available  there  at  Oahu,  or  were  there  some  Navy  planes  in 
addition  thereto  available  for  fighting? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  regular  air  groups  that  were  out  there 
were  available. 

175.  General  Frank.  By  that  you  mean  that  they  were  on  the  car- 
riers? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes.  I  am  practically  sure  that  there  were 
no  other  planes  of  that  type  or  of  that  general  size  except  the  Marine 
planes. 

176.  General  Russell.  So  there  was  nothing  there  available  from 
the  Navv  aircraft  for  the  defense  of  the  Island  that  morning,  at  Peai'l 
Harbor? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes;  those  that  I  just  spoke  to  you  about  and 
mentioned. 

177.  General  Russell.  I  though  you  described  those  as  Marine 
planes. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  think  they  are  Marines. 

178.  General  Frank.  Those  are  Navy  planes. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  But  they  are  Navy  planes.  The}'^  came  in  the 
same  category, 

179.  General  Russell.  All  right.  I  will  ask  you  if  there  were  any 
other  planes  except 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Excuse  me  one  second.  You  must  remember 
that  the  condition  of  readiness  that  existed  and  was  in  the  state  of 
being  on  the  morning  of  December  7th  was  Baker  5.  Now,  that  meant, 
that  is  for  the  defense  air  force  setup. 

180.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 5 


852        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

\_1625^  Admiral  Bellinger.  Now,  you  understand  what  Baker 
5  is? 

181.  General  Russell.  We  understood  it  to  mean,  Admiral,  that 
condition  of  readiness. 

Admiral  Bellinger,  So  when  you  speak  of  readiness,  that  is  the 
readiness  that  they  were  in. 

182.  General  Russell.  We  are  trying  to  count  the  planes  out  there 
from  the  Navy  that  were  available  to  this  defense.     That  was  all? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

183.  General  Russell.  And  those  that  you  have  given  me  are  all? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is  all  I  know  of. 

184.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

185.  General  Grunert.  I  would  like  to  find  out  what  Baker  5  is. 
Is  that  four  hours'  readiness  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Baker  5  is  one-half  of  aircraft  in  four  hours' 
readiness.    Now,  that  was  a  reciuirement 

186.  General  Grunert.  They  could  be  used  in  the  air? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Excuse  me.  That  was  a  requirement  by  the 
order  by  the  Commander  Naval  Base  Defense  Force.  It  did  not  mean 
necessarily  that  all  planes  were  only  kept  in  that  condition,  because 
planes  were  not  standing  by  for  this  [indicating]  except  within  the 
category  that  was  demanded.  In  other  words,  there  was  a  lot  of  work 
to  be  done  both  by  the  Army  Air  Force  and  myself  as  well  as  all  the 
rest  of  them  out  there,  and  that  was  being  done ;  and  if  they  didn't 
set  this  at  a  lower,  a  priority  which  would  permit  this  work  to  go  on, 
why,  it  would  have  been  a  question  of  standing  by  and  no  work  being 
done. 

\^1626^^  187.  General  Grunert.  Then,  after  notice  was  given,  in 
four  hours  you  could  furnish  the  number  of  planes  that  the  General 
was  talking  about? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  If  they  still  were  in  5. 

188.  General  Frank.  Such  other  work  as  was  to  be  done,  one  of  the 
things  would  be  training? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Training  was  one  of  the  big  jobs. 

189.  General  Russell.  That  was  what  you  were  discussing,  Ad- 
miral, some  time  ago,  that  maintaining  a  constant  high  state  of  alert 
out  there  w^oukl  produce  a  weariness  of  personnel  and  obstruct  other 
necessary  work? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  It  was  a  question  of  whether  we  were  to  im- 
prove our  conditions  out  tliere  or  take  a  status  quo  and  never  be 
better  than  that  for  some  time  and  rather  deteriorate,  rather  than 
to  improve. 

190.  General  Grunert.  Of  course,  had  you  known  the  attack  was 
coming  December  7th,  it  would  not  have  been  a  long  period  in  which 
to  be  on  the  alert,  would  it  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  If  anyone  knew  the  attack  was  coming,  why, 
I  assume  they  would  have  been  in  a  functioning  status. 

191.  General  Grunert.  Then,  if  you  had  received  the  intelligence 
that  you  learned  of  after  December  7th,  would  that  not  have  given 
you  an  idea  of  the  imminence  of  something  coming  that  would  have 
been  greater  than  attempting  to  perfect  yourselves  in  training,  but  to 
do  the  best  that  you  could  with  what  you  had?  I  do  not  mean  as  to 
your  knowledge  about  the  attack,  but  I  mean  as  to  your  knowledge 


PROCEED! iSfGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  853 

as  to  the  information  that  was  available  to  create  in  your  mind  a 
question  at  least         [1627]         as  to  the  imminence  of  an  attack. 

Admiral  Bellixger.  In  other  words,  you  mean  if  I  had  had  access 
to  all  dispatches,  would  I  have  recommended  that  the  Naval  Base 
Defense  Air  Force  be  put  in  a  functioning  status? 

192.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  I  said  before,  I  hope  I  would  have. 

193.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  But  that  is  making  a  statement  two  years  and 
four  months  subsequent  to  December  7,  as  an  aftermath  and  not  as  an 
ante  bellum. 

194.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  Avill  you.  tell  us  the  number  of 
planes  that  were  available  to  you  as  of  December  7th  for  your,  we  will 
say,  functioning  responsibilities? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  Commander  Xaval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  ? 

195.  General  Grunert.  Right. 

196.  General  Frank.  Did  you  contemplate  using  B-18s  for  any 
purpose  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  B-18s  had  a  very  limited  range,  so  it  certainly 
was  not  in  a  good  position  for  reconnaissance.  It  was  hoped  that  they 
could  make  a  bombing  attack  if  a  carrier  came  in,  in  within  their 
radius  of  action. 

197.  General  Frank.  On  the  other  hand,  they  had  very  little  de- 
fensive armament  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Correct.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  also  they  were 
used  as  well  as  various  other  types  that  were  not  considered  suitable 
for  distant  reconnaissance  but  which  we  sent  out  in  order  to  find  out 
anything  that  we  ma}^  be  able  to  find  out  within  their  radius  of  action 
on  December  7th. 

[1€38]  Answering  the  former  question  by  General  Grunert,  data 
contained  in  reports  which  were  sent  in  accordance  with  provisions  of 
the  joint  estimate  for  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  indicate  that 
there  were  66  VP  planes,  11  utility  planes,  and  from  the  Army  8  B-l7s, 
21  B-18s  and  6  A-20s.  These  planes  were  reported  in  various  con- 
ditions ranging  from  condition  of  readiness  5  and  less. 

198.  General  Grunert.  That  means  what  in  thne? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Condition  5  means  ready  in  four  hours.  I 
would  like  to  bring  one  point  out,  though :  that  the  Commanding  Gen- 
eral, Hawaiian  Air  Force,  had  their  conditions  in  w4iat  was  termed 
Easy  5.  "Easy"  means  E-5,  and  E-5  states  that,  "All  aircraft  con- 
ducting routine  operations,  none  ready  for  the  purpose  of  this  plan," 
in  Condition  of  Readiness  5,  that  is,  within  four  hours. 

199.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  to  say  any  reported  number  of 
planes  would  not  be  ready  within  four  hours  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  report  means  to  me  that  these  planes  were 
conducting  routine  operations,  which  I  assume  were  carrying  out  his 
normal  jobs,  and  they  were  not  ready  for  the  purpose  of  the  Naval 
Base  Defense  Air  Force  plan,  but  that  they  could  be  made  ready  in 
four  hours. 

200.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Then  they  are  within  four 
hours?     Four  hours  after  they  got  back? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 


854        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

201.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  trying  to  get  at  is  how  many  were 
available. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  am  interpreting,  because  I  assume  that  is 
what  he  meant,  in  other  words,  because  that  differs  \1629] 
from  the  other  reports.  That  is,  material  readiness  Easy  or  E  was 
different  from  the  others;  and,  as  I  say,  that  "E"  means, 

AH  aircraft  conductiug  routine  operations,  none  ready  for  the  purpose  of  this 
plan. 

202.  General  Grunekt.  Meaning,  then,  that  after  they  got  through 
with  the  operation  they  would  be  made  ready  in  four  hours,  after 
they  get  back  ?    Is  that  the  operation  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  My  interpretation  was  that  they  were  con- 
ducting exercises  or  else  were  doing  something  else,  but  they  were 
not  standing  by  for  this  plan,  but  that  they  could  be  made  ready  in 
four  hours. 

203.  General  Grunert.  You  were  not  actually  able  to  make  the 
plan  function  on  December  Tth,  were  you  ?  Or  did  it  function  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  plan  began  functioning  with  planes  that 
were  available,  insofar  as  scouting  was  concerned,  immediately  by 
radio  to  the  planes  that  were  in  the  air,  and  by  instructions  to  get 
other  planes  going;  and  of  course  the  planes  that  were  not  in  the  air 
were  gotten  going  at  various  times,  some  very  quickly. 

204.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  tell  me  how  many  there  were  in 
the  air? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  And  some,  a  great  many  of  course,  were 
damaged. 

205.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know,  can  you  tell  me  approximately 
how  many  were  in  the  air  on  a  scouting  mission  at  the  time  when 
the  attack  first  struck  or  shortly  before  that,  and  what  their  scouting 
mission  was? 

I  will  change  that:  Were  any  planes  on  distant  reconnaissance 
[16S0]         that  morning? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  There  were  no  planes  on  distant  reconnais- 
sance in  the  true  sense  of  the  term  "distant  reconnaissance."  Seven 
planes  were  conducting  search  between  120  to  170  degrees  to  450 
miles  from  Midway.  Four  planes  were  on  the  surface  at  Midway, 
armed  each  with  two  500-pound  bombs  and  on  ten  minutes'  notice. 
These  four  planes  took  departure  at  10 :  30  and  covered  a  sector  from 
east  towards  north.  Four  planes  were  in  the  air  conducting  intertype 
tactics  with  submarines. 

206.  General  Frank.  At  Midway? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Off  Oahu.  Captain  Ramsey  informs  me  it 
was  off  Lanai. 

Therefore,  considering  Midway  and  Oahu,  Patrol  Wings  1  and  2 
had  14  planes  in  the  air,  7  of  which  were  on  search  from  Midway. 
58  were  on  the  surface  at  Kaneohe  or  Pearl  Harbor  ready  for  flight 
within  four  hours  or  less.  9  planes  were  undergoing  repairs,  making 
a  total  of  81  planes. 

207.  General  Frank.  How  many  were  destroyed  in  the  attack  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  38  were  completely  destroyed.   38  were  never 

able  to  be  repaired. 

208.  General  Frank.  What  about  the  rest  of  them  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  855 

Admiral  Bellingkr.  57  planes  were  put  out  of  commission  either 
temporarily  or  completely.  38  of  those  were  not  able  to  be  put  back 
in  commission. 

209.  General  Frank.  You  then  had  24  available  after  the  attack? 
You  said  you  had  81  and  you  lost  57.     That  leaves  24. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Captain  Ramsey  says  we  only  had  12  at 
Midway. 

[1631]  210.  General  Frank.  Well,  it  leaves  12  in  commission 
at  Oahu  after  the  attack? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  am  informed  by  Captain  Ramsey  that  that 
is  correct. 

211.  General  Grunert.  Now,  a  few  questions  on  intelligence.  I 
believe  this  question  was  answered.  If  so,  why,  we  will  just  say, 
''answered,"  but  I  wanted  to  make  sure  that  it  was  understood  by  you  : 
Did  you  know  of  the  presence  of  a  Japanese  task  force  in  the  vicinity 
of  Jaluit  between  November  27th  and  30th? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir. 

212.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not.  Nor  were  you  kept  advised 
as  to  anything  about  that  force  later  than  that,  up  to  December  7th? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir. 

213.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  was  the  customary  procedure 
insofar  as  what  we  would  call  air  intelligence  was  concerned?  Was 
that  a  separate  intelligence  from  other  intelligence? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No. 

214.  General  Grunert.  It  was  not? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  No.    Naval  Intelligence. 

215.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  the  air  part  of  the 
Naval  Intelligence  was  transmitted  to  the  Army  Air  Forces? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  do  not  know.    I  w^as  not  informed. 

216.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  efforts  made  by  the 
Navy  to  get  intelligence,  including  intelligence  about  aircraft  or  car- 
riers that  may  have  been  in  or  about  the  mandated  islands? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  Navy  is  very  seriously  interested 
\1632]  in  intelligence,  and  they  have  an  intelligence  branch  of 
the  Navy  whose  job  it  is  to  get  all  intelligence  they  can  get,  and  un- 
doubtedly everyone  in  the  Navy  is  interested  in  getting  the  maximum 
amount  of  intelligence  they  can  get. 

217.  General  Grunert.  Your  definite  interest,  though,  was  pri- 
marily, I  presume,  to  know  about  the  possible  opposing  aircraft  and 
carriers? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  was  something  in  which  I  was  very 
much  interested. 

218.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  get  any  such  information? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  But,  as  I  said  before,  my  war  plans  job  was 

to  base  at  Midway.  Therefore,  with  my  forces  on  the  various  islands 
including  Midway,  Wake,  Palmyra,  and  Johnston,  I  would  therefore 
be  very  much  interested  in  all  information  about  Japanese  air  effort. 

219.  General  Frank.  But  you  didn't  have  any  that  morning? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  I  beg  pardon. 

220.  General  Frank.  You  didn't  have  any  on  the  morning  of  De- 
cember 7th  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  December  7th  I  didn't  have  any  inforinatiou 
about  a  task  force  in  Jaluit,  you  say  ? 


856        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

221.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  or  the  Marshalls.     I  will  put  it  both, 

222.  General  Frank.  When  is  the  first  time  since  then  that  you 
have  heard  of  that'? 

Admiral  Bellinoi.r.  1  think  it  is  today. 

[16331        223.  General  Grunert.  If  you  were  based  on  Midway 
then  it  would  be  more  than  that  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

224.  General  Grunert.  Anxiety  as  to  information  about  the  man- 
dated islands  would  be  greater? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

225.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  needle  the  powers  that  be  to 
give  you  more  information  than  you  had?  You  apparently  had  not 
known  about  it.  Did  you  ever  get  after  them  and  say,  "Here,  in  order 
to  do  my  work  in  the  future  I  have  got  to  have  information"  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  to  this  information  about  a  task  force  in 
Jaluit,  I  do  not  remember  anything  about  it.  This  is  my  first  infor- 
mation about  that,  now,  that  there  was  information  about  this  task 
force  in  Jaluit.  Certainly  I  am  interested  and  was  interested  in  every 
form  of  readiness  which  includes  naval  intelligence.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  we  were  discussing  this  subject  with  General  Martin  and  others 
some  time  considerably  prior  to  this,  wondering  if  we  would  have 
intelligence  on  the  movement  of  a  Japanese  force. 

226.  General  Grunert.  My  understanding  is  that  you  did  not  get 
any  information  about  the  movement  of  Japanese  forces  in  or  about 
the  mandated  islands  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  remember  nothing  about  it  at  the  present 
time,  and  I  do  not  think  I  ever  got  it. 

227.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  take  any  positive  action  in  at- 
tempting to  get  such  intelligence  from  the  Navy  or  from  any  other 
source?  Not  that  intelligence,  but  any  intelligence  about  the  Jap- 
anese Navy? 

[1634}.  Admiral  Bellinger.  We  were  supposed  to  be  kept  in- 
formed, as  a  force  commander  or  commander  of  an  operating  out- 
fit, and  presumably  information  of  that  kind  would  be  distributed 
as  it  was  known  to  have  been  distributed  in  the  past.  I  do  not  remem- 
ber any  special  efi'ort  or  special  demand  for  information  that  I  ever 
made  to  the  Navy  Department.  When  it  came  to  demands  it  was 
mainly  demands  for  increasing  the  material  readiness.  But  I  do  not 
know  of  any  particular  definite  specific  demands  for  naval  intel- 
ligence. 

228.  General  Frank.  You  assumed  that  if  it  was  available  it  would 
be  given  to  you? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  assumed  that  and  I  expected  that. 

229.  General  Grunert.  We  will  go  to  a  different  subject  now. 
Were  the  submarines  of  the  fleet  or  of  the  naval  district,  if  any, 

used  for  reconnaissance  purposes?     Did  they  fit  into  your  scheme 
of  reconnaissance? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  submarine  force  was  not  under  me.  We 
worked  that  submarine  force  in  various  ways.  For  instance,  we  had 
drills  to  work  out  with  submarines  and  we  had  something  to  do 
with  operations  connected  with  reconnaissance  duties. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  857 

23Q.  General  Grunert.  Were  they  ever  used  in  a  scheme  of  distant 
reconnaissance?  While  you  did  not  have  quite  enough  planes  to 
cover  300  degrees,  there  were  certain  areas  that  might  be  covered  by 
subs.    Was  that  ever  done  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  They  were  not  put  in  the  scheme  of  things  con- 
nected with  that,  presumably  because  they  would  be  used  offensively 
rather  than  on  defensive  missions. 

231.  General  Gruxert.  Any  intelligence  they  might  furnish  would 
be  incidental  to  other  duties? 

[lG3o]  Admiral  Bellinger.  Submarines  have  been  used  for  in- 
telligence work  in  war  games  and  in  plans.  Whether  any  submarines 
had  been  sent  out  for  any  specific  intelligence  work,  I  do  not  know. 
That  was  not  under  me. 

232.  General  Grunert.  They  were  not  under  the  air  reconnaissance? 
Admiral  Bellinger,  They  were  not  working  under  me  and  were 

not  in  the  picture  in  connection  with  the  defense  of  Pearl  Harbor, 

233.  General  Grunert,  It  is  the  Board's  understanding  that  these 
task  forces  that  went  out  from  Pearl  Harbor  had  no  definite  job  in 
distant  reconnaissance  for  the  defense  of  Oaliu ;  that  they  scoured  the 
areas  for  security  purposes  and  then  were  used  by  the  task  forces  for 
their  own  purposes,  and  not  for  distant  reconnaissance  purposes  for 
the  defense  of  Oahu,     Is  that  your  understanding  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger,  I  do  not  think  that  any  task  force  was  sent  out 
as  a  job  for  the  security  of  Oahu,  Some  task  forces  that  were  oper- 
ating at  that  time,  that  I  have  spoken  about,  were  in  connection  with 
Midway  reinforcement  and  Wake  reinforcement.  When  on  those 
missions,  of  course  they  conducted  search  to  the  maxinmni  of  their 
capabilities;  and  in  addition  to  that  we  had  patrol  planes  that  were 
tliere  for  that  purpose,  too.  That  is  what  the  squadrons  were  out 
there  for. 

234.  General  Grunert.  The  patrol  search  was  intended  primarily 
to  safeguard  from  subs,  to  look  for  subs  primarily,  and  any  air  recon- 
naissance was  incidental  as  far  as  protection  for  Hawaii  was 
concerned  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Not  being  the  task  force  commander,  I 
[16S6]  cannot  say;  I  do  not  know.  Submarines  were  there  on 
December  7th  and  for  many  days  after  that.  Aircraft  were  there  on 
one  day. 

235.  General  Grunert.  Let  me  put  it  this  way :  As  Navy  Defense 
Air  Force  commander,  j^ou  had  no  assignments  made  for  any  air  mis- 
sion so  far  as  the  task  force  was  concerned?  In  other  words,  they 
were  not  given  any  assignments  in  so  far  as  your  job  as  the  Naval  Base 
Defense  Air  Force  commander  was  concerned  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No.  In  my  status  as  commander  of  Patrol 
Wings  1  and  2,  in  that  capacity  I  furnished  planes  as  directed,  or 
squadrons  as  directed,  by  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  to 
work  with  that  task  force  in  accordance  with  the  plans  of  that  particu- 
lar task  force  commander. 

236.  General  Grunert.  How  was  the  so-called  cooperation  between 
you  and  General  Martin  ?     Was  it  satisfactory  to  you  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  should  say  it  was  very  close,  friendly  cooper- 
ation. I  have  a  high  opinion  of  him  and  I  think  he  is  a  very  fine 
officer  and  gentleman. 


858        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

237.  General  Grunert.  Outside  of  his  being  a  fine  officer  and  gen- 
tleman, did  you  get  out  of  him  what  you  needed  to  carry  on  your  work, 
and  did  he  get  out  of  you  what  he  needed  to  carry  on  his  work? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  think  so,  because  shortly  after  he  arrived — I 
had  arrived  just  shortly  before  he  arrived,  and  we  immediately  agreed 
to  endeavor  to  work  out  exercises  together  and  we  conducted  many 
exercises  which  were  entirely  arranged  between  him  and  me,  and  then 
we  would  have  a  critique  over  at  the  Naval  Air  Station  where  several 
Army  officers  came  over  to  attend,  I  think  for  a  while  those  exercises 
took  place  once  [16S7]  a  week,  and  maybe  later  once  every  two 
weeks,  and  then  finally  when  this  Naval  Base  Defense  Air  Force  came 
into  being  the  exercises  were  planned  more  in  accordance  with  that. 

238.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  gist  of  the  whole  thing  is  that  you 
got  along  well  together  officially  and  socially.  Aside  from  unity  of 
command,  do  you  think  you  got  about  as  much  as  the  two  of  you  could 
get  by  cooperative  action? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  can  never  be  attained,  because 

239.  General  Grunert  (interposing).  \1  say,  aside  from  that,  did 
you  get  as  much  of  cooperation  as  you  think  the  two  of  you  could  have 
gotten  short  of  unity  of  command  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  do  not  see  how  we  could  have.  Cooperation 
is  fine,  but  there  is  always  the  responsibility  of  one  man  to  one  boss  and 
the  other  man  to  the  other  boss. 

240.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  have  that;  but  did  you  get  as 
much  out  of  it  as  you  expected,  short  of  that? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  was  thoroughly  satisfied  with  the  cooperation 
between  General  Martin  and  myself. 

241.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  what  action  the  Army  took, 
or  General  Short  took,  as  a  result  of  a  message  which  he  received  from 
the  Chief  of  Staff  on  November  27  ?  The  Army  went  on  what  they 
called  Alert  No.  1,  sabotage  alert.  Were  you  informed  that  the  Army 
was  on  such  an  alert? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir. 

242.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  know  anything  about  that  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  I  cannot  remember  knowing  anything  about  it. 

One  second ;  excuse  me.  This  was  a  long  time  ago.  (xVfter  a  pause :) 
I  do  not  recall  knowing  about  it;  at  least,  if  I  knew  about  it,  I  did  not 
know  about  it  officially. 

[16S8]  243.  General  Grunert.  Would  it  have  affected  your  re- 
sponsibility one  way  or  the  other  had  you  known  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  That  is,  that  the  Air  Force  was  on  an  alert? 

244.  General  Grunert.  The  entire  Hawaiian  Defense  Command 
was  on  Alert  No.  1,  which  is  an  alert  against  sabotage.  They  went  on 
that  Alert  on  November  2Tth.  My  question  is,  did  you  know  about  it? 
You  say  you  did  not  know  about  it. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  did  not  know  the  reasons  for  it.  If  I  knew 
.  they  were  on  their  alert,  I  did  not  know  it  officially. 

245.  General  Grunert.  Would  it  have  made  any  difference  whether 
they  were  on  alert  or  not  as  far  as  your  responsibility  was  concerned? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  It  would  depend  on  for  what  reason  they  went 
on  thq  alert.     That  I  knew  nothing  about. 

246.  General  Grunert.  And  you  knew  nothing  about  the  message 
received  by  the  Army  from  the  Chief  of  Staff,  or  the  message  received 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  859 

by  the  Navv  wliich  started  with  the  words  ''Consider  this  a  war  warn- 
ing?" 
Admiral  Beixinger.  No. 

247.  General  Grunert.  You  were  not  informed  of  that? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  No.  sir. 

248.  General  Grunert.  Tell  us  what  you  know,  if  anything,  about 
the  Army's  Interceptor  Command  which  included  its  air  warning  serv- 
ice and  its  ability  to  operate  December  7.  What  did  you  know  about 
it  and  what  was  your  opinion  of  it? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  It  w^as  my  understanding  that  it  was  in  the 
process  of  building  up;  that  they  needed  more  ]:)ersonnel,  more  equip- 
ment, and  more  experience. 

[1639]  249.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  confidence  in 
its  ability  to  operate  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  I  had  never  had  any  definite  experience  that 
would  give  me  that  assurance. 

250.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  similar  scheme  within  the 
Navy  itself,  such  as  was  contemplated  in  the  Interceptor  Command, 
where  one  officer,  the  controller  of  the  information  center,  controlled 
the  operation  of  the  device  in  the  air  or  controlled  antiaircraft  and 
controlled  the  radar?  Did  you  have  any  such  thing  to  control  your 
antiaircraft  aboard  ship  ?  li  not,  how  were  they  handled  in  the  Navy  ? 
Here  was  a  bunch  of  antiaircraft  on  each  ship,  with  quite  a  bit  of  fire 
power,  and  you  had  radars.  "Were  the}'  each  independent  on  the  ship, 
or  was  there  some  coordinated  system  of  handling  all  that  intelligence 
and  operation  while  they  were  together  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  You  are  speaking  about  ships  at  sea,  I 
presume  ? 

251.  General  Grunert.  Yes.  In  handling  your  aircraft  was  it  nec- 
essary for  you  to  have  any  such  system  as  the  Army  established  as  an 
Interceptor  Command  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Apparently  it  was  not  practical  to  do  that.  I 
have  forgotten  whether  this  was  subsequent  to  December  7  or  prior  to 
it,  but  I  know  that  efforts  were  made  to  try  to  see  whether  radar  on 
ships  in  harbors,  with  the  interference  of  the  surrounding  land,  would 
prevent  the  radar  from  being  effective. 

252.  General  Grunert.  Presumably  the  radar  on  ships  in  the  har- 
bor did  not  operate  while  in  the  harbor  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  They  did  not  function  very  satisfactorily 
[1640]  at  that  time.  I  am  speaking  now  about  approximately  that 
time.  I  am  not  so  sure  whether  this  was  before  December  7  or  after 
December  7,  because  the  radar  on  ships  was  something  that  was  just 
coming  into  being  and  every  effort  was  made  to  try  to  get  them  on  the 
carriers  first. 

253.  General  Grunert,  After  the  attack  occui'red  on  Pearl  Harbor 
of  course  the  Interceptor  Command  scheme  was  broadened  so  as  to 
weave  into  the  antiaircraft  defense  those  guns  aboard  ship  while  in 
the  harbor.  They  supplemented  the  land-based  antiaircraft,  and  then 
it  was  all  woven  into  one  whole.  Up  to  that  time,  as  far  as  you 
know,  those  had  not  been  included  in  the  antiaircraft  scheme  ?  Is  that 
right? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  effort  to  utilize  the  ships  in  the  harbor  wdth 
their  guns  was  placed  in  effect  in  conjunction  with  the  effort  for  the  air 


860        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

defense,  and  came  into  beinfr  under  the  Naval  Base  Defense  Force, 
commander. 

254.  General  Gkunert.  Was  that  prior  to  December  7  ? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes. 

255.  General  Grunert.  But  it  had  not  been  woven  into  the  Inter- 
ceptor Command  control? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir.  It  was  not  under  the  Interceptor  Com- 
mand control;  it  was  under  the  control  of  the  operating  staff  of  the 
Naval  Base  Defense  Force.  There  was  a  requirement  which  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, Pacific,  had  in  effect  at  the  time,  and  had  for  some 
time,  with  reference  to  the  manning  of  gun  crews  continuously.  There 
was  a  regular  scheme  laid  out  for  their  control,  so  far  as  practicable, 
by  the  ships  that  were  in  the  harbor,  by  the  senior  officers  in  certain  sec- 
tors of  the  harbor.  That  was  a  different  situation,  maybe,  eveiy  day. 
We  [IG4I]  hoped  it  Avas  a  scheme  that  would  work  and  fit  con- 
ditions that  existed  on  any  day.  But  the  general  phms  and  instructions 
for  manning  the  guns  were  in  effect. 

256.  General  Russell.  After  November  27, 1941,  did  you  receive  any 
part  of  the  record  which  indicated  to  you,  as  Commander  of  the  Air 
Force  which  j^ou  then  commanded,  that  there  was  a  tightening  up  in 
the  operations  in  the  Navy  with  respect  to  reconnaissance  or  being  on 
the  alert  for  impending  attack  or  trouble  with  Japan  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No. 

257.  General  Russell.  There  were  no  new  instructions,  therefore, 
that  reached  you  on  November  27  or  thereafter,  which  you  could  inter- 
pret as  meaning  that  the  relations  between  the  Iavo  powers  were  be- 
coming more  strained  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  not  officially ;  only  through  newspapers. 

258.  General  Russell.  As  a  result  of  what  you  saw  in  the  news- 
papers did  you  take  any  different  action  from  what  you  would  have 
taken  had  you  not  read  the  newspapers? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  The  question  is  how  to  interpret  the  news- 
papers. As  a  result  of  the  newspapers,  I  took  no  special  action.  We 
were  in  a  condition  of  trying  to  get  ready  to  such  an  extent  that  I  was 
endeavoring  to  indoctrinate  the  aircraft  in  my  patrol  wings,  1  and  2, 
that  if  they  were  on  a  flight  and  they  got  word  that  war  was  on  they 
would  be  ready  in  their  training  point  of  view,  combat  crew  disci- 
plined and  the  equipment  in  the  planes  to  carry  out  the  job  that  might 
be  assigned.  That  was  the  kind  of  training  that  were  trying  to 
perfect. 

259.  General  Russell.  So  you  did  not  regard  the  newspaper  in- 
[1642]         formation  as  changing  your  operations  at  all? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  was  laid  up  a  few  days 
from  December  2nd  to  the  6th,  and  I  saw  ncAvspapers. 

260.  General  Russell.  You  testified  a  little  while  ago  that  certain 
planes  were  operating  from  Midway  to  a  distance  of  approximately 
450  miles,  and  you  gave  the  directions  of  those  operations  by  language 
with  which  I  am  not  familiar.  I  wonder  if  you  could  tell  me  this: 
Were  you  operating  those  planes  to  the  north,  the  east,  the  west,  or  to 
the  south? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  In  regard  to  Midway,  the  sector  covered  was 
to  the  southeast  from  MidAvay.  After  word  was  received  out  there 
at  Midway  the  four  planes  that  were  remaining  and  ready  for  flight 
were  on  a  sector  towards  the  northeast, 


PROCEEDIIsrGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  861 

261.  General  Russell.  Do  you  have  another  copy  of  that  map  which 
is  before  you  ? 

Admiral  Bellikger.  No.  This  is  an  original  and  is  the  only  one  I 
have. 

262.  General  Russell.  Yon  Avould  not  want  to  give  it  to  us? 
Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir, 

263.  General  Frank.  If  one  of  those  planes  had  met  with  some 
Zeros  it  would  have  been  too  bad? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  It  would  have. 

264.  General  Frank.  If  all  four  together  met  with  Zeros  it  would 
have  been  too  bad? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Yes;  although  patrol  planes  have  "shot  it  out" 
with  some  Jap  planes. 

265.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  else  that  occurs  to  you 
that  you  thinlc;  might  be  of  assistance  to  this  Board  in  getting  at  facts 
or  getting  leads  towards  sources  of  such  facts?  [164S^  If  so, 
if  you  could  add  it  now  to  your  testimony  we  would  appreciate  it. 
Is  there  something  that  sticks  in  your  mind  that  ought  to  be  consid- 
ered, outside  of  what  we  have  covered  in  our  questions  and  your 
answers  ? 

266.  General  Frank.  Let  me  ask  this  question :  The  general  activi- 
ties of  the  Navy  operating  out  of  Pearl  Harbor  were  in  what  direction 
from  Oahu? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  On  December  7? 

267.  General  Frank.  No  ;  in  the  period  prior  to  December  7,  in 
November  and  up  to  December  7. 

Admiral  Bellinger.  Toward  the  northwest  and  west.  On  the 
routes  toward  Midway  and  Wake  there  were  two  task  forces  of  sur- 
face craft  and  aircraft  that  went  out  in  connection  with  the  rein- 
forcement of  those  two  islands,  Midway  and  Wake,  by  Marine  air- 
craft. These  forces  were  operating  in  that  area  going  out  and  coming 
back. 

268.  General  Grunert.  You  do  not  think  of  anything  else  that  you 
think  ought  to  be  put  before  the  Board  ? 

Admiral  Bellinger.  No,  sir.  I  think  it  has  been  covered  as  far  as  I 
can  see.    I  know  of  nothing  more  to  bring  out. 

269.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  giving  us  of  your 
time  and  assistance. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  1  p.  m.,  a  recess  was  taken  until  2  p.  m.) 

[164-4]  AFTERNOON  SESSION 

(The  Board,  at  2  o'clock  p.  m.,  continued  the  hearing  of  witnesses.) 
General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  COMMANDEE  JOSEPH  J.  ROCHEFORT,  U.  S.  N.;  ON 
DUTY  AT  CHIEF,  NAVAL  OPERATIONS;  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Commander,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station,  please. 


862        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Commander  Rochefort.  Commander  Joseph  J.  Rochefort,  U.  S.  N., 
on  duty  at  the  Chief,  Naval  Operations;  Washington,  D.  C. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Commander,  this  Board  is  after  the  facts,  both 
as  to  what  happenned  prior  to,  leading  up  to,  and  during  the  attack 
at  Pearl  Harbor.  From  a  study  of  the  Roberts  Commission's  report, 
we  find  that  you  were  in  a  position,  by  reason  of  which  I  think  you  can 
give  us  some  information  that  will  help  us. 

First,  then,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  what  your  assignment  was 
in  the  latter  part  of  1941,  and  then  explain  what  the  duties  of  that  as- 
signment Avere,  so  that  we  may  get  clearly  just  what  your  position  was 
and  how  you  fitted  into  the  picture. 

Commander  Rochefort.  About  June  1941, 1  was  ordered  from  duty 
as  intelligence  officer  of  the  Scouting  Force  to  combat  intelligence  at 
Pearl  Harbor.  This  combat-intelligence  assignment  was  to  an  office 
which  was  a  field  unit  to  the  home  office,  which  was  in  Washington ; 
the  other  field  unit  being  in  Cavite,  and  operating  under  the  Sixteenth 
Naval  District.  I  was  attached  to  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth 
Naval  District,  and  theoretically  had  no  connections  with  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief        [164S]         or  with  any  other  organization,  there. 

The  duties  of  the  office  were  extremely  technical  in  nature,  and  had 
nothing  to  do  with  ordinary  intelligence;  it  was  primarily  radio  in- 
telligence. The  method  of  operating  was,  we  were  given  assignments 
by  the  head  office  in  Washington  as  to  the  type  of  work  they  wished  us 
to  work  on. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Before  you  go  any  further,  let  me  see  if  I  un- 
derstand that.  You  w^ere  then  the  combat-intelligence  officer,  in  mat- 
ters pertaining  to  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District;  at  least,  you  were 
attached  to  that  district  for  combat-intelligence  work? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

4.  General  Grunert.  There  existed  also  a  fleet-intelligence  officer? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

5.  General  Grunert.  And  a  district  intelligence  officer  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

6.  General  Grunert.  There  was  also  an  Army  intelligence  officer  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Those  were  the  other  echelons  of  intelligence 
work  going  on  at  that  time  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

8.  General  Grunert.  You  had  nothing  to  do  with  local  intelligence, 
nor  with  the  ordinary  intelligence  that  the  fleet  needs ;  you  had  to  do 
with  special  intelligence  work? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

9.  General  Grunert.  That  was  mainly  in  the  line  of  radio  intercep- 
tion ? 

[1646]  Commander  Rochefort.  Radio  interception.  I  might 
say,  General,  that  when  I  first  went  there  it  had  no  name  whatever. 
It  was  called  the  "radio  unit"  of  the  district,  but  we  changed  it 
after  I  went  there  and  called  it  "combat  intelligence,"  and  then  en- 
larged it  to  include  such  things  as  providing  situation  maps  for 
the  Commander-in-Chief,  and  plots  of  all  vessels  in  the  Pacific,  and 
so  on,  and  so  forth;  and  generally  we  consisted  of  an  intercept 
station,  a  radio-direction-finder  station,  and,  in  the  crypto-analytical 
units  in  Pearl  Harbor,  proper. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  863 

10.  General  Grunert.  If  there  is  anything,  in  answering  any  of 
our  questions  and  in  explaining  anything  to  us,  that  may  be  of  future 
value  to  the  enemy,  we  had  better  consider  what  should  be  on,  and 
what  should  be  off,  the  record;  so  keep  that  in  mind  in  answering 
these  questions. 

Just  what  is  the  set-up,  so  that  you  could  perform  the  duties  that 
you  were  required  to  perform  out  there? 

Commander  Rochefort.  I  don't  understand  your  question,  by 
"set-up,"  sir. 

11.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Now,  there  is  radio  intercept? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

12.  General  Grunert.  You  spoke  of  direction  finders;  and  now, 
what  is  the  physical  set-up?  How  do  they  do  that.  Give  us  an  un- 
derstanding of  that. 

Commander  Rochefort.  We  had  what  we  termed  the  "'intercept 
unit,"  which  during  1941  was  located  at  Heeia,  at  an  old  naval 
radio  station. 

13.  General  Grunert.  That  is  on  an  island  in  the  Hawaiian 
[lOIf':"]         group  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  That  is  just  beyond  Waialua 
over  on  the  other  side. 

14.  General  Grunert.  That  intercept  station  works  by  itself?  It 
doesn't  have  to  have  anything  farther  out,  does  it? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir.  It  might  be  understood  a  little 
more  clearly,  sir,  if  we  called  it  a  monitoring  station.  I  believe  that 
is  what  the  FCC  calls  it — a  monitoring  station.  In  other  words,  we 
intercept  any  traffic  that  is  going,  either  way. 

15.  General  Grunert.  In  any  direction? 
Commander  Rochefort.  In  any  direction ;  yes,  sir. 

16.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Now,  I  understand  it.  What 
are  your  "direction  finders"? 

Commander  Rochefort.  The  task  of  the  direction  finders  was  to 
take  bearings  on  transmissions  of  vessels  or  units  in  which  we  were 
interested. 

17.  General  Grunert.  That  requires  more  than  one  station,  does  it? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir;  that  does  require  more  than  one 

station, 

18.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  charge  of  those  stations,  or 
were  those  independent  groups,  too? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  In  addition  to  the  combat  in- 
telligence unit  at  Pearl  Harbor,  there  was  established  in  1937  what 
we  called  the  "Mid  Pacific  strategic  direction-finder  net,"  which  were 
all  high-frequency  direction  finders,  and  those  direction  finders  were 
physically  located  at  Dutch  Harbor,  Samoa,  and  Pearl  Harbor,  plus 
one  at  Guam,  which  for  administrative  [-?6'4<?]  purposes  came 
under  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Asiatic  Fleet,  but  who  took  bearings 
for  us,  so  we  had  four  stations  which  were  included  in  the  Mid 
Pacific  net. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Was  the  direction  finding  primarily  for  the 
fleet,  or  was  that  incidental  in  following  up  your  radio-intercept,  and 
so  forth? 

Commander  Rochefort.  That  was  incidental  to  the  radio  intelli- 
gence job,  sir.    The  function  of  that,  or  rather  the  mission  of  that 


864        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

was  to  tell  the  Commander-in-Chief  and  any  other  interested  parties 
where  certain  units  of  any  nation,  other  than  our  own — and  our  own, 
if  so  directed — were. 

20.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  w^here  they  were  physically  located  ? 

Commander  Rochefort,  Yes,  sir. 

21.General  Grunert.  Although  you  might  have  picked  it  out  of 
the  air  about  their  being  there,  but  you  located  them  through  the 
direction  finder? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  That  was  the  function  of  the 
radio  direction  finder. 

22.  General  Grunert.  To  whom  was  this  information  you  got 
through  the  radio  intercept  and  direction  finding  transmitted? 

Commander  Rochefort.  That  came  into  the  office  which  was 
located  in  the  administration  building  in  Pearl  Harbor,  and  was 
evaluated  there  with  other  information,  and  was  disseminated  to 
the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  by  means  of  a  daily 
bulletin,  which  included  locations  of  enemy  vessels  and  estimates 
and  evaluations  regarding  future  operations.  Also,  if  anything 
of  any  importance  was  determined  that  was  sent  by  radio  to  a  group 
of  addresses,  a  standard  group  of  addresses,  which  included  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Asiatic  Fleet, 
the  Commandant  of  the         [164^^         Sixteenth  Naval  District. 

23.  General  Frank.  That  was  in  Manila? 

Commander  Rochefort.  That  was  Cavite;  yes,  sir;  plus  the  Com- 
mandant, Fourteenth  Naval  District,  and  the  Commander-in-Chief, 
Pacific  Fleet. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  responsibility  as  to  any- 
thing sent  by  direct  transmission  to  the  Army  in  Hawaii  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir. 

25.  General  Grunert.  If  that  was  transmitted,  it  was  somebody 
else's  business? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Our  relations  with  the  Army  in  Pearl 
Harbor  were  more  on  the  personal  basis.  We  had  no  directives  to 
my  knowledge,  to  do  such  and  such,  with  Colonel  Fielder.  He  hap- 
pened to  be  my  opposite  number,  there.  I  worked  through  Colonel 
Fielder;  but  everything  that  was  done  was  on  a  personal  basis,  and 
if  we  determined  anything  or  heard  anything,  it  would  be  delivered 
to  Colonel  Fielder,  personally. 

26.  General  Grunert.  But  it  was  not  your  responsibility  to  keep 
him  informed? 

Commander  Rochefort.  I  did  not  consider  it  was;  no,  sir. 

27.  General  Grunert.  Was  most  of  this  work  that  you  were  doing 
considered  to  be  of  a  high  degree  of  secrecy  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  It  was  considered  to  be  the  very  top,  sir. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Therefore,  you  were  probably  limited  in 
the  dissemination? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

29.  General  Grunert.  And  he  was  not  on  your  list  for  dis- 
semmation  ? 

[1650]  Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir ;  we  were  not  permitted 
to  deal  with  anybody  other  than  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
fleet. 


PROCEEDlNCiS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  865 

30.  General  Grunekt.  And  the  Commandant  of  the  District?  All 
right. 

Now,  on  all  diplomatic  or  consular  stnif,  could  you  "pick"  or 
"butt  into"  that? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir.  In  this  allocation  of  work  that  1 
mentioned  before,  the  diplomatic  and  consular  work  was  done  by 
the  unit  in  Washington;  and,  to  a  certain  extent,  it  was  assisted 
by  the  unit  in  Cavite. 

31.  General  Grunert.  But  if  it  were  in  the  air,  could  you  not  pick 
it  out  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  We  could  have,  sir,  if  it  was  in  the  air; 
but — it  may  sound  funny,  now — it  was  not  our  job,  sir. 

32.  General  Frank.  When  you  refer  to  "the  unit  in  Washington," 
do  you  mean  the  naval  unit  in  Washington  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir ;  in  so  far  as  we  were  concerned, 
it  was  tlie  naval  unit.  Actually  it  was  both  the  Army  and  the  Navy 
here,  together,  but  in  so  far  as  we  were  concerned. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Was  it  against  the  law  for  you  to  pick 
that  up? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

34.  General  Grunert.  And  trying  to  decode  it  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir ;  it  was. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Now,  we  get  down  to  cases.  This  informa- 
tion that  you  got  was  furnished  by  daily  summaries  to  the  fleet  and 
the  District? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

30.  General  Grunert.  And  to  other  people,  but  not  directly  to 
[165 1^         the  Army? 
Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir. 

37.  General  Grunert.  If  you  got  any  special  information,  I  sup- 
pose it  was  furnished  to  the  same  people  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  The  arrangement  we  made. 
General,  was  again  on  a  personal  basis,  that  anything  pertaining  to 
the  islands,  themselves,  in  so  far  as  I  was  concerned,  was  the  function 
of  the  district  intelligence  officer  and  of  the  Army ;  anything  pertain- 
ing to  outside  of  the  islands  was  my  job,  and  the  arrangement  I  had 
was  that  if  any  information  such  as — oh,  say  an  unauthorized  radio 
transmitter,  perhaps,  on  the  Island  of  Oahu,  if  that  came  up,  I  would 
communicate  that  information  to  the  district  intelligence  officer  and 
to  Colonel  Fielder. 

38.  General  Grunert.  And  they  would  handle  the  local  matters? 
Commander  Rochefort.  They  would  handle  the  stuff  in  the  island, 

proper.  In  other  words,  they  were  interior,  and  I  was  not  at  all  inter- 
ested in  anything  that  went  on,  on  the  beach,  or  within  the  island. 
I  didn't  consider  that  part  of  my  job. 

39.  General  Grunert.  But  suppose  you  picked  up  something  a  way 
out  to  one  side,  you  then  could  not  be  the  judge  as  to  whether  it  was 
Navy,  Army,  or  the  district  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Then  I  dealt  only  with  the  Commandant 
of  the  District,  sir. 

40.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  trying  to  find  out  is,  if  it  had 
to  be  transmitted  to  the  Army,  that  would  be  transmitted  on  his 
judgment? 


866        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir;  either  by  the  Commandant,  the 
Commander-in-Chief,  or  by  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  here. 

[1652]  41.  General  Grunert.  All  right,  now;  I  tlijnk  I  under- 
stand the  set-up. 

Along  about  the  latter  part  of  November,  or,  I  believe,  as  testified 
by  you  before  the  Roberts  Commission,  along  about  the  1st  of  Novem- 
ber, you  started  picking  up  some  stuff  which  appeared  to  be  of  great 
interest  and  probably  some  question,  and  then,  along  about  tlie  latter 
part  of  November,  you  picked  U])  some  stuff  that  showed  concentration 
of  Japanese  vessels.  Now,  will  you  give  us  the  story  to  that,  from  the 
beginning  to  the  end,  until  you  lost  it,  or  Igst  part  of  it,  or  whatnot. 
Give  us  that  story,  please. 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  Well,  in  any  of  this  radio  intel- 
ligence work,  sir,  by  experience,  trained  men  or  trained  officers  can 
make  a  very,  very  good  estimate  of  what  the  intentions  will  be  of  the 
enemy,  by  means  of  just  a  study  of  the^ traffic,  itself;  and  from  our 
experience  in  Hainan,  the  movement  which  had  happened  about  nine 
months  before,  and  watching  the  traffic  during  the  late  fall  of  1941, 
it  became  apparent  that  the  Japanese  were  preparing  for  a  major 
operation.  As  time  developed,  and  along  about  the  20th  or  25th  of 
November,  things  had  progressed  to  the  point  where  our  views  crystal- 
lized, and  we  accordingly  prepared  an  estimate,  which  was  sent  to  all 
the  addresses  that  I  mentioned  previously. 

42.  General  Grunert.  That  was  in  the  form  of  a  summary,  was  it  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir;  you  call  it  a  "summary."     We 

call  it  a  "summary." 

43.  General  Frak.  How  was  that  sent — by  radio  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  That  was  sent  out  by  radio,  sir.         [1653] 

The  procedure  was  that  it  was  sent  by  radio  to  a  single  addressee, 
which  included  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  two  Commanders-in-Chief, 
and  the  two  District  Commandants  involved.  That  summary  indi- 
cated to  us  that  the  Japanese  were  engaged  in  a  major  operation, 
which  w^ould  start  in  the  immediate  future,  and  that  it  was  composed 
generally  of  two  task  forces;  and  Ave  gave  the  location  and  the  com- 
position and  the  general  heading.  In  addition  to  that,  there  appeared 
to  be  a  very  strong  concentration  in  the  Marshalls ;  as  I  recall,  we  said 
at  least  one  third  of  the  submarines,  and  at  least  one  carrier  division 
unit — at  least  that.  We  sent  that  out,  as  I  recall,  about  the  25th  or 
26th  of  November. 

44.  General  Grunert.  Would  you  tell  me  what  a  carrier-division 
unit  consists  of,  how  many  carriers  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Normally,  two,  sir,  w^ith  the  Japanese.  II 
could  be  three,  but  normally,  two. 

45.  General  Grunert.  And  the  submarines,  you  said  about  a  third? 
Commander  Rochefort.  About  one  third  of  the  submarines.     They 

were  as  I  recall  two  squadrons,  which  would  be  probably  about  15  to 
20  submarines. 

46.  General  Grunert.  Were  there  any  battleships  in  that  force? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Not  that  we  noted,  sir ;  not  that  we  noted. 

47.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Go  on. 

Commander  Rochefort.  That  summary  was  sent  out  about  the 
25th  or  26th  of  November,  and  the  reply  was  received  from  the  Asiatic 
unit,  the  so-called  "Cavite  unit,"  in  which  they  agreed  with  us  in  prac- 


PKOCEEDIN(JS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  867 

tically  all  particulars,  other  than  the  location  of  the  carriers  in  the 
Marshalls. 

11654]  Their  reaction  was  that  they  did  not  have  sufficient 
evidence  that  would  indicate  there  were  carriers  in  the  Marshalls. 
Aside  from  that,  they  agreed  with  us. 

48.  General  Grunekt.  They  had  a  similar  unit  to  yours,  in  Cavite? 
Commander  Rociiefgrt.   Yes,  sir,  the  only  difference  being  the 

type  of  work  that  they  were  working  on,  the  type  of  stuff  that  they 
were  working  on. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Then,  what  happened,  after  the  25th,  after 
that  summary? 

Commander  Rociiefort.  After  the  summary,  sir,  why,  things  got 
very  quiet,  and  there  was  considerable  action  and  traffic  and  indica- 
tions in  the  area  generally  to  the  westward  of  the  Empire;  that  is, 
between  the  Empire  and  Indo-China,  which  made  it  very  clear  that 
the  Japanese  were  moving  in  that  area.  There  was  some  traffic  indi- 
cating a  move  down  toward  the  Philippines. 

50.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  anything  indicating  that  this 
force  which  vou  had  estimated  or  figured  out  to  be  in  about  the  Mar- 
shalls had  left  the  Marshalls? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir;  there  was  not.  Aside  from  those 
t  wo  groups  or  forces  that  I  have  mentioned ;  that  is,  going  toward  the 
Philippine«,  and  toward  Indo-China,  there  was  no  information  of 
any  sort  available  from  a  study  of  radio  traffic  that  indicated  any 
move  to  the  eastward  from  the  Empire,  or  any  move  out  of  the 
Marshalls. 

51.  General  Grunert.  About  when  was  it  that,  from  all  the  evi- 
dence, this  force  in  the  Marshalls  dropped  out  of  existence? 

Commander  Rociiefort.  About  the  latter  part  of  November, 
[16S5]         I  would  say,  sir ;  perhaps  in  the  last  five  days  of  November. 

52.  General  Grunert.  You  could  not  get  anything  on  the  carriers, 
or  you  could  not  get  anything  on  any  part  of  the  force,  or  what? 

Commander  Rochefort.  They  were  not  transmitting.  That  is,  if 
they  were  transmitting  messages,  we  were  not  hearing  them. 

53.  General  Frank.  They  were  on  radio  silence,  completely  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Apparently  so,  sir ;  apparently,  they  were 

on  radio  silence. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  indicative  to  you  there  was  some- 
thing serious  in  the  air? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir;  there  was;  but  not  toward  the 
eastward. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  enquire  of  Cavite  again  to  find  out 
whether  they  got  anything  more  on  them  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  There  was  a  series  of  dispatches  between 
Cavite  and  ourselves  and  Washington,  beginning  with  our  message, 
about  the  25th.  I  don't  recall  any  specific  message  though,  or  what  it 
said,  but  we  had  been  for  months  of  course  in  constant  communication ; 
but  whether  any  of  the  messages  subsequent  to  that  asked  that  specific 
question,  sir,  I  don't  recall. 

56.  General  Grunert,  You  did  not  have  any  reaction,  though,  from 
Washington,  on  your  summary? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir.    There  was  no  reply. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 6 


868        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

57.  General  Grunert.  There  was  no  reaction,  indicating  that  they 
believed  in  it,  or  disbelieved  in  it  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir ;  there  was  no  reply  from  [16561 
Washington,  sir, 

58.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  anything  from  Dutch  Harbor  or 
Samoa  ? 

Commander  Eochefort.  No,  sir ;  I  didn't  get  anything  from  Dutch 
Harbor  and  Samoa,  General.  They  only  had  either  three  or  four 
radios,  and  they  were  merely  a  direction-finding  unit,  that  was  all,  and 
they  were  supposed  to  be  trained  direction-finder  men ;  but  that's  about 
all  they  were  good  for. 

59.  General  Grunert.  In  this  radio  intercept  stuff  about  the  force 
being  in  the  Marshalls,  did  you  get  the  names  of  any  of  the  vessels? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir. 

60.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  this  force  that  you 
located  in  the  Marshalls  was  the  force  that  attacked  Hawaii? 

Commander  Rochefort.  We  believed  it  was,  afterwards,  sir. 

61.  General  Grunert.  What  led  you  to  believe  that?  What  led  you 
to  believe  that  they  were  the  same  vessels  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  We  were  reasonably  sure,  sir,  in  so  far  as 
the  submarines  were  concerned,  because  we  had,  of  course,  numerous 
submarines  off  Pearl  Harbor,  beginning  on  or  about  the  7th  of  Decem- 
ber, and  the  logical  place  for  them  to  come  from  was  the  Marshalls, 
particularly  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  force  commander  of  the  sub- 
marines was  in  the  Marshalls  during  November  and  remained  there 
during  December  and  probably  January. 

62.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  talk  in  the  air  by  radio,  later 
on,  from  Japanese  sources,  that  gave  you  information  as  to  where  they 
had  been,  or  what  they  had  done  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir.  We  knew,  of  course,  who  had 
come  to  Pearl  Harbor,  but  where  they  had  come  from,  we  didn't 
[16r57]         know. 

63.  General  Grunert.  There  was  something  I  did  not  quite  under- 
stand, in  your  testimony  before  the  Roberts  Commission.  The  Chair- 
man said  something  to  the  effect, 

Now,  you  had  information  on  Wednesday — 

I  presume  that  is  the  3rd — 

that  the  consul  here  was  burning  his  papers,  did  you  not? 

You  replied. 

We  are  the  ones  who  gave  that  to  Washington. 

He  appeared  to  be  surprised,  and  said,  "Oh!"     And  then  you  said: 

We  talked — we  told  them  he  was.  They  told  us  that  London  and  Washington 
were  burning  papers. 

Presumably  that  was  the  3rd  of  December,  Wednesday  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

64.  General  Grunert.  Now,  was  that  information  from  Washing- 
ton that  the  consulates  in  London  and  Washington  were  burning 
papers  transmitted  to  your  district  commander? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

65.  General  Grunert.  And  to  the  Chief? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  869 

Commander  Rochefort.  It  was  transmitted  to  the  District  Com- 
mandant, sir,  by  me,  personally,  and  it  was  transmitted  to  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, by  reason  of  the  fact  that  he  was  an  addressee.  In 
other  words,  all  of  those  dispatches  were  automatically  addressed  to 
the  Commander-in  -Chief,  but  whether  or  not  he  personally  saw  them, 
of  course,  I  couldn't  say. 

66.  General  Grunert.  And  you  do  not  know  whether  that  informa- 
tion got  to  the  Army,  or  not  ? 

Conmiander  Rociiefort.  No,  sir;  I  do  not.  There  were  some  of 
those  messages.  General,  which  indicated  that,  "Please  show  to  the 
Department  commander,"  or,  "Please  inform  the  Army  authorities 
of  this  decision." 

[1658]  67.  General  Grunert.  Those  were  some  messages  that 
came  from  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Navy? 

Commander  Rociiefort.  Yes,  sir.  Some  of  those  dispatches  indi- 
cated that  he  was  to  confer  with  the  Army  authorities. 

In  conection  with  that  diplomatic  situation,  sir,  if  I  may  clear  up 
that  one  point,  the  task,  as  I  have  indicated,  of  the  diplomatic  stuff, 
was  being  done  in  Washingon  on  a  joint  basis.  I  think  it  was  Mr. 
Sarnoff  who  came  out  to  Honolulu,  September,  October,  or  something, 
and  we  had  been  endeavoring  to  my  knowledge  since  1925  to  get  some 
of  this  traffic,  unsuccessfully.     Mr.  Arnoff  indicated  we  should  get  it. 

68.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Sarnoff  was  acting  in  what  position? 
Commander  Rociiefort.  He  was  head  of  the  RCA,  at  the  time,  sir, 

President  of  the  RCA.  It  was  suggested  we  make  some  sort  of  effort, 
and,  on  a  personal  basis,  with  the  district  intelligence  officer,  he  gave 
me  some  of  the  traffic  which  he  had  obtained.  It  was  very  recent 
traffic,  and  that  is  how  we  sent  that  one  dispatch  to  Washington,  indi- 
cating that  he  was  burning  the  stuff,  because  of  some  stuff,  there. 

69.  General  Grunert.  That  has  covered  all  the  ground  I  wanted 
to  cover.     Have  you  some  questions? 

70.  General  Russell.  Did  you  know  anything  about  the  effective- 
ness of  the  radar  which  was  in  possession  of  the  Navy  at  Pearl  Harbor  ? 

Commander  Rociiefort.  No,  sir ;  I  did  not. 

71.  General  Russell.  You  did  not  know  whether  they  could  search 
out  anything  with  those  radar  installations? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir ;  I  did  not. 

72.  General  Russell.  You  state  that  you  were  not  permitted 
[16-59]  to  pick  up  or  evaluate  information  intercepted  from  the 
consular  service,  is  that  what  you  said  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir ;  that  is  correct. 

73.  General  Russell.  You  were  precluded  by  law  from  doing  that? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

74.  General  Russell.  Didn't  you  have  to  get  some  of  it,  before  you 
knew  whether  it  was  consular,  or  not  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Well,  actually,  general,  it  had  been  ob- 
tained, but  it  was  being  done  by  people  other  than  us.  That  was  part, 
again,  of  the  allocation  of  work.  In  other  words,  we  had,  say,  five 
jobs  to  do.  AVashington,  we  will  say,  would  handle  two,  and  they 
would  give  us  two,  and  they  would  give  Cavite  the  fifth  one,  ancl 
we  would  work  on  them ;  and  if  any  information  was  obtained  from 
one  of  the  other  jobs,  that  would  be  passed  on  to  us;  but  we  were  not 
supposed  to  work  with  that  type  of  traffic. 


870        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

75.  General  Russell.  So,  as  soon  as  it  was  distributed  by  your 
operators,  then  they  lost  interest? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir.  We  didn't  cover  those  "printers" 
on  which  it  would  be  sent. 

7G.  General  Russell.  I  understand.  , 

Commander  Rochefort.  In  other  words,  we  were  only  interested 
in  one  thing,  in  Pearl  Harbor.  We  were  interested  in  the  Japanese* 
Fleet.    That's  all  we  cared  about. 

77.  General  Russell.  You  were  interested  only  in  what? 
Commander  Rochefort.  In  the  Japanese  Fleet.     That's  all  we 

were  interested  in. 

78.  General  Russell.  Now,  you  say  there  was  a  summary,  about 
[16601  the  20th  of  November,  in  which  this  task  force  in  the 
Marshalls  was  discussed? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

79.  General  Grunert.  You  say  the  20th  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  The  25th,  sir. 

80.  General  Russell.  The  25th? 
Commander  Rochefort.  About  the  25th. 

81.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  a  copy  of  that 
estimate  is  in  existence,  in  Hawaii  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  A  copy  should  be  available,  sir,  in  the 
office  of  Naval  Communications.  That  would  be  the  normal  cus- 
todian, in  the  Office  of  Naval  Communications. 

82.  General  Grunert.  Here,  in  Washington? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  They  should  be  the  custodians 
of  all  that  traffic. 

83.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  any  record  of  it  in  Hawaii,  do  you 
know  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  Yes,  there  would  be  a  record, 
there. 

84.  General  Russell.  Now.  about  this  task  force  with  the  carrier 
unit  in  it,  would  it  be  divulging  anything  that  you  should  not  divulge, 
if  you  told  US  where  you  first  picked  that  up? 

Commander  Rochefort.  That  would  be  very  difficult  to  answer,  Gen- 
eral. In  estimating  these  things,  it  was  more  by  sense  than  by  any- 
thing else.  I  used  to  explain  it  by  saying  that  in  any  major  operation 
started  by  the  Japanese  there  would  be  three  definite  stages.  There 
would  be  the  stage  of  a  large  flurry  of  traffic ;  that  is,  messages,  and 
one  thing  and  another;  and  then  there  would  be  a  stage  of  apparent 
confusion,  in  which  [1661]  they  would  send  a  message  to  Gen- 
eral Soandso,  and  Admiral  Soandso,  and  they  would  say,  "He  isn't 
here,  send  it  somewhere  else" ;  and  quite  a  bit  of  confusion,  which  was 
caused  apparently  by  the  regrouping  of  the  ships  and  the  units.  That 
would  be  the  second  phase.  [1662]  The  third  phase  was  radio 
silence,  and  when  radio  silence  started  then  you  knew  something  was 
up.  So  we  could  always  tell  by  these  various  conditions  or  phases 
they  would  go  through  just  about  how  far  advanced  they  were  in  this 
thing.  And  I  think  the  estimates  that  were  made  by  both  the  unit 
at  Pearl  Harbor  and  Cavite  were  accurate  in  everything  except  one 
respect,  that  is,  that  one  task  force  from  Pearl  Harbor.  Everything 
else  was  absolutely  correct.  The  make-up  of  them,  the  composition, 
we  knew  that. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  871 

85.  Greneral  Grunert.  There  was  one  other  question  I  wanted  to  ask 
you :  In  that  force  going  clown  to  Hainan,  had  any  of  that  force  ever 
assembled  as  far  away  as  the  mandated  islands  in  order  to  go  down 
to  the  southeast  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir. 

86.  General  Grunert.  Then  did  it  seem  strange  that  they  should 
be  assembling  in  the  Marshall  Islands  in  order  to  go  southeast? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No.  As  I  recall,  General,  we  said  in  our 
summary  that  that  force  might  possibl}^  be  a  force  that  was  to  cover 
the  flanks.  I  believe  we  made  such  a  statement  as  that,  something 
.-similar  to  that.  It  was  our  assumption  at  the  time  that  that  group  of 
submarines  there,  with  or  without  the  carrier  group,  would  be  used 
to  secure  the  flanks  against  any  possible  move  on  the  part  of  the 
United  States. 

87.  General  Grunert.  Now,  at  that  time  was  your  service  I'ather 
new? 

Commander  Rochefort.  The  service  in  Pearl  Harbor,  sir,  was  rela- 
tively new. 

[1663]  88.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  getting  at  is,  did  the 
rest  of  the  Navy  believe  in  what  you  were  doing  and  what  you  could  do  ? 
In  other  words,  how  much  credence  did  they  give  the  output  of  what 
you  did,  in  your  opinion  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  The  naval  officers  who  had  access  to  the  in- 
formation believed  in  it  very  strongly,  sir,  but  those  were  only  a  frac- 
tion of  one  percent,  possibly,  of  the  naval  officers.  That  is,  for  reasons 
of  security  we  were  not  permitted  to  discuss  the  matter  with  anybody 
or  to  show  them  anything.  So  that  Admiral  Kimmel  came  over  very 
frequently  and  discussed  matters  with  us,  but  whether  he  discussed 
them  with  members  of  his  own  staff  or  not,  referring  to  our  work,  I  do 
not  loiow. 

89.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  consider  that  force  a  threat  against 
Hawaii? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Personally,  no  sir. 

90.  General  Grunert.  Although  it  had  aircraft  carriers  in  it  that 
could  strike  at  Hawaii  or  most  any  other  near-by  point  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  The  organization  that  we  had 
identified,  General,  is  not  a  type  of  organization  you  would  have  for 
a  striking  force.  In  other  words,  it  lacked  two  elements:  it  lacked 
either  cruisers  or  destroyers,  and  it  lacked  a  supply,  that  there  were 
no  indications  of  tankers  there,  no  indication  of  any  cruisers  or  de- 
stroyers. For  that  reason  it  did  not  seem  that  it  was  coming  to  the 
eastward,  because  they  would  not  move  carriers  and  submarines. 

91.  General  Grunert.  Of  course,  that  was  none  of  your  business? 
You  picked  the  information  up  and  gave  it  to  them  in  a  summary,  and 
it  was  up  to  them  to  figure  it  out? 

[1664]  Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir,  because  we  had  nothing 
else  available,  sir,  no  other  information  available  aside  from  that  we 
gathered  by  radio. 

92.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  General  Russell,  have  you  fin- 
ished? 

93.  General  Russell.  I  am  a  little  bit  intrigued  about  their  moving 
out  there  to  protect  the  flank,  the  southern  movement  of  a  major  por- 
tion of  the  Japanese  forces.  What  was  on  the  flank  that  they  should 
have  been  troubled  about  ? 


872        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Commander  Rochefort.  The  United  States  Fleet,  sir. 

94.  General  Russell.  Where  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Pearl,  sir. 

95.  General  Russell.  Pearl  Harbor  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

96.  General  Russell.  Where  would  it  have  been  easier  for  them  to 
have  destroyed  that  fleet  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Well,  if  I  were  Admiral  Yamamoto,  sir, 
I  would  like  to  have  them  in  the  Marshalls  somewhere. 

97.  General  Russell.  Would  it  have  been  better  to  have  attacked 
them  or  attempted  to  have  destroyed  them  w^hen  they  were  in  battle 
formation  moving  to  the  west,  or  when  they  were  not  steamed  up  and 
lying  in  the  harbor  at  Honolulu  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Probably  when  they  were  out  to  the  Mar- 
shalls, I  think  it  would  be  easier. 

98.  General  Russell.  If  they  had  a  force  out  there  to  have  fought 
it  out  with  these  naval  forces  in  the  Marshalls  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  I  think  probably  it  would  have 
been  better  from  the  Japanese  point  of  view  to  have  had  us  in  the 
Marshalls. 

[1665]  99.  General  Russell.  With  no  cruisers,  no  destroyers, 
no  battleships  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No  ;  all  they  would  need  there,  sir,  would  be 
the  air  bases. 

100.  General  Russell.  Oh,  you  mean  move  in  with  the  land-based 
planes  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

101.  General  Russell.  As  it  developed,  that  was  not  what  they  were 
thinking  about. 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir,  that  was  not  in  their  mind  at  all. 

102.  General  Russell.  Wasn't  it  true  that  this  report  that  you  had 
in  the  latter  part  of  November  indicated  the  names  of  the  carriers 
that  you  had  contacted  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  I  am  not  sure  of  that,  sir,  but  I  do  not 
believe  that  it  did. 

103.  General  Russell.  Is  it  true  or  not  that  the  radio  stations  or 
the  sending  sets,  if  that  is  the  accurate  description  of  what  the  trans- 
mitter is,  on  the  carriers  were  relatively  weak  and  could  not  be  de- 
tected for  a  long  distance  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Oh,  no,  sir.    No,  sir ;  that  is  not  true. 

104.  General  Russel.  That  is  not  true  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir,  that  is  not  true. 

105.  General  Russell.  That  when  these  carriers  went  into  port  they 
changed  the  type  of  radio  set  that  they  operated  with,  and  you  lost 
sight  of  them? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

106.  General  Russell.  So  long  as  the  carriers  then  were  in  [1666] 
liome  ports  you  had  very  little  way  of  checking  on  them  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  We  had  what  we  called  collateral,  sir.  We 
do  the  same  thing.  Everybody  does  the  same  thing.  When  a  ship 
goes  into  port  it  usually  utilizes  the  communication  facilities  of  that 
navy  yard  or  naval  base,  whatever  it  is  going  to  be.  In  other  words, 
he  may  send  his  messages  by  blinker  or  land-line  or  telephone  or  any- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  873 

thing  else.     When  he  is  at  sea,  of  course,  then  he  has  to  transmit  his 
own. 

I  might  say  in  passing  that  at  that  time,  though,  we  got  relatively 
few  dispatches  transmitted  by  a  certain  vessel  as  transmitted  from 
that  vessel.  "We  got  them  on  the  second  or  third  or  fourth  transmis- 
sion. In  other  words,  the  carrier  might  send  a  message  to  Tokyo.  If 
that  carrier  were  close  to  Truk  he  would  probably  transmit  it  to  the 
station  at  Truk,  and  then  Truk  would  transmit  it  on  up  to  Saipan 
or  perhaps  direct  to  Tokyo,  and  we  would  get  it  on  what  we  called  the 
second  or  third  or  fourth  bounce ;  and  then  if  there  was  an  informa- 
tion addressee  in  it,  possibly  Ominato,  Tokyo  would  put  that  on  the 
air  again  for  Ominato ;  and  by  means  of  that  information  which  we  call 
collateral  you  could  usually  determine  where  a  vessel  was  or  where 
a  unit  or  a  commander  was. 

107.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  an  officer  of  the  Navy  by  the 
name  of  Layton  ? 

Commander  Rochefurt.  Yes,  sir. 

108.  General  Russell.  What  was  his  function  out  there  at  this  time? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Layton,  Lieutenant  Commander  Layton  at 

that  time,  was  the  fleet  intelligence  officer  for  the  Commander-in-Chief. 

[1667]  109.  General  Russell.  Did  he  have  an  independent 
agency  for  collecting  data  on  the  Japanese  fleet?  By  "independent"  I 
mean  different  from  the  agency  which  you  were  operating. 

Commander  Rochefort.  I  am  not  sure  that  I  understand,  sir.  Lay- 
ton  received  all  radio  intelligence  pertaining  to  the  Japanese  from  me, 
to  whicli  he  added  other  types  of  intelligence  that  he  might  have  re- 
ceived from  other  sources,  perhaps  from  documents  or  letters  or  some- 
thing of  that  nature  from  someone  else.  His  radio  intelligence  was 
received  from  us. 

110.  General  Russell.  Therefore  such  information  as  he  had  about 
the  location  of  the  different  elements  of  the  Japanese  fleet  during  the 
year  1941  probably  came  from  you  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  It  probably  came  from  us,  yes,  sir. 

111.  General  Russell.  Is  it  true  or  not  that  during  the  year  1941, 
or  to  limit  that  period  a  little  further,  during  the  six  months  next 
preceding  December  7,  1941,  there  were  a  great  many  periods  of  time 
when  you  had  little  or  no  information  on  the  Japanese  Navy? 

Commander  Rochefort.  I  think 

112.  General  Russell.  Let  me  ask  you  this,  Commander :  Have  you 
seen  the  statement  which  was  furished  by  Lieutenant  Commander  Lay- 
ton  to  the  Roberts  Commission  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir, 

113.  General  Russell.  Have  you  made  a  study  of  that  table  that 
was  there? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

114.  General  Russell.  I  am  confining  this  question  purely  to  the 
accuracy  of  the  table,  and  not  to  any  construction  that  was  placed  on  it. 
Do  you  regard  the  information  in  that  table  [1668}  as  accu- 
rate? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir;  the  statements  made  there  are 
accurate. 

115.  General  Russell.  Well,  did  that  table,  or  not,  indicate  that 
there  were  relatively  long  periods  of  time  during  the  six  months 


874        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

preceding  Pearl  Harbor  when  there  was  little  information  about  the 
Japanese  fleet  available  to  you? 

Commander  Rochefort.  The  information  contained  in  the  table 
indicated  that  there  were  relatively  long  periods  in  which  we  did  not 
have  positive  information  of  the  location  of  some  specific  unit  or 
task  force,  but  from  collateral  information  or  other  information  we 
did  not  consider  that  we  had  lost  those  units  or  forces. 

116.  General  Russell.  I  want  to  ask  you  one  thing  as  a  matter  of 
information  before  I  discuss  this  table  in  one  or  two  of  its  details 
with  you.  There  is  an  entry  which  I  could  not  interpret;  I  do  not 
know  what  it  means.  The  entry  was:  Cruisers  second  fleet  less  the 
word  c-o-n-d-i-v  or  -u. 

Commander  Rochefort.  C-o-n-d? 

117.  General  Russell.  C-o-n-d-i-v.    What  is  that? 
Commander  Rochefort.  "Com." 

118.  General  Grunert.  C-o-n-d-i-v.  What  is  it?  It  is  a  part  of 
the  fleet? 

Commander  Rochefort.  It  would  be  a  portion^ — it  would  be  cruisers 
of  the  second  fleet  less  the  Nachi  or  Chikumi  or  Toni  or  something  of 
that  sort,  sir. 

119.  General  Russell.  Then  there  is  an  entry  relating  to  that  same 
word  which  describes  it  as  "seven,  very  active  on  detached  service." 
Nothing  positive  about  that, 

[1669]         Commander  Rochefort.  Seven,  sir? 

120.  General  Russell.  Seven  condivs,  if  that  is  what  it  is. 
Commander  Rochefort.  Crudivs. 

121.  General  Russell.  Crudivs? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Crudivs  is  probably  what  it  should  be, 
sir :  cruiser  divisions. 

122.  General  Russell.  Crudiv? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  Crudivs.  That  would  be  seven 
cruiser  division.    We  call  it  crudiv  seven. 

123.  General  Russell.  Well,  being  enlightened,  I  want  to  ask  you 
about  the  carrier  situation  as  reported  in  this  table. 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

124.  General  Russell.  The  report  was  that  the  carriers  with  the 
crudivs  out 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

125.  General  Russell.  That  there  were  134  days  in  the  last  six 
months  when  the  Navy  was  uncertain  as  to  the  location  of  the  Jap- 
anese carriers,  that  the  periods  when  they  were  lost  during  those  six 
months  numbered  twelve,  and  that  these  periods  varied  from  nine  to 
twenty-two  days.  It  seems  that  the  22-day  period  was  in  July  1941. 
Now,  do  you  have  any  independent  recollection  of  those  carriers  being 
lost  all  of  those  days  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir.  I  believe  that  the  table  is  correct. 
The  construction  to  be  placed  on  those  remarks  I  believe  is  incorrect. 
In  other  words,  while  it  is  true  we  did  not  have  any  concrete  evidence 
of  a  unit  or  units  for  periods  of  from  nine  to  twenty-two  days,  it 
did  not  mean  that  we  were  uncertain  as  to  their  whereabouts.  It 
merely  meant  that  we  had  nof  heard  them.  In  other  words,  we  still 
had  not  lost  them. 


PKOCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  875 

[1670\  126.  General  Russell.  But  you  were  very  well  satisfied 
that  you  knew  soniethino-  about  them  or  knew  a  great  deal  about  them 
during  these  periods  when  yon  heard  nothing  from  them? 

Connnander  Rochei-ort.  Yes,  sir. 

127.  General  RusselI;.  And  the  table,  then,  reflects  periods  when 
you  just  didn't  have  anything? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir,  when  we  did  not  hear  them.  Either 
they  had  not  transmitted  or,  if  they  had,  it  was  over  circuits  that  we 
did  not  hear. 

128.  General  Russell.  Now  may  I  develop  briefly,  and  I  will  be 
through,  the  remark  which  you  made  in  reply  to  some  of  General 
Grunert's  questions  about  identifying  the  submarines  in  the  waters 
near  Oahu  in  the  Hawaiian  area,  that  you  knew  were  based  out  in 
the  Marshalls  ? 

Commander  Rocheedrt.  Yes,  sii . 

129.  (jeneral  Russell,  As  I  recall,  your  logic  there  was  that  you 
discovered  the  commander  of  this  submarine  group  in  the  Marshalls. 

Commander  Rocheidrt.  Yes,  sn. 

130.  General  Russell.  You  knew  the  commander  of  the  group  oper- 
ating in  the  Hawaiian  waters  was  there.  Did  your  station,  intercept 
station,  operate  during  the  attack  and  immediately  thereafter  on  the 
morning  of  December  7th  ? 

Commander  Rochee'ort.  Yes,  sii . 

131.  General  Russell.  Could  you  tell  us  briefly  what  information 
you  picked  up  that  would  give  you  identity  as  to  the  vessels  operating 
there,  the  craft  operating  in  that  attack  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  I  would  say  by  1000  we  had 
determined  that  the  officer  commanding  the  striking  force  .  [1671] 
was  comcardics,  Commander  Carrier  Divisions,  what  we  call  Com- 
mander Aircraft.  We  had  determined  the  fact  that  he  had  carriers 
with  him,  cruisers,  and  destroyers,  and  with  one  bearing  that  we  had 
obtained  we  determined  his  bearing  from  Pearl  Harbor.  The  sub- 
marines did  not  show  up  until  that  evening  and  the  next  day,  aside 
from  the  midget  submarines.  The  regular  submarines,  the  fleet  sub- 
marines, did  not  show  up  until  that  night.  I  would  say,  sir,  that  by 
noon  of  the  7th  we  had  fairly  well  identified  the  surface  forces. 

132.  General  Russell.  How  many  carriers  do  you  think  were  in 
that  convoy  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Four,  sir. 

133.  General  Russell.  Four  ? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes. 

134.  General  Russell.  The  complement  of  each  was  about  how  many 
aircraft,  or  do  you  know  that  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  About  sixty,  sir;  sixty  to  sixty-four. 

135.  General  Russell.  Then  they  could  have  had  a  total  striking 
force  of  aircraft  of  some  250? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir. 

136.  General  Russell.  And  cruisers  or  destroyers  that  appeared  in 
the  task  force  there  ? 

Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.  They  had  enough — they  had  one 
division  of  cruisers,  as  I  recall  it,  and  approximately  one  squadron 
of  destroyers. 


876        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

137.  General  Kussell.  What  time  did  you  begin  operating  that 
day?    On  the  morning  of  the  7th  what  time  did  you  begin  operating? 

Commander  Rochefort,  We  were  on  a  24-hour  basis. 

[1672]  138.  General  Russell.  And  you  picked  up  nothing  in 
tlie  night  preceding  the  attack? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir. 

139.  General  Russell.  So  they  moved  in  with  radio  silence? 
Commander  Rochefort.  Yes,  sir.    We  were  on  a  24-hour  basis  then, 

sir,  seven  days  a  week,  and  had  been  for  about  four  or  five  months. 

140.  General  Russell.  Of  course,  you  had  no  means  for  detecting 
aircraft  in  the  air? 

Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir. 

141.  General  Russell.  By  radar  operation? 
Commander  Rochefort,  No,  sir. 

142.  General  Russell.  That  was  not  part  of  your  function? 
Commander  Rochefort.  No,  sir,  that  was  not  part  of  our  function. 

143.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

144.  General  Grunert.  General  Frank  ? 

145.  General  Frank.  No. 

146.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  Toulmin  ? 

147.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Nothing,  sir. 

148.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  West  ? 

149.  Colonel  West.  No. 

150.  General  Grunert.  Major  Chiusen? 

151.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir. 

152.  General  Grunert.  That  appears  to  be  all.  Thank  you  very 
much  for  coming. 

We  shall  take  a  brief  recess. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[1673]         (There  was  a  brief  informal  recess.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  MRS.  MARY  B.  KOOGAN,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  her  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24. ) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mrs.  Kogan,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your 
name  and  address,  please? 

Mrs.  Kogan.  Mrs.  Mary  B.  Kogan,  1340  Taylor  Street,  Northwest, 
Washington. 

2.  Colonel  West,  Are  you  employed  now,  Mrs,  Kogan  ? 

Mrs.  Kogan.  I  was  up  until  two  months  ago,  with  the  Corps  of 
Engineers  here  in  Washington. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mrs.  Kogan,  the  Board  is  after  facts  regard- 
ing the  Japanese  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  and  anything  that  may 
have  led  up  to  that  or  what  happened  at  the  time.  Now,  it  has  come 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  Board  that  you  have  some  information  that 
may  assist  the  Board  in  its  investigation.  That  is  why  we  asked  you 
1  o  come  here. 

Now,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  where  you  were  just  prior 
to  and  during  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  ? 
Mrs.  Kogan.  In  bed. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Where  was  the  bed  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  877 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  We  lived  in  Wahiawa,  which  is  about  three  or  four 
miles  from  Schofield  Barracks.  The  Barracks  was  unable  to  house  all 
of  its  officers  due  to  the  great  impetus  or  influx  of  new  officers. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  did  not  live  on  the  post  of  Schofield 
itself? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  Not  until  after  the  attack. 

[1674']  6.  General  Grunert.  Now,  information  has  come  to  the 
Board  that  you,  in  an  article  which  appears  in  the  Washington  Star 
of  March  23,  11)42,  stated  in  effect,  "that  the  warning  of  a  Hawaiian 
newspaper  a  week  earlier  than  the  attack  predicted  the  attack";  also, 
"that  prior  to  December  7th  we  hadn't  even  been  told  what  to  do  in 
case  of  an  air  raid." 

Now,  is  this  substantially  true? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  We  had  never  been  advised  what  to  do  in  the  event  of 
an  air  raid. 

7.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  you  had  never  been  told,  you  had 
never  been  instructed,  as  to  where  to  go,  where  to  seek  shelter? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  That  is  right. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Where  to  get  food,  how  to  take  care  of  your- 
selves, or  anything  of  the  kind  ? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  Absolutely. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Now,  do  you  know  whether  those  on  the  post 
of  Schofield  itself  knew  or  had  been  told  ? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  I  feel  confident  that  they  did  not  know. 

10.  General  Grunert.  They  did  not  know.  How  long  after  the 
attack  were  such  instructions  given  to  you,  if  ever? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  To  my  knowledge,  they  were  never  given. 

11.  General  Grunert.  They  were  never  given? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  Immediately  after  the  attack  we  drove — or  I  might 
say  this :  that  my  husband  was  in  the  Dental  Corps,  of  course  which 
was  a  part  of  the  station  hospital,  and  after  hearing  all  of  the  commo- 
tion he  went  to  the  phone  and  called  the  hospital  to  learn  what  was 
happening,  and  the  person  who  answered  the  phone  at  the  other  end 
said  that  he  didn't  know,  [1675']  but  whatever  was  happening, 
real  ammunition  was  being  used. 

That  didn't  add  up,  so  we  called  a  number  of  friends,  and  they  didn't 
know  what  was  happening.  The  radio  was  still  playing  lovely  church 
music,  and  that  didn't  help,  so  we  went  out  in  front  of  the  house 
and  saw  a  lot  of  planes  in  the  sky  that  were  flying  quite  low,  and 
they  started  to  machine  gun  us,  and  we  thought,  well,  that  is  a  crazy 
thing  for  maneuvers  to  be  doing,  and  we  saw  the  rising  sun  insignia, 
dashed  back  into  the  house,  and  the  radio  became  silent  for  a  few 
minutes,  and  when  it  went  back  on  again  an  announcer  advised  all 
military  personnel  to  report  to  their  various  stations. 

12.  General  Grunert.  To  report  to  what? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  Military  stations.  Living  off  of  the  post,  that  meant 
that  we  were  to  go  to  Schofield  Barracks.  So  we  dashed  over  there, 
and  I  went  to  the  hospital  and  helped  with  surgical  dressings  while 
my  husband  assisted  in  other  ways,  and  at  about  two  o'clock  we  were 
placed — the  women  and  children  were  placed  in  different  quadrangles 
of  Schofield,  and  we  waited  there  until  about  ten  o'clock  at  night  not 
knowing  what  was  going  to  happen  to  us  and  in  complete  blackout. 
We  were  put  ijito  busses  not  knowing  where  our  destination  was  to  be, 


878        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

and  we  were  driven  over  the  hig-hway  past  Pearl  Harbor.  And  I 
might  add,  at  that  time  there  were  lots  of  tracer  bullets  flying  through 
the  sky  and  lots  of  people  milling  around  on  the  highway,  and  it  just 
seemed  like  all  hell  had  broken  loose  again.  The  bus  that  I  was  in 
turned  off  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Pearl  Harbor,  and  several 
hundred  of  us  were  put  into  a  little  schoolhouse  in  Kalihi  Valley.  We 
just  did  what  we  were  told  to  do;  we  followed  the  leader,  and  that 
was  the  only  instruction,  [1676]  that  was  momentary  and  im- 
pulsive, as  to  what  to  do  in  the  event  of  an  air  raid. 

lo.  General  Grunert.  And  had  you  ever  discussed  with  your  hus- 
band what  should  be  done  in  the  event  of  an  attack?  In  other  words, 
did  he  know  what  to  do  if  you  didn't  ? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  I  don't  believe  he  did. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Well,  let  us  get  back  to  this  article  which 
appeared  in  the  Washington  Star  in  which  apparently  you  had  some 
information  that  a  warning  had  been  given  in  a  Hawaiian  newspaper, 
something  about  predicting  an  attack.     What  was  that  about  ? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  Well,  I  think  that  time  is  approximate,  and  the  exact 
reading  of  the  headline  I  don't  recall.  However,  a  short  time  before 
the  attack  I  remember  that  an  extra  paper  appeared,  and  the  headlines 
were  very  startling  to  us,  and  I  was  terribly  frightened  by  them,  and 
we  dashed  over  to  friends  of  ours  and  sort  of  went  into  a  huddle,  I 
think,  and  the  essence  of  it  was  what  I  said  there.  Now,  I  can't  recall 
the  exact  words  of  that  headline. 

15.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Who  were  your  friends  that  you 
went  into  a  huddle  with? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  A  Captain  and  Mrs.  Rosen,  in  the  Dental  Corps. 

16.  General  Grunert.  And  as  a  resnlt  of  that  huddle  did  the  alarm 
spread  ? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  No. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Or  did  everybody  else  think  that  there  was 
going  to  be  an  attack  in  a  week  ? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  I  don't  know  that  they  thought  of  it  that  seriously, 
but  we  felt  that  there  was  something  in  the  air. 

[1677']  18.  General  Grunert.  You  didn't  know  any  of  the 
higher-ups  that  pooh-poohed  it  or  agreed,  or  anything,  do  you? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  No.  Of  course,  an  awful  lot  of  rumors  ran  rampage 
all  over  the  place,  such  as  General  MacArthur  having  sent  a  telegram 
the  night  before  the  attack  advising  something  was  in  the  wind,  and 
to  go  on  hundred  percent  alert.  Another  rumor  had  it  that  the  alert 
that  was  on  was  called  off  at  seven  o'clock  that  morning  and  all  the 
planes  were  supposedly  unloaded,  that  is,  tlie  anumuiition,  and  the 
guaixl  was  slackened  up. 

11).  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  any  of  these  rumors 
^vas  every  traced  down  to  find  out  what  its  origin  was? 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  No,  I  can't  say  that  I  do.  I  couldn't  substantiate  any 
of  them. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Has  the  Board  any  questions? 

21.  General  Russell.  No. 

22.  General  Grunert.  General  Frank? 

23.  General  Frank.  No. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Anybody  else?     (No  response.) 
All  right;  thank  you  very  much  for  coming  down. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  879 

Mrs.  KoGAN.  Yoli  are  welcome. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[1678]         TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  WALTER  E.  LORENCE,  CORPS 
OF  ENGINEERS,  UNITED  STATES  ARMY 

{The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name, 
rank,  organization,  and  station? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  Colonel  Walter  E.  Lorence,  Corps  of  Engineers, 
Chief  of  the  Maintenance  Division,  Military  Supply,  Office  of  the 
Chief  of  Engineers,  stationed  at  Columbus,  Ohio. 

2.  Major  Clausen.  Colonel,  what  w^ere  your  duties  and  assignment 
in  August,  1941? 

Colonel  LoKENCE.  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Finance  Section,  Office  of 
the  Chief  of  Engineers.  I  believe  the  reorganization  had  not  gone 
into  effect  at  that  time.  I  believe  I  was  still  under  Colonel  Gesler, 
at  that  time,  in  1941. 

3.  Major  Clausen.  About  that  time  do  you  recall  having  met  one 
Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 

Colonel  Lorexce.  I  do  not  remember. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  meet  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 
Colonel  Lorence.  I  don't  know  whether  I  have  or  not,  because  in 

those  days  we  processed  prett}^  nearly — well,  the  peak  of  our  personnel 
action  was  50,000  people  a  month. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  met  an  attorney  by  the 
name  of  John  Martin  who  had  an  office  in  Los  Angeles  and  represented 
;his  party,  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 

Colonel  Lorence.  No;  I  do  not.  That  is,  I  do  not  definitely  recall, 
unless  I  have  something  in  the  record  of  the  business  I  was  doing  at 
;  hat  time. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  I  show  you  our  Exhibit  2  and  ask  you  if  you 
recognize  that  as  having  been  before  you  or  discussed  with  [1679] 
you  at  one  time  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes ;  I  remember  it. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  Will  you  exi^lain  the  circumstances? 
Colonel  Lorence.  May  I  read  the  rest  of  it  first? 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Colonel  Lorence.  (after  reading  Exhibit  2).  Yes;  I  remember 
this  particular  communication. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  Will  you  tell  the  Board  how  you  recall  that 
communication  ? 

Colonel  Lorence,  I  don't  know  all  the  details  of  this  particular  one, 
but  as  near  as  I  can  remember — because  you  have  to  bear  in  mind  that 
I  was  receiving  pretty  nearly  a  thousand  letters  a  week  pust  like  that 
from  people  looking  for  jobs,  and  so  forth.  That  was  in  the  midst 
of  very  heavy  construction.  Most  of  them  were  before  Pearl  Harbor, 
not  after  Pearl  Harbor.  We  were  recruiting.  We  had  recruiting 
offices  throughout  the  entire  country  recruiting  for  our  construction 
program  in  the  United  States  and  for  overseas.  We  handled  all 
recruitments  for  overseas;  and  my  recollection  of  this  is  that  Mr. 


880        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Rohl,  if  I  am  not  mistaken,  was  wanted  by  the  Hawaiian  Department 
for  work  in  Hawaii,  and  of  course  all  assistance  that  we  could  render  in 
the  Chief's  office,  with  reference  to  clearing  and  moving  them  overseas, 
of  course  we  did.  I  believe  there  was  a  question  of  whether  or  not  he 
was  a  citizen  at  the  time. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  that  he  was  supposed  to  be  a 
German  alien? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  don't  know,  at  that  time.  Of  course  I  don't 
know  all  the  details  of  this,  any  more  than  any  of  the  other  thousands 
of  items  we  were  handling  at  that  time ;  but  my  [1680]  recol- 
lection is  that  they  were  anxious  to  get  this  man  to  work  on  this 
project;  that  he  had  worked  with  the  Hawaiian  Construction  pre- 
viously in  their  activities;  that  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  was  then 
getting  this  work  overseas,  and  his  ability  as  an  engineer  on  this  work 
was  needed.  My  recollection  is  that  in  New  York  he  had  already  put 
in  his  citizenship  papers,  his  first,  second,  and  so  forth,  and  it  was  a 
matter,  under  present  regulations,  that  if  they  had  been  approved 
or  would  be  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturaliza- 
tion, he  would  comply  with  the  requirements  we  had  at  that  time 
for  shipment  overseas. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically,  Colonel,  what  did  you  have  to 
do  with  the  preparation  of  that  letter  or  the  sending  of  it? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  would  have  to  look  at  the  top  of  it.  (After 
examining  letter  referred  to:)  I  don't  know,  to  tell  the  truth,  other 
than  this,  that  looking  at  the  initials  on  the  top,  I  think  this  is  Mi". 
Stilphen,  who  was  then  my  labor  relations  man. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  He  was  in  your  department? 
Colonel  LoRENCE.  Yes. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  now  a  Mr.  John  Martin  who 
appeared  before  you  and  requested  the  action  that  is  set  forth  in  that 
letter  on  behalf  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  don't  recall.  I  know  somebody  appeared  be- 
fore me  on  this  case,  and  that  I  sent  either  Mr.  Stilphen  or  somebody 
to  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  in  order  to  see 
whether  or  not  the  papers  had  been  cleared  or  to  push  the  clearance 
of  them  in  order  that  he  could  be  processed  for  overseas. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  AVhen  this  party  appeared  before  you  who 
[1681]         was  present  at  that  time? 

Colonel  LoRENCE,  I  have  no  idea.  I  had  as  many  as  two  or  three 
hundred  interviews  a  day  at  that  time. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  Is  this  the  first  case  of  your  assistance  to  a  party 
desiring  naturalization  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  The  only  case  that  I  know  of.  It  was  not  assist- 
ance to  naturalization ;  it  was  checking  to  see  whether  the  papers  had 
been  cleared  in  the  Bureau. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  that  after  this  party  appeared 
before  you,  you  sent  somebody,  you  say,  to  check  over  and  see  the 
status  of  the  affair? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  Yes ;  to  see  whether  the  papers  had  passed  through 
the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization.  As  far  as  I  know, 
there  was  no  assistance. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  seen  that  letter  before  ? 
Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  have  not  seen  this  letter;  no,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  881 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Yon  never  saw  it  before? 
Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  do  not  think  so.     I  may  have. 

19.  Major  Clausex,  Are  your  initials  on  there  any  place? 
Colonel  LoRENCE.  Not  on  here;  I  don't  believe  so.     However,  it  is 

quite  possible  that  this  came  through  me.  I  don't  know  whetlier  it 
did,  or  not.  I  can  see  Colonel  Gesler's  initials  underneath  here,  and 
any  matters  of  personnel  under  him  were  my  responsibility.  Mr. 
Stilphen  did  part-time  work  for  me  and  part-time  w^ork  for  Colonel 
Gesler,  because  he  was  a  part-time  man  on  labor  relations  and  a  part- 
time  man  on  contracts.  So,  whether  it  went  through  me  at  the  time 
or  not,  I  don't  know ;  but  the  instructions  to  check  up  with  the  Bureau 
of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  as  a  persomiel  matter,  to  see 
[16S2]  whether  or  not  his  papers  were  m  order  so  that  he  could 
be  processed  for  overseas,  were  my  instructions  on  that. 
•  20.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  now  having  given  those  instruc- 
tions ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Oh,  yes.     I  always  did  that. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  To  whom  did  you  give  them.  Colonel? 

Colonel  Lorence.  That  I  don't  know.  You  see,  complete  process- 
ing of  the  papers  would  have  two  courses :  One  through  our  Procedure 
Section  to  see  that  all  the  papers  were  in  order  for  appointment ;  and 
if  it  was  for  liaison  work  with  another  federal  agency  it  could  be  one 
of  many  people ;  sometimes  myself,  in  order  to  see  whether  there  was 
a  clearance  on  it.  At  the  time  we  were  trying  to  clear  men  and  women 
for  another  agency  for  transfer  overseas,  and  many  of  those  things 
took  place  daily. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  Are  you  sure  that  your  only  instructions  were 
that  the  party  should  investigate  the  status  of  the  papers? 

Colonel  Lorence.  I  think  that  is  all ;  I  don't  know. 

23.  ]Major  Clausen.  With  respect  to  the  part  of  this  letter.  Exhibit 
2,  which  reads  as  follows: 

It  is  the  understanding  of  this  office  that  Mr.  Rohl's  loyalty  to  the  United 
States  is  beyond  question 

do  you  recall  what,  if  any,  investigation  was  made  to  determine  that 
as  a  fact  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  I  think  it  was,  based  on  the  evidence  which  was 
submitted.  I  would  not  know  unless  I  had  all  the  other  papers,  if  there 
are  any  other  papers.  But  we  have  regular  procedure  in  the  checking 
up.  The  procedure  at  that  time  was  prior  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  pro- 
cedure, which  set  up  in-  [1683]  vestigation  through  the  Provost 
Marshal  General's  office.  They  didn't  have  that  form.  The  investi- 
gation which  was  made  was  the  character  of  investigation  which  was 
made  partially  by  us  and  partially  by  the  Civil  Service  Commission 
at  that  time. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically  in  August,  1941,  what  was  your 
procedure  to  check  on  the  loyalty  of  a  prospective  contractor  wnth  the 
government? 

Colonel  Lorence.  A  contractor  or  as  an  individual? 

25.  Major  Clausen.  A  prospective  contractor. 
Colonel  Lorence.  I  did  not  do  any  checking. 

26.  General  Frank.  Let  us  say,  an  individual  contractor. 
Colonel  Lorence.  An  individual  person  ? 


882        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

27.  General  Frank.  A  contractor  is  an  individual  person,  is  he 
not? 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically  in  August,  1941,  what,  if  anything, 
was  the  procedure  of  the  Engineer  Corps  to  which  you  have  referred 
in  your  previous  testimony  that  you  put  into  effect  with  regard  to  an 
individual  contractor? 

Colonel  LoRENCE,  I  didn't  handle  contractors;  I  only  handled  in- 
dividuals that  moved  in  on  the  federal  pay  roll  as  Civil  Service  em- 
ployees or  as  the  equivalent  of  Civil  Service  Employees,  overseas.  I 
made  no  investigation  of  contractors. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  told  the  Board  about  the  procedure 
for  checking 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  That  is  on  the  individual. 

oO.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  that  procedure? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  The  procedure  prior  to  the  security  regulations 
which  came  out  after  Pearl  Harbor  was  the  usual  character  investiga- 
tion, to  see  whether  or  not  a  man  complied  [1684]  with  the 
law  and  also  his  statement  and  affidavit  which  he  came  in  with,  under 
the  oath  of  office,  that  he  was  not  contrary  to  the  Hatch  Act — that  is, 
communistic  activities  and  things  like  that — whether  or  not  he  was  a 
citizen  or  that  his  papers  were  in  sufficient  order. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  conducted  with  respect  to  what  ques- 
tions? When  did  you  put  that  procedure  into  operation  in  your  divi- 
sion, you,  yourself? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  That  has  always  been  in  effect. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  With  respect  to  what  questions?  What  ques- 
tion would  come  before  you,  Colonel,  which  would  cause  you  to  put  that 
procedure  into  effect  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  That  procedure  is  checked  on  every  individual 
that  comes  into  the  federal  service.  It  is  not  a  question  of  checking  on 
his  loyalty  to  the  government,  unless  some  adverse  letter  or  other  mat- 
ter which  was  presented  in  his  Civil  Service  form  or  on  his  oath  of 
office,  or  something  of  that  nature,  brought  it  to  our  attention.  We 
never  questioned,  on  a  security  basis,  anybody  at  that  time,  which  was 
prior  to  Pearl  Harbor,  if  he  was  a  citizen  or  the  equivalent  of  a  citizen, 
his  last  papers  having  gone  in,  as  to  whether  or  not  there  was  any 
disloyalty. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  This  procedure  you  say  you  followed  in  August, 
1941 — did  that  apply  with  respect  to  persons  who  wished  to  be  em- 
ployed by  the  Engineer  Corps  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes. 

34.  General  Frank.  Under  Civil  Service  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes,  sir.  Here  is  the  point  I  want  to  make :  Per- 
sonnel who  were  recruited  by  us  for  overseas  assign-  [1685] 
ment  on  the  federal  payroll,  which  was  the  equivalent  of  Civil  Serv- 
ice— they  are  not  classified  Civil  Service  people;  they  are  federal  em- 
ployees, but  not  Civil  Service. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  Was  that  procedure  followed  with  regard  to 
contractors  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  I  don't  know,  sir ;  I  didn't  handle  that. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  Were  your  functions  to  deal  solely  with 
civilian  employees? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  883 

37.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  how  it  was,  then,  that  this  matter 
came  to  you  to  be  directed  by  you  to  somebody  to  perform  the  function 
of  trying  to  get  this  man's  citizenship  papers  through,  when  it  related 
to  a  contractor  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  Yes;  because  you  see  we  also  handled  labor  rela- 
tions, which  means — let  me  put  it  this  way :  In  recruiting  for  an  over- 
seas job  you  cannot  differentiate  between  contractors,  employees,  and 
federal  employees.  You  have  got  to  set  up  wage  scales  for  both.  Each 
one  has  to  assist  the  other  in  pushing  the  papers  and  the  procedure 
through,  because  you  must  remember  that  we  were  processing  on  an 
average  of  10,000  people  a  week  for  overseas,  not  only  for  Hawaii,  but 
for  Panama  and  for  the  island  bases. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  check  on  their  citizenship? 
Colonel  LoRENCE.  We  had  two  methods  on  that. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  do  in  August,  1941,  on  that? 
Colonel  LoRENCE.  This  is  the  way  that  was  handled.     Our  system 

was  decentralized  to  the  district  or  division  office  in  the  area  where  the 
actual  recruitment  was  taking  place.  Those  that  were  recruited  in 
Washington  were  handled  by  my  group.  The  [1686]  general 
procedure  was  the  same.  For  federal  employees  a  check  was  always 
made  on  citizenship,  because  that  was  a  necessary  attribute. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Did  that  include  also  an  F.  B.  I.  investigation — 
to  see  what  they  had,  if  anything? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  No,  sir. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  had  before  you  about 
August,  1941,  axLj  recommendations  from  one  Theodore  Wyman,  a 
Colonel,  or  at  that  time  a  Lieutenant  Colonel  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  think  that  is  how  the  matter  originated;  that 
he  was  the  one  that  asked  us  to  get  the  man  or  to  help  clearance  on  that. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  whether  you  had  a  letter  or  some 
communication  orally  or  in  writing  from  him  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  don't  know  whether  it  was  oral  or  in  writing. 
It  may  have  been  in  writing,  or  oral ;  it  may  have  been  a  teletype  or  a 
cable  from  Hawaii,  because  we  got  communications  all  three  ways  in 
those  times. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  You  have  read  this  Exhibit  2  over,  have  you 
not? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  Yes. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  Just  what  was  the  basis  for  those  statements, 
if  you  know  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  The  basis  for  the  statement,  as  I  remember,  was 
that  the  final  papers,  through  some  red  tape  and  so  forth,  were  being- 
tied  up  in  the  Bureau  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  Who  told  you  that?  Where  did  you  get  that 
information  ? 

[1687]  Colonel  Lorence.  I  don't  know  where  the  definite  infor- 
mation came  from  at  that  time,  whether  it  was  from  Colonel  Wyman 
or  some  other  source,  but  it  all  emanated  from  the  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  of  your  own  knowledge  whether 
Colonel  Wyman  had  any  relation  to  that  letter  whatsoever? 

Colonel  Lorence.  I  think  he  did,  but  I  don't  know  definitely. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Your  thought  in  that  regard  is  in  what  respect  ? 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 7 


884        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  think  he  did,  because  in  every  district  or  divi- 
sion we  had  an  unvariable  rule.  We  never  sent  anybody  to  anyone 
just  for  dumping  them.  That  was  the  rule.  Only  when  they  wanted 
certain  people.  The  same  thing  applies  right  now.  Most  people  are 
sent  this  way,  by  name,  because  they  know  their  particular  qualifica- 
tions, either  as  an  engineer  or  as  an  administrative  man;  and  it  was 
our  job  to  try  to  get  those  people,  whether  they  worked  in  another 
department  or  for  a  contractor,  and  see  whether  or  not  we  could  get 
them.    This  is  another  case  of  the  same  sort. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  After  you  gave  the  instructions  to  whoever 
you  gave  them  to,  did  you  check  up  on  the  instructions  to  see  if  they 
were  followed  out? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  No,  sir;  I  don't  think  so,  because  if  I  did  that, 
then  I  would  have  to  get  myself  another  checker  to  recheck,  with  the 
number  of  cases  we  used  to  have  on  that. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  get  any  communication  from  this 
John  Martin? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  don't  know,  sir.  I  don't  know  him  at  [1688] 
all. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  get  a  letter  thanking  you  for  your 
assistance  in  the  matter  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  probably  could  have.  I  got  thousands  of  let- 
tei'S.  I  don't  want  to  be  hazy  on  this  thing,  Major,  but  we  had  a 
tremendous  business  in  those  days.  Our  average,  as  you  know,  at  our 
]:»eak — we  had  279,000  federal  employees  in  our  construction  program 
which  I  supervised,  and  1,300,000  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract  employ- 
ees, and  I  would  not  know  individuals  in  each  case. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  find  out  that  this  Hans  Wilhelm 
Eohl  was  a  German  alien? 

Colonel  Lorence.  No,  sir ;  not  that  I  know  of. 

52.  General  Frank.  As  far  as  you  were  concerned,  it  was  just 
another  case? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Just  another  case,  just  like  any  other  case,  where 
they  needed  a  man  and  needed  him  badly.  A  job  had  to  be  done,  and 
we  sent  the  people  that  they  asked  for. 

53.  General  Frank.  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  this  man  was  a 
German  alien,  it  was  just  another  case? 

Colonel  Lorence.  No;  I  would  not  say  that,  General.  I  didn't 
know  about  that,  General. 

54.  General  FrxVnk.  You  just  got  through  telling  me  that. 
Colonel  Lorence.  Not  quite,  sir.    You  mean,  there  is  something  in 

this  letter? 

55.  General  Frank.  You  said  that  is  the  only  one  you  remembered. 
Colonel  Lorence.  On  a  naturalization  case,  that  is  the  only  one  I 

can  remember. 

56.  General  Frank.  Yet  you  just  pushed  it  right  out  as  if 
[1689]  you  were  handling  a  thousand  a  day;  and  he  was  a  Ger- 
man alien? 

Colonel  Lorence.  General,  I  can  remember,  for  instance,  of  thou- 
sands where  we  made  special  exceptions,  where  they  were  not  citizens. 
I  have  in  mind  now  an  important  case.  This  brings  up  recollection 
of  it;  a  Doctor  Casagrande,  who  is  supposed  to  be  one  of  the  greatest 
soil  experts  in  the  United  States,  from  Massachusetts  Institute  of 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  885 

Technology.  We  were  requested  to  take  special  action  so  that  he 
could  go  down  to  Panama  in  order  to  make  a  report  on  deep  founda- 
tion work  on  the  third  lock  system. 

57.  Major  Clausen.  It  says  in  this  letter  that  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl 
has  peculiar  qualifications.  Did  you  tell  that  to  the  party  to  whom 
you  gave  instructions? 

Colonel  LoREXCE.  No.  sir. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  If  you  gave  the  instructions  to  this  party, 
whom  you  say  you  cannot  recall,  do  you  know  where  he  got  the  in- 
formation that  he  would  have  to  have  in  order  to  write  that  letter? 

Colonel  Lorence.  It  must  have  been  from  the  correspondence  that 
he  got  from  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

59.  General  Frank.  Or  could  it  have  been  from  ]Mr.  Martin? 
Colonel  Lorence.  It  could  have  been  from  Mr.  Martin ;  yes,  sir. 
CO.  General  Frank.  But  you  do  not  know  ( 

Colonel  Lorence.  Xo,  sir ;  I  don't  know  which  it  is. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  3'ou  never  got  the  information,  so  you 
are  sure  you  did  not  give  it  to  this  party  to  whom  you  gave  instruc- 
tions ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  I  don't  know  definitely.  I  don't  think  [1690'] 
I  gave  the  instructions  second-handed  after  listening  to  Mr.  Martin. 
I  think  I  turned  over  the  matter  to  Mr.  Stilphen  in  connection  witli 
the  case  in  order  to  process  it,  because  Mr.  Stilphen  used  to  be  in  the 
Labor  Department  before  I  brought  him  over  into  the  Engineers. 
He  was  one  of  the  Bacon-Davis  lawyers  whom  I  used  to  deal  with 
over  in  that  section.  He  was  a  good  man.  He  is  a  cracker-jack  on 
labor  work.  I  handled  wage  rates  and  so  forth  under  the  Bacon- 
Davis  Act  among  other  things. 

G2.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  what,  if  anything.  Colonel  Ges- 
ler  had  to  do  with  the  drafting  of  this  letter? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Nothing,  other  than  that  he  was  the  boss  and  it 
j^assed  through  me  or  Mr.  Stilphen  as  one  of  the  executives  along  that 
line,  looking  it  over  to  see  if  it  was  in  proper  order,  and  so  forth. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  At  this  point  do  you  recall  having  had  a  con- 
ference with  Mr.  John  Martin  and  Colonel  Gesler  concerning  the 
subject  matter  of  this  letter? 

Colonel  Lorence.  No,  sir;  I  do  not. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

65.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Colonel,  what  caused  you  to  recognize  that 
letter  immediately  when  you  read  it,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  you 
just  stated  that  everything  was  routine  to  you  and  you  remembered 
nothing? 

Colonel  Lorence.  There  were  a  lot  of  outstanding  things  that  came 
up  during  the  period.  The  reason  for  that,  more  than  anything  else, 
was  that  after  the  telephone  conversation  to  me  at  Columbus  stating 
that  they  wanted  me  here,  I  didn't  know  what  they  wanted  me  for.  I 
could  think  of  a  dozen  things  about  \1001]  Hawaii  that  they 
might  want  to  know.  I  went  there  as  Budget  Officer  when  I  handled 
the  labor  problem  over  there,  when  we  were  trying  to  get  funds  and 
they  would  not  give  them  to  us;  and  a  do/en  other  things.  When  I 
talked  to  our  investigator  I  asked  him  whether  there  was  any  partic- 
ular phase  that  I  should  bring  papers  in,  or  something  like  that,  and 
he  said  he  did  not  know,  but  he  thought  it  was  in  connection  with  some- 
body in  connection  with  citizenship  papers,  or  something  like  thaf.     So 


886        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

1  cudgeled  my  brain  to  find  out  who  that  person  was  in  connection 
with  that.  It  is  the  same  problem,  as  I  say.  We  have  certain  things 
that  stand  out.  It  is  very  unusual  for  us  to  check  in  on  citizenship 
papers,  and  it  was  even  at  that  time,  and  it  is  very  unusual  for  us  to 
ask  for  exceptions  for  people  who  are  not  citizens.  That  is  the  reason 
I  call  it  an  unusual  case. 

66.  Colonel  Toulmin.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  it  is  so  unusual  and 
so  exceptional,  how  do  you  account  for  the  fact  that  you  remembered  so 
immediately  about  the  letter  and  the  circumstances  in  which  it  was 
written  ? 

Colonel  LoRENOE.  Because,  only  the  facts  of  what  the  action  is  and 
what  the  action  should  be  in  order  to  process  the  man  stand  out,  and 
not  the  detailed  facts  of  the  writing  of  the  letter. 

67.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Do  you  want  us  to  understand  that  you  have 
no  independent  recollection  of  this  incident  other  than  the  fact  that 
that  letter  was  written  and  you  remember  having  seen  it  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  I  do  not  even  remember  whether  I  saw  the  letter. 

68.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  do  not  even  remember  that? 

[l()9id]  Colonel  Lorence.  No,  Sir.  I  may  have,  because  I  sign  a 
basketful  20  times  a  day. 

69.  Colonel  Toulman.  You  have  no  recollection  of  it? 
Colonel  Lorence.  Not  this  particular  one. 

TO.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  Colonel  Wyman? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes.  He  used  to  be  the  District  Engineer  when 
I  was  in  the  General  Staff  School.  However,  I  never  served  with  him 
or  came  in  contact  with  him,  even  out  at  Fort  Leavenworth.  Of 
course,  I  knew  him  by  reputation. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  Before  you  came  here  to  testify  did  you  ever 
hear  of  this  letter  incident  in  the  press  or  on  the  radio  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes;  I  have  read  of  the  incident  in  the  papers. 
Not  that  letter  incident,  but  I  have  read  the  incidents  in  connection 
with  the  tie-up. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Between  Rohl  and  Wyman  ? 
Colonel  Lorence.  Yes,  sir. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  Did  that  refresh  your  memory? 
Colonel  Lorence.  No,  sir. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  read  those  incidents  did  you  re- 
member then  this  letter  incident? 

Colonel  Lorence.  No. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  Who  do  you  think  in  the  Engineering  Corps 
might  be  able  to  give  us  information  on  that  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  I  don't  know,  sir,  unless  it  is  Wyman  himself. 
The  i-eascjn  I  say  that  is  that  in  practically  all  recruitment,  which  w^e 
did  on  field  recruitment,  it  was  either  the  District  Engineer  or  the 
Division  Engineer  or  the  Area  Engineer  or  one  of  the  people  who 
were  doing  the  actual  recruiting  at  the  time,  and  our  office  dealt  with 
that- 

[16'93]  76.  Major  Clausen.  What  you  did  in  August,  1941,  was 
that  if  an  opening  appeared  for  an  employee  in  Hawaii  you  would 
check  his  citizenship? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes. 

77.  Major  Clausen,  You  did  that  same  thing  back  in  December, 
1940,  did  you  not? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Yes. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  887 

78.  Major  Clausen.  How  did  you  do  it? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  The  check  on  citizenship,  of  course,  for  an  ordi- 
nary person,  is  on  his  Civil  Service  application,  that  he  is  a  citizen  and 
so  forth.  We  don't  question  that.  We  don't  do  any  checking  on  that. 
That  was  the  investigating  authority  of  the  Civil  Service  Commis- 
sion. The  only  kind  of  check  we  make  is  where  a  case  comes  in  where 
we  are  told  that  a  man  is  not  a  citizen,  or  that  his  papers  are  in  and 
that  he  had  been  trying  to  check  his  papers.  There  may  have  been 
other  cases  like  that,  but  I  have  no  recollection.  That  is  what  I  am 
getting  at.    Normally,  there  is  no  check  on  citizenship  papers. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  Except  by  the  Civil  Service  Commission  hav- 
ing done  it  for  you  ? 

Colonel  LoRENCE.  That  is  correct.  The  Civil  Service  Commission 
was  9  months  to  a  year  behind  schedule,  and  they  finally  had  to  turn 
it  over  to  the  War  Department. 

80.  General  Grunert.  I  have  a  question  or  two  to  clear  the  record. 
Did  I  understand  you  to  say  that  you  passed  on  about  10,000  cases  a 
week  for  overseas  service  ?    That  would  be  over  a  thousand  a  day. 

Colonel  Lorence.  That  was  during  our  peak. 

81.  General  Grunert.  This  was  in  August,  1941.  Did  they  have 
[1694]  that  amount  of  construction  in  the  overseas  bases  at  that 
time  ?    That  is  over  a  thousand  a  day. 

Colonel  Lorence.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

82.  General  Grunert.  And  for  ten  weeks  it  would  be  100,000  ? 
Colonel  Lorence.  General,  we  had  a  tremendous  attrition  rate  over- 
seas. 

83.  General  Grunert.  All  I  wanted  was  to  make  sure  that  that  was 
correct — 10,000  cases  a  week  for  overseas  bases. 

Colonel  Lorence.  During  the  peak. 

84.  General  Grunert.  How  long  was  the  peak,  approximately?  1 
just  want  to  make  sure  about  it. 

Colonel  Lorence.  The  peak  on  that,  General,  as  I  remember,  lasted 
about  three  months. 

85.  General  Grunert.  You  made  a  statement  to  the  effect  that  you 
received  about  a  thousand  telegrams  or  radiograms  or  telephone  mes- 
sages from  overseas  bases  a  day  ? 

Colonel  Lorence.  Not  from  overseas  bases ;  from  all  over  the  United 
States. 

86.  General  Grunert,  That  is  what  I  wanted  to  get  the  record  clear 
on.  because  it  sounded  extravagant  to  me. 

Colonel  Lorence.  It  was  a  big  program,  sir. 

87.  General  Grunert.  As  long  as  you  have  cleared  the  record  and 
you  are  sure  of  your  statement,  that  is  all.  Thank  you  very  much  for 
coming. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

\1695]         TESTIMONY  OF  REAR  ADMIRAL  WALTER  S.  De  LANY, 
UNITED  STATES  NAVY 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Admiral,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name,  rank,  organization,  and  station  ? 


888        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Rear  Admiral  Walter  S.  De  Lany,  Assistant 
Chief  of  Staff  for  Readiness  on  the  staff  of  the  Commander-in-Chief 
of  the  United  States  Fleet. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  I  believe  you  understand  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Board  and  that  we  are  after  facts  or  leads  toward  facts, 
and  because  of  your  assignment  during  1941  and  your  having  testi- 
fied before  the  Roberts  Commission,  we  asked  you  to  come  in  in  order 
that  we  might  delve  for  facts.  Will  you  tell  us  of  your  assignment 
and,  generally,  the  duties  of  that  assignment  in  1911  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year  1941  I  was  Chief 
of  Staff  to  Commander,  Cruisers,  Battle  Force,  and  when  the  Com- 
mander, Cruisers,  Battle  Force  became  Commander-in-Chief,  of  the 
United  States  Fleet  about  1  February,  1941,  I  then  became  assistant 
Chief  of  Staff  for  Operations  on  the  Staff  of  the  Commander-in-Chief, 
United  States  Fleet. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  that? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Admiral  Kimmel. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  give  the  Board  your  idea  of  the 
command  setup  that  existed  in  Hawaii  at  that  time  and  explain  just 
what  the  chain  of  command  was  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  So  far  as  the  Navy  was  concerned,  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, United  States  Fleet,  commanded  all  United  States 
Navy  forces  attached  to  the  fleet,  and  as  I  consider  the  [1606] 
setup,  generally  saw  to  it  that  the  responsibilities  of  the  Army  and 
the  Commandant  of  the  Naval  District  were  coordinated  and  matched 
the  requirements  of  the  fleet  in  the  Pearl  Harbor  area. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth 
Naval  District  was  a  subordinate  of  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
Pacific  Fleet?     Is  that  true? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  The  Commander-in-Chief,  United  States  Fleet, 
did  issue  directives  to  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  Dis- 
trict, but  he  made  him  a  task  force  within  the  fleet  organization ;  but 
that,  as  I  saw  it,  pertained  only  to  the  relationships  that  had  to  exist 
between  the  Commandant  of  the  Naval  District  and  the  Commander- 
in-Chief,  United  States  Fleet. 

G.  General  Grunert.  You  speak  of  the  Commander-in-Chief, 
United  States  Fleet,  and  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet. 
They  are  two  separate  things,  but  they  both  were  Admiral  Kimmel  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  Joint  Coastal  Fron- 
tier Defense  Plan  drawn  up  between  the  Hawaiian  Department  and 
the  Fourteenth  Naval  District? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  cannot  say  that  I  am  now.  General.  I  think 
that  if  the  paper  is  presented  to  me  I  can  recognize  it. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Not  that  it  is  going  to  make  any  particular 
difference,  but  I  would  like  to  see  whether  we  know  what  we  are  talk- 
ing about.     (Handing  a  document  to  the  witness.) 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes;  I  have  seen  this  paper. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Admiral  Kimmel 
in  his  position  approved  of  that  joint  plan  or  acted  upon  it  in  any 
way  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  889 

[1697]  Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir;  I  cannot  answer  that  now. 
I  cannot  hook  this  specific  paper  up  ^yith  any  approval  that  I  per- 
sonall}^  know  of,  sir. 

10.  General  Grunert.  In  most  of  those  plans  and  agreements  yon, 
as  correspondmg  to  the  Operations  Officer  that  we  have  on  our  staff, 
would  normally  pass  and  see  such  papers  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Are  you  familiar  with  what  they  call  the 
Joint  Air  Operations  Plan,  generally,  as  drawn  up? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  think  that  is  the  one  that  was  signed  by  Gen- 
eral Short  and  Admiral  Bloch,  as  I  remember  it,  sir. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Yes;  drawn  up  by  the  respective  air  com- 
manders, Bellinger  and  Martin.     You  are  familiar  with  that? 

Admiral  De  Lany,  Yes,  sir.     I  am  generally  familiar  with  it. 

[1698]  13.  General  Grunert.  Were  you,  in  your  position,  kept 
informed  of  the  Army's  defensive  measures,  those  taken  by  the  Army 
generally  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Generally  speaking,  yes. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  whether  the  Commanding- 
General,  Hawaiian  Department,  informed  Admiral  Kimmel  of  the 
special  measures,  if  any,  that  he  proposed  to  take,  after  November  27, 
as  a  result  of  a  message  he  got  from  the  War  Department? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  know  that  Admiral  Kinnnel  and  General  Short 
discussed  the  general  situation,  and  I  am  quite  sure  that  Admiral 
Kimmel  knew  of  the  plans  that  General  Short  had  placed  in  effect 
within  the  Hawaiian  area,  which,  as  I  understood  at  the  time,  were 
primarily  set  up  as  a  precautionary  measure  against  sabotage. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  at  this  conference  to  which  you 
refer  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  think  I  was ;  yes,  sir. 

IG.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  whether  that  conference  was 
held  in  the  morning  or  afternoon  of  the  27th  ? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir ;  I  do  not  recall. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  whether  it  was  held  before  or 
after  the  receipt  of  the  Navv  message  which  began,  "Consider  this  a 
war  warning"?     Was  that  message  discussed  in  that  conference? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir ;  I  can't  say  that,  definitely.  I  cannot 
answer  that  question.  I  know  that  there  were  discussions  between 
Admiral  Kimmel  and  General  Short,  in  wdiich  this  matter  of  the 
precautionary  measures  that  were  to  be  taken  [1699]  within 
the  Island  on  the  part  of  the  x^Lrmy,  and  the  steps  that  the  Navy  took  in 
their  own  operating  areas,  were  discussed. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Presumablj^,  then,  the  conference  must  have 
taken  place  after  the  receipt  of  the  message. 

Admiral  DeLany.  I  think  so;  yes,  sir. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Otherwise,  they  could  not  have  discussed  it. 
Now,  let  us  go  back  a  little  further.     Were  you  on  duty  with 

Admiral  Kimmel  in  February  1941? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

20.  General  Grunert.  It  appears  from  the  Roberts  Commission's 
report  that  Admiral  Kimmel  inspected  the  Pearl  Harbor  defenses  in 
February,  and  he  declared  himself  astounded  at  the  then  existing  weak- 
nesses; and  that  lie  pointed  out  the  inadequacy  of  the  antiaircraft  guns. 


890        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

the  obsolescence  of  land-based  aircraft,  and  the  lack  of  aircraft  detec- 
tors.   Do  you  recall  that  inspection? 

Admiral  DeLany.  Yes,  sir;  I  think  I  accompanied  him  on  that 
inspection. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  he  communicated  those 
views  on  that  subject  to  General  Short,  or  did  you  communicate  them 
to  the  Army  for  him  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  can't  answer  that,  specifically ;  but  as  I  recall 
the  thing,  the  letter  that  the  Commander-in-Chief  wrote  regarding 
the  defenses  of  Pearl  Harbor  was  either  shown  to  General  Short  before 
it  was  sent,  or  he  was  furnished  a  copy  of  it. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Throughout  the  year,  then,  up  until  the  latter 
part  of  November,  were  there  any  other  inspections  made  ?  [1700] 
Do  you  know  of  any  progress  made  toward  curing  what  they  thought 
was  wrong? 

Admiral  DeLany.  I  know  that  on  at  least  two  other  occasions  I 
accompanied  Admiral  Kimmel,  and  I  believe  General  Short  was  in 
the  party,  around  the  Island  in  connection  with  joint  headquarters. 
The  Army  were  building  quarters  up  in  the  cave,  up  there,  and  we  went 
there  and  inspected  all  the  installations.  There  was  also  the  question 
of  the  joint  air  center,  and  as  I  remember  it.  General  Short,  Admiral 
Bellinger,  and  General  Davidson  or  General  Martin,  I  have  forgotten 
who,  were  on  that  party.  We  drove  down  towards  the  area'^here  the 
location  was  being  proposed  at  the  time. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Then,  in  your  mind,  you  thought  that  prog- 
ress was  being  made  toward  bettering  the  conditions,  from  what  had 
been  noted  earlier  in  the  year  ? 

Admiral  DeLany.  So  far  as  material  and  personnel  were  being 
furnished,  I  believe  that  the  conditions  were  better,  as  the  year 
progressed ;  but  it  would  be  my  observation  that  the  amount  of  mate- 
rial that  had  been  originally  requested  was  not  forthcoming. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  think  that  they  were  making  prog- 
ress with  what  they  had,  but  they  needed  more ;  is  that  correct  i 

Admiral  DeLany.  Definitely  so:  yes. 

25.  General  Grunert.  Now,  on  the  subject  of  intelligence,  did  you 
know  of  the  presence  of  a  Japanese  task  force  in  the  vicinity  of  Jaluit, 
between  November  27  and  30  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  As  I  recall  the  intelligence,  now,  as  I  knew  it 
then,  I  recall  that  the  information  I  had  was  that  one  [1701] 
carrier  task  force  was  operating  in  the  South  China  Sea,  and  the 
remainder  of  the  Japanese  main  fleet  was  in  home  waters. 

26.  General  Grunert.  That  leads  me  to  believe  that  you  do  not 
recall  that  a  Japanese  task  force  was  in  the  Marshalls. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  correct,  as  I  recall  it,  now.  I  may  have 
known  about  it  •  but  I  cannot  recall. 

27.  General  Grunert.  Mv  next  question  that  I  wanted  to  ask  was 
whether,  if  you  had  such  information,  you  knew  whether  or  not  it  had 
been  transmitted  to  General  Short.  Generally,  do  you  know  what 
sort  of  information  of  that  kind  was  transmitted  to  the  Commanding 
General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  or  have  they  any  policy  on  that? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  understood  that  there  was  an  exchange  of 
information  between  the  naval  intelligence  center  in  Pearl  Harbor 
and  the  Army  center  at  Shaffer,  or  wherever  it  was  located,  and  that 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  891 

in  addition  I  feel  sure  that  the  intelligence  as  it  came  in  to  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief was  information  that  normalh^  came  through  the 
district  intelligence  center,  and  for  that  reason  I  felt  that  what  was 
available  in  the  naval  intelligence  center  was  also  available  to  the  Army 
intelligence,  because  I  believe  they  exchanged  information. 

28.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  that  included 
combat  intelligence? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  cannot  answer  that.     I  do  not  know. 

29.  General  Grunert.  We  understood  from  previous  testimony  that 
the  combat  intelligence,  at  least  certain  parts  of  it,  was  so  highly  secret 
that  it  was  very  carefully  guarded  and  disseminated  only  to  a  few,  and 
I  wanted  to  find  out  whether  or  not  that  dissemination  included  the 
Commanding  General  of  the  [1702]  Hawaiian  Department, 
and  who  decided  what  to  turn  over  to  General  Short,  and  what  they 
thought  was  too  secret  even  to  turn  over  to  General  Short.  Could  you 
answer  anything  in  that  line? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir.  I  cannot  answer  your  question  defi- 
nitely, General,  but  it  seems  to  me  that  I  recall  instances  where  General 
Short  was  in  the  office,  there,  where  Admiral  Kimmel  had  his  general 
Pacific  chart,  and  that  I  can  recall  the  intelligence  officer  of  the  fleet, 
who  was  then  Commander  (I  think)  Leighton,  being  in  there  and 
pointing  out  on  the  wall  chart  the  summary  of  the  information  that 
we  had  at  the  time  that  the  General  was  in  there. 

30.  General  Grunert.  And  that  would  include  combat  intelligence? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir;  that  was  the  location  of  Japanese  fleets 

and  forces. 

31.  General  Grunert.  You  think  Admiral  Leighton,  I  believe  it  is 
now,  was  present? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir ;  he  is  a  captain,  right  now. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Captain  Leighton  would  be  our  best  source 
of  information  on  that? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir ;  I  think  so,  sir. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  efforts  were  made  by 
the  Navy  to  secure  information  of  Japanese  naval  activities  in  the 
mandated  islands? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  fleet  have  any  particular  means  of 
getting  information  from  the  mandated  islands? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir. 

[170S]  35.  General  Grunert.  Upon  what  source  did  they  de- 
pend for  that  information  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Our  information  came  primarily  from  the  main 
Naval  Department  from  Washington. 

36.  General  Grunert.  That  was  the  combat  naval  intelligence? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

37.  General  Grunert.  From  Washington? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  Washington  sent  you 
anything  on  this  subject  of  what  was  in  the  Marshall  Islands,  about 
November  25  or  26  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  There  is  a  naval  intelligence  bulletin,  dated  1 
December,  which  I  am  of  the  impression  we  did  not  have  in  our  files 


892        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

on  the  7th  of  December,  which  states  the  fact  that  there  was  a  carrier 
group,  I  believe,  in  the  Marshalls. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  where  that  came  from, 
whether  from  the  District  or  from  Washington  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  was  an  ONI  bulletin  from  Washington, 
dated  1  December;  but  the  information  that  we  had  prior  to  the 
receipt  of  that  bulletin,  as  I  recall  it,  was  based  on  information  that 
came  out  of  the  Sixteenth  Naval  Department,  and,  I  believe,  sub- 
stantiated in  dispatches  from  Washington. 

40.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  General  Short, 
as  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  was  kept 
informed  of  the  movement  of  the  task  forces  of  the  fleet,  in  so  far 
as  it  pertained  to  whether  they  were  in  or  out  of  the  harbor,  and, 
while  they  were  out  of  the  harbor,  what  areas  they  covered  that  might 
give  him  protection? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  am  sure  that  that  information  was  [1704] 
available  to  Army  sources  in  the  Hawaiian  area,  but  whether  Gen- 
eral Short  had  it,  personally,  I  cannot  answer  that. 

41.  General  Grunert.  By  "available,"  do  you  mean,  "It's  here ! 
Come  and  get  it !"  or  whatt 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir;  I  mean  that  when  the  fleet  went  into 
an  operating  area  we  discussed  our  operating  program  with  the  Army 
opposites  in  our  staff  organization,  and  so  far  as  I  was  concerned 
we  always  arranged  drills  for  range-finder  check.  Coast  Artillery 
training.  We  checked  our  range  finders  and  submitted  our  plots 
against  theirs.  There  was  also  an  arrangement  with  the  Army  as 
to  the  fact  that  they  knew  where  we  were  operating,  so  that  their  air 
forces  came  out  and  did  whatever  searching  or  bombing  or  anything 
else  they  wanted  to  do. 

42.  General  Grunert.  Did  these  task  forces  that  were  sent  out  from 
time  to  time,  especially  in  the  latter  part  of  November  and  early 
in  December,  have  any  definite  "distant  reconnaissance"  missions,  as 
we  call  them,  in  so  far  as  the  defense  of  Hawaii  was  concerned? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No  ;  not  as  I  interpret  your  question. 

43.  General  Grunert.  The  defense  of  Hawaii  was  under  whom,  in 
the  Navy? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  the  defense  of  Hawaii  was  under  the 
Army;  and  the  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  co- 
ordinated naval  activities  with  them,  as  I  understand  it. 

44.  General  Grunert.  The  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval 
District? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

45.  General  Grunert.  In  that  joint  plan  that  you  recognized, 
there,  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  contracts  to  have  the  Navy 
[lyOS]        provide,  among  other  things,  distant  reconnaissance? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir ;  and  I  believe  the  agreement  provided, 
too,  that  the  Army  would  assist  in  it,  as  I  recall  the  agreement. 

46.  General  Grunert.  That  afterwards  came  in  the  joint  air  agree- 
ment.    That  is  right. 

Now,  what  I  am  trying  to  get  at  is  the  subject  of  distant  recon- 
naissance— whether  or  not  it  was  made;  if  so,  how;  and  whether  it 
was  just  made  periodically;  whether  these  task  forces  were  woven  into 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  893 

a  pattern  in  making  it;  or  wliat.  Could  you  enlighten  us  on  that 
general  subject? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir.  I  say  this,  that  the  general  mission 
of  the  naval  forces  in  the  Hawaiian  area  had  been,  and,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Navy  Department,  continued  to  be,  training.  So  far  as 
distant  reconnaissance  is  concerned — and  presuming  that  you  mean 
by  that,  aircraft 

47.  General  Grunert.  Primarily,  yes. 

Admiral  De  Laxy. The  number  of  planes,  pilots,  and  spare 

jjarts,  and  so  fortli,  that  were  available  in  the  Hawaiian  area,  and  the 
fact  that  the  planes  in  the  Hawaiian  area  required  such  wartime  work 
on  them  as  installing  bullet-proof  cells  and  other  wartime  equipment, 
there  just  were  not  enough  planes,  pilots,  or  time  available  to  do  the 
job  of  training  and  preparing  the  planes  for  wartime  requirements, 
and  conduct  a  distant  reconnaissance. 

I  believe  I  am  safe  in  saying  that  the  same  thing  that  I  say  about 
Navy  planes  prevailed  in  the  aviation  situation  so  far  as  the  Army 
was  concerned. 

48.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  gather  from  your  answer  to  that 
[1706]  question  that  there  was  practically  no  so-called  "distant 
reconnaissance,"  as  such. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

49.  General  Grunert.  And  that  was  due  primarily  to  the  lack  of 
means  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

50.  General  Grunert.  When  the  task  forces  went  out,  whatever 
patroling  or  searching  they  did  was  primarily  for  the  task  of  train- 
ing while  they  were  out  there,  to  protect  themselves,  and  was  not  a 
part  of  a  so-called  "distant  reconnaissance"  for  the  protection  of 
Hawaii  against  an  air  attack? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  correct.  The  plane  coverage  that  was 
given  to  naval  forces,  whether  they  operated  in  close  proximity  to 
the  islands  or  whether  they  operated  as  we  did  on  certain  problems 
four  or  five  hundred  miles  to  the  northward  of  the  island,  our  cover- 
age was  always  designed  with  the  idea  that  we  were  protecting  the 
service  forces  against  submarine  attack. 

51.  General  Grunert.  The  reason  I  am  asking  these  particular 
questions  is  to  see  whether  or  not  the  presence  of  task  forces  in  cer- 
tain areas  outside  the  Island  of  Hawaii  gave  the  Commanding  Gen- 
eral of  the  Hawaiian  Department  a  false  sense  of  security,  thinking 
that  he  would  be  secure  from  anything  coming  in  that  direction,  be 
it  surface  or  air.  If  he  had  been  kept  informed  of  their  presence, 
and  of  what  they  did  out  there,  and  of  what  they  did  not  do,  he  might 
then  have  had  a  different  picture. 

That  is  just  an  explanation  of  the  line  of  questioning,  so  that  if 
there  is  anything  wrong  with  that  sort  of  reasoning  [1707] 
you  might  tell  me.  If  there  is  not,  I  will  assume  that  it  is  fairly 
correct. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  The  task  forces  that  operated  out  of  the  Hawai- 
ian area  as  surface  task  forces  always  operated  in  assigned  areas, 
which,  in  my  opinion,  were  known  to  the  Army  and  the  Commandant, 
of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District.  I  believe,  too,  that  the  Army  was 
entirely  familiar  with  all  the  plane  flights  that  were  made  by  both 


894        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Army  and  Navy  planes,  and  tliat  with  that  knowledge  the  Command- 
ing General  knew  just  what  the  status  of  surface  and  air  forces  in 
the  Hawaiian  area  was,  at  all  times. 

52.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  Com- 
mandant of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  had  any  air  means  for 
long-distance  reconnaissance,  or  did  that  which  existed  pertain  to 
the  Navy,  proper? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  They  were  a  part  of  the  U.  S.  Fleet,  but  there 
is  no  question  but  what  the  Commandant  knew  exactly  what  the 
planes  were  doing. 

63.  General  Grunert.  In  any  use  of  those  PBYs  that  were  flying 
in  and  about  Honolulu  daily,  they  were  probably  engaged  in  opera- 
tions pertaining  to  a  task  force  going  out  or  coming  in,  or  whatnot  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Plus  training ;  yes,  sir. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Were  submarines  ever  used  for  this  distant 
surveillance? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  There  were  submarines  stationed  off  Midway 
and  Wake  for  observation. 

55.  General  Grunert.  We  have  been  told  that  because  of  the  lack 
of  means,  there  could  not  be  a  360°  protective  distant  [1708] 
reconnaissance,  and  I  wondered  whether  or  not  in  naval  tactics,  or 
whatnot,  they  often  or  sometimes  used  submarines  to  cover  part  of 
a  ring  around  the  place. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir ;  I  think  that  is  entirely  possible. 

56.  General  Grunert.  But  you  do  not  know  whether  any  of  that  was 
done? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  It  was  not  done. 

57.  General  Grunert.  Now,  I  go  into  the  subject  of  cooperation 
and  coordination.  Will  you  tell  me  what  you  thought  of  the  coop- 
eration between  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  as  a  whole,  and  particularly 
that  which  existed  with  the  fleet,  of  which  you  know  directly,  and 
that  which  existed  between  the  Army  and  the  District,  if  you  know 
about  that. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  am  more  familiar  with  what  existed  between 
the  fleet  and  the  Army  that  I  am,  between  the  district  and  the  Arm3\ 
In  so  far  as  the  fleet  is  concerned,  I  felt  that  from  the  top  down 
through  my  echelon  there  wasn't  any  question  about  amicable  under- 
standings and  coordination. 

58.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  question  about  knowing  suf- 
ficiently of  each  other's  business  to  be  able  to  carry  out  your  own 
responsibility,  when  it  came  to  cooperative  action  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  So  far  as  I  personally  am  concerned,  no,  be- 
cause I  was  generally  familiar  with  the  strength  of  the  Army  in  the 
Hawaiian  area,  what  their  antiaircraft  defense  amounted  to,  the 
number  of  planes,  type,  and  so  forth,  that  were  available,  I  felt  that 
the  Army  knew  our  general  operating  schedules,  and,  as  I  said  before, 
there  wasn't  any  question  about  amicable  understandings  and  coordi- 
nation. 

[1709]  59.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  your  opposite  number 
in  the  Army  ? 

60.  General  Frank.  Hayes? 

Admiral  De  Lany,  Yes ;  I  did  business  with  Hayes, 

61,  General  Grunert,  Might  it  have  been  Donegan? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  895 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir ;  I  did  business  with  Donegan,  and  I  also 
did  business  with  Fleming,  who  was  closer  to  General  Short,  out  there, 
than  anybody  else  that  T  knew  of  in  the  Army  set-up,  sir. 

62.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  the  Army  system  of  alerts  that 
was  in  effect,  say  in  November  and  the  early  part  of  December — not  in 
effect,  but  which  could  be  put  into  effect? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  cannot  describe  them ;  no,  sir. 

63.  General  Grunert.  You  Iniew  that  the  one  they  put  into  effect 
was  called  "No.  1,"  the  so-called  sabotage  alert? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

64.  General  Grunert.  You  would  not  know  what  No.  2  and  No.  3 
were  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir ;  I  cannot  describe  them.  I  do  not  know. 
I  cannot  recall. 

65.  Genera]  Grunert.  Was  there  any  question  in  the  mind  of  the 
command  of  the  fleet — not  the  Commander,  but  the  command  of  the 
fleet;  by  that,  I  mean  the  commander  and  his  staff — as  to  the  adequacy 
of  that  alejrt  for  the  protection  of  the  fleet  in  Pearl  Harbor,  in  view  of 
the  information  or  "messages"  we  will  call  them,  that  had  been  received 
by  the  Army  and  the  Navy? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir;  not  so  far  as  I  am  concerned,  because  I 
felt  that  if  the  island  were  alerted  against  sabotage,  that  was  the  extent 
to  which  the  defense  of  the  island  should  go. 

\1710]  66.  General  Grunert.  Then  it  did  not  enter  your  mind, 
did  it,  that  j^our  fleet  would  have  been  better  protected  had  it  gone  into 
a  more  protective  alert  such  as  Alert  No.  2,  which  carried  a  spreading 
out  of  their  planes  and  a  readiness  to  get  them  into  the  air  in  a  hurr}^? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Not  on  the  information  we  had  ;  no,  sir. 

67.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  messages  received  from  the  Navy 
Department,  particularly  the  one  on  November  27,  which  started  out, 
"Consider  this  a  war  warning,"  together  with  the  message  from  the 
Chief  of  Staff  of  the  same  date,  did  not  alarm  you  or  your  Commander- 
in-Chief  to  the  extent  of  thinking  that  war  was  quite  imminent? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  we  knew  that  Japan  was  on  the  move. 
We  knew  that  she  was  headed  south.  We  had  no  statement  as  to  what 
the  policy  of  Washington  was  towards  the  Japanese,  and  what  would 
occur  in  the  event  that  Japan  committed  an  overt  act  against  the 
United  States;  and,  with  no  further  information  than  that,  the  war 
warning  meant  just  that. 

68.  General  Grunert.  Then  as  far  as  you  were  concerned,  the 
Army's  going  on  a  sabotage  alert  was  O.  K.  with  you  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

69.  General  Frank.  There  wasn't  an  understanding  of  any  kind  as 
to  what  a  warning  in  that  language!  meant? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  General,  we  had  no  M-Day.  I  do  not  know  what 
you  call  it  in  your  war  plans,  but  there  had  been  no  mobilization,  there 
had  been  no  mention  of  anything  that  indicated  anything  like  that. 

[17J1]  70.  General  Grunert.  Who  had  to  bring  about  that 
designation  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Sir  ? 

71.  General  Grunert.  Who  had  to  bring  about  the  designation  of 
M-day? 


896        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Admiral  De  Lany.  It  had  to  come  from  Washington,  sir. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Are  you  sure  ?  I  will  refresh  your  memory 
on  the  Joint  Act  of  The  Army  and  The  Navy,  as  set  forth  in  Chapter 
II,  paragraph  9b : 

(Except  from  Joint  Action  of  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  Chapter  II, 
is  as  follows:) 

Operations  of  Army  and  Navy  foi'ces  will  be  coordinated  by  the  exercise  of 
unity  of  command  in  the  following  cases : 

(1)  When  ordered  by  the  President;  or 

(2)  When  provided  for  in  joint  agreements  between  the  Secretary  of  War 
and  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy ;  or 

(3)  When  commanders  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  agree  that  the  situation 
requires  the  exercise  of  unity  of  command  and  further  agree  as  to  the  service 
that  shall  exercise  such  command. 

That  was  not  just  exactly  what  I  had,  what  I  meant  and  wanted  to 
bring  out  then,  but  I  am  glad  I  brought  it  out  now,  and  I  will  come 
back  to  the  other  question. 

Was  the  question  of  the  desirability  of  unity  of  command  ever 
taken  up  in  conference  or  discussed  with  a  view  to  possibly  putting  it 
in  effect  under  this  that  I  have  just  read,  in  case  it  became  necessary, 
prior  to  December  7th? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Not  that  I  recall,  no,  sir. 

[1712]  73.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  turn  the  matter  over 
in  your  mind  as  to  whether  you  thought  unity  of  command  was 
desirable  prior  to  December  7th,  and  whether  or  not  it  could  have 
accomplished  more  than  cooperation  was  then  accomplishing? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  There  was  never  any  question  in  my  mind  that 
there  should  have  been  unity  of  command  iDefore  the  7th  of  December. 

74.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  think  that?  At  that  time, 
or  is  this  back  sight? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir.  I  make  that  statement  as  a  thought  on 
my  part  within  a  month  after  the — well,  by  the  first  of  March,  1941. 

75.  General  Frank.  But  it  was  not  in  your  mind  prior  to  the 
attack  ? 

76.  General  Russell.  He  said  March  1,  1941. 

77.  General  Frank.  Oh,  March  1,  '41.    All  right. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  don't  recall  the  dates, 
but  I  know  that  General  Short  and  Admiral  Kimmel,  as  I  mentioned 
before,  had  visualized  this  thing  and  had  actually  inspected  the 
places  where  the  Army  was  putting  up  their  command  stations  in 
the  mountain  out  there,  with  the  idea  that  the  whole  command  setup 
would  move  up  there  and  there  would  be  a  unity  of  command. 

78.  General  Grunert.  That  was  provided  for  when  war  broke? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

79.  General  Grunert.  But  the  unity  that  I  was  referring  to  was 
unity  of  command  prior  to  any  emergency,  so  that  the  preparations 
could  be  unified  instead  of  waiting  until  sometliing  broke. 

[1713']  Admiral  De  Lany.  General,  I  think  in  answer  to  your 
previous  question  I  had  said  there  that  I  don't  recall  Admiral  Kimmel 
or  General  Short  discussing  unity  of  command  either  before  the  27th 
or  subsequent  to  the  27th  of  November.  Whether  it  was  discussed, 
or  not,  I  do  not  know  but  I  know  that,  as  I  said,  both  the  Admiral 
and  the  General  had  visualized  this  because  of  their  interest  in  getting 
a  place,  a  post  where  the  command  could  be  exercised. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  897 

80.  General  Grunert,  Now,  goin<^  back  to  the  former  question  or 
discussion  of  the  M-Day,  I  refer  now  to  a  paragraph  in  this  Joint 
Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan,  paragraph  15c  (2)  : 

(Excerpt  from  Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan,  Ee:  M-Day, 
is  as  follows:) 

(2)  M-Day  is  the  first  day  of  mobilizatiou,  and  is  the  time  origin  for  the 
execution  of  this  plan.  M-Day  may  precede  a  declaration  of  war.  As  a  pre- 
cautionary measure,  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  may  initiate  or  put  into 
effect  certain  features  of  their  respective  plans  prior  to  INl-Day.  Such  parts  of 
this  plan  as  are  believed  necessary  will  be  put  into  effect  prior  to  M-Day  as 
ordered  by  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  or  as  mutually  agreed  upon  by  local 
commanders. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  right. 

81.  General  Grunert.  So  they  could  have  put  any  or  all  of  this 
thing  into  effect  by  mutual  agreement? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  right. 

82.  General  Grunert.  Between  local  commanders? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

83.  General  Grunert.  But  as  far  as  you  know  it  never  came  to  such 
mutual  agreement? 

[1714-]  Admiral  De  Lany.  It  never  came  to  such  a  mutual  agree- 
ment because — well,  I  think  I  am  correct  in  saying  that  nobody  out 
there  considered  that  it  was  essential  to  do  it. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Then,  it  all  boils  down  to  the  fact  that  they 
were  sort  of  sabotage  minded  but  not  really  war  minded  at  that  par- 
ticular time? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

85.  General  Grunert.  Is  that  a  broad  statement  of  it? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  a  correct  statement,  and  I  think  it  is 
based  entirely  on  factual  information  that  we  had  available  to  us  at 
that  time. 

86.  General  Grunert.  Then  really,  before  you  got  into  a  different 
state  in  which  you  would  actually  expect  an  attack,  you  expected  to 
have  more  information  of  more  critical  conditions  than  you  actually 
did  get ;  is  that  the  idea  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

87.  General  Frank.  You  well  knew,  however,  that  the  Japs  were 
known  traditionally  to  hit  and  then  let  that  strike  be  the  opening  gun 
in  the  declaration  of  war  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

88.  General  Frank.  You  feel,  I  take  it  from  your  comments,  that 
in  the  face  of  the  information  that  you  had,  if  the  situation  were  known 
in  Washington  to  be  sufficiently  acute  to  require  the  announcement  of 
M-Day,  that  that  announcement  should  have  come  from  him? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir,  or  we  should  have  had  more  informa- 
tion in  order  to  have  us  make  preliminary  deployments  or  anything 
else  that  we  would  have  made  prior  to  receipt  of  an  M-Day  dispatch. 

[1715]  89.  General  Grunert.  Tell  me.  Admiral,  about  what  you 
knew  about  the  Army's  interceptor  and  air  warning  service,  as  to  its 
completeness,  as  to  your  confidence  in  it  or  your  lack  of  such  confi- 
dence.   Just  what  did  you  know  about  it  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  knew  that  there  were,  as  I  recall  it,  three  radar 
sets  on  the  island.  I  knew  that  the  Army  was  drilling  personnel  on 
those  sets.    I  knew  that  there  was  normal  communication  between  radar 


898        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

and  headquarters  that  was  not  reliable  but  could  be  used.  I  personally 
conducted  a  conference  between  the  Army  and  the  representative  of 
the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  at  which,  as  I  recall  it,  personnel  from 
the  telephone  people  in  Hawaii  were  present  when  Commander  Taylor, 
who  was  entirely  familiar  with  the  intercepts  system  as  it  was  installed 
in  U.  K.,  was  out  there.  I  saw  the  outline  of  the  system  as  it  was  to 
be  put  in,  I  saw  the  list  of  equipment  that  w^as  required,  the  number  of 
persons  that  were  required  to  man  it ;  but  beyond  the  fact  that  there 
were,  as  I  said,  I  believe,  three  radars  on  the  island,  I  don't  believe  that 
the  intercept  system  was  in  effect  beyond  any  stage  except  where  the 
Army  was  training  on  the  radar  and  could  get  telephone  communica- 
tion back  to  some  place  at  headquarters. 

90.  General  Frank.  And  could  pick  approaching  planes  up? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir.    The  operators  were  being  trained  on 

their  radar  sets,  sir.  I  believe  the  scheme  out  there,  as  I  recall  it,  was 
that  the  men  were  sent  out  on  a  truck  that  went  out  on  a  morning  pa- 
trol, and  then  when  the  truck  came  back  from  that  they  picked  these 
operators  up  some  place  around  7 :  30  or  something  like  that  in  the 
morning  and  brought  them  back  for  their  breakfast,  and  then  they 
went  out  later  on  in  the  after-         [1716^         noon,  as  I  recall  the  thing. 

91.  General  Grunert.  The  evidence  that  you  gave  before  the  Roberts 
Commission  appears  to  be  somewhat  to  the  effect  that  you  were  push- 
ing the  establishment  of  this  service,  that  you  were  straining  to  get 
it  into  position  and  action.  Do  you  know,  what  was  that  pushing  and 
what  was  this  straining,  and  what  were  the  results?  Do  you  recall 
that? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  X^s,  sir.  As  I  say  here,  before  the  7th  of  De- 
cember, as  far  as  I  know  the  system,  the  only  thing  that  we  had  was 
the  radars,  and  none  of  the  appurtenances  and  equipment  and  so  forth 
that  go  to  make  an  aircraft  warning  or  a  fighter  director  system. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  visit  the  Information  Center? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

93.  General  Grunert.  Wasn't  that  complete  ? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Partially  so,  yes,  sir. 

94.  General  Grunert.  Were  not  all  the  connections  made,  with  not 
three  but  five  radar  stations  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Not  that  I  know  of,  sir.  I  thought  there  were 
three. 

95.  General  Grunert.  These  that  I  am  speaking  of  are  mobile  sta- 
tions. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  right ;  yes,  sir. 

96.  General  Grunert.  I  note  that  you  said  there  was  no  direct  wire 
to  your  headquarters  or  your  office. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  right,  sir. 

97.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  was  there  about  getting  the  direct 
wire  to  your  office?  Did  that  take  materials  that  they  [17J7] 
had  trouble  getting  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  there  just  wasn't  any  available,  sir,  or  it 
wasn't  put  in,  because  after  the  7th  of  December  we  did  rig  some  port- 
able cable  down  there. 

98.  General  Grunert.  That  seemed  a  little  bit  strange  to  me,  that 
after  the  7th  of  December  everything  started  popping  and  getting 


PROCEEDINGS    OK    AHMY    FKAKL   HAKBOK   BOAHI)  899 

done,  and  prior  to  that  they  seemed  to  have  trouble  getting  started, 
getting  things  in.  Tliat  is  why  I  wondered  wliy  you  were  pusliing 
and  straining  to  get  action. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  General,  I  do  not  think  there  is  any  differ- 
ence between  what  happened  in  the  Army  and  what  happened  in  the 
Navy.  We  couldn't  get  a  20-mm  gun  out  there  before  the  7th  of 
December,  and  after  the  7th  they  poured  in.  The  same  way  with 
other  equipment. 

99.  General  Grunert,  That  is  true  in  a  number  of  weeks  afterwards, 
but  shortly  after,  practically  on  the  7th  of  December  and  the  8th  and 
from  there  on  that  system  started  working,  without  waiting  for  any- 
thing to  come  from  the  United  States? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Not  on  the  8th,  sir,  or  any  time  within  a  week 
afterward,  sir.  It  was  possible  to  get  the  information  through,  yes, 
sir;  and  had  we  known  on  the  first  of  November  that  there  was  going 
to  be  an  attack  any  time  subsequent  or  close  to  that,  we  could  have 
put  the  string  up  then,  but  the  plans  were  in  effect  and  the  material 
was  being  shipped  to  install  a  permanent  installation  as  it  now  exists. 
It  would  have  been  possible  to  have  done  anything,  sir. 

100.  General  Grunert.  The  whole  thing  goes  back  again  as  to  just 
how  deeply  they  were  impressed  with  the  imminence  of  war.  I  just 
have  one  or  two  more  questions,  and  then  I  will  turn  you  [1718\ 
over  to  the  mercies  of  somebody  else  here. 

Outside  of  the  conferences  held  between  General  Short  and  Admiral 
Kimmel,  what  was  the  nature  of  the  conference  held  between  their 
respective  staffs  ?  Were  there  any  periodic  conferences  or  special  con- 
ferences, or  just  individual  talks,  or  what? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  can  only  speak  for  my  section  of  the  staff  and 
say  that  they  were  mostly  individual  conferences  between  the  giui- 
nery  people,  the  communicators  in  the  Operations  Section,  sir,  and 
that  pertained  primaril}^  to  joint  training  exercises  that  were  match- 
ing our  operating  schedule,  and  then  also  to  the  joint  base  defense  drills 
that  were  held  in  the  Pearl  Harbor  area. 

101.  General  Grunert.  When  did  you  leave  the  vicinity  of  Pearl 
Harbor  permanently  for  change  of  station  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  left  there  in  May  '42  and  was  down  in  the  South 
Pacific  and  then  came  back  in  November  '42,  and  that  is  the  last  time 
I  have  been  assigned  on  anything  in  Pearl  Harbor. 

102.  General  Grunert.  The  last  time  you  saw  Pearl  Harbor  was 
November,  1942  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir.  The  last  time  I  saw  Pearl  Harbor  was 
the  2nd  of  July,  1944.     I  came  back  through  there  from  Saipan,  sir. 

103.  General  Grunert.  What  I  want  to  get  about  the  Army  defenses 
for  Pearl  Harbor.  Do  you  know  whether  they  have  improved  to  the 
extent  that  you  Navy  people  now  think  that  the  Army,  with  the  means 
it  now  has  available,  can  give  the  Navy  protection  in  Pearl  Harbor? 

[1719]  Admiral  De  Lany.  I  can't  answer  that,  General.  I 
talked  with  some  people  on  the  staff  out  there  when  I  came  through, 
and  I  get  the  general  impression  from  talking  to  people  on  CINCPOR's 
staff  that  generally  speaking  the  requirements  of  the  Army  that  were 
asked  for  starting  in  April,  1941,  have  gradually  ac-cumulated  out  there 
and  they  do  have  enough  stuff. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 8 


900        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

104.  General  Grunert,  I  gather  from,  I  tliink  it  was,  your  testimony 
I  read  before  the  Roberts  Commission  that  at  that  time  you  were  pretty 
well  convinced  that  Pearl  Harbor  was  not  a  good  place  for  the  fleet  to 
be,  to  be  protected,  to  be  secure.     Is  that  right  or  not  ? 

Admiral  De  Lant.  Yes,  sir,  I  make  no  hesitancy  in  saying  that 
on  the  7th  of  December,  1941,  Pearl  Harbor  w^as  not  a  fleet  base  as  I 
would  visualize  a  fleet  base. 

105.  General  Grunert.  I  think  I  shall  give  General  Frank  a  chance 
now  to  piece  in  anything  that  I  may  have  missed  that  may  be  in  his 
Qiind. 

106.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  the  different  responsibilities  that 
the  Commander  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  had  ? 

Admiral  De  Lant.  By  Commander-in-Chief's  directive  he  was  the 
base  defense  officer,  sir,  and  he  was  also  required  to  maintain  liaison 
with  the  Army. 

107.  General  Frank.  "What  I  am  getting  at  is  this :  In  the  first  place, 
he  was  Commander  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District? 

Admiral  De  Lant.  Yes,  sir. 

108.  General  Frank.  On  a  basis  on  which  he  was  the  representative 
of  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  % 

Admiral  De  Lant.  Yes,  sir. 

109.  General  Frank.  That  is  one  hat  ? 
\_1720'\         Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir. 

110.  General  Frank.  He  was  a  commander  under  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  the  Fleet,  was  he  not  '\ 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir.  He  was  commander  of  Task  Force  4, 
sir. 

111.  General  Frank.  Commander.     What  was  that  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  was  Base  Defense  Officer  and  as  such  in- 
cluded the  outlying  islands  of  the  Hawaiian  Group,  but  I  mean  Johns- 
ton, Midway,  Wake,  Palmyra. 

112.  General  Frank.  That  is  two  hats  he  had  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  that  as  a  task  force  commander  he  was  the 
Base  Defense  commander  who  was  responsible  for  his  sea  frontier 
which  included  the  outlying  islands. 

113.  General  Frank.  Yes.  But  in  this  other  capacity,  which  I  just 
mentioned,  he  reported  direct  to  headquarters  in  Washington.  Now, 
in  this  capacity  he  reported  to  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  fleet. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  As  a  base  defense  officer,  yes,  sir. 

114.  General  Frank.  Yes.  Now,  he  had  another  responsibility  with 
respect  to  the  joint  Army-Navy  coast  defense  plan,  did  he  not? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir,  with  the  Army. 

115.  General  Frank.  And  who  was  his  immediate  superior  with 
respect  to  that  ?  Did  he  report  with  respect  to  that  to  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  the  fleet  or  to  Washington  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  believe  by  his  original  orders  he  would  report 
to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  in  Washington. 

116.  General  Grunert.  That  seemed  to  be  a  dual  one  to  me. 

117.  General  Frank.  Another  subject:  Generally  speaking,  there 
[i7^i]  actually  was  not  an  activity  known  as  distant  reconnais- 
sance carried  out  for  the  express  purpose  of  providing  security  of 
Oahu  against  a  surprise  attack? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Against  a  surprise  air  and  surface  attack,  no, 
sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  901 

118.  General  Frank.  No.  And  I  gathered  that  that  was  because 
of  the  state  of  mind  that  generally  existed  as  a  result  of  conclusions 
arrived  at  from  information,  messages,  and  the  general  situation;  is 
that  correct? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Partially,  yes,  sir. 

119.  General  Frank.  Amplify  it,  will  you  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  And  also,  as  I  said  before,  that  the  mission  of 
the  fleet  activities  in  the  Hawaiian  area  was  at  that  time  primarily 
training,  and  in  addition  to  the  fact  that  there  were  neither  planes, 
pilots,  nor  equipment  available  to  conduct  a  continued  distant 
reconnaissance. 

120.  General  Frank.  Now,  do  you  feel  that  the  authorities  in  Wash- 
ington were  conversant  with  the  lack  of  material  and  the  lack  of  train- 
ing necessary  for  adequate  protection  of  the  place? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir,  I  think  they  were  fully  cognizant  of 
it,  because  not  only  had  the  Commanding  General  and  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief repeatedly  outlined  the  deficiencies  of  the  fleet  and 
the  defenses  of  Pearl  Harbor,  but  in  addition  to  that  I  am  quite  cer- 
tain that  all  the  plans  such  as  you  refer  to  here  had  copies  of  them — 
I  speak  for  the  fleet  now — had  copies  of  them  sent  back  to  the  Chief 
of  Naval  Operations  in  Washington.  They  w^ere  entirely  familiar 
with  our  training  and  operating  schedule,  and  they  knew  that  we  were 
not  conducting  distant  reconnaissance. 

[1722]  121.  General  Frank.  Have  you  any  reason  to  believe 
that  the  state  of  mind  in  Washington  was  different  than  the  state  of 
mind  in  Honolulu? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir,  I  have  no  way  of  knowing. 

122.  General  Frank.  Have  you  any  opinion  that  you  would  like 
to  express  on  it  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  mj^  own  opinion  is  that  people  who  sit 
close  to  the  throne  probably  hear  a  whole  lot  more  than  those  who 
don't  sit  quite  so  close  to  the  throne,  and  with  that  general  opinion  I 
believe  that  the  people  here  must  have  heard  more  than  we  did  out  in 
Pearl  Harbor. 

123.  General  Frank.  With  the  knowledge,  had  they  had  knowledge 
that  led  them  to  believe  that  you  were  on  a  hot  seat  and  needed  help 
to  take  care  of  yourself,  should  that  impetus  have  come  from  here, 
you  think? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir.  I  believe  a  commander  in  the  field  is 
entitled  to  every  bit  of  information  that  can  be  furnished  him,  sir. 

124.  General  Frank.  There  was  a  lot  of  help  arrived  right  after 
the  Pearl  Harbor  attack? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir ;  some  supposed  to  come  in  that  morn- 
ing, I  believe. 

125.  General  Frank.  Even  had  it  been  there,  the  state  of  mind 
which  led  to  the  conclusions  that  they  had  wouldn't  have  made  any 
difference  under  the  circumstances,  however,  would  it? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  I  do  not  think  that  that  is  an  entirely  fair 
supposition,  because  I  believe  that  if  the  Commander-in-Chief  had 
not  had  his  fleet  depleted  for  months  prior  to  the  7th  of  December, 
and  had  both  the  Army  and  the  Navy  re-  [1723]  ceived  equip- 
ment for  which  they  asked  as  equipment  being  required  in  emergency, 
that  the  opinion  of  the  Commanding  General  and  the  Commander-in- 


902        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Chief  would  probably  have  been  quite  some  diiferent  because  I  believe 
they  would  have  felt  that  since  the  material  that  they  needed  was 
forthcoming  there  would  have  been  some  different  point  of  view  on 
the  thing. 

126.  General  Frank.  You  generally  remember  the  messages  that 
arrived  from  the  16th  of  October,  the  24th  of  November,  and  the  27th  ? 
I  do  not  mean  the  exact  wording,  but  generally  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  don't  know  what  you  refer  to  on  the  16th  of 
November,  sir. 

127.  General  Frank.  October. 
Admiral  De  Lany.  16th  of 

128.  General  Frank.  October. 
Admiral  De  Lany.  Oh,  yes,  sir ;  I  know. 

129.  General  Frank.  Just  to  refresh  your  memory  a  bit,  on  October 

16th: 

Take  due  precautions  including  preparatory  deployments  that  will  not  disclose 
strategic  intention. 

Navy  message  of  the  24th : 

Caution  relative  probability  of  surprise  attack  on  Guam  or  P.  I. 

Navy,  the  27th : 

War  warning.  Guam  Samoa  warned  Jap  action  versus  P.  I.,  Thai  or  Kra 
Peninsula,  Borneo. 

Army  message  of  the  27th : 

Hostile  action  possible.  Desire  Japan  commit  first  overt  act.  Do  not  alarm 
civil  population.     In  case  of  trouble  carry  out  Rainbow  Five. 

Now,  what  were  the  reactions  from  the  amount  of  information  that 
you  did  get  ?     You  knew  that  there  was  an  acute  situation  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir.  Well,  as  I  said  in  answer  to  a  little 
differently  phrased  question,  I  felt  that  Japan  was  on  [IT^^] 
the  move,  as  I  said,  and  from  the  information  that  we  had,  the  infor- 
mation that  appeared  in  those  dispatches  mentioning  P.  I.,  Guam,  and 
so  forth,  that  the  movement  was  toward  the  south.  There  was  no 
question  about  that.  But  I  certainly  never  thought  that  there  would 
be  an  air  or  a  surface  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 

130.  General  Frank.  What  I  am  trying  to  get  is  the  statement  as 
to  how  much  the  contents  of  these  messages  influenced  your  thinking, 
you  see. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Well,  my  line  of  reasoning,  my  line  of  thought, 
was  exactly  as  I  expressed  here.  I  thought  that  the  movement  was 
down  in  that  direction.  The  latest  information  we  had  on  the  em- 
ployment of  the  Japanese  Fleet,  even  presuming  that  I  had  known 
that  there  was  a  carrier  group  in  the  Marshalls,  would  not  have  led 
me  to  believe  that  the  Japanese  carrier  force  was  going  to  make  an  air 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  I  never  would  have  believed  it.  I  didn't 
think  that  Japan  would  ever  choose  that  as  an  initial  act  of  war. 

[1725]  131.  General  Russell.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Admiral, 
nfter  these  messages  that  General  Frank  has  talked  to  you  about  had 
been  received  and  considered  by  the  naval  authorities,  no  change  at  all 
in  their  plans  were  made? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes,  sir ;  there  were. 

132.  General  Russell.  In  what  way  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  903 

Admiral  De  Lany.  We  did  what  we  thought  was  against  a  pos- 
sible hostile  act  on  the  part  of  Japan,  and  that  is  that  we  increased 
our  protection  against  submarine  activities. 

133.  General  Eussell.  In  what  way? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  In  that  the  ships  in  the  operating  area  were 
required  to  take  their  war-time  dispositions,  with  the  anti-submarine 
screens,  maintain  air  patrols,  and  generally  take  war-time  precautions 
as  they  would  do  in  cruising  in  enemy  submarine  waters;  outside  of 
the  fact  that,  as  you  know,  carriers  were  sent  to  put  planes  on  both 
Midway  and  Wake. 

134.  General  Russell.  I  have  wondered  about  those  two  move- 
ments.    What  was  the  purpose  of  those  two  movements? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  was  part  of  the  defensive  deployment. 

135.  General  Russell.  Those  would  be  land-based  planes  on  those 
two  islands  to  be  used  for  what  purpose? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Probably  reconnaissance,  but  primarily  defense. 

136.  General  Russell.  It  has  been  mentioned  in  the  testimony  here- 
tofore that  tlie  situation  was  influenced  in  1941  by  the  transfer  of 
part  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Do  you  recall  when 
that  was  done,  and  about  how  much  of  the  Navy  was  affected? 

I  i7i?(>]  Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir ;  I  cannot  give  the  exact  dates, 
but  I  know  there  was  a  carrier  and  battleship  divisions  and  one  or 
two  squadrons  of  destroyers,  plus  some  transports,  both  large  and 
small,  that  we  had  set  up  in  San  Diego  to  commence  amphibious 
training. 

137.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  about  when  that  occurred? 
Admiral  De  Lany.  No  ;  but  I  would  say,  offhand,  some  time  around 

July  or  August. 

138.  General  Russell.  Early  in  your  testimony  this  afternoon  you 
discussed  with  General  Grunert  the  inspection  that  was  made  by 
Admiral  Kimmel  and  you  in  the  early  part  of  1941,  as  I  recall.  As 
a  result  of  that  inspection  a  letter  was  sent  to  the  Navy  Department, 
and  probably  a  copy  furnished  to  General  Short.  That  is  the  letter 
which  prompted  the  correspondence  between  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy  and  the  Secretary  of  War  touching  the  subject  of  the  inadequacy 
of  the  Arni}^  defense  on  Oahu.  Did  you  know  that  such  a  communica- 
tion was  sent? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  cannot  answer  that ;  I  do  not  know. 

139.  General  Grunert.  The  Secretary  of  the  Navy's  letter  to  the 
Secretary  of  War  was  dated  January  24.  The  Secretary  of  War's 
reply  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  was  dated  February  7.  The  in- 
si)ection  that  was  made  was  not  until  after  the  Secretary  of  War  had 
replied  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy;  so  I  do  not  think  there  is  any 
connection. 

140.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  the  record  will  show  that  the 
letter  was  written  from  out  there  on  the  25th,  and  I  am  trying  to 
find  out  about  it.  Admiral  Kimmel's  letter  is  dated  the  25th  of 
January  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy's  letter  is  dated  the  24th.  I 
am  just  wondering  how  many  inspections  were  [17B7~\  made. 
Do  you  know  whether  or  not  an  inspection  was  made  before  the  25th 
of  January? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir;  I  cannot  say  that,  sir;  I  do  not  know. 
I  cannot  recall  the  dates. 


904       CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

141.  General  Eussell.  So  far  as  you  Imow,  there  was  not  an  in- 
spection out  there  until  shortly  before  Admiral  Kimmel  wrote  the 
letter  of  January  25  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  believe  that  Admiral  Richardson,  as  the 
former  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Fleet,  had  presentedjorior  letters 
about  the  inadequacy  of  the  defense  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

142.  General  Russell.  In  the  letter  of  the  24th  of  January  refer- 
ence was  made  to  the  probability  of  a  combined  air  and  submarine 
attack  as  being  the  most  probable  form  of  attack  by  the  Japanese 
Nation.    Do  you  know  about  that? 

Admiral  De  Laxt.  Yes,  sir;  and  I  think  you  will  find  that  the 
Commander-in-Chief's  security  letters  provide  for  furnishing  the 
facilities  of  the  fleet  to  the  Army  and  the  Base  Defense  Commander 
in  the  event  that  an  air  attack  occurred  while  the  ships  were  in 
Pearl  Harbor. 

143.  General  Russell.  The  interest  seems  to  have  been  rather  acute 
in  the  early  part  of  1941,  January  and  February ;  that  is,  the  interest 
in  a  surprise  attack  by  aircraft  and  submarines.    Is  that  true? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir;  that  is  not  true,  because,  as  I  recall 
it,  the  last  Base  Defense  air  drill  was  held  some  time  around — well, 
after  the  20th  of  November. 

144.  General  Russell.  At  that  time  there  was  not  such  an  intense 
interest  in  the  form  of  attack  out  there,  was  there? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  do  not  know  what  you  mean  by  interest. 

[17^8]  145.  General  Russell.  It  was  a  fact  that  there  was  abso- 
lutely no  protection  or  screen  thrown  out  on  the  morning  of  December 
Tth  or  attempt  to  obtain  information  about  the  launching  of  an  attack 
on  Oahu? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  true  not  only  of  the  Tth  of  December, 
but  every  other  day  before  that,  sir, 

146.  General  Russell.  If  you  people  were  so  intensely  interested 
in  the  type  of  attack,  why  was  it  that  no  diligence  was  exercised  at 
all  to  discover  the  force  which  might  have  launched  that  sort  of  an 
attack  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Oahu  is  an  island.  There  are  no  probable  sec- 
tors of  approach.  Therefore,  the  only  way  that  the  Island  can  be 
completely  protected  and  an  enemy  approaching  the  Island  can  be 
discovered  is  to  maiiftain  a  3G0-degree  circle  of  coverage  around  the 
Island.  There  were  neither  planes,  pilots,  nor  other  facilities  avail- 
able to  conduct  and  maintain  such  a  continuous  reconnaissance. 

147.  General  Russell.  You  realized  the  danger,  but  there  was  simply 
nothing  that  you  could  do  about  it  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Generally  speaking;  yes,  sir. 

148.  General  Russell.  What  effect  on  the  damage  suffered  at  that 
time  would  the  dispersion  of  the  ships  have  had? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Within  the  harbor,  you  mean  ? 

149.  General  Russeix.  No.  If  the  ships,  instead  of  being  berthed 
in  the  harbor,  had  been  at  sea. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  If  the  battleships  that  were  eventually  salvaged 
and  which  are  now  fighting  in  the  Pacific  Campaign  had  been  at  sea 
and  had  received  the  same  number  of  torpedo  hits  that  they  received 
in  Pearl  Harbor  I  believe  they  would  be  sunk. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  905 

[1739]  150.  General  Russell.  It  would  have  been  necessary  for 
the  task  force  to  have  sought  these  ships  out  wherever  dispersed  and 
attacked  them  at  sea  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Yes. 

151.  General  Russell.  Would  it  have  been  a  considerably  larger 
undertaking  than  the  attack  that  was  made  ? 

Admiral  De  Laxy.  Yes ;  very  decidedly  so.  And  T  would  like  to  add 
to  that,  that  had  the  fleet  not  been  in  Pearl  Harbor  and  had  the 
attack  changed  from  fleet  ships  as  their  objective  to  shore  installa- 
tions as  their  objective,  I  believe  that  the  ultimate  damage  and  sub- 
sequent results  would  have  been  very  much  more  far-reaching. 

152.  General  Russell.  In  answer  to  one  of  General  Grunert's  ques- 
tions 3'ou  stated  that  you  did  not  regard  Pearl  Harbor  and  Honolulu 
as  a  desirable  Navy  base.  I  attempted  to  follow  the  reasons  assigned, 
l)ut.  if  they  were  given,  I  was  confused  about  it.  What  were  your 
reasons  for  saying  that? 

Admiral  De  Lany,  My  concept  of  a  naval  base  is  one  to  which  fleet 
forces  may  go  and  obtain  the  necessary  recreation  for  their  crews 
and  overhaul  of  their  materiel  during  the  time  that  they  are  in  port. 
Facilities  were  not  available  in  Pearl  Harbor,  because  the  ships  were 
required  to  maintain  a  condition  of  readiness  that  permitted  them  to 
get  underway  almost  immediately,  and  the  crew  was  required  to  stand 
condition  watches  and  live  on  boai'd  a  ship  that  was  almost  completely 
l)ottled  up,  so  far  as  light  and  ventilation  was  concerned.  Under 
tliose  circumstances  I  believe  that  the  general  morale  and  health  of 
a  crew  would  soon  deteriorate  if  they  had  to  keep  that  up  continuously 
not  only  during  the  time  they  cruised  at  sea  but  [17o0]  also 
during  the  time  that  they  were  supposed  to  be  in  their  bases. 

153.  General  Russell.  What  caused  this  condition  of  semi-alert- 
ness which  prevented  the  crews  from  obtaining  the  necessary 
recreation  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Tlie  condition  of  readiness  that  was  set  aftei' 
(he  Tth  of  December,  as  I  said,  required  the  ships  to  be  ready  to  get 
underway. 

154.  General  Russell.  We  were  at  war  then.  Prior  to  Decembei' 
Tth  did  this  condition  obtain? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  am  talking  about  something  different,  then, 
General.  I  am  talking  about  Pearl  Harbor  as  a  base  after  war  was 
declared. 

155.  General  Russell.  I  meant,  prior  to  the  war. 

Admiral  De  Lany.  Prior  to  the  war  it  was  a  very  good  operating 
base.  The  weather  was  good ;  there  was  plenty  of  deep  water  as  soon 
as  you  left  port. 

i56.  General  Grunekt.  What  good  is  a  base  if  you  are  not  going  to 
use  it  in  a  war?  The  whole  thing  is  prepared  for  the  purpose  of  war. 
Therefore,  a  place  that  is  good  for  a  iieace  base  and  is  not  good  for  a 
war  base  is  not  a  good  base,  is  it  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  No,  sir.  I  have  said  it  is  not  a  good  base.  I 
have  said  it  is  not  a  good  base  for  war  operations.  The  General 
asked  me  about  peace  time.  I  said,  "Yes,  it  made  a  very  good  operat- 
ing base  during  peace  time,''  because  you  luid  no  festrictions  on  the 
security  of  the  bases. 


906        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

157.  General  Russell.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  what  happened  was  that 
the  fleet  was  moved  out  there  before  Pearl  Harbor  had  been  completed 
and  was  ready  to  receive  and  to  protect  the  fleet.  [1731']  Is  not 
that  true  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  That  is  correct ;  and  if  you  see  the  facilities  in 
Pearl  Harbor  as  pertained  to  November  and  that  existed  to  the  7th 
of  December,  and  those  that  existed  on  the  1st  of  July,  1944,  you 
would  appreciate  exactly  how  correct  your  statement  is. 

158.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  what  is  your  view  of  the  desir- 
ability of  a  base  for  a  large  part  of  our  Navy  where  the  surrounding 
territory  is  on  the  Island  of  Oahu  and  is  inhabited  largely  or  pre- 
dominantly by  people  whose  nation  is  hostile  to  the  United  States? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  think  it  is  very  undesirable. 

159.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  have. 

160.  General  Frank.  General  Russell  brought  up  the  point  of  your 
dispersing  the  elements  of  the  fleet  that  were  in  Pearl  Harbor  as  a 
defense  measure  against  air  attack.  What  is  your  reaction  to  the 
presence  of  a  large  number  of  submarines  with  the  Japanese  task 
force?  Did  you  or  did  you  not  know  that  therfe  was  a  large  sub- 
marine force  with  this  attacking  force? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  I  knew  after  the  attack  that  they  had  been  there ; 
and  I  can  only  say  that  if  the  air  and  submarine  coordination  in  the 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  was  as  efficient  as  it  was  down  in  the  Coral  Sea 
and  in  the  area  where  I  operated  six  months  afterwards,  we  would  have 
had  a  very  sad  experience  had  we  stood  to  the  northward  and  run 
into  those  submarines. 

161.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  there  appear  to  be  no  more 
questions,  except  that  I  would  like  to  give  you  an  opportunity  to  add 
anything  to  your  testimony  that  you  think  might  be  of  value  to  the 
Board  in  sizing  up  the  situation,  which  is  mainly  [1733]  from 
an  Army  viewpoint,  but  not  ail-inclusively  an  Army  viewpoint.  Is 
there  anything  that  occurs  to  you  ? 

Admiral  De  Lany.  The  only  thing  that  I  would  like  to  add  to  my 
statement,  sir,  is  that  from  my  personal  knowledge  and  observation 
I  am  certain  that  there  w^ere  no  disagreements  or  misunderstandings 
between  Admiral  Kimmel  and  General  Short,  and  that  any  statements 
that  are  made  to  the  contrary  are  not  true. 

162.  General  Grunert.  We  thank  you  very  much  for  coming  here 
and  giving  us  of  your  time  and  helping  us. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  5 :  20  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witnesses  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  907 


[17S3]  CONTENTS 


FRIDAY,  AUGUST  25,  1944 
Testimony  of — 

Pagu  ' 
Rear  Admiral  Husband  E.  Kimmel,  United  States  Navy,  Retired 1734 

DOCUMENTS 

The   Pacific   Fleet   in   the   Command   Organization   of   the   Navy   as   of 

December  7,  1941 1740 

Excerpt  from  Joint  Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan 1754 

Excerpt  of  Fortnight  Summary  of  Current  International  Situations 1770 

Report  of  United  States  Ambassador  to  Japan 1778 

'  Pages  referred   to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  909 


[rr-m    PEOCEEDINGS  BEFOEE  THE  AEMY  PEAEL  HAEBOE 

BOAED 


miDAY,   AUGUST   25,    1944. 

Munitions  Building, 

Washington^  D.  C. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  \Yitnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell,  and  Maj.  Gen.  AValter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

(Leon  M.  Golding  was  sworn  as  a  reporter.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  REAR  ADMIRAL  HUSBAND  E.  KIMMEL,  UNITED 
STATES  NAVY,  RETIRED.  (ACCOMPANIED  BY  HIS  COUNSEL, 
EDWARD  B.  HANIFY,  LIEUTENANT,  JUNIOR  GRADE,  UNITED 
STATES  NAVY.) 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Admiral,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name, 
rank,  organization,  and  station  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Husband  E.  Kimmel,  R^ar  Admiral,  United 
States  Navy,  Retired. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  you  probably  know  what  this  Board 
has  been  appointed  for.  It  is  to  find  out  the  facts  as  to  what  happened 
prior  to.  leading  up  to,  and  during  the  so-called  Pearl  Harbor  attack. 
By  reason  of  your  position  and  {17r35^  assignment  out  there 
we  hope  that  we  can  get  some  facts  from  you  or  some  leads  to  where 
we  can  get  facts.    That  is  the  main  reason  for  asking  you  to  come  over. 

I  have  prepared  a  number  of  questions  based  on  the  list  of  subjects 
I  sent  over  to  you.  Of  course,  we  will  try  to  stick  to  those  subjects 
as  closely  as  possible,  but  when  we  get  to  questioning  you  we  will 
broaden  out  a  bit. 

First,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your  assignment  and,  gen- 
erally, your  duties  thereunder,  during  the  year  1941,  giving  us  dates 
as  far  as  you  can  recall  them? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  took  over  the  office  of  Commander-in-Chief, 
LT.  S.  Pacific  Fleet,  the  1st  of  February,  1941.  I  was  relieved  of  that 
command  on  December  17th,  1941.  During  that  time  I  was  responsi- 
ble for  the  Pacific  Fleet. 


910        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

3.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  tell  the  Board  generally  what  your 
official  relationship  was  to  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  Dis- 
trict and  to  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

4.  General  Frank.  Is  there  any  kind  of  a  chart  in  existence  which 
shows  the  relationship  of  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  fleet  to  the 
Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District  and  to  Admiral  Bellinger? 

Admiral  Ktmmel.  The  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District 
was  a  subordinate  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  U.  S.  Pacific  Fleet. 
The  reason  I  hesitate  a  moment  is  that  I  want  to  get  the  thing  straight. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Use  your  own  time,  Admiral. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  The  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval 
District  was  the  subordinate  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  but  the 
[17S6]  had  many  duties;  he  was  authorized  to  perform  many 
duties  by  direct  correspondence  with  the  Navy  Department.  He,  by 
orders  of  the  Navy  Department,  War  Plans,  Joint  Action  of  the  Army 
and  the  Navy,  was  charged  with  and  in  charge  of  the  Hawaiian  Naval 
Coastal  Frontier  Defense,  and  the  Commandant  of  the  district,  to- 
gether with  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department, 
made  up  a  Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan.  The  Commandant 
of  the  district  was  charged  most  directly  with  cooperation  with  the 
Commanding  General  in  Hawaii.  He  was  responsible  for  details 
of  Army  and  Navy  cooperation.  As  my  subordinate  he  kept  me  in- 
formed of  what  was  going  on,  and  I  naturally  was  responsible  for 
what  he  did. 

6.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  I  wanted  to  get  at  next.  Any 
plans  that  were  made,  although  he  made  them  in  his  capacity  under 
the  Navy  Department  as  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  Dis- 
trict, he  kept  you  informed  of;  and  did  you  approve  such  plans? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.  He  kept  me  informed,  and  I  knew  what 
he  was  doing. 

7.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  actually  have  to  sign  those  plans, 
did  you? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No.  My  recollection  is  that  I  did  not  sign  any 
plans,  but  I  knew  the  plans  and  I  approved  the  plans. 

8.  General  Grunert.  You  were  generally  familiar,  then,  with  the 
Joint  Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  yes,  by  all  means.  I  initiated  the  business 
of  perfecting  the  cooperation  betwixt  the  Army  and  Navy  air  forces 
in  Hawaii  and  was  very  much  interested  in  it  and  thoroughly  ap- 
proved what  they  did  and  was  informed  of  it. 

[17S7]  9.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  see  if  I  am  generally 
correct  in  what  my  understanding  is  of  the  chain  of  command,  as 
we  might  call  it,  and  of  action  thereunder.  For  instance,  the  District 
Commander  was  a  subordinate  of  yours? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  I  have  a  document  here  which  may  tend 
to  clarify  the  minds  of  the  Board  on  that  point.  It  is  an  attempt 
to  simplify  the  various  provisions  of  the  Navy  Regulations,  General 
Order  No.  142,  General  Oi-der  No.  143,  and  the  orders  contained  in 
directives  from  the  Navy  Department  as  provisions  in  the  war  plan. 
I  submit  that  for  the  consideration  of  the  Board  and  for  their  future 
study.  I  think  it  is  accurate.  It  at  least  will  bring  you  to  the  place 
where  you  can  find  what  is  laid  down  in  the  documents.  I  hesitate 
to  testify  as  to  just  what  the  document  means,  I  think  you  are  en- 
titled to  get  that  meaning  yourselves  from  the  document. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  911 

10.  General  Frank.  The  Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval 
District  wore  one  hat — I  take  that  as  a  phase  of  responsibility^ — in 
which  for  certain  things  connected  with  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District 
he  was  responsible  directly  to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  here  in 
Washington,  was  he  not  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  yes;  matters  that  had  to  do  with  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  district,  the  expenditure  of  funds,  the  expansion 
of  the  plant  out  there — all  manner  of  administrative  affairs ;  and,  as  a 
practical  matter,  he  was  under  me  primarily  for  military  reasons. 

11.  General  Frank,  That  was  one  phase  of  his  work.  The  second 
phase  of  his  work  was  his  responsibility  for  the  Joint  Coastal  Frontier 
Defense  Plan  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.  His  responsibilities  were  laid  down 
[17-38]  in  the  Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan  and  were  the 
result  of  agreement;  and,  due  to  the  lack  of  Army  equipment  in  the 
Islands,  in  order  to  utilize  everything  that  we  had  to  the  fullest  extent, 
be  agreed  to  supply  the  deficiencies  that  did  exist  there  to  the  best  of 
his  ability.  The  Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan  was  a  realistic 
plan  based  on  what  was  available  and  an  attempt  to  utilize  it  in  the 
best  manner  possible  without  regard  to  the  responsibilities — not  with- 
out regard — but  going  beyond  the  responsibilities  as  laid  down  in  the 
Joint  Action  of  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  1935.  In  the  Joint  Action 
of  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  1935,  the  responsibility  for  the  defense  of 
Oahu  lay  with  the  Army;  even  the  long-range  reconnaissance  was  a 
function  of  the  Army  General  Headquarters,  Air  Force.  When  it 
came  to  making  plans  in  Hawaii  there  was  no  General  Headquarters, 
Air  Force,  out  there,  and  we  had  to  rig  up  a  plan  to  utilize  what  we 
had;  and  at  the  time  that  the  Commandant  agreed  to  this  plan  he 
had  been  informed  that  he  would  eventually  have  108  patrol  planes 
assigned  to  him  and  that  the  Army  would  have  something  on  the  order 
of  200  flying  fortresses,  and  if  and  when  that  condition  obtained  he 
would  have  been  in  very  good  case  to  defend  Hawaii  with  other  ele- 
ments that  would  have  been  present. 

Those  are  the  primary  things.  However,  there  being  no  district 
patrol  planes  in  existence,  there  being  only 

12.  General  Frank  (interposing).  That  is,  Naval  District  patrol 
l^lanes  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.  — and  there  being  only  a  handful,  I  think, 
six  flying  fortresses  suitable  for  distant  reconnaissance  and  bombing, 
it  was  manifestly  impossible  for  the  Commanding  General  and  the 
Commandant,  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  to  dis-  [1739]  charge 
their  responsibilities  with  this  equipment,  and  it  was  planned  to  utilize 
so  many  of  the  patrol  planes  of  the  fleet  as  might  be  available  at  any 
one  time,  augmented  by  such  planes  as  the  Army  could  supply  to  do  the 
distant  reconnaissance.  The  number  of  patrol  planes  in  the- fleet  was 
81,  all  told.  Of  those  approximatley  between  50  and  60  were  in  the 
Island  of  Oahu  and  suitable  for  service  on  the  7th  of  December.  I 
cannot  tell  you  the  exact  number,  because  I  do  not  know  which  ones 
were  laid  up  for  check  and  various  things  like  that,  but  those  81 
patrol  jjlanes  were  fleet  planes  and  they  had  to  cover  all  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  and  cover  all  actions  of  the  Pacific  Fleet.  They  could  not, 
and  the  Commandant  knew  they  could  not,  be  made  permanently 
available  for  the  defense  of  Oahu.  nor  was  the  fleet  out  there  to  defend 


912        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Oahii;  the  fleet  was  there  for  different  purposes.  However,  we  rec- 
ognized, thoroughly  and  fully  recognized,  the  conditions  as  they  ob- 
tained and  endeavored  to  make  the  very  best  use  of  the  equipment  that 
we  had  available.  I  found  General  Short  most  cooperative  in  his 
efforts  to  get  things  done  and,  as  you  have  probably  heard  already, 
our  relations  from  the  time  we  first  met  up  to  the  present  day  have 
been  most  cordial.  I,  in  my  experience,  have  never  seen  any  locality 
where  the  Army  and  Navy  had  closer  cooperation  or  more  whole- 
hearted desire  to  make  the  best  of  what  we  had  then  we  had  in  Hawaii 
tkiring  the  term  of  my  command  as  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific 
Fleet. 

I  thought  I  would  give  you  that  general  picture. 

13.  General  Grunei^t.  Admiral,  this  document  which  you  have 
handed  me,  which  shows  a  chart  of  the  organization  as  of  December 
7th,  1941,  together  with  a  statement — I  believe  that  if  [IT'J/.O] 
we  take  time  out  and  read  this  into  your  testimony  it  would  be  well. 
It  may  obviate  the  necessity  of  asking  some  of  the  more  detailed  ques- 
tions, and  we  can  get  down  to  the  point  with  a  definite  understanding. 
With  your  permission,  I  will  read  it,  or  your  counsel  may  read  it. 

Admii'al  Kimmel.  I  have  no  objection  to  its  being  read,  and  my 
counsel  may  read  it  or  you  may  read  it,  just  as  you  please.  I  want  you 
to  understand,  however,  that  this  paper  was  prepared  and  is,  to  the 
best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  an  accurate,  although  restricted, 
presentation  of  the  orders  and  instructions  that  governed  the  actions 
of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific,  and  the  Commandant  of  the  14th 
Naval  District. 

14.  General  Grunert.  This  document  starts  out  by  saying  [read- 
ing] : 

(Document  "The  Pacific  Fleet  in  the  Command  Organization  of  the  Navy  as 
of  December  7, 1941",  is  as  follows  :) 

1.  Normal  command  cliannel. 

2.  A  legal  channel  rarely  used. 

3.  Navy  Regs.  1481 — The  Commandant  is  the  direct  representative  of  the 
Navy  Department,  including  its  Bureaus  and  Offices,  in  all  matters  affecting 
district  activity. 

a.  Art.  1484  (7) — In  intercourse  vpith  government,  state  and  foreign  officials 
and  with  local  authorities  in  matters  of  interest  to  the  Navy,  the  Commandant 
shall  himself,  or  through  his  subordinate,  represent  the  Navy  Department. 

b.  General  Order  142 — The  Commandant  has  dual  authority  as  Commandant 
of  the  district  operating         [17^fl]         under  orders  of  the  Navy  Department. 

c.  General  Order  143  (7) — Commandants  of  districts  *  *  *  have  admin- 
istrative responsibility  direct  to  the  Navy  Department  for  Naval  local  defense 
forces. 

4.  Navy  Regs.  1480  (4) — All  matters  pertaining  to  military  operations  in 
Naval  districts  shall  be  under  the  Office  of  Naval  Operations. 

a.  Navy  Regs.  1485  (5) — All  correspondence  relative  to  changes  in  the  assign- 
ment of  district  craft  to  CNO  via  Bureaus  concerned. 

5.  CinO,  U.  S.  Fleet  and  CinC,  Pacific  Fleet  are  identical.  The  relation  of 
Cincus  to  the  Commanders-in-Chief  of  the  Atlantic  and  Asiatic  Fleet  is  ex- 
pressed in  General  Order  No.  143,  "Under  the  CNO  the  Cincus  will,  through 
type  Commanders,  prescribe  standards  and  methods  of  training  for  all  the  sea- 
going forces  and  air-craft  of  the  Navy.  The  U.  S.  Fleet  is  an  administrative 
organization  for  training  purposes  only,  and  is  a  task  organization  only  when 
two  or  more  fleets  are  concentrated  or  operating  in  conjunction." 

G.  General  Order  No.  142 — In  his  dual  capacity,  the  Commandant  of  the  14th 
Naval  District  as  an  officer  of  the  fleet  operates  under  the  orders  of  the 
Commander-in-Chief  thereof. 

a.  With  duties  corresponding  to  those  of  a  senior  oflScer  present  afloat. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  913 

b.  In  command  of  a  task  group  of  the  fleet  when  and  as  directed  by  its 
Commander-in-Chief. 

The  following  excerpts  from  official  publications  are  [1742]  pertinent 
to  the  investigation : 

"Navy  Regs.  1482 — ^In  the  administration  of  affairs  in  the  districts,  the  Com- 
mandant *  *  *  will  transact  necessary  business  with  the  officer  commanding 
the  group  or  unit.  These  groups  or  units  will  be  coordinated  and  every  effort 
will  be  made  to  develop  complete  intercommunication  and  cooperation  among 
several  groups  and  units  in  regard  to  all  matters  requiring  joint  action. 

"Navy  Regs.  1484  (3) — The  Commandant  shall  cooperate  with  Army  com- 
manders and  Commanders  of  Fleet  Forces  within  the  district,  in  the  preparation 
of  defense  plans  in  time  of  peace,  as  well  as  their  execution  in  time  of  war. 

"Navy  Regs.  1484  (5) — He  shall  be  charged  with  the  maintenance  of  an  efficient 
information  and  communication  service  within  the  district  in  accordance  with 
instructions  issued  by  ONI  and  Offices  of  Naval  Communications. 

"Navy  Regs.  1486  (1) — The  mission  of  a  Commandant  of  a  Naval  District  in 
coast  defense  is  to  control  the  sea  communications  witliin  the  district  *  *  *  The 
limits  of  the  Naval  districts  extend  to  seaward  so  far  as  to  include  the  coastwise 
sea  lanes. 

"Navy  Regs.  1486  (5) — The  Commandants  of  Naval  districts  will  cooperate 
with  the  Army  officers  commanding  corps  areas  in  the  preparation  of  plans  in 
time  of  peace,  determining  the  more  probable  situations  likely  to  arise  and  enter- 
ing into  advance  agreements  upon  plans  of  joint  action  for  each  such  situation. 

"General  Order  142 — The  duties  of  the  Commandants  will  include  the  local 
Naval  Defense  Forces. 

[ll'^S]  "a.  The  duties  of  a  Commandant  as  an  officer  of  the  fleet  will  be 
guided  by  such  instructions  as  the  CinC  of  the  Fleet  may  consider  desirable. 

"b.  The  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District  will  report  to  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  the  Facitic  upon  assuming  command." 

JOINT  ACTION  AEMY  AND  NAVT 

This  publication  states  under  paragraph  19  (d)  3,  "Army  shall  provide,  operate 
and  maintain  communication  and  intelligence  systems  to  include  air-craft  wai"n- 
ing  service,   with  provision   for  prompt   exchange   with   the  Navy." 

Paragraph  19  (g) — "Navy  will  provide  and  operate: 

"h.  A  system  of  off-shore  scouting  and  patrol  to  give  timely  warning  of  attack." 

Paragraph  21  (b)l — "The  Army  Air  Components  will  operate  over  the  sea  in 
directing  defense  of  the  coast." 

Paragraph  31  (d) — "Category  'd'  requires  long  range  air  reconnaissance  plans 
made  for  use  of  GHQ,  Air  Force."  Category  "d"  is  defined  as — "Coastal  fi-ontier 
that  may  be  subject  to  major  attack." 

Paragraph  31  (g)  2 — "In  all  categories  the  Army  Commander  Is  responsible 
for  AA  Defense  within  the  corps  area  and  Naval  districts,  to  include  air-craft 
warning  service." 

Paragraph  42  (d) — "Strategic  freedom  of  action  of  the  fleet  must  be  assured. 
THE  FLEET  MUST  HAVE  NO  ANXIETY  IN  REGARD  TO  THE  SECURITY 
OF  ITS  BASE." 

Paragraph  31  (f) — "Regardless  of  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  fleet,  the 
GHQ.  Air  Force,  retains  responsibility  for  reconnaissance." 

[17 H]  Page  49  (d) — "The  Army  is  responsible  for  the  defense  against 
aerial  attack  on  all  Naval  facilities  ashore  in  a  harbor  area."  The  air-craft 
warning  .service  is  defined  on  page  150  of  this  publication. 

THE   JOINT   COASTAL  FKONTIER  DEFENSE   PLAN    FOR   THE   HAWAIIAN    COASTAL   FRONTIER. 

This  plan,  signed  by  General  Short  and  Admiral  Bloch,  is  prepared  in  accordance 
with  the  basic  war  plan  and  joint  action  Army  and  Navy.  The  Hawaiian  Naval 
Coastal  Frontier  is  defined  as  including  Midway,  Johnston,  Palmyra,  Canton  and 
Wake  Islands.  The  defensive  sea  areas  are  defined  and  Hawaii  is  considered  as 
in  category  "d".    The  tasks  are: 

a.  Joint — Hold  Oahu  as  a  main  outlying  Naval  base.  Control  and  protect 
shipping  in  the  coastal  zone. 

b.  Army — Hold  Oahu  against  land,  sea  and  air  attack  and  against  hostile 
sympathizers.     Support  Naval  forces. 

c.  Navy — Patrol  coastal  zone  and  patrol  and  protect  shipping  therein,  to  sup- 
port the  Army  forces.  In  this  joint  plan  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Army 
is  to  provide  for  ; 


914        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

a.  Beach,  land,  sea,  coast  and  anti-air  craft  defenses  of  Oaliu,  with  particular 
attention  to  Pearl  Harbor,  Honolulu,  Schofield  Barracks,  Wheeler  Field  and 
Lualualei. 

b.  AA  and  gas  defense,  intelligence  and  warning  service. 

f.  Establish  an  in-shore  air  patrol  in  cooper-  [i7//5]  ation  with  Naval 
in-shore  patrol,  and  an  aerial  observation  system  in  outlying  islands.  Establish 
an  aircraft  warning  system  for  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

i.  In  conjunction  with  the  Navy  establish  a  system  of  land  communication 
(teletype,  telegraph  loops,  radio  interceptions,  etc.)  to  insure  prompt  transmis- 
sion and  interchange  of  hostile  intelligence. 

e.  Establish  a  joint  intelligence  service. 

The  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District  shall  provide  for : 

a.  In-shore  patrol. 

b.  Off-shore  patrol. 

c.  Escort  force. 

e.  Maintain  harbor  Control  Post  for  joint  defense  of  Pearl  and  Honolulu 
Harbors. 

f.  Install  and  operate  underwater  defense  for  harbors  (Hydro-Acoustic  Posts). 

g.  Plant  submarine  mines  if  necessary. 
h.  Sweep  channels. 

i.  Distant  reconnaissance. 

1.  Local  communications  (in  conjunction  with  the  Army). 

n.  Operate  Naval  intelligence  for  the  collection,  evaluation  and  dissemination 
of  hostile  information. 

[1746]  15.  General  Frank.  I  would  still  like  to  ask  just  a  couple 
of  questions. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead  with  your  questions. 

17.  General  Frank.  Prior  to  this  I  was  asking  about  the  jobs  of 
the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District,  and  we  determined  that 
he  had  a  responsibility  where  he  reported  direct  to  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment. Then  it  was  brought  out  that  he  had  a  responsibility  with  re- 
spect to  the  joint  coastal  frontier  defense  plan.  In  that  capacity  was 
he  responsible  directly  to  you  or  to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  in 
Washington  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  The  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  sent  out  instruc- 
tions to  each  District  Commandant  as  to  the  form,  scope,  and  the  con- 
tents of  a  defense  plan,  and  they  laid  down  and  prescribed  certain 
parts  of  the  plan.  The  Commandant,  I  should  say,  was  responsible 
directly  to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  and  the  Chief  of  Naval 
Operations  approved  or  disapproved  his  action  on  that.  Naturally 
I  had  a  chance  to  get  my  ideas  into  the  defense  plan  or  any  other  plan 
that  the  Commandant  made.  However,  it  was  his  job  to  go  ahead 
and  do  it,  and  unless  I  interfered,  why,  he  did  the  whole  thing. 

18.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now  another  thing:  I  notice  in 
this  paper  that  General  Grunert  just  read  into  the  record  that  it  states 
in  there  that  the  Commandant  of  the  Naval  District,  being  responsible 
for  the  local  defense  forces,  was  responsible  to  the  Navy  Department, 
and  that  coincides  with  what  you  just  said. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right. 

19.  General  Frank.  Now,  he  had  a  third  responsibility,  which  was 
that  he  had  command  of  a  task  force  ? 

\  174-7]         Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right. 

20.  General  Frank.  And  as  commander  of  that  task  force  he  was 
responsible  to  you  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  correct.  Now,  as  commander  of  the  task 
force  that  is  laid  down,  if  you  would  like  to  have  that,  just  what  it 
was. 

21.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  it? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  915 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  I  can  give  it  to  you. 

He  was  in  command  of  Task  Force  4  of  the  Pacific  Fleet.  Task 
Force  4  under  the  command  of  the  Commandant  14th  Naval  District, 
Rear  Admiral  Claude  G.  Bloch,  U.  S.  Navy,  included  that  part  of 
the  14th  Naval  District  activities  which  involved  the  island  bases, 
primary  missions  to  organize,  train,  and  develop  island  bases  in  order 
to  insure  their  own  defense  and  provide  efficient  services  to  fleet  units 
engaged  in  advance  operations.  Now,  by  the  provisions  of  my  letter 
2  CL-41  of  14  October  1941  the  Commandant  was  also  designated 
as  Naval  Base  Defense  Officer,  and  his  duties  were  laid  down  in  con- 
siderable detail  in  that  publication.  I  think  it  would  be  well  to  pre- 
sent now  to  this  Board  a  copy  of  Pacific  Fleet  confidential  letter  No. 
2  CI^-41,  revised,  of  October  14, 1941. 

22.  General  Frank.  This,  then,  constitutes  a  fourth  responsibility 
for  the  District  Commander? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  correct;  I  should  say  yes,  that  is  about 
right.    The  number  I  presume  is  correct. 

23.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  At  any  rate,  immediately  after  I.  took  command 
of  the  Fleet  I  wanted  to  get  an  organization  for  the  use  of  all  the 
naval  forces  which  happened  to  be  ni  Pearl  Harbor  [^74-8]  at 
any  one  time,  so  that  they  could  be  used  in  the  event  of  any  kind  of 
an  attack.  In  the  middle  of  February  we  issued  the  first  letter  on  this 
subject.  This  letter  which  I  have  just  quoted  was  a  revision  of  the 
original  letter. 

24.  General  Gkuxert.  That  was  in  October,  was  it? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  This  is  October  14th.  This  letter  tied  up  some 
loose  ends  and  tucked  them  in  where  they  should  be,  but  made  no 
material  change  in  the  letter  of  the  15th  of  February,  1941. 

25.  General  Grunert.  May  I  ask  at  this  point  whether  your  instruc- 
tions there  were  in  consonance  with  this  joint  coastal  frontier  defense 
plan? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  there  is  no  question  about  it.  If  there 
had  been  any  conflict  we  would  have  discovered  it  in  the  course  of  the 
numerous  drills  which  we  had,  and  this  letter  was  the  subject  of  con- 
siderable thought  and  effort  on  the  part  of  the  Commandant,  14th 
Naval  District,  the  forces  afloat,  and  tlie  Commanding  General,  Ha- 
waiian Department.  He  knew  all  about  tliis  order;  and  in  this 
order — I  think  I  can  touch  on  some  of  the  high  spots  of  the  order 
profitably — we  disposed  the  ships  of  the  Fleet  in  Pearl  Harbor  as  they 
came  in  so  as  to  cover  all  of  the  various  sectors  upon  which  aircraft 
could  approach.  It  was  the  duty  of  the  senior  officer  present  afloat, 
exclusive  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  to  so  place  those  ships.  We 
had  a  sector  commander  appointed  for  each  sector — that  is,  of  the 
ships  afloat;  and  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District  was 
placed  in  charge,  as  Naval  Base  Defense  Officer,  of  coordinating  the 
efforts  of  the  Navy,  of  whatever  happened  to  be  ashore,  with  those  of 
the  Army  in  the  defense  of  the  Pearl  Harbor  base. 

[174^]  The  other  big  point  that  we  covered  in  this  and  in  the 
joint  agreement  betwixt  the  Commanding  General  and  the  Comman- 
dant of  the  14th  Naval  District  was  a  fjuestion  of  cooperation  of  the 
aircraft.  I  tliink  you  should  have  that  presented  to  you.  In  general 
it  provided  that  the  bombers  and  long  range  planes  should  be  under 

7971G— 40-  -Ex.  145,  vol.  2 9 


916        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

the  command  of  the  Navy ;  tlie  fighters  shoiikl  be  under  the  command 
of  the  Army,  and  there  were  certain  otiier  provisions.  I  won't  go 
into  them  because  I  see  you  have  had  it  here  and  it  is  contained  in  the 
papers. 

Incidentally,  I  came  to  Washington  in  June  of  1941,  and  I  told  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations  about  this  agreement  which  we  had  arrived 
at  in  Pearl  Harbor,  and  he  was  very  much  pleased  with  it,  and  I 
undertook  to  dictate  from  memory  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  in  his 
office,  and  tell  him  about  it. 

2G.  General  Grunert.  Were  not  those  agreements  forwarded  to 
Washington  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel,  Yes,  it  was.  He  hadn't  seen  it  apparently,  and 
I  had  tried  to  bring  him  up  to  date  on  it.  At  any  rate,  I  think  it  had 
already  been  forwarded,  and  later  on  another  copy  was  forwarded; 
I  know  that. 

Well,  he  was  pleased  with  it  and  said  that  we  had  gone  further  in 
that  respect,  of  getting  a  coordinated  action  of  the  Army  and  Navy 
air  forces  out  there,  than  anywhere  else,  and  he  wanted  to  use  it  as 
a  model  to  send  to  other  places,  and  I  think  he  mentioned  the  Caribbean 
as  a  place  where  at  that  time  they  hadn't  been  able  to  arrive  at  a 
definite  agreement. 

This  order,  as  you  will  see  if  you  take  the  trouble  to  read  it,  is  quite 
comprehensive.  It  covers  all  forseeable  [1750]  contingencies 
and  prescribes  in  general  the  action  to  be  taken  by  each  element  of  the 
Army  and  Navy  in  the  event  of  a  surprise  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 

Now,  this  letter  is  quite  long.    There  are  plenty  of  copies  of  it. 

27.  General  Grunert.  We  have  a  photostat  copy  of  what  you  are 
referring  to. 

Admiral  Kjmmel.  I  see.    Well,  then  we  don't  need  it. 

28.  General  Grunert.  So  I  do  not  think  there  is  any  need  of  putting 
it  in  the  record.  I  think  that  photostatic  copy  is  the  one  from  the 
Roberts  Commission. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  there  is  one  there,  if  you  have  that. 

29.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

30.  General  Grunert.  There  are  copies  of  both  your  February  one 
and  the  revised  one  of  October. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  correct.  I  think  they  are  both  in  that 
testimony. 

31.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  You  may  complete  your  examina- 
tion. General  Frank. 

32.  General  Frank.  I  should  like  to  go  back  to  a  statement  that  you 
made  with  respect  to  airplanes  and  the  responsibilities  of  the  Com- 
mandant of  the  14th  Naval  District.  I  think  you  stated,  no  planes 
in  existence.  I  do  not  believe  you  meant  that.  There  were  types  of 
planes  in  existence,  but  they  were  not  in  Honolulu.  That  is  what 
you  meant ;  wasn't  it  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  don't  know  what  I  said,  now.  I  don't  know 
what  you  are  talking  about.  I  can't  make  it  out.  It  is  not  clear  what 
you  are  asking,  the  question  you  are  asking  me. 

33.  General  Frank.  Well,  you  were  discussing  the  [1751] 
responsibilities  of  the  Commandant  of  the  Naval  District  with  respect 
to  conducting  reconnaissance,  and  you  stated  there  are  no  planes 
in  existence.  There  were  planes  in  existence,  but  they  were  not  in 
Honolulu  and  available  to  him ;  is  that  what  you  mean  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  917 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  it  is  a  fact  that  the  Commandant  of  the 
14th  Naval  District  had  no  planes  assigned  to  him  at  this  time. 

34.  General  Frank.  Well,  that  is  what  you  meant. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  a  fact.  I  don't  know  what  I  said.  I 
can't  recall. 

35.  General  Frank.  All  I  was  trying  to  do  is  to  straighten  out  the 
record. 

Admiral  Kjmmel.  I  see. 

36.  General  Frank.  So  that  we  don't  come  back  and  find  that  you 
made  a  misstatement. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  don't  want  to  make  a  misstatement  if 
1  can  help  it. 

37.  General  Frank.  You  see  what  I  am  trying  to  do? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  certainly.    Thank  you. 

38.  General  Frank.  Now,  when  you  read  this — how  is  that  identi- 
fied [indicating]? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  might  add  that,  as  the  Commandant  14th  Naval 
District  had  no  planes  assigned  to  him,  the  only  place  that  he  could 
get  planes  was  from  the  Fleet. 

39.  General  Frank.  Or  from 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Or  from  the  Army. 

40.  General  Frank.  Or  from  Washington,  having  the  Chief  of 
Naval  Operations  assign  him  planes? 

[1752]  Admiral  Kimmel,  Well,  again  I  am  trying  to  be  realistic, 
sir. 

41.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  He  made  his  best  efforts  to  obtain  planes  from 
Washington.  He  wrote  letter  after  letter  to  obtain  planes  from 
Washington. 

42.  General  Frank.  But  he  didn't  get  them? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  And  he  didn't  get  them. 

43.  General  Frank.  Now,  in  this  paper  that  General  Grunert  just 
read  is  the  statement : 

Regardless  of  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  fleet,  the  GHQ  Air  Force  retains 
responsibility  for  reconnaissance. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  didn't  make  any  such  statement  as  that.  That 
statement  is  made  in  Joint  Action  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  11)35,  as  of 
December  7,  1941,  and  if  you  get  a  copy  of  Joint  Action  of  the  Army 
and  Navy  you  will  find  it  in  there. 

44.  General  Frank.  It  was  just  read  out  of  this  paper  right  here 
[indicating]. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  was  taken  from  this  publication  here  [indi- 
cating].    Did  he  say  what  page  it  was?     I  don't  recall  myself. 

45.  General  Frank.  Page  3,  Paragraph  31  (f). 

There  would  seem  to  be  a  little  confusion  between  this  statement  and 
the  provision  in  this  agreement  that  was'inade  between  the  Army  and 
the  Navy  in  which  the  Navy  takes  over  responsibility  for  all  recon- 
naissance. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  The  agreements  arrived  at  in  Hawaii  were  an 
honest  and  energetic  effort  to  use  the  forces  available  to  [1753] 
the  best  advantage,  and  there  weren't  any  general  headquarters  Army 
aircraft  available  in  Hawaii,  and  we  knew  that  there  weren't  going 
to  be  all}'. 


918        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

46.  General  Frank.  I  am  just  trying  to  straighten  out  the  record. 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  sir;  I  understand. 

47.  General  Frank.  That  is  all  I  am  trying  to  do. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  am  too.     That  is  all  I  am  trying  to  do. 

48.  General  Frank.  And  this  statement  that  you  presented  gave 
this  impression  that  the  GHQ  Air  Force  was  responsible  for  recon- 
naissance irrespective  of  the  presence  of  the  fleet;  whereas  actually, 
as  a  result  of  this  agreement  that  was  made  between  the  Army  and 
the  Navy  in  Hawaii,  the  Commandant  14th  Naval  District,  under 
18  (i)  was  made  responsible  for  distant  reconnaissance. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes;  he  accepted  the  responsibility  for  distant 
reconnaissance,  because  he  couldn't  do  anything  else  and  be  sensible. 

49.  General  Frank.  All  right.     I  see. 

50.  General  Grunert.  Now  we  go  back  to  a  few  general  principles ; 
we  may  call  them  general  principles.  I  am  now  referring  to  the 
joint  Hawaiian  coastal  frontier  defense  plan.  It  appears  that  that 
plan  was  made  and  it  became  effective  when  signed,  but  was  not  to 
become  operative  until  something  happened.  I  want  to  read  to  you  a 
paragraph  from  that  plan  and  then  ask  you  a  question.  Paragraph 
15  says  "Forces."  Subparagraph  "c"  says,  "Overseas  reinforcements." 
Subparagraph         [17S4]  (2)  to  paragraph  c  is  as  folows : 

(Excerpt  from  Joint  Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan  is  as 
follows:) 

M-Day  is  tlie  first  day  of  mobilization,  and  is  the  time  origin  for  the  execution 
of  this  plan. 

In  other  words,  the  plan  was  not  to  be  executed  until  M-Day  had 
been  decided  upon. 
Then  it  goes  on : 

M-Day  may  precede  a  declaration  of  war.  As  a  precautionary  measure,  the 
War  and  Navy  Departments  may  initiate  or  put  into  effect  certain  features  of 
their  respective  plans  prior  to  M-Day.  Such  parts  of  this  plan  as  ai"e  believed 
necessary  will  be  put  into  effect  prior  to  M-Day  as  ordered  by  the  War  and 
Navy  Departments  or  as  mutually  agreed  upon  by  local  commanders. 

That  is  the  end  of  that  paragraph. 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  I  know  that. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Therefore,  parts  of  this  plan  could  have  been 
put  into  effect  prior  to  M-Day  had  the  local  commanders  so  agreed. 
Now,  in  that,  as  to  local  commanders,  what  is  your  interpretation  of 
what  "local  commanders"  means?  Does  that  mean  to  you  the  Com- 
manding General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  and  the  Commandant 
of  the  District?  Or  does  that  mean  you  and  the  Commanding  General 
of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  or  does  it  mean  both  combinations? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  feel  that  it  does  not  make  much  difference  what 
it  means. 

52.  General  Grunert.  This  is  mv  question.  My  next  question 
[17S5]         was  this : 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  will  answer.  I  am  perfectly  willing  to  answer 
that. 

53.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  Dis- 
trict and  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  if 
they  felt  that  they  should  put  into  effect  the  mobilization,  they  could 
have  recommended  it  to  me.     That  is,  the  Commandant,  14th  Naval 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  919 

District,  would  have  recommended  such  to  me ;  and  if  he  had  so  rec- 
ommended it  to  me,  I  would  have  referred  it  immediately  to  Wash- 
ington, We  were  in  communication  with  Washington.  Washington 
knew  much  more  about  this  situation  than  we  did.  They  were  the 
fountain  head  of  the  information,  and  if  any  action  looking  towards 
the  execution  of  this  plan  were  necessary,  it  appears  to  me  that  there 
is  no  question  but  what  Washington  should  have  taken  the  action. 

Now,  these  provisions  of  what  to  do  on  mobilization  and  what  mobi- 
lization meant  were  laid  down  in  the  basic  plans,  and  they  were  laid 
down  in  the  subsidiary  plans  which  went  to  the  execution  of  the  basic 
plans ;  and  I  venture  to  say  that,  had  we  put  into  effect  mobilization 
order  in  the  Pacific  at  any  time  during  the  year  that  I  was  in  com- 
mand, we  would  have  been  most  severely  criticized  by  Washington  for 
having  done  so  without  prior  reference  to  them,  and  they  would  have 
quite  promptly  pointed  out  that  you  can  get  an  answer  in  an  hour 
and  a  half  or  two  hours,  and  why  go  ahead  and  put  into  effect  a  plan 
like  this  when  you  are  in  direct  communication? 

54.  General  Frank.  Why?     What  would  that  have  done? 
[1756]         Admiral  Kimmel.  What  is  that? 

55.  General  Frank.  Why  should  you  not  have  done  it  ?  What  would 
have  been  the  result  to  which  Washington  would  have  objected? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  It  would  have  alarmed  the  population.  It  might 
have  been  considered  by  Japan  an  overt  act.  It  would  have  tended  to 
upset  the  Japanese-American  relations,  which  we  had  been  enjoined 
to  maintain  in  status  quo ;  and  it  would  have  required,  so  far  as  the 
Navy  is  concerned,  certain  movements  of  the  fleet  and  certain  action 
which  should  not  have  been  taken  without  reference  to  the  Depart- 
ment. 

56.  General  Frank.  In  Washington? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  In  Washington,  yes. 

57.  General  Grunert.  That  has  answered  the  next  question  I  had; 
but  now  I  have  one :  Was  there  ever  a  discussion  as  to  whether  or  not 
to  make  parts  of  this  plan  operative,  and  so  recommend  to  Wash- 
ington ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  In  this  2  CL-41  letter  which  deals  with  the  secur- 
ity of  the  Fleet  in  Pearl  Harbor  and  in  the  operating  areas  outside  of 
Pearl  Harbor  also,  we  prescribed  certain  security  measures  to  be  taken, 
and  they  were  placed  in  effect ;  and  at  the  time  or  prior  to  the  Japanese 
attack  the  ships  at  sea  in  the  operating  areas  were  operating  with  full 
security  measures.  Those  in  Pearl  Harbor  had  a  considerable  number 
of  them  in  effect,  but  not  so  much  as  in  the  operating  area,  because  in 
oiir  estimate  of  the  situation  (which,  incidentally,  we  revised  almost 
daily ;  I  meaji,  went  over  almost  daily,  in  accordance  with  the  intelli- 
gence information  which  we  received)  we  felt  that  if.  as  intimated  in 
the  dispatches  of  27  November,  [17571  if  the  Philippines  were 
attacked  or  if  Guam  were  attacked,  that  the  principal  assault  would 
be  there.  We  felt,  too,  that  it  was  quite  possible  that  we  would  have 
a  mass  submarine  attack  on  the  ships  in  the  operating  areas  and  off  the 
entrance  to  Pearl  Harbor.  Against  such  a  contingency  we  took  com- 
plete precautions. 

58.  General  Grunert.  Of  course.  Admiral,  this  Board  is  primarily 
interested  wherever  anything  touches  the  Army,  and  it  is  not  going 
into  the  naval  i^hases.    So  wliatever  you  have  to  say  we  will  be  glad 


920        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

to  hear,  but  if  it  isn't  exactly  pertinent  to  what  we  are  after  we  shall 
save  a  lot  of  time  and  tell  yon. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well.  I  am  sorry.    I  am  very  sorry. 

59.  General  Grunert.  So  these  plans  as  such  were  really  plans  to 
be  prepared  to  do  something,  but  nothing  could  really  be  done  except 
by  agreement  prior  to  the  time  M-Day  was  decided  upon  or  the  time 
something  hit.  That  is  why  my  question  here :  Was  there  no  time  prior 
to  December  7  where  things  appeared  imminent  to  the  respective 
Commanders  over  there  that  caused  them  to  want  to  implement  the 
plan,  even  if  they  had  to  apply  to  Washington  to  do  it? 

Admiral  Ki^imel.  Well,  t  think,  if  I  have  given  the  impression 
wliich  your  question  implies,  I  have  created  a  wrong  impression.  We 
(I,  speaking  for  myself)  would  have  had  no  hesitancy  in  placing  into 
effect  any  provision  of  the  plan  that  I  thought  necessary  to  put  into 
effect  prior  to  any  word  from  Washington;  and  had  I  considered  it 
necessary  to  place  into  effect  these  things,  I  would  have  done  so.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  [17S8]  we  did  actually  place  into  effect  some 
of  the  provisions  of  the  plan,  and  not  all  of  them,  but  I  think  that  the 
significance  of  this  paragraph  and  of  ordering  the  full  mobilization  is 
different  from  that,  and  the  full  mobilization  was  something  that  I 
would  not  have  ordered  without  reference  to  the  Navy  Department, 
but  any  specific  provisions  which  are  contained  in  these  plans  I  would 
not  have  hesitated  at  all  to  order,  and  did  not  hesitate  to  order,  as  I 
considered  necessary. 

60.  Genera]  Grunert.  Then  let  me  ask  this  question :  At  no  time 
up  to  December  7  did  you  consider  the  conditions  over  there  as  justi- 
fying you  in  asking  the  War  Department  to  declare  M-Day  in  exist- 
ence ? 

[17-59]  Admiral  Kimmel.  No,  I  did  not;  and  had  I  considered 
that  I  liad  information  wliich  the  Navy  Department  did  not  have,  or 
had  I  considered  that  the  information  which  it  supplied  to  me,  or  that 
the  information  which  had  been  supplied  to  me  from  any  source  de- 
manded that  M-Day  be  proclaimed,  I  would  have  so  recommended  to 
the  Navy  Department. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  any  particular  provisions  of 
this  joint  plan,  that  were  made  operative  by  agreement,  prior  to  De- 
cember 7,  generally  speaking? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  I  think  I  can  give  you  those.  Of  course,  I 
am  more  familiar  with  what  happened  in  the  Fleet,  with  what  I  did 
with  the  Fleet.  My  main  preoccupation  was  with  the  Pacific  Fleet 
and  not  with  the  defense  of  Hawaii. 

02.  General  Grunert.,  Then  what  you  told  me  relates  primarily  to 
tlie  Fleet? 

Admiral  Kt^imel.     Yes. 

63.  General  Grunert.  And  not  between  the  District  and  the  De- 
partment? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  yes;  correct. 

64.  General  Grunert.  Then  whatever  was  done  under  that  joint 
plan,  unless  it  was  brought  to  your  attention,  you  could  not  tell  us 
very  well  what  was  done  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  think  that's  true;  yes;  yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  921 

65.  General  Grunert.  Let  me  read  to  you,  or  refresh  your  mind 
about  a  paragraph  in  the  joint  action  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  chapter 
2,  paragraph  9  (b) ,  wliich  reads  as  follows: 

Operatious  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  will  be  coordinated  by  exercise  of  unity  of 
command  in  the  following  cases  : 

[17G0]        1.  When  ordered  by  the  President;  or, 

2.  When  provided  for  in  joint  agreements  between  the  Secretary  of  War  and 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy ;  or, 

3.  When  commanders  of  Army  and  Navy  forces  agree  that  the  situation  re- 
quires the  exercise  of  unity  of  command,  and  further  agree  as  to  the  service 
which  shall  exercise  such  command. 

Did  that  question  come  up  as  to  the  necessity  for  unity  of  command 
prior  to  anything  that  might  happen  in  the  future  ?  If  so,  was  it  dis- 
cussed and  ever  contemplated  that  the  commanders  over  there  would 
agree  on  unity  of  command? 

Admiral  Kimmel,  To  the  best  of  my  recollection.  General  Short 
and  I  never  discussed  the  question  of  unity  of  command.  We  had 
worked  out  a  formula  for  cooperation,  and  we  never  had  any  dis- 
agreement which  we  couldn't  resolve  amicably  and  to  the  satisfaction 
of  both  of  us.  I  think  neither  one  of  us  raised  a  question  of  unity  of 
command,  because,  as  you  know,  it  has  been  a  touchy  subject  in  the 
Army  and  Navy  for  many  years;  and  I  am  certain  that  had  either  one 
of  us  recommended  that  unity  of  command  be  placed  in  effect  in 
Hawaii  prior  to  the  Japanese  attack  it  would  not  have  been  done.  I 
think  you  gentlement  are  just  as  well  able  to  judge  that  as  I  am.  That 
is  merely  my  opinion.  In  any  event,  we  did  not  discuss  it,  and  made 
no  recommendations.    That,  I  can  state. 

66.  General  Grunekt.  The  Board  has  had  testimony  to  the  effect 
that,  had  there  been  unity  of  command  at  that  time,  it  would  probably 
have  improved  matters,  including  plans  and  agreements  under  plans, 
and  a  possible  decision  to  take  action  prior  to  December  7;  so  I  just 
wanted  to  get  your  reaction  as  [1761]  to  that  question  of  unity 
of  command. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  would  like  to  add  one  thing  to  that.  Unity  of 
command  in  the  field  isn't  going  to  be  truly  effective  as  long  as  the  com- 
manders are  receiving  their  orders  from  different  sources.  It  will 
help. 

67.  General  Frank.  Had  you  and  General  Short,  prior  to  December 
7,  come  to  an  agi-eement  to  have  installed  a  unity-of -command  basis 
out  there,  from  whom  would  that  single  head  have  received  his  orders 
in  Washington  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  The  President,  I  presume.  There  is  no  other 
agency  that  could  give  the  orders  to  both  of  them.  I  think  you  gentle- 
men can  answer  that  just  as  well  as  I  can. 

68.  General  Geunert.  Now,  as  to  deficiency  of  means  to  implement 
the  plans  that  existed,  can  you  generally  give  the  Board  an  idea  of  what 
deficiency  in  such  means  there  was,  as  far  as  the  Navy  was  concerned, 
that  would  prevent  this  plan  from  having  the  best  results  when  any- 
thing happened?    Not  in  detail,  but  just  generally. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  the  primary  deficiency  in  Hawaii  was  in 
aircraft;  and  next  to  aircraft,  both  Army  and  Navy,  it  was  in  the 
antiaircraft  guns,  means  for  repelling  air  raids.    My  recollection  is 


922        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEAKL  HAKBOR  ATTACK 

that  we  had,  on  December  7,  1941,  12  B-17  bombers  in  the  ishmds,  and 
we  had  81  patrol  planes  in  the  islands,  altogether.  I  may  be  wrong 
in  detail,  but  this  is  a  general  picture  that  I  think  I  can  give  you.  Of 
the  12  B-l7s,  six  of  them  were  in  operating  condition,  six  had  been 
stripped  and  were  inoperative. 

69.  General  Frank.  Stripped  for  parts? 

Admiral  Kimmfx.  Stripped  of  parts — and  you  know  why — to  send 
the  ones  to  the  Philippines  by  the  ferry.  Of  the  81  [1762]  pa- 
trol planes,  12  of  them  were  up  at  Midway,  12  of  them  had  just 
leturned  from  an  extensive  covering  operation,  escorting  the  task 
force  which  went  to  Wake,  We  had  had  a  great  many  difficulties 
with  new  planes — patrol  planes,  I  am  talking  about — so  I  think  it  is 
fair  to  say  that  we  had  in  the  neighborhood  of  50  planes,  between  50 
and  60  planes,  over-all.  Army  and  Navy,  fit  for  distant  reconnaissance 
or  for  an  attack  on  a  task  force.    That  is,  based  on  Hawaii,  now. 

70.  General  Grunert.  What  should  you  have  had,  to  be  reasonably 
prepared  for  stich  work  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  There  was  an  allowance  established  of  108  patrol 
planes  for  the  Navy,  for  the  District,  and  about  180,  as  I  remember  it, 
for  the  Fleet.  In  other  words,  about  270  planes.  Maybe  my  arithmetic 
is  bad,  there — 270  or  280  planes,  of  the  15,000-plane  program,  and 
plans  were  to  assign  that  many  patrol  planes. 

71.  General  Frank.  As  a  metter  of  fact,  there  was  a  plan  worked 
out  which  stated  that  number  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 

72.  General  Frank.  Or,  rather,  it  stated  the  number  required. 
Admiral  Kimmel.  It  stated  the  number  required,  and  it  was  in  the 

neighborhood  of  270  planes,  all  told,  including  the  108  for  the  District. 
Also,  the  Army  expected  to  get,  I  think  it  was,  200  B-17  bombers  out 
there.  Now,  had  those  planes  arrived,  they  would  have  been  in  fairly 
good  shape  not  only  to  provide  a  searching  force  but  to  provide  a 
striking  force;  which  is  just  as  important  as  a  searching  force;  and 
it  is  very  difficult  to  accomplish  anything  from  the  surface  ships 
against  an  airplane  attack,  and  that  was  very  well  recognized,  and 
has  been  [1763]  proved  over  and  over  again  in  this  war.  We 
had  three  aircraft  carriers  which  could  be  used  for  this  purpose,  sup- 
ported by  the  fleet,  of  course ;  other  elements  of  the  fleet.  I  am  speak- 
ing now  particularly  of  what  did  happen  in  an  aircraft  raid  against 
Pearl  Harbor.  Of  these  three  carriers,  one  of  them  was  on  the  coast 
getting  some  repairs,  and  was  going  to  ferry  some  planes  out  from 
San  Diego;  one  of  them  was  returning  from  Wake,  having  discharged 
some  Marine  fighters  at  Wake;  and  one  of  them  was  about  400  miles 
southeast  of  Midway,  ferrying  some  planes  up  to  Midway.  They  were 
not  badly  placed  in  case  of  an  attack,  as  it  worked  out,  provided  we 
had  had  sufficient  planes  left  on  Oahu  to  do  the  job  of  locating  the 
enemy. 

There  has  been  some  misconception,  I  think,  about  the  question  of 
distant  reconnaissance  with  surface  vessels.  I  think  it  is  generally 
accepted  that  proper  reconnaissance  against  aircraft  attack  requires 
that  the  patrol  planes  run  out  to  about  800  miles  from  Oahu,  around 
a  360  degree  arc,  if  you  want  a  full  coverage,  and  this  will  take  about 
84  planes,  assuming  a  15-mile  visibility,  for  one  day.  Now,  the  pe- 
riphery of  that  800-mile  circle  is  some  5,000  miles,  and  to  put  ships  30 
miles  apart,  you  can  divide  30  into  5,000  and  get  the  number  of  ships 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  923 

that  it  would  be  necessary  to  place  out  there  on  that  periphery.  We 
didn't  have  enough  ships  to  do  any  such  stuff  as  that. 

Furthermore,  had  they  been  placed  on  the  periphery,  it  would  not 
have  been  effective,  because  all  the  enemy  had  to  do  was  to  run  by 
them  at  night  and  get  inside  the  line ;  and  then  you  would  have  nothing 
to  back  them  up,  because  we  didn't  have  any  more  ships.  I  just  wanted 
to  dispose  of  that  as  being  too  absurd  to  even  think  of.  So  we  had 
left,  as  the  only  means  of  [-?7'(?4]  locating  an  enemy,  planes, 
searching  planes,  and,  of  course,  radar. 

And  in  addition  to  the  shortage  in  planes — you  asked  me  about 
that — while  I  do  not  carry  the  figures  in  my  head,  my  impression  is 
that  the  Army  had  about  one-third  of  the  anti-aircraft  guns  that  the 
Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District,  after  a  study,  considered 
necessary. 

73.  General  Grttnert.  Of  course,  we  like  to  have  100  per  cent  of 
anything,  but  we  never  get  to  100  per  cent. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  no;  that  is  true. 

74.  General  Grunert.  But  that  brings  up  this  question:  Was  that 
which  you  had  used  to  its  capacity  and  to  its  limits,  or  was  it  not  pos- 
sible to  use  what  you  had  for  certain  protection  without  getting  a 
360-degree  protection  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Certainly;  it  admits  of  no  argument  that  if 
you  send  out  one  plane  to  800  miles,  you  have  covered  something,  but 
I  have  given  you,  up  to  the  present,  only  a  part  of  the  picture.  These 
were  the  forces  available.  That  was  the  question  that  I  was  trying 
to  cover. 

Now,  there  are  many  other  considerations.  The  principal  one  that 
arises  at  once  is  the  question  of  personnel,  the  necessity  for  training 
personnel,  from  the  fact  that  certainly  the  Navy  was  training  per- 
sonnel and  shipping  them  back  to  the  States,  that  we  were  constantly 
getting  new  personnel.  That  intensive  training  program  was  essential 
if  we  were  not  to  have  a  fleet  that  was  utterly  impotent.  I  have  been 
informed,  and  I  believe  firmly,  that  the  Army  had  just  as  many 
troubles  as  we  had,  if  not  more.  They  brought  pilots  out  there  that 
needed  training,  and  they  were  depleting  their  trained  airmen  of  all 
ratings.  [J765]  and  in  the  weeks  immediately  preceding  the 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor,  the  primary  effort  for  their  Hawaiian  Air 
Force,  I  think  it  is  fair  to  say,  was  in  ferrying  planes  to  the  Asiatic 
station,  and  they  very  greatly  depleted  their  stuff. 

75.  General  Grunert.  To  what  extent,  if  you  know,  was  General 
Short,  as  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  familiar 
with  what  j^ou  are  telling  us? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  With  what? 

76.  General  Grunert.  To  what  extent  was  he  familiar  with  condi- 
tions that  existed  in  the  Navy,  which  would  affect  his  defense?  In 
other  words,  what  did  he  know  about  what  you  are  telling  us? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  he  knew  it  all.  I  think  he  knew  every- 
thing about  it;  and,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  as  a  part  of  our  daily  work 
down  there,  the  available  aircraft  were  reported  each  day  to  the  Army,^ 
and  the  Army  reported  their  available  aircraft  to  the  Navy.  I  mean 
the  ones  based  on  shore  at  Hawaii.  That  is,  so  far  as  the  aircraft  was 
concerned.  I  think  that  in  our  various  conversations — and  we  had 
many  and  extended  conA^ersations  on  all  phasfes  of  the  business — we 
covered  practically  everything  that  I  can  think  of. 


924        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

77.  General  Grunert.  Now,  we  take  the  other  side  of  the  picture. 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Of  course,  you  know  the  difficulties,  when  you 

assume  somebody  knows  something,  and  you  don't  mention  it — and 
we  all  do  that — but  I  don't  think  there  was  much  of  that,  if  any. 

78.  General  Grunert.  Taking  the  other  side  of  the  picture,  how 
well  were  you  informed  as  to  the  Army's  deficiencies  for  [1766^ 
a  proper  defense  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  I  was  very  well  informed. 

79.  General  Grunert.  Was  your  staff  well  informed  about  details? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Generally  speaking,  yes;  I  think  they  were.     It 

is  fair  to  say  that  they  were  well  informed.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I 
reported  in  a  dispatch  to  the  Navy  Department,  in  the  week  before 
Pearl  Harbor — I  have  got  it  here,  somewhere  or  other — that  there 
were  just  6  B-17  bombers  that  were  capable  of  flying,  in  Hawaii.  I 
know  I  was  familiar  with  that,  because  I  reported  it.  I  know,  too, 
that  I  was  quite  familiar  with  the  pursuit  strength  out  there;  and  this 
proposal  from  the  War  and  Navy  Departments,  supplied  to  General 
Short  by  the  War  Department  and  to  me  by  the  Navy  Department,  to 
relieve  Marine  units  with  Army  units,  both  aircraft  and  troops,  out 
on  the  islands,  brought  up  in  considerable  detail  what  we  actually  did 
have  there  at  the  time;  and,  incidentally,  there  was  a  case  where  Gen- 
eral Short  got  certain  instructions,  and  I  got  certain  instructions,  and 
we  didn't  know  exactly  what  they  wanted  us  to  do;  but  we  ironed  it 
out,  and  there  was  no  disagreement  betwixt  us  when  we  did  iron  it 
out. 

80.  General  Grunert.  I  think  the  Board  is  pretty  well  informed  on 
the  actual  conditions  regarding  materiel,  personnel,  and  so  forth,  that 
existed  at  the  time. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  All  right,  sir. 

81.  General  Grunert.  I  would  like  next  to  develop  the  phase  of 
what  I  call  "intelligence",  or  information;  and  before  we  go  into 
that,  I  think  it  would  be  well  to  take  about  a  5-minute  recess. 

(Brief  recess.) 

[1767]  82.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  want  to  add  something, 
Aclmiral? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  wanted  to  say,  in  regard  to  the  conditions  that 
existed  in  Hawaii  with  reference  to  defense,  that  in  January  of  1941, 
early  January,  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District  submitted 
to  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Admiral  Richardson,  a  letter  pointing 
out  what  he  considered  deficiencies  in  Army  and  Navy  means  for  the 
defense  of  Oahu.  The  Commander-in-Chief,  Admiral  Richardson, 
sent  that  in  with  a  forwarding  letter.  This  letter,  I  believe,  was  the 
basis  of  the  letter  which  the  Navy  Department  drew  up  and  sent  to 
the  War  Department,  pointing  out  the  deficiencies  in  Hawaii,  as  to 
defense,  and  the  Secretary  of  War  wrote  an  answering  letter,  to  the 
Navy  Department,  in  which  he  recognized  these  deficiencies  and  stated 
that  the  remedying  of  them  was  given  top  priority.  All  those  letters 
I  presume  you  have. 

83.  General  Grunert.  We  have  them.  We  have  also  had  testimony 
on  them.  But  the  only  new  thing,  or  which  appeared  to  be  new,  in 
what  3^ou  said,  is  that  the  letter  was  based  on  Richardson's  report. 
We  did  not  know  just  what  it  was  based  on. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  925 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes;  it  was  based  on  Ricluu'dson's  report;  and  I 
believe  that  Herron  knew  all  about  it  and  approved  what  Richardson 
was  doing,  and  he  sent  in  a  parallel  recommendation  himself. 

84.  General  Grunert.  That  brings  up  a  point  in  the  Roberts  Com- 
mission report.  You  testified  as  to  an  inspection  you  made  of  the 
I'earl  Harbor  defenses  in  February  of  1941,  in  which  you  stated  that 
you  were  astounded  at  the  then  existing  weaknesses,  and  that  you 
pointed  out  the  inadequacy  of  the  antiaircraft  guns,  the  obsolescence 
of  land-based  aircraft,  and  the  lack  of  air-  [1768]  craft  de- 
tectors. As  far  as  that  is  concerned,  did  you  communicate  your  views 
on  that  subject  to  General  Short  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  there  is  no  question  about  that.  If  you 
mean  in  writing  and  formally,  no.  If  you  mean  in  conversations,  yes ; 
and  he  thoroughly  agreed  with  me. 

85.  General  Grunert.  During  the  time  from  that  inspection  in 
February,  1941,  up  to,  we  will  say,  the  latter  part  of  November,  1941, 
did  3'ou  know  what  corrective  action  was  taken?  Did  you  notice  any 
improvement  in  what  you  had  found  before  that? 

Admiral  Ivimmel.  Yes.  Roughly,  at  the  time  I  made  that  statement 
which  you  have  referred  to,  the  Army  had  no  modern  planes  in  Hawaii 
at  all,  none. 

80.  General  Grunert.  That  was  in  February  of  1941  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.  The  antiaircraft  guns  were  even  fewer 
than  they  Were  on  December  7,  1941.  In  the  spring  we  made  two  trips 
with  airplane  carriers  to  bring  pursuit  planes  for  the  Army  to  Hawaii. 
I  think  it  was  two  trips ;  it  may  have  been  more.  I  knew  by  December 
7.  1941,  that  they  had  approximatel}^  100  effective  pursuit  planes  in 
the  islands.  So  that  was  an  increase  from  zero  to  100.  In  that  same 
time  they  had  as  high  as  27  B-17  bombers  out  there.  I  followed  this 
very  closely  because  I  was  very  much  interested  in  it;  and  as  I  have 
previously  testified,  you  know  we  had  just  six  effective  ones  on  Decem- 
l;er  7th.  They  had  a  number  of  other  planes  in  the  Army  at  that  time, 
that  is,  B-18's  and  A-20's,  as  I  recall  it.  At  any  rate,  I  was  informed 
that  they  were  practically  useless  for  offensive  work,  and  they  were  so 
short  that  they  could  not  get  anywhere  at  sea,  anyway. 

87.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  go  into  that.  Did  you  know  of 
[17(10]  the  presence  of  a  Japanese  task  force  in  the  Marshall 
Islands,  in  the  vicinity  of  Jaluit,  between  November  27th  and  30th? 
If  so,  was  this  information  transmitted  to  General  Short? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  We  had  radio  intelligence,  as  I  recall,  of  prob- 
ably one  or  two  Japanese  carriers  in  the  Marshalls.  Along  within 
this  period — I  do  not  remember  the  exact  date,  but  it  was  only  a  few 
days  before  the  attack — we  also  had  information  b}^  which  we  thought 
we  could  place  with  reasonable  accuracy  all  the  Japanese  carriers. 
I  do  not  recall  all  the  details,  but  I  went  over  this  daily  with  my 
intelligence  ofiicer,  with  my  war  plans  officer,  and  with  my  Chief  of 
Stuff,  and  we  made  a  re-estimate  based  on  the  new  intelligence  and 
took  whatever  action  we  thought  was  necessary.  Practically  every 
time  that  General  Short  came  to  my  headquarters,  which  was  on  an 
average  of  two  or  three  times  a  week  throughout  the  time  I  was  out 
there,  I  called  in  the  intelligence  officer.  I  had  a  great  wall  map  in 
my  office,  and  he  gave  us  a  little  lecture  on  what  the  latest  intelli- 


926        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

gence  was.  That  was  done  during  the  week  of  the  27th  of  November 
to  7  December,  and  we  had  a  report  from  the  Navy  Department  dated 
1  December,  1941,  wliich  phiced  the  Japanese  carriers,  the  major  part 
of  them,  in  the  home  waters.  I  think  I  can  read  you  from  this  report, 
if  I  may. 

88.  General  Grunert.  Yes.     We  would  like  to  hear  it. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  This  is  the  Fortnightly  Summary  of  Current 
International  Situations  issued  by  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Naval 
Relations,  Office  of  Naval  Intelligence,  Washington,  and  dated  De- 
cember 1,  1941.  It  is  signed  by  T.  S.  Wilkinson,  Director  of  Naval 
Intelligence.  The  portion  which  I  am  about  to  read  is  on  page  9, 
sub-paragraph  C,  ''The  Japanese  Naval  Situa-         [1770]         tion." 

(Portion  of  Fortnightly  Summary  of  Current  International  Sit- 
uations is  as  follows :) 

Deployment  of  naval  forces  to  the  southward  has  indicated  clearly  that 
extensive  preparations  are  underway  for  hostilities.  At  the  same  time  troop 
transports  and  freighters  are  pouring  continually  down  from  Japan  and  north- 
ern China  coast  ports  headed  south,  apparently  for  French  Indo-China  and 
Formosan  ports.  Present  movements  to  the  south  appear  to  be  carried  out 
by  small  individual  units,  but  the  organization  of  an  extensive  task  force, 
not  definitely  indicated,  will  probably  take  sharper  form  in  the  next  few  days. 
To  date,  this  task  force,  under  the  Command  of  the  Commander  in  Chief  Second 
Fleet,  appears  to  be  subdivided  into  two  major  task  groups,  one  gradually  con- 
centrating oft  the  Southeast  Asiatic  coast,  the  other  in  the  Mandates.  Each 
constitutes  a  strong  striking  force  of  heavy  and  light  cruisers,  units  of  the 
Combined  Air  Force,  destroyer  and  submarine  squadrons.  Although  one  divi- 
sion of  battleships  may  also  be  assigned,  the  major  capital  ship  strength  remains 
in  home  waters,  as  well  as  the  greatest  portion  of  the  carriers. 

The  equipment  being  cari-ied  south  is  a  vast  assortment  including  landing 
boats  in  considerable  numbers.  Activity  in  the  Mandates,  under  naval  control, 
consists  not  only  of  large  reinforcements  of  personnel,  aircraft,  munitions  but 
also  of  construction  material  with  yard  workmen,  engineers,  etc. 

In  addition  to  that,  of  course,  there  was  a  radio  intercept  unit  to 
obtain  combat  intelligence  in  the  14th  Naval  District,  [1771] 
directly  under  the  command  of  the  Commandant,  14th  Naval  District, 
and  they  reported  to  me  what  they  obtained.  There  was  another 
unit,  the  principal  one,  out  in  Manila,  in  the  16th  Naval  District,  and 
a  unit  in  the  Navy  Department. 

89.  General  Frank.  In  Washington. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.  In  Washington.  These  three  units  with 
their  intercepts  and  summaries  of  information  exchanged  informa- 
tion, and  generally  the  Navy  Department  made  up  a  summary  and 
sent  it  out.  of  their  estimate,  after  having  received  the  other  two. 

During  this  period  the  Navy  Department  directed  the  Commandant, 
16th  Naval  District,  to  prepare  the  summaries,  and  gave  more  weight 
to  the  16th  District  than  to  the  14th  District.  We  of  course  got  all 
those  and,  generally  speaking,  they  confirmed  what  was  in  this  sum- 
mary of  December  1st.  We  had  no  reason  to  believe,  from  any  intelli- 
gence we  had,  that  the  Japanese  were  going  to  make  any  air  attack 
on  Pearl  Harbor,  or  even  that  any  attack  was  going  to  be  made  on 
Pearl  Harbor.  Wliile  we  had  received  these  messages,  all  of  our  in- 
formation taken  together  resulted  in  the  action  that  we  took,  and 
there  was  no  disagreement  as  to  wliat  we  felt  about  the  situation. 

90.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  believe  that  General  Short  was  kept 
generally  informed  of  all  that  you  have  told  us^ 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  927 

91.  General  Grunert.  Was  this  stuff  all  highly  secret  ? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  yes.    This  stuff  was  highly  secret;  and  these 

secret  matters  about  the  enemy — we  did  not  have  any  secrets  from 
Short  himself. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  judge  what  to  give  General  Short, 
[1772]         or  did  you  give  him  practically  everything? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  gave  him  everything.  I  did  not  tell  him  any- 
thing about  our  plans  for  operation  overseas.  I  gave  him  all  the 
information  which  I  thought  would  help  him  in  the  defense  of  Oahu. 

93.  General  Frank.  How  did  you  give  him  that  information  ? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Mostly  by  word  of  mouth,  because  that  seems  to 

me  to  be  the  safest  way. 

94.  General  Frank.  You  gave  it  to  him  yourself? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  gave  it  to  him  and,  as  I  have  told  you,  by  the 
lectures  in  my  office ;  and  his  staff  officers  consulted  with  mine.  So 
far  as  the  fleet  plans  of  what  we  proposed  to  do  were  concerned,  fol- 
lowing the  principle  that  the  fewer  people  that  know  about  any  oper- 
ations, the  better  off  you  are,  he  was  not  directly  concerned  and  I  did 
not  tell  him  about  those,  and  he  did  not  inquire. 

95.  General  Grunert.  Skipping  down  to  a  question  that  I  had  in 
mind  to  ask,  he  probably  had  no  definite  interest  in  your  plans  as 
far  as  your  responsibilities  were  concerned,  except  inasmuch  as  it 
might  have  affected  his? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right. 

96.  General  Grunert.  When  the  task  forces  left  Pearl  Harbor  to  go 
out  into  areas  to  either  maneuver  or  for  any  special  task  which  would 
probably  cover  some  of  the  area  that  would  worry  him  for  fear  of 
an  attack  coming  from  that  particular  direction,  was  he  informed 
generally  about  these  task  forces  and  where  they  were? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 

97.  General  Grunert.  But  these  task  forces  did  not  do  what  we 
[1773]  call  distant  reconnaissance  for  the  defense  of  the  islands, 
did  they? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  It  is  a  fact  that  wherever  they  were  and  what- 
ever they  did  covered  the  areas,  and  to  that  extent  it  was  reconnais- 
sance. The  ENTERPRISE,  under  Admiral  Halsey,  went  to  Wake 
and  was  covered  by  aircraft  all  the  way  out,  or  patrol  squadrons,  in 
addition  to  scouting  of  their  own,  and  they  cut  a  swath  across  there, 
which  was,  in  effect,  a  reconnaissance. 

98.  General  Frank.  It  was  incidental  to  the  operation  of  the  task 
force,  however  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 

99.  General  Grunert.  Primarily  reconnaissance  for  submarines,  for 
their  own  protection? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No.  When  Admiral  Halsey  went  to  Wake  we 
did  not  know  what  was  going  to  happen  to  him.  Wake  w'as  a  consid- 
erable distance.  Patrol  planes  were  not  a  great  deal  of  protection 
against  submarines,  and  he  did  not  bother  about  submarines  particu- 
larly, because  he  had  an  escort  of  9  destroyers  around  his  three  cruisers 
and  aircraft  carrier.  He  was  looking  for  bigger  game  than  sub- 
marines. 


928        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

100.  General  Grunert.  You  evidently  had  some  suspicion,  if  you 
sent  a  task  force  like  that,  that  was  well  able  to  take  care  of  itself. 
You  thought  they  might  run  into  something? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes ;  we  thought  they  might  run  into  something. 
We  were  taking  all  precautions,  always. 

101.  Genera]  Grunert.  But  you  did  not  think  that  that  something 
might  come  as  far  as  Hawaii,  or  attempt  to  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel..  Based  on  the  messages  we  had  and  our  inter- 
pretation of  the  messages  and  the  information  we  had,  we  felt 
[1774^]  that  they  would  not  come  to  Hawaii.  Otherwise  w^e  would 
have  done  something  somewhat  different.  Wake,  you  know,  is  2,000 
miles  to  the  westward. 

102.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  your  combat  intelligence 
had  told  you  that  there  was  this  force  in  the  Marshalls? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  my  recollection  at  the  present  time.  I 
cannot  be  sure  of  that. 

103.  General  Frank.  Which  would  put  it  in  the  vicinity  of  Jaluit. 
That  force,  in  your  estimate  of  the  situation,  was  supposed  to  consist 
of  some  submarines  and  aircraft  carriers.    Did  not  that  disturb  you  ^ 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes;  but  we  watched  that  very  closely. 

104.  General  Frank.  It  disappeared,  did  it  not,  about  Decem- 
ber 1st? 

Admiral  Kim^iel.  No  :  I  do  not  think  so ;  not  as  I  recall  it. 

105.  General  Frank.  I  think  we  have  some  testimony  before  the 
Board  that  it  went  on  radio  silence  and  disappeared.  If  you  w^ere 
conversant  with  that,  did  not  that  cause  you  some  concern? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  yes.  But  you  must  realize  that  in  radio  in- 
telligence you  cannot  locate  every  ship  every  day.  Throughout  the 
year  in  which  I  was  in  command  and  conversant  daily  with  the  situa- 
tion units  would  disappear  for  four  or  five  or  six  days,  and  then  they 
would  come  back  again.    That  was  something  to  be  expected. 

106.  General  Frank.  What  is  your  explanation,  to  your  own  mind, 
of  the  reason  for  the  presence  of  this  Jap  force  at  Jaluit? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  thought  they  were  taking  supplies  of  various 
kinds  down  there,  planes,  all  manner  of  things,  and  deploying.  I 
thought  they  were  going  to  make  an  attack  in  south-  [1775'] 
east  Asia  and  that  they  were  looking  to  see  that  they  were  not  going 
to  be  interfered  with. 

107.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  how  you  felt  with  respect 
to  the  possibility  of  a  Japanese  attack  on  the  Hawaiian  Islands  at 
this  time? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  after  reading  all  the  messages  and  getting 
all  the  information  it  boiled  down  to  an  estimate  by  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment that  the  Japanese  were  on  the  move,  and  they  included  as  possible 
points  of  attack  the  Philippines  and  Guam.  Of  course,  Guam  would 
have  fallen  at  once. 

108.  General  Frank.  This  estimate  was  by  the  Navy  Department 
in  Washington  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  the  message  wdiich  came.  It  mentioned 
several  places.     Let  me  read  the  message  to  you. 

109.  General  Grunert.  The  message  of  November  27th  started 
out: 

Consider  this  dispatch  a  war  warning. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  929 

Admiral  Kimmel  (reading)  : 

The  negotiations  with  Japan  in  an  effort  to  stabilize  conditions  in  the  Pacific 
have  ended.  Japan  is  expected  to  make  an  aggressive  move  within  the  next 
few  days.  An  ampliibious  expedition  against  eitlier  the  Pliilippines,  Thai  or 
Kra  Peninsula,  or  possibly  Borneo,  is  indicated  by  the  number  and  equipment 
(if  Japanese  troops  and  the  organization  of  their  naval  task  forces.  You  will 
execute  a  defensive  deployment  in  preparation  for  carrying  out  the  tasks  assigned 
in  WPL  46  only.  Guam,  Samoa,  and  Continental  districts  have  been  directed  to 
take  appropriate  measures  against  sabotage.  A  similar  warning  is  being  sent 
by  the  War  Department.  Inform  naval  district  and  Army  authorities.  British 
to  be  informed  by  Spenavo. 

[1776']         The  first  sentence  is : 

This  dispatch  is  to  be  considered  a  war  warning. 

Everytliing  else  in  this  dispatch  is  a  characterization  of  that  first 
sentence,  and  it  laid  down  in  considerable  detail  where  they  expected 
the  attack — that  and  succeeding-  messages  which  told  of  scouting 
on  the  Indo-China  coast,  the  proposal  to  transfer  planes  and  personnel 
to  relieve  troops  on  the  Islands,  and  numerous  other  actions  by  the 
War  and  Na\\y  Departments,  including  the  stress  on  sabotage,  guard- 
ing against  sabotage  in  Oahu.  It  all  led  us  to  believe  that  the  attack 
would  probably  be  down  in  southeast  Asia;  that  if  they  did  attack 
the  United  States,  it  would  be  in  the  Philippines ;  and  if  such  an  attack 
were  made  in  the  Philippines  it  might  be  accompanied  by  some  sub- 
marines in  the  area. 

I  have  said  that  some  time  ago.  I  have  tried  to  repeat  just  what  I 
said  before. 

[1777]  110.  General  Frank.  What  I  was  after  was  an  explana- 
tion of  how  you  arrived  at  a  state  of  mind  that  led  you  to  believe  that 
you  were  at  that  time  secure  against  a  Jap  attack  in  Hawaii. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  have  tried  to  tell  you. 

111.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  might  add  that  the  decisions  I  made  were  my 
own.  They  were  made  after  consultation  with  my  staff  and  with  my 
senior  assistants,  the  senior  commanders,  those  that  were  present; 
and  that  I  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  General  Short  disagreed 
with  any  of  these  decisions  or  the  conclusions. 

112.  General  Frank.  The  Army  was  sending  planes,  B-lTs,  into 
Honolulu  from  time  to  time  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  sir. 

113.  General  Frank.  What  was  happening  to  them? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  you  ought  to  get  that  from  the  Army,  but 
I  can  tell  you  as  well  as  I  know.     I  am  perfectly  willing  to  do  so. 

114.  General  Frank.  They  were  being  sent — 
Admiral  Kimmel.  You  are  talking  now  of  the  B-l7s  ? 

115.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  The  B-17s  were  being  transported  to  the  Philip- 
pines, and  they  were  going  to  the  Philippines  by  way  of  Oahu,  Mid- 
way, Wake,  Port  Moresby,  and  Manila. 

116.  General  Frank.  Did  the  fact  that  those  planes  were  going 
elsewhere  and  were  not  building  up  the  force  in  Hawaii  lead  you  to 
any  frame  of  mind  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Tlie  conclusion  was  inescapable  that,  if  [1778] 
the  War  Department  liatl  had  any  real  belief  that  Hawaii  was  going  to 
be  attacked,  they  would  not  have  denuded  them  of  B-17. 


930        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

117.  General  Grunert.  I  want  to  go  back  to  a  little  background  on 
information  which  might  or  might  not  have  influenced  the  state  of  mind 
early  in  1941.  Were  you  advised  of  the  report  of  the  United  States 
Ambassador  to  Japan  by  telegram  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  on 
January  27,  '41  (as  contained  in  "Foreign  Relations  of  the  United 
States;  Japan  1931-41,"  Vol.  II,  Department  of  State,  Washington) 
reading  as  follows : 

(Report  of  United  Stales  Ambassador  to  Japan  (Grew)  is  as 
follows :) 

"The  Ambassador  in  Japan  (Cfrew)  to  the  Secretary  of  Navy 

(Paraphrase) 

Tokyo  January  27,  'Jfl — 6  p.  m. 
(Received  January  27,  '41 — 6:38  p.  m.) 
A  member  of  the  Embassy  was  told  by  [name  omitted]  colleague  that  from' 
many  quarters,  including  a  Japanese  one,  he  had  heard  that  a  surprise  mass 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  was  planned  by  the  Japanese  military  forces,  in  case  of 
"trouble"  between  .Japan  and  the  United  States ;  that  the  attack  would  involve 
the  use  of  all  the  Japanese  military  facilities.  My  colleagues  said  that  he  was 
prompted  to  pass  this  on  because  it  had  come  to  him  from  many  sources,  although 
the  plan  seemed  fantastic. 

(Signed)  Grew. 

Did  you  in  1941  know  anything  about  that  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  I  had  the  substance  of  that  sent  to 
[1779]  me.  It  arrived  out  there  in,  oh,  I  imagine  somewhere  in 
February  of  1941,  and  it  was  sent  by  a  subordinate  in  the  Navy  De- 
partment in  a  routine  manner.  There  was  no  stress  laid  on  it,  and 
certainly  if  the  Navy  Department  and  the  War  Department  took  that 
seriously  they  didn't  take  the  action  to  meet  the  attack  that  they  could 
well  have  taken. 

118.  General  Grunert.  I  think  you  have  covered  the  question  of 
cooperation  quite  well,  unless  some  member  of  the  Board  wants  to 
ask  questions  on  the  question  of  cooperation ;  but  I  want  to  bring  it 
down  to,  say,  two  primary  messages.  One  was  this  message  you  have 
just  referred  to  which  starts  out,  "Consider  this  a  war  warning,"  and 
the  other  was  the  Army  message  which  apparently  was  sent  as  the  same 
information  passed  to  the  Army  as  was  passed  to  the  Navy,  although 
the  two  messages  were  worded  entirely  diJfferent. 

Do  you  recall  whether  or  not  you  had  a  conference  on  those  messages 
with  General  Short? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  received  the  message  of  27  November  from  the 
Navy  Department  in  the  afternoon  in  Hawaii,  and  I  immediately  sent 
that  message :  gave  it  to  my  intelligence  officer  and  departed  from  the 
usual  routine  in  order  to  get  it  to  General  Short. 

119.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  your  intelligence  officer? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Commander  Layton. 

120.  General  Grunert.  Layton  ? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  L-a-y-t-o-n. 

And  departed  from  the  usual  routine  in  delivering  it  in  order  to  get 
it  to  him  promptly.  He  was  in  the  office,  [1780]  brought  the 
message  into  the  office  to  me.  And  while  he  was  still  in  there  General 
Short  sent  me  the  message  which  he  had  received  from  the  War  De- 
partment on  the  subject.  I  read  it  and  gave  him  back  the  message.  I 
didn't  keep  a  copy  of  his  message.  As  I  recall  it,  I  got  the  message 
from  the  Navy  Department  the  next  day,  which  repeated,  as  you  say, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  AKMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  931 

the  substance  of  the  message  which  liad  ah-eady  been  delivered  to 
General  Short.  I  knew  that  General  Short  had  been  directed  to  make 
his  report  to  the  War  Department  of  the  dispositions  he  had  taken, 
and  I  knew  that  he  had  made  sncli  a  report. 

On  succeeding  daj's,  the  28tli — I  don't  get  the  dates ;  I  have  them  in 
here  somewhere  (indicating  papers) — we  had  a  meeting  and  we  dis- 
cussed everj^thing  that  had  to  do  with  these  messages.  We  did  dis- 
cuss all  phases  of  the  situation  and  the  steps  that  we  should  take.  The 
discussion  of  the  transfer  of  Army  units  to  the  islands  involved  in  itself 
a  discussion  of  the  Japanese  situation  and  what  measures  we  should 
take,  not  only  in  Hawaii  but  in  the  islands. 

121.  General  Frank.  You  mean  the  Philip])ine  Islands? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  No,  no.     We  were  talking  about  the  outlying 

islands  when  I  spoke  of  the  islands. 

122.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  might  clarify  it  here.  The  islands  that  I  re- 
ferred to  were  ^Midway,  Wake,  Johnston,  Palmyra,  Canton,  and  Christ 
mas,  and  even  down  in — we  were  talking  about  Noumea  and  New 
Caledonia  and  Fiji  and  also  Samoa;  and  how  you  can  discuss  move- 
ments of  the  troops  to  these  islands  witliout  discussing  the  Japanese 
situation  is  beyond  me.  It  couldn't  be  done,  and  we  did  discuss  that 
and  every  phase  of  it  and  the  [1781]  warnings  that  we  had 
received. 

I  don't  know  what  else  you  asked  for. 

123.  General  Grunert.  That  covers  it. 
xldmiral  Kimmel.  What  else? 

124.  General  Grunert.  That  covers  my  question  as  to  what  confer- 
ence you  had  and  what  was  discussed. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Does  that  cover  tlie  question? 

125.  General  Grunert.*  Yes. 

Now,  in  that  discussion  you  understood,  then,  that  the  Army  was 
going  on  Alert  1,  for  sabotage? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  knew  the  Army  was  on  a  sabotage  alert,  yes. 

126.  General  Grunert.  And  under  the  circumstances  did  you  con- 
sider that  sufficient  so  that  that  would  give  you  the  jirotection  that  you 
needed  while  your  shijis  were  in  the  harbor? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  in  the  absence  of  an  air  raid,  yes. 

127.  General  Grunert.  And  evidently  if  you  and  General  Sliort 
were  satisfied  with  the  Army  and  tlie  measures  taken,  tlien  there  must 
have  been  a  frame  of  mind  that  there  would  be  no  air  raid  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  that  is  right. 

128.  General  Grunert.  So  everything  seems  to  be  j^redicated  on 
that  frame  of  mind  and  the  reasoning  and  the  conclusions  reached  as  to 
what  might  happen. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  correct. 

129.  General  Grunert.  Now,  then,  of  course-  we  know  what  did 
happen;  but,  had  it  been  in  your  mind  that  an- air  raid  might  be  pos- 
sible, then  that  alert  would  not  have  been  sufficient. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  In  addition  to  what  you  have  just  stated.  T  knew 
that  General  Short  had  reported  to  the  War  Department  the  [1782] 
measures  he  had  taken.  I  had  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  War 
Department,  who  had  much  more  information  or  was  in  a  position  to 
have  more  information  than  we  had,  was  satisfied  with  what  he  had 

79716 — 4(3 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 10 


932        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

done,  and  that  went  to  add  another  reason  why  we  thought  that  what 
we  liad  done  was  all  right. 

130.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  ordea'  to  make  sure  about  this  ques- 
tion of  cooperation  between  the  Commanders  oA^er  there,  'I  want  to  ask 
you  an  impertinent  question. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  shall  try  to  answer  it. 

131.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  a  fact  that  you  and  General  Short 
mutually,  whilst  maintaining  the  utmost  in  cordial  personal  relation- 
ship, felt  such  a  delicacy  as  to  interest  in  one  another's  affairs  that 
neither  of  you  really  got  down  to  the  details  of  your  respective  respon- 
sibilities and  inquired  into  each  other's  business,  so  that  there  was  a 
lack  of  true  teamwork  and  cooperation  based  upon  definite  factual 
knowledge  of  exactly  what  was  happening? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That's  a  mouthful.  1  will  answer  that  this  way. 
I  served  for  a  great  many  years  in  the  Navy.  One  of  the  things  that 
I  had  observed  was  the  lack  of  cooperation  betwixt  the  Army  and  the 
Navy  in  the  various  theaters  that  I  had  served.  I  was  Chief  of  Staff 
with  Admiral  Tom  Craven  when  he  was  Commander  of  the  battleships 
of  the  battle  force,  and  he  made  every  effort  he  could  at  that  time  to  get 
some  joint  exercises  on  the  West  Coast,  to  get  some  joint  exercises  in 
the  Canal  Zone,  and  to  get  a  joint  exercise  in  Hawaii,  and  he  was 
unsuccessful  at  every  turn. 

We  went  on  a  problem  into  Pearl  Harbor,  I  think  it  was  in  '35, 
spring  of  '35,  winter  and  early  spring  of  '35,  and  we  [17S3]  ar- 
rived off  the  entrance  along  in  the  middle  of  the  night  and  steamed 
up  and  down  in  front  of  that  harbor  awaiting  an  entrance  plan; 
and  during  the  course  of  the  night  the  Army  turned  searchlights  on 
us.  They  were  friendly,  you  see;  we  were  entering  our  own  port. 
They  exposed  us  to  the  enemy. 

So  Admiral  Craven  got  ahold  of  the  Commanding  General  and 
twitted  him  with  this  business  about  how  he  had  turned  the  search- 
lights on  them.  The  Commanding  General  said  he  didn't  know  we 
were  coming  in,  didn't  know  anything  about  it;  and  then  he  went 
to  our  Commander-in-Chief  and  he  spoke  to  him  about  it.  He  said, 
"It  is  none  of  the  Army's  business  when  we  come  in." 

I  knew  all  this,  and  when  I  took  command  of  the  Fleet  I  decided 
I  was  going  to  cultivate  friendly  relations  with  General  Short  and 
to  exchange  information  fully  and  freely  with  him. 

He  came  to  Honolulu  a  few  days  ahead  of  time  and  lived  in  a 
house  out  in  town,  and  I  went  out  in  civilian  clothes,  and  while  he 
was  still  in  civilian  clothes,  and  called  on  him,  and  I  told  him  then 
that  I  wanted  to  cooperate  and  do  everything  we  could  together.  In 
that  and  succeeding  conferences  I  took  up  the  question  of  cooperation 
and  coordination  of  our  effort  in  Hawaii. 

General  Short  responded  as  a  man  should,  and  our  relations  were 
always  cordial,  and  we  discussed  all  matters  that  had  to  do  with  a 
defense  of  Hawaii  fully,  frankly,  and  completely.  To  be  sure,  he 
did  not  inquire  as  to  the  organizations  that  I  had  in  the  ships,  and 
I  did  not  inquire  as  to  the  organization  of  his  troops  on  shore.  That 
was  his  job.  He  knew  more  about  [iT'^-l]  that  than  I  did, 
on  the  one  hand,  and  I  thought  I  knew  more  about  the  other  than 
he  did,  and  it  was  not  where  our  paths  crossed. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  933 

I  fool  that  I  was  very  well  infoniied  as  to  the  rondition  of  the 
defense  of  Hawaii  as  far  as  the  Army  was  concerned,  and  I  think 
he  was  very  well  informed  as  to  the  Navy,  It  was  a  question  of 
details  that  I  knew  nothing  about,  and  many  details  in  the  naval 
service  are  left  to  subordinates.     I  had  to  trust  them,  and  did. 

I  think  that  constitutes  an  answer  to  your  question. 

Is  that  an  answer  to  your  question  ? 

132.  General  Grunert.  That  is  an  answer. 

Did  that  same  cordiality  of  cooperation  extend  down  tlirough  the 
staffs,  as  far  as  you  know  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  I  think  it  did.     I  am  sure  it  did. 

133.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  ever  any  discussion  or  question 
as  to  the  necessity  of  getting  the  staffs  physically  together  with  a 
view  toward  furthering  each  other's  interests? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  they  were  physically  together,  and  they 
were  on  the  ends  of  telephone  lines  which  they  used  freely  and 
frequently. 

134.  General  Grunert.  Then,  no  such  idea  existed  as,  "Well,  hell, 
that's  their  business.  Although  it  affects  my  responsibility,  that's 
their  business.     Therefore  I  won't  inquire  into  it"? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No;  I  think  less  than  in  any  place  I  have  ever 
seen.  And  there  was  a  certain  courtesy  which  goes  with  all  relations 
and  must  be  maintained,  and  I  think  it  was  maintained. 

[17S5]  You  ask  about  that.  I  think  it  would  be  of  interest  to 
you  to  have  an  account  of  cooperation  in  training  radar  crews. 

135.  General  Grunert.  I  was  coming  to  it  next. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  We  had  radar  in  four  of  five  ships  out  there.  It 
was  brand-new  in  the  Navy,  but  we  got  it  a  little  before  the  Army  got 
it  on  shore ;  and  immediately  we  got  it  we  told  the  Army  about  it ;  and 
they,  knowing  that  they  were  going  to  get  radar,  wanted  to  put  some 
men  on  the  ships  to  send  them  to  sea  so  that  they  could  see  radar  op- 
erated and  learn  how  to  operate  it,  take  lessons  in  it.  For  weeks  there 
we  had  Army  personnel  on  every  ship  that  was  equipped  with  radar, 
every  time  they  left  the  harbor,  and  most  of  the  time  while  they  were  in 
port  too,  and  they  learned  a  great  deal  about  the  only  equipment  of  that 
kind  that  was  available  in  the  Islands. 

Subsequently  the  Army  obtained  their  radar,  and  along  in  August  of 
'41  I  had  a  letter  from  General  Short  in  which  he  thanked  me  for  the 
cooperation  given  him  by  letting  his  men  go  on  the  ships,  and  saying 
that  he  expected  to  have  his  radar  in  operation  very  shortly. 

About  the  same  time  he  wrote  to  me  asking  that  I  detail  a  liaison 
officer  for  radar.  I  replied  to  his  letter  and  detailed  my  communica- 
tion officer.  Commander  Curts,  and  told  him  he  would  be  available 
for  consultation  at  all  times  and  liaison,  and  that  was  the  last  request 
I  had  for  any  liaison  officer  to  be  detailed  to  General  Short. 

Subsequently  a  Lieutenant  Taylor — W.  E.  C.  Taylor  I  think  his  name 
is — came  to  the  Fleet,  and  he  was  a  naval  reserve  officer  and  he  had  been 
in  the  Marines,  in  the  British  Navy,  British  Air  Force,  had  quite  a 
career.  At  any  rate,  he  knew  [1786]  something  about  the 
operation  of  radar,  and  I  think  he  knew  more  about  the  reception  in 
the  plane  than  he  did  about  anything  else.  At  any  rate,  the  Army 
asked  us  to  let  him  come  over  there  and  advise  them.    General  Martin 


934        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

requested  it,  as  I  remember,  and  so  I  sent  him  over  on  verbal  orders 
to  do  anything  he  could  to  help.  He  worked  \\itli  the  Army  in  an 
advisory  capacity  in  trying  to  get  their  information  center — I  think 
that  is  what  they  called  it — working  over  thei'e. 

Of  course  I  didn't  follow  his  activities  in  detail,  but  I  have  since 
been  informed  that  he  did  do  considerable  to  assist  the  Army,  and  on 
24  November  he  submitted  a  report  to  the  responsible  Army  people, 
the  Colonels  in  the  information  center,  and  I  believe  he  stated  that 
he  had  given  a  copy  of  his  report  to  my  operations  officer.  I  had  never 
seen  it  until  just  the  other  day.  It  was  quite  a  good  report.  I  do  not 
know  how  sound  the  recommendations  were,  but  he  covered  the  situa- 
tion very  well,  and  it  was  his  views  on  the  situation. 

I  cite  those  things  to  show  how  we  tried  to  work  together  and  how 
we  did  exchange  information. 

Now,  of  course,  any  liaison  officer  required  in  the  information  center 
should  have  been  supplied  by  the  Commandant,  14th  Naval  District, 
rather  than  by  the  Commander-in-Chief.  That  was  his  function,  to 
see  that  that  was  done,  and  my  information,  which  I  have  no  way  of 
checking — at  least  I  haven't  checked — was  that  no  specific  request  had 
been  received  for  the  detail  of  liaison  officers  up  to  December  7. 

13G.  General  Grunert.  That  was  insofar  as  tlie  information  center 
of  the  air  warning  service  was  concerned? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right. 

[1787]  137.  General  Grunert.  But  I  believe  that  the  Com- 
mandant of  the  14th  Naval  District  did  have  a  Lieutenant  Burr  as  a 
liaison  officer  with  the  opei'ations  section  of  the  General  Staff,  did  he 
not? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  yes.  I  was  talking  merely  of  the  aircraft 
warning. 

138.  General  Frank.  A.  W.  S. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Now,  all  of  my  i-emarks  there  should  be  restricted 
to  the  aircraft  warning  service. 

139.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Admiral  Kijimel.  And  I  do  not  know  of  my  own  knowledge  A^•hat 
the  Connnandant,  14th  Naval  District,  did,  but  tliat  is  what  I  have 
been  informed. 

140.  General  Grunert.  As  to  this  liaison  officer,  Lieutenant  Burr, 
with  what  we  call  the  G-3,  which  corresponds  to  your  Operations: 
was  he  considered  both  as  liaison  officer  for  you  and  the  14th  Naval 
District,  or  just  for  the  14th  Naval  District  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  would  say  that  he  was  the  liaison  officer  for  the 
14th  Naval  District  primarily. 

141.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  And  I  think  that  you  should  understand  that 
the  ordinary  and  most  of  the  contacts  betwixt  the  Army  and  Navy  in 
Hawaii  were  headed  up  as  between  General  Short  and  Admiral  Bloch  : 
that  is,  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District  and  the  Com- 
mander of  the  Hawaiian  Department.  The  Connnander-in-Chief  was, 
theoretically  at  least,  a  bird  of  passage,  and  it  was  a  fortuitous  circum- 
stance that  I  went  ashore  at  all.  The  only  reason  I  went  asliore  was 
that  I  could  [1788]  not  house  an  adequate  staff  on  board  the 
ships,  any  ship  without  practically  demcjbilizing  it.  My  communica- 
tion was  much  better  when  I  w^ent  on  shore  than  it  was  on  a  ship,  and 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  935 

I  had  much  freer  coinmuiiication.     Every  tmie  I  cut  loose  on  the  ship 
it  would  lay  it  open  to  location  by  the  radio  direction  finders. 

That  and  various  other  considerations  led  to  my  going  on  shore. 
It  was  inevitable  that  while  I  was  on  shore  certain  of  the  decisions 
that  had  to  be  made  as  betwixt  the  Army  and  the  Na\'y  would  neces- 
sarily have  to  be  referred  to  me.  At  practicall}^  every  conference  that 
I  conducted  or  that  I  attended  with  General  Short,  Admiral  Bloch  was 
))resent,  and  Admiral  Bloch  was  primarily  concerned  with  carrying 
out  the  decisions  made  there. 

142.  (leneral  Grunert.  What  ])rompted  that  question  about  Lieu- 
tenant Burr  as  liaison  officer  was  something  that  came  up  in  some 
former  testimony  to  the  effect  that  that  liaison  officer  was  suposed  to 
transmit  everything  to  the  Navy  that  went  on  about  the  Army  in 
which  the  Navy  was  interested. 

[17<S9]  Admiral  Kimmel,.  Well,  of  course,  in  the  set-up.  Ad- 
miral Bloch  was  responsil)le  for  keeping  me  informed  of  all  his  deal- 
ings with  the  Connnander  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  in  which  he 
thought  I  would  have  any  interest  or  that  it  w^ould  be  necessary  for 
me  to  know.  There  were  a  great  many  things  that  he  did  witii  the 
Commander  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  that  he  never  told  me 
anything  about,  quite  properly  to. 

143.  General  Grunp:rt.  Let  us  go  forward  with  the  intercepting 
command;  and  we  included  as  one  of  its  functions  the  Air  Warning 
Service.  I  want  to  find  out  from  you  just  what  you  know  about  that 
in  the  latter  part  of  November  and  early  in  December,  and  what  you 
thought  of  it  as  to  its  status  and  its  ability  to  operate. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  at  the  time,  I  thought  the  aircraft  warn- 
ing service  of  the  Army  was  probably  somewhat  better  than  it  later 
proved  to  be.  I  knew  that  in  the  drills  that  we  had  conducted  they  had 
been  quite  successful  in  following  the  planes,  and  I  recall  that  General 
Short,  on  one  occasion,  told  me  that  he  thought  he  could  give  us  a 
coverage  up  to  150  miles  and  probably  to  200  miles.  This  was  just 
conversation.  I  didn't  inquire  too  closely  into  it,  because  that  was 
quite  satisfactory  to  me;  and  if  he  could  do  that,  that  was,  I  thought, 
doing  pretty  well. 

I  knew  that  they  were  standing  watches  in  the  aircraft  warning 
center  to  the  limit  of  their  personnel  and  equipment;  and  I  knew  that, 
even  though  I  think  now  I  had  somewhat  overestimated  the  capacity 
of  it,  I  knew  it  was  far  from  perfect  and  far  from  a  finished  product ; 
but  it  was  all  we  had,  and  I  believed  they  were  doing  the  very  best  they 
could  with  it. 

[1790]  144.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  they  were  "stand- 
ing watch,"  as  you  call  it,  only  from  4  a.  m.  to  7  a.  m.,  ancl  that  that  was 
only  for  practice  purposes? 

Admiral  Kimmee.  In  detail,  I  didn't  know^  just  the  hours  that  they 
were  standing  watch.  The  aircraft  warning  service  was  manned  dur- 
ing most  of  the  day.     I  had  been  informed  of  that. 

145.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  the  impression  that  it  was  manned 
most  of  the  da}^  just  for  training  purposes,  or  for  actual,  effective 
operation? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  thought  wdiile  it  w^as  manned  it  was  effec- 
tive.    Now,  so  far  as  effective  operation  is  concerned,  the  aircraft  warn- 


936        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

ing  service,  I  knew  and  everybody  else  knew,  was  in  a  state  of  infancy, 
and  we  couldn't  expect  too  much  of  it, 

146.  General  Frank.  You  knew  that? 
Admiral  KiMMEL.  Oh,  yes.     Why,  of  course ! 

147.  General  Frank.  You  knew  that  it  had  not  been  formally 
activated  to  the  point  of  where  they  were  providing  full-hour  service  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  knew  that  on  the  many  drills  that  we 
had  had,  they  had  manned  this  center,  and  sent  out  a  lot  of  informa- 
tion and  drill  messages  of  various  kinds. 

148.  General  Frank.  Did  you  realize  that,  for  them  to  have  been 
operative,  it  would  have  been  necessary  for  several  different  agencies 
like  the  Navy  and  the  Civilian  Defense  and  others  to  have  had  people 
on  duty  all  the  time  at  the  information  center  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  I  was  talking  about  radar;  and  the  in- 
formation center,  while  it  is  a  part  of  the  system,  it  is  [179J'\ 
not  radar,  but  the  information  center  is  to  use  the  radar  information 
that  is  obtained. 

149.  General  Frank.  That  is  right;  but  it  all  has  to  be  integrated 
into  a  system,  for  any  part  of  it  to  be  successful? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  it  can  be  partially  successful,  even  when  it 
is  only  partially  integrated.  For  instance,  if  a  young  man  on  the 
radar  calls  up  and  says  he  has  got  planes  at  such  and  such  a  place, 
that  in  itself  is  some  information  to  him.  Now,  I  agree  thoroughly 
that  to  be  fully  effective  it  must  be  fully  and  completely  manned. 

150.  General  F^ank.  Yes.     You  realize  that  it  was  not? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  yes;  but  the  radar  was  different  from  the 

information  center. 

151.  General  Frank.  Yes,  I  know.  We  are  fully  conversant  with 
that. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  I  know.  I  just  want  to  clarify  my  position, 
that  is  all. 

152.  General  Frank.  When  did  General  Short  make  the  state- 
ment that  he  could  give  coverage  up  to  150  miles  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  I  don't  know.  I  couldn't  give  you  that  by 
line  and  date,  to  save  my  life. 

153.  General  Grunert.  Knowing  what  you  did  about  radar  and  the 
information  center,  did  you  feel  that,  on  December  7,  that  had  let 
you  down  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Of  course,  I  knew  nothing  about  the  receipt  of 
any  inform atiton  at  all  in  the  Army  radar,  until  the  Tuesday,  I  think 
it  was,  following  the  attack;  and  when  I  found  out  that  they  had 
known  where  these  planes  came  from  and  located  within  rather  nar- 
row limits  the  attacking  force [1792]         yes,  I  felt  let  down, 

because  that  was  the  information  we  wanted  above  everything  else. 
I  have  been  informed  that  the  Navy,  Admiral  Bellinger,  and  Captain 
Logan  Ramsey,  called  the  Army  information  center  several  times 
each,  during  this  attack  of  December  7,  and  asked  them  if  they  had 
been  able  to  locate  the  direction  from  which  these  planes  had  come, 
and  to  which  they  returned ;  and  each  time  they  were  informed  they 
couldn't  get  anything. 

Then,  when  this  information  was  reconstructed  two  days  later,  we 
felt  that  it  was  unfortunate  that  we  had  not  had  that  information 
available. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  937 

154.  General  Gkunkrt.  I  have  one  more  (luestion,  then  T  w  ill  turn 
you  over  to  one  of  the  other  nienibers,  to  piece  out. 

It  appears  that  one  Raymond  Coll,  editor  of  a  Hawaiian  newspaper, 
was  quoted  by  a  Washington  newspaper  shortly  after  the  submission 
of  the  Roberts  Commission's  report,  on  January  1^4,  1942,  as  having 
said,  in  substance : 

General  Short  and  Admiral  KLmmel  had  made  clear  by  their  utterances  before 
December  7  the  probability  and  imminence  of  a  Japanese  attack  at  an  early 
date. 

Is  there  any  basis  of  fact  for  that  statement  ? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  No. 

155.  General  Grunekt.  As  far  as  you  remember? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  As  far  as  I  remember,  no  newspaperman  quoted 
me  to  any  such  effect.  In  any  event,  I  did  not  make  any  such  state- 
ment. Now,  the  only  possible  basis  that  he  could  have  had  for  such 
a  statement  was  a  speech  which  I  made  at  the  Chamber  of  Connnerce 
meeting — that  is,  as  far  as  I  am  concerned — at  the  Royal  Hawaiian 
Hotel,  and  I  indicated  certain  measures  [179^]  that  they 
could  take  in  the  islands  which  would  improve  things  considerably, 
from  our  standpoint ;  and  I  forget  the  exact  term.  I  think  it  was 
along  the  lines  of  ''You  might  even  have  an  attack,  here."  That  was 
the  sentiment.  Other  than  that,  I  don't  know  of  anything.  And 
that  was  made  in  September,  not  in  November. 

156.  General  Grunert.  General  Russell,  or  General  Frank? 

157.  General  Russell.  I  think  you  have  explored  most  of  it,  Ad- 
miral. There  are  tMO  or  three  details.  In  discussing  the  aircraft 
available  to  the  Army  and  Navy,  early  in  your  testimony,  I  do  not 
recall  any  mention  which  you  made  of  the  aircraft  that  were  on  the 
carriers.  We  have  had  testimony  to  the  effect  that  the  ENTER- 
PRISE and  the  LEXINGTON  had  a  complement  of  aircraft  con- 
sisting of  some  83  planes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  correct.  They  were  shy.  They  were 
short  of  torpedo  planes,  and  they  were  short  of  fighter  planes — every 
one  of  our  carriers. 

158.  General  Russell.  Let  us  count  what  we  had. 
Admiral  Kimmel.  All  right. 

159.  General  Russeli..  I  believe  we  had  83  planes  on  each  of  those 
carriers? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Something  of  that  kind. 

160.  General  Russell.  What  type  of  planes  were  they? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  They  were  fighters  and  torpedo  bombers.     I 

think  that  is  all — and  scouts,  yes — dive  bombers,  fighters,  and  torpedo 
bombers;  that  is  right,  isn't  it? 

161.  General  Russell.  To  what  extent  were  they  effective  as  recon- 
naissance planes? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  To  a  very  limited  extent,  probably  a  \^179Jf\ 
maximum  of  300  miles,  Halsey  told  me  that  he  could  send  his  planes 
out  to  300  miles. 

162.  General  Grunert.  And  have  them  come  back? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  And  have  them  come  back.  I  said,  "How  far 
have  you  sent  them?"'  He  said,  "I  have  never  sent  them  ofut  more 
than  200."     That  was  long  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor.     As  to  distant 


938        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

reconnaissance,  there  was  nothing  in  those  carriers  which  was  capable 
of  distant  reconnaissance. 

163.  General  Russell.  They  could  have  a  maxinnnn  total  flight,' 
then,  of  from  400  to  600  miles'? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  When  they  were  armed  and  ready  for  action. 

164.  General  Russell.  Well,  were  they  armed  and  ready  for  action 
on  these  carriers,  prior  to  December  7? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  3'es;  Halsey  had  them  all  armed  and  ready 
for  action. 

165.  General  Russell.  So  this  was  a  reconnaissance  force  which 
we  did  not  mention  earlier?  This  was  a  reconnaissance  means  that 
you  did  not  mention  earlier  in  the  testimony? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No,  it  wasn't  a  reconnaissance  means.  That  is 
just  what  I  have  said. 

166.  General  Russell.  They  could  go  out  200  miles,  and  look,  and 
come  back? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  well,  yes,  sir;  that  is  true;  but  I  mean  as 
bearing  on  the  subject  of  distant  reconnaissance  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands.     They  were  practically  useless  for  that. 

167.  General  Russell.  What  aircraft  was  being  used  by  these  task 
forces  for  reconnaissance,  for  their  protection? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Those.  Those  were  the  aircraft  that  were  used 
for  reconnaissance  for  their  protection. 

I  / 7,9 J]  168.  General  Russell.  Then  that  left  some  50  aircraft 
based  on  Oahu  available  for  reconnaissance  from  those  bases? 

Admiral  Kimmell.  Yes — loi>g-range  aircraft;  that  is  right.  Now, 
I  think  I  should  make  it  clear  that  the  aircraft  based  on  the  car- 
riers were  not  in  fact  available  for  reconnaissance,  and  to  stick  an 
aircraft  carrier  out  into  an  area  where  you  were  expecting  an  attack 
of  this  kind  as  a  reconnaissance  force  was  just  suicidal. 

169.  General  Russell.  Let  us  go  back  to  the  question,  then  that 
was  answered  a  while  ago,  and  that  seems  to  be  departed  from,  now. 
What  aircraft  was  used  by  these  task  forces  that  went  on  to  INIidway 
and  Wake  and  those  other  islands,  for  the  reconnaissance  which  was 
conducted  by  the  task  forces  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  The  aircraft,  as  you  framed  the  question,  were 
those  that  were  on  the  carriers ;  but  in  addition  to  the  reconnaissance 
conducted  by  the  aircraft  on  the  cai-riers,  we  had  the  long-range 
patrol  planes  operating  and  covering  the  areas  that  they  were  travers- 
ing on  the  way  out  and  back,  and  basing  on  Pearl  Harbor,  Johnston, 
Midway,  and  Wake. 

170.  General  Russell.  That  clears  it  up,  for  the  first  time. 
Now,  we  had  testimony  here  about  some  marine  planes. 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 

171.  General  Russell.  That  is,  as  distinguished  from  the  categories 
that  you  have  already  described. 

Admiral  Kimmel."  They  w^ere  the  Marine  Expeditionary  planes. 

172.  General  Russell.  What  was  their  reconnaissance  capacity? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  They  were  about  equal  to  the  planes  that  go 

onto  ships — the  same  thing,  the  same  kind  of  planes  that  go  onto 
the  ship,  the  scout  dive-bombers. 

[J796']  173.  General  Russell.  In  answer  to  a  question  by  Gen- 
eral Grunert,  or  General  Frank,  you  stated  that,  once  having  located 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   AHAIY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  939 

the  task  force  in  the  mandated  islands — and  I  am  not  sure  that  you 
confined  that  answer  to  the  Marshall  Islands — you  watched  it  rather 
closely.    What  means  did  you  employ  to  watch  it? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  the  radio  interception;  that  is  all  we  had. 
Well,  I  said,  "radio  interception,  that  is  all  we  had" — I  am  not  now 
and  never  have  been  familiar  with  all  the  means  available  to  the 
Navy  Department  in  Washington. 

174.  General  Russell.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Admiral,  if  that  Jap- 
anese task  force  was  in  the  Marshalls,  it  was  some  400  or  500  miles 
south  of  one  of  our  positions — I  believe.  Wake  Island — was  it  not? 

Admiral  Koiimel.  About  GOO  miles,  something  like  that. 

175.  General  Russell.  About  600  miles  from  Wake? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  if  you  locate  the  task  force  at  Jaluit,  it  is 
considerably  more  than  GOO  miles. 

176.  General  Russell.  It  would  be  100  or  200  miles  farther? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes:  that  is  right. 

177.  General  Russell.  In  other  w^ords,  the  situation  was  that  we 
actually  discovered  carriers  at  Jaluit,  and  we  had  an  operating  base 
600  or  700  miles  away  from  there?  '  . 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right;  that  is  right. 

178.  General  Russell.  And  it  came  to  pass  that,  if  this  Japanese 
task  force  left  Jaluit,  it  traveled,  by  this  route,  or  by  Wake,  for  some 
2,000  miles,  and  launched  their  air  attack  on  Hawaii? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 

179.  General  Grunert.  I  think  the  upper  one  of  those  maps  will 
YOU  show  you  the  location  of  Jaluit. 

\1797]  x\.dmiral  Kimmel.  Here  is  Wake,  here  is  Jaluit,  and  there 
is  Hawaii.     This  is  not  a  scale  map,  but  it  gives  you  the  general  idea. 

ISO.  General  Russell.  Now,  while  we  are  looking  at  the  map,  we 
had  forces  on  Wake,  and  we  had  forces  at  Midwaj^,  and  we  had  forces 
at  Johnston  ?  ,  .  ;  :  , 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right. 

181.  General  Russell.  Let  us  assume,  now,  that  the  Japanese  task 
force  from  which  the  carrier  aircraft  w^ere  launched  reached  a  point 
1?)5  miles  north  of  Oahu,  and  launclied  their  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 
Then  they  had  to  make  their  way  through  the  open  sea,  through  these 
outposts  of  ours,  for  a  distance  of  approximately  2200  miles,  to  reach 
that  point  from  which  to  launch  their  aircraft? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  More  than  that,  if  they  were  going  to  the  north- 
ward— and  that's  where  the  Army  says  they  found  them — consider- 
ably more  than  that.  I  have  no  idea  that  they  came  inside  of  the  800- 
mile  circle,  when  they  were  going  up  there,  until  they  got  ready  to 
come  in. 

In  other  words.  General,  I  cannot  prove  it,  but  I  believe  now  that 
the  carriers  that  took  part  in  that  attack  came  from  Japan,  they  didn't 
come  from  the  Marshalls,  at  all ;  and  I  have  felt  that  the  most  probable 
direction  of  the  attack,  after  it  had  taken  place,  was  from  the  north- 
ward ;  and  there  are  many  reasons  for  that — many  reasons  for  that. 
You  have  given  a  good  many  of  them,  already,  yourself — that  is,  the 
outlying  islands,  and  the  fear  of  discovery  if  they  came  in  from  the 
south. 

182.  General  Rltssell.  They  had  to  pass  through  whatever  screen 
of  reconnaissance  was  set  up  by  our  installations  ? 


940        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[1798']         Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right. 

183.  General  Russell.  That  is,  on  the  islands  we  have  named ;  and 
by  the  barriers  of  tlie  task  forces  that  moved  back  and  forth  to  these 
outlying  islands  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right.     That  is  correct. 

184.  General  Russell.  And  you  regard  that  as  one  of  the  prin- 
cipal reasons  why  they  came  from  some  other  place? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  right.  Now,  my  estimate  at  the  time 
was,  it  was  northward.  I  got  information  that  they  were  to  the  south, 
which  later  I  think  proved  to  be  wrong.  "Bill"  Halsey  was  in  the 
operating  area  at  the  time — and  he  is  good;  always  has  been — he 
thought  they  would  come  from  the  south ;  but,  there  you  are  !  I  think, 
though,  now,  they  didn't. 

185.  General  Russell.  Let  me  ask  you  this :  Is  it  true  or  not  that 
there  was  considerable  activity  of  hostile  submarines  in  and  around 
the  Hawaiian  Islands  on  tlie  7th  of  December,  and  two  or  three  days 
thereafter  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes,  yes. 

186.  General  Russell.  If  it  were  brought  to  your  attention  and  you 
were  convinced  that  the  commander  of  that  submarine  force  which 
operated  in  that  area  was  located  down  in  the  Marshalls,  would  that 
influence  your  thinking  as  to  where  the  carriers  came  from? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No. 

187.  General  Russell.  Not  at  all  ? 

Admiral  Kim3iel.  No,  no.  Those  two  forces  could  assemble  in 
that  area,  coming  from  different  directions,  and  could  have  arrived 
at  specified  points,  or  to  be  at  the  specified  points  at  the  time  of  the 
attack,  and  then  operate  from  that  on ;  and  [1799]  there  is  no 
particular  evidence  to  show  as  to  where  the  submarines  came  from. 
They  could  have  come  from  any  direction.  When  I  say  "any  direc- 
tion," they  could  have  come  either  from  Japan  or  from  the  Mandates. 

188.  General  Russell.  About  what  was  the  speed  of  these  carriers 
of  the  Japanese  Navy  at  that  time? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  I  think  the  best  of  them,  about  27  knots. 

189.  General  Russell.  That  is  approximately  30  miles  ? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  A  little  over;  adding  %,  31  or  32  miles,  or  14. 

190.  General  Russell.  Could  they  average  that  over  a  considerable 
period  of  time  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  I  think  so,  long  enough  to  make  a  24-hour 
dash,  or  something  of  that  kind. 

191.  General  Russell.  If  they  came  from  Japan,  they  would  have 
been  on  the  open  sea  for  about  a  week,  would  they  not? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Oh,  I  estimated — and  this  was  all  part  of  it — 
if  they  came  from  Japan,  they  had  to  start  at  least  two  weeks,  maybe 
longer,  because  when  they  made  the  attack,  they  had  to  be  full  of 
fuel,  and  they  had  to  fuel  at  sea  before  they  made  the  attack;  and 
fueling  at  sea  at  that  time  of  year  and  in  those  latitudes  was  a  pretty 
difficult  proposition ;  and  I  don't  think  that  they  came  there  and  made 
an  attack  when  they  were  empty  of  fuel,  as  they  would  have  been  after 
coming  all  the  way  from  Japan;  and  therefore  these  fellows  must 
have  started,  oh,  I  would  say  at  least  two  weeks  beforehand,  consider- 
ing all  the  things  that  I  think  they  had  to  do. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  941 

192.  General  Russell.  If  they  had  come  out  of  the  Marshalls, 
[JSOO]  How  lono;  before  that  would  they  have  had  to  start,  to 
have  made  that  attack  on  December  7  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  it  is  about  3500  miles  from  Japan  to  Oahu. 
From  the  Marshalls  to  Oahu  approaching  Oahu  from  the  north  and 
skirtino-  the  800-mile  circle,  it  would  be  about  3,000  miles.  Those  are 
offhand  estimates.  You  see  what  I  mean  by  skirting,  do  you  not? 
They  would  have  to  keep  out  of  the  Oahu  800-mile  circle. 

193.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  this  testimony  has  been  given  on 
this  question — and  it  is  a  matter  of  opinion 

Admiral  Koimel.  A  good  many  of  these  things  are. 

194.  General  Russell.  Yes,  sir;  we  have  gotten  opinions  both  from 
Army  and  Navy  personnel. 

If  four  Japanese  carriers,  each  with  a  complement  of  50  or  60  planes, 
or  a  total  of  from  200  to  250  planes,  reached  a  point  from  which  an 
attack  on  Honolulu  could  have  been  launched,  say  125  to  150  miles  out ; 
having  150  to  200  aircraft  available  for  that  attack;  do  you  believe 
that,  with  the  defensive  means  available  to  the  Army  and  Navy  at 
Pearl  Harbor  on  that  day  defense  could  have  been  set  up  which  would 
have  been  completely  successful  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No,  I  think  that  every  bit  of  evidence  in  the 
war  indicates  that,  once  an  aircraft  attack  is  launched,  it  is  never 
stopped.     I  mean  an  attack  in  force,  like  that. 

195.  General  Frank.  A  determined  attack? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  A  determined  attack;  yes;  and  the  only  excep- 
tions to  that,  that  I  know  of,  are  the  reports  that  came  back  from 
Saipan,  where  they  practically  annihilated  the  Jap  force,  with  no 
damage  to  ourselves;  but  those  were  against  moving  targets;  and 
certainly,  with  the  defenses  that  we  had  in  [1S01~\  Hawaii  at 
that  time,  we  were  going  to  be  hurt  somewhat  if  they  drove  in. 

[1S03]  196.  General  Russell.  Before  w^e  go  aw^ay  from  the 
probabilities  of  Japanese  action  in  early  December :  You  did  con- 
clude that  there  were  probabilities  of  attack  against  your  forces  by 
submarines  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes;  if  they  attacked  the  Philippines,  if  they 
attacked- United  States  possessions,  yes. 

197.  General  Russell.  If  war  came  you  expected  submarine  at- 
tacks? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.     I  expected  submarines  in  that  area, 

198.  General  Russell.  Around  Oahu  ? 
Admiral  Kimmel.    Yes. 

199.  General  Russell.  But  you  did  not  expect  an  air  force  attack? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  No;  not  at  that  time. 

200.  General  Russell.  I  want  to  ask  }^ou  one  or  two  questions  about 
your  letter.  You  did  not  write  the  letter  of  January  25,  did  you? 
You  had  not  been  on  duty  there? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  think  it  was  a  letter  of  January  11,  was  it  not? 
There  were  two  letters. 

(Informal  discussion  off  the  record.) 

201.  General  Russell.  I  think  your  counsel  has  suggested  what  I 
wanted  to  know.  He  stated  that  you  collaborated  with  Admiral  Rich- 
ardson in  the  letter  which  motivated  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  in 


942        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Avriting  to  the  Secretary  of  War  and  calling  attention  to  the  weak- 
nesses of  the  defenses  at  the  Pearl  Harbor  base. 

Admiial  Kimmel.  I  did  not  collaborate  in  the  writing  of  this  letter. 
Early  in  January  a  letter  was  written  by  Admiral  Richardson,  and 
that  letter  I  knew  about,  although  I  did  not  collaborate  in  writing  it. 
In  the  latter  part  of  January  an-  [1S03]  other  letter  on  the 
same  subject  was  written,  and  at  the  end  of  the  letter  it  said,  "Rear 
Admiral  Kimmel,  who  is  to  be  my  relief,  concurs  in  what  I  have  said." 

I  think  that  was  on  the  25th  of  January. 

202.  General  Russell.  As  a  part  of  the  estimate  of  the  situation, 
as  stated  in  that  letter,  that  the  most  probable  form  of  attack  on  Oahu 
or  the  harbor  would  be  a  surprise  air  attack  in  conjunction  with  a 
submarine  attack,  the  reference  to  the  outstanding  weaknesses  of  the 
defenses  on  Oahu  related  to  this  surprise  air  attack.  Do  you  recall 
that? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Which  letter  is  that?     25  January? 

203.  General  Russell.  I  did  not  see  your  letters,  and  have  not  until 
now. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  You  are  talking  now  about  the  letter  from  the 
Secretary  of  the  Navy? 

204.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No  ;  I  did  not  agree  to  that.  I  have  stated  that 
I  felt  that  the  most  probable  form  of  attack  out  there  was  a  submarine 
attack.  I  thought  they  might  drop  some  mines.  The  mining  was 
easily  taken  care  of,  because  there  was  only  a  limited  area  in  which 
they  could  plant  mines  effectively. 

205.  General  Russell.  Do  you  have  a  copy  of  the  Richardson  letter 
here? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No. 

206.  General  Russell.  Do  you  have  a  copy  of  any  letter  that  came 
to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  in  which  the  probabilities  of  Japanese 
action  out  there  were  described?  What  I  am  attempting  to  say, 
Admiral,  is  this :  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  letter  of  the  Secretary 
of  the  Navy  to  the  Secretary  of  War  set  up  a  [iS'04]  different 
probability  from  that  contained  in  other  letters? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  could  not  state  that  from  memory.  .  At  any 
rate,  the  probabilities  set  up  in  the  Secretary  of  War's  letter  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Navy,  and  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  War,  and  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  are  somewhat  influenced 
by  the  needs  of  the  situation,  by  what  was  needed  to  be  remedied  at 
the  time,  and  trying  to  emphasize  for  all  time  the  things  that  need  to 
be  done  now. 

207.  General  Frank.  A  conclusion  reached  at  any  time  depends 
upon  the  series  of  circumstances  surrounding  the  situation  at  that  time ; 
is  not  that  true  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Exactly.  The  conclusion  arrived  at,  in  which  I 
might  concur  in  January,  1941,  I  would  not  w'ant  to  be  held  to  in 
November  of  1941,  under  different  circumstances. 

208.  General  Russell.  Were  not  the  probabilities  that  the  Japanese 
would  strike  from  the  air  the  same  in  November  as  they  were  in 
January  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  No. 

209.  General  Russell.  What  was  different  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  943 

Admiral  Kimmei..  Not  necessarily.  It  all  d('[)ends  upon  Avhat  the 
Japanese  intentions  were  and  M'hat  other  eniploj^ment  they  had  for 
their  aircraft  at  that  time. 

210.  General  Russell.  What  evidence  did  yon  have  of  changes  in 
their  intentions  between  January  1st  and  November  which  might  have 
made  the  probabilities  of  air  attack  less? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  AVe  are  considering  now — at  least  I  am — the  prob- 
abilities of  a  specific  time  under  specific  circumstances.  I  have  given 
you  my  estimate  of  that.  To  ask  me  what  the  changes  were  from  the 
previous  January — I  do  not  remember  exactly  [1(S'0S']  what  the 
conditions  were  the  previous  January.  If  you  mean  the  physical  con- 
ditions of  Pearl  Harbor  and  such  things  as  that,  that  is  one  thing. 

211.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  what  occurs  to  me — and  I  am  at- 
tempting to  get  at  a  rather  big  conclusion — is  this :  You  have  testified, 
and  it  has  been  supported  by  a  line  of  evidence  here,  that  there  was  not 
available  to  the  Army  and  Navy  any  means  for  distant  reconnaissance 
to  ascertain  the  location  af  a  Japanese  task  force. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  correct. 

212.  General  Russell.  Prior  to  the  time  that  it  might  reach  a  point, 
from  which  it  could  launch  aircraft  from  carriers.  That  seems  to  me 
a  conclusion  that  the  witnesses  agree  upon.  It  has  also  been  testified 
rather  consistently  that  such  a  task  force  having  reached  the  point 
from  which  aircraft  could  be  launched,  the  attack  could  not  be  stopped. 
Hence  the  conclusion  seems  inevitable  that  there  was  not  any  way  for 
the  American  force  at  Hawaii  to  prevent  a  very  great  danger  to  our 
installations  there  by  aircraft  attack  from  carriers  on  the  7th  of  De- 
cember, 1941.     Is  that  true  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  In  general,  I  think  it  is. 

213.  General  Russell.  If  the  success  of  such  an  attack  was  assured 
and  the  Japanese  seemed  to  have  known  everything  about  the  situation 
out  there,  why  would  they  not  have  made  an  attack  which  had  to  be 
successful ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Well,  of  course,  there  are  two  or  three  answers 
to  that.  One  is  that  the  Japanese  Air  Force,  I  think,  without  question, 
was  much  more  efficient  than  we  had  believed  it  to  be.  The  attack 
was  a  Avell-planned  and  well  executed  at-  [1806]  tack.  An- 
other phase  is  that  the  greatest  damage  done  there  was  done  by  air- 
craft torpedoes.  We  believed  prior  to  the  Tth  of  December  that  they 
could  not  launch  an  aerial  torpedo  in  Pearl  Harbor.  We  thought 
that  the  water  was  not  deep  enough.  Our  air  service  had  not  been 
able  to  do  it;  and  we  had  received  official  information  fi'om  the  Navy 
Department  which  convinced  us  that  it  could  not  be  done.  We  were 
wrong.    The  major  part  of  the  damage  was  done  by  such  torpedoes. 

So  far  as  reconnaissance  is  concerned,  we  had  plans  for  reconnais- 
sance and  could  run  reconnaissance  of  a  sort,  but  in  our  estimate 
which  had  been  submitted  to  Washington,  and  wdiich  was  on  file  in 
both  the  War  and  Navy  Departments,  it  was  clearly  stated  that  w-e 
had  to  know  the  time  of  the  attack,  within  rather  narrow  limits,  in 
order  to  have  anything  like  an  effective  search,  because  we  could  not 
maintain  a  search  exce])t  for  a  very  few  days.  Then  of  course  we  were 
hoping  to  get  more  jilanes  all  the  time,  and  M^e  had  been  promised 
additional  planes,  patrol  planes,  and  additional  Army  bombers,  all  of 
which  were  necessary  for  the  defense  of  Oahu. 


944        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

214.  General  Ritssell.  It  occurs  to  me,  Admiral,  that  we  have  gone 
over  rather  carefully  all  of  those  elements. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  am  talking  about  what  we  were  basing  our 
estimates  on.  The  question  of  torpedoes  is  a  very  vital  one,  because 
that  is  where  the  major  portion  of  the  damage  was  done.  If  it  had 
been  a  pure  bombing  attack  I  do  not  think  it  would  have  been  anything 
like  the  same  amount  of  damage. 

215.  General  Russell.  Let  me  ask  you  this  question :  It  occurs  to 
me  that  your  answer  now  as  to  the  incorrectness  of  your  esti;nate  is 
based  on  your  under-estimate  of  the  capacity  of  the  [1807]  Jap- 
anese Air  Force. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes ;  a  considerable  part  of  it. 

216.  General  Russell.  Where  did  you  receive  the  information  from 
which  you  made  your  estimate  as  to  the  capabilities  of  the  Japanese 
Air  Force. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  From  all  sources :  The  Navy  Department,  people 
who  had  been  in  Japan.  It  was  all  taken  together,  you  might  say, 
a  resultant  of  many  opinions. 

217.  General  Russell.  Was  the  estimate  made  up  by  you  and  your 
staff  in  your  official  capacity,  or  was  it  sent  out  to  you  from  the  Navy 
Department  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  We  got  information  from  the  Navy  Department 
about  it ;  but  so  far  as  the  efficiency  of  the  Japanese  Air  Force  is  con- 
cerned I  do  not  think  I  can  at  present  put  my  finger  on  it.  I  am 
merely  speaking  now  of  a  general  feeling,  and  I  think  that  a  good 
many  people  have  testified  to  that  feeling,  that  they  had  underesti- 
mated the  ability  of  the  Japanese  Air  Force,  and  that  tliat  was  not 
confined  to  the  fleet,  by  any  means. 

218.  General  Russell.  I  think  we  are  all  agreed  that  w^e  had  a  bad 
estimate,  and  we  are  trying  to  find  out  where  it  came  from.  That  is 
largely  the  purpose  of  this.  Before  I  go  from  that :  I  have  asked  some 
questions  heretofore  about  our  failure  to  know  anything  about  what 
was  going  on  in  the  Mandated  Islands  except  by  the  radio  intercept, 
which  of  course  presupposes,  to  be  at  all  effective,  the  existence  of 
some  elements  of  the  Japanese  forces  there  using  radio  on  their  part. 
What  efforts  were  made,  after  you  came  into  the  command  of  the 
fleet  out  there,  up  to  December  7th,  to  send  people  to  the  Mandated 
Islands  to  discover         [180S]         what  the  Japanese  were  doing. 

xVdmiral  Kimmel.  My  recollection  is  that  our  orders  were  not  to 
go  anywhere  near  them. 

219.  Genera]  Russell.  From  whom  did  those  orders  come? 
Admiral  Kimmel.  We  wanted  to  go  into  the  Gilberts  to  make  some 

surveys  down  there  and  find  out  something  about  the  Gilberts,  and 
the  answer  was  that  we  should  not  evince  any  interest  in  the  Gilberts, 
because  the  Japs  might  find  out  that  Ave  were  interested. 

220.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  specifically  where  the  orders 
came  from  to  stay  out  the  Mandated  Islands? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  As  far  as  I  am  concerned,  they  came  from  the 
Navy  Department. 

221.  General  Russell.  Do  you  have  any  recollection  of  any  such 
orders  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Any  specific  orders,  you  mean? 

222.  General  Russell.  Yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  945 

Adininil  Kimmel.  AVell,  the  Navy  Department  restricted  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief to  a  considerable  extent.  A  movement  such  as  that 
would  have  had  to  be  approved  by  the  Navy  Department.  While  I 
cannot  put  my  finoer  on  it,  I  am  convinced  that  no  reconnaissance  of 
the  Mandates  would  have  been  permitted  by  the  Navy  Department 
at  that  time.  The  only  time  while  I  was  out  there  that  a  reconnais- 
sance of  the  Mandates  was  authorized  was  a  proposal  to  send  a 
B-24  over  and  do  some  photographing. 

223.  General  Russell.  Could  you  look  into  that  and  present  the 
information  to  the  Board? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  have  nothing  on  it. 

224.  General  Russell.  One  more  question,  and  then  we  will  go 
[1809]  away  from  the  reconnaissance  feature.  Did  you  know  as 
a  result  of  your  contacts  with  General  Short  that  the  maximum  limit 
of  reconnaissance  of  which  any  means  available  to  him  was  capable 
ended  at  the  extreme  range  of  the  radar?    Do  I  make  myself  clear? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes.  I  think  you  mean  that  having  turned  over 
all  planes  capable  of  reconnaissance  to  the  Navy,  the  only  thing  left 
to  him  was  the  radar.     Is  that  right? 

225.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes ;  I  think  that  is  correct. 

226.  General  Russell.  So  you  knew,  then,  that  when  the  Army's 
radar  range  of  130  miles  was  reached,  beyond  that  the  Army  could 
discover  nothing  about  Japanese  movements  and  convey  information 
to  you,  whatever  the  range  was? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Yes. 

227.  General  Russell.  So  that  the  responsibility  for  watching  the 
departure  of  Japanese  convoys  beyond  that  limit  was  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  Navy? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  knew  also  that  even  if  he  had  available  all  of 
his  own  planes  he  could  not  have  gotten  the  necessary  information 
from  reconnaissance. 

228.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  I  have  had  some  curiosity  about 
what  was  done  with  your  radar  as  far  as  the  ships  in  the  harbor 
were  concerned. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  have  been  informed  by  experts,  and  knew 
at  the  time,  that  the  radar  on  ships  in  port  was  virtually  useless  on 
account  of  the  surrounding  hills,  and  the  towers  and  buildings  in  the 
Navy  Yard,  and  we  never  made  any  attempt  to  use  it,  but  depended 
entirely  on  the  shore  for  radar  informa-  [ISIO]  tion.  Further- 
more, radar  pro])erly  mounted  on  shore,  and  high  up,  has  nmch  longer 
range  than  anything  we  could  get,  because  one  of  the  elements  in  the 
range  of  the  radar  is  the  height  above  the  sea  at  which  it  is  mounted. 

229.  General  Russell.  Did  the  military  people  who  came  down 
to  the  ships  while  they  were  in  the  harbor  to  receive  instructions  in 
the  operation  of  the  radar  receive  instructions  in  the  operation  while 
the  ships  were  there  in  the  harbor  ^ 

Admiral  Kimmel.  They  went  to  sea.  That  is  where  they  got  their 
real  instruction,  but  they  played  with  it  in  port.  While  you  can  play 
with  it  in  port  and  learn  how  to  work  it,  the  indications  are  erratic 
and  unreliable,  if  you  get  any.  I  am  not  a  radar  expert,  and  you  can 
run  me  up  a  tree  very  quickly  on  that. 


946        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

2o0.  General  Russell.  Someone  else  will  have  to  do  that.  I  am  not 
a  radar  expert,  either. 

I  believe  you  stated  that  General  Short  on  one  occasion  said  that 
he  could  cover  150  to  200  miles? 

Admiral  I^mmel.  Yes. 

231.  General  Russell.  Did  you  interpret  that  as  meaning  that  he 
was  then  giving  you  a  coverage  of  that  distance  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Not  at  that  time;  no, 

232.  General  Frank.  As  a  result  of  the  success  of  the  Jap  attack  you 
were  prevented  from  employing  your  planes,  were  you  not? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  To  a  considerable  extent;  yes. 

233.  (jieneral  Frank.  You  had  some  PBYs  numbering  about  50  that 
may  have  been  used  for  reconnaissance  had  you  not  felt  secure  without 
using  them,  did  you  not? 

Adnural  Kimmel.  Something  of  that  kind,  but  we  had  a  very 
[JSir\  difficult  decision  to  make.  We  wanted  to  maintain  our 
training  status.  Up  to  the  last  minute  we  had  received  no  orders  to 
mobilize.  We  had  received  these  which  were  quite  similar  to  the 
ones  we  had  received  previously,  and  we  felt  that  we  w^ere  entitled 
to  further  information,  and  even  orders,  before  we  changed  our  status. 
^Ve  felt  that  we  must  conserve  what  planes  we  had. 

234.  General  Frank.  I  have  notliing  more. 

235.  General  Grunert.  Has  anyone  any  other  questions?  (No 
i-esponse).    If  not,  I  have  only  the  following  question: 

Admiral,  is  there  anything  that  you  want  to  tell  the  Board  now 
which  may  not  have  been  said  by  you  or  not  brought  out  by  other  wit- 
nesses in  the  hearing  before  the  Roberts  Commission,  as  to  the  Army, 
your  relationship  with  the  Army,  or  what  may  have  influenced  the 
.Vrmy  decision? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  You  mean,  any  further  statement  that  I  have 
to  make  ? 

23G.  General  Grunert.  Any  further  statement  or  anything  that 
you  want  to  bring  to  the  Board's  attention  that  may  assist  it  in  getting 
facts  or  leads. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  have  a  statement  that  I  would  like  to  make 
to  the  Board  with  regard  to  the  information  wdiich  was  supplied  to 
the  two  responsible  commanders  in  Hawaii.  We  thoroughly  consid- 
ered all  such  information  and  took  the  action  which  we  deemed  ap- 
propriate. There  was  no  disagreement  between  the  Army  and  Navy, 
and  none  between  me  and  my  personal  advisers. 

Since  Pearl  Harbor  information  has  come  to  my  knowledge  that 
vital  information  in  the  hands  of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments 
was  not  supplied  to  responsible  officers  in  Haiwaii;  in  [1812] 
particular,  that  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  knew  that  Japan 
had  set  a  deadline  of  25  November,  later  extended  to  29  November 
for  the  signing  of  an  agreement,  after  which  they  would  take  hostile 
steps  against  the  United  States;  that  on  2G  November  an  ultimatum 
was  delivered  to  Japan  by  the  United  States.  This  was  done  not- 
withstanding a  joint  recommendation  to  the  President  by  General 
Marshall  and  Admiral  Stark  that  no  ultimatum  of  any  kind  should 
be  made  to  Japan,  I  had  been  advised  of  this  recommendation  and 
had  received  no  qualification  of  that  information.  I  had  no  knowl- 
edge of  the  delivery  of  the  ultimatum  to  Japan  on  2G  November,  1941. 


procf:edings  of  army  pearl  harbor  board  947 

I  am  further  certain  that  several  (hiys  prior  to  7  December,  1941,  there 
was  information  in  the  War  Department  and  the  Navy  Department 
that  Japan  wonld  attack  the  United  States  and,  very  probably,  that 
the  attack  would  be  directed  against  the  fleet  at  Pearl  Harbor,  among 
other  places;  that  there  was  information  in  the  War  and  Navy  De- 
partments on  6  December,  1941,  tliat  the  hour  of  attack  was  momen- 
tarily imminent,  and  that  early  on  7  December,  1941,  the  precise  time 
of  the  attack  was  known.  It  was  known  at  least  three  or  probably 
four  hours  before  the  attack.  All  this  information  was  denied  to 
General  Short  and  to  me.  I  feel  that  we  were  entitled  to  it.  I  felt  then 
that  if  such  information  was  available  to  the  War  and  Navy  Depart- 
ment it  Avoukl  be  sent  to  ns.  Had  we  not  l)een  denied  this,  many 
things  would  have  been  different.  Had  we  been  furnished  this  in- 
formation as  little  as  two  or  three  hours  before  the  attack,  which 
was  easily  feasible  and  possible,  mnch  could  have  been  done. 

237.  General  (iRunert.  Are  tliere  any  questions  now  that  yon  have 
heard  this  additional  statement?     (No  response.) 

\1SI3]  How  about  our  counsel  and  recorders?  Have  you  any- 
thing to  suggest  ? 

238.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  nothing,  sir. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  May  I  ])lease  have  a  transcri]^t  of  my  testimony 
when  it  is  made  up  ?    I  should  like  to  request  that. 

239.  General  Grunert.  I  will  take  it  up  with  the  Department. 
I  do  not  see  any  objection  to  it. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Of  course  you  will  give  me  an  opportunity  to 
verify  my  testimony  ? 

240.  General  Grunert.  If  you  so  desire.  Tomorrow  morning  we 
are  starting  west. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  That  is  up  to  you,  if  you  don't  want  me  to 
verify  it. 

241.  General  Grunert.  We  are  starting  west  tomorrow,  and  I  do 
not  know  how  soon  the  notes  will  be  written  up.  I  will  talk  to  the 
Board  and  see  wlietlier  oi-  not  there  is  a  copy  that  can  be  sent  to  you 
to  be  verified. 

Admiral  Kimmel.  Thank  you. 

242.  General  Russell.  I  would  like  to  make  this  request.  Admiral. 
With  reference  to  the  last  statement  Avhich  you  made  relative  to  infor- 
mation in  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  which  was  not  sent  out  to 
you  and  General  Short,  under  the  division  of  the  work  of  this  Board 
which  was  made  by  General  Grunert  I  have  had  considerable  to  do 
with  investigating  in  the  field  which  you  have  last  discussed.  Some 
of  the  things  to  whicli  you  liave  referred  may  become  the  subject  of 
further  investigation  before  the  Board  is  through.  I  was  wonder- 
ing if  we  could  get  in  touch  with  you  after  I  have  sufficient  time  to 
look  at  your  statement  as  transcribed.  It  might  come  to  paas  that 
we  would  [1814']  want  the  source  of  certain  information  re- 
ferred to  by  you  in  your  statement.  Would  you  be  willing  to  cooperate 
with  us  to  the  extent  that  we  might  be  furnished  the  source  of  the  in- 
formation contained  in  your  st  atement  ? 

Admiral  Kimmel.  I  will  coojjerate  to  the  best  of  my  ability,  in  con- 
formity with  the  restrictions  which  have  been  imposed  upon  me. 

243.  General  Russell.  I  will  say,  further,  that  my  failure  to  de- 
velop a  line  of  questions  or  to  intei-rogate  you  was  largely  the  result 

7!t"l(l — 4r.--E\.  H.-,  vol.  2 11 


948        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

of  a  feeliiio-  that  there  might  be  some  parts  of  that  about  which  you 
would  not  want  to  testify  freely  if  I  questioned  you  at  this  time.  I 
hope  you  will  consider  the  matter  and  that  we  may  get  in  touch  with 
you  again. 

Admiral  KiMMEL.  All  right.    Thank  you,  sir. 

244.  General  Grunekt.  We  thank  you  for  giving  us  of  your  time, 
Admiral. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

(Whereupon,  at  12:30  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witnesses  for  the  day,  and  proceeded  to  other  business). 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  949 


asm  CONTENTS 

TUESDAY,  AUGUST  29,  1944 

Testimony  of—  Pas®' 

Maj.  Gen.  F.  L.  Martin,  United  States  Army,  Retired 1816 

Colonel    Jack    W.    Howard,    Quartermaster   Corps,    Presidio    of    San 

Francisco 1914 

Colonel  William  J.  McCarthy,  260th  Coast  Artillery  Group,  Fort  Bliss, 

Texas 1918 

Colonel  William  Donegan,  G-3,  Fourth  Army,  Sam  Houston,  Texas 1928 

DOCUMENTS 

Navy  Message  of  November  27,  1941 1989 

Message  to  General  Short,  November  27,  1941 1839, 1942 

^  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  951 


UsiG]    PROCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


TUESDAY,  AUGUST  29,    1944, 

Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Tlie  Board,  at  0  a.  ni.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  Friday,  August  25,  1944, 
conducted  the  liearino-  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  Geoi'ge  Grunert,  Presi- 
dent of  tlie  Board,  presiding. 

Pi-esent :  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President,  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell,  and  ]\Iaj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  AV.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  T.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

TESTIMONY  OF  MAJOR  GENERAL  F.  L.  MARTIN,  UNITED  STATES 

ARMY,  RETIRED. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  ]dease  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 

General  Martin.  Major  General  F.  L.  Martin,  Retired.  My  pres- 
ent address  is  401  North  Boiling  Green  Way,  West  Los  Angeles, 
California. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Now,  General,  you  probably  know  what  the 
Board  has  been  ai){)ointed  for.  We  are  after  facts  and  background 
and  viewpoints  and  leads  that  will  give  us  facts  about  the  attack  on 
Hawaii.  So  we  hope  that  in  view  of  your  former  assignment  in  Hawaii 
you  will  be  able  to  help  us. 

Now,  I  am  going  to  skip  around  and  ask  a  number  of  questions 
{1817]  about  a  number  of  things  in  oixler  to  piece  out  here  and 
there  other  testimony  we  have  had;  and  after  the  Board  gets  through 
asking  questions,  then  if  you  have  anything  else  that  you  wish  to  offer 
we  shall  be  glad  to  hear  it. 

Are  you  familiar  with  the  Joint  Hawaiian  Coastal  Fi-ontier  Defense 
Plan?' 

General  Martin.  Well,  of  course,  you  understand,  GeiuM-al,  it  has 
been  nearly  three  years  ago  since  I  have  seen  that. 

?).  Genei'al  Grunert.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  I  know  all  about  it,  because  it  was  formulated 
at  the  time  that  I  was  in  connnand  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Foi'ce,  now  the 
7th  Air  Force. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  your  Joint  Air  Operations 
Agreement? 

General  Martin.  I  can  state  as  to  my  memory  as  to  its  provisions, 
that  the  searching  was  to  be  done  by  the  Navy,  calling  upon  the  Army 


952        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

at  such  time  as  they  needed  additional  assistance.  The  coast  line, 
that  is,  contingent  to  the  Island  of  Oahu — reconnaissance  over  that 
area  was  to  be  conducted  by  the  Army. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Now  let  me  ask  you  a  few  questions,  and  then 
if  I  do  not  bring  anything  out  you  may  add  anything  you  want. 

First,  was  the  Army  charged  witli  the  tactical  command  of  defensive 
air  operations  over  and  in  the  vicinity  of  Oahu  ^ 

General  Martin.  For  the  defense  of  Oahu,  yes,  but  if  the  targets 
were  located  at  sea  the  Navy  had  control  of  the  mission,  would  assign 
the  mission  and  call  on  the  Army  for  such  bombardment  as  they  felt 
was  necessary. 

[1818]  6,  General  Grunert.  Now,  under  the  Joint  Air  Opera- 
tions Agreement,  were  all  concerned  well  aware  of  this  agreement  and 
their  respective  functions  under  that? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Was  the  agreement  lived  up  to  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  it  was  not  on  the  morning  of  this  attack  on 
Pearl  Harbor,  because  there  was  no  call  made  upon  us  for  any  assist- 
ance whatever. 

8.  General  Grunert.  What  tests  and  exercises  did  you  have  that 
were  held  under  this  agreement? 

General  Martin.  Will  you  please  repeat  that? 

9.  General  Grunert.  What  tests  and  exercises  did  you  have  under 
that  agreement  in  practising  for  it? 

General  Martin.  We  had  a  number  of  exercises  where  targets  would 
be  sent  out  by  a  small  task  force,  and  they  would  tow  what  they  call  a 
slick  sled.  The  slick  sled  would  be  bombed  by  components  of  the 
Hawaiian  Air  Force  under  the  direction  of  the  Navy.  These  exercises 
were  never  a  great  distance  from  our  base,  not  to  exceed  probably  100 
miles. 

10.  General  Grunert.  From  the  time  the  agreement  was  reached 
up  to  the  time  of  the  attack,  about  how  many  exercises  had  been  held 
under  that  agreement? 

General  Martin.  You  have  reference  to  the  full  compliance  with 
the  joint  agreement  between  the  Army  and  Navy? 

11.  General  Grunert.  Yes;  whenever  the  Army  and  the  Navy  got 
together  in  any  test  or  exercise.  About  how  many  such  exercises  had 
been  held? 

General  Martin.  I  would  not  say  that  we  ever  had  had  a  full  com- 
pliance with  the  agreement.  The  only  opportunity  the  [181911 
Army  Air  Forces  had  of  entering  into  a  joint  exercise  with  the  Navy 
was  these  exercises  that  I  have  described  where  they  would  tow  these 
slick  sleds  in  rear  of  a  cruiser  or  battleship.  They  would  have  out  a 
task  force  that  would  have  in  it  destroyers  and  the  cruisers  and  battle- 
ships. We  would  make  an  attack  upon  the  slick  sled.  They  would 
train  their  gunners  on  board,  but  as  to  actual  firing  at  any  targets  that 
we  had,  we  did  not,  have  them,  but  we  would  drop  practice  bombs  on 
the  slick  sleds. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Now,  I  understand  that  for  tactical  air  fight- 
ing over  the  land  all  fighting  aircraft  came  to  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force, 
whether  it  was  Army,  Navy,  or  Marine  •  and  for  work  at  sea  the  bomb- 
ers and  long-distance  reconnaissance  craft  went  to  the  Navy. 

General  Martin.  That  is  correct;  yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  953 

13.  General  Grunert.  Now,  was  that  practiced  ?  Did  they  ever  call 
out  all  you  had  for  practice,  so  as  to  get  in  the  habit  of  doing  what 
the  Navy  told  them,  or  did  any  of  the  Navy  and  Marine  ever  come  to 
you  for  practice? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  We  had  one  particular  maneuver  in 
which  the  Navy  and  Marine  fighters  joined  with  the  Hawaiian  Air 
Force  for  the  purpose  of  such  an  exercise. 

14.  General  Frank.  When  was  that  ? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  that  was  about  May,  I  think,  in  '41.  I  cannot 
remember  the  exact  dates.  Unfoi'tunately,  General,  I  have  no  record 
of  the  files  that  are  in  the  7th  Air  Force,  which  was  formerly  the 
Hawaiian  Air  Force,  or  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Are  those  files  on  record  in  Hawaii? 
General  Martin.  They  should  be,  yes,  sir,  and  I  just  have  to  trust 

to  memory  here  as  to  the  statements  I  am  making,  which  you  may  find 
not  to  be  exactly  correct,  but  they  are  correct  so  \1820]  far  as 
my  knowledge  is  concerned. 

16.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Now,  did  the  Nav}'  conduct  dis- 
tant reconnaissance  regularly? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir,  they  did.  They  had  task  forces  out,  of 
which  we  had  no  knowledge.  They  were  secret  task  forces.  They 
were  out  of  communication  even  Avith  their  home  station  so  far  as  we 
knew. 

17.  General  Grunert.  You  say  that  was  distant  reconnaissance? 
General  Martin.  Well,  by  task  force,  the  Navy 

18.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  just  because  the  task  force  covered 
an  area  you  thought  they  were  having  distant  reconnaissance  in  the 
defense  of  Hawaii? 

General  Martin.  Well,  they  had  some  patrol  boats  that  went  out 
on  what  was  called  the  early  morning  mission.  They  left  at  approxi- 
mately 5  o'clock  in  the  morning.  But  there  were  only  two  or  three 
of  those  that  went  out  on  i)atrol  duty. 

19.  General  Grunert.  What  were  they  supposed  to  do?  Do  you 
know? 

General  Martin.  They  made  a  reconnaissance  in  that  particular 
area.  Of  course,  you  know  how  much  of  a  reconnaissance  two  or  three 
ships  can  make,  nothing  to  amount  to  much. 

20.  General  Grunert.  How  about  air  reconnaissance? 

General  Martin.  That  is  air  reconnaissance  I  am  talking  about  now. 

21.  General  Grunert.  You  are  talking  about  that. 

General  Martin.  Now,  they  had  task  forces  out  at  various  and 
sundry  times,  no  regular  intervals,  that  went  out.  As  to  what  they 
did,  I  cannot  say,  because  I  didn't  know  anything  about  it  excepting 
they  did  have  them  go. 

[1821]  22.  General  Grunert.  Now,  are  you  sure  that  these  pa- 
trol boats  that  went  out  were  not  to  just  cover  the  task  forces  that 
were  going  out  about  that  time? 

General  Martin.  I  cannot  give  you  any  accurate  information  as  to 
what  the  Navy  did  when  they  had  their  task  forces  out. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Now,  did  we  have  an  inshore  i)atrol? 

General  Martin.  Nothing  more  than  the  airplanes  that  were  flying 
in  the  vicinity  of  Oahu  that  were  always  on  the  alert  for  enemy  sub- 
marine. 


954        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

24.  General  Grunert.  Were  they  armed  ? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir,  no  more  than  they  would  be  for  the  normal 
performance  of  a  mission.  That  is,  they  usually  went  up,  ]:)erformed 
<iunnery  missions  at  the  same  time.  So  they  were  armed  with  that: 
they  had  their  guns  and  ammunition,  but  not  for  a  regular  combat 
mission. 

25.  General  Grunert,  Then,  any  reconnoitering  they  did  was  inci- 
dental to  their  training;  is  that  right? 

General  Martin.  It  was  incident  to  the  training  of  a  day,  and  not 
as  a  well-organized  reconnaissance  for  the  area. 

26.  General  Grunert.  They  just  happened  to  observe  what  they 
could  see  in  their  training;  is  that  right? 

General  Martin.  Well,  a  little  more  than  that.  General :  They  were 
instructed  to  observe  that  area  at  all  times. 

27.  General  Grunert.  They  were  just  looking  for  subs;  is  that  tlie 
idea  ? 

General  Martin,  Looking  for  submarines,  yes,  sir.  There  was  no 
other  danger  from  any  other  source  than  submarines  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  island.  That  only  extended  just  four  [1822]  or 
five  miles  offshore. 

28.  General  Grunert.  So  that,  as  I  understand,  your  understand- 
ing is  that  the  task  forces  went  out,  and  apparently  they  covered  cer- 
tain areas  of  the  sea ;  and  outside  of  that,  as  far  as  you  know,  there  was 
no  distant  reconnaissance  by  the  Navy? 

General  Martin.  Excepting  for  the  two  or  three  patrol  boats  that 
went  out  each  morning. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  where  they  went? 
General  Martin.  No,  sir,  I  do  not. 

30.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  think  that  in  any  way  covered  a 
defense  against  an  air  raid? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir.  I  complained  to  Admiral  Bellinger  about 
the  lack  of  patrolling  that  was  being  done. 

31.  General  Grunert.  What  did  he  say? 

General  Martin,  Well,  he  said,  "This  is  all  that  I  have.  This  is 
all  I  can  put  up." 

32.  General  Grunert.  But  you  actuallv  complained  about  the  lack 
of  it? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  I  told  him  that  I  was  not  at  all  satisfied 
with  the  amount  of  patrolling  that  the  Navy  was  doing  in  so  far  as 
covering  the  area  was  concerned. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Now,  do  you  recall  your  air  agreement  with 
Admiral  Bellinger,  that  is,  of  the  31st  of  March,  '41,  the  Joint  Air 
Operations  Agreement  ? 

General  Martin.  Very  well ;  yes,  sir. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Was  General  Short  well  aware  of  that  agree- 
ment? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

35.  General  (trunert.  Did  he  a])prove  it? 
[1823]         General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  there  there  was  an  estimated  possible 
enemy  action,  and  you  stated  the  "high  probability  of  a  surprise  dawn 
attack."  Now,  that  was  in  the  mind  of  you  airmen  at  the  time  you 
drew  up  the  agreement? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  955 

Geiiei-Jil  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

37.  General  Gri^nert.  Now,  what  was  dour  to  avoid  such  a  surprise 
attack  that  you  people  thought  was  highly  probable  ^ 

General  Martin.  Well,  nothing  more  than  what  I  stated.  The 
search  of  the  area  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Navy. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Now,  there  were  Addenda  i  and  2  to  that 
plan.  Addendum  2  to  the  Agreement  described  the  various  states  of 
readiness  by  the  Interceptor  commander  using  recently-installed 
equipment  and  controlling  operations  from  his  central  board. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

39.  General  Grunert.  That  was  just  a  theory  at  that  time,  then,  was 
it? 

General  Martin.  Well,  it  was  more  than  that,  because  it  actually 
had  been  used  and  practiced. 

40.  General  Grunert.  Well,  that  seems  to  indicate  the  existence  of 
the  Interceptor  Command  with  an  installed  air  warning  service  and 
a  control  board  as  of  September  20th  or  prior  to  November  17th.  But 
did  you  actually  try  that  out  during  that  test? 

GtMieral  Martin.  Well,  here  is  what  happened  with  reference  to 
the  establisliing  of  this  control.  Tlie  location  for  the  station  was 
tein])orary.  The  ])ennanent  location  was  to  be  under  ground,  and  this 
Avas  being  constructed,  and  there  Avere  perma-  [18:24]  nent 
locations  for  these  five  instrument  stations,  and  there  were  permanent 
installations  to  be  made,  but  the  engineers  had  not  completed  those 
sites.  So  the  five  reporting  stations  were  in  temporary  locations,  and 
the  Department  Commander  would  not  turn  those  over  to  the  Com- 
manding General  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Forces  until  he  had  completed 
the  training  under  his  Department  Signal  Officer.  He  refused  to  turn 
them  over  until  he  considered  they  were  properly  trained.  So  they 
were  still  training  under  those  conditions  and  not  been  turned  over  to 
the  Air  Force  the  mornino;  of  the  attack  on  December  7tli. 

41.  General  Grunert.  But  you  had  an  exercise  somewhere  around 
November  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.    ■ 

42.  General  Grunert.  17th  to  22nd  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir,  about  that  time;  I  don't  know\ 

43.  General  Grunert.  Now,  at  that  time  the  air  w^arning  service, 
such  as  it  w^as,  and  the  control  board  operated,  did  they  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

44.  General  Grunert.  Then  they  were  capable  of  operating? 
General  Martin.  They  were  capable  of  operating.     The  personnel 

was  being  trained  for  the  operation  of  tlie  equipment.  The  temporary 
statious  were  located,  the  temporary  control  station  had  been  located, 
and  the  equipment  used  primarily  in  the  training  of  personnel  to  take 
over  the  operation  of  the  control  area. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Now,  when  was  the  Interceptor  Command 
actually  activated  as  a  part  of  the  Department  setup  in  full  control 
uf  the  Interceptor  Command ;  do  you  know  ? 

[18!BS]  General  Martin.  I  couldn't  give  you  that  date,  General; 
I  don't  remember. 

46.  General  Grunert.  It  was  not  ]irior  to  December  7tli?  It  must 
have  been  afterwaril :  is  that  riji'ht  ? 


956        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  jNIaktin.  It  \\a.s  set  up  and  (he  men  were  beiiiji'  trained  foi", 
I  would  say,  possibly  a  month  prior  to  the  attack  on  December  7th. 
Now,  that  is  just  an  estimate.  The  actual  time  should  be  a  matter  of 
record  in  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

47.  General  Grunert.  Now,  let  us  consider  just  prior  to  the  attack, 
from  late  in  November.  Were  you  in  on  a  conference  between  General 
Short  and  Admiral  Kimmel  after  General  Short  received  the  Chief  of 
Staff's  message  of  November  27th  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  as  to  the  exact  date,  I  do  not  know,  but  I 
was  at  a  conference  with  Admiral  Kimmel  and  General  Short  at 
about  that  time.  This  was  after  General  Short  and  Admiral  Kimmel 
had  had  a  conference  with  reference  to  information  that  they  had. 

48.  General  Grunert.  What  did  they  discuss  at  that  conference? 
General  Martin.  I  do  not  know  as  I  could  tell  you  definitely,  Gen- 
eral, just  exact! V  what  was  discussed. 

49.  General  (jrunert,  Mollison  was  with  you,  wasn't  he? 
General  Martin.  Yes,  sir,  he  wa.s. 

50.  General  Grunert.  Well,  do  you  know  whether  they  discussed 
what  interpi-etation  to  })lace  on  these  messages  received  from  Wash- 
ington and  what  action  they  should  take?  Do  you  know  whether  that 
was  discussed  or  not  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  no  doubt  it  was,  but  as  to  the  subject  matter 
under  discussion  at  that  particular  time,  it  is  very  hazy  in  my  mind. 
We  were  discussing  the  different  possi-  [ISM]  bilities  under 
the  instructions  that  had  been  received  from  the  War  Department 
by  General  Short  and  from  the  Navy  Department  by  Admiral 
Kimmel. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  that  the  message  to  the  Navy 
started  out  by  saying,  "Consider  this  a  war  warning"  ? 

General  Martin.  No,  I  do  not  remember  that  statement  being  made. 

52.  General  Frank.  Did  you  see  the  message  ? 

General  Martin.  The  only  messages  I  saw^  were,  as  I  remember  it, 
two  that  came  to  General  Short  which  he  showed  to  me.  One  was 
something  to  the  effect  that  no  overt  act  would  be  committed  by  the 
Army ;  that  is,  the  first  overt  act  would  not  be  committed  by  the  Army. 
And  the  next,  the  other  one,  as  I  remember  it,  was  something  in  con- 
nection with  preventing  undue  publicity  with  reference  to  his  prepa- 
rations for  the  defense  of  the  island  becoming  known  to  the  public. 

53.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  present  at  the  discussion  or  was 
there  discussion  that  you  know  of  concerning  what  form  of  alert 
General  Short  should  take  under  these  warnings? 

General  Martin.  Well,  as  to  whether  this  occurred  at  a  conference 
or  whether  it  was  just  General  Short  and  myself  talking,  he  did  discuss 
with  me  the  type  of  alert  that  he  felt  was  appropriate. 

54.  General  Grunert.  You  say  he  did  or  did  not? 

General  Martin.  He  did,  under  the  circumstances,  and  his  estimate 
of  the  situation  was  that  under  the  conditions  and  the  information 
that  he  had  his  danger  lay  within  the  population  of  the  island  and 
that  he  was  going  to  order  Alert  No.  1,  which  is  concentration  for 
protection  against  sabotage  and  internal  up-  [1S27]  rising. 
That  seemed  to  be  correct  and  in  keeping  with  the  information  we  had 
at  the  time. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  ask  your  advice  on  what  alert  to 
take,  or  did  he  tell  you  what  he  had  taken  or  what  he  decided  to  take? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  957 

General  Martin.  1  cannot  sa}^  as  to  whether  he  asked  my  advice. 
General  Short  and  I  usually  just  discussed  these  things  as  man  to 
man.  He  made  the  decision.  I  had  an  opportunity  to  present  my 
viewpoint.  • 

56.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  concurred  in  his  decision? 
General  Martin,  I  didn't  see  any  more  danger  from  attack  than 

General  Short  did,  that  is,  from  a  surprise  attack  with  the  informa- 
tion we  had. 

57.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  concur  with  him  that  it  would  be 
all  right  to  have  your  planes  concentrated  and  not  dispersed? 

General  Martin.  Of  course,  I  never  wanted  to  concentrate  my 
planes,  but  we  had  practiced  these  different  alerts,  Alerts  No.  1  and 
Alert  No.  2,  and  they  were  concentrated  under  Alert  No.  1  for  protec- 
tion against  sabotage.  We  did  not  have  the  manpower  to  effectively 
protect  them  in  dispersed  position.  That  was  the  purpose  of  concen- 
tration. Under  Alert  No.  2  we  had  them  dispersed  in  dispersal  areas 
at  the  different  airdromes.  As  to  whether  it  was  Alert  No.  1  or  Alert 
No.  2  was  just  a  question  out  of  the  estimate  of  the  situation.  Now,  as 
to  how  seriously  General  Short  and  I  discussed  the  necessity  of  using 
Alert  No.  1  or  Alert  No  2, 1  am  not  capable  of  saying  at  this  time,  but  I 
will  say  that  I  always  had  the  liberty  of  discussing  these  matters  with 
General  Short. 

58.  General  Grunert.  You  tell  me  you  did  not  lilve  to  have 
\1S:^S]  your  planes  concentrated.  Did  you  object  to  having  them 
concentrated? 

General  Martin.  I  don't  tliink  I  made  any  serious  objection  to  him 
about  it.  because  at  the  time  that  the  alerts  were  decided  on,  as  to 
wdiat  they  constituted,  I  explained  to  him  the  danger  of  always  pulling 
your  ships  in  if  there  was  any  opportunity  of  attack  from  the  air,  and 
we  weighed  all  of  those  things  against  the  possibility  of  their  being 
defended  in  a  dispersed  area,  and  on  account  of  the  large  number  of 
men  that  would  be  requii-ed  they  were  brought  into  concentrated  areas 
w'hen  alert  No.  1  was  in  vogue. 

59.  General  Grunert.  You  then  put  it  on  the  question  of  shortage 
of  personnel.    Was  there  such  a  shortage  of  personnel  ? 

General  Martin.  There  was  so  far  as  I  am  concerned.  General.  I 
Avas  charged  with  the  defense  of  the  airdromes  with  the  air  persomiel, 
and  I  could  not  give  it. 

60.  General  Grunert.  How  much  more  personnel  would  it  liave 
taken  if  you  had  dispersed  them  instead  of  having  them  concentrated, 
approximately,  in  percentage  ? 

General  Martin.  As  a  rough  estimate,  it  would  take  about  four 
times  the  men  than  we  had.  You  see,  these  were  around  the  perimeter 
of  the  field,  and  both  Wheeler  and  Hickam  Fields,  which  were  two 
large  stations,  covered  considerable  area.  We  discussed  the  matter 
of  having  high  fences  around  the  areas.  There  was  a  high  fence  around 
part  of  the  area  at  Hickam  Field,  but  not  the  entire  area.  This  was 
considered  to  be  too  expensive,  as  we  were  still  having  trouble  getting 
funds  for  some  of  the  things  that  w^e  considered  very  essential,  and 
to  properly  protect  the  planes  in  a  dispersed  area  would  take  a  large 
number         [1820]         of  men. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Had  there  been  any  evidences  of  sabotage? 
General  Martin.  No. 


958        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

62.  General  Gru:nert.  But  3^011  were  all  sabotage-minded;  you  were 
all  afraid  of  it? 

General  Martin.  Absolutely. 

63.  General  Grunert.  If  tliey  had  taken  Alert  No.  2,  wouldn't  that 
have  covered  sabotage  also? 

General  Martin.  No.  The  greater  danger  was  from  the  air  and 
not  from  internal  sabotage.  The  opportunity  for  sabotage  would 
probably  have  been  prevalent  under  either  type  of  alert. 

G4.  General  Grunert.  I  want  to  find  out  what  went  on  in  your 
minds  to  convince  you  that  defense  against  sabotage  was  sufficient 
to  protect  you  after  you  had  had  these  warnings? 

General  Martin.  A  large  per  cent  of  the  population  there  was  Jap- 
anese. As  to  how  loyal  those  who  had  been  there  for  the  second  gen- 
eration would  be,  no  one  knew. 

65.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  you  had  been  on  Alert  No.  2,  couldn't 
3'ou  have  l)een  just  as  w^ell  protected  as  far  as  they  were  concerned? 

General  Martin.  General,  there  is  no  question  if  you  are  going  to 
be  attacked  from  the  air  that  you  must  not  have  your  planes  concen- 
trated. Kegardless  of  what  other  threats  might  have  been,  the  con- 
trolling factor  is  the  fact  that  you  could  not  have  your  planes  con- 
centrated at  the  time  they  were  going  to  be  attacked  from  the  air. 

66.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  I  want  to  get  at.  Here  you 
make  an  estimate  and  you  almost  dope  out  just  exactly  what  the  Ja]:)s 
did,  but  wdien  the  time  comes,  and  you  get  warning,  you  [ISSO] 
apparently'  forget  your  estimate  and  go  to  sabotage.  I  cannot  under- 
stand what  went  on  in  the  topside  here. 

General  Martin.  All  I  can  do  is  to  say  this:  All  tliese  things  had 
been  considered.  They  had  not  been  overlooked.  You  come  back  to 
making  a  final  decision.  Which  is  it  going  to  be?  They  are  almost 
diametrically  opposed  to  each  other.  And  the  decision  was  made  by 
the  top  conmiander  that  his  greatest  danger  lay  in  the  sabotage  and  the 
uprising  that  might  take  place  on  the  islands  themselves.  They  didn't 
have  guns.  We  didn't  know  what  they  had  in  the  way  of  dynamite 
and  other  exj^losives.  It  was  hoped  they  had  little  or  none.  But  in 
making  the  decision  he  was  governed  largely  by  the  information  he 
had  from  the  War  Department  as  to  what  he  might  expect.  There 
was  no  indication  whatever  on  the  |)art  of  anyone  that  he  could  exj^ect 
an  attack  from  the  surface  of  the  sea  or  the  air  on  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 

67.  General  Gri^nert.  That  is  wdiat  he  was  out  there  for,  was  it  not? 
General  Martin.  That  controlled  his  decision  to  the  point  where  he 

decided  there  was  no  danger  from  the  air,  that  his  only  danger  was 
from  the  ground. 

68.  General  Grunert.  When  Alert  No.  1,  the  sabotage  alert,  was 
called,  did  you  then  telegraph  to  the  various  airports  to  tell  them  to 
carry  out  sabotage  Alert  No.  1  and  concentrate  their  planes? 

General  Martin.  We  had  communication  with  all  of  our  air  sta- 
tions.    We  had  both  teletype  and  telephone  and  telegrai)h. 

69.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  discussing  the  matter  with  General 
Short,  after  which  he  made  his  decision  to  go  on  Alert  No.  1,  and  you 
as  his  air  force  commander  well  knowing  there  was  [18SJ]  no 
competent  distant  reconnaisance  that  would  cover  the  areas,  how  do 
you  then  justif}^  your  agreeing  with  him  that  Alert  No.  1,  sabotage, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  959 

would  })robably  be  the  best  thin<^  to  do?  You  kuew  there  was  no  ail' 
reconnaissance  to  cover  you  from  the  outside.  Therei'oie,  you  had  no 
knowledge  of  what  might  come  in  from  the  sea,  and  if  you  had  taken 
Alert  No.  2  you  would  have  covered  both  your  air  defense  and  your 
saDotage;  but  still  you  concurred  on  the  sabotage  alert  only.  It  does 
not  seem  to  make  sense,  unless  you  have  some  arguments  back  of  it.  I 
am  just  trying  to  get  facts.     I  am  not  bhiming  you  or  anyone  else. 

General  Martin.  Let  us  cover  the  reasons.  Let  us  say  we  had  not 
been  attacked  from  the  air  and  we  were  under  Alert  No.  2  and  the 
attack  had  come  from  within.  We  would  have  had  all  our  shi]is  dis- 
persed in  the  dispersal  areas.  Then  the  embarrassment  would  have 
been  almost  as  great  as  it  was  before,  because  you  are  not  prejiared  to 
defend  them  in  the  dispersal  areas.  They  could  have  been  destroyed 
by  little  hand  grenades  or  any  soi't  of  a  crudely-constructed  bomb  or 
fire,  or  anything  of  that  nature  by  a  few  indivicluals.  A  few  individ- 
uals could  destroy  each  one  of  the  areas  if  properly  dispersed,  and  the 
vv'hole  thing  would  go  up  in  smoke.  We  could  be  just  as  severely  criti- 
cized for  having  them  in  that  position  as  we  were  when  the  attack  took 
])lace  from  the  air  instead  of  from  the  ground.  So  the  choice  is,  wliich 
is  the  greater  threat,  and  as  the  Department  Conunander  made  his 
decision,  which  I  think  was  correct,  on  the  infornuition  he  had,  and  I 
subscribed  to  it,  that  the  defense  should  be  made  from  sal)otage  and 
internal  uprising. 

70.  General  Grunert.  You  subscribed  to  it  because  you  thought 
there  was  more  danger  from  sabotage  if  they  were  dispersed  than 
\1S32]         if  they  were  concentrated? 

General  Martiist.  Yes,  sir. 

71.  General  Grtinert.  And  in  concentrating  them,  you  put  them 
[)ractically  wing-to-wing,  or  overlapped  them,  where,  if  a  fire  started, 
you  could  not  get  them  out  to  save  your  neck. 

General  Martin.  Well,  they  are  not  serviced  or  are  not  armed  when 
in  that  condition.    That  was  one  of  the  conditions  of  the  alert. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  evidence  as  to  any  actual 
danger  from  sabotage,  outside  of  your  knowing  that  a  great  number 
of  Ja]:)anese  nationals  was  part  of  your  population? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir;  and  as  far  as  I  know  thei-e  has  been  none 
since  the  islands  were  attacked. 

7?>.  General  Gruxert.  It  was  just  that  bugaboo  of  a  possible 
chance  ? 

General  ^Martin.  That  was  in  the  minds  of  all  of  us,  tliat  we  could 
expect  trouble  from  that  source. 

74.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  whether  or  not  these  sources 
of  explosives  had  been  checked  and  guarded  and  one  thing  and  an- 
other? What  gave  you  the  impression  that  there  might  be  individ- 
uals who  would  have  explosives  to  make  individual  bombs  for  sabo- 
tage }>iu-poses?     Do  you  know  anything  about  that  part  of  it? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir,  I  do  not,  because  our  G-2  activities  were 
imder  the  Department  itself. 

75.  General  Grunert.  When  I  mentioned  the  message  of  Novem- 
ber 27th  from  the  Chief  of  Staff  you  seemed  to  recall  just  the  things 
about  "Let  Japan  commit  the  first  overt  act;  don't  alarm  the  public; 
don't     show     your     intentions."       You     recalled     those          [1833] 


960        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

(hiiios,  })u(  do  you  recall  this  part  of  the  niessap;e :  "If  hostilities  can- 
not be  avoided,  the  United  States  desires  Japan  to  commit  the  first 
overt  act.  This  policy  should  not  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to 
a  course  of  action  that  might  jeopardize  your  defense!"'  ^ 

General  Martix.  Yes,  I  knew  that  that  was  in  there. 

76.  General  Grunert,  Evidently  at  the  time  that  course  of  action 
taken  to  guard  against  sabotage  was  not  considered  as  jeopardizing 
the  defense  of  the  island  ? 

General  Martix.  It  was  not  so  considered.  General  Short  informed 
me  that  the  War  Department  was  thoroughly  advised  of  the  action 
he  had  taken.  He  had  no  criticism  from  the  War  Department  as 
to  the  action  he  had  taken  in  reference  to  putting  the  troops  under 
Alert  No.  1.  We  had  had  a  maneuver  just  before  this  and,  as  I  recall, 
we  went  directly  from  the  maneuver  into  the  alert  and  remained  on 
there,  but  for  wdiat  period  of  time  I  do  not  recall  now.  However,  we 
liad  been  on  Alert  No.  1  for  some  period  of  time  before  the  attack 
took  place. 

77.  General  Grunert.  After  the  attack,  then  they  took  the  extreme 
alert,  No.  ?>,  didn't  they? 

General  IMartin.  We  started  to  make  that  disposition  without  any 
orders  whatever,  as  soon  as  the  attack  took  place. 

78.  General  Grunert.  How  long  was  that  kept  up,  that  No.  3? 
General  Martin.  I  cannot  tell  you. 

70.  General  Grunert.  When  did  you  leave? 

General  Martin.  I  ffol  my  orders  on  the  8th  of  January.  As  I 
recall,  I  left  the  13th  or  l-tth"of  January. 

80.  General  Grunert.  1942? 

General  Martin.  1942 ;  yes,  sir. 

[18341  ^'^-  General  Grunert.  Then  it  was  kept  up  at  least  from 
December  8th  until  January,  when  you  left? 

General  Martin.  I  was  relieved  of  duty  part  of  that  time;  about 
December  IHth,  I  think. 

82.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  getting  at  is  this :  If  you  could 
do  it  afterward  and  you  took  the  chance  against  sabotage,  you  could 
have  done  it  before.  You  had  personnel  enough  to  do  it  afterward, 
didn't  you  ? 

General  Martin.  There  is  a  difference  there.  It  had  been  actually 
demonstrated  that  we  could  be  attacked  from  the  air.  Therefore, 
your  greatest  menace  then  was  from  such  an  attack. 

83.  General  Grunert.  Still  you  demonstrated  to  yourself  when  you 
made  your  estimate  that  yon  conld  be  attacked  from  the  air. 

General  Martin.  General,  when  you  make  an  estimate  of  a  situa- 
tion 3^011  consider  all  things  that  may  happen.  Then  you  come  down 
to  your  decision  and  weigh  one  against  the  other,  and  finally  your 
decision  is  predicated  on  what  is  more  probable  to  happen.  Your 
decision  is  going  to  be  contradictory  to  some  of  the  other  points  in 
the  estimate  you  make. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Now,  when  you  make  an  estimate  and  say 
this  is  the  most  probable  thing  that  is  going  to  happen,  then  why  not 
be  pre})ared  to  meet  the  most  i)robable  tiling  that  is  going  to  happen, 
instead  of  taking  something  way  down  the  scale?  It  does  not  look 
consistent.  Here  you  make  an  estimate  and  you  seem  to  hit  it  right 
on  the  nose  as  to  what  actually  did  happen,  and  then  when  the  time 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  961 

comes  you  pay  no  tittention  to  that.     You  .say,  "1  am   afraid  of 
;>abotage." 

General  Martix.  You  will  have  to  consider.  General,  what  infor- 
mation was  being  received.  I  do  not  know  actually  what  [1835} 
the  Xavy  received,  I  do  know  a  part  of  what  the  Army  received, 
because  those  things  that  it  was  essential  I  know  were  told  to  me  by 
General  Short,  or  he  let  me  read  the  messages.  From  the  informa- 
tion he  had.  he  was  not  of  the  impression  they  were  alarmed  about 
an  attack  on  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

85.  General  Grukert.  Suppose  yon  had  no  information  at  all,  then 
what? 

General  Martix.  That  is  a  little  bit  different. 

86.  General  Gruxert.  Then  what  are  you  out  there  for?  Y'ou  are 
there  as  an  outpost,  aren't  you? 

General  Martix.  Absolutely. 

87.  General  Gruxert.  Then  you  ought  to  be  prepared  to  meet  any- 
thing that  may  happen,  isn't  that  right  ^ 

General  Martix.  Y^ou  can  put  it  that  way. 

88.  General  Gruxert.  And  you  made  an  estimate  as  to  what  w^as 
going  to  happen  and  then  along  came  additional  information.  This 
message  did  not  say  anything  about  sabotage,  the  message  on  which 
the  decision  was  made,  did  it? 

General  Martix.  You  mean  the  estimate  of  the  situation  sa^-s  noth- 
ing about  sabotage? 

89.  General  Gi;ijxert.  No ;  this  decision  that  was  made  on  the  Chief 
of  Staff's  message  said  nothing  about  sabotage. 

General  INIartix.  No.  it  did  not. 

00.  General  Gruxert.  And  the  decision  was  made,  on  this  Chief 
of  Staff  message,  to  go  into  a  sabotage  alert? 

General  Martix.  I  cannot  recall  the  chronological  order  of  dates 
and  circumstances  in  their  exactness.  All  I  can  say  to  you  is  that  that 
decision  was  based  upon  what  was  considered  to  be  the  logical  thing 
to  do  at  the  time.  Now,  it  happened  [1S36]  that  the  estimate 
(if  the  situation  as  to  what  was  the  most  probable  thing  to  guard 
against  was  exactly  correct.  It  could  have  been  the  exact  opposite  of 
that  and  the  thing  the  Department  Commander  prepared  for  was 
exactly  what  would  have  l)een  correct.    It  so  happened  it  was  not. 

91.  General  Gruxert.  If  you  had  had  no  information  from  the  War 
Department  or  from  the  Navy  Department,  what  would  have  been  the 
thing  to  do  to  protect  yourselves? 

General  Martix.  I  think  that  requires  a  lot  of  thought  before  you 
make  that  decision. 

92.  General  Gruxert.  All  this  requires  a  lot  of  thought.  That  is 
what  we  are  here  for. 

Genei-al  Martix.  Why  should  I  have  to  make  that  decision  now? 

93.  General  Gruxert.  Y"ou  don't  have  to.  I  am  not  attacking  you. 
I  am  trying  to  develop  something  so  as  to  get  ideas  and  thoughts  as  to 
what  was  back  in  your  minds  while  you  were  in  Hawaii  in  making 
your  decision.  Anything  I  say  here,  do  not  take  as  personal,  because  I 
do  not  mean  it  that  way.  I  just  want  to  develop  the  subject  to  see  if 
we  can  find  out  what  happened  in  the  minds  of  the  command  out  there. 
So  we  beat  all  around  the  bush  and  occasionally  go  right  through  it  to 
try  to  get  some  reaction. 


962        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Martin.  Let  us  go  back  please.  Assume  that  this  attack  had 
not  taken  place  and  we  are  making  this  decision  without  the  informa- 
tion that  they  could  do  it.  All  the  best  minds  out  there,  including 
Commander  i^rowning.  whom  (xeneral  Frank  knows  quite  well 

94.  General  Grunert.  Of  the  Navy  ? 

\1SS/]  (ieneral  Martix.  OftlieNavy.  Had  pondered  this  ques- 
tion; General  Street,  then  a  Lieutenant  Colonel,  and  various  other 
individuals,  from  every  conceivable  viewpoint  before  that  was  written. 
The  probability  of  that  taking  place  was  considered  the  best  oppor- 
tunity the  Japanese  had.  As  to  its  possibility,  it  was  very,  very  doubt- 
ful that  anything  so  hazardous  would  occvir,  because  if  it  failed,  it 
meant  such  a  reduction  in  their  striking  power  that  they  would  be  con- 
fined to  their  own  home  waters  from  then  on.  We  felt  as  though  it 
was  just  too  much  of  a  risk  for  them  to  take.  These  task  forces  were 
out.  Very  little  information  was  coming  in  from  tlie  War  and  Navy 
Departments.  I  am  sure,  having  no  knowledge  of  a  possibility  of  an 
attack  taking  place,  other  than  it  was  probable  that  it  could  take  place, 
those  things  affect  you  in  making  a  decision.  Why  should  I  disperse 
my  aircraft  and  get  prepared  for  an  air  attack,  when  in  all  probabili- 
ties, under  existing  and  present  circumstances,  my  threat  is  going  to 
come  from  within  the  population,  the  Japanese  population  of  the 
islands?  No,  it  is  very  hard  for  you  under  those  circumstances,  this 
attack  having  not  been  demonstrated  that  it  could  be  accomplished, 
to  say  that  it  will  be  accomplished  and  my  all-out  effort  must  be  to 
ward  that  off,  when  something  is  right  there  under  your  nose  that  is 
full  of  dynamite.  I  am  afraid  that  is  going  to  have  a  very  marked 
influence  on  your  decision.    It  did  for  us. 

95.  General  Grunert.  You  did  get  some  information  through  the 
Navy  and  from  the  Chief  of  Staff  that  war  was  impending.  The  mes- 
sage that  went  to  the  Navy  started  out  with  the  word,  "Consider  this 
a  war  warning."  Then  in  this  message  from  the  Chief  of  Staff,  of  the 
27th,  it  also  gave  intimations  of  a  hostile  at-  [1838]  tack ;  and 
you  peo])le  still  thought  that  sabotage  was  your  biggest  immediate 
danger,  is  that  right? 

General  Martin.  General,  I  do  not  believe  that  you  can  read  into 
those  messages  any  specific  warning  that  you  can  expect  attack  from 
the  surface  or  the  air.  The  possibilities  for  those  tilings,  of  course, 
are  always  in  our  minds,  but  the  avertige  opinion  was  very  vague  as 
to  there  being  an  actual  attack,  as  I  recall  it. 

96.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  expect  the  War  Department  to  tell 
you  what  to  do  all  the  time,  or  just  give  you  certain  information  on 
which  to  use  your  judirment  as  to  what  to  do  ? 

General  Martin.  We  wanted  information  on  which  to  exercise  our 
judgment.  The  decision  had  to  be  made  by  the  Department  Com- 
mander there  as  to  the  defense  of  the  islands. 

97.  General  Grunert.  Let  me  read  you  the  dispatch  received  by  the 
Navy,  which  they  were  insti'ucted  to  transmit  to  the  Army.  This  was 
the  dispatch  of  November  'J7th  from  the  Navy  to  the  Commander-in- 
Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  or  a  ])araphrase  of  it:  "Consider  this  dispatch  a 
war  warning."  If  you  are  given  a  war  warning,  what  do  you  expect 
to  do? 

General  Martin.  Aren't  you  reading  a  Navy  dispatch.  General? 

98.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 


J 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  963 

General  Maktin.  I  have  no  knowledge  of  that.  As  to  whether  Gen- 
eral Short  had  it,  or  not,  I  could  not  say. 

90.  General  Grunert.  That  was  the  next  thing  I  was  going  to  bring 
up.  Outside  of  the  November  27th  dispatch  from  the  Chief  of  Staff, 
did  General  Short  keep  you  informed  of  other  messages  received 
t  hrough  the  Navy  or  otherwise,  or  is  that  dispatch  of  [18S9]  the 
27th  from  the  Chief  of  Staff  the  only  one  you  knew  of? 

General  Martin.  As  to  the  things  received  through  the  Navy,  I 
could  not  answer  it,  but  as  to  anything  else,  he  considered  I  should  have 
knowledge  of,  he  very  probably  gave  me  the  information,  so  far  as 
I  know. 

100.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  do  not  know  about  this  dispatch? 
I  will  read  it  to  you  to  make  sure  of  it. 

Consider  this  dispatch  a  war  warning.  The  negotiations  with  Japan  in  an 
pffort  to  stabilize  conditions  in  the  Pacific  have  ended.  Japan  is  expected  to  make 
an  aggressive  move  within  the  next  few  days.  An  amphibious  expedition  against 
either  the  Philippines,  Thai,  or  Kra  Peninsula,  or  possibly  Borneo,  is  indicated 
by  the  number  and  equipment  of  Japanese  troops  and  the  organization  of  their 
naval  task  forces.  You  will  execute  a  defensive  deployment  in  preparation  for 
carrying  out  the  task  assigned  in  WPL  46  only.  Guam,  Samoa,  and  Continental 
districts  have  been  directed  to  take  appropriate  measures  against  sabotage.  A 
similar  warning  is  being  sent  by  the  War  Department.  Inform  naval  district 
and  Army  authorities.    British  to  be  informed  by  Spenavo. 

You  do  not  recall  ever  having  been  made  acquainted  with  that? 
General  Martin.  General  Short  got  something  similar  to  that.    I 
have  some  of  that  information,  but  not  all. 

101.  General  Grunert.  General  Short  got  tlie  message  of  the  27th 
we  have  just  been  talking  about  and  which  reads  as  follows : 

Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  purposes  with 
only  the  barest  possibilities  [iS//0]  that  the  Japanese  Government  might 
come  back  and  offer  to  continue.  Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hos- 
tile action  possible  at  any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot,  be 
avoided  the  United  States  desires  that  Japan  commit  the  tirst  overt  act.  This 
policy  should  not,  repeat,  not,  he  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of 
action  that  might  jeopardize  your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  Japanese  action  you 
are  directed  to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem 
necessary,  but  these  measures  should  be  carried  out  so  as  to  not,  repeat  not, 
alarm  civil  population  or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Should  hos- 
tilities occur  you  will  carry  out  the  tasks  assigned  in  Rainbow  Five  so  far  as 
they  pertain  to  Japan.  Limit  dissemination  of  this  highly  secret  information 
to  minimum  essential  officers. 

That  appears  to  be  the  counterpart  of  the  other  message. 

General  Martin.  I  do  not  recall  the  text  of  the  message  you  read 
that  the  Navy  received,  but  from  some  source  I  received  the  informa- 
tion, I  believe  from  General  Short  himself,  that  anticipated  a  move 
might  be  made  down  through  the  East  Indies  and  French  Indo-China 
or  in  that  direction. 

102.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  you  thought  that  they  would 
hit  far  out  first  and  not  hit  you  ? 

General  Martin.  We  had  no  idea  they  were  going  to  make  this  bold 
attack  from  the  sea.  It  was  possible.  And  that  possibility  had  been 
weighed,  but  v/e  thought  it  was  too  much  of  a  risk  for  them  to  take. 

103.  General  Grunert.  When  you  weighed  that  ])ossibility  in  your 
estimate,  you  concluded  it  was  highly  probable,  but  when  it  came  to 
actual  conditions  you  concluded  it  was  highly  improbable;  is 
imi]         that  right? 

78716  -46— Ex.  145.  vol.  2 12 


964        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Maetin.  Circumstances  cause  you  to  change  your  mind. 

104.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  was  it  that  Washington  said  or 
did  that  caused  you  people  to  elect  sabotage  instead  of  an  air  attack  as 
your  biggest  danger?  It  was  not  any  particular  thing  that  Washing- 
ton did,  was  it? 

General  Martin.  No,  I  would  not  say  it  was  anything  that  Wash- 
ington did  that  decided  us  on  Alert  No.  1.  With  the  number  of  car- 
riers we  thought  the  Japanese  had,  we  felt  they  would  not  risk  that 
number  of  carriers  that  we  felt  they  had  to  bring  up. 

105.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  think  they  had  the  nerve  to 
attempt  such  an  almost  suicidal  attack? 

General  Martin.  That  is  right. 

106.  General  Grunert.  And  if  you  had  been  on  Alert  No.  2,  would 
it  have  been  successful,  in  your  opinion,  or  do  you  think  you  could 
have  caught  them? 

Genral  Martin.  No,  General ;  we  never  had  enough  equipment  to 
stop  them.  We  could  have  prevented  them  from  being  so  successful, 
but  not  to  have  stopped  them. 

107.  General  Grunert.  Could  you  have  knocked  out  those  slow- 
moving  torpedo-bombers  ? 

General  Martin.  You  might  knock  out  some  of  them,  but  you  are 
not  going  to  get  all  of  them,  because  they  had  too  many  for  the  forces 
we  had. 

108.  General  Grunert.  Of  course,  it  is  like  every  other  situation, 
you  cannot  tell  what  you  would  have  done,  but  at  least  you  would  have 
been  in  the  air  and  you  could  have  prevented  a  lot  of  what  was  done? 

General  Martin.  It  would  not  have  been  so  severe;  no  [184-2] 
question  about  that. 

109.  General  Grunert.  About  this  reconnaissance  referred  to  in 
that  directive  of  the  27th,  it  said  "take  such  reconnaissance  and  other 
measures  as  you  deem  necessary",  or  words  to  that  effect.  What  did 
that  mean  to  you  ? 

General  Martin.  The  observation  and  patrolling  around  the  coastal 
areas,  so  far  as  the  Army  was  concerned,  were  very  alert.  They  were 
looking  for  submarines  that  might  be  in  the  shallower  waters  or  tak- 
ing shelter  from  the  conformation  of  the  islands  in  different  parts  of 
the  areas  in  the  islands.  That  did  not  extend  out  to  sea  to  any  large 
extent,  although  we  were  sending  training  missions  right  along  to  the 
small  islands  south  of  Oahu  and  others  to  the  northwest,  that  is  out 
about  five  or  six  hundred  miles,  for  the  training  of  navigators  and  of 
the  crews  for  these  long  missions  over  water.  All  of  those  M-ere  always 
on  the  alert  for  anything  that  might  be  suspicious. 

[1843]  110.  General  Grunert.  What  could  this  inshore  aerial 
patrol  do  in  the  line  of  or  for  the  defense  of  Hawaii  ? 

General  Martin.  It  did  nothing  more  than  to  give  information  as 
to  any  suspicious  looking  objects  under  the  water  m  that  area  or  that 
might  be  on  the  surface. 

111.  General  Frank.  To  whom? 
General  Martin.  For  submarine. 

112.  General  Grunert.  That  was  patrolling  for  submarines,  to  the 
Navy? 

General  Martin.  In  that  area  for  submarine. 

118.  General  Grunert.  But  that  was  for  the  Navy  purposes,  wasn't 
it? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  965 

General  Martin.  That  was  for  the  Army  too. 

114.  General  Grunert.  What  were  subs  going  to  do  to  the  Army 
defenses? 

General  Martin.  Well,  we  were  charged  with  the  defense  of  Pearl 
Harbor. 

115.  General  Frank.  To  whom  did  you  give  the  information  if 
you  got  it  ? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  that  would  come  directly  to  the  Air  Force 
headquarters  and  then  on  to  the  Department:  go  to  the  Department, 
the  Department  would  give  it  to  the  Navy.  They  would  conmiunicate 
in  that  respect. 

UG.  General  Gbunkrt.  Did  you  ever  find  any  subs? 

General  Martin.  No,  never  found  any. 

117.  General  Grunert.  But  what  could  subs  near  to  the  Island  do 
to  the  Army  defenses  of  Oahu? 

General  Martin.  Well,  the  joint  agreement  was  that  they  were  to 
have  charge  of  the  reconnaissance  of  that  particular  [1S44] 
area  within  the  immediate  shore  line  of  Oahu  for 

118.  General  Frank.  Who  was? 
General  Martin.  The  Army. 

119.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  and  of  course  that  comes  on  down  to  the  air 
forces. 

120.  General  Grunert.  You  did  it  under  that  agreement? 
General  Martin,  Yes,  sir. 

121.  General  Grunert.  But  as  far  as  the  actual  Army  defense  of 
Oahu  was  concerned,  what  danger  were  subs  to  you  ? 

General  Martin,  Well,  there  would  be  no  gain  excepting  our  mis- 
sion was  to  defend  the  Navy  Yard ;  that's  all. 

122.  General  Grunert.  And  they  could  get  within  distance  to 
shell  the  Navy  Yard,  could  they  ? 

General  Martin.  No,  no ;  it  wasn't  considered  that  they  might  shell 
the  Navy  Yard,  but  they  would  have  been  in  position  to  lurk  in  there 
to  attack  ships  of  the  Navy,  carrier  or  capital  ship,  anything  that  they 
wished  to  consider  targets. 

123.  General  Grunert.  Then,  it  was  really  defense  for  the  Navy? 
General  Martin.  And  for  such  observation  as  they  might  make  in 

putting  up  their  periscope ;  that  was  all. 

124.  General  Grunert.  This  message  says,  "Prior  to  hostile  Japa- 
nese action  you  are  directed  to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and 
other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary."  Now,  was  any  additional  re- 
connaissance ordered,  or  did  the  Commanding  General  not  consider 
any  additional  reconnaissance  necessary? 

General  Martin.  Well,  the  reconnaissance  around  the  shore  line  was 
increased  when  they  went  into  alert. 

125.  General  Grunert.  Increased? 

[1845]  General  Martin.  That  was  very  definitely  increased  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  Island, 

126.  General  Grunert.  Sabotage  alert?     Increase  it? 

General  Martin.  We  did  have  a  very  direct  concern  about  the  activi- 
ties of  submarines,  but  we  didn't  have  any  feeling  that  they  were  going 
to  take  the  gamble  of  attacking  from  the  surface. 


9G6       CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

127.  General  Grunert.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  Army  was  sabotage- 
minded,  and  the  Navy  might  be  classed  as  submarine-minded ;  does  that 
about  cover  it  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  think  you  are  apt  to  give  a  wrong  impres- 
sion to  others  if  you  use  that  statement.  You  might  say,  from  the 
testimony  we  have  given  here,  that  that  is  true.  I  would  not  say  that 
we  were  absolutely  sabotage-minded  and  submarine-minded. 

128.  General  Grunert.  But  at  least  it  was  uppermost  in  your  mind  ? 
General  Martin.  I  think  it  would  be  dangerous  to  convey  that 

thought  because  that  isn't  quite  true.  We  had  considered  all  these 
other  things.  Now,  what  we  actually  did  would  indicate  that  what 
you  said  is  true,  but  it  also  indicates  that  we  cast  aside  serious  con- 
sideration for  these  other  things  that  actually  did  take  place,  which  is 
not  true. 

129.  General  Grunert.  You  were  not  satisfied  with  the  distant  re- 
connaissance being  made  by  the  Navy  ? 

General  Martin*  Oh,  no;  I  knew  it  was  not  sujfficiently  complete. 

130.  General  Grunert.  And  you  complained  to  Admiral  Bellinger, 
did  you? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

[1846]  131.  General  Grunert.  About  when  was  that?  Late  in 
the  game  or  early  in  '41  or  late  in  '41,  or  several  times? 

General  Martin.  No.  I  did  it  on  two  different  occasions.  I  did 
it  shortly  after  I  went  over  there  and  then  specifically  along  in  August 
after  we  had  submitted  a  scheme  for  the  reconnaissance  and  pro- 
tection of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  from  the  air  that  had  been  worked 
out  by  my  staff  and  had  resulted  from  a  CPX  we  had  had  in  the 
spring  of  1941  after  I  arrived  there  in  November  in  1940. 

132.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  orally  or  in  writing? 
General  Martin.  Sir? 

133.  General  Grunert.  Were  those  complaints  oral  or  in  writing, 
or  what? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  You  will  find  a  copy  of  it  in  the  Army 
Air  Force  headquarters  and  in  the  War  Department. 

134.  General  Grunert.  Then,  we  ought  to  find  in  Hawaii,  when 
we  go  there,  at  least  two  letters  from  you  complaining  against  the 
inadequacy  of  the  distant  reconnaissance? 

General  Martin.  In  writing?  I  thought  you  were  talking  about 
this  plan  for  the  defense. 

135.  General  Grunert.  No,  no.  Your  complaints  to  Admiral 
Bellinger. 

General  Martin.  I  don't  know  whether  you  will  find  them  in  writ- 
ing or  not.  You  should,  but  whether  you  do  or  not,  I  won't  be  able 
to  say. 

136.  General  Grunert.  Rather  you  think  probably,  it  was  oral,  do 
you? 

General  Martin.  Sir? 

137.  General  Grunert.  You  think  probably  you  just  talked  to  him 
about  it  in  complaining? 

[184.7]         General  Martin.  Well,  I  know  I  did  that. 

i38.  General  Grunert.  Which  might  be  nothing 

General  Martin.  It  is  possible  it  was  in  writing  too,  because  it  was 
a  subject  of  considerable  moment. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  967 

139.  General  Gkunert.  But  if  there  are  copies  of  those  things  they 
would  be  in  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  record? 

General  Martin.  Yes;  if  it  is  in  writing  it  should  be  either  in  the 
— it  should  be  in  the  Air  Force  files  or 

140.  General  Grunep.t.  Well,  now,  you  say  there  was  a  lack  of  these 
patrols.  You  knew  they  were  not  covering  you  outside.  Was  that 
discussed  when  you  decided  to  take  the  sabotage  alert  and  not  go  to 
the  air  alert  ? 

General  Martin.  Why,  of  course. 

141.  General  Grunert.  But  you  discounted  that  because  you  didn't 
think  the  Japs  had  the  nerve  or  the  equipment  to  pull  anything  like 
that ;   is  that  generally  the  idea  ? 

General  Martin.  We  just  felt  that  it  was  too  much  of  a  gamble  in 
the  beginning  for  him  to  take. 

142.  General  Grunert.  Now,  how  about  your  air  fields?  They  do 
not  appear  to  have  been  properly  protected  by  taking  necessary  meas- 
ures to  protect  themselves. 

143.  General  Frank.  From  what  point  of  view? 

144.  General  Grunert.  From  the  idea  of  protection  of  personnel, 
from  having  air  raid  shelters  designated,  from  having  places  where 
persons  could  jump  into  a  slit  trentch,  and  having  machine  guns  set 
uj)  against  possible  air  attack.  Now,  those  things,  most  of  them, 
iippear  to  have  been  done  after  December  7,  but  how  much  was  done 
])rior  to  December  7  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  there  was  quite  a  bit  had  been  done  prior 
to  December  7.  The  plans  were  made  as  to  the  distribution  [IS^S] 
of  the  airplanes  at  the  airports.  The  dispersal  positions  had  been 
revetted  and  slit  trenches  put  in  at  Wheeler  Field.  The  dispersal 
positions  had  been  selected  at  Hickain  Field.  The  revetments  had 
not  been  constructed  because  it  was  considered — now,  whether  I  am 
quoting  correctly  or  not,  but  it  was  my  understanding  that  the  De- 
partment had  requested  this  and  the  War  Department  turned  it  down 
as  being  too  expensive.     Now,  it  may  be 

145.  General  Grunert.  What  was  that? 

General  Martin.  The  revetments  for  the  bombers  at  Hickam  Field. 
It  may  be  that  those  revetments  were  turned  down  in  the  Department 
as  being  too  expensive  for  the  amount  of  funds  that  he  had.  It  was 
one  place  or  the  other,  but  they  had  been  refused  after  having  been  re- 
quested. The  fields  that  were  being  constructed  on  the  other  islands 
had  provisions  for  shelter  for  at  least  one  guard  company  at  each 
one  of  these  stations. 

146.  General  Frank.  What  kind  of  shelter  ? 

General  Martin.  They  were  the  theater-of -operation  type,  except- 
ing down  at  Morse  Field ;  they  were  a  little  more  permanent  there,  a 
part  of  that  construction. 

147.  General  Grunert.  None  of  tliat  is  protection  from  an  air 
attack  ? 

General  Martin.  No,  no,  excepting  as  to  concealment.  The  effort 
was  made  to  put  them  in  among  the  algarroba.  Any  other  protection 
that  might  be  available  on  the  edge  of  the  airport,  and  also  they  were 
staggered  in  and  placed  in  lines  and  streets :  more  to  represent  a  little 
native  town  than  anything  else. 

[184^]  148.  General  Grunert.  Most  of  them  in  the  line  of 
camouflage  ? 


968        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Martin.  Oh,  they  weren't  strictly  camouflage,  but  an  ef- 
fort was  made  to  make  them  as  inconspicuous  as  possible  without 

149.  General  Grunert.  Which,  in  a  form,  is  camouflage  so  as  t(j 
make  it  fit  in  with  the  scenery :  that  is  camouflage. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  That  is,  at  Barking  Sands  the  roofs 
were  green  very  much  like  these  buildings  here,  and  they  were  among 
the  algarroba,  which  were  green  all  the  year  round. 

150.  General  Grunert.  How  about  setting  up  machine  guns  to  be 
prepared  in  case  an  air  attack  came? 

General  Martin.  The  machine-gun  pits  were  at  various  points 
around  Hickam  Field  and  also  at  Wheeler  Field.  Remember,  Gen- 
eral, your  Alert  No.  1  pulled  the  antiaircraft  in  from  these  positions. 
The  antiaircraft  had  dispersal  points  throughout  the  island.  And 
Alert  No.  1  pulled  them  in  from  those  positions  into  their  home  posts, 
so  they  were  not  in  those  positions  the  morning  the  attack  took  place. 

151.  General  Grunert.  That  seems  to  be  the  trouble:  Alert  No.  1 
did  everything  that  should  not  have  been  done. 

General  Martin.  Absolutely. 

152.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  in  the  light  of  what  we  know  now. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir ;  that  is  correct.  It  did  exactly  the  oppo- 
site of  what  the  dispersal  should  have  been  to  meet  the  attack  that  took 
place. 

153.  General  Grunert.  But  I  still  do  not  understand  how  after 
December  Tth  we  appear  to  have  had  plenty  of  personnel  to  do 
[ISSO]  all  this  dispersion  and  take  care  of  that  in  addition  to 
sabotage,  but  they  seemed  to  blame  the  sabotage  on  the  drain  on  per- 
sonnel— why  you  came  to  that  conclusion. 

General  Martin.  General,  we  had  already  been  stung.  We  knew 
it  could  be  done.  The  improbability  of  it  was  a  thing  of  the  past. 
The  probability  of  its  happening  again  was  quite  dangerous. 

154.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  made  several  remarks  here  to  the 
Roberts  Commission  that  I  just  want  to  call  your  attention  to. 

General  Martin.  I  want  to  make  one  comment  with  reference  to 
something  I  said  before  the  Roberts  Commission  which  I  mentioned  to 
General  McNarney  afterward,  and  he  said,  Well,  he  didn't  think  it  was 
of  sufficient  importance  to  come  back  before  the  Commission  and  prove 
it.  Admiral  Standley  showed  me  a  copy  of  the  Navy  order  which 
embodied  parts  of  the  estimate  of  the  situation  here  that  I  didn't  rec- 
ognize, and  I  told  him  that  while  these  things  had  been  discussed,  so 
far  as  I  knew,  that  I  had  not  seen  that  paper.  Well,  I  had  not  seen 
the  paper,  but  it  was  an  extract  from  the  estimate  of  the  situation 
which  we  have  been  discussing  right  here,  and  that  is  the  only  thing  I 
know  of  that  is  in  error  with  reference  to  the  testimony  I  gave. 

155.  General  Grunert.  General  Russell. 

156.  General  Russell.  I  have  only  two  or  three  things. 

General,  as  I  understand  your  testimony  there  was  no  complaint 
of  an  inadequacy  of  ships  available  to  theArmy  to  conduct  this  close-in 
reconnaissance :  aircraft. 

General  Martin.  Now,  wait  a  minute.  I  am  not  following 
[1861]         what  you  are  saying. 

157.  General  Russell.  The  mission  of  the  Army  in  connection  with 
the  defense  of  Oahu  was  to  conduct  the  close-in  reconnaissance  ? 

General  Martin.  There  was  no  objection  to  our  doing  it? 

158.  General  Russell.  No.    Was  that  your  mission? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  969 

General  Martin.  It  was  assigned  according  to  the  joint  agreement. 

159.  General  Russf.ll.  All  right.  Now,  did  you  have  sufficient  air- 
craft to  conduct  that? 

General  INIartin.  Oh,  yes,  for  close  reconnaissance.  Goodness,  you 
go  around  the  island  in  just  a  few  minutes. 

160.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  definite  plan  for  conducting 
this  close-in  reconnaissance? 

General  Martin.  As  to  whether  you  will  find  an  operation  order  in 
<lie  operation  files  at  the  7th  Air  Force  that  says  how  this  will  be 
done,  I  cannot  say.  It  was  being  done  by  everyone  that  went  out  on 
a  mission.  That  was  a  general  understanding,  that  they  were  always 
alert  for  these  specific  things  that  might  be  an  indication  of  the  pres- 
ence of  the  enemy,  particularly  under  water.  We  thought  he  would 
be  spying  upon  us,  because  they  would  send  submarines  into  that  area 
to  detect  the  movements  of  the  Navy,  of  the  Fleet. 

161.  General  Russell.  Then  this  reconnaissance  was  conducted  as 
a  part  of  some  other  mission? 

General  Martin.  Normally,  yes. 

162.  General  Eussell.  Do  you  recall  ever  having  sent  out  any  Army 
aircraft  for  the  specific  and  sole  purpose  of  conducting  this  close-in 
reconnaissance  ? 

[1852^  General  Martin.  I  can't  recall  specifically  that  that  was 
done.  We  had  an  observation  squadron  there,  you  see,  that  you  will 
find  in  their  files,  I  am  sure,  specifically  assigned  to  some  missions  for 
them.     Now,  as  to  the  making  of  that,  I  wouldn't  know. 

163.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  They  were  given  general  instructions  that  this 
was  a  part  of  their  duty.  It  was  a  part  of  the  duty  of  the  bombers 
and  fighters  as  well.  They  all  had  the  same  responsibility  for  observ- 
ing the  area  in  which  they  were  flying. 

164.  General  Russell.  General,  your  testimony  or  your  evidence 
as  given  in  reply  to  General  Grunert's  questions  indicated  a  rather 
close  relationship  between  you  and  the  Department  Commander,  Gen- 
eral Short. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

165.  General  Russell.  Were  your  transactions  with  him  quite  fre- 
quent or  infrequent? 

General  Martin.  No  ;  I  would  say  they  were  quite  frequent.  If  I 
had  any  business  to  transact  on  which  it  was  necessary  to  get  his  de- 
cision, I  would  ask  permission  of  his  Chief  of  Staff  to  have  an  audi- 
ence with  him,  which  was  always  granted  at  as  near  the  time  I  had  re- 
quested as  was  possible  for  him,  and  he  would  call  on  me  quite  often 
to  come  into  headquarters  to  discuss  different  matters. 

166.  General  Russell.  Wlien  did  you  go  out  there  ? 

General  Martin.  I  reported  for  duty  there  the  2nd  of  November, 
1940. 

167.  General  Russell.  Was  the  Department  in  a  condition  of  alert 
when  you  arrived  ? 

[1853]         General  Martin.  No,  sir. 

168.  General  Russell.  Were  you  informed  when  you  arrived  that 
the  Department  had  been  on  an  alert? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir. 

169.  General  Russell.  That  year? 


970        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Martin.  Oh,  I  think  there  had  been  some  sort  of  a  maneu- 
ver or  something  of  that  kind.  As  to  being  alerted,  I  didn't  have  any 
knowledge  of  that,  don't  remember  of  anything  of  that  kind.  I  won't 
say  that  they  were  not. 

170.  General  Russell.  Were  you,  or  not,  conscious  of  the  fact  that 
the  relation  between  the  American  Government  and  the  Japanese  Gov- 
ernment grew  more  tense  from  the  time  you  arrived  until  the  attack 
on  December  7,  '41  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir;  that  is  right.  That  is  correct.  Had 
full  knowledge  of  that. 

171.  General  Russell.  You  had  full  knowledge  of  that? 
General  Martin.  Yes. 

172.  General  Russell.  How  did  you  acquire  that  knowledge? 
General  Martin.  Well,  I  acquired  it  through  the  press  relations 

and  through  information  that  the  Department  Commander  gave  me. 

173.  General  Russell.  Then,  the  Department  Commander  and  you 
were  agreed  that  the  relationship  between  the  Japanese  and  American 
Governments  was  growing  more  tense  through  the  year  1941  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

174.  General  Russell.  Was  there  anything  occurring  on  the  Island 
itself  which  would  lend  color  to  this  growing  tenseness  between  the 
1  wo  Governments  ? 

[18S4-]  General  Martin.  No,  there  was  none,  no  indication  of 
anything  on  the  Island  that  would  cause  unnecessary  suspicion,  al- 
lliough  the  G-2  section  of  the  Department  was  unusually  alert  and 
they  were  searching  for  information  as  such  a  large  percentage  of  the 
population  were  of  Japanese  descent  or  native  Japanese,  natural  Jap- 
anese, that  they  felt  that  it  would  be  almost  impossible  for  them  to 
ferret  out  all  the  things  that  might  be  taking  place.  So  there  was 
naturally  cause  for  great  concern  as  to  what  this  great  mass  or  large 
percentage  of  population  could  do  that  would  be  harmful  to  us. 

175.  General  Russell.  In  the  fall  of  1941  or  in  November,  to  limit 
the  period  a  little  more,  in  middle  and  late  November  of  1941,  what 
were  the  conclusions  reached  by  you  and  the  Department  Commander 
as  to  the  probable  imminence  of  war  with  Japan  ? 

General  Martin.  We  thought  it  quite  probable. 

176.  General  Russell.  When  you  went  on  Alert  No.  1  as  of  late 
November,  were  you  and  the  Department  Commander,  insofar  as  you 
knew  his  thoughts,  impressed  that  war  might  begin  at  any  day  or  at 
any  hour  with  Japan  ? 

General  Martin.  I  think  that  is  a  little  bit  further  than  we  consid- 
ered. The  probability  of  war,  yes.  And  when  you  say  "the  probabil- 
ity of  war,"  it  is  apt  to  break  out  at  any  particular  time.  The  fact  that 
it  was  going  to  break  out  within  the  next  month  or  two,  as  far  as  I 
am  concerned,  I  will  say  I  did  not  think  that  it  would.  I  felt  that  the 
Japanese  were  anxious  to  accomplish  or  to  gain  and  hold  what  they 
had,  rather  than  to  bring  additional  trouble  on  their  shoulders. 

177.  General  Russell.  Yes,  sir.  Well,  do  you  know.  General, 
whether  or  not  the  opinion  which  you  have  just  expressed  as  to 
\J8S5]  the  imminence  of  war  at  that  time  was  entertained  also  by 
the  Commanding  General  of  the  Department,  General  Short  ? 

General  Martin.  All  I  can  say  is,  he  discussed  it  with  me,  and  the 
information  he  had,  which  indicated  that  the  negotiations  were  not 
progressing  as  they  had  expected. 


r'HOCKKDI  i\(iS    OK    AI»'MV    I'KAK'I;    IIAHlU)i;    HOARD  971 

178.  Geiie'/al  Kussell.  Yes,  hut  you  ;iiv  uol  able 

General  Mahtin.  And  thev  were  <iel!  ing  at  the  critical  stap'. 

17U.  General  Kusskll.  1  under^^land,  then,  that  you  are  in.-l  in  a 
l)osition  to  irive  any  too  clear  a  ))ictni'e  ol'  General  Slujrt's  thouLiJn 
about  war  at  that  time. 

I  will  ask  you  this,  General  :  Do  you  think  that  in  the  estimate  of  the 
situation,  upon  wliich  the  order  for  Alert  No.  1  was  issued,  the  ])r()b- 
ability  or  i!n[)rol)a])ili{y  of  immedia.te  war  with  Ja})an  playi'd  any 
]wrt^ 

General  Makmn.  You  mean  to  say  as  to  probability  of  immediate 
war  takinji;  place  with  Japan  being  given  considcu-ation  at  the  tiiut^ 
Alert  No.  1  was  decided'^ 

180.  General  Russell.  xVnd  affecting  the  order. 

General  Martin.  I  don't  think  there  is  any  doubt  but  what  it  was 
consitlered. 

ISl.  Genei'al  Russell.  General,  suppose  that  a  conclusion  had  be(Mi 
i-eached  by  you  that  war  with  Jaj)an  was  likely  at  any  hour:  would 
you  have  thought  tlien  that  Alert  No.  1  was  sufticient? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  under  the  circumstances  that  I  stated  to  Gen- 
eral Grunert.  You  weigh  all  the  information  you  have  available  to 
you.  One  counters  another,  and  it  is  up  to  tlie  Department  Com- 
juander  and  his  assistants  to  make  a  decision  as  to  what  he  thinks  is 
the  greatest  set  to  him.  Under  the  circumst  ances  and  the  infoi-mal  ion 
that  was  available  to  him  at  [JSoG]         tha.t  time  T  felt  that   his 

decision  was  correct. 

182.  Genei'al  Russell.  Whether  war  v.wnv  ov  not '^ 

General  JMautin.  Yes. 

IS-'").  General  Rltssell.  Gener;d,  in  the  discussion  by  General 
(irunert  of  the 

(ieneral  ISIartin.  1  Mould  like  to  add  something  right  there,  sir,  in 
addition  to  the  question. 

184.  Genera]  Russell.  Veiy  well. 

General  Martin.  I  feel  that  our  decision  was  influenced  to  a  certain 
extent  by  the  fact  that  the  Navy  was  patrolling  v^-ith  task  forces  in 
\^aters  of  which  we  had  no  knowledge.  Now,  as  to  what  areas  they 
were  covering,  v.e  did  not  know,  but  it  did  ailect  a  decision  as  to  the 
liaramount  danger  coming  from  within  rather  than  from  without. 

185.  General  Russell.  You  didn't  know  where  they  wer(>'?  You 
didn't  know  where  they  went  to,  did  you? 

General  Martin.  No. 

186.  General  Russi;ll.  Whethei'  north,  south,  east,  oi'  west  i 
General  Martin.  No,  sir ;  they  didn't  tell  us. 

187.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  confidence  in  the  efi'ectiveness 
of  these  task  forces? 

General  Martin.  Well,  not  complete,  no,  but 

188.  Genera]  Frank.  But?     But  what? 

General  Martin.  Well,  but  wliat,  I  don't  know  v.liat  T  was  intend- 
ing to  say.  1  was  going  to  say:  the  task  force,  not  knowing  as  to 
where  it  had  gone  av  not  knowing  wliat  iirfoiination  it  had  tliaT would 
indicate  (luit  it  should  go  ceilain  j)]aces.  I  couhhrt  nnswer  tlie  rpiesi  ion. 

iSi).  (leneral  Frwk.  But  you  just  said  th.nt  iIh>  fact  that  tli(> 
I  lSf//'\  Navy  had  task  foives  out  influenced  muw  (j('ci:^ion. 

Genei-a]  Martin.  AVell,  I  am  sure  that  it  did. 

ino.  (h^neral  Frank.  Well,  wliy  did  it  ? 


972        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Martin.  Well,  if  there  was  anything  so  large  as  a  task  force 
of  proper  size  to  make  a  successful  attack  against  the  Island  on  the 
ocean,  I  just  had  a  feeling  that  the  Navy,  in  the  spreading  of  their 
task  force  to  pick  up  information,  would  contact  it  in  some  way. 

191.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  you  had  confidence  that  the  Navy 
was  conducting  task  force  operations  that  would  furnish  you  a  certain 
protection  ? 

General  Martin.  That  is  right. 

192.  General  Frank.  And  because  of  that  feeling  of  confidence  in 
the  Navy  to  do  it,  you  felt  a  certain  security  ? 

General  Martin.  That  is  perfectly  true.  Now,  as  I  stated  a  moment 
ago,  we  were  not  completely  satisfied  with  the  way  this  reconnaissance 
was  being  done,  because  there  wasn't  enough  in  the  air,  and  your 
reconnaissance  from  the  air  would  extend  over  a  larger  territory  in  the 
limited  amount  of  time,  and  that  was  the  thing  1  was  complaining  to 
Admiral  Bellinger  about.  There  wasn't  sufficient  air  reconnaissance, 
but  we  did  have  a  feeling  that  the  task  forces  going  out  were  going 
out  with  the  specific  purpose  in  mind  of  conducting  reconnaissance 
of  the  waters  in  that  vicinity.     As  to  where  they  went,  I  didn't  know. 

I  am  sorry  to  interrupt,  but  I  just  wanted  to  bring  out  that  point. 

193.  General  EtrssEU..  Well,  you  were  not  the  one  that  interrupted, 
General. 

I  want  to  talk  to  you  about  what  General  Frank  has  injected  here, 
this  question  of  confidence  in  the  Navy,  not  [18S8']         from  a 

reconnaissance  standpoint  but  from  a  defensive  standpoint.  You 
seem  to  have  some  idea,  for  an  air  force  commander,  General,  about 
naval  operations,  of  the  task  forces  necessary  to  support  this  air 
attack,  and  so  forth. 

What  was  your  feeling  about  the  ability  of  the  Navy  based  on 
Pearl  Harbor  to  destroy  such  a  task  force  before  it  could  launch  the 
planes  from  the  carriers,  assuming  that  the  Japanese  task  force  was 
discovered  in  time? 

General  Martin.  I  felt  the  Navy  was  strong  enough  and  the  task 
forces  were  strong  enough  to  be  such  a  threat  against  any  concentra- 
tion excepting  the  entire  Japanese  fleet,  which  I  didn't  think  they 
would  ever  contemplate  sending,  that  it  would  be  a  very  decided 
deterrent  to  the  Japanese  ever  sending  a  task  force  into  that  area. 
They  were  strong  enough  to  have  defeated  any  except  a  very  unusually 
strong  and  well  constituted  task  force  with  plenty  of  capital  ships 
in  it,  because  they  had  capital  ships  and  they  had  cruisers,  a  goodly 
luunber  of  destroyers,  submarines,  and  the  other  lighter  ships  essential 
to  the  protection  of  the  capital  ships  and  carriers.  There  were  four 
carriers  that  were  in  and  out  at  various  and  sundry  times  which  could 
have  been  a  part  of  any  task  force. 

194.  General  Russell.  There  were  four  carriers?  Now,  I  didn't 
get  the  full  import  of  that. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  I  say  "in  and  out."  Now,  there  were 
the  Hornet  and  the  Enterprise  and  the  Yorktown  and  the 

195.  General  Russell.  Oh,  that  is  out. 

196.  General  Frank.  Lexington. 
General  Martin.  Yes,  Lexington. 

\1S'^8A^         197.  General  Grttnert.  Four  of  our  own  carriers? 
General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  973 

Now,  as  far  as  we  knew,  the  Japanese — all  the  information  we  had 
was  that  the  Japanese  had  about  eight  fairly  good-sized  carriers  and 
probably  about  the  same  number  of  converted  carriers,  and  the  naval 
forces  that  were  then  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  were  perfectly  com- 
petent of  taking  care  of  any  normal  task  force  that  might  be  sent 
against  them.     It  was  a  question  of  their  finding  them. 

198.  General  Russell.  Now,  General,  this  final  question:  Earlier 
in  your  examination  you  referred  to  the  fact,  when  asked  about  means 
available  to  you  to  have  intercepted  and  destroyed  this  air  attack 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

199.  General  Russell.  You  made  reference  to  that  and  stated  that 
before  you  left  you  wanted  to  discuss  that. 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

200.  General  Russell.  And  I  would  like  to  ask  you  to  discuss  it 
noAV. 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  would  like  to  do  two  things:  I  would 
like  to  make  just  a  general  statement  as  to  conditions,  and  then  I 
would  like,  if  I  may,  to  read  extracts  from  personal  letters  I  have 
written  to  General  Arnold  on  the  subject,  so  you  can  see  the  thing  was 
being  discussed  at  the  time.  And  I'll  admit  I  didn't  get  any  very 
definite  answers  with  reference  to  how  it  Avas  going  to  be  corrected, 
but  it  had  been  under  discussion  for  some  time. 

"Wlien  I  took  over  from  General  Frank  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
we  had,  you  might  say,  no  combat  equipment.  We  had  some  P-26s, 
an  old  obsolete  type  of  fighter  which  we  then  [1859]  called  a 
liursuit  airplane.  We  had  some  old  observation  planes,  some  B-18 
bombers  which  could  never  protect  themselves  in  any  combat  at  all. 
They  could  be  used  for  reconnaissance,  but  you  would  lose  them  as 
fast  as  you  sent  them  out,  if  they  went  into  combat.  They  were  always 
recognized  as  not  being  a  combat  ship. 

In  the  spring  of  1941  we  received  possibly  50  P-36s.  They  were 
obsolescent  at  the  time  they  came  over.  A  little  later — as  I  remember 
it,  about  May — we  received  some  P-40  fighters.  These  ships  were 
brought  in  on  carriers  and  flown  off  to  the  station  after  they  arrived 
in  Hawaii.  About  May  we  received  21  B-17s  that  were  ferried  over 
by  air.  9  of  these,  about  the  5th  or  6th  of  September,  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  Philippines  by  air. 

The  12  remaining  were  ordered  to  proceed  to  the  Philippines;  and 
upon  our  request  that  they  be  delayed  that  we  could  continue  the 
training  of  combat  crews  for  that  type  of  ship,  as  the  two  bombard- 
ment groups  at  Hickam  Field  woulcl  be  equipped  with  that  type  of 
airplane,  they  would  go  on  the  tail  of  some  60-odd  airplanes  that 
were  being  transferred  from  the  mainland  to  the  Philippines.  At 
the  time  this  attack  took  place  the  preparation  of  these  12  B-17s  for 
transfer  to  the  Philippines  had  progressed  to  the  point  where  6  of 
them  were  on  the  ground  with  fuel  tanks  being  replaced,  in  which  we 
found  some  deterioration ;  engines  being  replaced  so  that  they  would 
have  the  requisite  amount  of  lack  of  time  on  the  engines  that  they 
would  be  sure  to  be  in  a  position  to  function  properly  in  transit. 
The  types  of  ships  which  could  have  been  used  in  combat,  which  is 
the  P-40,  B-17,  and  10  A-20s,  were  always  possibly  50  percent  out 
of  commission  due  to  spare  parts.  In  the  beginning  of  our  production 
program         [1860]         all  monies,  as  possible,  were  placed  into  the 


974        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

producing  of  additional  engines,  and  the  spare  parts  requirements 
were  neglected  at  the  time.  Therefore,  the  new  airplanes  coming 
out  were  deficient  to  meet  the  requirements  of  spare  parts. 

We  had  sent  cablegrams  and  letters  on  the  subject  of  spare  parts 
through  proper  channels  to  our  supply  agencies,  and  they  were  not 
in  a  position  to  help  us.  I  knew  that,  but  I  did  want  them  to  be  sure 
to  realize  how  important  it  was  to  improve  the  spare-part  situation 
as  rapidly  as  possible.  If  we  had  an  accident  in  one  of  our  ships, 
we  used  what  they  call  cannibalism  to  rob  it  of  certain  spare  parts 
to  repair  other  ships. 

Now,  that  was  directly  forbidden  by  regulations,  but  the  situation 
was  such  that  I  knew  that  I  would  be  always  justified  in  taking  such 
action.  They  were  never  destroyed  in  any  way  but  what  the  parts 
if  received  could  be  put  back  in  and  the  ship  put  back  into  commis- 
sion  again.  But  even  the  taking  of  a  part  from  any  part  of  the  air- 
plane  or  engine  was  forbidden  as  far  as  our  regulations  at  the  time 
were  concerned, 

Now,  as  to  information  we  may  have  that  you  may  find  in  the  files, 
1  am  sure  you  will  find  plenty  of  it  explaining  this  situation,  the 
exact  time  when  these  airplanes  were  received,  and  the  efforts  we 
were  making  to  train  combat  crews.  The  type  of  airplane  we  had  was 
entirely  different  from  the  type  we  were  receiving.  Therefore  the 
training  program  had  to  be  rather  extensive  for  the  fighters.  We 
were  receiving  men  just  out  of  the  schools,  who  had  not  had  advanced 
training  at  the  time :  that  is,  a  limited  advance  training  but  not  on  any 
of  the  modern  equipment.  So  they  were  put  through  a  [1861] 
demonstration  of  their  ability  to  handle  the  old,  obsolescent  P-26, 
then  through  the  P-36  and  on  to  the  P-40,  and  considerable  progress 
was  being  made  in  training  these  men  to  take  over  the  P^O  equip- 
ment. 
201.  General  Frank.  How  about  the  bombers? 
General  Martin.  The  bombers,  as  soon  as  we  got  B-l7s,  in  I  think 
it  was  some  time  in  May,  we  had  a  few  of  our  pilots  that  had  flown 
the  B-l7s.  They  started  training  others,  and  as  I  remember  there 
were  one  or  two  officers  remained  with  the  first  flight  of  bombers  that 
came  over,  and  helped  train  other  additional  crews.  So  they  had  to 
train  the  pilots  to  operate  the  ship,  the  co-pilots  and  all  other  members 
of  the  crew.  We  had  no  knowledge  of  repairing  its  engines  or  any 
of  its  equipment.  We  had  schools  because  the  schools  on  the  main- 
land— the  technical  I  am  talking  about,  now — had  not  progressed  to 
the  point  where  they  could  meet  the  requirements.  In  other  words, 
they  had  consumed  some  of  their  own  fat,  so  to  speak,  to  meet  the 
enlargement  of  the  technical  school  facility.  We  were  getting  but 
a  few  technically  trained  men. 

I  inherited  from  my  predecessor  certain  schools  which  were  in  be- 
ing, and  others  were  established  afterwards  to  give  radio,  engine  me- 
chanics, airplane  mechanics ;  and  different  types  of  training  and  repair 
by  the  artisans  in  the  handling  of  this  new  equipment  was  given  at 
Wheeler  and  Hickam  Fields.  There  were  possibly  400  men  in  these 
schools,  as  I  remember. 

My  contention,  the  only  dissension  of  note  that  I  ever  had  with 
General  Short,  was  with  respect  to  the  Air  Corps  performing  its  spe- 
cific fimctions  and  taking  care  of  its  own,  and  the  ground  forces  fur- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  975 

nishing  protection  for  the  airdrome.  The  regulations  at  the  time 
specified  that  the  air  force  are  [1862]  responsible  for  the  de- 
fense of  the  airdrome,  but  on  account  of  my  intensive  training  program 
and  the  fact  that  I  expected  this  new  equipment  to  come,  the  Hawaiian 
Air  Force  having  just  been  set  up  in  November  of  1940,  there  was  a 
tremendous  amount  of  loose  ends  to  be  picked  up,  and  I  complained 
very  bitterly  to  General  Short  to  have  the  men  relieved  that  he  insisted 
be  trained  as  infantry  for  the  defenses  of  the  airdromes  and  for  other 
duty ;  and  his  idea  was  that,  when  this  attack  was  pressed  home  to  a 
point  that  the  air  forces  had  been  liquidated,  then  the  ground  troops 
would  be  used  as  infantry.  That  part  of  it  was  perfectly  sound  and 
all  right,  but  my  contention  was  that  until  I  was  prepared  to  meet  my 
primary  mission  I  could  not  spare  the  men  to  be  trained  for  this  sec- 
ondary mission. 

Now,  I  would  like  to  read  you  some  extracts  from  letters. 

202.  General  Russell.  Before  you  get  away  from  training.  General, 
in  order  to  make  the  record  more  or  less  logical:  What  effect  on  this 
training  program  would  your  having  gone  into  Alert  2  or  3  have  had  ? 

General  Martin.  So  far  as  training  for  the  defense  of  the  airdromes 
is  concerned? 

203.  General  Russell.  This  general  training  that  you  are  talking 
about. 

General  Martin.  As  soon  as  you  went  into  one  of  those  alerts  then 
it  was  assumed  by  the  Department  that  these  men  had  taken  their  posi- 
tions for  the  final  protection  of  the  Island,  and  parts  of  them  were  to 
report  to  the  military  police,  and  parts  of  them,  a  certain  number  of 
troops  were  in  defense  of  the  airdromes  on  the  Island.  Therefore 
they  would  be  taken  completely  away  from  their  essential  positions — 
those  that  had  [186S]  been  trained  for  other  positions — with 
the  air  force  units.  After  they  had  been  trained  as  infantry  for  this 
defense  and  the  alert  had  been  called,  they  had  by  that  time  qualified 
for  a  classification  in  the  air  corps  or  the  ground  forces,  ground  crews 
for  these  ships. 

[1864-]  204.  General  Frank.  It  is  not  quite  clear  to  me.  Let 
me  ask  a  question. 

General  Martin.  Perhaps  it  was  not  made  clear. 

205.  General  Frank.  On  Alert  No.  1  j^ou  could  continue  your  Air 
Corps  training,  is  that  right  ? 

General  Martin.  Now  so  far  as  these  troops  that  were  performing 
the  duty  of  infantry  was  concerned 

206.  General  Frank.  Did  you  perform  infantry  duty  on  all  three 
alerts? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  for  those  troops  that  had  been  trained  as 
infantry. 

207.  General  Frank.  lii  all  three  alerts  ? 
Ge]ieral  Martin.  Yes. 

208.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  advantage  to  conducting  Air 
Corps  training  in  any  one  of  the  three  alerts  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  as  to  the  training  in  the  alert 

209.  General  Frank.  No,  Air  Corps  training. 
General  Martin.  Yes. 


976        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

210.  General  Frank.  Technical  training.  Was  there  any  advan- 
tage to  conducting  Air  Corps  training  in  any  one  of  the  three  alerts  ^ 

General  Martin.  By  Air  Corps  training  you  mean  technical  train- 
ing? 

211.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  Pertaining  to  the  Air  Forces  ? 

212.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  There  most  certainly  was,  because  we  were  hard 
pressed  to  get  the  men  properly  trained  to  meet  our  requirements  in 
the  new  organization. 

213.  General  Frank.  Could  you  do  more  technical  training  for  the 
[1865']  Air  Force  in  No.  3  Alert,  No.  2  Alert,  or  No.  1  Alert,  or 
was  there  no  difference  ? 

General  Martin.  Of  course  there  was  a  difference.  There  wouUl 
be  more  under  Alert  No.  1. 

214.  General  Frank.  More  technical  training? 

General  Martin.  Yes.  Under  Alert  No.  2  your  ships  are  dispersed 
and  your  crews  are  with  the  ships. 

215.  General  Grunert.  Under  Alert  No.  1  your  ships  were  concen- 
trated.    Did  you  take  them  out  of  parking  then,  to  train,  or  what? 

General  Martin.  The  point  you  have  in  mind  and  what  I  am  an- 
swering may  be  different.  There  is  one  thing,  as  to  technical  training 
in  the  schools  we  had  on  the  ground.  If  you  are  talking  about  the 
opportunity  for  training  in  the  crews  assigned  to  the  ships,  then  it  is 
different. 

216.  General  Frank.  No.  I  am  talking  about  the  schools. 
General  Martin.  Your  Alert  No.  1  gave  them  great  opportunity 

for  technical  training  on  the  ground. 

217.  General  Eussell.  What  happened  with  respect  to  training 
crews  under  Alert  No.  1  ? 

General  Martin.  You  have  no  planes  at  all. 

218.  General  Russell.  They  are  all  placed  together? 

General  Martin.  Yes.  You  could  not  ti-ain  crews  under  those  con- 
ditions. 

219.  General  Russell.  After  December  7th  what  happened  to  your 
training  eft'ort? 

General  Martin,  I  should  say  it  started  about  8  o'clock  on  December 
7tli.  The  men  were  moving  the  ships  out  of  the  dispersed  areas  so  far 
as  they  could.  In  fact,  considerable  of  [1866]  them  were 
caught  in  getting  them  to  dispersed  areas. 

220.  General  Russell.  Let  us  go  to  December  8th.  What  sort  of 
training  did  you  carry  on  on  December  8th  and  thereafter? 

General  Martin.  There  was  very  little  training  there,  or  you  could 
not  call  it  training.    We  went  to  our  established  stations. 

221.  General  Russell.  That  was  Alert  N'o.  3? 
General  Martin.  Combat  stations. 

222.  General  Russell.  That  was  Alert  No.  3? 

General  Martin.  Yes.  While  it  was  training,  I  would  not  call  it 
training. 

223.  General  Russell.  General,  I  want  you  to  be  sure  or  be  accurate 
on  the  answ^er  that  you  made  a  moment  ago  about  under  Alert  No.  1. 
Under  Alert  No.  1  you  assembled  all  your  planes  on  the  aprons  and 
runways  close  in  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  977 

General  Martin.  That  was  to  protect  them  against  trouble. 

224.  General  Russell.  All  day  long  they  were  kept  there  ? 
General  Martin.  They  were  kept  there,  excepting  those  required 

for  missions  and  other  assignments,  which  were  withdrawn  and  put 
back  into  this  concentration  upon  returning. 

225.  General  Russell.  Were  any  of  those  missions  training  missions 
for  which  you  took  those  planes  out? 

GenerarMARTiN.  In  a  sense,  yes.  It  was  flexible  to  a  certain  extent 
when  permitted  by  the  Department  command.  A  strict  interpretation 
of  the  alert  would  mean  you  put  them  there  and  have  them  there,  but 
for  training  they  were  withdrawn  and  taken  out  and  continued  to  be 
used  and  put  back  in  their  concentrated  positions  at  night,  or  when- 
ever they  came  back.    They  were  training  at  night  as  well  as  day  time. 

[1867]  226.  General  Russell.  I  am  going  to  leave  the  develop- 
ment of  your  fighting  strength,  if  there  is  any  development,  to  General 
Frank;  he  knows  more  about  it  than  I  do;  but  I  do  want  to  ask  you 
one  other  question.  What  help  could  the  Hawaiian  Department  con- 
sidered as  a  whole,  Army,  Navy  and  all,  have  expected  in  the  way  of 
fighters  from  the  Navy  ? 

General  Martin.  It  would  have  helped  to  take  from  the  Navy, 
under  our  control,  such  fighters  as  were  flown  off  the  carriers  that  were 
within  the  harbor.    That  is  all. 

227.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  that  strength  as  of  December 
Tth? 

General  Martin.  Let  me  add :  And  such  Marine  Corps  fighters  as 
were  based  on  Hawaii. 

228.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  what  that  effective  strength 
was  as  of  December  Tth,  1941  ? 

General  Martin.  There  were  no  carriers  in  the  harbor,  for  one 
thing.  I  think  there  were  about  25  ships  belonging  to  the  Marines  out 
at  Ewa  Air  Base.  As  to  what  the  Navy  may  have  had  on  Ford  Island, 
I  cannot  say.  I  think  you  will  find  those  figures  of  the  ships  that  were 
actually  on  the  Island  at  that  time  in  the  Operations  file  of  the  7th 
Air  Force,  because  there  was  a  record  being  made  of  the  fighting 
effectiveness  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  from  the  standpoint  of  its 
real  defense. 

229.  General  Russell.  When  these  carriers  were  in  the  harbor,  the 
aircraft  which  normally  accompanied  them  to  sea  were  taken  off  the 
carriers,  were  they  not? 

General  Martin.  "When  they  came  in  ? 

230.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  They  always  wanted  them  to  go  ashore  to 
\J868]  some  air  field  for  training.  As  to  whether  they  were 
always  flown  from  the  carriers  to  a  shore-based  station,  I  cannot  say, 
but  it  was  my  understanding  they  were,  because  there  w^as  great  dis- 
cussion between  the  Army  and  the  Navy  as  to  the  number  of  air 
fields  that  should  be  made  available  to  the  Navy. 

231.  General  Russell.  We  had  some  testimony  during  this  hearing 
about  the  probable  Jap  strength  in  carriers  and  aircraft.  Do  you 
liave  any  independent  opinion  as  to  their  strength,  both  in  carriers 
and  aircraft,  involved  in  the  attack  on  December  7th  ? 

General  Martin.  I  think  I  said  at  the  time  that  we  felt  we  could 
expect  them  to  have  approximately  8  specially  designed  carriers,  and 
possibly  the  same  number  of  converted  carriers. 


978        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

232.  General  Russell.  I  am  talking  about  those  in  the  task  force 
which  made  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  How  many  do  you  think 
were  there  ? 

General  Martin.  I  did  not  think  any  such  number  would  ever  be 
in  any  such  task  force  to  leave  the  Japanese  Islands.  I  would  not 
expect  them  to  have  all  of  their  carriers  in  the  task  force. 

233.  General  Geunert.  How  many  Japanese  planes  attacked 
Hawaii,  do  you  know  ? 

General  Martin.  No  one  knows. 

234.  General  Grunert.  Your  estimate? 

General  Martin.  I  would  estimate  from  a  hundred  to  two  hundred. 
It  is  my  opinion  they  were  in  the  neighborhood  of  150.  It  is  further 
my  opinion  that  a  great  number  of  those  that  made  the  attack  never 
did  return  to  their  carriers.  I  may  be  wrong  about  it,  but  I  believe 
that  is  true. 

[1S69]  235.  General  Russell.  General,  you  stated  that  you  had 
some  letters  that  you  wanted  to  discuss.  Would  you  discuss  those 
now  ? 

General  Martin.  I  wish  to  read  extracts  of  personal  letters  that  I 
have  written  to  General  Arnold.  I  wrote  letters  to  General  Arnold 
from  time  to  time  to  keep  him  apprised  of  what  was  going  on  in  the 
Hawaiian  Air  Force.     I  will  take  them  up  chronologically. 

He  had  written  me  a  letter  on  October  16th,  1940,  which  I  received 
after  I  reported  for  duty  in  the  Hawaiian  Department.  The  extract 
from  that  letter  that  I  wish  to  read  is  as  follows : 

From  the  most  accurate  information  available  to  date,  provided  further  re- 
leases of  equipment  are  not  made  unexpectedly,  it  is  quite  probable  that  new 
equipment  will  be  available  for  assignment  to  Hawaii  not  later  than  the  first 
of  July,  1941. 

From  a  letter  that  I  had  written  to  him  shortly  after  my  arrival  in 
the  Hawaiian  Department  on  the  17th  of  December,  1940,  I  wish  to 
read  the  following  extract : 

In  my  opinion  we  have  in  the  past  and  are  still  practicing  a  very  faulty  policy 
with  reference  to  providing  our  foreign  possessions  with  modern  equipment.  The 
importance  of  these  stations  from  the  standpoint  of  national  defense  dictate 
that  they  receive  first  consideration  in  the  assignment  of  modern  equipment  and 
the  full  quota  of  personnel  for  its  operation.  We  have  been  satisfied  in  the 
past  to  supply  our  units  in  foreign  possessions  with  obsolescent  equipment  until 
organizations  in  the  States  had  been  equipped  with  modern  types.  This  to  me 
is  very  faulty  [1870]  and  could,  in  these  times  of  uncertainty,  be  very 
detrimental  to  our  scheme  of  national  defense.  Our  foreign  possessions  are 
outposts  of  great  importance  and  should  by  all  means  receive  first  consideration 
as  to  quantity  and  quality  of  equipment. 

In  reference  to  that,  from  his  reply  of  the  3rd  of  February,  1941,  I 
quote  the  following : 

You  are  correct  in  that  it  is  of  great  importance  to  provide  our  foreign  depart- 
ments with  modern  equipment.  I  am  sure  that  you  can  appreciate  the  many  con- 
flicts which  arise  witli  respest  to  the  assignment  of  aircraft,  based  upon  tactical 
needs  as  determined  by  the  War  Plans  Division.  At  this  writing,  your  heavy  bom- 
bardment groups  setup  for  B-17  airplanes;  the  18th  Pursuit  Group  for  P-40's, 
and  the  15tli  Fighter  Group  for  P-38s.  It  appears  that  we  may  be  able  to  send 
to  Hawaii  a  few  of  these  B-17s  around  August  of  this  year.  Likewise,  we  expect 
to  send  a  small  number  of  P-40s  late  this  spring.  Indications  are  that  the 
P-38s  are  not  going  to  be  available  until  the  spring  of  1942.  We  are  right  in  the 
midst  of  completing  the  plans  on  the  assignment  of  aircraft,  pursuant  to  the  54 
group  program.     As  soon  as  more  definite  data  has  been  worked  out,  I  will 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  979 

advise  you  as  to  when  your  unit  should  be  equipped,  in  accoi'dance  with  the  plans 
now  in  progress. 

In  a  letter  which  I  Avrote  to  him  on  the  25th  of  July,  1941  I  liave  the 
following  extract  that  I  wish  to  read : 

As  a  result  of  an  Air  Force  CPX  which  I  held  last  winter,  a  study  has  been 
prepared,  under  tlie  direction  of  Colonel  Farthing  assisted  by  Major  Morgan  and 
Captain  [1871]  Coddington  of  the  Oth  Bombardment  Group,  which  gives 
a  clear  presentation  as  to  how  these  islands  can  be  given  a  positive  defense  by  the 
operation  of  long-range  bombardment.  It  also  dictates  the  number  of  this  type 
of  airplane  required.  This  study  is  going  forward  witliin  the  next  few  days  and 
I  am  sending  a  copy  of  tliis  study,  which  is  siibmitted  through  the  Department 
Commander,  directly  to  you.  To  me  it  is  tlie  most  important  study  which  lias  ever 
been  prepared  for  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  the  defense  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  and  should  receive  most  serious  consideration.  This  is  particularly  im- 
portant in  view  of  the  fact  that  by  a  memorandum  addressed  to  the  Commanding 
General,  U.  S.  Air  Forces,  dated  July  17th,  1941,  a  study  was  requested  to  be  made 
of  the  air  situation  in  Hawaii  to  include  but  one  heavy  bombardment  group  for 
this  Department.  Any  other  increases  to  be  limited  to  pursuit  and  light  and  me- 
dium bombardment  and  observation  types,  holding  any  additional  heavy  bombard- 
ment in  readiness  on  the  mainland.  Due  to  the  unusual  circumstances  associated 
with  the  proper  solution  of  air  defense  of  these  islands,  it  would  be  impossible 
to  attain  efficient  operation  from  organization  reinforcing  the  Hawaiian  Air 
Force  after  hostilities  begin.  The  solution  of  our  problem  requires  special  train- 
ing in  the  search  of  water  areas  and  the  bombing  of  precision  targets  represented 
by  aircraft  carriers  and  other  surface  vessels.  Fortunately  the  preparation  of 
landing  fields  on  the  other  islands  of  this  group  are  underway  as  a  result  of  the 
approval  of  projects  which  have  been  submitted  some  time  ago. 

[1S72]  I  would  like  to  enlarge  on  that  particular  statement 
that  has  just  been  made  in  that  paragraph. 

A  CPX  was  conducted,  I  think  it  w^as  in  January  1941  or  early 
February,  with  three  officers  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  who  were 
capable  of  operating  our  estimate  of  the  Japanese  air  strength  in  an 
attack  upon  the  Islands.  I  myself  conducted  the  defense  with  the 
obsolete  and  obsolescent  equipment  that  was  then  available  to  us, 
using  B-18s  for  bombardment  missions  because  that  was  all  we  had. 
The  radius  of  action  of  these  B-]l8s  with  any  appreciable  bomb  load 
was  approximately  300  miles. 

This  CPX  brought  out  that  the  enemy  could  bring  his  carriers 
within  easy  range  of  the  islands  before  darkness  fell,  running  in  at 
night,  and  could  launch  an  attack  with  comparative  ease  against  the 
islands  and  get  back  to  safety  beyond  the  range  of  the  existing  bom- 
bardment type  of  airplane  before  we  could  make  an  attack  against 
them. 

236.  General  Frank.  That  is  the  B-18? 

General  Martin.  The  B-18.  As  a  result  of  this  information  and 
knowing  that  we  had  been  allocated  the  B-17  type,  a  study  was  made 
as  to  the  total  number  required  for  proper  reconnaissance  and  to 
provide  a  striking  force  of  that  type  of  airplane.  This  stud}''  was 
started  by  Colonel  Farthing,  as  he  had  full  knowledge  of  the  informa- 
tion we  had  gained  from  our  CPX.  His  study  was  in  a  compara- 
tively crude  state  and  the  details  of  his  final  form  were  worked  out  by 
my  G-3  Section  on  consultation  with  myself. 

This  resolved  into  an  estimate  of  a  requirement  for  72  long-range 
bombardment  airplanes  on  reconnaissance  each  day  flying  at  an  inter- 
val of  five  degrees.  In  going  out,  after  [J87S]  passing  ap- 
proximately 600  miles  distance  from  their  base,  they  would  not  be 
able  to  see  between  the  two  courses  of  adjacent  ships.     Therefore, 

79716— 46--EX.  145,  vol.  2 13 


980     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

when  they  went  to  the  limit  of  their  radius,  which  was  estimated  to 
be  a  thousand  miles,  they  would  turn  to  the  left,  and  in  doing  so,  in 
coming  back,  they  would  cover  the  area  in  between  that  was  beyond 
their  field  of  vision  on  the  outward  journey. 

An  additional  72  ships  were  required  for  the  next  day's  reconnais- 
sance mission,  with  36  remaining  on  the  ground  as  the  striking  force. 
Those  36  would  be  augmented,  if  pilots  were  found,  from  the  recon- 
naissance planes  which  had  been  on  mission  the  previous  day.  This 
brought  the  total  of  heavy  bombardment  to  180. 

This  plan  was  completed  and  forwarded  to  the  Department  Com- 
mander in  Hawaii  about  the  middle  of  August,  sometime  before  the 
end  of  August. 

237.  General  Frank.  That  made  a  total  equipment  of  how  many 
B-I7s? 

General  Martin.  180.  There  were  72  for  each  day's  reconnaissance, 
72  resting  on  the  ground  after  having  completed  one  day's  recon- 
naissance— all  the  daylight  hours  that  were  available  to  us  they  would 
be  out,  so  they  needed  rest — and  36  that  were  a  permanent  striking 
force. 

238.  General  Grunert.  And  that  presumed  that  the  Army  Air 
Force  would  do  all  of  its  distance  reconnaissance? 

General  Martin.  I  might  explain  that  this  was  submitted,  due  to 
the  fact  that  I  had  a  feeling  that  the  Navy  was  not  properly  equipped 
to  conduct  a  reconnaissance  that  would  be  completely  satisfactory  to 
me;  and  on  the  assumption  that  if  [1874]  trouble  arose  the 
Navy  might  be  quite  distant  from  Oahu,  and  we  were  charged  with 
the  responsibility  of  defending  that  base  so  they  could  always  return 
to  it.  It  was  on  the  assumption  that  the  Navy  would  be  absent  from 
Pearl  Harbor  while  we  were  charged  with  its  defense. 

239.  General  Grunert.  And  that  the  District  would  not  have  enough 
to  do  that  distant  reconnaissance? 

General  Martin.  That  is  right. 

240.  General  Grunert.  Outside  of  the  fleet  ? 
General  Martin.  That  is  correct. 

Another  quotation  from  my  letter  to  General  Arnold  dated  the  25th 
of  July,  1941,  reads  as  follows: 

Another  problem  which  is  causing  very  grave  concern  is  the  fact  that  there  is 
in  existence  such  a  limited  quantity  of  spare  parts  for  the  modern  combat  air- 
plane, which  grounds  for  long  periods  of  time  ships  which  are  sorely  needed  for 
combat  training.  I  know  how  this  came  about  and  I  know  you  are  aware  of  this 
condition  and  I  am  sure  you  are  as  fully  aware  as  I  am  of  the  effects  of  this 
condition  upon  our  efforts  to  make  all  possible  progress  in  providing  combat 
teams  as  rapidly  as  possible. 

We  are  making  progress  in  achieving  our  goal  but  it  is  very  irritating  that  it 
cannot  be  more  rapid. 

Here  is  a  little  more  accurate  information  on  the  date  of  forwarding 
that  secret  plan  for  the  reconnaissance  and  protection  of  the  Hawaiian 
defense  by  air.  This  is  a  letter  from  me  to  General  Arnold  on  the  15th 
of  August,  1941  : 

There  has  been  mailed  under  separate  cover  a  secret  study  which  was  being 
made  at  the  time  the  memorandum  from  the  [^875]  Secretary  of  the 
General  Staff  was  received  requesting  that  "a  study  be  made  of  the  air  situation 
in  Hawaii." 

This  study  was  originally  made  by  Colonel  Farthing  as  commanding  officer 
of  the  5th  Bombardment  Group   (Heavy)   assisted  by  Major  Rose  and  Captain 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  981 

Cuddington.  It  has  been  prepared  as  a  staff  study  and  carefully  checked  as  to 
its  contents  with  certain  additions  being  made  by  the  G-3  Section  of  the  Ha- 
waiian Air  Force.  It  represents  to  me  the  complete  possibility  of  the  Ha- 
waiian Islands  being  defended  from  attack  by  carrier-based  aircraft.  It  is  not 
making  a  statement  which  cannot  be  fully  realized  upon  to  say  that  "The  defense 
of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  can  be  accomplished  with  the  180  heavy  bombardment 
airplanes  which  are  set  up  for  the  mission  by  this  study."  That  being  true,  then, 
by  occupying  outlying  fields  on  this  island  group  and  with  the  requisite  number  of 
airplanes  and  of  the  combat  crews  as  called  for  by  this  study,  the  defense  of  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  has  been  accomplished  and  need  cause  the  War  Department 
nor  the  Army  Air  Force  further  concern. 

On  the  25th  of  September,  1941, 1  wrote  General  Arnold  as  follows : 

Your  letter  of  August  12th,  giving  information  on  the  augmentation  of  the 
Army  Air  Force  and  the  sis  charts  showing  the  successive  build-up  to  the  84 
Group  Program  was  most  valuable  information  for  us.  It  is  strange  how  quickly 
you  become  adjusted  to  figures  in  large  denominations  as  to  the  numbers  of 
aircraft  and  personnel  which  but  two  years  ago  would  have  had  a  staggering 
effect  as  to  the  possibility  of  accomplishment.  We  now  accept  the  plans  [1816] 
for  the  future  with  the  confidence  of  achievement  without  a  thought  of  failure. 

Since  the  departure  of  our  nine  B-17s  we  have  but  12  of  this  type  left  in  the 
Hawaiian  Air  Force.  We  have  competent  crews  which  can  be  sent  to  the  main- 
land at  any  time  to  ferry  additional  B-17s  as  soon  as  they  can  be  made  available 
to  us.  For  our  preparations  for  the  future  and  for  the  carrying  out  of  our  defense 
mission  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  it  is  extremely  important  that  we  get  as  many 
of  these  ships  as  can  be  allocated  to  us  as  soon  as  possible. 

Further  along  in  this  same  letter  I  wrote  as  follows : 

The  following  progress  is  being  made  on  the  establishment  of  outlying  fields  on 
the  other  islands.  At  Barking  Sands,  on  Kauai,  one  runway  is  inider  construc- 
tion ;  mobilization  housing  for  two  squadrons  and  one  National  Guard  company 
for  the  defense  of  the  airdrome  has  been  completed ;  one  bombing  target  for  day 
and  night  bombing  has  been  completed.  One  bombing  target  for  day  and  night 
bombing  is  partially  completed ;  protected  gasoline  storage  is  under  construction. 
At  Morse  Field,  on  Hawaii,  two  squadron  barracks  and  mobilization  housing  for 
one  National  Guard  company,  with  utility  buildings,  have  been  completed; 
protected  storage  for  gasoline  and  runway  are  under  construction.  At  Hilo 
mobilization  housing  has  been  provided  for  one  National  Guard  company  for 
the  defense  of  the  airdrome  and  work  is  progressing  nicely  on  one  rimway  con- 
struction and  mobilization  housing  for  one  squadron  will  be  started  in  the  near 
future.  At  Homestead  Field,  on  [1877]  Molokai,  the  CAA  has  presented 
money  which  has  been  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  District  Engineer  who  has 
started  work  on  the  extension  of  runways,  and  mobilization  housing  for  one  com- 
pany of  National  Guard  for  the  defense  of  the  airdrome  has  been  completed. 
On  Lanai  work  has  started  on  the  construction  of  the  runways,  and  mobilization 
housing  is  yet  to  be  completed  for  one  squadron.  Bellows  Field  has  been  desig- 
nated a  permanent  station  at  which  barracks,  mess  hall  and  utility  buildings, 
for  the  strength  of  1200  men  are  nearing  completion — the  construction  of  runways 
is  underway. 

At  the  end  of  that  same  letter  I  again  call  attention  to  the  fact  that 
"Our  great  need  for  progress  at  the  present  time  is  for  our  allotment 
of  new  equipment. 

The  underground  excavation  for  the  Interceptor  Command  is  nearing  comple- 
tion and  we  expect  to  have  this  in  operation  within  30  days. 

General  Frank.  What  is  the  date  of  that  letter? 
General  Martin.  The  25th  of  September,  1941. 

Five  mobile  RDF  stations  have  been  established  on  Oahu  but  the  permanent 
stations  on  this  and  the  other  islands  will  not  be  available  to  us  until  March  1942. 

From  a  letter  from  General  Arnold  dated  the  7th  of  October,  1941, 
I  wish  to  read  the  following  extract.  In  preparation  for  this,  I  will 
say  that  I  had  given  him  a  report  on  the  nine  B-l7s  transferred  by  air 


982        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

to  the  Philippines,  in  which  I  had  called  his  attention  to  the  limited 
experience  of  the  great  mass  of  personnel  and  particularly  the  excellent 
work  which  had  been  done  by  Sergeant  Griflin  as  the  principal  navi- 
gator. I  stated  [1878]  that  his  work  was  of  an  outstanding 
nature  and  should  be  so  recognized.     In  his  reply  he  said : 

The  status  of  Sergeant  Griffin's  application  for  commission  is  being  determined. 
As  you  have  been  informed,  your  need  for  equipment  has  been  taken  up.  So  far 
as  the  shortage  of  B-17s  is  concerned,  I  know  how  you  must  feel  when  you  have 
set  up  an  efficient  lieavy  bombardment  organization  only  to  lose  part  of  it  because 
of  the  greater  need  elsewhere.  I  hope  that  conditions  soon  will  permit  the 
allocation  of  new  ships  to  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force. 

[1879]  I  wish  to  read  the  following  letter  from  General  Arnold 
dated  the  25th  of  September,  1941 : 

There  has  just  been  brought  to  my  attention  the  Hawaiian  Department  Tenta- 
tive Standing  Operating  Procedure  publication  July  14,  1941.  I  note  under  Sec- 
tion 2  that  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  is  charged  with  being  prepared  to  release 
a  provisional  battalion  totaling  500  men  to  assist  the  auxiliary  police  force.  It 
is  further  observed  that  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  is  charged  with  defending 
Schofield  Barracks  against  ground  and  sabotage  attacks. 

The  combat  units,  together  with  the  auxiliary  and  service  units  set  up  for 
the  Hawaiian  Department,  have  been  designed  primarily  to  insure  the  full  effec- 
tiveness of  air  force  operations  during  that  critical  time  indicated  under  the 
Hawaiian  Department  Alert  No.  1.  It  would  appear,  however,  that  we  have 
overestimated  the  requirements  for  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force.  Obviously,  it 
would  be  impo.ssibIe  for  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  to  carry  out  the  mission  above 
noted,  in  addition  to  its  Air  Force  combat  mission,  unless  there  were  a  surplus 
of  Air  Corps  and  related  troops. 

As  we  are  so  short  of  trained  officers  and  personnel  in  the  Air  Force,  it  is 
most  undesirable  to  employ  such  personnel  for  other  than  Air  Corps  duties,  ex- 
cept under  most  unusual  circumstances. 

It  would  seem  that  the  proper  step  to  be  taken  [1880]  would  be  a 
request  made  on  the  War  Department  to  increase  the  Hawaiian  Department  by 
the  number  of  personnel  required  to  assist  the  auxiliary  police  force  and  to 
defend  Schofield  Barracks.  Our  action  would  then  be  to  reduce  the  numbers 
of  Air  Corps  and  auxiliary  personnel  by  that  number. 

However,  before  any  official  steps  are  taken,  I  would  appreciate  your  unofficial 
and  informal  comment. 

Sincerely. 

H.  H.  Arnold, 
Major  Oeneral,  V.  8.  A., 
Chief  of  the  Army  Air  Forces. 

This  letter  is  from  me  to  General  Arnold  dated  3  November  1941 : 

In  reply  to  your  request  for  unofficial  and  informal  comment  upon  the  use  of 
Air  Corps  troops  as  ordered  by  "Hawaiian  Department  Tentative  Standing  Op- 
erating Procedure,"  dated  July  14,  1941,  the  following  information  is  submitted. 

During  the  department  maneuvers,  which  lasted  from  the  12th  to  the  24th  of 
May  of  this  year,  the  Department  Commander,  General  Short,  became  very 
much  interested  in  the  proper  employment  of  all  military  personnel  in  a  last 
stand  defense  of  Oahu.  At  that  time  he  mentioned  the  fact  that  the  Air  Force 
had  approximately  4,000  enlisted  men  at  Hickam  Field  and  nearly  3,000  at 
Wheeler  Field ;  he  saw  no  reason  why  these  men  should  not  receive  some  training 
as  Infantry  so  that  after  the  Air  Force  was  destroyed  [1881]  they  could 
assist  the  ground  forces  in  the  defense  of  the  island.  I  told  him  it  was  not 
possible  to  give  such  training  at  this  time  as  the  Air  Force's  fiist  mission,  that 
of  training  combat  crews,  was  in  a  most  unsatisfactory  state.  In  lortler  to  obtain 
these  combat  crews  the  men  must  be  processed  through  our  technical  school^  and 
in  addition  thereto  gain  experience  in  the  actual  performance  of  these  duties 
under  proper  supervision. 

As  no  further  comment  was  made  at  the  time,  I  thought  the  matter  was  a 
closed  issue.  Without  further  warning  a  letter  was  received  from  the  Hawaiian 
Department,  dated  5  June  1941  on  the  subject  of  training  Air  Corps  personnel 
for  ground  defense  missions.     This  letter  directed  that — 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  983 

"a.  At  Hickam  Field :  The  training  of  two  battalions  of  500  men  eacli  to  per- 
form the  following  missions : 

"1.  One  battalion  to  provide  ground  close-in  defense  for  Hickam  Field. 

"2.  One  battalion  to  be  prepared  to  take  over  initially  under  the  direction  of 
the  Provost  Marshal,  Hawaiian  Department,  the  anti-sabotage  mission  within 
Police  District  No.  1,  City  and  County  of  Honolulu,  now  assigned  to  the  1st 
Battalion,  27th  Infantry,  under  tlie  provisions  of  Field  Order  No.  1,  OHD  38. 

"b.  At  Wheeler  Field:  The  training  of  one  [1S82]  battalion  of  500  men 
to  perform  the  following  missions : 

"1.  Provide  ground  close-in  defense  of  Wheeler  Field. 

"2.  Be  prepared  to  take  over  initially  under  the  direction  of  the  Headquarters 
Commandant,  Hawaiian  Division,  the  protection  of  the  Schofleld  Area,  now 
a.ssigned  to  the  2d  Battalion,  21st  Infantry,  under  the  provisions  of  Field  Order 
No.  1,  OD  40. 

The  training  of  these  1500  men  was  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  Infantry 
instructors,  after  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  four  afternoons  per  Aveek.  The 
men  who  were  placed  in  these  battalions  were  the  most  recent  arrivals  in  the 
islands,  plus  a  cetrain  number  of  noncommissioned  officers  required  in  the  organ- 
ization. The  officers  for  these  battalions  were  reserve  officers  regularly  assigned 
to  these  two  stations  but  from  other  arms  of  the  service.  As  the  Air  Corps 
training  for  the  enlisted  men  in  these  battalions  progressed  they  received  assign- 
ments with  the  Air  Corps  commensurate  with  their  ability  and  training.  The 
Infantry  drill  in  the  afternoon,  which  usually  lasted  from  3 :  00  p.  m.  to  4 :  30  p.  m. 
interfered  a  great  deal  with  the  performance  of  their  normal  duties  and  when  an 
alert  was  called  these  men  were  required  to  take  their  defense  positions  which 
took  them  away  from  their  Air  Corps  assignments.  This  left  the  organizations 
to  which  these  men  belonged  extremely  short  of  the  necessary  personnel  for 
carrying  [1S8.3]  on  the  functions  required  of  the  Air  Corps  organizations. 
In  other  words,  there  was  imposed  upon  these  men  the  performance  of  a  duty 
assigned  to  them  for  the  last  defense  of  this  island  when  the  Air  Force  was  still 
carrying  on  this  primary  mission  in  the  defense  of  the  island.  As  soon  as  suffi- 
cient reliable  data  could  be  collected  as  to  the  inroad  this  was  making  on  Air 
Force  activities,  a  letter  dated  August  25,  1941  was  prepared  on  this  subject  and 
taken  to  the  Department  Commander,  General  Short,  in  person  showing  that  it 
was  inconsistent  with  the  Air  Force  mission  to  require  its  men  to  train  as  Infan- 
try and  take  their  Infantry  positions  when  an  alert  was  called,  leaving  vacant 
their  proper  assignment  with  the  Air  Force.  The  only  relief  from  the  perform- 
ance of  these  duties  General  Short  would  give  at  the  time  was  that  those  a.ssigned 
to  such  duties  and  properly  trained  for  the  performance  of  these  duties  need  not 
receive  more  training  than  was  necessary  to  insure  that  they  would  be  properly 
prepared  to  assume  these  duties  when  called  upon. 

A  new  "Standing  Operating  Procedure"  is  being  prepared  but  has  not  yet  been 
published.  A  copy  of  this  procedure  which  was  submitted  to  this  headquarters 
for  comment  made  no  mention  of  the  assignment  of  Air  Corps  troops  for  Infantry 
missions,  other  than  Air  Corps  troops  will  be  trained  for  the  close-in  defense 
of  Army  airdromes  on  the  Island  of  Oahu.  I  have  delayed  answering  your  letter 
awaiting  the  publication  of  this  "Standing  Operating  Procedure".  \1S84] 
that  I  might  be  sure  that  the  provisions  of  the  existing  "Standing  Operating  Pro- 
cedure" had  been  changed  as  indicated  above. 

It  is  my  belief  that  the  letter  which  I  mentioned  above,  pointing  out  the  un- 
necessary handicaps  placed  upon  the  Air  Force  in  training  as  Infantry  at  a 
time  when  they  were  unable  to  conduct  sufficient  training  to  meet  their  primary 
mission  as  Air  Force  troops,  has  received  consideration.  In  this  letter  I  asked 
the  Department  Commander  to  rescind  his  instructions  requiring  Air  Corps 
troops  to  train  as  Infanti*y  at  least  until  such  time  as  we  had  developed  suf- 
ficient combat  and  maintenance  crews  to  meet  the  Manning  Tables  for  the  num- 
ber of  airplanes  allotted  to  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force.  I  am  attaching  hereto  a 
copy  of  the  letter  on  the  subject  of  diversion  from  Air  Force  training  dated 
August  25,  1941. 

It  is  my  firm  belief  that  no  attempt  would  be  made  by  an  enemy  force  to  make 
a  hostile  landing  on  these  islands  until  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  has  been  de- 
stroyed or  reduced  in  effectiveness  to  the  point  where  they  could  offer  little  if 
any  resistance.  When  the  present  allotment  of  airplanes  has  been  received  and 
these  airplanes  are  properly  manned  by  competent  combat  crews,  there  is  no 
enemy  In  these  waters  strong  enough  to  destroy  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  or  effect 
a  landing  on  these  ehorea. 


984        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

I  can  well  understand  how  one  charged  with  the  defense  of  these  islands,  as- 
suming that  the  Hawaiian  [1S85]  Air  Force  had  been  destroyed,  would 
wish  to  utilize  to  the  fullest  extent  the  military  manpower  available  to  him  in 
carrying  out  his  mission  of  the  defense  of  Oahu.  For  Air  Corps  troops  to  be  ef 
fective  under  such  circumstances  they  should  be  properly  trained  for  the  parts 
they  are  required  to  play  in  such  defensive  action  but  I  just  do  not  wish  my  Air 
Force  troops  to  receive  training  for  this  "last  ditch  fight"  until  they  have  been 
properly  trained  for  their  primary  mission  with  the  Air  Force. 

General  Short  is  a  very  reasonable  man  of  keen  perception.  It  is  now  my 
belief  that  he  sees  more  clearly  the  training  problems  confronting  the  Air  Force 
and  realizes  its  enormous  proportions.  I  do  expect  that  the  training  of  Air  Force 
trooi)s  as  Infantry  will  not  be  permitted  to  seriously  interfere  with  their  proper 
training  for  their  normal  mission. 

I  feel  very  strongly  that  a  War  Department  policy  should  be  established  or 
orders  issued  which  will  prescribe  that  troops  from  the  ground  forces  have  the 
responsibility  of  the  defense  of  airdromes  and  performance  of  interior  guard  duty. 
If  the  interior  guard  duty  is  to  be  performed  by  Air  Force  troops,  then  a  special 
table  of  organization  should  be  issued  for  a  Military  Police  Company  to  be  estab- 
lished at  each  post  for  the  performance  of  interior  guard  duty.  Due  to  the  im- 
portance and  value  of  property  on  Air  Corps  stations,  troops  performing  interior 
guard  duty  should  be  esnecially  well  trained  for  this  service.  These  [iSSfi] 
services  can  never  be  efBciently  performed  except  by  those  who  are  regularly 
and  permanently  assigned  to  such  duty.  The  duties  to  be  performed  by  troops 
for  the  close-in  defense  of  an  airdrome  are  quite  similar  and  require  the  same 
training  as  that  given  to  all  ground  troops  for  a  similar  mission.  As  to  the  num- 
ber of  men  required,  it  makes  no  difference  whatever  whether  the  defense  of 
airdromes  and  interior  guard  duty  are  performed  by  Air  Force  troops  or  troops 
from  other  arms.  In  either  case  troops  performing  these  duties  must  have  this 
as  their  sole  responsibility  and  assignment. 

I  am  happy  to  say  that  this  problem  of  training  Air  Force  troops  with  Infantry, 
which  has  caused  me  such  deep  concern,  seems  now  on  its  way  to  a  satisfactory 
solution.  Having  given  me  this  opportunity  to  unoflBcially  and  informally  bring 
this  matter  to  your  attention  I  shall,  if  in  the  future  this  burden  becomes  unbear- 
able, bring  it  to  your  personal  attention. 

I  am  forwarding  under  seperate  cover  a  study  which  has  been  made  of  our 
personnel  requirements  to  meet  the  allocation  of  airplanes  for  the  Hawaiian 
Air  Force.  As  you  will  observe  tables  of  organization  for  the  respective  units 
liave  been  adhered  to  as  far  as  possible.  Our  experience  indicates  the  number 
of  men  in  these  organizations  barely  meet  the  demands  on  this  personnel  for  our 
operations. 

Expressing  to  you  my  high  esteem,  I  beg  to  remain. 

Most  sincerely, 

F.  M.  Mabtin, 
Major  Oeneral,  U.  S.  Artny. 

[7557]  I  would  like  to  read  an  extract  from  a  letter  to  General 
Arnold  on  the  I7th  of  November,  1941 : 

With  the  transfer  of  the  nine  B-17s  and  accompanying  spare  parts  we  have 
practically  exhausted  all  spares  for  B-17s  at  Hickam  therefore  it  is  important 
that  future  flights  have  distributed  among  the  planes  in  each  flight  such  spare 
parts  as  exnerience  has  dictated  may  be  required  for  these  ships  while  in 
transit.  Tail  wheels  and  inverters  are  two  items  for  which  tliere  has  been  the 
greatest  demand. 

That  had  reference  to  the  19th  bombardment  group,  heavy,  which 
passed  through  Honolulu  en  route  to  the  Philippine  Islands. 

241.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions  as  far  as 
those  letters  read  ?    I  have  a  few  if  no  one  else  has. 

When  you  in  one  of  your  earlier  letters  referred  to  units  in  the 
United  States  being  equipped  prior  to  those  in  overseas  departments, 
was  there  any  reply  to  that  as  to  whether  or  not  that  was  true  that 
they  were  equipping  units  in  the  United  States  before  they  were  giving 
overseas  departments  their  proper  equipment? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  985 

General  Martin.  I  know  that  was  true  before  I  left  the  mainland. 

242.  General  Grunert.  But  there  was  no  reply  to  that  effect  veri- 
fying it? 

General  Martin.  Nothing  more  than  General  Arnold  acknowledged 
the  importance  of  the  outpost  position  of  Hawaii. 

243.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  in  any  reply  to  you  on  that  subject 
make  any  reference  to  the  requirements  for  aircraft  that  was  going 
across  seas  to  other  nations? 

[JSSS]  General  Martin.  "Would  you  please  state  the  first  part 
of  that  question  ?     I  didn't  get  it. 

244.  General  Grunert.  In  his  reply  to  you  did  he  at  any  time 
explain  to  you  that  possibly  there  were  demands  on  him  for  aircraft 
to  be  sent  to  other  united  nations  or  allied  nations? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  he  just  inferred  that. 

245.  General  Grunert.  Just  inferred  it? 

General  Martin.  If  you  remember,  in  one  of  his  statements  he 
inferred  that;  he  didn't  say  that. 

246.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  referred  to  the  search  of  water 
areas  by  that  force  of  180  bombers,  I  believe  you  asked  for.  Then, 
that  was  really  under  the  joint  Army-Navy  action  arrived  at  in  Wash- 
ington in  which  the  Air  Force  was  to  do  such  searching;  is  that  right? 

General  Martin.  Now,  I  don't  get  all  what  you  have  said.  I  will 
answer  it  in  this  way:  this  plan  was  conceived  by  the  Air  Force, 
prepared 

247.  General  Frank.  Where? 

General  Martin.  — immediately,  shortly  after  the  CPX  in  the 
winter  of  '41. 

248.  General  Frank.  Conceived  by  the  Air  Force  in  Hawaii? 
General  Martin.  Yes,  Air  Force — oh,  I  see.     By  the  Hawaiian 

Air  Force? 

249.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  The  study  was  made.  It  was  followed  by  a  staff 
study.  The  study  was  originally  made  by  Colonel  Farthing  and  his 
assistants,  and  it  was  followed  by  a  staff-study  of  my  own  G-3  section 
of  the  Haw^aiian  Air  Force.  The  plan  was  drawn  up  and  submitted 
to  General  Short  and  approved  [1S89]  by  him.  Then  it  was 
submitted  through  General  Short  to  the  War  Department,  excepting 
this  one  copy  that  had  been  sent  directly  to  General  Arnold. 

250.  General  Grunert.  Then,  as  far  as  you  were  concerned,  it  was 
based  on  your  own  studies  and  own  plan  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir;  no,  not — our  own  study  and  the  expe- 
rience we  had,  dictating  what  was  necessary  to  accomplish  the  mission. 

251.  General  Frank.  As  a  result  of  these  exercises? 
General  Martin.  As  a  result  of  command  post  exercises,  yes. 

252.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  referred  to  the  construction  of  air 
fields.  In  that  construction  work  were  there  any  appreciable  delays 
and,  if  so,  to  what  did  you  attribute  the  delays? 

General  Martin.  Well,  it  was  a  perfectly  natural  delay  that  you 
had  t«  experience  from  bringing  materials ;  first,  getting  it  approved ; 
sometimes  that  was  difficult.  I  didn't  have  so  much  trouble  with 
General  Short,  but  I  had  a  terrible  time  with  General  Herron  to 
convince  him  of  the  necessity  for  outlying  airdromes.  General  Short 
came  there  lecpptive  as  to  the  need  for  outlying  airdromes.     Then 


986        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

the  estimate  had  to  be  made  as  to  the  cost,  approved,  and  sent  to  the 
War  Department,  approved  by  them,  and  the  monies  made  available. 
Then  and  only  till  then  could  materials  start  to  move  from  the  main- 
land to  Hawaii  for  the  purpose  of  construction,  such  as  were  needed 
from  the  mainland. 

253.  General  Frank.  With  respect  to  the  construction  of  these  air- 
dromes, when  did  you  begin  to  get  money  for  Air  Force  construction 
for  airdromes  and  other  projects? 

[1890]         General  Martin.  I  cannot  say  specifically. 

254.  General  Frank.  Well,  money  was  scarce  up  to  a  certain  point? 
General  Martin.  Yes,  up  to  a  certain  time. 

255.  General  Frank.  And  then? 

General  Martin.  Well,  it  wasn't  free  until  after  the  attack,  or  ap- 
proximately the  time  of  the  attack,  was  it  ever  free  to  the  Department. 
The  things  that  General  Short  had  been  requiring  for  further  de- 
fense of  the  Islands  had  been  given  to  him  very  niggardly  until  the 
attack  took  place,  and  then  he  had  more. 

256.  General  Frank.  Well,  did  you  actually  have  any  money  for 
the  construction  of  airdromes  prior  to  December  7th  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  on  the  outlying  stations,  the  runways,  and 
the  temporary  housing.  Now,  as  to  how  much  of  that  was  taken 
from  the  Department  Commander's  funds,  I  could  not  say.  As  to 
whether  he  gave  the  funds  prior  to  the  funds  being  received  for  the 
project  that  was  submittted  to  the  War  Department,  I  do  not  know. 

257.  General  Frank.  Did  you  feel  that  there  was  any  delay  in  any 
of  your  construction,  including  the  aircraft  warning  service,  that  was 
attributable  to  the  contractors? 

General  Martin.  No,  I  did  not.  I  had  no  contact  with  the  contrac- 
tors, but  I  did  have  contact  with  Colonel  Wyman,  who  was  the  Divi- 
sion Engineer  of  that  Engineering — District  Engineer.  He  was  not 
a  District  Engineer. 

258.  General  Frank.  Yes,  he  was. 

General  Martin,  The  district  was  here.  Division  Engineer.  He 
is  most  cooperative  and  operated  very  rapidly  within  his  [1891] 
limitations.  Now,  he  was  limited  in  getting  equipment  and  getting 
materials. 

259.  General  Frank.  How? 

General  Martin.  Due  to  the  fact  that  it  had  to  come  from  the  main- 
land. 

260.  General  Frank.  W^ell.  how  did  that  hold  it  up? 
General  Martin.  First  he  had  to  convince  them  as  to  its  need. 

261.  General  Frank.  Had  to  convince  whom? 
General  JMartin.  The  War  Department. 

262.  General  Frank.  Well,  if  you  had  the  appropriation,  the  need 
was 

General  Martin.  Oh,  after  the  appropriation  had  been  granted,  then 
as  to  how  he  dealt  with  the  contractors,  I  do  not  laiow.  Whether 
the  Government  purchased  the  supplies  and  shipped  them  or  Avhether 
the  contractors  purchased  them  and  shipped  them,  I  do  not  know,  but 
I  surmise  that  the  contractors  made  the  purchase  of  the  supplies  and 
shipped  them  as  a  part  of  the  contract. 

268.  Genernl  Frank.  But  so  far  as  you  were  concerned,  did  you  have 
any  complaint  to  make  as  to  the  manner  in  which  Wyman  functioned? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  987 

General  Martin.  No,  I  did  not. 

264.  General  Frank.  Or  the  manner  in  whicli  the  contractors  func- 
tioned? 

General  Martin.  No,  I  did  not.  I  complained  with  reference  to 
the  time  that  was  required  to  get  these  permanent  stations  for  the 
RDF  installation ;  but  as  T  remember,  those  stations  were  being  con- 
structed under  the  supervision  of  [J892]  Colonel  Wyman 
rather  than  Colonel  Lyman,  who  was  the  Division  Engineer.  Now, 
as  to  who  actually  had  charge  of  the  construction,  I  will  not  be  posi- 
tive, but  it  is  my  impression  at  the  present  time  that  Colonel  Lyman — 
at  least,  he  was  pushing  it  at  the  time,  trying  to  unravel  the  knots 
that  were  preventing  progress. 

265.  General  Frank.  Did  joii  ever  have  any  difficulty  with  Colonel 
Wyman? 

General  jMartin.  I  thought  that  he  was  the  most  aggressive  and 
active  engineering  officer  I  ever  came  in  contact  with. 

266.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  come  in  contact  with  a  man  by 
the  name  of  Rohl,  R-o-h-1,  the  civilian  contractor? 

General  Martin.  No,  I  did  not;  not  to  my  knowledge.  If  I  met 
him  it  was  just  casually. 

267.  General  Frank.  I  see.     That  is  all  I  have  along  that  line. 

268.  General  Grunert.  This  S.  O.  P.  of  November  5th,  did  that  cure 
the  thing  of  which  you  complained,  requiring  Air  Corps  personnel  to 
do  guarding  duty  for  sabotage  purposes,  or  were  the  provisions  of 
that  still  in  there  that  required  you  to  turn  out  Air  Corps  troops  for 
such  purposes  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  T  was  just  disappointed.  I  thought 
that  the  thing  had  been  so  definitely  presented  to  General  Short  that 
there  wasn't  any  question  about  his  making  provision  for  it  in  his 
orders;  but  after  the  attack  took  place  and  these  men  were  still  on 
guard  at  these  stations  I  asked  that  they  be  relieved,  tliat  they  could 
take  charge  of  the  salvaging  of  equipment  and  getting  as  much  of  our 
equipment  back  into  the  air  as  possible :  and  he  said  definitely  no,  and 
\i89S]  they  were  still  on  that  duty  until  General  Emmons  ar- 
rived about  the  middle  of  December.  They  were  relieved  before  sun- 
dovni  that  night,  though. 

269.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  Commanding  General  of  the  De- 
partment approve  your  plan  for  air  defense,  your  20th  of  August, 
1941,  air  defense  plan  that  you  sent  in  to  your  chief? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

270.  General  Grunert.  He.  approved  that  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir.  You  have  reference  to  the  use  of  the 
180  heavy  bombardment  planes? 

271.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  that  is  right. 
General  Martin.  Yes,  sir. 

272.  General  Grunnert.  Now  except  having  plans  for  the  use  of 
what  you  thought  was  the  ultimate  in  protection,  did  you  have  plans 
for  the  use  of  what  you  had  ? 

General  Martin.  'Oh,  the  plans  for  the  use  of  what  we  had  ?  Well, 
we  could  not  do  much  planning  with  what  we  had.  General.  You 
just  do  the  best  you  can,  depending  upon  the  situation  that  confronted 
you  at  the  time,  knowing  full  well  that  you  could  never  fully  meet  it 


988        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

until  additional  equipment  and  trained  personnel  were  available  to 
you. 

273.  General  Grunert.  Well,  we  all  like  to  have  everything  we 
think  is  necessary,  but  our  job  requires  us  to  make  the  best  use  of  what 
we  have.     Did  you  have  plans  to  make  the  best  use  of  what  you  had  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  they  were  not  in  concrete  form,  because  I 
cannot  see  any  reason  for  writing  up  a  plan  to  guide  everyone  as 
to  the  use  of  the  equipment  today  when  it  is  going  to  be  different  to- 
morrow. We  do  have  a  plan  for  the  equipment  [1894.]  that 
is  promised  and  which  we  expect  will  be  available  to  us  in  the  future : 
but  the  thing  that  I  think  is  important  is  this,  General:  that  that 
equipment  was  never  stable;  it  was  always  in  a  state  of  flux,  and 
you  can  never  lay  down  that  you  are  going  to  use  so  many  planes 
and  so  many  tomorrow  because  in  all  probability  that  particular 
number  is  not  going  to  be  available  to  you.  So  it  is  from  a  day-to-day 
proj^osition  of  utilizing,  in  keeping  with  the  situation,  to  the  best 
of  your  judgment,  that  equipment  which  is  available  to  you.  So 
you  can  have  no  fixed  plan  for  any  such  operation, 

274.  General  Grunert.  Not  to  the  detail  that  you  describe;  I 
agree  with  you  there;  but  you  must  have  plans  for  the  use  of  what 
you  do  have.  They  must  be  flexible,  and  when  you  get  more  you 
can  do  more ;  but  up  to  the  time  you  get  more  you  have  to  use  what 
you  have. 

General  Martin.  Absolutely. 

Now,  as  to  plans,  I  think  you  have  to  use  that  word  advisedly. 
It  is  just  to  make  the  maximum  use  of  what  is  available  to  you  on 
this  particular  day  when  it  is  needed.  Now,  that  is  in  the  minds  of 
everyone  there  that  has  anything  to  do  with  the  operation. 

275.  General  Grunert.  But  if  they  have  no  plan  by  which  to 
use  it,  how  can  they  use  it  intelligently  or  effectively?  There  is  a 
difference  between  a  complete  detailed  plan  and  a  plan  to  operate. 

General  Martin.  You  have  a  plan,  the  master  plan  that  you  are 
going  to  operate  on,  but  as  far  as  I  know  there  are  no  troops  that 
go  into  battle  that  lay  down  a  hard  and  fast  ]Dlan  and  say,  "This  is 
the  one  we  are  going  to  follow,"  and,  if  they  {18951  only 
happen  to  have  a  small  percentage  of  what  they  expected  to  have, 
still  follow  this  strict  plan,  because  your  plans  have  to  conform  to 
what  you  have  available  to  you. 

276.  General  Grunert.  But  they  are  plans,  aren't  they? 
General  Martin.  But  not  from  the  standpoint  of  writing  them 

down  and  putting  them  away  in  the  secret  archives  to  be  referred 
to  when  they  are  needed.  They  are  plans  to  meet  the  situation  of 
the  moment. 

277.  General  Grunert.  Well,  with  what  you  had  available,  did 
all  that  stuff  that  you  had  available  know  what  to  do  on  December  7th  ? 

General  Martin.  They  not  only  did  that,  but  they  did  it  to  the 
maximum  of  their  ability.  I  was  extremely  proud  of  the  behavior 
of  all  those  men  because  practically  without  orders  they  immediately 
rushed  to  the  positions,  grabbed  the  ships,  got  them  out  of  the  con- 
centration, got  them  into  the  dispersion  area,  and  took  such  steps 
as  were  indicated  by  the  conditions  existing  at  the  time.  Both  officers 
and  enlisted  men.  I  am  extremely  proud  of  their  conduct  under  those 
circumstances,  which  were  most  unusual  and  trying.     They  left  noth- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  989 

ing  to  be  desired  so  far  as  being  competent  to  carry  out  that  which 
was  their  assigned  or  intended  mission  under  the  circumstances. 

278.  General  Grunert.  That  finishes  my  questions  so  far  as  that 
letter  was  concerned.  He  was  yours  before  we  left  and  got  on  this. 
Go  ahead. 

279.  General  Russell.  After  December  7th  did  men  and  materiel 
for  employment  by  your  forces  begin  to  arrive  much  more  rapidly 
than  before  December  7th? 

General  Martin.  Nothing  arrived  prior  to  that  excepting  [1896] 
(he  21  that  I  spoke  about  that  were  being  sent  on  to  the  Philippines. 

280.  General  Russell.  Well,  did  any  arrive  ? 

General  Martin.  On  the  morning  of  December  7th  we  had  nothing 
but  our  12  B-17s  coming  from  the  mainland.  Those  ships  arrived 
during  the  time  the  attack  was  taking  place.  We  warned  them  in 
the  open,  because  that  is  the  only  way  we  could  warn  them,  to  remain 
in  the  air  as  long  as  possible ;  that  we  had  no  airdromes  at  other  islands 
that  would  accommodate  them  as  yet.  They  were  only  partially  com- 
pleted. Four  of  the  eight  were  lost  from  the  attack  of  the  Japanese. 
Eight  were  made  available  to  the  Air  Force  afterwards.  Some  were 
damaged  in  landing.  One  landed  at  a  golf  course.  One  landed  at 
Bellows  Field  with  the  prevailing  wind,  on  a  very  short  runway. 
The  new  runway  was  not  yet  completed  there  and  it  was  badly  crashed. 

281.  General  Russell.  What  happened  beginning  December  8th  and 
thereafter  up  until  you  left  out  there?  Did  you  get  a  lot  of  ships  or 
none,  or  what? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  I  wouldn't  say  a  lot,  but  they  were  beginning 
to  come  in.  As  to  the  exact  dates  of  the  arrival  of  airplanes  to  supple- 
ment the  meager  force  we  had  there,  you  can  get  that  from  the  record. 

282.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  I  cannot  give  you  the  exact  dates. 

283.  General  Russell.  Well,  I  will  quit  there  on  that,  then. 
What  about  troops?     Did  they  send  you  more  troops  out  there  after 

December  7th  ? 

General  Martin.  They  didn't  while  I  was  there. 

284.  General  Russell.  All  right.  Was  this  statement  which 
[1897]  you  have  read  from  the  letters  a  while  ago.  General,  given 
to  the  Roberts  Commission? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir. 

285.  Generad  Russell.  It  was  not.     That  is  all  I  have. 

General  Martin.  I  don't  remember  that  I  read  any  of  these  to  the 
Roberts  Commission. 

286.  General  Frank.  How  many  B-17s  did  you  have  available? 
General  Martin.  On  the  morning  of  this  attack  ? 

287.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
General  Martin.  Six. 

288.  General  Frank.  You  had  six. 

General  Martin.  And  three  of  those  were  damage  in  the  attack, 
so  it  left  just  three. 

289.  General  Frank.  All  right.  If  you  had  to  have  a  plan  to 
operate  six  B-l7s  when  you  needed  180,  where  would  you  have  sent 
those  six  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  that  is  rather — not  a  difficult  question  to 
answer.  You  send  them  where  you  think  they  will  do  the  most  good, 
but  you  don't  expect  to  get  them  back. 


990        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

290.  General  Frank.  Well,  where  would  you  have  sent  six  airplanes  ? 
General  Maktin.  I  would  have  tried  to  get  the  carrier  if  I  could ; 

but  inasmuch  as  I  couldn't  find  the  locaton  of  the  carrier  and  I  would 
have  estimated  they  would  have  been  lost  anyway  in  the  attempt  to 
get  the  carrier,  I  don't  think  they  could  have  done  a  particle  of  good 
without  protection  or  without  great  numbers. 

291.  General  Frank.  If  six  airplanes  had  barged  into  this  Jap  force 
that  was  making  the  attack,  what  would  have  happened  ? 

[1898]  General  Martin.  They  would  all  have  been  lost,  in  my 
estimation,  I  don't  see  how  any  of  them  could  have  come  back.  And 
it  is  probable  that  they  would  have  been  lost  before  they  did  very 
much  damage.    At  least,  they  would  have  not  stopped  the  attack. 

292.  General  Frank.  Will  you  give  me  a  little  analysis  by  compar- 
ing the  probability  of  a  Japanese  air  attack  against  the  probability 
of  a  sabotage  attack? 

In  the  first  place,  I  would  like  to  ask  you  this  question:  In  race 
track  parlance  what  in  your  opinion  were  the  odds  for  and  against 
a  Japanese  air  raid  succeeding? 

[1899]        General  Martin.  Succeeding? 

293.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  Well,  they  were  very,  very  large.  I  do  not  think 
it  is  possible  to  be  very  accurate  about  it,  but  if  I  were  betting  I 
would  have  said  that  it  was  at  least  50  to  1,  probably  greater. 

294.  General  Frank.  What? 

General  Martin.  Of  their  not  succeeding;  not  being  made. 

295.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  you  considered  it  what  kind 
of  a  venture  ? 

General  Martin.  Considered  that  with  the  improbable  attack  from 
carrier-based  aviation  that  far  from  Japan,  would  be  at  an  odd  of 
about  50  to  1.  Therefore  the  greater  menace  to  the  defenses  of  the 
islands  was  right  in  our  own  midst  among  the  Japanese  people  which, 
as  I  remember,  in  about  400,000  are  approximately  165,000  of  Japanese 
descent.     Of  that  number  there  are  possibly  25,000  that  are  foreigners. 

296.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  you  thought  that  a  Japanese 
raid  such  as  happened  was  a  very  daring,  unusual  risk  ? 

General  Martin.  It  was  a  terrific  gamble.  Everything  was  based 
on  its  success ;  everything  to  be  lost  with  its  failure. 

297.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now  will  you  give  me  an  analysis 
by  comparing  the  probability  of  the  air  attack  versus  the  probability 
of  the  sabotage  attack  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  think,  from  the  information  we  had  and 
the  terrific  gamble  that  would  be  entailed  in  risking  a  sujficiently 
large  task  force  of  the  Japanese  Navy  with  its  carriers  into  those 
waters  which  they  knew  were  frequented  by  our  own  Navy,  that 
would  indicate  that  it  would  be  practically  a  suicide  mission  to  attempt 
anything  of  the  kind.  But  within  our  own  population  we  had  a  very 
explosive  mixture  that  could  [1900]  come  to  the  surface,  have 
a  complete  understanding  and  organization  as  to  what  they  would  do, 
without  our  being  able  to  know  anything  about  it.  There  are  great 
areas  in  the  islands  that  are  mountainous  and  rugged  and  practically 
inaccessible,  in  which  the  average  person  never  goes.  Those  are  won- 
derful opportunities  for  caches  of  explosives,  incendiary  equipment, 
everything  of  that  nature,  and  it  seemed  impossible  for  anyone  to  be 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  991 

completely  informed,  to  be  assured  that  there  would  be  no  attack  from 
within.  That  seemed  to  be  the  most  dangerous  source  of  damage  in 
the  defenses  of  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

298.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  the  sabotage  effort  was  there 
present,  and  the  Jap  air  attack  you  considered  a  50-to-l  gamble  ? 

General  Martin.  I  wouldn't  say  that  the  sabotage  effort  was  present. 
I  would  say  the  probability  of  sabotage  was  extremely  great.  It  could 
be  on  you  at  a  moment's  notice.  The  attack  from  the  air,  on  account  of 
the  extreme  gamble  that  was  involved,  could  be  highly  successful  or 
be  a  complete  failure,  and  we  did  not  believe  that  they  were  going  to 
gamble  to  that  extent  in  the  beginning. 

299.  General  Frank.  I  see.  Now,  do  you  know  any  place  where  the 
Japanese  have  been  as  considerate  of  Americans  as  the  United  States 
was  considerate  of  Japanese  in  Hawaii  ? 

General  Martin.  Never. 

300.  General  Frank.  What  do  you  think  would  have  been  the  plight 
of  160,000  Americans  in  Japan  under  similar  circumstances? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  it  is  quite  definite  they  would  be  in  concentra- 
tion, they  would  be  carefully  investigated  and  certain  ones  would  be 
destroyed.  Others  would  eke  out  an  existence  as  [1901^  cap- 
tives in  a  foreign  country.  On  the  other  hand,  there  were  only  about 
800  of  the  Japanese  that  were  immediately  taken  into  control  by  the 
military  authorities  after  the  attack  took  place,  and  this  was  increased 
somewhat,  later.    As  to  how  many,  I  do  not  know. 

301.  General  Frank.  Now,  had  you  been  alerted  so  that  your  fighters 
could  have  taken  the  air,  to  what  extent  do  you  estimate  80  fighters 
could  have  interfered  with  the  attack? 

General  Martin.  Well,  they  could  have  done  considerable  damage. 
They  could  not  have  prevented  it.  It  would  have  been  impossible  to 
have  prevented  it,  but  they  could  have  reduced  its  effectiveness  quite 
materially. 

302.  General  Frank.  How  many  Jap  planes  actually  were  shot 
down  over  Oahu  ? 

General  Martin.  I  do  not  know.  The  Air  Forces  shot  down  about 
10.  The  antiaircraft  shot  down  others.  As  I  remember,  it  was  pos- 
sibly 29  or  30.    There  is  a  record  of  that. 

303.  General  Frank.  Yes,  I  know. 

General  Martin.  I  do  not  remember  exactly.  I  think  it  was  about 
29  or  30.  But  in  my  opinion,  seeing  a  large  number  of  those  ships 
leaving  the  area  with  gasoline  streaming  out  behind  tliem,  they  never 
made  the  carriers,  and  that  was  true  in  many  cases  that  I  saw  where 
there  would  be  a  white  plume  of  gas — why  it  didn't  catch  fire  I  never 
knew — leaving  the  tanks  of  the  airplanes  that  were  making  for  the 
sea. 

304.  General  Frank.  Well,  had  tlie  No.  2  or  3  Alert  been  active  and 
if  they  got,  we  will  say,  25  Jap  planes  on  the  sabotage  alert,  with  the 
antiaircraft  and  80  fighters  operating,  the  chances  are  that  a  No.  2  or 
3  Alert  would  have  made  it  most  expensive  for  the  Japs. 

General  Martin.  There  isn't  any  question  about  that.  You  see,  we 
lost  about  approximately  50  per  cent  of  our  total  {^1902'] 
strength  in  this  attack.    50  per  cent  was  already  on  the  ground  out 


992        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

of  commission.     After  we  dispersed  them  we  lost  very  few  ships 
in  the  dispersed  areas. 

305.  General  Frank.  You  entered  into  this  agreement  with  Admiral 
Bellinger,  and  wlien  yon  entered  into  this  agreement  you  knew  that 
you  didn't  have  any  airplanes  to  give  him  to  make  it  effective? 

General  JMartin.  That  is  true. 

306.  General  Frank.  And  you  also  knew  that  he  didn't  have  very 
many  air  planes  to  make  it  effective? 

General  Martin.  That  is  true.     Simply  gazing  into  the  future. 

307.  General  Frank.  Therefore  it  was  pretty  much  of  a  paper  de- 
fense that  you  had  ? 

General  Martin.  At  that  time  it  was,  and  known  to  us  to  be  in  that 
status. 

308.  General  Frank.  Now,  did  you  ever  have  any  knowledge  of  a 
Japanese  task  force  with  carriers  in  it  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Marshalls 
on  the  1st  of  December  ? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  no.    No,  sir. 

309.  General  Frank.  Wliat  would  have  been  your  reaction  to  that 
information? 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  think  I  would  have  been  a  little  more 
concerned  about  the  possibilites  of  their  getting  nearer,  if  that  had 
been  true,  if  I  had  known  that  had  been  true. 

310.  General  Frank.  You  doubted  the  audacity  of  the  Japs  to  risk 
carriers,  when  they  had  only  eight  large  carriers,  in  an  attack  on 
Hawaii  ? 

General  Martin.  In  the  beginning.  In  the  beginning  of  the 
[1903]  fight  I  thought  that  would  be  too  much  of  a  gamble  for 
them  to  take  on  the  assumption  that  they  would  meet  with  success. 

311.  General  Frank.  With  that  as  a  background,  what  would  have 
been  your  reaction  had  you  been  told  that  there  was  a  division  of  car- 
riers in  the  Marshalls  on  December  1st? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  you  would  have  to  assume  then  that  they  may 
be  going  to  take  that  one  big  chance ;  at  least  it  is  a  threat  that  you 
hadn't  considered,  that  they  would  concentrate  a  large  force  so  far 
from  their  home  base.  Then  you  would  have  to  consider  it  as  a  threat 
and  give  it  consideration  in  your  estimate  of  the  situation. 

312.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  information  along  that 
line? 

General  Martin.  No,  sir,  I  did  not.  This  is  the  first  I  have  ever 
heard  of  it. 

313.  General  Grunert.  What  was  your  opinion  of  the  Japanese 
air  force  as  such,  compared  to  your  own? 

General  Martin.  I  thought  the}^  were  very  good,  the  older  members, 
and  their  equipment  was  not  the  most  modern  but  would  be  very  effec- 
tive. The  number  of  airplanes  that  could  be  carried  on  their  carriers 
was  very  much  less  than  that  which  we  could  carry  on  our  own  large 
carriers.  Therefore  it  would  require  more  carriers.  The  number  of 
carriers  would  indicate  a  smaller  force  than  would  be  carried  by  the 
same  number  of  our  own  aircraft  carriers. 

314.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  have  any  discussion  as  to  the 
necessity  for  unity  of  command  in  place  of  action  by  cooperation  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  General,  as  to  that  being  discussed 
[1904]         between  the  different  oflScers  in  Hawaii,  I  do  not  remember 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  993 

having  such  a  discussion ;  but  to  my  way  of  thinking  that  is  one  of  the 
prime  essentials  for  the  success  of  the  military  force  of  any  country, 
particularly  this  one,  to  have  a  central  control.  It  was  discussed  at 
the  War  College,  and  we  were  allowed  to  discuss  it  very  freely  there, 
and  did,  and  we  believed  that  that  is  one  of  the  prime  essentials. 

315.  General  Grunert.  But  inasmuch  as  you  were  only  on  Alert  1, 
sabotage,  the  question  of  unity  of  command  didn't  show  up,  whether 
cooperation  proved  a  handicap  or  unity  of  command  would  have 
helped  things,  because  they  never  came  to  conclusions  ? 

General  Martin.  I  think  unity  of  command  would  have  been  a  direct 
help  in  the  solution  of  the  problems  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  I 
believe 

316.  General  Grunert.  You  didn't  make  use  of  what  you  had,  no 
where  would  unity  of  command  have  come  in  to  help  out^ 

General  Martin.  What  was  that  last  question  ? 

317.  General  Grunert.  I  say,  they  didn't  use  what  they  had,  the 
Army  or  the  Navy,  in  the  attack,  because  the  attack  surprised  them, 
or  they  were  not  ready  for  it  or  they  didn't  anticipate  it ;  hence  you 
don't  know  whether  unity  of  command  would  have  helped  the  situa- 
tion then  or  not,  do  you '? 

General  Martin.  I  can't  tell  you  too  much  about  that  because  it 
would  be  between  Admiral  Kimmel  and  General  Short,  quite  fre- 
quently. I  seldom  attended  those;  and  the  cooperation  between  the 
two,  as  to  whether  it  was  a  100  percent  or  not,  I  am  not  in  a  position  to 
say,  but  I  have  always  felt  that  cooperation  was  one  of  the  weakest 
possible  props  for  successful  operation  requiring  united  effort. 

[1905]  318.  General  Grunert.  Now,  if  you  had  had  unity  of 
command,  wherein  would  your  Joint  Air  Agreement  have  been 
changed  ? 

General  Martin.  It  would  have  been  changed  in  that  all  the  infor- 
mation available  to  the  Army  and  Navy  would  come  to  the  central 
headquarters. 

319.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  realized  the  lack  if  information 
or  the  dissemination  of  that  information,  or  wdiat? 

General  Martin.  You  mean,  would  it  be  received,  not  only  received 
but  disseminated  from  the  central  headquarters,  which  would  have 
made  for  strength  and  unity  of  effort. 

320.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  getting  at  is,  your  reply  led  me 
to  believe  you  felt  there  was  weakness  in  getting  information  and 
disseminating  it.     Is  that  right? 

General  Martin.  Well,  it  probably  is  no  weaker  there.  General,  than 
it  would  be  elsewhere  where  cooperation  is  depended  upon  for  unity  of 
action. 

321.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  know  of  any  information  that 
you  ought  to  have  that  you  didn't  have  ? 

General  Martin.  I  don't  know  of  any  specific  instance  where  there 
was  lack  of  cooperation. 

322.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  don't  know  whether  the  Navy 
failed  to  transmit  something  to  you  that  you  should  liave  used  ?  You 
don't  know  that  as  a  fact,  do  you  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  tliis  thing  General  Frank  has  just  men- 
tioned, that  either  the  Navy  or  the  Department  Commander  has  that, 


994        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

I  think  it  would  have  been  of  value  to  me  in  helping  me  form  an 
opinion  as  to  the  advice  I  should  give  my  Commanding  General. 

328.  General  Grunert.  Well,  now,  General  Short  kept  you  pretty 
[1906]         well  informed  generally,  did  he  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  sir ;  I  thought  he  did. 

324.  General  Grunert.  How  did  it  work  on  the  other  end  of  tlie 
game?     Did  you  keep  your  commanders  well  informed? 

General  Martin.  I  tried  to. 

325  General  Grunert.  Rudolph  doesn't  seem  to  have  known  any- 
thing about  any  of  these  warning  messages. 

General  Martin.  Rudolph? 

326.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

General  Martin.  Well,  he  only  knew  certain  phases  of  it  because 
they  were  absolutely  secret,  and  the  more  people  that  know  a  secret  the 
less  opportunity  there  is  to  keep  it  from  being  spread  about.  Now,  he 
knew  that  certain  conditions  were  imposed  upon  operators  of  an  air 
force.  He  may,  and  I  am  sure  he  did — I  don't  know  that  he  had 
knowledge  of  the  wording  of  the  message,  any  of  those  messages. 

327.  General  Grunert.  Did  Davidson  know? 

General  Martin.  My  Chief  of  Staff  had  knowledge  of  it. 

328.  General  Grunert.  Did  Davidson  know  ? 

General  Martin.  That  I  could  not  say,  General.  I  wouldn't  say. 
I  couldn't  say,  to  give  you  factual  information. 

329.  General  Grunert.  But  then  you  didn't  know  about  the  Navy 
message  that  started  out,  "This  is  a  war  warning"  ? 

General  Martin.  Not  the  naval  message,  but  a  similar  message. 

330.  General  Grunert.  And  you  didn't  laiow  about  the  task  force 
that  may  or  may  not  have  been  out  in  the  Mandates?  So  you  appar- 
ently were  not  fully  informed,  anyway  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  will  say  this :  In  any  organization  if  you 
want  unity  of  effort  and  the  proper  evaluation  and  [1907]  dis- 
semination of  information,  you  must  have  central  control  of  that  unit. 

331.  General  Grunert.  Did  we  have  unity  within  the  Army  as  to 
spreading  of  information  ? 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  can't  answer  to  what  others  do.  I  don't 
know  whether  they  do  or  not.  I  think  I  have  suffered  from  lack  of 
information  on  many  instances. 

332.  General  Frank.  You  are  highly  in  favor  of  unity  of  com- 
mand.   Let's 

General  Martin.  Oh,  nov*-  I  am  speaking  of  task  forces  or — well, 
it  is  a  unit  sent  out  to  do  a  certain  thing. 

333.  General  Frank.  Well,  I  am  talking  about  the  situation  in 
Honolulu  on  December  7th. 

General  Martin.  Well,  I  am  answering  General  Grunert  here  as  to 
dissemination,  receipt  and  dissemination  of  information.  Had  one 
person  been  responsible  for  the  defense  of  Oahu,  the  information 
should  have  come  to  him  and  should  have  been  evaluated  and  dis- 
tributed by  him.  Now,  you  had  a  dual  situation  there.  There  was 
a  commander  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  present.  The  local  defense  com- 
mander had  nothing  to  do  with  the  operation  of  that  fleet. 

334.  General  Frank.  What  defense  commander.  Army  or  Navy  ? 
Genera]  Martin.  The  Army  defense  connnander. 

335.  General  Frank.  That  is  right. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  995 

General  Martin.  He  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  orders  received 
or  issued  to  that  fleet.  Information  coming  to  that  CINCUS  might 
not  have  been  properly  distributed  as  to  its  value  to  the  defense 
commander  of  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

336.  General  Frank.  Did  you  then  believe  that  there  should  have 
[ld08]  been  unity  of  command  between  the  Army  and  the  Navy 
in  Honolulu? 

General  Martin.  You  are  going  to  cover  too  much  territory  there. 
You  can't  possibly  have  unity  of  command  when  there  is  one  organi- 
zation headquarters  operating  a  fleet  that  is  3,000  miles  from  that  base, 
and  another  charged  with  the  defense  of  particular  islands  them- 
selves. 

337.  General  Frank.  They  have  it  now. 
General  Martin.  Well,  I  don't  agree  to  it. 

338.  General  Grunert.  They  have  it  now. 

339.  General  Frank.  They  have  it  now. 

General  Martin.  We  had  to  put  something  above  those  fellows. 

340.  General  Grunert.  And,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  as  soon  as  war 
broke  they  had  it  right  on  that  day,  didn't  they,  December  7th  and 
8th? 

General  Martin.  As  soon  as  General  Emmons  arrived  they  had  it. 
General  Emmons  and  Admiral  Nimitz  were  given  those  instructions. 

341.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

342.  General  Frank.  Now,  the  question  for  which  I  have  been  try- 
ing to  prepare  you  is  this:  Assuming  that  there  had  been  unity  of 
command  prior  to  December  7th,  what  organization  in  the  War  De- 
partment or  the  Navy  Department,  or  both,  would  have  handled  it  ? 

General  Martin.  There  is  no  head  to  it  at  all.  There  is  no  what 
you  may  call  national  defense  headquarters  which  should  control, 
in  my  opinion — this  is  simply  my  opinion — the  military  operations  of 
the  Army,  Navy,  and  Air,  which  I  feel  should  be  separate  and  distinct 
from  each  other,  but  controlled  by  this  [1909]  central  plan- 
nmg  body :  a  national  defense  organization,  call  it. 

343.  General  Frank.  At  that  time  the  President  of  the  United 
States  was  the  only  one. 

General  Martin.  That  is  right.    He  was  the  only  could  be  acting. 

344.  General  Frank.  And  we  now  have  the  joint  Chiefs  of  Staff. 
General  Martin.  Yes,  which  is  a 

345.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

346.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  blame  the  attack  on  Pearl  Har- 
bor on  the  lack  of  such  an  organization,  do  you  ? 

General  Martin.  Oh,  no.  No,  not  at  all.  I  did  not  think  that  the 
organization  was  weak  to  that  extent. 

347.  General  Russell.  General  Frank  asked  you  some  questions  a 
moment  ago.  General,  about  what  could  have  been  accomplished  by 
80  fighters  on  December  7th.  I  want  to  ask  you:  Did  you  have  80 
fighters  available  on  December  7th  before  the  Japanese  came  in  and 
destroyed  a  great  part  of  your  force  ? 

[1910]  General  Martin.  Now,  let  me  see.  We  had  approxi- 
mately 100  P-40s. 

348.  General  Russell.  And  they  are  fighters  ? 

General  Martin.  Yes,  they  are  fighters.  We  had  approximately  50 
P-36s. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 14 


996        CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

349.  General  Russell.  And  they  are  fighters  ? 

General  Martin.  They  are  fighters.  At  least  half  of  those  were 
always  on  the  ground,  on  account  of  lacking  spare  parts,  so  I  reduced 
it  to  75.  Out  of  the  75  there  is  always  probably  ten  or  fifteen  per  cent 
that  would  be  out  of  commission  from  day  to  day.  They  would  be 
in  today  and  out  tomorrow.  So  it  is  something  less  than  75  that 
would  be  the  maximum  that  could  have  been  put  in  the  air  on  that 
day. 

350.  General  Russell.  Do  you  mean  to  say  when  you  have  150 
planes  you  liave  less  than  75  you  can  fight  with? 

General  Mabtin.  That  is  what  I  am  telling  you  was  true  of  the 
Hawaiian  Air  Force. 

351.  General  Grunert.  Due  to  tlie  peculiar  circumstances  at  that 
time  ? 

General  Martin.  I  don't  want  to  be  misunderstood.  If  I  had  150 
planes  I  would  try  to  keep  150  planes  in  the  air,  but  you  can't  do  it, 
nor  can  anyone  else.  But  I  was  subjected  to  an  additional  castigation 
with  that  force  by  having  approximately  50  per  cent  at  all  times  on  tlie 
ground,  simply  because  I  could  not  get  the  requisite  spare  parts  from 
the  mainland. 

352.  General  Frank.  That  was  a  special  situation  that  existed  at 
that  time,  which  at  this  time  does  not  exist  ? 

General  Martin.  You  can  expect  to  have  10  to  15  per  cent  of  your 
ships  on  tlie  ground. 

[1911]         353.  General  Grunert.  That  is  normal  ? 
General  Martin.  That  is  normal. 

354.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  could  have  turned  out  approxi- 
mately between  50  and  55  fighters  to  meet  the  attack? 

General  Martin.  Yes. 

355.  General  Frank.  And  did  the  mobile  AWS  trail  back  the  re- 
turning attackers  to  their  carriers  ?     I  am  speaking  of  your  radar. 

General  Martin.  Oh,  no.  You  could  not  do  that.  There  was  so 
much  confusion  in  the  air.  You  look  at  those  plots  afterwards,  and 
there  was  just  a  mass  of  lines.  Of  course,  the  people  that  saw  those 
could  get  an  indication  of  a  trend,  but  the  operators  at  the  time,  re- 
gardless of  how  skilled  they  might  have  been,  could  not  have  gotten 
any  particular  trend  from  the  tracks  on  the  bands.  There  were  too 
many  of  them. 

356.  General  Frank.  Did  you  feel  there  was  Japanese  radio  ac- 
tivity interfering  with  your  radar? 

General  Martin.  We  knew  it.  They  started  in  as  soon  as  the 
attack  began.  And  these  stations  which  had  not  been  in  operation 
at  all  were  extremely  active  as  soon  as  the  attack  began.  You  were 
getting  spurious  messages  that  parachutes  were  dropping  on  certain 
parts  of  the  island,  that  there  were  carriers  off  shore  in  every  direc- 
tion except  those  where  we  feel  now  they  were.  Messages  of  that 
nature  were  coming  in  over  our  frequencies  at  all  times.  If  you  asked 
for  landing  instructions  or  anything  of  that  kind,  it  would  be  garbled 
for  days  afterwards.  It  was  in  the  neighborhood  of  ten  days  or  two 
weeks  before  those  instruments  were  located  and  confiscated. 

357.  General  Frank.  You  did  have  sabotage  then,  didn't  you  ? 
[19121         General  Martin.  Sabotage? 

358.  General  Frank.  That  kind  of  sabotage. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  997 

General  Martin.  By  jamming  the  air  frequencies;  yes.  It  was  very 
much  in  evidence  and  there  was  no  indication  of  it  prior  to  that. 
We  had  two  monitorino-  stations  in  existence  there,  under  whose  con- 
trol I  do  not  kiuny;  I  think  they  were  F.  B.  I.  They  had  no  indica- 
tion of  these  stations  being  in  existence,  because  they  had  not  been 
operated.  But  as  soon  as  this  attack  took  place  and  got  under  way, 
the  air  was  full  of  Japanese  conversation  and  our  own  language  to 
the  point  where  it  was  very  difficult  to  carry  on  operations  using  the 
radio  for  that  purpose. 

359.  General  Grunert.  When  they  located  these  stations,  did  they 
get  the  personnel  that  operated  them? 

General  MARnx.  They  had  the  personnel  that  had  operated  them. 

360.  General  Grunert.  I  mean,  did  they  capture  the  personnel  with 
the  stations  when  they  located  these  interfering  stations? 

_  General  Martin.  Oh,  yes.  But  they  were  not  always  fixed  sta- 
tions. They  were  mobile  stations.  In  fact,  the  last  one  we  had  had 
been  located  out  in  the  direction  of  Ewa,  which  had  been  a  Marine 
Base,  but  when  we  got  there  there  was  nothing  but  a  thicket,  nothing 
out  there  at  all,  no  possibility  of  a  station. 

361.  General  Grunert.  But  they  captured  the  personnel  with  them  ? 
General  Martin.  Yes. 

362.  General  Grunert.  General,  have  you  anything  else  j^ou  would 
like  to  present  to  the  Board  which  may  give  us  leads  or  be  of  evidence 
as  to  facts  about  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack  that  you  can  think  of  now? 

11913]  General  Martin.  As  far  as  I  can  think  of  the  different 
factors  at  the  present  time,  I  know  of  nothing  but  what  has  been 
touched  upon  or  covered  in  the  testimony  that  has  been  given. 

363.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions?  There 
being  no  more,  thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  12 :  30  p.  m.  a  recess  was  taken  until  2  p.  m.) 

[1914]  AFTERNOON'  SESSION 

(The  Board  at  1 :  55  p.  m.  continued  the  hearing  of  witnesses.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  JACK  W.   HOWARD,  aUARTERMASTER 

CORPS. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  bj^  the  Eecorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 

Colonel  Howard.  Jack  W.  Howard,  Colonel,  Quartermaster  Corps, 
07991,  Permanent  Boards,  9th  Service  Command,  S.  C.  U.  1939,  Pre- 
sidio of  San  Francisco. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  this  Board  is  after  facts  about  what 
happened  prior  to  and  leading  up  to  and  during  the  attack  on  Pearl 
Harbor,  and  because  of  your  assignment  there  during  that  time  we 
thought  we  could  probablj^  get  some  facts  from  you. 

What  was  your  assignment  in  Hawaii  during  the  latter  part  of  1941, 
and  give  us  the  dates. 


998       CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Howard.  I  was  the  Supply  Officer  of  the  Hawaiian  Quar- 
termasters Depot,  stationed  at  Fort  Armstrong  in  1941  up  until  after 
Pearl  Harbor. 

3.  General  Grunert.  The  Adjutant  General  just  had  you  listed 
there  as  commanding  officer  of  that  supply  depot? 

Colonel  Howard.  I  took  over  the  command  of  the  depot  in  June  of 
1942. 

4.  General  Grunert.  And  who  then  was  in  command  of  the  Supply 
Depot  during  the  attack  and  just  prior  to  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor? 

Colonel  Howard.  Roland  Walsh.  I  think  he  is  now  a  Brigadier 
General  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  in  command  of  the  [1915] 
Philadelphia  Depot.  I  took  over  the  duties  at  the  time  of  Pearl 
Harbor,  on  the  day  of  Pearl  Harbor,  the  duties  of  the  executive  of- 
ficer.   I  was  the  next  senior  second  in  command. 

5.  General  Grunert.  You  testified  before  the  Roberts  Commis- 
sion, did  you? 

Colonel  Howard.  I  did,  sir. 

6.  General  Grunert.  What  in  gist  was  your  testimony  there? 
Why  did  they  call  you? 

Colonel  Howard.  Well,  I  think  that  General  Walsh  could  prob- 
ably give  you  more  information  as  to  why  I  went  before  the  Com- 
mission than  I  could.  In  fact,  he  called  me  in  and  told  me  this  Roberts 
Commission  was  sitting  at  Sh after  and  that  he  wanted  me  to  go  up  as 
a  rej^resentative  of  the  Depot  to  see  and  meet  the  Commission. 

7.  General  Grunert.  What  did  the  Board  ask  you  when  you  were 
before  it? 

Colonel  Howard.  They  asked  me  in  effect  what  I  was  doing  and 
what  I  did  do  on  the  day  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  I  will  ask  you  the  same  question :  What 
did  you  do? 

Colonel  Howard.  I  got  to  the  Depot  as  soon  as — or  I  would  judge 
around  8 :  30.  I  was  living  at  that  time  out  of  Fort  Armstrong,  out 
in  Kahala,  and  I  got  to  the  Depot  I  would  judge  about  8 :  30,  and 
from  that  time  on  I  was  very  busy,  not  only  supplying  troops  but 
answering  and  giving  all  the  information  I  could  over  the  phone. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Wliat  protection  was  there  for  the  Depot 
or  the  surrounding  grounds  there  as  far  as  you  were  concerned  in 
that  post,  the  defense  measures  taken  ? 

[1916]  Colonel  Howard.  Well,  of  course,  there  was  a  small  coast 
artillery  setup  there  on  Fort  Armstrong.  I  think  they  were  3-inch 
guns. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Antiaircraft? 

Colonel  Howard.  No,  sir.  The  antiaircraft  guns  were  right  across 
the  entrance  to  Pearl  Harbor. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Colonel  Howard.  I  mean  the  entrance  to  Honolulu  Harbor,  on 
Sand  Island. 

12.  General  Grunert.  What  protective  measures  were  taken  to  pro- 
tect the  personnel  against  air  raids  and  bombing  ? 

13.  General  Frank.  Any  slit  trenches? 
Colonel  Howard.  Sir? 

14.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  slit  trenches? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  999 

Colonel  Howard.  I  was  trying  to  think,  General,  whether  we  built 
those  before  or  after  Pearl  Harbor.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  they 
were  not  built  until  the  day  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  air  raid  shelters  where 
all  women  and  children  and  the  persorinel  could  run  to  to  get  out 
of  bombing  range? 

Colonel  Howard.  No,  sir,  not  at  the  day  of  Pearl  Harbor,  time  of 
Pearl  Harbor;  no  sir. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Were  there  any  standing  orders  as  to  pro- 
cedure in  case  of  an  air  attack?  In  other  words,  did  you  know  what 
to  do,  and  the  men  and  officers  under  you,  in  case  of  an  air  attack? 

Colonel  Howard.  Well,  I  don't  know  how  to  answer  that  question. 
No.  I  would  say  no ;  my  duty  was  as  a  supply  officer,  and  my  men  of 
course  were — my  employees  were  mostly  civilians,  and  I  would  have 
been  operating  on  the  supjDly  standpoint  of  view  entirely.  Now,  the 
post  of  Fort  Armstrong  was  under  the  command  of  Roland  Walsh, 
and  he  in  turn  had  an  adjutant  operat-  [1917]  ing  up  there 
who  had  command  of  the  troop,  and  they  did  have  some  kind  of  a 
standard,  an  S.  O.  P.  in  which  they  were  to  operate  under  an  at- 
tack, but  I  had  nothing  to  do  with  that. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Your  men  were  in  warehouses  and  one  thing 
another  ? 

Colonel  Howard.  Yes,  sir ;  warehouses  and  clerks. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Did  they  have  any  instructions  what  to  do? 
Colonel  Howard.  Nothing  except  for  fire. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Evidently  you  didn't  have  much  to  offer  to 
the  Roberts  Commission,  and  have  you  anything  now  that  you  would 
like  to  offer  that  you  think  would  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board  in 
getting  at  the  facts? 

Colonel  Howard.  I  have  nothing,  sir.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  have 
less  information  of  that  than  several  officers  that  were  around  the 
Depot  at  that  time. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Any  questions? 

21.  General  Frank.  Wasn't  there  a  casemate  or  something  that  was 
a  bomb-proof  in  which  they  could  take  shelter  ? 

Colonel  Howard.  Yes,  but  that  at  the  time,  General,  was  operated 
by  some  coast  artillery  men  from  Fort  De  Russy,  and  they  were  quar- 
tered in  there. 

22.  General  Frank.  Did  the  women  and  children  actually  take  ref- 
uge in  there? 

Colonel  Howard.  No,  sir.  All  the  women  and  children  that  day 
were  moved  right  off  of  the  post  and  moved  on  up  into  the  Nuuanu  and 
Moana  canyons. 

23.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

24.  General  Grunert.  That  will  be  all,  Colonel.    Thank  you. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[WIS]         TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  WILLIAM  J.  McCARTHY,  260TH 
COAST  ARTILLERY  GROUP,  FORT  BLISS,  TEXAS 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 


1000     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  McCarthy.  William  J.  McCarthy,  Colonel,  260th  Coast 
Artillery  Group,  Fort  Bliss,  Texas. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  the  Board  is  after  facts  and  leads 
toward  facts ;  and  because  of  your  assignment  in  Hawaii  in  the  latter 
part  of  1941  and  also  because  you  testified  before  the  Eoberts  Commi? 
sion  we  asked  that  you  be  sent  here  to  this  Board  to  testify  to  give  us 
such  facts  as  you  may  know  of  your  own  information,  and  then  I  have 
one  particular  fact  that  I  wanted  to  inquire  into  that  I  didn't  under- 
stand in  your  testimony  before  the  Roberts  Commission. 

Now,  tell  me  first :  What  was  your  assignment  in  Hawaii,  and  give 
me  the  dates. 

Colonel  McCarthy.  I  arrived  in  Hawaii  on  October  6th,  1939,  and 
was  assigned  to  Fort  Kamehameha. 

Does  that  call  for  my  complete  assignments  all  the  time  while  I 
was  there? 

3.  General  Grunert.  Carry  it  right  on  through. 

Colonel  McCarthy.  At  that  time  I  was  a  Captain.  I  was  assigned 
to  the  41st  Coast  Artillery,  railway.  I  remained  with  the  railway 
artillery  until  July  1,  1940,  when  I  was  assigned  as  battalion  com- 
mander of  the  railway  battalion.  I  remained  there  in  various  capaci- 
ties as  battalion  commander  and  artillery  engineer  of  the  harbor  de- 
fense up  until  July  1,  1941,  when  I  was  assigned  as  battalion  com- 
mander of  the  55th  Coast  Artillery,  which  is  a  155  tractor-drawn 
battalion,  and  I  remained  in  command  of  that  battalion  until  I  left 
Hawaii.  Among  [1919]  other  assignments  I  was  the  Group 
Commander  of  the  so-called  Ewa  Group,  which  was  a  sector  of  the 
defense  on  the  west  shore  of  Hawaii  that  the  155  regiment  covered. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Where  were  you  during  the  attack? 
Colonel  McCarthy.  In  Fort  Kamehameha,  sir,  right  in  the  fort. 

5.  General  Grunert.  And  you  had  a  coast  artillery  assignment 
with  the  heavy  weapons? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  sir,  with  tractor. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Didn't  you  have  any  antiaircraft? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No,  sir.  The  only  antiaircraft  that  we  had 
with  us  were  .30-caliber  machine  guns  which  were  assigned  for  our 
own  immediate  defense,  but  that  was  not  anti-aircraft. 

7.  General  Grunert.  In  the  report  of  the  Roberts  Commission  it 
says  that  you  testified  that  from  November  22,  '41,  until  December 
2nd  or  3rd,  Alert  2  had  been  in  effect.  You  stated  the  post  c(3m- 
mander  did  this.     Now,  the  post  was  Kamehameha,  was  it? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  sir. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  what  Alert  2  was  in  effect  up  to  De- 
cember 2nd  or  3rd,  and  why  was  it  then  called  off? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  If  I  am  not — that  may  be  a  mistake.  I  think 
I  said  the  27th. 

9.  General  Frank.  27th  of  what? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Of  November,  and  not 

10.  General  Frank.  Well,  that  is  immaterial. 

Colonel  McCarthy.  It  is  immaterial.  The  27th.  Colonel  Walker, 
who  commanded  Fort  Kamehameha,  had  instituted  a  series  [1920] 
of  practice  alerts.  We  would  blackrout  the  post  at  certain  times,  and 
we  would  go  in  the  field ;  sometimes  we  would  never  leave  the  post ; 
to  determine  how  proficient  the  units  were  in  getting  ready  to  go 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1001 

into  the  field.  You  see,  besides  the  55th  Coast  Artillery  there  was 
a  battalion  of  railway  coast  artillery  and  the  loth,  which  was  the 
harbor  defense  regiment,  they  having  command  of  the  fixed  guns: 
The  16s  and  l'2s,  that  were  about  Fort  Kamehameha.  There  is  Fort 
Weaver  and  Fort  Barrett. 

It  so  happened  that  during  one  of  these  practice  alerts  that  Colonel 
Walker  had  called  the  thing  suddenly  went  ofi^  about  2  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon,  and  battalion  commanders  were  ordered  to  report  to 
Colonel  Walker's  office  at  once.     In  fact • 

[1021]         11.  General  Grunert.  What  date  was  this? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  I  f  am  not  mistaken,  it  was  about  the  27th  of 
November. 

12.  General  Frank,  v^ne  of  these  guns  went  off? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No.  I  say  this  practice  alert  went  on  in  the 
post.  The  thing  suddenly  stopped  in  the  middle  of  it  and  the  bat- 
talion officer  suddenly  ordered  us  to  report  to  Colonel  Walker's  head- 
quarters. When  we  got  there  we  were  told  to  forget  it,  everything  is 
over.  "I  just  received  a  call  from  the  Commanding  General  of  the 
Hawaiian  Department  that  we  are  now  going  on  an  antisabotage  alert, 
and  we  will  guard  our  own  installations  in  Fort  Kamehameha  and 
we  will  send  a  sufficient  guard  to  protect  the  various  stations  from 
being  damaged  by  people  wandering  around." 

13.  General  Grunert.  Then  from  that  time  on,  which  you  estimate 
to  be  November  27th,  you  were  on  a  Department  Alert  No.  1  or 
sabotage  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Or  sabotage;  yes,  sir. 

14.  General  Grunert.  What  was  this  No.  2  alert  that  you  were 
practicing? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  The  No.  2  Alert,  as  we  understood  it,  was  one 
where  we  were  ready  to  go  into  the  field,  but  not  actually  gohig  out 
into  the  field.  No.  3  would  take  us  right  out  into  the  field.  Under 
No.  2  we  were  all  supposed  to  go,  and  that  was  what  we  were  working 
on. 

15.  General  Grunert.  That  was  just  a  post  practice  alert? 
Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes. 

10.  General  Grunert.  It  was  not  a  Department  No.  2  Alert? 
Colonel    McCarthy.  It    was    not    called    by    the    Department, 
[1922']         not  that  one  that  we  were  working  on. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Did  your  command  have  anything  to  do 
against  an  alert  called  against  an  air  attack? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No,  sir. 

18.  General  Grunert.  You  would  have  no  function  during  an  air 
attack  alert? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No,  sir;  I  would  have  none. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Then  that  explains  why  you  were  on  Alert 
No.  2  and  it  was  called  off  about  November  27th,  and  you  went  on  a 
Department  alert? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes. 

20.  General  Grunert.  But  the  No.  2  Alert  that  you  were  on  was  a 
post  practice  alert  which  got  you  ready  to  take  the  field,  but  you  did 
not  go  into  the  field? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  sir. 


1002     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

21.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  protective 
and  defensive  measures  for  the  post  that  were  in  effect  prior  to  the 
attack  ?  For  instance,  what  were  the  measures  for  the  defense  of  the 
post  itself,  what  were  the  protective  measures  for  the  care  of  person- 
nel, the  protection  of  personnel  and  so  forth  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Under  the  SOP  that  we  operated  under  from 
headquarters  of  the  7th  Coast  Artillery  Brigade. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Who  had  that  brigade? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  At  that  particular  moment  General  Burgin 
was  in  command,  but  he  had  relieved  General  Gardiner.  In  the  event 
of  a  No.  3  Alert  all  organizations  had  sepi  ^te  sectors,  I  myself  hav- 
ing the  so-called  inner  sector.  That  cons  -  d  of  all  of  the  defenses 
of  155s  and  some  searchlights  from  a  poiii  just  north  of  Barbers 
Point. 

[1933]  23.  General  Grunert.  We  will  stop  right  there.  I  think 
you  mistake  what  I  am  after.  I  want  to  find  out  what  measures  there 
were  to  protect  the  post  proper  in  the  line  of  machine  guns  to  fire  upon 
airplanes,  slit  trenches  to  jump  into,  air  raid  shelters,  and  so  forth. 

Colonel  McCarthy.  There  were  no  air  raid  shelters  as  such.  The 
only  air  raid  shelter  that  was  figured  on  being  used  was  at  Battery 
Hasbrouck,  which  was  a  12-inch  battery,  and  that  was  a  regroup  CP, 
all  underground.  Perhaps  I  better  go  back  a  little  further.  Let  me 
interpolate  here  that  on  the  17th  of  June,  1940,  we  were  suddenly 
alerted  very  quickly,  and  everybody  moved  out  into  the  field.  That 
is  the  only  time  that  I  know  of  where  we  actually  took  the  live  ammu- 
nition for  the  gims.  I  at  the  moment  had  the  railway  battalions  on 
the  north  shore.  I  had  one  railway  battalion  and  one  155  battalion, 
which  was  manned  by  the  11th  Field  Artillery,  and  we  took  live  H.  E. 
ammunition  and  powder  out  into  the  field  with  us. 

At  that  time  the  Commanding  Officer,  Colonel  Walker,  advised  that 
all  officers  and  enlisted  men  who  had  families  to  make  some  provision 
to  evacuate  the  post  to  Fort  Kamehameha  in  the  event  of  an  attack. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Advised  the  individuals  to  make  arrange- 
ments ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes.  The  advice  took  this  form :  To  collect 
a  certain  amount  of  food  that  you  could  carry,  a  certain  amount  of 
clothes  that  the  family  could  carry,  and  the  idea  at  that  moment  was 
to  move  back  into  the  hills  behind  the  Pali  in  the  event  of  a  landing. 
I  personally  had  not  figured  on  an  air  raid  attack.  I  was  thinking  of 
a  landing  by  troops. 

[19^4]  25.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  ever  an  S.  O.  P.  issued 
that  told  everybody  what  to  do  in  the  case  of  an  air  attack  or  a  landing  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No,  sir. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Were  there  measures  taken  after  the  attack, 
protective  measures  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes. 

27.  General  Grunert.  What  happened  then  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  After  the  attack  all  the  women  and  children  on 
the  post  were  put  into  Battery  Hasbrouck,  and  they  remained  there 
for  three  days  and  nights.  Some  of  the  women  and  children  were 
evacuated  into  civilian  homes  in  Honolulu,  but  they  came  back  after 
a  couple  of  days  and  returned  to  their  quarters  on  the  post. 

28.  General  Kussell.  Aftei-  this  alert  of  June  17,  1940,  what  was 
the  subsequent  history  ?    How  long  did  you  stay  out  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1003 

Colonel  McCarthy,  We  stayed  out,  if  my  memory  does  not  fail 
me,  until  almost  the  4th  of  August. 

29.  General  Grunert.  And  then  did  the  entire  unit  move  back  to 
the  post? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  sir,  when  the  alert  was  declared  off 
everybody  came  back  to  the  post. 

30.  General  Grunert.   You  were  out  on  it  for  about  six  weeks? 
Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  sir. 

31.  General  Grunert.  What  effect  on  your  training  and  morale  did 
this  six-week  period  of  training  have  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  It  did  not  hurt ;  it  helped,  as  a  matter  of  fact. 

32.  General  Grunert.  You  liked  it  ? 
[1925]         Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  sir. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Then  there  was  no  interference  with  your 
training  or  your  morale  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No.  We  carried  out  gunnery  instructions  un- 
der drill  just  the  same  as  we  would  have  had  we  been  back  at  the  post. 
In  addition,  we  had  to  stand  two  alerts,  day  and  night. 

34.  General  Russell.  What  excitement  among  the  populace  pre- 
vailed or  obtained  as  a  result  of  this  June  I7th  alert? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Well,  General,  I  could  not  answer  that.  I  do 
not  know.  You  see,  I  was  at  Fort  Kam  and  we  went  right  out  to  the 
north  shore,  where  I  was  stationed  at  the  time,  and  came  back  to  Kam. 

35.  General  Russell.  And  your  testimony  is  to  the  effect  that  in 
moving  in  and  out  you  did  not  come  in  contact  with  any  of  the 
civilian  population? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No,  sir.  Of  course,  we  saw  a  certain  amount  on 
the  road,  but  the  only  contact  I  had  with  any  civilians  whatsoever,  in 
view  of  this  procedure,  was  with  the  plantation  people,  securing  rights 
of  way  or  permission  to  go  on  their  ground. 

36.  General  Russell.  If  there  had  been  a  great  deal  of  excitement 
among  the  civilian  population  on  the  island,  including  those  of  Japa- 
nese descent  and  Japanese  who  had  not  been  naturalized,  such  a  state 
would  naturally  have  reached  your  ears,  wouldn't  it  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  it  would.  On  the  Waialua  Plantation  a 
great  portion  of  their  employees  were  Japanese.  They  didn't  bother 
us  any,  so  far  as  I  know.  We  were  right  there  encamped  on  their 
property. 

[1936]  37.  General  Frank.  What  did  you  have  command  of  on 
the  north  shore  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  A  railway  battalion.  They  called  it  the  North 
Group,  General,  but  it  consisted  of  one  railway  battery. 

38.  General  Frank.  You  said  the  11th  Field  Artillery  manned  it. 
Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes. 

39.  General  Frank.  The  11th  Field  Artillery  belonged  to  Burgin  at 
Schofield,  didn't  it? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes.  Two  batteries  of  the  11th  Field  Artillery 
manned  155s  which  belonged  to  the  Coast  Artillery  and  they  were 
under  my  control  as  group  commander. 

40.  General  Frank.  The  Coast  Artillery  down  at  Kamahameha 
commanded  some  of  the  11th  Field  Artillery  that  belonged  under 
Burgin  at  Schofield  ? 


1004    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  McCarthy.  Yes,  that  is  right.  Those  batteries  were  as- 
signed to  man  the  155s,  which  were  presumably  harbor  defense  guns 
on  the  north  shore.    I  don't  know  why,  except  that  they  were. 

41.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  have  you  anything  that  you  know 
of  that  you  might  offer  to  the  Board  in  the  line  of  testimony  that  would 
throw  light  on  any  facts  that  pertain  to  the  attack  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  General,  the  only  thing  I  could  tell  you  is  what 
happened  where  I  was. 

42.  General  Grunert.  What  was  that,  briefly  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  At  about  a  quarter  of  8  in  the  morning  of 
December  7th,  I  heard  airplanes  passing  over  Kamehameha  and  I 
heard  this  firing,  machine  gun  firing.  At  the  moment  I  thought 
[1927]  it  was  the  Navy  practicing.  I  had  seen  them  flying  around 
a  good  deal. 

43.  General  Frank.  On  Sunday  ? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  This  was  on  Sunday  morning,  sir. 

44.  General  Frank.  Had  the  Navy  been  flying  on  Sunday  and 
shooting? 

Colonel  McCarthy.  No,  but  we  had  this  alert  and  I  didn't  know 
what  was  happening.  I  thought  they  were  practicing.  We  had 
blank  ammunition  for  machine  guns  for  ground  shooting,  but  I  had 
never  heard  of  them  being  in  an  airplane.  I  was  curious  and  ran 
out  to  see,  and  just  at  that  time  I  heard  the  swish  of  an  explosion. 
I  didn't  know  what  that  was.  I  ran  out  of  my  quarters  and  a  Japa- 
nese plane  was  flying  overhead  with  machine  guns  going.  I  immedi- 
ately tried  to  raise  headquarters.  The  phones  were  all  dead.  I  got 
my  car  and  chased  the  battery  out,  told  them  to  go  out  and  man  their 
war  positions,  take  over  their  battle  stations. 

It  so  happened  that  A  Battery  was  in  position  right  at  Fort 
Kamehameha.  C  Battery  guns  were  in  position  at  Fort  Weaver,  but 
the  personnel  was  at  camp.  B  Battery's  guns  and  personnel  were 
at  camp.    B  Battery's  position  was  at  Barbers  Point. 

When  I  got  to  the  battery  area  I  found  B  Battery  in  the  middle 
of  a  dog  fight  with  some  planes  right  over  their  heads.  They  were 
firing  .30  caliber  machine  guns  at  them.  So  far  as  I  know,  they 
shot  down  two  planes.  When  I  got  to  headquarters  Battery  they 
had  knocked  down  one  plane,  and  a  plane  had  caromed  off  a  tree 
and  the  pilot  was  lying  on  the  ground.  It  was  one  of  those  single- 
seater  affairs  and  was  a  total  wreck.     The  pilot  was  dead. 

[W^S]  About  the  second  wave  was  just  starting  to  come  over 
at  that  time.  I  started  to  move  out  into  Hickam  Field.  I  saw 
Hickam  Field  was  burning.  I  didn't  know  what  was  causing  it,  but 
I  could  see  it  burning.  But  after  the  battalion  was  on  the  road  getting 
ready  to  move,  I  reported  into  headquarters  for  instructions.  Colonel 
Ryan,  who  was  in  the  group  at  headquarters,  advised  me  he  had 
received  a  report  that  there  were  25  transports  4,000  yards  off 
Kaena  Point  and  for  me  to  get  into  position  as  quickly  as  I  could, 
because  I  was  the  biggest  thing  north  of  Pearl  Harbor  at  the  moment, 
with  155s,  to  be  ready  to  repel  what  he  naturally  assumed  would  be  a 
landing  in  force.  Those  transports  never  materialized.  Where  he 
got  his  information,  I  do  not  know,  except  that  he  gave  me  that. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1005 

I  went  out  in  the  field  and  remained  in  tlie  field  until  I  was  relieved 
on  April  12tli  or  13th  and  came  back  to  the  United  States. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Tliank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  WILLIAM  DONEGAN,  G-3,  FOURTH  ARMY, 
FORT  SAM  HOUSTON,  TEXAS. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  William  N.  Donegan,  Colonel,  General  Staff 
Corps,  01174,  G-3,  Fourth  Army. 

2.  Colonel  West.  Wliere  are  your  headquarters  ? 
Colonel  Donegan.  Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  this  Board  is  attempting  to  get  facts 
or  leads  to  facts  pertaining  to  tlie  background  of  the  period  leading 
up  to  and  also  concerning  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  [1929] 
Because  of  your  assignment  in  the  Hawaiian  Department  in  the  latter 
part  of  1941  we  hope  that  we  can  get  some  such  facts  from  you.  I  have 
prepared  a  number  of  questions  based  primarily  upon  your  position 
at  that  time,  which  was  what? 

Colonel  Donegan.  G-3. 

4.  General  Grunert.  G-3  of  what? 

Colonel  Donegan.  G-3  of  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

5.  General  Grunert.  I  will  ask  you  these  questions  and  if  you  can- 
not give  us  the  answers,  just  say  so.  If  you  can,  naturally  we  expect 
the  answers,  but  I  understood  from  an  interview  with  you  that  I 
would  probably  be  expecting  too  much  from  you.  Are  you  familiar 
with  the  provisions  of  the  Joint  Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier  Defense 
Plan? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Could  I  take  about  1  minute.  General,  just  to 
give  my  background,  and  then  I  think  I  can  be  in  step  ? 

6.  General  Grunert.  Go  right  ahead. 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  was  in  the  G-3  Section.  Hawaiian  Department 
from  September,  1940,  until  Pearl  Harbor.  From  September  1940 
until  November  1941  I  was  Assistant  G-3,  with  a  typical  G-3  Section 
on  a  desk.  I  was  appointed  G-3  in  November.  During  most  of  my 
time  in  the  G-3  Section,  now  Brigadier  General,  then  Major  Hobart 
Hewitt  was  the  so-called  specialist  on  the  G-3  Section,  on  Army  and 
Navy  agreements  and  also  working  with  the  Air  Force.  Colonel 
William  Lawton,  then  Major  Lawton,  came  in  and  understudied 
Hewitt  for  a  period  of  six  months,  and  then  he  took  over  Hewitt's 
task  and  was  the  specialist  on  the  Hawaiian  Defense  Plan,  Joint  Army 
and  Navy  Agreement,  and  aircraft  warning.  On  these  questions  he 
was  my  adviser  at  G-3,  and  I  sat  in  at  all  principal  meetings  with  the 
[WSO}         Navy  and  Air  Force. 

7.  General  Grunert.  The  Board  expects  to  hear  Major,  now  I 
believe  Colonel,  Lawton  later  on.  In  the  meantime  I  will  see  what 
information  you  can  give  me  on  these  questions. 


1006    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

8.  General  Frank.  From  what  branch  does  Colonel  Lawton  come  ? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Both  Hewitt  and  Lawton  are  Coast  Artillery. 

9.  General  Grunert.  And  you  are  what? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN,  Infantry. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Under  that  plan  was  not  the  Army  charged 
with  the  tactical  command  of  the  defensive  air  operation  over  and 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Oahu? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  That  was  my  understanding. 

11.  General  Grunert.  They  were  providing  the  antiaircraft  de- 
fense of  Oahu,  with  particular  attention  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  Naval 
Base  and  the  naval  forces  therein  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Honolulu  and  Pearl  Harbor;  yes,  sir. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  Command- 
ing General  kept  himself  informed  as  to  the  naval  forces  present  in 
Pearl  Harbor? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  cannot  answer  that.  General.  There  is  another 
point  I  would  like  to  bring  out,  based  on  the  Roberts  Commission 
report.  We  also  had  in  the  G-3  Section,  now  Colonel,  then  Major, 
Dingeman,  who  was  the  liaison  officer  between  the  G-3  Section, 
Hawaiian  Department,  and  the  14th  Naval  District.  I  don't  believe 
he  appeared  before  the  Roberts  Commission  and  he  is  still  on  duty  in 
Hawaii. 

13.  General  Grunert.  What  is  his  name? 

[iPJi]  Colonel  Donegan.  Dingeman,  Ray  E.  Dingeman.  He 
was  in  the  G-3  Section. 

14.  General  Grunert.  And  he  is  still  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  ? 
Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir.    They  also  have  an  Air  Corps  officer  in 

the  G-3  Section  who  has  not  been  injected  into  the  picture.  That  is 
Wilfred  Paul.  He  was  there  I  believe  three  months  before  December 
7th  and  at  least  three  months  after  December  7th.  He  was  one  of  the 
advisers  on  the  Air  equipment.  I  don't  believe  he  appeared  before  the 
Roberts  Commission. 

15.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  suppose  he  would  know  that  we 
cannot  find  out  otherwise  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  He  worked  up  several  of  the  joint  Army  and  Navy 
exercises  in  which  the  Air  participated. 

16.  General  Grunert.  He  was  particularly  concerned  in  M^orking  up 
exercises  that  General  Martin  wanted  and  that  were  to  receive  the 
approval  of  the  Department? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  would  say  the  other  way.  He  was  working  for 
General  Short  and  he  coordinated  our  Air  Corps  and  Interceptor  Com- 
mand and  Navy  in  these  joint  exercises.  He  was  working  more  or  less 
as  general  air  adviser  in  the  General  Staff  Section. 

17.  General  Grunert.  He  would  not  know  anything  that  General 
Martin  would  not  know  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  He  should  not,  no. 

18.  General  Grunert.  General  Martin  would  probably  know  all 
that  Paul  knows  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Our  time  is  limited  and  we  cannot  branch 
out  too  much,  unless  they  are  leads  for  facts  that  we  cannot  [1932] 
get  otherwise. 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1007 

20.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  the  Commanding  Gen- 
eral of  the  Hawaiian  Department  knew  what  elements  of  the  fleet  were 
in  or  out  of  the  harbor  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  do  not  know. 

21.  General  Gruneut.  Do  you  know  whether  such  information  was 
ever  requested  from  the  Navy  through  G-3  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Not  throuoh  G-3.    I  do  not  recall,  no,  sir. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Would  the  knowledge  whether  the  fleet  was 
in  or  out  of  the  harbor  make  any  difference  in  taking  defense  measures 
or  applying  them  or  implementing  them? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  don't  believe  it  would  have  at  that  time.  The 
Navy  was  constantly  in  and  out.  I  can  recall  that  distinctly,  because 
at  one  time  they  alternated  a  program  so  the  Navy  could  be  out  over 
the  week-end  and  come  back  during  the  week. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  consider  that  you  had  a  greater  re- 
sponsibility when  the  fleet  was  in  than  when  it  was  out  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Frankly,  I  did  not  think  so,  as  G-3. 
21.  General  Grunert.  I  understand  3'ou  had  in  your  office  a  naval 
Lieutenant  by  the  name  of  Burr. 
Colonel  Donegan.  Yes. 

25.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  the  naval  liaison  officer  for  the  14th 
Naval  District. 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Was  he  capable? 

Colonel  Donegan:  Well,  he  was  selected  by  the  Navy.  He 
[193S]         was  there.     He  was  not  of  much  value  to  us. 

27.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  keep  j^ou  informed  of  what  the  Navy 
was  doing? 

Colonel  Donegan.  My  recollection  of  Burr  is  that  when  we  wanted 
information  we  told  him  what  we  wanted  aiid  he  went  out  and  got 
it  for  us.     But  he  gave  us  very  little,  as  I  recall,  on  his  own  initiative. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  give  him  whatever  the  Navy  wanted  ? 
Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir.     There  was  no  question  al3out  that. 

Anything  we  had  in  our  Section  was  available  to  him. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  often  ask  for  it  or  did  he  have  to 
ask  for  it  or  did  you,  whenever  you  had  anything  new,  tell  him  about 
it  or  ask  him  whether  the  Navy  was  interested?  I  am  trying  to  get 
at  what  actual  liaison  there  was  there  in  getting  information  from 
one  to  the  other. 

Colonel  Donegan.  It  was  there  for  him.  I  don't  believe  he  asked 
for  much.  I  think  at  that  time  Major  Lawton  was  in  daily  contact 
with  his  corresponding  number  in  the  14th  Naval  District. 

30.  General  Grunert.  His  corresponding  number  would  be  what? 
Colonel  Donegan.  There  was  a  series.     One  time  Hewitt  and  I 

would  frequently  be  contacting  a  Captain  Goode,  who  was  the  14th 
Naval  District,  like  the  Chief  of  Staff.  Then  a  Captain  Munson. 
Our  liaison  was  back  and  forth.  I  had  many  trips  over  there  and 
would  go  with  either  Lawton  or  Hewitt.  I  have  also  gone  to  now 
Admiral,  then  Captain,  McMorris,  on  board  the  cruiser  Indianapolis. 
I  had  been  over  there  frequently  to  arrange  these  missions.  He  had 
a  Scouting  Force  at  that  time!  [1934]  Then  I  know  several 
times  a  G-3  representative  went  out  to  Admiral  Halsey's  carrier,  to 


1008    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Commander  Miles  Browning,  when  the  carrier  would  come  in  from 
a  "raid",  testing  out. 

31.  General  Gkunert.  Then  you  did  not  depend  on  this  naval  Lieu- 
tenant, Burr,  for  your  contacts? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN,  No,  sir. 

32.  General  Grunert.  In  G-3? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  He  was  an  Intelligence  man. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Intelligence  or  intelligent? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  Intelligence,  Naval  Intelligence.  He  was 
not  like  a  line,  tactical  or  combat  officer.  He  was  a  Navy  Intelligence 
reserve  officer.     We  used  him  very  little. 

34.  General  Grtfnert.  Would  he  know  anything  about  the  Inter- 
ceptor Command  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Very  little. 

35.  General  Grunert.  And  the  war  warning  service? 

Colonel  Donegan.  We  did  not  deal  with  him  for  anything  like  that. 
We  discussed  the  aircraft  warning  service  and  dealt  with  a  man  in 
the  14th  Naval  District  who  was  an  expert. 

36.  General  Frank.  He  was  a  sort  of  a  technical  liaison  man? 
Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  right. 

37.  General  Frank.  Rather  than  an  efficient  operating  liaison  man? 
Colonel  Donegan.  He  did  not  have  the  background,     Dingeman, 

our  man,  did  have  the  background,  particularly  on  this  harbor  control 
post.  He  spent  full  time  over  at  the  Navy.  He  came  in  our  office  at 
8  o'clock  in  the  morning  to  rheck  up  on  what  we  had  and  then  went 
immediately  over  to  Pearl  Harbor,  and  came  back  at  about  11 :  30  to 
have  luncheon  with  us,  and  would  go  liack  to  Pearl  Harbor  at  1  o'clock 
and  spend  the  rest  of  the  day  there.  He  spent  full  time  at  Pearl 
Harbor. 

38.  General  Grunert.  That  was  Dingeman  ? 
[19S5]        Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Now  I  am  going  to  read  you  some  extracts 
here  from  the  Joint  Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan  and 
ask  you  a  few  questions  about  it. 

Paragraph  4  of  Section  1  of  that  plan  designates  G-3  as  the  plan- 
ning representative  for  the  Army,  in  paragraph  15c  (2) ;  Section  3 
states  in  part: 

Snch  parts  of  this  plan  as  are  believed  necessary  will  be  put  into  effect  prior 
to  M-Day  as  ordered  by  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  or  as  mutually  agreed 
upon  by  local  commanders. 

Paragraph  21,  Section  6,  states  in  part : 

This  agreement  to  take  effect  at  once  and  to  remain  effective  until  notice 
in  writing  by  either  party  of  its  renouncement,  in  part  or  in  whole,  or  disap- 
proval in  part  or  in  whole  by  either  the  War  or  Navy  Departments. 

Now,  do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  War  and  Navy  Departments 
approved  that  plan  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  do  not  know.  Was  that  not  dated  some  time 
in  April  ? 

40.  General  Grunert.  Right. 
Colonel  Donegan.  1941. 

41.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  they  disapproved  all 
or  part  of  the  plan  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  do  not. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1009 

42.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  ever 
order  any  part  of  the  plan  put  into  effect  prior  to  M-Day? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  local  commanders  ever  mutually 
agree  to  put  into  effect  any  part  of  the  plan  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  do  not  recall.  If  I  could  talk  to  General  Frank 
off  the  record?  That  comes  under  something  about  [1936] 
plans  being  put  into  effect.    As  to  G-3, 1  do  not  know. 

44.  General  Grunert.  My  next  question  is,  if  so,  would  that  sort 
of  thing  be  put  on  record  and  be  of  record  in  the  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment, do  you  know  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  would  not  say  so ;  to  my  knowledge,  no. 

45.  General  Grunert.  What  is  M-Day? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Mobilization  Day. 

4G.  General  Grunert.  What  does  that  mean  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  That  is  the  day  that  the  Department  command- 
ers would  be  notified  by  Washington. 

47.  General  Grunert.  Could  the  Department  commanders  initiate 
M-Day? 

Colonel  Donegan.  My  understanding  was  that  Washington  was 
going  to  do  it. 

48.  General  Grunert.  I  think  the  plan  provided  that  M-Day  could 
be  put  into  effect  for  reasons  of  the  imminence  of  war  of  anything 
like  that,  by  local  agreement  between  the  two  commanders.  Of 
course,  it  would  have  been  reported  to  Washington  or  probably  a 
request  made  on  Washington  to  put  M-Day  into  effect. 

49.  General  Frank.  What  is  M-Day? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  According  to  that  plan,  the  War  Department 
was  going  to  stage  an  M-Day  in  preparation  for  war,  prior  to  which 
we  would  get  a  maximum  war  strength  garrison.  I  may  add  here 
that  just  a  week  before  Pearl  Harbor,  after  a  very  comprehensive  and 
complete  study,  we  submitted  a  report  which  was  mailed  not  later 
or  not  earlier  than  the  1st  of  December  to  Washington,  stating  our 
requirements  for  an  initial  war  garrison.  It  was  in  the  mail  on 
December  7th,  I  am  sure.  In  that  our  G-3  Section  worked  out  what 
we  considered  the  essentials  of  what  the  War  Department  called 
an  initial  war  garrison,  and  I  believe  they  gave  us  the  figures. 

[19S7]  50.  General  Frank.  What  is  the  necessity  for  declaring 
an  M-Day? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  In  this  way,  I  would  say,  they  would  build  up 
the  garrison  to  war  strength.  That  is  the  only  reason  I  know  of. 
They  certainly  did  not  have  a  sufficient  garrison  there. 

51.  General  Frank.  Suppose  the  Commander  of  the  Hawaiian  De- 
partment had  declared  an  M-Day ;  what  would  have  happened  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  believe  my  reaction  to  that  would  be,  if  it  was 
necessary  for  the  local  commanders  to  declare  an  M-Day  and  they 
believed  the  situation  was  serious  enough  for  that,  we  would  have  gone 
on  to  a  so-called  Alert  No.  3,  instead  of  the  sabotage  alert,  or  No.  1, 
which  we  were  on  at  that  time.  I  do  not  believe  that  they  thought 
the  conditions  warranted  calling  an  M-Day.  I  never  thought  of 
M-Day  that  way  before,  but  the  emergency  did  not  exist  at  that  time. 

52.  General  Frank.  What  I  am  trying  to  find  out  is  what  happens 
in  a  place  like  Honolulu,  when  M-Day  is  declared  by  anybody  ?  What 
is  the  sequence  of  events  ? 


1010    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  don't  know.  It  should  be  in  that  plan.  They 
refer  to  M-Day  in  that. 

53.  General  Grunert.  I  will  read  it  for  the  benefit  of  the  record. 
It  is  paragraph  15  C  (2)  of  the  Joint  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan, 
Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier. 

M-Day  is  the  first  day  of  mobilization  and  is  the  time  origin  for  the  execution 
of  this  plan.  M-Day  may  precede  a  declaration  of  war.  As  a  precautionary 
measure  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  may  initiate  or  put  into  effect  certain 
features  of  their  respective  plan  prior  to  M-Day.  Such  parts  of  this  plan  as  are 
believed  necessary  will  be  put  into  effect  prior  to  M-Day,  as  ordered  by  the 
War  and  Navy  Departments,  or  as  mutually  agreed  upon  by  [1938]  local 
commanders. 

M-Day  therefore  appears  to  be  when  you  take  steps  just  as  if  i^ou 
expect  war  in  the  near  future,  and  in  taking  those  steps  mobilization 
consists  of  the  various  steps  to  be  taken,  as  to  the  civil  population, 
as  to  recruitment  for  the  Army,  reception  of  Army  personnel,  opera- 
tion of  martial  law  and  various  other  steps  that  you  would  take  only 
in  case  you  think  war  is  in  the  immediate  oflBng.  Is  that  your 
understanding? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes.  As  G-3  I  didn't  think  war  was  in  the 
immediate  offing,  from  my  knowledge  of  the  situation  at  that  time. 

54.  General  Grunert,  Wliat  was  your  position  in  January,  1941? 
Assistant  G-3? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Assistant  G-3  and  the  section  I  had,  I  believe, 
was  that  I  was  in  charge  of  ground  troops.  I  remember  particularly 
tables  of  organization  and  so  forth. 

55.  General  Grunert.  While  in  G-3  there  did  you  know  of  a  letter 
written  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  to  the  Secretary  of  War  and 
the  Secretary  of  War's  reply  to  the  Navy,  a  copy  of  which  was  sent 
to  the  Hawaiian  Department,  that  pertained  to  the  defenses,  called 
attention  to  certain  weaknesses,  and  especially  called  attention  to  the 
need  for  preparation  to  meet  air  attacks?  Do  you  remember  that 
letter  at  that  time? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  sir,  I  don't  believe  I  do. 

56.  General  Grunert.  General  Short  acknowledged  receipt  of  a 
copy  of  that  letter  of  February  19, 1941.  Do  you  know  what  was  done 
between  February  and  December  in  the  line  of  increasing  the  defense 
against  air  attack,  generally  speaking? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  from  a  training  viewpoint  I  know 
[19S9]  we  had  considerable  training.  We  had  exercises  with  the 
Navy  at  least  once  a  month,  sometimes  twice  a  month.  I  think  we 
had  it  with  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force.  We  had  CPX.  I  recall  an 
Air  Force  communications  officer  running  CPXs. 

57.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  that  they  were  building  an  air 
warning  service? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir. 

58.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  considered  progress  toward  air 
defense  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  would  consider  it  such. 

59.  General  Grunert.  What  other  things  were  done  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  believe  during  the  year  1941  they  built  that 
Information  Center  at  Fort  Shafter. 

60.  General  Grunert.  Who  in  G-3  would  know  more  about  this  line 
of  questions? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1011 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Lawton. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Lawton? 

Colonel  DoxEGAN.  He  was  a  specialist  in  G-3. 

62.  General  Grunert.  Then  our  best  source,  outside  of  General 
Short,  would  be  whom  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  The  Chief  of  Staff,  General  Davidson,  who  had 
the  Interceptor  Command ;  Colonel  Paul,  Department  Signal  Officer, 
and  Lawton,  who  was  the  General  Staff  man. 

63.  General  Grunert.  Can  you,  of  your  own  knowledge,  give  us 
any  information  that  they  cannot  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No,  sir,  and  it  would  not  be  as  accurate. 

64.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  will  see  if  I  can  find  something  else 
that  you  may  be  able  to  give  us  better  information  about  than  they 
may.  What  was  your  conception  or  understanding  of  the  [IHO] 
generally  increasing  tautness  of  the  international  situation  as  between 
the  United  States  and  Japan  during  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1941? 
What  did  you  know  about  it  and  where  did  you  get  your  impressions, 
and  what  were  your  impressions? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Is  this  personal,  official  or  a  combination? 

65.  General  Grunert.  Combination.     Tell  me  what  you  know. 
Colonel  Donegan.  I  think  we  all  felt  that  there  was  a  tenseness 

there.  We  were  working  every  night  during  the  month  of  November. 
I  think  Lawton,  Dingeman  and  I  worked  every  night  till  10  or  11 
o'clock. 

66.  General  Grunert.  What  did  you  work  at? 

Colonel  Donegan.  At  that  time  we  were  planning  to  take  over  from 
the  Navy  the  occupation  and  defenses — well,  we  were  going  to  send 
task  forces  to  Canton,  maybe  Christmas.  We  were  going  to  take  over 
Palmyra. 

67.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  stick  to  Hawaii. 

Colonel  Donegan.  This  was  all  under  the  Joint  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment. The  tempo  had  increased,  because,  as  I  say,  we  figured  out  an 
initial  war  garrison  if  the  War  Department  knew  our  requirements. 
It  stepped  up  the  garrison  to  around  60,000.  I  knew  we  were  flying 
some  ships  out  to  the  Far  East.  We  were  building  an  air  field  down 
in  the  South  Pacific  under  the  Department's  control.  We  had  a  time 
date.  I  think  the  time  date  the  War  Department  sent  was  March, 
1942,  for  Christmas  and  Canton.  I  don't  know  whether  it  is  both,  but 
it  sticks  in  my  mind  as  March.  General  Short  fixed  it  by  a  directive 
for  January.    He  stepped  it  up  about  two  months. 

68.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  get  back  to  your  state  of  mind  of 
IJ941]  the  relationship  between  Japan  and  the  United  States. 
You  say  you  realized,  on  account  of  all  this,  that  the  situation  was 
growing  more  and  more  tense.  Wliat  did  that  indicate  to  you  ?  Did 
it  alarm  you  in  any  way  as  to  the  defenses  of  Hawaii  or  the  possibility 
of  an  attack  on  Hawaii  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That,  sir,  would  come  from  G-2.  I  have  no 
such  information. 

69.  General  Grunert.  But  there  was  a  General  Staff.  You  were  all 
one  family  and  one  set  of  brains.  G-2  is  not  supposed  to  know  every- 
1  hing.    What  did  G-3  know ?    What  did  you  know  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  didn't  know  a  thing  as  to  an  attack  coming 
when  it  came. 

79716 — 46—  Ex.  145,  vol.  2 15 


1012    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

70.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  what  information  was  being 
received,  wliat  alarm  or  what  warning  as  to  the  danger  of  that  attack? 
Did  it  come  home  to  yo'ii  that  it  might  come  or  was  in  the  offing  or  away 
in  the  distance,  or  what? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Frankly,  I  did  not  visualize  an  attack  was  com^ 
ing.    I  did  not  expect  it. 

71.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  acquainted  with  or  did  you  have, 
knowledge  of  the  Navy  message  that  was  received  and  transmitted 
to  the  Army  which  started  out  "Consider  this  a  war  warning."? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  sir,  I  never  saw  it. 

72.  General  Grunert.  You  never  saw  it,  but  did  you  ever  hear  of  it? 

Colonel  Donegal.  I  was  called  up  to  the  Department  Command- 
er's office,  I  believe,  when  that  message  of  November  27th  was  received, 
when  we  had  a  staff  conference,  or  the  Chief  of  Staff  had  it,  and  I  later 
Avent  into  General  Short's  office 

73.  General  Grunert.  That  message  is  the  one  known  as  the  Chief 
of  Staff  message  of  November  27th? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  It  might  be.  Tliat  is  the  last  one  I  [IQ^^] 
recall  before  Pearl  Harbor. 

74.  General  Grunert.  That  was  an  Army  message,  was  it? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  That  was  an  Army  message. 

75.  General  Grunert.  That  is  the  Chief  of  Staff  message  of  Novem- 
ber 27th? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  the  one  where  they  mentioned  the  Rain- 
bow plan  ? 

76.  General  Grunert.  Yes.    Tell  us  what  happened  then? 
Colonel  Donegan.  We  stepped  up  the  tempo  of  this  antisabotage. 

77.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  know  about  that  message  ? 
Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  a  long  time  ago,  General. 

78.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  called  into  conference  as  to  its 
meanings? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir.  We  discussed  it,  and  later  I  went  into 
General  Short,  with  one  or  more  others  of  the  G-3  Section,  and  we  dis- 
cussed it. 

79.  General  Grunert.  I  think  it  would  be  well  if  I  read  that  mes- 
sage and  refreshed  your  memory  here,  because  I  want  to  ask  you  a  few 
more  questions  about  it.  This  is  th&  message  of  November  27th,  1941, 
from  the  Chief  of  Staff  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  De- 
partment : 

(War  Department  message  of  November  27,  1941,  was  read  as  fol- 
lows:) 

Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  purposes  with 
only  the  barest  possibilities  that  the  .Japanese  Government  might  come  back  and 
offer  to  continue.  Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile  action  iwssi- 
ble  at  any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot,  be  avoided  the  United 
States  desires  that  Japan  commit  the  first  overt  act.  This  policy  should  not, 
repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that  might  jeo- 
pardize your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  [19Ji3]  Japanese  action  you  are 
directed  to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem  neces- 
sary but  these  measures  should  be  carried  out  so  as  to  not,  repeat  not,  alarm 
civil  population  or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Should  hostilities 
occur  you  will  carry  out  tasks  assigned  in  Rainbow  Five  so  far  as  they  per- 
tain to  .Japan.  Limit  dissemination  of  this  highly  secret  information  to  mini- 
mum essential  officers. 

That  refreshes  your  mind  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1013 

[^944-]         Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir. 

General  Grunert.  Now,  where  did  yon  get  in  on  that  discussion  of 
that  message  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  The  Chief  of  Staff  called  a  conference,  up  in  his 
office.  I  will  go  back.  I  was  out  in  the  field,  and  I  returned  from  the 
field.  The  conference  had  started,  and  the  Chief  of  Staff  was  reading 
that  message.  Prior  to  that  time,  I  believe  that  Major  Horner,  in 
the  G-3  section — he  is  now  Colonel  Horner,  G-2,  of  the  Ninth  Corps — 
had  gone  over  the  Rainbow  plan  with  General  Short,  and  I  further 
believe  that  after  the  Chief  of  Staff's  conference  we  restudied  that 
telegram  in  the  G-3  section.     That  is  the  best  I  can  recall  it. 

80.  General  Grunert.  Now,  where  did  you  come  in  on  it?  What 
advice  did  you  give  about  it  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  As  far  as  the  Chief  of  Staff,  the  decision  had 
been  made,  as  I  say,  when  I  returned  from  the  field,  and  I  believe  this 
directive  had  been  issued  about  this  sabotage  or  Alert  1. 

81.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  decision  had  been  made? 
Colonel  Donegan.  It  had  been  made. 

82.  General  Grunert.  You  were  not  called  upon  to  recommend 
what  was  to  be  done  under  that,  before  the  decision  was  made  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No,  sir.  I  was  not  present  at  the  headquarters. 
I  was,  I  say,  in  the  field,  and  wdien  I  returned,  the  conference  was  in 
session,  and  I  think  the  Staff  study  had  been  made  on  it. 

83.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  who  represented  G-3  in  the 
discussion  before  the  decision  was  made? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  am  sure  that  then  Major  Horner  did. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Would  it  have  been  natural  for  them  to  call 
on  G-3  Operations  for  recommendations  as  to  action  to  be  taken  under 
such  a  warning,  or  did  the  Commanding  General  make  the  [194S  ] 
decision  with  his  Chief  of  Staff,  or  what  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Of  course,  that  was  the  first  time  we  had  ever 
received  such  a  warning,  and  there  was  no  precedent  for  the  staff  pro- 
cedure in  the  headquarters. 

85.  General  Grunert.  But  there  had  been  other  decisions  made  that 
pertained  to  operations  before  that,  undoubtedly  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  In  other  decisions  pertaining  to  G-3,  invariably 
I  was  called  up. 

86.  General  Grunert.  But  in  this,  you  had  no  say,  personally  ? 
Colonel  Donegan.  I  w^as  not  available,  at  the  time. 

87.  General  Grunert.  Or,  the  discussion  afterwards,  after  the 
decision  was  made ?     Then  you  reread  this  thing? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  think  that  G-3  went  into  a  conference  among 
ourselves,  and  we  put  in  effect  the  directive  of  the  Chief  of  Staff,  and 
we  made  no  other  recommendation. 

88.  General  Grunert.  In  your  discussion  was  any  question  raised 
as  to  whether  or  not  an  antisabotage  alert  was  sufficient  to  cover  what 
was  required  and  what  was  intimated  in  that  radiogram  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  do  not  believe  there  was,  in  the  G-3  section. 

89.  General  Grunert.  In  your  own  mind,  did  you  ever  give  it  a 
thought  as  to  whether  or  not  the  "Old  Man"  was  going  far  enough  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  will  be  frank,  with  you,  General,  I  didn't.  I 
was  fooled  as  much  as  anybody  else — if  we  were  fooled.  That  is  my 
honest  opinion. 


1014    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

90.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  that  the  antisabotage  alert 
covered  the  requirements  of  the  situation  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  would  rather  not  state,  in  that  there  was  a  de- 
cision of  the  Department  Commander.  That  was  his  decision,  and 
I  would  rather  not  comment  on  it. 

91.  General  Gruxert.  Were  you  free  to  state  your  opinion  and  to 
hammer  it  home  as  long  as  no  decision  had  been  made? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  feel  that  at  headquarters  1  was  always 
[1946]         free  to  say  anything  I  wanted  to  say. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  feel  that,  the  decision  having  been 
made,  from  that  time  on  your  thoughts  were  not  to  be  expressed,  but 
the  decision  was  to  be  carried  out  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  sir;  I  did  not  feel  that  way.  The  decision 
was  made,  and  if  I  had  taken  exception  to  it,  which  I  had  done  several 
times  in  the  past,  I  would  have  gone  up  and  recommended  a  modifica- 
tion. In  this  case  I  didn't.  I  don't  believe  anybody  in  the  G-3 
section  recommended  I  do  it. 

93.  General  Grunert.  Since  the  Chief  of  Staff  had  been  G-3,  was 
there  any  inclination  on  his  part  to  make  decisions  for  G-3  without 
consulting  G-3  ? 

Colonel  DoNEOAN.  I  don't  think  you  can  say  that  he  was  G-3.  If 
he  had  been  G-3,  it  was  only  for  aboiit  a  month. '  Colonel  "Phil"  Hayes 
was  the  G-3.  He  was  relieved  by  Colonel  Throckmorton ;  and  Colonel 
Phillips  was  not  G-3,  to  my  knowledge,  over  six  weeks.  He  was  just 
waiting  to  step  in  to  take  over  the  Chief  of  Staff's  job.  He  never  was 
a  G-3. 

94.  General  Grunert.  How  was  that  staff  team,  over  there?  Was 
it  a  cohesive  team,  or  were  there  some  disagreements  among  them, 
any  jealousies,  or  backbiting,  or  disappointments,  or  what? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  don't  think  there  were  any  disappointments, 
if  you  are  referring  to  the  appointment  of  the  Chief  of  Staff — not  to 
my  knowledge. 

95.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  staff,  or  did  you,  consider  Phillips 
competent  to  be  a  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Department? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  would  rather  not  answer.  We  have  been 
warned  on  this  thing.  I  would  rather  not  discuss  this  thing.  I  think 
that  is  perfectly  all  right,  isn't  it  ? 

96.  General  Grunert.  We  will  not  require  you  to  discuss  it.  You 
spoke  of  Captain  McMorris,  of  the  Navy  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes,  sir. 

97.  General  Grunert.  What  was  his  position  in  the  fleet,  do 
[1947]        you  know? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  He  was  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Scouting  Force, 
and  I  remember  I  went  over  there  with  Hobart  Hewitt,  and  visited 
him  aboard  the  flagship,  and  also  I  think,  with  Lawton,  and  we  did  a 
lot  of  our  training  with  him. 

98.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  ever  express  himself  to  you  as  to 
what  he  thought  about  this  Japanese  situation  and  the  dangers  of  it, 
or  anything  of  that  kind  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  sir.  I  think  we  worked  quite  closely  with 
him,  because  I  saw  considerable  of  him  when  he  was  Admiral  Nimitz' 
Operations  Officer  for  Pearl  Harbor ;  and  he  never  expressed  himself 
to  me. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1015 

99.  Genercal  Geunert.  Wliat  did  you  have  to  do  with  getting  up  the 
SOP  of  November  5  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  had  a  chance  to  go  over  it  and  delete  anything 
I  didn't  like,  I  think,  and  that  SOP,  I  signed  it.  I  read  it  before  I 
came  to  this  Board.  It  is  dated  November  5,  and  I  think  I  was 
appointed  Chief  of  Staff  about  November  7,  and  I  couldn't  have  been 
Chief  of  Staff  24  hours  when  I  signed  that  thing ;  but  I  helped  work 
on  it  in  the  section,  as  an  Assistant  G-3. 

100.  General  Gruneet.  And  you  became  Chief  of  Staff  of  the 
Department  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Not  more  than  a  month  before  Pearl  Harbor.  I 
mean,  the  G-3. 

101.  General  Grunert.  Oh;  I  did  not  understand  that  you  had  been 
Chief  of  Staff. 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Oh,  no.  I  was  G-3,  appointed  G-3  of  the 
Hawaiian  Department  in  November  1941. 

102.  General  Grunert.  But  then,  you  had  been  in  the  G-3  section  ? 
Colonel  Donegan.  The  G-3  section.     I  worked  on  that  SOP. 

103.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  were  the  next  senior  in  the  G-3 
section,  were  you  ? 

[1948]         Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir;  I  was. 

104.  General  Grunert.  By  the  way,  how  did  the  staff  section  work 
together?  Did  they  work  in  isolated  groups,  or  in  "compartments," 
you  might  call  them  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No.  It  was  customary  in  that  headquarters  to 
have  a  staff  conference  every  Saturday  morning  at  8  o'clock.  The 
Chief  of  every  General  and  Special  Staff  section,  or  the  senior  or 
president  of  the  section  was  present,  and  it  was  conducted  by  the 
Chief  of  Staff,  and  at  that  conference  it  was  supposed  that  each 
General  Staff  would  bring  out  the  principal  activity  of  the  week; 
and  G-2  was  called  in  for  an  orientation,  to  bring  out  numbers  of 
things  going  on.     That  was  customary. 

105.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  ask  you  a  little  bit  about  those  orien- 
tations.   "When  was  the  last  staff  meeting  held  before  December  7? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  would  say,  on  the  morning  before.  It  must 
have  been. 

106.  General  Grunert.  That  was  on  a  Saturday,  and  your  meetings 
usually  took  place  on  Saturday? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Every  Saturday  morning  at  8  o'clock.  I  don't 
know  whether  it  was  held  on  Saturday,  December  6,  or  not;  if  not, 
it  was  an  exception,  because  they  were  held  every  Saturday  morning 
at  8  o'clock. 

107.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  If  it  was  held  December  6,  and 
the  Saturday  before  that,  did  G-2  come  up  with  anything  alarming 
about  the  situation? 

Colonel  Donegan.  It  did  not. 

108.  General  Grunert.  Did  not?  Then  you  concluded  there  was 
nothing,  inasmuch  as  you  heard  nothing  said,  and  G-2  told  you  noth- 
ing at  these  conferences?  Or  do  you  suppose  G-2  did  not  put  out, 
there,  but  kept  a  lot  to  himself,  or  between  hita  and  his  Commanding 
General,  which? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  don't  think  the  G-2  visualized  what  was 
\i943]        impending. 


1016    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

109.  General  Frank.  Did  G-2  ever  have  any  information  that  was 
very  "hot?" 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  never  o;ot  any  of  it,  as  G-3.  I  don't  think 
there  was  much  "hot."     I  know  he  didn't  pass  it  out. 

110.  General  Grunert.  ITow,  were  these  conferences  "hot,"  or  were 
they  just — "Oh,  well !  we  have  to  get  together  once  a  week  and  tell 
them  something!" 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  you  say  about  being  "compartments." 
That  certainly  took  us  out  of  the  "compartment,"  and  let  us  know 
what  the  other  fellow  was  doing,  if  we  had  anything.  It  was  kind 
of  instructive  to  all  the  staff.  I  would  tell  them,  from  G-3,  what  the 
problems  were,  what  we  were  doing,  and  each  section  would  do  the 
same  thing. 

111.  General  Grunert.  But,  in  the  last  two  conferences,  on  the 
last  two  Saturdays  before  Pearl  Harbor,  there  was  no  particular 
discussion  about  what  might  come ;  or  was  there  any  particular  dis- 
cussion about  sabotage? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  cannot  recall. 

112.  General  Grunert.  That  was  a  "hot"  subject  then,  was  it  not? 
Colonel  Donegan.  A  "hot"  subject  in  G-3.    In  our  section,  every 

officer  went  out  to  make  visits,  for  sabotage,  went  around  to  see  that 
the  guards  were  on  these  water  plants  and  power  plants,  and  down 
by  the  docks,  and  the  oil  fuels,  down  there ;  and  we  thought  sabotage 
was  the  real  thing,  and  practically  every  officer  in  the  section  was 
out  daily  checking  on  activities. 

113.  General  Grunert.  In  your  section,  or  in  the  General  Staff 
meeting,  either  one,  did  the  question  ever  come  up  as  to,  "Well,  the 
Navy  is  doing  its  job  of  distant  reconnaissance,  to  ward  off  an  attack, 
or  to  let  us  know  if  there  is  anything  coming"?  Did  that  subject  ever 
come  up? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  can't  say  whether  it  did  or  not. 

114.  General  Grunert.  It  apparently  did  not  impress  itself  on 
[1950]  ^  you,  if  it  did  come  up,  because,  otherwise,  you  might  re- 
member it. 

Colonel  Donegan.  To  my  knowledge,  I  think  reconnaissance  was 
effective.    I  personally  thought  so. 

115.  General  Grunert.  You  thought  distant  reconnaissance  was 
effective  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  thought  so. 

116.  General  Grunert.  Wliat  made  you  think  that  distant  recon- 
naissance was  effective — your  confidence  in  the  Navy ;  or  did  you  know 
anything  in  particular  about  it? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Well,  I  thought  I  knew  something  about  it.  I 
tried  to  keep  abreast  of  it,  and  my  reaction  is,  I  thought  it  was  effec- 
tive, that  they  were  doing  as  much  as  could  be  expected. 

117.  General  Grunert.  Would  the  Navy  liaison  officer  attend  these 
General  Staff  meetings  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Only  the  Chiefs  of  sections  attended. 

118.  General  Grunert.  The  naval  liaison  officer  was  not  in  on  it? 
Colonel  Donegan.  No,  sir. 

119.  General  Grunert.  So,  even  if  he  had  had  any  information  on 
it,  he  was  not  there  to  give  it  to  you  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Well,  he  would  have  told  me.  It  was  my  liaison 
officer,  and  I  could  have  told  them  at  the  staff  section. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1017 

120.  General  Grunert.  What  did  Dingeman  ever  tell  you  about  the 
Navy  reconnaissance ;  anything  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 

121.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  make  any  definite  inquiries 
as  to  what  the  Navy  was  doing  in  the  line  of  distant  reconnaissance? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  think  we  would  go  direct.  I  would  go  over 
with  Lawton,  direct,  over  to  the  Navy,  and  ask  those  questions. 

122.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Did  you  go  directly  ? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  We  visited  frequently. 

[WSl]  123.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ask  about  the  distant 
reconnaissance  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  don't  recall  whether  we  did  or  not. 

124.  General  Grunert.  But  you  were  interested  in  it,  weren't  you  ? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes,  sir.     That  was  going  on  three  years,  which 

is  a  long  time.     I  don't  know  whether  we  discussed  that,  or  not. 

125.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  thouglit  they  had  distant  recon- 
naissance, but  you  rcall}'  didn't  know.  You  don't  remember  anytliing 
about  it? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  believe  at  this  time  that  they  were  having 
effective  distant  reconnaissance.     If  they  didn't,  I  didn't  know  it. 

126.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  in  the  line  of  360°  patroling? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  I  would  say  west  of  Hawaii. 

127.  General  Grunert.  West  of  Hawaii? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes ;  west. 

128.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  depending  on  the  task  forces  that 
went  out,  or  on  the  planes  that  were  sent  out  or  ordered,  or  did  you 
just  have  general  confidence  that  they  were  doing  what  you  thought 
they  ought  to  do  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Frankly,  I  feel  that  is  more  G-2  than  G-3.  You 
are  asking  me  this,  G-3,  and  I  should  think  that  would  be  a  G-2  thing 
for  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

129.  General  Grunert.  Well,  the  G-3  is  operations,  and  in  case 
anything  happens,  you  have  to  control  the  fighting  of  the  defense, 
do  you  not? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  understand  that,  but  I  get  my  information 
from  G-2.     He  goes  out  and  gets  it  ? 

130.  General  Grunert.  Well,  did  you  ask  G-2  about  it? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir.  He  had  no  information,  other  than  I 
think  he  gave  me  everything  he  had ;  so  far  as  I  know  he  [1952'\ 
did. 

131.  General  Grunert.  How  was  Fielder  considered,  as  to  G-2? 
Colonel  Donegan.  I  would  rather  not  discuss  personalities. 

132.  General  Grunert.  Well,  discuss  officialities,  then.  Officially, 
was  he  considered  O.  K.  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  As  far  as  I  know,  he  was  O.  K.  I  would  say  he 
was  as  good  a  G-2  as  I  was  a  G-3.  I  would  just  as  soon  let  that  go  in 
the  record. 

133.  General  Frank.  That's  fair  enough. 

134.  General  Grunert.  Yes;  that's  fair  enough. 

What  brought  about  this  system  of  Alerts  1,  2,  and  3?  When  you 
first  went  over  there,  they  only  had  one  kind  of  alert,  didn't  they, 
and  that  was  an  all-out  alert  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  right. 


1018    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

135.  General  Grunert.  Then  why  1,  2,  or  3?  That  must  have  been 
in  your  minds,  or  somebody  started  it. 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  That  was  discussed  a  great  deal,  and  I  think  the 
idea  was  that  in  the  past  when  they  had  an  alert  they  moved  every- 
thing out,  and  this  way  they  could  continue  their  training  and  develop 
as  necessary. 

130.  General  Grunert.  You  mean,  then,  it  was  a  step  from  the 
less  serious  to  the  more  serious,  to  the  all-out  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  To  the  all-out. 

137.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Now,  let  us  get  down  to  this  training.  Just  what  training  would 
be  handicapped  in  Alert  No.  2,  which  was  a  combination  of  defense 
against  aircraft  and  antisabotage  ?  Just  how  did  that  interfere  seri- 
ously with  training,  and  whose  training  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  I  think  it  spread  a  considerable  number 
of  men  all  over  the  island,  every  vital  installation,  the  [1953^ 
ground  forces,  and  it  was  principally  ground  forces.  You  asked  me 
about  the  antiaircraft.    I  will  say  it  did  not  affect  antiaircraft. 

138.  General  Grunert.  That  was  part  of  the  air  defense,  was  it  not? 
not? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes. 

139.  General  Grunert.  How  did  it  affect  the  air  training? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  don't  believe  it  did  affect  the  air. 

140.  General  Grunert.  It  did  affect  the  ground  troops,  but  they 
had  the  least  to  do,  and  would  not  have  been  put  out  in  No.  2,  would 
they  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Fifty  percent,  in  No.  2;  and  I  think  SOP,  as  I 
recall  it — you  have  it,  I  think — 50%  went  out  on  Alert  No.  2;  as  I 
recall,  one  battalion,  or  one  something,  motorized. 

141.  General  Grunert.  But  that  was  primarily  for  antisabotage? 

142.  General  Frank.  No.  2. 

143.  General  Grunert.  No.  2  includes,  against  air  and  anti- 
sabotage  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  And  sabotage. 

144.  General  Grunert.  But  what  brought  the  infantry  out,  the 
"ground  troops,"  as  we  call  them  ?  The  bringing  out  of  the  infantry 
in  full  force  was  No.  3  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  100%  in  the  field. 
146.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Everything. 

146.  General  Grunert.  JEverything  for  the  fact  that  they  had  cer- 
tain guarding  duties  against  sabotage  under  No.  2,  and  so  forth,  they 
were  not  much  concerned  with  No.  2  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Well,  you  take  50%.  All  right,  now,  they 
\j954]  are  considerably  concerned.  Fifty  percent  were  altered 
under  No.  2. 

147.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  the  reason  back  of  calling 
Alert  No.  1  "antisabotage"  instead  of  Alert  No.  2,  which  would  have 
been  against  air,  and  antisabotage? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No,  sir. 

148.  General  Grunert.  You  do  not  know  the  reason,  whether  the 
reason  was  all  training,  part  training,  or  what? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  don't;  no,  sir.  I  think  they  thought  No.  1 
would  do  the  job,  otherwise  they  would  have  called  No.  2. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1019 

149.  General  Grunert,  Would  do  what  job? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Whatever  job  it  was,  from  the  information  re- 
ceived from  Washington. 

150.  General  Grunert.  The  job  that  was  intimated,  appeared  to  be 
in  the  Navy  message,  which  was  transmitted  to  the  Army — "this  is  a 
war  warning"? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes. 

151.  General  Grunert.  Now,  would  antisabotage  take  care  of  a  war 
in  the  offing? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  don't  recall  seeing  it,  as  I  stated. 

152.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  referred  to  the  job  that  the  Chief 
of  Staff's  message  which  I  read  to  you  called  for? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  November  27. 

153.  General  Grunert.  We  will  go  back  to  that  message.  In  that 
message  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  was 
directed  to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  he 
might  deem  necessary.  Was  any  additional  reconnaissance  made,  do 
you  know,  or  did  he  not  consider  any  additional  reconnaissance  neces- 
sary ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  don't  remember.  If  it  was  ordered,  it 
[1955]         is  certainly  a  matter  of  record  somewhere.    I  don't  recall. 

154.  General  Grunert.  Would  such  matters  have  been  sent  out 
through  you  in  directives  to  do  such,  or  not?  I  am  not  heckling  you; 
I  am  just  after  information. 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  think  this  has  been  handled  direct  by  the  Chief 
of  Staff.  It  all  came  so  fast,  and  I  say,  there  was  no  precedent,  this 
was  the  first  time  it  was  done;  so  you  see  normally  you  can't  say 
whether  it  would  be  handled  through  G-3  or  not,  because  there  was 
no  staff  precedent  or  procedure  for  it. 

155.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  now  in  the  line  of  alerts 
or  the  influences  or  conclusions  respecting  this  information  that  you , 
had,  that  you  could  tell  the  Board,  that  might  give  us  further  light 
on  this  thing,  as  to  the  state  of  mind  or  the  reasons  or  causes,  or  any- 
thing in  that  line? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No,  sir.  I  tell  you,  it  all  happened  so  fast,  No- 
vember 27  to  December  7,  that  we  were,  I  will  say,  on  Alert  1.  Then, 
I  couldn't  get  the  reactions  of  other  officers,  after  December  7.  It  was 
just  a  question  of  our  being  in  the  tunnel,  we  dug  in,  and  it  wasn't 
discussed,  even,  in  fact,  in  my  own  section;  we  didn't  have  the  time. 

156.  General  Grunert.  The  Hawaiian  command  was  created  and 
put  out  there  as  an  outpost,  and  it  was  their  business  to  be  prepared 
for  anything;  and,  if  they  were  properly  warned,  if  you  had  notice, 
why  then  of  course  it  was  the  business  of  the  command,  your  business 
as  G-3,  to  make  whatever  plans  the  "Old  Man"  called  for? 

Colonel  Donegan.  It  was. 

157.  General  Grunert.  And  up  to  that  time  you  considered  the 
plans  had  been  made  and  pretty  well  implemented,  is  that  right? 

[1956]  Colonel  Donegan.  From  the  information  that  I  knew, 
I  think  the  Department  Commander  took  the  steps  that  were  adequate. 

158.  General  Grunert.  From  what  you  know  of  the  training  and 
stated  training  and  efficiency  of  the  conunand,  had  it  been  Alert  2, 
what  would  have  been  the  results  of  this  attack  that  did  come  ?  Have 
you  ever  tried  to  visualize  it  that  way?     Could  you  have  stopped  it? 


1020    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  have  tried  to  visualize  it  from  all  angles.  I 
don't  know  whether  it  could  be  stopped  or  not. 

159.  General  Grunert.  Could  you  minimize  the  danger,  or  the 
amount  of  damage  that  was  done? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  I  don't  have  to  answer  it,  but  I  will  say  I 
don't  believe — it  would  have  been  negligible,  is  my  opinion. 

160.  General  Grunert.  If  you  do  not  answer  some  of  these  things, 
it  leads  me  to  believe  that  you  have  something  for  which  you  are  afraid 
you  might  be  hauled  up. 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Oh,  no,  sir!  Not  a  thing  to  worry  me,  about 
that ! 

161.  General  Grunert.  I  think  I  will  turn  you  over  to  one  of  the 
other  Members  of  the  Board,  here,  until  I  think  of  something  else. 
General  Russell  ? 

162.  General  Russell.  You  were  out  there  when  General  Short 
came  out,  were  you.  Colonel  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Yes,  sir. 

163.  General  Russell.  You  had  been  out  there  some  time  before 
that? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  arrived  in  the  Department  in  August  1940. 

164.  General  Russell.  How  many  new  officers  did  General  Short 
bring  out  there  with  him  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Very  few.  From  the  top  down,  he  brought 
[1957]  Phillips,  he  brought  Truman.  I  don't  know  of  anybody 
else  I  can  recall  right  now. 

165.  General  Russell.  Phillips  became  Chief  of  Staff,  and  Truman 
was  an  aide? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  right. 

166.  General  Russell.  All  the  other  people  who  were  functioning 
out  there  on  General  Short's  staff  as  of  December  7  he  fomid  when 
he  got  out  there,  if  that  be  true  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  would  say,  as  my  memory  recalls  it,  I  know  of 
no  one  else  that  he  brought  out. 

167.  General  Russell.  It  was  not  a  cleaning  out  of  the  staff  when 
Short  came  out  there  and  a  moving  in  of  a  new  staff? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No,  sir. 

168.  General  Russell.  How  did  you  happen  to  be  sent  out  there? 
Was  it  because  it  was  your  turn  to  go  out  there  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  went  out  in  the  foreign  service.  I  was  as- 
signed to  the  Twenty-first  Infantry  at  Schofield,  and  I  was  a  Major 
of  Infantry,  in  the  G-3  section,  on  DS.  I  had  a  nervous  breakdown 
and  I  was  placed  in  the  hospital.  They  let  me  out,  and  I  asked  to  go 
out  on  DS.     I  went  out  there  as  assistant. 

169.  General  Russell.  What  I  am  trying  to  get  at.  Colonel,  is  this : 
Who  sent  people  out  to  the  Hawaiian  Department  ?  Was  it  the  War 
Department,  or  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  The  War  Department,  always. 

170.  General  Russell.  Did  they  require  the  Commanding  General 
of  the  Hawaiian  Department  to  take  such  people  as  he  had  and  as 
tlie  War  Department  sent  him,  and  do  what  he  could  with  them? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  right.  He  selected  his  staff  [1958] 
usually  from  the  personnel  available  in  the  Hawaiian  Department. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1021 

171.  Genei'cal  Eussell.  These  people  who  were  on  the  stajff,  there, 
Fielder,  and  you,  and  Throckmorton — and  who  was  this  man  who 
was  G-4  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Marsden. 

172.  General  Russell.  All  those  people  were  already  on  the  staff 
wlien  Short  got  there,  were  they  not  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Let  me  get  this,  now.  When  Short  arrived, 
"Empy"  Potts  w^as  G-1.  That  is  Adam  E.  Potts.  Marsden  was  G-2, 
Throckmorton  was  G-3,  and  Carl  Bankfield,  I  told  you,  was  G-4. 
Carl  Bankfield  went  back  to  the  mainland,  expiration  of  service,  and 
Marsden  was  put  into  G-4.  "Empy"  Potts  dropped  out  of  or  was 
called  off  of  G-1  and  went  off  with  a  Coast  Artillery  outfit. 

173.  General  Russell.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  this  staff  out  there  was 
just  a  sort  of  normal  staff  in  the  Army  as  it  had  operated  at  that 
time ;  they  were  gradually  leaving,  and  gradually  coming  in  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  That  is  right. 

174.  General  Russell.  General  Short  had  the  same  problem  that 
anybody  else  would  have  had,  to  make  the  best  he  could  out  of  what 
he  had,  is  that  right? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Oh,  yes;  it  is  the  Commander's  prerogative  to 
select  his  staff. 

175.  General  Russell.  He  had  to  select  them  from  within  the 
Department  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAX.  I  believe  he  inherited  some  that  were  sent  out 
by  War  Department  selection.  I  think  Hobart  Hewitt,  in  the  G-3 
section,  assistant  G-3,  was  sent  out  by  the  War  Department,  the 
selection  of  the  War  Department  General  Staff.  Then  there  was  a 
transition,  when  the  War  Department  no  longer  selected  them,  and 
the  local  commander  selected  detail  on  General  Staff. 

176.  General  Russell.  From  where  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  From  personnel  available  within  the  [1959] 
Department. 

177.  General  Russell.  From  within  the  Hawaiian  Department? 
Do  you  think  these  people  who  were  selected  to  l^e  on  General 

Short's  staff  were  selected  and  sent  to  him,  because  they  were  specially 
fitted  as  General  Staff  officers? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Which  people  are  you  talking  about,  General  ? 

178.  General  Russell.  You  and  Marsden  and  Phillips — all  of  you 
people.     How  did  you  happen  to  get  an  assignment  on  this  staff? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  It  was  selected  as  an  assistant  G-3  by  Throck- 
morton, on  his  recommendation,  and  was  then  G-3,  and  I  was  placed 
on  General  Staff  on  the  recommendation  of  Colonel  Hayes,  when 
Hayes  was  Chief  of  Staff. 

179.  General  Russell.  Some  questions  were  asked  you  about  your 
not  being  called  upon  to  express  an  opinion  on  tliis  November  27 
message.  I  did  not  get  your  testimony  any  too  clearly,  but  as  I  recall, 
you  said  that  if  you  had  disagreed  with  the  Commander's  decision, 
and  had  you  thought  that  antisabotage  was  not  sufficient,  you  would 
have  felt  perfectly  free  to  go  in  and  discuss  it  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Yes,  sir. 

180.  General  Russell.  With  the  Chief  of  Staff,  or  the  Command- 
ing General,  or  with  whom  ? 


1022     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  My  channel  would  have  been  to  go  to  the  Chief 
of  Staff. 

181.  General  Russell.  Were  they  arbitrary,  up  there? 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  sir. 

182.  General  Eussell.  They  permitted  you  to  discuss  matters  with 
them  ? 

[1960~\         Colonel  Donegan,  I  always  felt  free  to  go  in. 

183.  General  Russell.  I  got  the  impression  from  your  testimony, 
Colonel,  that  in  these  night  jobs  that  were  being  carried  on,  and  the 
work  being  done  in  G-3,  your  thinking  was  in  the  terms  of  Japan 
and  Wake  ?     It  was  directed  toward  Japan  and  Wake  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  No,  that  was  based  on  War  Department  direc- 
tives. The  War  Department  told  us  to  make  studies  of  task  forces 
necessary  to  take  over  certain  islands,  and  I  think  Palmyra  was  one 
which  was  then  occupied  by  the  Navy,  and  we  figured  out  a  "TO," 
a  table  of  organization,  naturally  involving  Coast  Artillery,  Infantry, 
and  Antiaircraft,  and  we  worked  those  out  with  the  Navy  representa- 
tive, who  was  Colonel  of  Marines,  and  submitted  those  to  Washing- 
ton. 

184.  General  Russell,  But  this  work  that  you  G-3  people  were  un- 
der pressure  to  do  did  not  relate  to  Oahu  and  the  defenses  there,  but 
related  to  islands  which  lay  between  you  and,  generally,  the  Philip- 
pines ;  is  that  right? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  was  just  an  additional  job.  Our  defense 
of  Oahu  was  the  primary  mission  we  had,  there  was  no  question  about 
it,  you  can't  get  away  from  it.  This  was  just  additional  work,  prior 
to  December  7.  I  was  trying  to  give  you  a  background  of  what  we 
M^ere  doing,  and  that  was  one  of  the  major  works  going  on  in  the  sec- 
tion during  the  month  of  November,  the  latter  part  of  November. 

185.  General  Russell.  Did  General  Short  step  up  the  defensive 
preparations  after  he  got  there  ? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Considerably. 

186.  General  Russell.  Pardon? 
Colonel  Donegan.  A  great  deal. 

[1961]  187.  General  Russell.  He  was  defense-conscious,  you 
feel? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Very  much  so.  In  fact,  I  think  a  great  deal  was 
done,  there,  on  the  defense,  on  bunkers,  pill  bunkers  for  the  Air  Corps, 
):)ill  boxes,  beach  defense,  being  constantly  carried  on. 

188.  General  Russell.  Reference  was  made  to  Hawaii  as  an  out- 
post, it  being  the  area  nearest  the  mainland,  which  had  been  fortified 
and  occupied  by  us;  but  were  there  not  many  other  installations  be- 
tween us  and  Japan  and  Wake  and  Midway  and  the  Philippine 
Islands  and  Guam,  whatever  was  done  on  Guam? 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  correct. 

189.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

Colonel  Donegan.  Wliat  has  that  got  to  do  with  it? 

190.  General  Russell.  How? 

Colonel  Donegan.  May  I  ask  a  question  ?  What  has  that  got  to  do 
with  it? 

191.  General  Russell,  I  don't  know  what  anything  has  to  do  with 
it! 

192.  General  Gruneet,  Have  you  any  questions,  General  Frank? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1023 

193.  General  Frank.  Had  you  ever  discussed  the  possibility  of  au 
air  attack  or  an  air  raid  on  Oaliu? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN,  Discussed  it  many,  many  times,  every  time  we 
had  a  joint  Army  and  JN  avy  exercise,  when  they  came  in  on  Navy  car- 
riers, and  so  forth. 

194.  General  Fil\nk.  What  was  your  thought  about  the  possibility 
of  a  raid  on  Oahu  by  a  Jap  carrier  force? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  I  believed  it  was  possible;  I  didn't  think 
it  was  probable.  I  discussed  that  with  staff  officers  Street  and  Hagen- 
bero-,  and  they  discussed  it  many  times. 

[1962]  195.  General  Frank.  Had  you  ever  gone  into  it  in  a  very 
detailed  manner? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  had  gone  into  it  with  your  man  Farthing,  in 
connection  with  patroling.  He  had  a  patrolling  plan,  there,  and  I 
had  gone  into  it  and  studied  it  with  him — the  number  of  planes  nec- 
essary to  patrol,  and  the  360°  patrol.    All  those  things  were  discussed. 

196.  General  Frank.  Speaking  in  race-track  parlance,  what  did 
you  consider  the  possibility  of  a  Jap  air  raid? 

Colonel  Donegan.  Frankly,  I  didn't  expect  one  or  anticipate  one. 
I  didn't  think  they  would  attempt  it;  but  I  had  not  made  up  my  mind 
that  way. 

197.  General  Frank.  What  were  the  chances,  did  you  think? 
Colonel  Donegan.  I  hadn't  even  thought  it  out  in  chances. 

198.  General  Frank.  If  you  did  not  think  they  would  do  it,  why 
wouldn't  they  do  it  ?  Let  us  approach  it  from  the  other  side.  Let  us 
approach  it  from  the  Japanese  side.  That  is  what  I  am  trying  to 
get  at. 

Colonel  Donegan.  Well,  you  could  ask  every  officer  in  the  Hawaiian 
Department,  over  there,  the  same  question,  and  it's  "second  guessing" 
now,  three  years  later.  I  think,  to  ask  them,  "Why  don't  you  think 
they  attempted  it?"  I  don't  believe  anybody  over  there,  whether  it  was 
the  Department  Staff  or  the  Air  Force  Staff  or  Antiaircraft,  thought 
it.    That  is  what  we  were  there,  for,  but  nobody  expected  it. 

199.  General  Frank.  If  you  thought  the  Japs  would  not  attempt  it, 
why.  from  the  Jap  point  of  view,  wouldn't  they  attempt  it? 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  don't  know  why — I  will  say  the  same  thing — 
I  don't  know  why  I  should  answer  these  questions. 

[J96S]  200.  General  Frank.  I  am  trying  to  get  it  as  a  point  of 
view,  and  we  are  building  up  a  point  of  view  and  a  background  on 
this  thing.  That  is  the  reason  I  would  like  to  get  it.  You  are  a  pro- 
fessional soldier,  you  have  been  in  the  Army  over  a  period  of  time. 

Colonel  Donegan.  That  is  correct. 

201.  General  Frank.  And  yon  must  have  some  sort  of  professional 
opinion.  From  that  point  of  view,  then,  I  would  like  to  have  a  pro- 
fessional opinion  from  you  on  that  subject,  if  you  have  one. 

Colonel  Donegan.  Well,  I  can  say  that  with  contemporaries  there. 
I  discussed  it  many,  many  times,  and  we  had  our  defenses  set  for  it. 
and  we  studied  and  supervised  the  training  in  connection  with  the 
anti-air  defense,  antiaircraft,  and  I  personally  did  not  anticipate  a 
raid  on  Hawaii. 

202.  General  Frank.  Well,  I  have  asked  you  two  or  three  times, 
why.    Was  it  because  it  was  hazardous,  it  was  a  risky  thing  to  do,  they 


1024    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

were  hazarding  too  much  to  attempt  it,  or  what  was  behind  your  rea- 
son for  thinking  they  would  not  attempt  it  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  My  reason  would  be  that  I  thought  that  their 
interest  lay  more  in  Asia  than  that  they  would  care  to  jeopardize  the 
chances,  or  their  limited  fleet,  in  coming  to  Hawaii.  That  would  be 
my  reaction. 

203.  General  Frank.  How  much  of  a  risk  were  the  Japs  taking  in 
pulling  a  raid  on  Honolulu? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  The  answer  is,  "Zero,"  right  now,  based  on  De- 
cember  7 ;  but  I  should  think  it  would  be  a  great  risk. 

204.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Well,  that  was  the  reason  ?  That 
is  one  of  the  reasons  that  you  thought  they  would  not  attempt  it, 
was  because  you  thought  it  was  too  great  a  risk? 

[1964.]  205.  General  Frank.  Had  everything  not  clicked  for 
them,  it  might  have  resulted  in  a  disaster  ?  Had  both  the  Navy  and 
the  Army  been  sufficiently  alerted  to  have  gone  after  them,  it  might 
have  resulted  in  a  disaster? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Well,  it  could  have  been  a  100%  failure,  there  is 
no  question  about  it^ — just  as  bad  a  failure  as  it  was  a  success,  if  things 
were  100%  the  other  way. 

206.  General  Frank.  Now,  did  you  read  the  Martin-Bellinger  esti- 
mate of  the  situation  ? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  When  was  it  published  ? 

207.  General  Frank.  I  refer  to  the  air  estimate  of  the  situation  that 
they  got  out  in  the  spring  of  1941. 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  The  spring  of  1941  ? 

208.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  don't  recall  it. 

209.  General  Frank.  They  made  an  air  estimate  on  the  situation. 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  Who  is  Bellinger — the  Admiral? 

210.  General  Frank.  The  Admiral  in  command  of  Patrol  Wing  2. 
Colonel  DoNEGAN.  PAT-2?     I  have  sat  in  conference  with  him  in 

connection  with  the  use  of  air. 

211.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  this  air  estimate  of  the  situ- 
ation that  was  submitted? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No  doubt  I  have  read  it,  if  he  wrote  it. 

212.  General  Frank.  To  get  back  to  this  air  attack  again,  did  you 
ever  make  any  comparison  between  the  probaility  of  damage  from  an 
air  raid  and  the  probability  of  damage  from  sabotage? 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  No,  I  didn't. 

213.  General  Frank.  Or  as  to  which  was  more  probable? 
Colonel    DoNEGAN.  Let    me    say    this.    General.      I    think,    now, 

[196S]  that,  after  three  years,  to  come  here  and  ask  a  lot  of  ques- 
tions about  what  we  did  or  what  we  didn't  do  three  years  ago,  I  think 
it's  rather  unfair,  whether  I  am  a  professional  soldier  of  27  years'  serv- 
ice, or  not.  Since  Pearl  Harbor,  like  many  others,  we  have  been  trying 
to  win  this  war,  working  about  12  to  14  hours  a  day,  and  to  come  in 
here  "cold"  and  ask  me  what  I  thought  in  December  1941, 1  think  it  is 
unfair  for  the  Board  to  do  it. 

214.  General  Frank.  I  asked  you  if  you  had  ever  made  that  com- 
parison. 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  never  compared  the  damage  that  an  air-raid 
would  do,  and  the  damage  by  sabotage.  I  feel  certain  I  don't  recall 
going  through  any  such  mental  operations. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1025 

215.  General  Grunert.  The  witness  may  think  that  he  is  under  some 
compulsion  to  answer  these  questions.  If  you  don't  know  the  answer, 
say  so. 

Colonel  DoNEGAN.  I  would  like  to  give  you  the  answer,  if  I  can. 

216.  General  Grunert.  If  you  haven't  thought  it  over,  say,  "I  don't 
remember" ;  but  to  the  questions  asked,  give  him  an  answer,  or  say,  "I 
don't  want  to  answer  anything."  You  are  not  under  compulsion  to 
try  to  think  back  three  years  ago  and  actually  remember  details. 

Colonel  Donegan.  I  would  like  to  make  my  stand  clear.  I  would 
like  to  assist  the  Board  as  much  as  possible. 

217.  General  Grunert.  That  is  all  we  want. 

Colonel  Donegan.  But  I  would  like  to  have  the  questions  within 
bounds. 

218.  General  Grunert.  If  they  are  out  of  bounds,  you  need  not 
answer  them,  if  you  cannot  answer  them,  as  far  as  you  know. 

Colonel  Donegan.  All  right. 

[1966]  219.  General  Grunert.  But  we  have  to  get  facts,  and 
we  have  to  dig.  We  have  to  do  a  lot  of  digging,  and  this  is  one  of  the 
methods  of  digging,  to  see,  to  get  the  state  of  mind,  and  everything; 
and  so  we  are  going  to  continue  to  dig. 

Go  ahead. 

220.  General  Frank.  No,  I  have  no  more. 

221.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  suggestions  by  the  Recorder, 
the  Assistant  Recorder,  or  the  Executive  Officer? 

222.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir. 

223.  General  Grunert.  That  appears  to  be  all.  Thank  you  for 
coming  up. 

(The  witness  was  excused  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  the  Board,  having  concluded  the  hearing  of  witnesses 
for  the  day,  took  up  the  consideration  of  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1027 


[my]  CONTENTS 


WE1DNESDAY,  AUGUST  30,  1944 

Testimony  of —  Page  ^ 

Colonel  John  S.  Pratt,  Retired 1968 

Brig.  Gen.  William  R.  White,  U.  S.  Army;  Mira  Loma  Quartermaster 

Depot,  Mira  Loma,  Calif 1989 

Major  George  S*.  Welch,  Air  Corps,  Orlando,  Florida 2008 

Colonel  W.  A.  Capron ;  Ordnance  Department ;  Ogden  Arsenal,  Ogden, 

Utah 2015 

Brig.  Gen.  Warren  T.  Hannum,  Retired;  San  Francisco,  California 2030 

DOCUMENTS 

War  Department  Message  of  November  27,   1941 2020 

Letter,  November  6,  1940,  Colonel  Hannum  to  Lt.  Col.  Wyman 2033 

Letter.  February  14,  1942,  Colonel  Lyman  to  Maj.  Gen.  Reybold 2038 

Letter,  February  27,  1942,  Colonel  Lyman  to  Maj.  Gen.  Reybold 2042 

Letter,  January  22,  1941,  Colonel  Wyman  to  Rohl 1 2056 

'  Pases  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


79716— 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1029 


[1968-]         PEOCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


WEDNESDAY,  AUGUST  30,   1944 

Presidio  or  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted  the 
hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the  Board, 
presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D 
Russell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Houlmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  JOHN  S.  PRATT  ( RETIRED ) 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
imdei-  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

Colonel  Pratt.  Colonel  John  S.  Pratt.  I  am  retired.  I  live  in  San 
Francisco,  2230  Washington  Street. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  the  Board  is  after  facts.  It  wants 
facts  and  background  and  viewpoints  in  order  to  get  leads  as  to  where 
it  can  develop  facts ;  that  is,  both  prior  to  and  during  the  Pearl  Harbor 
attack.  Because  of  your  assignment  during  1941,  particularly,  we 
thought  you  might  give  us  some  facts  or  lead  us  to  where  we  might  get 
facts. 

[1069]  Will  you  tell  the  Board  what  your  experience  has  been 
in  the  line  of  assignments  in  Hawaii,  and  give  approximate  dates. 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  arrived  in  Hawaii  the  latter  part  of  June  1937,  and 
left  Hawaii  April  22,  1942.  I  was  on  the  Department  Staff  as  Officer 
in  Charge  of  Civilian  Component  Affairs,  which  included  the  National 
Guard,  me  organized  Reserve,  and  the  R.  O.  T.  C.  My  office  was  in  the 
business  section  of  the  city,  and  not  at  Fort  Shafter. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  had  experience  in  and  about  Hono- 
lulu for  nearly  five  years  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  That  is  true. 

4.  General  Grunert.  That  included  the  time  leading  up  to  the 
attack  of  December  7,  and  during  the  attack,  and  after  the  attack,  for 
several  months  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Yes,  sir. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  your  position  as  Officer  in  Charge  of 
Civilian  Affairs,  you  evidently  had  an  opportunity  to  know  consider- 
able about  the  civil  population,  is  that  right? 


1030    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  think  I  probably  did  have  an  opportunity  to  know 
more  than  the  average  civilian  out  there. 

6.  General  Frank.  You  had  an  opportunity  to  know  more  than 
the  average  officer,  too,  did  you  not  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Probably;  yes. 

7.  General  Grunert.  I  will  skip  around  considerably  here,  but  the 
background  of  what  I  am  getting  after  is  that  your  position  probably 
gave  you  an  opportunity  to  observe,  and  from  that,  you  may  throw 
some  light  on  the  situation ;  and  the  Board  is  after  such  light. 

Now,  suppose  you  go  back  into  1940.  I  understand  that  at 
[Id'W]  that  time  there  was  an  alert  pulled,  in  1940.  Will  you  tell 
us  about  that  alert,  just  in  general  terms. 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  believe  I  understand  the  particular  alert  you  mean. 
It  happened  as  I  recall  approximately  four  or  five  months  before  the 
arrival  of  General  Short.  We  were  in  a  conference  at  Fort  Shafter, 
at  which  General  Herron  was  presiding,  and  an  orderly  came  in  and 
handed  a  message  to  the  Chief  of  Staff,  Colonel  Hayes.  He  in  turn 
handed  it  to  General  Herron,  but  excused  himself  and  said  that  he 
would  be  back  after  awhile.  Later,  he  returned.  The  meeting  was 
finished,  and  I  had  occasion  to  go  to  the  Chief  of  Staff's  office  upon 
a  matter. 

While  there,  I  couldn't  help  but  hear  him  dictating  an  order,  which 
in  effect  was  to  place  the  entire  command  on  the  alert  and  at  battle 
stations,  with  full  supply  of  ammunition;  and  I  asked  Hayes  what 
it  was  all  about.  I  said,  "I  couldn't  help  but  hear  what  you  were 
saying."  He  said  that  the  Navy  had  lost  contact  with  the  high-seas 
Japanese  fleet,  and  that  General  Herron  was  turning  the  command 
out. 

8.  General  Grunert.  At  that  time  was  there  just  one  alert,  or  were 
there  two  or  three  or  four  types  of  alert? 

Colonel  Pratt.  To  my  knowledge,  at  least,  there  was  Field  Order 
No.  1.  Now,  what  other  alerts  there  may  have  been,  I  don't  know  of 
them. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Wliat,  generally,  did  that  Field  Order  No.  1 
prescribe  as  to  being  prepared  for  action  ? 

[1971]  Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  Field  Order  No.  1  sent  all  units  to 
tlieir  battle  stations  and  their  battle  jobs,  with  the  necessary  supplies, 
ammunition,  and  so  forth. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Later,  was  that  field  order  superseded  by 
other  instructions  that  required  a  different  gradation  of  alerts? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  believe  it  was.  I  was  not  acquainted  with  those 
gradations  of  alerts,  though  I  knew  they  were  in  effect.  I  had  never 
seen  them. 

11.  General  Grunert.  But  for  this  1940  affair,  there  was  just  one 
getting  out  and  getting  ready,  is  that  right? 

Colonel  Pratt.  So  far  as  I  know. 

12.  General  Frank.  That  was  a  full-out  effort  ? 

Colonel  PRiVTT.  Yes.  Just  a  moment,  please.  May  I  correct  that,  a 
little? 

13.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Colonel  Pratt.  They  would  turn  us  out  on  alerts,  generally  at 
night,  to  see  how  fast  the  office  forces  could  get  to  their  places  of 
business  and  ready  for  business ;  and  that  was  done  quite  frequently. 

14.  General  Grunert.  When  you  turned  out  for  this  alert  in  1940, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1031 

and  you  took  your  battle  position,  you  were  ready  for  business,  you 
had  all  the  ammunition  and  everything  you  needed,  is  that  right? 
Colonel  Pratt.  Yes,  sir. 

15,  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  that  alarmed  the 
public,  at  the  time  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  could  see  no  visible  effect  on  the  public,  because 
we  had  had  practice  alerts  before,  and  I  think  they  were  fairly  well 
used  to  them  at  that  time. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Did  going  on  such  an  alert  disclose  your 
intent,  except  that  you  were  ready  to  defend  yourselves  ? 

Colonel  pRATr.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 

[1972]  17.  General  Grunert.  At  the  time  of  that  alert,  what 
w^as  your  assignment,  and  how  did  you  participate  in  that  alert? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  was  then  Officer  in  Charge  of  Civilian  Compo- 
nent Affairs,  and  it  was  my  duty  to  report  to  my  office  with  my  entire 
force,  and  stay  there,  on  a  24-hour  basis. 

18.  General  Grunert.  What  opportunity  did  you  have  to  size  up 
whether  or  not  the  public  was  alarmed  by  the  troops  going  on  the 
alert? 

Colonel  Pratt.  None  other  than  the  newspapers.  In  other  words, 
the  public  did  not  seem  to  be  unduly  interested  in  the  thing,  any  more 
than  they  had  been  in  the  past. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Under  how  many  Commanding  Generals  did 
you  serve  during  this  period  of  nearly  five  years  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  General  Drum,  General  Moses,  General  Herron, 
General  Short,  and  General  Emmons. 

20.  General  Grunert.  And  under  how  many  Chiefs  of  Staff? 
Colonel  Pratt.  To  the  best  of  my  recollection,  the  original  Chief 

of  Staff  when  I  arrived  was  Colonel  Osborne.  I  am  not  sure  of  that. 
No,  I  am  wrong  about  that.  There  was  another  man  ahead  of  him, 
I  think.  Osborne  was  G-3  when  I  arrived,  but  I  can't  remember  the 
Chief  of  Staff's  name  in  1937 ;  then  Osborne,  and  then  Colonel  Hayes, 
who  was  G-3  prior  to  his  assignment  as  Chief  of  Staff.  Then,  when 
General  Short  came  out  there,  Colonel  Phillips  became  the  Chief  of 
Staff;  and  he  was  there  when  I  left. 

21.  General  Grunert.  In  your  assigned  duties,  with  whom  was 
most  of  your  business  done,  at  headquarters  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  With  the  Commanding  General,  with  the  Chief  of 
Staff,  with  G-3,  G-2,  and  the  Department  Surgeon,  I  would  say. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Was  most  of  it  done  with  the  Chief  of  Staff? 
[W7S]         Colonel  Pratt.  I  would  say  most  of  it ;  yes. 

23.  General  Grunert.  What  was  your  connection  with  G-2? 
What  line  of  work  did  you  have  to  do? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  if  I  had  any  information  that  I  thought  might 
be  of  value  to  G-2, 1  would  tell  them  about  it. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Were  there  many  such  occasions? 
Colonel  Pratt.  Not  many. 

25.  General  Grunert.  How  did  you  size  up  the  Japanese  element 
of  the  population — as  particularly  dangerous,  or  can  you  give  us  an 
idea  on  that  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  My  attitude  towards  it,  from  all  I  could  learn  and 
hear  and  see,  was  that  the  great  majority  of  the  Japanese  population 
would  be  loyal,  except  when  the  time  came  when  Oahu  was  just  about 


1032     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

to  capitulate ;  then  I  felt  that  they  would  turn  on  us,  the  great  major- 
ity would.  I  had  reason  to  believe  that  an  espionage  organization 
existed  among  them,  or  a  military,  you  might  say,  espionage  organiza- 
tion, and  that  was  confirmed  later  when  I  was  a  member  of  a  Military 
Commission  that  tried  one  Otto  Kuhn,  a  German  spy,  who  had  been 
operating  out  there  and  elsewhere  for  a  number  of  years ;  and  he  was 
found  guilty  and  sentenced  to  death. 

26.  General  Grunert.  During  the  trial  of  this  German,  did  it  indi- 
cate where  this  espionage  system  headed  up  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  It  appeared  from  the  evidence,  as  I  recall  it,  as 
FBI  presented  it,  that  he  was  in  close  contact  with  the  Japanese  con- 
sulate there  in  Honolulu. 

27.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  think  there  were  a  number  of  Jap- 
anese agents  in  and  about  Honolulu  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  That  is  my  opinion ;  yes,  sir. 

[1974]  28.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  evidence  of  this 
training  against  the  United  States  during  or  shortly  after  the  attack 
on  Pearl  Harbor,  that  you  intimated,  there,  that  the  Japanese  ele- 
ments might  turn  against  the  United  States  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  None  that  I  personally  know  of,  except  on  the 
night  subsequent  to  the  attack,  I  listened  in  on  a  local  police  radio 
net,  and  there  were  certain  indications  then,  and  I  fully,  myself,  per- 
sonally, expected  an  attack  at  dawn  in  force  on  the  beaches. 

29.  "General  Frank.  On  the  8th,  you  mean  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Yes.  I  thought  an  attack  might  come  in  on  the 
8th,  the  morning  of  the  8th;  and  in  listening  in  on  this  network  and 
hearing  the  return  messages  from  the  "prowl  cars,"  the  police  patrol 
cars.  Different  colored  lights  would  blink,  and  then  be  turned  out, 
and  rockets  would  go  up;  and  I  believe,  if  I  recall  correctly,  several 
cases,  of  roman  candles ;  and  that  occurred,  as  I  recall,  all  along  the 
district  from  Hawaii  to  Kahala ;  that  is,  from  the  northwest  coast  to 
the  east  coast. 

30.  General  Grunert.  That  gave  the  impression  it  might  be  the 
signal  for  a  general  attack  the  next  morning  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  they  were  signalling  something,  and  I 
couldn't  imagine  what  it  would  be,  other  than  the  enemy  units  at  sea, 
possibly  submarines. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  anticipate  any  organized  movement 
from  within,  in  connection  with  the  possible  attack? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  thought  it  possible  that  they  might  engineer  such 
a  thing  if  and  when  an  attack  came  in. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  inform  anyone  on  the  staff  as  to 
what  your  observations  were?  In  other  words,  was  your  knowledge 
[1075]  ^      made  the  knowledge  of  the  General  Staff  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  I  think  G-2  was  tuned  in  on  the  same  radio 
I  was.     I  think  he  got  all  of  that. 

33.  General  Grunert.  What  staff  conferences  were  held  while  you 
were  there  in  1941,  or  late  in  1941?  Did  you  participate  in  any  staff 
conferences  ? 

(yolonel  Pratt.  I  participated  in  one,  which  might  be  of  interest 
to  this  Board.  I  was  ordered  to  attend  a  conference,  at  once,  at  head- 
quarters.   I  was  a  little  late  in  getting  a  car,  so  I  was  late,  and  arrived 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1033 

late  at  the  conference.  In  the  meantime,  the  Staff  had  assembled 
and  I  am  told  that  the  order  or  the  radio  message  received  from  the 
Chief  of  Stalf  in  Washington  to  General  Short  was  read  to  the 
assembled  staff,  thongh  I  am  not  sure  of  that;  and  I  was  handed  the 
copy,  in  the  clear,  of  that  message,  and  read  it  at  the  time ;  and  some 
instructions  were  given  to  certain  members  of  the  staff  that  were  more 
intimately  connected  with  the  alert  plan  than  I  was. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Let  me  refresh  your  memory,  or  let  me  ask 
you  whether  this  message  that  I  read  is  the  one  that  you  refer  to. 
This  is  a  message  from  the  Chief  of  Staff  to  the  Commanding  General 
of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  27  November  1941: 

Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  purposes  with 
only  the  barest  possibility  the  Japanese  government  might  come  back  and  offer 
to  continue.  Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile  action  possible  at 
any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  not,  be  avoided.  United  States  desires 
Japan  commit  first  overt  act.  This  policy  should  not,  repeat  not,  be  construed 
as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that  [1976]         might  jeopardize 

your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  Japanese  action  you  are  directed  to  undertake 
such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary,  but  these  meas- 
ures should  be  carried  out  so  as  not,  repeat  not,  to  alarm  the  civil  population 
or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Should  hostilities  occur  you  will 
carry  out  the  tasks  assigned  in  Rainbow  5,  as  far  as  they  pertain  to  Japan. 
Limit  dissemination  of  this  highly  secret  information  to  the  minimum  essential 
officers. 

Is  that  the  message  to  which  you  have  reference  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  To  the  best  of  my  recollection,  that  is,  sir. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Now,  will  you  tell  us  anything  more  about 
that  conference — what  was  discussed,  and  what  impression  it  created 
on  those  conferring,  or  what  impression  it  created  on  you,  as  one  of 
the  conferees? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  it  was  a  very  serious  message,  to  me,  and  I 
thought  the  possibilities  of  danger  quite  grave. 

36.  General  Grunert.  Had  the  decision  been  made  as  to  what  ac- 
tion to  take  upon  it,  at  that  time,  do  you  know  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  That,  I  do  not  know. 

37.  General  Grunert.  What  action  was  taken  on  it,  to  your 
knowledge? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Not  to  my  knowledge.     I  do  not  know. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  Command- 
ing General  ordered  an  alert,  and  what  that  alert  covered  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  This  is  hearsay  information.  I  was  told  that  Alert 
No.  1  was  in  effect.    As  I  say,  I  don't  know  what  it  was. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Then  what  was  the  conference  about? 

[1977]  Colonel  Pratt.  The  reception  of  this  message,  and  doubt- 
less the  Chief  of  Staff  wanted  to  give  some  instructions  to  certain 
members  of  the  Staff.     That  was  what  I  gathered,  at  least. 

40.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  that  the  command  was  alerted 
against  sabotage? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  did  not  personally  notice  it,  except  I  believe,  as  I 
recall  that,  I  did  see  some  soldiers  posted  at  certain  bridges  and 
communications  systems. 

41.  General  Grunert.  As  to  the  purport  of  this  message,  did  it 
occur  to  you,  or  did  you  turn  it  over  in  your  mind,  whether  or  not  the 
action  taken  was  sufficient  under  those  instructions  and  warnings? 


1034    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  it  occurred  to  me,  in  the  light  of  what  General 
Herron  had  previously  done,  that  Field  Order  No.  1  might  have  been 
put  into  effect. 

42.  General  Grtctnert.  And  Field  Order  No.  1  provided  for  an  all- 
out  alert? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Yes. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  gather  from  the  tenor  of  your  testi- 
mony that  the  occasion  called  for  an  all-out  alert,  in  your  opinion;  is 
that  right? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  that  was  my  opinion ;  yes,  sir. 

44.  General  Grunert.  You  spoke  of  General  Herron's  taking  an 
all-out  alert.  Does  that  lead  me  to  believe  that  there  was  a  differ- 
ence in  the  way  Herron  and  Short  looked  at  the  thing  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Apparently. 

45.  General  Grunert,  How  about  the  two  Chiefs  of  Staff,  Hayes 
and  Phillips;  were  they  different? 

[197S]  Colonel  Pratt.  They  were  different  personalities;  yes, 
sir. 

46.  General  Grunert.  Which  did  you  consider  the  stronger  per- 
sonality? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Colonel  Hayes. 

47.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  cooperation 
between  the  Army  and  Navy,  and  its  effectiveness? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Only  by  hearsay. 

48.  General  Grunert.  From  the  impression  you  gathered,  were 
tliey  getting  along,  were  they  cooperating,  or  was  there  a  lack  of 
such  cooperation? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  would  say  that,  from  what  I  heard,  the  coopera- 
tion between  the  Army  and  Navy  was  not  what  it  might  have  been. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  more  evident  early  in  your  service 
over  there,  or  late  in  your  service  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  It  was  evident  all  the  way  through,  with  one  excep- 
tion. There  was  an  Admiral,  and  I  can't  remember  his  name,  who 
was  in  a  subordinate  position  at  Pearl  Harbor,  who  went  out  of  his 
way  to  cooperate.     His  name  commenced  with  an  F,  as  I  recall. 

50.  General  Frank.  Was  it  Fitch? 
Colonel  Pratt.  No. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  the  Admiral  of  the  fleet,  just  prior 
to  Kimmel,  do  you  remember? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Admiral  Richardson,  I  believe. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  There  was  an  Admiral  Furlong,  may  I  ask? 

Colonel  Pratt.  No,  it  was  not  Furlong.  It  was  as  I  recall  some- 
thing like  Friedlander  or  Fridenthal.  I  don't  remember  the  admiral's 
iiame. 

\J979]  53.  General  Grunert.  So  Admiral  Richardson  was  in 
command  of  the  fleet  prior  to  Kimmel  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Yes,  sir. 

54.  General  Grunert.  During  Richardson's  regime  and  during 
Kimmel's  regime,  do  you  know  anything  about  their  policy  of  keeping 
ships  in  or  out  of  the  Harbor? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Personally,  I  had  never  seen  what  their  policy  was, 
except  it  was  noticeable  in  passing  Pearl  Harbor  on  occasions  that  you 
would  see  more  ships  in  there,  of  different  types,  during  Admiral 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1035 

Kimmers  regime  than  you  would  when  Admiral  Richardson  had  the 
fleet ;  and  that  was  particularly  true  of  capital  ships. 

55.  General  Gkunert.  Have  you  some  questions,  General  Frank? 

56.  General  Frank.  No.  Do  you  have  some  questions,  Major 
Clausen  ? 

57.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir.     May  I  put  the  question? 

58.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  you  mentioned  some  investigation  con- 
cerning a  German  citizen.  I  wondered  if  you  had  met  or  were  ac- 
quainted with  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  was  not. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  hear  any  derogatory  comments  con- 
cerning this  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  in  connection  with  espionage  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Not  at  that  time ;  no. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you,  later? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Only  as  I  learned  it  from  the  newspapers  and  other 
reports. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  And  when  was  that,  sir? 
Colonel  Pratt.  That  was  after  I  got  back. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  And,  with  respect  to  Colonel  Theodore 
Wyman,         [19S0]        Junior,  did  you  know  him  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Very  casually.  He  was  on  the  staff  when  I  was  out 
there. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  hear  rumors  as  to  his  inefficiency? 
Colonel  Pratt.  No,  I  did  not.     At  the  time,  he  was  considered  to  be 

quite  efficient  in  getting  things  done,  but  he  gained  the  antipathy  of 
a  number  of  persons,  both  in  the  militiiry  service  and  civil  life,  by  what 
they  termed  his  "rather  high-handed  methods,"  but  I  never  heard  any 
criticism  of  his  efficiency  in  getting  things  done. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  hear  any  remarks  concerning  the  rela- 
tionship which  existed  in  Hawaii  between  Colonel  Wyman  and  Hans 
Wilhelm  Rohl? 

Colonel_  Pratt.  Not  until  after  I  got  back  to  the  mainland. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  this  German  that  was  tried 
and  sentenced  to  death,  did  you  hear  the  name  of  Werner  Plack  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  did  not.  That  is  my  recollection.  I  do  not 
remember  hearing  such  a  name. 

67.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions,  General  Russell  ? 

68.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Colonel,  as  Officer  in  Charge  of  Civilian  Component  Affairs,  you 
were  not  about  Department  headquarters  a  lot,  you  were  in  the  field 
where  the  various  units  were,  is  that  true  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  My  office  was  in  the  business  district  of  Honolulu, 
and  the  only  time  I  visited  headquarters  was  when  I  had  occasion  to 
do  so  on  official  business. 

69.  General  Russell.  Of  what  did  these  civilian  components  con- 
sist? _  That  is  to  enable  me  to  know  the  sphere  of  your  [1981] 
activities  and  the  people  whom  you  contacted. 

Colonel  Pratt.  They  consisted  of  an  Adjutant  General  and  staff'  of 
the  National  Guard,  two  regiments  of  infantry.  We  administered  at 
one  time  about  1700,  as  I  recall,  organized  Reserve  Officers,  some  of 
them  from  the  mainland,  and  all  the  R.  O.  T.  C.  units  there  in  Hawaii. 


1036    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

70.  General  Russell.  Were  there  numbers  of  Japanese  people  in 
these  units  which  you  have  described,  or  people  of  Japanese  origin? 

Colonel  Pratt.  In  the  National  Guard  there  were  a  few  American 
citizens  of  Japanese  extraction,  in  the  enlisted  branch.  To  my  knowl- 
edge there  were  I  think  no  American  citizens  of  Japanese  extraction  in 
the  commissioned  ranks.  There  may  have  been  one  or  two.  But  I 
think  that  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Territory,  Colonel  Smoot,  made 
an  honest  and  a  good  endeavor  to  get  rid  of  as  many  American  citi- 
zens of  Japanese  extraction  as  possible,  and  I  think  he  did  a  pretty 
good  job  of  it. 

71.  General  Russell.  Then  it  came  to  pass,  Colonel,  that  the  people 
who  were  on  the  ground,  who  knew  the  Jap  and  the  American  citizen 
of  Jap  origin,  had  so  little  faith  in  his  loyalty  that  they  were  almost 
entirely  excluded  from  civilian  military  organizations  out  there  ? 

[1982'\  Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  we  had  some  Japanese  officers,  of 
Japanese  extraction,  in  the  reserves,  Organized  Reserves.  Some  of 
them  are  doing  very  well  in  Italy  today. 

72.  General  Grunert.  How  about  R.  O.  T.  C.  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  No  ;  they  were  Organized  Reserves  people. 

73.  General  Grunert.  But  your  R.  0.  T,  C.  units;  were  they  prac- 
tically all  of  Japanese  extraction  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  The  University  of  Hawaii  and  the  McKinley  High 
School  R.  O.  T.  C,  roughly,  were  about,  I  would  say,  90  percent  of 
Japanese  extraction. 

74.  General  Russell.  Well,  now  let  us  approach  it  a  little  more 
directly.  Were  you  in  frequent  or  infrequent  contacts  with  Japanese 
and  Americans  of  Japanese  origin  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  I  knew  quite  a  number  of — I  knew  a  few 
Japanese,  officers  of  Japanese  extraction  that  I  had  contact  with  in 
the  Organized  Reserves,  but  I  had  very  little  contact  with  people  of 
Japanese  extraction  in  the  R.  O.  T.  C. 

y5.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  was  it  a  fact,  or  not,  that  you  were 
more  intimately  associated  with  civilians  and  had  much  more  fre- 
quent contact  with  civilians  than  the  average  soldier  out  there,  pro- 
fessional soldier,  because  of  your  assignment  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  would  say  so ;  yes,  sir. 

76.  General  Russell.  And  by  virtue  of  this  contact  with  civilians 
who  in  turn  were  in  contact  with  the  Japanese  elements  on  the  Island, 
you  seem  to  have  developed  a  suspicion  of  the  Japanese  elements  or  a 
feeling  toward  them  which  probably  is  somewhat  different  from  what 
we  have  found  elsewhere.  Could  that  be  accounted  for  by  virtue  of 
your  contact  with  our  own  people,  our  civilian  people  out  there,  who 
in  turn  were  in         \^198S'\         touch  with  these  Japs? 

Colonel  Pratt.  As  to  the  question  of  the  loyalty  of  the  Japanese 
in  Hawaii,  it  depends  utterly  on  whom  you  contact.  If  you  contact, 
for  instance,  the  managers  of  sugar  plantations  or  if  you  contact  the 
economic  leaders  of  the  Territory,  you  would  get  one  attitude  which 
is  very  favorable  toward  the  Japanese;  but  if  you  contact  the  lunas 
of  tlie  plantations  and  the  men  who  became  more  intimate  in  actual 
contact  with  the  people,  you  get  an  entirely  different  estimate. 

77.  General  Frank.  A  luna  is  a  supervisor  or  overseer? 
Colonel  Pratt.  Overseer  of  work. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1037 

78.  General  Eussell.  Now,  you  contacted  both  of  these  groups,  I 
assume  from  your  testimony,  the  huger  ups,  the  upper  brackets,  and 
the  overseer  brackets  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  In  some  cases,  in  some  few  cases,  but  I  have  heard 
the  opinions  of  certain  people  also  who  have  contacted  these  people. 

79.  General  Russell.  Now,  either  because  of  unloading  coal  over 
here  or  because  I  didn't  hear  your  evidence  very  clearly,  I  did  not  get 
the  full  import  of  your  testimony  relating  to  the  radio  broadcast 
that  you  listened  to  that  night  prior  to  the  attack  or 

Colonel  Pratt.  No  ;  it  was  after  the  attack. 

80.  General  Russell.  Oh,  after  the  attack  ? 
Colonel  Pratt.  Yes. 

81.  General  Russell.  As  I  recall,  General  Frank  asked  if  it  was  on 
the  8th,  and  you  replied,  "Yes,"  and  I  became  somewhat  confused. 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  it  was  the  night  of  the  7th-8th. 
[1984]         82.  General  Russell.  Yes.     It  was  after  the  attack  on 
the  morning  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  That  is  correct. 

83.  General  Russell.  Now,  on  the  evening  prior  to  the  attack  or 
any  time  prior  thereto,  was  there  evidence  of  the  possibility  of  a  Jap 
attack  out  there,  from  the  sources  that  you  described  which  gave  you 
information  on  the  8th? 

Colonel  Pratt.  No,  sir. 

84.  General  Russell.  There  was  nothing  to  indicate  an  attack  on 
the  morning  of  the  7th  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 

85.  General  Russell.  And  there  were  no  signals  of  any  sort  that 
were  sent  up  on  that  night  that  indicated  anything  out  of  the  ordi- 
nary ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 

86.  General  Russell.  Had  anything  developed  on  the  Islands 
proper.  Colonel,  within  the  two  or  three  months  prior  to  the  Japanese 
attack  which  indicated  growing  tension  or  the  possibility  of  trouble 
between  the  Japanese  Empire  and  the  American  Government? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Nothing  to  my  knowledge,  other  than  what  one 
read  generally  on  the  question  of  relations  between  the  United  States 
and  Japan,  and  we  all  had  the  feeling  that  the  situation  was  becom- 
ing tenser  and  tenser  due  to  that  influence  alone,  but  as  to  local  indi- 
cations I  would  say  no. 

87.  General  Russell.  General  Grunert  in  discussing  your  reac- 
tion to  the  sabotage  alert  of  General  Short,  on  about  the  27th  of 
November,  elicited  from  you  an  opinion  that  you  thought  an  all-out 
alert  should  have  been  ordered. 

[1985]  Colonel  Pratt.  In  the  light  of  the  message  that  we  re- 
ceived from  the  Chief  of  Statf  in  Washington  and  the  action  that 
General  Herron  took  almost  a  year  before,  I  was  led  to  believe  that 
it  warranted  an  all-out  effort. 

88.  General  Russell.  Do  you  think  the  fact  that  General  Herron 
went  on  an  all-out  alert  a  year  before  played  any  considerable  part 
in  the  formulation  of  that  idea  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  think  so. 


1038    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

89.  General  Kussell.  Do  you  know  upon  what  order  from  the 
War  Department  the  alert  of  General  Herron  was  directed? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  do  not. 

90.  General  Russell.  You  do  not  know,  then,  that  the  message  to 
Herron  on  June  17,  '40,  directed  him  or  ordered  him  onto  an  alert 
to  repel  an  air  attack  from  overseas? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  did  not  know  it. 

91.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  your  impression  was  that  the  coop- 
eration between  the  Army  and  Navy  during  your  entire  stay  on  Oahu 
left  considerable  to  be  desired  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  That  was  my  impression ;  yes,  sir. 

92.  General  Russell.  Did  you  obtain  that  or  did  you  form  that 
impression  from  information  obtained  from  official  sources  or  just 
discussions  among  officers  in  a  social  or  private  way? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Discussions  among  officers. 

93.  General  Russell.  At  social  affairs  and  other  places  ? 
Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  yes. 

91.  General  Russell.  It  was  based  on  the  talk  which  went  on  be- 
tween and  among  Army  officers  as  to  these  relations? 

Colonel  Pratt.  As  far  as  my  knowledge  is  concerned,  yes. 

95.  General  Russell.  In  your  prior  testimony.  Colonel,  you 
[1986]  stated  that  you  were  impressed  that  more  ships  were  in 
Pearl  Harbor  after  Admiral  Kimmel  took  command?  In  other 
words,  he  had  more  ships  in  Pearl  Harbor  than  Richardson  ordinarily 
had  in  there  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  It  seemed  to  me  so ;  yes,  sir. 

96.  General  Russell.  Could  you  make  any  comparison  between  the 
number  of  ships  in  the  harbor  customarily  during  the  week  and  the 
number  in  there  on  week  ends,  Saturdays  and  Sunday  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  couldn't,  no,  sir. 

97.  General  Russell.  You  noticed  no  difference? 
Colonel  Pratt.  As  far  as  I  am  concerned,  I  didn't. 

98.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

99.  General  Grunert.  Did  General  Short  ever  make  use  of  the  R.  O. 
T.  C.  units  in  the  defense  of  Hawaii  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Yes,  he  did. 

100.  General  Grunert.  Prior  to  December  7th  or  afterward  ? 
Colonel  Pratt.  Subsequent  to  it. 

101.  General  Grunert.  Subsequent  to  it? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Subsequent  to  December  7th,  I  would  say  a  day  or 
two,  the  Territorial  Adjutant  General  came  into  my  office  and  in- 
formed me  that  the  Commanding  General  and  the  Governor  of  the 
Territory  had  held  a  conference  in  which  it  was  agreed  that  certain 
units  of  the  R.  O.  T.  C.  should  be  turned  out  for  guard  duty  in  the  city ; 
and  if  I  recall  correctly  I  believe  it  was  either  then  or  later  limited  to 
those  of  18  years  of  age  and  older,  though  I  am  not  sure  of  that. 
Well,  it  seemed  to  me  to  be  rather  important,  because  of  the  high 
percentage  of  Americans  of  Japanese  extraction,  that  I  didn't  take 
the  word  of  the  Territorial  Adjutant  General  for  this.  [1987] 
He  requested  me  to  order  the  units  out,  but  I  got  General  Short  in 
person  on  the  telephone  at  the  command  post  and  told  him  what  the 
Adjutant  General  had  told  me;  and  he  said  Yes,  there  had  been  a 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1039 

conference  in  wliich  it  had  been  agreed  that  these  units  would  be 
turned  out  for  guard  duty.  I  called  his  attention  to  the  fact  that  there 
was  a  high  percentage  of  citizens  of  Japanese  extraction  in  some  of 
these  units,  and  he  said  he  thought  they  might  prove  to  be  perfectly 
loyal  and  thought  we  should  go  ahead  and  direct  the  PMS&Ts  to  take 
ahold  and  get  them  out,  which  I  did. 

102.  General  Grunert.  In  this  impression  you  received  through 
conversation  that  the  cooperation  between  the  Army  and  Navy  was 
not  what  it  might  be — was  not  as  it  might  be  desired,  we  will  put  it — 
was  there  any  lack  of  that  cooperation  manifested?  In  what  form 
did  it  show  itself  ?     Can  you  give  us  any  light  on  that  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  to  the  best  of  my  recollection — this  is  three 
years  ago  now — there  was  a  request  made  upon  the  Navy  to  do  certain 
things  for  the  Army. 

103.  General  Frank.  Such  as? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  furnishing  boats  of  certain  descriptions,  and 
sometimes  participating  in  certain  maneuvers  that  the  Army  wanted 
to  engage  in  there.  As  I  say,  as  far  as  I  could  see  there  was  one 
Admiral  there  who  went  out  of  his  way  to  cooperate,  but  he  was  in  a 
subordinate  position  and  I  can't  remember  his  name. 

104.  General  Russell.  Any  other  questions  suggested  to  the  Re- 
corder? 

Colonel  West.  That  German  that  was  tried  and  sentenced  [1988] 
to  death :  Do  you  recall  whether  that  sentence  was  ever,  executed,  or 
what  was  the  outcome  of  that  case  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  I  didn't  know  it  until  I  met  Mi*.,  or  Major  now, 
Angus  Taylor  here  in  San  Francisco  quite  recently,  and  he  informed 
me  that  the  sentence  had  been  commuted  to  a  life  term  and  that  it  was 
being  carried  out  now,  if  I  recall  correctly,  at  Fort  Leavenworth, 
Kansas. 

105.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  can  you  think  of  anything  now 
that  may  assist  the  Board  in  getting  at  facts  or  leads  that  might  assist 
the  Board  in  getting  witnesses  who  might  have  knowledge  from 
which  we  might  adduce  some  facts  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  No,  sir. 

106.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  witnesses  now  in 
Hawaii  that  can  help  us  get  the  true  story  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  Well,  there  was  a  gentleman  named  Mr.  Harold 
Kay,  K-a-y,  who  I  believe  now  is  military  aide  to  the  present  Governor 
of  the  Territory,  who  on  the  morning  of  the  attack  observed  the  attack 
from  his  home  at  an  altitude  of  900  feet,  which  overlooked  the  whole 
south  seaward  coast  of  Oahu,  through  binoculars  and  made  notes  of 
what  he  saw  at  the  time ;  and  I  think  he  might  be  of  some  aid  to  the 
Board  in  finding  out  or  corroborating  testimony  as  to  what  actually 
did  happen  so  far  as  he  saw  it  there. 

107.  General  Grunert.  And  you  do  not  think  of  anything  else,  that 
you  could  of  your  own  knowledge  assist  the  Board  with  any  more 
evidence  ? 

Colonel  Pratt.  No,  sir. 

108.  General  Grunert.  There  appear  to  be  no  more  questions. 
Thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


1040    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[19S9]  TESTIMONY  OF  BKIG.  GEN.  WILLIAM  R.  WHITE,  U.  S. 
ARMY;  MIEA  LOMA  QUARTERMASTER  DEPOT,  MIRA  LOMA, 
CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Kecorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  youi 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 

General  White.  William  R.  White,  Brigadier  General,  U.  S.  Army^ 
Quartermaster  Corps,  stationed  at  Mira  Loma  Quartermaster  Depot, 
Mira  Loma,  California. 

2.  General  Grunert.  General,  the  Board  is  after  facts  as  to  back- 
ground as  to  events  leading  up  to  what  happened  at  Pearl  Harbor 
during  the  attack  of  December  7,  '41.  Because  of  your  long  service  in 
the  Hawaiian  Department  and  because  you  were  present  prior  to  and 
during  the  attack,  we  called  you  hoping  that  we  can  get  some  facts  or 
leads  toward  facts.  There  is  nothing  particular  except  that  you  were 
over  there  a  long  time  and  undoubtedly  accumulated  a  lot  of  infor- 
mation about  the  situation. 

And  so,  tell  us  first  what  your  assignment  was,  how  long  you  were 
over  there,  when  you  came  back,  and  what  your  assignments  were 
while  over  there. 

GeneraLWHiTE.  I  arrived  in  Honolulu  the  end  of  February  1940. 
My  first  station  w^as  Schofield  Barracks,  as  Quartermaster  at  that  sta- 
tion. In  March  of  1941  I  was  ordered  to  Fort  Shafter  as  the  Depart- 
ment Quartermaster,  which  position  I  held  until  February  13,  1944, 
when  I  returned  to  the  mainland.  Immediately  following  the  attack 
on  December  7th  I  was  appointed  Director  of  Food  Control  for  the 
entire  Territory,  which  duty  was  in  addition  to  my  work  as  Depart- 
ment        [1990]         Quartermaster. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Now,  the  Board  is  primarily  interested  as  to 
what  happened  prior  to  the  attack  and  during  the  attack.  Can  you, 
first,  give  us  your  impression  of  that  cosmopolitan  population  of 
Honolulu,  especially  regarding  the  Japanese  population,  both  foreign- 
born  and  American  citizens  ? 

General  White.  My  impression,  especially  of  the  Japanese  was  that 
what  we  term  the  alien  Avas  probably  a  better  behaved  and  more  on  his 
guard  as  to  his  behavior  than  the  American-born.  It  was  quite  appar- 
ent that  the  American-born  soon  adopted  the  Western  customs,  and  in 
their  recreation  and  usual  habits'  they  more  or  less  approached  the 
habits  of  our  own  people :  I  mean  by  that,  in  their  manner  of  dress,  in 
their  consumption  of  food,  their  love  of  entertainment,  and  their  et 
cetera. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Give  us  some  sidelights  on  the  question  of 
loyalty. 

5.  General  Frank.  What  was  your  last  word  ? 

General  White.  Et  cetera.     Now,  that  is  not  a  good  word.    We 
might  stop  at  that  last  there,  but  I  am  just  trying  to  cover  it. 
May  I  have  that  question  again  ? 

6.  General  Grunert.  Give  us  your  impression  of  the  loyalty  of  the 
Japanese  American-born  American  citizens. 

General  White.  I  doubt  the  loyalty  of  the  American-born  Jap- 
anese citizens  just  the  same  as  I  do  the  alien-born.     In  my  opinion 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1041 

their  being  American  citizens  is  simply  a  matter  of  circumstance,  of 
having  been  born  under  the  American  flag,  and  I  have  never  seen  why 
they  should  be  particularly  loyal  to  this  [1991]  country,  espe- 
cially in  a  place  as  far  off  as  Honolulu  where  they  are  not  in  contact 
with  our  people  as  much  as  the  Japanese  on  the  mainland  would  be. 

7.  General  Grunert.  If  there  was  any  disloyalty,  we  will  call  it, 
what  form  did  that  take,  and  what  were  your  chances  to  observe  and 
form  an  opinion  on  this  class  of  people  ? 

General  White.  You  couldn't  put  your  fingers  on  any  particular 
thing  that  would  stand  out  as  a  disloyal  act.  It  was  their  attitude  of 
superiority,  their  pushing  a  white  person  around,  you  might  say,  in 
the  stores  that  are  run  by  the  orientals  practically  entirely  over  there. 
It  was  quite  common  for  the  white  person  to  go  in  to  buy  something 
and  find  very  little  for  sale  in  the  front  part  of  the  store,  and  a  lack 
of  interest  in  making  the  sale  to  the  white  person,  while  on  the  other 
hand  in  the  rear  of  the  store  would  probably  be  a  good  assortment  of 
merchandise  and  probably  Japanese  back  there  getting  the  pick  of 
whatever  was  available.  It  was  this  type  of  attitude,  you  might  say, 
and  the  fact  that  it  was  difficult  to  believe  that  there  would  be  any  great 
loyalty  to  this  country,  that  caused  me  to  form  the  opinion  that  I 
wouldn't  trust  any  of  them. 

8.  General  Grunert.  To  your  knowledge  were  there  any  acts  of 
sabotage  committed  while  you  were  over  there  ? 

General  White.  To  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief  there  were 
no  acts  of  sabotage  committed  before  or  during  the  attack. 

9.  General  Grunert.  In  your  capacity  as  Department  Quarter- 
master did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  the  shipping  plying  between 
the  United  States  and  Hawaii? 

[1993]  General  White.  Before  the  attack,  of  course,  we  were 
interested  in  getting  Quartermaster  supplies.  We  used  to  requisition 
60  days  in  advance  on  San  Francisco's  Depot,  and  no  difficulty  was 
experienced  in  getting  Quartermaster  supplies.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
on  December  7,  1941,  I  had  abundance  of  food  and  all  other  types  of 
Quartermaster  supplies  available  to  the  Army. 

[1993]  10.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do 
with  the  requisitioning  or  arranging  for  shipping  of  construction 
supplies  ? 

General  White.  I  did  not. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  approximately  what  time  it 
took  for  ordinary  quartermaster  supplies,  from  date  of  requisition 
to  date  of  receipt? 

General  White.  We  used  to  figure  45  days  as  a  turn-around ;  that 
is,  a  ship  to  leave  Honolulu,  get  to  the  port,  San  Francisco,  pick  up 
our  supplies,  and  get  back  to  Honolulu.  As  I  stated  before,  we  were 
required  to  submit  requisitions  60  days  in  advance  of  our  actual 
needs.  There  was  no  difficulty  in  transportation  problems  previous 
to  December  7,  1941. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  did  not  experience  any  particular 
delays  on  account  of  shipping,  as  far  as  anything  you  were  con- 
cerned with? 

General  White.  I  did  not. 

13.  General  Grunert.  What  knowledge  have  you  of  the  tenseness 
of  the  Japanese-American  situation  toward  the  latter  part  of  1941  ? 


1042    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  White.  I  saw  no  evidence  of  any  tenseness  on  the  part  of 
any  Japanese,  previous  to  the  attack  of  December  7, 1941. 

14.  General  Grunert,  Were  the  newspapers  full  of  stories  abovit 
what  was  happening? 

General  White.  Just  ordinary  accounts.  I  recall  distinctly  when 
Kurusu  came  through,  he  was  met  by  our  G-2,  and  the  paper  car- 
ried an  account  of  this  interview;  and  such  communications  as  you 
might  expect  in  view  of  the  war  situation  that  was  going  on  at  the 
time ;  but  there  was  nothing  that  would  create         [1994-']  a  tense- 

ness, that  I  recall,  being  published. 

15.  General  Grunert.  How  about  the  headlines  in  the  morning 
paper,  say,  of  November  30,  which  predicts  a  war  within  a  week? 
Did  that  make  any  impression  on  the  people  over  there? 

General  White.  I  must  truthfully  say  I  don't  recall  that  headline. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  kept  informed  of  any  so-called 
"warning  messages"  received  by  the  Navy,  transmitted  to  the  Army, 
or  received  by  the  Army  directly,  from  approximately  November  24 
up  to  the  attack? 

General  White.  Some  time  just  before  Thanksgiving,  I  am  not 
sure  of  the  exact  date,  I  was  ordered  to  report  to  headquarters  at  3 :45 
one  afternoon,  and  upon  arrival,  I  found  the  chiefs  of  all  the  serv- 
ices had  gathered,  and  we  were  taken  into  General  Short's  private 
oflSce,  and  the  door  was  closed,  and  General  Short  stated  that  he  had 
a  very  serious  message  to  read,  from  General  Marshall.  He  then 
proceeded  to  read  a  "radio"  that  was  worded  approximately  like  this : 

All  negotiations  have  been  broken  off.    Take  all  measures  for  defense.    Be 
prepared  for  any  emergency,  but  do  nothing  to  alarm  the  populace, 
Signed  "Marshall." 

He  stated  to  us  that  this  was  secret;  that  he  was  ordering  Alert 
No.  1  into  effect  immediately ;  that  this  would  not  be  discussed  except 
insofar  as  to  put  Alert  No.  1  into  effect. 

That  is  the  only  warning  order  that  was  made  known  to  me. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  listen  to  this  message  and  see  if 
tliis  is  the  one  to  which  you  refer.  This  is*  a  message  from  the  Chief 
of  Staff  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department,  27  No- 
vember 1941 : 

[19951  Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical 
imrposes,  with  only  the  barest  possibility  the  Japanese  Government  might  come 
t)aclj  and  offer  to  continue.  Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile 
action  possiblte  at  any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot,  be  avoided. 
United  States  desires  Japan  commit  the  first  overt  act.  This  policy  should  not, 
repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that  might 
jeopardize  your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  Japanese  action  you  are  directed  to 
undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary,  but 
these  measures  should  be  carried  out  so  as  not,  repeat  not,  to  alarm  the  civil 
population  or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Should  hostilities  occur, 
you  will  carry  out  the  tasks  assigned  in  Rainbow  5  as  far  as  they  i)ertain  to 
•Japan.  Limit  dissemination  of  this  highly  secret  information  to  the  minimum 
essential  oflScers. 

General  White.  That  is  the  first  time  I  have  ever  heard  that  com- 
plete message. 

18.  General  Grunert.  But  was  that  the  message  to  which  you  re- 
ferred ? 

General  White.  That  was  not. 

19.  General  Grunert.  That  was  not? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1043 

General  White.  I  might  say  that  the  message  that  I  refer  to  was 
much  shorter,  and  that  the  only  thing  that  I  recognize  in  that  mes- 
sage that  was  in  the  one  that  I  spoke  of,  was  the  one  statement,  "Do 
nothing  to  alarm  the  populace."  My  message  started  off,  as  I  said, 
that  "All  negotiations  have  broken  off."  It  was  very  much  shorter 
than  that  message. 

[1906]        20.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  actually  see  the  message? 

General  White.  I  did  not.    General  Short  read  the  message  to  us. 

21.  General  Grunert.  It  could  have  been  paraphrased,  and  it  could 
have  been  just  extracts  of  the  message,  or  was  the  whole  message  read, 
word  for  word,  do  you  remember? 

General  White.  It  could  have  been  extracted.  It  was  apparent  at 
the  time  that  General  Short  was  reading  word  for  word,  but  I  did  not 
see  it. 

22.  General  Grunert.  But  at  that  time,  had  he  made  a  decision  to 
take  Alert  No.  1  ? 

General  White.  He  had. 

23.  General  Grunert.  And  what  did  you  understand  Alert  No.  1 
to  mean  ? 

General  White.  Alert  No.  1  was  to  protect  all  installations  against 
sabotage. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  turn  over  in  your  mind  whether  or 
not  you  considered  that  alert  sufficient  under  the  warning  then  re- 
ceived ? 

General  White.  I  don't  understand. 

25.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  think  to  yourself,  "Well,  is  that  suf- 
ficient protection  under  this  warning?"  or  anything  of  that  kind? 
Or  didn't  you  think  about  it? 

General  White.  I  did  think  about  it,  and  I  thought  seriously  about 
it ;  and  I  immediately  called  my  people,  the  chiefs  of  my  installations, 
and  gave  them  this  information  on  the  Alert  No.  1,  and  before  midnight 
that  night  every  installation  was  guarded,  and  the  Alert  No.  1  was 
in  full  effect ;  and  at  that  time,  I  honestly  believed  that  sabotage  was 
the  thing  that  we         [1997]         had  to  look  for. 

26.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Now,  as  far  as  your  installations 
are  concerned,  if  they  had  taken  Alert  2  or  3,  what  difference  would 
it  have  made  as  to  your  installations,  as  to  the  protective  measures 
taken  ? 

General  White.  Alert  2  provided  for  an  internal  uprising,  and  had 
Alert  2  been  put  in,  then  it  would  have  been  necessary  to  have  placed 
more  guards  around  the  installations  to  protect  them  against  an  at- 
tack from  the  inside.  If  Alert  3  had  been  called,  which  called  for  an 
all-out  attack  of  the  Japanese  against  the  islands,  then  guarding 
my  installations  would  have  presented  no  more  problem  than  Alert  2. 
It  would  have  required  all  troops  to  have  taken  the  field,  in  field  posi- 
tions, for  a  defense  of  the  island  against  a  Japanese  attack  from  the 
outside. 

27.  General  Grujstert.  Wliat  troops  did  you  have  that  would  have 
had  to  go  out? 

General  White.  Well,  we  had  actually  no  troops  of  my  own,  except 
that  at  Fort  Armstrong,  for  instance,  we  had  our  own  war  plan,  and 
we  had  a  battalion  of  our  own  troops  that  had  been  drilled.  We  had 
our  own  machine  guns,  and  we  had  our  positions  for  them  to  go,  in 
case  Alert  No.  3  or  2  was  put  into  effect. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 17 


1044    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

28.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  a  warning  that  was  sent 
through  the  Navy,  which  started  out  to  this  effect — 

Consider  this  a  war  warning? 
General  WurrE.  I  did  not. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Then,  so  far  as  you  were  concerned,  you  con- 
sidered an  alert  against  sabotage  as  of  sufficient  protection  under  the 
instructions  received,  is  that  right? 

[199S]         General  White.  Under  the  instructions  as  I  knew  them. 

30.  General  Grunert.  I  gather  from  your  testimony  as  to  what  you 
understood  of  the  situation  prior  to  the  attack,  that  you  were  not 
alarmed  about  an  attack  coming,  is  that  right? 

General  White.  That  is  correct.  I  would  like  to  add  right  here  that 
the  reason  I  make  that  statement  is  that,  in  my  War  College  class  of 
'32,  we  had  10  or  12  very  bright  naval  officers,  and  I  distinctly  remem- 
ber, and  have  carried  it  in  my  mind  ever  since,  that  the  theory  which 
they  spoke  openly  at  all  times  was  that  in  any  war  between  this 
country  and  the  Japanese,  we  would  have  to  take  that  war  to  Japan, 
that  Japan  would  never  risk  a  naval  engagement  further  than  a 
thousand  miles  from  her  shore ;  and  throughout  the  whole  year,  as  I 
say,  the  concensus  of  those  men  was  to  the  effect  that  we  would  take  the 
war  to  Japan  in  case  of  a  war. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  never  visualized  the  ability  of  the 
Japanese  to  bring  the  war  over  as  far  as  Hawaii,  initially,  at  least? 

General  White.  I  must  say  I  did  not. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions.  General  Frank? 

33.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

From  your  analysis  of  the  feeling  that  you  had  against  the  Japs, 
I  infer  that  it  was  a  general  state  of  uncertainty  and  suspicion. 
General  White.  That  is  correct. 

34.  General  Frank.  But  the  background  for  this  so  far  as  any  fac- 
tual proof  of  it  is  concerned,  is  very  nebulous,  isn't  it? 

General  White.  That  is  correct.  I  might  say  that  altogether  I 
have  been  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  to  my  knowledge,  six  of  the  ten 
past  years,  and  have  noticed  among  the  Japanese  [19991  this 
shrewdness,  this  grinning  of  theirs,  indications  all  the  way  along  that, 
"Well,  if  I  could  knife  you  in  the  back,  I  would  be  delighted  to  do  it, 
if  I  was  sure  I  wouldn't  be  punished."    It  is  that  attitude. 

35.  General  Frank.  That  is  an  impression  that  you  got? 
General  White.  That  is  correct. 

36.  General  Frank.  As  a  inatter  of  fact,  their  characteristics  are 
very  different  from  the  characteristics  of  an  American  ? 

General  White.  Yes. 

37.  General  Frank.  Their  cultural  background  and  practices  are 
completely  different  from  the  American,  is  that  right? 

General  White.  That  is  right. 

38.  General  Frank.  What  about  their  ethics  ? 
General  White.  I  am  not  prepared  to  answer  that. 

39.  General  Frank.  How  do  they  compare  with  the  ethics  of  Amer- 
icans? 

General  White.  I  would  say  they  didn't  have  any  to  speak  of. 

40.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now,  let  us  analyze  their  patriot- 
ism a  little. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   AKAIY   PEARL   PIARBOR   BOARD  1045 

General  White.  I  think  their  patriotism  is  ])nrely  a  veneer.  You 
were  speakin<j:;  of  i)atriotisni  toward  our  country? 

41.  General  Frank.  I  am  talking  just  about  patriotism.  If  you 
are  going  to  discuss  it,  discuss  it  under  (a)  and  (b)  —  (a),  their  pa- 
triotism for  Japan,  and  (b)  their  patriotism  for  the  United  States. 

General  AViirrE.  All  right.  Then  we  will  discuss  it  under  (a), 
their  patriotism  to  Japan.  That  was  manifested  on  all  occasions 
where  any  celebration  such  as  the  emperor's  birthday  [2000] 
or  any  holiday  that  would  be  in  Japan,  They  would  tiy  their  flags 
for  all  kinds  of  ceremonies,  and  it  was  quite  evident  that  their  loyalty 
to  Japan  was  just  as  one  might  expect. 

42.  General  Frank.  Were  j'ou  conversant  with  the  Japanese  law  in 
their  homeland  relative  to  the  status  of  a  Jap  born  of  Japanese  parents 
in  the  United  States  or  in  Hawaii  ? 

General  White.  It  is  my  understanding  that  the  Japanese  never 
gave  up  that  particular  person  as  a  citizen  of  Japan,  notwithstanding 
the  fact  that  he  was  an  American  citizen  under  our  law.  In  other 
words,  there  was  a  dual  citizenship,  so  far  as  the  Japanese  were  con- 
cerned. 

4o.  General  Fi;.\n  k.  Now,  for  him  to  become  a  full-out  citizen  of  the 
United  States  and  cease  to  be  claimed  as  a  citizen  of  Japan,  do  you 
remember  what  was  necessary  ? 

General  White.  As  I  remember,  he  had  to  go  to  court  and  sign 
away  his  allegiance  to  the  emperor  and  all  connections  with  his  coun- 
try. I  am  not  in  a  ])osition  to  discuss  all  the  details,  but  I  know  that 
something  like  that  had  to  be  done. 

44.  General  Frank.  And  he  had  to  do  that  even  though  he  were  a 
native-born  Jap  ? 

General  White.  Yes. 

45.  (general  Frank.  With  respect  to  this  impression  that  you  got 
from  the  naval  officers  at  the  War  College  in  1932  about  the  "1,000 
miles,''  did  it  ever  occur  to  you  that  there  has  been  technical  and  in- 
dustrial progress  in  the  meantime  which  greatly  increased  the  range 
of  aircraft  and  service  craft  to  an  exte;it  such  that  that  1,000  miles 
might  have  been  considerably  altered? 

General  White.  Yes,  sir;  and  on  the  other  hand,  in  late  years,  of 
course,  we  taught  that  you   don't   put   battleships   and  [£001] 

naval  craft  up  against  land-based  aircraft,  and  that  in  thinking  this 
thing  over,  what  thought  we  gave  to  it  over  there  was  that  an  armada 
or  a  task  force  suflicient  to  attack  the  Hawaiian  Islands  would  be  of 
such  size  that  it  certainly  would  be  reported  long  before  it  approached 
the  islands,  especially  as  the  Navy  were  carrying  on  their  observations 
daily,  on  the  lookout  for  just  such  an  event. 

46.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  analyze  the  possibilities  of  a  raid 
such  as  that  which  occurred  ? 

General  White.  No. 

47.  General  Filvnk.  Did  you  ever  believe  that  such  a  thing  would 
happen  ? 

General  White.  Definitely,  I  didn't  believe  it  could  happen. 

48.  General  Frank.  How  risky  an  undertaking  do  you  consider  it 
was? 

General  White.  I  think  if  that  had  hai)pencd  at  any  time  other 
than  Sunday  morning  it  might  have  been  quite  disastrous  for  the 


1046    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Japanese,  and  while  that  doesn't  answer  your  question,  I  think  your 
question  must  be  answered  that  it  was  quite  risky,  in  my  opinion. 

[2002]  49.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  it  was  a  very  daring 
unusual  venture? 

General  White.  Not  necessarily  so,  under  the  circumstances.  War 
had  not  been  declared.  It  was  an  aerial  attack  with,  as  we  have  been 
told,  two  carriers ;  and  for  a  nation 

50,  General  Frank.  How  many  carriers? 

General  White.  I  understand  there  were  two,  may  have  been  more ; 
but  for  a  nation  at  war  to  undertake  such  a  mission,  it  was  quite  risky. 

51  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  one  more  question:  What 
do  you  think  would  have  been  the  attitude  of  Japan  toward  the  same 
number  of  Americans  in  Japan  as  there  were  Japanese  in  Hawaii? 

General  White.  What  do  you  mean  by  "attitude" ;  I  mean  in  that 
case? 

52.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  they  would  have  been  interned, 
or  what  would  have  happened  to  them  ? 

General  White.  I  am  quite  suie  they  would  have  been  interned. 

53.  General  Grunert.  Prior  to  the  declaration  of  war? 
General  White.  Oh,  no.     No,  I  didn't  understand  that  was  prior 

to  the  declaration  of  war.  I  might  state  that  I  was  in  Japan  on  one 
occasion,  in  uniform,  and  at  every  train  that  I  got  off  there  would  be 
an  official  at  my  side  asking  me  my  name,  my  business,  where  I  was 
going,  how  long  I  expected  to  remain.  Now,  whether  that  happened 
to  all  other  officers  in  uniform,  I  don't  know,  but  it  was  quite  apparent 
from  that  that  they  were  watching  very  closely  American  officers 
who  were  in  Japan. 

[2003]  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  see  a  similar  scrutiny  of 
Japanese  in  the  United  States? 

General  White.  I  did  not.    I  have  not. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  see  any  Japanese  officers  in  the 
United  States  in  uniform  ? 

General  White.  No,  although  I  have  seen  them  in  the  Hawaiian 
Department,  which  is  a  territory  of  the  United  States. 

56.  General  Russell.  Was  this  flag-flying  on  national  holidays 
carried  on  by  native-born  Japs  as  well  as  by  those  who  were  born  in  the 
Empire  ? 

General  Whtte.  It  is  my  impression  that  it  was. 

57.  General  Russell.  Your  impression  is  that  there  was  a  sharp  line 
of  demarcation  out  there  between  the  Japanese  and  all  other  groups? 

General  White.  In  their  patriotism?  I  mean,  their  attitude 
toward  their  native  country  ? 

58.  General  Russell.  Well,  in  their  living  together,  going  together, 
worshipping  the  Emperor,  and  those  things,  they  were  a  sort  of  unity 
in  the  Hawaiian  Department  ? 

General  White.  That  is  correct. 

59.  General  Russell.  They  didn't  amalgamate  with  other  races 
at  all? 

General  White.  Let  me  state  it  this  way:  In  '35-'37  when  I  was 
over  there  it  was  unusual  to  see  a  Japanese  with  anyone  else  but  a 
Japanese.  When  I  returned  in  1940  it  was  not  unusual  to  see  a  Japa- 
nese fraternizing  with  the  American  soldiers,  going  to  the  picture 
shows,  going  to  parties  and  dances  with  them,  and  I  know  of  two  cases 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1047 

where  Chinese  have  married  Japanese  women.  That  happened  on  my 
second  tour.  Durino;  my  first  tour  [SOO^]  I  saw  none  of  that 
and  I  think  but  very  little  of  that  existed  at  that  time. 

60.  General  Russell.  So  far  as  you  know-  those  two  cases  that  you 
have  referred  to  are  the  only  two  cases  of  intermarriage  of  Japanese 
with  other  nationalities  ? 

General  White.  So  far  as  I  know  of  the  Chinese  intermarrying  with 
the  Japanese,  but  I  think  there  have  been  some  American  soldiers 
that  have  married  some  of  the  Japanese. 

61.  General  Eussell.  Did  they  dominate  the  commercial  life  of 
Honolulu  and  other  towns  out  there  ? 

General  White.  The  Japanese  and  Chinese  practically  control  all 
of  the  small  business. 

62.  General  Russell.  The  larger  businesses  were  American? 
General  White.  The  larger  businesses  were  the  Americans. 

63.  General  Russell.  Did  you  buy  goods  from  many  Japanese  in 
connection  with  your  duties  as  Quartermaster? 

General  White.  Yes. 

64.  General  Russell.  You  had  an  opportunity,  then,  to  deal  with  the 
Japanese  and  get  his  outlook  on  life  ? 

General  White.  Yes ;  and  I  might  say,  in  business  it  was  no  different 
from  any  American  concern. 

65.  General  Russell.  There  was  nothing  out  there  just  prior  to  the 
attack  that  convinced  you  that  war  was  imminent,  including  this  mes- 
sage that  General  Grunert  read  to  you  in  whole  or  in  part? 

General  White.  No,  I  would  not  say  that.  That  message  indicated 
that  the  relations  were  right  at  the  breaking  point,  and  I  didn't  ques- 
tion— I  never  have  questioned — the  fact  that  some  day  Japan  and  the 
United  States  would  figlit  a  war,  but  [£005]  there  was  nothing 
in  my  mind  that  indicated  that  such  an  attack  as  happened  would 
happen. 

66.  General  Russell.  General,  you  discussed  or  you  made  a  state- 
ment that  other  than  on  Sunday  morning  you  do  not  think  that 
attack  would  have  had  any  chance  at  all? 

General  White.  No,  not  exactly  in  those  words.  I  stated  this :  that 
if  the  attack  had  come  any  other  morning  but  Sunday  it  would  have 
found  our  men  more  prepared.  Sunday  morning  a  great  many  men 
were  off  duty  that  normally  during  a  week  day  would  be  at  their  post 
and  would  be  on  duty,  but  I  think  that  attack  would  have  had.  con- 
siderably less  chance  and  might  have  been  quite  serious  for  Japan 
had  it  happened  on  a  morning  other  than  Sunday. 

67.  General  Russell.  And  your  sole  reason  for  that  conclusion  is 
that  we  would  have  had  more  men  on  duty  any  other  morning? 

General  White.  I  think  so. 

68.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  have. 

69.  General  Geuneet.  From  part  of  your  testimony  I  was  led  to 
believe  that  j^ou  believe  that  the  Navy  was  conducting  long-distance 
reconnaissance  practically  regularly. 

General  White.  That  is  my  understanding. 

70.  General  Gkunert.  Now,  do  you  have  any  definite  knowledge  as 
to  whether  they  did  or  not? 

General  White.  Other  than  that  I  was  told  and  that  the  Navy  sent 
their  ships  out  a  certain  number  of  miles,  and  then  from  there  their 


1048    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

planes  took  off  and  it  is  my  understanding  that  it  was  at  least  600 
miles  out :  in  other  words,  that  the  ships  went  out  a  certain  distance, 
and  then  the  planes  went  out  farther  than  that,  and  that  they  cov- 
ered approximately  600  miles  out. 

\2Q06^  71.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  know,  then,  what 
these  task  forces  went  out  for,  whether  reconnaissance  or  whether  it 
was  maneuvers  of  their  own,  or  whether  they  were  covering  the  per- 
imeter around  the  islands  or  not,  did  you? 

General  White.  Now,  you  must  remember  that  my  job  was  the 
Department  Quartermaster,  the  Supply  Officer,  and  I  was  not  in  on  a 
lot  of  the  conferences,  and  all,  where  the  tactical 

72.  General  Grunert.  Then,  it  appeared  to  be  just  your  impres- 
sion without  any  definite  knowledge  on  the  subject. 

General  White.  Other  than  having  been  told  in  more  or  less  words 
to  that  effect,  that  there  was  such  a  mission. 

73.  General  Frank.  By  whom? 

General  White.  Well,  I  can't  recall  right  now  any  particular  per- 
son, but  it  was  generally  understood. 

74.  General  Frank.  It  was  just  general  conversation,  however? 
General  White.  That  is  correct. 

75.  General  Frank.  And  impression? 
General  White.  Yes. 

76.  General  Grunert.  What  gave  you  the  impression,  then,  that  the 
Navy  was  doing  the  job  of  taking  care  of  the  outside? 

General  White.  We  understood  that  that  was  their  mission. 

77.  General  Gruneirt.  Now,  then,  from  your  military  education  and 
from  what  you  know  of  the  past  tactics  and  strategy  of  the  Japanese 
and  the  Germans,  is  it  not  true  that  the  Japanese  usually  attempted  to 
get  in  the  first  blow,  which  was  practically  a  blow  with  a  declaration 
of  war  at  the  time  the  blow  was  given  ? 

General  White.  I  know  that  happened  in  the  Russia  War,  Russia- 
Japanese  War;  but  at  the  same  time  there  was  part  of  the  Russian 
Fleet  very  close  to  the  Japanese  Islands  at  the  time  of  that  naval 
engagement. 

78.  General  Grunert.  And  is  it  not  true  that  the  Japanese  followed 
the  German  tactics  and  had  been  instructed  by  Germans  \_W07'\ 
in  their  military  education  ? 

General  White.  It  is  my  understanding  that  that  is  a  fact  and  that 
their  general  staff  is  taken  right  from  the  German  General  Staub,  as 
they  call  it,  or  more  or  less  copied  from  them. 

79.  General  Grunert.  And  also  that  the  Germans  usually  sought 
surprise,  and  particularly  on  Sunday  morning? 

General  WnrrE.  That  is  correct.  I  think  we  were  all  influenced  by 
the  great  distance  between  Japan  and  the  Hawaiian  Islands  as  to  such 
a  surprise  move  on  the  part  of  Japan. 

80.  General  Grunert.  Just  one  more  question :  Have  you  anything 
that  you  think  might  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board  in  getting  at  facts, 
that  you  can  add  to  your  testimony  or  give  the  Board  any  leads  as 
to  where  they  might  get  at  such  facts,  that  has  not  been  brought  out 
during  your  testimony  ? 

General  White.  No.  I  would  simply  like  to  add  one  statement: 
that  I  knew  a  great  many  people  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands ;  I  talked  to 
a  great  many  oflScers,  Army  officers,  Navy  officers;  and  I  have  my 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1049 

doubts  that  any  officer  in  the  Army  or  Navy  at  that  time  over  there 
had  any  idea  that  such  an  attack  as  happened  on  December  7th,  1941, 
was  possible.  Now,  that  is  my  opinion  and  my  impression  gamed 
from  spending  quite  a  time  over  there  and  discussing  at  various  times 
what  might  happen. 

81.  General  Grunert.  Anything  further?     (No  response.) 

Thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2008]        TESTIMONY  OF  MAJOR  GEORGE  S.  WELCH,  AIR  CORPS, 
ORLANDO,  FLORIDA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Major,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 

Major  Welch.  My  name  is  George  S.  Welch,  Major,  Air  Corps, 
0398557.  I  am  stationed  with  the  A.  A.  F.  Board,  Orlando,  Florida. 
I  am  now  on  terminal  leave  from  that  organization. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Major,  the  Board  is  after  facts  as  to  what 
happened  before  and  during  ths  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  Because 
you  were  a  witness  before  the  Roberts  Commission  we  called  on  you 
to  appear  before  this  Board,  to  see  what  you  could  give  to  us.  I  have 
but  one  point  as  far  as  your  testimony  is  concerned  that  I  want  to  look 
into,  but  if  there  is  anything  else  which  you  can  give  to  the  Board 
which  will  assist  it  we  shall  be  glad  to  get  it. 

Now,  will  you  tell  us  what  your  assignment  was,  and  when,  during 
1941  in  Hawaii? 

Major  Welch.  You  mean,  sir,  before  the  war  started,  up  to  the 
war  ? 

3.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Major  Welch.  I  was  a  Second  Lieutenant,  sir,  assigned  to  the  47th 
Pursuit  Squadron,  stationed  at  Wheeler  Field  in  February,  1941,  and 
I  arrived  in  the  Islands  and  was  stationed  there  still  at  the  time  that 
the  war  started.  My  squadron  was  on  temporary  duty  at  an  auxiliary 
field,  Haleiwa,  actually  when  the  war  started,  the  day  it  started. 

4.  General  Frank.  What  were  you  doing  down  there  ? 

Major  Welch.  Our  squadron  was  out  there,  sir,  for  gunnery 
[£009j        camp. 

5.  General  Frank.  That  is  how  you  happened  to  have  ammunition? 
Major   Welch.  Well,   we   had   some   ammunition.     We   had   .30 

caliber. 

6.  General  Frank.  What  kind  of  planes  did  you  have? 

Major  Welch.  As  nearly  as  I  can  remember,  sir,  we  had  four  or 
six  P-40Bs,  about  a  dozen  P-36As,  two  A-20s,  and  a  B-12  and  about 
five  P-26s. 

7.  General  Grunert.  The  one  particular  question  I  have  here: 
You  testified  that  the  guards  at  M-a-1-a-i-w-a  Field  had  no  instruc- 
tions as  to  what  to  do  if  the  enemy  planes  came  over.  Now,  what 
field  was  that  ?    I  haven't  heard  this  name  mentioned  before. 

Major  Welch.  Haleiwa,  sir.    H-a-1. 

8.  General  Grunert.  That  is  H-a-1? 
Major  Welch,  Yes,  sir. 


1050     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

9.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  was  the  guarding  system  at  that 
field  and  what  were  the  instructions  in  the  event  of  an  attack,  if 
any  ?    Do  you  know  ? 

Major  Welch.  Sir,  as  far  as  I  can  remember  there  were  no  in- 
structions to  cover  any  possibility  of  aerial  attack.  The  only  possi- 
bility of  attack  that  was  covered  was  either  sabotage  or  an  enemy 
landing. 

10.  General  Grunert.  What  was  this  field  ?    Just  a  gunnery  range  ? 
Major  Welch.  No,  sir.     Haleiwa  Field  was  a  very  short,  sandy 

field  originally  used  as  an  emergency  landing  field,  and  probably 
about  six  months  before  the  war  started  they  had  [2010] 
chopped  down  a  few  trees  and  were  allowing  fighter  squadrons  to 
operate  out  of  there  as  an  emergency  field  to  practice  shortfield  land- 
ings; and  a  month  before  the  war  started,  the  15th  Group,  of  which 
the  47th  Squadron  is  a  part,  was  sending  each  squadron  out  there 
for  two  weeks  in  rotation  to  operate  off  of  the  field  in  simulated 
combat  conditions. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  the  commanding  officer  of  that 
field  at  that  time  ? 

Major  Welch.  Well,  the  commanding  officer,  sir,  was  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  squadron  that  happened  to  be  there. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  commanding  officer  was  changed? 
Major  Welch.  Yes,  sir. 

13.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  no  permanent  post  complement 
there? 

Major  Welch.  Yes,  sir.  There  was  a  Lieutenant  Currie  who  was 
Post  Quartermaster  PX.  Really,  sir,  there  was  nothing  there,  no 
installations.    We  brought  our  own  tents  and  everything  with  us. 

.  14.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  it  was  just  a  question  of  guarding 
your  own  planes,  was  it? 

Major  Welch.  Yes,  sir;  just  our  own  personal  equipment. 

15.  General  Grunert.  What  happened  to  that  field  when  the  at- 
tack took  place? 

Major  Welch.  The  'Japs  passed  right  over  it,  apparently  didn't 
notice  its  existence  or  didn't  know  that  we  were  using  it ;  and  about 
the  second  raid  I  think  one  or  two  planes  made  a  pass  at  the  field, 
shot  up  a  couple  of  P-36s. 

16.  General  Grunert.  So  there  was  little  damage  done  there? 
Major  Welch.  There  was  no  damage  done,  sir,  except  to  a  few 

X2011]        airplanes. 

17.  General  Grunert.  And  then,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  lack  of 
such  a  guard  and  instructions  what  to  do  in  case  of  an  attack  didn't 
have  much  effect  as  far  as  the  actual  attack  was  concerned,  did  it? 

Major  Welch.  No,  sir.  By  the  time  the  Japs  did  make  one  pass 
at  the  field,  the  men  had  machine  guns  out,  .30  caliber  ground  guns, 
and  they  shot  back  at  this  man,  this  Jap. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Well,  now,  about  how  many  planes  all  told 
were  on  that  field  at  the  time  of  the  attack  ? 

Major  Welch.  The  original  attack? 

19.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Major  Welch.  Everything  we  had.  I  imagine  it  was — I  just  gave 
you  an  approximate  idea  of  what  we  had.  I  suppose  it  was  about 
16,  18. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PKARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1051 

20.  General  (Ji;tiNi:RT.  About  1<).  Wcih'  tlicy  bnncluHl.  all  put  to- 
gether, or  Avere  they  spread  or  dis])ers(Ml.  or  w  hat  ? 

Major  Wia-cir.  No.  sir.  They  were  lined  up  in  a  jx-id'cct  line  right 
down  one  side  of  the  field. 

21.  General  GitUNKUT.  Is  that  \\ha(  is  always  done  in  ])(>acetinie. 
or  is  that  a  sjiecial  measure  against  sabotage,  or  what!' 

Major  ^A'klcii.  At  Wheeler  Field,  sir,  we  liad  revetments,  and  the 
airplanes  had  been  called  back  from  the  revetments  because  of  sabo- 
tage. At  Ilaleiwa  we  had  no  revetments,  and  we  just  ])arked  them 
there  just  to  look  nice,  and  also  to  keep  them  bunched  so  we  could 
guard  them  easier. 

22.  General  Grunekt.  Then,  the  concentration  of  jtlanes  Avas  really 
normal  ])i'ocedure? 

^bijor  "Welch.  Yes,  sir. 

I'^OLJ]         General  Grunert.  Routine  ])rocedure. 

Major  Welch.  Except,  sir,  that  they  had  started  thiidcing  about 
dispersal  at  Wheeler  Field  and  had  built  revetments  which  were  un- 
occupied. 

24.  General  Frank.  You  took  oft'  in  a  ])lane  and  conducted  a  little 
attack,  didn't  you? 

Majoi-  Wei.cli.  Yes,  sir. 

25.  General  Frank.  What  did  you  take  off  in? 
Major  Welch.  A  P-40B. 

2C).' General  Frank.  P-40B. 

Major  Welch.  That  is  the  second  or  tliird  model. 

27.  General  Frank.  What  hap])ened  ?     Did  you  shoot  any  down? 

Majoi*  Welch.  Yes,  sir. 

2S.  General  Frank.  How  many? 

Major  Welch.  I  claimed  four  definitely,  sir. 

29.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Did  anybody  else  take  off  from 
up  there? 

Major  Welch.  Yes.  sir.  Lieutenant  Taylor  took  off  witli  me  as 
my  wing  man,  at  fii'st. 

30.  G-eneral  Frank.  All  right. 

Major  Welch.  About  half  an  hour  or  an  hour  later  three  or  fowv 
othei'  pilots  took  off  from  Haleiwa. 

81.  General  Frank.  How  uuiuy  did  they  get? 

Major  Welch.  Between  the  planes  that  took  off  from  Si'hofield 
and  the  ones  that  they  finally  got  off  from  Wheeler  Field.  T  think  we 
shot  down  12  planes  definitely. 

32.  Genei'al  Frank.  All  right.  Taking  that  as  a  background  and 
assuming  that  you  had  been  on  a  different  kind  of  an  alert  at  Wheeler, 
so  that  they  could  have  taken  off  in  a  matter  of  a  [2013]  feAv 
minutes  with  GO  or  75  planes,  and  considering  the  state  of  gunnery 
training  of  the  fighters  at  Wheeler,  what  do  you  think  they  could  liave 
done  to  that  Jap  attack? 

Major  Welch.  Providing,  sir,  that  the  pilots  were  ready  to  go.  as 
you  said,  and  had  ammunition  in  their  planes,  we  could  have  shot  every 
one  of  them  down  except  the  fighters  before  they  got  to  the  Island. 

33.  General  Frank.  You  think? 

Major  Welch.  I  know,  sir;  I  mean  from  what  T  have  seen  Avith  the 
same  type  of  equipment  they  used  against  us  there  and  down  in  the 
Pacific.   We  have  fought  the  same  thing.    Their  dive  bombers  wouldn't 


1052     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

have  gotten  through.     They  might  have  strafed  a  bit  with  their 
fighters,  but  there  wouldn't  have  been  any  bombs  in  there  or  torpedoes. 

34.  General  Frank.  This  boy  has  a  very  outstanding  reputation  as 
an  accurate  shot. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Then  naturally  that  is  why  he  assumes  if  all 
the  rest  of  them  were  of  his  caliber  they  would  have  gotten  quite  a 
number. 

36.  General  Frank.  I  simply  mention  that  in  passing. 

Major  Welch.  No,  sir.  I  have  seen — in  New  Guinea  at  one  time  I 
had  a  squadron  of  average  pilots  and  trainee  pilots  that  knocked  down 
the  same  type  of  Jap  ship,  and  not  a  one  got  through. 

37.  General  Grunert.  How  about  the  torpedo  bombers  ?  They  are 
pretty  slow,  aren't  they  ? 

Major  Welch.  Yes,  sir. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Are  they  easier  to  get  at  than  the  others 
as  far  as  shooting  is  concerned  ? 

[2014]  Major  Welch.  Yes,  sir;  the  Japanese  dive  bomber  and 
torpedo  bomber  are  sitting  ducks. 

39.  General  Frank.  That  is  all  I  wanted  to  bring  out. 

40.  General  Russell.  Sitting  ducks  for  the  type  of  aircraft  that  you 
had  out  on  Oahu  on  December  7,  '41  ? 

Major  Welch.  For  our  75  P^Os;  not  for  our  other  equipment. 

41.  General  Russell.  How  many  of  those  75  P-40s  did  you  have  out 
on  Oahu  available  for  action  that  morning? 

Major  Welch.  Well,  sir,  they  were  all  available.  Of  course,  they 
didn't  have  guns  in  them. 

42.  General  Russell.  Well,  I  know.  If  they  had  had  the  guns  and 
ammunition,  how  many  P-40s  were  out  there  ready  to  go  into  action ; 
do  you  know  ? 

43.  General  Frank.  He  wouldn't  know. 

Major  Welch.  I  believe  at  least  75  or  100,  sir.    You  could  find  that. 

44.  General  Russell.  You  are  on  terminal  leave  from  what? 
Major  Welch.  I  am  on  terminal  leave  from  the  air  forces  boards. 

I  have  been  donated  to  North  American  by  the  Air  Corps  to  be  an 
engineering  test  pilot. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Any  other  questions?  (No  response.)  There 
appear  to  be  none.    Thank  you  very  much.  Major,  for  coming. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  12  o'clock  noon,  a  recess  was  taken  until  2  o'clock 

p.m.) 

[WJ6]  afternoon  session 

(The  Board  reconvened  at  2  p.  m.,  and  continued  the  hearing  of 
witnesses,  as  follows:) 

TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  W.  A.  CAPRON;  OEDNANCE  DEPARTMENT 
OGDEN  ARSENAL,  OGDEN,  UTAH 

(The  witness  Avas  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24. ) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  would  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

Colonel  Capron.  Capron,  W.  A. ;  Colonel,  Ordnance  Department. 
My  station  is  Ogden  Arsenal,  Ogden,  Utah. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1053 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  this  Board  is  after  facts,  and  leads 
that  may  get  other  facts ;  and  because  of  your  assignment  and  position 
during  1941  we  asked  you  to  come  here  to  testify,  with  the  hope 
that  we  might  get  something  that  would  help  us.  What  was  your 
position  and  assignment  in  the  Hawaiian  Department  in  1941,  and 
give  us  the  dates. 

Colonel  Capron.  From  August  1938  until  December  30,  1941,  I  had 
the  dual  function  of  Department  Ordnance  Officer  of  the  Hawaiian 
Department,  and  as  Commanding  Officer  of  the  Hawaiian  Ordnance 
Depot. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Then,  because  of  that  assignment,  you  had  an 
accurate  knowledge  of  ordnance  equipment,  did  you  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Generally  speaking,  was  the  Department  well 
equipped  in  ordnance  items,  or  was  it  deficient  in  some  material  items  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  When,  sir,  may  I  ask? 

5.  General  Grunert.  At  the  time  of  the  attack. 

Colonel  Capron.  It  is  very  difficult  to  answer  that  [2016] 
question  with  any  degree  of  accuracy,  on  account  of  the  time  period 
that  has  elapsed. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Give  us  your  general  impressions  as  to  the 
equipment  of  the  department  in  the  ordnance  line,  as  you  remember 
it. 

Colonel  Capron.  As  I  remember,  sir,  the  seacoast,  in  both  arma- 
ment and  ammunition,  was  in  excellent  condition.  The  mobile 
ground  weapons,  I  think  we  lacked  105  howitzers;  we  had  some  but 
not  the  full  complement;  and  90-mm.  antiaircraft,  of  which  we  had 
none.     That  was  a  new  weapon,  sir,  at  that  period. 

7.  General  Grunert.  How  about  ammunition  for  antiaircraft 
weapons  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Our  auumnition  for  the  weapons  which  we  had, 
the  3-inch  M-1,  was  good  ammunition.  We  had  been  using  the 
powder-train  fuse.  Before  the  blitz,  however,  the  new  fuse  centers 
which  handled  the  mechanical  fuse  arrived  and  we  had  changed  over 
a  large  portion  of  the  ammunition  into  mechanical-fuse  items. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Give  us  a  few  facts  about  the  storage  of  am- 
munition.   What  was  the  status  of  that  at  that  time  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Ammunition  storage  for  what  we  had  was  ex- 
cellent— no,  I  will  say  superior.  The  total  reserve  was  underground 
in  tunnels,  the  Department  reserve. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  lose  any  ammunition  on  account  of 
the  attack? 

Colonel  Capron.  Absolutely  none  of  the  reserve.  One  bomb  hit 
in  the  floor  of  the  Aliamanu  crater,  which  is  drilled  from  the  inside, 
but  it  had  no  effect. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  can  you  tell  us  about  the  ship- 
[W17]  ment  of  supplies  from  the  mainland  to  the  islands,  as  far 
as  you  recall  ?  Were  there  any  unusual  delays,  or  was  the  transporta- 
tion about  what  you  expected? 

Colonel  Capron.  There  are  two  answers,  there,  sir,  before  and  after 
the  7tli  of  December,  1941.  Before,  it  was  usual  and  normal.  It  was 
not  so  much  a  question  of  transportation ;  it  was,  as  I  remember,  the 
items  were  not  on  hand  on  the  mainland  or  that  the  Philippines,  hav- 


1054    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

ing  a  higher  priority  than  we  had,  a  large  number  of  items  "were  going 
over  there  which  we  would  have  liked  to  have  had,  but  they  just  didu't 
have  them. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  when  the  Philippines  had  a 
higher  priority  than  you  did  on  ordnance  materials  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  ISTo,  sir. 

12.  General  Grunert.  But  that  was  your  own  understanding  and 
impression  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  That  was  my  impression. 

13.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  know,  then,  when  suddenly  toward 
the  latter  part  of  1941  they  might  have  had  a  higher  priority,  but  be- 
fore that,  they  did  not  have  as  high  a  priority  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  believe.  General,  all  of  that  is  a  matter  of  record 
on  the  status  report,  the  ordnance  status  report  for  the  Hawaiian  De- 
partment. I  wouldn't  venture  a  definite  answer;  but  it  was  my  im- 
pression that  they  were  getting  things  that  we  would  love  to  have  had. 

14.  General  Grunert.  That  was  your  impression  ? 
Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

15.  General  Grunert.  But  you  have  no  evidence  to  that  eifect  ? 
Colonel  Capron.  No,  sir.    It  is  a  matter  of  record,  after  the  7th — 

if  I  may  finish  that  first  question,  sir — transportation  [2018] 
poured  in  there.    We  couldn't  have  had  better  service. 

16.  General  Grunert.  You  mean,  then,  after  the  attack  on  Decem- 
ber 7,  things  started  pouring  in? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

17.  General  Grunert.  They  came  at  a  more  rapid  rate  than  they  did 
prior  to  that  time? 

Colonel  Capron.  They  poured  in  so  fast,  sir,  we  could  hardly  un- 
load it. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Now,  as  to  any  deficiencies  in  ordnance  ma- 
terial that  may  have  existed,  did  that  in  any  way  affect  the  taking  of 
appropriate  defensive  measures  with  what  you  had? 

Colonel  Capron.  No,  sir. 

19.  General  Grunert.  You  told  us  that  you  were  the  Department 
Ordnance  Officer.  As  such,  did  you  attend  conferences  of  the  De- 
partment staff? 

Colonel  Capron.  All  of  the  conferences. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  attending  a  conference  any 
time  about  November  27  or  thereafter,  before  the  attack — any  particu- 
lar conference? 

Colonel  Capron.  There  were  so  many  urgent  conferences  called 
along  in  that  period  that  I  couldn't  pin  it  down,  sir. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  General  Short 
ordered  the  alert  which  they  call  the  "sabotage  alert,"  about  that  time  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  We  had  had  alerts,  sir,  beginning  in  April,  one 
after  the  other.  They  became  more  frequent  and  of  longer  duration, 
with  more  confinement  of  troops  to  their  arms,  as  December  ap- 
proached. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  whether  you  were  at  a 
[WIO]  conference  wherein  the  Commanding  General  or  the  Chief 
of  Staff  referred  to  a  message  then  received  from  the  Chief  of  Staff 
concerning  the  Japanese-American  situation,  in  which  they  were  given 
directives  to  do  so  and  so,  and  cautioned  not  to  do  so  and  so  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1055 

Colonel  Capron.  I  remember  somethino;  about  the  American-Japa- 
nese relations  comino;  up  in  an  urgent  conference  that  had  been  called. 
The  "radio"  was  read  and  discussed,  but  I  am  hazy  on  any  indicated 
action  by  the  War  Department. 

23.  General  Grunert.  What  was  your  state  of  mind  as  to  the  im- 
minence of  a  war  with  Japan  toward  the  latter  part  of  1941? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  felt  that  it  was  reasonable  to  suppose  that  we 
would  have  war;  that  if  we  had,  it  would  not  come  as  soon  as  it 
actually  did,  and  that  if  it  should,  we  would  have  plenty  of  advance 
notice. 

24.  General  Grunert.  From  whom  did  you  expect  such  notice  ? 
Colonel  Capron.  From  the  War  Department,  sir,  who  presumably 

would  get  the  idea  from  the  State  Department.  We  had  always 
counted  on  a  period  between  the  announcement  of  war  and  the  actual 
meeting  of  the  enemy.  In  fact,  we  had  programs  which  postponed 
construction,  to  hold  it  for  this — I  have  forgotten  what  we  called  the 
period. 

25.  General  Frank.  Was  it  a  "period  of  strained  relations"? 
Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir;  that  was  it,  a  "period  of  strained  rela- 
tions." 

26.  General  Grunert.  Did  this  message  that  was  read  to  you  at  this 
conference  indicate  to  you,  as  you  considered  it,  a  period  of  strained 
relations  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Now,  which  conference,  was  that,  sir? 

[2020']         27.  General  Grunert.  That  is  the  one  you  just  mentioned. 

Colonel  Capron.  The  one  in  November  ? 

28.  Geiieral  Grunert.  Approximately  November  27.  Did  you  have 
other  conferences  in  which  messages  were  read  or  referred  to  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  quite  a  number  of  them,  sir. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Messages  from  the  United  States  ? 
Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

30.  General  Grunert.  From  the  Chief  of  Staff  ? 
Colonel  Capron.  In  my  remembrance ;  yes,  sir. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Does  any  one  of  these  conferences  stand  out 
in  your  mind  as  being  of  great  importance,  of  more  importance  than 
other  conferences  you  had  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  We  had  one  alert  in  November.  The  only  way  I 
can  fix  it.  General,  is  that  it  was  so  intense  and  so  sustained  that  after 
things  eased  up,  I  assembled  my  ordnance  battalion  and  gave  them  a 
talk,  made  a  speech  to  them,  in  which  I  had  obtained  a  verbal  com- 
mendation from  General  Short  to  them.  If  that  is  the  principal  one, 
I  presume  it  might  have  indicated  strained  relations, 

32.  General  Grunert.  I  will  ask  the  recorder  to  read  to  you  the 
Chief  of  Staff's  message  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  De- 
partment, 27  November  1941,  to  see  whether  or  not  that  will  bring  back 
to  your  memory  whether  a  particular  conference  was  held  on  that 
message. 

Colonel  West  (reading)  : 

Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  purposes 
with  only  the  barest  possibilities  that  the  Japanese  Government  might  come  back 
and  offer  to  continue.  .Tapanesce  future  action  impredictable  but  hostile 
[2021]  action  possible  at  any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot, 
be  avoided,  U.  S.  desires  that  Japan  commit  the  first  overt  act.     This  policy 


1056     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

should  not,  repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that 
might  jeopardize  your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  Japanese  action  you  are  directed 
to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary, 
but  these  measures  should  be  carried  out  so  as  not,  repeat  not,  to  alarm  the 
civil  population  or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Sliould  hostilities 
occur  you  will  carry  out  the  tasks  assigned  In  Rainbow  5  as  far  as  they  pertain 
to  Japan.  Limit  discussion  of  this  highly  secret  information  to  minimum  essential 
ofBcers. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  whether  there  was  a  conference 
on  that  message  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir.     May  I  ask  what  the  date  of  that  was? 

34.  Colonel  West.  November  27,  1941. 

Colonel  Capron.  I  remember  the  wording,  sir,  now — "Let  Japan 
commit  the  first  overt  act,"  and  that  we  couldn't  do  anything  that 
would  alarm  the  population  on  the  island. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Those  two  things  seem  to  stand  out  in  your 
mind.  If  they  stand  out  in  your  mind,  why  do  not  these  other  things 
stand  out  in  your  mind,  such  as : 

This  policy  should  not,  repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of 
action  that  might  jeopardibze  your  defense. 

Then,  another  thing  is,  in  the  message,  the  part  which  says : 

You  are  directed  to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you 
deeim  necessary. 


Wliy  do  certain  things  stand  out  in  your  mind,  there,  as 
compared  to  other  things  in  that  message?  Were  they  emphasized,  or 
was  it  because  they  went  on  a  sabotage  alert,  or  what  ?  Have  you  any 
recollection  of  why  those  two  things  that  you  mentioned  stood  out 
more  than  any  others? 

Colonel  Capron.  No,  I  have  not,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  If  any  other  measures  were  adopted,  how 
in  your  opinion  would  they  alarm  the  populace,  or  disclose  the  intent? 
Have  you  thought  on  that  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  don't  quite  understand.  General,  what  you  mean. 

37.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  picked  out  two  parts  of  the  mes- 
sage, "don't  alarm  the  public,"  and  the  "overt  act."  Now,  if  other 
measures  had  been  taken,  besides  antisabotage  measures,  how  in  your 
opinion  would  the  public  have  become  alarmed  ?  Have  you  thought  of 
it  in  that  line  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  had  not ;  no,  sir. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Did  anything  in  particular  come  up  at  this 
conference  as  to  discussion  of  the  various  parts  of  this  message,  or 
were  any  reasons  expressed  why  they  went  into  an  antisabotage  alert 
instead  of  an  all-out  alert? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  can't  remember  any  particular  conversation  or 
any  words  in  connection  with  that  particular  message. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  stated  in  your  testimony  something 
to  the  effect  that  there  was  a  period  which  you  afterwards  identified 
as  "a  period  of  strained  relations,"  in  which  certain  construction 
should  go  forward. 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

40.  General  Grunert.  That  intimates  that  up  to  that  time 
[2023]  certain  construction  was  not  to  be  prosecuted.  What  sort 
of  construction  was  that?  Do  you  recall  what  was  delayed  until 
strained  relations  came  into  being? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1057 

Colonel  CArRON.  There  is  a  large  number  of  those  items,  sir.  I  can't 
remember  one,  any  detail  on  it,  but  that  is  a  matter  of  record,  and  I 
am  sure  it  is  on  file  in  the  records  of  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

41.  General  Grunert.  There  are  a  lot  of  things  to  be  done,  later, 
when  you  declare  M-Day,  which  is  presumably  declared  when  strained 
relations  reach  such  a  point  that  war  is  practically  imminent,  but  you 
think  there  were  some  actual  construction  projects  that  would  go  for- 
ward in  that  period  ? 

Colonel  Capron".  Absolutely,  sir;  and  as  I  recall,  they  were  engi- 
neer's construction.  They  didn't  have  any  funds  to  do  this,  that,  or  the 
other.  One  of  the  things  I  cheated  and  I  used  Ordnance  money  to  do, 
a  job  which  the  engineers  didn't  have  any  funds  on,  rather  than  put 
the  thing  off  until  we  happened  to  have  a  fight. 

42.  General  Grunert.  Then  it  was  your  understanding  that  when 
this  period  of  strained  relations  came  across,  there  would  be  funds 
available  and  additional  authorizations  and  some  additional  construc- 
tion would  take  place  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  always  considered  that  as  being — we  all  sort  of 
looked  forward  to  that  as  "Christmas  Day,"  when  all  of  these  things 
that  we  had  been  after  would  suddenly  come  forth. 

43.  Generall  Grunert.  They  started  to  come  forth  after  the  attack, 
didn't  they  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir ;  they  did. 

44.  General  Grunert.  That  was  along  toward  Christmas,  wasn't  it? 
[2024.]        Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir.    I  did  not  mean  to  be  face- 
tious. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Now,  there  is  one  other  item  I  would  like  to 
get  some  facts  or  some  opinions  on.  As  Department  Ordnance  Officer, 
among  other  things  you  were  particularly  interested  in  antiaircraft 
and  antiaircraft  ammunition  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

46.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  antiaircraft  was  kept 
in  position,  where  its  ammunition  was,  for  varicms  types  of  alert? 

Colonel  Capron.  Not  off-hand.  We  had  three  types  of  alert.  I 
think  we  w^ere  in  a  No.  1  on  the  7th.  We  went  in,  Saturday,  I  think. 
I  do  know,  before  the  morning  of  the  attack,  that  the  antiaircraft  regi- 
ments— there  were  three  regular-service  and  one  very  good  National 
Guard  regiment  out  in  the  field  in  position.  We  had  the  proper  am- 
munition at  all  of  the  fixed  AA  positions,  right  at  the  guns,  and  in 
most  cases  it  was  out  in  the  field  with  the  n:iobile  AA's. 

47.  General  Grunert.  Of  course,  it  was  your  business  to  furnish 
ammunition,  but  it  was  not  yoiir  business  to  put  it  at  the  guns,  was  it? 

Colonel  Capron.  No,  sir.  However,  it  was  up  to  me.  General,  to 
have  ordnance  machinists,  ordnance  troopers  out  with  these  units  to 
look  after  them,  the  mechanisms  of  the  weapons,  and  so  on,  and  also 
to  look  after  the  treatment  of  the  ammunition ;  and  I  had  those  ord- 
nance soldiers  who  were  out  there  at  these  places. 

48.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  any  of  the  antiair- 
craft positions  for  defense  against  air  attack  were  in  and  about  the 
populated  parts  of  the  City  of  Honolulu  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Well,  the  only  one  I  know  of,  sir,  was  [2025\ 
the  fixed  weapons  up  in  Fort  Euger.  We  had,  I  think,  four  guns  up 
there  near  a  hospital.    We  had  never  proved  or  fired  them  for  fear 


1058     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

of  the  noise.     It  miglit  frighten  people ;  but  those  are  the  only  weap- 
ons that  I  remember  of,  off-hand  as  being  right  in  Honolulu. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  where  the  mobile  antiaircraft 
weapons  were  to  be  mobilized  in  the  defense  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  No,  sir.     That  was  a  variable  situation.  General. 

50.  General  Grunert,  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  actual  plac- 
ing of  what  we  call  "live  ammunition"  near  positions  would  have 
alarmed  the  population  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Well,  I  doubt  it  very  much.  I  don't  believe  it 
made  any  difference.  We  were  always  having  maneuvers,  sir.  There 
was  ammunition  being  hauled  all  over  the  island.  There  were  truck 
trains,  and  so  on.  We  were  shipping  it  on  the  ONL  Railway,  and  we 
had  a  long  series  of  maneuvers  up,  I  think,  around  October,  where  the 
Navy  actually  flew  some  planes  over  to  assimulate  an  attack ;  so  there 
was  so  much  commotion,  so  much  going  on  from  the  Army  standpoint, 
that  I  doubt  if  the  mere  placing  of  live  ammunition,  there  couldn't 
have  been  any  particular  reaction. 

[2026]  51.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions.  Gen- 
eral Russell  ? 

52.  General  Russell.  What  was  the  state  of  supply  of  antiaircraft 
ammunition  on  December  7,  Colonel  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  indicated,  sir,  as  I  remember,  that  it  was  in  sat- 
isfactory condition ;  yes,  sir. 

53.  General  Russell.  How  many  calibers  did  you  have?  How 
many  types  of  ammunition? 

Colonel  Capron.  Three  37s  and — I  may  be  wrong  on  the  37s.  I  am 
not  sure  of  the  37s.  We  had  3-inch  Cal."50,  Cal.  30.  We  had  no  40s, 
of  course,  nor  20s  nor  anything  of  that  sort. 

54.  General  Russell.  You  had  your  full  equipment  of  antiaircraft 
weapons  except  those  90  millimeters  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir ;  we  didn't  have  any  90s.  That  was  a  very 
new  weapon  then,  sir. 

55.  General  Russell.  But  everything  else,  you  had  a  full  comple- 
ment of  weapons  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  am  a  little  hazy  on  the  37s.  We  had  some  of 
those,  but  I  doubt  if  we  had  many. 

56.  General  Russell.  I  guess  that  is  all. 

57.  General  Frank.  How  did  you  stand  on  bombs  and  ammunition* 
Colonel  Capron.  The  bombs  were  fine,  as  I  remember.  General,  but 

as  to  the  aimnunition  I  am  hazy. 

58.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

Colonel  Capron.  Cal.  50  later  became  a  low  point :  we  gave  so  much 
to  the  Navy  that  we  starved  the  Army. 

59.  General  Grunert.  Now,  Colonel,  we  have  had  many  witnesses 
and  we  shall  have  many  more,  so  the  Board  does  not  want  simply  to 
pile  up  evidence  just  to  have  a  fat  record,  but  we  would  like  to  find 
out  whether  there  is  anything  that  stands  out  in  [20^7']  your 
mind  that  might  assist  us,  and  for  us  to  judge  whether  or  not  we 
have  already  covered  it. 

Now,  is  there  any  one  thing  that  stands  out  in  your  mind,  or  two 
or  three,  that  you  ought  to  tell  the  Board  about  that  might  have 
some  bearing  on  this  problem  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  have  two  things,  sir.  I  have  a  lasting  impres- 
sion that  when  I  heard  these  Jap  ships  come  over  I  thought,  Well, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1059 

the  gang  arrived  from  the  mainland  a  little  ahead  of  time.  They 
had  been  ferr3dng  in,  and  we  were  looking  for  some.  The  reason 
I  knew  that :  when  I  heard  the  shooting,  our  airplanes  had  been 
coming  over  there,  sir,  and  they  had  their  armament  unmounted. 
It  was  boxed  up  somewhere  in  the  shops,  and  we  had  sent — or  it 
hadn't  come  (3ver  at  all.  I  had  wired,  or  we  had  all  urged  that  here- 
after when  ships  came  over  they  have  the  guns  not  only  along  with 
them  but  also  mounted  for  doing  business.  Well,  when  we  heard  all 
these  airplanes  and  all  the  shooting,  we  thought,  Well,  at  last  it 
percolated  and  they  are  arriving  here  as  thej^  should  have. 

60.  General  Grunert.  Did  they  arrive  shooting? 

Colonel  Capron.  It  was  the  Japs,  sir.  That  w^as  the  outstanding 
impression  which  I  had. 

Another  one  was  this ;  it  may  be  irrelevant  here :  Shortly  after  the 
blitz  a  representative  of  the  White  House,  a  young  civilian,  came  over 
to  the  Islands  to  discuss  presumably  the  subject  of  handling  scrap 
metal.  We  had  a  staff  meeting  in  the  headquarters  office  at  Shafter. 
Well,  after  this  Aieeting  was  over  and,  oh,  about  two  weeks  later  a 
nast}^  report  came  down  from  the  War  Department  saying  that  they 
had  gotten  a  report  from  this  young  civilian,  sir,  that  the  ordnance 
[B02S]  anticraft  ammunition  had  been  so  foul  during  the  blitz 
that  they  had  sprayed  Honolulu  and  killed  quite  a  few  people. 

I  want  to  bring  out  the  fact  that  on  the  afternoon  of  the  7th, 
because  there  had  been  people  killed  in  the  city  and  something,  pre- 
sumably Japanese  bombs,  had  gone  through  houses — they  had  func- 
tioned ;  they  had  hit  out  in  the  street ;  they  had  killed  people — I  or- 
ganized a  bomb  squad  of  three,  of  civilian  ammunition  technicians. 
They  went  around  and  checked  up  every  incident.  We  found  what 
these  things  were.  They  were  not  Japanese;  they  were  not  Army 
ammunition.     I  would  like  to  bring  that  out  too 

61.  General  Grunert.  What  were  they? 

Colonel  Capron.  I  made  a  secret  report  on  that,  sir,  to  General 
Short  in  writing  on  the  9th  or  the  10th  of  December,  and  am  I  at 
liberty  to  say  ? 

62.  General  Grunert.  This  is  all  secret  and  you  are  at  liberty  to 
state  anything  that  you  think  may  assist  the  Board  in  getting  at  the 
facts,  sir. 

Colonel  Capron.  They  were  antiaircraft  ammunition  of  another 
service,  sir,  whose  time  fuses  had  failed  to  function  in  the  air.  This 
particular  type  of  ammunition  had  a  base  fuse  with  a  tracer  which 
would  function  on  impact,  and  it  was  those  items  which  led  to  the 
belief  that  the  Japanese  had  bombed  the  city. 

63.  General  Grunert.  Then,  if  the  Board  should  consider  it  de- 
sirable or  necessary  to  examine  this  report  of  yours,  do  you  know  where 
it  is  now  located  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  It  should  be,  sir,  in  the  safe  of  the  Hawaiian  De- 
partment. In  fact,  I  sent — which  was  wrong — I  sent  [2029]  the 
original  up — it  was  a  secret  paper.  The  original  went  up  to  the  for- 
ward echelon.  It  was  locked  in  the  safe  and  retained  in  the  files  of 
the  Department  Ordnance  Office.  Subsequently  some  question  came 
up  on  that  thing,  and  the  original  had  disappeared,  and  I  made  a 
copy  of  my  copy  and  sent  it  up  to  the  then  Chief  of  Staff,  Colonel 

64.  General  Grunert.  Of  what? 
Colonel  Capron.  Sir? 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 18 


1060     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

65.  General  Grunert.  Of  what?  Chief  of  Staff  of  what?  The 
Hawaiian  Department? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir.     Colonel  Phillips. 

66.  General  Grunert.  Then,  the  reason  or  one  of  the  reasons  that 
you  bring  out  now  is  to  show 

Colonel  Capron.  To  show  that  our  ammunition,  sir,  was  good. 

67.  General  Grunert.  Your  ammunition  was  good  ? 
Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

68.  General  Grunert.  And  somebody  else's  ammunition  was  not 
so  good? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir;  the  other  fellow. 

69.  General  Grunert.  And  this  ammunition  was  thrown  in  the  air 
and  didn't  explode,  and  when  it  came  down  on  the  ground  some  of  it 
did  explode  and  some  didn't? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

70.  General  Grunert,  When  you  said  that  the  ammunition  per- 
tained to  another  service,  you  meant  other  than  the  Army? 

Colonel  Capron.  Yes,  sir. 

71.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Has  anyone  any  other  questions  ? 
[2030]         Colonel  West.  No. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Then,  that  appears  to  be  about  all  that  you 
can  think  of  that  you  think  might  be  of  value  to  the  Board  ? 

Colonel  Capron.  May  I  say  one  more  thing,  sir?  I  had  heard 
there  was  a  rumor  the  Army-Navy  relations  before  the  blitz  had  been 
not  healthful.  As  far  as  the  Ordnance  was  concerned,  sir,  I  per- 
sonally, and  my  Ordnance  agency,  had  fine  relations  with  the  Navy. 
We  were  almost  hand  in  glove,  and  I  have  frequently  gone  over  to 
the  Chief  of  Staff  over  there  of  the  District  and  gotten  anything  I 
wanted;  and  the  Navy  Ordnance  and  the  Army  Ordnance,  who  had 
a  lot  in  common,  were  fine. 

73.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Thank  you  very  much. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  BRIG.  GEN.  WARREN  T.  HANNUM,  RETIRED;  SAN 
FRANCISCO,  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Kecorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station  ? 

General  Hannum,  Warren  T.  Hannum,  Brigadier  General,  Re- 
tired, I  was  retired  February  1st.  On  February  4th  by  appoint- 
ment of  Governor  Warren  I  was  made  Director  of  Natural  Resources 
of  the  State  of  California,  and  hold  that  office  at  the  present  time. 

2.  Colonel  West.  Where  is  your  office,  sir?  _ 

General  Hannum.  My  residence  address  is  Apartment  21,  1201 
Greenwich  Street,  San  Francisco.  Office  address  is  [20S1] 
Department  of  Natural  Resources,  State  Office  Building  No.  1,  Sacra- 
mento. 

8.  (Teneral  Grunert.  Your  retirement  date  was  in  1944,  was  it,  or 
104?>? 

General  Hannum.  It  became  effective  February  1,  1944, 

4.  General  Grunert.  You  mentioned  the  date  but  not  the  year. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1061 

General  Hanxu^m.  Yes. 

5.  General  Gkunert.  In  our  attempts  to  get  at  facts  and  to  accom- 
plish the  mission  charged  to  the  Board,  the  field  is  so  broad  that  we 
divided  some  of  these  phases  up  between  the  Board  members,  and 
General  Frank  has  this  particular  line  of  special  investigation,  so  1 
shall  ask  him  to  lead  in  questioning  you,  and  the  other  members  of 
the  Board  will  piece  out  where  they  think  they  ought  to  get  more 
information. 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  sir. 

(').  General  Gruxert.  (xeneral  Frank. 

7.  General  Fraxk.  Will  you  state,  please,  what  position  you  held 
in  1941? 

General  Haxxum.  I  was  Division  Engineer  of  the  South  Pacific 
Division,  under  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  which  included  all  river  and 
harbor,  flood-control,  and  military  construction  work  in  the  Pacific 
Coast  States  of  California,  Nevada,  Arizona,  part  of  Utah,  and  also 
the  Hawaiian  Islands.  There  was  a  district  under  my  supervision 
in  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  a  district  in  Sacramento,  a  district  in  San 
Francisco,  and  one  in  Los  Angeles. 

8.  General  Fraxk.  You  held  the  same  position  in  1942? 
General  Haxxum.  Yes,  but  in  that  year  the  South  Pacific  and 

North  Pacific  and  Mountain  Divisions  were  abolished  and  [203^'] 
combined  into  one  division  known  as  the  Pacific  Division,  which  in- 
cluded practically  everything  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  except 
Hawaii,  which  had  by  that  time  been  transferred  to  the  control  of 
the  Conmianding  General  of  the  HaAvaiian  Department. 

9.  General  Fraxk.  Was  Colonel  Wyman  in  charge  of  one  of  your 
districts  ? 

General  Haxxum.  He  was  the  District  Engineer  in  Honolulu, 
Hawaiian  Islands. 

10.  General  Fraxk.  Had  you  been  Division  Engineer  when  he  was 
previously  in  Los  Angeles? 

General  Hax^xum.  Yes. 

11.  Major  Clausex.  Sir,  are  you  familiar  with  the  negotiations  for 
the  contract  which  was  W-41-t-Eng-()02,  dated  20  De'cember  1940, 
with  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  for  defense  projects  in  Hawaii? 

General  Haxxum.  Yes.  I  do  not  know  the  contract  by  the  number. 
I  know  it  by  the  name,  under  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

12.  Major  Clausex.  You  initiated  the  contract,  didn't  you,  sir,  by 
a  letter  to  Colonel  Wyman  when  he  was  stationed  in  Hawaii  ? 

General  Haxxum.  No.  As  District  Engineer  he  was  responsible 
for  the  initiation. 

13.  Major  Clausex.  Well,  did  you  write  him,  sir,  this  letter,  a  copy 
of  which  is  attached  to  the  I.  G.'file,  report  by  Colonel  Hunt,  letter 
dated  November  6, 1940,  which  I  show  you  ? 

General  Haxxuji.  That  is  not  my  signature,  but  it  is  probable  that 
I  signed  it,  yes,  sir. 

[2033']  14.  Major  Clausex.  But  do  you  recall  having  sent  a  sim- 
ilar letter  to  him,  if  you  cannot  say  that  that  is  it? 

General  ILvxxum.  That  is  in  conformity  with  my  recollection  of 
the  circumstances,  yes. 

15.  Major  Clausex.  Yes.  I  would  like  to  introduce  this  letter  in 
evidence  and  read  it  into  evidence,  so  that  the  Board  may  understand 
it.    We  then  do  not  have  to  make  photostats. 


1062     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

This  is  a  letter  dated  November  6,  1940,  on  the  letterhead  of  the 
Office  of  the  Division  Engineer,  351  California  Street,  San  Fran- 
cisco, California.    It  is  to : 

(Letter  of  November  6,  1940,  Colonel  Hannum  to  Lt.  Col.  Wyman, 
is  as  follows:) 

Lt.  Col.  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.,  C.  E., 
U.  S.  Engineer  Office, 
Honolulu,  T.  H. 

Dbiae  Wyman  :  I  inclose  herewith  a  letter  received  from  Colonel  Gesler,  Office, 
Chief  of  Engineers,  in  reference  to  negotiated  contracts  on  the  basis  of  fixed 
price  and  also  cost-plus-fixed-fee.  The  form  for  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contracts  is 
inclosed. 

If  you  negotiate  on  the  basis  of  a  fixed  price,  it  appears,  since  you  will  not 
have  the  plans  and  specifications  ready  until  December  20,  that  you  could  not 
negotiate  before  that  time.  After  arriving  at  an  agreement,  it  would  take  some 
time  to  execute  it  and  then  an  additional  month  or  two  before  equipment  could 
be  placed  in  Honolulu  on  the  job.  On  the  other  hand,  if  you  use  a  cost-plus- 
fixed-fee  form,  negotiations  [203Jf]  could  be  conducted  without  waiting 
for  the  detailed  plans.  Since  the  contractors  interested  are  mainly  on  the  main- 
land, it  seems  to  me  it  would  be  well  for  you  to  come  to  the  mainland  to  conduct 
the  negotiations  with  specified  parties  on  specified  dates.  We  will  sit  in  with 
you  on  these  negotiations. 

Since  the  Navy  contractors  over  there  are  on  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  basis,  it 
occurred  to  me  that  a  contractor  working  for  you  on  a  fixed  price  basis  would 
be  at  a  disadvantage  since  the  Navy  work  is  much  larger  in  amount  than  you 
would  have. 

However,  I  prefer  that  you  examine  various  methods  in  the  light  of  existing 
conditions  in  Hawaii  and  come  to  your  own  conclusions  as  to  methods  and 
procedure. 

Sincerely  yours. 

Warren  T.  Hannum, 
Colonel,  Corps  of  Engineers, 

Division  Engineer. 

Now,  following  that  letter,  sir,  did  Colonel  Wyman  come  to  the 
mainland  and  confer  with  you? 

General  Hannum.  Yes;  he  came  to  the  mainland  and  conferred 
with  me. 

1.  Major  Clausen.  And  would  you  state  fully  the  particulars  con- 
cerning what  then  happened,  sir? 

General  Hannum.  He  went  to  Los  Angeles  to  confer  with  possible 
contractors  at  Los  Angeles.  Later  I  advised  him,  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  neither  I  nor  my  office  had  had  any  [20J5]  experience  in 
cost-plus-fixed-fee  work,  and  the  contract  would  have  to  be  approved 
in  Washington,  I  advised  him  to  proceed  to  Washington,  to  the  Chief 
of  Engineers  Office,  and  conduct  the  negotiations  there  in  order  to 
expedite  the  completion  of  the  contract  and  get  the  work  started. 

2.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  between  the  dates  that  Colonel 
Wyman  arrived  and  you  had  this  preliminary  talk  with  him,  and 
your  instructions  that  he  proceed  to  Washington,  you  are  aware,  are 
you,  that  he  went  to  Los  Angeles  and  there  discussed  this  contract 
with  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  ? 

General  Hannum.  I  do  not  know  that  he  conducted  it  with  Hans 
Wilhelm  Rohl.  I  understood,  or  my  impression  is,  that  he  conducted 
it  with  Callahan  Construction  Company,  Mr.  Paul  Grafe,  and  my  un- 
derstanding is  that  Mr.  Paul  Grafe  went  to  Washington  and  was  in 
consultation  in  Washington. 

3.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  do  I  understand  from  what  you  say,  sir, 
that  when  Colonel  Wyman  reported  to  you  as  to  his  trip  to  Los  An- 
geles he  did  not  tell  you  that  he  had  seen  Hans  Wilh6lm  Rohl? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1063 

General  Hannum.  I  do  not  recall  that  he  had  said  anything  to  that 
effect. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  But  you  do  recall  that  he  did  say  he  had  seen 
Paul  Graf e? 

General  Hannum.  Yes.  I  am  sure  about  that  because  later  on  Paul 
Grafe  went  with  me  to  Honolulu  in  May  of  '41  to  look  over  the  work 
over  there,  and  all  my  contacts  regarding  that  contract  were  with 
Paul  Grafe  of  the  Callahan  Construction  Company. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  if  Colonel  Wyman  had  [2036] 
discussed  this  contract  with  anyone  beside  Paul  Grafe  as  a  possible 
contractor  between  the 

General  Hannum.  I  think  he  did.  I  think  that  Mr.  Guy  Atkinson 
of  the  Guy  Atkinson  Construction  Company  was  in  contact  with  him 
in  Los  Angeles,  as  I  recall. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  And  so  far  as  your  memory  now  serves  you,  you 
do  not  know  whether  he  discussed  it  with  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  I  don't  know. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  you  know  at  that  time,  sir,  Hans  Wil- 
helm Eohl? 

General  Hannum.  I  had  heard  of  him.    I  did  not  know  him. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  know  at  that  time  that  he  was  an  alien, 
a  German  alien? 

General  Hannum.  No;  that  didn't  come  up  until  later. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically,  General  Hannum,  whose  responsi- 
bility in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  would  it  be  to  see  that  the  Govern- 
ment did  not  make  a  contract  of  a  secret  nature  such  as  this  with  a 
German  alien? 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  know  that — Rohl  had  made — contracts 
had  been  made  by  the  Engineer  Department  with  Rohl  several  years 
before  that  in  the  construction  of  the  breakwater  in  Los  Angeles 
harbor. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Reporter,  would  you  read  the  question 
please  ? 

General  Hannum.  And 

11.  Major  CIjAusen.  Pardon  me.    I  thought  you  had  finished. 
General  Hannum.  I  am  bringing  out  the  point  that  no  one  knew ; 

it  wasn't  known  that  he  was  not  a  citizen.  He  had  been  in  this  coun- 
try for  quite  a  number  of  years,  he  was  a  reputable  contractor  in  Los 
Angeles,  and  if  there  was  any  idea  that  he  was  an  alien,  and  I  don't 
know;  if  he  was  an  alien  at  that  time,  the  rules  and  regulations  and 
laws  forbade  the  employment  of  aliens. 

[2037]  12.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  my  question  was  this :  Who  in 
the  Corps  of  Engineers  had  the  responsibility  to  ascertain  ? 

General  Hannum.  Initially  the  District  Engineer.  Above  that,  the 
Division  Engineer  and  the  Chief  of  Engineers  office. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  So  in  this  case  the  responsibility  primarily  or 
initially  would  rest  upon  Colonel  Wyman;  is  that  correct,  sir^ 

General  Hannum.  That  would  be  my  correct  interpretation  of  the 
rules,  yes. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  as  I  understand  it.  Colonel  Wyman  came 
to  the  mainland  and  he  conferred  with  you  in  San  Francisco  here? 

General  Hannum.  Yes. 


1064     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

15.  Major  Clausen.  And  then  you  gave  him  certain  instructions,  he 
went  to  Los  Angeles,  and.  then  did  he  come  back  here  and  report  to 
you? 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  recall  whether  he  came  back  to  San  Fran- 
cisco and  went  from  San  Francisco  or  whether  he  went  to  Los  An- 
geles— or  went  to  Washington  diiect  from  Los  Angeles.  I  can't  recall 
that. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  he  then  went  to  Washington? 
General  Hannum.  Yes. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  And  were  any  further  conferences  had  with 
you,  sir,  concerning  this  contract  before  Colonel  Wyman  returned  to 
Hawaii  ? 

General  Hannum.  No.  No,  because  that  contract  was  left  in  Wash- 
ington for  final  execution  in  Washington,  and  it  was  some  months 
later  before  it  was  finally  executed,  as  I  recall. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  I  show  you  a  letter  dated  14  February 
[W3S~\  1942,  from  Colonel  A.  K.  B.  Lyman,  Department  Engi- 
neer in  Hawaii,  to  INIajor  General  Reybold,  and  I  am  going  to  intro- 
duce this  in  evidence  and  I  would  like  to  read  it.  Perhaps  I  should 
read  it,  sir,  and  then  the  witness  will  hear  what  I  am  going  to  say. 
It  is  certified  as  a  true  copy  by  Colonel  Brown  of  the  Corps  of  Engi- 
neers. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  This  letter  is  dated  14  February  1942,  on  the 
letterhead  of  the  Headquarters  Hawaiian  Department,  Office  of  the 
Department  Engineer,  Fort  Shafter,  T.  H.,  too: 

(Letter  of  February  14,  1942,  Colonel  Lyman  to  Major  General 
Reybold,  is  as  follows :) 

Major  General  Eugene  Reybold, 

Chief  of  Engineers,  Washington,  D.  G. 

Dear  General  Reybold:  We  have  had  an  unfortunate  and  unpleasant  situa- 
tion develop  here  in  the  Hawaiian  Department.  The  District  Engineer  has 
executed  some  of  his  work  in  a  most  efficient  manner,  however,  due  to  an  un- 
fortunate personality  he  has  antagonized  a  great  many  of  the  local  people  as 
well  as  some  of  the  new  employees  and  officers  who  have  recently  been  assigned 
to  his  office.  Since  this  atmosphere  of  antagonism  exists  whenever  any  condition 
arises  such  as  slowness  in  making  payments  to  dealers  or  to  employees,  even  if 
this  condition  is  beyond  the  control  of  the  District  Engineer,  the  people  wrath- 
fully  rise  up  in  arms  against  him. 

Prior  to  December  7  I  did  not  have  very  many  official  dealings  with  the  District 
Engineer  and  I  know  little  about  the  efficiency  of  his  administrative  and 
[2039]  engineering  organization,  but  since  December  7,  when  it  was  believed 
that  it  would  be  more  economical  and  in  the  interest  of  efficiency  to  continue 
using  his  office  as  the  procurement  and  dispersing  agency  for  the  Department 
Engineer's  office,  I  have  had  many  dealings  with  him.  Some  of  the  work  which 
they  were  called  upon  to  perform  for  me  has  been  carried  on  in  a  highly  satis- 
factory manner  but  there  are  many  other  items  of  work,  which  for  some  reason 
or  other  there  was  a  slowness  in  getting  results.  This,  I  am  told  by  various 
Post  and  Station  Commanders,  obtains  generally  and  as  a  result  many  of  their 
assistants  carry  resentment  towards  the  office  of  the  District  Engineer.  I  shall 
have  to  state  that  there  was  rather  a  very  abrupt  change  made  when  the  ZCQM 
was  taken  over  by  the  District  office  and  some  of  the  difficulties  were  undoubtedly 
created  by  lack  of  a  suitable  transition  period. 

Even  though  this  area  has  been  ofHcially  declared  a  Theatre  of  Operations,  the 
District  continues  to  function  independently  or  under  the  Division  Engineer  on 
certain  work  over  which  I  have  no  control,  and  as  a  result  there  is  a  lack  of 
cohesion  in  our  operations,  and  the  whole  engineer  program  is  suffering  with  a 
consequent  loss  of  prestige  by  the  Engineers  in  both  civilian  and  military  circles. 
However,  this  could  be  overcome  by  certain  cori-ective  measures  in  the  District 
Engineer's  organization  and  methods,  and  many  of  these  are  now  being  under- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1065 

taken.  It  is  extremely  questionable  whether  a  change  in  sentiment  or  method 
of  operation  by  [2040]  the  District  Engineer  at  this  time  could  better  the 
situation  in  the  future  due  to  the  intense  antagonism  that  now  exists  among 
civilians  and  worse  among  military  i)ersonnel  towards  the  District  Engineer.  It 
may  be  that  the  present  District  p]ngineer  has  outlived  his  usefulness  in  this 
Departnient. 

The  Department  Commander  discussed  this  situation  with  me  two  days  ago  and 
suggested  that  I  warn  you  that  he  may  conclude  that  a  change  is  necessary.  I 
know  that  General  Emmons  thinks  very  highly  of  the  present  District  Engineer 
in  some  of  the  work  that  he  has  performed ;  however,  the  General  feels  that  pos- 
sibly an  insurmountable  condition  has  developed  which  is  a  handicap  to  eflScient 
operation  and  he  may  decide  to  recommend  a  change.  Before  doing  this,  how- 
ever, he  has  directed  me  to  confer  with  the  District  Engineer  and  suggest  changes 
in  both  his  organization  and  his  method  of  operation  in  an  attempt  to  improve 
the  existing  unsatisfactory  service. 
Very  truly  yours, 

A.  K.  B.  Lyman, 
Colonel,  Corps  of  Engineers, 

Department  Engineer. 

Sir,  do  you  recall  having  seen  that  or  a  copy  of  it? 

General  Hannum.  No,  I  don't  recall  having  seen  that  letter  at  all. 
This  is  the  first  I  have  heard  of  it. 

[2041]  But  it  confirms  in  a  way  what  Colonel  Lyman  told  me 
when  I  went  out  there  in  May  1942.  'l  went  out  there  in  1942  on  the 
request  of  the  Department  Commander.  That  was  after  Colonel 
Lyman  had  taken  over  as  Department  Engineer,  taking  over  the  work 
of  district  engineer,  and  the  district  was  abolished,  and  was  no  longer 
under  the  division  engineer. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  with  respect  to  this  portion  of  the  letter 
where  it  says — 

There  were  many  other  items  of  work,  on  which,  for  some  reason  or  other, 
there  was  a  slowness  in  getting  results. 

What  did  Colonel  Lyman  tell  you  about  that? 

General  Hannum.  He  didn't  tell  me  anything  about  that,  specifi- 
cally. What  he  mentioned  was  that  he  said  to  me  when  I  was  over 
there  that  Wyman's  administration  had  not  been  efficient  or  effective. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  was  May  that  you  were  there,  or 
October,  1942,  did  you  say? 

General  Hannum.  I  know  it  was  in  May  that  I  went  over  there. 
No,  I  guess  it  was  probably  in  October.  I  was  over  there  in  October 
1941 ;  it  may  have  been  that  Lyman  mentioned  something  to  me  about 
that  time.  There  were  differences  between  Wyman  and  Lyman  at 
that  time  when  I  was  over  there  in  October  1941. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  This  trip  that  you  made  in  October  1941  was 
a  sort  of  inspection  trip,  was  it  not,  sir? 

General  Hannum.  It  was.  I  made  one  in  May  1941 — I  think  it  was 
May  1941 — and  also  in  October  1941. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  AVhen  you  were  informed  by  Ol)lonel  Lyman 
of  this  mess  that  existed  with  respect  to  j^our  district  engineer,  what 
did  you  do  about  it? 

General  Hannum.  I  made  inspections  with  Colonel  Wyman, 
[2042]  and  also  sent  over  later  administrative  assistants  to  assist 
him  in  getting  his  office  reorganized. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  When  were  they  sent  over,  sir?  It  was  after 
Pearl  Harbor,  wasn't  it  ? 


1066     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Hannum.  I  think  it  probably  was ;  yes,  sir,  I  do  not  want 
to  say  that  I  agreed  with  everything  that  Colonel  Lyman  said  in  that 
letter.  I  would  like  to  have  that  understood,  because  that's  his  opinion. 
While  Colonel  Wyman  had  a  personality  which  was  irritating  when  he 
was  under  pressure  in  conferences  with  others,  because  he  was  abrupt 
at  times,  he  was  a  very  efficient  engineer  officer  and  a  driver,  and  got 
things  accomplished. 

25.  Major  Clausex.  I  am  going  to  ask  you  if  you  ever  received 
this  letter,  or  a  copy  of  it.  It  is  dated  27  February  1942,  from  Colonel 
Lyman  to  General  Reybold,  and  I  will  read  it : 

Dear  General  Reybold:  I  wrote  you  on  14  February  1942  in  regard  to  the 
unsatisfactory  situation  in  the  District  Engineer  office  here.  Since  that  time 
I  have  personally  investigated  conditions  and  find  that  they  are  unsatisfactory, 
particularly  in  the  administrative  branches.  The  administration  of  his  office 
and  his  handling  of  the  air  field  construction  program  are  not  altogether  pleasing 
to  the  Department  Commander  and  the  general  unpleasant  feeling  toward  him 
makes  it  desirable  to  effect  his  replacement. 

With  ani  organization  as  large  as  the  present  one  of  the  District  Engineer, 
decentralization  of  authority  is  essential.  Colonel  Wyman  appears  unwilling  to 
grant  authority  to  subordinates  and  attempts  to  carry  too  much  [204-3]  of 
the  load  himself.  As  a  result  some  phases  of  the  work  suffer  from  lack  of 
sufficient  attention.  In  addition  three  of  the  officers  whom  he  lias  selected  for 
important  line  island  projects  have  had  unfavorable  reports  submitted  against 
them  evidencing  lack  of  judgment  on  the  part  of  the  District  Engineer  in  the 
selection  of  key  personnel. 

When  I  wrote  before,  the  Department  Commander  had  not  definitely  decided 
that  a  change  in  District  En,^ineers  was  necessary.  He  realizes  that  Colonel 
Wyman  has  done  an  excellent  job  in  many  respects  and  does  not  want  to  take 
official  action  that  would  tarnish  the  record  of  the  officer.  General  Emmons  feels 
that  perhaps  Colonel  Wyman  has  lieen  in  this  semitropical  climate  too  long  or 
that  the  pace  at  which  the  District  Engineer  has  been  driving  himself  lias 
clouded  his  judgment.  On  several  occasions  Colonel  Wyman  has  received  im- 
portant verbal  instructions  and  failed  to  carry  them  out,  either  through  forget- 
fulness  or  failure  to  understand.  A  reconsideration  of  the  entire  situation  by 
the  Department  Commander  has  resulted  in  asking  me  to  informally  request 
the  replacement  of  Colonel  Wyman  as  District  Engineer. 

I  sincerely  hope  that  you  w^ill  see  fit  to  ease  Colonel  Wyman  out  of  the  Ha- 
waiian Department  in  such  a  manner  as  to  reflect  no  discredit  on  him  and  re- 
place him  with  someone  who  can  visualize  the  high  degree  of  cooperation  which 
is  necessary  between  the  various  commanders,  civilians,  and  the  District  Engi- 
neer's office  in  order  that  the  Engineer  Service  may  function  to  the  fullest  extent. 
I,  personally,  do  not  believe  there  is  any  solution  to  the  [2044]  problem 
short  of  the  relief  of  the  present  District  Engineer. 

In  the  event  that  you  see  fit  to  make  a  change  I  strongly  recommend  that  two 
experienced  administrative  assistants,  thoroughly  familiar  with  Departmental 
procedure,  be  either  transferred  here  or  sent  on  temporary  duty  to  reorganize 
the  administrative  branch  of  the  District  office  to  permit  it  to  carry  the  tre- 
mendous mass  of  detail  expeditiously  and  effectively.  The  present  administra- 
tive heads  have  not  had  sufficient  experience  to  manage  the  large  organization 
that  is  now  required  to  perform  the  administrative  detail.  Errors  in  the  prep- 
aration of  pay  rolls  and  vouchers  and  delay  in  making  payments  have  resulted 
in  some  hardsli^  and  unpleasant  feeling  among  local  labor,  contractors,  except 
possibly  the  one  large  company  handling  tlie  bulk  of  his  work,  and  supply  firms. 
Sincerely, 

(s)     A.  K.  B.  Lyman, 
Colonel,  Corps  of  Engineers, 

Department  Engineer. 

You  recall  having  seen  a  copy  of  that,  sir  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  sir ;  I  have  never  seen  it. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  been  informed  of  that 
letter  ? 

General  Hannum.  No. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1067 

27.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  discussed  some  of  the 
things  mentioned  in  this  letter,  with  Colonel  Lyman? 

General  Hannum.  May  I  see  it? 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

[2045]         General  Hannum.  Kegarding  the  statement — 

that  tlie  pace. at  which  the  District  Engineer  has  been  driving  himself  has 
clouded  his  judgment. 

I  do  not  know  that  he  had  clouded  his  judgment,  but  I  know  that  he 
was  driving  himself  very  hard,  even  before  Pearl  Harbor. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  In  Los  Angeles  ? 

General  Hannum.  And  particularly  so,  after  Pearl  Harbor,  No, 
he  was  district  engineer  in  Honolulu  at  the  time  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  sir,  was  he  driving  himself  hard  in 
Los  Angeles,  when  he  was  assigned  there  ? 

General  Hannum.  He  was  district  engineer.  Yes.  He  was  in 
charge  of  the  Los  Angeles  District  at  a  time  when  they  had  a  great 
deal  of  flood-control  work  in  Los  Angeles,  and  at  one  time  he  had  over 
20,000  men  under  his  employ,  and  a  great  many  of  them,  WPA  men. 
He  had  them  organized  and  doing  the  work  by  force  account,  and  he 
did  a  very  splendid  job. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  Wasn't  that  Captain,  then,  now  Colonel  Flem- 
ing, that  had  that,  with  General  Connolly  ? 

(jeneral  Hannum.  No,  that  was  WPA  work. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  sir,  do  you  care  to  comment  upon 
the  statement  in  there  that  Colonel  Wyman  would  not  carry  out  in- 
structions? 

General  Hannum.  I  had  not  heard  of  that.  I  received  no  infor- 
mation at  any  time  that  he  was  not  carrying  out  instructions,  unless 
it  be  instructions  which  Coloney  Lyman  had  given  to  him  as  Depart- 
ment Engineer. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  do  you  know  Colonel  Row,  who  was  De- 
partment IG  in  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

[20Ii.6'\         General  Hannum.  No,  I  do  not  recall  him. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  that  he  made  a  derogatory  re- 
port concerning  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

General  Hannum.  No.  no;  I  do  not  know  that,  I  don't  recall  that, 
now,  if  he  did, 

35.  Major  Clausen,  That  is,  he  made  several,  but  one  in  particular 
was  dated  the  same  date  as  the  first  letter  from  Colonel  Lyman  to 
General  Reybold,  February  14,  1942,  which  indicated  that  certain  un- 
satisfactory conditions  existed,  and  among  these  there  were  seven 
specific  conditions  that  were  unsatisfactory,  which  existed,  and  among 
them  was : 

(e)  That  the  district  engineer's  ofl5ce  as  a  whole  has  not  been  organized  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  operate  with  efficiency. 

General  Hannum.  The  first  time  I  have  heard  of  that  accusation! 
The  first  time  I  have  heard  of  such  report  by  the  Inspector  General  of 
the  Hawaiian  Department.    It  did  not  come,  as  I  recall,  to  my  office. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  referring  to  a  report  of  the  FBI  investi- 
gation, and  I  am  reading  from  that.     On  page  58,  here,  it  states : 

It  was  discovered  during  the  course  of  inspections  of  District  Engineer  activi- 
ties prior  to  7  December  that  his  administrative  set-up  was  improperly  coordi- 
nated and  was  so  mentioned  in  these  reports  of  inspection.    The  District  Engi- 


1068     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

neer  in  bis  replies  has  stated  that  steps  had  been  initiated  to  correct  the  irregu- 
larities and  deficiencies  reported.  It  is  now  evident  that  many  of  these  irregu- 
larities and  deficiencies  still  existed  on  [20^7]  7  December  1941,  and  have 
been  aggravated  by  tlie  increased  volume  of  his  activities  incident  to  the  outbreak 
of  war  and  the  taking  over  of  the  functions  of  the  Zone  Construction  Quarter- 
master on  16  December  1941. 

Colonel  Wyman's  methods  of  administration  have  been  such  as  to  antagonize 
many  persons,  military  and  civil,  both  within  and  without  his  organizations.  His 
actions  have  also  been  ridiculed  and  criticized  in  the  community.  I  believe  that 
this  condition  is  to  the  great  detriment  of  the  Army  as  a  whole  and  the  Engineer 
Corps  in  particular. 

Did  you  ever  discuss  those  allegations  with  any  member  of  the  IG  in 
Hawaii  ? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  made  your  inspections,  prior  to 
7  December  1941,  did  you  discuss  the  District  Engineer's  functions 
and  office  with  any  member  of  the  IG  in  Hawaii  ? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  sir,  an  investigation  by  another 
IG,  Colonel  Hunt? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  because  Colonel  Hunt  stopped  by  my  office 
to  consult  with  me  on  his  return  from  that  inspection.  That  was  in 
1943, 1  believe  it  was. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  you  testified  at  that  time 
before  Colonel  Hunt? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  sir. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  You  had  been  informed  by  Colonel  Lyman  of 
these  conditions.  I  believe  you  recommended  Colonel  Wyman  for  the 
DSM,  is  that  correct? 

[£048]  General  Hannum.  I  recommended  Colonel  Wyman  for 
a  DSM,  yes. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  Was  that  your  own  idea,  sir? 

General  Hannum.  It  wasn't  only  by  own  idea.  I  discussed  it  with 
others.  In  fact,  I  discussed  it  with  General  Emmons  when  I  was  out 
there  in  May  1942,  and  General  Emmons  admitted  that  he  had  done  a 
magnificent  jobj  but  the  said  that  no  one,  up  to  that  time,  had  been 
recommended,  or  had  been  given  a  DSM,  except  General  Somervell, 
and  he  didn't  want  to,  he  didn't  feel  that  it  would  be  a  propitious  time 
to  submit  a  recommendation  for  a  DSM ;  and  I  think  Wyman  deserved 
a  DSM  at  that  time  for  what  he  had  done;  and  I  can  say  something 
about  that,  if  you  would  like  to  know. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

General  Hannum.  In  October  1941, 1  was  in  Hawaii  on  one  of  my 
inspection  trips  out  there.  Wyman  and  I  had  gone  out  to  all  the 
other  islands  on  a  trip,  and  when  we  arrived  back,  on  Sunday  morning, 
we  received  word  that  General  Short  desired  to  see  us  that  afternoon, 
Sunday  afternoon ;  and  when  we  reported  to  General  Short,  we  were 
informed  that  he  had  received  a  very  secret  order  from  Washington 
to  construct  an  air  ferry  route  from  Honolulu  to  the  Philippines 
by  way  of  Australia,  and  that  all  the  facilities  of  the  district  and 
division  engineer  were  placed  at  his  disposal.  We  discussed  the 
matter  with  General  Short  that  afternoon,  the  possible  locations  for 
the  air  fields  en  route  to  Australia,  and  the  next  day  I  believe  it  was, 
there  was  a  conference  which  I  attended  with  General  Short,  and 
Wyman  was  present  at  the  same  time,  and  the  Commandant  of  Pearl 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1069 

Harbor,  at  which  arrangements  were  made  for  assistance  by  the 
[204:9]  Navy,  particularly  with  the  reconnaissance  planes,  to  start 
parties  out.  Within  48  hours  thereafter,  as  I  recall.  Colonel  Wyman 
had  reconnaissance  parties  out,  starting  out  to  various  places,  such  as 
Canton  and  Christmas,  those  two  islands  particularly,  and  plans  were 
being  made  for  him  to  start  the  work  at  once,  using,  as  I  recall,  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors'  forces. 

I  remained  with  him  about  two  days  and  came  back  to  San  Francisco 
by  plane,  commercial  liner,  and  after  getting  things  started  in  San 
Francisco,  a  place  to  procure  supplies,  and  get  them  over  to  him,  and 
other  things  which  he  needed,  I  went  to  Washington;  and  while  in 
Washington  I  reported  to  General  Arnold,  to  describe  to  him  what 
we  were  doing,  and  General  Arnold  was  much  interested  in  it  because 
he  had  apparently  initiated  the  order  to  construct  the  air  ferry  route. 

He  asked  me.  He  stated  that,  naturally,  to  get  to  the  Philippines 
by  way  of  Guam  and  Wake,  he  would  pass  through  these  Japanese 
possessions,  and  would  have  difficulty  conducting  any  air  ferry  route 
along  that  line,  and  therefore  he  waiited  one  by  way  of  Australia,  to 
avoid  the  Japanese  possessions.  He  asked  me  when  we  would  have 
it  completed,  and  I  said  it  would  not  be  completed  for  some  months, 
but  that  we  would  have  it  available  for  use  with  one  strip  available  at 
each  of  the  four  places  in  three  months — by  the  15th  of  January, 
1942— and  he  said  to  me,  "Well,  you  don't  think  they  can  do  that,  do 
you  T  I  said,  "Do  you  know  Wyman  ?"  He  said  he  knew  him  fairly 
well.  "Well,"  I  said,  "he  hasn't  failed  me  yet,  when  he  was  given  a 
mission  like  that  to  do."  It  was  completed,  ready  for  use,  on  Decem- 
ber 28,  nearly  three  weeks  ahead  of  time.  And  [2050]  when 
it  was  reported  to  Colonel  Fleming,  he  told  me  that  in  a  conference 
with  Admiral  Nimitz,  after  Pearl  Harbor,  at  Pearl  Harbor,  he  was 
present  at  a  conference  at  which  this  air  ferry  route  came  up,  and 
when  Admiral  Nimitz  learned  that  it  had  been  constructed,  or  had 
been  ready  for  use  in  less  than  three  months,  he  said  it  was  one  of  the 
miracles  of  the  war. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  sir,  was  one  of  the  reasons  why 
you  recommended  a  cost-plus  contract,  such  as  was  afterwards  signed, 
the  secret  nature  of  the  work? 

General  Hannum.  No,  no;  it  was  mainly  after  discussing  it.  I 
was  opposed  to  cost-plus  contracts.  In  the  South  Pacific  Division  I 
didn't  make  any,  I  didn't  allow  any  cost-plus  contracts  to  be  made, 
and  at  the  time  this  came  up  over  there,  I  didn't  want  to  make  theni ; 
but  after  discussing  it  with  Wyman  and  knowing  the  situation  with 
regard  to  the  Navy,  how  the  Navy  were  making  nothing  but  cost-plus 
contracts  over  there,  I  couldn't  see  any  method  of  accomplishing  the 
work  other  than  by  a  cost-plus  contract. 

Since  we  didn't  make  any  cost-plus  contracts  in  the  South  Pacific 
Division,  and  even  at  the  time  that  this  problem  came  up,  the  features 
of  the  cost-plus  contract  were  not  familiarly  known  outside  of  Wash- 
ington, and  they  were  not  particularly  well  known  even  in  Washington 
at  that  time,  in  the  Army. 

44.  Major  Clausex.  You  recall  having  written  a  letter  dated  5  June 
1944,  to  the  Chairman  of  the  House  Committee  on  Military  Affairs? 

General  Hannuih.  Yes,  I  did. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  a  copy  of  that,  sir? 


1070     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Hannum.  I  think  I  retained  a  copy ;  yes. 

[2051']  46.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  make  that  available  to 
the  Board,  please,  or  a  copy  of  your  copy  ? 

General  Hannum.  I  would  be  very  glad  to,  if  I  can  find  it.  Have  you 
a  copy,  there  ? 

47.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir ;  that  is  the  reason  I  am  asking  you  for 
the  copy,  sir.  I  have  not  seen  the  original,  and  my  notes  state  that  you 
informed  the  Chairman  that  you  authorized  Colonel  Wyman  to  nego- 
tiate the  basic  contract  as  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract,  because  of  the 
urgency  of  initiating  the  work,  the  secret  nature  of  the  work,  and  the 
indefiniteness.  Does  that  refresh  your  memory  as  to  whether  one  of 
the  reasons  was  the  secret  nature  of  the  work  ? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  there  were  some  features  of  the  work  that 
were  secret,  yes. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  Why,  General,  Avould  a  cost-plus  contract  be 
more  desirable  from  the  secret  nature  aspects  of  the  work? 

General  Hannum.  If  j^ou  made  a  fixed  contract,  you  would  have  to 
write  out  your  plans  and  specifications,  and,  normally,  advertise;  if 
3'ou  didn't  advertise,  you  would  have  to  call  in  a  number  of  contractors 
and  negotiate  with  them,  showing  them  the  plans  and  specifications. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  And  was  that  discussed,  then,  with  Colonel 
Wyman,  when  he  had  to  come  over  to  the  mainland  from  Hawaii? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  he  knew  in  a  general  way  what  he  was  nego- 
tiating for,  the  work  at  that  time,  but  he  also  realized,  we  all  realized 
that  the  amount  of  work  would  undoubtedly  be  increased  over  what  was 
contemplated  initially,  and  it  was  increased.  There  was  CAA  work 
involved  I  think  at  Canton  Island — yes. 

[£0S£]  50,  Major  Clausen.  I  refer  specifically,  General,  to  one 
of  the  reasons  assigned,  the  "secret  nature  of  the  work,"  as  to  whether 
the  secret  nature  of  the  work  and  the  desirability  therefore  of  having 
a  cost-plus  contract  for  that  reason  in  part,  were  discussed  with  Colonel 
Wyman  ? 

General  Hannum.  It  was  possible  to  keep  any  nature  of  work  secret. 
It  was  more  possible  to  keep  it  secret  under  a  cost-plus-fixed- fee  con- 
tract than  it  would  be  under  a  firm  contract,  due  to  procedure. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  discuss  that  with  Colonel  Wyman,  is 
my  question. 

General  Hannum.  No,  I  don't  know  that  I  did  discuss  that  with 
Colonel  Wyman.  Colonel  Wyman,  of  course,  knew  what  he  had  to  do ; 
he  knew  that  certain  features  were  secret,  and  particularly  as  I  recall, 
the  AWS  work  was  involved  at  that  time,  the  aircraft  warning  service 
work. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  had  you  met  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl 
on  any  occasion  up  to  December  1940? 

General  Hannum.  No;  I  did  not  meet  him  until  just  before  he  went 
over  to  Hawaii. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  receive  any  information.  General 
Hannum,  as  to  the  relations  which  existed  in  Los  Angeles  between  your 
district  engineer,  there,  Colonel  Wyman,  and  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl, 
which  were  apart  from  business? 

General  Hannum.  No.  I  have  heard  some  rumors.  I  heard  some 
rumors. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  What  were  they,  sir  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1071 

General  Hannum.  What  was  published  in  the  newspapers — that 
he  had  some  drinks  with  Rohl.  Rohl,  I  think,  was  a  heavy  [2053] 
drinker,  Wyman  was  not  a  heavy  drinker,  and  he  took  a  social  drink 
with  many  people,  on  occasion.  I  never  knew  Wyman,  if  you  are 
leading  up  to  that  point  of  Wyman's  sobriety,  I  would  say  that  I  have 
never  known  Wyman  in  mv  experience  to  be  drunk. 

55.  Major  Clausen.  With  regard  to  the  other  relations  that  are 
alleged  to  have  existed  between  Colonel  Wyman  and  Mr.  Rohl  during 
the  Los  Angeles  tour  of  duty  by  Colonel  'Wyman,  such  as  accepting 
expensive  entertainment  from  Rohl,  and  then  giving  Rohl's  company 
important  contracts.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  that  during  the  time  that 
Wyman  was  stationed  at  Los  Angeles  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  no ;  I  don't  think  Rohl  ever  had  a  contract 
under  Wyman,  after — ^Wyman  was  district  engineer  at  Los  Angeles 
when  I  came  out  here  as  division  engineer,  and  it  was  a  contract  for 
the  breakwater  which  Rohl  had,  which  had  been  made  before  I  ar- 
rived, and  I  think  the  contract  was  completed  before  I  arrived  out 
here. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  arrive  out  here.  General? 
General  Hannum.  In  January  1938. 

[£054]  57.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  I  understand,  then, 
that  you  know  nothing  of  these  alleged  conditions  that  existed  at 
Los  Angeles? 

General  Hannum.  I  have  no  first-hand  information  of  any  dis- 
creditable or  dishonorable  action  of  Wyman  with  Mr.  Rohl. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  And  when  was  it.  General,  that  you  heard 
these  rumors  that  you  stated  you  heard  concerning  the  drinking  ? 

General  Hannum.  It  was  only  after  it  came  out  in  the  newspapers, 
the  relation  between  Rohl  and  Wyman,  when  it  was  publicized. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  this  party,  Werner  Plack? 
General  Hannum.  Beg  pardon? 

60.  Major  Clausen.  AVerner  Plack,  P-1-a-c-k. 
General  Hannum.  No. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  read  this  House  Committee  on  Mili- 
tary Affairs  report  (indicating)  ? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  Are  you  acquainted  with  the  fact  that  shortly 
after  this  December  20,  1940,  contract  was  executed  it  developed  that 
the  contract  had  been  made  with  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  of 
which  Mr.  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  was  a  German  alien? 

General  Hannum.  The  contract  was  made  with  The  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors, and  The  Hawaiian  Constructors  was  a  partnership  as — 
well,  of  course  the  records  will  show"  what  it  was.  As  I  recall,  it  was 
the  Callahan  Construction  Company  represented  by  Mr.  Paul  Grafe, 
Rohl,  and  Shirley,  are  the  names,  as  I  recall.  The  contract  was  dated 
December  20,  1940.  It  was  later  than  that  before  Rohl  took  out  his 
final  papers,  citizenship  papers. 

[£055]  63.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  my  question  is  this:  When 
did  you  know  that  Rohl  would  have  to  take  out  his  papers? 

Gerieral  Hannum.  Not  until  Wyman  requested — we  got  a  telegram 
I  think  in  the  Division  office  from  Wyman  to  the  Chief  of  Engineers, 
asking  that  the  matter  of  Rohl's  citizenship  papers  be  expedited. 


1072     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

64.  Major  Clausen.  And  with  reference  to  December  20,  1940,  the 
date  of  the  contract,  when  did  you  receive  that  wire? 

General  Han  num.  That  was  Later,  some  months  later,  several 
months ;  in  the  next  year,  I  would  say,  1942,  because  it  was  1942  when 
I  was  over  there  in  May  of  1942.  Mr.  Paul  Grafe  went  over  by  plane 
with  me.  We  went  together  with  Wyman  to  look  over  the  work  on 
Oahu  that  was  under  construction,  and  that  evening  Wyman  told  Mr. 
Paul  Grafe  very  forcibly  that  he  would  have  to  remain  in  Hawaii  to 
supervise  that  work;  that  his  superintendent  of  construction  wasn't 
accomplishing  what  should  be  accomplished,  and  he  insisted  that  Mr. 
Grafe  or  some  member  of  the  firm  remain  in  Hawaii  to  supervise  the 
work;  that  his  superintendent  of  construction  was  not  satisfactory. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  it  that  Colonel  Wyman  sent  the  wire 
requesting  that  Rohl's  application  be  expedited? 

General  Hannum.  It  was  after  that  date,  I  think,  because  it  was 
after  that  that  Mr.  Paul  Grafe  probably  suggested  Rohl's  coming  over 
because  Paul  Grafe  didn't  want  to  remain  over  there. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  sir,  you  mentioned  that  that  occurred 
in  1942.     Aren't  you  mistaken  as  to  the  time  when  that  occurred? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  I  am  mistaken.     I  should  have  said  May  '41. 

67.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  do  you  recall.  General,  that 
[£0S6]         prior  to  that,  in  specifically  January  of  1941,  Colonel 

Wyman  wrote  to  Mr.  Kohl  to  come  to  Hawaii  ? 
General  Hannum.  January  '41  ? 

68.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir.     I  will  show  3'ou  a  copy  of  the  letter. 
General  Hannum.  I  don't  know  about  that.    When  did  Rohl  go? 

69.  Major  Clausen.  He  went  later. 

I  show  you  a  letter,  sir,  which  is  an  exhibit  in  this  I.  G.  report  of 
Colonel  Hunt,  dated  January  22,  1941,  which  reads  as  follows;  this  is 
to  Mr.  Rohl  from  Colonel  Wyman  : 

(Letter  of  January  22,  1941,  Colonel  Wyman  to  Mr.  Rohl  is  as 
follows:) 

Mr.  H.  W.  Rohl,  Rohl-Connoixy  Company, 

4351  Alhambra  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

Dear  Sir  :  Reference  is  made  to  Secret  Contract  No.  W-414-eng-602  with  The 
Hawaiian  Constructors  for  work  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

As  you  are  actively  interested  in  this  venture,  I  desire  you  to  proceed  to  Honolulu 
at  your  earliest  convenience  to  consult  with  the  District  Engineer  relative  to  ways 
and  means  to  accomplish  the  purpose  of  the  contract.  You  will  be  allowed  trans- 
portation either  by  clipper  or  steamboat,  both  ways,  and  travel  allowance  not  to 
exceed  $6.00  per  day  while  enroute  in  accordance  with  existing  laws  and 
regulations. 

You  will  make  application  to  either  the  District  [2051]  Engineer  at 
Los  Angeles  or  the  Division  Engineer,  South  Pacific  Division,  San  Francisco, 
for  transportation. 

Do  you  recall  having  a  copy  of  that  about  that  time  ? 
General  Hannum.  No.    Now,  I  don't  know  whether  that  is  on  file 
in  the  Division  office,  or  not.    I  don't  believe  it  is. 
(There  was  a  brief,  informal  recess.) 

70.  Major  Clausen.  I  was  asking  you.  General,  concerning  the 
letter  that  Colonel  Wyman  sent  to  Mr.  Rohl  in  January,  1941.  I 
believe  you  testified  that  you  did  not  recall  having  seen  a  copy  of  that. 

General  Hannum.  No;  that  my  present  recollection  is  that  this  is 
the  first  time  I  have  seen  that  or  known  about  it. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.    All  right. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1073 

With  regard  to  the  request  from  Colonel  Wyman  for  expediting 
the  application  for  citizenship,  do  you  know  whether  the  wire  was 
supplemented  by  letters  or  phon"^  calls  from  Colonel  Wyman  directed 
to  that  same  point  ? 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  recall  at  the  present  time  whether  there 
are  any  wires  or  not.  That  would  be  a  matter  of  record,  I  think,  in 
the  Division  Engineer's  office. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Did   yon   take   any   action   in   that   respect? 
General  Hannum.  No. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  sir,  having  seen  a  letter  from 
General  Kingman  to  Mr.  Schofield  at  the  Bureau  of  Immigration 
and  Naturalization,  dated  August  28th,  1941,  a  copy  of  which  is  set 
forth  on  page  5  of  this  House  Committee  Eeport  [indicating]  ? 

General  Hankum.  I  don't  recall  having  seen  that  letter,  but  I  do 
recall  now  that  General  Kingman  did — I  did  hear  that  he  [2058] 
had  taken  steps  to  assist  in  expediting  the  matter. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  first  hear  that.  General? 
General  Hannum.  It  was  during  the  time  that,  I  would  say,  just 

before  Rohl — it  must  have  been  probably  early  in  '42,  just  before — 
or  '41,  just  before  Rohl  went  over  there. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  the  first  time  that  you  learned  that 
Rohl  was  a  German  alien  ? 

General  Hannum.  Not  until  the  whole  matter  came  up,  as  is  in- 
dicated in  those  papers  which  you  have  presented. 

76.  General  Frank.  Which  was  about  when? 

General  Hannum.  I  would  say  in  the  spring  of  '41.  I  don't  know 
that  it  came  up  before  that.  I  could  tell  better  if  I  could  fix  definitely 
when  Rohl  went  to  Honolulu. 

77.  Major  Clausen.  We  are  informed  that  he  went  there  around 
about  September  15th  of  1941. 

General  Hannum.  Yes.  Well,  it  was  in  the  spring  or  summer,  in 
'41,  spring  or  summer,  then,  before — and  I  didn't  know  that  he  was 
an  alien  until  the  question  came  up  of  his  going  to  Honolulu  and  we 
finding  out  that  he  had  not  taken  out  citizenship  papers,  final  citizen- 
ship papers,  although  he  had  been  in  this  country  for  quite  a  number 
of  years  and  had  been  in  the  contracting  business  for  quite  a  number 
of  years. 

78.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  with  regard  to  the  delays  in  the  construc- 
tion program,  some  of  these  delays  mentioned  by  Colonel  Lyman, 
what  knowledge  did  you  have,  sir,  that  the  contracts  and  job  orders 
were  not  being  completed  on  time  with  respect  to  the  air  raid  warn- 
ing system? 

General  Hannum.  The  air  raid  warning  system  was  delayed  not 
only  in  Havraii  but  in  this  country  due  to  the  lack  of  receipt  [2059] 
of  instructions  from  Washington. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  Instructions  as  to  what,  sir? 

General  Hannum.  As  to  just  where  they  were  to  be  placed  and 
the  type  of  installation.  We  received  word  about  aircraft  warning 
service,  I  guess  it  was  in  '40.  We  got  instructions  suspending  action 
later,  and  it  was  nearly  a  year  from  the  time  we  received  the  first 
word  about  it  before  we  got  final  word  to  go  ahead  ancl  we  got  final 
definite  instructions.  All  that,  I  think,  can  be  verified,  if  you  wish, 
by  getting  copies  of  records  from  the  Division  office, 


1074     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

80.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  in  Hawaii? 

General  Hannum.  No.    Tlie  Division  office  in  San  Francisco. 

81.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  seen  those  records  yourself? 
General  Hannum.  Well,  the  instructions  came  through  the  office 

at  various  times  about  the  aircraft  warning  service,  and  they  all  were 
filed  in  the  office  there,  in  the  Division  office  undoubtedly  as  well  as 
in  the  District  office. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  they  would  be  forwarded  to  Honolulu. 

83.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  what  office  in  Washington 
was  responsible  for  the  delay  ? 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  know.  I  think  perhaps  the  delay  was 
justified  because  at  that  time  they  didn't  know  just  what  form  the 
installation  should  take  nor  the  locations  where  they  should  be 
placed.  For  example,  they  thought  initially  that  a  station  high  up 
would  be  the  best  place  for  a  station,  that  was  unobstructed,  and  later 
they  found  that  a  plane  running,  skimming  alon^  low,  would  not  be 
contacted.  So  in  many  places  where  we  put  stations,  where  stations 
were  i^lanned  high  up,  they  were  either  moved  down  or  alternate 
stations  placed  lower  down. 

[meO]  84.  General  Frank.  Well,  was  it  the  Signal  Corps  that 
was 

General  Hannum.  The  Signal  Corps  were  responsible  for  the  de- 
sign and  the  installation,  and  the  Engineers  were  the  construction 
agency.    The  Engineers  were  not  responsible  for  the  initiation  of  it. 

85.  General  Frank.  The  Signal  Corps  were  responsible  for  the 
design  and  for  the  selection  of  the  sites? 

General  Hannum.  Yes.    We  did  not  select  the  sites. 

80.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

87.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  isn't  it  correct,  though.  General,  that  as 
early  as  1939  studies  had  been  made  by  a  board  of  officers  of  which 
then  Captain  Fleming  was  a  member,  and  sites  determined  for  fixed 
A.  W.  S.  stations? 

General  Hannum.  That  is  probably  true. 

88.  Major  Clausen.  And  isn't  it  also  true • 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  know.  I  say  it  is  probably  true.  I 
don't  recall. 

89.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

90.  General  Frank.  In  Honolulu,  you  mean  ? 
General  Hannum.  Yes. 

91.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir. 
General  Hannum.  In  Honolulu? 

92.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

General  Hannum.  Yes.  Captain  Fleming  was  at  that  time,  I  be- 
lieve. Assistant  to  the  Department  Engineer. 

93.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  this  study  by  the  Board  at  that  time 
there  were  certain  fixed  stations  which  were  later  carried  over  to  this 
contract  ? 

General  Hannum.  With  perhaps  modifications,  I  would  say. 

[2061]  94.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  Well,inany  event,no  A.  W.  S. 
stations  of  a  permanent  type  were  constructed  prior  to  December  7, 
were  they,  sir,  1941? 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  know,  but  I  recall  very  definitely  that 
that  work  in  Hawaii  was  suspended  by  instructions  from  Washington. 

95.  General  Frank.  All  of  it? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1075 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  on  account  of  the  lack  of  indefiniteness  of 
just  what  features  were  to  be  carried  out. 

96.  General  Frank.  Lack  of  definiteness  or  indefiniteness? 
General  Hannfm.  Lack  of  definiteness,  or  it  was  not  definitely 

settled  at  tliat  time.  There  were  some  changes,  modifications,  wdiich 
apparently  in  Washington  they  discovered  would  have  to  be  made, 
from  the  experience  which  had  been  gained  presumably  abroad.  I 
don't  know.  I  never  understood  why  the  work  was  delayed  or 
suspended. 

97.  General  Frank.  In  any  event,  you  think  it  was  technical  ? 
General  Hannum.  Technical,  yes. 

98.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  attribute  the  delays  to  the  suspension 
of  the  work  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes. 

99.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Well,  now,  you  say  these  instruc- 
tions came  from  Washington  to  the  Division  Engineer  at  San 
Francisco  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes. 

100.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  the  Division  Engineer? 
General  Hannum.  I  was  the  Division  Engineer.    They  were  trans- 
mitted through  me  to  Honolulu,  in  so  far  as  Honolulu  was  affected. 

[2062]  101.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.  And  when  were  those  in- 
structions received  here,  sir? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  I  don't  know.  I  would  have  to  look  up 
the  records  to  find  out. 

102.  Major  Clausen.  Will  you  do  that,  sir? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  of  course,  my  station  at  Sacramento,  I  think 
you  could  get  that  by  telephoning  to  the  Division  office.  Colonel 
Corey  is  the  executive  office  in  the  Division  office  down  town. 

103.  Major  Clausen.  I  perhaps  could  not  describe  it,  sir,  with  the 
particularity  that  you  could,  if  you  jogged  your  memory  on  that. 

General  Hannum.  Yes. 

104.  Major  Clausen.  I  think  the  Board  would  appreciate  it,  since 
we  are  working  against  time,  if  you  could  do  that. 

General  Hannum.  Very  good.  I  will  try  to  have  that  assembled. 
I  will  have  to  come  down  next  week  some  time,  then.  How  long  will 
the  Board  be  in  town  here? 

105.  Major  Clausen.  We  shall  be  in  town  for  a  week.  And  in  the 
event  the  records  could  be  searched  by  somebody  down  there  at  your 
request,  if  the  Board  has  already  left  we  could  perhaps  review  them 
in  Hawaii. 

General  Hannum.  Very  good. 

106.  Major  Clausen.  Or  on  our  return. 
General  Hannum.  Yes. 

107.  General  Grunert.  May  I  ask  a  question  there :  You  have  refer- 
ence now  to  fixed  stations  as  such,  as  distinguished  from  mobile  sta- 
tions? 

General  Hannum.  Oh,  yes. 

108.  General  Grunert.  For  air  warning? 

[206o]  General  Hannum.  Yes.  We  completed  the  filter  here. 
We  were  able  to  complete  the  filter  stations  and  the  control  stations 
in  San  Francisco  and  Los  Angeles  about  a  week  before  Pearl  Harbor 
happened.     A  week  or  two  weeks,  something  like  that. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 19 


1076     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

109.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  what  knowledge  do  you  have  concerning 
delays  in  the  construction  of  underground  gasoline  storage  tanks? 

General  Hannum.  That  was  delayed  due  to  lack  or  difficulty  of 
getting  the  Navy — I  think  that  was  the  combined  storage  you  are 
speaking  of,  for  the  Army  and  Navy ;  is  that  right  ? 

110.  Major  Clausen.  All  we  know  is  that  there  were  contracts  for 
underground  gasoline  storage. 

General  Hannum.  Yes. 

111.  Major  Clausen.  Including  facilities  at  Bellows  Field. 
General  Hannum.  Yes.     That  was  at  Bellows  Field? 

112.  Mayor  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

General  Hannum.  Or  was  it  up  near  Wheeler  Field? 

113.  Major  Clausen.  Bellows  Field  is  one  in  particular. 
General  Hannum.  I  do  not  recall  that  one.     I  recall  the  one  up 

near  Wheeler  Field. 

114.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  in  any  event 

General  Hannum.  That  was  up  near  Wheeler  Field.  As  I  recall, 
that  was  the  combined  underground  gasoline  storage,  combined  for 
Army  and  Navy,  and  there  were  technical  difficulties  involved  in  the 
plans  for  that,  and  also  difficulties  involved  in  getting  coordination 
between  the  Army  and  Navy  requirements,  particularly  as  to  the  un- 
loading point  in  JPearl  Harbor  for  pumping  the  gas  up  to  the  storage 
tanks. 

115.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  with  regard  to  these  delays,  did  you 
[2064]  inform  high^^r  authority  of  the  fact  that  there  were  these 
delays  occurring? 

General  Hannum.  The  delays  were  due  to  action  coming  from 
Washington. 

116.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  state:  Did  you  inform  the  Chief  of 
Engineers  of  those  delays? 

General  Hannum.  The  Chief  Engineers  knew  of  them  because  he 
was  the  one,  or  they  were  issued  from  his  office.  The  instructions  were 
issued  from  his  office. 

117.  Major  Clausen.  I  understood  you  to  say  that  they  were  issued 
from  the  Signal  Corps,  concerning  the  A.  W.  S. 

General  PI  annum.  Whatever  came  from  the  Signal  Corps  came 
through  the  Chief  of  Engineers  Office  to  us  out  here.  The  Chief 
Engineers  was  in  contact  with  the  Signal  Corps  in  Washington  and 
received  the  plans  and  other  details  from  the  Signal  Office  presumably 
in  Washington,  and  then  transmitted  them  to  the  field. 

118.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

Now,  General,  what  did  you  do  about  speeding  up  the  work  over 
there  on  these  things?  Did  you  complain  to  people  of  these  delays 
that  were  occurring  in  the  A.  W.  S.  ? 

General  Hannum.  What  delays  are  you  speaking  about? 

119.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  am  just  referring  to  the  A.  W.  S., 
the  air  raid  warning  system. 

General  Hannum.  There  was  nothing  to  be  done.  We  got  in- 
structions to  suspend  and  await  further  instructions. 

120.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  any  instructions  to  Colonel 
Wyman  at  any  time  that  this  w^as  a  matter  of  prime  importance,  that 
these  defense  installations  be  constructed  as  speedily  as  [206S] 
possible  ? 

General  Hannum.  Certainly. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1077 

121.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  tell  liim  that? 

General  Hannum.  Certainly,  and  he  realized  that,  too.  Everybody 
realized  it. 

122.  Major  Clausen.  I  mean  did  you  specifically  tell  him  that? 
General  Hannum.  "Well,  I  don't  know  that  I  did  specifically  tell 

him  that.     There  was  plenty  of  correspondence  which  might,  relating 
to  the  matter,  probably  still  in  the  files. 

123.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  during  1941  when  the  construction  was 
going  on  up  to  December  Tth,  did  you — or  rather,  let  me  ask  the  ques- 
tion this  way:  What  were  y^ur  functions  with  regard  to  the  carrying 
out  of  the  contract  that  we  have  referred  to  ? 

General  Hannum.  Supervision  only.  -  - 

124.  Major  Clausen.  Of  whom  and  of  what? 

General  Hannum.  Supervision  of  the  work  that  was  being  carried 
on  in  the  district. 

125.  Major  Clausen.  How  did  the  Hawaiian  Department  Com- 
mander, Commanding  General,  get  into  that  picture? 

General  Hannum.  Pie  didn't  fit  into  it  until  after  the  work  was 
turned  over  to  him  in  the  spring  of  1942.  Wait  a  minute.  Well,  he 
did  fit  into  it  in  this  way :  For  instance,  when  that  air  ferry  route  to 
Australia  was  constructed  we  were  directed  to  have  the  Division  Engi- 
neer and  the  District  Engineer  to  report  to  General  Short,  the  Depart- 
ment Commander,  and  we  did  so.  In  addition  to  that,  when  I  was  out 
there,  I  think  it  was  in  May  of  '41,  I  directed  Colonel  Wyman  to  put 
the  installations  in  in  accordance  with  General  Short's  wishes. 

For  example,  we  had  money  for  Wheeler  Field  and  for  certain 
[2066]  installations  at  Hickam  Field,  and  General  Short  did  not 
wish  to  put  those  installations  in  there  and  crowd  and  congest  those 
places,  and  he  wanted  to  open  up  Bellows  Field,  and  authority  was 
given  to  open  up  Bellows  Field;  and  construction  that  was  intended — 
barracks  and  things  like  that  which  were  intended  for  Hickam  Field, 
Wheeler  Field,  were  put  in  at  Bellows  Field  and  the  work  was  pushed 
hard,  including  the  preparation  of  a  flight  strip,  although  the  flight 
strip  had  not  been  approved  as  a  project  in  Washington,  and  that  flight 
strip  was  not  completed  on  December  Tth  because  it  couldn't  be  com- 
pleted with  the  mone}'  and  time  available,  mainl}^  the  money  available. 

126.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  you  ever  get  any  request  from  the 
Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  to  speed  up  this 
work  ? 

General  Hannum.  No.  When  I  saw  General  Short  he  seemed  to  be 
very  well  satisfied.  I  went  around  with  him  in  May  of  1941  and  also  in 
October  of  1941  when  I  was  out  there. 

127.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  functions  at  this  end  of 
procuring,  getting  priorities  on,  or  expediting  delivery  of  supplies  or 
equipment  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes;  we  were  the  procurement  agency  here  in 
the  division  office  for  all  the  supplies  and  personnel  for  the  district 
engineer,  and  particularly  after  Pearl  Harbor  and  even  before  Pearl 
Harbor  we  had  great  difficulty  in  getting  transportation  to  get  them 
out  there. 

128.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  difficulty  in  getting  equip- 
ment because  of  the  scarcity  ? 

General  Hannum.  It  took  time,  but  we  were  able  to  get  them. 

129.  General  Frank.  Priorities? 


1078     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[£067]  General  Hannum.  The  critical  items  under  the  priority 
system  didn't  go  into  effect,  I  believe,  until  some  time  after  Pearl 
Harbor,  but  we  got  numerous  pieces  of  equipment. 

130.  General  Frank.  Scarcity  of  material  and  lack  of  shipping; 
was  that  it  ? 

General  Hannum.  No;  it  was  lack  of  shipping  space.  Both  the 
Army  Transport  Service,  and  particularly  the  Army  Transport  Serv- 
ice at  that  time,  and  the  Navy,  how^ever,  helped  us  out  on  getting  over 
a  good  deal  of  supplies  and  personnel. 

131.  General  1^'rank.  There  was  no  scarcity  of  shipping? 
General  Hannum.  Scarcity  of  shipping?     There  was  scarcity  of 

shipping,  yes.     There  was  no  scarcity  of  materials.     I  thought  you 
referred  to  materials. 

132.  General  Frank.  I  know,  but  I  am  trying  to  find  out  what  could 
have  delayed  construction,  if  there  was  a  scarcity  of  shipping. 

General  Hannum.  What  delayed  construction  was  mainly  a  scarcity 
of  qualified  labor.  If  there  is  any  delay  in  construction,  construction 
could  have  gone  ahead  a  good  deal  faster  if  we  could  have  gotten 
qualified  labor  over  there  promptly,  and  qualified  supervision.  That 
office,  the  work  in  the  District  office  increased  perhaps  ten-fold  in 
December  of  1942,  and  they  didn't  have  the  personnel  there  to  handle 
it,  the  qualified  personnel  either  in  the  field  or  in  the  office,  and  it  was 
very  ditlicult  to  secure  qualified  personnel  at  that  time. 

133.  General  Grunert,  Wliose  business  was  it  to  get  that  qualified 
personnel  ?     The  contractor  ? 

General  Hannum.  No.  The  contractor,  yes,  for  his  oAvn  work,  and 
the  Division  office  helped  him  on  that.  For  the  office  work  [2068] 
in  the  District  office,  initially  the  District  office  itself,  which  in  so  far 
as  local  sources  were  concerned,  in  so  far  as  sources  here  were  con- 
cerned, we  did  endeavor  to  secure  the  personnel  which  was  requested, 
and  even  after  Colonel  Lyman  took  over  that  office,  even  for  some 
months  after  that  it  still  was  not  operating  efficiently  administra- 
tively. 

134.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  with  reference  to  the  letters  that  I  read 
to  you  from  Colonel  Lyman  to  General  Reybold,  do  you  recall  that 
Colonel  Wyman  was  relieved  shortly  after  that  second  letter  was 
written  ? 

General  Hannum.  He  was  relieved,  as  I  recall,  by  an  order  w^hich 
placed  the  work  directly  under  the  Commanding  General  of  the 
Hawaiian  Department,  the  same  as  it  had  been  placed  under  the  Com- 
manding General  in  Alaska. 

135.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  get  a  copy  of  a  letter  from  General 
Reybold  answering  the  letter  of  27  February,  1942,  this  letter  from 
General  Reybold  to  Colonel  Lyman  dated  March  16th,  1942,  stating 
that  the  re-assignment  of  Colonel  Wyman  was  going  to  be  effected? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

136.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  in  any  event,  did  you  have  anything  to 
do  with  his  relief  yourself? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

137.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  his  assign- 
ment to  the  Canol  Project? 

General  Hannum.  No,  sir. 

138.  Major  Clausen.  Or  up  there  to  Alaska? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1079 

General  Hannum.  No. 

139.  Major  Clausen.  Do  yon  know  whether  on  this  Canol  Project 
[2069]  he  was  reprimanded  under  the  104th  Article  of  War  for 
failing  to  observe  safety  precautions,  resulting  in  part  in  the  Dawson 
Creek  explosion  ? 

General  Hannum.  No.  That  Canol  Project  was  not  under  my 
direction. 

140.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

Sir,  with  regard  to  this  letter  from  General  Kingman  to  Mr.  Scho- 
field  dated  August  28th,  1941,  what  did  you  have  to  do  with  that  letter 
yourself  ? 

General  Hannum.  With  this  letter? 

141.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

General  Hannum.  By  General  Kingman  to  Schofield? 

142.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

General  Hannum.  I  don't  know  that  I  had  anything  to  do  with  it 
unless  I  sent  a  letter  to  Kingman  about  the  case.  I  don't  recall  that, 
though. 

143.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  would  you  make  inquiry  in  that  respect 
also  at  the  Division  Engineer's  office  here? 

I  have  no  further  questions. 

\2070']  144.  General  Frank.  Did  you  state  that  you  knew  noth- 
ing about  the  association  of  Wyman  and  Rohl  in  Los  Angeles? 

General  Hannum.  No  ;  I  did  not  know  of  any  relationship  between 
Wyman  and  Rohl.  I  Imew  that  Rohl  was  a  contractor,  but  I  had  no 
knowledge  of  any  particular  social  relations  or  other  relations,  other 
than  official,  that  Wyman  may  have  had  with  Rohl. 

145.  General  Frank.  When  Wyman  had  the  supervision  of  this 
contract  in  which  Rohl  was  involved,  in  Los  Angeles,  was  he  then 
under  your  jurisdiction  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  General  Kingman  was  then  Division  Engi- 
neer, here.  I  relieved  General  Kingman,  here,  in  January  1938,  and 
that  contract,  as  I  recall,  for  the  breakwater  had  been  made  the  year 
or  two  before  that. 

146.  General  Frank.  The  contract  had  been  made,  but  Wyman  was 
operating  down  there,  in  1938  and  1939,  while  you  were  the  division 
engineer  here? 

General  Hannuini.  Wyman  went  out  there  in  1935,  I  believe. 

147.  General  Frank.  Out  where. 

General  Hannum.  To  Los  Angeles.  He  was  assigned  as  district 
engineer  in  1935  or  1936,  along  about  that  time. 

148.  General  Frank.  And  when  did  he  go  to  Honolulu? 
General  Hannum.  He  went  out  there  in  1939  or  1940,  as  I  recall. 

149.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  he  was  in  Los  Angeles  for  over  a 
year  under  your  jurisdiction  while  you  were  division  engineer  here? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  yes;  that  is  correct. 

150.  General  Frank.  And  you  knew  nothing  of  his  associations? 
[2071]         General  Hannum.  No,  no.     I  don't  know  that  he  had 

any  association  with  Rohl  during  the  period  that  he  was  district  engi- 
neer, after  my  arrival.  It  never  came  to  my  attention.  We  had  no 
contracts  with  Rohl  in  the  Los  Angeles  district,  at  that  time. 

151.  General  Frank.  When  did  they  have  the  breakwater  contract 
down  there  ? 


1080     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Hannum.  That  breakwater  v;as  finished,  as  I  recall,  in 
December  19o8. 

152.  General  Frank.  What  kind  of  system  or  arrangement  did  you 
have  as  division  engineer  to  check  on  your  district  engineers? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  when  the  engineering  papers  came  in, 
these  plans  and  specifications  were  reviewed  in  the  engineering  divi- 
sion in  my  office,  and  comments  submitted  to  me,  and  I  passed  on  them, 
and  the  contracts  at  tliat  time  had  to  be  approved  in  Washington. 
Copies  of  the  contract  came  to  my  office.  We  had  copies  of  the  con- 
tract, plans  and  specifications,  and  I  went  out  and  inspected  the  work 
with  the  district  engineer,  to  inspect  the  progress,  and  also  see  whether 
the  work  was  being  carried  out,  and  discussed  with  him  as  to  whether 
it  was  being  carried  out  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications. 

153.  General  Frank.  Did  he  know  when  you  were  coming,  gener- 
ally? 

General  Hannum.  Generally  speaking,  I  think  he  did ;  yes.  I  cus- 
tomarily let  him  know  when  I  was  coming,  to  make  sure  that  they 
would  be  there  when  I  arrived. 

154.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  organization  under  which 
[£072]  you  had  an  administrative  inspector  go  into  a  district  t(? 
find  out  how  the  work  was  being  done  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes;  that  is  required  by  the  Engineer  Depart- 
ment regulations.  Administrative  auditors  and  inspectors  go  out,  as 
1  recall  now  it  was  at  least  tw^ice  a  year — at  least  once  a  year,  and 
perhaps  twice  a  year. 

155.  General  Frank.  But  they  are  more  in  the  nature  of  auditors, 
and  their  work  is  not  in  the  nature  of  making  inspections  along  the 
line  that  the  War  Department  inspectors  generally  make,  is  that 
correct  ? 

General  Hannum.  It  is  an  audit  of  the  accounts,  and  the  records  of 
the  district  office,  yes — an  administrative  inspection  of  all  the  admin- 
istrative records  of  the  office. 

156.  General  Frank.  You  did  not  have  any  arrangement  in  your 
system  of  finding  out  what  the  personal  operations  of  your  district 
engineers  were,  did  you? 

General  HANNu:\r.  I  don't  know  what  you  mean  by  "personal  opera- 
tions." 

157.  General  Frank.  I  mean  socially. 
General  PIannum.  Personal  contacts? 

158.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Hannum.  No,  no ;  only  what  would  be  observed  by  the  di- 
vision engineer  going  out  and  contacting  the  district  engineer  and 
knowing  the  persons  with  whom  he  happened  to  be  associating. 

159.  General  Frank.  If  he  knew  you  were  coming,  and  he  had  good 
sense,  he  would  not  disclose  anything  that  was  not  proper,  do  you 
think  ? 

General  Hannum.  So  far  as  I  observed  at  any  time  there  was  no 
suspicion  of  any  guilt  on  the  part  of  Wyman  in  his  social  [£07S] 
contacts. 

160.  General  Frank.  That  is,  so  far  as  you  know;  but  I  am  still 
talking  about  some  sort  of  set-up  in  your  machinery  to  find  that  out. 
Did  you  have  any  sort  of  arrangement  to  find  that  out  ? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1081 

General  Haxnum.  You  would  set  np  such  an  arrangement  as  that 
only  if  you  were  suspicious  of  somebody,  wouldn't  you?  A  brother 
officer,  you  wouldn't  suspect  that  he  was  carrying  on  some  improper 
relations  with  someone. 

161.  General  Frank.  The  War  Department  has  a  whole  Inspector 
GenoraFs  system  set  up  that  makes  just  that  kind  of  inspection  ar- 
rangement; and  the  engineers  had  none  of  it  in  their  districts  and 
divisions,  evidently. 

General  Hannun.  Nothing — no,  no  regular  set  program  of  any- 
thing like  that ;  no. 

162.  General  Frank.  A  condition  of  injudicious,  improper  asso- 
ciation between  a  disti'ict  engineer  and  a  contractor  could  have  existed 
then  without  your  knowing  anything  about  it  ? 

General  Hannun.  Oh,  you  mean  in  a  monetary  or  a  pecuniary 
way? 

163.  General  Frank.  I  mean  this :  Do  you  think  that  it  is  proper 
for  a  district  engineer  to  accept  entertainment  continuously,  to  be  on 
parties  continuously,  to  be  over  a  period  of  time  intoxicated  with  a 
contractor  with  whom  the  district  engineer  is  doing  business? 

General  Hannum.  No,  no. 

164.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  am  talking  about. 
General  Hannum.  Yes,  yes;  but  I  don't  know  that  that  has  been 

established,    in    the    case    between    Wyman    and    Rohl,         [3074] 
though. 

165.  General  Frank.  You  have  heard  no  reports  to  that  effect? 
General  Hannum.  I  have  heard  in  recent  months  some  allegations 

to  that  effect. 

166.  General  Frank.  This  happened  when  he  was  operating  under 
your  jurisdiction. 

General  Hannum.  Where  and  when,  if  I  may  ask?  Well,  I  don't 
know  that  that  is  important,  sir. 

167.  General  Frank.  I  am  trying  to  find  out  if  the  organization  in 
the  Engineer  Corps  was  based  on  an  absolute  trust  of  the  next  sub- 
ordinate, with  almost  no  check  on  him. 

General  Hannum.  There  are  numerous  checks,  to  see  that  the  work 
is  being  carried  out  as  planned  and  as  specified,  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations. 

168.  General  Frank.  What  was  your  measure  of  efficiency  and 
achievement  ? 

General  Hannum.  The  character  of  the  work,  and  the  progress  of 
the  work. 

169.  General  Frank.  Specifically,  who  finds  that  out,  or  who  did 
find  that  out  when  you  were  division  engineer  {' 

General  Hannum.  Well,  I  found  it  out,  myself,  by  the  reports  that 
came  in.  The  reports  of  operations  that  came  in,  under  the  various 
contracts,  and  also  by  personal  inspections,  and  when  the  work  be- 
came so  lieavy  that  there  were  so  many  projects,  one  man  couldn't 
cover  it,  I  had  additional  assistants  to  go  out  and  check  the  progress 
of  the  work. 

170.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  check  on  Wyman's  sobriety? 
General  Hannum.  I  have  been  with  him  on  a  number  of  occasions, 

and  have  taken  a  social  drink  with  him.     My  custom         [3075]        is 


1082     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

to  take  one  or  two,  and  stop,  because  I  never  like  to  lose  control  of 
myself  mentally.  Wyman  would  take  more  than  that;  but  I  have 
never  seen  him,  as  I  say,  lose  control  of  himself,  or  be  drunk. 

171.  General  Frank.  Are  you  conversant  with  the  congressional 
investigation  of  the  Rohl- Wyman  association? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

172.  General  Frank.  Are  you  conversant  with  the  California  State 
investigation  that  involved  Rohl  and  Wyman? 

General  Hannum.  No,  only  what  I  saw  by  way  of  extracts  of  what 
was  published  in  the  newspapers. 

173.  General  Frank.  I  suggest  you  read  them. 

Now,  in  answer  to  the  question  that  I  asked  about  a  type  of  asso- 
ciation between  district  engineer  and  contractor,  you  did  not  answer 
that  question,  if  it  were  proper  for  a  district  engineer  to  continuously 
do  those  things. 

General  Hannum.  I  think  I  answered  no  to  your  question.  General. 
I  think  I  answered  no  to  that  general  question  that  you  gave. 

174.  General  Frank.  That  it  was  not  ? 

General  Hannum.  It  was  not  a  proper  thing,  as  you  say,  to  accept 
entertainment  from  him,  and  gratuitous  gifts. 

175.  General  Frank.  No,  I  didn't  say  anything  about  gratuitous 
gifts,  but  continuous  entertainment,  and  to  establish  an  intimate  per- 
sonal association. 

General  Hannum.  Well,  I  don't  think  that  an  engineer  officer  or 
any  contract  officer  should  be  denied  the  privilege  of  social  contact 
with  a  contractor  just  because  he  happens  to  be  a  contractor.  That's 
a  personal,  social  relationship  outside  [2076]  of  business; 
provided  he  doesn't  let  that  interfere  with  his  business,  official  status. 

176.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  discussed  with  Colonel  Hunt,  his 
report,  if  you  did,  do  you  know  that  that  report  of  Colonel  Hunt 
shows,  wholly  aside  from  the  other  aspect,  that  the  intimate  social 
relationship  which  existed  between  Rohl  and  Wyman  impaired 
Wyman's  efficiency  as  an  officer? 

General  Hannum.  I  don't.  I  haven't  seen  Colonel  Hunt's  report. 
He  did  not  show  that  to  me. 

177.  Major  Clausen.  You  wouldn't  condone,  for  example,  would 
you,  sir,  the  entertainment  of  an  Army  officer  by  a  contractor,  with 
booze  and  liquor  and  women  and  wild  soirees  in  a  hotel? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  I  wouldn't  condone  that  on  the  part  of 
an  officer  with  a  contractor,  nor  anyone  else  that  he  might  associate 
with. 

178.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  made  your  answer  to  General 
Frank,  you  did  not  mean  that  that  is  the  type  of  entertainment  he 
should  accept? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

179.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  that  is  wrong,  isn't  it, 
sir? 

General  Hannum.  That  is  not  proper  conduct ;  no. 

180.  General  Frank.  And  when  that  continues  over  a  period  of 
several  months  or  years,  as  in  Los  Angeles,  it  seems  peculiar  that  it 
should  continue  without  the  next  higher  authority  in  some  measure 
knowing  something  about  it,  over  that  length  of  time,  through  some 
kind  of  reporting  or  inspection  system. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1083 

General  Haxxum.  Well,  all  I  can  say  is  that  in  all  my  visits,  there, 
neither  he  nor  anyone  in  the  office,  nor  anyone  [2077]  else 
with  Avhom  I  met  down  there  ever  mentioned  it  to  me;  and  I  met  quite 
a  few  people  in  Los  Angeles,  at  vai-ious  times. 

181.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  get  any  report  on  him  through 
General  Connoll}^,  who  was  operating  down  there  in  that  vicinity? 

General  Hannum.  As  to  his  conduct  ?     No. 

182.  General  Frank.  Do  you  ever  inquire  as  to  the  standing  of 
your  district  engineers  in  the  community  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  yes;  tliat  is  quite  evident,  in  many  places 
and  cases. 

183.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  inquire  as  to  his  standing  in 
Los  Angeles,  through  other  than  the  contractors,  of  course? 

General  Hannum.  Well,  I  don't  know  that  I  specifically  made  a 
point  of  inquiring  as  to  his  conduct,  but  by  talking  to  contractors  and 
others  who  were  associated  with  the  district  engineers,  personalities 
or  rumors  would  naturally  come  up,  if  there  were  any.  I  saw  Con- 
nolly down  there  several  times,  and  Connolly's  remark  about  Wyman's 
work  was  that  he  found  difficulty  in  coordinating  his  work  with 
Wyman,  on  account  of  W3"man's  insistence  on  getting  specific  qualified 
personnel  instead  of  taking  run-of-the-mine,  that  is  to  say,  the  WPA 
personnel. 

184.  General  Frank.  The  congressional  investigation  and  the  Cali- 
fornia State  investigation  have  indicated  a  continuous  situation  of 
close  personal  association,  with  constantly  recurring,  rather  wild 
parties,  over  a  period  of  time. 

General  Hannum.  Well,  I  don't  see  how  that  could  have  been  true, 
while  Wyman  was  in  Los  Angeles  and  I  was  division  engineer,  because 
he  showed  no  sign  of  the  effects  of  it,  whatever,  on  my  visits. 

185.  General  Frank.  Nevertheless,  we  have  tliese  investigations 
[2078]  and  reports  by  governmental  agencies;  and  you  cannot 
ignore  a  congressional  investigation,  nor  a  State  investigation. 

Now,  what  I  am  coming  to  is,  this  situation  existed,  and  the  next 
higher  commander,  who  was  responsible  for  keeping  W}inan  in  line, 
was  yourself. 

General  Hannum.  Well,  as  I  say,  I  don't  know  who  gave  the  testi- 
mony, nor  the  character  of  the  testimony  that  was  given;  and  was 
there  anything  to  indicate  that  there  was  any  connivance  with  the 
contractor  in  a  pecuniary  way? 

186.  General  Frank.  I  suggest  you  read  the  official  reports  that 
exist.  What  I  was  after  was  trying  to  determine  what  kind  of  system 
existed  in  your  office,  to  check  on  the  behavior  of  your  subordinates, 
and  evidently  other  than  your  own  visits? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  other  than  my  own  visit,  or  reports;  per- 
sons who  might  be  sent  fi'om  my  office  down  there  to  visit,  and  what 
they  might  have  observed ;  and  there  were  others  who  went  down 
there,  under  my  orders,  administrative  officers  and  engineer  personnel ; 
and  no  such  reports  of  conduct  like  that  ever  came  to  me. 

187.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  the  man  was  out  there  on 
his  own,  and  if  the  reports  of  such  operations  came  to  you,  they  were 
incidental  rather  than  tlirough  predetermined  methods? 

General  Hannum.  Yes;  they  were  incidental  to  a  visit  for  other 
purposes,  and  not  the  check  on  a  man's  personal  conduct. 


1084    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

188.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  do  you  know  Mr.  Martin,  the  attorney 
for  INIr.  Kohl,  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  ? 

General  Hannum.  No  ;  I  do  not  know  him. 

189.  Major  Clausen.  Yon  said  that  von  discussed  Wyman's  eon- 
duct  with  Mr.  Connolly? 

[2079]         Genera]  Hannum.     No. 

190.  Major  Claifsen.  You  meant  General  Connolly? 

General  Hannum.  General  Connolly.  I  did  not  discuss  his  conduct, 
I  discussed  the  relationship  between  General  Connolly,  when  he  was 
in  charge  of  WPA  in  Los  Angeles,  and  Wyman,  who  was  district 
engineer.  Wyman  was  securing  WPA  personnel  from  General  Con- 
nolly, to  carry  on  his  work. 

191.  Major  Clausen.  I  understand. 

General  Hannum.  His  work,  which  was  flood-control  work,  was 
being  carried  on  to  relieve  unemployment. 

192.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  discuss  Colonel  Wyman  with 
Mr.  Kohl  at  this  time,  when  Colonel  Wyman  was  stationed  down  at 
Los  Angeles? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

193.  Major  Clausen.  Or  with  any  member  of  Rohl-Connolly  Com- 
pany ? 

General  Hannum.  No;  and  as  I  say,  I  don't  think  I  saw  Mr.  Rohl 
but  once,  in  my  office. 

194.  General  Frank.  After  this  kind  of  association  that  we  have 
just  mentioned,  do  j^ou  think  it  was  good  judgment  on  the  part  of 
Wyman  to  ask  for  Rohl  to  be  sent  over,  to  become  intimately  associated 
with  him  again  in  Honolulu  ? 

General  Hannum.  No;  if  he  had  that  relationship,  and  he  knew  of 
it,  I  think  he  was  foolish  to  ask  for  him  to  come  over  there  to  continue 
it ;  but  the  reason  that  Rohl  was  taken  into  the  partnership  was  because 
he  had  floating  plant,  and  he  was  the  only  one  that  had  floating  plant 
available,  which  was  needed  over  there  in  carrying  on  the  work  over 
there  in  Hawaii.     Floating  plant  was  very  difficult  to  get  at  that  time, 

195.  JNIajor  Clausen.  Aren't  you  mistaken  as  to  that,  sir  ?  [2080] 
Wasn't  the  floating  plant  desirable  with  respect  to  the  Canol  project? 

General  Hannum.  No.  We  needed  floating  plant  over  there.  We 
had  very  great  difficulty  in  getting  suitable  floating  plant  to  do  the 
work  on  those  outlying  islands  where  there  was  no  water,  no  fresh 
water,  no  food,  everything  had  to  be  imported,  had  difficulty  in  getting 
ships  to  take  it  out  to  the  islands. 

196.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  it,  sir,  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  in  your 
office? 

General  Hannum,  As  I  recall,  just  before  he  finally  went  over  to 
Honolulu.  He  came  in  to  see  if  we  could  assist  him  in  getting  trans- 
portation over,  and  he  saw  me  at  that  time,  and  I  didn't  likehis  ap- 
pearance at  the  time. 

197.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  wrong  with  it? 

General  HANNuar.  Well,  he  didn't  appear  to  be  absolutely  sober. 

198.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  did  you  do  about  it? 

General  Hannum.  I  fissumed  that  he  had  been  out  to  the  Club,  or 
somewhere,  and  had  just  come  in  to  see  me,  and  that  it  was  just  a 
temporary  matter. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1085 

199.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  do  about  it,  sir? 
General  Hannuivi.  1  did  nothino-  further  about  it. 

200.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

201.  General  Frank.  Were  you  at  all  conversant  with  the  deal 
under  which  the  yacht  VEGA,  belonging  to  Mr.  Rohl,  was  taken  to 
Honolulu  ? 

General  Hannum.  The  yacht  VEGA  was  taken  to  Honolulu  on 
request  of  Colonel  Wyman  that  it  be  sent  over.  He  had  great  diffi- 
culty in  getting  any  kind  of  transportation  to  carry  things  [20811 
between  the  islands  out  thei'e,  and  it  was  doubtful,  in  our  opinion, 
whether  the  VEGA  would  be  suitable;  but  some  work  was  done  on 
it  to  try  to  make  it  suitable,  and  it  was  sent  over. 

202.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  cargo,  be- 
tween California  and  Honolulu? 

General  Hannum.  No,  I  do  not  know  about  the  cargo. 

203.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  the  VEGA  ever  was 
used  or  not  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  I  don't  know  whether  it  was  used  after  it 
got  over  there,  or  not,  or  to  Avhat  extent  it  was  used.  I  think  perhaps 
the  records  in  the  office  might  show  that. 

204.  General  Frank.  While  Colonel  Wyman  was  under  your  juris- 
diction, you  know  of  no  incident  in  which  his  conduct  w^as  not  above 
I'eproach  ? 

General  Hannum.  His  wife  divorced  him,  and  after  being  divorced 
he  was  remarried — if  that  is  to  his  discredit,  why  that's  about  the 
only  thing  that  I  can  think  of,  at  the  present  time. 

205.  General  Frank.  You  knew  nothing  whatever  about  his  general 
conduct  ? 

General  Hannum.  You  are  going  back  to  his  relations  now  with 
Rohl.  again? 

206.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Hannum.  No,  no;  I  think  I  have  said. 

207.  General  Frank.  And  you  knew^  nothing  about  his  capacity  for 
consuming  liquor? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

208.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  he  was  put  on  a  pledge 
by  Colonel  Lyman? 

['308'2]  General  Hannum.  I  did  not  know  that.  I  do  not  know 
wliat  authority  Colonel  Lyman  would  have  to  put  him  on  a  pledge. 

209.  General  Frank.  When  Cololnel  Ljanan  first  went  to  Honolulu, 
Colonel  Wyman  was  then  up  in  the  engineer  regiment  at  Schofield; 
he  had  not  yet  been  designated  as  district  engineer. 

General  Hannum.  I  think  that,  as  I  recall  it.  General,  Wyman  was 
ordered  from  Los  Angeles  to  Honolulu  as  district  engineer. 

210.  General  Frank.  I  think  if  you  will  look  up  the  records,  for 
your  own  information,  now,  down  in  the  division  engineer's  office,  you 
will  find  that  Wyman  was  sent  from  the  Engineer  Regiment  to  Hono- 
lulu as  district  engineer. 

General  Hannum.  Oh,  I  recall,  now ;  I  believe  you  are  right.  Gen- 
eral. I  think  he  was  temporarily  on.  Yes.  that  is  right;  he  was  sent 
over  to  deal  with  troops  originally.  Major  Burnell  was  the  district 
engineer  at  that  time,  and  then  Burnell  was  relieved  and  Wyman  was 
put  in  his  place.    You  are  right.    I  recall  that,  now. 


1086    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

211.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  when  you  testified  before  Colo- 
nel Hunt,  with  regard  to  Colonel  Wyman,  you  said : 

On  one  occasion,  not  necessarily  in  serious  conversation,  I  know  that  he  indi- 
cated that  he  could  hold  his  liquor,  indicating  that  lie  had  a  capacity  to  consume 
a  considerable  amount,  without  it  very  seriously  affecting  him. 

General  Hannum.  I  recall  it. 

212.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  have  that  discussion  with 
Colonel  Wyman  ? 

General  Hannum.  With  Colonel  Wyman  ?  I  don't  recall  the  exact 
incident,  whether  it  was  on  this  side,  or  over  in  Honolulu. 

[WSS]  213.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  give  me  a  little  line-up 
on  just  the  relationship  between  the  division  engineer  and  his  district 
engineers  ?  Are  your  district  engineers  inider  you  for  administration, 
for  disciplinary  action,  for  control  and  supervision?  Does  all  that 
apply  as  with  troops?  They  were  actually  under  your  command,  but 
are  there  certain  limits,  or  what  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  the  division  engineer  has  supervisory  con- 
trol over  the  operations  personnel  in  the  district. 

214.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  the  district  engineer  does  commit 
himself  as  to  conduct,  is  it  j-our  business  to  take  action  against  him? 

General  Hannum.  I  would  take  action  against  him,  yes,  or  warn 
him,  and  consult  with  him,  and  advise  him. 

[2084-]  216.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  he  is  under  your 
command  for  his  conduct  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  I  think  I  could  say  so. 

216.  General  Grunert.  For  instance,  did  W3'man  have  to  get  your 
O.  K.  to  give  Rohl  a  contract  ? 

General  Hannum.  No.  That  was  an  arrangement  that  w^as  made 
between — Wyman  was  carrying  out  the  contract.  He  had,  of  course, 
authority  to  contact  the  contractors  as  contractors  directly  and  direct 
them.  He  did  not  have  to  come  to  me  for  authority  to  secure  Rohl's 
services  over  there. 

217.  General  Grunert.  Because  they  were  the  contracting  firm  with 
which  the  District  Engineer  was  doing  business;  therefore  he  could 
get  them  over  there  on  his  own  without  your  O.  K.  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes.  He  would  issue  the  necessary  instructions 
to  his  contractors  initially  without  consulting  me. 

218.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  get  any  report  about  Wyman's 
conduct  from  any  source,  as  to  his  lack  of  sobriety  or  his  conduct 
otherwise  ? 

General  Hannum.  You  mean,  in  Los  Angeles  or  Honolulu  ? 

219.  General  Grunert.  Anywhere  while  he  was  under  your  com- 
mand. 

General  Hannum.  No,  I  don't  believe  so.  General.  I  do  not 
recall  hearing  any  adverse  criticism  of  his  conduct  except  his  person- 
ality and  ability  to  irritate  people.  There  was  brought  up  one  morn- 
ing the  question  of  his  administration  and  the  differences  between 
Wyman  and  Lyman.  When  December  7th  came  the  troops  on  Hawaii 
needed  a  lot  of  supplies  and  other  things,  which  they  did  not  have,  and 
in  taking  their  positions,  their  combat  positions,  they  secured  mate- 
rials from  the  various  merchants  around  the  island,  and  in  many  cases 
they  did  not  give  [208S]  receipts  for  the  materials  which  they 
obtained.     Then  later  Wyman,  according  to  his  report  to  me,  tried  to 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1087 

have  the  Department  Engineer  issue  instructions  or  have  them  issued 
by  Department  Headquarters  tliat  in  securing  these  materials  the  com- 
manding officer,  or  even  a  non-commissioned  officer,  whoever  got  the 
materials,  should  give  a  receipt  to  the  merchant  from  whom  he  received 
them,  merchant  or  other  person.  That  apparently  was  not  done, 
according  to  what  I  understood. 

After  things  quieted  down,  the  bills  were  receiA'ed  and  tui-ned  over 
to  the  District  Engineer  for  payment.  Wyman  had  very  great  diffi- 
culty in  getting  anyone  to  certify  that  the  materials  had  been  received. 
He  had  no  authority  to  make  payments  of  equipment  money  imless 
he  could  get  a  proper  certificate  of  the  receipt  of  those  things.  That 
led  to  a  confusion  and  a  difference  between  Wyman  and  Lyman  at 
the  time.  It  also  irritated  a  great  many  merchants  and  others  who 
were  delayed  in  receiving  payment  until  there  was  an- opportunity 
to  find  out  whether  the  materials  had  actually  been  delivered  by 
that  merchant  to  someone  in  the  military  service. 

220.  General  Grunert.  Then  in  answer  to  my  question  do  I  under- 
stand that  you  never  received  any  complaint  about  Wyman  that  would 
cause  you  to  take  disciplinary  action  ? 

General  Hannuji.  No,  sir,  I  did  not  receive  any  such  complaint. 

221.  General  Grunert.  And  during  the  time  he  was  under  your 
jurisdiction,  you  know  nothing  about  his  conduct  that  would  require 
any  such  action  ? 

General  Hannum.  No. 

222.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  delays  in  construction 
[^086]  that  are  properly  chargeable  to  the  District  Engineer 
through  inefficiency  or  neglect? 

General  Hannum.  No,  sir.  My  experience  with  Wyman  was  that 
he  was  a  driver  and  he  pushed  things  and  pushed  them  hard,  and 
in  doing  so  he  did  irritate  some  of  his  subordinates  and  other  persons. 

223.  General  Grunert.  You  know  that  of  your  own  personal  knowl- 
edge? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  sir.  he  was  a  hard  taskmaster. 

224.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  your  own  knowledge 
whether  or  not  any  action  of  the  contractors  in  Hawaii  resulted  in 
delay  of  construction  there  ? 

General  Hannum.  No,  except  unless  it  be  inefficient  labor.  Of 
course,  they  had  very  great  difficulty  in  getting  efficient  labor  and 
they  did  not  accomplish  what  might  have  been  accomplished  in  normal 
times  in  this  country,  on  account  of  the  lack  of  qualified  labor. 

225.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  might  ask  you  this  question :  Do 
you  know  whether  any  such  delays  were  intentional  on  the  part  of 
any  contractor  ? 

General  Hannum.  I  would  say  that  they  would  not  have  been  in- 
tentional. I  think  that  they  were  trying  to  execute  the  contract  as 
rapidly  as  possible  and  to  the  best  of  their  ability. 

226.  General  Grunert.  With  your  knowledge  of  construction,  as 
an  engineer  officer  experienced  in  construction,  had  someone  else  been 
in  Wyman's  place  under  the  conditions  that  existed,  do  you  think 
they  could  have  done  a  better  job,  as  good  a  job,  or  a  job  with  less 
success  or  progress  ? 


1088    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Hannum.  I  do  not  believe  they  could  have  accom-  [£087] 
plished  more  in  the  way  of  construction  work.  I  do  believe  that  they 
could  have  established  better  relationships  with  the  public  and  within 
their  own  organization. 

227.  General  Grunert.  Any  more  questions  ? 

228.  General  Kussell.  There  has  been  considerable  testimony  about 
a  man  named  Lyman.     Lyman  died  out  there,  didn't  he  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  sir.  He  went  out  there.  He  was  on  dutj) 
as  district  engineer  in  Boston  along  about  1936  or  1937.  He  was 
advised  by  the  doctors  to  retire.  He  did  not  want  to  retire.  He 
thought  that  by  going  and  taking  duty  with  a  regiment  out  at  Hono- 
lulu he  would  not  work  under  such  heavy  pressure  and  he  would  get 
along  all  right  and  when  he  completed  his  assigmnent  to  the  engineer 
regiment  out  there,  after  two  years  he  would  retire  and  live  out  in 
Honolulu  or  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

229.  General  Etjssell.  He  was  a  native  Hawaiian  ? 

General  Hannum.  Yes.  The  family  was  from  the  Island  of 
Hawaii. 

230.  General  Russell.  You  state  this  man  Wyman  was  rather  diffi- 
cult to  get  along  with  and  irritated  people  considerably.  What  about 
Lyman  ? 

General  Hannum.  Lyman  had  a  different  personality,  a  pleasing 
personality.    He  made  friends  easily. 

231.  General  Russell.  And  he  did  not  irritate  people? 
General  Hannum.  No,  I  don't  think  he  did. 

232.  General  Russell.  If  any  friction  existed  between  Wyman  and 
Lyman,  it  would  be  your  judgment  that  Wyman  would  be  responsible 
for  the  friction? 

General  Hannum.  Not  necessarily  so.  There  were  differ-  [£088] 
ences  of  opinion.  Lyman  was  a  positive  character,  too,  and  when  he 
made  up  his  mind  he  was  just  as  positive  as  Wyman  was,  and  because 
they  were  not,  either  one.  under  the  otlier,  there  would  naturally  be 
friction  there  on  that  particular  matter. 

233.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

234.  General  Grunert.  Knowing  what  you  did,  if  you  had  to  do 
it  over  again  would  you  choose  Wyman  to  get  that  sort  of  a  job  done, 
or  would  you  trust  it  to  somebody  else  ? 

General  Hannum.  Under  the  present  conditions  and  what  has  de- 
veloped, I  would  not  want  to  use  Wyman  again  in  the  same  place,  under 
the  same  conditions. 

235.  General  Grunert.  General,  It  may  happen  that  as  our  investi- 
gation proceeds  we  may  want  to  ask  you  a  few  jnore  questions  when  we 
come  back  through  here.  Do  you  expect  to  be  here  off  and  on  for  the 
next  month  or  so  ? 

General  Hannum.  I  will  be  in  the  States  somewhere. 

236.  General  Grunert.  But  not  necessarily  here  in  San  Francisco? 
General  Hannum.  No,  but  I  can  be  obtained  through  San  Francisco, 

here. 

237.  General  Grunert.  There  may  be  a  few  points  which  the  Board 
wants  to  clear  up,  of  which  they  may  think  you  have  knowledge,  and, 
therefore,  although  we  are  through  with  you  now  we  may  want  ask 
you  a  few  more  questions  if  points  come  up  to  be  cleared  up. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1089 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  sir.  I  can  leave  my  office  and  phone  number 
in  Sacramento. 

238.  General  Grunert.  From  what  questions  that  have  been  asked 
and  the  testimony  that  has  been  given,  do  you  know  of  anything  that 
has  not  been  brought  out  wliich  might  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board, 
that  you  would  like  to  introduce  as  evidence  ? 

[2089]  General  Hannum.  This  relates  particularly  to  Wyman's 
relations  with  Rohl  and  Wyman's  performance  of  duty  as  District 
Engineer  in  Honolulu  preceding  and  following  Pearl  Harbor? 

239.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  as  limited  to  anything  that  had  to  do 
with  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor,  either  background  or  leading  up  to 
it,  or  personalities  concerned  with,  not  any  ancient  history  or  things 
that  happened  afterwards,  unless  they  have  some  bearing  upon  what 
happened  then. 

General  Hannum.  And  Wyman's  conduct  included? 

240.  General  Grunert.  And  Wyman's  conckict  included. 
General  Hannum.  AVell,  I  can  tell  you  something  which  I  heard 

circumstantially  that  took  place  on  December  Tth  in  Honolulu,  regard- 
ing Wyman's  conduct  there,  but  I  think  that  you  can  get  that  first- 
hand possibly  better  from  the  personnel  in  the  Honolulu  office  who 
w^ere  there  with  regard  to  that  matter. 

On  December  7th,  which  was  a  Sunday,  I  was  coming  back  from 
Washington  and  was  on  the  train  this  side  of  Chicago,  when  the  radio 
recorded  Pearl  Harbor  was  being  bombed.  When  I  arrived  here  in 
San  Francisco  Colonel  Matheson,  w^ho  was  my  assistant,  reported  to 
me  that  Wyman  had  called  up  by  radio  phone  from  Honolulu  on  earl}'^ 
Sunday  afternoon,  tried  to  get  me,  could  not  get  me  and  finally  got 
Colonel  Matheson  at  his  house  in  Burlingame.  Colonel  Wyman  re- 
ported to  Colonel  Matheson  "We  are  being  bombed."  Colonel  Mathe- 
son asked  him  whether  he  could  do  anything.  He  said  nope,  he 
couldn't  do  anything ;  he  just  wanted  to  report  they  were  being  bombed. 
That  was  all  the  conversation. 

When  I  went  to  Honolulu  later,  which  I  think  was  in  May 
of  1942,  I  learned  or  it  was  reported  to  me  that  Wyman  on 
the  [2090]  evening  of  December  Tth,  Sunday  evening,  when 
the  troops  were  being  disposed  for  defense  of  the  island,  happened 
to  be  along  the  waterfront  at  Honolulu  and  saw  that  the  little  ship 
harbor  there  to  the  east  of  the  main  harbor,  where  a  lot  of  little  boats 
were  collected  and  into  which  theie  was  an  opening  from  the  sea, 
with  a  shallow  depth  of  water  of  6  or  8  feet  over  the  reef,  that  that 
area  was  not  covered,  not  protected.  He  proceeded  to  take  measures 
to  get  civilians  and  secured  arms  from  the  Ordnance  Depot  nearby, 
and  had  them  armed,  and  within  a  few  hours  had  taken  defense 
measures  and  had  the  place  covered,  with  rifle  fire,  of  course ;  he  had 
no  other  means. 

I  will  be  very  glad,  if  there  is  anything  more  that  occurs  to  me, 
to  report  it  to  you,  any  circumstances  which  I  think  might  be  of  use 
to  you  in  your  investigation  in  connection  with,  as  I  understand, 
Wyman's  conduct  as  District  Engineer  in  Honolulu,  and  the  conduct 
of  his  work. 

241.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  as  to  his  conduct,  his  work,  delay  in 
construction,  generally  about  the  construction  work  in  Hawaii  prior 
to  December  Tth. 


1090     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Hannum.  Very  good,  sir. 

242.  General  Grunert.  That  may  have  a  bearing  upon  delays  that 
may  have  influenced  the  defenses  against  the  attack  of  December  7th. 

General  Hannum.  Yes,  sir. 

243.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon  at  5  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of  wit- 
nesses and  proceeded  to  other  business. ) 


I 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1091 


[_mn  CONTENTS 

THURSDAY,  AUGUST  31,  1944 

Testimony  of :  Paga  ' 

Colonel    Lathe   B.    Row,    Temporarily    Assistant    Inspector    General, 

Western  Defense  Command,  Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  California^-     2092 
Major  Howard  F.  Cooper,   Air  Corps,   Army  Air  Force  Base,  Unit 

ATC 2130 

Thomas  E.  Tillman,  1230  Shafter  Street,  San  Mateo,  California 2134 

Thomas  Ernest   Connolly,  2400  Fulton   Street,   San  Francisco,   Cali- 
fornia      2158 

Walter  Wilton  Home,  9425  Wilshire  Boulevard,  Beverly  Hills,  Cali- 
fornia      2200 

DOCUMENTS 

Memorandum,  14  February,  1942,  Department  Inspector  General  to  Chief 

of  Staff 2094 

Confidential  Report  to  Colonel  Row 2107 

Excerpts  from  page  10  of  Colonel  Hunt's  Report 2113 

Excerpts  from  page  11  of  Colonel  Hunt's  Report 2114 

Excerpts  from  page  31  of  Colonel  Hunt's  Report 2115 

Excerpts  from  F.  B.  L  Report,  October  29,  1942 2122 

I  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1093 


{2092-]       PROCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOAR]) 


THUBSDAY,   AUGUST   31,    1944. 

Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  AV.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  LATHE  B.  ROW,  03601:  TEMPORARILY 
ASSISTANT  INSPECTOR  GENERAL,  WESTERN  DEFENSE  COM- 
MAND :  PRESIDIO  OF  SAN  FRANCISCO. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  the  Board  is  after  facts  concerning 
the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor,  incident  to  that  attack,  or  connectecl 
therewith.  It  is  charged  with  investigation  of  certain  things  that 
happepned  in  and  about  Honolulu,  connected  with  Colonel  Wyman, 
and  for  that  purpose  you  have  been  called  to  give  the  Board  some 
information.  General  Frank  has  charge  of  this  particular  part  of 
the  investigation,  and  he  will  lead  [£093]  in  questioning,  and 
the  Board  will  fill  out  where  it  sees  fit.     General  Frank. 

2.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  any  assignment  which  you  had 
with  respect  to  an  investigation  that  you  made  concerning  the  ac- 
tivities of  Colonel  Wyman. 

Colonel  Row.  I  was  assigned  as  Inspector  General,  Hawaiian  De- 
partment, some  time  in  May  1941,  and  continued  on  that  assignment 
until  March  1943.  One  of  the  assignments  given  to  the  Commanding 
General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  which  I  found  when  taking 
over  the  office  was  inspections  of  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract  opera- 
tions within  the  Department.  At  that  time  nothing  had  been  done 
relative  to  the  inspections,  and  during  the  summer  and  fall  of  1941 
this  work  was  started. 

The  inspections  were  turned  over  to  the  Inspector  General,  Hawai- 
ian Department. 

3.  General  Frank.  That  was  yourself? 

Colonel  Row.  That  was  myself.  These  inspections  and  investiga- 
tions were  in  the  main  made  by  subordinates  in  a  section  which  was 


1094    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

organized  as  a  Cost-Pliis-Fixed-Fee  section.  A  very  small  part  of 
the  work  of  inspections  and  investigations  were  made  by  me  person- 
all}^,  although  under  my  supervision. 

4.  General  Frank.  Were  you  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  re- 
sults and  the  details? 

Colonel  Eow.  I  supervised  the  reports,  and  interested  myself  in 
the  progress  of  them. 

5.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  did  you  have  occasion  to  make  a  report  con- 
cerning Hawaiian  Constructors,  Colonel  Wyman,  et  al..  about  Feb- 
ruarv  1942? 

im94.]         Colonel  Row.  I  did. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  And  would  you  let  me  have  that,  please?  The 
record  shows  the  witness  handed  me  a  document  consisting  of  three 
pages,  with  a  fourth  page  containing  a  little  note,  on  the  top.  By 
the  way,  in  whose  handwriting  is  this,  Colonel,  "recommending  relief 
of,"  on  this  little  note? 

Colonel  Row.  That  was  mine,  personally. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  going  to  read  this  report  into  the  record, 
if  I  may,  so  that  the  Board  may  hear.  It  is  dated  14  February  1942, 
on  the  stationery  of  the  Headquarters,  Hawaiian  Department,  Office 
of  the  Department  Inspector  General. 

Memorandum:  To  the  Chief  of  Staff. 

1.  The  preliminary  portion  of  the  investigation  now  being  made  by  Lieutenant 
Colonel  Emil  W.  Leard,  I.  G.  D.,  of  this  office  regarding  the  operations  of  the 
U.  S.  District  Engineer  indicates  that  the  following  conditions  exist : 

a.  That  the  District  Engineer  has  antagonized  the  business  firms  of  Honolulu 
and  private  individuals  of  the  community  by  his  failure  to  properly  meet 
obligations,  peremptory  actions,  and  lack  of  tact  on  the  part  of  himself  and  certain 
members  of  his  staff. 

h.  That  due  to  the  District  Engineer's  failure  to  coordinate  the  procuring, 
auditing,  and  disbursing  sections  of  his  organization  payments  to  dealers  for 
merchandise  delivered  and  services  rendered  are  in  some  cases  long  overdue. 
Some  firms  are  threatening  to  refuse  further  sales  unless  outstanding  obliga- 
tions are  paid  in  full  and  kept  current.  Many  smaller  businesses  now  are 
faced  with  financial  difficulties  due  to  their  inability  [2095]  to  collect 
amounts  due  them  from  the  District  Engineer.  It  has  been  ascertained  that 
of  the  larger  firms  approximately  $.500,000.00  is  due  Lewers  &  Cooke  and  ap- 
proximately $60,000.00  is  due  Mr.  Murphy,  the  owner  of  Murphy  Motors  and 
Aloha  Motors.  There  are  indications  that  similar  large  amounts  are  due  other 
firms. 

c.  That  the  District  Engineer's  delay  in  paying  wages,  sometimes  for  periods 
of  several  weeks,  is  adversely  affecting  the  prosecution  of  defense  projects  and 
the  morale  of  employees  engaged  on  these  projects. 

d.  That  the  failure  on  the  part  of  the  District  Engineer  to  properly  and  syste- 
matically take  over  the  activities  of  the  Zone  Constructing  Quartermaster  on 
16  December  has  resulted  in  disruption  of  administrative  functions  to  a  marked 
degree. 

e.  That  the  District  Engineer's  office  as  a  whole  has  not  been  organized  in 
.such  a  manner  as  to  operate  with  efficiency. 

f.  That  there  is  evidence  that  the  District  Engineer  has  harassed  the  former 
employees  of  the  Zone  Constructing  Quartermaster  and  has  subjected  them  to 
mental  persecution  to  such  an  extent  that  many  of  the  key  men  have  refused 
to  work  in  his  office. 

(J.  There  is  evidence  to  indicate  that  the  employees  of  the  former  Zone  Con- 
structincT  Quartermaster  who  have  been  transferred  to  the  office  of  the  District 
Engineei'  are  discontented  and  dissatisfied  over  conditions  existing  therein. 

2.  Mr.  Murphy,  the  owner  of  the  Murphy  Motors  and  [2096]  Aloha 
Motors,  stated  to  Lieutenant  Colonel  Leard  yesterday  (13  February  1942)  that 
he  has  been  unable  to  collect  past  due  obligations  for  trucks  and  automobiles 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1095 

purchased  by  the  District  Engineer.  He  further  stated  that  he  is  going  to  the 
mainland  by  clipper  within  three  days  and  that  he  contemplates  bringing  these 
matters  to  the  attention  of  Delegate  King  and  such  other  authorities  in  Wash- 
ington as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  rem.edial  action  unless  he  can  be  assured 
his  vmpaid  bills  will  be  settled  promptly.  He  also  stated  that  he  contemplates 
refusing  to  make  delivery  on  orders  now  on  hand  for  more  motor  transporta- 
tion. Mr.  Murphy  is  extremely  bitter  over  the  manner  in  which  he  and  other 
automobile  dealers  have  been  treated  by  the  District  Engineer. 

3.  In  addition  to  the  matters  mentioned  above,  past  inspections  and  recent 
numerous  incidents  requiring  investigation  have  disclosed  that  the  administration 
and  oi)eration  of  the  District  Engineer  activites  since  7  December  1941  have  been 
exemplified  by  extravagance  and  waste  and  general  maladministration.  It  was 
discovered  during  the  course  of  inspections  of  District  Engineer  activities  prior 
to  7  December  that  his  administrative  set-up  was  improperly  coordinated  and 
was  so  mentioned  in  these  reports  of  inspection.  The  District  Engineer,  in  his 
replies,  has  stated  that  steps  had  been  initiated  to  correct  the  irregularities  and 
deficiencies  reported.  It  is  now  evident  that  many  of  these  irregularities  and 
deficiencies  still  existed  on  7  December  1941  and  have  been  aggravated  by  the 
increased  volume  of  his  activities  [2097]  incident  to  the  outbreak  of  war 
and  the  taking  over  of  the  functions  of  the  Zone  Construction  Quartermaster  on 
16  December  1941.  Colonel  Wyman's  methods  of  administration  have  been  such 
as  to  antagonize  many  persons,  military  and  civil,  both  within  and  without  his 
organization.  His  actions  have  also  been  ridiculed  and  criticized  in  the  com- 
munity. I  believe  that  this  condition  is  to  the  great  detriment  of  the  Army 
as  a  whole  and  the  Engineer  Corps  in  particular. 

4.  In  my  opinion  Colonel  Wyman  does  not  possess  the  necessary  executive  and 
administrative  ability  or  the  leadership  to  cope  with  the  present  situation  exist- 
ing in  this  Department.  In  addition  to  the  matters  set  forth  in  paragraph  1 
above,  inefficiency  of  his  office  has  further  been  demonstrated  by : 

a.  His  methods  of  purchase,  assignment  and  use  of  motor  vehicles. 
6.  His  wa.ste  of  luoney  in  the  renting,  remodeling  and  furnishing  of  offices 
for  himself  and  his  stafC. 

c.  The  building  of  elaborate  and  expensive  ($21,652.46)  air-raid  shelters  at 
the  Punahou  School  for  the  use  of  himself  and  the  executives  of  the  contractor. 
These  shelters  have  sufficient  capacity  to  protect  only  a  small  percentage  of  the 
number  of  employees  on  the  Punahou  Campus. 

d.  Directing  his  contractor  to  take  over  and  operate  the  Pleasanton  Hotel  at 
an  estimated  loss  of  $2,500.00  per  month  when  a  mess  is  operated  and  at  the 
rates  and  room  assignments  fixed  by  the  District  Engineer.  [209S]  The 
principal  beneficiaries  of  the  use  of  this  hotel  to  date  have  been  Colonel  Wyman 
and  wife,  and  his  staff  and  their  dependents.  This  hotel  was  taken  over  on 
16  January  1942  and  a  mess  was  established  on  26  January  1942. 

e.  Failing  to  utilize  to  best  advantage  the  services  of  Lit^utenant  Colonel  Har- 
rold,  former  Zone  Constructing  Quartermaster,  and  his  highly  trained  assistants. 

f.  His  failure  to  stabilize  assignments  of  personnel  to  positions  of  responsi- 
bility, and  his  failure  to  delegate  authority  to  his  administrative  assistants  to 
act  for  him. 

g.  His  failure  to  establish  a  system  of  accountability  to  insure  the  proper 
accounting  for  the  receipt  and  issuance  of  construction  material. 

h.  His  failure  to  issue  directives  in  necessary  detail  and  to  organize  his  staff 
to  insure  compliance  with  directives  issued  by  him. 

i.  His  disregard  for  and  violation  of  orders  of  the  Military  Governor  concern- 
ing the  curfew  law. 

5.  Although  several  of  the  investigations  relative  to  matters  mentioned  in 
paragraph  4  have  not  been  completed,  the  evidence  already  olttained  substantiates 
the  statements  made  above  and  indicate  that  Colonel  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.,  C.  E., 
does  not  possess  the  necessary  executive  and  administrative  ability  to  properly 
conduct  the  affairs  of  his  office.  The  fact  that  Mr.  Murphy  contemplates  such 
drastic  action  and  the  fact  that  business  firms  threaten  to  refuse  delivery  on 
future  orders  submitted  by  the  District  Engineer  indicate  the  seriousness  of  the 
situation         [2099]         and  the  need  for  immediate  remedial  action. 

6.  I  strongly  believe  that  vmless  a  change  in  the  administration  of  the  office 
of  the  District  Engineer  is  accomplished  within  a  short  time,  most  serious  reper- 
cussions will  result. 

7.  CONCLUSION: 

That  it  is  to  the  best  interests  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  Hawaiian  De- 
partment that  Colonel  Wyman  be  relieved  at  once  as  District  Engineer. 


1096     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

8.  RECOMMENDATION: 

That  Colonel  Wyman  be  relieved  as  District  Engineer  at  once. 

(s)     Lathe  B.  Row, 

Colonel,  I.  G.  D., 
Department  Inspector  General. 

I  will  read  the  note  which  is  attached  to  the  face  of  the  document : 

Informal  Memorandum  by  Dept  Inspector  General  to  Dept  Commander  recom- 
mending relief  of  Col.  Wyman  as  District  Engineer. 

The  words,  "recommending  relief  of"  are  inserted  over  the  words, 
which  formerly  took  their  place,  as  follows : 

which  resulted  in  relief  of 

in  other  words,  the  pencil  notation. 

In  view  of  the  seriousness  of  these  allegations  and  the  conduct 
which  had  gone  on  for  some  time,  will  you  tell  the  Board  how  it  was 
necessary  for  you  to  expose  these  conditions,  rather  than  the  immediate 
Commander  of  Colonel  Wyman,  the  Division  Engineer  ? 

[2100]  Colonel  Row,  The  operations  of  the  District  Engineer 
had  increased  so  rapidly,  and  in  our  opinion  the  organization  set-up 
was  so  deficient  to  take  care  of  it,  that  it  seemed  to  be  impossible  to 
get  any  corrective  action  taken.  These  matters  were  brought  to  the 
attention  of  Colonel  Wyman  at  various  times  in  the  form  of  reports 
both  written  and  verbal. 

9.  General  Geuneet.  What  did  the  Department  have  to  do  with 
Wyman  ?  He  was  a  district  engineer  under  a  division  engineer — how 
did  the  Department  inject  itself  into  it? 

Colonel  Eow.  These  inspections  were  directed  by  the  Secretary  of 
War  in  a  letter  of  February  1941. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  sir,  you  have  stated  to  me,  and  I  will  ask 
the  question  of  you  now,  about  prior  inspections ;  that  is,  prior  to  the 
one  of  February  14,  1942.  You  have  stated  to  me  the  fact  that  copies 
are  not  available  in  your  office,  here. 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  right. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  But  that  they  are  available  in  Honolulu  ? 
Colonel  Row.  They  should  be  available. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  And  I  have  informed  you,  have  I  not,  that 
I  was  not  able  to  locate  the  copies  in  Washington,  at  that  time? 

Colonel  RoAV.  Yes,  that  is  so ;  a  great  many.  You  may  have  found 
some,  there,  but  not  all  of  them. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  sure  that,  although  I  requested,  I  was 
unable  to  find  any  that  preceded  7  December  1941,  concerning  the  con- 
duct that  is  referred  to  in  your  report  of  February  14, 1942;  and  I  was 
informed  that  they  would  be  available  either  through  you,  or  in  Hono- 
lulu ;  so  I  have  asked  you  for  them,  and  3'^ou  now  tell  me  that  they  are 
not  available  to  you  here,  but  that  we  will  get  them  in  Honolulu  ? 

\[2J01]  Colonel  Row.  I  might  explain  these  inspections,  the 
form  of  the  inspections.  They  were  considered  of  the  continuing 
type,  which  allows  inspections  to  be  made  over  several  months  or  an 
entire  year,  and  then  a  final  report  made  at  the  end  of  the  year,  and 
for  that  reason  these  reports  did  not  in  all  cases  reach  Washington. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Then  as  I  understand  it,  the  War  Depart- 
ment, as  a  routine  matter,  charged  the  local  commander  with  having 
his  Inspector  General  investigate  or  keep  track  of  certain  things  in 
the  District  Engineer's  administration. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1097 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  correct, 

15.  General  Grunert.  And  this  was  just  one  of  the  inspections  car- 
ried on  for  that  purpose  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Yes,  sir. 

16.  General  Grunert.  And  did  that,  in  a  way,  take  some  of  the  re- 
sponsibility off  the  division  engineer's  shoulders  as  to  administration 
of  the  districts? 

Colonel  Row.  In  no  manner  did  it  relieve  the  district  commander 
of  his  responsibilities. 

17.  General  Grunert.  The  division  engineer's  responsibility? 
Colonel  Row.  Yes,  sir;  the  division  engineer's  responsibility. 

18.  General  Frank.  Were  copies  of  these  inspections  sent  to  the  di- 


vision ens'ineer 


Colonel  Row.  Oh,  yes,  sir;  in  all  cases,  the  reports  were  sent — not 
to  the  division,  to  the  district  engineer;  but  not  to  the  division  engi- 
neer. 

19.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  the  organizational  set-up  in  the 
Corps  of  Engineers? 

[2102]         Colonel  Row.    In  general ;  yes,  sir. 

20.  General  Frank.  You  know  that  the  district  in  Honolulu  was 
under  the  division  engineer  here  in  San  Francisco  ? 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  correct;  yes. 

21.  General  Frank.  He,  in  turn,  was  responsible  back  to  the  Chief 
of  Engineers,  in  Washington? 

Colonel  Row,  Yes, 

22.  General  Frank.  Now,  do  you  know  what  machinery  the  di- 
vision engineer  here  in  San  Francisco  had  for  checking  up  on  the 
district  engineer  in  Honolulu  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  don't,  at  the  moment ;  no. 

23.  General  Frank.  While  making  those  inspections,  did  you  run 
onto  any  activity  en  the  part  of  the  division  engineer  to  check  or  in- 
spect his  district  engineer  in  Honolulu? 

Colonel  Row.  I  don't  recall  at  this  time. 

24.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  of  any  systematic  arrangement 
that  he  had  for  inspecting  his  district  engineer  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  do  not;  no. 

25.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  the  circumstances  which  prompt- 
ed the  War  Department  to  have  that  district  engineer's  office  inspected 
by  the  inspector  of  the  HaAvaiian  Department? 

Colonel  Row.  All  of  those  activities  were  to  be  inspected  by  an  In- 
siiector  General ;  that  was  the  general  plan.  In  the  continental  United 
States,  all  of  these  inspections  were  conducted  from  the  office  of  the 
Inspector  General  in  Washington,  but  clue  to  the  remoteness  of  the 
activities  in  the  Pacific,  these  duties  were  charged  to  the  Commanding 
General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

26.  General  Frank.  You  say  that  the  copies  of  the  inspections 
[f!103]         were  not  furnished  to  the  division  engineer? 

Colonel  Row.  No,  sir;  it  is  to  the  district  engineer. 

27.  General  Frank.  Yet  the  district  engineer  was  operating  under 
the  supervision  of  the  division  engineer,  and  if  there  were  some  dis- 
crepancies that  you  had  determined  in  your  inspection  report,  the  man 
to  require  the  correction  was  the  next  higher  commander  to  the  district 
engineer,  who  was  the  division  engineer ;  that  is  correct  ? 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  correct,  yes. 


1098    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

28.  General  Frank.  And  yet  you  didn't  give  it  to  the  division  engi- 
neer, you  gave  it  to  the  district  engineer? 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  true.  Of  course,  these  inspections  were  of  a 
local  nature. 

29.  General  Frank.  Well,  but  you  found  things  wrong;  you  re- 
ported them  to  the  district  engineer,  and  then  you  found  they  were 
not  corrected,  and  there  was  no  superior  of  his  to  whom  they  were 
referred  ? 

Colonel  Row.  These  reports  went  through  the  office  of  the  Depart- 
ment Commander. 

30.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  you  were  responsible  to  your 
Department  Commander  for  them,  and  any  distribution  he  made  was 
up  to  him ;  is  that  the  idea  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Well,  I  think  it  would  be  the  duty  of  the  Inspector 
General  to  properly  advise  the  Department  Commander  on  those 
matters. 

31.  General  Grunert.  But  you  did  not  think  it  necessary  to  send  it 
to  the  division  engineer? 

Colonel  Row.  It  had  not  been  done  before. 

32.  General  Grunert.  I  think  it  should  have  been  done,  but 
[2104]         it  wasn't  done,  that  is  all. 

33.  General  Frank.  I  was  following  through  with  a  line  of  ques- 
tions which  ultimately  would  indicate  that  the  organization  and  ad- 
ministration both  were  rather  loose. 

Colonel  Row.  In  practically  every  case,  Colonel  Wyman  replied 
that  corrective  action  would  be  taken. 

34.  General  Frank.  But  there  was  nobody  in  Honolulu  who  could 
require  him  to  take  that  corrective  action.  The  man  who  would  re- 
quire him  to  take  the  corrective  action  was  the  division  engineer  here 
in  San  Francisco ;  that  is  correct,  is  it  not? 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  true. 

35.  General  Frank.  I  am  not  getting  after  you,  at  all;  I  am  just 
trying  to  uncover  the  strength  or  the  weaknesses  of  the  system. 

36.  Major  Clausen,  Sir,  along  that  line,  do  you  know  why  it  was 
that,  coincident  with  your  report  of  February  14,  1942,  which  is  ad- 
dressed to  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  a  letter 
from  Colonel  Lyman,  dated  that  same  day,  was  sent  to  the  Chief  of 
Engineers,  requesting  the  reassignment  of  Colonel  Wyman? 

Colonel  Row.  I  think  that  letter  was  the  result  of  the  memorandum 
which  you  have  read. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  The  point  that  I  inquired  about  is,  why  did 
not  that  letter  go  to  the  division  engineer,  who  was  the  immediate 
superior  of  Colonel  Wyman,  if  you  know?  Is  there  any  reason  that 
you  know  of  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  know  of  no  reason. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  You  are  familiar,  sir,  with  the  investigation 
by  Colonel  Hunt  ? 

[2105]  Colonel  Row.  All  I  know  is  that  he  made  an  investiga- 
tion. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  I  assume  that  your  report  of  February  14, 
1942,  speaks  for  itself.  I  am  going  to  read,  some  very  brief  extracts 
from  the  report  of  Colonel  Hunt.    On  page  9  of  his  report,  he  states : 

The  charge  relating  to  Colonel  Wyman's  questionable  association  with  Mr.  Rohl 
while  in  Hawaii,  his  alleged  drunkenness,  and  occupation  of  rooms  adjoining 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1099 

those  of  Mr.  Rohl,  is  not  wholly  sustained  by  the  known  facts  and  the  testimony 
adduced,  although  elements  of  that  associatiou  strongly  suggest  a  relationship 
entirely  inconsistent  with  the  relative  positions  of  the  two  men.  If,  as  implied 
by  news  articles  on  the  Tenney  Committee  hearings,  and  by  various  individuals. 
Colonel  Wynian  was  aware  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  not  a  United  States  citizen  when 
he  signed  contract  W-414-eng-602,  these  allegations  take  on  a  more  sinister 
aspect. 

Do  you  recall,  of  your  own  knowledge,  having  investigated  any  of 
those  allegations,  sir? 

Colonel  Row.  As  I  recall,  the  fact  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  not  a  citizen 
or  had  not  been  a  citizen  until  a  short  time  before  December  7,  1941, 
came  to  light  in  an  investigation  that  was  conducted  as  to  misuse  of 
gasoline  by  the  engineers,  and  during  the  course  of  that  investigation 
it  was  discovered  that  he  had  not  been  an  American  citizen  until  a 
short  time  previously. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  in  connection  with  that  investigation  of 
Mr.  Rohl,  did  you  hand  me  three  pages,  which  I  now  show  you,  repre- 
senting some  notes  on  that  investigation  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  did. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  are  those  notes,  sir  ? 
\2106~\         Colonel  Row.  An  extract  from  these  notes,  is : 

During  the  course  of  the  above  referred  to  investigation 

42.  General  Frank.  Just  what  is  that  ? 

43.  Major  Clausen.  I  just  asked  you  what  those  pages  were.  You 
describe  them  to  me. 

Colonel  Row.  I  don't  recall  what  these  notes  are,  but  apparently 
they  are  notes  made  by  one  of  my  assistants  for  my  information. 

44.  Major  CLausen.  I  think  it  is  advisable,  sir,  to  read  these  notes, 
marked  "Confidential." 

In  other  words,  your  statement  is  that  these  apparently  are  notes 
made  by  one  of  your  subordinates,  of  the  investigation  that  you  have 
already  testified  to  ? 

Colonel  Row.  For  information  of  the  Department  Inspector 
General. 

[2107]  45.  General  Fkank.  For  information  of  the  Department 
Inspector  General,  who  was  yourself? 

Colonel  Row.  Yes. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  Paragraph  1  says: 

(Conficlential  report  to  Colonel  Row  is  as  follows:) 

In  connection  with  an  investigation  directed  by  the  Department  Commander 
regarding  alleged  illegal  issues  of  gasoline  to  military  personnel  and  employees  of 
the  District  Engineer  and  Hawaiian  Constructors,  the  testimony  of  several 
witnesses  indicated  that  Mr.  H.  W.  Rohl,  present  head  of  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors, had  authorized  the  issuance  of  USED  plates 

That  is  United  States  Engineering  Department? 
Colonel  Row.  That  is  right. 
Major  Cr.AusEN  (reading)  : 

plates  to  privately  owned  vehicles  of  several  of  his  employees  for  the  purpose  of 
official  identification  and  to  enable  them  to  obtain  gasoline  from  the  government 
operated  gasoline  station  on  Beretania  Street.  The  testimony  further  indicated 
that  Mr.  Rohl  authorized  his  transportation  superintendent,  Mr.  Box,  to  issue 
gasoline  without  charge  to  other  employees  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  who 
were  operating  privately  owned  vehicles  for  business  use. 

2.  During  the  course  of  the  above  referred  to  investigation,  correspondence 
came  to  the  attention  of  the  investigating  officer  which  indicated  that         [2108] 


1100    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Rohl  was  born  in  Germany  and  was,  on  15  August  1941,  still  not  a  citizen 
of  the  United  States. 
(Exhibit  "A") 

May  I  interpose  here  this  question :  Do  you  know  where  that  Ex- 
hibit A  wall  be  found  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  should  be  in  the  Inspector  General's  Office  in  Ha- 
waiian Department. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  what  significance  the  date  of  15 
August  1941  has? 

Colonel  Row.  I  have  no  knowledge  of  that. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  I  shall  continue  reading.    Paragraph  3  : 

The  testimony  of  Mr.  Kohl  was  deemed  essential  in  the  investigation  regard- 
ing the  gasoline,  and  it  appeared  desirable  to  obtain  from  Mr.  Rohl  information 
as  to  his  status  in  regard  to  his  citizenship. 

4.  Repeated  attempts  were  made  by  the  investigating  ofBcer  to  obtain  an  inter- 
view with  Mr.  Rohl.  On  the  first  occasion  an  appointment  was  made  with  Mr. 
Rohl  by  telephone  to  meet  him  in  his  office  at  10 :  00  AM  the  following  morning, 
April  4th.  At  the  appointed  time  the  investigating  officer  was  told  that  Mr.  Rohl 
was  not  in.  Mr.  Cades,  the  attorney  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  appeared  and 
stated  that  Mr.  Rohl  desired  him  to  be  present  when  testimony  was  taken.  Mr. 
Cades  was  advised  that  this  would  not  be  permitted.  After  waiting  approximately 
one-half  hour  for  Mr.  Rohl,  the  investigating  officer  was  told  by  Mr.  Middleton, 
administrator  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  that  Mr.  Rohl  would  not  be 
[2109]  able  to  appear  as  he  had  an  appointment  with  General  Tinker  and 
Colonel  Lyman.  Two  days  later,  April  6th,  the  investigating  officer  contacted 
Mr.  Rohl  personally  and  informed  him  that  the  testimony  would  have  to  be  taken 
sometime  during  that  day.  Mr.  Rohl  stated  that  he  was  just  leaving  for  an 
appointment  with  General  Tinker  and  General  Emmons,  but  that  he  would  come 
to  the  Office  of  the  Department  Inspector  General  later  in  the  day,  or  possibly  that 
evening.  At  9 :  30  PM,  April  7th,  Mr.  Middleton  called  this  office  and  put  Mr. 
Rohl  on  the  phone.  Mr.  Rohl  then  agreed  to  meet  the  investigating  officer  at  9 :  00 
AM  the  following  day,  April  8th.  The  inspector  visited  Mr.  Rohl's  office  promptly 
on  time  and  waited  until  10:15  AM  for  Mr.  Rohl  to  appear.  He  then  asked 
Mr.  Rohl's  secretary  if  she  could  locate  him.  She  telephoned  the  Pleasanton  Hotel 
and^then  stated  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  not  there  and  was  probably  out  with  General 
Lyman.  In  passing  the  Pleasanton  Hotel  after  leaving  Mr.  Rohl's  office  the 
investigating  officer  observed  Mr.  Rohl's  car  parked  in  the  hotel  grounds,  where- 
upon he  stopped  and  asked  the  hotel  clerk  the  whereabouts  of  Mr.  Rohl.  He 
was  informd  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  asleep  in  his  room  and  was  not  to  be  disturbed, 
and  further,  that  he  had  informed  Mr.  Rohl's  secretary  of  that  fact  when  she 
had  called  a  few  minutes  earlier.  The  clerk  was  asked  to  call  Mr.  Rohl's  room 
by  telephone.  Mr.  Rohl  did  not  answer.  Mr.  Kina,  the  manager  of  the  hotel,  was 
then  asked  to  awaken  him  and  advise  him  that  a  representative  of  the  [2110] 
Department  Inspector  General  was  there  to  see  him.  Mr.  Kina  went  to  Mr. 
Rohl's  room  and  then  reported  that  Mr.  Rohl  would  not  be  in  his  office  until  after 
1 :  00  PM,  and  that  he  thoroughly  disliked  being  disturbed.  No  further  direct 
attempt  was  made  to  contact  Mr.  Rohl,  as  it  was  believed  useless  to  waste  further 
time  in  view  of  his  evasive  actions.  The  following  morning  the  Office  of  the 
Military  Governor  was  contacted  and  requested  to  take  necessary  action  to 
compel  Mr.  Rohl  to  report  to  the  Department  Inspector  General  at  a  designated 
time  for  the  purpose  of  taking  his  testimony.  The  following  morning  the  Office 
of  the  Military  Governor  informed  this  office  that  Mr.  Rohl  had  left  for  the 
mainland  several  days  before,  apparently  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  that  he 
was  found  asleep  in  the  hotel. 

5.  Neither  Mr.  Rohl  nor  anv  of  his  representatives  informed  the  Inspector 
at  any  time  that  he  intended  to  leave  the  Territory,  but  on  the  contrary  apparently 
tried  to  conceal  the  fact.  j  x    v 

6.  The  matter  of  irregularities  in  gasoline  distribution  is  not  believed  to  be 
sufficiently  serious  to  warrant  Mr.  Rohl's  evasiveness.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that 
something  else,  perhaps  his  citizenship  status  or  other  matters,  may  account  for 
his  actions  in  persistently  avoiding  being  questioned.  ,  x^  <- 

7.  This  matter  has  been  held  in  abeyance,  as  this  office  was  informed  that 
Mr.  Rohl  would  return  in  about  two  weeks.  As  he  has  not  yet  returned  and 
[2111]        no  definite  information  can  be  obtained  as  to  whether  he  will  return, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1101 

it  is  recommended  that  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  be  requested  to 
malce  a  thorought  inquiry  into  his  citizenship  status  from  the  time  he  first 
became  connected  with  tlie  organization  l^nown  as  the  Hawaiian  Constructors 
(Cost-Plus-A-Fixed-Fee  Contractors)  up  to  the  present  date,  with  a  view  of 
criminal  prosecution  against  all  responsible  persons  if  the  facts  so  warrant 

That  is  the  end  of  that. 

Do  you  recall  whether  Mr.  Rohl  was  finally  interviewed? 

Colonel  Row.  Mr.  Condon  of  the  F.  B.  I.,  who  is  now  on  duty  in 
San  Francisco,  was  on  duty  in  Honolulu  at  that  time.  Yesterday,  in 
order  to  refresh  ni}^  memory  as  to  what  was  done,  jNIr.  Condon  stated 
that  authority  was  obtained  from  the  Department  Commander  to  ask 
for  the  assistance  of  the  F.  B.  I.  in  this  matter  and  that  the  F.  B.  I. 
conducted  investigations  relative  to  this  matter. 

49.  General  Grunp:rt.  What  were  the  dates  of  those  notes? 
Colonel  Row.  I  don't  recall  it. 

50.  General  Grunert.  They  refer  to  April.  April  what  year? 
I  am  in  the  air  as  to  the  date  that  these  notes  were  made  and  handed 
in.     Was  it  April  '41,  April  '42,  or  what  ? 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember,  sir  ? 
Colonel  Row.  It  would  have  to  be  in  April  '42. 

52.  General  Grunert.  And  at  that  time  there  w^as  question  about 
Mr.  Rohl's  citizenship  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  would  be  from — that  would  be  so. 
\2112]         53.  General  Grunert.  And  wasn't  it  well  known  that 
he  became  a  citizen  in  '41  ? 

54.  General  Frank.  September. 

55.  General  Grunert.  September  of  '41. 

Colonel  Row.  I  believe  that  is  correct,  according  to  the  reports. 

56.  General  Grunert.  Then,  I  wonder  why  he  evades  being  inter- 
rogated on  accotint  of  citizenship  when  he  Ijecame  a  citizen,  as  the 
Board  understands,  in  September  of  '41.  That  is  Mvhj  I  wondered 
what  that  "April"  there  referred  to,  whether  April  of  '42  or  April  of 
'41.  I  just  wanted  to  bring  that  out  in  the  record  because  it  leaves 
an  impression  that  that  was  prior  to  the  time  that  he  actually  became 
a  citizen. 

Colonel  Row.  No ;  he  became  a  citizen 

57.  General  Frank.  I  gather  from  this  that  he  was  over  there  in 
August  of  '41  before  he  got  his  citizenship  papers;  is  that  correct? 

Colonel  'Row.  I  can't  recall  when  he  went  over  there.  I  am  not 
familiar  with  that. 

58.  General  Grunert.  Wlien  was  this  investigation  about  gasoline? 
When  was  that  conducted ?     In '42  or '41?     Do  you  recall  that? 

Colonel  Row.  Do  you  have  that  ? 

59.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir. 

Colonel  Row.  That  would  be  sometime  in  1942. 

60.  General  Grunert.  Well,  then  evidently  the  April  date,  the 
month  of  April  referred  to  therein,  must  be  '42  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Yes,  sir.     I  am  sure. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Therefore,  that  still  confuses  me  more, 
[211S1^  why  they  should  be  thinking  that  he  was  evading  being 
investigated  because  of  citizenship. 

But  carry  on.     I  just  wanted  to  put  that  in  the  record. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 


1102    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Sir,  I  am  going  to  read  from  page  10  of  Colonel  Hunt's  report, 
as  follows: 

(Excerpt  from  page  10  of  Colonel  Hunt's  report  is  as  follows :) 

It  is  difficult,  therefore,  to  escape  the  conclusion  that  Colonel  Wyman  knew 
of  Mr.  Rohl's  noncitizenship  when  the  contract  was  entered  into,  or  at  latest 
shortly  after  writing  the  unanswered  letter  summoning  him  to  Hawaii.  In  such 
circumstances  any  close  relationship  between  Colonel  Wyman  and  Mr.  Rohl 
thereafter  would  have  involved  the  former  in  dealings  with  a  man  of  doubtful 
loyalty  to  the  United  States. 

Well,  my  question  was  much  similar  to  the  one  put  by  General 
Grunert:  whether  you  of  your  own  knowledge  know  the  basis  for  this 
conclusion  by  Colonel  Hunt. 

Colonel  Row.  No,  I  am  not  familiar  with  that. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  did  you  follow  up  on  that 
asj)ect,  or  was  that  later  on  followed  up  by  the  F.  B.  I.  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  was  followed  up  by  the  F.  B.  I.  It  was  handled 
as  a  civilian  matter. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  Until  Colonel  Hunt  came  out  to  Hawaii;  is 
that  so? 

Colonel  Row.  I  think  that  is  right. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  from  page  11  of  Colonel  Hunt's  report : 
[21 H']         (Excerpt  from  page  11  of  Colonel  Hunt's  report  is  as 

follows:) 

"Various  witnesses  testified  to  having  seen  Colonel  Wyman  with  Mr.  Rohl  at 
various  semi-public  functions, — 

This  is  referring  to  Hawaii. 

— when  both  men  indulged  freely  in  intoxicating  beverages.  So  far  as  could 
be  ascertained,  most  of  these  instances  were  prior  to  the  attack  of  7  December. 
No  witness  was  found  who  could  testify  to  drunkenness  on  Colonel  Wyman's 
part.  His  own  testimony  and  that  of  other  witnesses  in  this  respect  indicates 
that  Colonel  Wyman  maintained  a  totally  unnecessary,  and  in  the  circumstances, 
an  undesirable  social  familiarity  with  the  active  head  of  an  organization  whose 
prime  business  it  was  to  profit  from  work  under  his  supervision.  If  there  is 
reasonable  doubt  that  this  .relationship  was  with  a  man  whose  non-citizenship 
at  the  commencement  of  the  contract  was  known  to  him,  there  is  no  doubt 
whatever  that  it  was  with  a  man  who  at  the  time  of  this  relationship  in  Hawaii, 
had  been  proven  to  Colonel  Wyman  to  have  concealed  the  fact  of  his  alien 
status.  The  least  that  can  be  said  of  that  relationship  is  that  it  displayed  a 
callousness  on  Colonel  Wyman's  part,  not  only  toward  the  character  of  his 
associate,  but  toward  the  possible  consequences  of  its  public  display. 

Do  you  recall  any  facts  being  brought  to  your  knowledge  con- 
cerning these  incidents  that  are  referred  to  on  this  page  11? 
[2115']         Colonel  Row.  I  don't ;  don't  recall. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  whether  any  reports  in  the 
Hawaiian  Department  were  given  to  the  Department  Commander  on 
those  aspects  ? 

Colonel  Row.  No;  so  far  as  I  know,  no  reports  were  rendered  nor 
any  investigations  made  in  connection  with  that  phase  of  the  matter. 

67.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  on  page  31  Colonel  Hunt  says: 
(Excerpts  from  Colonel  Hunt's  report  are  as  follows:) 

The  flattery  of  Colonel  Wyman  personally  and  professionally,  which  was  be- 
stowed upon  him  by  his  wealthy  associate,  Mr.  Rohl,  evoked  in  Colonel  Wyman 
so  complete  a  confidence  in  the  former  as  to  lead  him  to  an  unwise  acceptance 
of  Mr.  Rohl's  judgment  and  advice  during  their  subsequent  association  in  Hawaii. 
He  thereby  relinquished  to  some  extent  that  independence  of  judgment  required 
of  an  officer  in  charge  of  the  Government's  interests,  ^s,  indicated  in  his  too 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1103 

ready  acceptance  of  Mr.  Rohl's  recommendations  relating  to  equipment  pur- 
chases and  appraisals. 

Then  on  this  page  there  is  this  statement  concerning  one  item : 

Colonel  Wyman  did  not  act  in  the  Government's  best  interest  when  in  pur- 
chasing Rohl-Connolly  equipment  at  a  cost  of  $166,423.17  against  the  appraised 
value  of  $131,411.03— 

And  also  this  statement: 

Colonel  Wyman  did  not  act  in  the  Government's  best  interests  in  the  pur- 
chase of  equipment  from  the  121161  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company 
at  a  cost  of  $156,000,  in  that  he  based  that  payment  upon  a  prejudiced  appraisal — 

Sir,  do  yon  recall  having  received  information  concerning  the 
matters  which  Colonel  Hnnt  has  disclosed  on  this  page  31  in  these 
prior  investigations  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  recall  that  we  did  make  investigations  relative  to 
the  pnrchase  of  equipment,  but  the  details  I  don't  recall. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  Colonel  Hunt  infers,  by  reason  of  the 
discovery  of  these  particular  instances  of  acts  of  Colonel  Wyman  not 
in  the  best  interests  of  the  Government,  that  there  were  others.  Do 
you  recall  other  instances  ? 

Colonel  Row^  I  don't  at  this  time,  but  the  records  in  the  office  of 
the  Department  of  Inspector  General  should  show  them. 

69.  General  Frank.  Who  is  the  Inspector  General  there  now;  do 
you  know  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Colonel  Milard  Pierson  is  the  Inspector  under  Gen- 
eral Richardson.  I  don't  recall  the  Inspector  of  the  Service  Com- 
mand, the  Base  Command. 

70.  Major  Clausen.  Colonel  Hunt  on  page  391  states  as  follows,  in 
questioning  a  certain  witness : 

Now,  I  want  to  talk  about  the  Hawaiian  Constructors.  Most  observers  seem 
to  agree  that  their  work  was  not  efficiently  performed. 

Did  you  get  reports  to  that  effect,  sir  ? 

Colonel  Row.  We  did  receive  reports  to  that  effect,  and  we  reported 
on  them. 

[2117 j  71.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  did  you  do  with  reports 
as  to  the  inefficiencies  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Colonel  Row.  These  reports  were  rendered  to  the  District  Engineer, 
and  efforts  were  made  to  correct  the  deficiencies  when  found. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Did  he  say  so,  you  mean  ? 

Colonel  Row.  He  reported  that  he  was  taking  steps  to  correct  de- 
ficiencies. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  And  these  reports  to  that  effect  were  rendered 
over  what  period  of  time,  sir  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  is  my  estimation  that  these  reports  started  in  the 
early  fall  of  1941. 

74.  General  Frank.  What  really  happened  here  was  that  the  chain 
of  command  and  control  did  not  uncover  this  unsatisfactory  opera- 
tion, but  that  an  agency  outside  the  chain  of  command  of  the  Engi- 
neer Corps,  namely  the  Department  Commander,  uncovered  it  and 
asked  for  the  relief  of  this  man  who  was  not  doing  satisfactory  work ; 
and  that,  therefore,  the  system  of  the  Engineer  Corps  in  administering 
Wyman's  work  was  not  sufficient  to  uncover  this  condition  and  this 
situation  ? 


1104    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  correct. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  sir,  do  you  recall  a  Robert  Hoffman  who 
was  an  area  superintendent  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

(^olonel  Row.  I  met  him  one  morning. 

76.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  an  incident  which  occurred  in  the 
office  of  General  Farthing  when  Mr.  Hoffman  had  complaints  as  to 
delays  and  inefficiencies  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Colonel  Row.  I  do. 

[2118]  77.  Major  Clausen.  Will  you  state  to  the  Board  what 
3^ou  recall  concerning  that  incident  ? 

Colonel  Row.  As  I  recall,  at  some  date  about  April  or  May  1942, 
Brigadier  General — Is  it  Farthing? 

78.  Major  Clausen.  Farthing. 

Colonel  Row.  Brigadier  General  Farthing,  Air  Corps,  telephoned 
to  me  and  stated  that  there  was  a  party  in  his  office  who  desired  to  make 
a  complaint.  General  Farthing  asked  me  if  I  would  come  to  his 
office  and  receive  this  complaint.  I  did  go  to  Hickam  Field  and  there 
met  a  Mr.  Hoffman.     I  have  forgotten  his  name. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  Robert  Hoffman. 

Colonel  Row.  Robert  Hoffman.  Mr.  Hoffman  gave  me  a  sworn 
statement  of  a  number  of  pages  in  length.  As  I  recall,  his  complaints 
referred  to  operations  at  Bellows  Field  and  included  inefficiency  of  the 
engineer  operations  and  of  the  USED:  United  States  Engineer  De- 
partment. As  I  recall,  the  complaints  included  conflicts  of  authority, 
dual  control,  waste,  and  so  forth.  These  complaints  criticized  Colonel 
Wyman  and  other  personnel. 

Do  you  want  me  to  go  right  ahead  with  the  story? 

80.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  I  think  so. 

Colonel  Row.  Before  leaving  Mr.  Hoffman,  General  Farthing  told 
me  that  he  had  just  given  Mr.  Hoffman  a  letter  of  commendation  due 
to  the  fact  that  Mr.  Hoffman  had  been  closely  associated  with  Colonel 
Farthing  at  Bellows  Field. 

81.  General  Frank.  And  had  done  good  work  ? 

Colonel  Row.  And  apparently  had  done  good  work,  in  the  estima- 
tion of  General  Farthing. 

[2119]         82.  General  Grunert.  Wliat  work? 
Colonel  Row.  Engineering  work. 

83.  General  Grunert.  What  kind  of  work? 

84.  Major  Clausen.  Area  superintendent. 

Colonel  Row.  As  area  superintendent  at  Bellows  Field. 

85.  General  Grunert.  Was  he  working  for  Farthing  or  for  Wyman  ? 
Hoffman. 

Colonel  Row.  For  Wyman.  But  General  Farthing  was  in  com- 
mand of  Bellows  Field,  as  I  recall. 

86.  General  Russell.  Was  Hoffman  a  soldier? 

87.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir.  He  was  employed  by  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors. 

88.  General  Russell.  Well,  that  is  different. 

89.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

90.  General  Frank.  Nobody  said  he  was  a  soldier. 

91.  General  Russell.  He  could  not  work  for  the  Engineers  if  he 
was  working  for  the  contractor. 

92.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  the  Engineers  on  many  occasions  issued 
orders  directing  the  employees. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1105 

By  the  way,  the  statement  to  which  I  invited  your  attention  yester- 
day, which  is  already  an  exhibit  before  this  Board  as  being  a  state- 
ment given  in  writing,  with  exhibits,  by  Mr,  Hoffman  to  General 
Farthing :  do  you  recall  whether  you  saw  that  statement  on  the  occa- 
sion when  you  went  to  the  office  of  General  Farthing? 

Colonel  Row.  No,  sir,  I  did  not,  as  I  recall. 

93.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Colonel  Row.  I  don't  recall  of  ever  seeing  that  statement. 

94.  General  Grunert.  Before  we  leave  this  subject  of  Hoffman, 
[2120']  where  is  that  sworn  statement  he  made  that  you  saw? 
Is  it  available  to  the  Board  ? 

Colonel  Row.  This  report  was  typed.  . 

95.  General  Frank.  What  report? 

Colonel  Row.  That  Mr.  Hoffman  gave  to  me  in  the  form  of  a  sworn 
statement.  I  transmitted  it  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian 
Department,  by  memorandum  recommending 

96.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  think  it  should  be  on  file  in  the 
records  of  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Colonel  Row.  It  should  be,  sir. 

97.  Major  Clausen.  At  this  point  I  would  like  to  show  the  witness 
again  the  sworn  statement  or  the  statement  that  was  furnished  by 
Mr.  Hoffman. 

98.  General  Grunert.  You  have  it,  then,  have  you? 

99.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  one,  sir,  and  I  would  rather  assume 
that  this  that  I  have  is  the  statement,  although  he  informed  me  yes- 
terday that  he  didn't  think  it  was.  I  would  like  to  get  it.  It  will 
just  take  me  a  moment. 

(There  was  colloquj^  off  the  record.) 

100.  Major  Clausen.  I  show  you,  Colonel,  Exhibit  No.  8-B  in 
evidence  before  this  Board.  I  will  ask  you  to  take  a  look  again  and 
see  if  that  is  the  statement  with  the  supporting  documents  that  you 
received — rather,  a  copy  of  the  statement  you  received  from  Mr. 
Robert  Hoffman. 

101.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Give  the  date  now. 

102.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  in  '42, 

Colonel  Row.  I  examined  this  document  day  before  yesterdaj^,  and 
I  wouldn't  say  definitely  that  this  document  was  never  in  the  office 
of  the  Department  Inspector  General,  but  I  don't  believe  it  was. 
I  don't  recognize  any  feature  of  it  except  [2121]  as  to  some 
of  the  content,  which  was  similar  in  nature  to  the  sworn  statement 
that  was  given  to  me  by  JMr.  Hoffman  sometime  in  the  spring  of  1942. 

103.  Major  Clausen.  On  page  16  of  this  Exhibit  8-B  there  is  a 
signature  of  Robert  Hoffman  and  the  date  April  29,  1942.  There 
are  attached  to  this  statement  of  Robert  Hoffman  various  documents 
which  are  dated  in  1941. 

104.  General  Frank.  What  months? 

[2122]  105.  Major  Clausen.  There  are  July,  September,  Novem- 
ber, December,  August  and  so  forth,  and  they  refer  to  delays  anc?- 
inefficiencies. 

I  first  want  to  ask  the  question  as  to  whether  you  had  any  conver- 
sations with  General  Farthing  after  this  occasion  that  Mr. 'Hoffman 
was  in  the  office  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  may  have,  but  I  do  not  recall  them. 


1106    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

106.  Major  Clausen.  And  with  regard  to  the  months  of  1942,  do 
you  know  when  that  was  that  you  had  this  conversation  with  Mr. 
Hoffman  and  General  Farthing  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  seems  to  me  it  was  either  in  March  or  April  of 
1942. 

107.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  the  statement  that  Mr.  Hoffman 
make  to  you  refer  to  items  of  delays  and  inefficiencies  that  occurred 
in  1941 ? 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  my  impression  at  this  time. 

108.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  they  refer  to  items  of  delays  and 
inefficiencies  prior  to  7  December,  1941  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  is  my  impression  that  that  is  so. 

109.  General  Russell.  What  is  the  date  of  that  statement? 

110.  Major  Clausen.  This  is  dated  April,  1942. 

Now,  for  the  record  and  in  order  that  one  thing  may  tie  to  another, 
I  am  going  to  read  from  an  F.  B.  I.  report  that  was  furnished  to  this 
Board  by  G-2,  which  is  dated  October  29, 1942,  on  page  49,  as  follows : 

(Excerpt  from  F.  B.  I.  report,  October  29,  1942,  page  49,  was  read 
as  follows:) 

Confidential  informant  T-1  related  that  his  division  conducted  the  investiga- 
tion which  precipitated  the  transfer  [2123]  of  Colonel  Theodore  Wyman, 
Jr.  as  District  Engineer  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  In  connection  with  that 
investig'ation,  one  Robert  Hoffman,  Area  Superintendent,  Hawaiian  Construc- 
tors, voluntarily  furnished  information  to  Confidential  Informant  T-1  which 
indicated  many  inefiiciencies  in  connection  with  construction  work  performed 
by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  and  described  in  detail  instances  where  major 
work  performed  by  them  had  cost  the  government  at  least  50  per  cent  more  than 
it  should  have  cost  under  the  circumstances.  According  to  Informant  T-1, 
Hoffman  is  considered  a  capable  engineer  of  wide  experience  and  training  whose 
opinions  would  undoubtedly  carry  a  considerable  amount  of  v/eight. 

This  report  is  by  the  party  you  mentioned  from  the  F.  B.  I.,  John 
Condon.  Do  you  recall  having  a  conversation  with  Mr.  Condon  con- 
cerning this  incident  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  do  not  recall  any  such  conversation  with  him. 

111.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  if  some  other  member  of  your 
division  did  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  might  have  been  some  other  member  of  my  divi- 
sion. 

112.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

113.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  if,  as  a. result  of  your  investi- 
gations of  this  situation,  whether  or  not  in  your  own  mind  you  con- 
cluded, as  to  the  efficiency  or  inefficiency  of  the  contractors'  work,  as 
to  whether  or  not  there  was  waste  and  so  forth  ?    • 

Colonel  Row.  I  was  definitely  of  the  opinion  that  there  \2WJi\ 
was  a  great  deal  of  waste  and  unnecessary  expenditure  of  time  and 
funds. 

114.  General  Frank.  That  was  based  on  what? 

Colonel  Row\  Our  inspections  and  investigations  made  by  our  office. 

115.  General  Frank.  A  series  of  them  ? 
Colonel  Row.  A  series. 

116.  General  Frank.  But  those  reports  were  submitted  to  the  Dis- 
trict Engineer  and  not  to  the  Division  Engineer? 

Colonel  Row.  That  is  correct,  as  I  recall  it. 

117.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  copies  were  sent 
to  Washington? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1107 

Colonel  Row.  I  believe  that  some  of  them,  in  certain  instances,  were 
sent  on.  I  believe  the  records  in  the  office  of  the  Inspector  General 
will  show  that. 

118.  General  Frank.  Otherwise  the  report  just  passed  back  and 
forth  between  the  Department  Commander  and  Wyman,  and  the  De- 
partment Connnander  had  no  authority  in  1941  to  put  the  screws  on 
Wyman  direct? 

Colonel  Row,  No,  sir.  No  cooperation  between  the  Commander  and 
the  District  Engineer. 

119.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  I  want  to  see  if  I  can  tie  the  evidence, 
or  some  of  it,  up  with  a  few  questions.  You  became  the  Department 
Inspector  about  when? 

Colonel  Row.  May  of  1941. 

120.  General  Russell.  How  soon  after  you  became  the  Department 
Inspector  was  it  before  you  were  directed  to  investigate  any  phase  or 
phases  of  the  construction  which  was  being  done  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  ? 

[2125]  Colonel  Row.  The  order  for  inspections  had  been  re- 
ceived in  the  Department  some  time  in  February  or  March,  as  I  recall, 
of  1941,  but  no  inspections  had  been  made  until  after  my  arrival. 

121.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  when  this  Colonel  Emil  W. 
Leard  made  the  inspection,  the  report  of  which  has  been  read  into  the 
record  by  Major  Clausen  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  should  think  some  time  between  January  and  March, 
the  early  part  of  March,  1942.  As  I  recall,  the  report  was  a  memoran- 
dum to  the  Chief  of  Staff,  which  was  made  about  the  14th  of  February. 

122.  General  Russell.  Is  your  testimony  now  that  from  the  time 
that  you  took  over  as  Department  Inspector,  no  investigation  into  that 
construction  work  was  made  until  the  year  1942  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Inspections  were  made  more  or  less  continuously  from 
early  fall,  at  least,  in  1941,  somewhere  in  the  early  fall  of  1941. 

123.  General  Russell.  Then  this  division  in  your  office  that  was  set 
up  to  investigate  the  type  of  contract  under  which  the  work  was  done 
was  actually  set  up  in  the  fall  of  1941  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Yes,  sir. 

124.  General  Russell.  We  have  to  this  time  no  records  of  any  in- 
spections up  until  the  Leard  inspections,  is  that  true  ? 

125.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  none,  sir,  except  from  the  witness.  The 
witness  says  they  were  made,  but  I  have  not  seen  the  inspections. 

126.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  did  you  believe,  based  upon  the 
inspections  made  after  you  became  the  Department  Inspector  and 
[2126]  down  to  the  completion  of  the  work,  that  you  are  in  any 
position  to  give  an  opinion  as  to  the  efficiency  of  the  work  that  was 
being  done  by  the  contractors  prior  to  December  7th,  1941  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Our  opinion  was  that  due  to  the  great  expansion  of 
work,  engineer  work,  in  Hawaii,  the  organization  of  the  office  of  the 
District  Engineer  was  not  properly  reorganized  to  handle  the  great 
amount  of  work  that  came  there.  While  the  engineers  were  having  all 
of  these  difficulties,  the  Zone  Construction  Quartermaster  operating  in 
Hawaii  on  construction  work  was  properly  organized  and  was  having 
little  or  very  little  difficulty.  Our  inspections  included  inspections  of 
the  Construction  Quartermaster,  and  I  would  say  the  results  of  those 
inspections  were  excellent. 

79716— i6— Ex.  145,  vol.  3 31 


1108    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

127.  General  Frank.  Who  was  the  Zone  Construction  Quarter- 
master? 

Colonel  Row.  Lieutenant  Colonel  Clinton  Harrold,  Quartermaster 
Corps. 

128.  General  Russell.  How  did  the  work  being  done  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Zone  Construction  Quartermaster  and  that  being 
done  under  the  supervision  of  the  District  Engineer  compare  as  to 
extensiveness  ?    Or  in  size  or  complexity  ? 

Colonel  Row.  I  believe  that  the  work  of  the  District  Engineer  was 
greater  in  volume  and  more  extensive. 

129.  General  Russell.  And  more  complex? 
Colonel  Row.  And  possibly  more  complex.     * 

130.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  in  your  opinion  were  the  waste, 
inefficiency  and  other  inadequacies  inherent  in  the  construction  in  1941 
attributable  solely  to  the  expansion  of  the  work  and  the  failure  of  the 
District  Engineer's  office  to  keep  his  administrative  work  apace  with 
this  expansion  ? 

[2127]        Colonel  Row.  Yes,  sir. 

131.  General  Russell.  Then  you  do  not  believe  that  his  personal 
conduct,  including  drinking,  if  any,  his  association  with  and  contacts 
with  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl,  had  anything  to  do  with  this  ineffective- 
ness of  the  work,  the  inefficiency  or  the  waste? 

Colonel  Row.  I  am  unable  to  answer  you  on  that,  because  I  was  not 
familiar  with  the  personal  conduct  of  Colonel  Wyman. 

132.  General  Russell.  Laying  aside  familiarity  with  the  personal 
conduct  of  Wyman  and  the  conduct  of  Rohl  which  might  have  to  come 
to  your  attention  by  virtue  of  facts,  did  rumors  of  such  conduct  reach 
your  ears,  either  as  Inspector  or  as  an  officer  resident  in  Hawaii  ? 

Colonel  Row.  As  I  recall  this  familiarity  between  Mr.  Rohl  and 
other  officials  with  Colonel  Wyman  came  about  largely  as  a  result  of 
our  inspection  of  the  Pleasanton  Hotel  matter.  That,  as  I  recall,  was 
the  first  time  that  it  came  to  my  attention  that  they  were  very  closely 
associated. 

133.  General  Russell.  Can  you  tell  the  approximate  date  of  the 
inspection  of  the  Hotel  matter? 

Colonel  Row.  It  would  be  some  time  in  1942. 

134.  General  Russell.  Did  that  inspection  then  discover  facts  re- 
lating to  improper  relations  between  Rohl  and  Wyman  in  the  year 
1941  ? 

Colonel  Row.  No,  sir,  I  do  not  think  so. 

135.  General  Grunert.  I  have  some  questions. 

I  am  not  quite  clear  as  to  the  character  of  inspections  that  were 
required  from  your  office  as  to  construction  matters.  Did  those  in- 
spections actually  include  any  inspection  of  engineer  work  in  the  field, 
or  was  it  limited  to  paper  work  and  [3128]  administration 
and  management  within  the  office  ? 

Colonel  Row.  It  was  largely  administrative  inspections.  We  did 
not  at  any  time  go  into  the  technical  engineer  matters. 

136.  General  Grunert.  Would  such  inspections  as  were  made  dis- 
close the  causes  for  any  delays  in  the  matter  of  completion  of  engineer 
projects  ? 

Colonel  Row.  Yes,  I  believe  it  would  be  within  the  province  of  the 
inspection. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1109 

137.  Geiioral  (thunert.  Did  any  siicli  iiisi)ecli()ii  sll()^v  the  reason 
for  an}'  particular  clela3's  in  the  eoni})letion  of  such  i)rojects? 

Colonel  Row.  No,  sir. 

138.  General  Gkunekt.  Then  you  will  not  l)e  able  to  tell  nie  whether 
or  not  such  delays  as  were  discovered  were  intent  ional  on  the  part  of 
the  military  or  the  contractors? 

Colonel  "Row.  No,  sir. 

13D.  General  Gkunekt.  The  waste  and  extravagance  and  suc.'h  de- 
lays as  were  incident  to  the  faulty  adnnnistration,  as  you  mifrht  call 
it,  do  you  know  whether  or  not  they  were  limited  to  what  happened 
prior  to  Deceml)er  7th,  or  contimied  after  Decern  Iter  7th,  or  increased 
after  December  7tli,  compared  with  prior  thereto? 

Colonel  Row.  I  think  the  waste  naturally  increased  after  Pearl 
Harbor,  when  the  urgency  for  rai)id  construction  was  more  apparent. 

140.  General  Gruxert.  Then  is  there  anything  through  those  in- 
spections to  indicate  to  you  that  there  were  intentional  delays  caused 
prior  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack  which  might  have  been  of  advan- 
tage to  the  attackers? 

Colonel  Row.  No,  sir,  that  was  never  brought   into  it.  [2129] 

Intentional  delays  were  never  brought  to  our  attention  at  any  time. 

141.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  the  delay  and  waste  was  greater 
than  what  might  be  expected  in  such  a  large  expansion  and  under  the 
stress  of  accomplishing  work  for  war  purposes? 

Colonel  Row.  Yes,  sir.  We  felt  that  correct  organization  of  the 
District  Engineer's  setup  would  have  eliminated  a  great  deal  of  this 
waste,  which  was  largely  a  dehciency  in  organization,  as  we  saw  it. 

142.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  a  copy  of  the  letter  from  the 
Secretary  of  War  asking  the  Hawaiian  Department  or  the  Inspector 
General  to  conduct  these  investigations? 

Colonel  Ro\v.  I  do  not  have,  but  it  should  be  on  WW  in  the  office 
of  the  Department  or  the  Inspector  General. 

143.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  say  the  date  is  February,  1941? 
Colonel    Row.  About    that   time,    Feln'uary    or    March,    probably 

March. 

144.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  Department  Insjjector  when? 
Colonel  Row\  From  May  ll)41. 

145.  Major  Clausen.  A\'lien  you  assumed  that  position  did  you  see 
and  read  that  letter? 

Colonel  Row.  Oh,  yes. 

14G.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  is  there  anything  else  that  you 
can  think  of  to  add  which  might  throw  light  on  the  entire  held  of 
our  investigation,  anything  that  has  not  been  liroiight  up,  tluit  you 
think  you  might  add  ? 

Colonel  Row.  No,  sir. 

147.  General  (trunert.  All  light.     Thank  \-ou,  \erv  nuich. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  thi-  usual  admonition.) 

[2130]         TESTIMONY  OF  MAJOR  HOWARD  F.  COOPER,  AIR  CORPS : 
1466  ARMY  AIR  FORCES  BASE  UNIT,  ATC. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  bv  the  Recorder  and  advi-cd  of  his  riuhts 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  yoiu-  name, 
rank,  organization,  and  station. 


1110    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Major  Cooper.  Howard  F.  Cooper;  Major,  Air  Corps;  1466  Army 
Air  Forces  Base  Unit,  ATC;  APO  938,  care  of  Postmaster,  Minne- 
apolis, Minn. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Major,  the  Board  is  after  facts,  and  is  trying 
to  get  a  lead  to  facts,  to  find  out  what  happened  prior  to  and  during 
the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  Your  name  having  appeared  as  a  wit- 
ness before  the  Roberts  Commission,  we  asked  that  you  be  sent  to  us 
so  that  we  could  find  out  what  facts  you  know,  and  how  you  can  help 
us  out. 

Now,  tell  us,  first,  what  was  your  assignment,  at  the  time  the  attack 
took  place,  December  7,  1941  ? 

Major  Cooper.  At  the  time  of  the  attack,  I  was  a  First  Lieutenant, 
Command  Headquarters,  and  Headquarters  Squadron,  Seventeenth 
Service  Group, 

3.  General  Grunert.  And  where  was  that  organization  stationed  at 
that  time  ? 

Major  Cooper.  It  was  stationed  at  Hickam  Field. 

4.  General  Grunert.  What  can  you  tell  us,  briefly,  about  the  attack, 
itself,  from  what  you  personally  know  about  it  ? 

Major  Cooper.  On  the  morning  of  December  7, 1941,  at  about  5  to  7, 
I  heard  loud  explosions,  which  got  me  out  of  bed,  immediately,  and  I 
raised  the  shade  and  looked  over  Pearl  Harbor  and  saw  huge  billows 
of  smoke  arising.  In  a  few  minutes  [2131']  after  that,  loud 
explosions  came  from  the  hangar  line,  ancl  I  immediately  ran  to  the 
bathroom  and  looked  out  over  the  hangar  line  and  saw  planes  bombing 
the  hangars. 

I  got  into  my  clothes  with  my  pistol  and  gas-mask  and  helmet  and 
ran  down  to  the  squadron ;  got  the  First  Sergeant  to  disperse  all  of  the 
members  of  the  organization,  armed  with  rifles,  and  walked  out  onto 
the  parade  grounds,  where  there  were  two  50-calibers  set  up.  They 
were  not  in  operating  condition.  I  stayed  with  one  gun  until  it  was 
in  operation,  and  I  walked  down  to  the  other  gun  and  ordered  the 
fellows  to  fire,  and  they  said  that  one  part  was  missing,  for  which  they 
were  waiting,  and  they  assured  me  that  the  part  was  on  its  way,  any 
efforts  to  get  it  faster  would  be  to  no  avail  since  there  were  two  fellows 
dispatched  to  get  this  particular  part;  and  at  this  time,  a  third  forma- 
tion of  bombers  came  over  and  dropped  bombs  on  the  barracks.  The 
fellows  at  the  gun  were  all  killed. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Was  it  part  of  your  duties  to  man  those  guns 
during  a  defense  against  an  air  attack  ? 

Major  Cooper.  No,  sir. 

6.  General  Grunert.  You  just  took  charge  of  them,  did  you  ? 
Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  How  did  you  know  they  were  down  there  ? 
Major  Cooper.  I  walked  out  onto  the  parade  ground  and  saw  them. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  you  say  there  were  some  machine  guns  in 
position,  but  they  were  not  ready  to  fire  because  of  missing  parts? 

Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir. 

9.  General  Grunert.  And  were  these  machine  guns  part  of  the 
\2132]         defensive  set-up  of  Hickam  Field  ? 

Major  Cooper.  No.  sir. 

10.  General  Grunert.  What  were  they  doing  out  there,  do  you 
know? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1111 

Major  Cooper.  As  a  result  of  the  attack,  attack  methods  were  de- 
vised to  protect  the  field,  on  the  spot. 

11.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  they  were  suddenly  pulled  out 
there  ? 

Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir ;  from  the  ordnance. 

12.  General  Grunert.  It  had  not  been  arranged  beforehand? 
Major  Cooper.  The}^  were  pulled  out  from  the  ordnance. 

13.  General  Frank.  After  the  first  attack  ? 
Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir;  after  the  first  attack. 

14.  General  Frank.  They  had  not  been  out  there  all  night  ? 
Major  Cooper.  No,  sir. 

15.  General  Grunert.  I  understood  you  to  say  it  was  about  5  to  7. 
Was  it  5  to  7,  or  was  it  5  to  8  ? 

Major  Cooper,  Oh,  that  was  5  to  7.    No,  that  was  5  to  8. 

16.  General  Grunert,  You  are  sure  it  was  5  to  8,  not  5  minutes  to 
7?  because  I  thought  you  said  5  to  7. 

Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir ;  I  am  positive  it  was  5  to  8  because  when  I 
did  finally  return  to  my  quarters,  my  electric  clock  had  stopped  at  8 
o'clock,  and  it  was  about  five  minutes  before  that,  that  the  attack 
started. 

17.  General  Grunert.  In  your  testimony  before  the  Roberts  Com- 
mission you  stated,  at  the  time  of  the  attack,  you  were  on  Alert  No.  3 
for  about  two  weeks.  What  were  the  forms  of  alert,  and  what  was 
No.  3? 

\2133'\  Major  Cooper.  I  am  not  positive  as  to  the  number  of  the 
alert.  We  had  three  forms  of  the  alert,  there.  One  was,  alert  against 
external  invasion;  and  the  other  was,  alert  against  internal  sabotage; 
and  the  third  was  a  combination  of  the  two,  which  was  the  very  serious 
alert. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Wliich  one  were  you  on  ? 

Major  Cooper.  We  were  on  the  second,  the  alert  against  sbotage. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Then,  though  you  named  it  "No.  3,"  it  might 
have  been  some  other  number,  but  it  was  the  alert  against  sabotage  1 

Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir ;  it  was  the  alert  against  sabotage. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Because  No.  3  happens  to  be  the  all-out  alert. 
Major  Cooper.  We  were  not  on  that ;  no,  sir. 

21.  General  Grunert.  I  wanted  to  clear  up  that  point  in  the  testi- 
mony before  the  Roberts  Commission,  because  it  says  "Alert  No.  3," 
and  Alert  No.  3  is  an  all-out  alert ;  and  you  were  alerted  for  sabotage  ? 

Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir. 

22.  General  Grunert.  That  happens  to  be  No.  1. 
Major  Cooper.  No.  2,  sir,  I  believe. 

23.  General  Grunert.  In  your  remembrance,  it  was  No.  2,  but  it 
was  the  sabotage  alert? 

Major  Cooper.  Yes,  sir. 

24.  General  Grunert.  That  was  the  only  thing  I  had  to  bring  out. 
Have  you  any  questions  ? 

Thank  you  very  much  for  coming  in. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

(Thereupon,  at  10 :  40  a.  m.,  the  Board,  having  concluded  the  hearing 

of  witnesses  for  the  morning,  took  up  the  consideration  of  other 

business.) 


1112    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 
[2IS4.]  AFTERNOON   SESSION 

The  Board  reconvened  at  2  p.  m.,  and  continued  with  the  hearing 
of  witnesses,  as  follows : 

TESTIMONY  OF  THOMAS  E.  TILLMAN,  1230  SHAFTER  STREET, 
SAN  MATEO,  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Tillman,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address. 

Mr.  Tillman.  Thomas  E.  Tillman,  1230  Shafter  street,  San  Mateo. 

2.  Colonel  West.  San  Mateo,  California? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Tillman,  the  Board  is  after  facts  con- 
cerning certain  things  that  happened  in  Hawaii  prior  to  the  Pearl 
Harbor  attack  and  during  the  attack.  We  have  also  been  charged 
with  making  an  investigation  of  certain  things  that  happened  in 
Hawaii,  in  which  Colonel  Wyman  was  concerned.  I  believe  you  have 
information  on  that  phase,  and  I  will  ask  General  Frank  and  the 
Assistant  Recorder,  Major  Clausen,  to  develop  whatever  you  may 
know. 

4.  General  Frank.  Where  were  you  employed,  in  1941? 
Mr.  Tillman.  U.  S.  Engineers,  at  Honolulu. 

5.  General  Frank.  What  was  your  position? 
Mr.  Tillman.  I  was  in  the  estimating  section. 

6.  General  Frank.  In  what  office? 

Mr.  Tillman.  In  the  Operations  Office,  U.  S.  Engineers. 

7.  General  Frank.  Is  that  the  district  engineer  ? 
Mr.  Tillman.  That's  right. 

8.  General  Frank.  Who  was  your  immediate  superior? 

[2135]  Mr.  Tillman.  It  was  first  a  civilian,  that  I  can't  remem- 
ber his  name.     It  was  later  Colonel  B.  L.  Robinson. 

9.  General  Frank,  Colonel  Robinson  was  Colonel  Wyman's  assist- 
ant, is  that  right  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Colonel  Robinson  was  Operations  Officer  for  the 
district  engineer. 

10.  General  Frank.  What  were  your  duties? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Estimating  the  cost  of  various  phases  of  work  that 
the  contractor  was  going  to  do  for  the  U.  S.  Engineers. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  You  recall  that,  after  Colonel  Wyman  was 
relieved  from  the  position  as  district  engineer  in  Hawaii,  you  did 
some  work  on  the  air-raid  warning  system  stations  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  explained  to  me,  today,  the  reason  for 
that.  What  was  the  reason?  Why  were  you  called  in  to  do  that, 
sir? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  think  the  principal  reason  was  that  they  didn't 
seem  to  get  them  completed,  and  the  progress  wasn't  satisfactory, 
and  they  called  me  in  as  more  of  a  trouble-shooter,  to  see  if  something 
couldn't  be  done  to  speed  up  the  completion  of  it. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  And  who  gave  you  directions  to  do  that? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1113 

Mr.  Tillman.  Lieutenant  Colonel  Weimer. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  When  were  those  instructions  given  you? 
Mr.  Tillman.  I  would  say  either  the  very  latter  part  of  April,  or 

the  first  of  June — right  in  that. 

15.  General  Frank.  What  year? 
Mr.  Tillman.  1942. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  you  also  stated  to  me,  when  I  asked  you, 
today,  as  to  the  reasons  why  the  work  had  been  lagging,  [2136] 
several  reasons.     Would  you  tell  the  Board  what  you  told  me. 

Mr.  Tillman.  You  want  me  to  explain  it  in  about  the  same  words 
that  I  exjjlained  it  to  you  ? 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  This  is  informal.  You  told  me  some- 
thing about  the  work  lagging,  and  you  said  the  reasons  were  such  and 
such  and  such.  Just  start  in  as  you  did  with  me  and  explain  to  the 
Board. 

Mr.  Tillman.  Well,  the  stations  were  located  in  various  areas 
around  the  island  of  Oahu.  That  is  the  one  I  am  speaking  of;  and 
the  Island  of  Oahu  was  divided  up  into  areas.  Each  area  had  an 
area  engineer  and  a  superintendent  for  the  contractors.  It  so  hap- 
pened that  I  believe  every  AWS  station  was  situated  at  a  consider- 
able distance  from  the  otHce  or  headquarters  of  the  superintendent 
and  area  engineer.  It  was  my  observation,  while  I  was  area  engineer, 
and  other  times,  too,  that  the  superintendent  was  not  paying  a  great 
deal  of  attention  to  the  construction  of  the  AWS  stations.  By  the 
way,  you  understand  that  the  AWS  stations  were  a  tunnel  drilled  in 
the  various  places,  and  usually  it  was  on  a  hill  or  a  "mountain"  as  you 
might  call  it,  there.  After  the  tunnel  was  completed,  certain  other 
phases  ©4 work  had  to  be  done,  there,  and  when  those  were  completed, 
then  the  signal  corps  made  their  installations.  They  would  not 
move  any  equipment  there  until  they  were  completed,  painted,  and 
the  civilian  crew  ready  to  move  out. 

18.  General  Frank.  You  are  talking  about  the  permanent  installa- 
tions ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  correct. 

19.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  where  they  were? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  I  do. 

20.  General  Fr.\nk.  Will  you  state  where  they  were? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Koko  Head,  Opana,  Uliipau,  Kaena  Point,  Pumana- 
hu,  Mt.  Kaala,  and  Fort  Shafter. 

[£137]  21.  General  Frank.  Was  there  a  tunnel  to  be  con- 
structed at  each  one  of  these  places  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  installations  were 
in  a  tunnel,  and  the  specifications  called  for  a  48-foot  minimum  cover- 
age over  it. 

22.  General  Frank.  You  are  giving  the  name  "tunnel"  to  what 
they  called  a  "bomb-proof,"  aren't  you  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Well,  yes. 

23.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

Mr.  Tillman.  It  was  a  tunnel,  by  the  way. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  Mr.  Tillman,  you  said  that  the  superin- 
tendent didn't  pay  much  attention  to  these  AWS  constructions.  The 
superintendents  to  which  you  refer  were  superintendents  of  whom? 

Mr.  Tillman.  For  the  contractor. 


1114    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

25.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  the  Hawaiian  Constructors' 
superintendent  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  right. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  is  the  basis  for  your  statement  in 
that  respect? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  areas  in  which  the  superintendent  had  control 
of  the  work  were  all  large  areas.  He  not  only  had  the  AWS  stations, 
but  in  most  instances  he  had  a  multitude  of  other  work  in  progress. 
And  I  just  think  that  he  had  too  much  work  to  do. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  How  long  had  this  lagging  of  this  work  con- 
tinued, to  your  knowledge? 

Mr.  Tillman.  At  the  time  of  the  attack 

28.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  December  7,  1941  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  December  7 — ^the  runways  were  given,  if  I  \2138'] 
remember  right,  a  No.  1  priority.  I  believe  the  AWS  stations  were 
given  No.  2  priority. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  Given  by  whom? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  district  engineer.  The  work  involved  in  build- 
ing the  AWS  stations  at  the  beginning  of  course  was  all  tunnel  work 
or  excavation.  This  excavation  or  tunnel,  whichever  one  you  want 
to  call  it,  was  as  I  say  in  every  instance  at  the  top  or  near  the  top  of  a 
mountain.  Some  of  those — in  fact  every  one  of  them  with  one  excep- 
tion, was  inaccessible  to  anything  but  foot  traffic  and  mules.  Couldn't 
get  a  truck  or  any  kind  of  equipment  near  them.  It  was  a  tremendous 
job  of  digging  this  so-called  "tunnel,"  it  was  slow  work,  very  slow. 

Does  that  answer  it? 

30.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  just  would  like  to  have  3^ou  tell  the 
Board  and  tell  me  what  was  the  basis  for  your  conclusioii  that  the 
work  was  lagging ;  and  I  suppose  you  have  told,  as  much  as  you  can. 

Mr.  Tillman.  At  the  time  I  took  over  the  so-called  "trouble-shoot- 
ing" of  the  stations,  there  was  quite  a  complaint  from  the  signal  corps 
that  we  were  not  making  any  progress.  Colonel  Weimer  sent  me  out. 
.    31.  Major  Clausen,  that  is  not  "Wyman"? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  that  is  not  "Wyman." 

32.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.     Proceed,  please. 

Mr.  Tillman.  He  sent  me  out  to  Fort  Shafter  to  interview  a  Major 
and  a  Colonel  in  charge  of  the  Signal  Corps,  I  can't  recall  their  names, 
to  find  out  just  what  the.v  wanted  and  required.  I  went  out  there  and 
interviewed  them,  and  they  just  put  me  right  on  the  spot  to  get  them 
completed  to  where  they  could  make  their         [3139]         installations. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  NoWj  Mr.  Tillman,  in  connection  with  your 
activities,  did  you  as  an  estimator  have  some  dealings  with  the  Ha- 
waiian Contracting  Company,  one  of  the  joint  adventurers  in  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Not  while  I  was  in  the  estimating  section ;  no. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  receive  instructions  from  Colonel 
Robinson  to  appraise  certain  equipment  belonging  to  the  Hawaiian 
Contracting  Company? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  did,  Major,  but  that  was  after  I  was  placed  in  charge 
of  the  Plant  Control  section. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Let  me  have  the  date,  please,  on 
chat. 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  date  was  December  9, 1941. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1115 

36.  Major  Clausen.  And  your  position  at  that  time  was  what, 
Mr.  TiUman? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Head  of  the  PLant  Control  section. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  Tell  the  Board  exactly  what  you  did. 
Mr.  Tillman.  I  rounded  up  equipment,  rented  it,  bought  it. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  No,  I  mean  you  received  some  instructions  from 
Colonel  Robinson  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Concerning  equipment  of  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
tracting Company  ?     What  instructions  were  they  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  "I  received  a  typewritten  list  of  equipment  owned  by 
the  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  From  whom? 

Mr.  Tillman.  From  Colonel  B.  L.  Robinson,  priced  out,  [21^] 
itemized  and  priced,  with  a  request  that  I  go  out  and  make  an  appraisal 
of  it  with  a  view  to  buying  it.  I  went  out  to  the  Hawaiian  Contract- 
ing Company's  yard,  took  an  equipment  expert  with  me,  started  to 
make  the  appraisal,  and  was  called  to  the  telephone  by  the  superin- 
tendent of  the  yard,  and  Mr.  H.  P.  Benson,  former  president  of  the 
Hawaiian  Contracting  Company,  and  on  the  board  of  directors  for  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors,  was  on  the  phone,  and  asked  me  what  I  was 
doing  out  there.  I  told  him  I  was  making  an  appraisal  of  the  equip- 
ment. He  said,  "That  equipment  has  already  been  appraised,  and 
I  am  very  much  concerned  with  what  you  are  doing,  ancl  I  wish  you 
v.'ould  get  out  of  there."  I  did.  I  went  back  and  picked  up  my  man 
and  went  back  to  the  office,  reported  to  Colonel  Wyman  that  so  far  as 
I  could  see  the  equipment  was  nothing  but  junk  and  we  wouldn't  be 
interested  in  any  of  it. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  you  reported  to  whom? 
]Mr.  Tillman.  I  mean  to  Colonel  Robinson. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  later  receive  additional  instructions 
from  Colonel  Robinson  concerning  the  same  equipment  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  did.  I  was  ordered  to  go  back  there  and  make  an 
appraisal,  and  not  let  anybody  stop  me. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  how  soon  after  the  first  time? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  would  say  that  was  approximately  two  weeks  later. 

44.  Major  Ct^ausen.  All  right.     Then  what  did  you  do? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  then  took  this  one  appraiser,  and  also  another  one, 
with  me,  and  went  out  and  made  an  appraisal  of  it,  turned  in  a  report, 
it  was  practically  junk  and  we  had  no  use  for  it,  and  would  be  unable 
to  use  it.  The  equipment  was  out-  [2141]  dated  and  not  equip- 
ment suitable  for  our  needs  at  all. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  You  sav  you  turned  in  a  written  report  to  that 
effect? 

Mr.  TiLLJiAN.  Yes,  sir. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  To  whom  did  you  give  your  report? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Colonel  Robinson. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  a  copy? 
Mr.  Tillman.  No,  I  haven't. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  where  we  can  obtain  a  copy,  other 
than  in  Hawaii? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  I  don't. 


1116    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

49.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know,  then,  what  happened,  after  you 
had  turned  in  this  adverse  report,  with  respect  to  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  was  told,  and  I  don't  remember  who  told  me,  and 
I  think  it's  a  fact  that  Colonel  Wyman,  the  week  prior  to  his  being 
relieved  over  there,  ordered  that  that  same  equipment  be  purchased 
and  the  deal  completed  before  he  left  office. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

At  this  point,  I  invite  the  attention  of  the  Board  to  page  31  of  the 
written  report.     It  is  a  confidential  report. 
What  is  your  present  position  ? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Engineer. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  By  whom  are  you  employed? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Donald  R.  Warren  Company. 

52.  General  Frank.  Wlio  was  Mr.  Benson? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Mr.  Benson  was  on  the  executive  board  of  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors,  and  formerly  was  president  of  the  Hawaiian 
Contracting  Company. 

53.  General  Frank.  Well,  who  was  he  to  give  you  instructions, 
[214^]         when  you  were  working  for  the  district  engineer? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Except  that  I  was  on  his  property,  he  had  no 
authority. 

54.  General  Frank.  Was  this  equipment  later  purchased  by  the 
Government  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  It  was  my  understanding  that  it  was. 

55.  General  Frank.  Wlio  was  the  co-adventurer?  Who  was  the 
contractor  who  had  charge  of  building  the  aircraft  warning  service 
stations  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  contractor  was  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

56.  General  Frank.  I  know,  but  when  those  projects  came  up, 
were  they  handled  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  as  a  whole,  or  were 
they  assigned  to  different  contractors? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir;  they  were  handled  by  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors. 

57.  General  Frank.  As  a  whole? 
Mr.  Tillman,  As  a  whole. 

58.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  the  Rohl-ConnoUy  Company 
did  not  handle  one  series  of  projects,  and  the  Woolley  Company 
another  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir. 

59.  General  Frank.  And  the  Callalian  Company,  another  group? 
They  all  handled  them  as  a  single,  definite  group  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  right,  in  so  far  as  I  knew.  I  didn't  know 
anything  about  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  Mr.  Woolley,  a  Ralph 
Woolley,  was  also  in  the  same  capacity  with  Mr.  Benson,  in  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors. 

60.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  how  much  was  paid  for  this 
Hawaiign  Contractors'  equipment? 

[214^3]  Mr.  Tillman.  The  price  as  it  was  listed  to  me  was 
$170,000. 

61.  General  Frank.  How  much  was  it  worth,  as  a  result  of  your 
evaluation? 

Mr.  Tillman.  You  mean  in  so  far  as  the  engineers  were  concerned  ? 

62.  General  Frank.  Yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1117 

Mr.  TiLLMAx.  Worth  nothing, 

63.  General  Fkank.  Had  it  been  used  by  the  Hawaiian  Contracting 
Company  on  government  projects? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir.  You  understand  this  equij^ment  was  some 
of  it  30,  35,  and  even  40  years  old.  It  had  laid  in  their  yard  until  it 
was  overgrown  with  weeds,  rusty,  and — well,  in  other  words,  equip- 
ment that  had  been  discarded  many  years  before. 

64.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  why  the  engineers  wanted  to 
buy  it? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir. 

65.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  it  was  ever  used  ? 
•     INIr.  Tillman.  By  the  engineers? 

66.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  Tillmamn.  No;  I  don't. 

67.  General  Frank.  Or  by  the  contractors? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No;  I  don't.     I  know  some  of  it  could  not  be  used. 

68.  General  Frank.  Who  comprised  the  rest  of  the  firm  with  Ben- 
son, in  the  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Mr.  Kalph  Woolley,  Paul  Graef— G-r-a-e-f— 

69.  General  Frank.  No,  I  am  talking  about  the  Hawaiian 
[2144]         Contracting  Company. 

Mr.  Tillman.  Oh,  I  don't  know.  I  do  know  wdio  was  supposedly 
the  money  in  back  of  it,  and  that  was — I  can't  recall  it  right  now.  It 
is  a  very  well  known  one. 

70.  Major  Clausen.  Dillingham? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Dillingham — right.  He  was  supposed  to  own  the 
company,  and  Benson  was  the  front  for  it. 

71.  General  Frank.  The  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company  was  a 
Haw^aiian  firm,  it  was  not  a  California  firm? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  right. 

72.  General  Russell.  The  Hawaiian  Constructors  were  referred 
to  as  a  "joint  group"  or  "joint  adventurers,"  who  took  on  all  of  this 
work  out  there;  is  that  true? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

73.  General  Russell.  Then  Hawaiian  Contractors  was  a  local  cor- 
poration? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  right. 

74.  General  Russell.  Ancl  was  Hawaiian  Contractors  a  member  of 
this  group  which  was  going  to  do  all  that  work? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No.  Shortly  after  the  raid,  the  conditions  there 
were  such  that  no  local  contractor — or,  I  won't  say  "no",  but  hardly 
any  of  the  local  contractors  could  get  any  equipment  or  material  to 
work  with.  They  were  left  you  might  say  stranded,  and  it  w^as  my 
understanding  that  they  took  in  Ralph  "Woolley  and  Mr.  Benson 
just  as  sort  of  co-partners  in  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

75.  General  Russell.  As  additional  parties? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  don't  mean  that  they  took  in  the  firnL  I  mean 
that  they  just  took  in  these  two  men. 

[214-5]  76.  General  Russell.  Let  us  go  back  to  the  Hawaiian 
Contractors ;  the  people  with  the  money  in  that  outfit  were  the  Dil- 
linghams? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  was  my  understanding. 


1118    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

77.  General  Russell.  The  Dillinghams  are  quite  big  operators  out 
there  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  They  are. 

78.  General  Russell.  They  own  a  great  deal  of  real-estate? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

79.  General  Russell.  They  are  charged  with  being  rather  powerful 
in  that  area  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  They  are. 

80.  General  Russell.  They  are  powerful  ?  They  could  go  directly 
to  Washington  and  have  some  influence? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  don't  know  about  that. 

81.  General  Russell.  Have  you  ever  heard  of  a  Colonel  Hunt  ? 
Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir. 

82.  General  Russell.  Did  he  approach  you  at  any  time  and  secure 
from  you  a  statement  as  to  your  relation  with  the  worl^  that  was  car- 
ried on  out  there  in  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  don't  recall,  if  he  ever  did. 

83.  General  Russell.  Have  you  been  called  as  a  witness  before 
anyone,  or  any  body  of  people,  prior  to  today,  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  the  testimony  which  you  are  giving  to  this  Board  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  day  before  I  left  Hawaii,  I  was  called  in  by  the 
FBI  in  Honolulu  and  asked  almost  these  same  questions. 

84.  General  Russell.  And  what  date  was  that,  Mr.  Tillman? 
Mr.  Tillman.  That  would  be  August  5,  1942. 

85.  General  Russell.  With  the  exception  of  the  statement  that 
you  made  to  the  FBI,  are  there  any  others  ? 

\^2H6']  Mr.  Tillman.  Well,  they  also  called,  when  I  was  on  a 
secret  station  for  the  engineers  up  at  Petaluma,  and  interviewed  me 
again. 

86.  General  Frank.  The  FBI? 
Mr.  Tillman.  The  FBI. 

87.  General  Russell.  Other  than  to  the  FBI,  you  have  testified  to 
nobody,  or  to  any  Board  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No. 

88.  General  Russell.  Benson  represented  Hawaiian  Contractors, 
and  he  told  you,  when  he  ordered  you  off  the  property,  that  this 
equipment  had  been  previously  appraised  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

89.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  now  what  the  basis  of  that 
statement  by  Benson  was? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  think  so. 

[2147]         90.  General  Russell.  Would  you  tell  us,  please. 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  found  out  later  that  one  of  Mr.  Benson's  employees 
and  a  machinery  equipment  representative  and  one  other  man — I 
can't  recall  who  he  was — had  made  an  appraisal  of  the  equipment. 

91.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  of  your  own  knowledge  what 
the  appraisal  value  on  this  machinery  was,  as  fixed  by  those  three 
people  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  was  where  the  $170,000  came  from.  That  was 
their  appraisal. 

92.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  of  any  appraisal  of  this  ma- 
chinery which  may  have  been  in  the  neighborhood  of  $130,000  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir,  I  don't. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1119 

93.  General  Russell.  You  state  that  you  submitted  with  your 
appraisal  report  a  list  of  this  equipment? 

Mr,  Tillman.  No.    I  was  given  a  list  by  Colonel  Robinson. 

94.  General  Russell.  Did  you  turn  that  list  back  in  to  Colonel 
Robinson  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

95.  General  Russell.  Did  you  make  any  effort  upon  your  second 
visit  to  the  place  where  this  equipment  was  located  to  fix  a  value  on 
the  items  of  the  equipment? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes. 

96.  General  Russell.  I  believe  your  testimony  was  to  the  effect 
that  the  Engineers  didn't  want  it  at  any  price,  that  it  would  be  of 
no  value  to  them. 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  don't  believe  I  made  the  statement  that  the  Engi- 
neers didn't  want  it.  It  was  my  recommendation  that  we  do  not  pur- 
chase it,  that  we  would  have  no — could  not  use  it. 

\_21Jf8'\  97.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  what  the  aggregate 
appraisal  value  that  you  placed  upon  it  was  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  I  don't. 

98.  General  Russell.  But  you  did  place  a  value  of  some  sort? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes. 

99.  General  Russell.  Now,  one  more  question  about  the  air  warning 
service :  As  a  result  of  5^our  efforts  was  the  work  on  these  air  warning 
service  stations  accelerated  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

100.  General  Russell.  Would  you  please  tell  the  Board  what  steps 
you  took  to  accelerate  that  work  ? 

101.  General  Frank.  May  I  ask  one  question :  What  date  was  this 
that  you  were  put  on  the  acceleration  of  this  work  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Probably  the  last  of  April  or  right  around  the  first 
of  June. 

102.  General  Frank.  Of  what  year? 
Mr.  Tillman.  1942. 

103.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

104.  General  Russell.  That  answer  was  made  a  little  while  ag( 
and  seems  a  bit  queer  to  me :  last  of  April  or  the  first  of  June.  Why 
was  May  left  out  ?     Do  you  remember  those  two 

Mr.  Tillman.  Wait  a  minute.  I  should  have  said  May.  Pardon 
me. 

105.  General  Russell.  Now,  to  go  back  to  my  question:  the  steps 
that  you  took  to  accelerate  the  work  on  these  air  warning  stations. 

Mr.  Tillman.  Well,  I  don't  know  whether  I  could  just  tell  you 
exactly  the  steps  I  took. 

106.  General  Grunert.  What  did  you  do  that  wasn't  done  before  ? 
[214^]         Mr.  Tillman.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  station  that  I  was 

ordered  to  complete  first,  when  I  arrived  there  there  was  nobody  work- 
ing on  it,  and  I  went  right  down  to  the  area  engineer  who  was  in 
charge  of  that  area  and  wanted  to  know  why  there  were  no  men  work- 
ing there,  and  he  said.  Well,  they  had  no  equipment,  nothing  to  work 
with.  I  went  back  up  there  then  and  made  a  survey  to  see  just  what 
they  had  to  have,  and  got  in  touch  with  the  foreman  who  had  been  in 


1120    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

charge  of  it,  and  got  a  list  of  equipment  from  him,  or  material  that 
he  had  to  have,  and  I  went  out  and  rounded  up  this  equipment. 

107.  General  Russell.  Well,  that  is  exactly  what  we  are  thinking 
about.  On  that  station  nothing  was  being  done,  and  you  got  equip- 
ment  and  people  and  started  to  work? 

Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  right. 

108.  General  Russell.  Now,  do  you  have  any  recollection  as  to  what 
happened  at  other  stations? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  other  stations,  they  were  working,  but  they  were 
not  making  suitable  progress.  The  tunnels  were  all  completed;  that 
is,  the  tunnel  crew  were  finished  with  their  work  and  out  of  there. 
It  was  more  or  less  concrete  and  carpenter  work  and  electrical  work, 
plenty  of  electrical  work,  after  the  tunnel  crew  got  out  of  there.  They 
were  very  short  of  electrical  supplies  to  complete  these  stations.  In 
other  words,  I  think  I  told  the  Major  some  of  the  items  that  they  didn't 
have  and  that  were  practically  nonobtainable :  for  instance,  5000-watt 
KVA — 5000-volt  hotheads,  varnish  cambric  tape,  6-inch  pipe  cover, 
60-amp.  double-throw  switches,  in  which  I  went  into  a  shop  where  I 
linew  the  man  in  charge,  and  had  him  make  these  switches.  We  had 
certain  stations  completed  \2150\  up  to  the  point  where  noth- 
ing was  left  to  do  but  a  60-amp.  double-throw  switch ;  that  was  all  we 
had  to  do  to  complete  them.  Well,  I  went  into  the  shop  and  had  them 
made  and  took  them  out  there  and  handed  them  to  the  electrician.  I 
did  the  same  thing  with  pipe  cover.  I  did  the  same  thing  with  various 
other  items.  I  just  scouted  around  until  I  found  them,  and  took  them 
out  there  and  handed  them  right  to  the  men.  Each  station  had  a  hun- 
dred-foot steel  tower  to  be  erected.  They  sent  inexiDeriencecl  steel  men 
up  there,  or  men,  to  erect  these  towers.  They  couldn't  make  any 
progress  with  them  at  all.  At  one  station  I  had  three  different  crews 
before  I  got  a  tower  erected. 

109.  General  Russell.  What  did  you  say  was  wrong?  Why  couldn't 
they  complete  them  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  towers  ? 

110.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Mr.  Tillman.  They  didn't  know  anything  about  steel  erection. 

111.  General  Russell.  Lack  of  skill  in  that  work? 
Mr.  Tillman.  That  is  right. 

112.  General  Russell.  Well,  there  were  various  things  that  you  did? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Oh,  yes. 

113.  General  Russell.  Procurement  of  the  necessary  personnel  and 
procurement  of  materiel,  things  of  that  kind  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

114.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all  I  have  to  ask. 

115.  General  Grunert.  Along  this  same  line :  Do  you  know  any- 
thing about  the  status  of  completion  of  those  air  warning  service  in- 
stallations as  of  December  7,  '41? 

\2151\         Mr.  Tillman.  I  really  don't. 

116'.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  what  caused  any  delays  prior 
to  December  7,  '41,  on  them? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  would  say  the  same  reasons  that  I  cited  before. 

117.  General  Grunert.  I  believe  3^011  told  us  that  there  was  a  ques- 
tion of  an  area  engineer  or  supervisor,  whatever  he  is,  having  a  number 
of  engineering  projects  to  process  at  the  same  time,  and  that  the  air 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1121 

warning  service  stuflf  was,  say,  Priority  2.  Do  you  know  of  any 
reason  why  they  shouldn't  work  on  both  projects  simultaneously? 
Was  it  a  question  of  lack  of  material,  lack  of  personnel,  or  what? 

Mr.  Tillman.  They  were  working  oh  both  projects  simultaneously. 
They  were  working  on  all  projects  simultaneously  but  preference  was 
given  to  runways  immediately  following  the  raid.  They  were  given 
hrst  preference. 

118.  General  Grunert.  Immediately  following  December  7? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

119.  General  Grunert.  But  prior  thereto  do  you  know  whether  they 
w^ere  given  preference  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  don't  believe  we  had  a  priority  system  set  up  prior 
to  that. 

120.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  prior  to  that  they  didn't 
have  any  money  to  build  the  runways,  did  they  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  I  think  so. 

121.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  your  own  knowledge 
whether  or  not  any  of  these  delays  were  intentional  on  the  part  of 
anyone  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  have  no  way  of  knowing,  no,  sir.  I  don't — 
[2162']         I  can't  believe  that  they  were. 

122.  General  Grunert.  Would  there  be  anyone  then  in  the  Hawai- 
ian Constructors  that  would  have  the  power  to  delay  if  he  had  such  an 
intent  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

123.  General  Grunert.  Who  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  would  say  that  Paul  Graf  e  and  Mr,  Rohl,  either  one, 
could  have  delayed  the  progress  or  completion  of  work  of  any  kind. 

124.  General  Grunert.  In  that  case  would  that  delay  have  been  with 
or  without  the  knowledge  of  the  District  Engineer  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  think  it  could  have  been  without  his  knowledge. 

125.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  or  believe  that  either  one  of  them 
did  delay  any  work? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  I  don't  know.  If  you  want  an  opinion  I  would 
be  glad  to  express  an  opinion. 

126.  General  Frank.  Let  us  have  the  opinion. 

Mr.  Tillman.  It  is  my  opinion  that  both  Mr.  Grafe  and  Mr.  Rohl 
did  everything  they  could  to  complete  any  work  that  they  were  inter- 
ested in  there.  Now,  the  reason  that  I  say  that  is  that  while  I  was 
head  of  the  plant  control  section  I  sat  in  with  Mr.  Rohl  at  his  meetings 
with  his  field  superintendents  at  night,  and  I  heard  him  express  his 
attitude  in  no  uncertain  terms  too  many  times  to  think  that,  unless  he 
was  a  lot  smoother  than  I  give  him  credit  for,  that  there  was  any  intent 
other  than  to  push  that  work. 

127.  General  Russell.  Wlio  were  these  people  to  whom  Rohl  was 
talking  on  these  occasions? 

[2153]  Mr.  Tillman.  Those  were  the  superintendents  of  the 
various  areas  that  I  have  mentioned  before. 

128.  General  Russell.  All  native  Americans?     Who  were  they? 
Mr.  Tillman.  I  think  so.     I  think  so. 

129.  General  Russell.  How  many  would  be  in  those  meetings? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Oh,  anywhere  from  eight  to  twelve  or  fourteen. 


1122    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

130.  General  Grunekt.  Now  let  me  see  if  I  have  this  straight.  The 
Hawaiian  Contractors 

General  Frank.  No. 

131.  General  Grunert.  Was  it  a  local  firm  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company. 

132.  General  Grunert.  The  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company. 
And  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  was  the  over-all  firm  that  had  the 
contract  to  start  with,  consisting  of  various  other  firms  ? 

Mr,  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

133.  General  Grunert.  Now,  as  to  this  equipment  that  you  spoke 
about  that  you  were  sent  out  to  appraise,  to  whom  did  that  equipment 
belong? 

Mr.  Tillman.  The  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company. 

134.  General  Grunert.  And  not  to  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 
Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir. 

135.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  Tillman.  It  was  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  who  were  sup- 
posedly to  make  the  purchase. 

136.  General  Grunert.  From  the  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company  ? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

137.  General  Frank.  But  the  Government  was  going  to  pay  for  it  ? 
[215^']         Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir.     You  understand  the  purchase 

arrangement  between  the  contractors  and  the  Government? 

138.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Tillman.  They  made  the  purchase.  We  paid  them  a  monthly 
rental  of  one-twelfth  of  the  cost  of  the  equipment  for  a  year's  time 
in  which  it  became  the  property  of  the  Government. 

139.  General  Grunert.  Then,  whose  primary  interest,  whose  finan- 
cial interest  was  it,  to  get  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  to  buy  this 
equipment  which  the  Government  would  eventually  pay  for? 

Mr.  Tillman.  You  mean  who  would  benefit  by  it  ? 
■    140.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 
Mr.  Till.man.  The  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company. 

141.  General  Grunert.  Would  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  benefit 
by  it? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  do  not  think  so. 

142.  General  Grunert.  I  do  not  think  of  anything  else.  Does 
anyone  think  of  any  other  questions? 

143.  General  Russell.  I  think  we  have  developed  a  point  there  that 
may  best  be  clarified  a  little. 

144.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

145.  General  Russell.  Now,  at  the  time  that  you  were  making  this 
appraisal  of  this  equipment  of  the  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company, 
they  had  become  one  of  the  associates  in  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  do  not  think  so. 

146.  General  Russell.  Wasn't  it  after  Pearl  Harbor  that  you  were 
making  this  appraisal? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

[fids']  147.  General  Russell.  Well,  didn't  you  testify  a  little 
while  ago  that  they  came  in  and  they  began,  or  they  allowed  them  to 
work  on  the  common  project  after  December  7th  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No.     No,  I  didn't  say  that. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1123 

148.  General  Russell.  Well,  I  was  just  mistaken  about  it,  then. 
Mr.  Tillman.  No.    They  had  no  more  work  shortly  after  the 

raid. 

149.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Mr.  Tillman.  They  did  have  an  organization  and  they  had  this 
equipment.  Mr.  Benson,  who  was  president  of  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
tracting Company,  joined  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  as  one  of  the 
members  of  the  executive  board;  that  is,  in  an  individual  capacity. 
The  company  did  not  join  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

150.  General  Russell.  They  did  not  take  their  organization  and 
their  modern  equipment  and  go  in  and  start  to  work,  then,  on  this  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  sir. 

151.  General  Russell.  All  right.  But  Benson  as  an  individual 
went  over  and  gave  his  services  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

152.  General  Russell.  Well,  that  clears  that  up.     I  am  through. 

153.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  you  have  mentioned  several  things  that 
called  into  play  your  judgment  on  engineering  matters.  Would  you, 
for  the  record,  tell  the  Board  your  engineering  schooling  background  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Well,  I  have  been  in  the  construction  end  of  the 
engineering  for  31  years.  Prior,  at  that  time,  it  had  been  about  28 
years.  I  took  a  constructional  engineering  [2156^  course  from 
the  I.  C.  S.  School. 

154.  Major  Clausen.  Worked  on  major  projects? 
Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

155.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  aU. 

156.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  were  certain  that  you  knew  equip- 
ment and  what  its  value  was,  as  to  its  present  shape,  and  what  it  could 
be  used  for  in  the  future  ?     You  were  a  good  judge  of  that,  were  you  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  think  so. 

157.  General  Grunert.  Whom  did  you  have  to  assist  you  in  this? 
You  spoke  of  the  equipment  man,  did  you  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  sir. 

158.  General  Grunert.  What  was  he  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  We  were  buying  considerable  equipment  from  the 
Allis-Chalmers  people.  They  sent  two  equipment  experts  over  to  the 
Islands  to  assist  us  in  any  way  possible  that  they  could  be  of  assistance 
to  us.  The  Allis-Chalmers  were  paying  all  of  the  expenses;  it  cost 
us  nothing.  When  they  reported  over  there  they  were  ordered  to 
report  and  make  my  office  their  headquarters.  I  took  them  along — 
they  weren't  working  under  my  direction,  you  understand.  I  took 
them  along  as  so-called  experts. 

159.  General  Grunert.  And  did  you  testify  that  that  identical 
equipment  that  you  went  to  appraise  and  did  appraise  was  actually 
sold  to  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  afterward  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  No,  I  can't  state  that  it  was  definitely  sold.  I  think 
I  stated  that  it  was  reported  to  me  that  it  was  sold. 

160.  General  Grunert.  That  could  not  have  been  confused,  then, 
[3157]  with  any  other  batch  of  equipment  that  was  afterward 
purchased  ? 

Mr.  Tillman.  I  do  not  think  so. 

161.  General  Grunert.  Anything  else? 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 22 


1  1  24     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

162.  Major  Clausen.  I  would  like  to  know  if  these  two  men  who 
went  with  you,  Mr.  Tillman,  to  appraise  this  equipment  concurred 
in  your  judgment. 

Mr.  Tillman.  Yes,  they  did. 

1(33.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

164.  General  EussELL.  What  were  their  names  ? 

Mr,  Tillman.  I  don't  remember  their  names  any  more.  1  think 
I  could  get  their  names.  I  think  I  have  some  papers  at  home  that 
might  give  me  their  names,  but  right  now  I  don't  remember. 

165.  Major  Clausen.  Will  you  ascertain  and  let  me  know  ? 
Mr.  Tillman.  I  could,  yes. 

166.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions? 
(No  response.)     If  not,  I  thank  you  very  much  for  coming. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[mS8]         TESTIMONY  OF  THOMAS  EENEST  CONNOLLY,  2400  FUL- 
TON STREET,  SAN  FRANCISCO,  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Connolly,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address  ?     Full  name  and  address. 

Mr.  Connolly.  Thomas  Ernest  Connolly.  I  live  at  2400  Fulton 
Street,  San  Francisco. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Connolly,  the  Board  has  a  broad  field  to 
cover.  In  addition  to  looking  into  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  it  has 
been  assigned  the  task  to  look  into  certain  phases  of  that  attack  in 
which  one  Colonel  Wyman,  a  District  Engineer  at  Honolulu,  was 
concerned.  It  is  that  phase  particularly,  I  believe,  in  which  the  testi- 
mony from  you  may  help  us,  and  in  this  broad  field  that  particular 
special  part  of  it  was  assigned  to  General  Frank,  and  to  be  assisted  by 
Major  Clausen,  so  I  shall  ask  them  to  start  the  questioning. 

3.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Connolly,  will  you  state  your  position  as  a 
contractor  during  1940  and  '41  ?     Do  you  remember? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  had  work  of  my  own;  I  had  work  of  or  I  was 
associated  in  work  with  other  contractors.  I  was  the  president  of  the 
Rohl-Connolly  Company,  president  of  T.  E.  Connolly,  Incorporated, 
and  I  was  sponsoring  a  joint  venture  by  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Con- 
struction Company. 

4.  General  Frank.  Wliere? 

Mr.  Connolly.  The  Rohl-Connolly  Company  and  the  Gunther- 
Shirley  Company  at  Caddoa,  Colorado. 

5.  General  Frank.  For  whom  was  this  work  being  done  at  Caddoa, 
Colorado  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  The  Army  Engineers. 

[21S9]  6.  General  Frank,  You  stated  you  were  president  of  the 
Rohl-Connolly  Company? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  I  think  that  is  right.  I  was  not  president. 
I  was  vice  president  and  I  was  president. 

7.  General  Frank.  When? 

Mr.  Connolly.  The  latter  half  of  1940,  from  '40  on  through  to  the 
present  time. 

8.  General  Frank.  What  is  Mr.  Rohl's  position? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1125 

Mr.  Connolly.  Now  he  is  in  the  position  of  sitting  on  the  board 
while  we  distribute  the  assets  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company. 

1).  General  Frank.  Well,  what  was  his  position  in  1941  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  He  was  a  member  of  the  board  and  vice  president  of 
the  company. 

10.  General  Frank.  Was  he  ever  president  of  the  company? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

11.  General  Frank.  When? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  we  took  turns  about  on  that.  He  was  presi- 
dent of  that  company  in  early  '40,  '39  probably.  I  was  probably 
president  in  '38. 

12.  General  Frank.  What  determined  who  was  president  and  who 
was  vice  president? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Just  a  matter  of  turnabout,  nothing  of  any  conse- 
quence.    It  was  really  a  partnership.     It  was  incorporated. 

13.  General  Frank.  I  see. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  first  meet  Mr.  Rohl,  Mr. 
Connolly  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Oh,  some  twenty-odd  years  ago,  I  presume. 

[2160]  15.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  first  meet  Colonel 
Wyman? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  first  met  Colonel  Wyman  when  he  was  District 
Engineer  in  the  Los  Angeles  area,  I  would  say  about  '34.    1934. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  Mr.  Connolly,  in  the  early  part 
of  1940  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  was  a  corporation  doing  business, 
of  which  Mr.  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  was  the  president;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now  let's  go  down  to  December 
1940.  Isn't  it  true  that  you  didn't  just  take  turnabout  for  no  particular 
reason,  but  that  in  December  1940  you  specifically  telephoned  from 
Washington  to  Mr.  Rohl  and  advised  him  that  he  be  not  president? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  correct. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.    And  because  he  was  a  German  alien? 
Mr.  Connolly.  That's  right. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  in  connection  with  the  Rohl- 
ConnoUy  Company,  before  this  change  in  status  occurred  of  your 
assuming  the  presidency  in  December  1940,  what  was  the  stock  own- 
ership ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  owned  50  percent  of  it,  25  percent  of  it  was 
owned  by  Mrs.  Rohl,  25  percent  by  Mr.  Rohl. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  And  the  same  stock  ownership  continued,  did 
it,  Mr.  Connolly,  throughout  1940  and  throughout  1941  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  So  that  when  you  had  this  turnabout  because 
Mr.  Rohl  was  a  German  alien,  there  was  no  turnabout  or  cancellation 
of  any  stock  ownership,  was  there? 

[2161]         Mr.  Connolly.  No,  sir. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  And  he  continued  as  a  director,  did  he? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  first  know  about  a  contract,  Mr. 
Connolly,  which  later  became  Contract  W-41^Eng-602,  which  is  the 
one  that  was  later  in  effect  with  respect  to  the  Hawaiian  defense 
projects?  .*..  . .   * 


1126    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Connolly.  When  did  I  first  learn  about  that  contract  ? 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  was  advised  from  here  by  telephone  to  Denver 
that  the  contract  was  to  be  let  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  but  I  didn't 
know  whether  it  was  that  or  not.  That  was  the  specific  contract  I 
learned  about  the  week  prior  to  Christmas,  in  Washingon,  D.  C. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  But  now  when  you  say  you  were  advised 
concerning  defense  projects,  as  a  matter  of  fact  it  was  Mr.  Rohl  who 
telephoned  you ;  isn't  that  so  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

26.  Major  Connolly.  And  he  telephoned  you  from  Los  Angeles? 
Mr.  Connolly.  No. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  From  San  Francisco? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  And  he  was  then  here  in  the  office  of  the  Engi- 
neers, wasn't  he? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  don't  know.    He  was  in  San  Francisco. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.    He  had  talked  with  Colonel  Wyman  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  With  whom  else  in  the  Army  had  he  talked? 
\216^^        Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  that  I  don't  know.     I  was  in 

Colorado. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  was  December  16,  a  Monday,  was  it? 

32.  General  Frank.  What  year? 

33.  Major  Clausen.  1940. 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  that  is  about  right.  Presumably  that  is  cor- 
rect. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir. 
Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  probably  correct. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  at  that  time  you  were  in  Denver,  Col- 
orado ;  is  that  right  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  ri^ht. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically,  what  did  Mr.  Rohl  say  to  you? 
Just  try  and  tell  the  Board  exactly  what  he  said  at  that  time  in  this 
telephone  conversation,  or  the  substance. 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  he  said,  "Colonel  Wyman  is  here  and  has  some 
work  to  offer  in  the  Islands,  and  he  is  looking  over  some  contractors 
to  go  out  to  do  it."  And  I  asked  Rohl  what  the  nature  of  the  work 
was,  and  he  said  that  Wyman  would  tell  me,  for  me  to  meet  Wyman  at 
Cheyenne  on  his  plane  and  go  on  to  Washington  with  him;  and  I 
couldn't  meet  him  at  Cheyenne  because  I  couldn't  get  on  the  plane, 
but  I  could  take  a  plane  from  Denver  to  Chicago  and  there  connect 
with  Wyman's  plane,  and  which  I  did,  and  we  flew  down  to  Washing- 
ton together,  and  I  asked  Wyman  what  was  the  nature  of  this  thing 
and  what  was  the  amount  of  it,  and  he  told  me. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  As  I  understand,  then,  you  met  Colonel  Wy- 
man in  Chicago ;  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  At  the  airport  in  Chicago. 

[2163']         38.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  then  continued  in  com- 
pany with  him  from  Chicago  down  to  Washington,  D.  C.  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  And  didn't  you  all  go  to  the  Carlton  Hotel  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1127 

40.  Major  Clausen.  And  stay  there? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  in  his  company  then  for  how 
many  days? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  three  or  four  days;  maybe  a  day  or  two  one 
way  or  the  other ;  four  days,  five  days. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  contract  the  number  of  which  I  have 
previously  given  you,  was  that  signed,  sir,  on  December  20,  1940  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  left  at  that  time.    Grafe  signed  it  on  the  20th. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir.  When  had  you  left?  What  was  the 
date? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  left  the  day  before  that. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  So  that  you  left  on  the  19th? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  think  so. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  did  you  have  discussions  with  Colonel 
Wyman  there  concerning  the  nature  of  the  work  and  the  kind  of  work 
that  you  would  do  and  the  kind  of  work  that  these  other  co-adventurers 
would  do  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No.  He  had  one  man  to  do  the  work.  Grafe  was 
to  do  the  work. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  I  mean  the  kind  of  work  that  your  firm, 
[2164]  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  was  to  do  in  connection  with 
the  contract. 

Mr.  Connolly.  No.    The  work  was  to  be  handled  by  Mr.  Grafe. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon. 

Mr.  Connolly.  The  work  was  to  be  handled  by  one  man  for  the 
joint — for  the  co-adventurers. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  I  don't  mean  the  representation,  Mr.  Connolly, 
of  the  joint  venturers  by  Mr.  Grafe.  I  mean  you  sat  down  with  some- 
body there,  surely,  and  discussed  the  nature  of  the  work  that  was  to  be 
done  by  these  joint  ventures,  your  firm  and  the  Gunther-Shirley  Com- 
pany? 

Mr.  Connolly.  The  over-all  job,  yes. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  Callahan  Construction  Company? 
Mr,  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

50.  Major  Clausen,  And  you  went  into  that  deeply  and  fully,  did 
you  not,  to  find  out  what  you  would  do  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  not  so  deeply  and  not  so  fully,  because,  for  the 
very  simple  reason  that  it  wasn't  formulated  deeply  nor  fully.  It  was 
very,  very  sketchy. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  the  contract  itself  sets  forth  that  there 
were  to  be  hangars  and  runways  and  defense  projects? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  sir. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  Air  raid  warning  systems  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  No,  sir. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir. 
Mr.  Connolly.  The  contract  doesn't  state  that. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  Will  the  Board  permit  me  to  go  and  get  the 
contract,  sir  ?    I  will  be  right  back. 

[2166']         It  is  one  of  the  exhibits  out  there.   I  couldn't  find  it. 

55.  Colonel  West.  I  will  find  it. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.    It  is  one  of  the  exhibits  to  the 

57.  Colonel  West.  Which  one  is  it? 


1128    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

58.  Major  Clausex.  The  contract  of  December  20,  1940. 

59.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  you  let  somebody  else  do  the  looking 
up,  and  we  can  go  on. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir.    I  will  proceed  along. 

61.  Colonel  West.  I  will  go  out  and  see  if  we  can  find  it. 

Mr.  Connolly.  You  are  speaking  now  of  the  contract  that  I  saw  in 
Washington  ? 

62.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  speaking  of  the  contract  that  is  dated  De- 
cember 20,  sir,  1940.    It  sets  forth  the  general 

Mr.  Connolly.  Not  all  those  multitudinous  supplements? 

6.'].  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir.    I  am  speaking  of  the  basic  contract. 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  The  one  that  was  signed  and  executed  in  Wash- 
ington. 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  And  it  states  general  terms,  various  subdivi- 
sions and  types  of  work  to  be  done. 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  And  the  air  raid  warning  system. 

Mr.  Connolly.  There  are  five  subdivisions  stated  in  that  contract. 

67.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  mean  it  did,  then,  set  forth  the  general 
character  of  the  work? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right.  There  was  no  runway  in  it 
[2166]         and  there  are  no  hangars  in  it. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  whatever  is  set  forth  in  the  contract — let 
me  put  the  question  this  way — you  discussed  in  Washington,  did  you 
not,  sir  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

69.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  You  also  had  telephone  conversa- 
tions between  yourself  in  Washington  and  Mr.  Rohl  in  Los  Angeles; 
isn't  that  true  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

TO.  Major  Clausen.  Concerning  the  work  of  the  contract? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Not  the  work.     Concerning  the  financing  of  the 
contract. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  The  only  financing  that  was  to  be  done  con- 
cerning the  contract  was  concerning  the  work  to  be  done  under  the 
contract;  isn't  that  so? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  that  is  correct,  if  that  is  what  it  means. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  mean  you  talked  over  with  Mr.  Rohl, 
your  theoretic  partner  in  this  corporation,  the  financing  of  this  par- 
ticular work;  isn't  that  right? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Sure. 

78.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  And  isn't  it  true  that  in  addition 
to  being  in  the  company  of  Colonel  Wyman  there,  you  also  met  John 
Martin  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Accidentally,  yes. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  met  him,  sir,  did  you  not? 
Mr.  Connolly.  In  the  lobby  of  the  hotel. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  in  point  of  time  from  when  you  arrived 
in  Wasliington,  when  did  you  meet  John  Martin  ? 

[3167]  Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  met  John  Martin — when  I  got 
to  the  Carlton  Hotel  there  was  a  note  there  from  John  Martin  saying 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1129 

he  wanted  to  see  me,  but  whether  I  met  him  that  day  or  the  next  day 
I  don't  know,  but  I  met  him  just  immediately  thereafter. 

76.  General  Frank.  Just  a  minute.  This  is  on  the  trip  to  Wash- 
ington around  the  20th  of  December  in  1940  that  all  this  occurred? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

77.  General  Frank.  This  was  at  that  same  time  that  John  Martin 
was  there  present  when  you  met  him  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  met  him  in  the  hotel,  yes,  sir,  in  the  lobby 
of  the  hotel. 

78.  General  Frank.  Wlio  is  Mr.  Martin? 
Mr.  Connolly.  He  is  a  Los  Angeles  attorney. 

79.  General  Frank.  For  whom  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Oh,  for  various  people.     For  Kohl-Connolly. 

80.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  when  you  met  Mr.  Martin  he  told  you 
that  he  was  there  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  in  acquiring  citizenship 
for  Mr.  Rohl,  didn't  he? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  don't  think  he  did. 

81.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  refer  to  your  statement  given  to  the 
House  Military  Affairs  Committee,  as  follows : 

I  met  John  Martin,  Mr.  Rohl's  attorney,  who  told  me  he  was  in  Washington  in 
the  interests  of  acquiring  citizenship  or  furthering  citizenship  applications  for 
Mr.  H.  W.  Rohl.  When  I  thought  that  there  was  a  likelihood  that  we  would 
acquire  the  contract  I  further  thought  that  I  should  have  Mr.  Rohl  resign  as 
an  officer  of  the  Rohl-  [2168]  Connolly  Co.  and  substitute  myself  and  I  so 
phoned  him  and  it  was  so  done,  and  he  was  neither  officer  nor  a  director  of  the 
Rohl-Connolly  Co.  until  after  he  obtained  his  naturalization  papers. 

Did  you  make  that  statement? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  To  Mr.  Weiner? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

83.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  think  I  did,  yes. 

84.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Well,  now,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
then,  Mr.  Connolly,  Mr.  Martin  did  tell  you  just  exactly  what  you  said 
here ;  isn't  that  correct? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  but  not  in  the  way  that  you  put  it. 

85.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  put  it  to  me,  then,  in  the  correct  way. 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  asked  John  Martin  what  he  was  doing  there — out 

in  the  lobby  in  front  of  a  lot  of  people, — what  he  was  doing  there.  He 
said  he  was  there  on  business.  The  next  time  I  see  John  Martin  he 
advises  me  that  Eohl  is  not  a  citizen  and  I  had  not  ought  to  sign  a 
contract,  that  is,  I  had  not  ought  to  sign  any  contract  to  take  Rohl  out 
of  the  country.  So  I  knew  then  that  Rohl  was  not  a  citizen  for  the 
first  time,  but  I  didn't  think  it  made  any  difference,  so  I  signed  the 
contract. 

86.  General  Frank.  How  long  had  you  been  associated  with  Mr. 
Rohl  up  to  this  time  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Since  1932. 

87.  General  Frank.  Eight  years,  about  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

[2169]         88.  General  Frank.  And  this  was  the  first  time  that  you 
knew  that  he  wasn't  a  citizen  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 


1130    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

89.  Major  Clausen.  And  so  you  then  phoned  Mr.  Rohl  and  told  him 
that  he  should  resign  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Probably  I  did. 

90.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  is  there  any  doubt  about  it,  Mr.  Con- 
nolly? You  said  in  this  statement  here  to  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Committee 

Mr.  Connolly.  He  resigned.  He  resigned;  I  became  president. 
That's  ri^ht. 

91.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  but  I  say  it  says  here  that  when  you 
thought  "that  there  was  a  likelihood  that  we  would  acquire  the  con- 
tract I  further  thought  that  I  should  have  Mr.  Eohl  resign  as  an  officer 
of  the  Rohl-ConnoUy  Co.  and  substitute  myself  and  I  so  phoned  him 
and  it  was  so  done." 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

92.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  correct,  is  it? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

93.  Major  Clausen.  You  telephoned  him  for  that  purpose? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

94.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Well,  now,  when  did  you  learn  this 
in  point  of  time  of  being  in  Washington  ?  On  this  first  day  that  you 
met  Mr.  Martin  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  I  don't  think  it  was  the  first  day.  I  think  it  was 
later  on.  I  think  it  was  a  good — after  we  had  been  there  for  two  or 
three  days.  We  were  up  to  the  point  of  signing  the  contract.  I  didn't 
learn  that  the  minute  I  got  in  Washington,  the  minute  I  saw  John 
Martin. 

[2170]  95.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  whom  did  yon 
tell  that  to  ?  You  told  Mr.  Rohl  the  situation  about  his  not  being  in 
the  corporation  because  of  the  fact  that  he  was  an  alien.  Now,  then, 
what  did  you  say  about  that  to  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Nothing. 

96.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  say  about  that  to  Paul  Grafe? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  told  Grafe  that  Rohl  was  not  a  citizen. 

97.  Major  Clausen.  Why  did  you  tell  it  to  Grafe  and  not  to 
Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Because  I  don't  know  whether — whether  Rohl — 
whether  Grafe  and  I  would  agree  to  sign  the  contract  knowing  that 
Rohl  is  not  a  citizen,  or  not. 

98.  Major  Clausen.  Whom  else  did  you  tell  in  Washington  at  that 
time? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No  one  that  I  recall. 

99.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  here  is  a  photostatic  copy,  Mr.  Connolly, 
of  articles  of  agreement  dated  December  20,  1940.  I  wish  you  would 
look  that  over  and  tell  me  if  that  is  the  basic  contract  to  which  you 
have  reference? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  I  think  it  is,  with  the  exception  of  these  first 
four  leaves  which  are  seemingly  an  indication  of  supplements,  job 
orders,  dates  of  transmittal.  Of  course  those  were  not  in  existence 
at  that  time.  And  it  further  states  in  this  contract  we  were  to  do  five 
things,  First,  ammunition  storage  magazines;  second,  warning  sta- 
tions; third,  railway  trackage;  fourth,  fixed  fortification  structures; 
and  fifth,  in  addition  to  the  then  existing  radio  station  that  was  sup- 
plemented by  an  estimate  of  yardage  to  be  excavated,  which  amounted 


fKOCEEDINiiS    OK    AKAIY    PEAKL    HAK150K    liOAKU  1131 

I'JJ?!}  to  o80,U00  yards,  backiill  oT  150,000  cubic  yards,  concrete 
of  o(;,000  yards,  reiiii'orcino^  steel  of  0,000,000,  some  few  culverts  and 
some  pavement. 

100.  Major  Clauskx.  Now,  in  your  telephone  talks  with  j\lr.  Rohl 
from  ^Vashin<i•ton — I  am  referrino-  to  December  19-10 — what  did  you 
say  in  talking  to  Mr.  Rohl  concerning  the  air  raid  warning  stations? 

Mr.  CoNxoLLY.  Not  a  word, 

101.  Major  Clausex'.  A\'hat  did  you  say  after  that  time  to  ]\Ir.  Rohl 
regarding  those  air  raid  warning  stations? 

Mr.  CoxNOLLY.  Nothing. 

102.  Major  Clausex.  Now  let  me  refer  to  your  testimony  or  state- 
ment given  to  the  House  Military  Atfairs  Committee,  as  follows : 

Questioii :  >Subsec]uent  to  receiving  the  eoiitract  for  the  Hawaiian  Ishiu(l.s,  did 
Mr.  Kohl  discuss  with  you  the  nature  of  the  contract,  and  so  forth? 

Answer:  No.  There  was  no  detailed  discussion  of  this  conlraet  at  all.  Per- 
sonally, I  iiever  saw  a  written  description  of  it  or  a  blueprint  on  any  part  of  it. 
Kohl  and  I  discussed  the  necessary  linancial  arran.uements,  advancement  of 
moneys,  because  after  all  we  were  linancing  this,  ^ye  were  building  certain  air- 
fields. We  knew  what  that  meant,  just  simply  movefaient  of  materials  and  stabili- 
zation of  a  base  without  a  bhieiirint  at  all.  When  you  are  told  to  run  a  7,500 
runway  we  knew  what  it  takes. 

Questiiai :  But  it  would  be  most  usual  t\ir  him  to  discuss  with  you  the  nature  and 
type  uf  contract  that  you  received  for  the  Hawaiian  Islands? 

An.swer  :  Yes.  I  don't  doubt  but  what  we  mentioned  [217.^1  building  an 
airiiort  there.  I  don't  thiidc  that  we  ever  got  into  some  of  these  installations 
out  there.  I  don't  think  Kohl  and  I  ever  discussed  anything  of  that  nature.  We 
talked  of  those  warning  stations  because  I  was  curious  as  to  what  they  were 
Tiiafs  all  that  I  know  that  we  ever  got  into  any  detail  about. 

Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  That's  not  our  telephone  conversation. 

103.  Major  Clausex.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir? 

Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  That  is  long  after  Rohl  was  out  of  the  islands. 

104.  Major  Clausex.  That  was  after  he  was  out  of  the  islands? 
Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  Sure. 

105.  Major  CLAUSEX^  Well,  with  regard  to  the  contract,  do  you 
mean  ?     You  mean 

Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  I  would  like  to  know  what  an  air  warning  station 
was.  I  didn't  know  what  it  was.  He  was  out  there,  and  they  built 
them. 

10(5.  Major  Clausex.  Ail  right.  You  mean  you  t:ilkcd  with  Mr. 
Rohl  concerning  these  items  only  after  you  were  out  to  the  islands? 

Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  Why,  yes.  We  were  not  building  any  airfields  liere 
[indicatin*.^  papers]. 

107.  Major  Clausex.  Well,  how  many  telephone  ctdls,  Mr.  Con- 
nolly, did  you  put  in  to  Mr.  Rohl  from  Washington  or  did  he  put  in  to 
you  and  have  with  you  ? 

Mr.  CuxxoLLY.  I  don't  know. 

108.  Major  Clausex.  Well,  give  tis  an  a[)[)roximation. 
Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  Two  or  three. 

109.  Major  Clausex^  And  wluit  did  you  say  in  these  two  or  three 
[2173]         conversations? 

Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  I  stiitl  we  htive  to  fiiKincc  this  job.  It  would  be 
about  so  much.     You  have  got  so  nnich  of  a  fee. 

110.  Major  Clausex.  And  wdiat  else? 

Mr.  CoxxoLLY.  Thtit  I  ought  to  ttdvc  over  tliis  cdiiipany  or  else  stay 
out  of  it. 

111.  Major  Clausex.  What  else  did  you  .say,  Mr.  Connolly? 


1132     CONGRESSIONAL  IN  \  KSTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Ml".  Connolly.  I  don't  know  what  I  said,  but  what  I  am  saying  now 
is  what  I  think  I  said.  There  was  no  occasion  for  us  to  discuss  this, 
the  matter  of  movement  of  yards.  That  doesn't  mean  anything  to  a 
conti'actor.     He  knows  how  to  move  dirt. 

112.  Major  Clausp:n.  Well,  does  the  fact  that  you  didn't  know  what 
an  air  raid  warning  station  was  and  the  fact  that  you  were  curious  as 
to  what  they  were — -I  mean  does  the  contractor  know  what  an  air  raid 
warning  station  is? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  didn't. 

113.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  then  are  you  sure,  now,  Mr.  Connolly 
that  you  didn't  discuss  it  with  your  partner? 

Mr.  Connolly,  Of  course  not. 

114.  Major  Clausen.  As  to  building  something  that  you  didn't 
know  what  it  was  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

115.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

116.  General  Frank.  You  mean  to  say  you  were  taking  on  a  con- 
tract for  building  sometiiing  when  you  didn't  know  what  it  consisted 
of? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  General.  In  this  contract  it  sets  out  you  are 
putting  in,  doing  so  many  cubic  yards  of  excavation,  placing  so  many 
cubic  yards  of  concrete  and  so  many  thousands  [217J^\  of 
pounds  of  steel  and  so  much  bituminous  pavement.  Well,  that's  all 
right,  but  putting  an  air  warning  station  on,  I  wanted  to  know  what  an 
air  warning  station  was,  after  this  attack,  what  were  the  things,  and 
how  did  they  work,  and  why. 

117.  Major  Clausen.  After  the  attack? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Sure. 

118.  General  Frank.  This  contract  was  let  long  before  the  attack. 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  know  it,  but  there  was  never  a  print  or  a  descrip- 
tion or  anything.  There's  the  whole  business  :  There  is  nothing  in  this 
contract  to  tell  you  what  it  is. 

119.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  you  were  to  get  a  fee  of  fifty  thou- 
sand for  doing  something  and  you  didn't  know  Avhat  you  were  going 
to  do? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No.  I  mean  we  were  going  to  get  it  for  moving  this 
much  dirt  and  placing  this  much  concrete,  and  part  of  it  I  presume 
was  going  to  be  an  air  warning  station.  It  said  so  much  roads  and 
this,  that,  and  the  other.  The  contractor  never  installed  the  equip- 
ment, you  know, In  these  things;  it  was  never  his  job  to  do  it. 

120.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  isn't  it  true,  Mr.  Connolly,  that  even 
in  1940  Paul  Grafe  had  gone  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  with  some  men 
and  had  surveyed  the  situation  and  come  back  and  reported  to  you 
that  the  work  was  to  be  thus  and  thus  and  thus  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  that's  not  correct.  Mr.  Grafe  sent  two  men  to 
the  islands  way  early  in  the  summer. 

121.  Major  Clausen.  Of  1940? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Of  1940.  And  they  come  back  and  reported 
[2J75]         to  him,  but  they  did  not  report  to  me. 

122.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  were  there  with  Mr.  Grafe  in  Wash- 
ington.   Didn't  he  discuss  that  with  you  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No. 

123.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1133 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  never  saw  a  report  that  those  men  ever  made. 
That  was  never  discussed. 

124.  Major  Clausen.  Didn't  Mr.  Grafe  talk  to  you  about  the  fact 
tliat  he  had  gone  to  the  islands  or  had  sent  two  men  to  the  islands 
in  1940  and  surveyed  the  situation  from  the  standpoint  of  this  defense 
project  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  he  sent  two  men  to  the  islands,  but  whether 
it  was  that  same  party  or  not,  I  had  no  means  of  knowing. 

125.  Major  Clausen.  Is  your  testimony  that  Mr.  Grafe  did  not  dis- 
cuss it  with  you  in  Washington,  the  fact  that  he  had  sent  two  men  to 
the  islands  to  survey  the  field  for  these  defense  projects? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  Grafe  never  gave  me  any  report  on  what  these 
men  did  for  him  in  the  islands. 

126.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  discuss  this  with  him  in  Washington? 
is  my  question. 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  I  did. 

127.  General  Frank.  You  are  financially  interested  in  this  firm, 
aren't  you  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

128.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  when  you  found  out  in  Washington 
from  Mr.  Martin  that  your  partner  was  a — by  the  way,  you  knew  that 
was  a  secret  contract,  didn't  you,  Mr.  Connolly? 

[J17'6']         Mr.  Connolly.  When  we  were  talking  about  it,  I  didn't. 

129.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pai-don? 

INIr.  Connolly.  When  it  was  first  shown  me  it  was,  yes.  I  didn't 
know  it  when  I  went  to  Washington,  though. 

130.  Major  Clausen.  AYell,  when  you  saAv  the  contract  you  knew 
it  was  a  secret  contract,  didn't  you? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right 

131.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  before  you  were  shown  the  contract  or 
after,  when  was  it  that  you  knew  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  an  alien  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Before.     Before  I  saw  the  contract. 

132.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  And  when  you  saw  the  contract 
was  it  in  the  form  that  you  see  it  there  (indicating)  with  the  exception 
of  those  pages  that  you  say  refer  to  supplements? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  it  was  on  white  paper,  stamped  with  the 
SECRET  stamp  upside  down  and  downside  up,  as  I  recall,  along  all 
four  margins  of  the  front  page,  as  I  recall. 

133.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  were  taken  considerable  aback, 
weren't  you,  by  the  information  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  an  alien,  German 
alien  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

134.  Major  Clausen.  I  mean  that  was  a  big  shock  to  you,  wasn't  it  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  I  was  a  little  surprised. 

135.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  You  had  gone  on  the  plane  with 
Colonel  Wyman  from  Denver,  or  rather,  from  Chicago  to  Washington, 
you  had  been  there  with  Colonel  Wyman.  and  what  did  you  say  about 
this  big  shock,  if  anything,  to  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Nothing. 

[2177]         136.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  say  about  it  to— by 
the  way,  did  you  go  over  to  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 
137.  Major  Clausen.  And  whom  did  you  meet  over  there? 


1134     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  the  man  that  did  most  of  this  work  there  I 
think  was  then  Major  Newman. 

138.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  say  about  this  alien  status  of 
Mr.  Rohl  to  Major  Newman,  if  anything? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Nothing. 

139.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Nothing. 

[£178]  140.  Major  Clausen.  Whom  else  did  you  see  in  the 
office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  remember  meeting  General  Robins. 

141.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  say  to  him  about  it? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Nothing.  Two  or  three  other  gentlemen,  I  think. 
I  don't  recall  who  they  were. 

142.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  came  back  to  California,  you  say 
you  think  you  left  on  the  19th  of  December,  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  do  not  know.  I  have  got  a  diary  that  will  give 
you  the  dates,  if  they  are  important,  but  I  left  and  got  home  prior 
to  Christmas.     I  left  before  that  was  signed. 

143.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  a  diary  that  indicates  the  num- 
ber of  telephone  calls  you  had  with  Mr.  Rohl  when  you  were  in 
Washington  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  but  I  will  have  a  diary  that  indicates  when  I 
talked  to  him. 

144.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  came  back,  thoiigh,  from  Washing- 
ton, this  deal  had  been  made,  had  it  not? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

145.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  order  to  make  that  deal  you  certainly 
talked  over  the  contract  with  Mr.  Martin,  did  you  not  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Never. 

146.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 
Mr.  Connolly.  No. 

147.  Major  Clausen.  You  did  not  talk  it  over  with  Mr.  Martin, 
who  was  the  attorney  for  your  firm  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Mr.  Martin  wasn't  there  as  an  attorney  for  Rohl- 
Connolly. 

148.  Major  Clausen.  In  what  capacity  was  Mr.  Martin  there? 
[B179]    ^    Mr.  Connolly.  That,  I  can't  tell  you  that. 

149.  Major  Clausen.  Is  it  your  sworn  testimony  now  to  this  Board 
that  Mr.  Martin  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  drafting  of  that  contract  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

150.  Major  Clausen.  And  is  it  your  sworn  testimony  that  he  had 
nothing  to  do  with  any  of  the  papers — just  for  example,  the  joint- 
venture  agreement  that  would  naturally  precede  the  contract? 

Mr.  Connolly,  I  don't  think  any  joint-venture  papers  did  precede 
this  contract. 

151.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  what  is  the  fact  as  you  state  it  to  the 
Board,  now?  What  is  tlie  fact  as  to  whether  Mr.  Martin  drew  any 
legal  papers,  or  dictated  any  legal  papers,  or  did  anything  at  all, 
whatsoever,  legally,  with  regard  to  that  contract? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Nothing. 

152.  Major  Clausen.  In  point  of  truth,  now,  when  you  came  back 
from  Washington  to  California  you  sat  down  and  talked  to  Mr.  Rohl, 
did  you  not,  concerning  the  contract? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1135 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  told  Rohl  that  that  contract  wasn't  to  come  into 
our  office  down  there,  nor  any  papers  concerning  that  contract  to  come 
in  there;  and  there  was  no  further  discussion  on  that  contract;  nor 
was  there,  ever ;  nor  was  there  any  plans,  papers,  nor  the  contract  to 
be  in  that  Kohl-Connolly  office  while  he  was  still  an  alien. 

153.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Connolly,  let  me  show  you  this  contract, 
signed,  in  which  Rohl-Connolly  Company  joins  with  the  Hawaiian 
Constructors,  of  Honolulu,  and  I  see  it  is  described  as  consisting  of 
the  W.  E.  Callahan  Company,  Gunther  &  Shirley  Co.,  and  Rohl- 
[2180]  Connolly  Company.  Now,  the  Callahan  Company,^  the 
Gunther  &  Shirley  Co.,  and  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  were  joint 
adventurers,  were  they  not?       ,  ,  .        .     ,    ;    ,•  ■ 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

154.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  who  drew  up  the  papers  for  that,  for 
the  Rohl-Connolly  part  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  There  were  no  papers  drawn  prior  to  the  signing 
and  execution  of  this  contract.  The  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  the 
Callahan  Company,  and  the  Gunther  &  Shirley  Company  were  build- 
ing a  joint  venture  in  Colorado,  and  we  were  going  in  on  the  same  per- 
centages as  existed  on  that  job,  and  we  had  no  legal  papers  drawn 
up  prior  to  this  contract,  for  this  contract,  at  all. 

155.  Major  Clausen.  You  are  speaking  of  the  Cadoa  project? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

156.  Major  Clausen.  So  far  as  this  contract  is  concerned,  is  it  your 
statement  that  you  were  just  to  continue  on  in  the  same  relative  per- 
centages? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  correct.  .  ' 

157.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  say  that  no  papers  came  into  the 
Rohl-Connolly  Company,  isn't  it  true  now  that  papers  had  to  be 
signed  and  given  to  the  engineers,  which  showed  that  Mr.  Paul  Graf e, 
here,  had  authority  to  sign  on  behalf  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Certainly  not !  Unlimited  power  of  attorney  to  go 
to  the  islands  and  execute  it  and  carry  on  this  job. 

158.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  and  who  drew  that  up  for  the  Rohl- 
Connolly  Company  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That,  I  don't  know;  but  the  Rohl-Connolly 
[:2181]  Company  did  not  have  it  drawn  up.  I  probably  executed 
it  to  Grafe,  had  it  drawn  up,  here,  probably  John  Martin — might  be 
some  othei"  attorney ;  I  don't  know. 

159.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  was  done  before  this  contract  was 
signed? 

Mr.  Connolly.  It  was  not. 

160.  Major  Clausen.  So  far  as  this  contract  is  concerned,  Mr. 
Connolly,  is  it  your  testimony,  here,  to  the  Board,  that  you  did  not 
discuss  it,  or  anything  connected  with  the  deal,  with  Mr.  Rohl,  at  all, 
until  he  became  a  citizen  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No  ;  I  talked  to  Rohl,  as  I  stated  here  a  while  back, 
about  this  contract,  any  arrangement  necessary  to  carry  it  on. 

161.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.     When  did  you  talk  to  him? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  talked  to  him  from  Washington  before  we  ob- 
tained the  contract. 

162.  Major  Clausen.  And  on  how  many  occasions? 


1136    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Connolly.  Oh,  I  don't  know — two  or  three.  I  was  only  there 
three  or  four  days. 

163.  Major  Clausen.  And  then,  when  you  came  back  to  California? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  told  him  he  w^as  to  have  nothing  to  do  with  that 

contract,  until  his  status  changed. 

164.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  when  was  it  that  you  told  him 
that,  Mr.  Connolly? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  when  I  next  saw  him. 

165.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  it  after  you  got  back? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That,  I  can't  tell  you.  I  don't  know.  It  was 
shortly  after  I  got  back,  certainly. 

166.  Major  Clausen.  It  would  be  in  the  neighborhood  of  Decem- 
ber? 

[2182]         Mr.  Connolly.  In  January,  I  would  say,  off-hand. 

167.  Major  Clausen.  It  would  be  December  or  January  '-11,  is  that 
correct  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  think  so. 

168.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  From  that  time  down  to  the  time 
that  Mr.  Rohl  became  a  citizen,  do  you  want  to  say  to  the  Board,  or, 
rather,  do  you  testify  that  vou  did  not  discuss  the  work  or  the  contract 
with  Mr.  Rohl? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Rohl  and  I  never  discussed  that  work,  I  never  saw 
a  plan  myself,  and  I  never  had  a  copy  of  the  contract,  and  there  was 
no  scrap  of  paper  with  anything  pertaining  to  that  contract  ever  in 
the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  office  in  Los  Angeles,  that  I  ever  knew 
about ;  and  I  think  I  would  have  known ;  and  that  contract  I  discussed 
with  Grafe  and  told  him  to  set  it  operating.  He  had  an  unlimited 
power  of  attorney,  to  go  ahead  and  do  it. 

169.  Major  Clausen.  Concerning  Colonel  Wyman,  do  you  recall 
when  he  came  to  Los  Angeles  as  district  engineer  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

170.  Major  Clausen.  You  called  on  him,  did  you  not,  Mr.  Con- 
nolly, very  soon  after  he  arrived,  in  the  company  of  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

JNIr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  so.  The  first  time  I  saw  Colonel 
W3anan,  as  I  recall  it,  was  when  we  were  putting  in  bids  on  the  section 
of  breakwater  along  the  Los  Angeles-Long  Beach  breakw^ater.  That 
wasn't  a  call  on  Colonel  Wyman,  that  was  a  call  on  the  division  engi- 
neer.    It  had  been  changed  within  the  week. 

171.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  call  on  Colonel  Wyman  when 
he  was  Captain  Wvman  or  Major  Wyman,  and  accompany  him  to  any 
[2J83]         parties? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  I  was  ever  in  a  party  with  Wyman. 

172.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  ever  on  a  yacht  trip  with  Colonel, 
then  Captain  or  INIajor,  Wyman? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  sir. 

173.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  give  him  a  drink? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

174.  Major  Clausen.  How  many  times  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  have  had  him  in  my  home  in  this  town,  and  gave 
him  some  drinks.     How  many  times  ?     I  don't  know. 

175.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  have  him  in  your  own  home  in 
San  Francisco? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  had  him  in  my  own  home  in  San  Francisco  after 
he  returned  here  from  Washington. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1137 

176.  Major  Clausex.  You  mean,  as  he  got  back  from  Washington, 
from  this  December  1940  trip,  is  that  right? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right. 

177.  Major  Clausen.  How  did  he  come  to  go  to  your  home? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  invited  him.  He  came  out  to  my  home  for  din- 
ner, the  only  guest,  my  wife  and  me;  ate  dinner  with  me  and  the 
members  of  my  family.     We  had  dinner,  and  he  left  at  10  o'clock. 

178.  Major  ClaI'Sen.  On  this  occasion  did  you  tell  him  this  infor- 
mation that  had  taken  you  aback  in  Washington? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No. 

179.  Major  Clausen.  Concerning  Rohl's  alien  status? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  have  never  told  that  to  Wyman,  yet. 

180.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  have  Colonel  Wyman,  or 
[2184]         Captain  or  Major  Wyman  to  your  home  on  other  occasions  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  tlie  only  time. 

181.  Major  Clausen.  I  think  I  have  nothing  further. 

182.  General  Russell.  What  percentage  did  Rohl-Connolly  operate 
on  in  this  joint-adventure  agreement? 

Mr.  Connolly.  To  start  out,  80%. 

188.  General  Russell.  Was  that  the  percentage  that  you  went  into 
the  1910  contract  on,  Mr.  Connolly? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

184.  General  Russell.  Now,  you  state  that  you  talked  to  Mr.  Rohl, 
back  in  San  Francisco,  about  financing  that  work.  Was  all  that  be- 
cause it  was  necessary  to  put  new  moneys  into  the  project,  other  than 
that  that  was  available  to  the  Colorado  operation? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No.  I  got  this  impression :  It  was  my  impression 
that  that  contract  offshore  in  that  amount  was  not  wholly  desirable, 
and  Wyman  wanted  new  equipment  on  that  job.  Well,  new  equip- 
ment takes  new  money.  The  group  of  us  probably  had  $5,000,000 
worth  of  equivalent  equipment  with  some  age  on  it.  Wyman,  to  do 
this  job,  had  to  put  new  plant  on  it.  That  takes  money,  and  we  put 
in  a  lot  of  money  and  bought  the  equipment  to  put  on  this  job. 

185.  General  Russell.  Where  did  this  new  money  come  from,  Mr. 
Connolly  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  We  put  it  in,  in  our  proportions,'  from  our  relative 
companies,  from  our  companies. 

186.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  how  much  money  Mr.  Rohl 
as  an  individual  had  to  put  in,  in  order  to  enable  the  group  to  buy  new 
equipment  incident  to  starting  the  work? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Rohl-Connolly's  407o  of  the  necessary  capital 
[3185]         was  furnished  by  Rohl-CohnoUy  Company. 

187.  General  Russell.  The  Corporation,  Rohl-Connolly  Company, 
had  the  necessary  money  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

188.  General  Russell.  Then  why  did  you  have  to  talk  to  him  about 
the  financing,  if  you  were  representing  the  corporation,  and  the  cor- 
poration had  the  money? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  if  two  contractors  associated  together  for 
years,  and  you  are  going  to  do  something,  you  just  as  a  matter  of 
course  discuss  those  things. 

189.  General  Rttssell.  In  the  course  of  arriving  at  a  joint  judg- 
ment by  you  and  Rohl  ? 


1138    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  taking  a  new  step,  you  tell  your  partner  what 
you  are  going  to  do. 

190.  General  KussELL.  But  the  Rohl-Connally  Company  had  money, 
already,  plenty  of  money  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

191.  General  Eussell.  That  is  all. 

192.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  the  "spark  plug"  in  getting  the 
work  done  in  Hawaii  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ?  Was  there  any 
one  man  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Graf  e  was  supposed  to  be. 

193.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  that  work  in 
Hawaii  started  to  lag,  and  that  that  was  the  reason  they  got  Rohl  to 
go  out  there,  to  put  more  punch  into  it,  or  what? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  Rohl  was  more  aggressive  than  Grafe,  and 
Wyman  want/ed  Rohl  to  go  out  there. 

194.  General  Grunert.  In  your  past  contacts,  working  together  and 
in  combinations,  who  was  the  more  aggressive  man,  Rohl  [2186] 
or  Grafe  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  Rohl  would  be  the  most  aggressive,  but  Rohl 
had  never  had  overseas  or  offshore  experience,  and  Grafe  had  built  the 
Madden  Dam  in  Panama,  and  he  had  those  four  or  five  men  with  him 
who  had  been  key  men  down  there,  and  we  figured  we  had  a  "natural." 

195.  General  Grunert.  Is  that  why  you  co-adventurers  chose  Grafe 
to  represent  you  and  get  this  contract  started  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  is  right.     I  thought  it  was  a  good  nucleus. 

196.  General  Grunert.  But  if  Rohl  had  been  a  citizen,  would  Rohl 
have  been  the  man  to  go  out  there  and  put  things  through,  or  not  ? 

Mr.  CoNNLOLY.  Well,  General,  I  am  not  sure  on  that,  because  the 
key  men  that  Rohl-Connolly  had  were  with  me  at  Cadoa,  and  they 
would  have  to  rob  that  job,  to  go  offshore.  That  would  be  a  mattei 
of  discussion,  but  I  thought  Grafe  with  his  group  was  good. 

197.  General  Grunert.  Were  Rohl  and  Wyman  pretty  thick  so- 
cially ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  They  were  always  good  friends ;  yes. 

198.  General  Grunert.  Good  drinking  companions  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Good ! 

199.  General  Grunert.  Both  about  the  same  type,  hard-fisted,  go- 
getters,  punchers?     Did  they  naturally  click,  that  way? 

Mr.  Connolly.  General,  they  are  both  that  way.  They  are  both 
tough,  and  they  get  it  done,  and  they  drive  everybody  that  is  about 
them. 

200.  General  Grunert.  And  ^ou  think  that  was  a  sort  of  natural 
[2187]        affinity? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  they  could  fight  about  the  way  to  do  a  thing, 
and  get  it  done.  One  was  somewhat  like  the  other.  As  long  as  it  got 
done,  that's  all  that  counted.  To  somebody  else,  less  tender-skinned, 
that  wouldn't  suit  so  well. 

201.  General  Grunert.  In  the  contracting  business  and  other  busi- 
nesses, is  it  natural  to  do  a  certain  amount  of  entertaining  in  connec- 
tion with  obtaining  contracts?  Do  the  parties  often  fraternize  and 
drink  together,  or  are  they  afraid  that  one  will  influence  the  other? 

Mr,  Connolly,  Well,  they  always  do  that.  General, 


PROCEEDINGS  OF   ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1139 

202.  General  Grunert.  They  always  do  that  ?  So  you  didn't  think 
it  unnatural  that  Rohl  should  entertain  Wyman,  and  that.  Wyman 
should  accept  that  entertainment  from  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  thought  it  was  a  natural  thing  to  do. 

203.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  there  is  any 
gain  on  one  side  or  the  other  through  that  association? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  there  is  any. 

204.  General  Grunert.  Financial  gain,  or  otherwise? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  am  certain  there  is  no  financial  gain. 

205.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  establish  a  residence  in,  or  go  to 
Honolulu,  while  the  work  was  being  done  over  there  ? 

Mr,  Connolly.  I  did  not. 

206.  General  Grunert.  You  never  went  over  ? 
Mr,  Connolly.  No,  sir. 

207.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  know  nothing  about  the  process 
or  the  progress  of  the  work  over  there  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Oh,  yes;  I  know  a  lot  about  the  progress  of  the 
work. 

[2188]  208.  General  Grunert.  Personally,  as  a  matter  of  per- 
sonal knowledge  ? 

Mr.  Connolly,  From  personal  inspection,  I  know  nothing, 

209,  General  Grunert,  You  didn't  go  over  there  ? 

Mr,  Connolly,  No,  sir, 

210.'  General  Grunert.  Then  I  think  the  information  I  am  after 
I  cannot  get. 

211.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  right,  sir.     I  thought  as  much. 

212.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

213.  Major  Clausen.  I  had  a  few  more  questions.  Sir,  when  you 
discovered  that  Mr,  Rohl  was  a  German  alien,  you  were  so  taken  aback 
that  at  first  you  didn't  wish  to  sign  the  contract,  isn't  that  correct? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No;  that  wasn't  it.  I  was  so  taken  aback  that  I 
kept  my  mouth  shut. 

214.  Major  Clausen,  And  you  thought  it  over  and  decided  that  you 
might  not  be  a  proper  party  to  sign,  isn't  that  true? 

Mr.  Connolly,  I  thought  it  over,  and  then  I  asked  Grafe  what  he 
thought  of  it.  He  didn't  see  that  it  made  any  difference,  and  neither 
did  I ;  so  we  signed  it. 

215.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  debated  the  advisability  of  signing 
the  contract  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  With  Graef ,  yes. 

216.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Mr.  Connolly.  "What  would  be  the  influence  of  Rohl,  an  alien,  on 
this  contract?"  Well,  we  decided  that  if  Paul  runs  it,  if  Grafe  runs 
it  and  handles  it  all,  it  don't  mean  anything. 

217.  Major  Clausen.  Then  you  say  it  did  not  mean  a  thing  ? 
Mr,  Connolly,  I  wouldn't  think  so, 

[21 89]  Major  Clausen,  All  right,  Wlien  did  you  then  phone 
Mr.  Rohl  and  tell  him  to  resign?  Was  it  after  this  decision  that  you 
made  following  your  talk  with  Mr,  Grafe  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  know.  I  did  make  a  phone  call;  whether  it 
was  before  or  after,  I  don't  know. 

219.  Major  Clausen.  And  specifically,  what  did  you  tell  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 23 


1140    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Connolly.  Four  years  ago,  I  can't  tell  you,  but  I  told  him  to 
keep  out  of  it,  that  I  would  handle  it — about  that  many  words,  elab- 
orated. 

220.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  say  about  being  president  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  "I  will  be  president" — just  like  that,  I  would  say. 

221.  Major  Clausen.  And  was  the  change  then  from  Mr.  Rohl,  as 
president,  to  you,  as  president,  effected  after  that? 

Mr.  Connolly.  After  that? 

222.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  after  your  talk  from  Washington  to  Mr. 
Eohl  in  Los  Angeles,  in  which  you  told  him  that  you  would  be  president 
instead  of  his  being  president.  Was  that  then  accomplished,  that 
change  in  officers  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  we  were  changed.  The  minute  book  will  tell 
you  better  than  I  could  tell  you ;  but  we  changed  the  officers,  there,  in 
December. 

223.  ]\Iajor  Clausen.  And  w^as  it  after  this  telephone  call  that  you 
had  with  Mr.  Rohl  concerning  the  change,  and  concerning  his  alien 
status  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  presume  it  was. 

224.  Major  Clausen.  Is  there  any  doubt  in  your  mind? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  except  you  must  know  something  I  don't, 
[21,90]         the  way  you  are  questioning  me. 

225.  Major  Clausen.  Is  there  any  doubt  in  your  mind? 
Mr.  Connolly,  Well,  you  have  created  one. 

226.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  ask  you,  then,  have  I  created  a  doubt 
in  your  mind  as  to  whether  you  told  anything  to  Colonel  Wyman 
about  this  undecisiveness  on  your  part  as  to  whether  you  should  sign 
the  contract? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Not  a  bit. 

227.  Major  Clausen.  You  are  sure  of  that  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  You  bet  I  am ! 

228.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  what  did  Mr.  Rohl  say  to  you  when  you 
told  him  this,  about  the  fact  that  since  he  was  an  alien,  he  should  not 
be  president?     What  did  he  say? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Practically  nothing. 

229.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

230.  General  Grunert.  I  just  want  to  develop  this  a  little  bit  more. 
What  does  the  president  of  the  company  do? 

Mr.  Connolly.  He  obligates  the  company. 

231.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  president  in  name  only,  and  did 
Rohl  continue  to  run  the  company  as  usual? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Not  as  usual.  When  that  company  was  formed,  1 
ran  it  and  financed  it,  not  Rohl. 

232.  General  Grunert.  This  was  not  just  a  subterfuge  in  order  to 
get  the  contract  that  you  couldn't  have  gotten  or  shouldn't  have 
gotten  because  Rohl  was  an  alien? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  no;  there  was  no  subterfuge. 

233.  General  Frank.  Who  was  in  this  group  in  Washington  dis- 
cussing this  contract? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Just  Wyman,  Graf e,  and  myself. 
[2191]         234.  General  Frank.  Where  did  you  stop? 
Mr.  Connolly.  We  stayed  at  the  Carlton  Hotel. 
235.  General  Frank.  All  three  of  you? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1141 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  sir. 

236.  General  Frank.  And  did  you  get  rooms  together  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No.  I  had  wired  on  to  the  Cai'lton  for  rooms,  and 
when  I  got  there  with  Wyman  there  were  no  rooms.  "We  didn't  have 
any  place  to  go,  and  Grafe  had  a  reservation,  and  we  took  Grafe's 
room.  He  had  a  bedroom  and  a  sitting  room,  and  Wyman  and  I  tooli 
that,  until  Grafe  showed  up,  and  then  Wyman  got  another  room.  I 
stayed  with  Grafe  until  I  left. 

237.  General  Frank.  Who  was  responsible  for  getting  this  group  of 
contractors  interested  in  this  Hawaiian  venture? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Why,  Wyman. 

238.  General  Frank.  Wyman  was  the  man  who  proposed  that  these 
three  contracting  firms  take  on  this  job  in  Honolulu? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  my  understanding  is  that  Wyman  came  to  the 
continent  to  interest  contractors,  and  he  interviewed  several,  that  Grafe 
wanted  this  thiling  himself,  but  Wyman  wouldn't  give  it  to  him  alone, 
but  he  would  give  it  to  the  group  that  was  functioning  in  Colorado. 

239.  General  Frank.  And  with  that  in  mind,  you  and  Graff  and 
Wyman  went  on  to  Washington  to  consummate  this  contra.-t? 

Mr.  Connolly.  We  went  on  to  Washington  to  negotiate  it  and  de- 
termine whether  or  not  we  would  get  it.  We  didn't  have  it  when  we 
went  to  Washington. 

240.  General  Frank.  Now,  how  soon  after  getting  to  Washington 
did  you  find  out  that  Rohl  was  a  German  alien  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Why,  I  think  within  the  next  couple  or  three 
[2192]         days. 

241.  General  Frank.  That  had  a  very  direct  bearing  on  the  par- 
ticipation of  the  Eohl-Connolly  Company  in  the  contract,  did  it  not? 

Mr.  Connolly.  What  do  you  mean,  ''it  had  a  very  direct  bearing"? 

242.  General  Frank.  Well,  if  Mr.  Rohl  stayed  in  there  as  a  Ger- 
man alien,  he  legally  had  no  right  to  accept  a  defense  contract? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  don't  know. 

243.  General  Frank.  That  was  just  plain  law,  was  it  not,  at  that 
time?  So  it  was  not  a  question  of  judgment,  it  was  a  question  of 
legal  responsibility  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  You  mean  Rohl  legally  could  not  participate  in 
the  contract? 

244.  General  Frank.  Not  unless  he  was  a  citizen;  and  that,  in 
accordance  with  the  law.  That  is  exactly  what  I  mean.  Therefore, 
the  status  of  the  Rohl-ConnoUy  Company  in  this  venture  depended 
upon  Rohl's  status,  did  it  not? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  don't  know.  I  am  a  layman,  not  an 
attorney. 

245.  General  Frank.  You  were  doing  business  as  the  president  of 
the  company? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That's  right. 

246.  General  Frank.  And  you  certainly  had  l)etter  know  some- 
thing about  the  law  that  restricted  your  operations. 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  didn't  know  there  wms  any  law  that  re- 
stricted that.  General. 

247.  General  Frank.  Didn't  this  man  Martin  tell  you  that? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  if  I  discussed  it  with  him,  he  probably  would 
have. 


1142    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

248.  General  Frank.  What  I  am  getting  around  to  is  this :  When 
\2193']  you  learned  that  Rohl  was  a  German  citizen,  you  started 
to  "scratch  gravel"  to  eliminate  his  being  an  officer  in  the  company, 
did  you  not  i 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  that  wasn't  what  prompted  me  to  do  that. 

249.  General  Frank.  What  was  it? 

Mr.  Connolly.  What  prompted  me  was  the  fact  that  that  thing  was 
secret. 

250.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  any  advice  whatever  from  a 
hiwyer  on  this  question? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  I  never  developed  it  with  them. 

251.  General  Frank.  With  Rohl's  status  in  the  company  as  a  Ger- 
man alien  being  as  disturbing  as  it  was,  and  with  Wyman  asking 
that  group  to  come  into  Honolulu,  you  want  me  to  believe  that  you 
never  mentioned  it  to  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  General,  that  is  the  truth;  I  never  mentioned  it 
to  Wyman. 

252.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  you  want?  That  is  what  you 
want? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No,  it  isn't  a  matter  of  wanting.  That  is  a  fact. 
I  never  mentioned  Rohl's  status  to  Wyman. 

253.  General  Frank.  Why  shouldn't  you  have  mentioned  it  to  him? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  I  didn't. 

254.  General  Frank.  Why  shouldn't  you  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No  reason  at  all,  except  I  am  the  son  of  an  immi- 
grant, myself,  who  had  his  papers,  of  course.  I  guess,  so  were  most 
of  us;  but  Rohl  seemed  to  think  that  not  being  a  citizen  was  a  terrible 
thing.  I  guess  it  is,  after  that  many  years;  and  I  seemed  to  feel 
that  I  was  rather  a  chump,  not  \219Ji.'\  knowing  more  about  my 
immediate  associate  than  I  did,  after  all  those  years,  and  I  probably 
thought  I  didn't  like  to  express  it  around,  about  what  a  damned 
fool  I  was.  I  had  more  or  less  pride,  I  guess,  on  my  part;  but 
that's  it. 

255.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

256.  Major  Clausen.  So,  when  you  learned  of  this  alien  status  in 
Washington,  you  not  only  learned  that  he  was  a  German  alien,  but 
that  he  had  been  an  alien  since  1913,  didn't  you  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No.     Well,  he  had  always  been  an  alien. 

257.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  Well,  you  knew  though  that  he  had 
come  to  the  country  in  1913? 

Mr.  Connolly.  All  his  life. 

258.  Major  Clausen.  You  knew  that  he  had  come  to  this  country 
in  1913,  didn't  you,  Mr.  Connolly? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Well,  now,  I  don't  think  I  knew  when  he  came  to 
this  country. 

259.  Major  Clausen.  Maybe  you  don't  recall  your  answer.  What 
the  General  asked  you  was,  "why  didn't  you  tell  Wyman?"  And  you 
said,  "Well,  it  was  such  a  terrible  thing  to  have  been  an  alien  all  those 
years." 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  had  known  him  20  years. 

260.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Connolly.  That  was  20  years  he  was  an  alien. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1143 

261.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  knew  then  that  he  had  not  only 
been  an  alien,  but  you  he  had  been  an  alien  for  at  least  20  years,  because 
you  had  known  him  for  20  years,  didn't  you  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes — plus  the  rest  of  his  life. 

2H2.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  did  not  discuss  that  with  him  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No. 

[219S]  263.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Rohl  tell  you  it  was  a  terrible 
thing  to  be  an  alien  for  those  20  years  ? 

]\Ir.  Connolly.  No. 

204.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  make  the  assertion  to  the  Board  here, 
as  a  statement  of  fact,  that  you  did  not  discuss  the  law  as  to  Rohl's 
participation  in  this  contract  with  Mr.  Martin,  in  Washington,  in 
December  1940? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Of  course,  I  didn't.  If  I  did  and  he  had  expressed 
to  me  what  you  gentlemen  as  attorneys  now  express  to  me,  I  would 
have  never  executed  it. 

265.  ]\Ia  jor  Clausen.  And  that  is  as  true  as  everything  else  that  you 
have  said,  isn't  it? 

Mr.  Connolly.  And  it's  all  the  truth. 

2()(;.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  you  shared  a  room 
with  Colonel  Wyman,  did  you,  in  this  Carlton  Hotel  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes. 

267.  Major  Clausen.  You  not  only  went  to  Washington,  but,  in 
response  to  a  question  by  General  Frank,  you  said  you  slept  in  the 
same  room  with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Connolly.  That's  right. 

268.  Major  Clausen.  While  you  were  there? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No — till  Wyman  got  a  room,  when  Grafe  came  in. 

269.  Major  Clausen.  And  where  was  Mr.  Martin  at  this  time? 
He  was  in  the  same  hotel,  wasn't  he? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  do  not  think  so.  I  never  saw  him  in  any  room  in 
that  hotel. 

270.  Major  Clausen.  Where  was  he  when  you  saw  him  in 
Washington  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  saw  him  in  the  lobby,  but  I  never  Imew  [£196] 
that  he  had  a  room  in  that  hotel.     I  don't  think  he  did. 

271.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  just  have  a  casual  conversation  with 
Mr.  Martin  in  the  lobby  ?  Is  that  all  that  you  saw  of  Mr.  Martin  on 
that  occasion? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No  ;  I  saw  Martin  in  the  lobby,  and  of  course,  I  saw 
liim  upstairs,  too,  but  I  never  went  into  any  "legal  discussions  with 
Martin  about  this  contract. 

272.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  see  Mr.  Martin  there  on  more  than 
one  day,  or  was  it  just  the  one  day  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  say  I  saw  him  more  than  once. 

273.  INIajor  Clausen.  Several  days,  on  several  occasions  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  saw  him  two  or  three  times,  there.  That's 
reasonable. 

274.  Major  Clausen.  DidMr.  Martin  go  to  dinner  with  you? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  so,  ever ;  no. 

275.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  see  Mr.  Martin  when  you  were  with 
Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Yes,  I  think  I  did. 


1144    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

276.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  any  discussion  concerning  Mr. 
Martin  with  Colonel  AVyman  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  so. 

277.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  didn't  Colonel 
Wyman  say  to  you,  "Why  do  you  have  your  lawyer  here?"  and  get 
"peeved"  at  the  fact  that  you  did  have  him  there  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  didn't  have  him  there.  He  was  there.  I  didn't 
have  him  there. 

278.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  didn't  he  say  that  to  you  ?  That  is  my 
question.  Didn't  lie  remonstrate  at  the  fact  that  there  was  a  lawyer 
on  the  scene  representing  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  he  thought? 

[2197]  Mr.  Connolly.  There  was  no  lawyer  on  the  scene  repre- 
senting  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company. 

279.  Major  Clausen.  My  question,  sir,  is  this:  Did  not  Colonel 
Wyman  say  to  you,  "Why  do  you  have  Mr.  Martin  here,  your  lawyer?" 
or  words  to  that  effect? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  so. 

280.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  are  you  sure? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Reasonably  sure. 

281.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  think  I  discussed  Martin  with  Wyman. 

282.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Mr.  Martin  sit  around  with  you  when 
you  were  discussing  the  contract  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Certainly  not  I 

283.  Major  Clausen.  Did  he  go  to  dinner  with  the  group  of  you  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  Not  that  I  recall. 

284.  Major  Clausen.  In  these  discussions  that  you  had  with  Mr. 
Paul  Graf  e.  Colonel  Wyman  sat  in  on  those,  did  he  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  No. 

285.  Major  Clausen.  Just  you  and  Mr.  Grafe? 
Mr.  Connolly.  When  I  remarked  about  Rohl,  yes. 

286.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  If  you  mean  it  was  the  contract  business  that  Wyman 
was  discussing  Avitli  me,  why,  of  course,  he  was  there ;  but  if  you  mean 
my  discussion  with  Grafe,  as  far  a  Rohl  was  concerned,  Wyman  wasn't 
there. 

287.  Major  Clausen.  You  are  sure  of  that,  now  ? 
Mr.  Connolly.  I  know  it. 

288.  Major  Clausen.  In  these  discussions  that  you  had  with  Mr. 
Grafe  concerning  the  contract — that  is,  the  details  of  this  [£198] 
contract — was  Wyman  present? 

Mr  .Connolly.  Why,  they  were  read  to  us,  in  the  Chief's  office. 

289.  Major  Clausen.  By  whom? 

Mr.  Connolly.  By  Wyman  and  Newman,  whoever  was  around 
there.  There  was  no  contract  in  anyone's  possession  around  the  Carl- 
ton Hotel.  These  papers  were  in  the  Chief's  office,  to  stay  there. 
There  was  no  contract  in  our  hands  to  discuss,  ever. 

290.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Grafe  was  present  with  you  and  Colonel 
Wyman,  then,  in  the  Chief's  office,  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Connolly.  Sure. 

291.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  Colonel  Wyman  was  there, 
also? 

Mr.  Connolly  Sure. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1145 

292.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  who  paid  for  Colonel  Wyman's  room 
at  this  hotel  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  I  don't  know,  but  I  suppose  he  paid  for  his  own.  I 
know  Grafe  paid  for  his  room,  when  I  took  it  over.  He  had  the 
reservations.  Wyman  and  I  slept  there  one  night  before  Grafe  showed 
up.  When  I  left,  I  left  Grafe  with  the  bill ;  so  he  paid  the  bill,  for  the 
first  night,  for  the  night  I  stayed  there. 

293.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

294.  General  Gruneet.  Is  there  anything  else,  Mr.  Connolly,  that 
you  might  tell  the  Board,  that  might  assist  us  in  getting  at  facts,  that 
you  have  in  mind  ? 

Mr.  Connolly.  General,  anything  that  I  could  tell  you,  that  would 
help  you,  I  would  be  glad  to,  if  you  would  just  indicate  what  else  you 
think  I  might  do. 

295.  General  Grunert.  I  just  wondered,  possibly  there  had  been 
sometliing  we  haven't  brought  up,  that  you  might  have  in  mind, 
[2199]        and  could  tell  us. 

296.  General  Frank.  Have  you  anything.  Colonel  Toulmin? 

297.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Nothing,  now. 

298.  General  Grunert.  Apparently  there  is  nothing  else. 
Thank  you  very  much  for  coming. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2£00]         TESTIMONY   OF  WALTER  WILTON   HORNE,   9425  WIL- 
SHIRE  BOULEVARD,  BEVERLY  HILLS,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Home,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  full  name  and  address  ? 

Mr.  Horne.  Walter  Wilton  Home,  9425  Wilshire  Boulevard, 
Beverly  Hills. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Home,  what  the  Board  needs  is  help  to 
get  at  facts  that  will  lead  to  other  facts. 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Yes,  sir. 

3.  General  Grunert.  So  I  am  going  to  ask  General  Frank  and  his 
adviser  there  to  get  at  some  facts  that  they  think  you  may  be  able  to 
help  us  on. 

4.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Horne,  what  is  your  present  business? 
Mr.  HoRNE.  I  am  a  realty  operator,  an  insurance  broker,  have  had  a 

great  deal  of  yachting  experience  in  days  gone  by. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  your  experience  previously  did  you  meet 
aHansWilhelmRohl? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  did,  sir. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  you  ever  have  occasion  to  discuss  with 
him  his  preference  for  things  Germanic  ? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  did,  sir. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  just  briefly  narrate  to  the  Board  some  of 
those  discussions  that  you  had  with  him,  and  when  they  took  place. 

Mr.  HuRNE.  I  had  the  good  fortune  to  own  a  German-built  yacht, 
the  AliMGAARD,  built  in  Germany  for  the  German  Prince 
[2^01]  Lippe,  a  65-ton  vessel,  racing  yacht  106  feet  long,  one  of 
the  outstanding  racing  yachts  of  Germany,  brought  to  America,  and 


1146    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

we  raced  it  in  two  races  to  Honolulu.  It  was  an  outstanding^  very 
fast  ship,  built  of  German  manganese-nickel  steel ;  and  Hans  Wilhelm 
Rohl,  known  to  us  in  the  yachting  circle  as  Bill  Kohl,  was  always  very 
interested  in  that  boat,  several  times  tried  to  buy  it,  even  helped  in 
connection  with  Honolulu  races  by  supplying  masts  and  gear  that  came 
off  of  his  smaller  Swedish  boat,  the  PANDORA. 

The  PANDORA  and  the  ARMGAARD,  then  renamed  yacht  CON- 
TENDER, were  anchored  next  door  to  each  other,  as  neighbors  in  the 
Long  Beach  harbor ;  and  I,  as  Commodore  of  the  Long  Beach  Pacific 
Coast  Yacht  Club,  went  down  to  Spain  in  1928  to  bring  back  the 
trophies  from  King  Alfonso  and  to  take  over  to  Spain  the  American 
trophies  for  the  trans- Atlantic  Ocean  race.  I  did  not  consult  Rohl 
as  to  my  going,  and  when  I  returned  he  asked  particularly  why  I  went 
on  a  British  ship,  the  Cunard  Line,  why  I  hadn't  consulted  him ;  that 
I  had  made  a  mistake,  that  he  could  have  helped  me,  and  go  on  the 
Hamburg- American  Line.  He  made  the  direct,  postive  statement  that 
his  uncle,  whom  he  was  very  close  to  and  who  was  his  financial  backer, 
was  the  managing  director  of  the  Hamburg- American  Line  and  the 
North  German  Lloyd  Steamship  Company,  a  most  influential,  high 
German  financially  and  politically,  and  that  he  could  have  gotten  me 
the  very  finest  of  accommodations  aboard  this  trans-Atlantic  passage, 
and  he  criticized  me  for  going  twelfth  hour  with  any  accommodations 
I  could  get. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  with  regard  to  Germany  and  things  Ger- 
man, did  you  have  talks  with  him  in  which  he  boasted  of  [2202'] 
things  German  ? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Yes. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  before  you  answer  that  question, 
when  was  it  that  you  had  this  talk  with  him  about  his  uncle  being 

Mr.  HoRNE.  On  my  return  in  the  fall  of  1928. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  went  down  to  Spain  on  July  4,  1928. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Did  you  have  other  talks  with  him 
about  the  subject  of  preferences  for  Germany? 

Mr.  Horne.  I  kept  my  yacht  in  commission  through  the  winter  and 
took  numbers  of  yachtmen  who  owned  other  yachts  that  were  out  of 
commission,  and  he  went  on  some  of  these  trips,  local  trips,  where  we 
were  practicing  navigation,  racing  crews,  and  he  was  always  bragging 
about  the  yacht  CONTENDER  being  the  finest  and  fastest  yacht 
because  she  was  German-built,  and  there  was  no  one  could  build  as  fine 
a  manganese  steel  yacht  as  the  Germans  could,  and  his  whole  boastful 
braggadocio  attitude  was  entirely  German,  and  things  German  were 
by  far  the  best  and  by  far  the  finest  built ;  and  he  was  very  free  in  those 
days,  in  1926  to  1938,  in  claiming  his  relationship  with  the  managing 
director  of  the  North  German  Lloyd  Line. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  Did  he  ever  say  anything  about  the  fact  that 
he  was  a  German  citizen  himself,  not  a  United  States  citizen  ? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  think  he  kept  that  pretty  well  covered  up.  "We  didn't 
really  know  at  that  time  that  he  was  a  German  citizen,  until  he  bought 
the  large  American  yacht  VEGA,  and  that  was  in  [2203']  _  his 
wife's  name,  and  it  was  registered  in  New  York,  and  he  bought  it  for 
$48,000.  That  is  the  ship  that  he  chartered  to  the  Army  Engineers 
for  $75,000,  reported  in  the  newspapers  at  one-dollar  charter,  how- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1147 

ever;  and  we  knew,  checldng  into  the  thing  afterwards,  that  it  was 
because  of  his  alien  birth,  and  he  had  the  yacht  registered  in  his  wife's 
name,  his  wife  Floy  Rohl.     She  received  the  charter  money. 

The  PANDORA,  the  first  yacht  he  owned,  which  was  moored  next 
to  me,  was  under  75  feet  in  length  and  therefore  could  be  registered 
in  the  name  of  an  alien  German,  and  the  PANDORA  was  really  his 
yacht,  registered  as  his  yacht. 

14.  Major  Clausex,  Now,  did  you  ever  have  a  talk  with  Mr.  Rohl 
concerning  an  acquaintance  by  him  with  visiting  Germans  of  high 
rank,  in  business  and  diplomatic  service  of  the  German  Republic  ? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  On  my  return  from  this  yacht  race  to  Spain  bringing 
back  the  King  Alfonso  trophy  I  had  occasion  or  was  called  upon  as 
commodore  of  the  yacht  club  to  entertain  and  did  see  considerable  of 
Count  Von  Luckner,  who  was  an  outstanding  German,  known  as  the 
sea  raider,  the  skipper  of  the  SEA  ADDER  that  came  out  of  the 
North  Sea  at  Christmas  night  and  escaped  the  blockade,  in  the  first 
war. 

He  wanted  to  see  this  fine  German  racing  yacht  because  he  had 
sailed  on  the  yacht  in  Travaminda.  He  had  sailed  the  same  yacht  in 
Kiel  and  Travaminda,  and  he  wanted  to  go  with  me  to  Honolulu  as  a 
navigator  on  this  very  fine  German  yacht. 

I  did  not  invite  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  to  these  receptions  and  enter- 
tainments of  both  Count  Von  Luckner  and  his  Norwegian  princess 
wife,  and  Rohl  became  incensed  over  the  fact  that  I  [2204]  did 
not  do  so,  and  his  friendship  or  acquaintanceship  as  a  next  door  neigh- 
bor was  chilled  because  of  the  fact  that  I  had  ignored  him  and  had  not 
invited  him  to  these  receptions  to  Count  Von  Luckner. 

I  understood  that  he  had  made  Von  Luckner's  acquaintance  and  had 
entertained  him  when  he  came  here,  but  the  outstanding  Von  Luckner 
reception,  a  dinner  party  aboard  his  own  ship,  which  was  his  own 
birthday  party,  which  was  very  much  of  a  German — the  whole  char- 
acteristic of  the  whole  thing  from  beer  drinking  up  and  down — Hans 
Wilhelm  Rohl  was  not  invited  to  that  party.  Rather  strange  that  he 
wasn't,  but  he  was  not  invited. 

There  is  no  question  but  that  Rohl  was  a  true  Nazi  German:  his 
braggadocio,  his  drinking,  his  excessive  excesses  in  every  way,  bull- 
headedness  and  domination,  overrunning  everybody's  rights  in  con- 
nection with  yachting  entertainments.  On  the  return  from  the  Hono- 
lulu race  he  made  himself  very,  vei'y  obnoxious  because  of  his  foreign, 
German  attitude  and  excessive  drinking. 

In  1926  when  I  first  met  him  I  was  associated  politically  with  three 
gentlemen  who  were  my  partners  in  the  insurance  business,  and  had 
been  the  campaign  manager  that  had  succeeded  in  arranging  the  large 
bond  issues  for  the  Long  Beach  breakwater,  and  Rohl  came  to  us 
wanting  to  become  a  preferred,  intimate,  friendly  contractor,  to  buy  a 
lot  of  insurance  from  us  and  bid  and  secure  the  breakwater  contracts 
that  he  later  did  actually  build  in  Long  Beach,  and  he  offered  us  all  of 
his  insurance,  and  it  was  a  left-handed  way  of  bribery,  and  we  were 
very  suspicious  of  his  methods  and  his  foreign  influencing  of  contracts, 
and  we  withdrew  from  the  thing  and  have  had  nothing  whatsoever 
to  do  with  him. 

He  did  not  buy  or  have  anything  to  do  with  our  office  [2205] 
because  three  of  my  partners  were  councilmen  and  were  really  sitting 


1148    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL,  HARBOR  ATTACK 

as  a  board  letting  the  breakwater  contracts ;  and  I  went  to  the  officft 
of  the  Pacific  Indemnity  Company  to  try  to  get  the  back  records  of 
Ted  Woods,  the  executive  vice  president,  in  reference  to  liis  investi- 
gation of  Kohl's  financial  position ;  and  the  whole  status  of  his  pres- 
entation of  his  qualification  for  bonds  financial,  heavy — heavy  finan- 
cial bonds — was  not  only  his  own  personal  resources,  which  he  ad- 
mitted he  brought  from  Germany  some  years  previous,  but  that  he 
had  a  strong  financial  backing  and  could  command  any  amount  of 
money  or  resources  if  his  contracts  got  involved  in  trouble,  because 
of  the  financial  backing  of  his  uncle,  the  managing  director  of  the 
Hamburg-American  Line,  who  was  supposed  to  be  a  very  wealthy 
German. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

Mr.  HoRNE.  He  tried  to  buy  a  German  yacht  and  was  unable  to  do 
so,  finally  bought  a  large  American  yacht.  We  as  yachtsmen  were 
rather  impressed  with  the  publicity,  that  he  had  taken  that  large 
ocean-going  yacht  and  chartered  it  to  the  Government  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  war  for  a  dollar.  It  was  publicized  in  the  Los  Ange- 
les Times,  and  we  found  out  later  that  he  had  actually  chartered  it 
to  the  Engineering  Department  of  the  Army  Engineers  for  $75,000 
and  that  the  only  work  and  service  that  that  yacht  ever  performed  in 
the  war  effort  was  the  hauling  of  a  cargo  of  liquor  from  San  Pedro 
harbor  to  Major  Wyman  in  Honolulu  and  that  the  boat  never  had 
been  put  into  any  useful  service  in  the  war  effort  as  a  patrol  ship, 
but  delivered  its  cargo  of  liquor  to  Honolulu  and  just  was  left  there. 

16.  General  Frank.  How  did  you  find  that  out  ? 

[2306]  Mr.  HoRNE.  Well, '  Commodore  Byron  McCandless  of 
the  United  States  Navy,  San  Diego,  the  pioneer  Navy  man  in  charge 
of  San  Diego  for  the  last  twenty  years,  of  the  Destroyer  Fleet,  was 
encouraging  me  and  I  was  offering  my  services  gratis  to  try  to  build 
up  a  fleet  of  American-owned  yachts  for  the  offshore  patrol,  because 
the  Navy  were  all  lax 

17.  General  Frank.  Just  to  get  back,  there  is  just  a  single  point 
I  am  after. 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Yes. 

18.  General  Frank.  And  that  is  about  this, 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Well,  we  were  trying  to  charter  all  these  boats  to  the 
Government  for  a  dollar  a  year,  and  we  were  using  that  as  a  criterion, 
and  we  found  out  much  to  our  embarrassment  that  it  wasn't  true, 
that  it  wasn't  chartered  for  a  dollar  a  year;  it  was  $75,000. 

19.  General  Frank.  Where  did  you  get  the  information  on  the 
$75,000  that  you  are  stating  positively  here  under  oath  that  he  got 
for  it? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Well,  that,  where  I  got  it?  We  checked  the  charter 
parties.  Donald  Douglas,  a  personal  friend  of  mine,  a  yachtsman, 
and  vice  president  of  the  Douglas  Aircraft  Company,  was  interested 
in  putting  his  yacht  in ;  Keith  Spaulding,  the  owner  of  the  schooner 
yacht  GOOD  WILL,  a  five  or  six  hundred  thousand  dollar  yacht; 
we  made  an  investigation  at  the  custom  house  in  San  Pedro  about  that 
charter  party.  We  wanted  to  make  the  same  charter  party,  and  we 
found  out  it  was  chartered  in  New  York  and  not  here,  and  out  of  the 
checking  up  of  the  thing  we  found  out  it  was  leally  chartered  for 
$150,000,  but  the  Government  had  finally  come  down  and  paid  $75,000 
as  a        [££07]        modification. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1149 

20.  General  Frank.  Where  did  you  get  your  figures? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Well,  it  was  in  connection  with  this  custom-house 
investigation,  that  we  wanted  to  make  the  same  charters  to  the  Gov- 
ernment for  a  dollar  a  year,  and  Keith  Spaulding  and  a  number  of 
other  large  yacht  owners  had  agreed  that  they  would  turn  their  yachts 
over. 

'21.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  see  a  document  that  showed  that 
he  got  $75,000? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  No.  It  was  in  New  York.  It  was  not  in  this  custom 
house  here.  And  I  think  as  a  result  of  our  trying  to  find  what  the 
charter  party  was,  to  make  duplicates  of  it,  we  learned — but  I  don't 
know  whether  we  learned  from  the  custom  house  or  where  we  learned — 
that  it  developed  that  it  wasn't  a  dollar-a-year  charter.  The  Amer- 
ican boys  went  on  and  chartered  their  boats  to  the  Navy  for  a  dollar 
a  year,  turned  them  over. 

22.  General  Frank.  I  have  nothing  further. 

Mr.  HoRNE.  But  I  don't  know  where  we  got  that  information.  It 
was  someone  of  the  group  that  owned  these  yachts,  that  turned  them 
over  to  the  Government  and 

23.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  you  are  not  so  sure  that 
that  $75,000  is  a  true  statement  of  the  fact,  are  you? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Well,  to  my  best  knowledge  and  belief,  that  tlie  yacht- 
men  made  this  investigation  and  they  chartered  their  boats  for  a 
dollar  a  year  and  later  found  out  that  Rohl  had  chartered  his  for  a 
dollar  a  year  plus  $75,000.  Now,  just  where  that  information  came 
from,  I  am  sorry,  sir,  I  can't  tell  you,  but  it  came  out  in  our  efforts  to 
supply  this  offshore  patrol  of  these  large  ocean-going  yachts. 

[!;220S]  2J:.  General  Frank.  So  far  as  you  are  concerned,  then, 
it  is  hearsay? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  think  so,  because  we  didn't  have  the  records  in  San 
Piedro  harbor.     They  were  in  New  York,  not  here. 

25.  General  Grunert.  It  may  not  be  true,  but  you  believe  it  to  be 
true;  is  that  the  idea? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  really  honestly  believe  it  to  be  true.  The  yachtsmen 
were  very  much  incensed  about  it,  that  they  had  turned  over  more 
jjowerful  Diesel  schooners  for  this  offshore  patrol  on  a  dollar-a-year 
basis  really  inspired  by  the  fact  that  Bill  Rohl  had  done  the  thing,  and 
we  found  out  afterward  that  he  had  sandbagged  the  Department  for 
$75,000. 

26.  General  Frank.  When  your  group  gave  their  yachts  to  the 
(jovernment  for  a  dollar  a  year,  the  Government,  however,  recon- 
ditioned them  when  they  were  returned,  so  that  they  were  as  good  as 
when  they  were  originally  loaned  to  the  Government,  did  they  not? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Well,  Walter  P.  Murphy  turned  over  a  260-foot  3-mast 
schooner,  and  he  turned  it  over  to  the  (joventment  just  as  is :  Do  with 
it  as  you  please ;  and  the  Government  I  believe  are  still  using  it.  Now, 
they  will  have  to  have  it  reconditioned,  I  believe. 

27.  General  Frank.  That  is  one  conditioned.  What  about  the 
rest  of  them  ?     Did  the  Government  recondition  them  ? 

Mr.  HoRNE.  They  have  altered  them.  They  took  out  all  of  the  fine 
cabins  and  put  for  or  five  times  as  many — two  or  three  times  as  many 
men  aboard.  I  think  that  the  yachtsmen  understood  that  the  equip- 
ment would  be  put  back  the  way  it  was. 


1150    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

28.  General  Grunert.  Could  you  have  been  mistaken  as  to  the 
l^^09]  question  of  its  being  chartered  for  $75,000;  or  putting  it 
back  in  the  condition  that  they  received  it  cost  $75,000? 

Mr,  HoRNE.  I  understood  it  was  charter  hire,  $75,000  against  my 
friends'  putting  in  their  yachts  at  one  dollar, 

29.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Mr,  HoRNE,  The  matter  of  conditioning  I  don't  think  was  a  part  of 
the  charter  at  all. 

30.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  succeeded  in  what  you  are  after  in 
getting  or  giving  a  document  ? 

Mr,  Horne.  I  believe  that  we  could  get  from  the  New  York  Custom 
House  a  copy  of  that  charter  if  you  would  like  to  have  it. 

31.  General  Frank.  It  is  immaterial  to  us. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  I  think  we  ought  to  have  evidence  on 
that,  and  as  far  as  this  Board  is  concerned  in  its  investigation,  we 
limit  ourselves  to  phases  which  pertain  to  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 

Mr.  Horne.  I  see. 

33.  General  Grunert.  So  whatever  evidence  there  is,  if  our  adviser 
on  tliis  advises  us  to  get  that  evidence  we  can  do  so.     ' 

Mr.  Horne.  Well,  I  think  Mr.  Earl  Thatcher  in  Honolulu,  who  was 
a  yachtsman  and  who  had  lots  to  do  with  our  yacht  racing  down  there, 
when  you  arrive  in  Honolulu,  can  verify  and  witness  as  a  qualified 
witness.  He  is  a  member  of  or  in  charge  of  the  War  Information 
Bureau  in  Honolulu,  and  I  believe  that  that  information  can  be  veri- 
fied, that  that  yacht  made  a  cargo  haul  of  liquor  to  Honolulu  and  was 
never  used  otherwise. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Yes.    We  have  evidence  on  that  also. 
Is  there  anything  else  you  wish  to  bring  out  by  this  witness  ? 
[£210]        35.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions? 

37.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

This  man  Rohl  about  whom  you  have  testified:  prior  to  the  time 
that  he  went  into  work  on  that  breakwater  project  down  there  was  he 
a  man  of  considerable  resources  ? 

Mr.  Horne.  Well,  I  would  say  that  he  was  a  relatively  small  con- 
tractor. His  financial  resources  can  be  determined  accurately  by 
financial  statements  in  the  files  of  the  Pacific  Indemnity  Company, 
but  the  source  of  that  money  came  from  Germany,  from  his  uncle,  the 
managing  director  of  the  Hamburg-American  Line. 

38.  General  Russell.  Did  he  make  a  lot  of  money  out  of  his  oper- 
ations with  the  breakwater  contract?  Did  he  become  rich  in  that 
operation  ? 

Mr.  Horne.  Well,  that  would  be  hearsay.  I  understood  that  that 
was  where  he  became  a  big,  strong  financial  contractor,  from  the  be- 
ginning of  the  harbor  breakwater.  I  was  the  chairman  of  the  cam- 
paign committee  that  raised  that  money,  and  I  believe  definitely  that 
it  can  be  shown  in  the  records  that  that  was  his  financial  start  as  a  big 
major  contractor. 

39.  General  Russell.  Now,  it  is  true  that  you  went  over  to  this 
other  indemnity  company  when  he  was  seeking  a  bond  for  his  break- 
water work,  and  there  made  an  investigation  as  to  his  financial  con- 
dition ? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1151 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Yes,  I  did,  jointly  with  Mr.  Ted  Woods,  the  executive 
vice  president  of  that  insurance  company,  and  the  more  we  got  into 
it  and  the  more  there  seemed  to  be  a  whole  [2211]  influence  of 
his  buying — buying  influence  to  get  that  contract,  the  further  we 
pulled  away  from  it.  But  the  Pacific  Indemnity  Company,  of  course, 
is  entirely  neutral;  they  could  supply  a  bond  if  they  wanted  to. 

40.  General  Russell.  Well,  what  did  you  learn  about  him?  That 
he  was  not  so  strong  financially  when  he  went  into  the  breakwater 
contract  ? 

Mr.  HoRisTE.  That  is  it.  It  was  ver}?^  questionable  as  to  whether 
the  Pacific  Indemnity  Company  would  write  his  bond. 

41.  General  Russell.  All  right ;  so  much  for  that. 

Now,  then,  I  believe  in  your  earlier  evidence  you  stated  that  when 
this  ship  of  his  went  out  to  Honolulu,  the  one  that  we  have  had  some 
evidence  about 

Mr.  HoRNE.  Yes,  the  VEGA. 

42.  General  Russell.  That  it  took  a  cargo  of  liquor  for  Colonel 
Wyman;  was  that  your  statement? 

Mr.  Horne.  Yes,  the  statement  that  we  understood  that  was  what 
was — that  was  the  only  work  that  that  boat  ever  did. 

43.  General  Russell.  Now,  who  made  that  statement  that  this 
was  Wyman 's  liquor? 

Mr.  Horne.  Well,  there  is  a  witness  coming  tomorrow  named  Bruce 
Pine,  Los  Angeles,  Beverly  Hills,  and  I  believe  that  I  learned  that 
information  from  him ;  and  I  was  in  on  the  Congressional  investiga- 
tion of  an  attorney  from  the  House  Naval  Affairs  Committee,  or  I 
believe  it  was  Naval  Affairs  Committee,  previously,  and  prepared 
these  affidavits  which  I  will  be  glad  to  leave  with  you,  which  are  signed 
affidavits;  and  thev  questioned  me  very  carefully  as  to  these  two 
yachts,  the  PANDORA  that  was  registered  in  Rohl's  name  and  the 
Vega  that  [2212]  was  not  registered  in  Rohl's  name.  I  was 
bej^ond  the  age  limit,  fifty,  to  get  into  the  Navy,  and  I  volunteered  my 
services  to  help  build  up  this  offshore  patrol  of  these  large  ocean- 
going yachts,  and  that  is  how  I  got  into  this  thing  and  got  into  the 
custom  house  to  try  to  get  a  copy  of  the  charter  party,  because  these 
people  in  a  patriotic  way  had  said,  "Well,  we  will  do  the  same  thing 
and  get  us  a  copy  of  the  charter  party."  And  I  went  down  to  San 
Piedro,  found  that  Rohl's  boat  was  not  registered  in  his  name  at  all. 
It  was  registered  in  his  wife's  name,  and  the  custom  house  said  that 
she  was  the  American  and  he  was  not;  he  was  a  foreign,  an  alien 
citizen,  and  the  boat  couldn't  be  registered  in  his  name,  but  he  was  the 
one  that  used  the  boat  exclusively.  He  was  the  skipper  and  owner 
of  the  boat  as  far  as  the  world  knew,  and  he  went  in  and  out  of  port 
with  it. 

44.  General  Grukert.  We  have  that  evidence  of  the  House  Military' 
Affairs  Committee.    We  have  that  available  to  us. 

Mr.  Horne.  Yes,  sir.    Well,  that  is  how  it  came  out. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  Horne.  Our  efforts  were  very  sincere,  in  a  patriotic  effort  to 
supply  all  these  yachts  to  the  Navy  for  a  dollar  a  year,  and  my  friends 
like  Donald  Douglas  and  Keith  Spaulding  rather  laughed  at  me  be- 
cause I  had  urged  them  to  put  their  boats  in  there  at  a  dollar  a  year, 


1152    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

and  they  found  out  that  Rohl  had  been  paid  $75,000  a  year;  not  that 
they  wanted  $75,000:  were  perfectly  contented  to  offer  their  ships. 
Walter  P.  Murphy's  finest  yacht  on  the  Pacific  Coast  was  given  for  a 
dollar  a  year,  and  it  is  in  service  today  and  has  done  wonderful  yeo- 
man work. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  We  must  get  the  affidavit,  sir,  and  that  is  all. 
[2213']         Mr.  HoRNE.  I  would  appreciate  this  one  privilege.     May 

I  ask  the  privilege  of  reading  this  last  page  of  this  affidavit? 

47.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

Mr.  HoRNE.  I  am  so  delighted  that  you  gentlemen  are  taking  the 
bull  by  the  horns,  and  a  long  time  ago  when  this  thing  [indicating] 
was  written  up  it  was  in  hopes  that  just  what  you  gentlemen  are  doing 
would  come  about : 

That  affiant  is  informed  and  believes  that  said  vessel  sailing  with  the  said 
cargo  of  intoxicating  liquor  from  the  harbor  of  San  Pedro  was  never  used  for 
any  purpose  of  national  defense  or  as  set  forth  in  the  charter  thereof. 

That  aftiant  believes  that  the  method  of  registration  of  said  vessel  VEGA  and 
the  chartering  thereof,  and  the  wrongful  use  of  said  charter,  was  and  is  a  fraud 
upon  the  United  States  Government. 

That  affiant  is  informed  and  believes  that  the  said  Rohl  was  at  Pearl  Harbor, 
Honolulu,  prior  to  December  7,  1941,  and  had  complete  detailed  information  of 
all  of  the  offensive  and  defensive  installations  of  the  War  Department,  and  that 
he  knew  on  said  date  of  the  location  of  American  Naval  vessels,  American  planes, 
fortifications  and  other  vital  installations,  and  that  the  aforesaid  knowledge 
of  the  said  Rohl  at  that  particular  place  at  that  particular  time,  was  too  serious 
to  be  a  mere  coincidence,  which  in  affiant's  opinion  should  be  thoroughly  in- 
vestigated by  officials  of  the  Government  high  enough  not  to  be  biased,  prej- 
udiced, or  influenced  in  any  manner  whatsoever. 

[2214]  Namely,  RohTs  manner  of  influencing  with  money  and 
bribery. 

Affiant  further  states  that  in  his  opinion,  the  Government  investigators  should 
go  deeper  than  the  records  disclose  upon  the  surface,  so  that  there  may  be  ap- 
prehended all  alien  spies  working  under  cover  against  the  best  American  inter- 
ests, and  in  league  with  agents  of  Germany  or  Japan,  and  that  all  persons  so 
apprehended  should  lose  their  citizenship,  and  all  of  their  wordly  goods  and 
ill-gotten  gains  available  should  be  confiscated,  and  that  they  should  be  de- 
ported to  the  countries  from  which  they  originally  came. 

And  that  it  should  not  be  forgotten  that  the  fathers  and  mothers  who  mourn 
their  dead  soldiers  and  sailors  who  lost  their  lives  in  this  war,  and  who  have 
received  Awards  of  Merit  and  Distinguished  Service  Medals,  would  want  to 
return  these  Awards  to  the  United  States  Government  so  long  as  the  said  Major 
Wyman  is  allowed  to  ret.ain  any  merits  or  the  Distinguished  Service  Medal 
granted  him,  and  that  he  should  be  subjected  to  an  impartial  Court  Martial, 
and  treated  as  found  guilty,  according  to  his  just  deserts  and  the  best  American 
tradition. 

48.  General  Grunert.  Now,  is  that  evidence  sworn  to,  and  so  forth  ? 

49.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

50.  General  Grunert.  All  right ;  take  it. 

We  thank  you  very  much  for  coming  up,  Mr.  Home. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  4:  45  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of  wit- 
neqs;es  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1153 


\2U5-\  CONTENTS 


FRIDAY,  SEPTEMBER  1,  1944. 

Testimony  of—  Page  • 
Mrs.  Gertrude  Campbell  Brunner,  1210  South  Euclid,   San  Gabriel, 

California 2216 

Hans  William  Rohl,  Rancho  Dos  Vintos,  Camarillo,  California 2222 

Paul  Grafe,  21  Chester  Place,  Los  Angeles,  California 2288 

John  M.  Martin,  Attorney-At-Law.  Los  Angeles,  (California 2321 

J.  P.  Shirley,  501  Belair  Road,  Los  Angeles,  California 2354 

'^  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
nages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1155 


[2216^         PEOCEEDINGS  BEFOEE  THE  ARMY 
PEAKL  HAKBOE  BOAED 


FBIDAY,  SEPTEMBER   1,   1944. 

Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  California. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell,  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also :  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  MES.  GERTRUDE  CAMPBELL  BRUNNER,  1210  SOUTH 
EUCLID,  SAN  GABRIEL,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Assistant  Recorder.) 

1.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name  and 
address  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Gertrude  Campbell  Brunner,  1210  South  Euclid, 
San  Gabriel,  California. 

2.  Major  Clausen.  Mrs.  Brunner,  there  is  a  procedure  that  we  have 
followed  with  all  witnesses,  which  consists  of  warning  them  of  their 
rights. 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Yes. 

[2217]  Major  Clausen.  In  this  respect:  that  you  don't  have  to 
say  anything  or  testify  to  anything  which  might  implicate  you  in  any 
crime ;  that  if  you  do  say  anything  here  it  may  later  be  used  against 
you.    You  understand  that,  do  you  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Yes. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  You  formerly  were  an  employee  of  the  United 
States  Engineer  Department? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Yes,  sir. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  employment  commenced  in  the  year 
1935,  did  it? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Yes,  it  did. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  then  assigned  to  Los  Angeles? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  That  is  right. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  And  at  that  time  your  duties  consisted  of  run- 
ning an  addressograph  machine  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  I  started  as  secretary  to  Major  Zajieck,  Z-a-j-i-e-c-k. 
He  was  a  Naval — an  Army  reserve  officer.  And  then  I  later  went  into 
the  addressograph  department. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 24 


1156    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

8.  Major  Clausen.  This  was  in  Los  Angeles  ? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  In  Los  Angeles. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  While  you  were  stationed  there  were  you  ever 
the  personal  representative  of  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Never. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  ever  his  secretary? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  No,  sir. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  ever  the  stenographer  assigned  to 
him? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  No,  sir. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  And  Colonel  Wyman  later  went  to  Hawaii, 
did  he  not? 

[^21S]        Mrs.  Brunner.  That  is  right. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  About  five  years  later  ? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  That  is  right. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  was  about  1940,  '39  ? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  Somewhere  around  there,  yes. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  you  then  go  to  Hawaii  at  about  that 
time? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  No.  I  think  he  was  over  there  quite  a  while  before 
I  went  over. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  finally  did,  though,  go  to  Hawaii ;  is 
that  correct  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  That  is  right. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Still  as  an  employee  of  the  United  States  Engi- 
neer Department  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Yes. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Colonel  Wyman  was  relieved  from  Hawaii 
about  March  1942,  returned  to  the  mainland,  and  was  later  assigned 
to  the  Canol  project.  Did  you  return  to  the  mainland  in  the  early 
part  of  1942? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Yes,  I  did.  I  resigned.  I  came  back  under  doctor's 
orders. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  you  then  go  to  the  Alaskan  territory, 
Canadian  territory,  on  this  Canol  project? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Well,  it  was  three  months  after  I  returned  to  the 
States. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  going  to  Alaska  or  Canada  did  you  fly 
there  with  a  Ferman  K.  Pickering,  P-i-c-k-e-r-i-n-g? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  He  and  his  wife  were  on  the  plane,  yes. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  Mrs.  Brunner,  this  morning  I  showed  you 
[2219']  what  purports  to  be  a  statement  of  fact  contained  on  pages 
19  and  20  of  this  report  of  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  dated 
June  14,  1940.     I  am  going  to  read  this  portion  to  you : 

Gertrude  Campbell,  who  called  herself  the  colonel's  personal  representative, 
told  me  that  she  had  been  with  the  Engineers  in  Los  Angeles ;  from  Los  Angeles 
she  had  gone  to  Hawaii,  where  she  worked  directly  under  Colonel  Wyman  and 
had  gone  to  Canada  from  Hawaii.  I  flew  from  Edmonton  to  White  Horse  in 
the  same  plane  with  Miss  Campbell.  After  staying  in  White  Horse  for  2  days, 
we  proceeded  to  Skagway,  Alaska,  by  train,  also  accompanied  by  Miss  Campbell, 
who  was  the  colonel's  personal  representative  on  the  Canol  project  No.  2,  at 
Skagway,  Alaska.  Miss  Campbell  told  me,  in  the  presence  of  my  wife  and  others, 
that  on  the  morning  of  December  7,  1941,  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  Colonel 
Wyman,  who  was  then  district  engineer,  came  to  the  office  after  the  Japanese 
attack,  in  a  drunken  condition  and  in  civilian  clothes,   and  changed  to  his 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1157 

uniform  in  full  view  of  the  girls  in  the  office.  Colonel  Wyman  meantime  shouted 
directions  to  those  in  the  office  and  passed  out  guns  to  anyone  who  seemed  to  be 
able  to  operate  firearms. 

Let  me  ask  3^011  first,  Miss  Campbell,  if  you  made  that  statement  to 
which  reference  is  made  on  this  page  20,  at  that  time  and  place. 

Mrs.  Brunxer.  I  don't  remember  anything  about  that  at  all. 

[^^^O]  22.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  though,  Miss  Camp- 
bell, rumors  to  the  eli'ect  that  on  the  morning  of  December  7  Colonel 
Wyman  came  to  the  office  in  a  drunken  condition  ? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  I  have  heard  that  in  Honolulu  and  I  have  heard  it 
since  1  have  come  back  to  the  States,  but  I  couldn't  testify  to  that 
because  I  didn't  see  Colonel  Wyman  on  the  day  of  the  7th  until  in 
the  afternoon. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  other  questions. 

24.  General  Russell.  You  had  better  identify  her,  as  she  is  testify- 
ing as  Mrs.  Brunner. 

Mrs.  Brunner.  I  was  Mrs.  Campbell.    Mrs.  Campbell,  not  Miss. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  You  were  Mrs.  Gertrude  Campbell? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  That  is  right. 

26.  General  Russell.  And  what  did  you  say  of  the  time,  now? 
Major  Clausen.  That  is  on  this  occasion  that  is  referred  to  by 

Ferman  K.  Pickering.     You  were  Mrs.  Campbell  at  that  tune? 
Mrs.  Brunner.  That  is  right. 

27.  General  Grunert.  When  you  saw  Colonel  Wyman  that  after- 
noon what  was  his  condition  as  to  sobriety? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Well,  I  was  not  close  enough  to  him  to  tell  one  way 
or  another. 

28.  General  Grunert.  That  is  all. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

Mrs.  Brunner.  He  asked  us  all  to  report  out  there,  and  we  were  all 
assigned  jobs  to  do.  I  was  making  sandwiches  and  was  running  small 
errands  at  Kewalo  Basin,  and  I  didn't  get  close  enough  to  any  of  the 
officers  except  Captain  McCrone,  [22.2 1]  who  was  my  superior. 
But  I  would  like  to  say  that  I  have  never  worked  directly  under 
Colonel  Wyman.  I  have  always  worked  under  an  officer.  Colonel 
W3^man  has  never  been  my  superior  officer  except  over  the  officer  that 
I  was  reporting  to. 

30.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  that  you  would  like  to  tell 
the  Board  that  occurs  to  you  that  might  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board? 

Mrs.  Brunner.  Well,  I  don't  know  whether  it  would  have  any  bear- 
ing on  this  case  or  not,  but  the  party  that  made  this  statement  here  had 
caused  us  quite  a  bit  of  trouble  in  Alaska.  He  and  his  wife — he  was 
married  on  his  way  to  Edmonton,  and  they  sent  them  up  to  Alaska  on 
the  job  that  I  was  on.  We  finally  had  to  send  them  out.  He  and  his 
wife  got  in  a  fight  and  they  broke  her  jaw,  and  they  couldn't  fix  it  in 
Skagway.  They  sent  them  out,  and  they  were  going  to  sue  the  Gov- 
ernment and  they  were  going  to  do  a  lot  of  things.  I  don't  believe 
they  have  done  anything  since  they  went  back,  but  Bechtel,  Price  & 
Callahan  had  a  terrible  time  with  them.  I  think  that  maybe  his  back- 
ground, if  somebody  would  look  into  it,  might  shed  a  little  light  on  the 
subject. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


1158    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

TESTIMONY  OF  HANS  WILLIAM  ROHL 


(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Rohl,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name  and  address? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Hans  William — not  Wilhelm — Rohl ;  Rancho  Dos  Vin- 
tos,  Camarillo,  California. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  your  occupation? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Farmer. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Rohl,  this  Board  is  after  facts  about  what 
happened  prior  to  and  during  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack,  and  in  the 
course  of  this  investigation  there  are  phases  there  that  pertain  to 
Colonel  Wyman  and  his  connection  with  construction  in  Hawaii. 
Now,  this  field  is  so  broad  that  we  have  divided  the  field  up  amongst 
the  Board  in  making  this  special  investigation,  although  the  Board 
will  act  on  all  phases.  So  General  Frank,  assisted  by  Major  Clausen 
here,  will  develop  this  particular  field  for  us.     General  Frank. 

4.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Rohl,  the  first  question  I  will  ask  you :  On 
(he  night  of  December  7, 1941,  did  Colonel  Wyman  stay  at  your  home? 

Mr.  Rohl.  On  the  night  of  December  7th  ? 

6.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 
Mr.  Rohl.  No,  sir. 

.   7.  General  Frank.  December  6  ? 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Or  December  6? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Ko,  sir.  Colonel  Wyman  never  stayed  at  my  home  over- 
night. 

[2223^         9.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  at  no  time  ever? 

Mr.  Rohl.  At  no  time  ever. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  came  to  this  country  from 
Germany  on  October  23,  1913 ;  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Correct. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  born  in  Germany  ? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  Lubeck? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  an  alien  until  September  1941, 
sir? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Correct. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  You  filed  a  preliminary  application  for  citi- 
zenship papers  on  March  10, 1941 ;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  believe  it  is. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  in  that  application  you  stated  that  you 
were  married  on  August  26, 1925 ;  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That  is  right. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  That  you  had  four  children  born  in  1916, 
1918,  '21,  '23;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  after  you  filed  this  application  do  you 
recall  that  you  had  a  request  to  appear  and  give  some  preliminary 
testimony  or  preliminary  examination,  sir  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Here  in — I  mean  in  Los  Angeles  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1159 

18.  Major  Clausen,  Yes,  sir. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  recall  at  that  time  that  j'ou  testified 
that  your  marriage  to  your  present  wife  was  your  [£224]  sec- 
ond marriage? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  not  true,  was  it  ? 
Mr.  Rohl.  No.    I  corrected  it. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  I  say 

Mr.  Rohl.  At  the  time. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon. 
Mr.  Rohl.  I  corrected  it  at  the  time. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  corrected  it  not  at  that  time  but  at 
a  later  time;  isn't  that  true? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Probably  it  would  have  been  a  couple  of  days. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  after  you  testified  to  that, 
you  left  the  place  and  then  went  back  later  on  and  made  your  correc- 
tion? 

Just  answer  yes  or  no.    Is  that  correct,  sir? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Now,  I  want  to  get  your  question  straight. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  My  question  is  this,  Mr.  Rohl:  On  this  pre- 
liminary application  after  you  filed  your  papers  for  citizenship  you 
appeared  and  testified  that  your  present  marriage  was  your  second 
marriage;  you  recall  that? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  And  I  say  that  was  not  true,  was  it? 
Mr.  Rohl.  No.    I  was  under  the 

27.  ^Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  was  under  the  belief  that  I  had  a  common-law  mar- 
riage. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  later  on,  then,  you  called  at  the  office 
and  you  admitted  that  your  testimony  in  that  respect  was  not  true; 
isn't  that  correct? 

[2£25]  Mr.  Rohl.  Yes.  I  found  out  that  there  was  no  common- 
law  marriage  in  the  State  of  California. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  But  at  this  preliminary  examination  you 
not  only  said  that  your  present  marriage  was  your  second  marriage, 
but  you  also  testified  that  your  first  wife  had  obtained  a  decree  of 
divorce  from  you  in  Sacramento  in  1924;  isn't  that  true?  That  is 
what  you  told  them  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No.  I  am  not  sure  about  that,  because  I  did  sign  a 
settlement  agreement  with  her  and  filed  it  with  the  Petitioner  of  Immi- 
gration or  whatever  it  was. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  between  the  years  1931-1932  you  made 
about  ten  trips  to  Mexico,  didn't  you,  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  construction  work  down 
in  Mexico? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  And  on  any  of  these  trips  did  you  ever  state 
that  you  were  a  German  alien,  to  any  immigration  officers? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No.     I  was  not  asked. 


1160    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

83.  Major  Clausen.  On  a  certain  trip  of  the  VEGA  from  Jack- 
sonville, Florida,  to  Honoluln,  back  to  Los  Angeles,  at  which  time 
there  was  also  a  stop  at  Balboa  in  the  Canal  Zone,  do  you  remember 
anything  about  the  ship's  manifest? 

jkr.  RoHL.  No. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  Listing  you  as  H.  Wilhelm — rather,  H.  Wil- 
liam Rohi,  born  September  29,  1886,  at  Tola.  Kansas? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  the  fact 
that  the  manifest  indicated  that  you  were  born  in  this  [2226] 
country  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  that  your  income  tax  returns 
for  1938  and  1939  declared  that  you  were  a  United  States  citizen? 

Mr.  RoHL,  I  know  it  now.  I  didn't  know  it  at  the  time  I  signed  it, 
for  the  simple  reason  that  I  don't  make  out  my  own  income  tax. 
I  have  a  competent  auditor  who  does  it. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  Mr.  Rohl.  that  in  an  investiga- 
tion in  1934  you  were  asked  the  question  by  the  Internal  Revenue, 
"Are  you  a  citizen  of  the  United  States?"  and  that  you  answered, 
"Yes,  I  am.     I  was  naturalized  in  1921"  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

38.  General  Frank.  You  didn't  say  it,  or  don't  you  remember  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  remember  it. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  deny  that  you  made  that  statement 
to  the  Internal  Revenue  agent  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  know.     I  don't  see  how  I  could. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Rohl,  do  you  recall  that  in  connection 
with  your  naturalization  application  that  was  acted  upon  in  1941,  a 
letter  written  by  Brigadier  General  John  J.  Kingman  which  stated, 
among  other  things,  that  your  services  were  of  vital  importance  in 
Hawaii  ?     Do  you  recall  such  a  letter  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  1  have  never  seen  the  letter.  I  have  heard  there  was 
a  letter. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  You  sent  your  lawyer  to  Washington,  did  you 
not,  sir,  for  the  purpose  of  getting  your  naturalization  application 
treated  differently  than  anybody  else's? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  believe  that. 

[2227]         42.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  you  send   a  lawyer  to 
Washington  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  it? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  Who,  Mr.  Rohl? 
Mr.  Rohl.  John  M.  Martin. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  In  addition  to  Mr,  Martin  you  also  employed 
other  lawyers  in  connection  with  that  application,  didn't  3^ou  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  do  you  recall  a  Mr.  Cannon? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  believe  Mr.  Martin  employed  Mr.  Cannon.     I  did  not. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  Mr.  Martin  was  your  lawyer  who  em- 
ployed Mr.  Cannon  to  act  in  your  behalf  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Mr.  Martin 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1161 

48.  Major  Clausen.  Is  that  correct? 

Mr.  EoHL.  Mr.  Martin  is  my  lawyer.  He  at  times  employs  associ- 
ate counsel. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  But  the  fact  is,  Mr.  Rohl,  that  in  addition  to 
Mr.  Martin  there  was  a  lawyer  by  the  name  of  Cannon  who  also 
assisted  you  in  getting  your  application  acted  upon ;  isn't  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  I  don't  believe  that  anybody  assisted  me  to  have  the 
application  acted  upon  except  perhaps  the  War  Department. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  do  you  remember  that  you  went  to  Court, 
Mr.  Rohl,  to  get  your  citizen  application  heard  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  By  Judge  O'Connor? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

[££2S]         52.  Major  Clausen.  And  they  were  present  in  Court  at 
that  time  as  lawyers  for  you  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

53.  IVlajor  Clausen.  And  who  were  those  lawyers  for  you  present 
at  that  time? 

Mr.  Rohl.  There  was  Mr.  Cannon  and  Frank  Martin. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  you  had  two  on  that  occasion 
in  Court  for  you ;  isn't  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Roiil.  Yes. 

55.  Major  Clausen.  And  it  was  September  15,  1941;  is  that  right? 
Mr.  Roiil.  That  is  right. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  do  you  remember  that  before  that  you 
had  not  only  had  John  Martin  go  to  Washington,  but  you  had  had 
other  lawyers  go  to  Washington  in  connection  with  your  naturaliza- 
tion application? 

Mr.  Roiil.  I  had  other  lawyers  go  to  Washington? 

57.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Mr.  Cannon  go  to  Washington  for  you? 
Mr.  RoiiL.  I  don't  think  he  did. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  This  Mr.  Cannon  was  David  Cannon,  wasn't 
he,  Mr.  Rohl? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  I  believe  so. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  The  firm  of  lawyers  in  Los  Angeles ;  isn't  that 
correct  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Acquainted  with  Mr.  Francis  Biddle;  isn't 
that  right? 

[2229]         Mr.  Roiil.  I  don't  know. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  Acquainted  with  Mr.  J.  Edgar  Hoover? 
Mr.  Rohl.  I  don't  know. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  In  any  event,  do  you  know  anything  about  -i 
letter  by  this  INIr.  Cannon,  David  H.  Cannon,  650  South  Spring  Street, 
Los  Angeles,  California,  to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce,  dated  August 
29,  1941,  which  states  in  part  as  follows:   (Paragraph  5) 

Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.,  Lieutenant  Colonel,  Corps  of  Engineers,  War  Depart- 
ment, in  charge  of  all  the  above-mentioned  defense  work  in  Hawaii,  has  re- 
quested Mr.  Rohl  and  the  War  Department  to  have  Mr.  Ilohl  give  his  personal 
service  in  connection  with  the  emergency  defense  work  in  Hawnii.  and  as  eai'ly 
as  .Tanuary  1041  and  at  numerons  times  since  that  date  Colonel  Wynnin  has 
tendered  Mr.  Rohl  transportation   via  clipper  oi-  boat   to  the  Islands  and  has 


1162    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

stated  to  Mr.  Rohl  over  interocean  telephone  that  he  will  personally  obtain  si)ecial 
permission,  because  of  Mr.  Rohl's  alien  status,  to  allow  Mr.  Rohl  to  work  on  this 
secret  contract. 

Do  you  recall  having  seen  that  letter  ? 
Mr.  EoHL.  No. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon. 
Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  isn't  this  true,  Mr.  Rohl :  that  this 
lawyer  that  you  had,  Martin,  was  not  the  one  who  effected  a  settlement 
between  you  and  the  Government  for  falsely  documenting  your  ves- 
sels, but  that  Mr.  Cannon,  this  [2230'\  David  Cannon,  was  the 
man  who  did  that  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  don't  know.  You  will  have  to  ask  Mr.  Martin  that 
question. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.     You  don't  know  anything  about  that? 
Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

,[2231^        67.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  pay  the  $25,000,  or  did 
Mr.  Martin  pay  it  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Well,  Rohl-Connolly  Company  paid  it. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  The  Rohl-ConnoUy  Company  paid  the 
$25,000? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir;  that's  right. 

69.  Major  Clausen.  You  knew  about  it? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

70.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  knew  about  that  at  the  time? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  O.  K.  it  at  the  time  ? 
Mr.  Rohl.  I.  O.  K.'d  it. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  know  nothing  about  Mr.  Cannon's 
having  anything  to  do  with  it? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  O.  K.'d  it  on  the  advice  of  Mr.  Martin. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  you  know  nothing  about  Mr.  Cannon's 
having  anything  to  do  with  it  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No.  I  don't  even  know  that  Mr.  Cannon  was  in  Wash- 
ington. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  You  don't  know  anything  about  this  letter? 
Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  refer  again  to  this  letter,  the  statement 
whic];i  was  made  to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  by  Mr.  Cannon,  on 
your  behalf.  This  was  for  the  attempt  to  avoid  forfeiture  of  the 
vessels  that  had  been  falsely  documented,  where  he  says,  here : 

As  early  as  January  1941  and  at  numerous  times  since  that  date.  Colonel 
Wyman  has  tendered  Mr.  Rohl  transportation  by  clipper  or  boat  to  the  Islands. 

Was  that  a  fact? 

[2232']  Mr.  Rohl.  You  want  me  to  confirm  the  letter,  or  do  you 
want  me  to 

76.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  asking  whether  it  is  a  fact  that  as  early 
as  January  1941,  and  at  numerous  times 

Mr.  Rohl.  Major,  may  I  be  excused  for  a  minute?  I  am  asking 
you,  you  are  quoting  out  of  a  letter? 

77.  Major  Clausen.  That's  right. 

Mr.  Rohl.  Now,  what  am  I  to  answer  ?    The  letter  ? 

78.  Major  Clausen.  The  truth. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1163 

Mr.  RoHL.  The  truth.  I  had  a  letter  from  Colonel  Wyman  to 
proceed  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  This  was  January  1941  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That,  I  don't  know,  You  probably  have  the  letter. 

80.  Major  Clausen.  If  I  show  it  to  you,  here,  will  your  memory  be 
refreshed?  I  am  showing  the  witness  exhibit  I  to  the  Colonel  Hunt 
report,  which  is  a  letter  from  Colonel  Wyman  to  Mr.  Rohl,  dated  Jan- 
uary 22, 1941. 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes,  I  received  that  letter. 

81.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  tell  Colonel  Wyman  about  your 
going  over  there  ?  This  letter  asks  that  you  go  over  right  away,  that 
you  have  got  a  secret  contract.  It  has  been  read  to  the  Board.  What 
did  you  tell  Colonel  Wyman  ?  He  wrote  you  the  letter.  You  are  the 
man  with  the  secret  contract. 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  didn't  tell  him  anything.     I  didn't  go. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  You  just  did  nothing?  I  say,  did  you  just  do 
nothing  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No,  I  applied  for  my  citizenship. 

83.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  what  did  you  tell  Colonel  Wyman,  is 
\2233'\  the  question.  I  say,  sir,  what  did  you  do  with  regard  to 
an  answer  and  a  resj)onse  to  that  letter  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  don't  believe  I  told  him  anything.  I  don't  believe  I 
answered  the  letter.     I  know  I  didn't  answer  the  letter. 

84.  Major  Clausen.  You  know  you  did  not  answer  it? 
Mr.  Rohl.  That's  right. 

^  85.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  ask  this  question :  When  was  the  first 
time  after  January  22, 1941,  that  you  said  anything  to  Colonel  Wyman 
about  the  subject  of  his  request  contained  in  this  letter?  Did  you 
understand  the  question  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  understand  the  question.     I  don't  know. 

86.  Major  Clausen.  What  would  be  your  most 

Mr.  Rohl.  You  want  the  truth,  don't  you  ?  I  am  telling  you  the 
truth. 

87.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  was  it  within  a  year,  or  ten  years,  or  two 
months,  or  two  days,  or  a  week  ?  Could  you  block  it  in,  at  some  ap- 
proximate period  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  don't  believe  I  told  Colonel 
Wyman.     I  believe  I  told  Paul  Grafe. 

88.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  tell  anything  to  Paul  Grafe 
about  this  letter  after  January  22,  1941? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Probably  on  his  first  trip  to  the  mainland  after  that. 

89.  Major  Clausen.  Which  was  when? 
Mr.  Rohl.  I  don't  know. 

90.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  had  telephone  calls  with 
Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That's  right. 

[223I^\         91.  Major  Clausen.  In  January  1941? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

92.  Major  Clausen.  At  which  time.  Colonel  Wyman  Avas  in  Hawaii, 
and  you  were  in  Los  Angeles  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Los  Angeles. 

93.  Major  Clausen.  Isn't  that  correct  ? 
Mr.  Rohl.  That's  correct. 


1164     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

94.  Major  Clausen.  How  many? 
Mr.  RoHL.  That,  I  don't  know, 

95.  Major  Clausen.  You  had  telephone  calls  in  February  1941, 
didn't  you,  similar  calls,  between  yourself  and  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

96.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  March  1941  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes.  I  am  just  talking,  because  I  read  the  same  book 
that  you  have,  where  the  telephone  calls  are  listed. 

97.  Major  Clausen.  What  books  did  I  read,  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  All  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee,  60-page  book. 

98.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  you  know  that  the  House 
Military  Affairs  Committee  actually  collected  positive  proof  of  the 
stubs  of  telephone  calls  exchanged  between  yourself  and  Colonel 
Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Rohl,  Yes,  I  admit. 

99.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  In  other  words,  those  statements  in  that 
I'eport  are  correct,  aren't  they  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

100.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  referring  again  to  this  let- 
ter, January  22,  1941,  it  says  here — Colonel  Wyman  is  saying  to  you : 

I  desire  you  to  proceed  to  Honolulu  at  your  earliest  couveuience  to  consult 
with  the  District  Engineer  x-elative  to  ways  and  means  to  accomplish  the  purpose 
of  the  contract. 

Do  you  want  the  Board  to  understand  that  you  just  did  not 
[2^05]         answer  this  letter? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No,  I  didn't  answer  the  letter. 

lOli.  Major  Ci-^vusen.  Let  me  refer  again  to  the  letter  of  Mr. 
Cannon : 

As  early  as  January  1941,  and  at  numerous  times  since  that  date,  Colonel 
Wyman  has  tendered  Mr.  Rohl  transportation  by  clipper  or  boat  to  the  Island, 
and  has  stated  to  Mr.  Rohl  over  Interocean  Telephone  that  he  will  personally 
obtain  special  permission  because  of  Mr.  Rohl's  alien  status  to  allow  Mr.  Rohl 
to  work  on  this  secret  contract. 

Is  or  is  not  that  a  true  statement  of  your  lawyer,  Mr.  Cannon  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  know  I  never  talked  to  Colonel  Wyman  over  the  tele- 
phone about  my  alien  status. 

102.  General  Frank.  He  has  not  answei-ed  this  question.  Answer 
the  question. 

Mr.  Rohl.  General,  may  I  have  that  question,  again  ? 
Colonel  West.  Read  the  previous  question  from  the  record. 
(Question  read.) 

103.  Major  Clausen.  The  General  would  like  you  to  answer  the 
question. 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes,  sir.  Well,  it  is  a  long  time,  but  I  have  never  dis- 
cussed, to  the  best  of  my  memory,  my  alien  status  with  Colonel  Wyman 
over  the  telephone. 

104.  General  Frank.  That  was  not  the  question. 
Mr.  Rohl.  Oh,  I  beg  your  pardon. 

105.  General  Frank.  Let  us  get  this  question  answered. 

106.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Now,  you  understand  that  what  I  have  read  is  an  affirmative  rep- 
resentation by  a  lawyer  to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  for  the  ^  [^336] 
settling  of  falsely  documented  vessels  which  would  be  forfeited  un- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1165 

der  the  law,  which  representations  are  made  on  your  behalf.  I  would 
just  like  to  read  to  you  from  the  third  to  the  end  paragraph  of  the 
letter : 

For  the  reasons  above  stated,  the  petitioner,  Mr.  Rohl,  and  I  have  thought 
it  advisable  for  me  to  come  to  Washington  in  an  endeavor  to  expedite  the 
closing  of  this  matter.  I  have  already  been  here  8  days  and  am  quite  willing 
to  remain  as  much  longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  obtain  official  action  from 
your  Department  and  as  good  business  judgment  would  dictate.  In  the  con- 
ference held  yesterday  it  was  suggested  to  me  that  a  decision  by  your  Depart- 
ment might  not  be  forthcoming  for  several  weeks,  and  for  that  reason  it  might 
not  be  advisable  for  me  to  continue  my  stay  here. 

Now,  with  that  in  mind,  could  you  answer  the  General's  question? 
What  about  this  representation  here  that  Colonel  Wyman  stated  to 
you  over  Interocean  Telephone  that  he  would  personally  obtain  spec- 
ial permission  because  of  your  alien  status? 

JSow,  just  let  me  put  the  question.  Did  you  ever  discuss  that  sub- 
ject on  the  Interocean  Telephone  with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  believe  I  have. 

107.  Major  Clausen.  What  about  the  statement  beginning  with — 

As  early  as  January  1941  and  at  numerous  times  since  that  date,  Colonel 
Wayman  has  tendered  Mr.  Rohl  Transportation  by  clipper  or  boat. 

Did  you  ever  get  a  similar  letter  to  this  one  of  January  22,  1941, 
tendering  vou  such  transportation? 
Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

108.  Major  Clausen.  Is  it  your  statement  then  that  you  never 
[JJo7\  discussed  that  with  Colonel  Wyman  on  the  Interocean  Tele- 
phone, or  in  any  other  way  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  In  my  talk  to  Colonel  Wyman,  he  probably — I  am  sure 
he  asked  me  when  I  was  coming  over. 

109.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.  And  what  did  you  tell  him,  Mr.  Rohl, 
honestly  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Well,  I  told  him  honestly.  I  told  him  the  truth,  that 
I  was  still 

110.  Major  Clausen.  Getting  your  papers? 
Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

111.  Major  Clausen.  That  you  couldn't  come? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That  I  was  still  trying  to  get  Caddoa  dam. 

112.  Major  Clausen.  Get  what,  sir? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Caddoa  dam. 

113.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Rohl.  United  States  Army  project,  in  such  shape  that  I  could 
leave.     We  were  building  a  dam  in  Colorado  at  the  same  time. 

114.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  a  conversation  in  De- 
cember 1940  with  Mr.  Connolly  on  the  telephone  when  he  was  in  Wash- 
ington and  you  were  in  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  had  a  conversation  with  Mr.  Connolly  when  he  was 
in  Washington.  I  don't  know  what  date  that  was.  I  mean,  in  that, 
I  will  take  your  date  for  granted,  because  you  probably  know  that 
that  is  the  date. 

115.  Major  Clausen.  He  told  you  at  that  time,  didn't  he,  Mr.  Rohl, 
that  he  had  ascertained  from  Mr.  Martin  that  you  were  a  German 
alien? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 


1166    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[^^^5]  116.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  by  reason  of  that  fact, 
you  should  resign  as  president,  and  that  he  should  be  appointed  presi- 
dent.   Do  you  recall  that  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  because  I  resigned  previous  to  that. 

117.  Major  Clausen.  Is  it  your  testimony,  then,  that  you  had  no 
such  conversation  with  Mr.  Connolly? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Oh,  Mr.  Connolly  probably  brought  it  up. 

118.  Major  Clausen.  Yes;  and  do  you  recall  then  that  you  actually 
were  told  by  Mr.  Connolly  from  Washington  that  you  should  have 
nothing  to  do  with  this  secret  contract  because  it  was  a  restricted 
matter  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

119.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Well,  when  you  talked  with  Colonel 
Wyman,  and  he  wanted  you  to  come  to  Hawaii,  didn't  you  tell  him 
that  you  shouldn't  have  anything  to  do  with  this  contract,  for  the 
reason  that  you  were  a  German  alien  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  believe  I  did.  I  know  I  told  Paul  Grafe,  be- 
cause Paul  Grafe  was  told  by  John  Martin,  in  Washington,  the  same 
time  when  John  Martin  told  Mr.  Connolly. 

120.  Major  Clausen.  W-ell,  is  it  this,  then — is  this  the  reason — that 
Paul  Grafe  or  Mr.  Connolly  told  you  that  the  whole  thing  had  been 
explained  to  Colonel  Wyman  in  Washington,  and  therefore  you  didn't 
have  to  tell  him,  later  on,  that  the  only  reason  that  was  holding  you 
up  was  the  Cadcloa,  is  that  the  fact? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

121.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  the  fact?  Who  told  you  that?  Who 
told  you  that — Mr.  Grafe,  or  Mr.  Connolly? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That 

122.  Major  Clausen.  The  whole  thing  had  been  explained  to 
[^^S9]         Colonel  Wyman  in  Washington. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Nobody  told  me  that.    I  took  it  for  granted. 

123.  Major  Clausen.  You  took  that  for  granted? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

124.  Major  Clausen.  Why?  Upon  what  did  you  base  that  as- 
sumption ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  May  I  tell  in  a  few  words,  of  my  own  words,  about  that 
time  ? 

125.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  I  have  no  objection. 

126.  General  Feank.  Just  while  we  are  on  this  subject,  I  would  like 
to  ask  some  questions  about  these  telephone  conversations  that  you  had 
with  Colonel  Wyman,  he  in  Honolulu,  and  you  in  Los  Angeles.  Do 
you  mean  to  say  that  never,  in  any  of  those  telephone  conversations, 
did  you  ever  bring  up  the  question  with  him  about  your  alien  status  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  believe  I  did.  General.  I  took  it  for  granted  that 
he  was  told  that,  in  Washington. 

127.  Major  Clausen.  What  did  you  base  that  on? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Well,  that's  what  I  would  like  to  explain. 

John  Martin  was  back  in  Washington  on  other  matters,  not  on  my 
business,  or  Rohl-Connolly  business,  Hawaiian  Constructors'  business. 
He  was  back  on  some  other  business. 

128.  General  Frank.  Having  to  do  with  your  firm? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  sir — with  other  contractors;  no  one  involved  in 
Hawaiian  Constructors,  and  by  accident  he  met  Paul  Grafe  and  Tom 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1167 

Connolly  and  told  them  not  to  sign  the  contract,  until  he  talked  to 
them  further;  so  John  Martin  called  me,  in  Los  Angeles,  from  Wash- 
ington, and  told  me  the  nature  of  the  contract,  and  I  gave  him  per- 
mission— not  permission,  but  told  him  to  tell  [2240]  Mr.  Grafe 
and  Mr.  Connolly  my  alien  status ;  which  he  did. 

129.  General  Frank.  Who  was  responsible,  in  trying  to  get  the 
group  of  contractors  interested  in  this  Hawaiian  project?  Was  it, 
or  was  it  not.  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

130.  General  Frank.  It  was  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  He  was  interested  in  getting  a  group  of  contractors. 
181.  General  Frank.   Including  the  Rolil-Connolly  Company,  the 
Callahan  Company,  and  the  Gunther  &  Shirley  Company? 
Mr.  RoHL.   Yes,  sir. 

132.  General  Frank.  Now,  Colonel  Wyman,  Mr.  Connolly,  and 
Mr.  Grafe  were  in  Washington  together,  in  a  group,  discussing  this 
contract,  were  they  not? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

133.  General  Frank.  And  a  hitch  that  came  up  in  consummating 
the  contract  was  your  alien  status,  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  RoHL.  General,  by  that  do  you  mean — now,  I  have  no  knowledge 
of  my  own  whether  Mr. 

134.  General  Frank.  Well,  I  will  put  it  in  different  words.  Maybe 
the  word  "consummating"  bothers  you.  You  and  they  felt  that  you 
could  not  participate  in  the  contract  because  it  was  a  defense  project 
and  you  were  an  alien  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  right. 

135.  General  Frank.  That  is  correct,  isn't  it  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  That's  correct. 

136.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  there  was  some  question,  consid- 
erable question,  as  to  whether  or  not  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company 
could  participate  in  this  project? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  General. 

137.  General  Frank.  There  was,  until  you  got  out  of  it  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  There  was  no  question  about  Rohl-Connolly  Co. 
[224.1]         138.  General  Frank.  To  whom  were  these  lettters  being 

written,  and  with  whom  was  this  conversation  by  Wyman,  in  the 
United  States  ?    It  was  with  you,  wasn't  it  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  General,  you  mean  the  letter  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands  ? 

139.  General  Frank.  Yes.    The  letter  was  to  you  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Direct. 

140.  General  Frank.  Rohl,  byname? 
Mr.  RoHL.   Yes,  sir. 

141.  General  Frank.  And  the  telejjlione  conversations  by  Wyman 
were  with  you,  Rohl,  by  name  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That's  right. 

142.  General  Frank.  You  were  the  person  that  he  was  interested 
in  getting  over  there ;  is  that  not  correct  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That  is  correct. 

143.  General  Frank.  Yes.  You  were  the  person  that  he  wanted 
on  the  job,  as  stated  in  the  letter  that  was  written  to  expedite  your 
naturalization,  that  is  correct,  isn't  it  ? 


1168     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  RoHL.  That  is  correct, 

144.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  you  were  the  man  who  was  con- 
cerned, and  whose  alien  status  threw  a  monkey-wrench  into  the  smooth 
operation  of  getting  this  contract  through,  in  Washington,  because, 
unless  you  pulled  out,  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  could  not  partici- 
pate in  the  project;  that  is  correct,  isn't  it? 

Mr.  RoHL.  General,  by  that  do  you  mean,  unless  I  pulled  out 

145.  General  Frank.  As  an  official. 
Mr.  RoHL.  As  an  active  manager? 

1^3^42]         146.  General  Frank.  Yes.    That  was  correct,  wasn't  it* 

Mr.  RoHL.  That  is  correct. 

147.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  there  was  some  complication  be- 
cause of  your  personal  status  as  an  alien,  wasn't  there? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  General. 

14cS.  General  Frank.  Well,  you  just  said  so. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Well,  I  never  had  any  intention  of  going  to  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  and  managing  that  contract. 

149.  General  Frank.  Nevertheless,  Colonel  Wyman  in  his  conver- 
sation and  in  his  letters  was  rather  insistent  on  having  you  there,  wa<s 
he  not? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  right. 

150.  General  Frank.  Now,  since  your  alien  status  was  the  one  thing 
that  interfered  with  this  thing,  since  your  alien  status  was  the  one 
point  that  had  to  be  cleared  up  in  Washington,  since  your  alien  status 
was  the  one  thing  that  blocked  your  going  to  Honolulu,  and  since 
Wyman,  on  the  other  side,  was  so  insistent  on  having  you  come  there, 
do  you  mean  to  say  that  Wyman  was  never  told  about  it? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Oh,  Wyman  was  told  about  it. 

151.  General  Frank.  About  your  alien  status? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Alien  status ;  because,  how  could  Colonel  Wyman  write 
that  letter  ?  I  believe  he  originated  the  letter  to  General  Hannum,  and 
I  believe  the  letter  went  from 

152.  General  Frank.  I  am  talking  now  about  a  time  back  in  Decem- 
ber, 1940. 

Mr.  RoHL.  General,  you  are  talking  about  December?    I  don't  know. 

153.  (jeneral  Frank.  All  right. 

154.  Major  Clausen.  I  would  like  to  refresh  your  memory,  Mr. 
!  3;^4'^]  Rohl,  by  reading  some  testimony  which  you  gave  before  the 
Tenney  Committee  in  hearings  held  in  February  1943,  particularly  an 
answer  at  page  3807 : 

Q.  When  you  fii-st  obtained  the  contracts  for  the  construction  of  military  in- 
stallation (construction)  ;  did  you  tell  Major  Wyman  that  you  were  an  alien? 

A.  I  did,  on  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

Q.  But  you  didn't,  on  any  other  projects? 

A.  We  don't  have  it.  There  are  no  restrictions.  I  mean,  on  a  government  con- 
tract you  are  not  questioned  as  to  whether  you  are  a  citizen  or  not,  but  on  this 
particular  contract,  contract  602,  being  a  secret  contract,  of  course.  I  told  him. 
I  had  to  tell  him. 

You  remember  giving  that  testimony? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

155.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that,  sir? 
Mr.  RoHr..  No. 

156.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  what  is  the  fact? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  know  whether  that  transcript  is  right. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1169 

157.  Major  Clausen.  You  do  not  know  whether  it  is  rights 

Mr.  RoHL.  No ;  and  I  will  never — I  w^on't  take  anything  for  granted 
in  that  transcript,  because  it  was  a  frame-up. 

158.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  now. 

Mr.  RoHL.  And  I  will  have  to  stand  on  that. 

159.  Major  Cl.\usen.  Regardless  of  that? 

160.  General  Frank.  Watch  your  step, 
Mr.  RoHL,  No,  no. 

161.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  am  talking  about  the  Tenney  Committee. 

162.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  just  tell  this  Board 
[2244]  here — just  this  Board,  the  fact  as  to  whether  it  is  not 
correct  that  you  did  tell  Colonel  Wyman  that  you  were  an  alien? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Major,  I  have  testified  several  times  that  I  did  not. 

163.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  Well,  now,  just  tell  me,  what  is  the 
fact  as  you  now  say  it  to  be. 

Mr.  RoHL.  May  the  reporter  read  back  ? 

164.  Major  Clausen.  No,  you  may  answer  the  question  if  you  wish. 
Mr.  RoHL.  No,  it  is  in  there. 

165.  Mayor  Clausen.  It  is  in  there. 

166.  General  Frank.  Answer  the  question.  It  is  a  question  of  the 
truth.     It  is  either  so,  or  it  isn't. 

167.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  refresh  your  memory  further.  I  will 
come  back  to  the  question.  You  recall,  in  December  1940,  that  there 
were  discussions  between  yourself  and  Colonel  Wyman,  regarding 
this  contract,  before  Colonel  Wyman  went  to  Washington? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

168.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

169.  Major  Clausen.  There  is  no  question  about  that  in  your  mind, 
is  there? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  but 

170.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  first  know  that  you  were  going 
to  have  these  discussions  with  him? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  was  requested  by,  I  believe.  Colonel  Kelton,  or  Colonel 
Kelton's  office,  to  meet  Colonel  Wyman  in  Colonel  Kelton's  office, 
who  at  that  time  was  the  district  engineer  in  Los  Angeles. 

171.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  Colonel  Kelton  was  in  the  District 
{^^If-SI         Engineer's  office,  in  Los  Angeles  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Yes,  sir. 

172.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  get  that  instruction  or  request? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  would  say  two  or  three  days  before  Colonel  Wyman 

arrived  here. 

173.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  that? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That  has  to  be  in  December  1940. 

174.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  isn't  it  true,  also,  that  in 
December  1940,  you  registered  under  the  Alien  Registration  Act? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Yes. 

175.  Major  Clausen.  You  know  why  you  had  to  do  it,  don't  you? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Because  I  was  an  alien. 

176.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  Who  told  you  to  register  under  the  act, 
or  did  you  just  read  it  in  the  paper  and  go  down  and  do  it,  yourself? 

Mr,  RoHL.  I  read  it  in  a  paper. 


1170    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

177.  Major  Clausen.  Then  did  you  go  down  and  do  it? 
Mr.  Kohl.  Yes. 

178.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that,  sir? 
Mr.  Kohl.  Yes,  sir. 

179.  Major  Clausen.  In  point  of  time,  before  or  after,  was  it,  that 
you  had  these  talks  with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Kohl.  That,  I  don't  know.  Major.  You  probably  have  the 
dates,  there,  in  your  own  possession. 

180.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  knew,  when  you  had  the  talk  with 
Colonel  Wyman,  in  December,  1940 

Mr.  Kohl.  That  I  was  an  alien. 

181.  Major  Clausen.  that  you  were  an  alien? 

Mr.  Kohl.  Yes,  sir. 

182.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  you  couldn't  do  any  work  on  this 
[£^^6~\         contract,  yourself  ? 

Mr.  Kohl.  No  ;  I  didn't  know  that. 

183.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  let  me  read  you  some  more  from  this 
Tenney  manuscript.     I  beg  your  pardon  ? 

Mr.  Kohl.  Go  ahead. 

184.  Major  Clausen.  I  read  from  this  Tenney  transcript,  page 
3808 : 

Q.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  the  law  regarding  such  contracts? 

A.  Secret  contracts? 

Q.  Well,  secret,  confidential,  or  restricted  contracts. 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  I  will  read  the  law  to  you  and  see  whether  or  not  this  is  your  understanding 
of  it. 

"No  aliens  employed  by  a  contractor  in  the  performance  of  secret,  confidential, 
or  restricted  Government  contracts  shall  be  permitted  to  have  access  to  the 
plans  or  specifications,  or  the  work  under  such  contracts,  or  to  participate  in  the 
contract  trials,  unless  the  written  consent  of  the  head  of  the  Government  Depart- 
ment concerned  has  first  been  obtained. 

"Any  alien  who  obtains  employment  on  secret,  confidential,  or  restricted  Gov- 
ernment contracts  by  wilful  misrepresentation  of  his  alien  status,  or  who  makes 
such  wilful  misrepresentation  while  seeking  such  employment,  shall  be  penalized 
by  a  fine  of  $10,000  or  five  years  in  the  Federal  Penitentiary. 

"For  the  purpose  of  this  section  the  term  'person'  shall  be  construed  to  include 
an  individual,  part-  [2247]  nership,  association,  corporation,  or  other 
business  enterprise." 

Q.  Is  that  your  understanding  of  the  law? 

A.  Absolutely.  Now,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  before  we  took  this  contract,  the  War 
Department  was  told. 

Did  you  give  that  testimony  ? 

Mr.  Kohl.  At — I  was  under  that  impression- 


185.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  did  you  give  that  testimony,  sir? 
Mr.  Kohl.  Yes,  sir. 

186.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that,  sir? 
Mr.  Kohl.  Yes. 

187.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  how  was  the  War  Depart- 
ment told,  before  you  took  the  contract? 

Mr.  Kohl.  That,  I  don't  know.  As  I  have  said  before,  that  was  my 
impression.  Now,  whether  Mr.  Grafe  or  Mr.  Connolly  or  Mr.  Martin 
told  Colonel  Wyman,  or  anyone  in  the  Engineer  Department,  that,  I 
don't  know.     I  simply  took  that  for  granted. 

188.  Major  Clausen.  In  these  talks  that  you  had  with  Colonel 
Wyman,  at  Los  An,geles,  what  did  you  say  to  him  about  this  situation? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1171 

Mr.  RoHL.  In  my  talks  with  Colonel  Wyman?  First,  they  were 
only  generalities.     I  didn't  know  what  the  contract  was  about. 

189.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Will  you  continue,  now,  and  tell 
the  Board  what  you  told  Colonel  Wyman,  in  December  1940,  before 
this  contract  was  signed  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Colonel  Wyman  arrived  in  Los  Angeles,  and  interviewed 
several  contractors. 

190.  General  Frank.  When  ? 

[22 j8']  Mr.  RoHL.  In  December,  1940.  He  was  talking  in  gen- 
eralities. He  wasn't  even  saying  it  was  a  secret  or  a  restricted  or  a 
confidential  contract.  He  did  mention  that  there  was  a  third  con- 
tract over  there  for  a  little  over  a  million  dollars.  That  was  all  the 
money  that  had  been  appropriated,  at  that  time,  and  he  believed  the 
contract  would  probably  run  four  or  five  millions  of  dollars;  and  he 
asked  us  if  we  would  be  interested ;  and  that's  about  all. 

191.  Major  Clausen.  Before  you  had  that  talk  with  him,  you  had 
already  changed  your  position  as  president,  with  Mr.  Connolly — that 
occurred  on  December  16, 1940 — for  the  reason  that  you  were  an  alien, 
isn't  that  true? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  beg  your  pardon.  Major,  when  did  I  register?  I  mean, 
you  can  help  me,  here.     You  can  tell  me,  probably. 

192.  Major  Clausen.  I  do  not  have  the  date.  I  have  the  date  when, 
as  I  understand  it,  you  changed  your  positions  with  Mr.  Connolly,  for 
the  reason  you  were  an  alien,  which  was  December  16,  1940. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  I  mean,  I  haven't  got  that  at  the  end  of  my — the  records 
are  there.    I  can  furnish  you  the  records. 

193.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  that  at  the  time  that  you  went 
out  as  president,  and  Mr.  Connolly  went  in,  the  reason  for  it  was  be- 
cause you  were  an  alien?     You  knew  that  then,  did  you  not? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

194.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  That  having  occurred  before  you 
saw  Colonel  Wyman,  for  that  reason,  I  say,  what  did  you  say  to  Colonel 
Wyman  about  that,  having  in  mind  the  testimony  that  you  gave  to  the 
Tenney  Committee? 

[22I9']  Mr.  RoHL.  I  didn't  say  anything  to  Colonel  Wyman 
about  that. 

195.  Major  Clausen.  Colonel  Wyman  expected  you  to  come  to 
Hawaii,  as  is  indicated  by  his  letter  of  January  22,  1941.  Did  you 
represent  to  him  that  you  would  or  would  not  go  to  Hawaii,  when  you 
saw  him,  in  December  1940  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  In  December,  I  told  him  that  I  would  not  come  to  Hawaii. 

196.  Major  Clausen.  Where  did  you  say  that  to  him  ? 
Mr.  RoiiL.  Either  in  Los  Angeles  or  in  San  Francisco. 

197.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  what  were  all  the  reasons — 
name  them  all — that  you  gave  Colonel  Wyman,  as  to  why  you  would 
not  go  to  Hawaii? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Major,  or  General,  the  reason,  there  was  a  small  con- 
tract. The  Callahan  Construction  Company  had  recently  completed 
the  Crado  dam,  Los  Angeles  County  Flood  Control;  had  an  organiza- 
tion, and  Paul  Grafe  was  going  over,  and  did  go  over  with  the  Calla- 
han organization  to  perform  that  contract. 

198.  Major  Clausen.  Did  go  over  where? 
Mr.  RoHL,  To  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 25 


1172     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

199.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  had  no  intention  of  ever  going  over  there. 

200.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  what  did  you  say  to  Colonel  Wyman, 
in  December  1940,  as  your  reasons  for  stating  to  him  that  you  would 
not  go  to  Hawaii  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  The  job  didn't  warrant  it. 

201.  Major  Clausen.  You  told  him  that,  did  you? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

1^250]         202.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  did  he  say? 
Mr.  RoHL.  "All  right." 

203.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  was  Decem'ber  1940  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

204.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  else  did  you  say  on  that  subject 
to  him? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  all. 

205.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  how  many  talks  did  you  have  with 
Colonel  Wyman  in  December  1940?  You  remembered  very  specifi- 
cally  having  gone  to  a  conference. 

Mr.  RoHL.  At  Colonel  Kelton's  office. 

206.  Major  Clausen.  At  Colonel  Kelton's  office.  All  right.  Now 
did  you  have  talks  with  him  elsewhere? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  did  see  Colonel  Wyman  here  in  San  Francisco,  but 
prior  to  his  departure  for  Washington. 

207.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  that  is  exactly  what  I  had  in  mind.  Now, 
between  what  dates  did  you  have  these  talks  with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  wish  I  could  tell  you  the  exact  dates,  but  here.  Major, 
haven't  you,  between  the  time — let's  put  it  this  way :  you  can  supply 
the  dates.  Between  the  time  that  Colonel  Wyman  arrived  in  Los 
Angeles,  I  believe  he  came  from  Honolulu  to  San  Francisco,  division 
office,  and  from  the  division  office  to  Los  Angeles,  to  interview  con- 
tractors. Now,  between  the  date  that  he  arrived  in  Los  Angeles  and 
the  date  that  he  left  for  Washington — you  are  talking  about  the  talks 
that  I  migh  have  had. 

208.  Major  Clausen.  Those  are  the  dates? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Well,  yes. 

[3351]         209.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  before  he  went 
to  Washington? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

210.  Major  Clausen.  You  are  sure  of  that,  as  the  time  that  you 
had  these  talks  in  Los  Angeles  and  in  San  Francisco  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

211.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  what  was  said  in  San  Fran- 
cisco concerning  this  subject? 

Mr.  RoHL.  The  same  thing.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Colonel  Wyman 
wasn't  sure;  I  didn't  know  who  was  going  to  be  the  contractor  when 
Colonel  Wyman  left  here,  because  I  believed  that  was  out  of  Colonel 
Wyman's  hands,  anyway.  Colonel  Wyman,  after  all,  doesn't  award 
contracts  without  being  specifically  authorized. 

212.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  how  it  came  that  you  were  in 
San  Francisco  with  Colonel  Wyman,  before  he  went  to  Washington  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No.  " 

213.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1173 

214.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  you  come  up  here  together,  do  you 
remember  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  think  so. 

215.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  talks  at  any  other  place  than 
San  Francisco  or  Washington,  on  this  subject,  before  Colonel  Wyman 
went  to  Washington  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  because  I  stayed  in  San  Francisco,  and  Colonel 
Wyman  went  to  Washington. 

216.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  mean,  was  it  just  yourself  and 
1 3i352]         Colonel  Wyman  that  had  the  talks  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  It  probably  was. 

217.  Major  Clausen.  And  was  that  in  the  division  engineer's  office? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

218.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

219.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  where  did  you  have  these  talks? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  probably  talked  to  him  at  the  hotel. 

220.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  at  what  hotel? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Palace  Hotel. 

.  221.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that,  sir? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Palace. 

222.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  see  Colonel  Wyman  after  he  got  back 
from  Washington,  before  he  went  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  ? 

Mr.  EoHL.  I  don't  believe  I  did.  I  am  pretty  sure  I  didn't.  I 
know  Colonel  Wyman  was  waiting  for  transportation  in  San  Fran- 
cisco. 

223.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  here  at  that  time? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

224.  General  Frank.  How  did  you  know  that? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Because  Mr.  Connolly,  my  partner,  if  I  remember  right, 
took  him  out  to  Christmas  dinner,  or  right  around  Christmas  time, 
to  his  home. 

225.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  Werner  Plack? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

226.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  meet  him? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

227.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  see  him,  in  your  life? 
[235S]    ^    Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

228.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  him,  in  Los  Angeles? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No,  only  from  Bruce  Pine's  testimony.     I  read  that. 

229.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  read  this  testimony,  then,  of 
the  Tenney  Committee,  over,  before  you  came  here  today? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

230.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  where  did  you  see  the  testimony  of  Mr. 
Pine? 

Mr.  RoHL.  After  I  had  them,  printed. 

231.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  to  say  after  the  Tenney  Com- 
mittee transcript  was  printed  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  right. 

232.  Major  Clausen.  You  saw^  the  Tenney  Committee  transcript, 
then  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Oh,  yes. 

233.  Major  Clausen.  It  included  your  testimony? 


1174    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  RoHL.  And  everybody  else's. 

234.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  haven't  see  it  since.     I  mean,  I  haven't  had  time  for  it. 

235.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  when  did  you  fir^  meet  Colonel 
Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  May  I  refer  to  your  actual  record  ? 

236.  Major  Clausen.  It  was  about  1935,  wasn't  it? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  but  I  can  tell  you  the  exact  circumstance. 

237.  Major  Clausen.  The  exact  circumstances? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

238.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  it  was  in  1935,  when  he  first  became 
[225J^~]         the  district  engineer  at  Los  Angeles,  wasn't  it  ? 

Mr.  RoHL,  All  right,  he  became  district  engineer  at  Los  Angeles. 

239.  Major  Clausen.  When  he  was  a  Captain,  isn't  that  so? 
Mr.  RoHL,  I  don't  know  whether  he  was  captain  or  major. 

240.  Major  Clausen.  You  called  on  him,  did  you  not,  with  Mr. 
Connolly  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  We  put  in  a  bid. 

241.  Major  Clausen.  What's  that? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Colonel  Wyman's,  or  Captain  Wyman,  whatever  it  was 
at  that  time,  his  predecessor,  Major  Stickney,  advertised  for  bids  on 
an  extension  of  the  Los  Angeles-Long  Beach  breakwater. 

242.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  you  called  on  Colonel  Wyman  after 
he  arrived  there  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  May  I  continue  ?     I  will  stop. 

243.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  if  you  have  got  a  statement  to  make, 
yes:  make  your  statement.     I  am  waiting. 

Mr.  RoHL.  The  bids  were  postponed.  Opening  of  the  bids  was 
postponed  for  two  or  three  days,  or  for  several  days,  so  Mr.  Connolly 
and  I  called  on  the  District  Engineer,  and  were  told  that  Major  Stick- 
ney was  not  there,  that  Captain  Wyman  was  in. 

244.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  completed  your  statement? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

245.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Since  the  time  that  you  first  saw  Colonel  Wyman,  and  since  the 
time  that  he  was  relieved  as  district  engineer  in  Los  Angeles,  you  had 
Colonel  Wyman  on  your  yachts,  did  you  not,  as  a  guest  of  yours  ? 

[2255]    _    Mr.  R6hl.  Yes. 

246.  Major  Clausen.  You  entertained  him  on  those  yachts? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  wouldn't  say  that. 

247.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  he  was  on  the  yachts,  and  you  gave  him 
liquor  and  food? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

248.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  are  rather  familiar  with 
this  House  committee  report — perhaps  we  can  shorten  this.  You 
have  seen  that  statement  of  the  various  kinds  of  entertainment.  Are 
they  correct  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

249.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  now.     Why? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Major,  if  you  would  only  let  me  explain  in  my  own 
words,  and  put  that  in  the  record,  that  will  be  the  true  story,  and 
all  of  the  true  story. 

250.  Major  Clausen.  Proceed. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1175 

Mr.  RoHL.  So  we  are  not  wastintr  so  much  time,  that  way. 

251.  Major  Clausen.  Proceed. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  have  had  Colonel  Wyman  and  his  officers,  meaning  the 
officers  of  the  district,  and  their  wives,  on  a  trip  to  Catalina  and  back, 
lasting  one — or,  say,  leaving  Saturday  afternoon  and  returning  Sun- 
day— trip  No.  1.  I  had  Colonel  Wyman  on  the  yacht  RAMONA, 
on  a  trip  over  to  inspect  the  Catalina  Rock  Quarries  which  Rohl- 
Connolly  were  operating — that's  No.  2. 

252.  (jeneral  Frank.  How  long  was  that  trip?     Overnight? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Overnight.     On  the  first  trip,  the  officers  and  their 

wives  stayed  ashore.    They  were  in  the  Catalina  Islands.    In  other 
words,  Colonel  Wyman  did  not  stay  on  the         [2256']         yacht. 

253.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  completed  your  statement? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No ;  I  had  one  more  trip.  I  took  Colonel  Wyman  and 
Mrs.  Wyman  on  the  VEGA,  on  a  trip  to  Catalina  and  back.  Excuse 
me.  General,  these  are  two  different  boats.  I  was  talking  about  one. 
Now,  I  am  talking  about  the  other.  I  had  Colonel  Wyman  on  the 
VEGA,  one  trip  ,leaving  again  on  the  Saturday,  and  returning  on 
Sunday,  to  Catalina.    That  is  all. 

254.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now  in  addition  to  that,  you  had  him 
out  to  your  home,  and  you  had  him  up  to  the  Biltmore  Hotel,  didn't 
you,  and  entertained  him  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  have  had  him  out  to  my  home  for  dinner. 

255.  Major  Clausen.  You  have  also  had  him  to  the  Biltmore  Hotel, 
haven't  you,  sir? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  have  also  had  him  at  the  Biltmore  Hotel;  not,  how- 
ever— not,  in  both — in  all  cases,  that  Colonel  Wyman  has  never  been 
my  guest,  except  the  three  yacht  trips,  overnight,  either  in  my  home, 
or  in  the  Biltmore. 

256.  Major  Clausen.  During  the  time  you  had  him  to  the  Bilt- 
more Hotel,  you  had  an  apartment  there,  didn't  you,  sir? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  had  an  apartment  there,  at  times. 

257.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  also  had  a  home  right  there  in 
Los  Angeles,  too,  at  the  same  time,  didn't  you,  sir? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

258.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that,  sir? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

259.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  I  will  just  summarize  this,  to  shorten 
the  thing.  In  August  1935,  Colonel  Wyman  awarded  the  first  con- 
tract to  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  in  the  amount  of  \2257^ 
$850,000,  and  the  contract  was  completed,  July  1936. 

August  6,  1936,  he  awarded  the  second  contract  to  the  Rohl-Con- 
nolly Company  the  Long  Beach-Los  Angeles  breakwater  job,  amount- 
ing to  $2,145,000,  which  contract  was  approved  by  Colonel  John  C. 
Kingman,  district  engineer,  on  August  31, 1936. 

Mr.  RoHL.  District  engineer  ?    Not  district  engineer. 

260.  General  Frank.  "Division  engineer,"  isn't  it? 

261.  Major  Clausen.  It  says  "district."  "Division,"  it  should  be. 
All  right. 

Another  contract  was  awarded  to  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  or 
Rohl  for  the  furnishing  of  derrick  stone,  at  $15,770,  for  emergency 
relief. 


1176     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Those  contracts  actually  were  awarded  your  firm,  were  thev,  Mr. 
Kohl? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Oh,  yes!  May  I  explain  that,  just  to  get  it  in  the  rec- 
ord if  We  built  the  first,  or  did  Mr.  Connolly  explain  that  to  j^ou, 
yesterday?    If  he  did,  it  isn't  necessary. 

i2()2.  General  Frank.  Built  what? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  The  first  section  of  the  breakwater,  under  Colonel  or 
General  Peterson.  I  w^ould  like  to  get  this  in  the  record.  It  will 
clear  up  a  lot  of  things. 

263.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  At  that  time  we  were  on  competitive  bids.  We  werfe 
$600,000  below  the  next  bidder,  and  our  bid  was  $1,520,000,  and  the 
engineer's  estimate  was  $1,500,000,  but  we  were  still  $600,000  below 
the  next  bidder,  in  competitive  bids.  Mr.  Connolly  and  I,  or  Rohl- 
Connolly,  built  barges,  tugs,  derrick  barges,  opened  rock  quarries  to 
do  that  one  contract. 

[2268]  Thereafter,  we  had  every  extension  off  the  Los  Angeles- 
Long  Beach  breakwater — Newport,  Winnemac,  Redondo  Beach,  Seal 
Beach — as  a  matter  of  fact,  all  water-borne  rock  in  that  area,  clue  to 
the  fact  that  Rohl-Connolly  Company  was  the  only  firm  properly 
equipped  to  do  that  type  of  work  and  could  do  it  cheaper  and  better 
for  the  government  than  anyone  else. 

264.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  finished  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  the  truth.  I  mean,  I  thought  I  would  explain 
that.    There  can't  be  any  favors  in  awarding  a  low-bidder  contract. 

265.  General  Frank.  There  has  been  a  good  deal  of  conversation 
about  whether  or  not  you  told  Colonel  Wyman  about  your  alien  status, 
and  finally,  in  answer  to  a  question  from  me,  you  admitted  that  you 
told  him  about  your  alien  status. 

Mr.  Ron L.  In — today? 

266.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  RopiL.  General,  I  migkt  have  been  confused. 

267.  General  Frank.  Now,  the  question  I  want  to  ask  is,  what  is  the 
reason  for  dodging  the  point  that  he  was  told  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  There  isn't  any.  General,  that  I  can  see. 

268.  General  Frank.  Well,  that  is  what  I  do  not  understand. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  There  was  no  reason  at  all  for  dodging  that  point.  I 
mean,  it  was  a  fact.    I  didn't  keep  it  a  secret. 

269.  Major  Clausen.  In  line  with  wdiat  the  General  said,  you  said 
that  you  got  this  Tenney  transcript  after  the  hearings,  and  that  you 
read  it,  and  you  read  this  portion  of  it? 

Ml'.  RoiiL.  Major,  may  I  please  say,  again 

270.  General  Frank.  Just  a  minute,  now. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  That  the  Tenny  transcript,  I  don't  know  [2259] 
whether  everything  in  there  is  the  truth,  or  not. 

271.  General  Frank.  But  you  ought  to  remember  that,  it  is  sworn 
testimony,  and  since  it  is  sworn  testimony 

Mr.  RoHL.  General 

272.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  General,  I  didn't  mean  to  interrupt  you.  I  don't  know 
wdiether  that  sworn  testimony  has  been  transcribed  right.  Those 
things  can  happen. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1177 

2T3.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  when  you  got  the  transcript  and  read  it 
over,  did  you  ever  write  to  the  Tenney  Committee  and  say  it  was 


wrono; 


Mr.  RoHL.  I  put  it  in  the  waste  basket,  because  that's  all  it  was 
worth. 

274.  General  Fraxk.  Then  it  must  stand,  however,  because  it  is 
sworn  testimony. 

Mr.  RoHL.  But  please — please.  General. 

275.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Let  me  see  that. 

276.  General  Frank.  Now^,  just  a  minute.  I  am  not  talking  about 
this. 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No,  no.  May  I  turn  you  to  a  front  page,  there,  please  ? 
I  mean,  after  all,  we  are  talking  about  something  serious,  here. 

277.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  RoHL  (reading)  : 

Gentlemen  (of  the  press)  the  committee  has  ruled  for  this  hearing  the  public 
will  be  excluded  but  the  press  may  remain.  We  are  asking  the  press  to  be  very 
careful  in  reporting  anything  of  a  military  nature  or  that  might  have  any  bear- 
ing on  military  objectives  or  installations  or  anything  of  that  nature  which 
might  be  developed  in  the  course  of  the  examination  of  witnesses.  We  believe 
[2260]  we  must  be  exceedingly  careful  in  reference  to  that.  I  believe  with 
that  admonition  you  gentlemen  of  the  press  will  act  accordingly.  In  other 
words,  we  do  not  want  to  reveal  any  military  secrets,  if  any  should  be  developed 
in  the  examination. 

Then  a  Mr.  Combs  comes  along  and  tells  the  press,  because  they  are 
excused.  1  was  asked  to  step  outside  the  room,  when  Mr.  Combs  tells 
the  press  what  to  print.  That  would  be  in  your  record.  Mr.  Combs 
is  the  chief  investigator  for  Tenney. 

278.  General  Frank.  That  is  very  true,  but  I  am  not  talking  about 
that  testimony. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  know  you  are  not.  General,  but  at  the  same  time 

279.  General  P^rank.  I  still  w^ould  like  to  ask  you,  what  is  the  point 
in  trying  to  dodge  the  admission  that  Wyman  was  told  about  your 
alien  status? 

Mr.  RoHL.  There  isn't  any  point.  General. 

280.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  cannot  understand. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Neither  can  I ;  but,  General 

281.  General  Frank.  Because  you  already  have  told  me,  in  prior 
testimony,  this  morning,  that  Wyman  was  told,  and  in  this  testimony 
you  testified  that  Wyman  was  told.  What  point  was  there  in  not 
telling  him? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  There  wasn't  any  point  in  not  telling  him.  There 
wasn't.  I  took  it  for  granted.  I  made  it  a  point  to  have  Martin 
explain  it  to  Mr.  Grafe  and  Mr.  Connolly,  and  I  took  it  for  granted 
that  they  immediately  explained  it  to  Colonel  Wyman. 

282.  General  Frank.  Yes ;  and  then,  in  this  testimony  this  morning, 
you  stated  that  you  told  it  to  Wyman. 

[££61]  Mr.  RoHL.  No.  If  I  made  that  statement,  I  want  to 
retract  it. 

283.  General  Frank.  Now,  I  come  right  back  to  my  point — what 
was  the  idea  of  not  telling  him  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  There  wasn't  any. 


1178    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

284.  General  Frank.  Then  why  didn't  you  tell  him  ? 

Mr.  EoHL.  I  will  have  to  come  right  back  again,  I  was  under  the 
impression  that  he  was  told  in  Washington. 

285.  General  Frank.  No,  that  was  the  main  point  and  diflficulty  of 
your  getting  into  this  contract,  when  Wyman  was  trying  to  induce 
you  to  come  into  it.  Now,  at  some  time,  either  now  or  then,  this  testi- 
mony is  in  error  that  you  have  been  giving. 

Mr.  Kohl.  Let's  try  and  get  it  right. 

286.  General  Frank.  Either  now  or  then,  the  testimony  is  in  error 
that  you  were  giving.  Then  you  testified  that  you  told  him;  that 
is,  in  the  Tenney  Committee.  Here,  a  little  while  ago,  you  told  me 
that  you  told  him.  Now  you  come  back  and  tell  me  that  you  didn't 
tell  him.     At  the  moment,  we  have  two  to  one  against  you. 

Mr.  EoHL.  No,  no.  General.     What  dates  are  we  talking  about? 

287.  General  Frank.  We  are  talking  about  some  time  right  after 
December  1940. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Some  time  right  after  December  1940  ? 

288.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  EoiiL.  Well,  I  believe  I  said  that — now,  wait  a  minute.  I  will 
have  to  tell  it  in  my  own  words. 

289.  General  Frank.  Now,  just  a  minute.  Never  mind  the  words — 
never  mind  the  records. 

l^^e^]        Mr.  RoHL.  All  right. 

290.  General  Frank.  Let's  have  the  truth. 
Mr.  RoHL.  That's  right. 

291.  General  Frank.  Yes.  That  is  what  I  am  after;  and  there  is 
just  one  truth  about  this  thing. 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  correct. 

292.  General  Frank.  Yes.    Now,  let's  have  it. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  believe  I  told  Colonel  Wyman,  personally. 

293.  General  Frank.  This  testimony  is  under  oath,  just  as  that  was 
under  oath,  and  just  as  the  prior  testimony  this  morning  was  under 
oath. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  know.  General.  If  I  said  that,  I  am  going  to  retract  it 
right  now.     Can  I  do  that  ? 

294.  General  Frank.  It  is  too  late  to  retract  the  Tenney  testimony. 
Mr.  RoHL.  That  is  right. 

295.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoHL.  If  that  is — if  the  transcript  is  right. 

296.  General  Frank.  Yes.  And  judicial  notice  is  taken  of  that, 
now.  I  still  do  not  understand  why  Wyman  should  not  have  been 
told. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Neither  do  I. 

297.  General  Frank.  And  do  you  mean  to  tell  me  you  had  all  these 
conversations  with  Wyman  over  the  telephone  between  Los  Angeles 
and  Hawaii,  when  he  was  so  insistent  about  your  coming  out  there,  all 
the  way  from  January  1, 1941,  and  you  never  told  him  about  your  alien 
status  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Now,  wait  a  minute,  General.     I  told  Mr.  Grafe. 
[2263]         298.  General  Frank.  I  am  talking  about  Wyman.    Let's 
stick  to  that. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 
299.  General  Frank.  And  you  never  told  Colonel  Wyman? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1179 

Mr.  RoHL.  In  December  1940?     I  don't- 


300.  General  Frank.  I  didn't  say  December. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Oil,  I  beg  your  pardon. 

301.  General  Frank.  I  said  shortly  after  December,  in  January  or 
February  1941. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  believe  I  did. 

302.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  go  to  Honolulu? 
Mr.  RoHL.  In  September.     I  left,  September  25,  1941. 

303.  General  Frank.  Why  did  you  put  it  off  so  long? 
Mr.  RoHL.  To  get  my  citizen  papers. 

304.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  get  them? 
Mr.  RoHL.  September  15. 

305.  General  Frank.  Wliy  did  you  go  to  Honolulu? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Because  I  was  requested  to  go. 

306.  General  Frank.  By  whom? 
Mr.  RoHL.  By  Colonel  Wyman. 

307.  General  Frank.  Since  you  were  not  interested  in  the  contract, 
why  did  you  go  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Colonel  Wyman  wanted  more  speed. 

308.  General  Frank.  iBut  you  stated  at  a  prior  stage  in  your  testi- 
mony that  Rohl-Comiolly  Company  was  not  interested  in  it. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Right,  General.  I  am  talking  now  about  December 
1940. 

[£264]        309.  General  Frank.  I  am  talking  about  September. 
Mr.  RoHL.  '41. 

310.  General  Frank.  1941.  Since  you  were  not  interested  in  the 
contract  prior  to  this  time,  why  were  you  interested  in  it  in  September 
1941? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  was  ordered  to  go  over  there. 

311.  General  Frank.  You  were  what? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  was  ordered  to  go  over  there. 

312.  General  Frank.  Who  can  order  you  as  a  civilian?  Tell  me 
that. 

Mr.  RoHL.  The  contracting  officer.  He  can't  order  you ;  he  can  re- 
quest you. 

313.  General  Frank.  That  is  just  what  he  did  ever  since  December 
1940. 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  wouldn't  say  that. 

314.  General  Frank.  And  you  didn't  want  to  go. 
Mr.  RoHL.  No,  General ;  not  since  December,  I  mean. 

315.  General  Frank.  Let  me  see  the  letter. 
Major  Clausen.  January  1941. 

316.  General  Frank.  All  right.     Ever  since  January  1941,  then. 
Mr.  RoHL.  All  right.     Now  let  us  take  it  for  granted,  whether  it's 

right  or  wrong  or 

317.  General  Frank.     Let's  make  it  right. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Let's  make  it  right,  is  right.  Colonel  Wyman  was  dis- 
satisfied with  the  progress. 

318.  General  Frank.  Under  whose  supervision  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Under  Paul  Grafe's  supervision. 

319.  General  Frank.  Yes? 

Mr.  RoHL.  He  was  dissatisfied.  '  '     " 

[£265]         320.  General  Frank.  Yes? 


1180    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  RoHL.  He  wanted  me  over  there.     I  refused  to  go. 

321.  General  Frank.  When? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  didn't — in  this  letter.     I  went 

322.  General  Frank.  Wlien  ?     In  what  month  did  you  refuse  to  go  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  refused  to  go  until  I  had  my  citizenship  papers. 

323.  General  Frank.  I  know,  but  you  said,  "this  letter." 
Mr.  RoHL.  Well,  the  letter  of  January. 

324.  General  F'rank.  Yes ;  you  refused  to  go  ? 

Mr,  RoHL.  I  didn't  refuse  to  go.  I  mean  I  didn't — I  didn't  tell 
them  in  so  many  words. 

325.  General  Frank.  Well,  go  ahead. 

Mr.  RoHL.  But  I  did  go  to  the  Immigration  Department  and  told 
them  that  I  had — that  I  was  requested  to  go  over  there  and  I  didn't 
want  to  go,  and  they  told  me  it  was  the  right  thing  to  do. 

326.  General  Frank.  Who  told  you  that? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Immigration  Department  in  Los  Angeles. 

327.  General  Frank.  What  did  you  do  when  you  got  there? 

Mr.  RoHL.  What  did  I  do?  I  made  a  trip  aroimd  the  Island  of 
Oahu  Avith  Colonel  Wyman  and  with  Grafe  and  I  of  course  stayed 
there  for  about  fourteen  days  and  came  back,  got  personnel  and  equip- 
ment to  expedite  the  work,  and  this  time  I  was  ordered  to — by  General 
Hannum.  I  intended  to  fly  back.  I  was  waiting  for  a  plane.  I  was 
ordered  by  General  Hanum  to  get  aboard  the  Lurline  on  November 
the  28th. 

328.  General  Filvnk.  You  chartered  the  VEGA  or  the  Government 
chartered  the  VEGA  from  you,  didn't  they? 

[2366]        Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

329.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  cargo  of  the  VEGA  between 
Los  Angeles  and  Honolulu  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  She  had  no  cargo. 

330.  General  Frank.  She  had  no  liquor  aboard  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Oh,  yes. 

331.  General  Frank.  Well,  that's  cargo. 
Mr.  RoHL.  No,  sir. 

332.  General  Frank.  What  is  it,  if  it  is  not  cargo  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Supplies. 

333.  General  Frank.  For  whom? 
Mr.  RoHL.  For  the  owner. 

334.  General  Frank.  Wlio  was  the  owner? 
Mr.  RonL.  Mrs.  Rohl  was. 

335.  General  Frank.  Did  she  go  to  Honolulu  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

336.  General  Frank.  What  good  did  liquor  in  Honolulu  do  Mrs. 
Rohl  in  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  RoHL.  General,  when  I  told  them  to  outfit  the  VEGA  for  six 
months'  trip,  at  that  time  there  wasn't  much  you  could  talk  over  the 
radiophone,  and  they  outfitted  the  VEGA  for  six  months'  trip. 

337.  General  Frank.  With  liquor? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No.  With  everything.  They  didn't  even  know  what 
kind  of  a  trip — the  crew  didn't  know  what  kind  of  a  trip  it  was. 

338.  General  Frank.  Who  paid  for  the  liquor  that  went  on  the 
VEGA? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  did. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1181 

[^£67]         339.  General  Frank.  How  much  was  on  there? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  know.     I  suppose — I  think  somebody  testified 
tliat  there  was  16  or  17  cases  or  something  on  there. 

340.  General  Frank.  Who  used  the  liquor  when  it  got  to  Honolulu  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  took  it  off. 

341.  General  Frank.  And  you  used  it? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

34-2.  General  Frank.  Did  the  Government  ever  pay  for  it? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

343.  (jeneral  Frank.  What  reimbursement  from  the  (xovei-imient 
(lid  you  get  for  the  use  of  the  VEGA? 

Mr.  RonL.  One  dollar,  less — less  about  five  or  six  thousand  dollars 
tliat  they  didn't  pay. 

344.  General  Frank.  When  you  took  the  liquor  off  the  VEGA  in 
Honohilu  where  did  you  put  it? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  locked  it  up  in  the  Pleasanton  Hotel,  in  the  locker. 

345.  General  Frank.  You  and  Colonel  Wyman  had  rooms  at  the 
Pleasanton  Hotel,  didn't  you  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

346.  General  Frank.  Did  Colonel  Wyman  participate  in  the  con- 
sumption of  the  liquor? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Not  much,  if  any. 

If  I  say  anything — General,  will  it  help,  I  mean,  to  get  at  the  facts 
if  I  make  a  statement  about  the  VEGA? 

347.  General  Frank.  No.    Just  a  minute  now. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

348.  General  Frank.  Were  you  conversant  with  the  installation 
[3268]        of  the  aircraft  warning  service  bases? 

Mr.  RoHL.  In? 

349.  General  Frank.  In  Honolulu.    In  Oahu. 
Mr.  RoHL.  At  what  time  ? 

350.  General  Frank.  When  you  went  over  there. 
Mr.  RoHL.  In  September  ? 

351.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

352.  General  Frank.  You  didn't  know  about  them  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Never  seen  one. 

353.  General  Frank.  Have  you  anything  to  ask  him  ? 

354.  Major  Clausen.  Oh,  yes,  sir.' 

Sir,  when  you  got  to  Honolulu  you  inspected  various  defense  installa- 
tions that  you  had  previously  discussed  with  Colonetl  Wyman ;  is  that 
correct? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  I  had  not  previously — I  want  to  correct  that.  No,  I 
had  not  previously  discussed  them  with  Colonel  Wyman. 

355.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  Mr.  Rohl,  here  on  page  34  are  just,  it 
looks  like,  about  fifteen  or  twenty  telephone  calls  between  yourself 
and  Colonel  Wyman. 

Mr.  Rohl.  May  I,  please — may  I  have  them  and  the  dates,  and  then 
I  can  probably  answer  you  better. 

356.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  surely. 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  mean  let's  make  it  as  short  and  correct  as  we  can. 

(A  document  was  handed  to  the  witness.) 

Mr.  Rohl.  Of  course,  the  calls  before  October  the  1st 


1182    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

357.  Major  Clausen.  What  year? 

[2269]    _     Mr.  Kohl.  —1941,  were  social  calls. 

358.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  those  before  October  1st  were  socials  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

359.  Major  Clausen.  There  is  one,  two,  three,  four,  five,  six.  Seven, 
eight:  eight  calls,  interocean  telephone  calls,  between  Los  Angeles 
and  Hawaii,  you  say  were  social  calls  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  In  a  year? 

360.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon. 
Mr.  RoHL.  In  one  year  ? 

361.  Major  Clausen.  Social?  What  kind  of  social ?  About  defense 
installations? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

362.  Major  Clausen.  Wliat  kind  of  social  calls  were  they?  What 
did  you  say  to  him  in  these  calls  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Asked  him  how  he  was  fee'ling ;  how  he  was  getting  along. 

363.  General  Frank.  Who  paid  for  those  calls  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  did. 

364.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  charge  those  to  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No ;  I  was  not  charging  anything  to  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors. 

365.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  charge 
the  Government  for  them? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Of  course  not.  How  could  they  ?  I  didn't  even  charge 
the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 

366.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now  you  want  this  Board  to  understand 
your  testimony  to  be  that  in  these  telephone  calls  the  only  things  you 
discussed  were  those  matters  you  just  now  mentioned,  and  that  is  your 
positive  testimony? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

[£270]        367.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 
Mr.  RoHL.  How  could  I,  because  I  didn't  know  anything  else? 
368.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  want  to  take  a  recess? 
General  Grunert.  Yes ;  if  you  are  not  near  to  the  point  of  comple- 
tion, we  shall  take  a  recess  for  about  ten  minutes. 
(There  was  a  brief  informal  recess.) 

370.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Rohl,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  you  got 
this  letter  from  Colonel  Wyman  in  January  1941  and  didn't  answer 
it — didn't  answer  it  by  phone  or  letter — what  did  Colonel  Wyman  do 
about  not  getting  an  answer  ?     Just  nothing  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  believe  I  told  you  that  I  told  Paul  Grafe  shortly  after 
that. 

371.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

372.  General  Frank.  That  is  not  answering  the  question. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Wliat  did  Colonel  Wyman  do  ? 

373.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  Was  Colonel  Wyman  the  kind  of  a  man 
that  would  issue  an  order  to  you,  "Proceed  to  Honolulu  at  your  earliest 
convenience,"  and  was'  he  the  kind  of  a  man  that,  if  you  didn't  go,  he 
would  just  wait  until  you  came,  sometime  maybe  in  October? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  he  was  not  that  kind  of  a  man  at  all. 

374.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 

Mr.  RoHL.  He  was  not  that  kind  of  a  man  at  all. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1183 

375.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  that  is  why  I  ask,  what  did  he  do  when 
you  didn't  go,  Mr.  Kohl  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  told  him  it  took  me  some  time  to  clean  up  my  business. 

376.  Major  Clausen.  You  told  him  that? 

[^^7i]        Mr.  RoHL.  Yes.  ; 

377.  Major  Clausen.  On  the  phone? 
Mr,  RoHL.  I  believe  I  did. 

378.  Major  Clausen.  How  soon  after  you  get  the  letter  did  you  tell 
him  that? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That  I  don't  know. 

379.  Major  Clausen.  Wliat  is  that  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  know. 

380.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  and  then  what  did  you  tell  Paul  Graf e  ? 
Mr.  Rohl.  I  told  Paul  Grafe  that,  to  explain  my  status  to  Colonel 

Wyman,  that  I  couldn't  go. 

381.  Major  Clausen.  Because  you  were  an  alien? 
Mr.  Rohl.  That  is  right. 

882.  Major  Clausen.  And  when  did  you  tell  him  that,  bearing  in 
mind  that  here  you  had  an  orde^,  as  you  now  concede,  from  a  man  who 
demanded  action? 

I  say,  when? 

Mr.  Rohl.  You  mean  when  and  to  whom  ? 

383.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  bearing  in  mind  this  order  that  you  got 
from  Colonel  Wyman  to  go  over  there,  his  desire  expressed  that  you 
go  there  at  once,  and  he  being  the  type  of  man  that  you  say  he  was,  and 
you  having  not  the  ability  to  comply  with  the  order  because  of  your 
alien  status,  does  that  refresh  your  memory  as  to  how  soon  after  you 
got  the  letter  that  you  told  Grafe  to  give  him  the  information  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No,  but  you — I  believe  you  have  Grafe  here  today. 

384.  Major  Clausen.  You  know  that,  do  you  ?  '■'- 
[227:3]         Mr.  Rohl.  No ;  I  don't  know  that.    I  mean  he  is  waiting 

for  your  call,  and  he  should  have  his  travel  dates  between  Honolulu 
and  the  mainland. 

385.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  showed  familiarity  with  this 
House  Committee 

386.  General  Frank.  He  still  does  not  answer  your  question. 

387.  Major  Clausen.  I  know  that,  sir. 

Have  you  anything  further  to  say  on  that  subject? 
Mr.  Rohl.  General,  I  can't  give  you  specific  date  because  I  haven't 
got  it.     I  could  get  it  for  you. 

388.  General  Frank.  He  didn't  ask  you  for  a  date. 

When  you  ask  a  question,  get  an  answer  to  the  question  you  ask; 
don't  let  him  dodge  it. 

389.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.     Answer  the  question. 

390.  General  Frank.  Well,  repeat  the  question. 

391.  Major  Clausen.  Bearing  in  mind  the  kind  of  a  man  that 
Colonel  Wyman  was,  the  fact  that  he  had  expressed  a  desire  that  you 
go  to  Honolulu  at  your  earliest  convenience  to  consult  with  him  to  ac- 
complish the  purpose  of  the  contract,  and  you  say  that  you  told  Grafe 
the  status  of  your  alienage  which  prohibited  you 

Mr.  Rohl.  Well,  Grafe  already  knew  it. 

392.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that,  sir? 


1184    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  RoHL.  Grafe  knew  it. 

-393.  General  Frank.  What  did  Wyman  do? 

Mr.  RoHL.  What  did  Wyman  do? 

394.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Wyman  didn't  do  anything. 

[2273^         395.  General  Frank.  He  was  the  kind 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  mentioned  to  you — what  did  I  tell  Wyman  ? 

396.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoHL.  It's  there  a  few  minutes  ago  (indicating).  I  told 
Wyman  that  it  took  me — it  took  me  several  months  to  clean  up  my 
business  on  the  mainland  so  I  could  devote  all  of  my  time  to  the  work 
on  the  Islands,  which  is  the  truth.  In  other  words,  you  can't — I  made 
no  preparations.  I  was — never  intended — I  never  intended — it  was 
never  contemplated  that  I  would  take  charge  of  the  work  in  the  Islands, 
and  you  can't 

397.  General  Frank.  Wyman  never  came  back  at  you  and  asked  you 
anything  more  about  it? 

Mr,  RoHL.  Well,  he  wrote  another  letter,  not  to  me.  He  wrote  a 
letter  to  General  Hannum,  I  have  heaiifl  since. 

398.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

399.  Major  Clausen.  In  which  he  said  what? 
Mr.  RoHL.  To  expedite  my  citizenship. 

400.  Major  Clausen.  Precisely.  And  so  when  he  wrote  the  letter 
to  expedite  your  citizenship, 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes,  sir. 

401.  Major  Clausen.  — to  get  you  to  go  to  Honolulu,  do  you  w^ant 
the  Board  to  believe  that  you  said  nothing  to  him  about  the  citizen- 
ship? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Major,  I  told  you  now  that  Paul  Grafe  told  Wyman — 
if  he  hadn't  told  him  before,  which  I  don't  know — but  by  this  letter 
and  the  second  letter  that  Colonel  Wyman  wrote  to  General  Hannum, 
we  know  that  Colonel  Wyman  at  that  time  knew  from  Paul  Grafe  that 
I  was  an  alien. 

402.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

[2271^]  403.  General  Frank.  Wliy  didn't  you  come  right  out 
and  tell  Wyman  before  this  that  you  were  an  alien?  Were  you 
ashamed  of  it? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Somewhat. 

404.  General  Frank.  You  were  ashamed  of  being  a  German? 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

405.  General  Frank.  Well,  what  were  you  ashamed  of? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  was  ashamed  of  my  negligence,  living  here  that  long 
without  becoming  a  citizen. 

406.  General  Frank.  How  much  communication  did  you  have  with 
people  in  (Germany  in  the  meantime? 

Mr.  RoHL.  None. 

407.  Major  Clausen.  Haven't  you  a  relative  that  is  in  the  Ham- 
burg-American Line  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

408.  General  Frank.  You  mean  to  say  that  you  had  no  communica- 
tion between  Germany  in  1916? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Oh,  yes.  I  had  three  sisters  in  Germany,  or  have;  I 
don't  know  which. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1185 

409.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

410.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  let  us  get  down  to  the  contract  and  the 
work  that  was  to  be  performed  under  it. 

411.  General  Frank.  Let  me  ask  him  one  question  on  this  contract : 
What  were  the  delays  and  the  things  delayed  that  you  were  to  remedy 
by  going  over  there  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  don't  know. 

412.  Major  Clausen.  Something  had  happened,  hadn't  it?  Paul 
Grafe  you  said  was  fighting  with  somebody  else,  and  things  were  in  a 
turmoil? 

[2375]         413.  General  Frank.  Let  me  finish  this. 

414.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Rohl.  No,  I  didn't  say  that  Paul  Grafe  was  fighting  with  some- 
one. 

415.  General  Frank.  Well,  now,  just  a  minute.  Just  answer  my 
questions  now. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

416.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  you  went  over  there  to  speed 
up  tlie  work? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Right. 

417.  General  Frank.  That  Wyman  was  not  satisfied  with  the 
tempo  at  which  it  was  being  conducted  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That  is  right. 

418.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now,  what  were  the  delays  and 
the  things  delayed  that  you  were  supposed  to  remedy  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Change  organization.     Wyman  was  not  satisfied  with 
our  project  manager. 
4f9.  General  Frank.  Wlio  was  he? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Ashlock,  A-s-h-1-o-c-k,  I  believe. 

420.  General  Frank.  And  what  else  did  you  do  then? 
Mr.  RoHL.  What  did  I  do? 

421.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Rohl.  When  I  arrived  over  there? 

422.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  know 

Mr.  Rohl.  Yes,  sir. 

423.  General  Frank.  what  were  the  delays  and  the  things  de- 
layed. 

Mr.  Rohl.  There  weren't  any  delays  or  things  delayed. 

424.  General  Frank.  Well,  then  why  was  it  necessary  for  you 
\2276']         to  go  over  there  to  speed  up  the  work? 

Mr.  Rohl.  General,  Wyman  wanted  it  done  faster  than  we  were 
doing  it. 

425.  General  Frank.  Well,  then  there  was  something  delayed  that 
was  not  satisfactory  to  Wyman? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Well,  there  wasn't  anything  satisfactory  to  Colonel 
Wyman  at  that  time.     He  just  wanted  it  done  fast. 

426.  General  Frank.  Well,  what  did  he  want  done  faster? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Runways. 

427.  General  Frank.  What  date  was  this  that  he  wanted  the  run- 
ways done  faster? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  arrived  on  September  the  25th,  I  believe,  or  the  26th, 
01  1941. 


1186     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

428.  General  Frank.  Yes.  What  runways  were  they  building  at 
that  time? 

Mr.  RoHL.  They  were  building  Bellows. 

429.  General  Frank.  September  20,  1941  ? 

Mr.  EoHL.  Yes,  sir,  because  Bellows  was  ready  for  landing  on 
December  the  7th,  and  a  B-17  did  land. 

430.  General  Frank.  They  didn't  have  much  money  for  fixing  up 
Bellows  on  September  20th? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  but  Hawaiian  Constructors  furnished  the  money. 

431.  General  Frank.  Out  of  their  own  pocket? 
Mr.  EoHL.  That  is  right. 

432.  General  Frank.  What  else  was  done?  What  else  that  was 
delayed  did  you  take  steps  to  expedite  ? 

Mr.  EoiiL.  Wliat  I  did,  I  came  back  here  and  shipped  over  a  lot  of 
equipment,  including  equipment  for  the  alternate  ferry  [2277'] 
command. 

433.  General  Frank.  Alternate  what? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Alternate  ferry  command. 

434.  General  Frank.  Alternate  ferry  connnand. 

Mr.  RoHL.  Now,  some  of  that  equipment  for  Christmas  and  Canton 
Island  left  here  in  November,  I  believe  November  18th,  on  the  Luding- 
ton,  was  in  preparation  or  process  of  unloading  at  Christmas  on  the 
morning  of  December  the  7th  and  returned  to  Los  Angeles.  The  only 
way  to  speed  up  work  at  that  time  was  to  ship  in  more  equipment, 
General,  and  that  is  what  I  did. 

435.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  Mr.  Rohl,  before  you  went 
to  Hawaii  you  shipped  over  this  equipment  for  this  alternate  ferry 
route  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No,  sir. 

436.  General  Frank.  Before  he  went  to  Hawaii  the  second  time, 
he  did  this. 

Mr,  RoHL.  After  I  returned 

437.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  bef ore- 


Mr.  RoHL.  No.  This  we  must  get  straight :  after  I  returned  from 
Hawaii  I  purchased  and  took  some  of  Rohl-ConnoUy  Company  equip- 
ment and  shipped  over  to  Hawaii,  and  personnel. 

438.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  remember  that  after  the  basic  con- 
tract was  signed  in  December  1940,  that  there  had  been  supplements 
to  that  from  time  to  time,  don't  you  ? 

Mr,  RoHL.  I  knew  that  when  I  arrived  in  Honolulu. 

439.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  that  none  of  those  supplements 
came  into  your  office? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Nothing  ever  came  into  my  office, 

440.  Major  Clausen.  Until  you  got  to  Honolulu  ? 
[2278']         Mr.  Rohl.  I  haven't  seen  the  contract  yet. 

441.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  you  know  that  the  contract  had 
been  changed  in  various  ways  between  December  to  the  time  that  you 
got  in  Honolulu  ? 

Mr,  RoHL.  The  contract  had  been  changed  ? 

442.  Major  Clausen,  Yes,  increased  in  scope,  work. 
Mr,  RoHL.  Oh,  supplements  ? 

443.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  RoHL,  You  mean  supplements  were  issued  to  the  contract? 


PROCEEDINGS   OB'   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1187 

444.  Major  Clausen,  Yes. 

Mr.  Kohl.  Yes,  I  found  that  out  after  I  got  over  there. 

445.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  mean  that  you  didn't  know  about 
that  before  you  got  over  there  ^ 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No. 

44G.  Major  Clausen.  You  didn't  know  that  the  fee  had  been  in- 
creased many  times,  and  the  amount  of  the  cost  of  the  work  had  been 
increased  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

447.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon'^ 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

448.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  about  this  alternate  air  route,  when 
you  got  over  there  you  w^ere  tlien  informed  and  for  the  first  time  you 
had  unfolded  to  yourself  the  scope  of  the  work  that  3'our  firm  was 
doing  there  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

449.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that  ? 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

450.  Major  Clausen.  It  could  have  been  $500,000,000  or  $500;  you 
didn't  know  that?     What  is  that? 

[££79]         Mr.  Roiil.  No. 

451.  Major  Clausen.  What  about  the  statement  in  this  House  Mili- 
tary Affairs  Committee  report  about  delays  in  the  construction  of 
these  defense  projects,  as  to  the  accuracy?  Page  39,  there  are  various 
itemizations  of  dates  when  the  work  was  to  be  started  and  dates  when 
they  were  to  be  completed.     Do  you  know? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  Major,  I  have  no  information  on  that,  but  Mr.  Grafe 
was  over  there  at  that  time. 

452.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Roiil.  And  I  am  sure  that  he  can  give  you  the  proper  ansAvers. 

453.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  but  you  told  General  Frank  about  going 
over  there  to  speed  up  things. 

Mr.  RoHL.  That  is  right. 

454.  Major  Clausen.  AVell,  when  you  got  over  there  in  September 
1941  did  you  inquire  into  why  these  job  orders  had  not  proceeded  with 
the  speed  that  they  were  supposed  to,  to  be  completed  in  time? 

Mr.  RoHL.  It  was  lack  of  material,  lack  of  men.  Equipment  was 
arriving  slow,  beyond  our  control. 

455.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  found  out  that  there  w^ere  delays, 
didn't  you,  Mr.  Rohl,  when  you  arrived  ? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Oh,  yes. 

456.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  a  statement  has  been  made  here 
about  your  background.  Where  were  you  during  the  First  World 
War? 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  was  in  California. 

457.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 
[i^£80\         Mr.  Rohl.  In  California. 

458.  Major  Clausen.  Remember,  you  Avere  working  up  in  the  Bear 
River,  south  bank  of  the  Bear  River,  at  the  time? 

Mr.  RoHL.  That's  a  long  time  ago. 

459.  Major  Clausen.  Wliat  is  that? 

Mr.  RoHL.  South  bank  of  the  Bear  River? 

460.  Major  Clausen.  Near  Sacramento. 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 26 


1188     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  RoHL.  I  was  workino-  near  Sacraniento  on  flood-control  work. 
461.  Major  Clausen.  1917,  thereabonts !' 
Mr.  RoHL.  Yes. 

4()2.  Major  Clausen.  Is  it  trne  about  that  time  that  you  went  to 
Mexico'^ 

Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

463.  Major  Clausen.  I  beo"  your  pardon. 
Mr.  RoHL.  No. 

464.  Major  Clausen.  AVell,  did  you  in  U)1T,  1918,  or  1919  o(,  to 
Mexico '( 

Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

465.  Major  Clausen.  Now%  when  you  got  to  Honohdu  you  made  a 
survey  of  these  various  defense  projects,  didn't  you,  with  Colonel 
Wyman? 

Mr.  Rohl.  And  Mr.  Grafe. 

466.  Major  Clausen.  And  then,  as  I  understand  it,  you  returned 
to  the  mainland? 

Mr.  Rohl.  That  is  right. 

467.  Major  Clausen.  And  then  you  went  back  again? 
Mr.  Rohl.  That  is  right. 

468.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  time  you  stayed  how  long? 
[2281]         Mr.  Rohl.  I  stayed  until — I  stayed  from  the  forepart 

of  December  when  I  arrived  until  the  latter  part  of  April. 

469.  Major  Clausen.  1942? 

Mr.  Ri.HL.  1942,  when  Colonel  Lyman — not  Wyman — Colonel  Ly- 
man, at  that  time  Colonel  Lyman,  allowed  me  ten  days  on  the  main- 
land. 

470.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  give  us  specific  dates,  Mr.  Rohl  ? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

471.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  see.  You  can  refer  to  a  paper.  Just 
go  ahead. 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  haven't  it  with  me. 

472.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  that? 
]SIr.  Rohl.  I  haven't  got  it  with  me. 

473.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  tell  the  General  dates  that  you  were 
in  Honolulu. 

474.  General  Frank.  About? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  have  it  down  in  the  office — I  have  it  down  in  the 
hotel.  I  can  send  it  up  here  this  afternoon  when  I  get  through,  if 
you  wish. 

475.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  give  approximate  dates  now? 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  can  give  you  approximate  dates.  These  are  to  the 
best  of  my  knowledge,  but  I  have  them  in  writing:  I  left  Los  Angeles 
on  a  clipper  on  or  about  September  the  25th.  Septem])er  the  25th.  I 
returned  to  Los  Angeles  about  October  the  10th  to  employ  personnel 
and  purchase  equipment  and 

476.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  right.    When  did  you  go  back? 
Mr.  Rohl.  I  went  back — tliis  time  I  was  ordered  by  General  Han- 

num  to  take  the  steamer  Lurline  on  November  the  28th.     Then   1 
staved  until 


477.  General  Russell.  April? 
Mr.  Rohl.  April. 

478.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  right.    That  is  what  I  want.    Mr, 
Rohl.    I  came  back  for  ten  days. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1189 

479.  General  Frank.  In  April  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  In — promising  Colonel  Lyman  that  I  would  not  stay  over 
ten  days.  I  couldn't  get  priorities  to  fly  back.  In  the  meantime  Colonel 
Mollison  was  in  the  South  Pacific,  so  I  took  a  convoy,  and  about  an  hour 
after  I  was  aboard  the  convoy  my  piority  came  in  to  fly  back. 

480.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  after  you — what  is  that'?  Did  you 
finish? 

481.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  want  to  know. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Well,  you  want  subsequent  ? 

482.  General  Russell.  I  don't.    The  others  might. 

483.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  So  far  as  I  am  concerned,  I  just  want  to 
ask  him  one  question  here,  or  two. 

Let  me  ask  you  this,  Mr.  Rohl :  When  you  finally  came  back  from 
Hawaii  the  last  time  permanently,  so  far  as  the  Hawaiian  Constructors 
were  concerned,  you  continued  then  your  relations  with  Colonel 
Wyman  by  a  meeting  with  him,  and  then  you  went  up  to  Edmonton, 
Canada,  on  the  Canol  project,  didn't  you? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No. 

484.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  you  never  went  to  Canada  on  that 
project  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  On  the  Canol  project,  no,  sir. 

485.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  sent  your  equipment  up  there,  didn't 
you? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No,  sir. 

\2^83']  486  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  no  equipment  of  the 
Rohl-Connolly  Company  went  up  there  ? 

Mr.  Rohl.  On  the  Canol  project,  no,  sir,  never. 

487.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  any  interest  at  all  in  any  con- 
tracts being  performed  in  Canada? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Foley  Brothers  and  Rohl-Connolly  had  the  military 
road  called  the  Haynes  Cutoff,  from  Haynes  to  Champaigne. 

488.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  in  connection  with  that  you  had  talks 
with  Colonel  Wyman,  did  you  not,  about  your  participation  in  that? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No.  Colonel  Wyman  called  Mr.  Connolly  from  Edmon- 
ton on  the  telephone  and  asked  him  or  both  of  us  to  come  up  to  Edmon- 
ton along  with  numerous  other  contractors. 

489.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  you  go  to  Edmonton? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Yes. 

490.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.    That  is  all  I  have. 

491.  General  Frank.  I  haven't  anything. 

492.  General  Russell.  How  long  have  you  known  Bruce  Pine? 
Mr.  Rohl.  Not  at  all. 

493.  General  Russell.  Have  you  ever  had  any  relations  with  him  of 
any  sort? 

Mr.  Rohl.  No,  sir. 

494.  General  Russell.  Either  directly  or  indirectly? 

Mr.  Rohl.  Since  his  story  in  there  I  checked  up,  and  as  near  as  I 
can  find  out  I  was — attended  one  party  with  about  75  or  between  75  and 
100  people,  where  I  might  have  met  Bruce  Pine. 

495.  General  Russell.  But  there  have  never  been  any  relations 
\^228Jf]  Between  you  and  Bruce  Pine  which  would  lead  to  any 
feeling  on  your  part  toward  him  or  any  feeling  on  his  part  toward 
you? 


1190     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  RoHL.  General,  I  didn't  know  the  man  when  he  was  sitting  at 
the  table  in  that  Tenney  hearing. 

40().  General  Russell.  That  is  all  that  I  have. 

497.  (General  Frank.  I  haven't  anything. 

498.  (xeneral  Ritssell.  Did  you  know  Mr.  Walter  Home  of  Los 
Angeles,  an  insurance  and  real  estate  man  of  that  city? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Of  Long  Beach,  yes. 

490.  General  Russell.  How  long  have  you  known  Mr.  Home?  A 
number  of  j^ears? 

Mr.  RoHL.  Now  wait  a  minute.  May  I  explain?  Mr.  Home  had 
a  boat  and  used  to  sail,  and  I  met  him  on  sailing  trips  or  races,  but 
I  haven't  seen — in  about  19!28,  '^29,  or  thereabouts;  I  don't  believe  I 
have  seen  Mr.  Home  for  ten  or  twelve  years. 

500.  General  Russell.  Did  you  ever  have  any  business  dealings 
with  him,  Mr.  Rohl? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No. 

501.  General  Ritssell.  You  have  had  no  social  contacts  with  liim 
since  1928-19:>9? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No,  sir. 

502.  General  Russell.  At  any  time  during  your  acquaintanceship 
with  Mr.  Home,  and  whatever  relationship  may  have  existed,  did 
anything  develop  which  might  cause  Mr.  Home  to  have  any  enmity 
toward  you  or  any  feeling  against  you  that  you  know  of? 

Mr.  RoHL.  No ;  I  don't  see  why. 

503.  General  Russell.  Do  you  have  any  feeling  toward  liim  in  any 


way 


Mr.  RoiiL.  No. 

['2^86]  504.  (Tcneral  Russkt>l.  Your  feeling  toward  liim  is  per- 

fectly cordial,  so  far  as  any  exists? 
Mr.  RoiiL.  Oh,  yes. 

505.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

506.  (xeneral  Grunert.  Any  more  questions? 

507.  Major  Clausen.  Just  a  general  question  here:  Did  your  firm 
or  yourself  ever  do  any  work  in  Japan  or  any  Ja2:)anese-cont rolled 
territory  ? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  No,  sir. 

508.  Major  (^lat^sen.  Where  were  you  at  the  time  of  the  Pearl 
Harbor  attack? 

Mr.  RoiiL.  At  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack  I  was  at  home. 

509.  Major  Clausen.  Li? 

Mr.  RoHL.  On  Diamond  Head  Road.  We  had  a— Mi's.  Rohl  and  I 
were  at  home. 

510.  General  Frank.  I  didn't  get  that. 
Mr.  RoHL.  Mrs.  Rohl  and  I  were  at  home. 

Now,  General,  I  believe  I  said  so;  I  might  say  a  question  was  asked 
here,  Where  was  Colonel  Wyman  the  night  of  December  the  6th, 
whether  he  was  at  my  house.  I  read  in  there  [indicating]  that  he  was 
at  my  house  drunk.  It's  false.  Colonel  Wyman,  Colonel  Claterbos, 
and  Colonel  Robinson  and  their  wives  came  over  Friday  aftei*  dinner 
to  our  house,  Friday,  December  the  5th,  stayed  for  about  two  hours. 
The  reason  was  that  Colonel  Claterbos  had  arrived  in  Honolulu  on 
a  mission  to  the  Red  Sea,  I  believe,  and  I  didn't  see  Colonel  AVyman 
from  Friday  evening  on  till  Sunday  morning  when  the  alarm  went  out 
for  Hawaiian  Constructors  to  report  at  Kewalo  Basin. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1191 

Now,  Colonel  Claterbos  was  procurement  officer  in  Honolulu  after 
that  tini^. 

[^286]         oil.  Major  Clausen.  Ilia  ve  no  further  questions. 

512.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  Toulmin? 

513.  Colonel  Toulmin.  No,  sir ;  none. 

514.  General  Gkunert.  Mr.  Rohl,  have  you  anything  more  to  tell 
the  Board,  anything  that  you  think  of  that  might  be  of  assistance 
to  the  Board  in  getting  at  facts,  that  you  want  to  tell  the  Board  of 
your  own  volition!'    Because  this  is  the  opportunity  to  do  it. 

Mr.  Rohl.  General,  I  would  say  this :  the  facts  are  not  very  hard 
to  get.  Facts  are  facts.  I  mean  you  can't  ever  clumge  the  facts. 
Stories  are  stories,  and  I  believe  that  you  will  get  more  facts  from  j^our 
own  officers  than  you  will  from  a  lot  of  gossipers. 

515.  General  Grunert.  That  is  not  nuich  assistance  to  the  Board 
because  I  think  the  Board  understands  that  of  their  own  accord.  Now, 
have  you  anything  that  you  can  add  in  the  line  of  testimony,  as  facts 
that  you  think  would  be  of  value  to  the  Board  ^ 

Mr.  Rohl.  I  can  say  this:  that  during  Colonel  Wyman's  regime 
the  work  was  done. 

516.  General  Grunert.  The  work  was  Avhat  i 

Mr.  Rohl.  Was  done,  performetl.  And  it  slowed  down  after  that 
due  to  the  fact  that  as  soon  as  Colonel  Wyman  was  transferred  Colonel 
Lyman,  who  unfortunately  died,  called  me  in  and  outlined  his  program 
to  me  and  asked  me  if  I  would  cooperate  with  him  and  slowly  by 
stages  transfer  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  personnel;  and  his  inten- 
tion was,  as  nuich  as  jiossible,  to  form  a  construction  regiment,  and  the 
Army  absorbing  the  Hawaiian  Consti'uctors  persoimel  in  easy  stages, 
which  we  did  during         \;3287'\         Colonel  Lyman's  lifetime. 

517.  General  Grunert.  There  appears  to  be  nothing  else.  We  ap- 
preciate your  coming  in. 

Mr.  Rohl.  Thank  you,  General. 

518.  General  Grunert.  We  shall  go  to  other  business  until  2  o'clock 
this  afternoon. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  11 :  30  n.  m..  the  Board  recessed  until  2  o'clock  p.  m. 
of  the  same  day.) 

\2288]  AFTERNOON    SESSION 

(The  Boai-d  at  2  p.  m.  contimied  the  hearing  of  witnesses.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  PAUL  GRAFE,  21  CHESTER  PLACE,  LOS  ANGELES, 

CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  s\voi-n  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Grafe.  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Paul  Grafe.  21  Chester  Place,  Los  Angeles. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  Grafe  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Contractor. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Grafe,  General  Frank  assisted  by  Major 
Clausen  will  develop  this  particular  phase  for  which  we  asked  you 
to  come  as  a  witness. 


1192     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

4.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Grafe,  you  are  a  contractor  in  your  own 
name  or  associated  with  someone  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No.  I  am  president  of  the  W.  E.  CaHahan  Construction 
Company. 

5.  General  Frank.  How  long  have  you  held  that  position? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Two  yeai-s. 

6.  General  Frank.  Two  years? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

7.  General  Frank.  What  position  did  you  have  in  December  of 
1940? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  was  vice  president  of  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Construction 
Company. 

8.  General  Frank.  Who  was  president? 
Mr.  Grafe.  W.  E.  Callahan. 

9.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  a  project  in  which  the 
[2£89]  Callahan  Company.  Gunther  &  Shirley,  and  Rohl  &  Con- 
nolly were  engaged,  in  Colorado,  about  that  time? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

10.  General  Frank.  What  was  that  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  John  Martin  dam. 

11.  General  Frank.  John  Martin  dam.  The  three  firms  were  as- 
sociated as  co-adventurers  in  that  project,  were  they? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  correct. 

1'2.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  the  contract  for  defense 
work  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  that  was  considered  in  December  of 
1940? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

I'K  General  Frank.  You  remember  that? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  do. 

14.  General  Frank.  What  was  your  first  contact  wdth  that? 

Mr.  Grafe.  In  November  1940  Colonel  AVyman  called  me  or  I  called 
him  about  that  work  that  I  understood  was  coming  up  in  Hawaii :  and 
if  he  called  me  I  said  I  was  interested,  and  if  I  called  him  I  told  him 
I  was  interested  in  the  work,  and  he  said  that  there  was  some  work 
coming  up,  and  I  sent  two  i-epresentatives  over  there  to  look  at — to 
look  over  the  work. 

15.  General  Frank.  Who  were  they? 

Mr.  Grafe.  DeWitt  Clinton  Wolfe  and  S.  E.  McCullough. 

16.  General  Frank.  In  what  capacity  did  you  do  that? 

Mr.  Grafe.  As  vice  president  of  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Construction 
Company. 

17.  General  Frank.  You  were  interested  in  it  from  the  point  of  view 
of  the  Callahan  Construction  Company  alone? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

[2290]         18.  General  Frank.  Or 

Mr.  Grafe.  Alone. 

19.  General  Frank.  You  were  not  concerned  Avith  these  other  two 
firms  with  which  you  were  associated  in  Colorado  at  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No." 

20.  General  Frank.  You  were  interested  in  it  solely  as  a  Callahan 
project  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  correct. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1193 

21.  General  Frank.  "Wlien  the  tliiiio-  beo;an  to  crystallize,  when  did 
you  hear  from  Cohinel  Wyman  to  the  effect  that  he  was  interested  in 
havino;  you  participate  in  it? 

Mr.  G'kafe.  Well,  as  a  guess,  I  think  in  November  1940. 

22.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  when  he  came  from  Honolulu 
to  San  Francisco  'i 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

23.  General  Fraxk.  On  the  journey  in  which  he  was  trying  to  get 
that  contract  approved  in  Washington  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

24.  General  Fraxk.  How  were  you  notified  at  that  time? 
Mr.  Grait..  By  wire  or  telephone ;  I  am  not  sure  which. 

25.  General  Frax^k.  Where  were  you? 
Mr.  Grafe.  In  Los  Angeles. 

26.  General  Fraxk.  Did  they  request  you  to  do  something? 
Mr.  Grafe.  To  meet  Colonel  Wyman  in  San  Francisco. 

27.  General  Frax-^k.  In  what  capacity? 

Mr.  Grafe.  As  vice  president  of  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Construction 
Company. 

28.  General  Fraxk.  At  that  time  were  the  other  two  firms  [2291] 
concerned  in  this? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

29.  General  Frax'k.  They  were  not? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

30.  General  Fraxk.  What  happened  when  you  met  Colonel  Wyman 
in  San  Francisco  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  We  went  to — I  think  we  met  in  Colonel  Hannum's 
office,  the  Division  Engineer's  office. 

31.  General  Frank.  And  then  what  developed? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Colonel  Wyman  stated  that  I  had  had  some  representa- 
tives over  on  the  job,  they  hadn't  yet  returned,  and  that  he  had 
this  work  to  do  and  he  wanted  us  to  do  it,  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Com- 
pany, and  he  said  that  we  were  willing  to  do  it. 

32.  General  Fraxk.  He  told  that  to? 
Mr.  Grafe.  To  Colonel  Hannum. 

33.  General  Frax^k.  Yes? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Colonel  Hannum  asked  me  if  that  was  true,  and  I 
said  it  was.  Then  Colonel  Hannum  asked  him  if  he  had  talked 
to  any  other  contractors.  Colonel  Wyman  said  he  had  not.  Colonel 
Hannum  told  him  that  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  for  and 
incident  to  the  wording  of  a  cost-plus-a-fixed-fee  contract  he  must 
talk  to  at  least  three  other  contractors.  He  quoted  the  regulations, 
and  he  said  it  would  be  necessary 

34.  General  Frax^k.  Who  quoted  those? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Colonel  Hannum. 

35.  General  Frax^k.  Yes  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  He  said  it  would  be  necessary  for  him  to  talk  to  other 
contractors ;  and  then  they,  the  two  of  them,  discussed  [2292] 
other  contractors  that  might  possibly  be  interested,  and  I  was  excused. 
I  don't  know  what  else  was  said. 

36.  General  Frank.  Were  you  advised  of  any  conclusions  that  they 
reached  ? 


1194     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

37.  General  Fraxk.  What? 

Mr.  Grafe.  They  wei'e  goino;  to— Colonel  Wyman  was  to  go  to  Los 
Angeles  to  meet  some  contractors  down  there  and  discuss  this  project 
with  them. 

38.  General  Frank.  Do  yon  remember  what  contractors? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  I  don't.  I  was  told  today  what  they  were,  but 
that's  all  I  heard. 

39.  General  Frank.  You  didn't  know  then  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  I  didn't  know  then,  no. 

40.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  leave  San  Francisco  to  go  to 
Washington  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  in  a  short — in  a  few  days.  I  first  went  to  Los 
Angeles  and  stayed  there,  as  I  remember  it,  a  day  or  two,  maybe  three 
or  four,  and  then  I  was  to  go  to  Washington  to  meet  Colonel  Wyman. 

41.  General  Frank.  You  didn't  go  to  Washington  with  Colonel 
Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

42.  General  Frank.  You  met  him  where? 

Mr.  Grafe.  In  Washington,  at  the  Carlton  Hotel. 

43.  General  Frank.  When  did  the  other  two  firms  thsit  originally 
constituted  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  come  into  the  i:)icture? 

Mr.  Grafe.  In  the  conference  at  Washington. 

44.  General  Frank.  In  the  conference  at  Washington.  You 
[2293]  didn't  know  who  those  other  two  firms  were  until  you 
arrived  in  AVashington? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  I  knew  they  were  being  considered. 

45.  General  Frank.  Who  was  being  considered? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  thought  that  the  W.  E.  Callahan— that  the  Atkinson 
was  being  considered,  Gunther  &  Shirley  was  being  considered,  and 
Rohl-Connolly  was  being  considered.  Of  course,  Gunther  &  Shirley 
are  people  that  we  worked  with  all  the  time;  I  more  or  less  took  that 
for  granted. 

4().  General  Frank.  What  about  Eohl  and  Connolly? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  I  knew  that  they  were  being  considered,  but  we 
hadn't — I  hadn't  agreed  to  take  them*  in.  Or  Atkinson ;  I  thought  he 
was  being  considered  too.  I  talked  to  Mr.  Callahan  about  the  matter 
as  to  M^hether  or  not  we  should  take  in  any  more  associates  or  not, 
It  was  his  opinion,  and  in  which  I  concurred,  that  it  might  be  a  good 
idea.  Although  the  contract  was  not  so  very  much  at  tlie  time,  it 
looked  like  it  might  grow  larger,  and  then  in  discussing  tlie  contnict 
with  me  Colonel  Wyman  had  insisted  thai  we  purchase  new  e<iuipment. 
which  meant — on  rough  estimate — it  meant  between  five  iind  six  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars  worth  of  equipment,  so  he  thc;ught  we  were 
sticking  our  neck  out  a  little  in  buying  that  much  equijiment  for  such 
a  small  amount  of  work. 

47.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  ecjuipment  belonging  to  the  Cal- 
lahan firm  to  start  work  on  the  contract  originally  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Oh,  yes. 

48.  General  Frank.  Now, 

Mr.  Grafe.  We  didn't — I  want  to  be  sui-e  that  I  understand  your 
question.  You  mean  did  we  own  equipment  that  could  have  [2294.] 
been  used  on  that? 

49.  General  Frank.  Yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1195 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

50.  (Jeiieral  Frank.  That  is  what  I  meant.  Xow,  did  you  have  ar- 
rungeiiients  for  a  meeting  in  Wasliington  before  you  left  Los  Angeles  i 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

51.  General  Frank.  With  whom?  ■    ; 

Mr.  Graff.  With  Colonel  Wyman.  '         .i    ;  ;  i 

52.  (General  Frank.  And  who  else?  ■)■ 
Mr.  Grafe,  I  didn't  know  of  anybody  else. 

53.  General  Frank.  Did  you  communicate  with  anybody  else  prior 
to  leaving  Los  Angeles  that  you  would  meet  in  Washington? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  think  so. 

54.  General  Frank.  Where  uul  you  stay  in  Washington?        •  . 
Mr.  Grafe.  At  the  Carlton  Hotel. 

55.  General  Frank.  You  made  reservations,  or  did  you  get  a  room 
after  you  got  there? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No;  I  made  reservations. 

56.  General  Frank.  Did  you  occupy  the  room  for  the  full  time  of 
the  reservation? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  think  so.  , 

57.  General  Frank.  Did  you  stay  there  alone?  : 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

5(S.  General  Frank.  With  whom  did  you  stay? 

Mr.  Grafe.  When  I  arrived  Colonel  Wyman  and  Tom  Connolly 
were  in  the  room,  and  then  when  I  arrived  Colonel  Wyman  got  anotlier 
I'oom  and  Tom  Connollv  stayed  with  me. 

59.  General  Frank.  Now,  when  did  you  learn  about  the  details 
[22.9o\         of  the  contract? 

Mr.  Grafi^:.  You  mean  as  to  what  the  work  consisted  of?    .  . 

GO.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Grafe.  At  this  conference,  in  part,  and  some  about  it  in  San 
Francisco. 

61.  General  Frank.  And  the  two  men  that  you  sent  to  Honolulu, 
they  learned  something  about  it,  didn't  they? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  but  their  information  was  rather  sketchy. 

62.  General  Frank.  All  right.  After  you  got  to  Washington  where 
was  the  conference  held  at  which  you  learned  about  the  details  of  the 
contract  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  By  that  you  mean  the  terms  of  the — I  saw  the  contract 
the  first  time  in  the  Chief's  office.  .  ■       .  :     •  .     . 

63.  General  Frank.  I  beg  pardon. 
Mr,  Grafe.  In  the  Chief's  office. 

64.  General  Frank,  What  Chief  ?  ,? 
Mr,  Grafe.  Chief  of  Engineers. 

65.  General  P'rank.  The  contract  already  had  been  drawn  up? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

66.  General  Frank.  The  first  time  you  sawMt? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

67.  General  Frank.  Were  the  names  of  the  firms  on  it  that  were 
going  to  be  the  co-adventurers? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

68.  General  Frank,  Well,  how  did  the  co-adventurers  get  asso- 
ciated ? 

Mr,  Grafe.  Well,  Colonel  Wyman  stated  that  he  wanted  Kohl  and 
Connolly  in  it,  and  Gunther  &  Shirley,  together  with  us. 


1196     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[2296]         69.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  Grafe.  And  I  agreed. 

70.  General  Frank.  Where  was  this  stated? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  reriiember.     You  mean  at  what  exact  place? 

71.  General  Frank.  Well,  was  it  in  this  conference  in  the  office  of 
the  Chief  of  Enoineers ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  am  not  sure  about  that. 

72.  General  Frank.  Well,  you  must  have  some  memory  of  where 
you  first  learned  about  your  associates. 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  of  course.  General  Frank,  I  knew  that  there  was 
somethino;  about  associates  when  I  saw  Tom  Connolly  in  that  room. 
7o.  General  Frank.  Yes? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Now,  just  when  it  was  first  broached,  I  don't  know. 

74.  General  Frank.  Well,  just  give  me  from  your  memory  how  this 
thing  developed.     That  is  what  1  am  trying  to  work  out  of  you. 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  as  I  said  before  when  I  saw  Tom  Connolly  in  that 
room  why  I  knew  that  he  must  have  been  up  there  interested  in  that 
contract. 

75.  General  Frank.  Who  represented  Gunther  &  Shirley? 
Mr.  Grafe.  I  did. 

76.  General  Frank.  Well,  how  did  you  come  to  represent  them  if 
you  didn't  know  they  were  going  to  be  in  it  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  I  tried  to  explain  that  in  doing  this,  after  going 
to  San  Francisco,  after  meeting  in  San  Francisco,  Mr.  Shirley  and 
I  had  agreed  that  it  would  be  all  right  for  him  [2297]  to  par- 
ticipate with  us,  and  I  talked  to  Mr.  Callahan  on  the  phone  about  it 
too. 

77.  General  Frank.  Well,  I  asked  you  a  minute  ago  when  you 
first  knew  about  who  your  associates  were  going  to  be,  and  you  told 
me  that  the  first  that  you  knew^  anything  about  it  was  in  the  Chief's 
office  in  Washington,  and  now  you  tell  me  you  went  into  Washington 
as  a  representative  of  the  Gunther-Shirley  Company. 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  of  course  we — I  look  upon  the  Gunther-Shirley 
Company  as  our  partners  and  part  of  our  outfit  at  times,  and  that 
picture  just  gradually  grew. 

78.  General  Frank.  Well,  then,  when  I  asked  you  about  this,  why 
didn't  you  tell  me  that  you  assumed  that  the  Gunther-Shirley  Com- 
pany were  going  to  be  associated  with  you  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  intended  to  do  that  earlier  in  this  questioning.  I 
thought  I  did  that  when  I  told  you  that  we  were  very  closely  asso- 
ciated. 

79.  General  Grunert.  May  I  ask  a  question  there  ? 

80.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

81.  General  Grunert.  If  you  had  talked  to  Callahan  prior  to 
going  to  Washington  on  this,  then  why  the  surprise  seeing  him  in 
the  hotel? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  I  wasn't  surprised. 

8"2.  General  Grunert.  Well,  J  thought  you  told  us  you  were  sur- 
prised. 

Mr.  Grafe.  No.  I  knew  that  he  was  interested.  It  was  my  thought 
that  we  would  either — that  we  would  be  asked  to  take  in  Atkinson  or 
Rohl  and  Connolly. 

83.  General  Grunert.  I  mean  Connolly,  not  Callahan.  Who  was 
[229S]         associated  with  Rohl  here? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1197 

84.  IVIajor  Clausex.  Connolly,  sir. 

85.  General  Grunert.  Didn't  you  tell  me  you  were  surprised  to 
see  Connolly  in  tlie  hotel  in  AVashinf;ton  i 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  I  didn't  mean  to  say  that  I  was  exactly  surprised. 
T  knew  that  he  was  interested  in  that  cont  -act  vyhen  I  did  see  hir  i 
there.     I  don't  believe  that  I  knew  he  was- 

86.  General  RussEi.L.  He  didn't  express  surprise.  He  expressed 
information  when  he  saw  Connolly  present,  that  he  knew  he  was  there 
about  the  contract.    . 

Mr.  Grafe.  Sir? 

87.  General  Eussell.  You  said  when  you  saw  Connolly  you  knew 
he  was  thej-e  about  tlie  contract. 

88.  General  Frank.  Now,  how  was  the  decision  made  as  to  who 
were  going  to  be  the  co-adventurers? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Colonel  Wyman  told  me  who  they  were  going  to  be 
and  asked  me  if  that  was  O.  K.,  and  I  said  yes. 

89.  General  Frank.  How  many  days  were  you  in  Washington  be- 
fore this  contract  was  signed  ? 

]Mr.  Grafe.  I  can't  answer  that  exactly. 

90.  General  Frank.  About  how  many  days? 
Mr.  Grafe.  I  would  say 

91.  General  Frank.  Two  days,  a  week,  or  what? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Oh,  no.     A  week. 

92.  General  Frank.  About  a  week? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

93.  General  Frank.  You  went  there;  did  you  have  a  power  of 
attorney  from  the  Gunther-Shirley  Company? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

{^2299']         94.  General  Frank.  Who  signed  the  contract  as  binding 
the  Gunther  &  Shirley  Company? 
Mr.  Grafe.  I  did. 

95.  General  Frank.  What  authority  did  you  have  to  sign  it? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Authority  from  a  telephone  conversation. 

96.  General  Frank.  Is  that  legally  binding,  telephone  conversa- 
tion ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 
^  97.  General  Frank.  Well,  what  legal  authority  did  you  have  to 
sign  it? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  didn't  have  any  except  that  ISIajor  Newman — I  told 
Major  Newman  that  I  would  have  these  powers  of  attorneys  in  before 
this  contract  was  approved  or  signed  by  the  Government.  He  said 
that  would  be  satisfactory. 

98.  General  Frank.  Now,  Mr.  Connolly  was  there,  and  Mr.  Connolly 
signed  it  for  the  Connolly-Eohl  Company;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Grate.  No. 

99.  General  Frank.  It  is  not  correct  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

100.  General  Frank.  Well,  who  signed  it  for  the  ConnoUy-Rohl 
Company  ? 

Mr.  Grape.  I  did. 

101.  General  Frank.  Well,  how  did  you  get  authority  to  do  that? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Verbal. 

102.  General  Frank.  On  the  same  basis  as  that  on  which  you  signed 
it  for  the  Gunther-Shirley  Company;  is  that  correct? 


1198     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  verbal  authority. 

103.  General  Frank.  Now,  this  was  on  or  about  the  20th  of 
[£300]         December,  1940,  wasn't  it? 

Mr.  Grape.  Yes,  sir. 

104.  General  Frank.  And  you  were  the  representative  for  this 
group  of  co-adventurers  including  Rohl  and  Connolly,  Gunther  & 
Shirely,  and  the  Callahan  Company? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

105.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  question,  about  the  participa- 
tion of  any  one  of  those  firms  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  In  what  way  exactly  ? 

106.  General  Frank.  In  any  way. 
Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  think  so. 

107.  General  Frank.  It  was  perfectly  clear  and  in  the  open, 
straightforward,  that  all  three  of  them  could  participate  just  as 
they  were  in  the  organization  that  existed  at  that  time? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

108.  General  Frank.  No  change  was  made  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  know  of  any.  I  don't  know  what  changes  were 
made. 

109.  General  Frank.  Who  was  president  of  the  Callahan  Com- 
pany ?     Mr.  Callahan  at  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  right. 

110.  General  Frank.  Who  was  president  of  the  Gunther-Shirley 
Company  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Mr.  Shirley. 

111.  General  Frank.  Who  was  president  of  the  Rohl-Connolly 
Company  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  know. 

112.  General  Frank.  Well,  who  gave  you  authority  to  act? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Tom  Connolly. 

[2301]  113.  General  Frank.  How^  did  you  know  he  had 
authority? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  I  assumed  that  he  had  it.  I  didn't  have  any 
written  evidence  that  he  had  it. 

114.  General  Frank.  This  was  a  million-dollar  contract? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

115.  General  Frank.  And  had  promise  of  running  into  several 
million  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

116.  General  Frank.  And  those  firms  handled  authority  and  re- 
sponsibility on  that  nebulous  an  authority? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir.     That's  our  habit. 

117.  General  Frank.  What's  that? 
Mr.  Grafe.  That's  our  habit. 

118.  General  Frank.  Did  any  question  ever  come  up  about  the  par- 
ticipation of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

119.  General  Frank.  No  question  ever  came  up  about  it? 
Mr.  Grafe.  From  whom  ?     No,  sir. 

120.  General  Frank.  No.     That  was  a  defense  contract? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1199 

121.  General  Frank.  Were  you  conversant  with  the  existence  of  a 
law  at  that  time  that  any  firm  participating  in  a  defense  contract  had 
to  have  citizens  as  its  officials?  .: 

Mr.  Gkafe.  No,  sir. 

122.  General  Fkank.  Yon  didn't  know  that?  .      '         \ 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

123.  General  Fraxk.  Yon  liad  better  take  him. 

124.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  when  yon  were  in  Washington  on  this 
occasion  you  talked  with  Major  Newman? 

[MB]    _     Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

125.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  vou  also  discuss  the  contract  with 
Colonel  Gesler?  '  • 

Mr.  Grafe.  Very  little  with  Colonel  Gesler. 

12G.  Major  Clausen.  You  talked  alx)ut  the  contract  with  General 
Robins  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

127.  Major  Clausen.  You  talked  about  the  contract  with  General 
Schley? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir.     Very  little  with  those  three  gentlemen. 

128.  Major  Clausen.  You  talked  about  the  contract  with  Jolni 
Martin? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

129.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir.  > 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

130.  Major  Claitsen.  AVell,  you   met  John   ]\Iartin   there,  didn't 


vou 


Mr.  Grafe.  Yes.     In  Washington?  • 

131.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

132.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  all  my  questions  were  directed  to 
Washington. 

When  you  saw  John  Martin  %Yhere  was  he? 
Mr.  Grafe.  He  came  up  to  my  room. 

133.  Major  Clausen.  In  the  Carlton  Hotel?         , 
Mr.  Grafe.  Right. 

134.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  had  a  discussion  with  him  at  that 
time? 

[B30S]         Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

135.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  did  you  talk  about? 

Mr.  Grafe.  About  a  bid  that  we  had  placed  for  the  set  of  locks  at 
Gatun. 

136.  Major  Clausex.  As  a  mater  of  fact,  sometime  on  this  occasion 
of  your  visit  to  Washington  you  talked  with  John  Martin  concerning 
the  alien  status  of  Hans  Wilbelm  Rohl ;  correct? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  possible. 

137.  Major  Clausen.  I  didn't  ask  you  whether  it  was  possible.  I 
said,  is  that  correct,  sir? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  possible. 

138.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  it  is  possible  it  is  correct  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Answering  your  cjuestion,  I  said  it  was  possible. 

139.  Major  Clausen.  You  don't  wish  to  go  further  than  that? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Further  about  what?     I  don't  understand.     You  get 

me  confused. 


1200     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

140.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  read  the  question  to  the  witness 
to  which  he  said  "possible"  ? 

The  Reporter  [reading]  : 

Question.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  sometime  on  this  occasion  of  your  visit  to 
Washington  you  talked  with  John  Martin  concerning  the  alien  status  of  Hans 
Wilhelni  Rohl ;  correct? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  know.     I  am  not  sure. 

141.  Major  Clausen.  You  knew  who  Mr.  John  Martin  was  at  the 
time,  didn't  you  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Sure.     He  was  our  attorney. 

[2304]  142.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  He  at  that  time  in  Washing- 
ton on  this  occasion^ — whether  it  was  on  the  day  that  you  first  met  him 
or  later  on — he  was  informed  about  the  contract  and  as  a  matter  of 
fact  suggested  the  terms  of  the  syndicate  agreement  or  the  agreement 
which  would  represent  an  understanding  of  your  various  interests; 
isn't  that  true  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

143.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  by  the  way,  you  made  an  affidavit, 
Mr.  Grafe,  to  a  representative  of  the  House  Military  Affairs  Commit- 
tee ;  do  3^ou  recall  that  '^ 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir.     To  which  representative? 

144.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir. 
Mr.  Grafe.  What  representative? 

145.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  have  one  here.  Did  you  make  more 
than  one  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  think  so. 

146.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  then  it  is  whatever  representative  you 
made  it  to. 

Mr.  Grafe.  Made  it  to — 

147.  Major  Clausen.  I  show  you  a  document  consisting  of  seven 
pages,  and  I  will  ask  you  to  read  that  an.d  see  if  that  is  it. 

Mr.  Grafe.  You  want  me  to  read  it  all  ? 

148.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir.  I  just  want  you  to  look  it  over  from 
one  page  to  the  other  page,  to  see  if  that  is  the  affidavit  that  you  made 
on  that  occasion, 

Mr.  GrafI:.  I  don't  believe  it  is. 

149.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  a  copy  of  the  one  that  you  made? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes.  I  do. 

[230o]         150.  Major  Clausen.  Where  is  that  copy? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Down  at  the  hotel.     I  say  that  because  I  thought  I 
signed  this  affidavit. 

151.  Major  Ciausen.  All  right.  Will  you  do  this  for  the  Board? 
Will  you  send  the  Board  out  a  copy  of  the  copy  that  you  have  in 
your  hotel  ? 

Mr.  (trafe.  I  surely  will. 

152.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  sir. 

153.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Major,  mav  I  suggest  that  this  gentleman 
doesn't  have  anything  except  his  orfginal  copy.  He  would  have  to 
go  home  in  order  to  send  you  a  copy.  Why  can't  he  bring  it  out  here 
and  let  the  reporter  copy  it,  and  then  we  will  be  sure  to  have  it  right 
away  before  you  get  away  ? 

154.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  he  may  do  that  when  we  finish  a  few 
more  questions. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1201 

111  any  event,  on  occasion  John  Martin  discussed  \vith  you  the  citi- 
zenshipstatus  of  Hans  Wilhehn  Rohl ;  isn't  that  true? 

Mr.  (jtrafe.  My  mind  is  confused  as  to  just  when  Bill  Rohl's  citi- 
zenship status  was  discussed.  Now,  John  Martin  tells  me  that  it  was 
when  we  were  in  Washinoton,  and  possibly  that  is  true.  I  didn't 
attach  very  much  importance  to  that  matter,  or  I  wasn't  startled  until 
I  learned  of  this  law  that  you  are  talking  about,  which  was  sometime 
in  April,  and  then  I  became  keenly  alive  as  to  the  situation  then. 

155.  General  Frank.  You  didn't  know  about  the  law  until  April? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

156.  Major  Cl.^jsen.  Now,  Mr.  Grafe,  you  just  swore  that  when 
you  learned  that  Hans  Wilhehn  Rohl  was  an  alien  you  did  not  attach 
[2'Wll]  much  importance  to  it.  I  ask  if  you  gave  this  testimony 
to  Colonel  Hunt  of  the  Inspector  General's  Department,  page  560: 

Question.     I  take  it  that  you  were  somewhat  surprised  yourself  to  learn  that 
Mr.  Rohl  was  not  a  citizen. 
Answer.  I  was  very  much  surprised.     Boy,  that  was  a  bombshell. 

Did  you  give  that  testimony? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  remember  whether  that  is  the  exact  wording 
or  not. 

157.  General  Frank.  Well,  that  is  official,  so  tb.ere  is  no  question 
about  that. 

158.  Major  Clausen.  You  testified  before  Colonel  Hunt:  you  re- 
member that,  Mr.  Grafe? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

159.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  What  did  you  say  to  Colonel 
Wyman  in  Washington  on  the  subject  of  the  citizenship  of  Mr.  Rohl? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Nothing. 

160.  Major  Clausen.  Whenever  you  learned,  whenever  it  was,  that 
Mr.  Rold  was  an  alien,  it  was  a  bombshell,  wasn't  it? 

jNIr.  Grap^e.  Well,  I  am  not  sure,  Major  Clausen,  whether  the  fact 
that  I  learned  that  he  was  not  a  citizen  was  a  bombshell  or  whether 
I  learned  of  that  law,  that  it  was  a  bombshell.  You  must  remember 
that  is  several  years  ago. 

161.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  saw  John  Martin  in  Washington 
you  discussed  with  him  various  things,  and  you  would  go  to  dinner 
with  him? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

["23(7/']         162.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  in  his  company  for  sev- 
eral days  there? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

163.  Major  Clausen.  How  long  had  you  known  Colonel  Wyman? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Since  '86  or  '37. 

164.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  paid  for  the  hotel  bill  of 
Colonel  Wvman,  didn't  vou,  when  he  occupied  rooms  at  the  Carlton 
Hotel  in  December  1940? 

IVIr.  Grafe.  No.  No ;  the  company  paid  for  the  bill.  He  gave  me 
the  money.  He  left  in  a  big  rush  and  gave  me  money  for  the  hotel 
bill,  and  I  had  all  the  bills  sent  to  the  company  for  the  company  to  pay. 

165.  Major  Clausen.  To  whom  did  you  talk  about  this  case  before 
you  came  here  today? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  talked  to  Mr.  Shirley. 

166.  Major  Cl.vusen.  Whom  else? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Mr.  Connolly. 


1202     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

167.  Major  Clauskx.  Mr.  Connoll_y.    Whom  else? 
Mr.  (iiiAFE.  Mr.  Rohl. 

168.  Major  CLAirsEx.  Whom  else? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Mr.  Middleton. 

169.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.     Mr.  Martin? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Mr.  Martin. 

170.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

171.  Major  Clausen.  The  time  to  which  you  j'list  referred  as  having 
talked  to  these  people — that  was  on  the  occasion  of  your  responding 
to  the  order  to  appear  before  this  I>oard,  wasn't  it? 

[2308]         Mr.  Grafe.  Sir? 

172.  Major  Clausen.  I  say,  the  talks  that  you  had  with  these  various 
people  were  since  you  got  the  order  to  appear  before  this  Board? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  a  difficult  question  to  ask — or  to  answer.  I 
don't  understand  it. 

173.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Put  it  this  way:  When  did  you 
talk  to  these  peo])le  about  the  case  the  most  recent  times? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Today  at  lunch. 

174.  Major  Clausen.  Today  at  lunch.  In  otlier  words,  you  talked 
to  Mr.  Connolly  after  he  had  testified  here;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

175.  Major  Clausen.  He  told  ycu  he  had  been  here  and  testified,  did 
he? 

JNIr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

176.  Major  Clausen.  Did  he  tell  you  what  he  had  said? 
Mr.  (trafe.  Yes,  sir. 

177.  Major  Clausen.  He  told  you  that  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

178.  Major  Claltsen.  And  what  did  he  s:iy  that  he  had  said  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  remember  all  he  s,",id. 

170.  Major  Clausen.  You  can't  recall  that? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

180.  General  Frank.  And  you  learned  this  at  lunchtime? 

181.  Major  Clausen.  Today,  sir. 

By  the  way,  you  talked  with  Mr.  Rohl  at  lunch  too?  Was  he  there 
at  lunch  with  vou? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes. 

[^SOB]  182.  Major  Clausen.  He  told  you  he  had  been  here  and 
testified? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

183.  Major  Clausen.  And  he  talked  over  with  you  what  he  had 
testified  here  this  morning? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Some  of  the  things. 

181.  Major  Clausen.  Some  of  the  things  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

185.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  Mr.  Grafe,  that  Colonel  Wyman 
at  Washington  in  December  1940,  when  he  learned  that  Mr.  Martin 
was  there,  became,  to  use  your  words,  "sore"? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  true. 

186.  General  Frank.  You  seem  to  remember  two  and  a  half  years 
better  than  you  do  two  hours,  Mr.  Grafe. 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  if  I  had  been  asked  to  answer  something  that  hap- 
pened two  and  a  half  hours  ago  that  I  couldn't  answer. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  1203 

187.  Major  Clausen.  When,  as  I  understood  your  testimony,  you 
learned  that  a  contract  for  some  defense  projects  was  to  be  let  in 
Hawaii — and  this  was  sometime  around  September  1940;  is  that 
correct  ? 

Mr.  Gkafe.  It  is  just — Major,  let  me  explain  that  I  explained  to 
Colonel  Wyman  that  Mr,  Martin  was  not  there  in  any  capacity  in 
connection  with  this  contract. 

188.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  your  conclusion  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  as  far  as  I  knew  he  was  there  to — representing — 
asking  me  whether  or  not  we  wanted  to  protest  the  award  of  a  contract. 

189.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  he  was  also  there  helping  Kohl  get 
citizenship  papers,  wasn't  he?  .  . 

Mr.  Graee.  That  I  don't  know. 

[2310^         190.  General  Frank.  You  don't  know  that? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  know  whether — that  he  was  doing  that. 

191.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Grafe,  about  what  was  the  profit  you  and 
your  associates  made  on  this  Hawaiian  contract? 

Mr.  Grafe.  About  eight  hundred — between  eight  and  nine  hundred 
thousand  dollars. 

192.  General  Frank.  Now,  when  you  made  this  contract  Mr.  Rohl 
was  a  German  alien  and  an  official  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company; 
that  is  correct,  isn't  it  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  It  is  correct  that  he  was  an  alien.  I  don't  know  that 
he  was  an  official  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company.  I  have  been  told 
that  there  were  some  changes  made  then,  and  just  when  they  were 
made  I  don't  know. 

193.  General  Fra'nk.  Well,  did  you  take  into  consideration  that 
this  contract  might  be  illegal? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

194.  General  Frank.  Have  you  thought  about  it  since? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

195.  General  Frank.  And  have  you  thought  that  in  such  an  event 
the  Government,  even  now,  could  recover  from  you  and  your 
associates? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir.     You  say  have  I  thought  of  that? 

196.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

197.  Major  Clausen.  I  would  like  to  invite  the  attention  of  the 
Board  to  the  fact  that  this  witness  indicated  by  his  testimony  that 
Mr.  Connolly  and  Mr.  Rohl  have  violated  the  injunction  of  secrecy 
with  respect  to  their  testimony  before  the  Board.  The  Recorder 
Avarned  the  two  witnesses  that  they  [2311]  were  not  to  disclose 
what  went  on  here,  and  by  this  witness  it  appears  that  these  two  men 
have  done  so. 

Mr.  Grafe,  you  first  learned  of  the  contract  September  1940,  and 
then,  as  I  understand,  you  sent  two  men  to  Hawaii  to  review  the  pro- 
spective work  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  true. 

198.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  Avhen  they  were  over  there  Colonel 
Wyman  showed  them  around,  did  he  not? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  know  about  thnt.  He  probably  took  them  to 
some  places,  and  his  representatives  took  them  oth<>rs.  I  am  not  sure 
about  that. 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 27 


1204     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

199.  Major  Clausen.  And  then  when  he  came  to  the  mainland, 
when  Colonel  Wyman  came  to  the  mainland  in  December  1940,  you 
met  Colonel  Wvman  in  General  Hannuni's  office  here  in  San  Fran- 
cisco; is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

200.  Major  Clausen.  And  then  did  yon  go  to  Los  Angeles  with 
Colonel  Wyman,  or  was  he  from  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

201.  Major  Clausen.  Yon  said  something  abont  Colonel  Kelton. 
Did  yon  meet  with  Colonel  Wyman  in  Colonel  Kelton's  office  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  didn't  say  anything  about  Colonel  Kelton. 

202.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  the  next  time  yon  saw  Colonel 
Wyman  after  the  San  Francisco  visit  ? 

Mr.  Graft.  In  Washington. 

203.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Now,  between  that  time  did  you 
see  Mr.  Rohl  and  discuss  with  him  the  prospective  participation  of  his 
firm  in  this  contract? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir, 

204.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon. 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

[2^13]  205.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Grafe,  you  did  discuss  with 
Colonel  Wyman  from  time  to  time  the  citizenship  status  of  Mr.  Rohl, 
did  you  not  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  discussed  it  with  him  the  first  time  in  April  1941. 

206.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  you  were  so  interested  in 
the  citizenship  status  that  3'ou  made  a  trip  to  the  mainland  from 
Hawaii  for  the  purpose  of  accelerating  the  granting  of  citizenship  to 
Mr.  Rohl,  isn't  that  true  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

207.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  .going  to  read  you  from  a  letter  which 
was  written  to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  by  an  attorney,  David  A. 
Cannon.     First,  let  me  ask  you,  do  you  know  Mr.  Cannon  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

208.  Major  Clausen.  This  is  a  representation  that  he  made  : 

Mr.  Paul  Gnife,  Managing  Director  for  tlie  Hawaiian  Constructors,  recently 
flew  to  and  is  now  in  the  United  States,  with  the  knowledge  and  consent  of 
Colonel  Wyman,  in  an  endeavor  to  clear  the  way  for  Rohl's  going  to  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  on  this  work. 

Is  that  a  correct  statement  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No. 

209.  Major  Claltsen.  Did  you  ever,  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  discuss 
this  subject,  at  all,  about  accelerating  the  citizenship  of  Mr.  Rohl,  with 
Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

210.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  you  signed  a  letter,  your- 
self, did  you  not,  to  Mr.  Rohl,  on  August  15, 1941  ? 

Dear  Bill:  After  considerable  discussion  with  Ted,  it  was  agreed  [2313] 
that  this  matter  would  be  handled  as  follows :  I  would  write  the  attached  letter, 
and  Wyman  would  write  one  of  a  similar  nature,  which  he  read  to  me,  to  the 
Chief  of  Engineers,  through  the  regular  channels,  attaching  a  copy  of  my  letter. 
His  letter  is  going  out  on  the  clipper  today. 
Kind  personal  regai'ds, 
Sincerely, 

Paul  Grafe. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1205 

Do  you  remember  writing  that? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  remember  writing  it,  but  it  is  possible  that  I  did. 

211.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir? 
Mr.  Grafe.  It  is  possible  that  I  did. 

212.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  care  to  look  at  it  again,  to  see  it 
with  your  eyes?     [Major  Clausen  hands  the  letter  to  the  witness.] 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  remember  writing  it,  but  it  is  possible  that  I  did 
write  it.    There  is  nothing  there  to 

213.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  that  is  not  the  original  letter? 
Mr.  Grafe.  That's  right. 

214.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  that  is  a  Federal  Bureau  of  Investiga- 
tion report. 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  I  am  not  denying  that  I  wrote  the  letter. 

215.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  all  right.  Now,  concerning  the  subject 
matter  of  the  letter,  just  tell  the  Board  what  discussion  you  had  had 
with  "Ted,"  because  you  say  here — 

After  considerable  discussion  with  Ted. 

I  assume  you  referred,  there,  to  Colonel  Wyman,  isn't  that         [2314] 
true  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  That  is  true. 

216.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Tell  the  Board  what  "considerable 
discussion"  it  was  you  had  with  "Ted." 

Mr.  Grafe.  Colonel  Wyman  wanted  Mr.  Rohl  to  come  over  to 
Hawaii  and  help  with  this  work;  so  did  I;  and  we  knew  that  he 
couldn't  come  over,  as  he  was  an  alien.  We  understood  that  he  was 
applying  for  citizenship  papers  and  that  there  was  no  action  being 
taken  on  it;  so  we  wanted  to  request  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Engi- 
neers to  see  that  prompt  action  would  be  taken  on  his  application  for 
citizenship. 

217.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  have  tlie  first  of  those  discus- 
sions with  Colonel  Wyman  in  Hawaii,  Mr.  Grafe? 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  would  say,  in  August. 

218.  Major  Clausen.  Didn't  you  say  here  today  that  you  had  the 
first  discussion  with  him  somewhere  around  April? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  was  about  his  citizenship  status,  but  there  was  no 
discussion  about  helping  him  get  his  application  acted  upon. 

219.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  Tell  the  Board  what  discussion 
you  had  with  Colonel  Wyman,  in  April,  concerning  Mr.  Rohl's  citizen- 
ship status. 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  told  Colonel  Wyman  that  he  was  an  alien,  and  he 
seemed  surprised  to  know  about  it.  And  then  he  said,  as  I  remember 
it,  he  said,  "I  think  there  is  an  order  out,  or  a  circular  letter  out,  about 
that,  from  the  Chief  of  Engineers'  office,  as  to  the  status  of  an  alien 
on  work  of  this  character.''  It  was  a  form  letter ;  and  in  a  day  or  two 
he  sent  me  a  copy  of  that  letter,  and  I  sent  it  on  to  Frank  Martin  and 
asked  him  [2olo]  what  that  law  meant  as  to  our  status  on  the 
contract. 

220.  Major  Clausen.  The  circular  letter  to  which  you  refer  was 
one  which  stated  that  the  employment  of  aliens  on  defense  projects 
was  forbidden  by  law,  isn't  that  correct? 

Mr.  (trafe.  I  don't  remember  what  the  law  said.  I  can  get  that, 
copy  of  that,  if  you  want  me  to  put  it  in  my  testimony. 


1206    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

221.  Major  Clausen.  I  wish  you  would  send  that  to  the  Board, 
also.  Now,  Mr.  Grafe,  1  refer  again  to  this  letter  from  Mr.  Cannon 
to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce,  dated  ^LUgust  29,  1941,  and  to  the  por- 
tion which  I  read  a  few  moments  ago.  Did  you  ever  iiy  to  the  United 
States  and  do  anything  in  connection  with  getting  the  citizenship  of 
Mr.  Rohl  accelerated  or  ex])edited  or  granted,  or  in  any  way  acted 
upon  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

222.  Major  Clausen.  So.  so  far  as  your  testimony  is  concerned,  this 
representation  that  was  made  by  Mr.  Cannon  is  false,  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

223.  General  Frank.  It  is?    It  is  false? 

224.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir;  he  said, "Yes,  sir."' 

225.  General  Frank.  This  official  testimony  is  false? 

220.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  what  he  says,  sir.  He  says  the  i-epre- 
sentation  in  the  letter,  of  Mr.  Cannon,  to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce, 
is  a  false  representation. 

Mr.  Grafe.  It — well,  now,  I  don't — Let  me  answer  your  question  in 
a  different  way.  I  do  not  care  to  answer  that,  whether  that  is  true 
or  false.  I  do  not  understand  your  question,  exactly.  What  I  say 
is  that  I  never  did  anything  [2ol6]  except  talk  to  Colonel 
Wyman  and  write  him  a  letter  about  Bill's  alien  status.  That  is  the 
only  thing  I  ever  did  in  connection  therewith. 

227.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Grafe,  where  were  ^^ou  born  ? 
Mr.  Grafe.  In  Indiana,  Clay  City. 

228.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Grafe,  you  finally  ascertained,  did  you 
not,  in  connection  wnth  all  the  citizenship  business,  in  Hawaii — I 
mean,  you  learned  in  Hawaii  that  the  reason  that  this  citizenship  was 
being  held  up  was  for  certain  acts  of  Mr.  Rohl,  and  included  among 
them  was  the  fact  that  he  had  falsely  documented  certain  vessels, 
which  would  result  in  a  forfeiture  of  these  vessels  to  the  Government? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  I  didn't  know  about  that. 

229.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  this  letter  from  Mr.  Cannon  is  a  letter 
which  is  in  effect  a  petition  of  the  Rohl -Connolly  Company  for  re- 
mission or  ndtigation  with  respect  to  asking  to  pay  a  fine  for  these 
violations  of  the  law;  and  following  the  letter,  the  petition  was 
granted.  I  tell  you  that,  to  show  you  the  seriousness  of  the  falseness 
of  the  statement  of  Mr.  Cannon,  if  it  is  false. 

I  will  read  you  again  what  he  says  concerning  you.  By  the  way,  I 
will  say  this,  that  this  remission  and  the  payment  of  the  fine  preceded 
the  actual  citizenship  granting;  as  a  condition,  in  my  opinion.  Now, 
pai-agraph  G : 

Mr.  Paul  Gi-afe,  Managing  Director  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  recently 
Hew  to  and  is  now  in  the  United  States  with  the  knowledge  and  consent  of  Colonel 
Wyman,  in  an  endeavor  to  clear  the  way  for  Rohl's  going  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
on  this  work,  and  is  now  at  the  Caddoa  Dam,  in  Colorado,  to  assist  in  making 
arrangements  for  \2.U7]  someone  to  take  over  the  Caddoa  project,  if 
llohl's  naturalization  affairs  are  so  adjusted  to  permit  Mr.  Rohl  to  proceed  with 
(he  work  in  Hawaii.  Mr.  Grafe  must  return  to  the  Islands  at  the  very  earliest 
possible  date. 

Now,  taking  it  piece  bv  piece,  did  you  "recently  flv  to  the  United 
States,"  with  respect  to  tlie  date  of  this  August  29,  1941  letter? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Did  I  fly  ?    That  is  possible. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1207 

230.  Major  Clausen.  AVere  you  in  the  United  States  in  August, 
1941  ?    On  August  29,  1941,  were  you  in  tlie  United  States  ^ 

Mr.  Grafe.  I  would  have  to  consult  my  records.  I  spent  most  of  the 
time  that  year  in  Honolulu. 

231.  Major  Clausen.  It  says : 

with  the  knowledge  and  consent  of  Colonel  AVyman,  in  an  endwivor  to  clear  the 
way  for  Rohl's  going  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  on  this  work. 

Did  you  fly  here  for  that  i)urpose? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

232.  Major  Clausen.  Were  you  at  the  Caddoa  Dam,  in  Colorado, 
in  August— August  29,  1941  ? 

Mr.  Grap^e.  1  was  there  in  July  and  August.  It  seems  to  me  that  it 
was  in  July — July  or  August. 

233.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  do  you  know  anything  about  a 
letter  written  by  General  Kingman  to  the  Department  of  Innnigration 
and  Naturalization,  requesting  the  granting  of  Mr.  RohFs  application 
for  citizenship? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

234.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  I  show  you,  Mr.  Grafe,  what  appears  to 
be  a  copy  of  a  letter  dated  August  15,  1941,  from  you  to  [2318] 
Colonel  Wyman,  District  Engineer,  which  accompanies  this  letter  that 
I  have  already  referred  to,  that  you  wrote  to  Mr.  Rohl.  This  is  page 
15  of  the  FBI  report.  I  will  ask  you  to  look  that  over  and  see  if  you 
wrote  that  letter.    I  say,  do  you  recall  having  written  that  letter,  sir? 

Mr.  GraI'^e.  I  assume  that  I — I  know  I  wrote  a  letter  like  that,  and 
I  would  assiune  that  that  is  an  exact  copy  of  it. 

235.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 
I  have  no  further  questions. 

236.  General  Frank.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

237.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions.  General  Russell? 

238.  General  Ritssell.  Yes ;  two  or  thi-ee. 

Mr.  Grafe,  how  long  have  you  been  connected  with  the  Callahan 
Company  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  22  years. 

239.  General  Russell.  You  are  a  member  of  the  Callahan  family, 
are  you  not,  by  marriage? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

240.  General  Russell.  You  are  now  the  President  of  the  company? 
Mr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

241.  General  Russell.  Now,  Mr.  Grafe,  I  want  to  know  something 
about  that  operation  out  there.  Who  hired  all  those  people  that  did 
the  work  on  Oahti  ?    Where  did  you  get  your  laborers  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  We  had  an  employment  office  in  Los  Angeles  and  San 
Francisco. 

242.  General  Russell.  Were  any  Rohl-Connolly  supervisors  out 
there  with  you,  in  the  beginning? 

Mr.  Grafe.  None. 

243.  General  Russell.  What  organization  did  you  ttdce  out  there 
[2319]         with  you,  as  your  supervisory  organization? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  we  took  the  general  superintendent,  the  adminis- 
trator, several  key  foremen,  warehousemen. 

244.  General  Russell.  From  what  company  oi-  companies? 


1208    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr,  Grafe.  From  ours,  and  Gunther  &  Shirley's. 

245.  General  Russell.  Did  yon  have  any  of  the  Rohl-ConnoUy 
organization  out  tliere,  until  August  1941? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

246.  General  Russell.  When  did  any  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  or 
ganization  appear  out  there,  to  do  some  of  the  work,  first? 

ISIr.  Grafe.  Key  employees,  you  are  talking  about?  I  think  the 
first  man — the  first  men  were  the  ones  who  went  over,  that  started 
over  on  the  Ludington. 

247.  General  Russell.  About  when  was  that? 

Mr.  Grafe.  That  must  have  been  about  in  November  1941,  because 
it  was  turned  back,  after  the  attack. 

248.  General  Russell.  Is  it  your  testimony  that  only  Callahan's 
and  Gunther  &  Shirley's  supervisory  personnel  were  in  the  islands 
prior  to  November  1941  ? 

IVIr.  Grafe.  Yes,  sir. 

249.  General  Russell.  Did  Rohl-Connolly  Company  come  into  this 
picture,  as  one  of  the  adventurers,  at  your  instance,  or  at  the  instance 
of  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr,  Grafe.  Colonel  Wyman's  instance. 

250.  General  Russell,  How  many  times  had  Callahan  Co.  been 
associated  with  Rohl-Connolly,  before  this  work  out  in  Oahu? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Once. 

251.  General  Russell.  Where  was  that? 
Mr.  Grafe.  John  Martin  Dam, 

[2320']  252.  General  Russell,  Was  it  essential  to  have  Rohl- 
Connolly  Company  in  the  operation,  so  that  it  might  be  financed? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir;  it  wasn't  essential  or  necessary.  We  thought 
that  we  should  have  someone,  another  partner,  in  there,  to  help  carry 
the  risk  that  might  be  incurred  in  the  purchase  of  this  equipment 
on  such  a  small  contract. 

253.  General  Russell.  Did  Tom  Connolly  go  to  Washington  at 
your  instance,  or  at  Wyman's  instance? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Well,  not  at  my  instance,  I  assume,  at  Wyman's  in- 
stance. 

254.  General  Russell.  You  have  been  questioned  about  a  letter 
written  by  a  man  named  Cannon.  You  testified  you  did  not  know 
that  man? 

Mr.  Grafe.  Did  not  know  him;  that  is  correct. 

255.  General  Russell.  Did  you  ever  see  that  letter? 
Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

256.  General  Russell.  Had  you  ever  heard  of  that  letter  prior  to 
your  being  questioned  about  it  by  Major  Clausen  ? 

Mr.  Grafe.  No,  sir. 

257.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  want  to  ask. 

258.  General  Frank.  Who  sent  John  Martin  to  Washington  to  ex- 
pedite Rohl's  citizenship  papers? 

]Mr.  Grafe.  I  don't  know. 

259.  General  Frank.  Anything  else? 

260.  ]\Iajor  Cl.\usen.  No,  sir. 

261.  General  Grunert.  That  appears  to  be  all. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


PROCEEDINCiS    OF    AKMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1209 

[2321]         TESTIMONY  OF  JOHN  M.  MARTIN,  ATTORNEY-AT-LAW; 

LOS  ANGELES,  CAL. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Will  you  state  to  the  Board  ,your  name  and  ad- 
dress, please,  Mr.  Martin. 

Mr,  Martin.  John  M.  Martin ;  714  West  Olympic  Boulevard,  Los 
Angeles,  is  my  office.     My  residence  is  Pasadena. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation? 
Mr.  Martin.  Attorney- at-law. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Martin,  this  field  we  are  covering  is  so 
broad  that  we  are  dividing  it  up  for  special  investigation,  and  in 
this  particular  part  of  it.  General  Frank  will  lead,  assisted  by  Major 
Clausen ;  so  I  will  ask  General  Frank  to  go  ahead. 

4.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Martin,  were  you  ever  employed  by  Mr. 
Rohl  to  represent  him  as  his  attorney  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Yes;  I  have  represented  Mr.  Rohl,  oh,  off  and  on,  I 
would  say  for  approximately  seventeen  years. 

5.  General  Frank.  Do  you  represent  him,  or  have  you  represented 
him,  individually,  or  as  tlie  counselor  for  the  firm  of  Rohl-Connolly 
Company  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Both,  whenever  called  upon  to  do  so;  also  represent 
Mrs.  Rohl,  and  the  H.  W.  Rohl  Company,  and  Mr.  Connolly,  and  the 
Rohl-Connolly  Company;  and  the  Rohl-Connolly  Partnership,  before 
the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  was  incorporated,  some  twelve  years  ago. 

6.  General  Frank.  Is  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  still  a  going 
concern,  or  is  it  being  liquidated  ? 

[2M2]  Mr.  Martin.  Well,  my  brother,  Frank  Martin,  has  han- 
dled that  matter  directly  for  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  and  it  is 
my  recollection  that  T.  E.  Connolly  Company,  Inc.,  which  is  a  corpora- 
tion owned  by  Fr.  T.  E.  Connolly,  ac(iuired  the  stock  in  the  Rohl- 
Connolly  Company,  and  that  was  owned  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Rohl.  That 
was  some — oh,  eight,  ten  months  ago — maybe  a  year  ago. 

7.  General  Frank.  In  December  1940,  you  were  in  Washington? 
Mr.  Martin.  Yes. 

8.  General  Frank.  At  about  the  time  that  the  Hawaiian  contract 
was  being  negotiated  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Is  there  any  objection  to  my  referring  to  a  memo 
randum  ? 

9.  General  Frank.  No. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  was  in  Washington,  it  was,  I  believe  the  greatei 
l)art  of  the  time  from  October  18,  1940,  until  Christmas  1940.  I  was 
^specifically  there  on  December  17  and  December  18,  which  I  believe 
;ire  two  (hiys  when  the  negotiations  were  going  on. 

10.  General  Frank.  Have  you  talked  to  anybody  who  has  appeared 
before  this  Board  as  a  witness? 

Mr.  Martin.  Yes. 

11.  General  Frank.  Have  you  discussed  the  testimony  that  they 
gave,  with  them? 

Mr.  Martin.  Only  in  substance,  principally  with  ]\Ir.  Connolly, 
who  last  night  asked  me  three  questions.    He  said,  "When  did  you 


1210     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

go  to  Washington,  D.  C,  in  1940?  How  long  were  yon  there?  and 
what  did  you  do  while  there?"  And  in  response  to  that,  I  called 
my  office  to  get  from  my  work  sheets  or  time  [£M3]  sheets  some 
identification  as  to  where  I  was,  during  the  periods  mentioned;  and 
I  have  such  a  memo,  made  by  me  in  conference  over  the  telephone; 
which  is  complete  from  October  18,  1940,  until  Christmas  1940;  so 
that  as  to  that  period  I  can  say  definitely  where  I  was  on  any  dates. 

12.  General  Frank.  We  are  interested  in  your  being  in  Washington, 
right  around  the  15th  to  the  20th  of  December. 

Mr.  Martin.  Yes. 

13.  General  Frank.   On  that  trip,  what  were  you  there  for? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  was  called,  from  Washington,  D.  C,  by  the  McNeil- 
Zoss  Company,  in  connection  with  the  negotiations  for  the  San  Diego 
Housing  project  contract  with  the  Department  of  Public  Works.  I 
had  just  returned  to  my  residence,  to  attend  my  wife's  father's  funeral, 
and  received  that  call,  on  November  28,  1940,  asking  that  I  meet  with 
Mr.  McNeil  and  Mr.  Zoss,  on  December  2 ;  so  I  left 

14.  General  Frank.'  Let  us  confine  the  activities  that  you  had  there 
to  those  associated  with  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  or  with  Mr.  Rohl. 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  I  really  had  none  during  that  period,  with  one 
exception.  I  had  conferences  along  in  December  with  Mr.  Grafe  and 
Mr.  JSeabury,  of  the  Callahan  Corporation,  in  connection  with  the 
Callahan  Construction  Company's  bid  on  the  Canal  locks;  and  I  had 
a  conference  on  December  17  with  Mr.  Grafe,  in  Washington,  in  con- 
nection with  the  brief  I  was  writing  for  the  comptroller  general  on 
that  protest;  and  at  that  time 

15.  General  Frank.  Now,  just  a  minute.  We  have  some  testimony 
from  commissioned  officers  of  the  United  States  Army  [2321^] 
about  a  conference  you  had  with  them  in  Washington,  relative  to 
obtaining  citizenship  for  Mr.  Rohl ;  and  that  is  the  activity  about  which 
we  would  like  to  learn  from  you. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  don't  have  those  dates  here,  but  they  were  along 
the  latter  part  of  Aug-ust  1941.  The  conferences  were  with  General 
Robins,  primarily,  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  or,  by  the  way.  General 
King  was  then  Chief;  but  conferences  primarily  with  General  Robins 
and  with  Colonel  Lorence. 

16.  General  Frank.  L-o-r-e-n-c-e? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  believe  so,  in  General  Robins'  office,  and  with 
Mr.  Stilphen,  who,  as  I  recall,  was  a  civilian  attorney  in  General 
Robins'  office. 

17.  General  Frank.  Will  you  tell  us  just  what  happened  on  that 
occasion. 

Mr.  Martin.  Yes.  I  had  with  me  a  photostatic  copy  of  an  order 
or  directive  or  letter  from  Colonel  Wyman,  requesting  that  Mr.  Rohl 
come  to  the  islands. 

18.  General  Frank.  Who  gave  you  that?  Did  Colonel  Wyman 
send  that  to  you? 

Ml".  Martin.  I  don't  know,  but  I  believe  that  during  the  summer 
of  1941,  Mr.  Rohl  asked  me  if,  when  I  returned  to  Washington,  D.  C, 
in  connection  with  other  pending  cases,  if  I  would  explain  to  Colonel 
Wyman  wdiy  he,  Mr.  Rohl,  had  not  reported  at  the  islands  in  obedi- 
ence to  that  instruction;  and  it  is  my  recollection  that  at  that  time, 
Miss  Dickey,  of  his  office,  had  made  and  gave  me  a  photostatic  copy. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1211 

10.  General  Frank.  Miss  Dickey,  in  whose  office'!' 

Mr.  Martix.  In  tlie  Rohl-Connolly  Company  office.  She  is  secre- 
tary of  the  company.  She  gave  me  a  photostatic  copy  of  \JJ2o] 
this  letter  from  Colonel  Wyman,  dated  along  in  January  11)41.  and  I 
j)resented  that  letter,  or  the  photostat,  to  General  Robins,  in  his  office, 
the  latter  part  of  August  1941. 

20.  (leneral  Frank.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  INIartin.  And  I  explained  to  him  that  Mr.  Rohl  couldn't  go, 
because  he  was  not  a  citizen.  General  Robins  suggested  to  me  that 
he.  as  head  of  the  department,  could  waive  that  requirement.  I  told 
hnii  that  I  had  discussed  with  Mr.  Rohl  that  possibility  and  that  Mr. 
Rohl  felt  that  he  would  be  subject  to  criticism  if  he  went  there  on  a 
waiver.  I  told  General  Robins  that  Mr.  Rohl's  petition  for  citizenship 
was  pending  in  the  federal  court  for  Los  Angeles,  had  been  for  some 
six  months,  and  that  I  felt  that  the  only  way  that  Mr.  Rohl  could 
propei'ly  go  was  after  that  petition  for  citizenshi])  had  been  heard  by 
tlie  federal  court  on  its  merits. 

I  believe  at  that  time  General  Robins  called  in  Colonel  Loi'ence  and 
Mr.  Stil))hen.  I  am  not  sure  as  to  (leneral  Kingman  being  called  at 
that  conference,  but  the  upshot  of  the  conference  was  that  General 
Kingman  addressed  a  letter  to  Mr.  Schofield,  the  head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Immigration  and  Naturalization.  I  believe  Mr.  Stilphen 
delivered  that  letter  to  Mr.  Schofield  by  hand. 

21.  General  Frank.  Who  prepared  this  letter? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  do  not  know.     It  wasn't  prej^ared  in  my  presence. 

22.  General  Frank.  Did  you  assist  in  the  preparation  of  it? 
Mr.  Martin.  No,  sir;  I  did  not. 

2.").  General  Frank.  Did  you  offer  any  suggestion  with  respect  to 
;iny  phraseology  in  it? 

Mr.  Martin.  No,  I  did  not.  I  never  saw  it.  My  only  \2326] 
knowledge  of  the  letter  was,  I  believe,  General  Robins  i-eading  me 
from  a  copy  of  the  letter.  I  never  saw  the  original  nor  had  any 
part  in  it. 

24.  (jeneral  Frank.  And  at  whose  direction  did  vou  take  steps  to 
ex])edite  this  citizenship  petition?  Did  Mr.  Rohl  send  you  there  for 
that  {)urpose? 

Mr.  Martin.  No.  Mr.  Rohl  had  asked  that  while  T  was  in  Wash- 
ington I  explaiii  it  to  (jeneral  Robins,  why  he  was  not  reporting  to  the 
islands  in  obedience  to  that  order.  I  had  conferences  pending  with 
the  Acting  Secretary  of  Commerce,  in  Washington,  and  with  the 
Solicitor,  General  Trimble,  and  with  Commander  Fields,  in  connection 
with  proceedings  that  were  being  contemplated  with  reference  to  the 
registration  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Corporation's  marine  equipment, 
and  at  that  time  the  Seci'etary  of  Commerce  in  his  report  was  perfectly 
villing  to  mitigate  the  penalty,  to  a  monetary  consideration,  under 
the  statute,  but  insisted  upon  the  vessels  being  registered;  and  as  I 
recall,  the  regulations  at  that  time  required  that  85%  of  the  stock  be 
owned  by  American  citizens. 

Mr.  Rohl,  who  was  then  an  alien,  owned  257^  of  the  stock,  so  that 
the  vessels  either  had  to  be  reregistered  or  sold  or  transferred,  or  the 
entire  stock  ownership  be  held  to  the  extent  of  8.5 c;  by  American  citi- 
zens. Therefore,  looking  to  a  settlement  of  those  j)roceedings,  the 
War  Department  and  the  Department  of  Commerce  both  cooperated 


1212     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

to  tlie  extent  of  uskino;  or  rather  advising  the  head  of  the  Immigration 
Department  tliat  it  would  expedite  a  clearance  of  the  matter,  if  the 
Rohl  petition  for  citizenship  could  be  put  on  the  calendar  and  heard 
on  its  merits;  and  pursuant  to  those  conferences,  which  [i2327] 
were  held  direct  between  General  Robins'  office  and  either  the  Acting 
Secretary  of  Commerce  or  somebody  in  his  office,  Mr.  Schofield  wired 
Los  Angeles  to  ascertain  the  status  of  the  Rohl  case,  and  I  in  turn 
received  word  back  from  General  Robins'  office  that  Mr.  Schofield  had 
arranged  for  the  case  to  be  set  for  trial  on  September  15,  1941 ;  and  I 
so  advised  my  office  and  Mr.  Rohl. 

25.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  a  letter?  You  are  conversant  with 
this  letter  that  General  Kingman  signed? 

Mr.  Martix.  That  is  the  letter,  a  carbon  copy  of  which,  as  I  recall. 
General  Robins  read  me,  I  would  say  early  in  September. 

26.  General  Fraxk.  The  date  of  the  letter  is  August  28? 
Mr.  Martin.  That  is  right. 

27.  General  Frax'k.  Now,  did  you  get  a  similar  letter  from  the 
Department  of  Commerce? 

Mr.  Martix^.  No.  I  talked  with  the  Department  of  Commerce,  and 
was  told  by  Solicitor  General  Trimble  and  the  Acting  Secretary  of 
Commerce,  and  by  Commander  Field,  that  the  matter  having  been 
adjusted  to  their  entire  satisfaction  and  the  mitigated  penalty  having 
been  paid,  that  they  would  so  advise  Mr.  Schofield,  that  so  far  as  they 
were  concerned  there  was  no  reason  why  the  hearing  of  the  Rohl  case 
should  be  delayed. 

28.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Mr.  Schofield  was 
so  advised  by  them  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Commander  Field  personally  stated  to  me  in  his  office 
at  Washington  that  he  had  so  advised  Mr.  Schofield. 

29.  General  Frank.  How? 

]Mr.  Martix\  I  don't  I'ecall  for  the  moment ;  but  I  wrote  a  letter  to 
my  office  at  Los  Angeles,  and  a  copy  of  it  to  Mr.  [i2338~\  Rohl, 
at  Caddoa,  in  which  I  outlined  those  conversations,  and  that  letter 
would  give  accurate  information,  as  I  dictated  it  at  that  time. 

30.  General  Frank.  You  do  not  remember  whether  they  did  it  by 
letter,  verbally,  by  telegram,  or  how  they  did  it? 

Mr.  Martin.  It  was  done  verbally,  I  believe. 

31.  General  Frank.  Now,  when  you  went  to  Washington,  did  you 
receive  any  instructions  from  Mr.  Rohl  to  start  activity  on  expediting 
his  citizenship  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  No.  When  I  went  to  Washington — now  we  are  talk- 
ing about  1041,  Avhen  I  was  there  in  August  ? 

32.  General  Frank.  I  am  talking  about  events  during  this  very 
time.  \ 

Mr.  Martin.  No. 

33.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  get  a  communication  or  any  advice 
in  any  form  from  Mr.  Rohl  to  expedite  his  citizenship  papers,  about 
this  time? 

Mr.  Martin.  No. 

34.  General  Frank.  Namely,  in  August  1941. 

Mr.  INIartin.  Not  to  my  recollection.  I  was  told  by  Mr.  Rohl  when 
he  gave  me  the  copy  of  Colonel  Wyman's  request,  that  he  wanted  me 
to  explain  to  General  Robins  that  until  that  was  heard  on  its  merits, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1213 

that  lie  couldn't  report.  Mr.  Rohl  was  anxious  of  course  to  have  his 
petition  heard,  and  it  was  beino-  delayed  by  the  federal  court,  by  nu- 
merous departments  in  Los  Angeles  who  were  investigating  the  regis- 
tration of  these  vessels. 

85.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Martin,  you  are  a  California  lawyer,  ad- 
mitted to  ]iractice,  for  how  long? 

{2S29']  Mr.  Martin.  Well.  I  have  been  admitted  to  practice  here 
since  1924. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  With  your  offices  in  Los  Angeles? 
Mr.  Maktin.  Yes. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  a  conversation  that  you  had  with 
Mr.  Grafe,  in  Washington,  regarding  the  citizenship  status  of  Mr. 
Bohl? 

Mr.  Maktin.  Yes. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  Whei-e  did  that  conversation  take  place? 
Mr.  Martin.  In  the  Carlton  Hotel. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Who  was  })resent  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Mr.  T.  E.  Connolly.  -  ^ 

40.  Major  Clausen.  And  when  did  that  occur? 
Mr.  Martin.  On  December  18,  1940. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  said  by  yourself  and  these  parties? 
Mr.  Martin.  To  make  the  conversation  complete,  I  would  have  to 

go  back  one  day,  if  you  permit  me  to  go  to  December  17. 

42.  Major  Clai^sen.  Surely. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  met  Mr.  Grafe  in  connection  with  this  Canal  Zone 
job,  and  learned  from  him  at  that  time  that  he  w\as  negotiating  for 
a  U.  S.  E.  D.  contract  in  the  islands,  where  he  expected  to  carry  on 
with  the  same  group  that  w^ere  then  constructing  Caddoa  dam.  I  had 
been  attorney  for  Callahan  Com]:)any,  I  would  say,  for  eight  or  nine 
years,  and  for  the  Gunther  &  Shirley  Corporation,  about  the  same 
length  of  time,  both  of  whom  were  proposed  to  be  parties  to  this  Pacific 
island  contract;  and  I  knew  that  INIr.  Rohl  was  not  a  eitizen.  I  felt 
that  while  I  was  not  called  u}3on  to  give  advice,  that  I  should  advise 
Mr.  Grafe  and  Mr.  Connolly  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  not  a  citizen.  It 
I'JoSO]  seemed  to  me  that  for  him  to  go  outside  the  continental 
United  States  might  cause  trouble,  and  I  asked  Mr.  Connolly  and 
Mr.  Grafe  if  they  would  refrain  from  concluding  any  negotiations  or 
signing  any  contract  till  I  obtained  permission  to  give  them  certain 
factual  information. 

The  following  day.  I  called  from  W^ashington,  D.  C  and  talked  to 
Mr.  Rohl,  and  asked  his  permission  to  tell  Mr.  Connolly  and  Mr.  Grafe 
that  he  was  not  a  citizen.  He  gave  me  that  permission;  and  it  is  my 
I'ccollection  that  after  he  had  given  me  that  permission,  I  put  Mr. 
Connolly  on  the  extension,  so  that  Rohl  could  tell  him  direct  that  he 
wanted  the  two  of  us  to  go  tell  Mr.  Grafe  that  fact.  It  is  my  recollec- 
tion that  call  was  from  my  associate's  office,  Mr.  Hermann  J.  Galloway, 
of  the  firm  of  King  &  King,  Washington,  D.  C,  and  that  Mr.  Galloway 
w-as  present  at  that  conference.  Mr.  Connolly  and  I  then  left  Mr. 
Galloway's  office  and  went  over  to  the  Carlton  Hotel,  which  is  two  or 
three  blocks  from  the  office  of  King  &  King,  and  I  told  Mr.  Grafe,  in 
Mv.  Connolly's  presence,  that  I  had  just  talked  with  Mr.  Rohl,  and 
that  I  then  had  the  ])ermission  which  I  was  seeking  to  tell  him  that 
Rohl  was  not  a  citizen.  That  was  in  the  Carlton  Hotel.  I  can't  tell 
you,  other  than  it  was  in  Mr,  Grafe's  room. 


1214     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

43.  Major  Clausen.  You  were  aware,  were  you,  Mr.  Martin,  of  the 
espionage  act  at  tliat  time,  w^iich  forbade  employment  of  aliens  on 
defense  projects  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  In  a  oeneral  way;  yes, 

44.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  explained  that  to  these  men  as  being 
one  of  the  reasons  why  you  felt  that  the  work  should  not  be  under- 
taken with  Mr.  Rohl  in  the  position  of  an  alien  and  us  [£SS1] 
president,  unless  some  revelation  of  that  were  made? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  I  only  discussed  this  feature  with  tliem.  I  said, 
''Are  you  planning  to  use  Mr.  Kohl  in  any  connection,  for  any  purpose 
in  connection  with  this  contract?*'  and  they  stated,  "None,  whatever," 
that  Mr.  Grafe  would  take  charge  of  the  work,  and  that  Mr.  liohl 
would  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  work.  However,  T  was  not  there 
to  advise  with  them,  nor  did  I  advise  with  them,  in  connection  with 
their  negotiations  for  this  contract,  nor  did  I  have  any  information  as 
to  what  the  contract  was,  other  than  that  it  was  for  work  in  the  islands 
of  the  Pacific. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  I  asked  you.  Mr.  Martin,  whether,  on  the  oc- 
casion of  these  talks  which  you  had  with  Mr.  Grafe  on  that  subject, 
vou  explained  to  him  the  reason  why  it  was  necessary  that  no  alien  be 
employed  on  a  defense  project  in  the  islands. 

Mr.  Martin.  No,  I  didn't,  because  I  had  no  information  it  was  a 
defense  project. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  isn't  it  a  fact,  though,  Mr.  Martin,  now, 
right  here  in  the  Board,  you  telephoned  Los  Angeles  and  dictated  the 
joint- venture  agreement  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  telephoned  from  Mr.  Grafe's  room  and  talked  to  my 
brother,  and  dictated  to  him,  or  rather,  gave  him  the  instructions  over 
the  phone  for  the  preparation  of  the  power  of  attorney  and  a  joint- 
venture  agreement.  I  did  not  dictate  it  in  the  sense  that  I  formulated 
the  terms.  I  simi)ly  told  him  to  prepare  a  joint-venture  agreement, 
the  same  as  the  one  then  in  existence  between  the  same  parties  on  Cad- 
doa  dam,  Avith  the  same  participation. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  In  simple  English,  you  told  your  Los 
[23Si2]  Angeles  office  to  prepare  a  joint-venture  jigreement  re- 
specting the  contract  that  was  being  negotiated  in  Washington  at  that 
time? 

]\Ir.  ]\Iartin.  I  don't  know  whether  I  talked  to  my  brother,  or 
whether  Mr.  Grafe  talked  to  him  on  the  phone;  but  in  any  event, 
such  instructions  were  given  to  my  brother,  Mr.  Frank  Martin,  to 
prepare  a  joint-venture  agreement.  As  to  whether  I  personally  covered 
it  in  full,  I  don't  know. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  been  interviewed  by  the 
House  Military  Affairs  Committee,  on  February  19, 1944? 

Mr.  Matrin.  Yes. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  Present  at  that  time  were  ^Ir.  Heiniaiui  J. 
Galloway,  yourself.  H.  Kalph  Burton,  ami  Joseph  G.  Colgan? 

Mr.  Martin.  Yes. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  made  this  statement  to  the 
question : 

Mr.  Burton.  You  state  that  there  were  a  number  of  supplements  dated  De- 
cember 20,  1940? 

Mr.  Martin.  Yes.  I  served  as  attorney  for  Hawaiian  Constructors  trom  the 
very  inception  of  the  contract  until  the  completion  of  the  work  about  a  year  ago. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  1215 

By  that  I  mean  I  personally  dictated  from  Washington  to  my  Los  Angeles  ofl5ce 
the  joint-venture  agreement. 

Did  you  make  that  statement  ? 

Mr.  INIartin.  Well,  in  substance  that.  I  gave  the  instructions  for 
its  preparation.  That  statement  you  are  reading-  from  of  course  is 
not  a  complete  statement,  that  is  the  stenographer's  high  lights  of  a 
conference  that  I  had  with  Mr.  Burton. 

[JrlSo]  51.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  from  whom  did  you  receive 
the  information  necessary  for  the  instruction  that  you  conveyed  to  Los 
Angeles  with  respect  to  the  preparation  of  this  joint-venture  agree- 
ment ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Mr.  Grafe,  at  that  time,  and  in  his  room;  it  was  very 
brief,  to  give  to  me  that  he  wanted  a  similar  agreement  to  the  Caddoa 
agreement.  I  didn't  have  time  to  prepare  it,  and  instructed  my 
brother  to  prepare  it. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  You  were  not  the  attorney  for  Mr.  Grafe, 
were  you  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  I  was,  from  time  to  time,  when  employed;  that 
is  all ;  and  I  am,  for  any  of  these  clients. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  No,  I  mean  on  this  occasion. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  wasn't  there  representing  the  Callahan  Corpora- 
tion in  this  HaAvaiian  contract,  but  I  was  there  in  conference  with 
Mr.  Grafe  as  attorney  for  the  Callahan  Corporation  and  the  Gunther 
&  Shirley  Corporation,  on  the  Canal  Zone  bid. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  referring  specifically.  IMr.  Martin,  to  the 
Hawaiian  project. 

]VIj-.  Martin.  No,  I  never  became  attorney  for  that,  until  after 
the  contract  was  executed.  I  never  saw  the  contract  nor  read  it  for 
many  months  after  it  was  executed. 

55.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  isn't  it  a  fact.  Mr.  Martin,  that  you  got 
information  concerning  this  project  from  Mr.  Grafe,  Mr.  Connolly, 
and  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  No;  that  is  not  a  fact.  I  never  discussed  it  with 
Colonel  Wyman.  I  never  discussed  it  with  Mr.  Connolly.  The  only 
information  I  had  was  the  information  that  ISIr.  Grafe  gave  me, 
that  they  wanted  to  form  a  joint-venture  agreement,  [2331^] 
because  they  were  then  negotiating  for  work  on  the  islands  in  the 
l^acific  Ocean. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  at  the  time  you  put  in  this  phone 
call  to  Mr.  Rohl  concerning  this  matter  that  you  have  just  testified 
about,  who  was  president  at  that  time,  of  Rohl-Connolly  Company? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  believe  T.  E.  Connolly  was. 

57.  Major  Clausen.  A  change  had  been  effected  prior  to  this  con- 
versation: it  had  been  effected  on  December  16,  had  it  not,  at  which 
time  Mr.  Rohl  stepped  down  as  president,  and  Mr.  Connolly  stepped 
in? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well.  I  have  no  personal,  direct  information  on  that 
subject,  but  it  is  my  recollection  that  I  saw  at  one  time  a  resignation 
which  Mr.  Rohl  signed  as  director,  dated  December  12,  1940.  As  to 
when  it  was  accepted  or  acted  upon,  I  don't  know. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  isn't  it  true  that  you  prepared  the  nec- 
essary papers  to  accomplish  that  change? 


1216     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Martin.  No. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 

Mr.  Martin.  No. 

HO.  Major  Clausen.  Wlio  did  that'^ 

Mr.  Martin.  I  assume  it  was  done  by  my  brother,  lint  I  am  not 
so  positive. 

()1.  Major  Clausen.  Who  was  your  brother,  Mr.  Martin? 

Mr.  Martin.  Mr.  Frank  L.  Martin,  Junior,  who  is  associated  with 
me  in  the  practice  of  law  at  Los  Angeles.  That  is  merely  an  as- 
sumption. 

()-2.  Major  Clausen.  Is  he  a  Los  Angeles  lawyer,  too? 

[£S3o]         Mr.  Martin.  Yes. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  you  also  telephoned  this  brother  of  yours 
on  this  day  that  yon  telephoned  Mr.  Rohl,  and  you  told  your  brother 
what  you  had  told  Mr.  Grafe  concerning  the  fact  that  Mr.  Rohl  w^as 
an  alien,  and  for  him  to  make  a  note  of  it,  didn't  you  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  in  sequence,  I  talked  with  Mr.  Rohl,  first.  I 
then  talked  w^tli  Mr.  Connolly  and  Mr.  Grafe  at  the  hotel.  I  then 
called,  from  Mr.  Grafe's  room  at  the  hotel,  to  tell  my  brother  that  1 
had  informed  Mr.  Grafe  and  Mr.  Connolly  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  not  a 
citizen,  and  that  they  desired  him  to  prepare  a  joint-venture  agree- 
ment on  this  work. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  you  answered  some  questions  to  General 
Frank,  here,  concerning  the  letter  from  General  Kingman  to  Mr. 
Schofield. 

I  was  inviting  your  attention,  Mr.  Mai-tin,  to  this  letter  from  Gen- 
eral Kingman  to  Mr.  Schofield,  August  2.S,  194:1,  a  copy  of  wdiich  is 
set  forth  on  page  5  of  this  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  report. 
You  had  been  trying  to  get  Mr.  Rohl  naturalized  for  quite  some  time, 
hadn't  you? 

Mr.  Martin.  No. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 
Mr.  Martin.  No. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  Isn't  it  true  that  as  early  as  1929  you  wrote  a 
letter  to  Mr.  Edward  F.  Colladay,  a  lawyer  in  Washington,  and  asked 
that  he  help  get  Mr.  Rohl  naturalized  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  not  exactly  that.  I  wrote  a  letter  asking  if  he 
knew  of  any  program  by  which  the  fact  of  Mr.  Rohl  being  married  to 
an  American  citizen  w^ould  obviate  the  \2336]  necessity  of  him 
starting  all  over  again.  In  substance,  he  wrote  me  back  that  he  would 
have  to  start  all  over  again.  I  so  advised  Mr.  Rohl.  and  he  did  not 
care  to  do  it,  and  nothing  was  done  from  1929  until  his  petition  was 
later  filed,  I  believe,  in  March  1941. 

67.  Major  Claisen.  Now,  in  addition  to  Mr.  Colladay,  and  in  addi- 
tion to  your  brother,  you  had  another  lawyer  in  this  attempt  to  get 
Mr.  Roiil  naturalized,  or  to  pave  the  way — Mr.  Cannon ;  isn't  that 
true? 

Mr.  Martin.  No,  not  in  the  exact  w^ords  you  stated. 

68.  General  Frank.  Let  him  state  it. 

Mr.  Martin.  Mr.  Cannon  was  an  attorney  friend  of  my  brother  in 
the  same  building.  I  was  absent  from  my  office.  My  brother  was  ill, 
and  Mr.  Cannon  did  aid  in  the  preparation  of  those  papers,  and,  I 
believe,  appeared  as  the  attorney  for  Mr.  Rohl,  on  his  petition  for 
citizenship. 


PROCEEDIN(JS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1217 

69.  Major  Clausen,  Do  you  recall  liavino-  seen  a  letter  that  Mr. 
Cannon  Avrote  to  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  concernino;  the  remission 
of  the  penalties  for  the  false  documenting  of  vessels? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  don't  recall  it  at  this  moment.  I  do  know  that  those 
negotiations  were  personally  handled  by  me  direct  wnth  the  Depart- 
ment, in  Washington,  D.  C.,  in  the  absence  of  *Mr.  Cannon.  Mr. 
Cannon  had  gone  there  for  the  purpose  of  submitting  certain  data, 
prior  "to  the  time  that  I  was  in  Washingt(m,  and  took  the  matter  up 
direct  Avith  the  Department  of  Connnerce,  but  he  was  not  in  Washing- 
ton at  the  time  that  I  had  the  negotiations  and  settled  tliis  matter  with 
the  Department  of  Commerce. 

[23J7]  70.  Majoi-  Clausen.  Well,  you  mean  he  was  not  in 
Washington,  in  August  1941,  is  that  youi-  statement  f 

Mr.  Martin.  No;  I  think  he  was  there  in  August  1941.  I  can't  be 
positive  as  to  dates,  but  he  was  there  shortly  before  the  time  when  I 
went  to  Washington  and  negotiated  a  settlement  with  the  Department 
of  Commei'ce. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  had  to  be  gotten  out  of  the  way  be- 
fore Mr.  Eohl  could  be  naturalized,  isn't  that  true  i 

Mr.  Martin.  Only  in  this  way:  The  De})artment  at  Los  Angeles 
had  declined  to  ])lace  Mr.  Rohl's  petition  on  the  calendar  for  hearing 
in  federal  court  until  they  could  make  a  report  one  way  or  the  other 
on  the  documentation  of  these  vessels.  As  it  then  stood  it  w^ould  be 
an  adverse  report,  and  after  the  hearing  and  determination  by  the 
Department  of  Commerce,  it  became  a  favorable  report.  In  other 
words,  they  directly  notified  the  De|)artment  that  they  did  not  longer 
tlesire  the  jjetition  to  be  delayed  on  account  of  any  contemplated  steps 
by  the  Dei)aitment  of  Commerce. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  in  point  of  truth,  the  Los  Angeles  office 
had  reconnnended  on  July  10 — rather,  had  recommended,  that  the 
AttoT'uey  (leneral  "issue  a  warrant  for  the  arrest  of  this  alien,  Hans 
AVilhelm  Rohl,  male,  native  and  citizen  of  Germany,  who  last  entered 
the  United  States  at  Honolulu,  T.  H.,  ex-vacht  VEGA  on  January  21, 
1938,"  stating: 

He  is  unlawfully  in  the  United  States,  in  that — 

He  is  in  the  United  States  in  violation  of  tlie  Immigration  Act     *     *     *. 

This  is  by  the  inspector  in  charge  of  the  Los  Angeles  local  office, 
Judson  F.  Shaw.  You  knew  that,  didn't  you.  Mr.  [2S38] 
Martin? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  had  no  personal  knowledge  on  that.  I  was  advised 
by  one  of  my  associates  in  Washington,  D.  C,  Mr.  Hermann  J.  Gallo- 
way, that  he  learned  from  conference  with  the  deportation  officer  in 
Washington,  or  the  head  of  the  Department,  that  such  a  recommenda- 
tion had  been  made  by  the  Los  Angeles  office,  and  that  a  decision  had 
been  rendered  by  the  head  of  the  Department  overruling  the  recom- 
mendation, holding  it  was  not  a  proper  case.  I  only  know  that  from 
infoi-mation  given  me  by  Mr.  Galloway. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  that  reconnnendation  that  he  not  be  de- 
})orted  and  not  be  arrested  was  based  upon  the  fact  that  the  statute 
of  limitations  had  run,  now^,  wasn't  it? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  have  no  information. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  So  that  was,  sir,  a  gratuitous  ruling? 
Mr.  Martin.  I  had  no  first-hand  information  on  that,  at  all. 


1218     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

75.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  I  was  going  to  invite  your  attention, 
Ml'.  Martin,  to  a  letter  that  Mr.  Cannon  addressed  to  the  Secretary  of 
Commerce  and  that  it  contained  on  pages  8-11  of  this  FBI  report. 
1  am  going  to  ask  you  to  read  that,  if  you  will,  and  tell  me  if  you 
have  seen  that  before.     It  is  a  copy  of  a  letter. 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  I  have  at  this  time  no  recollection  of  having 
seen  this  letter,  or  of  conveying — I  am  sure  I  had  no  part  in  its  pi'ep- 
aration.  but  I  probably  have  seen  a  copy  of  it  in  the  files  of  my  office. 

70.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  who  is  this  Cannon,  this  lawyer^ 

Mr.* Martin.  At  that  time  he  was  an  attorney  having  his  [2^39] 
(»ffice  i  nthe  same  building,  the  Bank  of  America  building,  at  7th 
and  Spring,  Los  Angeles,  an  acquaintance  of  my  brother's,  rather 
than  mine.  My  brother  was  ill  and  so  arranged  with  Mr.  Cannon 
to  help  out  on  a  number  of  different  matters. 

77.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  these  questions  I  am  going  to  ask  you 
are  in  the  line  of  certain  evidence  that  has  been  shown  to  the  Board. 
Is  Ml-.  Cannon  a  reputable  lawyer? 

Mr.  Martin.  Very,  to  my  knowledge. 

78.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  think  that  he  would  put  statements 
in  the  letter  to  which  your  attention  was  invited,  which  were  in- 
accurate ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Not  knowingly;  positively  ! 

7*.).  Major  Clausen.  Well,  from  where  did  he  get  the  information 
for  the  ])reparation  of  that  letter? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  I  wasn't  in  Los  Angeles.  I  would  assume  that 
he  got  this  information  by  direct  interview  with 

80.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Rohl,  eh? 

Mr.  Martin.  With  people  who  had  first-hand  knowledge  of  the 
facts. 

[i2340]  81.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  for  example,  the  statements 
in  there  concerning  Mr.  Eohl ;  do  you  suppose  you  could  get  the  in- 
formation concerning  them  from  Mr.  Rohl?  Do  you  know  anything 
about  that,  Mr.  Martin? 

Mr.  IMartin.  I  don't  know  personally.  I  had  no  part  in  the  prep- 
aration of  this  letter,  as  I  recall. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  let  me  ask  you  this  question :  I  invite  your 
attention  to  a  portion  of  this  letter  : 

As  early  as  January  1941  and  at  numerous  times  since  that  date  Colonel 
Wyman  has  tendered  Mr.  Rohl  transportation  via  clipper  or  boat  to  the  Islands 
and  has  stated  to  Mr.  Rohl  over  interocean  telephone  that  he  will  personally 
obtain  special  permission,  because  of  Mr.  Rohl's  alien  status,  to  allow  Mr.  Rohl 
to  work  on  this  secret  contract. 

Did  3^ou  ever  have  a  discussion  concering  that  matter  with  Mr. 
Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  had  a  discussion  with  Mr.  Rohl  as  to  whether  Colonel 
Wyman,  as  the  authorized  representative  of  the  head  of  the  depart- 
ment, could  probably  waive  that  citizenship  requirement.  I  told  him 
that  I  thought  that  probably  he  could,  but  that  he  might  be  criticized 
for  going  onto  a  job,  by  men  who  were  working  there  who  w^ere 
citizens. 

88.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  in  other  words,  Mr.  Rohl  told  you  that 
Colonel  Wyman  had  stated  to  him  these  things  over  the  interocean 
telephone? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1219 

Mr.  Martin.  No,  he  never  made  any  statement  of  that  kind  to  me. 

[234-1]  84.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  this  letter  referring  to  these 
things — just  let  me  ask  the  question  this  way:  Did  you  ever  have  any 
discussions  concerning  this  subject  matter  with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Martin.  No. 

85.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  Colonel  AVyman^ 

Mr.  Martin.  I  had  met  him  on  the  occasion  of  the  general  oi)ening 
of  bids,  as  District  Engineer  in  Los  Angeles. 

86.  Major  Cl^^^usen.  You  met  him  also  in  Washington  in  December 
1940,  didn't  you? 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  1 — yes.  A\'ell,  he  asked  me  if  1  knew  him.  I 
knew  him  from  that  fact.  1  me't  him  and  passed  the  time  of  day  .with 
him  for  perhaps  two  minutes  in  Washington,  D.  C. 

87.  Major  Clx\usen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Mariin.  At  no  time  did  I  have  any  conference  with  him  or  dis- 
cuss business  in  AVashington,  D.  C. 

88.  Major  Clausen.  Two  minutes  in  W^ashington !' 

Mr.  Martin.  Not  to  exceed  that;  just  greeting  in  the  hotel. 

89.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  Mr.  Martin,  were  you  registered  at 
the  Carlton  Hotel  during  that  time? 

Mr.  ]\Iartin.  a  number  of  these  entries  show  when  I  was  registered 
[indicating].  I  don't  believe  that  I  was,  but  I  cannot  state  positively 
from  the  memorandimi  before  me.  It  is  my  recollection  that  I  had  a 
room  engaged  at  the  Roger  Smith  Hotel  in  Washington,  D.  C,  by  the 
month  at  that  time.  Usually  I  do  note  where  I  stay,  at  what  hotel,  and 
in  a  number  of  instances  I  did,  and  I  think  I  quit  making  that  nota- 
tion on  [2S43]  my  worksheet  because  I  engaged  a  room  at  the 
Roger  Smith  by  the  month. 

90.  Major  Clausen.  WeJl,  all  right.  Now,  it  says  here  in  this  letter 
of  Mr.  Cannon  that  Mr.  Paul  Grafe  flew  to  the  United  States,  was 
now  in  the  United  States  with  the  knowledge  and  consent  of  Colonel 
Wyman  and  in  an  endeavor  to  clear  the  way  for  Mr.  Rohl's  going  to 
the  Hawaiian  Islands.    Do  you  know  anything  about  that? 

Mr.  Martin.  No.  That's  the  tirst  I  ever  heard  that  statement,  and 
for  that  reason  I  would  now  say  that  I  never  saw  the  letter  to  which 
you  are  referring,  if  it  contains  such  a  statement. 

91.  Major  Clausen.  At  the  time,  Mr.  Martin,  that  you  had  this 
conversation  in  Washington  concerning  the  letter  from  General  King- 
man, did  you  tell  anybody  in  the  War  Department,  any  military  men, 
the  information  you  had  received  concerning  this  attempted  recom- 
mendation toward  a  deportation  of  your  client? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  don't  believe  that  I  ever  had  au}^  first-hand  informa- 
tion or  ever  discussed  that  matter  with  anyone  outside  of  Mr. 
Galloway. 

92.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  you  were  in  possession  of  in- 
formation that  a  reconnnendation  had  been  made  by  the  Los  Angeles 
inspector  in  charge  that  your  client  be  deported,  arrested  for  illegal 
entry.  You  didn't  tell  that  to  anybody  there  when  you  went  and 
spoke  to  them  about  having  this  letter  sent,  referring  to  the  letter  on 
page  5? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  don't  believe  I  spoke  to  them  about  having  that 
letter  sent.  I  don't  helieve  that  letter  was  [2343]  written  at 
my  suggestion  or  instance  at  all.     I  don't  believe  I  had  any  knowledge 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 28 


1220     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

of  that  letter  being  sent  until  after  it  had  been  delivered  by  Mr.  Stil- 
phen  and  I  was  read  a  copy  by  General  Robins.  Now,  I  never  dis- 
cussed with  anyone  the  deportation  of  Mr.  Rohl,  nor  did  I  discuss 
the  fact  that  the  head  of  the  department  had  overruled  that  and 
rendered  a  contrary  decision. 

93.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  say  you  didn't  discuss  it.  That  is 
the  testimony.  You  were  shown  a  copy  of  it,  were  you  not,  by  Mr. 
Stilphen  ? 

Mr.  Maktin.  I  believe  by  General  Robins. 

94.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  when  '^ 

Mr.  Martin.  Let's  see.     The  date  of  that  letter  is? 

95.  Major  Clausen.  August  28,  1941. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  would  say  about  six  days  later,  about  September  4, 
1941. 

96.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  could  give  you  that  exact  date  if  you 

97.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.     Have  you  it  there? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  don't  have  it  here  because  I  don't  have  that  period 
here,  but  I  am  quite  positive  that  it  was  in  the  month  of  September 
and  not  in  the  month  of  August  1941. 

98.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Do  you  want  to  make  a  note  to  get  it? 

Mr.  Martin.  You  want  to  know  what  date  I  first  learned  of  the 
letter  of  August  28th? 

99.  Major  Clausen.  I  want  to  know  the  date  that  you  say  you  saw 
a  copy  of  this  letter.  Who  showed  it  to  you?  You  say  General 
Robins  did? 

Mr.  Martin.  What  date  did  I  see  letter  of  August  28th?  {23U] 
Well,  that  can  stand  as  September  4,  1941,  unless  I  find  differently. 

100.  General  Frank.  However,  you  know  that  arrangements  were 
being  made  by  the  Corps  of  Engineers  to  take  steps  to  expedite  action 
on  his  citizenship  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  Oh,  yes,  and  by  the  Department  of  Commerce  also. 

101.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Martin.  That  is  to  expedite  the  setting  of  the  case  on  the 
calendar  at  Los  Angeles. 

102.  General  Frank.  Yes.  And  you  knew  all  this,  at  the  same 
time  having  this  other  information  in  the  back  of  your  head? 

Mr.  Martin.  What  other  information  do  you  refer  to  now? 

103.  General  Frank.  State  it. 

Mr.  Martin.  You  mean  as  to  the  recommendation  ? 

104.  Major  Clausen.  The  recommendation  of  the  Los  Angeles  in- 
spector in  charge  that  your  client,  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl,  German  alien, 
was  unlawfully  in  the' United  States,  not  in  the  possession  of  an  un- 
expired immigration  visa. 

Mr.  Martin.  Well,  the  source  of  information,  as  I  understand  it, 
was  Mr.  Schofield's  office,  the  man  with  whom  General  Kingman  was 
conferring,  and  the  man  with  whom  Commander  Fields  and  the  Sec- 
retary of  Commerce  were  conferring.  While  it  is  only  second-hand 
information  with  me  from  Mr.  Galloway,  it  is  my  understanding 
that  Mr.  Galloway  obtained  information  from  the  head  of  the  depart- 
ment with  whom  Commander  Fields  and  General  Robins  were  con- 
ferring. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1221 

105.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  but  the  General  asked  you  the  question 
that  you  had  this  information  in  back  of  your  head.  [2S4^~\ 
You  knew  it  when  you  went  there  to  Washington  and  had  these  talks 
in  August  1941;  isn't  that  correct? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  knew  from  Mr.  Galloway's  leport  to  me  that  he 
had  learned  that  the  department  had  received  such  a  reconnnenda- 
tion  and  that  the  department  had  overruled  it,  holding  that  it  was 
not  a  proper  case. 

106.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  did  you  know  that  on  March  1,  1941, 
the  district  director  of.  the  Los  Angeles  district,  William  A.  Car- 
michael,  made  a  recommendation  that  information  had  been  received 
"which  indicates  that  Mr.  Rohl  has  been  falsely  representing  him- 
self as  an  American  citizen  for  a  number  of  years,  and  a  thorough 
investigation  will  be  necessary  prior  to  the  final  hearing  in  order 
that  ap])ropriate  i-ecommendation  may  be  made  to  the  Court"  i 

Mr.  Martin.  No,  I  had  no  such  knowledge  as  that. 

107.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  you  were  an  attorney,  as  you 
stated,  for  all  these  different  companies;  Mr.  Rohl.  He,  Mr.  Rohl, 
became  the  directing  head  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  on  the  Ha- 
waiian contracts  on  or  about  the  26th  or  2Tth  of  September,  1941, 
at  which  time  he  arrived  in  Hawaii ;  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  AA'ell,  by  second-hand  information  I  would  say  as  to 
at  least  a  substantial  portion  of  the  work  that  would  be  true.  Mr. 
Grafe  was  the  directing  head,  as  I  understand  it.  until  January  1942. 
I  undei'stand  that  ISIr.  Rohl,  through  some  arrangement  with  Mr. 
(xrafe  in  the  Islands,  divided  the  responsibilities  from  the  time  that 
Mr.  Rohl  arrived  there  in  the  fall  of  '41. 

108.  Major  Clausen.  I  believe  that  is  all  I  have  riglit  now. 
[2346~\         109.  General  Grunert.  Any  questions  ^ 

110.  General  Russell.  Mr.  Martin,  there  isn't  anv  confusion  or 
doubt  in  your  mind  that  after  you  talked  with  Rold  in  Los  Angeles  in 
December  of  "40  you  then  went  to  wdiere  this  man  Paul  Grafe  was 
and  told  him  that  Rohl  was  an  alien  and  that  you  had  Rohl's  con- 
sent to  convey  that  information  to  Grafe? 

Mr.  Martin.  None  whatever.  I  made  that  statement  to  him  in  the 
])resence  of  Mr.  T.  E.  Connolly. 

111.  General  Russell.  And  it  is  your  recollection  that  Connolly 
was  on  the  telephone,  on  an  extension  of  the  same  telephone,  when 
you  were  talking  with  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  That  is  correct:  at  District  6196,  Washington,  D.  C. 

112.  General  Russell.  When  you  obtained  this  information  from 
Rohl  and  when  you  conveyed  that  information  to  Grafe,  did  you  think 
or  would  you  consider  that  you  were  acting  as  attorney  for  those  two 
parties,  Rohl  and  Grafe,  during  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  No,  not  in  connection  with  that  matter.  I  was  at- 
torney for  the  Callahan  group  on  the  Canal  Zone  bid. 

113.  General  Russell.  But  you  were  acting  more  in  the  capacity 
of  a  friend,  and  the  relation  of  attorney  and  client  did  not  exist 
either  when  you  were  talkin?!  to  Rohl  or  when  you  were  conveying 
the  information  to  Paul  Grafe? 

Mr.  Martin.  Not  the  relationship  of  attorney  and  client,  but  these — 
Mr.  Rohl  and  Mr. — or  Mr.  Grafe  and  Mr.  Connolly  were  my  personal 


1222     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

friends,  and  I  felt  that  I  was  in  possession  of  certain  factual  informa- 
tion which  they  were  entitled  to  have  but  which  I  was  not  privileged 
to  give  without  Mr.  Rohl's  consent. 

[2347]  114.  General  Kussell.  Yes,  I  understood  that,  but  I 
wanted  to  clear  up  this  point. 

Mr.  Martin.  No.  It  was  just  giving  them  factual  information,  not 
advising  them  either  legally  or  as  to  the  matter  of  policy  as  to  what 
they  should  do. 

115.  General  Russell.  Now,  Mr.  Martin,  were  you  present  in  the 
District  Court  on  the  lotli  of  September,  1941,  or  on  such  date  in 
September  '41  as  Rohl's  application  for  naturalization  was  heard  hj 
the  Judge  of  the  District  Court  ? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  was  not.  It  is  my  recollection  I  was  in  the  East 
trying  a  lawsuit.  I  was  never  present  tat  the  preparation  of  any 
of  the  Rohl  citizenship  papers  or  on  any  of  the  hearings  or  examina- 
tions or  the  Federal  Court  hearing  in  Los  Angeles. 

116.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know,  either  by  original  or  primary 
or  hearsay  testimony,  whether  or  not  this  Kingman  letter  about  which 
testimony  has  been  given  was  presented  to  and  considered  by  the 
District  Judge  at  Los  Angeles  when  he  was  passing  upon  this  appli- 
cation of  Rohl  in  September  of  '41  to  become  an  American  citizen? 

Mr.  Martin.  By  second-hand  information,  it  was  not.  By  that  I 
mean  that  on  the  occasion  of  a  trip  by  Mr.  Joseph  G.  Colgan  as  an 
investigator  for  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee,  a  trip  to 
Los  Angeles  where  he  came  and  stayed  approximately  five  weeks  mak- 
ing investigations,  T  was  present  when  he  interviewed  a  number  of 
superintendents  for  the  job.  and  other  people,  and  I  recall  of  asking 
Mr.  Colgan  if  he  had  examined  the  Federal  Court  files  in  that  citizen- 
ship matter.  He  told  me  tliat  he  had,  that  he  had  interviewed  Judge 
J.  F.  T.  [2S48]  O'Connor  who  heard  the  case,  that  he  had 
obtained  photostatic  copies  of  tlie  calendar  and  of  the  reports  of  the 
various  departments  in  that  matter,  and  that  he  had  forwarded  them 
to  Mr.  Burton  at  Washington ;  and  I  discussed  with  liim  a  summary 
of  the  evidence  that  was  received  at  that  bearing,  from  apparently 
the — the  evidence  by  the  department  to  be  considered  by  the  Court 
was  reduced  to  a  written  summary,  and  the  Government  counsel  showed 
that  summary  to  Mr.  Cannon,  and  with  joint  consent  the  summary 
was  presented  to  Federal  Court  wliile  Mr.  Rohl  was  on  the  stand. 
I  discussed  with  Mr.  Colgan  the  contents  of  that  summary,  and  from 
that  confernece  I  would  say  that  the  General  Kingman  letter  was  not 
there.  Now,  that  confernece  is  a  comparatively  recent  conference 
with  Mr.  Colgan,  so  that  my  recollection  is  fresh  on  that. 

117.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  have. 

118.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  one  more  :  While  you  say  the  Kingman 
letter  may  not  have  been  there,  the  fact  is,  is  it  not,  that  the  Court  was 
informed  that  the  participation  of  Mr.  Rohl  in  this  defense  project 
was  necessary  and  was  being  held  up  until  he  had  been  naturalized? 

Mr.  Martin.  I  don't  believe  that  is  correct,  but  I  have  no  first-hand 
information.     If  that  is  a  fact,  it  is  my  first  knowledge  on  the  subject. 

119.  Major  Clausen.  I  refer  to  page  5  of  the  report  of  the  House 
Committee  on  Military  Affairs. 

120.  General  Russell.  But  you  haven't  straightened  out  the  part 
that  I  thought  I  made  absolutel}^  clear.    The  point  I  have  attempted  to 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1223 

develop  is  whether  or  not  when  this  man's  application  for  citizenship 
was  being  heard  by  the  District  [2J49]  Court  there  was  brought 
to  the  attention  of  the  District  Court  the  desire  of  the  Engineering 
Department  or  the  Chief  of  Engineers  that  the  application  be  granted, 
and  I  do  no  know  of  any  way  it  could  have  been  gotten  to  the  attention 
of  the  Court  except  by  this  letter  or  some  other  tesitmony. 

121.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  on  page  5. 

122.  General  Russell.  But  that  does  not  show  that  this  letter  was 
before  the  Court,  as  I  understand  it.  Our  record  on  that  is  blank  at 
this  time. 

123.  Major  Clausen.  At  this  moment. 

Mr.  Martin.  I  am  sorry,  I  have  no  infonnation  on  that. 

124.  General  Guunert. -Is  there  anything  further  that  you  would 
like  to  tell  the  Board  that  you  think  would  be  not  only  of  interest  but 
of  value  to  the  Board  in  its  attempt  to  get  facts  about  this  case? 

Mr.  Martin.  If  I  could  revert  from  the  status  of  witness  to  the  status 
of  former  counsel  for  Hawaiian  Constructors  and  informally  state  to 
you  certain  things  that  I  tliink  might  be  of  interest  to  this  Board,  I 
would  be  glad  to  do  so;  and  if  after  such  a  conference  you  desire  to  ask 
me  additional  (luestions  on  the  record  I  will  be  glad  to  answer  them. 
I  do  have  certain  understandmgs  as  to  facts  which  may  or  may  not  be 
within  the  knowledge  of  this  Board.  It  is  my  desire  to  be  helpful.  I 
feel  that  I  have  been  placed  in  a  very  embarrassing  situation  by  some 
false  statements  that  were  made  in  this  report. 

For  instance,  it  ])laces  me  in  conference  at  these  negotiations  live 
specific  days  in  Washington.  D.  C.  I  was  never  present  at  any  negotia- 
tions, never  advised  concerning  \2S50^  any.  On  one  of  those 
days  I  Avas  in  continuous  conference  with — for  B.  Perini  &  Sons,  Bos- 
ton, and  their  engineers.  On  another  clay  I  was  in  continuous  confer- 
ence as  attorney  for  the  Arundel  Corporation  at  Baltimore,  with  JNlr. 
Froelinger,  the  president  of  that  company,  Mr.  Warren  Black,  the  vice 
president  of  the  company,  and  Mr.  James  Sanborn,  consulting  engineer. 

On  another  of  tlie  days  mentioned  I  left  at  5  :  15  p.  m.  from  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  on  a  P.  C.  A.  for  Chicago.  On  one  of  the  days  mentioned 
I  was  at  the  Palmer  House  in  Chicago  and  worked  on  the  Bates  and 
Ilogers  Blue  and  Kittatiny  tunnel  contracts  where  I  i-epresented  them. 

I  left  Chicago  on  one  of  the  days  mentioned,  by  Braniff  Lines  at 
4 :  30  p.  m.  and  flew  to  Wichita,  Kansas.  On' one  of  the  days  mentioned 
I  arrived  at  my  mother's  home  in  Hutchinson,  Kansas,  and  had  turkey 
dinner  there. 

So  that  I  simply  wasn't  doing  what  that  report  says.  If  this  Board 
is  interested  at  all  in  some  way  of  corroborating  my  statements,  I  have 
with  me  cards  here  that  will  show  for  every  date  between  October  18, 
1940,  and  Christmas  1940  the  name  of  the  client  with  whom  I  was  in 
conference,  and  the  name  of  a  disinterested  witness  who  was  present  at 
that  conference,  who  can  corroborate  those  duties. 

125.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Martin,  the  ground  to  be  covered  by  this 
Board  is  limited  to  the  phases  that  pertain  to  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor 
and  what  leads  w\)  to  that.    Outside  of  that  the  Board  is  not  interested. 

Mr.  Martin.  Of  course,  I  have  no  personal  knowledge  on  that.  The 
only  suggestion  I  could  make  on  that  was  that  there  \2351'\  was 
a  written  report  made  by  Mr.  Joseph  G.  Colgan,  as  I  understand  it, 
to  the  Department  of  Justice,  of  some  forty  typewritten  pages  cover- 


1224     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

ing  his  five  weeks'  investigation  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  while 
he  was  in  Los  Angeles.  It  is  my  understanding  that  that  report — 
while  I  have  never  seen  it,  it  is  my  understanding  that  it  w^oukl  com- 
pletely discredit  the  so-called  House  Military  Affairs  report  which 
was  written,  and  was  written  at  the  instance  of  the  Department  of 
Justice,  by  Mr.  Colgan  after  he  had  ceased  to  serve  as  an  investigator 
for  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee.  I  have  no  personal  knowl- 
edge of  the  contents  of  that  report,  but  it  seems  to  me  it  might  be  help- 
ful to  this  Board  to  have  such  a  report  before  it  if  such  a  report  exists. 

126.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions? 

127.  JSIajor  Clausex.  I  have  a  question  here,  sir.  Page  13  of  this 
report  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  is  an  extract  from  a 
memorandum  from  your  office.  Would  you  read  that  and  see  if  that 
is  an  extract  [handing  document  to  the  witness]  'i 

Mr.  Martiist.  I  remember  of  discussing,  though  I  believe  it  was  by 
telephone,  not  with  Mr,  Kohl  personally,  the  advisability  of  Mr.  Rohl 
ceasing  to  act  as  an  ofticer  or  director  of  a  corporation  who  was  seeking 
to  negotiate  for  Government  work. 

128.  Major  Clausex.  I  just  wanted  to  know  if  that  was  an  extract 
from  a  memorandum  in  your  files.     Do  you  recognize  it  as  such  ? 

Mr.  Martix.  No,  I  don't  recognize  it  as  such,  but  the  facts  there 
stated  I  believe  to  be  correct. 

[2SSB]  129.  Major  Clausen.  O.  K.  Now,  a  member  of  the 
Board  has  asked  that  you  leave  your  memorandum  from  which  you 
have  testified,  those  notes. 

Mr.  Martix.  No  objection  to  doing  that.  I  am  not  sure  that  they 
are  legible  to  the  average  person,  but  I  have  no  objection  to  leaving 
them,  and  if  the  reporter  has  any  difficulty  in  reading  them  I  will  be 
glad  to  help  him.  I  would  like  for  the  record  to  show  that  they  consist 
of  ten  cards  in  pen  and  ink  memorandum  in  my  own  writing.  May 
they  be  returned  to  me,  or  would  you  rather 

180.  Major  Clausex.  I  have  no  objection  at  all  myself. 

131.  General  Fraxk.  Yes,  return  them  to  him. 

132.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Martin,  one  final  thing:  As  these  proceed- 
ings are  confidential,  it  is  required  that  the  testimony  given  and  other 
proceedings  that  took  place  be  not  revealed  outside.  Do  you  fully 
understand  that  ? 

Mr.  Martix.  I  didn't  understand  that,  but  I  do  now. 

133.  Colonel  West.  We  usually  caution  witnesses  just  before  they 
are  excused  rather  than  at  the  beginning,  about  that  point. 

Mr.  Martix.  You  mean  that  I  am  not  to  discuss  with  even  people 
who  are  my  clients  what  has  occurred  at  this  proceeding? 

134.  Colonel  West.  That  is  correct. 

135.  General  Fraxk.  It  has  already  been  violated. 

Mr.  Martix.  Well,  I  knew  of  no  such  instruction  until 

136.  Colonel  West.  No,  you  didn't.  It  is  only  the  witnesses  who 
have  appeared.  If  some  witness  who  had  already  appeared  previously 
discussed  it  with  you,  you  of  course  didn't  know  about  it. 

Mr.^  Mariin.  Well,  'the  discussion  that  I  had  was  with  [2353] 

Mr.  Connolly  asking  me  three  specific  questions,  and  that  is  the  only 
reason  I  am  able  to  hand  you  this  memo,  is  that  I  called  my  office  and 
got  the  data  in  substance  as  it  appears  on  these  cards. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1225 

137.  Generiil  Gruni:rt.  But  you  understand,  what  has  taken  place 
here  has  taken  place  between  yon  and  the  Board  and  is  not  to  be  dis- 
cussed with  anyone  else. 

Mr.  Martix.  Yes,  sir. 

138.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Thank  you  for  coming. 

Mr.  Martix.  Pardon  me.  ]May  I  ask,  are  you  still  endeavoring 
to  ascertain  from  me  tlie  date  when  I  first  saw  this  letter  of  August 
28th  ? 

139.  Major  Clausen.  Correct. 

JNIr.  Martix.  If  I  find  it  to  be  a  different  date  from  the  September 
■1, 1941, 1  have  given  you,  I  will  so  advise  you. 

140.  ]\rajor  Clausex.  "Very  well. 

Mr.  JSIartin.  If  I  find  it  to  be  the  same,  I  will  not  advise  you. 

141.  ]Ma] or  Clausen.  All  right. 

142.  General  Grunert.  We  shall  take  a  recess  for  ten  minutes. 
(The  witness  was  excused.) 

(There  was  a  brief  informal  recess.) 

[235Ji-']         TESTIMONY  OF  J.  P.  SHIRLEY,  501  BELAIE  ROAD,  LOS 
ANGELES.  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Becorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24. ) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name  and  ad- 
dress, please.  Mr.  Shirley? 

Mr.  Shirley.  J.  P.  Shirley,  at  501  Belair  Boad  in  Los  Angeles. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation? 
Mr.  Shirley.  Contractor. 

3.  General  Gruxert.  INIr.  Shirley,  I  am  going  to  ask  General  Frank, 
to  be  assisted  by  Major  Clausen,  to  lead  off  in  opening  up  this  subject, 
and  the  other  members  of  the  Board  will  ask  such  questions  as  they 
see  fit,  as  it  develops. 

INIr.  Shirley.  Yes,  sir. 

4.  General  Fraxk.  Mi'.  Shii-ley,  in   1940 well,  wait   a  minute. 

To  go  back:  You  are  associated  witli  the  (ninther-Shirley  Company? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  sir. 

5.  General  Fraxk.  As  contractors? 
Mr.  Shirley.  That  is  right. 

6.  General  Frank.  In  Los  Angeles? 
Mr.  Shirley.  That  is  right. 

7.  (xeneral  Frank.  There  is  a  Mr.  Gunther  in  this  firm? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Xo.  Mr.  (huitlier  j)assed  away  in  about  eight  years 
ago. 

8.  General  Frank.  Who  are  the  officials  of  the  firm  ? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  am  the  president,  and  our  secretary  is  a  young 
woman  in  the  office.  My  son  was  a  vice  president,  but  he  went  to 
work  up  in  Canada,  so  he  resigned  when  he  went  \23S5\         to 

work  on  a  Government  job  up  there,  so  I  am  the  only  official  of  the 
company  now\ 

9.  General  Frank.  In  1940  you  were  associated  with  the  Callahan 
Company  and  the  Bohl-Connolly  Company  in  a  venture  in  Colorado? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  sir;  joint  venture  at  Caddoa. 


1226     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

10.  General  Frank.  Then  in  December  1940  that  same  group  be- 
came associated  in  a  Hawaiian  contract? 

Mr.  Shirley.  That  is  right. 

11.  General  Frank.  That  contract  was  consummated  in  Washing- 
ton on  the  20th  of  December,  1940? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  sir. 

12.  General  Frank.  Who  repi-esented  you  in  that? 
Mr.  Shirley.  Mr.  Grafe. 

13.  General  Frank.  What  were  the  circumstances  under  which  he 
represented  you? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  I  think  the  start  of  that  was  that  I  think  that 
I  remember  meeting  Colonel  Wyman  and  some  contractors  in  Los 
Angeles,  I  believe  Kelton's  office,  talking  about  the  work  in  Hawaii, 
and  he  was  looking  for  some  contractors  to  do  some  work  in  Hawaii, 
about  a  million  dollar  contract,  and  I  remember — I  don't  remember 
really  the  other  contractors  were  there.  There  were  two  or  three 
others.  I  think  Mr.  (niy  Atkinson  was  one,  and  Mr.  Rohl,  and  Mr. 
Grafe  had  previously  sent  over  two  men  to  Hawaii  to  look  at  this  work 
that  was  contemplated,  and  they  came  back,  and  with  not  much  of  a 
report,  as  I  recollect  it.    It  is  a  long  time  ago. 

14.  General  Frank.  Yes? 

Mr.  Shirley.  And  I  don't  remember  everything  that  [2SS6] 
happened,  but  as  I  remember  it  their  report  was  very  indefinite  about 
what  there  was  to  be  done.  So  then  in  about,  it  seems  to  me,  a  couple 
of  weeks  after  this  meeting  with  Colonel  Wyman  in  Los  Angeles  Mr. 
Grafe  was  going  to  Washington  about  this  work,  and  he  was  acting 
for  me  too  on  that. 

15.  General  Frank.  Did  he  have  a  power  of  attorney? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  don't  remembei-  whether  he  had  with  him,  but  he 
did  have  a  power  of  attorney  on  several  other  jobs,  and  I  don't  know 
whether  I  gave  him  one  then  or  whether  I  gave  it  to  him  later. 

16.  General  Frank.  I  see.    In  any  event 

Mr.  Shirley.  But  he  was  acting  for  our  company. 

17.  General  Frank.  He  did  represent  the  Gunther-Shirley  Com- 
pany in  signing  the  contract  in  Washington  on  the  20th  of  December? 

Mr.  Shirley.  That's  right. 

18.  General  Frank.  And  the  co-adventurers'  agreement — that  is, 
the  details  of  participation  was  the  matter  of  an  agreement  drawn  up 
among  yourselves,  I  take  it? 

Mr.  Shirley.  That  is  right ;  yes,  sir. 

19.  General  Frank.  Wlio  drew  that  up? 
Mr.  Shirley.  I  think  it  was  Frank  Martin. 

20.  General  Frank.  Frank  Martin? 
Mr.ISii;RLEY.  Yes. 

21.  General  Frank.  And  that  was  generally  along  the  lines  of  the 
agreement  that  you  had  in  Colorado? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Just  the  same,  I  think. 

22.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Shirley.  Same  percentage  of  interest,  anv  wav. 

[£357]         23.  General  Frank.  Were  you  ever  in  Honolulu? 

!^Ir.  Shirley.  No, 

24.  (Teneral  Frank.  You  didn't  go  to  Honolulu? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  did  not. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1227 

25.  General  Frank.  Who  represented  you  in  Honolulu?  Mr. 
Grafe? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Mr.  Grafe ;  yes. 

26.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  You  had  talks  in  Los  Angeles  with  Colonel 
Wyman,  did  you,  in  December  1940? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Very  shortly,  yes. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Where  did  that  take  place,  Mr.  Shirley? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  think  it  was  in  the  Engineers  office  in  Los  Angeles, 
Colonel  Kelton's  office. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  that  there  present  was  Mr. 
Rohl? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  think  Kohl  was  there  and  I  think  Mr.  Atkinson  was 
there. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  was  a  sort  of  a  gathering  together  of 
contractors  for  the  purpose  of  trying  to  get 

Mr.  Shirley.  Somebody  to  do  this  work. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  What  did  Colonel  Wyman  state  to  you 
gentlemen  assembled  at  that  time  as  to  the  nature  and  extent  and 
scope  of  this  work  ? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  not  much  about  the  nature  of  it,  but  possibly 
it  cost  around  a  million  dollars,  and  it  might  increase.  As  I  remem- 
ber, it  was  liable  to  increase  to  more  money. 

32.  Major  Clalvsen,  Specifically  what  did  he  say  the  work  was? 
[2368]        What  kind  of  work  was  it  to  be? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  don't  remember  whether  he  described  the  work  or 
not.  I  don't  know.  I  don't  think  he  did,  because  we  were  prepared 
to  do  most  any  kind  of  work,  and  really  what  kind  didn't  make  much 
difference,  but  I  don't  believe  he  described  the  work,  and  from  their — 
from  my  recollection  of  the  report  of  these  two  men  that  Mr.  Grafe 
sent  over,  they  didn't  know  much  about  it  when  they  came  back, 
either. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  Mr.  Grafe  have  the  report  down 
there?     Did  you  have  that  report? 

Mr.  Shirley.  No. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  get  the  report? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  I  just  don't  remember  when  they  come  back, 
but  I  think  before  this  meeting,  and  I  don't  think  Mr.  Grafe  was  at: 
this  meeting,  as  I  recollect  it. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  you  had  a  report  which  had 
been  obtained  by  these  two  men  that  Mr.  Grafe  sent  over? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Yes. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  And  which  report  you  had  received  before  the 
meeting  in  Los  Angeles  with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Shirley.  That  is  right. 

37.  ]\Iajor  Clausen.  Well,  when  you  sat  around  and  talked  down 
there  about  the  possibilities  of  going  into  this  work,  did  you  mention 
this  report  and  have  it  with  you  there? 

Mr.  Shirley.  No. 

38.  ]Maj or  Clausen.  Did  you  have  the  report? 

Mr.  Shirley.  I  don't  know.  I  never  saw  the  written  report,  but 
I  talked  to  these  men.  I  knew  them.  They  had  worked  for  us  be- 
fore, and  I  knew  them  both,  and  I  think  that  [2oo9]  their 
report  is  so  indefinite,  I  didn't  pay  much  attention  to  it. 


1228     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBjR  ATTACK 

39.  Major  Clattsex.  You  talked  with  Mr.  Rolil  about  the  work  to 
be  done  ? 

Mr.  Shirley.  No.  We  intended  to  if  we — in  my  talk  to  Mr.  Grafe 
we  intended  to  do  this  work  ourselves  if  we  could  get  it  alone.  I  didn't 
talk  to  Mr.  Grafe— to  Mr.  Rohl  about  it. 

40.  Major  Clausex.  Well,  the  Gunther-Shirley  Company  and  the 
Callahan  Construction  Company  are  in  the  same  building,  aren't 
they  ? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  sir. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  And  the  Rohl-Connolly  Companv,  where  are 
they? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  they  had  their  office  down  on  a  boulevard  out 
of  Los  Angeles  about  four  or  five  miles  at  that  time. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  3'ou  knew  about  the  20th  of  December, 
1940,  that  the  contract  had  been  awarded  i' 

Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  I  did. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  To  these  three  firms? 
Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  I  did. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  So  from  that — by  the  way,  you  were  in  Los 
Angeles  cluring  the  period,  then,  sav,  from  December  1940  to  Decem- 
ber 1941  ? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  was  I  in  Los  Angeles  all  that  time,  you  mean? 

45.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.     I  mean  off  and  on  you  were  there? 
Mr.  Shirley.  Yes,  sure. 

[2o60]  46.  jNIajor  Clausen.  Did  you  meet  Mr.  Rohl  at  different 
times  ? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Very  seldom. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  were  really  partners,  in  a  sense,  on 
this  job.  What  did  you  discuss  with  Mr.  Rohl  in  that  interim  con- 
cerning the  work? 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  j^ou  mean  before  we  had  the  contract? 

48.  Major  Clausen.  Xo.     I  mean 

Mr.  Shirley.  After? 

49.  Major  Clal^sen.  After  the  contract  and  for  a  period  of  about 
a  year  thereafter. 

Mr.  Shirley.  Well,  ]\Ir.  Grafe  was  more  or  less  in  charge  of  this 
work,  and  really  I  didn't  discuss  this — I  don't  believe  I  ever  dis- 
cussed it  with  Mr.  Rohl,  this  project. 

50.  Major  Clal'Sen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Is  that  all  vou  wanted  out  of  this  witness? 

52.  General  Fraxk.  That  is  all. 

53.  General  Grux^ert.  Have  you  any  questions?  (No  response.) 
None  occurs  to  me,  if  that  is  what  you  wanted.  Thank  you  very 
much. 

Mr.  Shirley.  Any  other  information  I  can  give  you,  I  would  be 
very  glad  to  help  in  any  way  I  can. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  think  they  have 
a  program  in  which  to  develop  their  evidence,  and  whatever  they 
want  from  you  they  apparently  got.     Thank  you  very  much. 

]Mr.  Shirley.  All  right. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  4:40  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witnesses  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1229 


[_^36i]  CONTENTS 


SATURDAY,   SEPTEMBER  2,  1944 

Testimony  of—  Page ' 

Paul  J  Lynch.  919  Sutter  Street,  San  Francisco.  California 2362 

Willard  Brnce  Pine.  320  Carolwood  Drive,  Los  Angeles  24.  California—  2375 
Rcbei't  Eugene  McKee,  General  Contractor,  El  Paso,  and  Los  Angeles, 

California 2398 

DOCUMENTS 

Letter,  March  1,  1943,  Robert  E.  McKee  to  Hon.  R.  E.  Thomason 2413 

'  Pages  referred  to  are  reiiresented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1231 


[2362]      PEOCEEDINGS  BEFOKE  THE  AEMY  PEAEL 

HAEBOE  BOAED 


saturday,  september  2,  1944 

Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  California. 

The  Board,  at  9 :  35  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen,  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell,  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

TESTIMONY  OP  PAUL  J.  LYNCH,  919  SUTTEE  STREET,  SAN 
PEANCISCO,  CALIP. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Please  state  to  the  Board  your  name  and  address. 
Mr.  Lynch.  Paul  J.  Lynch,  919  Sutter  Street,  San  Francisco. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  am  an  engnieer,  civil  engineer,  consulting  engineer. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Lynch,  General  Frank,  assisted  by  Major 
Clausen,  will  cover  this  particular  part  of  the  investigation.  I  will 
let  them  go  ahead  and  then  the  rest  of  the  Board  will  ask  any  questions 
they  see  ht. 

4.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Lynch,  on  what  duty  were  you  in  1941  in 
[2363']         Honolulu  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  was  the  Area  Engineer  for  the  5th  Field  Area,  under 
Colonel  Wyman  of  the  United  States  Engineers. 

5.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  area  covered  by  the  5th  Field 
A.rea  i 

Mr.  Lynch.  The  5th  Field  Area  covered  approximately  the  terri- 
tory between  Kaleiwa  and  Diamond  Head. 

6.  General  Frank.  That  is  right  straight  across  the  island  ? 
Mr.  Lynch.  Right  straight  across  the  island. 

7.  General  Frank.  That  takes  in  the  whole  island  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  That  takes  in  that  whole  shore  from  Kaleiwa  to  Dia- 
mond Head. 

8.  General  Frank.  From  the  south  to  the  north,  around  by  way  of 
Barbers  Point  to  Makapuu  Point  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Diamond  Head,  Makapuu  Point  and  Bellows  Field. 


]  232    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

9.  General  Frank.  Kahuku? 
Mr.  Lynch.  Kahuku. 

10.  General  Frank.  Down  to  Kaleiwa  ? 
Mr.  Lynch.  That  is  right.     Kaneohe. 

11.  General  Frank.  How  many  Areas  do  they  have  there? 

Mr.  Lynch.  That  w^as  the  5th  Field  Area.  They  had — I  have  for- 
gotten— 11  or  15. 

12.  General  Frank.  That  takes  in  half  of  the  island  ? 

_Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  I  had  that  half  in  1941.  Then  she  was  split  up 
after  the  blitz.     Kahuku  was  assigned  to  another  Area. 

13.  General  Frank.  What  were  your  duties  'i 
Mr.  Lynch.  Ai-ea  Engineer. 

14.  General  Frank.  Specifically,  what  were  your  duties  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  was  responsible  and  accountable  for  all  of  [2r364\ 
the  construction  and  material,  supplies  and  ecjuipment,  and  the  pay- 
roll in  the  5th  Field  Area,  construction  of  the  underground  storage, 
runwa3^s,  ramps,  and  so  forth. 

15.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  get  there  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  March,  1941.     The  date  I  have  forgotten. 

16.  General  Frank.  There  was  no  permanent  aircraft  warning  site 
in  your  area,  was  there? 

Mr.  Lynch.  There  was  no  aircraft  warning  operating  prior  to  De- 
cember 7th,  to  my  knowledge. 

17.  General  Frank.  That  is,  permanent  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Permanent.  There  may  have  been  one  on  Diamond 
Head,  but  I  did  not  know  of  it. 

18.  General  Frank,  At  least,  you  did  not  have  the  construction  of 
any  such  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No  ;  not  prior  to  the  7th. 

19.  General  Frank.  At  any  time? 
Mr.  Lynch.  That  is  right." 

20.  General  Frank.  There  was  none  under  construction  prior  to 
the  7th? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No ;  that  is  right. 

21.  General  Frank.  Now,  let's  go  over  to  Bellows  Field.  There 
was  a  runway  being  constructed  over  there? 

Mr.  Lynch.  There  was  an  existing  runway  there,  when  I  got  there, 
General,  of  2,700  feet. 

22.  General  Frank.  That  was  the  one  going  straight  in  from  the 
shore  line  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  That  is  right. 

23.  General  Frank.  Was  there  another  one,  too,  going  out  to  the 
northwest? 

[£J6S]         Mr.  Lynch.  Not  when  I  got  there. 

24.  General  Frank.  Towards  the  bathing  beach? 
Mr,  Lynch.  T  made  a  survey  there. 

25.  General  Frank.  In  what  state  of  construction  was  that  on  De- 
cember 7th? 

Mr.  Lynch,  I  had  about  2,000  feet  completed;  that  is,  with  coral 
top,  ready  for  the  asphalt.  I  had  a  plant  there.  I  didn't  have  it 
erected,  and  there  was  no  asphalt  on  the  field.  That  is,  on  the  new 
runways,  Runways  A  and  B. 

26.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  total  length  of  that  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1233 

Mr.  Lynch.  Of  the  existino;,  before  I  got  there  ? 

27.  General  Frank.  No,  of  the  new  one,  when  it  was  finished. 
Mr.  Lynch.  0,000  feet. 

28.  General  Frank.  Do  yon  know  the  state  of  funds  for  construc- 
tion of  that  runway  when  you  started? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Only  through  hearsay.  You  mean  the  finances  for 
Bellows  Field? 

29.  General  Frank.  Yes.  You  were  starting  there  on  a  shoestring, 
weren't  you  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes,  we  were.  I  heard — I  don't  know  this  directly — 
that  we  borrowed  funds. 

30.  General  Frank,  Were  you  concerned  with  the  construction  of 
any  of  the  sites  for  the  mobile  aircraft  warning  seryice  stations? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No,  sir,  at  no  time. 

3L  General  Frank.  You  know  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  knew  him,  yes. 

32.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  nature  of  your  associations  with 
him? 

[£oOG]         Mr.  Lynch.  Personally,  do  you  mean  ? 

33.  General  Frank.  And  oflicially;  both. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Personally,  Ave  had  nothing  in  common.  I  worked 
directly  for  him  in  the  islands  for  approximately  a  year,  directly  un- 
der him.  Do  you  want  to  know  what  I  think  of  him  as  an  adminis- 
trator and  executiye  ? 

34.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  I  think  he  is  one  of  the  best. 

35.  General  Frank.  As  an  administrator? 

Mr.  Lynch.  As  an  executive  and  as  an  engineer  and  getting  work 
done,  I  think  he  is  one  of  the  best  Army  men  I  ever  came  across. 

30.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  organization 
of  his  office? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Nothing.  I  did  not  know  Colonel  Wyman  until  I 
reached  Honolulu.    I  had  never  met  him. 

37.  General  Frank.  All  you  know  then  is  through  your  contact 
with  the  field  organization,  outside  of  his  office? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  the  Colonel  and  I — I  worked  directly  under  him, 
and  any  orders  giyen  he  gave  to  me. 

38.  General  Frank.  Your  knowledge  of  tlie  organization  was  pure- 
ly witli  the  field  organization? 

Mr.  Lynch.  That  is  right,  my  own  setup  of  the  5th  Field  Area  which 
I  had  and  was  responsible  to  him  for. 

39.  General  Frank.  From  your  point  of  view  were  there  any  delays 
in  construction? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Oh,  General,  on  every  job  I  have  ever  been  on  there 
have  always  been  delays.  That  is  a  yery  general  question  I  am  going 
to  answer  generally.  It  is  on  every  job.  On  any  military  job  where 
you  don't  have  a  chance  to  make  the  surveys  that  [2367]  you 
should,  there  is  bound  to  be  delay.  There  were  delays  in  equipment, 
delays  in  getting  men,  delay  in  getting  organized. 

40.  General  Frank.  How  long  did  it  take  you  to  get  organized? 
Mr.  Lynch.  I  would  say  about  three  or  four  months.     The  cause 

of  that  I  would  not  know. 


1234    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

41.  General  Frank.  From  your  point  of  view  what  were  the  causes 
of  the  outstanding  delays? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Lack  of  money,  I  would  say,  to  go  ahead.  Colonel 
Wyman  always  cautioned  me  to  be  very  careful  about  every  expendi- 
ture that  I  made.     He  was  very  conscientious. 

42.  General  Frank.  From  your  point  of  view,  was  there  any  w^aste, 
unnecessary  waste,  manifested  anywhere? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Not  on  my  end  of  it.     Unnecessary  waste  ? 

43.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Lynch.  There  is  waste  on  every  job,  and  I  have  been  in  con- 
struction for  nearly  40  years. 

44.  General  Frank.  In  that  area  can  you  name  me  the  projects 
with  which  you  were  charged  from  Makapuu  Point  around  to 
Haleiwa  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Haleiwa  was  my  field  of  survey,  prior  to  the  blitz. 
Then  I  had  Kahuku,  Kaneohe  Airfield,  Bellows  Field,  Ulupau,  and 
warning  stations  on  Makapuu,  close  to  Diamond  Head,  embracing 
the  airfield  principally  at  Bellows  Field,  wliich  was  the  one  which 
was  under  pressure. 

45.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  a  project  for  constructing  any 
underground  tanks  at  Bellows? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes.     I  started  them  and  laid  them  out. 

46.  General  Frank.  When  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  think  it  was  August  or  September,  1941. 
We  [2368]  had  no  equipment.  I  had  one  compressor  and  two 
jackhammers  and  I  mucked  the  stuff  by  hand  and  hauled  it  out  by 
mules. 

47.  General  Frank.  Principally  because  of  what  ? 
Mr.  Lynch.  Lack  of  money. 

48.  General  Frank.  Lack  of  money  ? 
Mr.  Lynch.  That  is  my  opinion. 

49.  Major  Cla.usen.  Mr.  Lynch,  were  these  underground  gasoline 
storage  tunnels  at  Bellows  Field  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  One  tunnel. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  At  Bellows  Field;  was  that  constructed  by 
December  7,  1941  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No.  I  had  500  feet  on  December  7th,  approximately, 
completed. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  give  an  estimate  in  percentage  as  to 
the  amount  that  was  completed  on  that  date  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  would  say  about  40  per  cent.  I  think  the  tunnel 
was  1200  feet. 

52.  General  Frank.  What  is  the  diameter  of  that? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Sixteen  feet  by  sixteen,  I  would  say,  approximately. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  a  party  named  Robert  Hoff- 
man? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes,  I  do. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  What  connection  did  you  have  with  him? 

Mr.  Lynch.  He  was  the  Area  Superintendent  for  the  contractor 
on  Bellow\s  Field,  Honolulu  and  Kaneohe,  directly  under  my  super- 
vision. 

55.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  give  the  Board  your  opinion  as  to 
his  business  ability  and  experience? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1235 

Mr.  Lynch.  He  was  a  very  good  man. 

[2369 \         50.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  occasion  to  make  com- 
plaints to  Colonel  Wyman  concerning  delays,  oral  complaints? 
Mr.  Lynch.  Yes,  I  did,  and  I  got  results. 

57.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  a  controversy  with  Colonel 
Wyman  concerning  layouts,  designs,  construction  methods? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes,  I  had  a  controversy  w^ith  him  and  we  got  together 
and  settled  the  thing,  and  that  is  the  last  time  we  had  any  discussion 
on  such  a  matter.  We  diifered  on  the  method  of  design  and  construc- 
tion, and  we  took  our  hair  down,  and  after  that  we  got  along  beauti- 
fully. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  After  that  was  it  done  in  accordance  with  your 
ideas? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Not  altogether.  I  was  not  altogether  right  in  the 
picture.  As  I  say,  we  got  together.  There  were  a  number  of  differ- 
ences and  Ave  did  get  together, 

59.  Major  Clausen.  You  left  the  islands  about  March,  1942? 
Mr.  Lynch.  The  latter  part  of  March. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  Then  you  were  employed  on  the  Canol  Project 
under  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  of  the  personal  relations  which 
existed  on  the  Hawaiian  Islands  between  Mr.  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  and 
Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No. 

62.  Major  Ci-ausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

63.  General  Russell.  You  stated  there  was  nothing  in  common  be- 
tween you  and  Wyman,  outside  of  your  official  relations.  Exactly 
what  did  you  mean  by  that  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Apparently  we  did  not  have  the  same  line  of  thought. 
By  personal  relations,  I  mean  I  would  not  go  out  with  \2370'] 
him.  I  would  not  want  him  to  sleep  with  me.  He  would  not  want 
me  to  sleep  with  him. 

6-1.  General  Russell.  How  do  you  define  those  differences? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  from  a  personal  view,  his  background  and  mine 
were  altogether  different.  His  methods,  say,  of  pleasure  are  altogether 
different  from  mine.  But  I  will  say  this  for  him,  though;  he  was  on 
tlie  job ;  and  he  knew  his  stuff. 

65.  General  Russell.  Did  you  think  that  these  personal  habits  of 
his  away  from  his  work  interfered  with  his  efficiency  on  his  work? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Not  with  me,  absolutely  not. 

66.  General  Russell.  With  anyone? 
Mr.  Lynch.  That  I  would  not  know. 

67.  General  Russell.  Did  you  think  that  his  personal  habits  away 
from  the  job  rendered  him  at  any  time  incapable? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Oh,  no. 

68.  General  Russell.  In  carrying  out  his  work  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  As  to  my  personal  feeling  that  I  may  have  for  him, 
just  my  personal  slant  oil  any  man,  I  may  like  or  dislike.  There  is  no 
twilight  zone  with  me.  But  as  far  as  working  for  him  is  concerned, 
I  don't  know  of  a  better  man  I  ever  worked  under. 

69.  General  Russell.  His  personal  habits  did  not  interfere  with 
his  efficiency? 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 29 


1236     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  AITACK 

Mv.  Lynch.  Not  in  my  judgment,  as  far  as  I  was  concerned,  on 
either  the  Canol  or  the  Hawaiian. 

TO.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  of  your  personal  knowledge  know 
whether  or  not  any  of  the  delays  that  occurred  were  due  to  the  con- 
tractors on  the  job? 

[2-37 J]  Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  of  course,  there  were  delays;  no  ques- 
tion about  that.  I  cannot  recall  offhand  what  those  delays  were,  but 
there  were  bound  to  be  delays  by  the  contractors,  bound  to  be  delays 
by  the  Engineers.     I  made  mistakes. 

71.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  any  delays  that 
did  occur  were  intentional  on  the  part  of  the  contractors  or  any  other 
person  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No,  sir. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Any  other  questions? 

73.  General  Frank.  What  is  your  opinion? 
Mr.  Lynch.  Oh,  yes,  there  were  delays. 

74.  General  Frank.  I  am  talking  about  the  intentional  part  of  it? 
Mr.  Lynch.  No,  I  don't  think  there  Avas  anything  intentional.    You 

mean  sabotage  or  anything  of  that  sort? 

75.  General  Frank.  Any  kind  of  a  delay  that  was  intentional  on  the 
part  of  a  contractor? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No,  I  don't  think  so.  I  know  in  my  5th  Field  Area  that 
was  absolutely  none.  There  could  not  be.  I  was  responsible.  The 
contractors  could  not  get  away  with  it. 

76.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  tendency  on  the  part  of  the 
contractor  to  try  to  get  away  with  it? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No,  sir,  absolutely  not. 

77.  General  Frank.  They  gave  complete,  100-percent,  whole- 
hearted cooperation,  effort  and  endeavor? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  yes,  I  would  say  they  did.  Hoffman  worked 
directly  for  me  as  a  representative  of  the  contractors. 

78.  General  Frank.  What  made  you  hesitate? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Your  question  is  pretty  technical.  You  say  100 
[2372]  percent.  There  is  no  cooperation  100  percent.  There  is 
nobody  going  to  work  for  me  and  get  anything  100  percent.  I  have 
got  my  ideas  and  the  contractor  had  his. 

79.  Genera]  Frank.  Do  you  suppose  the  contractors  had  a  good 
spirit  of  endeavor? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes,  very  much. 

80.  General  Frank.  All  of  them? 

Mr.  Lynch.  All  of  the  contractors,  you  mean  ? 

81.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr,  Lynch.  I  would  have  to  speak  of  my  own  5th  Field  Area. 

82.  General  Frank.  That  is  Avhat  I  mean. 

Mr,  Lynch.  Yes.  They  would  have  to.  General,  or  they  wouldn't 
be  on  the  job. 

83.  General  Frank.  You  say  Hoffman  was  the  contractors' 
supervisor? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Superintendent. 

84.  General  Frank,  With  whom  did  you  work?  The  Hawaiian 
Constructors? 

Mr,  Lynch,  The  Hawaiian  Constructors,  Pie  was  on  the  job,  I 
think,  when  I  made  a  suggestion  to  Colonel  Wyman,  which  he  ap- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1237 

proved,  that  instead  of  havino;  a  superintendent  for  the  dirt  move- 
ment and  a  superintendent  for  the  tunnel,  they  would  throw  every- 
thing under  a  general  superintendent,  so  I  could  hold  him  responsible. 
Wyman  thought  that  was  an  excellent  idea  and  he  put  it  through. 
Hoffman  was  made  the  Area  Superintendent,  and  then  we  branched 
out.     I  will  say  this :  He  worked. 

85.  General  Fijank.  What  was  the  Army  building  at  Kaneohe? 
[237S\         Mr.  Lynch.  That  was  the  hospital,  the  insane  hospital. 

Do  you  know  where  that  is  ? 

86.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Lynch.  We  took  half  of  that  over  for  the  Army  and  then  put 
some  additions  on  it. 

87.  Major  Claitsen.  You  mentioned,  in  connection  with  some  of 
the  questions  of  General  Frank,  Mr.  Hoffman  being  the  contractors' 
representative  and  your  having  worked  with  him.  Do  you  have  the 
approximate  dates  when  Mr,  Hoffman  was  the  contractor's  Super- 
intendent ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  In  the  5th  Field  Area  he  was  the  superintendent  ap- 
proximately from  the  middle  of  April  until  I  left  in  the  latter  part 
of  March,  the  middle  of  April,  1941,  until  the  latter  part  of  March, 
1942, 

88.  Major  Clausen.  Prior  to  the  time  that  Mr.  Hoffman  assumed 
the  functions  of  Superintendent  for  the  contractors  had  there  been 
other  superintendents  whom  you  had  caused  to  be  relieved  because  of 
their  inefficiency? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Yes.  The  Hawaiian  Constructors  sent  out  one  man 
for  superintendent  and  he  lasted  two  days,  and  they  sent  out  another 
man,  and  I  think  he  stayed  one  day,  Hoffman  came  out  and  he  stayed 
right  on, 

89.  Major  Clausen,  Now,  concerning  the  delays  concerning  which 
considerable  complaints  were  made,  did  you  have  any  discussions 
as  to  those  delays  with  Mr.  Hoffman? 

Mr,  Lynch,  Oh,  yes, 

90.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  he  agree  with  you  as  to  the  delays 
or  did  you  have  differences  with  him  ? 

Mr,  Lynch,  Well,  we  had  differences,  no  question  about  it, 
[2374]  as  any  one  will  on  a  job  of  that  kind,  but,  generally,  I 
will  say  we  agreed, 

91.  Major  Clausen,  Did  Mr.  Hoffman  complain  himself  as  to  these 
delays? 

Mr.  Lynch,  Yes,  Bob  did, 

92.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 
Mr.  Lynch.  Bob  did  complain. 

93.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  anything  of  a  statement  he  made 
concerning  these  delays  in  writing  to  General  Farthing? 

Mr,  Lynch,  No,  I  do  not, 

94.  Major  Clausen,  Or  to  the  Inspector  General  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands? 

Mr.  Lynch.  No,  I  do  not. 

95.  Major  Clausen,  That  is  all. 

96.  General  Grunert.  There  appear  to  be  no  more  questions,  Mr. 
Lynch.     Thank  you  for  coming  in. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


1238    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[2S75]         TESTIMONY  OF  WILLARD  BRUCE  PINE,  320  CAROLWOOD 
DRIVE,  LOS  ANGELES  24,  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name  and 
address? 

Mr.  Pine.  Willard  Bruce  Pine.  My  address  is  320  Carol  wood 
Drive,  Los  Angeles  24. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  at  the  present  time  I  am  in  the  shirt  business,  but 
for  the  last  four  years  I  have  been  working  for  the  Tenney  Commit- 
tee of  the  State  Legislature. 

3.  General  Geunert.  Mr.  Pine,  General  Frank,  assisted  by  Major 
Clausen,  will  develop  this  particular  phase  of  our  investigation.  So 
I  shall  turn  you  over  to  the  mercies  of  General  Frank. 

Mr.  Pine.  'AU  right. 

4.  General  Frank.  You  may  proceed,  Major  Clausen. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Pine,  your  connection  was  with  the  Tenney  Committee,  the 
California  State  Legislature's  joint  fact-finding  committee  on  un- 
American  activities  ^ 

Mr.  Pine.  That  is  correct. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  connection  with  that  would  you  give  the 
Board  a  brief  background  as  to  how  you  became  interested  in  these 
activities  and  just  what  you  have  done  since  you  first  became  inter- 
ested ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor  I  wanted  to  get  in  the  Army, 
and  I  found  I  had  a  heart  condition  which  prevented  [2376] 
me,  so  I  knew  a  great  many  of  the  boj^s — not  a  great  mau}^  but  a  few 
agents  of  the  Federal  Bureau,  and  I  was  anxious  to  make  some  con- 
nection to  do  something.  So  I  presume  tliat  was  about  the  fall  of 
1941.  Then  came  Pearl  Harbor,  and  right  after  that  in  February  I 
met  Jack  Tenney,  and  the  budget  of  the  State  Committee  was  rather 
limited,  and  as  a  consequence  I  offered  my  services,  and  from  then  un- 
til practically  the  present  time  I  have  participated  in  the  investiga- 
tions of  Mankind  United,  most  of  whose  leaders,  you  know,  were  aft- 
erwards arrested  and  convicted  of  sedition ;  and  in  the  various  com- 
munist investigations :  for  instance,  now  we  are  actively  engaged  in 
ihe  Political  Action  Committee,  that  is,  their  ramifications  within  the 
State.  And  the  Rohl  case — I  mean,  when  I  say  "Rohl  case"  I  mean 
the  investigation  of  Rohl — I  was  very  much  interested  in  because  I 
knew  the  man  and  knew  something  of  his  background.  Then,  there 
were  lots  of  local  investigations  besides  Mankind  LTnited,  various  re- 
ligious organizations  who  prey  upon  people  in  the  State. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Pine,  you  Avere  present,  were  you,  at  the 
hearing  of  the  California  Tenney  Committee,  which  I  will  refer  to  as 
''the  Tenney  Committee,"  on  February  27,  1943  i 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  was. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  recall  at  that  time  that  certain  ques- 
tions were  asked  you  as  to  your  investigation  particularly  of  the  back- 
ground of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  as  disclosed  by  the  files  and  records  of 
the  office  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Commissioner  in  the 
Federal  Building  in  Los  Angeles,  California? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1239 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes. 

[2377]  9.  Major  Clausex.  And  you  were  asked  at  that  time,  and 
it  is  a  fact,  isn't  it,  that  you  examined  those  files  and  those  records  for 
the  purpose  of  ascertaining  tlie  background  of  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  That  is  correct. 

10.  ]\l/ijor  Clausen.  And  on  one  occasion  you  also  were  accom- 
panied by  the  attorney  for  the  Tenney  Committee,  Mr.  R.  E.  Combs, 
chief  counsel  and  investigator? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  sir. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  in  that  investigation  did  you  see  the  ap- 
plication of  Mr.  Rohl  for  naturalization? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  did. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  you  read  the  documents  in  support  of 
that  application,  consisting  of  the  interrogation  of  Mr.  Rohl  by  the 
immigration  inspector  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  result  of  that  investigation  are  you  able  to 
say  of  your  own  knowledge,  from  having  read  those  papers,  what 
those  papers  disclosed  as  to  the  recommendation  with  respect  to 
whether  citizenship  should  or  should  not  be  granted  this  party  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  I  know  that  there  was  an  application  for  a  warrant,  an 
application  for  the  issuance  of  a  warrant  of  arrest  made  by  Judson 
Shore,  who  was  the  agent  in  charge,  on  the  grounds  that  he  was 
illegally  in  this  country,  and  the  one  premise  was  the  fact  of  the  in- 
correct entry  in  Honolulu  on  the  yacht  VEGA  in  1938. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  remember  when  it  was  that  you 
examined  these  files  and  records,  over  what  period  of  time? 

[2S78]  Mr.  Pine.  Well,  I  probably — that's  very  hard  to  say.  I 
was  probably  there  six  or  seven  times,  one  e  with  Combs,  twice  I  think 
with  an  agent  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation,  and  probably 
two  or  three  times  besides  that. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  Have  you  read  the  report  of  the  House  Com- 
mittee on  Military  Affairs? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes.  I  worked  with  them,  with  their  investigator  con- 
stantly while  he  was  out  here. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  I  refer  to  the  committee  report  dated  June  14, 
1944. 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  have  a  copy  of  it. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  recall  a  letter  set  forth  I  believe  on 
page  5  of  that  report,  purportedly  sent  by  General  Kingman  to 
Mr.  Schofield  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Bureau  at 
Washington? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  sir. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  if  the  files  in  Los  Angeles  had 
that  letter  or  a  copy  of  that  letter  in  the  files  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  I  am  very  positive — very,  very  positive,  having  gone 
through  that  file  several  times,  that  there  was  no  copy  of  that  letter, 
because  the  first  I  ever  knew  of  General  Kingman's  letter  wag  when  I 
read  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  report. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  do  you  recall  in  the  investigation  of  these 
records  at  Los  Angeles  a  letter  from  F.  H.  Crockett  of  the  Immigration 
and  Naturalization  Service  at  Laredo,  Texas,  dated  March  7,  1941,  to 
the  effect  that  he  had  no  record  there  of  Mr.  Kohl  having  gone  in  or 
put  of  the  United  States  at  that  point? 


1240     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[2379^,         Mr.  Pine.  Yes. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  a  statement  by  Mr.  Wilcox 
Cole  or  some  other  official  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization 
Service  to  the  effect  that  in  1932  it  was  absolutely  impossible  for  an 
alien  to  go  in  or  out  of  the  United  States  at  Laredo  without  being 
questioned  as  to  his  citizenship  status? 

IVIr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  recall  that. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  a  statement  in  the  record  at  Los 
Angeles  that  when  the  yacht  RAINIONA  stopped  at  Acapulco,  Mexico, 
where  it  took  on  gasoline  and  supplies,  that  there  was  no  record  of 
Rohl  being  present  on  the  boat  either  as  a  passenger  or  a  member  of 
the  crew  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  sir. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  that? 
Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  remember  that  very  well. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  The  substance  of  that  being  in  the  file. 

Do  you  remember  whether  in  looking  over  these  records  at  Los 
Angeles  there  was  any  letter  from  Colonel  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.,  in 
general  urging  that  Rohl  be  made  a  citizen,  that  the  case  be  expedited '( 

Mr.  Pine.  There  was  a  letter  dated,  I  think  it  was,  January  22nd  in 
1941,  which  was  an  order  for  Rohl  to  proceed  to  the  Islands  to  take 
his  part  in — well,  I  think  I  can't  quote  the  letter ;  it's  right  in  there — 
in  the  work  in  which  you  are  interested. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  the  letter  in  the  files  there 
from  T.  B.  Schumacher  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Serv- 
ice, dated  February  -1,  1941,  asking  that  the  case  be  [^2380"[ 
made  a  special  case  and  that  the  case  be  expedited? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  do. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  And,  by  the  way,  when  you  examined  this  file 
you  took  notes,  did  you,  Mr.  Pine  ? 

]Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  we  did. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  a  letter  dated  J^arch  13,  1941, 
from  some  official  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service 
stating  in  effect  that  when  the  VEGA  sailed  from  the  West  Coast  to 
Honolulu,  Rohl  was  not  revealed  on  the  passenger  manifest  as  a 
member  of  the  crew  or  a  passenger  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  No.  As  I  understood  it,  it  sailed  from  the  East  Coast 
but  touched  at  Nassau  in  the  Bahamas  on  that  trip  and  in  Panama 
and  then  proceeded  to  Honolulu. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  that  there  were  statements 
to  the  effect  that  that  manifest  showed  Mr.  Rohl  as  being  born  at  Tola, 
Kansas  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  which  is  the  birth  place  of  his  wife. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  remember  in  the  income  tax  re- 
turns, mention  of  which  was  made  in  these  files  at  Los  Angeles,  that 
Mr.  Rohl  had  stated  under  oath  that  he  was  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  do. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  remember  that  some  document  there 
stated  that  he  had  set  forth  in  a  return  that  he  had  been  naturalized 
in  1921? 

Mr.  Pine.  That  is  correct. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Pine,  I  show  you  the  transcript  of  the 
hearing    before    the    Tenney    Committee,    and    certain    purported 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1241 

[2381]  testimony  given  by  Mr.  Rolil,  set  forth  on  pages  807,  808, 
and  809.  as  bracketed  off  by  me,  and  I  ask  you  to  read  that  and  then 
tell  me  if  you  recall  that  testimony  having  been  given  by  Mr.  Rohl  on 
that  occasion. 

Mr.  Pine.  Did  I  read  particularly  this  you  have  marked  here? 

31.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  was  there.  That  is,  as  I  remember  it,  exactly 
what  he  testified  to. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  And  is  that  your  recollection  of  the  testimony 
that  he  gave  on  that  occasion? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  sir. 

33.  General  Frank.  There  is  no  error  in  transcription ?  Generally 
there  is  no  error  in  the  transcription  of  the  testimony  by  the 
reporters  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  No.  Can  I  make  a  remark  off  the  record  ?  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  the  explanation  he  gave  his  friends  outside  of  that  hearing 
was  exactly  the  same  thing,  that  he  was  too  busy  traveling,  never  gave 
it  a  thought. 

34.  Major  Claltsen.  The  particular  point  of  the  part  I  have  brack- 
eted off  was  that  he,  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl,  had  told  Colonel  Wyman 
that  he,  Hans  Rohl,  was  an  alien,  and  that  he  had  told  Colonel  Wyman 
this  before  the  contract  of  December  1940  had  been  signed. 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  as  I  remember  his  testimony,  when  he  was  ques- 
tioned as  to  whether  he  had  ever  told  Wyman — that  is  Colonel 
Wyma]i — that  he  was  a  German  alien,  he  replied  to  that  by  saying 
that  he  hadn't  before,  but  in  this  contract  he  had  to. 

[23S2]         35.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Pine.  Because  it  was  a  secret  contract. 

36.  General  Grunert.  He  had  to,  or  had  told  him  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  No.  He  said  he  had  to.  I  think  you  will  find  his  answer 
was  that,  "On  this  contract  I  had  to  tell  them." 

37.  General  Grunert.  He  had  to  tell  him,  but  did  he  tell  him? 

38.  Major  Clausen.  It  says  here — do  you  want  to  read  that  and 
see? 

39.  General  Grunert.  What  does  it  say  there  that  he  did  do?  A 
man  may  have  to  do  things,  but  he  sometimes  won't  do  them  anyway. 

Mi\  Pine.  "I  did  on  the  Hawaiian  Constructors."  That  was 
exactly  what  he  testified  to,  and  I  know  he  gave  that  statement  to  the 
Military  Affairs  Conunittee,  I  believe. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  concerning  that  subject,  Mr.  Pine,  is 
there  any  information  of  your  own  knowledge  that  you  can  give  the 
Board  as  to  a  verification  of  the  fact  that  he,  Rohl,  had  told  Colonel 
Wyman  that  he  was  an  alien  before  that  contract  was  signed? 

Mr.  Pine.  No.     No,  not  of  my  own  knowledge. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  Is  there  any  information  that  you  can  give 
the  Board  as  to  any  inethciency  of  the  work  of  Colonel  Wyman  in  the 
Hawaiian  Islands? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  it  would  all  be  verbal.  Now,  I  believe  you  have  got 
Mr.  Combs  coming  up  here. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  who  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Combs,  who  was  the  chief  investigator  for  the  com- 
mittee. 

[2383]        43.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir.' 


1242     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Pine.  And  he  will  have  all  those  affidavits.  They  took  a  great 
many  which  were  not  even  available  at  the  time  of  the  Military  Affairs 
Committee  hearing,  but  the  only  other  people  who  now  have  them 
are  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

Mr.  Pine.  And  he  has  them.  They  are  all  in  affidavit  form  and 
sworn  to. 

45.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  some  questions  here. 
Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  sir. 

46.  General  Frank.  How  did  the  California  Committee  happen 
to  be  investigating  an  Army  officer's  activity  in  Honolulu? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  they  didji't  start  to  investigate  an  Army  officer's 
activity  in  Honolulu,  but  they  were  investigating  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl 
in  this  State,  and  through  the  investigation  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl, 
whose  life  was  so  bound  up  with  Colonel  Wyman's  since  his  arrival 
here  in  1935,  why,  naturally  that  came  into  it,  but  Wyman  came  in 
incidentally ;  I  mean  the  committee  had  no  jurisdiction  over  him. 

47.  General  Frank.  You  have  been  intimately  associated  with  this 
committee  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  have,  sir, 

48.  General  Frank.  The  Tenney  Committee? 
Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  sir. 

49.  General  Frank.  Based  on  the  background  of  testimony  that 
has  been  received  by  the  Tenney  Connnittee  that  you  feel  to  be  authen- 
tic, will  you  make  a  general  statement  to  the  Board  as  to  the  relations 
between  "Rohl  and  Wyman  over  a  i)eriod  of  years? 

[£384]  Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  will  be  perfectly  willing  to  make  a 
statement. 

50.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

Mr.  Pine.  From  numerous  witnesses  whom  I  have  interviewed  and 
others  when  I  have  been  present  when  they  were  being  inter- 
viewed  

51.  General  Frank.  Was  this  testimony  under  oath? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes.  When  they  were  being  interviewed  by  investi- 
gators for  the  Military  Affairs  Committee  of  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives and  in  some  instances  by  agents  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation,  and  by  the  statements,  some  of  which  were  not  taken 
under  oath  because  at  that  time  they  seemed  to  be  superfluous,  that ■ 

52.  General  Frank.  Let's  confine  this  to  conclusions  reached 
through  authentic  information  that  is  taken  under  oath. 

Mr.  Pine.  That  from  the  day — or  correct  that,  please.  Within  a 
month  or  several  months  after  Colonel  Wyman's  arrival  as  District 
Engineer  in  Los  Angeles,  that  his  association  with  Hans  W.  Rohl 
socially  was  certainly  an  inappropriate  one  for  a  District  Engineer  to 
maintain  with  a  contractor,  in  that  their  lives,  relationships,  and 
pleasures  were  so  closely  welded  together 

Now,  do  you  want  me  to — excuse  me.  Do  you  want  me  to  go  ahead 
and  explain  that,  or 

53.  General  Frank.  I  should  like  to  liave  it  explained  briefly.  And 
have  you  knowledge  as  to  who  paid  for  all  this  entertainment? 

Mr.  Pine.  No,  I  have  not. 

54.  General  Frank.  Well,  explain  it  briefly  so  as  to  show  [2386] 
the  nature  of  this  entertainment. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1243 

Mr.  PixE.  Well,  it  goes  back  Imo;  before  there  was  any  thought  of 
Pearl  Harbor  or  anything  of  that  nature.  Rolil  owned  the  VEGA, 
after  of  course  the  RAM(  )NA,  and  we  had  very  many  mutual  friends 
who,  every  time  they  were  invited  aboard  the  VEGA,  would  say  they 
would  never  go  again  if  Bill  was  going  to  have  the  drunken  major  on 
board.  I  never  knew  Wyman's  name,  never  knew  who  he  was  at  that 
time,  but  I  knew  him  by  that  name,  and  Mrs.  Rohl  had  told  her  friends 
that  she  had  to  put  up  with  him  because  of  business  reasons,  and 
through  the  testimony  of  his  servants,  members  of  his  crew — and  I  say 
"testimony,''  I  mean  by  that  aflidavits  taken  by  the  Military  Affairs 
Committee  and  statements  taken  by  the  Tenney  Committee,  that  they 
were  very  often  in  residence  together  at  the  Biltmore  Hotel,  that 
Wyman  was  a  frequent  guest  at  the  Rohl  home  and  a  partner  in 
Bill's  night  life.   . 

55.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  that  any  reasonable  share  of  the 
expenses  of  this  entertainment  and  pleasure  could  have  l>een  paid  for 
out  of  the  salary  of  an  Army  officer  of  "Wyman's  grade? 

Mr.  Pine.  As  I  understand  it,  all  the  suites  in  the  Biltmore  Hotel 
and  everywhere  else  were  taken  in  the  name  of  Rohl,  and  I  don't  see 
how  it  would  be  humanly  possible  for  an  Army  officer  to  have  main- 
tained the  pace  that  the  Colonel  seemed  to. 

Can  I  speak  off  the  record  ?  Of  course.  I  have  seen  all  his  club  bills, 
and  so  forth.  I  know  about  what  he  was  spending  on  alimony  and 
things  of  that  kind. 

56.  General  Frank.  All  right.     Go  ahead. 

[2386]  57.  Major  Clausen.  I  wonder  if  you  could  say,  from 
your  examination  of  these  club  bills  and  other  evidences  of  indebted- 
ness, anything  further  in  answer  to  the  question  of  General  Frank  as 
to  whether  the  Colonel  would  be  living  beyond  his  means  as  a  Major 
and  have  to  have  independent  resources  to  maintain  this  pace. 

Mr.  Pine.  That,  sir,  is  very  hard  to  tell.  Those  club  bills  are  very 
deceiving.  In  some  months  the  Colonel  would  spend  $75,  and  other 
months  it  would  be  less  than  $2,  and  very  often — his  first  wife  ex- 
plained it  that,  well,  when  they  would  have  these  large  bills  it  would 
be  a  group  of  friends  who  would  go  out,  and  because  the  Colonel  be- 
longed to  the  club,  why,  their  check  would  possibly  be  only  $10,  but  it 
would  reflect  a  very  large  amount  on  the  bill.  You  see  what  I  mean? 
In  other  words,  the  others  would  pay  him  their  share  in  cash.  You 
see,  he  belonged  to  a  great  number  of  clubs,  but  that  was  deceptive 
again  because  as  an  Army  officer  his  dues  were  very  small,  and  many 
of  them  he  didn't  use  very  frequently. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  what  you  are  referring  to,  Mr.  Pine,  are 
club  bills  of  clubs  to  which  Colonel  Wyman  belonged  and  which  bills 
were  in  his  name? 

Mr.  Pine.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  But  what  I  have  in  mind  are  bills  that  would 
be  normal  bills  for  expensive  parties  at  the  Biltmore  Hotel,  for 
example. 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  they  would  be  all  so  far  as  I  know — now,  I  didn't 
go  through  the  Biltmore  records  personally;  just  one  day.  But  you 
would  really  have  to  be  a  millionaire  to  support  the  expenditures  made 
in  that  hotel— by  Mr.  Rohl,         [£S87]         however. 


1244     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

60.  Major  Clausen.  And  specifically  also,  with  respect  to  the  yacht 
trips  that  were  taken  by  Colonel  Wyman  and  the  other  forms  of  enter- 
tainment to  which  you  have  testified,  the  question  is  then  posed  as  to 
whether,  if  Colonel  Wyman  paid  his  share  of  all  that  entertainment, 
it  could  have  been  done  out  of  a  Major's  salary. 

Mr.  Pine.  I  don't  think  it  could  be  done  out  of  the  President'te 
salary,  as  a  matter  of  fact. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  did  you  in  Los  Angeles  yourself  know  a 
Werner  Plack,  Mr.  Pine  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  did,  quite  well. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  occasion  to  see  Hans  Wilhelm 
Rohl  in  company  with  this  Werner  Plack? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  very  possibly  I  saw  them  together  three  or  four 
times,  but  there  was  only  one  incident  which  stands  out  in  my  mind 
when  I  know  definitely  they  were  together. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  tell  that  to  the  Board,  please? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  it  was  in  the  summer  of  1938.  The  reason  I  place 
it  as  1938  was,  a  friend  of  mine  who  is  now  dead  was  out  here  visiting 
me,  and  we  had  been  to  the  baseball  game.  We  went  over  to  this  place 
called  the  Swing  Club  in  Hollywood,  which  was  at  1710  North  Los 
Palmas,  and  I  imagine  we  arrived  there — I  hesitate  to  say — probably 
around  midnight.  After  we  had  been  there  a  short  time  there  was  a 
floor  show,  small  floor  show  going  on,  with  a  chorus,  and  the  orchestra 
was  playing,  and  suddenly  the  master  of  ceremonies  stopped  the  music 
and  they  swung  into  a  new  tune,  and  all  the  girls  and  the  two  men,  as 
I  remember  it,  in  the  floor  show  all  started  [2SS8]  to  sing, 
"Here  comes  Bill,  here  comes  Bill,  here  comes  Bill,  here  comes  Bill 
Rohl  now." 

Well,  naturally,  knowing — having  known  Bill,  I  turned  to  see  who 
was  coming  in,  and  it  was  Bill,  Werner  Plack,  and  some  white-haired 
gentleman ;  I  don't  know  who  he  was,  have  never  seen  him  since. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  your  acquaintance  with  this  Werner 
Plack? 

Mr.  Pine.  Werner  Plack  I  met  in  19 — this  has  got  to  be  an  approxi- 
mate date — about  1935.  Werner  came  over  here  as  a  guest  of  Baron 
Von  Gunhardt,  who  then  lived  on  the  corner  of  Roxbury  and  Lex- 
ington in  Beverly  Hills. 

65.  General  Frank.  Just  a  minute.    Spell  that  for  the  reporter. 
Mr.  Pine.  V-o-n  G-n-n-d  or  G-u-n-h-a-r-d-t,  I  guess  it  was.     And 

I  met  Werner  many  times  during  that  summer.  He  seemed  to  he  coin- 
|)letely  anti-Nazi  and  against  Hitler.  Shortl}^  after  that  he  returned 
to  Germany  where,  from  my  memory,  I  believe  he  remained  about  one 
year.  On  his  return  to  this  country  he  was  a  thoroughly  indoctrin- 
ated admirer  of  the  Nazi  government.  I  saw  Werner  off  and  on  in 
friends'  homes  and  in  my  own,  at  various  public  places  around  Beverly 
Hills,  frequently,  until  his  return  to  Germany — I  hesitate — it  was  be- 
fore the  Russian  invasion.    It  was  previous  to  June  22,  1940. 

66.  Major  Claisex.  Do  you  know  whether  that  return  was 
voluntary  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Not  of  my  own  knowledge.  I  know  that  Harry  Flan- 
nery  of  the  C.  B.  S.  told  me,  when  he  saw  Werner  in  Berlin  [2389] 
when  he  got  back — you  see,  Werner  during  this  last  two  years  in  this 
country  spent  most  of  liis  time  drunk,  and  for  anyone  to  believe  that 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1245 

he  could  possibly  be  an  agent  of  the  German  Government  seemed 
ridiculous.  However,  Harry  W.  Flannery,  who  was  then  represent- 
ing Columbia  Broadcasting  in  Berlin,  told  me.  that  from  the  time 
Werner  Plack  arrived  in  Berlin  a  very  few  days  only  transpired  before 
he  became  an  executive  of  the  German  Foreign  Ollice. 

67.  Major  Claisex.  This  Baron  Von  Gunhardt,  who  was  he? 

Mr.  PixE.  Well,  there  were  four — I  never  knew  them  very  well. 
There  was  Girt  Von  Gunhardt.  They  were  married  to  the  Anheuser- 
Busch  family,  I  believe,  or  the  Anheuser-Busch  girl  married  Von  Gun- 
hardt, and  they  lived  in  Germany,  and  they  moved  to  this  country. 
There  was  one'  brother  who  was  in  a  great  deal  of  trouble  with  the 
Nazi  Government  over  there.  The  other  brothers,  as  I  understand, 
were  intensely  loyal. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  I  was  going  to  ask  you,  tirst,  if  you  knew  any- 
thing about  the  subsidizing  of  Werner  Plack  while  in  this  country  by 
the  German  Consul  in  San  Francisco,  Fritz  Weideman,  or  the  German 
Consul  in  Los  Angeles,  that  doctor,  what  was  his  name  ? 

Mr.  Pix^e.  Geisman. 

69.  Major  Clausen.  Geisman. 

Mr.  Pix'E.  I  personally  know  notliing  of  that  except  again  by  hear- 
say, that  Dr.  Geisling  was  the  one  who  was  instrumental  in  sending 
Werner  back  to  Germany,  and  from  what  I  understand  Werner  sold 
Dr.  Geisling  a  bill  of  goods,  that  is,  by  that,  that  he  understood  the 
American  temperament  and  the  American  psychology,  and  if  he  had 
a  job  in  the  German  Foreign  Office,  [2390]  why,  he  could  do 
a  good  job.  You  see,  Werner  was  the  one  who  was  instrumental  in 
putting  P.  G.  Wodehouse  and  the  Crown  Prince  on  the  air. 

70.  Major  Clausex^  In  Germany? 

Mr.  Pix'E.  Yes,  in  Germany  when  he  returned. 

71.  Major  CLAUSEX^  Well,  can  you  tell  the  Board  anything  as  to 
the  connection  of  Wyman  with  this  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  relationship 
as  it  is  affected  by  this  Werner  Plack,  in  a  general  way,  with  leads? 

Mr.  Pine.  I  don't  think  there  was  any  connection  whatever  between 
Colonel  Wyman  and  W^erner  Plack.  So  far  as  I  know,  they  may 
have  never  met. 

72.  General  Fraxk.  You  know  that  Rohl  knew  Plack? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  I  know  that  he  was  with  him  that  night,  and  they 
were  very  friendly.  That  I  unhesitatingly  can  testify  t(^,  that  in 
various  parties  where  they  w^ere  around  in  the  same  group  I  am  sure 
they  nuist  have  been  together,  but  I  wouldn't  testify  to  the  fact  thev 
were,  but  that  night  there  is  no  question  about  it. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

[2301]  74.  General  Grunekt.  Have  j^ou  anv  questions.  General 
Russell  ? 

75.  General  Russeel.  Yes.     I  would  like  to  see  what  this  is  all  about. 
This  Tenney  investigation  started  in  1943,  did  it  not  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  No,  no;  not  the  investigation.  The  investigation  leally 
started  wlien  we  received  the  amazing  neAvs  in  Beverly  Hills  that 
Rohl  had  been  executed  in  Hawaii — which  turned  out  of  course  to  be 
incoi-rect ;  and  I'll  tell  you  Avhen  that  was.  That  was  right  after 
December  17, 1941,  right  after  Pearl  Harbor. 

76.  General  Russell.  This  Tenney  Committee  that  was  set  up  by 
the  California  legislature  exists  for  the  pui"pose  of  investigating 
un-American  activities  ? 


1246    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Pine.  That  is  correct. 

77.  General  Russell.  That  is  its  function  ?  Did  you  begin  working 
with  that  committee  about  the  time  it  came  into  being? 

Mr.  Pine.  No,  I  didn't  start  working  w4th  that  committee  until,  I 
believe  it  was,  January  1942. 

78.  General  Russell.  Now,  ^^•hen  did  this  man  Rohl  become  the 
subject  of  investigation  by  that  committee  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  it  was  when  all  the  rumors  began  to  circulate  very 
freely,  we  began  to  check  into  his  background. 

79.  General  Russell.  Briefly  stated,  what  was  the  sum  and  sub- 
stance of  these  rumors  wliich  prompted  this  committee  to  investigate 
Rohl? 

Mr.  Pine.  The  sum  and  substance  of  the  first  thing  that  ever  came 
to  my  attention  was  when  a  gentleman  by  the  name  of  J.  Raymond 
Owens  gave  the  Navy  his  yacht  for  the  duration.  That  was  about  a 
150-foot  yacht.  So  Ray  Owens  and  L.  B.  Askins  [2S92]  went 
down  to  turn  the  boat  over  to  the  Navy.  Ray  was  taking  his  personal 
things  off — his  liquor  off,  and  taking  his  crew  off.  After  they  returned 
from  Newport  Harbor  they  called  me,  as  well  as  almost  everybody 
else  they  knew,  that  night,  to  tell  that  Rohl  had  been  executed;  Lieu- 
tenant Nivers  had  told  them  it  had  been  discovered  that  Rohl  had 
been  receiving  money  from  the  German  government  for  years,  and 
that  he  had  never  been  an  American,  and  was  an  alien — the  story  of 
course  was  incorrect,  as  it  turned  out — was  an  alien  at  the  time  of 
Pearl  Harbor,  that  he  had  had  access  to  all  the  plans,  information, 
and  military  installations  there;  and  as  a  result  of  this,  that  he  had 
been  tried  and  executed  for  treason.  Of  course,  that  news  spread 
like  wild-fire.  That  was  the  I7th  of  December,  if  my  memory  serves 
me  rightly,  1941 ;  and  so  far  as  we  knew  for  another  month — it  was  at 
least  six  weeks  after  that — we  thoroughly  believed  that  Rohl  had  been 
executed,  until  several  month,  until  Floy  Rolil  came  back  on  a  clipper, 
and  she  was  asked  by  a  mutual  friend,  and  she  said  no,  that  Bill  had 
not  only  not  been  executed,  but  was  in  full  charge  of  construction  work 
in  the  islands. 

80.  General  Russell.  I  have  not  found  anything  yet  that  set  the 
Tenney  conmiittee  on  Rohl,  or  anything  that  thej^  found  out  about  him ; 
and  that  is  what  I  was  trying  to  find  out. 

Mr.  Pine.  Mr.  Combs  is  probably  much  better  qualified  than  I  auL 
He  is  the  counsel  and  the  cliief  attorne}^  of  the  coni.mittee,  and  he  has 
the  entire  files.     It  is  pretty  hard  for  me,  out  of  my  head. 

81.  General  Russell.  Well,  is  there  anything  in  the  investigation 
which  relates  to  improper  conduct  of  Rohl  in  connection  [!2J9rJ] 
with  the  construction  work  out  in  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes;  there  are  in  the  records  now,  which  is  not  in  tiiat 
transcript. 

82.  General  Russell.  Evidence  to  show  improper  conduct  of  Rohl, 
out  in  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Mr.  Pine.  Oh  !    I  wish  you  would  qualify  that. 

83.  General  Russell.  Well,  you  qualify  it  in  your  answer, 

Mr.  Pine.  Why,  yes,  to  this  extent :  There  are  affidavits  from  the 
general  superintendent  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  that  Avhen  he 
was  asked  if  he  had  ever  seen  Mr.  Rohl  drunk  over  there,  in  his 
affidavit  he  replied  that  he  had  seen  him  almost  every  day  and  he 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1247 

never  had  seen  him  when  he  woukl  have  called  him  completely  sober. 

84.  General  Russell.  That  is  whose  affidavit? 

Mr.  Pine.  The  name  is  King — John  King',  who  for  four  or  five 
months  was  general  superintendent  of  Constructors. 

85.  General  Russell.  That  was  prior  to  December  7,  1041,  or  was 
it  thereafter? 

Mr.  Pine.  Thereafter,  because 

86.  General  Frank.  We  are  going  to  have  Mr.  King  as  a  witness. 

87.  General  Russell.  All  right. 

Mr.  Pine.  A  man  by  the  name  of  Wuckheiser,  too. 

88.  General  Russell.  Mr.  Pine,  how  long  had  you  known  this 
man  Rohl? 

Mr.  Pine.  I  would  set  that  about  1932,  because  I  remember  asking, 
at  the  time  of  the  change  in  administration,  when  Hoover  went  out 
and  President  Roosevelt  came  in,  whether  it  would  affect  his  business, 
and  that  is  the  only  reason  I  say  it  must  have  been  1932  or  '33. 

[2394]  89.  General  Russell.  Had  you  had  social  contacts  with 
him,  and  had  you  spoken  to  him  over  this  period  of  time?  Did  he 
know  who  you  were? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes,  although  I  understood  that  Floy  Rohl  told  a  mutual 
friend  that  Bill  had  said  that  every  time  I  had  ever  met  him  he  had 
been  so  drunk  he  only  remembered  me  once,  when  I  sat  on  the  arms 
of  his  chairs  sometimes  for  two  hours  at  a  time.  This  was  long  before 
the  time  I  had  any  idea  lie  was  a  German  alien,  for  that  matter. 

90.  General  Russell.  Did  vou  ever  liave  any  business  dealings 
with  Rohl? 

Mr.  Pine.   None  whatever. 

91.  General  Russell.  You  only  came  into  the  investigation  by 
virtue  of  your  association  with  this  Tenney  Committee? 

Mr.  Pine.  That  is  correct. 

92.  General  Russell.  And  do  you  think  that  they  took  after  him 
M'ith  this  Tenney  Committee  because  they  got  the  report  that  he  had 
been  executed  in  Hawaii  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes.  I  know  that  was  the  first  thing  that  interested 
me,  and  then  when  he  showed  up  back  here — that  is,  everything  was 
all  right;  and  then  I  believe  is  the  time  that  Mr.  Combs  started  into 
work  to  find  out  how  he  became  a  citizen  at  a  time  like  that. 

93.  General  Rltssell.  That  is  all. 

94.  General  Frank.  I  liave  nothing. 

95.  General  Grunert.  I  have  one  or  two  questions.  From  your 
association  with  the  Tenney  Committee,  and  what  you  know  of  your 
own  accord,  do  you  know  of  anything  un-American  that  Wyman  has 
ever  done? 

[2S95]  Mr.  Pine.  That  Wyman  has  ever  done  ?  Well,  of  course, 
that  depends  upon  your  interpretation  of  "un-American."  If  you 
mean  in  regard  to  anything  subversive — no. 

96.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  un-American  to  get  drunk,  if  he  got 
drunk  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  No. 

97.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  un-American  to  carouse,  if  he  did 
carouse  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  No. 


1248     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL   HARBOR  ATTACK 

98.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Pine,  this  Board  is  limited  in  the  scope  of 
its  investigation,  to  such  phases  as  may  bear  directly  or  indirectly  on 
tl)e  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 

Mr.  PixE.  I  understand. 

99.  General  Grunert.  We  are  not  investigating  everything  or 
carrying  everything  througli  to  conclusions  because  of  leads  received 
in  attempting  to  accomplish  our  objective.  I  explain  that  to  most  all 
of  the  witnesses  that  have  been  connected  with  former  investigations, 
because  I  do  not  want  anybody  to  understand  that  tliis  Board  will 
exhaustively  go  into  phases  that  are  not  connected  with  what  we  have 
been  charged  with  doing;  and  that,  of  course,  is  what  led  up  to  Pearl 
Harbor,  and  what  happened  at  Pearl  Harbor. 

Mr.  Pine.  May  I  ask  if  you  have  Rohl's  nurse  under  subpoena, 
Madeline  Ferguson  ? 

100.  Major  Clausen.  No. 

101.  General  Grunert.  I  think  we  have  testimony,  haven't  we,  such 
as  she  gave? 

102.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir ;  we  do  not  have,  here. 

Mr.  Pine.  Madeline  Ferguson  was  a  trained  nurse  who  [2396] 
endeavored  to  enter  the  Army,  and  she  had  sinus  trouble,  I  believe,  so 
she  was  rejected.  However,  the  American  Red  Cross  accepted  her 
services  and  sent  hei-  to  the  islands,  and  shortly  after  her  arrival  there, 
I  have  forgotten  the  date  on  that,  she  had  Rohl  as  a  case,  and  her 
affidavit  of  course  Mr.  Combs  has ;  but  if  she  speaks  the  truth,  it  reveals 
beyond  question  that  Rohl  feared  something  of  which  I  know  nothing 
about;  that  is,  that  when  he  returned  here  to  the  coast  she  still 
attended  him,  at  the  Palace  Hotel.  The  first  thing  that  "Jim"  Gwynn 
and — well,  it  was  Tom  Connolly's  brother — I  don't  know — were  in  the 
insurance  business;  that  when  he  moved  into  the  suite,  he  used  to  go 
behind  every  picture,  beds,  and  so  forth;  and  when  they  had  to  move 
to  another  suite,  they  were  positive  that  the  place  had  been  wired  and 
that's  why  they  had  moved  them;  but  they  accused  her,  in  front  of 
Rohl,  of  being  actively  Avorking  for  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investiga- 
tion, planted  next  to  him  by  them,  and  that  that  was  the  first  time,  that 
she  had  attended  him  at  Honolulu  for  months,  and  she  continued  to 
attend  him  at  various  times,  in  the  Biltmore  Hotel  and  the  Palace 
Hotel ;  that  she  knew  there  wasn't  anything  wrong  outside  of  his 
drinking.  She  didn't  go  to  the  Fedei-al  Bureau  of  Investigation  at 
that  time,  because  she  thought  it  was  such  a  silly  story ;  but  that  he 
lived  in  constant  dread,  and  particularly,  that  "Jim"  Gwynn  and  "Pat" 
Connolly  were  more  worried  than  Rohl. 

103.  General  Grunert.  Had  any  of  these  j^ersons  that  you  have 
mentioned  ever  been  in  politics  here  in  California  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  Who  do  you  mean  ? 

104.  General  Grunert.  There  was  nothing  political  about  this 
[2.397]         Tenney  Committee,  was  there? 

Mr.  Pine.  None  whatever.  "Jack"  Tenney  had  never  heard  of 
"Bill"  Rohl  or  known  him,  so  far  as  I  know. 

105.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  Colonel  Wyman,  or 
Major  Wyman  at  that  time,  dabbled  in  politics  at  all? 

Mr.  Pine.  I  have  never  heard  such  a  thing. 

106.  General  Grunert.  Now,  knowing  what  I  might  call  our  limita- 
tion on  our  field  of  investigation,  can  you  think  of  anything  else  that 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1249 

you  might  add  that  might  help  the  Board  or  assist  the  Board  in  its 
mission  to  get  at  the  facts  on  those  phases  that  pertain  directly  to 
the  Pearl  Harbor  attack? 

Mr.  Pine.  Well,  you  probably  have  access  to  wherever  she  is,  Ger- 
trude Campbell,  who  is  now  Mrs.  Brunner. 

107.  General  Grunert.  She  has  already  been  a  witness. 

Mr.  Pine.  She  has?     Well,  then,  there  is  a  Mrs.  Cooper,  I  believe. 

108.  Major  Clausen.  We  did  not  call  Mrs.  Cooper. 

Mr.  Pine.  That's  entirely  hearsay  on  my  part,  from  men  who  were 
there. 

109.  Major  Clausen.  If  you  think  Mrs.  Cooper  should  be  called, 
could  you  give  us 

Mr.  Pine.  I  don't  think  so.  I  am  just  trying.  Was  she  the  lady 
who  was  with  him  in  Honolulu,  and  then  with  him  up  in  Edmonton? 

110.  Major  Clausen.  I  think  so.  There  is  some  statement  to  that 
effect  in  the  affidavit  of  a  Ferman  K.  Pickering. 

Mr.  Pine.  Pickering? 

111.  Major  Clausen.  Some  things  have  been  beyond  the  scope  of 
the  Board's  activities. 

[2398]  Mr.  Pine.  You  see,  a  lot  of  this  is  confused  in  my  mind 
from  what  I  knew  of  the  Alcan  Highway  investigation.  I  think  I  was 
thinking  of  her  in  that  connection. 

112.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  think  Mr.  Combs  will  have  an  affi- 
davit from  this  Madeline  Ferguson  which  would  bear  on  this  point 
that  you  mentioned  this  morning? 

Mr.  Pine.  Yes ;  he  will  have,  as  I  recall  it,  two  long  affidavits  from 
her,  sworn  to. 

113.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  can  cover  that. 

114.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  And  would  he  also  have  any 
pertinent  leads,  which  would  limit  it  to  our  mission  ? 

Mr.  Pine.  You  will  have  the  complete  file. 

115.  Major  Clausen.  Or  do  you  have  anything  in  addition  to  what 
he  might  have? 

Mr.  Pine.  No.  I  have  nothing.     He  has  everything — the  entire  file. 

116.  General  Grunert.  That  appears  to  cover  about  all  we  can  get 
from  this  witness.     We  thank  you  for  coming  over  here  today. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Brief  recess.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  ROBERT  EUGENE  McKEE,  GENERAL  CONTRACTOR, 
EL  PASO,  TEXAS,  AND  LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  full  name  and 
address. 

Mr.  IMcKee.  Robert  Eugene  McKee,  and  my  address  is  El  Paso, 
Texas,  and  also,  Los  Angeles. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  McKee? 
\2399]         Mr.  McKee.  I  am  a  general  contractor. 

3.  (jeneral  Grunert.  Mr.  McKee,  this  Board  is  particularly  inter- 
ested in  facts  bearing  on  what  happened  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor  and 
during  the  attack,  and  any  phases  that  bear  on  that  story.    That  in- 


1250     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

eludes  an  investigation  of  what  happened  in  the  construction  line  prior 
to  Pearl  Harbor.  Now,  the  field  that  we  cover  is  so  broad  that  we  have 
parceled  out  some  of  these  special  subjects  to  members  of  the  Board, 
and  your  friend,  General  Frank,  has  that  particular  specialty,  and  he 
will  be  assisted  by  Major  Clausen;  so  I  will  ask  General  Frank  to  lead 
in  asking  the  questions. 

4.  General  Frank.  Mr.  McKee,  will  you  state  generally  the  scope 
of  your  operations,  to  show  the  size  of  your  hrm. 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  we  are  working,  we  have  offices  today  in  Pan- 
ama; Dallas,  Texas;  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico;  Odgen,  Utah-  and 
Los  Angeles,  California,  and  we  have  considerable  work  for  the  Navy, 
the  Army,  the  Veterans'  Administration,  and  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment, I  think  the  Santa  Fe  job  is  used ;  as  well  as  for  the  various  rail- 
roads. We  do  a  good  deal  of  work  for  them.  We  had  an  office  out 
in  Honolulu,  as  you  know,  up  to  the  time — well,  till  about  six  months 
after  Pearl  Harbor.     We  were  there  about  five  or  six  years. 

5.  General  Frank.  In  1941,  on  what  work  in  Honolulu  was  your 
tirm  engaged  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  We  were  working  at  Hickam  Field,  Schofield  Bar- 
racks, and  Fort  Shaffer;  and  I  am  not  sure  whether  we  were  still 
working  at  Pearl  Harbor.  I  don't  think  we  were  at  Pearl  Harbor. 
It  might  have  been,  the  early  part  of  1941. 

6.  General  Frank.  In  the  early  part  of  1941,  what  as  you  [!2400~\ 
remember  was  about  the  estimated  amount  of  your  contracts? 

Mr.  McKee.  Everywhere  ? 

7.  General  Frank.  In  Hawaii. 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  would  say  we  must  have  had  several  millions 
of  dollars  worth  of  work. 

8.  General  Frank.  Several?     Five?     Ten? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  would  say  somewhere  around  from  three  to 
four  million.  That  is  in  Pearl  Harbor  alone.  I  mean,  in  Honolulu, 
alone. 

9.  General  Frank.  In  Honolulu  alone  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes.     That  is  just  from  recollection. 

10.  General  Frank.  Now,  did  you  know  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  never  met  him.  I  had  had  correspondence  and  con- 
versation with  him  over  the  long-distance  phone. 

11.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  nature  of  that? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  the  first — when  he  first  came  over  to  Honolulu, 
as  district  engineer,  the  first  contacts  I  had  with  him  was  in  connection 
with  a  building  at  Wheeler  Field.  We  built  a- large  barracks  at 
Wheeler  Field,  a^-d  on  the  roof,  without  going  into  too  much  details, 
constructions  and  materials,  user  for  insulating  material,  Vermiculite, 
and  on  top  of  that,  put  a  rooting  paper.  The  Vermiculite  unfortunately 
holds  moisture,  and  it  formed  bubbles  of  air  or  moisture  underneath 
the  roofing,  and  it  raised  up  into  blisters;  and  this  occurred  after  we 
were  through  with  the  building.  We  hadn't  yet  received  our  final 
payment ;  and  about  that  time  I  think  Colonel  Wyman  came  over,  and 
we  were  trying  to  get  him  to  accept  the  building ;  our  contention  being, 
and  which  I  believe  we  were  afterwards  verified  as  being  correct  in, 
that  we  had  put  on  the  [i3401]  materials,  as  specified,  and  it 
wasn't  our  difficulties,  to  get  our  final  payment.  Well,  Colonel  Wyman 
brought  up  this  question  of  these  blisters  on  the  roof,  and  he  wanted 


PKOCEEDINGS   OF   AKMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1251 

US  to  put  up  a  cash  bond — the  money.  I  offered  to  put  up — we  already 
had  a  bond  on  the  job,  and  the  roofer,  the  Peerless  Roofincr  Company, 
who  did  the  work  for  us  in  Honolulu.  We  wore  willing  to  make  good 
(he  guarautce,  in  case  the  roof  went  bad.  That  occurs  frequently  in 
Honolulu  on  account  of  the  moistur(>;  not  enough  interval  between 
rainfalls  to  let  a  roof  out  there  dry  up  thoroughly;  and  he  wouldn't 
accept  anything,  he  said,  except  cash.  AVell,  we  offered  to  give  him 
Government  bonds,  and  first  one  thing  and  another — anything  else, 
but  we  didn't  want  to  give  him  the  money,  because  I  thought  it  was 
difficult  to  impound  cash ;  so  we  had  quite  a  little  correspondence  about 
that  matter,  and  finally,  through  efforts  of — in  Washington,  we  had 
tliem  agree  to  accept  some  form  of  Government  bonds,  and  the  matter 
was  closed,  and  we  put  up  the  bonds.  I  don't  know  where  they  were 
deposited ;  but  as  soon  as  Colonel  Wyman  left,  why,  they  returned  the 
bonds  to  us ;  and  that  was  our  first  instance  of  having,  you  know,  really 
from  myself  coming  in  contact,  although  our  office  had  other  contacts 
v\ith  him. 

12.  General  Frank.  Who  was  supervising  your  work  in  Honolulu? 
Mr.  McKee.  Well,  there  was  originally  Mr.  Jones,  and  we  liad  a 

Mr.  Hardie,  and  Mr.  Stoker,  and  Mr.  Wylie. 

13.  General  Frank.  Who  was  heading  up  the  organization  for  you? 
Mr.  INIcKee.  Well,  originally,  Mr.  Jones,  and  then  he  left  to  come 

back,  and  then  Mr.  Wylie,  and  Mr.  Stoker  looked  after  the  office,  and 
Mr.  Hardie,  on  the  outside ;  and  of  course  we  had  a  lot  of  other  men, 
there,  you  know — Mr.  Clark,  and  Mr.  [2^03]  Hatchel  was  over 
there,  and  quite  a  few  others. 

14.  General  Frank.  Now,  do  you  remember  when  the  Hawaiian 
Constructors  came  into  being? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  yes;  to  some  extent.  We  had  been  doing  con- 
siderable work  there,  and  I  think  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  first 
started  to  build  some  temporary  quarters  near  Hickam  Field,  as  well 
as  I  recollect  it.  We  had  been  in  association  with  another — on  other 
work,  under,  I  think  it  was  Major  Harold,  for  some  various  work.  I 
think  it  was  a  hospital,  Tripler  hospital,  with  about  six  or  seven  other 
Honolulu  contractors;  and,  as  I  say,  al3out  this  time,  I  think,  when 
Colonel  Wyman  came  over,  why,  with  Rohl-Connolly  and  the  Callahan 
concerns,  came  over.  We  had  figured  some  air  fields  on  the  various 
islands;  sometimes,  some  of  the  other  local  contractors,  there;  and 
although  we  thought  that  we,  and  some  others,  were  entitled  to  the 
business,  why,  we  dicbi't  get  it,  they  gave  it  to,  I  think,  Callahan,  or 
Rohl-Connolly,  I  don't  know  which ;  and  then  as  I  say,  about  that  time 
they  formed  this,  what  I  understood  was  Hawaiian  Constructors — 
wasn't  that  the  name? 

15.  General  F'rank.  Yes ;  that  is  right. 

Mr.  McKee.  I  don't  know  just  exactly  who  were  the  parties  to  it. 
I  think  Mr.  Woolley  w^as  in  on  it,  as  well  as  Rohl-Connolly. 

16.  General  Frank.  Gunther  &  Shirley  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes ;  some  other  concern.  . 

17.  General  Frank.  And  the  Callahan  Company? 
Mr.  McKee.  Callahan. 

18.  General  Frank.  Were  you  approached  to  come  in  on  this  or- 
ganization? 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2—30 


1252     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  McKee.  Not  originally,  not  when  they  first  came  over, 
[^^6>J]         not  until  after  Pearl  Harbor. 

19.  (leneral  Frx\nk.  Did  you  have  a  plinit  and  a  constructing  or- 
ganization in  Honohdu  at  the  time^ 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes,  we  had  probably  the  largest  organization  over 
there,  I  guess,  at  the  time. 

20.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  why  you  were  not  approached  to 
become  a  part  of  this  organization,  with  the  largest  construction  or- 
ganization in  the  islands  at  the  time? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  only  from  what  w^as  hearsay,  and  that  is  that 
these  men  w^ere  friends  of  Colonel  Wyman,  and  followed  him  around 
from  various  jobs  that  he  had  had  in  the  past,  that's  all.  I  understood 
they  were  more  or  less  favorites  of  his,  Connolly  and  ourselves,  but 
I  don't  think  very  few  other  contractors  really  had  very  much 
opportunity. 

21.  General  Frank.  Who  were  the  others  who  had  no  opportunity? 
Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  think,  as  I  say — Mr.  Black  was  one,  and  there 

were  quite  a  feAv  others,  I  don't  remember  all  the  names  of  the  fellows 
over  there,  now;  and  although  I  think  the  Hawaiian  contractors — 
do  you  remember  the  Hawaiian  contractors?  They  went  in  on  it, 
didn't  they,  finally? 

22.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  McKee.  They  were  not  very  happy  about  it,  so  they  told  us, 
and  as  I  say,  we  were  never  approached,  and  I  understood  the  same 
thing  applied  to  most  all  of  the  other  contractors.  I  don't  remember 
all  the  names  right  now,  and  we  discussed  it  more  or  less  informally. 

23.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  why  you  were  not  approached? 
Mr.  McKee.  No,  I  don't  know  the  reason,  I  suppose,  except  that  per- 
haps they  wanted  someone  else. 

1^404]         24,  General  Frank.     Were  you  ever  approached? 

Mr.  McKee.  After  Pearl  Harbor,  after  the  bombing  of  Pearl  Har- 
bor, why,  we  were  approached  by  Colonel  Wyman,  and  he  insisted 
that  we  go  in  with  the  Hawaiian  Constructors.  Of  course,  I  don't 
know  whether  you  know  it  or  not,  but  they  kinda  call  me  "the  lone 
wolf,"  I  don't  usually  go  in  on  any  combination  of  any  kind,  and  I 
have  always  been  opposed  more  or  less  to  these  joint  ventures.  I  feel 
that  greater  efficiency  and  success  can  be  gained  and  more  respon- 
sibility by  sending,  in  one  place,  and  I  was  somewhat  afraid  that  these 
joint  ventures  were  leading  to  too  much  profit  on  some  of  the  jobs. 
Frankly,  I  didn't  think  it  would  stand  up,  and  the  original — after 
the  bombing,  as  I  remember  it  now,  after  Pearl  Harbor,  he  notified 
our  organization  that  we  would  have  to  go  in  with  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors, as  a  subcontractor,  or  go  out  of  business;  and  they  wired 
me  and  phoned  me,  and  I  believe  I  wrote  them  and  wired  them  back, 
whichever  was  available  at  that  time,  that  I  was  opposed  to  going  in 
with  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  on  these  general  principles,  that  I 
was  willing  to  do  any  work  that  the  Army  wanted  me  to  do  and  I 
would  be  glad  to  do  it  without  any  fee  whatever,  and  they  could  have 
our  entire  organization;  and  as  I  said,  then,  the  amount  of  money 
involved,  so  far  as  I  was  concerned,  it  didn't  make  any  difference.  I 
didn't  care  whether  we  made  anything  at  all  or  not.  That  didn't 
seem  to  satisfy  him,  and  I  think  he  called  me  over  the  long-distance 
telephone  when  I  was  in  Los  Angeles,  and  he  talked  to  me  and  told 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1253 

me  that  if  I  didn't — so  that  was  my  impression,  anyhow,  in  words; 
I  don't  know  the  exact  words  he  used — that  if  I  didn't  go  in  with  Rohl- 
Connolly,  that  he  would  drive  us  out  of  [£405]  business  as 
far  as  the  Hawaiian  Islands  were  concerned.  "Well,"  I  told  him, 
"Colonel,  I  guess  if  that  is  the  way  you  feel  about  it,  I  guess  you  will 
have  to  do  it."  And  I  also  impressed  on  him,  and  I  also  notified 
Wyman,  that  as  far  as  I  was  concerned,  they  could  have  our  entire 
organization,  and  we  would  do  any  repair  work  or  any  work  that 
they  wanted,  and  without  any  fee  whatever,  if  they  so  desired,  and 
we  did  finally,  after  quite  an  excange  of  telegrams  and  letters  and 
protests  to  Washington,  why,  we  finally  did  take  over  the  repairs  on 
some  buildings,  and  I  think  we  were  there  about  six  months  at  Pearl 
Harbor,  and  we  finally  sold  out  to  the  engineers  our  equipment. 

We  had  quite  a  few  unfinished  jobs,  and  of  course  what  I  was  more 
concerned  about  was  the  fact  that  we  wanted  to  get  finished  our  own 
jobs,  and  he  wanted  us  to  throw  those  into  Hawaiian  Constructors 
and  finish  them  as  subcontractors  o(f  Ha,waiian  Constructors.  I 
thought  that  we  were  more  familiar  with  it,  and  I  believe  that  the 
facts  are  that  we  were,  and  probably  had  a  little  more  efficient 
organization  especially  for  finishing  those  contracts  than  they  could 
possibly  have  had  with  the  Hawaiian  Constructors;  so  I  refused  to 
go  in  as  a  subcontractor,  and  finally  we  did  finish  all  the  contracts 
we  had,  except  two,  which  were  stopped,  and  as  far  as  we  were  con- 
cerned, were  not  completed.  That  was  true  I  think  of  Fort  Shafter 
Barracks,  I  am  not  sure — two  contracts — and  we  settled  up  those 
contracts  satisfactorily,  apparently,  to  them  and  ourselves. 

After  a  period  of  time,  that  part  was  settled.  Then  we  went 
ahead  and  did  considerable  repair  work.  They  used  our  [2406] 
equipment  and  our  materials,  and  various  other  things,  and  after 
a  long  period  of  time,  why,  they  finally,  when  it  was  finished,  they 
paid  us  for  it,  and  paid  us  a  small  fee,  although  we  didn't  request  it. 

[i^407]  25.  General  Frank.  Were  you  ever  given  an  opportu- 
nity to  come  into  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  on  the  same  level  as 
Gunther-Shirley  and  Rohl-Connolly? 

Mr.  McKee.  Not  as  I  recollect,  no.  They  wanted  us  to  work  as 
sub-contractors,  the  way  I  understood  it. 

26.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  opportunity  to  know  any- 
thing about  the  type  of  organization  under  which  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
structors operated  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  very  little.  We  had  contact  with  some  of  the 
men.  Then  I  had  contact  indirectly  through  my  own  men  with  some 
of  their  organization. 

27.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  general  reputation  of  that  organ- 
ization ? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  would  be  probably  vain  if  I  told  you  what  the  gen- 
eral impression  was.  Their  engineers  told  us  we  were  the  only  ones 
for  a  while  that  did  any  work  over  there  after  Pearl  Harbor,  but 
apparently  the  organization  wasn't  very  efficient.  I  am  not — that's 
about  tlie  general  understanding,  that  they  were  not  operating  a  very 
efficient  organization,  which  is  usually  the  case  with  too  many  cooks 
in  the  broth. 

28.  General  Frank.  Mr.  McKee,  do  you  know  of  any  instances  of 
unnecessary  delay  that  occurred. in  construction  of  any  projects  over 
there? 


1254     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  McKee,  Well,  I  don't  know  of  any  specific  instances  without 
going  into  it  pretty  thoroughly.  Some  of  our  men — because  I 
wasn't  there,  but  it  was  the  general  understanding  that  the  jobs  that 
they  had  were  not  going  ahead ;  now,  for  what  reason,  I  don't  know. 
A  lot  of  jobs  that  we  figured  on,  I  know,  that  were  supposed  to  be 
completed  in  a  certain  length  of  time,  [2408'\  many  times 
weren't  even  started  for  months  and  months  after  the  contracts  were 
let.  Why  that  was,  I  don't  know.  But,  as  I  say,  the  general  im- 
pression in  the  islands  was  that  they  were  delayed;  I  don't  know  why. 

29.  General  Frank.  Dou  you  know^  of  any  instances — did  you  hear 
of  any  instances — where  there  was  any  deliberate  delay  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  No,  I  couldn't  say  that  I  know  of  any  deliberate  delays. 

30.  General  Frank.  Have  yo'u  any  information  or  any  knowledge 
of  anything  that  happened  among  the  contractors  or  between  the  con- 
tractors and  Colonel  Wyman  that  may  have  contributed  to  delays? 

Mr.  McKee.  What  do  you  exactly  mean  by  that,  General? 

31.  General  Frank.  Well,  what  I  am  trying  to  do  is  to  give  you  an 
opportunity  to  state  to  the  Board  anything  that  you  may  have  in  the 
back  of  your  head  on  the  conditions  tliat  existed  over  there. 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  the  only  thing  I  would  say  in  some  of  our  in- 
stances, without  going  into  other  peo])les'  field  which  I  am  not  familiar 
with — shouldn't  be — ^but  from  the  reports  of  Mr.  Wylie  and  Mr.  Stoker 
and  others 

32.  General  F'rank.  Who  were  your  representatives? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes.  That  many  times  Colonel  Wyman  was  not  in  a 
fit  conditions  to  attend  to  business.  We  had  lots  of  times  where  we 
couldn't  get  decisions  for  reasons  which  we  thought  were:  w^asn't  in  a 
condition  to  attend  to  business.     That  was  the  whole  thing. 

32.  Genera]  Frank.  That  was  because  of  his  lack  of  sobriety  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  apparently,  yes.  I  have  had  one  report 
[£409]  where  we  had  some  papers  to  be  signed  where  he  told  me 
that  he  wasn't — couldn't  sign  his  name  at  that  time.  I  don't  know 
how  far  that  went. 

34.  General  Frank.  Who  gave  you  that  information?  Your  own 
representatives  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  One  of  our  own  men,  yes.  We  had  a  conference  up 
there  and  supposed  to  have  it  agreed,  and  at  that  time  he  was  unable 
to  continue  for  some  reason  or  another.  I  wouldn't  say  that  he  was — 
how  intoxicated,  or  anything,  he  was,  because  I  don't  know. 

35.  General  Frank.  Was  this  before  Pearl  Harbor? 
Mr.  McKee.  That  was  before  Pearl  Harbor. 

36.  General  Frank.  Who  was  your  representative  at  that  time? 
Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  say,  we  had  my  son  over  there,  John  McKee,  and 

Mr.  Wylie  and  Mr.  Stoker.     We  had  quite  an  organization.     John 
Clark,  Mr.  Hardie,  Mr.  Jones,  and 

37.  General  Frank.  Who  would  know  directly  about  this  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  think  probably  Mr.  Hardie  and  Mr.  Wylie. 
Mr.  Hardy  is  down  at  San  Bernardino  now. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  lack  of  that  signature  at  that  par- 
ticular time  actually  result  in  delaying  any  phase  of  work  then  going 
on,  or  just  was  it  an  administrative  delay? 

Mr.  McKjee.  Well,  I  really  couldn't  say,  but  we  had  had — 1  was  just 
using  that  as  an  instance,  but  we  had  had  difficulty  in  getting  decisions 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1255 

in  order  that  our  work  jM-ocoed.  That  was  one  of  the  things  that  we 
were,  of  course,  interested  in.  I  wasn't  so  much  interested  in  his  habits 
as  I  was  in  getting  my  job  done,  because  we  had  times  when  there  was 
great  difficulty  in  getting  decisions  for  a  while  there.  That  was  the 
only  thing  [24-10]  that  apparently,  as  far  as  I  am  concerned — 
understand,  I  have  never  met  Colonel  Wyman  personally.  I  wouldn't 
know  him  if  I  saw  him. 

39.  General  Frank.  Do  von  know  anything  about  the  association  of 
Colonel  Wyman  and  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Only  what  1  had  heard  from  previous  talks  with  other 
members  of  the  Engineering  Department  of  the  government,  and  just 
general,  you  might  say — 1  wouldn't  say  whether  it  was  rumors  or  gen- 
eral understanding  of  all  the  contractors  and  the  professional  people 
regarding  his  past  associatioils. 

40.  General  Frank.  What  was  that? 

Mr.  McKee.  That  he  was  very  close  to  Mr.  Eohl,  especially,  and 
\  ery  intimate  with  him  in  many  ways,  and  apparently  it  was  hard  for 
anybody  else  to  get  along  with  him,  even  officers  antl  the  people  who 
worked  with  him,  and  such,  and  also  any  contractors  or  anyone. 

41.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  that  rebounded  to  the  disad- 
vantage of  the  government? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  should  say  so,  yes.  I  think  an  officer  in  charge 
of  work  should  not  be  bound  too  closely  with  anyone  with  whom  he 
does  business ;  I  would  say  not  only  an  officer  but  even  my  ow^n  men. 
I  won't  permit  them,  for  instance,  to  be  with  them  or  get  too  intimate 
material  men  or  sub-contractors.  I  want  them  to  pay  their  oAvn  way. 
I  don't  want  them  to  be  obligated.  I  think  the  same  thing  applies  to 
a  good  officer.  I  think  he  should  be  free  to  make  a  decision  without 
any  bias  to  it,  feeling.  Of  course,  he  can't  be  if — of  course,  under- 
stand, I  read  this  report  which  was  sent  to  me  of  some  congressional 
board,  I  guess.  A  copy  was  sent  to  me  here  about  two  L^-^-?-^] 
months  ago.  I  didn't  know  about  all  of  those  things  that  were  men- 
tioned in  there,  but  I  have  heard  generally  that  he  was  a  man  of  ex- 
cessive habits  and  hard  to  get  along  with  and  was  very  friendly  to 
especially  Rohl-Connolly  and  Callahan. 

42.  General  Frank.  Can  the  statements  that  you  just  made  cover 
his  reputation  among  the  contracting  fraternity  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Fraternity,  yes. 

43.  General  Frank.  But  so  far  as  you  know  there  was  no  detriment 
rebounded  to  the  govermnent  because  of  that  association? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  would  say  I  don't — it's  awfully  hard  to  say 
anything,  specific  thing,  but  I  don't  think  there  is  any  question  about 
its  rebounding  to  the  detriment  of  the  government.  I  don't  think  there 
is  any  question  about  that.  How  detrimental,  well,  that's  a  matter  of 
comparison. 

44.  General  Frank.  Just  because  that  kind  of  an  association  is  not 
healthy  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes,  and  then,  it  costs  the  government  money.  I  don't 
think  there  is  any  question  about  that.  I  know  it  cost  the  government 
money. 

45.  General  Frank.  Will  you  expand  on  that  a  little  bit? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  for  instance,  as  I  say,  we  figured  some  of  the  air- 
fields on  the  various  islands  just  about  the  time  before  Pearl  Harbor. 


1256    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

They  could  have  taken  in  several  reputable  contractors  and  given  the 
work  to  and  had — and  actually  saved  money  under  the  bid  that  they 
gave  it  to  Callahan,  for  instance,  and  who  are  very  good  men.  They 
were 

46.  General  Frank.  Who  were  they? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  am  just  trying  to  think.  We  were  low  on  one 
[24^^]  or  two  projects,  and  several  other  contractors  involved  I 
don't  remember  now.  It  is  a  matter  of  record.  I  could  find  out.  I 
haven't  it  with  me.  But  they  were  all  good  men.  They  were  all  men, 
I  mean,  that  you  would  know  in  Honolulu. 

47.  General  Frank.  And  do  you  feel  that  the  work  would  have  been 
finished  as  rapidly  as  it  was  finished  under  the  contract  on  which  it 
was  done? 

Mr.  McKee.  You  mean  that  specific  contract  ? 

48.  General  Frank.  Yes,  those  fields. 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  it  probably  has  developed.  I  don't  think — I 
don't  know  that  they  have  ever  finished  the  jobs  yet,  unless  the  Army 
finished  them.  In  fact,  they  didn't  even  get  started  on  them.  I  think 
they  would  have  been  farther  along.  I  don't  know  whether  they  would 
have  been  finished,  or  not,  but  I  think  they  would  have  been  farther 
along,  from  what  reports  I  had.  I  don't  know  whether  they  would 
have  finished  them,  because  I  think  Pearl  Harbor  came  in  the  interval 
there,  and  I  am  not  sure  whether  the  government  finished  them,  or 
not,  exactly.  Fortunately  it  was  a  good  thing  for  us.  It  could  have 
been  very  expensive,  and  with  the  conditions  like  they  were,  but  we 
would  have  done  our  best  to  get  it  done  anyhow. 

49.  General  Frank.  These  firms  that  bid  on  them  and  didn't  get 
them  had  the  organization  and  the  plant  and  equipment  with  which 
to  do  the  job? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes,  I  am  quite  sure  they  did. 

60.  General  Frank.  Including  your  own  organization? 

Mr.  McKee.  We  had  arranged  for  ours  or  we  wouldn't  have  figured 
the  job,  of  course,  because  it  was 

51.  General  Frank.  Have  you  anything? 

[i^pS]  52.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  I  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  McKee, 
for  the  record,  concerning  a  letter  that  he  wrote  which  I  think  should 
go  in  this  record,  to  the  Honorable  R.  E.  Thomason,  on  March  1, 1943. 

Do  you  recall  writing  a  letter  to  Congressman  Thomason? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  don't  remember,  unless — I  wrote  a  lot  of  letters. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  I  will  read  it: 

(Letter  of  March  1,  1943,  Robert  E.  McKee  to  Honorable  R.  E. 
Thomason,  is  as  follows:) 

Dear  Congressman  Thomason  :  You  no  doubt  will  recollect  ( if  not  you  can  look 
up  your  files)  that  the  writer  had  quite  a  controversy  with  the  District  Engineer's 
Office  in  Hawaii,  right  after  "Pearl  Harbor"  in  connection  with  the  desire  of 
Colonel  Wyman  to  have  the  writer  become  a  part  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors, 
which  was  headed  by  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl,  of  Rohl-ConnoUy  Company  of  Los 
Angeles. 

I  am  enclosing  herein  a  newspaper  clipping  from  the  El  Paso  Times,  regarding 
an  investigation  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  and  his  connection  with  Colonel  Theodore 
Wyman.  I  am  sending  this  to  you  as  I  believe  this  now,  without  doubt,  justifies 
the  position  that  I  took  at  the  time  of  the  controversy,  and  no  doubt  they  would 
have  been  far  better  off  to  have  had  us,  or  someone  else,  do  the  work,  but  we  are 
probably  better  off  to  have  had  it  end  as  it  did.  Nevertheless,  from  what  I  have 
heard,  a  further  investigation  of  Colonel  Wyman  would  not  be  amiss,  and  it  seems 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1257 

to  rae  that  the  Army  should  follow  this  matter  up.  Such  men  [2//J4]  as 
Chester  Clark  In  Honolulu  and  others  seem  to  be  well  posted  regarding  certain 
matters  connected  with  Rohl  and  Colonel  Wyman.  How  in  the  world  anyone 
like  Colonel  Wyman  could  ever  receive  the  Distinguished  Service  Cross  I  can't 
understand.  Please  note  that  portion  of  Mrs.  Rohl's  testimony  wherein  she  said 
that  they  "tolei-ated  Wyman  only  because  of  business."  The  general  rumors  are 
that  he  was  inebriated  most  of  the  time. 

All  of  this  is  for  your  infm-mation  and  for  the  good  of  the  government.  As  far 
as  the  writer  is  concerned,  it  is  a  dead  issue,  but  I  do  question  the  advisability 
of  having  a  man  like  Colonel  Wyman  the  head  of  anything. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Robert  E.  McKee, 
General  Contraetor. 

Do  you  recall  that  letter  ? 
]Mr/]\IcKEE.  Yes,  I  do. 

54.  Maor  Clausen.  That  is  all  I  have. 

55.  General  Ivussele.  You  testified  that  you  didn't  think  that  this 
plan  of  havino-  a  number  of  contractors  associated  together,  as  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors  were,  was  a  good  plan  :  and  as  I  remen:iber  your 
evidence,  you  said  something  in  immediate  connection  therewith  about 
profits,  and  I  did  not  get  tlie  import  of  that. 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  the  general  trend  of  the  so-called  joint  ven- 
tures— that  is  a  new  word  that  they  have  more  or  less  concocted  in  the 
last  two  or  three  years.  There  is  no  question  about  it  leads  to  higher 
prices,  costs  the  government  money,  because  of  the  fact  that  you 
eliminate  competition. 

56.  General  Kussell.  Assuming  that  the  contract  entered  into 
ISIff)]  between  the  government  and  the  joint  adventurers  is  what 
they  call  a  cost-phis-fixed-fee  contract,  would  the  number  of  contrac- 
tors engaged  in  the  completion  of  work  under  such  a  contract  result 
in  higher  cost  to  the  government? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes,  I  think  it  does,  because  it  is  the  old  adage,  you 
know :  Everybody's  business  is  nobody's  business ;  and  the  general 
tendency  has  been — I  have  had  several  fixed-fee  jobs.  Personally,  I 
am  not  in  favor  of  fixed-fee  jobs  excejit  under  dire  necessity.  I  don't 
think  they  are  economical. 

57.  Genei-al  Kussell.  Assuming  that  this  group  of  contractors  des- 
ignates one  of  its  members  to  carry  out  the  work  under  that  type  of 
contract,  wouldn't  it  be  possible  to  operate  with  the  same  efficiency  and 
get  the  same  result  as  if  one  individual,  one  partnership  or  one  corpo- 
ration was  doing  the  work? 

Mr.  INIcKee.  It  should,  but  the  history  of  the  many  such  projects 
is  that  it  has  not  been. 

58.  General  Russell.  Your  experience,  then,  Mr.  McKee,  in  the 
contracting  field,  and  your  obser\ations  of  that  type  of  operation 
.simply  shows  that  exi)erience  indicates  that  it  is  more  costly  to  the 
government? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  think  so. 

59.  General  Russell.  Now,  you  were  otit  in  the  Territory  of  Hawaii 
doing  some  work  prior  to  the  time  that  Wyman  interested  this  other 
group  to  come  out  there,  as  I  understood  your  testimony? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes,  several  years. 

GO.  Geneial  Russell.  That  work  wliich  you  liad  been  doing  for  the 
goveiniiHMit  oil  Ihe  installations,  bad  it  been  done  on  a  flat  contract 
basis  or  oji  a  cost-plus-fixed  Tec  basis? 


1258     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  McKee.  Flat  contract  basis. 

[24J6]  61.  General  Etissell.  Were  you  familiar  with  the  type 
of  work  which  was  proposed  to  have  been  clone  under  this  December 
'40  contract  that  went  to  Rohl  and  his  crew  ? 

Mr.  MgKee.  I  don't,  of  course,  know  all  the  work  that  was  embodied 
in  his  contract  because  I  have  had  no  opportunity  to  examine  it,  but 
in  so  far  as  the  original  work  that  he  had,  I  should  say  we,  not  only 
ourselves  but  many  others,  were  in  far  better  position.  He  had  had 
no  experience  in  the  line  of  work  at  all, 

62.  General  Russell.  I  didn't  ask  that  question.  My  question  was, 
Were  you  more  or  less  familiar  with  the  type  of  work  which  the  gov- 
ernment desired  to  have  done  when  these  negotiations  with  Rohl  and 
his  associates  were  made  for  the  purpose  of  doing  that  work? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  think  so. 

63.  General  Russell.  Did  you  know  what  they  wanted  done  out 
there? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  couldn't  say  what  they  wanted  done.  I  don't 
know  just  exactly  what  someone  else  would  want.  If  you  tell  me  what 
kind  of  work  it  was 

64.  General  Russell.  Let's  see  if  we  can  understand  each  other. 
Wyman  had  some  work  out  there  for  the  government  that  he  wanted 
done? 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes. 

65.  General  Russell.  And  he  went  to  Rohl  and  his  group  to  get 
them  to  do  it ;  is  that  right? 

Mr.  McKee.  That  is  the  best  of  my  understanding  of  it. 

66.  General  Russei.l.  Yes.  Now,  what  was  tliat  work  tliai  lie 
wanted  done? 

\24j7]  Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  couldn't  say  because  I  have  never 
had  an  opportunity  of  examining  the  contract  or  to  know  what  the 
])rojects  were.  I  know  there  was  some  repair  work.  He  built  some 
temporary  buildings  and  quite  a  variety  of  jobs. 

67.  General  Russell.  Assuming  that  that  work  was  the  installa- 
tions of  underground  petroleum  tanks,  radar  stations,  landing  fields 
for  aircraft,  probably  some  building,  was  there  any  reason  why,  with 
conditions  as  they  existed  in  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  at  that  time,  that 
bids  for  this  work  could  not  have  been  obtained  as  the  other  work  had 
been  done  out  there  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  When  they  originally  started,  the  bids  could  have  been 
obtained,  but  not  after  Pearl  Harbor. 

68.  General  Russell.  In  December  1940  was  there  any  good  reason 
that  you  know  as  to  why  the  work  that  was  to  be  done  out  there  for 
the  Army  could  not  have  been  accomplished  on  bids? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  don't  know  of  any  reason.  We  were  doing  it  all  the 
time. 

69.  General  Russell.  Up  to  that  time? 

Mr.  McKee.  Had  the  work  under  contract,  and  more  permanent 
character :  We  were  building  engine  test  buildings  and  other  buildings 
of  a  permanent  character. 

70.  General  Russell.  Do  3'ou  know  of  any  cost-plus-fixed-fee  basis 
coutracts  that  had  been  done  in  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  prior  to 
December,  1940? 

71.  General  Frank.  Were  the  Navy  doing  any;  do  you  know? 


PKOCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1259 

Mr.  McKee.  The  Navy  was  doing  some  work  at  Pearl  Harbor,  I 
think;  had  just  started,  but  it  was  the  Pacific  Constructors,  I  think; 
some  such  name  of  an  association  of  private  firms. 

72.  General  Russell.  Was  it  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract;  [24IS] 
do  you  know  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  (he  first  contract — I  am  sure,  (ieneial,  the  first 
contract  was,  at  the  dock,  you  know ;  dry-dock,  I  think  they  let  that 
by  contract.  That  was  the  first  job  that  came  over.  I  don't  think 
they  let — I  am  not  sure  now,  but  I  don't  think  they  let  any  fixed-fee 
until  later,  because  we  bid  on  that.  I  am  not  sure  whether  we  bid,  or 
not,  but  the  first  big  job,  you  know,  that  amounted  to  anything  was 
that  dry  clock  that  they  asked  for  bids  on. 

73.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  work  done  by  any  contractoi- 
in  Hawaii  that  your  organization  was  not  equipped  to  do^ 

Mr.  McKee.  Yes,  there  might  have  been  some. 

74.  General  Frank.  What  was  it? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  would  say  tunnel  work  and  probably  dredging 
or  something  of  that  character,  but  there  were  other  concerns  there  who 
were  equipped  who  made  a  specialty  of  that  business. 

75.  General  Russell.  You  were  not  approached  at  all  by  Colonel 
Wyman  in  connection  with  this  other  work  to  be  done  out  there? 

Mr.  McKee.  Never,  as  far  as  I  know. 

76.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  have. 

77.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  what  they  call  floating- 
equipment  for  construction  work  available  to  your  firm  for  such  work, 
for  instance,  as  was  afterwards  done  on  the  string  of  islands  down 
toward  Australia? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  we  used  a  lot  of  floating  equipment  up  here 
at  Benecia.  We  built  those,  you  know,  at  the  Ordnance,  and  this  big 
pier.  We  built  all  that  work.  We  used  floating  [2419]  equip- 
ment for  that,  this  pier  and  dry-dock. 

78.  General  Grunert.  I  think  it  appeared  in  testimony  that  there 
was  no  such  equipment  available  in  or  about  Hawaii  or  readily  pro- 
curable for  that  class  of  work. 

Mr.  McKee.  There  was  some  available  in  Hawaii.  Whether  it  was 
enough  or  not,  I  don't  know.  The  Hawaiian  Contracting  &  Dredging 
Company  had  considerable  work — had  considerable  equipment  and 
had  been  doing  considerable  work  for  years  there,  for  Howard  Dil- 
lingham, isn't  it? 

79.  General  Frank.  And  you  had  floating  equipment  here  on  the 
coast? 

Mr.  McKee.  We  had  them  under  lease.  We  had  it  rented  by — 
but  it  was  available.  I  don't  know  how  much  was  available.  In  fact, 
most  of  the  equipment  they  did  use  I  think  they  either  rented  or 
bought  for  that  purpose.  It  \yas  available  if  you  wanted  to — you 
know,  if  you  had  the  work  to  go  out  and  get  it  at  that  time. 

80.  General  Grunert.  Now  will  you  just  give  me  a  few  illustrations 
of  how  local  contractors  could  have  done  a  better  job  than  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors  did?  Was  it  because  of  equipment  available 
to  them  at  hand  that  the  Constructors  had  to  get  from  the  mainland? 
Was  it  because  they  had  materials  or  could  have  access  to  materials 
to  get  them  there  quicker.  Was  it  because  they  could  have  priority  on 
shipment,  or  what  was  it  that  would  have  improved  the  situation 


1260     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

had  these  contracts  been  made  with  local  contractors  as  compared 
to  having  been  made  with  the  Hawaiian  Constructors?  You  see  what 
I  am  getting  at? 

Mr.  McKee.  Better  supervision.  Just  a  good  General  in  the  Army, 
the  same ;  they  have  a  good  man  at  the  head  of  it. 

[242O]         81.  General  Grunert.  Better  management? 

Mr.  McKee.  Better  management;  that's  all. 

82.  General  Grunert.  Better 

Mr.  McKee.  Equipment.  As  far  as  equipment,  I  would  say,  and 
the  materials,  they  were  practically  equally  available  to  anyone  with 
the  Army's  help.  You  understand  at  that  time,  why,  in  fact  it  was 
congested,  traffic  congestion  to  Honolulu,  has  been  congested  for  many 
years,  even  before  the  war.  There  always  was  a  shortage  of  trans- 
portation to  everybody. 

83.  General  Grunert.  How  about  labor? 

Ml'.  McKee.  We  never  had  any  trouble  ourselves  getting  labor  at 
the  time.  Of  course,  you  know  the  labor  situation  is  like  the  mate- 
rials situation :  it  changes  almost  from  day  to  day. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  yourself  were  out  there  a  con- 
siderable time,  were  you? 

Mr.  McKee.  I  was  there  three  or  four  times,  spent  some  time. 

85.  General  Grunert.  And  you  and  your  main  superintendents 
or  assistants  had  a  contract  under  the  Quartermaster  Corps? 

Mr.  McKee.  A  Colonel  Harold  did.  I  think  it  was  Harold, 
H-a-r-o-l-d.  But  also  we  had  work  over  there  for  Colonel  Nurse 
and  Colonel  Hunt  and  quite  a  few  other  men  beside  him. 

86.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  getting  at,  during  the  time  you 
had  that  contract  did  you  entertain  any  of  them  by  social 
entertainments  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  General,  I  have  an  ulcerated  stomach,  and  even  if 
my  inclinations  were,  Lord  preserve  me  from  such  embroilments, 
so  I  never  was  able  to  go  very  far. 

[^4£1]  87.  General  Grunert.  Well,  was  it  considered  a  heinous 
crime  to  have  social  relations  in  the  line  of  entertainment,  with 
somebody  you  are  doing  business  with,  if  you  don't  go  to  extremes? 

Mr.  McKee.  General,  it  depends  on  the  extent  of  it,  you  know.  I 
have  had  dinner  lots  of  times  with  many  people  that  I  did  busi- 
ness with,  and  I  might  have  at  times — when  the  Lord  permitted, 
I  might  have  had  a  cocktail,  but  I  found  the  men 

88.  General  Grunert.  Well,  it  is  a  question  of  the  degree,  is  it? 
Mr.  McKee.  The  degree.    I  found  the  men  I  dealt  with  were  very 

reluctant  to — and  I  didn't  discourage  it — to   enter  into   any,  you 
might  say,  continuous  entertainment. 

89.  General  Grunert.  Now,  as  to  your  ideas  on  the  subject  of 
cost-plus-fixed-fee,  if  you  have  something  sort  of  nebulous  to  do, 
and  you  make  a  large  contract  on  which  you  may  have  to  have 
quite  a  number  of  changes,  or  under  that  let  a  number  of  sub- 
contracts or  have  what  they  call  work  orders  or  what  not,  doesn't 
a  cost-plus-a-fixed-fee  give  you  much  more  leeway  without  the  red 
tape  and  delays  that  encumber  the  other  type  of  contract? 

Mr.  McKee.'  General,  I  don't  want  to  be  on  a  pinnacle  differing  with 
everyone  else,  but  for  one,  we  built  Brownwood,  which  cost  about 
$20,000,000,  at  Brownwood,  Texas.     That's  Camp  Bowie.     We  did 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1261 

that  on  a  fixed-fee  basis,  and  we  had  more  trouble  getting  decisions 
there.  And  I  turned  around  and  built  I  think  it's  Camp  Shepherd 
at  Wichita  Falls  on  a  straight  contract  basis,  which  was  larger  in 
extent  and  cost  less  money.  The  one  we  did  by  fixed-fee — just  as 
an  example  I  can  use  that  [24-^£]  best,  that  I  think  at  Brown- 
wood  where  we  had  a  fixed-fee  it  looked  more  difficult  apparently  to 
get  things  settled  than  it  was  where  w^e  had  a  straight  contract,  and 
the  reason  of  that  was  that  when  we  were  at  Wichita  Falls,  or  any- 
where else — we  built  quite  a  few  large  contonments — we  would 
insist  that  these  things  must  be  decided,  and  we  wanted  to  get 
through  and  we  wanted  to  get  done;  while  we  had  nothing  to  say 
about  it  at  Brownwood.  For  instance,  we  only  could  do  what 
we  were  told  to  do,  and  that's  all.  We  had  no  prerogative,  prac- 
tically, of  our  own.  But  when  we  got  to  our  contract,  why,  we  in- 
sisted that  they  make  these  decisions.    See? 

90.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  the  Board  wanted — at  least, 
that  is  what  I  wanted  to  get  information  on.  You  being  an  expe- 
rienced contractor  and  I  being  very  much  of  a  dub  layman  on  that 
subject,  I  just  wanted  to  see  how  the  thing  looked  from  both  sides. 

There  is  only  one  other  question  I  have,  and  then  if  the  others 
have  no  more  questions,  why,  we  shall  go  to  lunch. 

Do  you  know  of  your  own  accord  or  have  you  reason  to  believe 
that  either  Colonel  Wyman  or  the  contractors  in  Hawaii  intention- 
ally delayed  work  in  order  to  give  the  Japanese  a  better  oppor- 
tunity of  succeeding  in  their  attack? 

Mr.  McKee.  You  ask  me  my  opinion? 

91.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  McKee.  I  would  say  no.  But  that  isn't  the — there  are  all  kinds 
of  rumors  that  you  hear  to  the  contrary.  I  think  it  was  just  a  case  of 
Colonel  Wyman's  bad  habits,  frankly.  I  don't  think  he  intentionally, 
as  far  as  I  know,  did  anything,  no.  Now,  as  far  as  Mr.  Rohl,  I  can't 
say  that,  but  I  say  as  far  [24^3]  as  Colonel  Wyman  that  I  don't 
know  whether  he  did  anything  maliciously  to  help  either  the  Germans 
or  Japanese.  I  just  think  he  didn't  know  any  better;  that's  all.  I 
think,  frankly,  he  was  ignorant. 

General,  I  want  to  say  one  thing.  You  said  you  knew  of  these  years 
of  experience  I  had.  I  w^as  going  to  say,  in  all  the  years  of  experience 
I  had,  I  find  each  day  I  know  less,  so  I  wouldn't  say  that — either  that, 
or  I  am  becoming  mellowed  with  age ;  I  don't  know  which.  I  used  to 
be  a  lot  more  positive  about  things  than  I  am  now. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Now,  Mr.  McKee  can  you  think  of  any- 
thing else  that  you  might  tell  the  Board  that  may  help  it  in  its  mission  ? 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  really  don't  know  what  the — 

93.  General  Grunert.  Anything  occur  to  you? 

Mr.  McKee.  Particularly  as  far  as  Colonel  Wyman  is  concerned, 
you  mean,  are  you  talking  about? 

94.  General  Grunert.  Well,  concerning  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor, 
concerning  what  went  on  before  and  what  happened  during  that  time, 
and  as  far  as  construction  is  concerned ;  as  far  as  AVyman  and  Rohl 
are  concerned,  only  such  phases  as  may  have  had  a  bearing  on  the 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 

Mr.  McKee.  Well,  I  was  just  discussing  the  other  day — of  course  I 
have  talked  to  a  great  many  people  that  came  back  from  Honolulu : 


1262     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Clark  and — you  know  Chester  Clark.  Of  course,  he  talks  a  whole  lot, 
and  you  have  to  discount  a  little  of  that,  of  course,  General,  as  you 
know,  and  he  apparently  talks  very  freely  and  very  fluently,  so  you 
should  get  him  down  when  you  get  over  to  Honolulu  over  there,  and 
see  if  he  will  tell  you  as  [^WJ  much  as  he  told  everybody  else. 
But  apparently  up  to  about  two  weeks  before  Pearl  Harbor,  from  all 
I  can  gather  from  my  own  men  and  others,  the  Army  and  the  Navy 
were  on  quite  an  alert  all  the  time.  They  were  really  rigidly  looking 
after  apparently  the  defenses  of  the  islands.  And  then  for  some  un- 
known reason  all  this  stopped.  Planes  were  parked  out  on  the  field, 
and  the  alert  ceased.  That  happened,  I  understand,  beginning  about 
two  or  three  weeks,  I  think,  prior  to  that  time,  apparently ;  so  I  say, 
from  all  the  reports  I  have,  there  was  a  very  rigid  condition  of  alert, 
and  then  for  some  unknown  reason — of  course,  you  hear  lots  of  things ; 
you  read  the  newspapers,  I  suppose — this  condition  ceased  and  they 
became  lax.     That's  all.     I  have  heard  that. 

And  you  hear  all  kinds  of  rumors  about  Rohl's  connection  with  the 
Germans,  and  things  of  that  kind,  which  of  course  are  purely,  I  imag- 
ine, imagination  in  a  great  many  cases,  which  become  rumors  after 
passing  from  one  man's  mind  to  another.  Of  course,  a  lot  of  people 
think  there  was  a  definite  connection  between  Pearl  Harbor  and  Mr. 
Kohl  and  his  activities,  but  T  don't  know  that.  I  am  just  telling  you. 
You  know,  everybody  hears  so  many  things,  it  is  questionable  whether 
they  are  worthwhile. 

05.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  one  more  thing,  sir.  Just  for  the  record 
I  would  like  to  show  that  the  letter  which  I  read  and  which  Mr.  McKee 
sent  to  Congressman  Thomason  was,  through  the  good  offices  of  Mr. 
McKee,  sent  through  the  Congressman  to  the  War  Department  and 
thereafter  was  the  basis  of  the  investigation,  in  part,  of  Colonel  Hunt, 
and  is  annexed  to  the  report  of  Colonel  Hunt,  and  verified  in  many 
respects  by  the  statements  of         \£4^6]         Mr.  McKee. 

Mr.  McKee.  T  just  want  you  gentlemen  to  understand  I  have  no 
animosity  as  far  as  Colonel  Wyman  is  concerned.  I  am  just  merely 
a  poor  country  contractor  trying  to  do  a  job  and  trying  to  do  it  to  the 
best  of  my  ability,  and  we  have  a  good  organization.  There  are  men 
with  us  for  25  years,  lots  of  them.  We  have  raised  them  in  the  busi- 
ness.    Outside  of  that  I  have  no  particular  axe  to  grind. 

96.  General  Grunert.  We  thank  you  for  coming  and  assisting  us. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

(Thereupon,  at  11:50  a.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witneSvSes  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1263 


?-^^]  C  O  N  1^  E  N  T  S 


MONDAY,  SEPTEMBER  4,   1944 

Testimony  of —  Page  ' 

R.  E.  Combs,  Attoniey-At-Law,  Visalia,  California 2427 

Rea  B.  Wlcklser,  1522  Rodney  Drive,  Los  Angeles,  California 245(5 

Ray  Anderson.  1030  Euclid  Street,  Santa  Monica,  California 2479 

George  Francis  Bartlett,  Smartville,  California 2492 

Harry  W.  Flannery,  537  North  Wilcox,  Los  Angeles,  California 251() 

'■  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1265 


\.U27^     PEOCEEDINGS  BEFOEE  THE  AMY  PEARL 

HARBOE  BOAED 


monday,"  september  4,  1944. 

Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  Saturday,  September  2, 
1944,  conducted  the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert, 
President  of  the  Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry 
D.  Russell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also :  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  R.  E.  COMBS,  ATTORNEY-AT-LAW,  VISALIA, 

CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Combs,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
full  name  and  address. 

Mr.  Combs.  My  name  is  R.  E.  Combs,  and  my  address  is  415  West 
Race  Street,  Visalia,  California. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation  ? 
Mr.  Combs.  I  am  an  attorney-at-law. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Combs,  General  Frank,  assisted  by  Major 
Clausen,  will  lead  in  this  particular  part  of  the  investigation. 

Mr.  Combs.  Very  well.  General. 

[242S]  4.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Combs,  did  you  conduct  an  inves- 
tigation concerning  the  activities  of  one  Colonel  Wyman  and  Hans 
Wilhelm  Rohl,  in  connection  with  the  activities  of  the  California  State 
Legislature's  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  on  un-American  Activ- 
ities? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir ;  I  did. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  And  would  you  state  in  a  general  way  how  you 
happened  to  conduct  the  investigation,  so  far  as  it  related  to  Colonel 
Wyman. 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir.  Mr.  W.  Bruce  Pine,  who  I  understand  testi- 
fied before  this  Board  recently,  became  a  volunteer  special  investigator 
for  this  committee,  early  in  February  1942,  following  a  hearing  which 
the  committee  held  in  San  Diego.  Pine,  who  had  resided  in  Beverly 
Hills  for  a  number  of  years,  had  a  casual  social  acquaintance  with 
Rohl — that  is  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl — and  he  related  to  me  early  in 


1266     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL   HARBOR  ATTACK 

1942 — I  don't  remember  the  exact  date — that  he  had  occasion  to  go  to 
Newport  Harbor  Yacht  Club,  where  he  overheard  a  conversation  by 
someone,  during  Avhich  the  statement  was  made  in  substance  that  Rohl 
had  become  involved  in  some  difficulty  concerning  some  subversive 
activities  in  connection  with  the  installation  of  certain  projects  for 
the  Army  in  the  vicinity  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

Pine  conducted  a  sort  of  desultory  investigation  on  his  own  for  two 
or  three  days,  and  then  he  informed  me  of  the  results  of  that  investiga- 
tion; and  one  of  the  things  that  he  ascertained  was  that  Rohl  did  not 
become  a  citizen  until  about  two  and  a  half  months  prior  to  the  attack 
on  Pearl  Harbor.  Rohl  was  a  resident  of  southern  California,  and 
had  been,  ever  since  1925;  and  this  committee  being  charged  by  the 
Legislature  [^4^9]  with  the  investigation  of  any  subversive 
activity  concluded  it  would  investigate  Rohl;  particularly  so,  when 
Pine  recalled  that  he  had  seen  Rohl  in  company  with  a  man  by  the 
name  of  Werner  Plack,  who  had  been  an  employee  of  the  German  vice 
consulate  in  Los  Angeles  under  Doctor  Gyssling,  who  went  from  Los 
Angeles  to  Japan  and  thence  to  Germany,  and  was  given  a  rather 
responsible  position  in  the  German  foreign  office,  censoring  short- 
wave radio  broadcasts  that  emanated  from  Berlin;  so  I  authorized 
Pine  to  make  a  preliminary  investigation,  which  he  did. 

In  the  course  of  the  investigation,  he  inspected  the  records  of  the 
Immigration  and  Naturalization  service  in  Los  Angeles,  and  I  also 
did,  later,  several  times,  made  copies  of  the  documents  that  were  con- 
tained in  the  files,  some  of  which  later  were  missing,  and  as  far  as  I 
know  still  are;  Ment  to  San  Pedro  and  checked  the  manifests  on  two 
of  Rohl's  boats,  the  RAMONA  and  the  VEGA ;  and  our  interest  in 
the  matter  of  course  was  primarily  centered  on  the  alleged  subversive 
activities  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl,  a  resident  of  southern  California, 
rather  than  on  the  activities  of  Colonel  Wyman,  which  we  considered, 
as  far  as  we  were  concerned,  of  corollary  and  secondary  interest  to  us, 
but  which  of  course  were  involved. 

We  worked  on  the  case  from  some  time  early  in  February  1942  until 
the  date  of  our  hearing  on  February  23,  1943.  After  that,  there  was 
some  publicity  given  to  the  case,  in  the  press.  The  hearing  was  closed 
to  the  public,  but  it  was  not  a  privileged  hearing,  as  we  were  informed 
by  the  Legislative  Counsel  Bureau  of  the  State  Legislature,  because 
the  hearing  was  opened  to  the  press,  and  through  the  medium  of  the 
press,  the  information  {S4S0]  concerning  the  proceedings  was 
available  to  the  public.  We  anticipated  that  some  appropriate  federal 
action  would  be  forthcoming,  by  reason  of  the  revelations  made  in 
the  hearing,  because  we  were  convinced  that  each  and  every  misrepre- 
sentation as  to  citizenship  was  a  separate  federal  offence,  each  falsifica- 
tion as  to  citizenship,  on  the  income-tax  returns  of  Rohl,  was  a  federal 
offence;  his  ownership  of  a  boat  in  excess  of  75  feet  in  length  was  a 
federal  offence;  his  illegal  entries  into  the  United  States  were  federal 
offences;  and  we  felt  that  he  had  possibly  had  access  to  certain  secret 
Army  installations,  and  naval  installations,  too,  for  that  matter,  prior 
to  his  becoming  a  citizen,  which  was  a  violation  of  the  statute  of  the 
United  States  Code,  annotated,  which  was  quoted  during  the  course 
of  the  hearing  of  February  23,  1943;  but  nothing  was  forthcoming, 
until  late  in  1943,  when  Mr.  Fulton  Lewis  arrived  in  Los  Angeles,  for 
the  purpose  of  going  into  the  case  and  making  some  broadcasts  on  the 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1267 

case,  based  on  the  transcript  of  our  hearing,  if  he  found  it  expedient; 
which  he  did ;  and  which  whipped  the  case  into  considerable  promi- 
nence. Mr.  Weiner,  as  a  result  of  Mr.  Lewis's  activity,  directly  came 
to  Los  Angeles.  Mr.  Pine  and  I  worked  with  Mr.  Weiner  for  several 
weeks. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  Mr.  Weiner,  of  the  House  Military 
Affairs  Committee? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir.  And  it  was  then  that  we  began  to  concentrate 
a  little  more  on  Colonel  Wyman's  relations  with  Eohl  with  reference 
to  their  installations,  than  we  had,  theretofore.  When  Weiner  returned 
to  Washington,  we  continued  our  activities  in  the  case.  We  inter- 
viewed I  should  say  roughly  about  a  hundred  additional  witnesses, 
took  affidavits  from  those  [£4^1]  who  seemed  most  credible  and 
whose  information  seemed  most  applicable.  We  checked  the  records 
of  various  hotels  that  Wyman  had  occupied  wnth  Rohl,  with  the  idea 
m  mind  of  placing  them  together  if  possible  during  the  preliminary 
negotiations  for  the  basic  contract  of  December  20,  1940 ;  and  shortly 
prior  to  its  consummation  on  that  date,  in  Washington.  We  checked 
additional  telephone  records.  We  interviewed  a  great  many  people 
who  had  worked  in  Pearl  Harbor,  in  addition  to  those  whose  names 
were  given  to  Mr.  Weiner  when  he  was  out  there,  and  we  discon- 
tinued our  active  work  on  the  case  on  or  about  the  lith  day  of  June 
of  this  year,  when  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  made  public 
their  findings  and  recommendation. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Combs,  since  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Committee  made  its  report,  dated  June  14,  1944,  has  your  committee, 
or  have  you,  yourself,  continued  the  investigation  so  as  to  uncover 
additional  evidence? 

Mr.  Combs.  To  some  extent,  Major;  yes. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Ajid  does  that  additional  evidence  to  some 
extent  relate  to  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

9.  Major  Claussen.  Then,  specifically,  may  I  ask  this:  whether  you 
have  any  additional  evidence,  other  than  what  might  be  available  to 
this  Board,  as  furnished  by  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee, 
concerning  the  relationship  between  Wyman  and  Kohl,  in  Los  Angeles, 
before  Colonel  Wyman  was  assigned  to  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir;  we  do  have  quite  a  good  deal  of  additional 
evidence.  You  see,  sir,  when  Weiner  returned  to  Washington,  which 
was  in  December  of  last  year,  we  continued  our  [£f55]  investi- 
gation up  to  the  14th  of  June  of  this  year,  and  it  was  during  that 
interval  that  we  developed  some  additional  information  concerning 
the  relationship  between  Rohl  and  Wyman,  that,  so  far  as  we  know, 
the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  does  not  have. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically,  could  you  give  the  Board  a  very 
brief  statement  as  to  what  the  findings  would  be  of  yourself  in  that 
regard,  and  what  leads  or  affidavits  yon  might  have,  which  could  be 
furnished  to  the  Board  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  jotted  down  some  notes,  if  I  may  refer  to  them,  from 
my  files,  before  I  came  up. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Combs.  It  was  after  Weiner  returned  to  Washington  that  we 
obtained  two,  and  I  think,  three,  but  I  am  sure  of  two  affidavits,  from 

79716— 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 31 


1268    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Madeline  Ferguson,  who  was  the  nurse  for  Kohl  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  and  after  he  came  to  California,  and  in  her  presence,  Rohl  and 
his  associates  expressed  apprehension  of  an  FBI  investigation  of  the 
relationship  between  Rohl  and  Wyman,  and  the  manner  in  which  the 
contract  was  being  handled.  This  was  prior  to  our  hearing  on 
February  23,  1943,  and  Miss  Ferguson  was  not  interviewed  by  Weiner, 
and  we  didn't  know  about  her  until  after  he  had  left ;  and  as  a  matter 
of  fact,  she  was  accused  point-blank  of  being  an  FBI  agent ;  that  she 
had  insinuated  herself  into  the  confidences  of  Rohl  and  his  associates, 
and  had  attended  various  of  their  parties,  and  so  on,  and  had  gotten  a 
good  deal  of  information  that  they  became  apprehensive  about;  so, 
after  she  had  heard  them  express  apprehension  about  some  sort  of 
federal  investigation — and  they  mentioned  the  FBI —  a  few  days  after 
that,  according  to  her  affidavit,  she  {2Jf33'\  was  called  into 
Rohl's  presence  and  accused  of  being  an  FBI  agent. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  make  those  affidavits  available  to 
the  Board  by  sending  them  to  me  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir;  I  will  be  glad  to.  I  would  like  to  send  you 
the  original  and  a  copy,  and  have  the  original  returned,  if  that  would 
meet  your  purposes. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Combs.  We  have  to  attach  the  original  to  the  report  as  an 
exhibit,  that  is  the  reason. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Now,  do  you  have  any  additional  evidence  on  that  same  point,  as 
to  the  relationship  which  existed  between  Rohl  and  Wyman,  before 
Wyman  was  assigned  to  the  Hawaiian  Department,  other  than  the 
affidavits  of  Madeline  Ferguson? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir;  we  do. 

There  is  a  witness,  whose  name  I  can't  recall,  oif-hand,  that  we  in- 
terviewed after  Weiner  had  returned  to  Washington.  He  lives  in 
Long  Beach.  He  was  a  publicity  man  for  William  Wrigley  in  con- 
nection with  Wrigley's  enterprise  at  Catalina  Island,  and  it  was  on 
Catalina  Island  that  Rohl-Connolly  Company  had  some  rock  quarries. 
Rock  from  those  quarries  was  used  to  cap  the  breakwater  at  San  Pedro, 
and  according  to  testimony  of  engineers  who  should  know,  the  thing 
isn't  very  satisfactory. 

15.  General  Frank.  The  breakwater  is  not  very  satisfactory? 

Mr.  CoaiBs.  The  rock  that  caps  it,  General.  It  melts  away  and 
has  to  be  constantly  replaced,  and  there  was  a  bid  submitted,  for 
another  type  of  rock  which  had  been  very  highly  \2Ji3Ji]  rec- 
ommended, and  that  bid  was  rejected  by  Wyman  in  favor  of  the  Rohl 
rock,  and  the  first  trip  that  Wyman  made  with  Rohl,  when  Wyman  was 
a  Captain,  and  came,  I  think  it  was  either  late  in  July  or  early  in 
August,  1935,  was  over  to  the  islands  to  inspect  that  rock  with  Rohl. 
The  affidavit  of  Nils  Olson,  who  was  the  steward  aboard  the  RAMONA 
at  that  time,  will  show  that  Rohl  told  his  steward,  in  effect,  that  he 
had  an  extremely  important  and  influential  business  associate  who 
was  to  come  on  board  the  yacht  on  that  occasion,  and  who  should  be 
treated  with  every  deference  and  courtesy;  and  Olson,  of  course, 
acceded,  and  they  did  go  over  and  inspect  the  rock,  and  later  went 
over,  a  subsequent  time,  and  inspected  the  rock,  and  on  the  second 
occasion  they  stayed  over  the  week  end,  and  it  was  then,  I  believe,  if 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1269 

my  memory  is  correct  on  it,  or  shortly  thereafter,  that  they  met  this 
witness  that  we  interviewed.  The  witness  went  on  several  parties 
with  Rohl  and  Wyman,  and  related  to  us  in  suhstance  some  of  their 
conversation,  and  we  considered  it  as  bein^'  somewhat  significant  as  a 
Jink  in  the  background  of  what  we  considered  the  process  by  which 
Wyman  was  softened  up  by  Kohl. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  any  evidence.  Mr.  Combs,  con- 
cerning tiie  question  as  to  whether  Colonel  Wyman  exceeded  his  salary 
or  earnings  as  an  Army  officer,  in  the  time  that  he  was  at  liOs  Angeles, 
prior  to  the  time  he  went  to  Hawaii? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir ;  we  do. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  And  could  you  give  the  Board  some  idea  of 
what  that  evidence  consists  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  And  whether  or  not  that  can  be  made  [,^SS] 
available  to  the  Board  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir.  I  checked  Wyman's  bank  account,  both  while 
Weiner  was  here  and  afterwards,  because  he  didn't  have  time  to  check 
it  in  very  much  detail.  I  also  went  out  to  the  Jantz  Realty  Company 
at  Westwood  and  checked  their  record.  Pardon  me.  First,  I  went 
to  the  recorders'  and  assessors'  and  tax  collectors'  offices  in  Los  Angeles, 
to  check  all  of  the  property  owned  either  by  Wyman,  his  present 
wife,  or  his  ex-wife,  ancl  then  I  went  to  the  Jantz  Investment  Com- 
pany and  checked  the  escrow  transaction  wdiich  involved  the  purchase 
of  the  $16,000  home  at  221  Woodruff  Street  in  Westwood.  I  then 
made  a  complete  check,  which  information  Weiner  does  not  have, 
of  the  clubs  and  fraternal  and  social  organizations  that  Colonel 
Wyman  affiliated  with  shortly  after  he  met  Rohl,  and  I  checked  each 
and  every  expenditure  at  each  of  those  clul)s,  which  of  course  showed 
the  days  that  he  was  there.  I  do  not  know  whether  you  have  this  or 
not.  They  included  the  Los  Angeles  Athletic  Club,  the  Los  Angeles 
Country  Club,  the  California  Club,  the  University  Club,  the  Bel-Air 
Bay  Club,  the  Hollywood  Athletic  Club,  the  Hollywood  Country  Club, 
and  the  Jonathan  Club,  in  Los  Angeles — his  expenditures  at  those 
clubs.  I  bore  in  mind,  of  course,  that  being  an  Army  Officer,  the  initia- 
tion fee  or  dues  would  be  negligible,  and  we  were  interested  primarily 
in  the  actual  expenditures  that  were  made,  and  they  were  considerable. 

The  home  in  Westwood  was  purchased  with  funds  that  were  ex- 
plained by  Mrs.  Wyman,  but  the  upkeep  of  the  home  and  the  elevated 
social  position  that  the  possession  and  the  operation  of  such  a  home 
entailed,  involved  a  considerable  expenditure. 

[34S6]  19.  Major  Clausen.  With  respect  to  some  of  the  enter- 
tainment of  Colonel  Wyman  by  Mr.  Eohl,  did  you  check  as  to  the 
approximate  cost  of  such  entertainment  in  the  Biltmore  Hotel? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir.  And  after  Weiner  left  we  also  checked  some 
of  the  affairs  in  both  the  St.  Francis  and  Palace  Hotels  in  this  city. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  affairs  similar  to  the  entertain- 
ment of  Colonel  Wyman  by  Rohl  in  the  Biltmore  Hotel  at  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  Occurred  here  in  San  Francisco? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  That  evidence  is  available  in  what  form,  Mr, 
Combs? 


1270     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Combs.  Statements  and  affidavits  by  employees  of  the  hotel. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  Can  yon  give  me  also  some  brief  idea  as  to 
the  nature  of  tliat  evidence  and  as  to  the  times  when  that  entertainment 
occurred  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  wouldn't — I  would  hesitate  to  do  that,  Major,  from  my 
memory,  because  I  don't  remember  the  dates.  There  were  a  great 
many  dates.  On  some  occasions  Wyman  was  present  and  on  many 
others  he  was  not,  but  tlie  parties  continued  whether  he  was  there  oi- 
whether  he  wasn't.  They  were  just  stepped  up  a  bit,  apparently, 
wlien  he  was  there.  But  we  do  know  that  Rohls'  expenditures  at  the 
Palace  Hotel  where  he  stayed  with  the  greatest  regularity  were  con- 
siderable. For  example,  he  registered  at  the  Palace  Hotel  on  Decem- 
ber 14,  1940,  in  suite  8064-6,  which  was  a  very  luxurious  suite,  at 
[2Jf37'\  $35  a  day.  He  got  a  rate,  by  the  way.  And  he  was 
also  registered  there  on  January  14,  1941,  in  the  same  suite,  8064-6, 
at  $41  a  day,  which  indicates  that  he  had  guests. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  during  that  particular  period,  that  is, 
December  1940,  have  you  ascertained  whether  Colonel  Wyman  was  in 
the  company  of  Mr.  Kohl  in  Los  Angeles  'I 

Mr.  Combs.  In  San  Francisco,  you  mean.  Major? 

25.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  in  Los  Angeles,  and  in  San  Francisco  also. 
Mr.  Combs.  I  don't  know  as  to  Los  Angeles,  Major,  but  we  have 

information  tliat  he  was  present  in  San  Francisco. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  With  Mr.  Rohl  ? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir, 

27.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  what  form  is  that  evidence  ? 
Mr.  Combs.  Statement  by  Mrs.  Eohl. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  A  statement  by  Mrs.  Rohl.  Can  you  give 
some  brief  idea  as  to  the  nature  of  that  testimony  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  No,  sir.  I  am  sorry  I  can't.  In  substance  she  stated 
that  she  knew  that  her  husband  left  for  San  Francisco  to  meet  Wyman 
and  with  Connolly — that  is  Thomas  E.  Connolly — to  discuss  the  pre- 
liminary negotiations  for  the  contract  of  December  20,  1940;  that 
Rohl  did  leave  for  San  Francisco,  and  when  he  came  back  he  told  her 
that  he  had  discussed  the  contract  with  Wyman  and  with  Connolly. 

And  if  I  may  interject  a  thought  of  my  own  there,  I  prepared  a 
series  of  questions  to  be  propounded  to  Thomas  Connolly  by  Weiner, 
and  Weiner  took  the  list  of  questions  and  went  to  San  Francisco — 
came  to  San  Francisco,  and  was  unsuccessful,  in  his  opinion  and  in 
mine,  in  really  getting  \^2JfS8']  into  the  meat  of  the  thing  to 
find  out  the  occasions  when  Connolly  and  Wyman  and  Rohl  were  to- 
gether discussing  the  essential  matters  that  were  called  for  by  the 
contract  of  December  20th,  and  in  my  opinion  that  has  never  been 
done.  We  worked  for  months  and  months  with  the  F.  B.  I.  in  this 
case,  as  we  do  in  all  cases,  and  in  my  own  opinion  I  don't  think  that 
the  case  has  been  exhausted  by  any  means,  with  regard  particularly 
to  the  question  of  whether  Rohl  did  or  did  not  have  access  to  the  basic 
information  set  forth  in  that — or  called  for  by  that  contract ;  and  I 
think  the  chief  telephone  operator  of  the  Palace  Hotel,  who  was  so 
intimately  acquainted  with  Rohl  that  she  would  on  her  own  initiative 
call  up  nurses  to  come  and  nurse  him  through  his  somewhat  frequent 
hangovers,  and  who  is  now  residing  in  San  Francisco  but  no  longer 
in  the  employ  of  the  hotel,  would  be  a  very,  very  valuable  witness, 
and  so  far  as  I  know  she  has  never  been  contacted  by  anyone. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1271 

29.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  furnish  the  Board  her  name,  please  ? 
Mr.  Combs.  Gladly,  and  her  address. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  And  also  the  statement  by  Mrs.  Rohl? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  And  also  the  additional  affidavits  concerning 
the  San  Francisco  relationship? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir.  I  have  the  man's  name  in  Long  Beach  that  I 
didn't  recall  a  while  ago.     His  name  is  Norman  Kint,  K-i-n-t. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  And  he  was  a  man  who  had  some  evidence  con- 
cerning the  rock  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Concerning  the  rock  and  the  conversations  of  [2439] 
Rohl  and  Wyman  and  their  relationship  during  the  summer  of  1935. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  in  addition  to  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Rohl 
given  before  your  committee  on  February  27,  1943,  do  3'ou  have  any 
evidence  as  to  whether  Colonel  Wyman  was  informed  prior  to  the 
signing  of  the  basic  contract  that  Mr.  Rohl  was  an  alien? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  In  what  form  is  that  evidence? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  believe  it's  in  the  form  of  a  letter.  I  am  quite  sure 
it's  either  a  letter  or  two  letters  or  a  wire,  but  we  have  it  available. 
The  file,  the  material  we  collected,  is  quite  voluminous  over  a  period 
of  over  two  years,  and  I  don't  i-ecall  really  just  what  form  it  is,  but  I 
am  positive  we  have  such  information. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  AVill  you  make  that  available  also  to  the 
Board,  Mr.  Combs? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  would  you  inform  the  Board  as  to  the 

37.  General  Frank.  Just  a  minute.  A  little  while  ago  you  gave 
us  a  list  of  tlie  clubs  that  you  investigated  in  Los  Angeles. 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

38.  Genera]  Frank.  You  didn't  make  the  direct  statement,  and 
therefore  I  would  like  to  ask  the  direct  question :  Did  you  find  that 
Colonel  Wyman  was  a  member  of  each  one  of  those  clubs  that  you 
enumeratecl  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  He  was  a  member  of  each  of  those  clubs  with  the  excep- 
tion of  two.  One  of  them  was  the  Jonathan  Club,  and  [^440] 
the  other  was  the  University  Club,  and  at  those  two  clubs  he  lived  for 
periods  of  time  and  made  considerable  expenditures.  He  was  a 
member  of  each  of  the  other  clubs  that  I  mentioned. 

39.  General  Frank.  In  this  investigation  did  you  get  any  record  of 
his  expenditures  there  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir ;  we  got  a  record  of  his  expenditures  at  each  of 
those  clubs. 

40.  General  Frank.  Do  you  have  those  available  ? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

41.  General  Frank.  Will  you  make  those  available  to  the  Board? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

42.  General  Frank.  Such  information  along  that  line  that  you 
have  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  I  am  going  to  ask  you  this  question: 
whether  you  determined  in  your  own  mind,  from  your  investigation, 
as  to  whether  there  was  a  contrast  between  the  activities  of  Colonel 
WymsLH  after  he  became  associated  with  Mr,  Rohl,  as  compared  to  his 


1272     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

previous  services  in  the  Army;  whether  you  are  able  to  say  anything 
as  to  that. 

Mr,  Combs.  Yes,  sir;  I  was  very  forcibly  impressed  by  it.  I  men- 
tioned it  to  both  Weiner  and  Pine  about  the  middle  of  our  investiga- 
tion when  Weiner  was  out  here.  It  seemed  to  me  that  an  interesting 
highlight  of  the  entire  investigation,  at  least  as  far  as  I  was  concerned, 
was  the  striking  contrast  in  the  tastes  and  personal  characteristics  be- 
tween Wyman  and  Rohl  up  to  their  meeting  in  the  summer  of  1935  and 
immediately  afterwards. 

[244^]  Rohl,  on  the  one  hand — of  course  this  is  just  my  own 
impression  of  the  thing — came  into  this  country  in  1913,  and  he  started 
his  career  by  siring  four  illegitimate  children  in  Sacramento.  He 
adopted  a  consistent  and  very  often  a  stubborn  pattern  of  concealing 
his  alien  status ;  whether  deliberately  or  not,  of  course,  I  don't  know ; 
1  am  not  able  to  prove.    In  my  opinion  he  did  it  deliberately. 

When  the  Ramon  a  came  from  Acapulco  to  Los  Angeles  in  '33,  his 
name  was  missing  from  the  manifest,  although  the  other  members  of 
the  crew  and  the  passengers'  names  appeared.  When  the  Vega  sailed 
through  the  Panama  Canal  and  docked  at  Honolulu  late  in  1937,  he 
was  faced  with  a  situation  wherein  for  the  first  time  he  was  compelled 
to  make  a  categorical  statement  whether  he  was  or  was  not  a  citizen, 
so  he  made  a  statement  that  he  was  born  in  lola,  Knasas,  which  was 
the  birthplace  of  his  wife,  and  although  the  date  of  his  birth  appeared 
correctly  in  the  manifest,  September  29,  1886. 

There  were  many  other  occasions,  of  course,  with  which  no  doubt 
you  are  familiar.  The  next  time  he  was  faced  with  the  necessity  of 
making  a  categorical  statement  was  in  making  his  federal  income  tax 
returns  during  the  period  when  they  required  a  statement  as  to  citizen- 
ship, and  year  after  year  he  swore,  and  I  have  seen  these  income  tax 
statements  myself,  that  he  was  an  American  citizen,  and  on  one  occa- 
sion he  said  that  he  was  naturalized  on — well,  I  wouldn't  want  to  give 
the  exact  date,  but  the  precise  date  of  his  naturalization  is  set  forth. 
In  a  preliminary  statement  to  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization 
officials  he  stated  that  he  had  been  naturalized.  He  later  repudiated 
that  statement.  So  all  through  his  career  he  [_2^2']  apparently 
adopted  a  pattern  of  concealing  that  alien  status,  and  one  of  the 
intriguing  questions  corollary  to  the  investigation  was  why  he  did 
that.  We  have  some  ideas.  Whether  or  not  they  are  correct,  of  course, 
I  don't  know. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  What  are  your  ideas,  Mr.  Combs? 

Mr.  Combs.  My  idea  is  that  Rohl  was  essentially  a  stiff-necked,  very 
proud,  and  somew!iat  overbearing  Prussian,  extremely  proud  of  his 
father,  who,  as  I  uitderstand  it,  was  an  instructor  in  a  technical  school 
in  Hamburg;  of  hi-  family. 

He  stated  one  time  when  he  was  drunk  that  he  was  a  German  agent, 
to  a  fellow  employee  up  in  the  vicinity  of  Bear  River  in  Northern 
California.  He  boasted  of  his  acquaintance  with  officials  of  the  Ger- 
man Government.  He  associated  with  Werner  Plack,  as  we  know. 
And  there  were  a  lot  of  other  things  that  he  did  that  I  didn't  consider 
important  enough  to  mention  to  anybody,  but  they  are  little  things 
that,  when  they  are  all  added  up,  are  a  pretty  good  indication,  in  my 
opinion,  of  the  man's  over-all  characteristics,  of  his  basic  inclinations; 
and  I  think  Rohl  thought  too  little  of  this  country  and  too  much  of 
his  own  to  bother  to  apply  for  citizenship;  and  when  he  was  faced 


PROCEEDIN(JS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1273 

with  the  necessity  of  eitlier  becoming  a  citizen  or  foregoing  a  lush 
contract  that  was  danolod  before  him,  it  then  occurred  to  him  to  be- 
come a  citizen. 

There  were  other  things  that  I  thought  might  possibly  be  of  some 
significance.  There  is  a  footnote  on  page  31  of  a  book  by  Michael 
Sayre  called  Sabotage,  which  relates  how  a  German  agent  by  the 
name  of  Von  der  Osten  came  to  this  country  from  Japan  in  March 
1941;  March  1(5,  1941.  Two  days  later  he  [^4^]  was  hit  and 
killed  in  Times  Square,  New  York,  by  a  taxicab.  The  F.  B.  I.  traced 
his  residence  to  the  Taft  Hotel  in  New  York,  and  there  they  found  a 
sketch  of  the  installations  the  were  called  for  by  the  contract  of  Decem- 
ber 20,  1940,  with  a  written  notation  on  the  bottom  of  it,  "This  will 
be  of  interest  to  our  yellow  friends."  Von  der  Osten  was  a  known 
German  agent,  a  very  important  one.  He  worked  under  a  man  by  the 
name  of  Ludwig. 

In  my  opinion,  Rohl  was  the  type  of  a  person  who,  if  the  monetary 
return  would  be  great  enough,  wouldn't  hesitate  for  a  minute  to  make 
the  information  available.  Of  course,  that  again  is  my  own  idea, 
but  I  can't  help  but  draw  that  conclusion  from  some  of  the  other 
things  that  existed  in  the  case.  Of  course,  this  is  only  a  possibility, 
and  in  my  opinion  it  is  a  rather  remote  one,  but  it  still  is  a  possibility. 

We  have  a  great  many  witnesses — we  have  statements  from  a  gr^at 
many  witnesses  whom  I  consider  of  terrific  importance  in  connection 
with  the  manner  in  which  the  work  was  accomplished  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  not  King  and  Wickiser,  the  man  whom  Weiner  interviewed, 
but  we  interviewed  I  guess  about  fifty  men  who  worked  in  the  aircraft 
warning  tunnels,  men  who  moved  a  concrete  building  six  inches  after 
the  floor  and  the  walls  and  ceiling  had  been  poured  and  had  set;  B-17 
hangars  that  were  all  ballixecl  u}),  according  to  the  testimony  of  men 
who  should  be  in  a  position  to  know.  AVe  have  affidavits  from  civilian 
employees  of  the  Engineering  Corps  who  worked  not  only  in  Hono- 
lulu under  Wyman  and  Rohl  but  also  in  Edmonton  and  some  other 
cantons  in  Christmas  Islands  and  some  of  them  in  Alaska.  We  have 
a  great  number.  Some  of  these  [^-^44]  men  kept  guest  books 
and  diaries,  and  so  forth,  that  they  made  available  to  us.  All  of  that 
information  has  come  to  us  since  Weiner  left,  and  I  don't  believe — 
I  am  not  so  sure  that  he  does  not  have  any  of  that  information. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  You  have  made  that  distinction  several  times 
as  to  something  that  you  now  have  which  you  did  not  have  when 
Weiner  left. 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  that,  do  you,  because  the  report  of 
the  House  -Military  Affairs  Committee  dated  June  14,  1944,  from 
a  reading  of  it  by  you,  is  essentially  based  on  the  evidence  that  was 
uncovered  by  Mr.  Weiner  when  he  worked  in  conjunction  with  you 
here  in  California? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Is  that  correct? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

48.  Major  Clausex.  And  therefore,  for  example,  these  affidavits 
as  to  delays  in  the  defense  projects  in  Hawaii  would  be  in  the  nature 
of  additional  and  new  evidence? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 


1274     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

49.  Major  Clausen.  I  was  going  to  explore  that  field  a  little  later. 
I  didn't  interrupt  yon.  Would  you  now  go  back  to  my  previous  ques- 
tion as  to  whether  you  have,  from  the  evidence,  seen  indications  that 
Colonel  ^^>nl:lll,  then  Captain  or  Major  Wyman,  when  he  reported 
to  Los  Angeles,  was  tlieretofore  not  the  same  character  of  individual 
that  he  was  when  he  hxter  came  under  the  influence  of  Mr.  Rohl? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir ;  I  am  sorry  I  got  off  the  point. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

[^44^]  Mr.  Combs.  From  our  information,  prior  to  the  time  he 
met  Rohl,  Wyman  was  a  very  capable  and  hard-working  engineei-, 
devoted  to  his  family.  He  had  been  married  nearly  thirty  years  in 
193;-).  His  family  consisted  of  his  wife  and  his  daughter  Jane,  and 
he  was  i-ather  conservative  and  steady  in  his  tastes. 

Rohl,  on  the  other  hand,  was  almost  diametrically  opposed  in  his 
personal  tastes.  He  was  a  sort  of  middle-aged  man-about-town  in 
Southern  California,  a  lavish  entertainer,  a  lavish  spender.  He  would 
charter  an  entire  commercial  airliner,  a  21-passenger  plane,  to  fly 
from  one  place  to  another  because  he  didn't  want  to  be  bothered  with 
anyone  else  aboard.  When  he  entered  the  Biltmore  Hotel,  according 
to  the  information  that  we  have  from  the  employees,  all  the  other 
guests'  luggage  would  thump  to  the  floor  while  the  bellboys  made  a 
dash  for  Rohl  to  escort  him  to  the  elevator  and  get  one  of  those  fifty- 
dollar  tips.  Special  songs  were  composed  in  his  honor  when  he  went 
to  some  night  clubs  that  he  frequented,  and  one  that  we  know  of,  and 
others  that  we  have  heard  of,  and  the  entertainment  would  stop  while 
they  would  sing  this  song.  He  was  simply  that  kind  of  a  man,  a  lavish 
spender,  drank  to  excess. 

But  after  Wyman  met  Rohl,  Wyman's  tastes  ran  peculiarly  parallel 
to  Rohl's,  and  he  drifted  away  from  the  wife  that  he  had  been  married 
to  for  thirty  years,  and  she  obtained  a  divorce  on  the  ground  of  incom- 
patibility, in  Nevada.  He  commenced  an  affair  with  the  sister  of  his 
deceased  office  secretary.  He  went  on  these  parties  with  Rohl,  some  of 
which  ran  into  the  thousands  of  dollars.  They  were  constantly  getting 
in  fights  and  brawls  at  night  clubs,  led  the  band,  and  [^44^]  tip- 
ped the  waiters  hundred-dollar  bills  at  the  time;  and  among  many 
affidavits  of  guests  who  were  aboard  both  the  Ramona  and  the  Yega 
they  tell  of  the  almost  constant  run  of  parties  that  the  two  men  went 
on.  An  affidavit  from  Wyman's  driver,  which  I  think  Weiner  had, 
would  bear  that  out,  as  would  the  testimony  of  this  man  Kint  in  Long 
Beach  that  I  mentioned. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  I  just  wanted  to  ask  you  one  question  concern- 
ing this  boast  of  Rohl  that  he  was  a  German  agent.  Do  you  know  to 
whom  that  was  made  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  have  the  name,  yes,  sir.     I  don't  recall  it  offhand. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  furnish  that  to  the  Board  ? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  specifically  regarding  these  delays  in  the 
construction  work  in  Hawaii,  would  you  furnish  the  Board  the  affi- 
davits or  statements  that  you  mentioned  in  your  testimony  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  Does  your  committee  have  evidence  as  to 
whether  after  Rohl  was  awarded  this  contract  he  was  in  communication 
with  his  associates  concerning  the  plans  before  he  was  naturalized  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1275 

Mr.  Combs.  I  don't  think  so.  We  have  evidence,  considerable  evi- 
dence, that  he  was  in  communication  with  his  associates  both  within 
two  days  prior  to  the  sio;ning  of  the  contract  and  very  frequently 
thereafter,  between  December  20th  and  September  15th,  1941 ;  but  as 
to  what  the  substance  of  the  conversations  was  we  have  no  evidence 
except,  of  course,  inferential  evidence. 

[2447]         55.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  see  this  basic  contract? 

Mr.  Combs.  Xo,  sir. 

56.  General  Frank.  You  are  not  familiar  with  the  fact  that  the  basic 
contract  itself  does  not  contain  details  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  I  am.  I  understand  they  are  set  forth  in  the 
supplements. 

57.  General  Frank.  They  are  set  forth  in  the  job  orders? 
Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

58.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  he  might  have  complete  knowledge 
of  the  basic  contract  and  still  not  have  very  information  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  I  understand.  We  do  have  some  evidence,  I  might 
say.  that  prior  to  December  20th,  1941,  he  did  have  conversations  in 
which  some  details  of  the  installations  were  discussed.  AVhat  those 
details  were  T  do  not  recall,  but  I  would  be  glad  to  make  that  informa- 
tion available  to  you.  We  do  have  the  substance  of  one  specific  con- 
versation between  Wyman  and  Rohl  ])rior  to  December  20th,  1940,  in 
Avhich  some  of  the  details  that  were  called  for  in  the  contract  and  its 
supplements  were  discussed. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  You  will  make  that  available  to  the  Boju'd  ? 

,  Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

(^0.  General  Grttnert.  Wait  a  minute.  ^  ou  said  ]n"ior  to  December 
20th.  1941. 

Mr.  Combs.  1940. 

61.  General  Gruxert.  How  could  any  settlements  prior  to  that  be 
discussed,  when  the  basic  contract  had  not  yet  been  signed  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  What  I  meant  to  say.  General,  was  this:  that  the  sub- 
stance of  the  conversation  that  occurred  prior  to  [^44^]  De- 
cember 20th,  1940  between  Wyman  in  Honolulu  and  Rohl  in  Los 
Angeles  concerned  some  of  the  installations  that  were  thereafter 
called  iov  by  the  contract  of  December  20th,  1940  and  its  supplements. 

62.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  understand  that  possibly  Wyman  gave 
to  Rohl  some  information  about  what  was  to  take  place  later  under 
the  contract  ? 

Mr.  CoiNrBs.  Yes,  sir. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  specifically  with  regard  to  these  delays 
again,  is  there  anything  additional  that  you  can  tell  the  Board? 

Mr.  Combs.  No,  sir;  I  think  not,  with  the  exception  of  the  state- 
ment, which  I  think  I  already  made,  that  there  are  some  50  witnesses, 
I  would  say,  on  hand,  all  of  whose  statements  I  consider  are  of  con- 
siderable value  in  connection  with  delays,  men  who  were  employed  in 
building  the  project. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  any  additional  comments  on  your 
Avritten  statement  which  bear  upon  the  mission  of  this  Board? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  don't  think  so,  sir. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all  that  I  have. 

66.  General  Russell:  In  connection  with  this  investigation,  of 
course,  you  seem  to  have  developed  rather  fully  Rohl's  history  and 


1276    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

operations,  socially  and  otherwise,  in  Los  Angeles.    Was  he  regarded 
in  that  area  as  an  outstanding  contractor? 

Mr.  Combs.  It  is  a  rather  difficult  question  to  answer,  General.  He 
was  regarded  as  a  man  who  was  capable  of  good  engineering  work. 

67.  General  Russell.  He  seemed  to  have  spent  a  lot  of  money. 
[^44^]  Did  that  create  in  your  mind  an  impression  that  he  had 
been  a  successful  man,  making  all  of  this  money  during  this  war? 

Mr.  Combs.  No,  sir. 

68.  General  Russell.  What  was  the  thought  about  where  that  money 
came  from  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  concluded  that  he  got  it  when  he  went  to  Germany 
in  1924,  or  arranged  to  get  it. 

69.  General  Russell.  There  have  been  some  suggestions  or  evidence 
from  which  the  impression  could  be  drawn  that  he  made  a  lot  of  money 
out  of  that  breakwater  contract  at  Los  Angeles.  Did  your  investiga- 
tion develop  anything  about  that? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir;  it  did.  He  made  a  categorical  statement  to  a 
man  by  the  name  of  Staub  that  he  did  not  make  any  money  out  of  the 
Los  Angeles  breakwater. 

70.  General  Russell.  In  this  investigation  where  you  developed 
these  affidavits  did  you  or  your  associates  attempt  to  determine  the  state 
of  feeling  of  these  people  who  gave  the  affidavits  as  to  whether  or  not 
they  were  disgruntled  or  had  any  personal  views  which  might  have 
influenced  their  statements  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

71.  General  Russell.  You  regard  those  people  as  being  reliable 
people,  without  bias  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Those  from  whom  we  took  affidavits  I  am  satisfied  are 
completely  unbiased.  There  were  some  of  them  who  were  obviously 
disgruntled  for  personal  reasons  and  from  whom  we  took  no  affidavits 
for  that  reason. 

72.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

73.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Mr.  Combs,  as  I  understand  it,  you  are  a 
member  of  the  bar? 

[24S0]         Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

74.  Colonel  Toulmin.  As  a  lawyer,  we  would  like  to  have  you  pre- 
pare a  lawyer's  statement,  in  the  form  of  possibly  a  brief,  outlining 
exactly  the  information  that  has  now^  come  to  you  which  has  not  been 
used  heretofore  before  other  investigating  committees  or  boards,  as  to 
two  things : 

First,  the  relationship  of  Rohl  to  the  contract  for  construction  in 
Hawaii,  both  prior  to  December  1940  and  subsequent  to  that  date,  with 
particular  reference  to  his  knowledge  of  the  details  of  that  construc- 
tion- and  with  particular  reference  to  the  changes,  alterations,  delays 
and  other  difficulties  with  the  construction,  with  which  Rohl  had  some 
connection  or  part. 

Second,  a  statement  of  the  relationship  between  Colonel  Wyman  and 
Rohl  both  before  and  after  that  contract,  with  respect  to  his  operations 
under  the  contract  or  proposed  operations  under  the  contract. 

Can  you  do  that? 

Mr.  ('ombs.  Yes,  sir;  F  can  do  it,  but  it  will  take  come  time,  for  this 
reason  :  We  intejid  to  have  a  hearina"  or  a  sei'ies  of  hearings  commenc- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1277 

ing  this  month,  both  here  and  elsewliere  in  the  State,  involving  mat- 
ters on  which  we  have  been  working  for  some  time  and  on  which  I 
came  to  San  Francisco  on  this  trip,  incidentally  to  this  hearing,  of 
course,  to  prepare.  I  will  be  in  San  Francisco  probably  ten  days  or  so 
working  on  those  things  and  then  I  am  due  in  Los  Angeles  to  set  up  a 
series  of  hearings  down  there.  My  files  relating  to  the  Rohl  Case  and 
all  of  the  photostats  and  documents,  and  so  on  in  connection  with  it 
that  have  been  accumulated  since  about  March,  1942,  are  at  my  home 
inVisalia.  If  they  were  here  I  could  do  the  things  that  you  [^4-51] 
ask  me  to  do  in  a  comparatively  short  time,  in  connection  with  other 
work. 

75.  Colonel  Toulmin.  We  want  just  a  summary  letter. 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes;  I  understand.  I  would  not  feel  that  the  letter 
would  be  very  helpful  to  you  unless  I  could  refer  to  the  sources  of  proof 
on  which  the  statements  in  the  letter  would  be  based  and,  unfortu- 
nately, those  sources  are  not  here.  They  are  at  my  home  and  locked 
up,  scattered  through  a  dozen  different  files  pertaining  to  the  Rohl 
Case.  So  in  order  to  prepare  such  a  statement  I  would  have  to  have 
access  to  that  material  so  that  the  thing  would  be  factual  and  helpful. 

76.  General  Frank.  Could  you  prepare  that  statement  and  have  it 
available  to  use  by  September  22nd  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  No,  sir ;  I  think  not ;  not  unless  I  had  the  files.  I  prob- 
ably will  be  in  the  middle  of  hearings  by  that  time.  We  have  one  on 
the  Political  Action  Committee;  we  have  one  on  the  Hindu  Gadar 
party,  and  others.  I  have  to  write  the  trial  brief  and  have  the  wit- 
nesses subpoened  and  the  hearings  prepared. 

77.  General  Frank.  It  is  highly  desirable  that  this  Board  have 
that  information. 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes ;  I  understand. 

78.  General  Frank.  Because  we  considered  that  rather  vital  testi- 
mony. 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

79.  General  Frank.  If  you  could  throw  some  extra  effort  into  mak- 
ing that  available  it  would  be  appreciated. 

Mr.  Combs.  If  I  could  get  that  file  up  here,  General,  I  could  prepare 
such  a  statement. 

[24^2]  80.  General  Frank.  Is  not  the  means  available  to  you  to 
get  the  file? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  but  it  would  take  me  about  two  or  three  days  to 
get  a  reservation  back  and  then  I  have  to  get  another  one  back  here. 

81.  General  Frank.  Where  is  Visaliaf 
Mr.  Combs.  It  is  about  190  miles  from  here. 

82.  General  Grunert,  Off  the  record. 
(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

83.  General  Russell.  You  are  continuing  your  association  with  the 
committee  that  you  testified  about  here  this  morning? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

84.  General  Russell.  Does  that  committee  plan  any  further  investi- 
gation of  this  man  Rohl? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

85.  General  Russell.  Do  you  expect,  if  the  evidence  warrants  it,  to 
take  any  action,  criminal  or  otherwise,  with  respect  to  him? 


1278    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr,  Combs.  We  are  unable  legally  to  do  so,  General,  for  this  reason : 
Our  committee  is  a  fact-finding  committee  and,  as  such,  we  have  a  great 
deal  of  latitude  in  the  ascertainment  of  facts.  W^  are  not  bound  by 
the  rules  of  evidence.  We  can  ask  leading  questions.  Witnesses  are 
not  permitted  the  advice  of  counsel  during  hearings.  We  enjoy  im- 
munity from  either  prosecution  or  suit  for  slander  or  libel.  But 
we  have  no  power  to  do  anything  except  ascertain  facts  and  to  make 
our  records  available  to  the  appropriate  federal  or  State  agencies  for 
such  action  as  may  be  appropriate.    That,  we  have  done. 

86.  General  Russell.  Do  you  mean  in  the  Rohl  Case  yini  liave 
[24S3]         done  that  already? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir.  We  have  made  our  information  available, 
first,  to  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation,  to  the  War  Frauds  Divi- 
sion of  the  Department  of  Justice,  through  Mr.  Harrington's  office  in 
Los  Angeles;  we  have  made  it  available  to  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Committee,  which  is  also  a  fact-finding  body;  but  we  have  made  it 
available  to  every  agency  that  we  thought  could  do  anything  about  it, 
and  we  have  also  made  it  available  to  the  United  States  Attorney's 
office. 

87.  General  Russell.  And  nothing  has  been  done  yet? 

Mr.  Combs.  Nothing  except  lapsing  of  the  statutes  of  limitations 
which  would  bar  prosecution.  They  are  being  chopped  off  day  by 
day. 

88.  Colonel  Toulmin.  What  is  your  explanation  of  why  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice  does  not  take  action  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  I  don't  know,  sir.     I  can  only  give  you  my  own  idea. 

89.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  one  more  question  for  the  record  which 
is  merely  a  high  light.  In  the  investigation  which  you  have  made  of 
files  of  immigration  and  Naturalization  did  you  discover  that  certain 
letters  were  missing? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir. 

90.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  were  those  letters  that  you  could 
not  find  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  One  of  them,  I  am  positive,  was  a  letter  or  a  wire  from 
Wyman  to  some  official  in  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  stating 
that  Rohl  was  an  alien  and  asking  that  his  application  for  citizenship 
be  expedited. 

91.  Major  Clausen.  How  did  you  know  it  was  missing? 

[^4^4]  Mr.  Combs.  I  read  it  and  copied  part  of  it  before  it  was 
missing. 

92.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

93.  General  Grunert.  That  was  missing  from  the  files  of  the  Bu- 
reau of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  Yes,  sir;  together  with  several  other  documents. 

94.  Colonel  Toulmin.  State,  first,  when  you  examined  the  file  and 
found  the  Wyman  communication  in  it. 

Mr.  Combs.  I  can  only  approximate  the  date  from  memory,  but  it 
was  some  time  during  the  summer  of  1942. 

95.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Now  state  when  you  looked  at  the  file  again 
and  found  it  gone. 

Mr.  Combs.  Shortly  before  the  hearing  in  February  of  1943. 

96.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  further  questions? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1279 

97.  Major  Clausen.  No,  I  have  none,  sir.  Mr.  Combs,  would  you 
be  available  perhaps  for  rebuttal  testimony  in  the  event  it  becomes 
necessary  in  about  two  weeks  or  so  ? 

Mr.  Combs.  If  our  hearings  have  been  conchided,  Major,  I  will  be. 

98.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  sir. 

99.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Combs,  do  you  thmk  of  anything  else 
that  might  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board  that  has  not  come  up,  that 
will  not  be  covered  in  your  statement,  plus  the  evidence  that  you  are 
going  to  submit,  that  you  think  you  should  bring  to  the  attention  of 
the  Board? 

Mr.  Combs.  No,  sir.  I  would  like  to  make  one  statement  \2JiS5\ 
off  the  record,  if  I  may,  General. 

100.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Off  the  record. 
(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

101.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Combs. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2JfS6^  TESTIMONY  OF  REA  B.  WICKISER,  LOS 

ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Wickiser,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your 
full  name  and  address,  please. 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Rea  B.  Wickiser.  I  live  at  152t^  Rodney  Drive,  in 
Los  Angeles. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation  ? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  My  occupation  is  construction.  I  am  principally 
a  tunnel  man. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Wickiser,  General  Frank  assisted  by 
Major  Clausen  will  open  up  this  special  investigation  that  we  want 
as  far  as  you  are  concerned,  and  the  rest  of  us  will  ask  questions  to 
fill  out  if  needed,  so  I  will  turn  you  over  to  General  Frank,  here. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Wickiser,  would  you  give  the  Board  some 
details  on  your  background  in  construction  work,  please. 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Well,  I  came  out  of  school  in  1931,  and  I  went  to 
Boulder  Dam,  worked  on  the  tunnels  at  Boulder  Dam,  worked  as 
laborer,  and  a  miner,  worked  on  the  concrete  work  there,  and  under- 
ground, and  high-scaling ;  and  I  went  from  there  down  on  the  south- 
ern California  aqueduct  and  the  tunnels  there.  I  worked  on  several 
different  jobs  on  the  aqueduct,  and  went  down  as  a  shift  boss,  general 
foreman  at  Parker,  on  the  diversion  tunnels  there,  and  about  that  time 
the  Aliamanu  Crater  job  in  Honolulu  came  up,  and  I  went  to  Hono- 
lulu under — at  that  time,  it  was  Captain  Hill,  the  Army  Engineers, 
and  drove  the  storage  tunnels  there,  and  I  was  general  tunnel  foreman 
on  that  job,  and  I  came  back  from  there,  and  worked  at  PG&E  for  a 
very  [24^7]  short  time,  and  I  worked  on  the  Pennsylvania  turn- 
pike, where  I  was  superintendent  of  West  Portal  for  Guthrie,  Marsh- 
Peterson,  and  from  there  I  came  back,  went  down  to  Parker  Dam  again 
and  drove  the  four  penstock  tunnels  for  the  State  of  California.  The 
contractor  was  C.  W.  Wood ;  and  from  there  I  went  to  Camp  San  Luis 
Obispo,  where  I  was  in  charge  of  excavation,  quarries.     Then  I  went 


1280     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

to  Honolulu  for  the  Territory  Airport  Constructors ;  and  I  think  that 
was  in  June  or  in  July  of  1941. 

5.  General  Frank.  Is  this  a  chronological  statement? 

Mr.  WiGKiSER.  Well,  approximately  so.    I  don't  remember  dates. 

6.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  get  out  of  college? 
Mr.  WiCKiSER.  1931. 

7.  General  Frank.  What  college? 

Mr.  AVicKisER.  Heidelberg  College,  at  Tiffin,  Ohio. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  your  work  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  did  you  meet  a  Colonel  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.  ? 

Mr.  WiCKTSER.  Not  personally,  no. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  Was  the  work  that  you  were  doing  at  that  time 
work  in  connection  with  the  contract  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  When  I  first  went  there  you  mean,  sir? 

10.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  first  went  there,  you  were  working 
for  the  Territory  Airport  Constructors,  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.'  That's  right. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  You  signed  that  contract  for  your  participa- 
tion in  that,  on  July  18, 1941  ? 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  That  is  right,  sir. 

[24^8]  12.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  then,  later,  went  to  work 
in  connection  with  the  Hawaiian  Constructors'  contract? 

Mr.  WicKiSER.  At  the  time  war  broke  out,  I  was  taken  over  by 
Hawaiian  Constructors,  because  Territory  Airport  Constructors  had 
their  contract  cancelled,  and  Hawaiian  Constructors  took  over  all  the 
personnel  of  the  Territory  Airport  Constructors. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  you  are  familiar  with  some  of  these 
defense  projects  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  that  were  constructed  by  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Mr.  WicKisER.  Yes ;  I  am,  sir. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  particular,  do  you  know  of  the  runway 
on  wdiich  the  grades  were  changed  nine  times  by  the  Army  engineers? 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  Allow  me  to  make  myself  very  clear.  Now,  I  see  that 
you  are  reciting  or  reading  here  from  testimony  that  was  taken  by  Mr. 
Weimer  or  Weiner,  I  believe  it  was.  That  is  pertaining  to  the  runways 
at  Hilo,  the  Hilo  airport.  Now,  there  were  no  changes,  up  until  after 
the  war  had  come  upon  us  down  there,  because  the  company  that  I  was 
with  down  there,  prior  to  December  7,  had  a  unit-price  contract  for 
that  job,  and  they  had  plans  that  they  had  bid  on ;  and  you  just  don't 
move  in  and  change  work  on  that  type  of  a  contract;  but  as  soon  as 
the  contract  was  taken  over  by  Hawaiian  Constructors,  which  was  a 
cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract,  then  we  were  operating  directly  under 
the  engineers ;  and  they  were  changed  nine  times,  at  that  time. 

I  might  draw  a  picture  of  that,  so  that  you  are  familiar  with  it. 
They  had  an  idea  that  they  might  have  to  move  out  of  that  country 
in  a  hurry,  and  they  wanted  to  wreck  the  ^  [^4^5]  airport,  so 
there  were  boxes  that  were  placed.  Theoretically,  the  tops  of  these 
boxes  were  even  with  or  at  the  top  of  the  surface  of  the  runways,  and 
then  in  these  boxes  there  were  supposed  to  be  bombs  placed,  that  they 
could  demolish  their  runways.  Well,  these  boxes  were  wooden,  and 
as  the  runway  elevation  was  changed,  your  boxes  had  to  be  sawed  off 
or  raised  with  the  elevations  of  your  runways,  and  they  were  changed 
nine  times,  because  I  changed  those  boxes  on  those  runways  nnie 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1281 

different  times.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  they  got  so  that  I  just  threw  up 
my  hands.  I  couldn't  keep  up  with  them  from  day  to  day.  I  would 
get  half  of  them  changed,  then  there  would  be  a  new  program  tomorrow 
morning;  and  I  just  got  '*fed  up"  on  it,  and  I  got  on  a  plane  and 
went  to  Honolulu ;  yes,  that's  true.  I  think  that  elaborates  a  little  bit 
on  that,  and  explains. 

15.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  occasion  of  all  these  changes, 
once  they  had  determined  the  grade? 

Mr.  WicKisER.  Well,  sir,  you  would  have  to  get  someone  in  the 
engineering  department,  the  U.  S.  E.  D,,  to  find  that,  because  we 
simply  operated  upon  directives  from  the  engineering  department, 
from  the  engineers,  the  Army  engineers. 

16.  General  Frank.  I  am  trying  to  get  an  opinion  from  you,  as  an 
engineer.  After  the  grade  had  been  once  established,  was  there  any 
necessity  for  changing  it  to  put  these  boxes  in? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  I  am  not  an  airport  engineer,  to  begin  with.  I  am  a 
construction  man.  I  don't  know  what  the  "powers  to  be"  down  there 
had  in  mind. 

17.  General  Frank.  Was  there  anything  about  the  subsoil  [2400^ 
that  required  a  changing  of  the  grade,  to  put  the  boxes  in  there? 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  No.  There  is  a  cut-and-fill  problem  on  most  of  those 
boxes,  but  in  the  area  where  the  boxes  were  changed,  was  through  the 
intersection  of  these  runways.  Now,  had  there  been  a  change  in  plans 
to  balance  the  cut-and-fill  on  out  at  the  end  of  runw^ays,  it  would  have 
certainly  affected  the  intersection  of  the  runways;  if  there  was  a 
maximum  grade  or  minimum  grade  that  they  had  to  hold  to  for  those 
runways,  it  would  have ;  but  once  it  was  determined,  sir,  there  would 
be  no  reason  for  it.  If  they  had  a  plan,  a  master  plan  that  they  were 
going  by,  what  they  wanted,  there  was  no  reason  in  the  world  for  it. 

18.  General  Grunert.  But  this  was  all  after  December  7,  1941  ? 
Mr.  WiCKisER.  Immediately  after. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Immediately  after? 
Mr.  Wickiser.  And  not  before. 

20.  General  Grunert.  No,  sir. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  during  the  the  time  that  this  changing  of 
the  runways  was  taking  place,  was  that  under  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Yes.  I  believe  Colonel  Wyman  left  there  in  March, 
didn't  he? 

22.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 
Mr.  WiciSER.  Yes. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  March  1942. 

Were  you  ever  instructed  by  Colonel  Wyman  with  respect  to  a  tun- 
nel, not  to  leave  the  dirt  in  the  tunnel,  and  not  to  take  it  outside? 

[i2461]  Mr.  Wickiser.  I  again  want  to  make  myself  clear.  I 
am  not  trying  to  crucify  anyone.  No,  that  statement  is  not  true;  and 
if  it  is  that  way,  it  is  an  error.  We  were  only  instructed  by  Colonel 
Wyman's  men,  the  man  that  was  in  charge  of  the  Hilo  airport  for 
Colonel  Wyman. 

24.  General  Frank.  Who  was  that? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  That  man  was  named  Fred  Henderson.  He  was  a 
civilian  at  that  time.  No,  at  that  ti'ine'' he  was  a  lieutenant.  He  was 
connnissioned,  I  believe. 


1282     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIOATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

25.  Major  Clausen.  You  had  one  experience,  did  you  not,  where 
you  made  a  62°  turn  to  the  right  off  an  exit,  and  you  found  out  after- 
wards that  the  plan  they  had  given  you  was  incorrect? 

Mr.  WiOKiSER.  That  is  correct.  I  can't  remember  the  exact  dates, 
but  it  was  shortly  after  war  broke  out,  that  they  were  in  a  very  big 
hurry  for  some  radar  tunnels,  or — not  radar;  they  were  AWS  stations 
they  called  them ;  was  out  at  Pahoa,  in  an  old  cinder  cone.  It  is  called 
East  Point.  They  had  plans  for  one  tunnel  that  was  up  inside  the 
crater,  and  there  had  to  be  a  road  lea(^ling  up  to  it.  You  had  to  get  the 
material  up  to  the  top,  and  we  built  a  road  and  camouflaged  it  up 
part  wa}',  and  then  over  the  cone,  down  inside,  we  just  worked  off  of  a 
foot-path,  and  inasmuch  as  the  ground  was  cinders,  we  could  handle  it 
by  just  hand-mucking  it,  or  hand  excavation  with  wheel-barrows, 
instead  of  breaking  a  big  trail  and  moving  a  lot  of  equipment  in  there, 
because  it  would  have  disturbed  the  surrounding  country,  and  they 
wanted  to  have  a  perfect  camouflage  job  where  no  one  could  find  it 
from  the  air. 

26.  General  Frank.  By  "cinders,"  you  mean  volcanic  cinders? 
Mr.  WiCKisER.  Volcanic    cinders — what    they    call,    out    in    the 

'\2Jf62']  islands,  Aa.  There's  two  types  of  lava  out  there.  One 
is  Lapahoehoe,  and  the  other  is  Aa.  Well,  we  cut  out  this  job 
by  hand.  Now,  when  I  moved  in  there,  the  instructions  were  not 
to  make  a  dump  outside  the  portal  of  this  AWS  tunnel,  because 
it  would  show  from  the  air.  Well,  i  didn't  know  what  in  the  world 
I  was  going  to  do  with  it,  I  had  to  dump  it  some  placey  and  I 
couldn't  eat  it;  so  I  didn't  know  what  to  do  with  it,  outside  of  just 
bringing  it  out  and  dumping  it.  I  had  no  way  of  carting  it  off,  so 
we  brought  it  out  and  dumped  it,  and  camouflaged  it.  Then,  that 
tunnel  was  completed,  and  I  had  a  plan  for  it;  but  down  below,  in 
back  of  the  Camp  at  Pahoa,  there  had  to  be  another  tunnel  driven, 
and  they  were  in  a  very  big  hurry  for  that,  and  I  asked  for  the 
engineers  to  come  out  and  stake  the  job;  and  no  one  would  show 
up;  so  they  had  an  inspector  on  the  job,  there,  at  that  time,  by 
the  name  of  Walker,  who  was  not  an  engineer,  but  he  and  I  located 
the  tunnel,  and  we  wanted  it,  to  get  busy  and  drive  in.  We  were 
working  on  the  schedule,  but  I  still  had  no  plans  on  the  second 
tunnel,  so  they  sent  me  out  a  sketch  from  the  engineering  office  that 
showed  the  tunnel  going  in  and  making  a  turn  to  the  left.  Well, 
we  drove  this  tunnel,  completed  it.  After  we  had  completed  it,  and 
I  had  moved  off  of  the  job,  I  got  a  set  of  plans  on  it  that  showed 
the  tunnel  going  in  and  making  a  dog-leg  to  the  right;  so  I  didn't 
know  what  to  do,  unless  they  wanted  to  drive  a  new  tunnel,  I  said 
they  could  make  a  turn  to  the  left  as  well  as  to  the  right ;  so  I  didn't 
do  anything  more  about  it,  because  I  went  to  Honolulu  right  at  that 
time,  and  was  wanting  to  go  home;  but  instead  of  getting  away 
from  there,  why  they  prevailed  upon  me  to  stay  and  do  some  of  the 
work  that  they  had,  to  be  done  right  away. 

[^^<5]  27.  General  Grunert.  Wliat  you  have  related  is  all 
after  December  7,  1941,  is  it? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  I  beg  your  pardon. 

28.  General  Grunert.  This  driving  of  the  tunnel  you  are  speak- 
ing about  is  all  after  December  7,  1941? 

Mr.  Combs.  Oh,  yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1283 

29.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Wickiser,  did  you  have  any  experience 
with  the  engineers  under  Colonel  Wyman  before  December  7,  1941? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Only  the  eno;ineers  that  were  handling  the  Ter- 
ritory Airport  Constructors'  work,  representing  the  Engineers  in 
Hilo." 

30.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Wickiser.  And  I  will  say  that  the  Engineers  that  we  worked 
with  there — the  boy  that  we  worked  with  was  named  Haynes 
(H-a-y-n-e-s  I  believe  is  the  way  spell  that)  and  he  was  a  very  fine 
boy,  and  he  was  a  competent  engineer. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Wickiser,  in  view  of  your  testimony  I 
am  going  to  read  a  portion  from  this  affidavit  contained  on  page  37 
of  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  report : 

From  the  experience  I  had  with  Wyman's  engineers,  when  I  found  he  re- 
ceived the  Distinguished  Service  Medal,  I  thought  somebody  had  slipped  up 
somewhere  along  the  line,  and  that  Washington  just  didn't  know  what  had 
been  going  on. 

Would  you  comment  on  that,  please,  to  the  Board? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Yes.  Now,  again  I  want  to  distinguish  between  the 
two  types  of  contract  that  I  w^orked  under  over  there.  One  with  the 
Territory  Airport  Constructors  was  the  unit-price  contract,  and  we 
had  bid  on  that  job,  or  the  [24<64-]  contractors  that  I  was  work- 
ing for  had  bid  on  the  job,  and  they  were  going  to  be  paid  so  much 
for  doing  a  job,  a  specific  job  that  they  had  the  plans  on.  We  had  no 
interference  whatsoever. 

But  I  went  to  work  for  Hawaiian  Constructors,  and  immediately 
the  picture  changed.  There  was  just  such  a  vast  amount  of  confusion 
and  so  many  changes  from  day  to  day  in  the  orders  that  we  received 
on  how  we  w^ere  to  do  the  work  that  it  was  pust  impossible  to  get  any- 
thing done.  On  top  of  that,  the  men  were  not  being  paid.  They  were 
from  two  to  three  months  behind  in  their  pay,  they  were  wanting  to 
go  home,  and  it  Mas  just  tough  as  hell  trying  to  get  any  work  out  of 
them.  And,  oh,  I  could  go  on  and  on.  But  principally  there  was  just 
a  damn  bad  relationship  there  right  at  that  time.  Now,  when  I  got 
over  to  Honolulu  I  was  wanting  to  go  home,  and  quite  a  few  men  that 
had  just  arrived  from  the  States 

32.  Major  Clausen.  You  found  out,  Mr.  Wickiser,  did  you,  that  the 
conditions  which  you  observed  yourself  after  7  December  1941  were 
similar  to  conditions  that  had  obtained  before  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  No ;  they  were  entirely  different,  sir. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  So  far  as  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  were  con- 
cerned, were  you  familiar  with  those  conditions  before  7  December 
1941  yourself? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Oh,  yes.  Hawaiian  Constructors  also  had  a  job 
going  at  South  Point  down  on  the  Island  of  Hawaii  where  Hilo  is 
located,  and  I  came  in  contact  with  those  men.  I  might  say  that  prior 
to  December  the  7th  there  seemed  to  be  a  minimum  of  confusion  down 
there,  but  it  wasn't  that  way  after  December  [24^5]  the  7th. 
The  reason  for  it  I  don't  know.  That  is,  getting  orders  on  what 
you  were  going  to  do,  they  seemed  to  be  pretty  stable,  but,  you  see, 
this  whole— as  soon  as  Avar  hit  us  down  there  we  were  all  turned  over 
to  the  management  of  Hawaiian  Constructors.  Now,  the  airport  that 
we  were  doing  there  under  the  Territory  Airport  Constructors  was 
immediately  taken  over  by  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2—32 


1284    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

34.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  is  when  these  conditions  commenced? 
Mr.  WiCKiSER.  That  is  when  these  conditions  came  in. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  All  right. 

36.  General  Frank.  Prior  to  this  time  you  were  working  on  a  fixed 
contractual  basis? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  That  is  right,  sir. 

37.  General  Frank.  Now,  will  yon  make  a  statement,  please,  as  to 
the  difference  in  conditions  between  the  time  that  the  cost-plus-fixed- 
fee  condition  came  into  being  and  the  condition  under  which  you 
operated  under  the  fixed-price  contract  basis  ? 

Mr.  WicKisER.  Would  you — you  want  me  to  make  a  comparison 
between  the  two  of  them  ? 

38.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  Well,  the  first  is  the  pay  situation.  The  men  were 
paid  on  two  days'  notice ;  in  other  words,  your  pay  period  stopped  on 
Saturday;  Tuesday  you  were  paid,  with  the  Territory  Airport  Con- 
structors. 

35^.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  the  fixed-price  contract? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  That  is  right.  The  contractors  handled  their  own 
pay.  But  when  the  men  were  transferred  to  Hawaiian  Constructors, 
the  Army  was  doing  the  paying,  and  we  had  men —  [£4-^6] 
well,  I  know  myself  I  waited — the  first  pay  check  was  two  months : 
when  I  went  off  the  pay  roll  of  Territory  Airport  Constructors  until 
I  got  a  pay  check  from  the  Engineers  down  there  it  was  two  months. 

40.  General  Frank.  What  about  changes?  What  about  changes 
in  work  ? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  You  mean  the  orders  coming  down  there,  changes? 

41.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  WicKiSER.  Well,  you  would  have  never  known  the  old  plans 
that  we  had  to  do  the  job.    They  were  completely  changed. 

42.  Genera]  Russell.  Were  these  changes  constant  nnd  recurring? 
Mr.  WiCKisER.  Fi^om  day  to  day,  sir.     I  might  tell  you  now,  that 

not  only  existed  right  at  that  time  but  existed  right  up  until  the 
time  Hawaiian  Constructors'  contract  was  terminated  over  there; 
not  only  under  Colonel  Wyman ;  it  existed  under  General  Kramer. 
The  only  man  that  we  didn't  have  those  conditions  under  was  General 
Lyman.    General  Lyman  did  not  operate  that  way,  sir. 

43.  General  Russell.  How  many  did  you  have?  Wyman,  Kramer, 
and  Lyman  ?    Were  those  the  three  ? 

Mr.  Wicktser.  Wyman,  Lyman,  and  Kramer,  in  that  order. 

44.  General  Russell.  How  long  did  you  have  Kramer? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Well,  Kramer  relieved  General — took  over  the  duties 
of  General  Lyman  when  he  died.  Now,  it  seems  that  General  Lyman 
died  in  October,  I  believe  it  was,  of  1942. 

45.  General  Russell.  Then  how  long  did  you  operate  until  Kramer? 
[B467]         Mr.  Wickiser.  From  October  1942  until  the  time  the 

contract  was  terminated. 

46.  General  Russell.  That  was  when  ? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  I  believe  it  was  terminated  the  first  day  of  February, 

47.  General  Frank.  1942? 
Mr.  Wickiser.  Of  1943. 

48.  General  Frank.  1943. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1285 

I  would  like  to  ask  one  more  question  here,  about  the  eflf'ectiveness 
of  the  two  methods  of  aceomplishinjr  work:  first,  through  the  fixed- 
price  contract,  and,  next,  through  the  cost-plus-fixed-fee. 

Mr.  WicKisER.  Well,  that  would,  of  course,  depend  whether  or  not 
a  man  could  safely  bid  a  job.  I  don't  think  a  contractor  could  have 
opei'ated  out  there  under  a  unit-price  contract  after  war  came  on, 
sir,  because  you  didn't  know  whether  you  could  get  equipment,  re- 
[)lacement  for  your  equipment ;  you  didn't  know  whether  you  could 
get  personnel:  you  didn't  know  whether  you  could  get  material  to 
do  the  job.  I  think  that  the  Territory  Airport  Constructors  were 
just  tickled  to  pieces  to  get  their  contract  taken  away  from  them, 
because  I  don't  think  they  could  have  operated. 

49.  General  Frank.  Then,  you  think  there  w^as  no  other  way  to 
do  it  than  under  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee? 

Mr.  WicKisER.  Xo,  sir.  I  do  not. 

50.  General  Frank.  Have  you  anything  else  ? 

51.  Major  Ci.ausen.  Your  basic  objection  was  not  the  cost-plus- 
fixed-fee  contract  but  the  supervision  of  the  cost-plus-fixed-fee  con- 
tract ;  is  that  correct  ? 

[24^8]  Mr.  WicKisER.  Yes.  I  think  you  gentlemen  are  aware 
of  a  letter  that  was  written  outlining  the  procedure  of  the  duties  of 
the  engineers  and  the  contractors  under  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  basis.  If 
those  instructions  or  those  procedures  were  lived  up  to  by  both  ])arties, 
I  don't  think  there  would  ever  be  any  trouble,  but  when  one  side  starts 
to  move  over  into  the  other  man's  territory  he  gets  in  ti'ouble. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  that  happen  ( 

Mr.  AViCKisER.  Oh,  that  did  happen.  For  instance,  the  duty  of  the 
Engineers  under  the  cost-plus-fixed-fee  is  to  use  the  contractors'  per- 
sonnel, to  use  their  experience:  and  when  you  have  experienced  men 
that  are  sent  out  to  do  a  job  on  that  basis,  it  is  to  use  that  experience. 
But  that  was  not  the  case  there.  I  took  over  the  tunnel  work  at  Oahu 
as  general  tunnel  superintendent  in  June  of  1942.  At  that  time  Gen- 
eral Lyman — or  he  was  Colonel  Lyman  at  that  time — Colonel  Lyman 
wanted  this  tunnel  program  expanded,  and  he  wanted  it  done  in  a  hell 
of  a  hurry.  At  that  time  there  was  also  one  job  that  w^as  going  on  that 
they  were  doing  for  the  Air  Corps  that  was  bad.  They  had  had  one 
cave-in  at  one  of  the  portals  getting  underground,  and,  well,  they  were 
a  little  afraid  of  it. 

AVell,  I  went  up  there  and  I  got  ahold  of  some  good  men  that  were 
available  right  in  Hawaii,  and  we  went  to  work  on  that  job,  and  we 
had  just  completed  it  at  the  time  I  left.  There  was  practically  a  mile 
of  24-foot  tunnel  in  bad  ground,  mud,  and  it  had  to  be  timbered,  every 
foot  of  it,  and  spiled. 

At  the  time  I  took  that  job  over  there  was  an  inspector  on  the  job. 
I'll  get  it  [examining  papers].  It  was  an  inspector  on  the  job:  that 
the  fellow  who  was  superintendent  of  that  [2469]  particular 
job  for  me  had  no  control  whatsoever  on  his  job.  For  instance,  this 
inspector  was  doing  the  hiring.  He  was  also  making  rate  changes  on 
men  without  ever  notifying  the  superintendent  of  the  job.  The  boy 
didn't  know  whether  he  was  running  the  job  or  whether  this  inspector 
was.  And  I  might  tell  you  that  the  inspector  on  that  job  had  never 
been  on  a  tunnel  job  in  his  life  up  to  that  time. 


1286    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

53.  General  Grunert.  What  was  he  ?  The  contractor's  inspector  or 
an  Engineer  inspector,  or  what  ? 

Mr,  WiCKiSER.  Just  an  inspector.     I  think  I  have  a  note  on  that. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  Inspector  employed  by  whom? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  Here  [indicating] ;  I  think  this  answers  your  ques- 
tion here. 

55.  General  Frank.  Just  a  minute.  The  inspector  represented 
the 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  Engineers. 

56.  General  Frank.  Corps  of  Engineers? 
Mr.  WiCKiSER.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Now,  here  was  a  job  over  at  Fort  Shafter,  a  job  called  208.  When 
I  took  over  I  found  this  job  was  virtually  at  a  standstill  because  of 
overinspection.  The  inspectors  in  charge  would  refuse  to  allow  a  con- 
crete pour  to  begin  unless  the  pour  could  be  completed  within  the 
regular  working  hours  of  that  day.  This  resulted  in  hours  of  wasted 
labor  on  the  concrete  crew  because  the  pour  would  have  to  wait  until 
the  following  day,  even  though  the  overtime  in  question  was  only 
one  hour.  The  inspectors  in  charge  would  arbitrarily  change  the 
water  content  of  the  concrete  without  notifying  the  foreman.  They 
were  using  pump  Crete,  and  if  you  do  that —  [^470]  you  gentle- 
men are  familiar  with  pump  crete  operations — you  know  that  the  man 
that  is  operating  the  nozzle  and  the  pump  must  know  how  much  water 
is  going  in  there  so  that  he  can  keep  that  concrete  moving  through  the 
pump  without  a  plug. 

The  inspectors  would  also  give  orders  to  the  men  and  in  general 
assume  the  position  of  superintendents  rather  than  inspectors.  I 
might  tell  you  that  that  was  one  of  the  first  problems  that  I  had 
confronting  me  there,  and  we  rectified  it  by  going  to  General  Lyman 
or  Colonel  Lyman  as  he  was  at  that  time.  I  went  directly  to  him  and 
let  my  hair  down,  and  it  was  straightened  out. 

Now,  here  was  a  job  called  403-W.  It  was  a  bomb  storage  job, 
consisted  of  going  up  a  valley  that  had  high  walls  on  either  side, 
called  Kipapa  Gulch,  and  driving  these  short  tunnels  every  200  feet. 
Well,  at  Job  403-W  I  went  out — this  job  was  in  the  preliminary 
stages  of  building  roads.  The  tunnel  equipment  was  bought  and 
was  in  Oahu.  The  battery  locomotives  had  to  operate  over  this  road 
with  the  main  railway  laid  out  in  front  of  these  tunnels,  see,  so  that 
you  could  get  from  one  to  the  other  with  your  tunnel  equipment.  The 
engineer  tliat  was  out  there,  the  chief  of  party  surveying  that  job, 
had  grades  laid  out  as  high  as  14  percent.  14  percent,  and  there  was 
a  crew  that  was — jackhammer  crew  and  shovel  crew — working  behind 
him  taking  up  these  grades  of  14  percent  that"  you  were  going  to  run 
light  railway  equipment  over. 

Well,  you  don't  have  to  go  into  that.  You  gentlemen  know  that 
can't  be  done.  So  arbitrarily  I  moved  back  and  started  the  crew  at 
3  percent  maximum,  which  was  entirely  too  much  for  [21^71^ 
railway  equipment,  but  we  moved  back,  and  I  went  right  in  and  got 
it  straightened  out  with  Colonel  Lj^man  at  that  time;  and  he  said, 
"Well,  if  the  engineering  can't  keep  up  with  you,"  he  said,  "let's  get 
the  job  done,  and  we'll  come  out  afterwards  and  we'll  survey  what 
you  have  got  done.  But  for  Christ's  sake,"  he  said,  "let's  get  the  work 
done." 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1287 

57.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  Colonel 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  General  Lyman. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  General  Lyman,  L-y-m-a-n. 
Mr.  WiCKiSER.  L-y-m-a-n. 

59.  General  Grunert.  This  all  was  after  December  7  of '41? 

Mr.  WiCKisER,  That  is  right,  sir.  And  I  might  tell  you,  with  the 
exception  of  a  survey  party  man,  the  chief  of  party  that  was  there 
staking  the  job,  he  also  had  three  other  jobs  that  he  was  covering. 
Tliere  Avas  no  one  representing  the  Corps  of  Engineers  on  that  job, 
no  one  there  at  all,  until  I  insisted  on  a  man  being  there;  and  when 
they  finally  did  place  an  inspector  there,  he  was  a  man  that  had  had 
i>o  previous  tunnel  experience  at  all. 

Now,  if  you  gentlemen  will  care  to  investigate  this  next  statement 
that  I  am  going  to  make,  I  would  certainly  welcome  it.  There  was 
a  tunnel  between  17-B  and  17-A  at  Kipapa  Gulch,  Job  403-W,  that  is 
60  feet  long.  Of  course,  we  worked  on  center  line  and  grade  given 
us  by  engineers.  This  tunnel  was  staked  wrong  and,  if  driven  to  its 
entire  full  length,  would  have  intersected  the  next  tunnel  to  it.  I  had 
a  hell  of  a  lot  of  work,  and  I  tell  you  60  feet  of  tunnel  could  be  punched 
down  there  in  a  mighty  short  time  the  way  that  we  were  stretched  out 
on  the  tunnel,  you  know,  because  we  were  driving  200  feet  of  tunnel  a 
[2472 \  day  on  that  one  job;  and  before  they  had  had  an  under- 
ground on  the  lines  that  the  engineers  had  given  them,  the  back  sights, 
and  when  I  went  up  and  took  a  look  at  this  particular  hole,  and  I  says, 
"Fellows,  you're  wrong.  Let's  get  another  engineer  out  here  with  a 
transit  and  let's  have  him  ])lot  this  work  again  and  see  if  w^e're  headed 
right." 

They  brought  out  another  man,  and  he  said,  "Well,  you're  not  right." 

That  tunnel  was  out  there  that  they  had — we  gunited  it  and  poured 
a  portal  on  it,  and  they  could  use  it  for  an  office  or  something  else  that 
they  wanted  to  have  underground.  But  again,  as  I  say,  had  they  driven 
this  tunnel  as  they  were  intending  us  to  do,  it  would  have  intersected 
the  other  tunnel,  but  according  to  the  specs  on  the  job  they  had  to  be 
200  feet  apart  at  all  points  of  parallel  tunnels. 

I  can  go  on  if  you  care  to  have  me  to. 

60.  Major  Clausen,  I  have  no  further  questions. 

61.  General  Grunert,  You  see,  Mr,  Wickiser,  we  are  primarily 
interested  in  what  happened  prior  to  December  7th;  and  what  infor- 
mation there  is  after  December  7th,  we  are  interested  in  only  so  much 
of  it  as  has  a  bearing  on  the  phases  that  pertain  to  the  attack  on 
December  7th. 

Mr.  Wickiser.  I  see,  sir. 

62.  General  Grunert.  So,  although  we  are  interested  in  what  you 
are  putting  out  there,  to  give  us  a  general  line  on  the  efficiency  of  the 
management,  I  think  there  has  been  enough  evidence  of  that  sort  to 
cover  what  we  need, 

I  have  one  question  here:  Do  you  know  why  Colonel  Wyman  was 
awarded  a  decoration? 

[247s]  Mr,  Wickiser,  No,  sir,  I  do  not.  But  I  can  tell  you  again 
that  as  far  as  the  men  that  were  working  out  there,  working  on  the 
construction  work,  they  thought  it  was  a  joke, 

63.  General  Grunert,  Do  you  know  anything  about  his  work  on  the 
string  of  air  bases  down  toward  Australia  ?  Did  you  have  anything  to 
do  with  that? 


1288     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  W1CKI8EK.  No,  sir. 

(U.  General  (irunert.  Then,  those  who  may  have  known  about  it 
and  appeared  to  be  surprised  that  he  received  a  decoration  didn't 
know  but  what  he  may  have  done  extraordinary  work  on  something 
else  of  whieli  they  were  not  aware? 

Mr.  WiCKisER."  That  might  have  been.  But  I  might  also  say  that 
most  of  these  men  also  knew  of  Colonel  Wyman  in  Los  Angeles,  sir, 
which  goes  back  a  little  further  than  that  time. 

65.  General  Grunert.  Then,  many  of  these  men  had  been  working 
foi-  Colonel  Wyman,  then  Major  or  Captain  Wyman,  in  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  WiCKisEK.  AVell,  either  for  him  or  they  were  associated  with 
contractors. 

(■)0.  General  Grunert.  Then  it  was  a  sort  of  common  knowledge  or 
i-iimored  knowledge,  at  least,  of  certain  existing  conditions? 

Mr.  Wr'Kise:r.  Common  knowletlge. 

67.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions? 

68.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  a  man  named  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  Well,  I  know  Bill.  I  know  him  not  intimately.  I 
might  say  that  the  only  time  that  Bill  Rohl  was  ever  on  any  of  my  work 
out  there  in  the  Islands  was  along  in  the  fall,  latter  part  of  October 
of  1942,  and  I  was  having  a  little  trouble,  and  my  wife  w^as  evacuated 
from  Hawaii,  and  we  [^-i-'H]  ^^acl  lost  a  youngster,  and — well, 
she  was  here  and  I  was  wanting  to  come  home,  and  I  had  fulfilled  my 
contract  and  was  staying  over  at  the  insistence  of  Mr.  King,  who  was 
the  general  suj)erintendent  for  Hawaiian  Constructors  at  that  time, 
and  T  was  wanting  to  come  home.  Percy  Benson  and  Mr.  King  and 
Mr.  Rohl  met  me  on  tlie  road  as  I  was  coming  from  Job  403-W,  and 
I  talked  to  them  on  the  higliAvay.  and  they  said  they  wanted  to  go  back 
and  see  the  job.  So  I  rode  back,  and  we  went  up  onto  the  job,  and 
I  told  them  at  that  time — I  was  talking  to  Bill  and  I  told  him  I  wanted 
to  go  home,  and  Bill  told  me  this.  He  said,  "Wickie,  you  can't  go 
home,"  he  said,  "because  if  you  go  home  who  in  the  hell's  going  to  do 
the  work  ?  We  haven't  got  a  man  that  we  can  turn  the  work  over  to, 
and  the  Engineers  can't  do  it  themselves.  If  you  walk  out,"  he  said, 
"you  are  just  leaving  everybody  down."  And  he  says,  "You  can't  go 
home.     You  got  to  stay  and  finish  your  job." 

69.  General  Russell.  Was  that  the  first  time  you  saw  Mr.  Rohl  out 
t  here  ? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  That's  the  first  time  I  ever  saw  him  out  there,  sir. 
That  is  the  truth. 

70.  General  Russell.  And  that  was  late  in  '42? 
Mr.  WiCKiSER.  '42. 

71.  General  Russell.  You  did  not  see  him  nor  did  he  visit  any  job 
that  you  were  doing  for  the  Hawaiian  Airport  Contractors  prior  to 
December  7,  '41  ? 

Mr.  WicKiSER.  No,  he  had  no  reason  to,  because  he  had  no  connec- 
tion with  that. 

72.  General  Russell.  Now,  you  expressed  some  familiarity 
[247-')^  in  your  earlier  testimony  with  the  work  which  was  being 
done  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  prior  to  December  7,  '41,  stating 
that  you  were  impressed  that  it  was  running  along  normally  and 
without  confusion. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1289 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  Yes.  I  might  state,  though,  that  there  were  prob- 
ably four  or  five  million  dollars'  worth  of  work  involved  at  that  time, 
and  the  organization  that  was  there  to  handle  it  probable  was  adequate, 
but  after  the  attack  of  December  the  7th  the  work  jumped  to— well, 
at  the  end  of  the  contract,  I  think  150  million  or  something  like  that. 
There  is  a  hell  of  a  big  difference,  gentlemen,  between  an  organiza- 
tion that  it  takes  to  handle  from  two  to  five  million  dollars'  worth  of 
work  than  one  that  it  takes  to  handle  over  a  hundred  million  dollars' 
worth  of  work. 

73.  General  Eussell.  Do  you  know,  by  reputation  or  by  common 
knowledge  out  there,  what  if  any  effect  the  appearance  of  Kohl  on 
the  Islands  had  so  far  as  confusion  in  work  or  expediting  work  is 
concerned  ? 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  No,  I  don't.  No,  it  wouldn't  be  fair  for  me  to  say 
one  way  or  the  other,  I'll  be  honest  with  you,  because  it  would  be  just 
hearsay. 

74.  General  Russell.  Well,  what  the  Board  is  interested  in  is 
whether  or  not,  when  Mr.  Rohl  came  out  there  late  in  the  fall,  if  he 
did,  of  1941,  that  he  immediately  began  to  expedite  the  work. 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  Well,  I  will  put  it  this  way : 

75.  General  Russell.  Or  did  he  produce  confusion  ? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Allow  me  to  put  it  this  way :  From  the  time  I  went 
over  to  Honolulu  and  from  the  time  I  went  to  work  [^^7^]  for 
Hawaiian  Constructors  there — now,  I  had  worked  for  them,  see,  over 
on  Hawaii,  down  at  Hilo,  but  when  I  got  there  I  was  ready  to  go  home, 
and  in  the  meantime  H.  J.  King  was  made  superintendent,  and  when 
he  took  over  I  knew  then  things  would  hum,  and  he  asked  me  to  stay 
there  and  help  him  do  the  job. 

76.  General  RusseCl.  You  don't  have  any  knowledge  on  the  question 
I  am  asking  you? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Yest,  I  do.     I  want  to  get  to  that. 

77.  General  Russell.  All  right. 

Mr.  Wickiser.  Now,  at  the  time  King  took  over  I  knew  that  this 
man  King  was  strong  enough  that  Bill  Rohl  wouldn't  ride  him  a  bit : 
that  is,  if  he  was  superintendent,  that  he  would  be  doing  the  job,  and 
not  Bill  Rohl.  So  that  is  exactly  what  happened  too,  because  I  think 
when  you  fellows  get  there — when  you  finally  get  Mr.  King  here  tomor- 
row, you  will  find  out  that  he  insisted  that  Bill  Rohl  leave  the  job  alone. 

78.  General  Russell.  Well,  do  you  think  it  was  better  for  the  job 
for  King  to  run  it? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  I  think  so. 

79.  General  Russell.  Without  Rohl's,  in  other  words, 

Mr.  Wickiser.  That's  right,  sir. 

80.  General  Russell.  — interference? 

Mr.  Wickiser.  That  is  right,  putting  it  that  way. 

81.  General  Russell.  So  that  seems  to  be  a  sort  of  answer  to  my 
question. 

Mr.  AVickiser.  That's  right,  sir. 

82.  General  Russell.  All  right.  Now,  you  talked  a  little  while  ago 
about  the  people  who  were  out  on  this  job  in  Hawaii  [24-77]  hav- 
ing had  associations  with  Wyman  back  in  Los  Angeles,  and  you  stated 
that  as  a  result  of  those  associations  they  were  considerably  surprised 
when  he  was  decorated  or  received  some  official  recognition? 


1290     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  Yes,  sir. 

83.  General  Russell.  Isitageneralization,  then,  that  we  may  draw, 
that  those  people  didn't  think  very  much  of  Wyman  as  a  contractor 
back  in  Los  Angeles  ? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  No. 
48.  General  Russell.  As  an  engineer  back  in  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  WiCKisER.  No,  not  as  a  contractor. 

85.  General  Russell.  I  mean  as  an  engineer  back  in  Los  Angeles? 
Mr.  WiCKiSER.  That  is  right. 

86.  General  Russell.  Would  you  mind  telling  the  Board  the  basis 
upon  which  these  people  predicated  their  thought  that  Wyman  was  not 
a  good  engineer  officer  ? 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  I  won't  say  that  Wyman  probably  wasn't  an  able 
engineer,  but  the  thought  was,  or  the  feeling,  around  Los  Angeles 
among  different  contractors  that  Wyman  was  quite  a  drinking  man 
and  he  was  domineering.  I  have  heard  several  legitimate  contrac- 
tors— good,  honest  men — that  have  told  me  of  their  experience  of  going 
in,  talking  to  Wyman,  and  where  they  just  walked  out,  walked  out  of 
his  office,  because  they  felt  that  they  could  be  treated  as  men,  didn't 
have  to  be  treated  in  the  domineering,  insulting  way  that  he  treated 
them. 

87.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you  might 
add  that  might  be  of  interest  to  the  Board,  in  view  of  this  limited 
mission  that  I  have  stated  ? 

[247s]  Mr.  WiCKiSER.  There  is  just  one  thing  that  I  would  like 
to  say,  and  that  is  from  the  standpoint  of  confusion ;  I  would  like  to 
say  that  there  was  just  as  much  confusion  over  tliere  when  the  contract 
was  terminated  as  there  was  right  after  Pearl  Harbor.  The  only  re- 
lief that  we  got  there  at  all,  from  an  operational  standpoint,  was  the 
time  or  during  the  time  that  Colonel  Lyman,  who  was  later  General 
Lyman,  was  in  charge  of  the  Engineering  office,  and  we  did  have  it 
while  he  was  there.  We  did  have  relief,  and  there  was  a  good,  whole- 
some, friendly  relationship  that  he  insisted  upon,  from  both  parties ; 
and  as  soon  as  General  Kramer  took  over  it  slipped  right  back  to  where 
it  was  before. 

88.  General  Grunert.  All  right,  sir.  Thank  you  very  much  for 
coming. 

Mr.  WiCKiSER.  All  right,  sir. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon  at  11 :  20  a.  m.  the  Board  recessed  until  2  p.  m.  of  the 
same  day.) 

[£4791  AFTERNOON  SESSION 

(The  Board  at  2  p.  m.  continued  the  hearing  of  witnesses.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  RAY  ANDERSON,  1930  EUCLID  STREET,  SANTA 
MONICA,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your  full  name 
and  address? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1291 

Mr.  Anderson.  My  name  is  Kobert  Arthur  Kay  Anderson,  but  I  use 
Ray  Anderson  as  my  name. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  your  address? 

Mr.  Anderson.  1980  Euclid  Street,  Santa  Monica,  California. 

3.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  Electrician. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Anderson,  on  this  particular  phase  of  the 
investigation  I  am  asking  General  Frank,  assisted  by  Major  Clausen, 
to  take  the  lead. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Anderson,  by  whom  are  you  employed  at 
the  present  time  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  In  the  L.  A.  shipyards,  Todd  Shipyards. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  You  have  been  a  resident  of  the  State  of  Califor- 
nia for  how  long? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Since  1930. 

7.  General  Frank.  By  L.  A.  you  mean  the  Los  Angeles  shipyards  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  the  Los  Angeles  shipyards. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  How  long  have  you  been  in  the  electrical  busi- 
ness, Mr.  Anderson? 

Mr.  Anderson.  All  my  life. 

\2JfS0\         9.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  occasion  to  be  em- 
ployed on  the  Hawaiian  Islands? 
Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  In  connection  with  the  construction  of  defense 
projects  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  Mr.  Anderson? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir.     I  was  hired  here  in  San  Francisco. 

11.  General  Frank.  How  old  are  you,  Mr.  Anderson  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  I  will  be  63  in  December. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  During  what  period  of  time  were  you  employed 
by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  was  hired  by  them  in  January. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  What  year? 

Mr.  Anderson.  1942,  and  I  stayed  out  there  until  August. 

14.  Major  Clausen.     Of  1942? 
Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  give  me  some  very  brief  idea  as  to  the 
projects  on  which  you  worked  during  that  period  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  worked  in  General  Emmons  headquarters  from 
the  time  I  went  there  until  I  left. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  To  your  knowledge  was  electrical  work  done 
by  others  on  these  defense  projects  before  you  arrived  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  There  had  been  some  pipe  put  in  on  the  job  we  were 
on,  but  nothing  further.     Pipe  had  been  put  down  in  the  tunnel. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  that  pipe? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Electrical  pipe,  conduit  for  the  wiring  of  the  tunnel. 

\M81]         18.  General  Frank.  Wliat  tunnel? 

Mr.  Anderson.  At  Aliamanu  crater.  It  was  the  headquarters  of 
General  Emmons.  They  had  moved  in  there.  General  Emmons.  The 
Navy  had  down  below  there  the  Navy  magazines  about  three  or  four 
miles  west  of  Fort  Shafter. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  during  the  period  you  were  in  Hawaii 
meet  Colonel  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.  ? 


1292     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir,  I  talked  to  him  and  saw  him  frequently. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  whether  Colonel  Wyman  during 
that  time  was  ever  intoxicated  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  To  what  extent  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  he  could  navigate. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon? 

Mr.  Anderson.  He  could  navigate,  but  he  was  intoxicated.  I  will 
tell  you  something  about  this  whole  thing  \Yhile  we  are  on  this  evi- 
dence. I  was  made  a  kind  of  a  political  football  over  this  deal  to 
start  out  with. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  Over  what  deal? 
Mr.  Anderson.  This  Tenney  Committee. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Yes? 

Mr.  Anderson.  And  my  personal  opinion  about  that  whole  deal  is 
that  it  is  all  over.  Rohl  has  left  those  construction  companies. 
Wyman  has  been  put  out  of  his  job,  and  I  believe  General  Emmons 
was  possibly  relieved  over  it.  I  can't  be  sure  about  that.  And  the 
whole  thing,  as  far  as  those  Islands  are  concerned,  should  be  a  dead 
issue.  Today  it  is  a  political  football.  I  told  Jack  Tenney  last  year 
about  it.  Fulton  Lewis  [2^82]  had  broadcast  my  testimony 
luitionally  and  it  was  not  the  right  thing  to  do.  I  was  going  into  Doug- 
las on  the  morning  when  I  was  subpoenaed  and  I  told  them  exactly 
how  I  felt  about  that,  and  at  that  time  I  felt  very  sore  because  I  actually 
was  afraid  that  the  Japs  might  come  back  there.  We  had  fight  after 
fight  over  the  installation  of  that  electrical  equipment  back  there,  be- 
cause I  wanted  to  make  the  communications  separate  from  the  power, 
because  the  power  might  be  knocked  out.     We  had  quite  a  fight  over  it. 

And  the  story  about  the  beds  and  the  food  is  past  and  gone. 
Whether  Colonel  Wyman  through  his  negligence  permitted  that  condi- 
tion, I  don't  know,  but  he  told  me  that  the  food  was  good  enough  for 
us,  and  he  had  shut  down  on  it  because  we  were  wasting  it.  We 
couldn't  get  a  cup  of  coffee  without  paying  35  cents  for  it,  or  you  could 
get  the  whole  meal  for  35  cents.  They  had  issued  Army  rations  to 
those  men  from  the  day  we  arrived  there  until  we  left.  I  went  to  the 
barracks,  the  Ordnance  barracks  at  the  headquarters  around  the  1st 
of  April  and  lived  there  with  the  soldiers  in  the  barracks,  six  of  us, — 
two  electricians,  two  carpenters  and  two  plumbers — lived  in  the  bar- 
racks with  the  soldiers.  I  was  there  the  morning  Colonel  Wyman  got 
relieved. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  testified  to  the  Tenney  Committee 
you  told  them  facts,  didn't  you? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  Regardless  of  your  personal  preferences,  this 
Board  wants  the  facts. 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  can  realize  that,  too. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  tell  me  this:  You  said  you  knew 
[24SS]  Colonel  Wyman  was  intoxicated.  Just  tell  me  whether 
you  ever  had  occasion  to  see  Colonel  Wyman  in  an  intoxicated 
condition. 

Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  he  was  what  I  would  call  in  an  intoxicated 
condition.  His  breath  smelled  a  little  bit  and  he  didn't  seem  to  be 
level-headed  as  a  man  in  that  position  should  be. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1293 

28.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  was  during  what  period  of  time? 
Mr.  Anderson.  I  don't  think  he  went  back  to  his  office  after  the  9th 

of  March.     I  think  the  relief  was  ordered  on  the  0th  of  March,  and 
he  never  went  back  there.     He  stayed  at  that  hotel.     The  guards  had 
to  go  in  one  night  and  jump  him  about  keeping  the  light  on  in  the- 
room. 

29.  General  Frank,  You  stated  that  Colonel  Wyman  was  intoxi- 
cated, but  we  have  no  dates  on  that.     Can  you  give  us  the  date? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  do  not  recall  the  exact  date.  The  first  time  I  met 
Colonel  Wyman,  I  want  up  to  his  office  in  the  Young  Building. 

30.  General  Frank.  When? 

Mr.  Anderson.  That  was  some  time  in  the  latter  part  of  February, 
the  last  couple  of  days. 

31.  General  Frank.  Of  what  year? 

Mr.  Anderson.  1942.  We  argued  all  the  way  down  into  Bishop 
Street. 

32.  General  Frank.  Was  he  sober  then  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  No,  he  was  not.  He  had  been  drinking  but  I  never 
saw  Colonel  Wyman  take  a  drink.     I  can  tell  you  that. 

33.  General  Frank.  Now,  from  then  on  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Then  I  saw  him  the  next  week. 

34.  General  Frank.  Which  was  still  in  February? 
Mr.  Anderson.  He  had  been  drinking  at  that  time. 

[24^4]         35.  General  Frank.  Still  in  February  of  1942? 

Mr.  Anderson.  That  would  possibly  be  around  the  1st  of  March, 

36.  General  Frank,  Yes, 

Mr.  Anderson.  And  then  I  talked  to  him  the  day  before  he  was 
relieved,  when  the  order  came  to  him. 

37.  General  Frank.  Was  he  still  intoxicated  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  He  still  had  whiskey  on  his  breath. 

38.  General  Frank.  But  as  to  whether  or  not  his  faculties  were 
impaired  ? 

Mr,  Anderson,  That  I  could  not  say,  General,  That  is  the  hardest 
thing  in  the  world  to  say,  A  man  can  be  drunk  and  maneuver  around 
and  do  certain  jobs  fairly  well, 

39.  General  Frank.  In  your  own  mind,  when  do  you  consider  a 
man  drunk? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  it  is  a  hard  thing  to  say.  Some  people  think 
if  he  is  in  the  gutter  he  is  drunk,  but  a  man  who  has  had  more  than 
enough  for  him,  I  consider  him  drunk. 

40.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  you  thought  on  these  occa- 
sions  

Mr.  Anderson.  I  actually  thought  he  was  drunk. 

41.  General  Frank  (continuing).  That  Colonel  Wyman  was  carry- 
ing more  than  he  could  hold  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes. 

42.  General  Frank.  That  was  your  interpretation  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  That  was  my  interpretation,  yes. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Anderson,  you  testified  to  the  Tenney 
Committee  that  Colonel  Wyman  was  in  an  intoxicated  condition  or 
lay  in  the  hotel  drunk  all  the  time  for  some  five  days  before  he 
[2485]        left  his  job. 

Mr.  Anderson.  He  stayed  up  in  that  hotel  five  days  before  he  came 
out,  to  the  best  of  my  memory. 


1294    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

44.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  the  basis  of  your  statement  that  he  lay 
in  the  hotel  drunk  for  those  five  days  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  he  was  gone  and  we  saw  him  down  in  the 
lobby  once  or  twice  during  that  time  and  he  wasn't  dressed  for  the 
street. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  say  "we  saw  him"  you  mean  that 
you  saw  him  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  saw  him,  yes,  sir. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  And  could  it  have  been  that  he  was  working 
in  the  hotel  during  those  five  days  merely  getting  his  papers  ready 
to  get  out  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  That  could  be  possible,  sir. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  I  was  wondering  where  you  got  the  basis  for 
your  statement,  that  five  days  before  Colonel  Wyman  left  his  job  he 
lay  in  the  hotel  drunk  all  the  time.  Specifically  what  is  your  basis  for 
that,  Mr.  Anderson  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Based  on  that,  I  don't  know. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  the  Board  wants  facts. 
Mr.  Anderson.  That  is  true. 

49.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  situation  in 
Honolulu  prior  to  December  7th  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  No,  sir,  nothing  whatever  prior  to  the  time  I  went 
there. 

50.  General  Frank.  And  you  arrived  there  when  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  arrived  there  at  the  beginning  of  [24^6] 
February. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  anything,  Mr.  Anderson,  about 
the  work  that  was  done  on  the  Islands  as  an  alternate  air  route  down 
to  Australia  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Only  that  the  men  came  back  from  Christmas  Island 
and  told  us  that  General  Tinker  had  ordered  them  out. 

52.  Major  Clausen,  In  other  words,  the  Hawaiian  Constructors 
had  been  given  certain  work  to  do  for  an  air  route  down  to  Australia, 
is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  And  some  of  the  returning  men  stated  some- 
thing with  respect  to  the  Hawaiian  Constructors.  What  did  they  say, 
sir? 

Mr.  Anderson.  They  said  that  General  Tinker  came  to  Christmas 
Island — Canton  Island  was  still  going  on — they  said  that  General 
Tinker  came  to  Christmas  Island  and  ordered  all  of  the  construction 
men  to  leave  there. 

54.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  the  names  of  some  of  those  men 
who  told  you  that?    Can  you  give  those  names  to  the  Board? 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  doubt  whether  I  can  or  not.  Major. 

55.  Major  Clausen.  You  stated  also  to  the  Tenney  Committee  that 
you  believed  that  sabotage,  in  the  sense  that  there  was  deliberate  hold- 
mg  up  of  the  work,  had  been  going  on  for  some  time. 

Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  that  is  what  it  appeared  to  be. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  was  the  basis  for  that. 

Mr.  Anderson.  On  account  of  not  being  able  to  get  certain  things 
done,  could  not  get  plans  and  other  things  of  that  kind.  They  were 
always  blaming  the   men.     Middleton   and   Bazants   in        [2^87] 


PROCEEDINGS  OP  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1295 

particular  blamed  the  men  that  the  work  was  not  being  gotten  out 
and  the  men  would  not  work. 

57.  General  Frank.  Have  you  talked  to  anybody  about  this  testi- 
mony that  you  are  giving  here,  in  the  last  few  days  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  No,  sir,  1  haven't  seen  anyone,  except  one  boy  that 
came  back  from  Honolulu  two  or  three  months  ago,  and  we  never 
discussed  anything  about  the  island  other  than  different  people  we 
knew. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  Over  what  period  time,  Mr.  Anderson,  did 
this  sabotage  go  on  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  We  had  a  great  deal  of  difficulty  about  getting  the 
job  done  all  the  way  through. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  if  that  existed  prior  to  the  7th 
of  December,  1941  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  That  I  could  not  say.    That  I  would  not  know. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  By  whom  was  this  holding  up  of  the  work  done  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  Presumably  the  superintendents  or  whoever  had 

charge  of  the  various  areas. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  When  this  information  came  to  you,  Mr.  An- 
derson, as  to  these  things,  did  you  make  reports  to  anyone? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Not  about  that,  because  there  was  no  one  but — well, 
I  got  a  man  to  speak  to  Colonel  Bathurst. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  Wlio  was  Colonel  Bathurst? 
Mr.  Anderson.  A  deputy  chief  of  staff. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  Wlio  is  this  man  that  you  got  to  speak  to  him  ? 
Mr.  Anderson.  A  fellow  by  the  name  of  Glasgow. 

[^4^8]  64.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  you  got  him  to  speak  to 
the  Colonel  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  about  straightening  this  out,  and  he  told 
Glasglow  that  the  thing  would  be  straightened  out  shortly  and 
Colonel  Wyman  was  relieved  a  week  later. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  make  reports  to  G-2  concerning 
these  conditions. 

Mr.  Anderson.  Not  about  the  work.  About  going  into  Hickam 
Field  I  did.  I  had  a  telephone  call  in  the  generator  room  one  night 
from  a  Japanese  woman  for  an  electrician,  and  I  reported  that 
to  G-2. 

66.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Anderson,  I  understand  from  your 
testimony  that  you  know  practically  nothing  about  what  happened 
prior  to  December  7th,  1941,  in  Hawaii? 

Mr.  Anderson.  No. 

67.  General  Grunert.  And  you  do  not  know  whether  what  you 
considered  might  be  sabotage  occurred  prior  thereto? 

Mr.  Anderson.  That  I  think.  General,  would  be  an  expression 
rather  than  a  direct  statement. 

68.  General  Grunert.  That  was  an  opinion  of  your  own? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes.  I  see  there  they  have  Fort  Kam.  I  never 
to  my  knowledge  ever  heard  of  it. 

69.  General  Grunert.  All  these  things  you  know  about  happened 
after  December  7th,  1941? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Yes,  sir.  I  was  here  in  California  when  the  Japs 
hit  Pearl  Harbor. 


1296     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

70.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  that  you  could  tell  us 
about  what  happened  prior  to  December  7th,  1941,  or  things  that 
might  have  led  u])  to  the  conditions  which  you  found  when  you  got 
over  there? 

[£489]  Mr.  Anderson.  Well,  General,  I  will  tell  you,  this 
whole  construction  setup,  I  worked  on  construction  all  my  life,  and 
in  the  course  of  competitive  construction  we  have  to  work  when  we 
have  material.  We  were  at  one  time  working  there  without  any 
wire  and  there  were  millions  of  feet  lying  there  that  we  knew  of, 
and  things  of  that  kind  were  carried  on.  It  appeared  that  those 
people  had  the  intention  of  always  keeping  the  men  disturbed. 
Now,  I  cannot  say  that  any  Army  officer  had  anything  to  do  with 
that,  because  Middleton,  as  far  as  the  ordinary  things  went,  was 
the  big!  man  there.  Mr.  Rohl  and  Mr.  Woolley  and  Mr.  Benson 
had  a  committee,  of  which  Mr.  Woolley  was  the  head.  Charlie 
Winsted  told  me  they  had  started  out  there  first  and  put  Woolley 
on  that  executive  committee,  supposed  to  operate  it.  Then  they 
decided  that  they  should  have  another  contractor  from  Honolulu 
and  they  brought  Mr.  Benson  in.  Mr.  Benson  and  Mr.  Rohl  had 
nothing  to  say  to  any  of  the  men  of  the  Constructors  when  there 
were  any  complaints.  They  were  ahvays  handed  over  to  Mr. 
Woolley.  We  had  no  hot  water  to  bathe  in.  The  construction  men 
needed  it.  They  had  a  little  20-gallon  tank  and  we  could  not  get  it. 
Different  things  of  that  kind  had  gone  on.  The  food  was  bad.  The 
Army  cooks  were  good.  When  I  lived  with  the  soldiers  there  I 
had  no  complaint  to  make  about  the  food.  The  Army  ration  wias 
sufficient  and  well  cooked. 

71.  General  Grunert.  But  these  were  all  conditions  existing 
afterwards  ? 

Mr.  Anderson.  Existing  afterwards,  yes,  sir. 

72.  General  Grunert.  You  see,  this  Board  is  concerned  only  with 
phases  that  had  any  bearing  on  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  and  it  is 
limited  in  its  investigation  to  such  phases,  so  this  [24^0]  infor- 
mation which  you  may  have  about  conditions  afterwards,  unless  it  has 
a  bearing  on  what  occurred  or  what  the  conditions  were  prior  to  the 
attack,  the  Board  cannot  see  any  great  connection  with  what  it  has 
been  charged  with  doing. 

Mr.  Anderson.  I  can  understand  that,  General,  and  I  would  like 
to  say  this  much  about  that  whole  deal.  The  best  thing  that  ever 
happened  to  us  was  the  Japs  hitting  us  at  Pearl  Harbor  and  not  at 
sea.  The  Japanese  have  had  the  full  run  of  those  islands  for  years. 
The  people  there  are  actually  friendlier  to  the  Japs  than  they  are 
to  us,  from  my  experience  on  the  island.  To  my  mind,  this  whole 
business,  the  Truman  Committee  and  all  included,  it  is  a  political 
football  today,  for  which  the  Army  and  Navy  will  have  to  suffer. 
It  is  something  past  to  us.  We  have  gotten  over  most  of  our  soreness 
about  the  whole  thing.  We  were  sore,  because  men  40  and  50  years 
old  to  go  into  those  things  don't  go  in  there  for  the  fun  of  it.  I  can 
earn  that  money  here  without  going  out  there  for  the  amount  of 
money  we  were  paid.  We  went  there  because  we  thought  we  could 
help,  and  we  could  not.  We  just  could  not  help.  That  is  the  thing 
that  burned  us  up.  We  had  this  thing  of  working  under  Japanese. 
It  is  a  crime  that  a  man  should  have  to  work  under  a  Japanese  at  a 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1297 

certain  time.  They  actually  had  a  strike  at  Bellows  Field  for  a  day 
on  that  account.  George  Shaefer — he  is  in  the  Army  now — he  refused 
to  work  for  13  days,  and  they  stopped  his  pay  and  wouldn't  pay  him 
afterwards,  because  he  wouldn't  w^ork  under  a  Japanese.  A  Japanese 
ma}'  be  a  good  American  citizen,  born  here,  no  doubt,  but  they  haven't 
shown  it.  Of  course,  this  whole  thing,  as  I  say,  now,  the  politicians 
are  kicking  it  around.  There  will  never  be  [2^91}  anything 
come  of  it  or  done.  Rohl  got  out  of  his  job  and  the  rest  of  them  like- 
wise. 

73.  General  Grunert.  That  will  be  all,  I  believe.    Thank  you. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[£492]         TESTIMONY  OF  GEORGE  FRANCIS  BARTLETT,  EMART- 
VILLE,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  ]\Ir.  Bartlett,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  full  name  and  address? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  George  Francis  Bartlett;  postoffice  address,  Smart- 
ville.  California. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  Bartlett? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Engineer. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Bartlett,  General  Frank  here,  assisted  by 
Major  Clausen,  will  lead  in  asking  the  questions,  and  the  rest  of  the 
Board  will  develo])  any  subject  that  they  think  needs  development. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

4.  General  Fraxk.  Mr.  Bartlett,  what  is  your  present  occupation  ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  I  am  a  principal  engineer  with  the  USED  on  fur- 
lough. 

5.  General  Frank.  How  long  is  your  furlough? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  am  not  doing  anything  at  the  present  time.  I  am 
convalescing  from  an  eye  ailment. 

6.  General  Frank.  Were  you  employed  by  the  Engineers  in  Hono- 
lulu along  about  1940  and  '41? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Frank.  What  was  your  job  over  there? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  In  Honolulu  I  was  stationed  at  Fort  Shaffer  as 
resident  engineer  or  principal  inspector  at  the  underground  command 
post  in  the  radio  transmitter  tunnels  that  were  being  built  there  by 
the  Hawaiian  Constructor         [2493]         Company. 

8.  General  Frank.  At  Aliamanu  Crater? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  No.    At  Fort  Shafter. 

9.  General  Frank.  At  Fort  Shafter  itself  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir.  Not  in  the  crater.  We  put  in  two  tunnels 
there. 

10.  General  Frank.  How  long  have  you  been  with  the  Corps  of 
Engineers  ?  ^    ^ 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Off  and  on  since  1937.  I  was  with  them  in  1937 
and  '38,  and  then  I  quit  and  was  up  on  the  Shasta  Dam  for  a  while. 
Then  I  accepted  a  j^osition  that  they  offered  me  to  go  to  Honolulu, 
and  this  is  the  time  that  I  went  and  the  time  that  I  went  to  Foi't 
Shafter. 


1298    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

11.  General  Frank.  What  kind  of  work  have  you  had  most  of  your 
experience  in? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Mostly  underground  excavation  and  general  con- 
tracting, railroad  building,  and  so  forth,  roads  and  highways. 

12.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  again  what  job  you  had  in  1941? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  w^as  the  associate  engineer  acting  as  resident  engi- 
neer and  principal  inspector  at  the  Fort  Shafter  underground  radio 
transmitter  tunnel  and  the  command  post  tunnel. 

13.  General  Frank.  From  what  date  until  what  date,  about? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Some  time  in  late  April  until  December. 

14.  General  Frank.  '41  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  '41.     At  Fort  Shafter. 

15.  General  Frank.  I  see.  Who  were  the  contractors  on  that 
\_H9J,-\        job? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

16.  General  Frank.  How  did  the  work  go  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  At  times  there  was  no  cause  for  complaint,  but  most 
of  the  time,  why,  we  were  stepping  on  them  pretty  hard. 

17.  General  Frank.  Why  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  the  general  lack  of  procurement  and  passing 
the  buck,  if  you  know  what  I  mean,  back  to  us.  There  was  a  con- 
fusion of  authority.  In  other  words,  we  were  supposed,  as  we  under- 
stood the  Engineers,  to  furnish  certain  things,  and  the  Constructors 
would  claim  that  they  would  furnish  those  things,  and  then  it  was 
reverse  position,  and  it  led  to  confusion.  That  was  one  item  in  which 
we  had  considerable  difficulty:  procurement,  in  other  words. 

18.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  any  of  those  items? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  They  were  all  minor  items. 

19.  General  Frank.  Such  as? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  can  give  you  an  example.  We  were  start- 
ing a  large  excavation,  a  tunnel,  there.  We  had  finished  one  smaller 
tunnel,  and  we  were  putting  in  this  command-post  tunnel,  which  was 
quite  an  excavation,  and  it  ran  into  a  long  haul,  the  material  of  the 
spoil.  So  I  made  a  report  of  the  general  situation  there  and  what 
should  be  done,  and  the  report  went  through  Major  Kobinson  to 
Colonel  Wyman,  and  Colonel  Wyman,  as  I  understand,  took  it  up  with 
the  contractors,  that  they  would  have  to  get  some  other  means  besides 
wheelbarrows  to  move  this  muck  out  of  there,  and  they  expressed  their 
inability  to  do  it. 

\2Ii95\  I  found  where  there  was  some  old  equipment  lying  idle 
in  Honolulu  in  a  junk  yard  and  called  Colonel  Robinson's  attention 
to  it,  and  immediately  Colonel  Wyman  had  me  go  clown  and  get  that 
material  and  equipment  and  have  it  set  aside  for  the  contractors  to 
purchase  it.  They  had  to  do  the  purchasing  in  that  particular  in- 
stance, for  some  mysterious  reason.  So  they  were  several  weeks  in 
getting  around  to  purchasing  it,  and  day  by  day  went  by  and  we  were 
mtensely  busy,  so  we— I  finally  went  down  to  headquarters  again,  in 
the  Young  Building,  and  asked  to  see  Colonel  Wyman,  and  the  Colonel 
was  not  in,  but  I  stated  my  case,  and  that  night- 

20.  (ieneral  Frank.  To  whom? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  To  Major  Robinson,  then.  He  was  then  Major. 
And  that  night,  why,  the  contractor  went  out  there  and  got  this 
equipment,  in  trucks. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1299 

21.  General  Frank.  Who  was  the  contractor? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

22.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  who  the  particular- 


Mr.  Bartlett.  Their  representative  at  that  time  was  a  fellow  we 
named — we  called  Curly  Ellison. 

23.  General  Frank.  Were  there  other  instances  of  delay  similar 
to  that? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Oh,  yes.  There  were  delays  in  procurement,  in  get- 
ting different  items,  and  there  w^as  considerable  routine  involved  in 
getting  those  items,  but  that  Avas  gradually 

24.  General  Frank.  Were  the  items  available  in  the  Islands? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  They  would  be,  yes,  sir. 

25.  General  Frank.  Name  some  of  them. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  We  had  to  get  some  what  wo  called  inserts  to 
\3496]  put  into  this  radio  transmitter  tunnel,  from  the  Honolulu 
Iron  Works,  and  they  were  available.  I  called  up  on  the  telephone 
and  they  were  available.  So  I  had  a  procedure  of  finding  out  wdiero 
these  tilings  were  and  then  notifying  the  procurement  department  of 
Ihe  USED,  who  would  get  busy  and  get  the  stuff  for  us.  But  if  we 
could  give  them  the  leads,  why,  we  found  that,  their  time  being  taken 
up  with  other  things,  why, — and  not  knowing  exactly  what  we  wanted, 
and  the  nomenclature  sometimes  was  indefinite,  why,  Ave  generally 
told  them  Avhere  they  could  get  this  stuff,  and  they  would  go  and 
get  it. 

So  in  this  particular  instance  these  inserts  Avere  needed,  and  it  Avas 
holding  up  the  work,  and  the  Honolulu  Iron  Works  had  them  and 
would  deliver  them  immediately.  So  the  contractor  Avas  supposed  to 
call  for  them,  and  a  day  Avent  by  and  two  days  and  quite  a  few  days, 
and  they  finally  stated  that  they  Avere  not  doAvn  there.  I  took  a  rep- 
resentative of  the 

26.  General  Frank.  Who  told  you?     The  contractor ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  The  contractor  stated  that  they  Avere  not  there.  And 
I  took  a  representative  of  the  contracting  company  doAvn  there,  and 
we  found  them  and  got  them.  Noav,  that  was  indicative  of  the  trifling 
delays  AA'hich  do  occur  on  all  construction  jobs,  but  I  think  it  was  more 
pronounced  down  there  than  anywhere  I  have  ever  been. 

27.  General  Frank.  Can  you  give  us  another  tAvo  or  three  instances? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  They  were  all  just  about  as  trivial  as  that.  General, 

and  I  am  trying  to  think  of  something  that  was  of  more  magnitude, 
but  I  can't  recall  anything  at  present. 

28.  General  Frank.  Each  one  of  these  things,  hoAvever,  was 
[!24'97]  essential  to  the  complete  operation  of  the  project  Avhen  it 
Avas  finished? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

29.  General  Frank.  Is  that  right? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  that  is  correct. 

30.  General  Frank.  Could  it  have  operated  without  these  things? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  it  could  have.    We  could  have  got  along,  but  the 

Avork  Avould  haA'e  been  much  sloAver.     It  Avouldn't  have  been  the  gen- 
eral line  of  construction  work  as  proper  procedure. 

31.  General  Frank.  Would  it  haA^e  been  satisfactory? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  It  Avould  have  been  very  unsatisfactory  to  any  con- 
struction man,  for  instance,  to  see  the  laborer  Avheeling  out  over  a 

79716— 46— Ex.  145,  voL  2 33 


1300     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

distance  of  twelve  or  fourteen  hundred  feet  excavation  material  from 
a  face  of  a  tunnel  that  was  12  by  16. 

32.  General  Frank.  In  your  observation  of  the  operation  of  the 
contractors  did  you  observe  anything;  that  indicated  that  there  was  any 
intent  on  the  part  of  the  contractors  to  delay  the  work?  Was  there 
anything  that  showed  intent  to  delay  the  work? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  that  would  be  an  opinion.  My  opinion  is  yes, 
tliere  was  an  intent,  but  I  couldn't  definitely  put  my  finger  on  anything 
right  now. 

3?>.  General  Frank.  What  led  you  to  your  opinion  that  there  was 
intent? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  we  would  want  certain  things  done  at  a  cer- 
tain time,  and  it  would  be  resented  on  the  part  of  the  contractor.  If  I 
gave  them  a  definite  order  that  such  and  [^498]  such  a  thing 
would  have  to  be  done  at  a  certain  time  to  make  the  work  proceed  in 
an  orderly  way,  why,  they  would  quite  often  find  some  subterfuge 
for  not  doing  it,  apparently,  and  we  did  not  get  along  very  well.  There 
was  considerable  bickering  on  the  job,  but  we  made  them  to  a  certain 
extent  expedite  the  work. 

34.  General  Frank.  Would  anybody  take  care  of  them  ?  Was  there 
anybody  topside  taking  care  of  them?  Could  they  appeal  to  some- 
body who  would  support  them  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  The  contractors  ? 

35.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes. 

36.  General  Frank.  Who  would  support  them  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  as  a  rule  it  would  go  up  to  Ellison,  and  he 
was  the  general  superintendent. 

37.  General  Frank.  A  civilian  ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  A  civilian,  yes,  sir. 

38.  General  Frank.  Yes? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  And  from  Ellison  it  would  go  to  a  chap,  a  local  con- 
tractor that  entered  into  that. 

39.  General  Frank.  Woolley? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Woolley.  Woolley  seemed  to  carry  the  load.  We 
saw  very  little  of  Paul  Grafe  of  the  Callahan  Company,  although  he 
was  out  there  a  few  times,  and  old  man  Rohl  was  out  there  once,  and 
it  would  be  appealed  to  them-  and  then  apparently  the  thing  would 
be  adjusted  at  headquarters  and  we  would  have  our  way  about  it,  but 
it  would  entail  delays,  and  my  impression  ahvays  was  that  the  delays 
were  caused  by  the  contractors  and  not  by  the  USED,  because  every 
man  that  I  [2499]  knew  in  the  USED  was  trying  very  hard 
to  expedite  the  work. 

40.  General  Frank.  Once  the  information  of  any  of  this  delay  hav- 
ing reached  military  headquarters,  Colonel  Wyman's  headquarters, 
wdiat  was  done  about  it  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  You  would  get  action  right  away.  If  you  could  reach 
Colonel  Wyman  or  Colonel  Robinson  you  would  get  action  immedi- 
ately. If  it  had  to  go  through  a  routine  and  some  of  their  subordinates, 
it  was  a  little  slower.  You  would  get  a  decision  one  way  or  the  other 
from  Colonel  Wyman  or  Major  Robinson. 

41.  General  Frai^^k.  Did  you  ever  run  across  Mr.  Rohl? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Once. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1301 

42.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  circumstance? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  He  came  out  there  to  the  command-post  tunnel,  and 
I  saw  a  civilian  walking  over  there,  so  I  went  over.  It  was  during 
the  noon  hour.  The  men  were  not  working.  And  he  walked  in.  I 
think  that  either  Colonel  Robinson  or  Colonel  Wyman  was  with 
him,  and  one  or  two  others,  but  he  was  over  there  by  himself,  and  the 
Army  group  was  standing  off  to  one  side  talking  with  some  of  the 
personnel  at  Fort  Shafter.  So  we  all  went  in  the  tunnel  together,  and 
Rohl  made  himself  known  to  me  and  asked  me  who  I  was,  and  I  told 
him,  and  we  walked  through  tlie  tunnel  and  he  told  me  who  he  was, 
and  it  was  his  job. 

43.  General  Frank.  Nothing  unusual  about  his  being  there? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  No.    It  was  the  first  and  last  time  I  ever  saw  him 

there. 

44.  General  Frank.  I  see.  There  was  no  incident  that  caused  you 
to  remember  it  ? 

[2S00]         Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes. 

45.  General  Frank.  What  was  it  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  We  had  put  in  a  little  Denvfer-Gardner  mucking  ma- 
chine, a  little  sort  of  a  toy  arrangement  for  loading  cars,  and  the  con- 
tractors had  brought  that  to  facilitate  loading  and  it  wasn't  our  idea 
of  just  what  we  should  have,  but  it  apparently  was  all  that  was  avail- 
able, and  Rohl  asked  me  what  I  thought  of  that,  and  I  says,  "Well, 
what  do  you  think  of  it  ?"    I  says,  "It's  yours." 

And  he  laughed  and  he  says,  "I  don't  have  to  tell  you."  And  that 
impressed  itself  on  my  mind  at  that  time,  and  that  is  the  way  I  happen 
to  recall  Rohl  was  in  there,  because  Woolley  came  out  quite  often,  and 
I  had  met  Paul  Grafe  quite  a  few  times.  He  had  been  out  there  several 
times  when  we  first  started  the  job. 

46.  General  Frank.  Colonel  Wyman  ever  come  out  there? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Oh,  yes,  very  often. 

47.  General  Frank.  What  was  your  impression  of  him  ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  My  impression  of  Coloned  Wyman  ? 

48.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  my  impression  at  that  time  was  that  he  was  a 
good  engineer,  carrying  a  very  heavy  load,  difficult  to  approach,  but 
once  you  could  get  his  ear  long  enough  to  tell  him  something,  why-  you 
would  get  a  decent  decision.  That  seemed  to  be  the  impression  that 
we  all  had  of  Colonel  Wyman  at  that  time. 

49.  General  Frank.  Did,  at  any  time  while  you  were  there,  you  ever 
see  him  intoxicated? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  No,  I  haven't. 

[2501]  50.  General  Frank.  What  was  his  reputation  among  the 
group  that  were  working  for  him  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Why,  he  was  not  particularly  popular  with  any  of 
us.  He  was  aloof,  but  we  expected  that,  and  he  would  come  out  there 
and  have  very,  very  little  to  say,  but  the  next  day,  why,  we  would  get 
a  letter  or  something  of  that  sort  pointing  out  certain  things  and 
ordering  certain  things  done.  That  was  his  general  procedure.  In 
other  words,  I  would  say  that  the  Colonel  didn't  get  close  to  his  em- 
ployees at  all,  like  other  officers  that  I  worked  under  down  there, 

51.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  that  the  circumstances  surround- 
ing these  delays  could  have  been  helped  ? 


1302    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  I  think  they  could  have  been  helped. 

52.  General  Frank.  How? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  believe  that  a  change  in  personnel  in  quite  a  few 
respects 

53.  General  Frank.  Of  personnel.  Personnel  representing  the 
Engineer  Corps  or  the  contractors? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  both.  Both,  possibly  including  myself-  because 
I  was  more  or  less  cranky  down  there  when  things  didn't  go  to  suit 
me,  and  1  presume  I  was  temperamental,  and  I  know  some  of  the  others 
were  that  took  the  job  more  or  less  seriously,  and  there  were  others  that 
didn't  take  the  job  quite  so  seriously.  You  lind  that  in  every  outfit, 
I  guess. 

54.  General  F'rank.  Do  you  think  that  these  delays  prevented  the 
completion  of  some  of  that  work  before  December  7th  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir.  Tliat  work  should  have  been  done — going 
on  ordinary  construction  standards,  we  should  have  had  our  work  done 
in  60  percent  of  the  time  that  it  took  for  [£50^]  accomplish- 
ment.   That's  offhand  60  percent. 

55.  General  Frank,  ^hicli  of  those  projects,  in  your  opinion, 
should  have  been  finished  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  The  radio  transmitter  station  on  Kokee  should  have 
been  finished. 

56.  General  Frank.  That  is  up  on  Kauai  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Kauai,  yes,  sir.  And  the  radio  transmitter  tunnel 
should  have  been  finished. 

57.  General  Frank.  On  Kauai  ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  No. 

58.  General  Frank.  At  Shaffer? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  At  Shaffer.  Now,  the  Engineers  had  that  ready 
for  installation  of  equipment,  but  the  Signal  Corps  had  difficulty  in 
getting  the  equipment;  and  when  the  equipment  came,  some  of  it  had 
been  ordered  by  the  Signal  Corps,  some  by  the  contractor.  It  was  not 
the  proper  equipment.  It  was  fouled  up  some  way,  and  we  couldn't 
set  up  things  as  we  should,  so  we  improvised  and  got  it  going  anyway. 
But  it  was  very  unsatisfactory  and  disconcerting. 

59.  GeneralFRANK.  What  other  projects  should  have  been  finished 
before  Pearl  Harbor  and  were  not  finished  because  of  these  delays? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  can't  recall  any  now. 

60.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  dissention  or  squabbling  among 
the  contractors? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Among  themselves  ? 

61.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  their  personnel  used  to  squabble  considerably. 
They  were  fiighting  among  themselves.  The  [2S03]  weather 
was  hot,  and  there  were  the  petty  jealousies  that  you  find  on  construc- 
tion jobs  sometimes  where  there  is  not  a  well  ordered  head  to  it. 

62.  General  Frank.  What  about  the  control  of  that  construction 
group?  Was  it  well  controlled  or  poorly  controlled,  the  Hawaiian 
Constructors? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  my  impression — my  definite  impression  is,  it 
was  very  poorly  controlled. 

63.  General  Frank.  Well,  it  was  under  two  heads  there  at  different 
times:  it  was  under  Mr.  Grafe  for  a  while,  and  then  it  was  under 
Mr.  Kohl.    Was  there  any  difference  that  you  could  feel  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1303 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  didn't  notice  Rohl  entering  into  the  picture  much. 
It  seemed  to  be  Grafe,  and  then  after  he  left,  why,  Rohl  was  there  for 
a  short  time,  but  Woolley  seemed  to  take  over. 

64.  General  Frank.  You  never  thought  that  thei'e  was  good  posi- 
tive control? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  No,  sir,  I  didn't.  And  there  wasn't  good  positive  co- 
operation. We  didn't  feel  that  we  were  all  shoving  along  together  at 
any  time.    We  just  couldn't  make  them  see  our  point. 

65.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  When  was  it,  Mr.  Bartlett,  that  you  saw  Mr. 
Rohl? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  think  it  must  have  been  along  in  the  summer 
months.  We  were  from  June  until  December  on  the  command  post, 
and  it  was  along  in  probably  August. 

67.  Major  Clausen.  Of  what  year,  sir? 
[250 J^\         Mr.  Bartlett.     '41. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know^  anything  concerning  the  rela- 
tions between  Mr.  Rohl  and  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  Bartlett,  No,  I  do  not. 

69.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

70.  General  Russell.  You  state  that  when  you  saw  Rohl  on  one 
occasion  he  said,  "I  don't  have  to  tell  you,''  referring  to  some  little 
appliances  for  loading  cars? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

71.  General  Russell.  And  you  said  that  impressed  you,  Mr.  Bart- 
lett? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes. 

72.  General  Russell.  Now,  why  did  that  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  thought  that  the  other — his  men  had  tried 
to  sell  me  the  idea  that  this  little  mucking  machine  was  quite  all  right 
and  it  was  doing  effective  work,  and  my  impression  Avas  that  it  wasn't 
the  indicated  equipment  for  a  job  of  that  sort.  So  when  Rohl  made 
that  remark  that  he  didn't  have  to  tell  me  and  laughed,  why,  I  just 
made  a  mental  reservation,  "Well,  that  old  fellow  is  a  little  more — 
knows  a  little  more  about  it  than  some  of  the  men  working  for  him," 
or  something  of  that  sort.  That  is  the  impression  I  got,  but  it  was 
his 

[2505]  73.  General  Russell.  Your  impression  was  that  Rohl 
probably  had  the  same  idea  about  it  that  you  did  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  No,  sir;  I  don't  think  that.  I  think  that  he  just 
figured  that  they  put  a  mucking  machine  in  there,  and  it  was  on  the 
cost-plus  basis,  and  it  was  in  there  messing  along  and  jumping  off  the 
track  and  disconcerting  the  labor,  and  it  didn't  appeal  to  me,  and  he 
know  that  it  wasn't  adequate,  but  he  just  said,  "I  don't  have  to  tell 
you,"  and  laughed  about  it ;  and  I  guess  he  was  correct  about  it. 

74.  General  Russell.  You  got  the  impression  he  wanted  to  tell  you 
that  was  the  contractors'  job,  not  the  engineers'  job,  and  he  did  not 
have  to  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  General,  no,  I  did  not  get  that  impression.  I 
got  the  impression  that  he  was  sort  of  evading  the  issue,  and  it  was  a 
rather  delicate  flattery  to  me,  because  he  was  talking,  one  construction 
man  to  another,  and  he  wasn't  going  to  tell  me  anything,  but  he  was 
just  going  to  laugh  it  off. 


1304    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

75.  General  Etjssell.  I  do  not  remember  when  you  stated  you  left 
out  there,  Mr.  Bartlett. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Fort  Shafter  ? 

76.  General  Russell.  When  you  left  the  islands  to  come  back. 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Oil.     I  went  to  Kauai  on  the  2nd  of  December  to  ex- 
pedite the  work. 

77.  General  Russell.  1941,  or  1942? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  1941 ;  to  e'xpedite  the  radar  station  over  there.  I 
was  there  until  August  1942,  and  the  work  was  pretty  well  finished  up, 
and  then  I  went  over  to  Honolulu,  and  I  was  there  until  nearly  De- 
cember, and  I  think  I  arrived  here,  the  10th  of  December. 

[2S06]  78.  General  Russell.  Wyman  was  out  there  in  1942, 
when  you  left,  was  he  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Xo,  I  think  he  had  left.  No,  Colonel  Wyman  was 
district  engineer  in  May,  I  think. 

79.  General  Russell.  But  you  were  serving  with  the  Department 
Engineers  for  the  United  States  Army  all  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

80.  General  Russell.  Well,  when  you  left  the  islands  and  came  back 
to  this  country,  did  you  then  close  your  relations  with  the  engineers? 
Have  you  been  with  them  since,  or  not  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes ;  I  went  to  Canada,  up  to  Edmonton.  Colonel 
Wyman  requested  five  or  six  of  us  up  there,  and  I  was  dissatisfied  with 
conditions  up  there,  so  I  resigned,  and  they  wouldn't  accept  my  resig- 
nation, but  gave  me  a  furlough. 

81.  General  Russell.  Now,  if  I  have  gotten  your  testimony  cor- 
rectly estimated,  you  were  of  the  very  definite  opinion  that  the  oper- 
ation by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  during  your  association  with 
them  in  Oahu  and  in  the  Hawaiian  Department  was  unsatisfactory. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

82.  General  Russell,  Distinctly  unsatisfactory? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Distinctly  unsatisfactory. 

83.  General  Russell.  And  you  would  attribute  that  condition  to  a 
lack  of  positive  supervision? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  A  lack  of  experienced  personnel. 

84.  General  Russell.  In  what  grades?     In  the  supervisory  grades ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  In  all  grades,  right  down  through,  skilled  labor, 

and  everything  but  the  common  labor.  The  common  labor,  the  Fili- 
pino labor,  and  the  Hawaiian  labor,  when  it  was  good,  it  was  excellent ; 
and  what  we  had  was  mostly  excellent. 

[2S07]  85.  General  Russell.  And  the  inefficiency  extended  on 
up  to  the  top? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir ;  it  did. 

86.  General  Russell.  And  you  do  not  think  that  Rohl's  appearance 
on  the  island  influenced  the  situation  which  you  are  now  describing? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  No;  I  am  not  familiar  with  anything  that  he  did 
down  there.  The  only  time  I  ever  saw  the  man  was  when  he  came 
out  there,  that  particular  time. 

87.  General  Russell.  Did  you  tell  General  Frank  when  that  visit 
was,  by  Rohl  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  think  it  was  in  August,  but  I  am  not  sure. 

88.  General  Russell.  1941? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  In  1941 ;  yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1305 

89.  General  Russell.  It  could  have  been  in  September  or  October? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  It  might  have  been. 

90.  Geneial  Rlssell.  Had  you  known  Rohl  before i' 
Mr.  B ARTivETT.  No,  sir. 

91.  General  Russell.  Had  you  been  in  the  construction  work  on 
the  west  coast  for  any  time  before  this '. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

92.  General  Russelt>.  You  knew  nothing  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Com- 
pany? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Oh,  yes ;  I  knew  "Tom''  Connolly. 

93.  General  Russell.  You  knew  "Tom"  Connolly  % 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Oh,  yes. 

94.  General  Russell.  How  do  you  regard  Connolly,  as  a  contractor 
and  operator  ? 

\%508'\  Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  "Tom"  and  I  were  pretty  friendly 
at  one  time.  We  were  both  on  the  Hetch-Hetchy  job,  years  ago,  and 
he  branched  out  and  went  into  contracting,  and  our  paths  crossed  a 
few  times,  and  he  seemed  to  be  getting  along  pretty  good,  and  I  figured 
he  was  rather  a  bright,  aggressive  young  man,  as  a  contractor,  and 
was  doing  all  right,  and  I  wished  him  well;  but  1  have  not  seen  "Tom" 
Connolly  since  I  was  over  in  Goat  Island  one  time,  there,  and  they 
were  putting  in  a  tunnel,  and  that  is  the  last  time  I  saw  him,  the  last 
time  I  ever  had  any  conversation. 

95.  General  Russell.  How  about  this  Callahan  Company?  How 
were  they  regarded  in  the  construction  world? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  that  calls  for  my  opinion  again,  and  I  will 
say — I  am  trying  to  be  as  cooperative  as  I  can  on  this,  without  stick- 
ing my  neck  out  too  far — but  I  will  say  that  the  Callahan  outfit  had 
the  best  personnel;  their  lead  men  were  better,  than  men  that  they 
brought  over  to  the  islands  were  better  than  any  of  the  others. 

96.  General  Russell.  Including  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  I  didn't  see  any  Rohl-Connolly  men  that  were  worth 

a  darn.     In  fact.  I  din't  remember  any  of  them,  now. 

97.  General  Rl^ssell.  You  do  not  know  when  their  first  supervisory 
personnel  reached  the  island  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  think  it  arrived  in  February  or  March  1941,  and  I 
arrived  there  in  April  1941.  There  were  some  of  them  there  when  I 
got  there. 

98.  General  Russell.  You  are  certain  of  that?  There  were  some 
Rohl-Connolly? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes ;  "Shorty"  McCoy  and  "Curly"  Ellison  \_2509'\ 
were  there. 

99.  General  Russell.  Were  they  Rohl-Connolly  people  ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  They  were  Callahan  people. 

100.  General  Russell.  I  am  talking  about  Rohl-Connolly  super- 
visors. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  don't  know  any  of  their  men  that  were  there. 

101.  General  Russell.  And  you  do  not  know  when  they  first  came, 
or  if  they  came  while  you  were  there  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  don't  know  of  any  that  came. 

102.  General  Russell.  Did  you  know  any  of  the  Rohl-Connolly 
Company's  supervisors  that  were  out  there  at  any  time  while  you  were 
on  the  island  ? 


1306    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Bartlett.  No,  sir ;  I  can't  recall  any. 

103.  General  Kussell.  Sor  far  as  you  know,  then,  there  were  none, 
or  do  you  mean  that  you  cannot  recall  them  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir.  There  was  supposed  to  be  a  tunnel  outfit, 
and  all  the  tunnel  men  that  we  got  were  from  Callahan. 

104.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  And  Callahan  picked  some  of  them  up  from  the  Red 
Hill  in  the  Navy.  They  were  stealing  each  other's  key  men  all  the 
while  down  there,  and  we  were  trying  to  stop  it. 

105.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Bartlett,  do  you  know  of  your  own 
knowledge,  or  have  you  any  reason  to  suspect,  that  the  contractors 
purposely  and  intentionally  delayed  any  part  of  these  projects  with  a 
view  toward  sabotaging  them,  or  with  a  view  toward  making  the  situ- 
ation more  favorable  to  a  Japanese        [2510]        attack? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  No.  Of  course,  we  all  have  our  opinions,  but  I  have 
no  substantial  basis  for  my  opinion. 

106.  General  Grunert.  These  minor  things  that  you  mentioned — 
and  you  called  them  minor — were  they  of  such  nature  that  they  de- 
layed projects  that  would  have  been  of  great  value  in  the  defense? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

107.  General  Grunert.  For  instance,  how  would  your  CP  have 
been  able,  if  it  had  been  completed,  to  have  had  any  effect  on  what 
actually  happened  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  The  CP  wouldn't.  The  CP  would— that  went  the 
best  of  any  job  that  we  had,  and  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  expense 
was  great,  and  the  manner  of  operation  was  not  good  construction 
methods,  still  we  felt  that  we  were  doing  the  best  that  we  could  by  mov- 
ing that  spoil  out  in  small  quantities.  Instead  of  having  a  big  Conway 
mucking  machine  and  large  cars  and  so  forth  and  going  right  through 
it,  why,  we  had  to  whittle  away  with  small  stuff;  but  the  command 
post  would  have  been  finished  by  the  first  of  the  year  if  we  hadn't  had 
the  "blitz,"  it  was  that  far  along;  but  that  didn't  affect  the  general 
situation  down  there.  It  is  my  personal  impression  that,  had  the 
Kokee  radar  station  been  finished,  it  might  have  made  a  big  difference. 

108.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  know  about  that  particular 
situation  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  finished  the  job  over  there.  That  is  where 
they  sent  me  on  the  second  of  December.  I  went  over  there  as  area 
engineer  to  speed  up  the  Barking  Sand  airport,  and  the  Kokee  radar 
station. 

109.  General  Grunert.  You  went  over  there  on  the  2nd  of  Decem- 
ber? 

[2511]         Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

110.  General  Grunert.  What  did  you  find  when  you  got  over  there  ? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  found  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  there  with 

three  supervisory  personnel.     They  hadn't  the  tower  up.     The  mate- 
rial had  been  there  for  some  time. 

111.  General  Frank.  How  long,  about? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Oh,  it  had  been  there  for — it  was  a  matter  of  weeks. 
I  couldn't  recall  now  just  how  long;  but  we  had  it  up ;  in  five  days,  that 
tower  was  up. 

112.  General  Grunert.  AVithout  getting  anything  additional? 
Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1307 

113.  General  Grunert.  All  the  materials  were  there  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  It  seems  they  had  difficulty  getting  the  iron  workers 
or  something  of  that  sort,  and  they  went  over  there  at  the  same  time 
I  did,  and  we  got  that  tower  up,  and  then  the  signal  corps  moved  in, 
and  we  had  the  station  going  in  a  few  weeks.  Then  we  afterwards 
did  a  great  deal  more  work,  there,  but  we  had  the  station  operating; 
but,  had  that  station  been  operating  before  December  7,  it  might  have 
been  a  different  story,  probably.     Again,  it  might  not. 

114.  General  Grunert.  Whether  other  stations  were  operating,  or 
not? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  think  that  that  station,  from  what  I  have 
heard,  it  might  have  just  emphasized  to  others  that  there  was  a  serious- 
ness of  an  attack. 

115.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  informa- 
tion center,  or  the  "control  center,"  as  they  call  it,  of  the  Air  Warning 
Service,  whether  that  had  been  completed,  so  that  [2S12]  the 
outlying  stations  could  use  the  center,  through  which  to  transmit  infor- 
mation ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  If  you  mean  the  filter  center,  why,  that  was — I  am 
afraid  I  have  confused  you  a  little.  We  call  that  "command  post," 
which  it  was  to  be — it  is  a  filter  center,  now,  as  well  as  a  command 
post,  at  Shafter. 

116.  General  Grunert.  It  was  built  as  a  command  post? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  It  was  built  as  a  command  post  to  start  with,  and 
we  always  called  it  that,  and  then  we  enlarged  it,  and  so  forth,  and 
went  along,  and  we  put  in  the  filter  center. 

117.  General  Grunert.  What  I  am  getting  at  is  whether  you  know 
enough  of  the  whole  picture  to  be  able  to  tell  us  what  parts  were  com- 
plete, what  not  complete,  and  how  it  affected  the  picture  of  what  hap- 
pened on  December  7.  As  far  as  I  could  gather,  you  were  primarily 
concerned,  up  to  December  2,  with  vour  command  post,  that  tunnel 
at  Shafter? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  That  is  right. 

118.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  get  in  this  other  game  until 
December  2? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  That  is  right. 

119.  General  Grunert.  And  then  you  saw  this  one  station,  the  con- 
dition of  that? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes,  sir. 

120.  General  Grunert.  Now.  Avhat  do  you  know  about  the  filter 
center,  and  what  do  you  know  about  the  other  AWS  stations,  if  any- 
thing? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  On  Oahu? 

121.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  only  what  I  have  heard,  that  there  [^SW] 
was,  over  on  the  other  side  of  the  island,  a  mobile  station  that  was  in 
operation  at  that  time. 

122.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions? 

123.  General  Frank.  Hawaiian  Constructors  consisted  of  several 
firms  working  together? 

Mr.  Barti.ett.  Yes,  sir. 

124.  General  Frank.  WTiere  did  the  supervisors  and  overseers  come 
from,  representing  the  contractors? 


1308    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  have  been  told,  I  think  by  some  of  the  men  them- 
selves, and  by  others,  that  Ellison  came  from  Los  Angeles 

125.  General  Frank.  No,  what  I  mean  is,  how  did  they  determine 
who  supervised  the  jobs?  Were  there  so  many  men  from  Callahan 
Co.,  so  many  men  from  Gunther  &  Shirley  Company,  and  so  many  men 
from  Rohl-ConnoUy,  or  how  did  that  work  out,  do  yon  know? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Well,  I  talked  with  the  boys  about  that,  some  of 
them,  and  it  seems  that  they  sent  over  whatever  men  they  didn't  need, 
Gunther  &  Shirley  sent  over  some  men,  and  they  were  mostly  clerical 
men.  There  were  very  few  construction  men  in  their  outfit.  And 
the  Callahan  people  sent  over  five  or  six  construction  men ;  some  of 
them  were  all  right ;  some  were  not. 

126.  General  Frank.  In  other  words,  the  supervisors  and  overseers 
that  the  contractors  sent  over  there  were  those  that  they  could  spare, 
and  they  were  not  outstanding  construction  men.  is  that  tlie  idea  i 

Mr.  Bartlett.  There  were  some  of  them  that  were  good  construc- 
tion men  for  the  jobs  they  were  doing.  There  were  some  of  them 
really  tried,  and  some  didn't. 

127.  General  Frank.  Have  you  any  information,  to  be  more 
[2S14]         specific  along  that  line  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Yes.  We  had  a  fellow  there,  on  Oahu.  this  Ellison, 
that  was  messing  the  things  up  pretty  bad,  and  I  didn't  consider  him 
efficient. 

128.  General  Frank.  For  whom  was  he  working? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  He  was  working  for  Hawaiian  Constructors,  and  he 
was  a  Callahan  man;  and  they  picked  up  a  fellow  from  Red  Hill, 
that  had  been  a  Callahan  man,  a  fellow  named  Cherry ;  he  was  a  good 
tunnel  man.  He  made  that  command  post  go  along  pretty  good.  Then 
he  moved,  and  we  had  a  fellow  named  "Shorty"  McCoy,  from  Texas, 
a  Callahan  man;  and  a  fellow  named  Cummings,  a  Callahan  man. 
They  were  good  average  construction  men,  dirt  movers;  and  then  one 
of  them,  his  year  was  up.  McCoy,  he  went  away,  and  they  sent  a  man 
over  there  that  I  could  never  find,  he  was  intoxicated  most  of  the  time, 
and  so  I  had  him  relieved,  finally,  but  I  had  a  lot  of  difficulty  of  getting 
rid  of  him.    That  took  me  months  to  get  rid  of  him. 

129.  General  Frank.  Who  was  it? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  am  trying  to  think  of  his  name.  The  records  will 
show  it.  And  we  finally  got  rid  of  him,  and  the  engineers  took  over 
the  work  over  there,  completely. 

130.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Bartlett,  you  mentioned  previously  in 
your  testimony  having  gone  to  a  certain  island  and  there  doing  work 
on  a  radio  transmitter,  at  which  island  you  arrived  on  2  December 
1941.    Do  you  recall  that,  and  was  that  the  Island  of  Kauai? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  Kauai ;  yes,  sir. 

131.  Major  Clausen.  You  said  the  work  that  you  did  there  was 
on  that  radio  transmitter.  Then,  later  on,  you  explained  that  it  was 
a  radar  station ;  that  is  correct,  isn't  it  ? 

[2S1S]  Mr.  Bartlett.  It  was  radar.  It  was  an  Air  Warning 
Service  station. 

132.  Major  Clausen.  So,  when  you  called  it  a  "radio  transmitter," 
you  meant  it  was  one  of  these? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  We  put  in  a  radio  transmitter  station  there  also, 
afterwards.  The  radar  was  the  first  one  that  we  put  up,  the  Air  Warn- 
ing Service  station. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  1309 

133.  Major  Clausen,  That  was  one  of  the  permanent  air-raid  warn- 
ing service  stations  ? 

Mr.  Bartlett,  Yes,  that  was  a  permanent  installation.  We  stuck  it 
up  in  the  house  to  start  with,  and  then  w^e  went  underground  after- 
wards and  connected  it  up. 

134.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.    That  is  all. 

135.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  of  anything  else  that  might 
throw  light  on  this  subject? 

Mr.  Bartlett.  I  would  like  to  be  as  helpful  as  I  can.  I  feel  that 
we  were  taken  for  a  ride  over  there  in  lots  of  ways,  and  this  thing 
has  come  up  to  me  so  suddenly,  and  I  had  a  great  deal  of  difficulty  in 
getting  down  here,  and  not  much  sleep,  and  I  haven't  been  a  very 
good  witness,  I  am  afraid;  but  I  have  tried  to  be  as  cooperative  as  1 
could.    I  can't  think  of  anything  else  at  this  time. 

136.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Brief  recess.) 

[riSlO]  HARRY  W.  FLANNERY,  537  NORTH  WILCOX, 

LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Kecorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Flannery,  will  you  please  state  to  this  Board 
your  name  and  address  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  My  name  is  Harry  W.  Flannery,  address  537  North 
Wilcox,  Los  Angeles,  4. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Occupation,  radio  news  analyst.  Columbia  Broad- 
casting System. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Flannery,  I  am  asking  General  Frank, 
assisted  by  Major  Clausen,  to  develop  this  particular  lead  that  we  are 
after. 

Mr.  Flannery.  All  right. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Flannery,  you  are  a  radio  news  analyst  for 
what  station? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  operating  out  of 
KNX,  Los  Angeles. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  have  been  so  for  what  period  of  time? 
Mr.  Flannery.  Since  March  15,  1942  on  KNX.     I  have  been  with 

the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System  since  January  1st,  1935. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  You  were  formerly  on  duty  in  Berlin? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Right.  I  followed  William  L.  Shirer  as  Columbia 
correspondent. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  wrote  "Assignment  to  Berlin"  on  your 
return  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Yes. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  a  party  by  the  name  of  Werner 
Plack? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Yes,  sir. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  occasion  to  know  whether  he  was 
[2517]         in  Berlin  working  for  the  German  Foreign  Office? 

Mr.  Flannery.  That  is  right. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  during  what  period  of  time? 


1310    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Flannery.  That  was  during  the  period  from  some  time  in  the 
early  part  of  1941,  I  think  January,  up  until  the  time  I  left,  and 
presumably  he  is  still  in  Germany. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  What  date  was  it  that  you  were  sent  to  Berlin 
as  correspondent  for  the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System? 

Mr.  Flannery.  I  arrived  there  on  November  4th,  1940. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  relieved  on  what  date? 

Mr.  Flannery.  And  I  was  relieved  on  September  29th,  that  is,  I 
left  Berlin  September  29,  1941,  and  arrived  back  here  October  15th, 
1941. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  your  acquaintance  with  Werner 
Plack  originate? 

Mr.  Flannery.  When  he  arrived  in  Berlin  from  the  United  States. 
The  time  was  early  in  1941,  I  believe  January.  My  records  do  not 
show  whether  it  was  January  or  not,  except  that  I  know  I  met  him 
with  Charles  Lanius,  who  was  NBC  representative,  and  Lanius,  I 
know,  did  not  arrive  in  Berlin  until  January,  1941. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  whether  Werner  Plack  had  any 
connection  with  Fritz  Wiedemann,  at  one  time  the  German  Consul 
General  at  San  Francisco? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Of  my  direct  knowledge,  I  do  not  know,  but  I 
understand  he  was  in  the  Consulate  with  Fritz  Weidemann  in  San 
Francisco. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  whether  he  had  any  connection 
with  Doctor  Gyssling,  the  German  Consul  in  Los  Angeles? 

[2518]        Mr.  Flannery.  No. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  By  the  way,  you  mention  this  Werner  Plack 
in  your  book,  do  you  not,  "Assignment  to  Berlin"  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  right. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Could  you  tell  the  Board  in  detail  just  what 
duties  Mr.  Plack  performed  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  He  was  in  the  Radio  Department  for  the  German 
Foreign  Office.  There  were  two  men  principally  in  the  office.  The 
head  of  the  office  was  George  von  Lilienfeldt,  who  was  also  in  the 
United  States  previous  to  assuming  his  duties  there.  Plack  was  his 
assistant,  and  during  a  period  of  1941,  a  period  of  several  months, 
when  Lilienfeldt  was  in  the  Baltic  States  in  the  Foreign  Office,  after 
the  Russian  War  had  started,  Plack  was  in  charge  of  the  radio  de- 
partment of  the  Foreign  Office.  His  duties  consisted  of  arranging 
broadcasts  to  the  United  States  on  the  Nazi  radio,  and  being  a  censor 
for  the  American  broadcasts  or  broadcasts  by  Americans  to  the  United 
States,  and  also  arranging  a  sort  of  an  entertainment  committee  of  the 
Nazis.  They  had  a  number  of  men  whose  duty  it  was  to  try  to  make 
the  press  and  radio  feel  better,  that  is,  arrange  dinners  and  parties 
and  things  like  that. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Did  he  indicate  to  you  at  any  time  his  propa- 
ganda activities  in  the  United  States  on  behalf  of  the  German  Reich? 

Mr.  Flannery.  You  mean  during  the  time  he  was  here  or  during 
the  time  he  was  in  Berlin? 

19.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  did  he  ever  boast  to  you  in  Berlin  that 
he  had  been  active  in  the  United  States  as  a  propaganda  agent? 

[£519]  Mr.  Flannery.  He  did  not  boast  to  me  about  it,  but  he 
seemed  not  disturbed  and  rather,  instead,  pleased  at  some  notoriety 
he  had  achieved  here,  in  which  he  was  accused  of  having  taken  part 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1311 

in  propaganda  activities  here.  There  was  an  article  we  had — I  be- 
lieve it  was  in  magazine  Vogue — we  had  copies  of  a  number  of  Ameri- 
can magazines  and  newspapers  over  there — in  which  he  happened  to 
be  mentioned  as  one  of  those  w^ho  were  working  on  Nazi  propaganda 
in  the  United  States,  and  he  showed  it  to  us  with  great  pride.  His 
name  was  merely  mentioned  in  the  article. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  remember  the  issue  of  Vogue  in  which 
that  appeared? 

Mr.  Flannert.  I  do  not,  but  it  usually  took  us  two  months  or  more 
to  get  a  copy,  so  I  presume  it  was  issued  some  time  in  1941. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  Was  he  accused  of  espionage  in  this  article 
written  in  Vogue  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  As  I  recall  it,  yes. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  the  circumstances  under  which 
this  party,  Werner  Plack,  left  the  United  States  and  went  to  Berlin? 

Mr.  Flannery.  As  he  told  it  to  me,  he  left  in  the  last  part  of  1940, 
going  to  Berlin  by  way  of  Japan,  presumably,  therefore,  leaving 
from  San  Francisco.  As  he  left  he  told  me  that  he  had  a  lot  of  trouble 
with  the  F.  B.  I.  He  claimed  that  this  was  due  to  his  having  made  a 
number  of  telephone  calls  to  girls  all  over  the  country.  He  claimed 
they  were  innocent  calls.  The  F.  B.  I.  apparently  did  not  think  so. 
The  F.  B.  I.  went  all  through  his  baggage.  According  to  Plack,  he 
was  up  all  [2520]  night  before  getting  on  the  boat.  They  went 
all  through  his  baggage  his  cigarettes  and  packages  and  everything 
else,  after  he  had  had  them  packed.  He  also  had  a  little  fight  in  Holly- 
wood just  previous  to  that  with  a  man  who  is  now  in  the  United 
States  Army.  The  man  came  up  to  Plack,  according  to  newspaper 
accounts  and  told  Plack,  "You  are  a  dirty  Nazi,"  and  Plack  apparently 
did  not  reply. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  the  route  taken  by  Plack  back 
to  Germany? 

Mr.  Flannery.  By  way  of  Japan,  so  I  was  told. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  he  went  via  Japan? 
Mr.  Flannery.  That  is  right. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  Could  you  approximate  the  approximate  time 
he  arrived  in  Germany  on  this  return  route  from  the  United  States? 

Mr.  Flannery.  No,  because  I  don't  know  exactly  when  he  left 
the  United  States.     The  records  will  show. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  You  did  not  known  this  Werner  Plack  in 
the  United  States,  did  you? 

Mr.  Flannery.  No. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  whether  he  was  the  Werner 
Plack  who  formerly  had  lived  in  Los  Angeles?  Did  he  tell  you  he 
had  lived  in  Los  Angeles? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Yes,  he  said  he  had  lived  in  Los  Angeles.  He  told 
me  that,  and  I  have  heard  since  from  other  people  about  a  Werner 
Plack  who  lived  there.  In  every  respect  in  checking  on  his  habits 
and  occupation  and  so  forth,  it  is  the  same  man.  He  was  a  wine 
salesman  in  Hollywood. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  what  if  any  connection  with 
Werner         [3S21]         Plack  this  party  Hans  Wilhelm  had? 

Mr.  Flannery.  I  do  not  know,  no. 

29.  General  Frank.  Did  he  have  anything  on  the  ball? 


1312    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Flannert.  Plack? 

30.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Flannery.  Yes,  Plack  was  pretty  clever  as  a  propagandist. 
He  arranged  the  Wodehouse  broadcasts,  and  he  also  planned — I  don't 
know  whether  he  planned — those  of  Count  von  Luckner.  Von  Luckner 
was  very  well  liked  here  after  the  other  war,  and  putting  him  on  the 
air,  and  Wodehouse,  in  the  American  magazines  and  so  forth,  and 
his  also  planning  on  putting  on  von  Eckener  and  the  Crown  Prince, 
his  idea  of  putting  those  on  the  radio  was  with  the  idea  that  more 
listeners  would  listen  to  it  and  the  propaganda  would  get  over.  So 
he  was  an  able  man  in  that  respect.  At  the  same  time  he  was  handi- 
capped considerably  by  his  habits  of  drinking,  as  a  result  of  which 
he  sometimes  could  not  read  my  copy,  which  was  supposed  to  be 
censored. 

31.  General  Frank.  That  was  going  to  be  the  next  question;  how 
about  the  use  of  alcohol  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  He  was  very  fond  of  liquor. 

32.  General  Frank.  To  what  extent  did  it  incapacitate  him? 
Mr.  Flannery.  Well,  he  couldn't  can-y  out  his  duties  as  censor 

in  that  particular  respect,  because  he  could  not  see  the  copy.  One 
night  he  asked  me  to  read  mine  to  him.  Of  course,  I  could  read  any- 
thing, but  he  couldn't  even  concentrate  upon  what  I  was  reading.  I 
remember  on  this  night  he  felt  that  as  the  censor  he  should  put  some- 
thing on  the  script,  so  he  took  out  his  pencil  and  started  at  the  front. 
I  had  to  stop  him  on  \2522']         that  and  erase  it,  because  it 

would  not  be  decipherable  by  the  time  it  left  the  place.  I  don't 
know  whether  this  habit  incapacitated  him  in  his  other  duties  or  not, 
but  T  presume  it  would. 

33.  General  Frank.  How  effective  in  the  United  States  do  you  think 
he  would  have  been  as  an  agent  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  He  might  have  been — this  is  just  my  opinion — 
fairly  successful,  because  he  was  that  type  of  person  whom  the  Ger- 
mans, I  understand,  had  a  number  of  over  here,  who  would  give  parties 
and  would  supply  a  lot  of  liquor  and  otherwise  spend  money  for  food 
and  so  forth,  and  after  these  parties  a  lot  of  things  could  be  said  in 
favor  of  the  Nazis.  As  I  came  back  to  Hollywood  afterwards  the  last 
time  here,  I  understand  that  largely  Plack  did  that  sort  of  thing.  It 
can  be  a  very  insidious  sort  of  thing,  because  you  will  not  be  seeming 
to  have  that  as  your  main  purpose,  but  as  you  do  have  these  parties 
you  can  talk  about  Germany  being  right  in  this  respect  and  Germany 
being  right  in  the  otlier  respect,  and  that  was  the  way  he  could  oper- 
ate, and  I  think  that  was  one  of  the  reasons  why  he  had  that  particular 
job  over  there. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  Colonel  Wyman  ? 
Mr.  Flannery.  I  do  not  know  Colonel  Wyman. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  connection  that  Plack 
may  have  had  with  Hawaii  ? 

Mr.  Flannery.  Hawaii,  no.  All  of  the  other  material  in  regard 
to  Plack  with  Rolil  and  Wyman  would  not  be  of  my  knowledge,  so  I 
do  not  know  about  that. 

36.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition). 
Thereupon,  at  3 :  50  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of  wit- 
nesses for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS  OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1313 


imsi  CONTENTS 


Tuesday,  September  5,  1944 
Testimony  of —  Page  ' 

H.  J.  King,  904  South  Oakland  Street,  Pasadena,  California 2524 

Emma  Jane  Ballard,  Colton,  California 2567 

Emil  Lawrence  Zucca,   Senior  Aircraft   Service  Mechanic,   San  Ber- 
nardino, California 2580-A 

1  Pages   referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1315 


V^mi        PKOCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  AEMY  PEAEL 

HAEBOR  BOAED 


TUESDAY,  SEPTEMBER   5,    1944. 

Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  California. 

The  Board,  at  9 :  30  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  con- 
ducted tlie  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President 
of  the  Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry 
D.  Russell,  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder,  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder,  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  H.  J.  KING,  904  SOUTH  OAKLAND  STEEET, 
PASADENA,  CALIFORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  King, "will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address  ? 

Mr.  King.  My  name  is  H.  J.  King.  My  address  is  904  South  Oak- 
land, in  Pasadena. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  King? 
Mr.  King.  I  am  a  construction  engineer. 

3.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  King,  vou  are  an  engineer? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

\2525'\  4.  Major  Clausen.  You  are  a  graduate  of  Northwestern 
University  ? 

Mr.  King.  Not  a  graduate  of  Northwestern,  no.  I  attended  North- 
western. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  You  studied  engineering  at  that  university? 
Mr.  King.  Yes,  sir. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  You  have  a  son  who  is  now  a  professor  there? 
Mr.  King.  He  is  not — he  is  now  at  the  University  of  California. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

Mr.  King.  He  was  at  that  time. 
^  8.  Major  Clausen,  But  you  have  had  engineering  experience,  both 
civil  and  military ;  is  that  correct  ? 

Mr,  King.  Yes,  sir. 

9.  Major  Clausen,  You  were  in  the  United  States  Army  the  period 
of  1917  to  1919  with  the  rank  of  Major  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  was,  not  during  that  time ;  1  didn't  hold  the  rank  of 
Major.    I  resigned  from  the  reserves  in  '29  as  a  Major. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 34 


1316    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

10.  Major  Clausen.  But  you  have  had- 


Mr.  King.  Yes,  I  was  in  the  4th  Division  during  the  last  war. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall  having  met  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl 
in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  in  the  capacity  where  you  were  working 
for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  In  what  condition  did  you  find  Mr.  Rohl? 
Mr.  King.  Well,  he  was  playing  pretty  hard. 

13.  Major  Clausen.  He  was  what,  sir  ? 
[£5£6]  _       Mr.  King.  Playing  pretty  hard. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  Playing  at  what? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  that  I  couldn't  say.  He  just  wasn't  paying  very 
much  attention  to  business ;  I  know  that. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  he  was  playboying ? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  He  was  a  playboy? 
Mr.  King.  Yes,  that's  it. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  find  him  drunk? 

Mr.  King.  I  never  saw  him  when  he  wasn't,  more  or  less. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  observation  of  Mr.  Rohl  in  that 
condition  commenced  when,  Mr.  King? 

Mr.  King.  On  the  16th  of  February  in  '42. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  And  continued  for  what  period  of  time? 
Mr.  King.  Until  about  the  middle  of  June  of  the  same  year. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  when  you  reported  there 

21.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  him  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor  ? 
Mr.  King.  I  knew  him  to  speak  to,  and  that's  all.    I  knew  him  by 

reputation. 

22.  General  Frank.  Did  this  same  condition  exist  prior  to  Pearl 
Harbor,  that  you  know? 

Mr.  King.  I  only  know  that.  General,  by  inference  and  by  hearsay. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  The  General  has  brought  out  that  point.  Did 
you  know  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor,  from  hearsay  and  general  knowledge, 
anything  concerning  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mr.  KcNG.  Yes,  I  did. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  was  that  concerning  his  proclivities 
for  playboying  or  drinking  ? 

[2527]  Mr.  King.  Well,  the  general  impression  around  Los 
Angeles  where  Colonel  Wyman  was  stationed  was  that  he  was  pretty 
much  of  a  playboy  too. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  about  his  drinking? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  that  was  generally  understood,  that  he  was  a  pretty 
hard  drinker. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  later  on  did  you  meet  Colonel  Wyman  in 
the  Hawaiian  Islands  ? 

Mr.  Kjng.  Yes,  I  saw  him. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  was  his  condition? 
Mr.  Kjng.  I  never  did  see  him  drunk. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  Did  that  surprise  you? 

Mr.  King.  It  did,  yes,  because  I  had  previously  heard  of  his  being 
a  hard  drinker. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  when  you  reported,  there 
was  a  considerable  time  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  before  you  were 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1317 

actually  able  to  commence  work  because  of  the  condition  of  Mr.  Rohl  5 
isn't  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  presume  that  it  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with  it. 
He  was  chairman  of  the  executive  board  at  Hawaiian  Constructors, 
and  they  just  couldn't  get  him  on  the  spot  or  get  him  to  work. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  you  waited  around  there 
some 

Mr.  King.  Thirty  days. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  Thirty  days  before  he  was  sufficiently  sober  to 
put  you  to  work? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  at  any  rate  he  didn't  put  me  to  work,  [£528] 
and  I  i^resume  that  was  the  reason. 

32.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  go  there  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  left  San  Francisco  on  the  15th  and  arrived  in  Honolulu 
on  the  16th. 

33.  General  Frank.  Of  what? 
Mr.  King.  February  '42. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  You  commenced  work  as  area  superintendent 
for  Area  14,  which  included  the  Ewa  area,  on  March  15,  1942 ;  is  that 
correct,  Mr.  King? 

Mr.  King.  Approximately,  that  is  the  date. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  were  area  superintendent  for  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  And  about  two  weeks  later  you  were  appointed 
general  superintendent  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors ;  is  that  right  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  correct. 

37.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  occupied  that  position  until  you  left 
the  Islands  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

38.  General  Frank.  On  what  projects  were  you  engaged  over  in 
the  Ewa  area? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  in  the  Ewa  area  there  was  the  A.  W.  S.  station. 

39.  General  Frank.  A^Hiere  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  can't  remember  the  name  of  the  mountain,  but 
it  was  off  to  the  right  of  Ewa,  back  up  in  the  mountains  there.  There 
was  a  number  of  5-inch  battery  positions  that  were  under  way  at  that 
time.  There  wasn't  much  going  on  in  [2529']  Area  14  at  that 
particular  time,  and  shortly  afterwards  Area  14  was  consolidated  with 
Area  3. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  King,  did  you  have  occasion  to  observe 
the  work  that  had  been  done  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  before 
you  arrived? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  saw  what  had  been  done  prior  to  the  time  I 
arrived,  of  course,  after  I  arrived  there. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  And  as  an  engineer  and  skilled  in  build- 
ing, you  were  able  to  form  some  conclusions  as  to  the  character  of  this 
work  that  had  been  done? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

42.  General  Frank.  More  particularly  the  conditions  under  which 
it  had  been  done,  the  state  or  morale  of  the  people  that  were  engaged 
in  the  work. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 


1318    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

44.  General  Frank.  What  was  that? 
Mr.  King.  Very  poor, 

45.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  I  invite  your  attention,  Mr.  King,  to  an 
affidavit  dated  December  18, 1943,  and  especially  this  part :  "Generally 
speaking,  the  work  that  had  been  accomplished  under  the  supervision 
of  Colonel  Wyman  prior  to  December  7,  1941,  was  pretty  lousy." 
Tell  the  Board  first,  Mr.  King,  what  work — 

This  affidavit,  you  recall  having  made  that  statement? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  This  affidavit  that  I  have  in  mind  is  an  affi- 
davit that  you  furnished  the  House  Committee  on  Military  Affairs; 
is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  correct,  yes. 

[2530']  47.  Major  Clausen.  And  the  date  on  which  that  was 
done  is  this  date  that  I  have  indicated,  December  18,  1943? 

Mr.  King.  It  was  some  time  around  December  18,  during  December. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  And  at  that  time  you  gave  this  affidavit  to  Mr. 
John  H.  Weiner,  representative  of  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Committee? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  correct. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.  Now,  tell  the  Board  just  what  work  it  was 
that  you  had  in  mind  at  the  time  that  you  stated  in  this  affidavit  that 
the  work  accomplished  under  the  supervision  of  Colonel  Wyman  prior 
to  Pearl  Harbor  was  pretty  lousy.    Wliat  work  was  that,  Mr.  King  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  first  I  want  to  make  it  plain  that  I  am  not  abso- 
lutely certain  that  all  this  work  was  under  his  jurisdiction.  I  presume 
it  was. 

50.  Major  Ci^usen.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  King.  He  being  the  Department  Engineer,  it  must  have  been. 

51.  General  Frank.  District  Engineer. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  District  Engineer,  if  it  is;  this  is  different,  yes. 
But  generally  speaking  they  are  synonymous. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  What  work  was  it,  Mr.  King? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  there  was  an  airfield  at  Bellows  Field  which  was 
in  pretty  bad  shape. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir? 

Mr.  King.  Due  largely  to  lack  of  equipment,  but  more  specifically 
to  the  state  of  mind,  the  morale  of  the  people  that  were  working  there. 
There  was  also  another  airfield  under         [S531]         way  at 

54.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  let  us  stay  with  Bellows,  first,  and  tell 
the  Board  what  there  was  about  the  work  that  you  observed  which 
indicated  to  you  it  was  pretty  lousy. 

55.  General  Frank.  May  I  ask  a  question  first  ? 

56.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

57.  General  Frank.  How  did  you,  being  in  charge  of  Ewa  on  the 
west  side  of  the  Island,  happen  to  know  so  much  about  the  work  at 
Bellows,  which  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  Island  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  General,  I  must  invite  your  attention  to  the  fact 
that  I  was  only  in  Area  14  for  two  weeks,  and  then  I  became  general 
superintendent  and  my  jurisdiction  covered  the  entire  Hawaiian 
group. 

58.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  Would  you  read  the  question  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1319 

The  Reporter  (reading)  : 

Question.  Well,  let  us  stay  with  Bellows,  first,  and  tell  the  Board  what  there 
was  about  the  work  that  you  observed  which  indicated  to  you  it  was  pretty 
lousy. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  it  was  dragging.  There  wasn't  sufficient  equipment. 
The  quarry  operations  in  the  pit  from  which  the  base  material  for 
the  airfield  was  procured  was  only — it  was  operating  at,  I  would  say, 
30  percent  efficiency. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  sir.  Now,  what  other  work  did  you 
observe  in  the  same  condition? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  there  was  another  airfield  at — at  that  time,  that 
was  referred  to  as  Dillingham.  I  forget  the  name  that  they  finally 
assigned  to  it.  It  was  a  Kanaka  name,  so  I  \2o32'\  don't 
remember  it. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  was  there  about  that  work  which 
indicated  to  you  it  was  pretty  lousy? 

Mr.  King.  It  was  dragging  for  the  same  reason. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  did  you  observe  any  other  work? 

Mr.  Kjng.  Yes,  the  airfield  at  Kahuku  w^as  in  the  same  condition, 

63.  Major  Clausen,  Yes,  sir.     All  right. 
Mr.  King.  In  fact,  all  work  at  tliat  time. 

64.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  let's  see  about  the  air  raid  warning  sys- 
tem.    Was  that  work  in  that  condition? 

Mr.  King.  Generally  speaking,  yes. 

65.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  work  was  there  of  the  air  raid  warn- 
ing system  that  was  in  that  condition  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  there  was  one  station  in  Area  14.  It  is  difficult  for 
me  to  locate  this  station  exactly  because  the  locations  were  more  or  less 
secret.  I  know  where  it  was ;  I  could  go  and  put  my  hand  on  it,  but 
I  can't  tell  you  now  just  exactly  where  it  was. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  Is  that  the  one  that  was  on  a  mountain  ? 
Mr.  King.  Yes.    If  I  heard  the  name  I  would  remember  it. 

67.  Major  Clausen,  All  right. 

68.  General  Frank.  Was  it  Kaala? 

Mr.  King.  No.     Kaala  was  another  one. 

69.  General  Frank.  Where  is  it?     In  the  vicinity  of  Kahuku ? 

Mr.  King.  Oh,  no ;  it  is  around  on  the  Ewa  side,  back  up  behind  the 
Ewa  plantation,  in  the  mountains  there. 

70.  General  Frank.  Up  on  the  Waianae  Range  ? 
Mr.  King.  Yes,  on  the  Waianae  Range. 

\2533~\         71,  General  Frank.  Well,  that  identifies  it  close  enough. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  All  right.  And  what  was  there  about  that 
v>'ork  that  was  pretty  lousy,  Mr.  King? 

Mr,  Kjng.  Well,  it  was  short  of  equipment,  short  of  men. 

73.  General  Frank.  What  kind  of  equipment? 
]\Ir.  King,  Tunnel  equipment. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  Short  of  men? 

Mr,  King.  Short  of  men.  The  same  status  of  morale  was  quite 
evident. 

75.  Major  Clausen,  And  did  that  same  condition  exist  with  respect 
to  tunnel  work  on  the  Islands  ? 

Mr,  King.  Yes. 

76.  Major  Clausen.  And  tunnels  for  what,  Mr.  King  ? 


1320    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  King.  For  ordnance  stores. 

77.  Major  Clausen.  You  mean  ammunition? 

Mr.  King.  Explosive  stores,  ammunition,  bombs,  and  that  of  course 
was  more  or  less  in — the  only  underground  work  that  was  goinor  on  at 
the  time  that  I  took  over  was  the  A.  W.  S.  stations.  The  other,  the 
ordnance  stores  and  underground  storage  for  various  things  like  ex- 
plosives, ordnance  stores,  and  so  forth,  was  more  or  less  in  abeyance 
awaiting  equipment  from  the  States,  which  shortly  arrived. 

78.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  did  you  know  a  Colonel  Lyman, 
L-y-m-a-n? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  I  knew  Colonel  Lyman,  afterwards  General  Lyman. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  sir.  How  did  you  rate  Colonel  Lyman, 
afterwards  General  Lyman? 

Mr.  King.  In  my  opinion  General  Lyman  was  probably  the 
\263Ji,~]         ablest  man  in  the  Islands. 

80.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  what  value  to  the  work  was  Mr.  Kohl, 
if  any  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  would  say  that  insofar  as  the  work  was  concerned, 
rather  than  his  being  of  value,  he  was  more  a  detriment. 

81.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  he  was  so  great  a  detriment 
that  it  was  through  a  conference  of  Colonel,  later  General,  Lyman, 
with  you,  that  it  was  finally  arranged  that  he  be  sent  away  from  the 
Islancls ;  isn't  that  right,  Mr.  King  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  true. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  Tell  the  Board  about  that. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  think  it  was  about  the  first  of  June — the  date  is 
somewhat — I  am  not  quite  certain  about,  but  within  a  week;  it  was 
about  the  first  of  June  or  perhaps  the  last  week  in  May  of  1942,  Colonel 
Lyman  called  me  at  the  hotel  and  asked  me  if  I  would  come  to  his  office 
in  the  Young 

83.  General  Frank.  What  hotel? 
Mr.  King.  The  Pleasanton. 

84.  General  Frank.  Yes.     Colonel  Wyman  or  Lyman  ? 
Mr.  King.  Lyman.    . 

85.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  Asked  me  if  I  would  come  to  his  office.  He  by  that  time 
had  taken  over  and  had  succeeded  Colonel  Wyman,  and  asked  me  if  I 
would  come  to  his  office,  and  he  told  me  to  come  down  after  dark, 
which  I  did.  So  I  drove  down  through  the  blackout  and  met  the 
Colonel  at  his  office.  [2635^  And,  after  some  dilatory  conversa- 
tion, he  came  right  out  with  what  he  had  in  mind,  what  was  "on  his 
chest,"  as  he  said:  "What  are  we  going  to  do  with  Eohl?"  And  he 
asked  me  then  if  I  thought  that  the  other  members  of  the  Constructors 
would  have  any  objection  to  his  putting  Mr.  Rohl  on  a  plane  and 
sending  him  back  to  the  States.  I  told  him  that,  so  far  as  I  was  con- 
cerned, it  would  be  a  very  happy  move  and  I  was  quite  certain  that  the 
other  members  of  the  firm  would  see  it  the  same  way ;  that  I  was  quite 
happy  that  he  had  approached  me  on  the  subject  rather  than  them, 
because  of  the  fact  that  they  probably  would  not  be  in  a  position  to 
talk  as  frankly  to  him  as  I  was,  because  they  might  feel  that  they  were 
squeezing  Kohl  out,  whereas  I  had  no  interest  in  the  matter;  so  within 
a  few  days  after  that,  Kohl  left  the  islands. 

86.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1321 

87.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  all  the  work  was  dragging. 
How  was  that  evidenced? 

Mr.  King,  Well,  General,  it  was  evidenced  by  the  sad  state  of  the 
men  engaged  in  the  work.  Evidently  they  didn't  think  it  was  necessary 
to  pay  these  men  or  feed  these  men  or  look  after  these  men. 

88.  General  Frank.  Who  was  responsible  for  that  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  it  was  certainly  the  Engineer  Corps,  no  one  else. 
They  were  doing  it.  They  were  keeping  the  time.  They  were  signing 
the  pay  checks. 

89.  General  Frank.  The  man  at  the  top  cannot  be  responsible  for 
all  the  details. 

Mr.  King.  No,  that's  certainly  true. 

90.  General  Frank.  Now,  there  were  some  intermediaries  between 
[2636 \  Colonel  Wyman  and  the  bottom,  where  this  lack  of  morale 
existed,  who  shared  that  responsibility? 

Mr.  King.  Who  were  responsible  for  that ;  surely. 

91.  General  Frank.  And  who  were  they? 

Mr.  King.  Generally  speaking,  they  were  a  flock  of  Reserve  Officers 
he  had  on  duty  there. 

92.  General  Frank.  Also,  the  contractors  shared  that  responsi- 
bility, because  the  men  were  working  for  the  contractors? 

Mr.  King.  That  was  a  rather  anomalous  condition,  there.  They 
were  the  contractors'  men,  that's  true;  but  the  contractor  was  not 
functioning  as  a  fixed-fee  contractor,  and  never  did  function  as  a 
fixed-fee  contractor. 

93.  General  Frank.  It  was  functioning  as  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  con- 
tractor ? 

Mr.  King.  But  with  the  work  almost  completely  out  of  control  of 
the  contractor.  For  instance,  the  functions  of  keeping  time,  of  pre- 
paring the  pay  rolls,  and  seeing  that  the  men  were  paid  promptly 
and  on  time,  were  not  exercised  by  the  contractor  but  by  the  Corps 
of  Engineers. 

94.  General  Frank.  Was  that  so,  from  the  beginning,  or  was  it 
taken  over  by  the  engineers  because  the  contractor's  organization  did 
not  handle  it  efficiently? 

Mr.  King.  No;  I  don't  believe  so.  I  think  it  was  taken  over  im- 
mediately after  Pearl  Harbor,  for  the  convenience  of  the  Govern- 
ment, not  because  the  contractor's  organization  was  handling  it 
inefficiently.  I  have  no  personal  knowledge  of  that,  General,  because 
it  was  before  my  time,  but  I  inquired  into  it,  in  a  large  number  of 
cases,  and  have  asked  a  good  many  people  who  had  been  working 
for  Hawaiian  Constructors,  [2537']  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor, 
whether  or  not,  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor,  they  had  been  j)aid  promptly 
and  on  time;  and  the  answer  invariably  was  Yes.  I  wish  the  Board 
could  have  seen  what  I  saw. 

95.  General  Frank.  Explain  it. 

Mr.  King.  I  was  there,  myself,  for,  I  would  say  about  some  six  or 
eight  weeks  before,  and  I  begun  to  get  to  the  point  where  I  wanted 
some  money,  so  I  started  looking  around  for  my  check,  and  I  finally 
went  down  in  the  addressograph  room  of  the  Young  Hotel,  where 
these  checks  were  written.  There  were  checks  on  the  floor,  there  were 
checks  in  the  air,  they  were  on  tables,  there  were  pay  rolls  mixed  up. 
How  they  ever  paid  anybody,  I  can't  tell  you.  It  was  the  most 
startling  thing  I  ever  saw. 


1322    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

96.  General  Frank.  It  struck  you  that  there  was  considerable  con- 
fusion ? 

Mr.  King.  There  certainly  was. 

97.  General  Frank.  That  was  caused  by  what — lack  of  organiza- 
tion ? 

Mr.  King.  Lack  of  organization,  lack  of  knowledge,  lack  of  ex- 
perience on  the  part  of  people  that  were  doing  it. 

98.  General  Frank.  Lack  of  supervision  ? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

99.  General  Frank,  From  the  top? 
Mr.  King.  All  the  way  down. 

100.  General  Frank.  On  the  other  hand,  when  a  question  was  put 
to  the  top  for  a  decision,  evidently  it  got  action,  are  you  conversant 
with  that? 

Mr.  King.  I  think  a  decision  was  made  at  the  top,  but  whether  or 
not  that  decision  was  transmitted  all  down  through  [2538]  the 
various  grades  and  translated  into  action,  I  don't  believe  it  was.  I 
know  we  tried  and  tried  and  tried,  we  worked  continuously  for  a  year, 
to  pick  this  morale  up,  to  make  these  people  that  were  working  for 
us  believe  that  we  hacl  some  interest  in  what  they  were  doing,  and 
were  trying  to  build  their  morale  up;  and  we  didn't  succeed  very 
greatly,  I  can  tell  you.  That  condition  obtained  right  through  until 
I  left. 

101.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  the  situation  could  have  been 
solved  by  a  unit-price  contract? 

Mr.  Kjng.  No,  it  could  not,  for  the  simple  reason  that  in  order  to 
award  a  unit-price  job  you  have  to  have  some  idea  of  your  quantities 
and  the  character  of  the  work.    Now,  those  were  indefinite. 

102.  General  Frank.  Wliy  were  they  so  indefinite  as  to  preclude 
a  fixed-fee  contract? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  for  instance,  if  you  were  going  to  take  a  job  on 
the  grading  for  instance  and  were  to  be  paid  a  unit  price  per  cubic 
yard  for  material  moved,  you  would  have  to  know  how  many  yards 
of  material  there  were  in  your  job,  would  you  not? 

103.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  that  information  wasn't — we  built  those  things 
without  plans. 

104.  General  Frank.  It  was  possible  to  make  plans,  was  it  not? 
Mr.  King.  Well,  yes;  it  was  possible,  but  they  were  not  made. 

105.  General  Frank.  Then  thei-e  evidently  existed  not  only  a  lack 
of  organization  but  a  lack  of  planning. 

[25'S9]         Mr.  King.  Absolutely,  absolutely. 

106.  General  Frank.  And  it  was  possible  to  provide  plans,  was  it 
not  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  it  was — it  should  have  been;  but  they  were  not 
provided. 

Perhaps  the  General  will  permit  me  to  read  an  extract  from  a 
report  that  I  made  to  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  on  that  very  sub- 
ject, just  before  I  left. 

107.  General  Frank.  The  thing  that  I  would  like  to  emphasize  in 
the  record,  Mr.  King,  is  the  position  you  held  in  that  organization 
in  Honolulu  during  this  time;  and  that  position  was  what? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1323 

Mr.  King.  General  superintendent  in  charge  of  their  field  opera- 
tions. 

108.  General  Frank.  In  that  position,  you  certainly  should  have 
been  conversant,  in  a  detailed  manner,  with  the  general  conditions. 

Mr.  King.  Absolutely,  sir. 

109.  General  Frank.  All  right.    Eead  it. 

Did  you,  in  j^our  position,  deal  personally  with  Colonel  Wyman? 
Mr.  King.  With  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

110.  General  Frank.  Wyman;  yes. 
Mr.  King.  No. 

111.  General  Frank.  With  whom  did  you  deal. 

Mr.  King.  With  Lyman.  You  see,  at  the  time  Colonel  Wyman  was 
there,  I  was  standing  by.  If  you  remember,  I  stated  that  I  was  there 
30  days  before  they  could  make  up  their  mind  what  they  wanted  to 
do  with  me.  Well,  at  about  the  [£S40]  end  of  that  30  days. 
Colonel  Wyman  was  relieved,  and  Colonel  Lyman  succeeded  him. 

This  is  rather  a  long  thing,  so  I  am  going  to  confine  it  to  an  extract 
of  that  part  of  it  that  deals  with  inadequate  planning. 

112.  Major  Clausen.  It  may  be  you  would  let  us  have  that  when 
you  are  free.    We  will  give  it  back  to  you. 

Mr.  KJNG.  I  would  be  glad  to  do  that. 

113.  Major  Clausen.  Thank  you. 
Mr.  Kjng.  (reading) : 

Much  time  and  money  have  been  lost  and  many  delays  have  occurred  through 
failure  to  receive  plans.  Job  Orders  of  high  priority  have  been  issued  accompa- 
nied by  no  plans  or  by  partial  plans.  Work  has  been  started  on  the  basis  of 
partial  plans  and  then  held  up  or  temporarily  suspended  awaiting  receipt  of 
further  plans.  A  typical  example  may  be  cited :  Job  Order  C-^.O  calls  for  the 
construction  of  an  extensive  underground  Command  Post  for  the  Forward 
Echelon. 

That  was  a  combined  Navy  and  Army  Command  Post. 

114.  General  Frank.  Where — in  Aliamanu  Crater? 
Mr.  King.  That  is  right.    It  replaced  the  old  one. 

Because  of  insistence  on  the  part  of  the  Commanding  General  that  work  on 
this  project  be  started,  a  premature  Job  Order  was  received  on  November  13th 
calling  for  the  "construction  of  an  underground  Command  Post  in  accordance  with 
plans  to  be  furnished." 

115.  General  Frank.  Who  was  responsible  for  furnishing  the  plans, 
at  that  time  ? 

\25^1'\        Mr.  King.  General  Lyman's  office. 

116.  General  Frank.  Lyman,  or  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  EaNG.  No,  I  will  take  that  back.  It  was  General  Kramer's, 
then.    General  Lyman  had  died  before  this. 

Obviously  no  work  could  be  started  until  some  sort  of  plans  were  received. 
However,  on  December  7th,  we  received  a  memorandum  from  the  District  Engi- 
neer to  proceed  with  the  construction  of  the  project,  but  to  confine  work  to 
the  access  road  and  to  the  central  underground  corridor.  Verbal  instructions 
were  received  from  the  District  Engineer  to  have  men  and  equipment  on  the 
ground  the  following  day.  These  men  and  the  necessary  equipment,  consisting 
of  wagon  drills,  compressors,  a  power  shovel  and  trucks  were  hastily  assembled, 
and  were  in  fact,  on  the  job  and  ready  for  work  the  following  day.  However, 
during  the  following  three  days,  the  access  road  and  portal  cut  were  staked  in 
three  different  locations,  and  it  was  not  until  the  fourth  day  that  we  were  able 
to  even  start  work,  beyond  the  cutting  of  grass  and  the  clearing  of  a  few  small 
trees.     At  this  date  (January  14,  1943),  the  access  road  has  been  completed, 


1324    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK. 

the  portal  cut  excavated,  tracks  have  been  laid,  and  we  are  now  ready  to  "go 
under"  with  the  main  corridor  tunnel.  However,  no  plans  for  this  tunnel  have 
been  received  and  work  will  necessarily  be  halted,  in  fact,  has  already  been 
curtailed  because  of  the  lack  of  plans. 

117.  General  Frank.  I  think  that  is  sufficient,  along  that  line,  be- 
cause you  are  getting  into  a  regime  which  is  not  under  investigation 
by  this  group.  You  are  now  getting  into  the  [^5^]  Kramer 
organization,  which  comes  not  only  after  the  Wyman  regime  but  after 
the  Lyman  regime. 

Mr.  King.  That's  right. 

I  have  another  one,  here,  concerning  job  104r-W,  which  was  started, 
I  am  quite  certain,  under  Wyman. 

118.  General  Fbank.  All  right. 
Mr.  King  (reading)  : 

Job  104-W  may  also  be  cited  as  a  typical  example  of  inadequate  planning. 
This  job  consists  of  a  three  story  concrete  shop  structure,  originally  planned  to 
be  263  X  291  feet  in  size,  the  entire  structure  to  be  below  ground  level  and  pro- 
tected by  a  heavy  concrete  burster  course. 

I  do  not  know  whether  you  gentlemen  are  familiar  with  that  par- 
ticular shop.    It  is  out  near  Wheeler  Field. 

Excavation  to  a  depth  of  approximately  60  feet  was  made  to  the  dimensions 
shown  on  the  original  plans,  and  the  pouring  of  concrete  footings  for  walls  and 
columns  was  under  way  when  revised  plans  increasing  the  size  of  the  structure 
by  57  feet  on  one  end  and  adding  several  projecting  additions  to  two  of  the  other 
sides,  as  well  as  lowering  the  grade  of  the  entire  structure  16  feet,  were  received. 
These  revisions  necessitated  the  shutting  down  of  concrete  operations,  and  the 
resumption  of  excavation  work,  the  equipment  for  which  had  been  largely  re- 
moved from  the  work.  The  unit  cost  of  the  additional  excavation  necessarily 
was  several  times  what  it  would  have  been  had  it  been  included  in  the  original 
excavation.  Detailed  plans  for  this  structure  have  not  been  received  and  delay 
after  delay  has  occurred  through  lack  of  plans.  [254S]  For  instance,  work 
on  the  second  story  was  delayed  some  thirty  days  awaiting  plans  for  an  elevator 
shaft.  Plans  for  imbedded  metal  work  have  been  lacking,  thus  holding  up  the 
placing  of  concrete  in  the  structure.  This  project  has,  from  its  inception,  been 
short  of  materials,  particularly  concrete  aggregates.  In  my  opinion,  this  project 
could  and  would  have  been  long  ago  completed  had  it  been  adequately  planned 
and  had  materials  been  made  available. 

119.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

Where  were  you,  before  you  went  to  the  islands  ? 
Mr.  King.  Wliere  was  I  working  ? 

120.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  I  was  at  Camp  San  Luis  Obispo. 

121.  General  Frank.  What  were  you  doing  there  ? 

Mr.  I&NG.  I  was  general  superintendent  of  the  L.  A.  Dixon  Com- 
pany, the  contractors  on  that  job. 

122.  General  P'rank.  How  did  you  happen  to  go  to  the  islands  ? 
Mr.  King.  I  went  to  the  islands  because  I  understood  they  wanted 

a  tunnel  man. 

123.  General  Frank.  Who  was  responsible  for  getting  you  to  go  to 
the  islands  ? 

Mr.  Kjng.  Paul  Grafe*  who  was  vice  president  of  the  Callahan  Com- 
pany, one  of  the  members  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

124.  General  Frank.  When  you  went  to  the  islands  as  general  su- 
perintendent, were  you  working  for  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  or  for 
Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 

Mr.  King,  Hawaiian  Constructors ;  and  I  worked  for  no  [2544] 
one  but  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  while  I  was  there. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1325 

125.  General  Frank.  Who  was  your  immediate  boss,  or  superior? 
Mr.  King.  The  executive  committee  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 

126.  General  Frank.  There  must  have  been  some  one  man  to  whom 
you  looked. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  Mr.  Rohl  originally  was  the  chairman  of  that  com- 
mittee.   Afterwards,  Mr.  Woolley  was. 

127.  General  Frank.  You  have  already  testified  as  to  the  general 
effectiveness  of  Rohl's  supervision. 

Mr,  King.  Surely. 

128.  General  Frank.  Because  of  his  use  of  liquor,  it  was  generally 
ineffective;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  King.  Surely.    That's  entirely  correct. 

129.  General  Frank.  Wliy  was  this  report  written? 
Mr.  King.  This  report  that  I  have  just  read  from  ? 

130.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  That  was  written  at  Mr.  Woolley's  request,  shortly  before 
I  left.    Mr.  Wooley  was  chairman  of  the  executive  committee. 

131.  General  Frank.  He  was  impressed  with  the  fact  that  the  work 
was  lagging,  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  contractors,  because  of  lack 
of  planning  on  the  part  of  the  engineers,  I  take  it? 

Mr.  King.  Yes.    That  was  one  of  the  reasons  he  wanted  this  report. 

132.  General  Frank.  And  what  was  another  reason  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  the  lack  of  control  that  the  contractors  had  over 
their  work.  The  whole  trouble  in  the  islands,  General,  came  about 
due  to  a  conflict  of  opinion  as  to  what  the  functions  of  a  fixed-fee 
contractor  were.  We  had  one  set  of  [254S']  ideas — I  say  "we," 
meaning  the  Hawiian  Constructors — the  Corps  Engineers  had  another. 

Now,  under  date  of>  I  think  it  was  November  24,  1941,  there  was  a 
directive  from  the  Office  of  Chief  Engineers,  outlining  the  duties  and 
functions  of  a  fixed-fee  contractor,  and  that  was  the  basis  of  our  con- 
tention, that  we  as  contractors  were  being  emasculated  due  to  this 
duality  of  control.  We  had  absolutely  no  control  over  our  work;  and 
that  was  the  reason  I  resigned  and  came  home.  I  have  here  a  copy  of 
my  letter  of  resignation,  which  very  definitely  states  it.  It  is  dated 
January  7,  1943,  and  was  addressed  to  Mr,  Woolley,  executive  man- 
ager of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors : 

Deab  Me.  Wooley  :  Owing  to  the  apparent  unwillingness  of  the  District  Engi- 
neer to  permit  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  any  semblance  of  control  over  the  work 
entrusted  to  them,  I  am  impelled  to  advise  you  that  I  elect  to  terminate  my  con- 
nection with  your  company  and  to  return  to  the  mainland  upon  completion  of  my 
employment  contract    *    *    • 

Now,  that  was  the  reason  I  left,  there,  because  I  was  absolutely  out 
on  a  limb.  Now,  let  me  explain  the  reason  for  that.  So  long  as  Gen- 
eral Lvman  lived,  I  felt,  having  Imown  him  a  long  time,  having  served 
with  him  during  the  last  war,  I  felt  that  he  trusted  me.  Wlien  he  left 
and  he  was  succeeded,  T  didn't  feel  that  his  successor  did. 

There  was  some  possibility  of  making  a  defective  system  work  as 
long  as  General  Lyman  was  there,  due  to  his  personal  characteristics ; 
but  the  minute  General  Kramer  got  there-  why,  there  was  absolutely 
no  chance  of  our  doing  anything. 

_  [2546]  133.  General  F'rank.  Therefore,  from  your  point  of 
view,  it  generallv  was  unsatisfactoiy,  under  Wyman,  satisfactory 
under  Lyman,  anS  unsatisfactory  again  under  Kramer  ? 

Mr,  King.  That  is  true,  from  my  personal  point  of  view. 


1326    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

134.  General  Grunert.  What  did  you  have  to  do  with  Wyman  ? 
Mr.  King.  I  had  nothing  to  do  with  Wyman. 

135.  General  Grunert.  Then  how  can  you  say  it  was  unsatisfactory? 
Mr.  King.  On  the  basis  of  our  preliminary  talk,  what  we  said  here, 

to  start  with,  my  observation  of  what  had  been  done  under  Wyman. 

136.  General  Grunert.  But  no  actual  personal  experiences  ? 
Mr.  King.  No ;  no  absolute,  personal  experience. 

137.  General  Grunert.  I  just  wanted  to  get  that. 

138.  General  Frank.  But  it  was  from  observing  the  conditions  of 
his  operations,  when  you  arrived  there  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  right ;  what  had  been  done  under  him. 

139.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  reaction  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee to  sending  Rohl  back  to  the  United  States? 

Mr.  King.  The  two  members  of  the  executive  committee  who  were 
present  in  Hawaii  at  that  time — that  is,  Mr.  Benson  and  Mr.  Woolley — 
were  quite  pleased,  because  it  relieved  them  of  a  very  embarrassing 
situation. 

140.  General  Frank.  That  is  all. 

141.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Mr.  King,  you  referred  to  an  order  of  the 
Corps  of  Engineers,  defining  the  relationship  between  the  contractor 
and  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  as  about  November  1941 ;  was  I  correct  in 
understanding  that  fact  ? 

Mr.  King.  November  24, 1941,  if  I  am  not  mistaken. 

142.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Have  you  a  copy  of  that  document  ? 
[2547]        Mr.  King.  No,  I  have  not. 

143.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Will  you  state  again  what  was  the  purport 
of  that  document? 

Mr.  King.  The  purport  of  that  document  was  to  establish  policy,  to 
make  sure  that  the  various  department  division  engineers  made  use 
of  the  contractor's  facilities.  In  other  words,  it  invited  attention,  that 
the  Government  was  paying  a  fee  for  the  services  of  these  contractors, 
and  warned  against  setting  up  duplicate  organizations;  which  was 
exactly  what  they  did  in  the  islands. 

144.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Who  issued  that  directive  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  think  it  was  Brigadier  General  Robins,  who  at  that 
time  was  acting  Chief  Engineer. 

145.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Was  this  Chief  of  Engineers'  directive  of 
November  24,  1941,  complied  with,  so  far  as  you  know,  or  was  it  not 
complied  with? 

Mr.  King.  It  was  not  complied  with. 

146.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Who  was  in  charge  in  the  islands  for  the 
Corps  of  Engineers,  at  the  time,  November  24, 1941,  when  this  order  of 
General  Robins,  Chief  of  Engineers,  was  issued  ? 

Mr.  King.  That,  I  don't  know,  not  being  there. 

147.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  all. 

148.  General  Russell.  Mr.  King,  when  this  work  was  being  done, 
as  you  have  described,  under  the  system  of  a  duality  of  control,  do 
you  mean  to  testif}^,  then,  that  the  supervision  of  the  work  from  a 
contractual  standpoint  was  done  by  the  engineer  officers  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  was  their  idea  of  what  their  function  was.  Now, 
perhaps  I  might  explain  it  further,  by  [264S]  reading  another 
extract  from  this  same  report.    I  will  be  glad  to  turn  this  report  over 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1327 

to  the  Board,  if  it  wishes  it.     This  extract,  I  think,  will  show  the  point 
I  am  making.     That  is : 

About  March  15tb,  I  was  appointed  Area  Superintendent  for  Field  Area  No.  14, 
relieving  Mr.  W.  J.  Nichols,  who  had  suffered  a  nervous  breakdown  because  of 
his  inability  to  accomplish  the  results  that  he  demanded  of  himself.  Immediately 
upon  my  taking  over  the  area,  Major  Shields,  the  Area  Engineer,  called  me  to 
his  oflJce  for  a  conference.  Instead  of  reviewing  the  scope  of  the  work  before 
us  and  outlining  the  priority  of  the  several  jobs,  he  began  issuing  orders  dealing 
with  the  disposition  of  men  and  equipment,  stating  that  this  foreman  was  to  be 
assigned  to  that  job,  etc.  I  courteously,  but  firmly,  told  him  that  in  my  opinion 
he  had  a  serious  misconception  of  his  functions  as  Area  Engineer  and  that  the 
prerogatives  he  was  attempting  to  assume  were  those  of  the  Contractor's  Area 
Superintendent.     I  told  him  that  his  true  functions  as  Engineer  were: 

1.  To  transmit  to  me  as  the  representative  of  the  contractor  information  as 
to  the  relative  priority  of  various  jobs. 

2.  To  transmit  to  me  job  orders,  plans  and  specifications  for  such  work  as  was 
from  time  to  time  authorized  by  higher  authority. 

3.  To  furnish  field  engineering  data  and  to  stake  out  the  work. 

4.  To  perform  such  necessary  inspection  as  would  insure  completion  of  the 
work  in  strict  compliance  with         [2549]         plans  and  specifications. 

5.  To  see  that  an  accurate  record  of  time  worked  by  our  employees  was  kept 
and  that  the  same  was  properly  transmitted  to  the  U.  S.  E.  D.  Payroll  Section  so 
that  our  men  could  be  promptly  and  accurately  paid. 

Then  there  is  another  recommendation. 

149.  General  Russell.  I  think  we  have  developed  this  position 
rather  fully,  Mr.  King.  The  point  I  am  directing  your  attention  to 
now  is  whether  or  not  these  engineer  officers  took  over  the  contractual 
work  and  attempted  to  carry  it  on  as  contractors  rather  than  as  super- 
visory engineers. 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  that  was  their  attitude. 

150.  General  Russell.  And  it  was  your  opinion  that  they  were  not 
capable  of  doing  that  job? 

Mr.  King.  Surely. 

151.  General  Russell.  And  as  a  result  of  their  invading  the  field 
of  the  contractors,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  tliey  did  not  have  the 
experience  and  the  ability  to  do  the  work,  the  confusion  arose,  and 
delay  occurred  ? 

Mr.  King.  Surely. 

152.  General  Russell.  That  is  the  story,  as  you  see  it? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

153.  General  Russell.  You  stated  there  were  constant  changes  in 
plans,  and  one  of  those  that  you  described  indicated  rather  substantial 
changes  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

154.  General  Russell.  Now,  do  you  know  where  all  these  plans 
came  from? 

Mr.  King.  Where  they  originated? 

155.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  Yes.  They  originated  in  the  design  division  of  the 
district  engineer's  office. 

[2S50]  156.  General  Russell.  Well,  now,  those  people  on  the 
Islands,  though,  didn't  have  the  authority  to  plan  the  developments  ? 
Didn't  they  come  in  there  from  Washington  with  those  plans  for  the 
development  of  the  Islands  ? 

Mr.  King.  No.    I  think  the  development  largely  was 


1328    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

157.  General  Russell.  Have  you  got  that  somewhere  ? 

158.  Major  Clausen.  I  said,  they  had  the  authority  over  that,  to 
do  that,  sir  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  think  that  these  plans  were  developed  as  time  went  on. 
I  must  say  this  in  extenuation,  perhaps,  of  that  planning  division. 
They  had  a  tough  job,  for  the  simple  reason  that  it  was  mighty  difficult 
to  get  any  two  or  three  people  to  agree  on  what  they  wanted. 

159.  General  Grunert.  Meaning  what?     I  don't  get  it. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  for  instance,  one,  we  will  say,  speaking  of  this 
Job  104  of  this  shop,  for  instance,  I  know  from  actual  experience  that 
one  Air  Corps  colonel  would  have  this  idea,  another  one  would  have 
that  idea.  They  would  have  to  get  together,  and  perhaps  the  man 
who  originally  thought  the  thing  out  was  relieved,  and  his  successor 
decided  they  wanted  something  else,  and  that  all  gradually  got  back 
to  the  design  division,  and  that  is  where  these  changes  apparently 
originated. 

160.  General  Russell.  Then,  there  was  no  coordination  on  top  by 
the  Department  Commander  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  am  not  qualified  to  answer  that  question. 

161.  General  Russell.  All  right. 

Mr.  King.  I  have  a  personal  opinion,  but  I  don't  know  whether 
you  want  that. 

[^SBl]  162.  General  Russell.  Now  let  us  go  back  and  talk  about 
those  checks  that  you  saw  all  over  the  place.  Who  was  the  engineer 
out  there  then  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  General  Lyman  had  taken  over  about  a  week  before 
that. 

163.  General  Russell.  If  I  get  the  picture,  you  contractors  had  got- 
ten these  laborers  together  and  carried  them  out  there  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

164.  General  Russell.  You  employed  them? 
Mr.  King.  We  did. 

165.  General  Russell.  Procurement  of  personnel  for  construction 
was  your  job? 

Mr.  KJENG.  That  is  right. 

166.  General  Russell.  How  did  it  come  to  pass,  then,  that  their 
quartering  and  feeding  became  a  function  of  the  Engineers? 

Mr.  Kjng.  Well,  their  quartering  and  feeding  was  not  an  tliat  time 
a  function  of  the  Engineers,  but  by  order  of  the  Commanding  General 
we  had  to  feed  our  men  Army  rations,  and  naturally  it  was  a  function 
of  the  Engineers  to  provide  those  rations.  We  did  not  operate  our 
camps  with  locally  purchased  stuff. 

167.  General  Russell.  Who  operated  the  messes  ?  The  contractors 
or  the  military  personnel  ? 

Mr.  King.  We  operated  some  and  they  operated  some. 

168.  General  Russell.  Well,  then,  the  contractors  were  partly  re- 
sponsible for  the  poor  feeding  of  the  men  ? 

Mr.  King.  To  a  certain  extent,  yes.  They  perhaps  were  respon- 
sible for  the  preparation  of  the  food,  and  the  Army  was  responsible 
for  the  furnishing  of  the  food.  And  I  might  say,  [2S52]  too, 
that  Army  rations  are  not  a  very — while  they  are  adapted  to  the 
feeding  of  military  units,  they  are  certainly  not  adapted  to  feeding 
construction  people,  for  the  simple  reason  that  Army  rations  are 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1329 

predicated  on  feeding  three  meals  a  day,  at  a  given  time.  The  com- 
ponents are  set  up  on  that  basis.  But  where  you  have  to  feed  men 
around  the  clock,  three  shifts,  they  don't  fit  in  very  well. 

169.  General  Grunert.  Isn't  that  just  a  question  of  management? 
Mr.  King.  I  don't  think  so.  General.    For  instance 

170.  General  Gruneet.  Could  you  not  have  had  the  rationing  in- 
creased ? 

JNIr.  King.  Well,  the  rations  were  pretty  skimpy  all  the  way  through. 
For  instance,  the  substitution  of  canned  meats  for  fresh  meats:  it 
would  be  weeks  that  we  would  get  only  a  small  amount  of  fresh  meat, 
and  would  use  the 

171.  General  Frank.  The  troops  were  operating  on  the  same  basis, 
however,  weren't  they  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  surely.  I'll  agree  to  that.  That  was  the  argument. 
The  argument  was,  "If  it  is  good  enough  for  the  troops,  it  is  good 
enough  for  your  men." 

172.  General  Frank.  Well,  isn't  that  a  pretty  solid  argument? 
Mr.  King.  Except  that  it  does  not  fit,  trying  to — for  instance,  I  may 

explain  it  this  way:  for  instance,  if  you  feed  a  man  three  times  a 
day,  suppose  you  have  to  get  out  lunches  to  feed  your  men  under- 
ground :  your  bread  component  isn't  anywhere  near  enough  to  do  that. 
In  other  words,  they  eat  more  bread  than  the  ration  would  furnish,  due 
to  the  fact  that  one  of  the  meals  is  a  cold  meal  that  has  to  be  prepared 
and  shipped  out  to  the 

[2S63]  173.  General  Frank.  That  is  a  question  of  arrangement, 
planning  and  management. 

]Mr.  King.  Also  of  procurement. 

174.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  If  you  haven't  got  the  bread,  you  can't 

175.  General  Frank.  It  can  be  made,  though. 
Mr.  King.  It  can  be  furnished. 

176.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  King.  Yes ;  if  you  had  sufficient  bread,  it  would  work. 

177.  General  Frank.  That  is  just  a  question 

178.  General  Grunert.  That  is  the  question  I  am  getting  at.  If 
you  have  sufficient  quantity,  whatever  the  quality  is,  it  is  what  you  can 
procure.  Now,  if  you  have  quantity  through  proper  arrangement, 
whether  you  feed  three  times  a  day  or  six  times  or  send  a  meal  out,  or 
whatnot,  it  is  a  question  of  management. 

Mr.  King.  Yes.    Well,  there  wasn't  sufficient  quantity. 

179.  General  Grunert.  There  could  have  been,  because 

Mr.  King.  Although  I  will  say  that  that  varies  entirely  with  the 
people  who  are  handling  individual  camps. 

180.  General  Grunert.  Management. 

Mr.  King.  Some  of  the  camps  worked  it  out  better  than  others ;  but 
there  was,  even  in  the  best  of  the  camps,  considerable  complaint  of  the 
lack  of  fresh  meat. 

181.  General  Frank.  If  the  boats  do  not  bring  it  over,  there  is  not 
fresh  meat. 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

182.  General  Frank.  And  if  the  soldiers  don't  get  it  and  the 
[2554]  workmen  don't  get  it,  and  the  soldiers  don't  yell,  the  work- 
men should  keep  quiet. 


1330    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  that  is  true ;  I'll  agree  with  that,  although  at  that 
same  time  I  went  over  to  the  Navy  Yard  on  several  occasions  and 
found  lots  of  meat  over  there. 

183.  General  Frank.  That  is  all  right.  They  had  different  facili- 
ties for  bringing  it  over. 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

184.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  some  further  questions. 
Are  you  through  ? 

185.  General  Russell.  No. 

186.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

187.  General  Russell.  As  I  get  it,  the  Engineers  were  trying  to 
run  the  contracting  business  and  didn't  know  how,  and  you  people 
were  trying  to  feed  your  men  with  Army  rations  and  didn't  know 
how. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  wouldn't  say  that,  General.  I  think  we  knew 
a  little  about  feeding  men.    I've  fed  a  lot  of  men  in  my  day. 

188.  General  Russell.  Yes,  sir.  But  you  couldn't  satisfy,  or  you 
didn't  satisfy,  your  people  out  there? 

Mr.  King.  No. 

189.  General  Russell,  By  giving  them  the  Army  rations? 
Mr.  King.  No,  I  couldn't. 

190.  General  Russell.  Irrespective  of  the  logic  behind  the  situation, 
it  didn't  take  with  your  employees  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  right. 

191.  General  Russell.  That  is  the  situation,  isn't  it? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

[SooS]         192.  General  Russell.  All  right. 

Now,  I  do  not  think  that  we  developed  very  fully  this  conference 
that  you  had  with  Lyman  when  it  was  agreed  that  Rohl  would  have 
to  go.  What  charges  were  made  by  Lyman  against  Rohl  upon  which 
he  based  his  conclusion  that  Rohl  had  to  leave  the  Islands. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  he  stated,  in  the  first  place,  that  he  couldn't  get 
ahold  of  him  when  he  wanted  him.  That  was  one  of  his  complaints, 
that  he  would  run  around — he  particularly  complained  of  his  running 
around  with  certain  Air  Force  officers  and  committed  the  General — 
that  is.  Colonel  Lyman — to  things  that  he  couldn't — in  other  words, 
went  out  of  channels,  if  you  understand  what  I  mean;  and  he  also 
said  that  the  fact  that  the  old  boy  was  drinking  so  hard  was  very 
embarrassing,  and  he  felt  that  his  presence  there  was  just  generally 
undesirable. 

193.  General  Russeix.  This  final  question,  now,  Mr.  King:  On  De- 
cember 7  the  war  came  along,  and  the  plans  which  had  been  made 
for  the  development  of  the  Islands  were  all  abandoned,  and  the 
scheme  of  operation  was  changed  ?  | 

Mr.  King.  Changed  many  times,  absolutely. 

194.  General  Russell.  And  we  stepped  all  of  those  operations  up 
out  there  to  a  war  tempo  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  sir. 

195.  General  Russell.  Now,  in  your  opinion,  did  these  things  that 
I  have  just  narrated  contribute  to  the  confusion  which  followed  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

196.  General  Russell.  Which  existed  ? 

[2S56']         Mr.  King.  Unquestionably,  General. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1331 

197.  General  Russell.  You  were  just  working  under  conditions 
that  were  new  to  everybody  ? 

Mr.  King.  Quite  so.  iBut  they  didn't  improve  as  time  went  on, 
some  of  these  fundamental  thinks  that  were  wrong. 

198.  General  Russell.  They  didn't  improve  under  Lyman,  even? 
Mr.  King.  No.    As  a  matter  of  fact,  we  never  did  get  to  the  point — 

we  never  did  get  to  the  point,  during  my  entire  stay  in  the  Islands, 
where  our  men  were  paid  promptly  and  on  time  and  accurately. 

199.  General  Frank.  How  long  were  you  there? 

Mr.  King.  I  was  there  from — just  about  a  year,  just  within  a  day 
or  two  of  a  year. 

200.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

201.  General  Frank.  How  long  did  Lyman  have  control  of  this 
before 

Mr.  Kjng.  I  think  the  General  died  in  the  first  days  of  September 
1942.    My  recollection  is  that  that's 

202.  General  Frank,  And  he  had  had  it  how  long? 
Mr.  King.  He  had  had  it  since 

203.  General  Frank.  March. 

Mr.  King.  It  was  the  first  part  of  March,  about  the  first  part  of 
March. 

204.  General  Frank.  Now,  I  would  like  to  ask  you,  what  were  the 
relations  among  the  contractors?  There  were  Rohl-Connolly, 
Gunther- Shirley  ? 

Mr.  I&ng.  Yes. 

205.  General  Frank.  W.  E.  Callahan,  and  Ralph  Woolley? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  and  the  Hawaiian  Contracting 

[2557]         206.  General  Frank.  Constructing? 

Mr.  King.  Contracting  Company. 

207.  General  Frank.  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  the  Dillingham  people. 

2'08.  General  Frank.  What  were  the  relations  among  the  con- 
tractors themselves  with  respect  to  the  supervision  they  were  getting 
under  Rohl  ?    Rohl  held  what  position. 

Mr.  King.  Rohl  held  the  position  of  chairman  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee. In  other  words,  he  was  the  top  hand  while  he  was  there,  or  was 
supposed  to  be. 

209.  General  Frank.  Was  Rohl  satisfactory  to  the  contractors? 
Mr.  King.  No.    To  the  other  members? 

210.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  am  talking  about. 
Mr.  King.  No,  no,  certainly  not. 

211.  General  Frank.  Well,  then  why  was  he  kept? 

Mr.  IOng.  Well,  largely  because  of  the  fact  that — I  think  that  these 
island  members  of  the  firm  felt  that  there  was  a  natural  cleavage 
between  the  mainland  members  and  the  island  members.  The  island 
members  were  the  only  people  there  outside  of  Rohl. 

212.  General  Frank.  Who?    What? 
Mr.  King.  How? 

213.  General  Frank.  The  island  members? 

Mr.  King.  Yes.  That  is,  Benson  and  Wooley  and  Rohl  were  the 
only  representatives  of  the  outfit  there.  See,  Callahan  and  Shirley- 
Gunther,  they  didn't  have  any  representative  there  at  all  during  my 
tenure. 

79716— 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 35 


1332    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

214.  General  Frank.  Mr.  Graf e  was  not  there  ? 

Mr.  King.  No.  Grafe  left,  as  I  understand,  about  [2568] 
Christmas,  right  immediately  after  Pearl  Harbor,  and,  as  far  as  I 
know,  had  practically  no  communication  with  the  job  from  that 
time  on. 

215.  General  Frank.  Well,  was  there  anything  done  among  the 
contractors  themselves  to  get  rid  of  Eohl,  who  the  contractors  them- 
selves felt  was  unsatisfactory  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  don't  know.  I  can't  answer  that  question,  whether 
there  was  anything  done  by  them  as  individual  members.  I  don't  think 
there  was,  for  the  simple  reason  that  they  felt  that  if  they  did  initiate 
any  move  to  get  rid  of  him  they  would  be  accused  of  trying  to  take 
the  thing  over. 

216.  General  Frank.  Well,  was  there  any  preference  shown  for 
Rohl  in  the  Engineer  Corps  that  you  know  of  ? 

Mr.  King.  Certainly  not — I  am  not  qualified  to  say  about  Wyman's 
relations  with  him.  I  assume  there  was  as  far  as  Wyman  was  con- 
cerned, although  I  do  not  know  this  of  personal  knowledge. 

217.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

218.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  you  are  fairly  well  satisfied  that,  while 
this  system  of  the  contract  and  the  supervision  by  the  Engineers  was 
bad,  the  connection  of  Rohl  with  that  system  aggravated  an  already 
bad  situation  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  it  certainly  didn't  help  it  any. 

219.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  your  answer  would  be  yes,  wouldn't  it? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

220.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  sir.  Now,  the  situation  really  was 
inherited  by  you  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

[£S69]         221.  Major  Clausen.  You  came  there  when  this  system 
was  in  operation  ? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

222.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  know  anything  of  the  fact,  even 
before  Pearl  Harbor  when  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  had  a  much 
smaller  job  to  do,  as  to  the  bad  situation  which  resulted  in  the  relief 
of  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  had  no  personal  knowledge  of  it,  not  being  there. 

223.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  have  any  files  there  which  you  have 
been  reading,  any  papers  or  documents,  that  might  be  pertinent  to 
what  you  might  assume  the  Board  is  interested  in  ? 

Mr,  Kjng.  Well,  I  have ;  I  think  probably  some  of  these  papers  are 
of  interest. 

224.  Major  Clausen.  May  I  have  it  myself  afterwards  to  read  over, 
to  return  to  you,  sir  ? 

Mr.  King.  Surely.  I  will  be  glad  to  have  you  make  copies  of  any- 
thing here,  and  return  the  original  file  to  me. 

225.  Major  Clausen.  All  right,  sir. 

By  the  way,  who  preceded  you  as  general  superintendent  for  the 
field  work  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  there  was  a  man  by  the  name  of  C.  G.  Clapp  who 
was  over  there,  and  he  left  about  three  days  after  I  got  there. 

226.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  your  present  position,  Mr.  King? 
Mr.  King.  I  am  director  of  yard  operations  at  Port  Hoeneme  for 

the  Pacific  Naval  Airport  Contractors. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1333 

227.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  about  fifty  miles  from  Los  Angeles? 
l^oGO]         Mr.  KixG.  That  is  this  Seabee  base  down  the  coast. 

228.  Colonel  Toulmin.  May  I  ask  you  a  question,  Mr.  King? 
Mr.  King.  Yes. 

229.  Colonel  Totjlmin.  It  is  not  clear  in  my  mind  as  to  exactly  the 
sequence  of  events  that  took  place  as  far  as  you  are  concerned.  Now, 
first,  what  was  the  date  of  your  arrival  in  the  Islands  ? 

Mr.  King.  February  IG,  '42. 

230.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Do  I  understand  that  about  a  week  preced- 
ing your  arrival  in  the  Islands  General  Lyman,  L-y-m-a-n,  had  taken 
command  ? 

Mr.  King.  No.     It  w^as 

231.  Colonel  Toulmin.  What  is  the  fact  about  that? 

Mr.  King.  General  Lyman  succeeded  Colonel  Wyman  about  the  first 
week  in  March  of  '42. 

232.  Colonel  Toulmin.  And  you  came  when  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  came  the  16th  of  February,  some  three  weeks  before  the 
change  was  made. 

233.  Colonel  Toulmin.  So  you  were  there  during  the  period  of 
Colonel  Wyman's  incumbency  in  this  office  of  District  Engineer  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  the  last  month,  I  should  say,  of  his  incumbency. 

234.  Colonel  Toulmin.  And  three  weeks  after  you  arrived  General 
Lyman  took  command  in  succession  to  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  correct. 

23.5.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Now  let  us  go  back  to  this  order  of  the  Chief 
of  Engineers  of  November  24,  1941,  which  defined  the  relationship 
between  the  Corps  of  Engineers  and  the  contractors. 

Mr.  King.  That  is  right. 

\2S61i\  23G.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  would  regard  that  as  a 
fundamental  order  establishing  that  relationship ;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  King.  Absolutely,  sir. 

237.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  would  be  your  basic  working  docu- 
ment between  the  Corps  of  Engineers  and  the  contractors  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes,  and  the  prime  contract  itself. 

238.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  right.  So  you  would  have  two 
things  to  look  at :  first,  the  order  of  November  24, 1941,  from  the  Corps 
of  Engineers,  defining  the  relationship  between  the  contractor  and 
the  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  the  contract  with  the  contractor :  is  that 
right? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  right.  Those  two  documents  would  be  your  basic 
documents. 

239.  Colonel  Toulmin.  They  would  be  your  "bible,"  wouldn't  they  ? 
Mr.  King.  That  is  right. 

240.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Now,  when  you  got  there  and  had  this 
chance  for  about  thirty  days  of  observing  what  was  going  on  while 
you  were  awaiting  assignment  and  the  pleasure  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee to  give  you  the  final  assignment,  to  what  extent  did  you  observe 
that  this  order  of  November  24,  1941,  was  being  violated? 

Mr.  King.  I  had  no  opportunity  to  observe.  Colonel,  for  the  simple 
reason  that  I  didn't  get  out  of  Honolulu.  I  was  just  sitting  there 
waiting  assignment. 

241.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Well,  when  you  did  get  out  of  it,  which  was 
about  a  month  after  you  arrived 


1334    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

242.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Wliat  did  you  observe  as  to  the  [2562] 
violation  of  this  order  of  November  24,  1941  ? 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  immediately — at  that  time  I  was  not  aware  of 
this  order.  I  became  aware  of  it  later.  But  I  certainly  saw  the  duality 
of  control  which  I  knew  was  not  contemplated  by  any  fixed-fee 
contract. 

243.  Colonel  Touliviin.  Well,  from  your  observations  when  you 
did  observe  this  condition,  would  you  be  able  to  state  that  these 
conditions  in  violation  of  this  order  had  been  in  existence  for  some 
appreciable  period  ? 

Mr.  King.  Oh,  yes. 

244.  Colonel  Toulmin.  How  long  would  you  say  they  had  been  in 
existence  ? 

Mr.  King.  Oh,  I  think  they  had  always  been  more  or  less  in  existence 
in  the  Islands,  certainly  back  as  far  as  the  Tth  of  December. 

245.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Well,  to  violate  the  order  of  November  24, 
1941,  would  have  required  a  relationship  between  the  District  Engineer 
and  the  head  of  the  contracting  organization  that  was  very  acquiescent 
in  making  some  new  arrangement  other  than  that  specified  by  the 
order ;  isir t  that  right  ? 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

246.  Colonel  Toulmin.  So  that,  in  order  to  violate  this  order  it 
would  be  necessary  for  Colonel  Wyrnan  and  Mr.  Rohl,  if  he  was  the 
head  of  the  organization,  as  I  understand  he  was — the  contractors — 
for  them  to  cooperate  in  violating  the  order,  in  order  to  work  out  some 
new  arrangement  other  than  that  specified  by  the  order;  is  that 
right  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  don't  think  the  violation  of  the — this  wasn't  an  order; 
it  was  a  directive ;  a  policy  directive,  as  I  remember  it.  I  do  not  be- 
lieve it  was  violated  in  letter  by  [2563']  either  Colonel  Wyman 
or  General  Lyman,  but  it  was  violated  in  spirit  by  their  subordinates, 
and  those  were  the  people  that  we  had  to  clo  business  with,  and  those 
were  the  people  that  controlled  things, 

247.  Colonel  Toulman.  So  the  net  effect,  then,  Mr.  King,  was  that, 
whoever  did,  it  took  the  cooperative  arrangement  between  Colonel 
Wyman  and  Mr.  Rohl,  of  the  subordinates  in  the  Hawaiian  Contrac- 
tors, to  change  the  spirit  of  this  order  and  do  something  else  other 
than  that  directed  by  the  Chief  of  Engineers  ? 

Mr.  King.  I  don't  see  that  Mr.  Rohl  would  have  anything  to  do 
with  it, 

248.  Colonel  Toulman,  Well,  the  subordinates  under  Mr,  Rohl 
would  have  something  t  o  do  with  it,  wouldn't  they  ? 

Mr,  King.  No.  The  attitude  of  assuming  control  was  arbitrarily 
assumed  by  the  Corps  of  Engineers. 

249.  Colonel  Toulmin.  All  right.  Then,  the  responsibility  for 
changing  this  order,  either  in  letter  or  in  spirit,  was  upon  the  Corps 
of  Engineers  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  right.    That  is  true. 

250.  Colonel  Toulmin,  That  is  all  I  have  to  ask, 

251.  General  Frank,  But  the  contractors  were  the  ones  who  were 
suffering  as  a  result  of  this  interpretation? 

Mr.  King,  Absolutely. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1335 

252.  General  Frank.  Or  violation  of  it? 

Mr.  King.  Absolutely.  That  is  right.  In  other  words,  they  could 
not  function. 

253.  General  Frank.  And  the  one  man  who  represented  the  con- 
tractors was  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

[2o64-]         Mr.  King.  True  enough. 

254.  General  Frank.  Therefore  it  was  up  to  Mr.  Kohl  to  try  to  alle- 
viate the  situation  under  Colonel  Wyman,  was  it  not? 

Mr.  &NG.  Yes. 

255.  General  Frank.  And  that  was  not  done  by  Mr.  Rohl? 
Mr.  King.  That  I  can't  say.    I  do  know  that  there  was  a  continuous 

record  of  protest  made  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  to  the  Corps  of 
Engineers,  a  copy  of  which  I  have  here :  a  continuous  record  of  pro- 
test starting  as  early  as  May  1942  and  continuing  throughout  until 
the  termination  of  the  contract. 

256.  General  Grunert.  It  appears  that  from  your  personal  obser- 
vation and  your  own  knowledge  practically  all  your  testimony  relates 
to  after  Pearl  Harbor ;  is  that  right  ? 

Mr.  King.  That  is  true,  General. 

257.  General  Grunert.  And  that  from  your  observations  you 
found  that  the  morale  and  certain  conditions  were  inherited  probably 
from  before  Pearl  Harbor? 

Mr.  King.  I  would  say,  rather,  as  a  result  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

258.  General  Grunert.  As  a  result. 

Mr.  King.  As  a  result  of  the  tremendous  confusion  engendered  by 
the  attack,  as  part  of  the  reason. 

259.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  appear  to  have  made  quite  an 
indictment  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  or  that  part  of  it  that  func- 
tioned in  Hawaii.  In  that  indictment  do  you  know  whether  or  not 
it  concerned  their  ability  as  engineers  or  as  administrators? 

Mr,  King.  You  have  hit  the  nub  of  the  situation  there,  l^565~\ 
General,  exactly.  Engineers,  generally  speaking,  are  not  adminis- 
trators, they  are  not  managers,  and  there  is  where  the  mistake  was 
made.  These  reserve  officers  are  picked  up.  They  are  engineers, 
technical  engineers.  They  have  little  experience  in  management,  and 
they  were  attempting  to  do  something  that  they  knew  very  little  about. 

260.  General  Grunert.  Now,  that  report  you  have  there,  the  papers 
from  which  you  read  extracts,  the  Board  would  like  to  have  you  leave 
that  with  the  Board  so  that  we  can  see  what  is  in  it  and  see  whether 
or  not  we  want  to  put  some  of  it  in  the  record  as  an  exhibit. 

Mr.  King.  Yes.  I  will  be  very  glad  to  turn  this  over  to  you  with  the 
understanding  that  it  is  my  personal  opinion ;  it  is  not  necessarily  the 
reflection  of  the  attitude  or  the  opinion  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 
It  is  my  own  personal  opinion  as  the  result  of  my  observations  there. 

261.  General  Grunert.  We  accept  it  as  such. 
Any  other  questions  ? 

Mr.  King.  And  I  feel,  in  justice  to  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  that 
it  should  not  be  used  to  their  prejudice.  I  will  be  glad  to  leave  the 
entire  file  here,  including — 

262.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  King,  do  you  know  of  anything  else 
that  you  might  think  of  that  might  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board? 
You  understand  that  the  Board  is  limited  in  its  investigation  to  such 
phases  as  pertain  to  the  conditions  prior  to  and  during  the  Pearl  Har- 


1336    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

bor  attack,  and  that  any  evidence  that  we  accumulate  otherwise  should 
have  a  bearing  on  that  phase. 

Mr.  King.  Yes. 

[2566]  263.  General  Grtjnert.  So  that  what  we  have  been  going 
after  is  to  see  what  bearing  it  has  on  that  phase. 

Mr.  King.  Yes.  In  other  words,  then.  General,  the  period  of  my 
tenure  there  is  not  under  investigation  ? 

264.  General  Grunert.  Only  insofar  as 

Mr.  King.  As  it  bears  on 

265.  General  Grunert.  So  far  as  we  are  concerned,  insofar  as  it 
bears  on  what  might  have  happened  before  or  during  Pearl  Harbor  or 
had  connection  therewith ;  am  I  right  with  the  Board  ? 

266.  Major  Clausen.  Inferences  which  may  be  drawn. 

267.  General  Gunert.  And  the  inferences  drawn ;  true  enough. 
Mr.  King.  Well,  I  can't  think  of  any  information  that  I  can  give 

the  Board  that  would  bear  on  conditions  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor  or  at 
the  time  of  Pearl  Harbor  or  immediately  thereafter. 

268.  General  Grunert.  I  didn't  want  you  to  get  the  impression  that 
this  is  a  thorough  investigation  of  everything  in  '42  or  '43  or  whatnot, 
except  as  it  might  have  a  bearing  on  what  happened  at  Pearl  Harbor 
or  leading  thereto. 

Mr.  King.  Well,  I  have  nothing  along  that  line. 

269.  General  Grunert.  We  thank  you  very  much  for  coming  and 
assisting  us. 

Mr.  King.  I  am  very  glad  to  appear,  gentlemen. 

270.  General  Grunert.  We  shall  have  a  recess. 
(There  was  a  brief  informal  recess.) 

[25671  TESTIMONY  OF  EMMA  JANE  BAILAED, 

COLTON,  CALIFORNIA. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Assistant  Recorder  and  advised  of 
her  rights  under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Major  Clausen.  Mrs.  Ballard,  would  you  state  your  name,  resi- 
dence, and  present  place  of  employment. 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  my  name  is  Emma  Jane  Ballard.  I  live  in 
Colton,  California,  near  San  Bernardino.  I  work  at  the  Army  Depot, 
in  parachute  repair  maintenance. 

The  way  I  feel  about  anything  that  I  know  is,  that  I  am  not  divulg- 
ing any  information  that  I  heard  over  my  switchboard  in  Honolulu, 
it  is  information  that  I  saw  and  heard  outside  of  my  switchboard. 
I  never  listened  to  any  information  over  the  switchboard.  I  was 
always  very  much  too  busy,  if  I  had  had  the  inclination. 

2.  Major  Clausen.  You  were  formerly  employed  by  the  United 
States  Engineering  Department,  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  is  that 
right? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  That  is  right. 

3.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  extended  over  what  period  of  time? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  am  not  sure  just  what  date  I  went  to  work, 

but  I  went  to  work  in  November  preceding  Pearl  Harbor  for  the 
Procurement  Department,  the  civil  section  of  the  Engineers,  and  until 
the  8th  of  December,  when  I  was  on  duty  for  24  hours  a  day  for  weeks, 
I  had  no  contact  other  than  just  over  the  phone  with  any  of  the  official 
staff.     I  was  in  connection  with  the  civil  section  of  the  Engineers. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1337 

4.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  leave  the  islands? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  I  left  there,  the  20th  of  February,  and  [2568] 
arrived  back  in  San  Francisco  the  1st  day  of  March,  1942. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  during  the  time  that  you  were 
on  duty,  before  Pearl  Harbor,  having  observed  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  I  don't  suppose  I  saw  Colonel  Wyman  more  than 
three  or  four  times  at  the  most,  in  the  time  that  I  worked,  before  Pearl 
Harbor. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  you  observe  him  after  Pearl  Harbor, 
and  up  to  the  time  that  you  left  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  he  wasn't  there  when  I  left.  I  don't  know 
where  he  was,  but  I  had  observed  him  very  closely  when  I  was  there 
on  duty. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  And  can  you  give  the  Board  some  idea  as  to  the 
number  of  times  that  you  saw  him,  from  Pearl  Harbor  up  to  the  time 
that  you  left  the  islands,  how  frequently  you  saw  him,  if  you  saw  him 
at  all? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  several  times  a  day. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  whether,  during  that  time,  Colonel 
Wyman  was  drunk?  If  so,  just  answer,  and  then  explain  to  the 
Board  how  you  came  to  reach  that  conclusion. 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  had  orders  to  check  and  verify  time  and 
charges,  and  verify  any  long-distance  calls  which  were  made,  and  the 
calls  that  were  made  to  this  Hawaiian  Construction  Company,  and  the 
head,  there,  Wilhelm  Rohl,  and  Ralph  WooUey,  and  Chadwick, 
Every  call  that  ever  was  made,  Colonel  Wyman  went  into  a  rage 
when  I  had  to  verify  those  calls,  and  many  times  came  directly  to  the 
switchboard  and  raged  and  roared  around,  and  everyone  was  in  ap- 
parent mortal  fear  of  him — he  didn't  awe  me  a  bit! — and  he  continu- 
ally [3569]  smelled  of  liquor.  He  made  the  remark  to  my 
face  one  day,  or  rather  to  his  man  secretary,  a  Mr.  Eads,  that  he 
didn't  know  whether  he  could  trust  me  or  not  with  those  calls,  and 
he  resented  it  that  I  had  to  check  on  all  of  tliem.  And  I  told  him  to  his 
face  that  if  he  could  trust  himself  as  well  as  he  could  trust  me,  he 
would  be  doing  all  right. 

9.  Major  Clausen.  When  he  objected  to  your  checking  on  calls, 
were  they  calls  that  you  were  putting  in,  from  himself  to  this  Wilhelm 
Rohl? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  And  could  you  give  me  some  estimate  as  to 
the  number  of  those  calls  that  he  put  in,  and  the  number  of  times  that 
he  made  this  objection  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No ;  I  don't  believe  I  could  give  them,  but  a  great 
number,  though. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  Did  that  extend  over  the  period  from  the  time 
that  you  were  first  on  duty  there  as  a  telephone  operator  down  to  the 
time  that  you  left  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  after  the  7th  of  December,  and  up  until, 
well,  a  short  while  before  I  left  there,  he  was  removed  from  duty, 
and  a  Captain  Trik,  Carl  H.,  later  Major,  was  placed  in  command 
there  over  that  section. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Do  I  understand  these  calls  you  referred  to 
were  made  from  approximately  the  7th  of  December  up  until  some 
time  in  March  ? 


1338    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mrs.  Ballakd.  I  left  there  in  March,  but  I  don't  know  just  how 
long  he  had  been  gone  when  I  left  there ;  but  over  a  period  of  several 
weeks,  that  he  made  those  calls. 

13.  General  Grunert.  And  they  were  made  to  the  mainland? 
Mrs.    Ballard.  Some    of    them.      Some    of    them,    this   Wilhelm 

[2570]         Kohl  seemed  to  be  in  Maui  and  different  sections  of  the 
island. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  Was  there  a  requirement  that  you  check  these 
calls? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  sir;  I  had  direct  orders  that  I  had  to  check 
time  and  verify  costs  and  keep  a  record  of  that. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  You  had  that  order  from  whom,  Mrs.  Ballard? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  couldn't  say.    When  I  first  went  in  on  that 

board  at  Punahou,  the  chief  operator  from  down  town,  at  the  engi- 
neers' office  down  town,  was  in  charge,  and  that  was  her  order  to  me. 

16.  Major  Cl/\usen.  On  some  of  these  occasions  when  you  saw 
Colonel  Wyman,  Mrs.  Ballard,  was  he  in  your  opinion  drunk? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  He  was  very  drunk,  many  times. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Were  some  of  those  times  before  Pearl  Harbor  ? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  I  don't  recall  that  I  was  ever  close  enough  to 

him  to  notice  that,  before. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  Before  Pearl  Harbor? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Before  Pearl  Harbor. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  the  basis  for  your  assuming  that 
he  was  drunk? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  wouldn't  consider  that  a  man  in  his  right 
mind  would  storm  and  rage  around  and  have  everyone  in  mortal 
terror  of  him,  like  the  man  did ;  and  then  I  knew  one  of  the  civilians 
there  that  was  always  bringing  liquor  in,  and  very  often  offered  us 
a  drink  as  he  went  through. 

20.  Major  Clausen.  The  civilian  would  bring  liquor  to  whom? 
[2571]        Mrs.  Ballard.  To  Colonel  Wyman's  office.    He  was  his 

civilian  assistant. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  his  name? 
Mrs.  Ballard,  His  name  was  Robert  Dikes. 

22.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  get  close  enough  to  Colonel  Wyman 
to  smell  his  breath  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Oh,  many  times.    He  was  right  at  my  switchboard. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  his  breath  smell  of  liquor? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Very  badly. 

24.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  occasion  to  observe  his  walk? 
Mrs,  Ballard.  He  staggered  when  he  would  walk,  many  times, 

and  bump  the  sill. 

25.  Major  Clausen.  As  a  drunken  man  would? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  as  I  would  imagine  he  would. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Why  do  you  suppose  Colonel  Wyman  was 
concerned  about  your  keeping  proper  records  of  these  calls? 

Mrs,  Ballard,  I  never  could  understand  that,  at  the  time,  until 
this  newspaper  article  came  out  about  him  and  Wilhelm  Rohl,  here 
several  months  ago. 

27.  General  Grunert.  But,  at  the  time,  you  could  not  understand 
why  he  should  interfere  with  your  records  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  sir ;  I  couldn't. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1339 

28.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  imagine  it  was  just  because  of  his 
condition  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes;  I  used  to  think  that  that  was  because  he 
was- 

29.  General  Grunert.  What  did  he  actually  say  to  you  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  he  couldn't  see  any  sense  in  me  [2672] 
sticking  my  nose  in,  and  butting  in  on  his  business,  why  I  had  to 
check  on  his  calls  when  they  were  personal  calls,  and  remarks  of 
that  sort. 

30.  General  Frank.  What  do  you  mean,  "personal  calls"?  Were 
they  not  on  official  business  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  they  were  on  the  Army  switchboard,  but  they 
were  calls 

31.  General  Frank.  Wlio  paid  for  the  calls — the  Government? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  I  presume  that  the  Government  did. 

32.  General  Frank.  Were  they  not  carried  as  official  calls? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  sir. 

33.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  start  in  this  position  where  you 
had  supervision  and  checking  of  these  calls  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Right  immediately  after  Pearl  Harbor.  I  lived  in 
the  Naval  Hospital  Reservation,  at  Aiea,  and  the  Marine  guards — 
I  had  not  worked  very  long  for  the  engineers,  and  I  had  no  pass  or 
badge  or  anything  to  get  in,  to  show  that  I  was  officially  employed 
by  the  engineers,  and  to  go  to  Honolulu  from  where  I  lived,  I  had  to 
go  right  directly  throug-h  Pearl  Harbor,  through  the  bombed  area, 
and  the  Marine  guards  refused  to  even  let  me  out  of  the  Hospital 
Reservation,  the  7th  of  December,  and  I  finally  worked  my  way  out, 
the  morning  of  the  8th.  I  got  into  Honolulu  about  20  minutes  after  7. 
I  was  sent  right  immediately.  I  think  about  11  o'clock  I  went  to  work 
on  the  switchboard  down  in  the  Alexander  Young  building,  and 
worked  until  about  11  o'clock,  and  relieved  the  girls  there,  and  then 
I  was  sent  to  Punahou  to  take  over  for  a  day  or  two — well,  maybe  a 
week,  there  were  two  other  girls  that  helped  me,  and  then  I  was  left  in 
entire  charge  of         [2573]         that  board. 

34.  General  Frank.  What  did  you  do,  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  I  had  worked  for  the  Procurement  Department  on 

Aleakea  street  for  the  engineers.  I  hadn't  work  very  long.  I 
hadn't  been  over  there  but  about  a  year,  and  my  husband  had  a  very 
good  job,  and  I  didn't  consider  it  necessary  to  work,  but  I  got  very 
bored  doing  nothing,  so  I  finally  went  to  work. 

35.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  any  calls  back  to  the  main- 
land between  Wyman  and  Rohl? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  remember  about  half  a  dozen  to  San  Fran- 
cisco, that  I  put  through. 

36.  General  Frank.  Did  he  ever  talk  to  Los  Angeles  ? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  I  don't  know  that  I  ever  did. 

37.  General  Frank.  These  were  all  government  calls? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  They  were  all  put  through  as  official  calls. 

38.  General  Frank.  And  they  were  paid  for  by  the  Government? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  sir. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  recall,  Mrs.  Ballard,  ever  seeing  this 
German  alien,  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes ;  I  have  seen  him  many  times. 


1340    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Where? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  The  engineers  had  one  section,  one  building  of  the 
Punahou  School,  which  was  a  very  large  area,  and  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
struction Company  were  directly  across  a  narrow  street,  in  another 
building. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  During  what  period  was  it  that  you  saw  this 
Rohl? 

[^574-]  Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  evidently  he  flew  in  and  out  from 
the  mainland  to  the  islands  at  will,  and  at  the  times  that  he  was  there, 
in  and  out  of  the  engineer's  office,  there,  in  Colonel  Wyman's  office. 

42.  General  Grunert.  Was  this  prior  to  September  15  1941? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  it  was  after  Pearl  Harbor  that  they  took  over 

Punahou. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  did  not  know  whether  he  was  an 
alien  at  the  time  that  you  knew  him. 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  sir ;  I  didn't  know  very  much  about  him,  at  all. 

44.  General  Grunert.  The  question  was  asked,  as  if  he  were  an 
alien  at  the  time  you  knew  him. 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No  ;  I  didn't  know  that. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  I  had  reference,  sir,  to  the  fact  that  she  had 
read  in  the  newspapers  concerning  the  German  alien.  I  wanted  to 
make  my  question  specific,  that  that  was  the  man  that  I  was  referring 
to. 

40.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  It  had  no  relation  to  the  time  of  his  alienage. 
This  man  that  you  saw,  named  Eohl,  did  you  ever  see  him  in  com- 
pany with  Colonel  Wyman? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  many  times. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  saw  him  in  company  with  Colonel 
Wyman,  was  Colonel  Wyman  ever  in  the  condition  that  you  stated,  as 
to  drunkenness? 

Mrs.  ^Ballard.  They  were  both  pretty  well  drunken,  at  that  time. 
["^-^7.5]         49.  Major  Clausen.  You  say  they  were  both  pretty  well 
drunk  ?     I  beg  your  pardon  ? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  sir. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Where  did  this  occur  that  you  saw  them  in  that 
condition  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  was  on  specific  duty  in  the  library  building 
at  that  school,  and  that  was  wliere  my  switchboard  was,  and  the  official 
staff  were  in  through  a  corridor,  and  right  directly  behind  our  switch- 
board; and  to  get  into  their  offices,  they  went  through  the  entrance 
right  by  my  switchboard. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  get  close  enough  to  this  party,  Rohl,  to 
smell  his  breath? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  I  don't  know  that  I  ever  was  as  close  to  him  as  I 
had  been  to  Colonel  Wyman. 

52.  Major  Clausen.  *  Wliat  was  there  about  his  actions  that  indicated 
to  you  he  was  drunk  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  loud  talking,  and  staggering. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  Mrs.  Ballard,  can  you  tell  us  anything  about 
the  prosecution  of  the  work  ?  I  mean  the  actual  work  of  the  engineer- 
ing department,  so  far  as  it  relates  to  the  things  that  they  were  sup- 
posed to  be  doing,  in  your  opinion? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1341 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No  ;  I  don't  believe  I  could  tell  you  much  about  that. 
I  can  tell  you  about  the  way  the  engineers  tied  up  the  work  for  the 
other  agencies. 

My  husband  worked  for  the  Pacific  Naval  Air  Bases,  there,  for  the 
Navy,  and  for  several  weeks.  Colonel  Wyman  had — I  don't  know  just 
how  he  worked  it  with  the  Navy,  but  I  do  know  that  he  had  materials 
tied  up  in  and  around  Pearrl  Harbor  they  \2576'\  were  using 
for  the  emergency  defense  work,  until  they  were  stymied,  they  were 
helpless  to  go  ahead  with  their  work. 

b-i.  General  Frank.  Who  was  that  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  the  Pacific  Naval  Air  Bases,  there.  My  hus- 
band worked  for  the  Turner  Construction  Company,  which  built  the 
Navy  housing  there  around  Pearl  Harbor. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Then  what  you  know  is  hearsay  from  your 
husband  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No;  many  calls  that  I  had  in  on  the  switchboard 
about  that,  the  different  heads  of  that,  from  out  around  Pearl  Harbor, 
"rowing"  and  "raising  cain"  about  the  materials  being  tied  up. 

56.  Major  Clausen.  Mrs.  Ballard,  was  the  engineering  office  in 
which  you  were  employed  one  big  happy  family,  or  did  you  have  quite 
a  bit  of  strife  and  commotion? 

Mrs,  Ballard.  The  civil  section,  there,  except  for  this  one  Robert 
Dikes,  was  a  very  congenial  group. 

57.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Colonel  Wyman  ever  act  towards  others, 
in  your  presence,  as  he  acted  towards  you? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Oh,  yes ;  many  times.  The  different  ones  that  were 
in  contact  with  him,  he  would  yell  at  them  and  bark  at  them,  and  they 
were  very  much  in  awe  of  him.  One  particular  time,  he  came  out  of 
his  office,  I  was  off  the  switchboard  right  at  the  minute,  and  was  talk- 
ing to  this  Captain,  McCrone,  whose  desk  was  right  directly  outside 
Colonel  Wyman's  office;  and  if  they  didn't  all  jump  just  at  attention, 
just  the  minute  that  he  appeared,  why  he  would  yell  at  them;  and 
this  particular  time  there  were  about  six  of  those  captains  and  lieu- 
tenants after  him;  just  fell  in.  He  yelled  at  them,  and  they  just 
[2S77]  fell  in  behind  him  and  goose-stepped  out  of  there;  and  I 
said,  "I  thought  this  was  a  democracy,  and  we  have  the  'little  king' 
with  us !"  And  he  turned  around  and  glared  at  me,  but  he  didn't 
say  anything. 

68.  Major  Clausen.  Mrs.  Ballard,  did  any  of  these  exhibitions  of 
that  character  occur  when  this  Colonel  Wyman  was  acting  in  this 
drunken  fashion  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  As  a  rule,  I  think  those  occurrences  happened  when 
he  was  drunk. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  told  me  something  this  morning  about 
the  townspeople  of  Honolulu's  general  impression  of  the  engineering 
corps,  as  shown  by  statements  to  you,  when  you  would  say  by  whom 
you  were  employed.  Would  you  want  to  elaborate  upon  that,  or  tell 
the  Board  what  you  told  me  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  in  cashing  checks  or  anything,  we  used  to  be 
required  by  the  merchants  there  to  show  our  badge  and  pass,  and  they 
many  times  have  made  the  remark  to  me,  "Oh,  you  work  for  the 
engineers!"  and  then  give  me  the  regular  horse  laugh. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 


1342    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

61.  General  Frank.  What  did  that  indicate? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  would  say  that  the  engineers  were  rather 
the  laughing-stock  of  the  island,  the  way  they  destroyed  property 
there  and  all,  after  Pearl  Harbor.  They  cut  trees,  and  this  school 
that  they  took  over,  they  were  paying  an  exhorbitant  sum  for  it, 
and  they  had  many  valuable  art  objects,  and  the  library,  there,  that 
was  of  untold  value  and  wealth,  and  Colonel  Wyman,  at  his  order — 
I  have  heard  him,  one  morning,  [^S78]  order  a  ditch  digger 
in  there,  and  the  library,  the  books  in  that  library,  and  the  paintings, 
and  everything  in  that  library  were  thrown  into  a  ditch  eight  feet 
deep  and  covered  up. 

62.  General  Frank.  Did  you  see  this  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  sir;  and  the  morning  of  the  8th  of  December, 
this  Mr.  Nelson,  who  was  president  of  the  faculty  of  that  school, 
had  tried  to  retain  some  of  the  buildings  to  store  their  things  in,  and 
Colonel  Wyman  ordered  me — came  out  to  the  switchboard  and  ordered 
me  to  find  the  man,  and,  at  a  very  difficult  task,  I  located  hiin,  and  he 
came  up  there,  and  he  ordered  him  to  open  these  other  building  which 
he  had  locked  up  with  valuable  things  of  the  school  in,  and  he  said 
that  in  their  agreement  they  had  agreed  to  allow  them  to  retain  certain 
buildings  for  storage  of  their  articles,  and  Colonel  Wyman  said,  "Are 
you  going  to  open  those  buildings,  or  am  I  going  to  get  a  battering 
ram  and  knock  the  doors  and  the  walls  down?"  He  said,  "You  can 
take  your  choice,  Nelson !"    Nelson  opened  the  buildings  for  him. 

63.  General  Frank.  When  was  this  that  you  saw  these  books  buried  ? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  it  was  in  the  week  following  Pearl  Harbor; 

and  going  across  to  the  canteen  for  breakfast  one  morning,  I  saw 
this  ditch  digger. 

64.  General  Frank.  Where  was  this  ditch  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  .  It  was  in  the  grounds,  on  the  lawn  of  the  school. 

65.  General  Frank.  But  where  ?    Between  what  buildings  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  between  the  library  building  and  [2579] 
Bingham  Hall. 

66.  General  Frank.  Were  they  ever  taken  up  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard,  Not  as  far  as  I  know,  those  ditches  were  never 
opened. 

67.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  commotion  or  remonstrance 
about  it  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Oh,  there  was  an  awful  row  about  it.  They  rode 
rough-shod  over  everyone,  the  people  in  their  beautiful  residences 
there  in  Honolulu,  the  beautiful  trees ;  Colonel  Wyman  ordered  those 
trees  chopped  to  the  grotmd,  on  private  grounds;  those  lawns  and 
homes  were  denuded  of  their  trees  that  were  a  thousand  years  old. 
They  were  supposedly  used  for  camouflage.  I  wouldn't  say  as  to 
where  that  shrubbery  and  all  that  was  cut  there  was  ttsed. 

General  Russell,  This  drunken  condition  which  you  have  described, 
by  Wyman,  was  any  of  that  during  the  daytime,  when  he  was  sup- 
posed to  have  been  on  duty  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  They  were  on  duty  24  hours  a  day,  there.  They  had 
mattresses  there  and  slept  there  in  that  library  building. 

68.  General  Russell,  Did  you  see  him  in  that  condition  during  the 
daytime  ? 

Mrs,  Ballard.  Yes,  I  have ;  many  times. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1343 

69.  General  Eussell.  That  is  all. 

70.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  else  that  occurs  to  you, 
that  you  think  might  be  of  value  to  the  Board,  or  that  you  have, 
of  your  own  knowledge  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  No,  I  don't  think  so:  just  the  general  everyday 
things  that  occurred  were  along  that  trend. 

[2580]  71.  General  Grunert.  Under  whose  jurisdiction  were 
you  employed  as  the  telephone  operator,  there  ^ 

Mrs.  Ballard.  I  was  employed  by  the  Civil  Service  Board,  which 
was  in  the  Engineers  Building,  the  Alexander  Young  building. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Then  Colonel  Wyman  had  no  authority,  and 
could  not  have  discharged  you  if  he  wanted  to,  could  he? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Well,  I  suppose  if  I  had  given  him  cause  for  dis- 
charge he  could  have. 

73.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  ever  attempt  to  get  rid  of  you? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Not  that  I  know  of. 

74.  General  Frank.  You  were  a  civil-service  employee  ? 

Mrs.  Ballard.  Yes,  sir.  The  one  thing  that  I  have  always  puzzled 
about,  I  didn't  register  for  evacuation  until  the  13th  of  February,  and 
I  was  out  of  there  in  a  week,  if  that  was  engineered  by  some  one, 
there,  because  other  people  that  had  registered  immediately  after  the 
7th  of  December  were  still  there  in  August  and  September. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  August  and  September  of  the  following  j'^ear? 
Mrs.  Ballard.  Of  1942. 

76.  General  Grunert.  I  think  that  is  all,  then.  Thank  you  very 
much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2580- A'\  TESTIMONY  OF  EMIL  LAWRENCE  ZTJCCA,  SENIOR 
AIllCRAET  SERVICE  MECHANIC;  SAN  BERNARDINO,  CALI- 
FORNIA 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Kecorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Zucca,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  full  name  and  address. 

Mr,  Zucca.  Emil  Lawrence  Zucca,  1141  Magnolia,  San  Bernardino, 
California. 

2.  Colonel  West.  What  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  Zucca? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Senior  aircraft  service  mechanic. 

3.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Zucca,  you  are  employed  now  by  whom? 
Mr.  Zucca.  By  the  Air  Service  (Command. 

4.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  have  been,  for  what  period  of  time? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Since  February  10, 1942. 

5.  Major  Clausen.  You  formerly  were  employed  by  the  United 
States  Engineering  Department  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

6.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  that  capacity,  did  you  meet  a  then  Major 
or  Captain  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  met  him  as  Major  Wyman,  sir. 

7.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  meet  him  in  that  capacity,  in  Los 
Angeles? 


1344    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

8.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  was  when,  Mr.  Zucca? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  In  1936.  Let's  see ;  I  started  there,  I  believe  it  was  March 
10, 1936. 

[£580-B]  9.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  were  your  relations 
with  Major  Wyman  at  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  was  assigned  to  the  district  engineer  as  chauffeur, 
sir. 

10.  Major  Clausen.  As  whose  chauffeur? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  was  assigned  to  drive  the  district  engineer,  as  the 
district  engineer's  chauffeur,  and  that  was  Major  Wyman,  at  the  time, 
sir. 

11.  Major  Clausen.  And  when  you  drove  him,  did  you  use  an  offi- 
cial car  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir ;  we  did. 

12.  Major  Clausen.  And  do  you  know  Hans  Wilhelm  Kohl? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir;  I  do. 

[2581]         13.  Major  Clausen.  When  did  you  first  meet  Mr.  Eohl? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  don't  recall  when  I  first  met  him.  I  really  don't 
remember,  you  know,  exactly  when  T  first  met  him.  It  was  some  time 
during  the  period  of  time  while  I  was  driving  the  District  Engineer. 

14.  Major  Clausen.  How  long  did  you  drive  for  Major  Wyman? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  it  was  approximately  four  years,  around  that. 

I  started  there  in  March,  just,  you  know,  driving  there,  and  then  I  was 
assigned  to  the  District  Engineer  about  four  months  after  I  was 
employed,  and  I  drove  him  until  he  was  assigned  to  the  Honolulu 
District. 

15.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  it  was  during  that  time  that  you  met 
Mr.  Kohl  also? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

16.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  drive  Major  Wyman  to  the 
Biltmore  Hotel  in  Los  Angeles  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir;  I  did. 

17.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  ever  have  occasion  on  any  of  these 
trips  to  go  up  with  Major  Wyman  or  anyone  else  to  the  apartment, 
in  there,  of  Mr.  Kohl  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  did  on  a  few  occasions,  I  had  been  up  to  the  rooms 
there  in  the  hotel,  sir. 

18.  Major  Clausen.  You  saw  Mr.  Kohl  there  at  that  time,  did  you  ? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  yes ;  I  had  seen  him  there  on,  you  know — at  differ- 
ent times  he  would  be  there. 

19.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 
Mr.  Zucca.  Sometimes. 

[2682]  20.  Major  Clausen.  And  on  some  of  these  occasions  you 
would  see  Colonel  Wyman  and  Mr.  Kohl  drink  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  I  never — I  wouldn't  want  to  say  that  I  actually 
saw  them  drink,  sir. 

21.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  saw  liquor  there,  though,  didn't  you  ? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  yes,  sir.    I  mean  that  wouldn't  indicate,  I  mean, 

anyone  was 

22.  Major  Clausen.  I  beg  your  pardon. 

Mr.  Zucca.  That  wouldn't  indicate  I  saw  them  drink,  though. 

23.  Major  Clausen.  How  many  times  did  you  drive  Major  Wyman 
to  the  Biltmore  Hotel  ? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1345 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  don't  know,  sir. 

24.  Major  Clausen".  Can  you  give  some  estimate  as  to  the  number 
of  times  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  That  is  rather  a  difficult  question  to  answer. 

25.  General  Frank.  How  often  did  you  drive  him  there,  about? 
Twice  a  week  ?    Once  a  week  ?    Three  times  a  week  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  sometimes  I  might  say  once  a  month. 

26.  General  Frank.  Well,  some  other  times  how  often  was  it? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  then  again  it  might  be  twice  a  week.    It  depends — 

I  mean  that  wouldn't  indicate  that  Major  Wyman  was  going  to  see 
just  Mr.  Rohl.  I  mean,  after  all,  there  were  a  lot  of  people  that  were 
connected  with  the  Engineer  district  who  stayed  at  the  Biltmore  Hotel 
when  they  arrived  in  the  district,  and  he  would  go  there  to  meet  them, 
Army  officers  and  other  civilian  personnel  who  were  there  for  the 
district. 

27.  Major  Clausen.  You  saw,  some  of  these  times  when  you  went 
[2S83]  up  to  Mr.  Eohl's  apartment  in  Los  Angeles,  Paul  Grafe, 
didn't  you,  Mr.  Zucca  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir,  I  met  a  Mr.  Paul  Grafe. 

28.  Major  Clausen.  And  on  some  of  these  occasions  when  you  would 
drive  Major  Wyman  to  the  apartment  of  jSIr.  Eohl  you  would  wait  for 
him,  and  wait  sometimes  from  nine  o'clock  at  night  to  two  'oclock  the 
next  morning ;  isn't  that  right  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  have,  yes,  sir ;  I  have  waited  for  him. 

29.  Major  Clausen.  And  you,  also  during  the  same  period  that  you 
drove  Major  Wyman  to  the  Biltmore,  have  on  occasions  driven  Major 
Wyman  to  the  home  of  Mr.  Rohl,  which  was  elsewhere  than  the  Bilt- 
more ;  isn't  that  right  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir ;  I  drove  Major  Wyman  to  Mr.  Rohl's  home  on  a 
few  different  occasions. 

30.  Major  Clausen.  In  other  words,  the  home  of  Mr.  Rohl,  or  it 
might  be  another  home  of  Mr.  Rohl,  was  different  than  the  Biltmore 
Hotel? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir;  I  believe  he  had  a  private  residence. 

31.  Major  Clausen.  In  Los  Angeles? 
Mr.  Zucca.  In  the  Hollywood  district,  sir. 

32.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.    At  Los  Angeles  ? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

33.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  you  also  had  driven  Major  Wyman  at 
times  around  to  various  night  club ;  isn't  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  have  on  occasions,  yes,  sir. 

34.  Major  Clausen.  All  these  trips  were  in  the  official  car ;  is  that 
correct  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  not  all  of  them,  sir.  I  believe  that  I  said  that  all 
those  trips  at  one  time  were  in  the  official  [^-55-^]  car,  but  that 
is  an  incorrect  statement.  They  were  not  all.  I  mean  there  was  oc- 
casions when  they  weren't  in  the  official  car. 

35.  Major  Clausen.  What  car  would  you  then  use  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  Major  Wyman  had  a  car  of  his  own,  sir. 

36.  Major  Clausen.  And  you  would  drive  that  for  him  ? 

^  Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  I  had  on  very  rare  occasions  driven  his  own  car. 
sir. 


1346    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

37.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  have  driven  Major  Wyman  around 
to  a  lot  oi  night  clubs  ?  Earl  Carroll's  ?  Or  let  me  have  the  names. 
You  give  them  to  me. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  Earl  Carroll's  is  one.  I  don't  recall.  The  Jane 
Jones  Club. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  Little  Jane  Jones  Club. 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir.     And  the  Cafe  La  Maze. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Trocadero? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Trocadero,  sir. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  Ambassador? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  What  other  ones,  Mr.  Zucca  ? 
Mr.  Zucca.  That  is  all  I  recall,  sir. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  when  you  would  drive  him  around  to 
these  places,  who  would  be  in  the  party  with  Colonel  Wyman  ?  Would 
Mr.  Rohl  be  there? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  occasionally,  yes,  sir. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  Paul  Graf e  sometimes  ? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  How  about  a  man  by  the  name  of  Plack? 
Werner  Plack.     Was  he  ever  along  ? 

[2S8S]         Mr.  Zucca.  Don't  know  him,  sir. 

45.  Major  Clausen.  When  you  were  driving  there,  you  would  wait 
until  the  party  was  over  and  then  take  them  home ;  is  that  right  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Sometimes,  sir. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  That  would  be  around  midnight,  one  o'clock, 
later  on  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  yes.  You  know,  the  time  varied.  Sometimes  it 
would  be  earlier ;  sometimes  it  would  be  a  little  later. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  on  some  occasions  did  you  just  take 
Major  Wyman  and  Mr.  Rohl  to  these  places  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  had,  I  believe,  on  a  couple  of  occasions  taken  them, 
just  the  two  of  them,  sir. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  And  in  addition  to  those  night  clubs  did  you 
sometimes  take  Major  and  Mrs.  Wyman  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Rohl  out  to 
night  clubs  or  country  clubs  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir,  I  have. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  And  what  were  some  of  those  places? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  I  think  they  were  the  country  clubs.  The  Bel-Air 
Country  Club  I  believe  was  one;  that  was  the  beach  club.  I  don't 
recall  the  names  of  the  others,  sir,  at  the  present  time. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  different  hotels? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir ;  I  would  say,  like  the  Ambassador. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Didn't  Mr.  Rohl  have  a  car  of  his  own? 
Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir ;  he  did. 

52.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  use  it  much,  or  did  he  ride  a  great 
deal  with  Major  Wyman? 

[2586]         Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  he  usually  had  his  car  with  him,  sir. 

53.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

54.  General  Frank.  What  do  you  mean  by  that? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  mean  that  sometimes  that  Mr.  Rohl  might  ride  in  the 
car  with  us,  but  he  would  have  his  own  car,  you  know,  in  the  party,  sir. 

55.  General  Frank.  Trailing  along  behind? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1347 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

56.  General  Frank.  What  for? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Why,  I  really  don't  know,  sir. 

57.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  his  chaiiffe'ur? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  I  did,  sir. 

58.  General  Frank.  Would  his  chauffeur  be  waiting  at  these  places 
outside  while  you  were  waiting  for  Major  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Occasionally,  sir;  yes,  sir. 

59.  General  Frank.  Go  ahead. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  I  believe  you  ah-eady  said  that  you  have  driven 
Major  Wyman  out  to  Mr.  Rohl's  own  home,  and  I  wonder  while  you 
were  out  there  if  you  ever  met  this  party  named  Plack. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  don't  recall  him,  sir. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  Mr.  Rohl's  chauffeur s  name  ?  I  mean 
the  man  who  was  the  chauffeur  at  the  time  that  you  were  the  chauffeur 
for  Major  Wyman. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  A  Mr.  Brown. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  What  is  his  first  name? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  I  don't  know. 

63.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  where  he  lives,  his  address? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  I  don't. 

[2587]         64.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  where  he  is  working? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  I  don't. 

65.  General  Frank.  How  often  would  Major  Wyman  stay  all  night 
at  Mr.  Rohl's? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  have  never  known  him  to  stay  all  night  at  Mr.  Rohl's, 
sir. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

67.  General  Russell.  When  did  you  first  begin  working  for  Cap- 
tain or  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

68.  General  Frank.  Major  Wyman. 

69.  General  Russell.  Major  Wyman. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  was  assigned  to  Major  Wyman  when  I  was  assigned 
as  the  District  Engineer's  driver  about  four  months  after  I  was  em- 
ployed with  the  Army  Engineers. 

70.  General  Russell.  And  that  was  when? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  I  started,  I  believe  the  date  was — it  was  either 
February  or  March  the  10th,  1936 :  March,  April,  May,  June,  or  July, 
some  time  around  there. 

71.  General  Russell.  And  how  long  did  you  drive  for  Major 
Wyman  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  drove  until  he  was  transferred  from  the  district  at  Los 
Angeles  to  Honolulu,  sir. 

72.  General  Russell.  And  then  it  covered  a  span  of  three  or  four 
years  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir ;  about  three  and  a  half  years,  roughly. 

73.  General  Russell.  Now,  were  you  an  enlisted  man  in  the  Army 
and  just  detailed  as  Major  Wyman's  driver? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir ;  I  was  a  civilian. 

[2588]         74.  General  Russell.  You  were  a  civilian  employee? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

75.  General  Russell.  What  kind  of  car  did  the  Major  have? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  You  mean  his  own  personal  car,  sir? 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 36 


1348     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

76.  General  Russell.  No.  The  official  car.  Did  he  have  one  as- 
signed to  him  as  his  permanent  official  car? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir;  there  was  a  car  assigned  to  the  District  En- 
gineer. 

77.  General  Russell.  And  you  were  given  the  job  of  driving  that 
particular  car? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

78.  General  Russell.  And  did  you  drive  the  Major  around  very 
much  in  the  daytime  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

79.  General  Russell.  And  then  you  would  drive  him  some  at  night  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  occassionally. 

80.  General  Russell.  Did  he  live  in  more  than  one  place  during 
this  period  of  approximately  three  and  a  half  years  when  you  acted 
as  his  chauffeur  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir,  not  that  I  recall,  sir.     He  was 

81.  General  Russell.  Where  did  he  live  during  that  period  of  time? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  In  West  Los  Angeles,  sir. 

82.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  the  number  and  street? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir;  221  Woodruff,  West  Los  Angeles. 

83.  General  Russell.  A  very  nice  home  he  had  there  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  a  very  nice  home. 

84.  General  Russell.  You  would  pick  him  up  there  and  take 
[2S89]  him  downtown  to  the  hotel  or  out  to  a  club  after  he  had 
finished  his  work  at  night;  is  that  so ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  sometimes. 

85.  General  Russell.  Did  he  and  his  wife  separate  during  this 
period  of  time  that  you  acted  as  his  chauffeur  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

86.  General  Russell.  Did  he  continue  to  live  in  the  home,  or  did 
Mrs.  Wyman  live  in  the  home  thereafter  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  He  continued  to  live  in  the  home,  sir. 

87.  General  Russell.  Did  she  move? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Mrs.  Wyman — I  believe  she  was  in  the  East,  sir. 

88.  General  Russell.  She  moved  away? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  she  was  in  the  East.  I  don't  know  whether  she 
moved  or  not. 

89.  General  Russell.  Did  Major  Wyman  marry  again  before  he 
went  out  to  the  Islands. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  he  did. 

90.  General  Russell.  How  long  was  it  between  the  date  of  the 
first  Mrs.  Wy man's  going  to  the  East  until  the  Major  married  again  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  don't  know,  sir. 

91.  General  Russell.  You  don't  recall  when  he  married  again? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir.    I  was  on  thirty  days'  leave  at  the  time,  and 

I  don't  recall  how  long  it  was. 

92.  General  Russell.  Do  you  remember  when  you  went  on  that 
leave  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  It  was  in — let's  see.  It  was  August.  I  think  it  was 
in  August  1938, 1  believe. 

93.  General  Russell.  Now,  do  you  remember  when  Mrs,  Wyman, 
[£590]        the  first  Mrs.  Wyman,  left  to  go  to  the  East? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir.  I  had  no  idea  that  they  were  having  any 
difficulty  or  anything  at  all.     I  don't  recall  when  she  left  to  go 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1349 

east,  and  I  was  rather  amazed  when  I  came  back,  to  hear  that  they 
had  separated,  and  later  on  I  heard  that  he  was  married  again. 

94.  General  Kussell.  Now,  aren't  we  getting  a  little  bit  con- 
fused? Did  he  separate  and  marry  again,  all  during  this  one 
period  of  thirty  days'  leave  that  you  had  f 

Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir. 

95.  General  Russell.  Where  were  you  when  the  first  Mrs.  Wyman 
went  out  east? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  was  in  the  Los  Angeles  district,  sir. 

96.  General  Russell.  Weren't  you  his  driver  then  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  I  was. 

97.  General  Russell.  You  were  taking  him  home  and  carrying 
him  back  to  his  office  and  going  out  to  parties  with  him  all  tliat 
time  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  I  was  taking  him  home,  yes,  sir;  but  I  mean 
I  had  no  knowledge  of  Mrs.  Wyman's  whereabouts,  whether  she  was 
home  or  in  the  East. 

98.  General  Russell.  Well,  all  of  the  time  before  she  went  east, 
would  you  go  get  him  and  take  him  down  to  the  hotel  and  leave 
the  first  Mrs.  Wyman  at  home? 

Mr.  ZucCA.  I  would  like  to  clarify  one  thing:  that  when  I'd  go 
get  Major  Wyman,  sir,  I  would  usually  take  him  to  the  district 
office. 

99.  General  Russell.  Well,  now,  you  told  Major  Clausen  a  little 
while  ago,  you  took  him  down  to  the  Biltmore  Hotel. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  did.    I  have,  yes,  sir. 

[£591]         100.  General   Russell.  You   told    General   Frank  you 
would  take  him  sometimes  once  a  month  and  sometimes  twice  a  week. 
Mr.  ZuccA.  I  have,  yes,  sir.    That's  right. 

101.  General  Russell.  But  you  left  Mrs.  Wyman  when  you  would 
take  him  down  to  the  hotel? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  let's  put  a  time  element  in  here.  Wliat  time  do 
you  mean? 

102.  General  Russell.  I  don't  know.     You  fix  the  time. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  maybe  in  the  mornings  when  I'd  pick  him  up  I 
would  take  him  to  the  district  office  in  Los  Angeles. 

103.  General  Russell.  We  are  not  troubled  about  that.  We  want 
to  know  when  the  period  was  you  were  taking  him  to  the  hotel.  Was 
that  before  Mrs.  AVyman  left  and  went  to  the  East? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir. 

104.  General  Russell.  You  never  did  take  him  to  the  Biltmore 
Hotel  while  he  was  living  with  the  first  Mrs.  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  I  have. 

105.  General  Russell.  Yes.     You  did  and  you  didn't. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  have  taken  him  to  the  hotel  and  I  have  taken  him  to 
the  district  office,  sir,  when  Mrs.  Wyman  was — when  he  was  living 
with  Mrs.  Wyman,  and  I  presume  that  during  the  time  that  Mrs. 
Wyman  was  away. 

106.  General  Russell.  Now,  have  you  ever  taken  Mr.  Rohl  aud 
"Colonel  Wyman  out  to  a  night  club,  just  the  two  of  them? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir,  I  have. 

107.  General  Russell.  Anybody  else  in  that  automobile? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  sometimes  there  would  be,  yes,  sir. 

108.  General  Russell.  Who  would  that  be  ? 


1350    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr,  ZuccA.  Well,  sometimes  it  might  be  Mrs.  Wyman ;  it  [2592'\ 
might  be  Mr.  Graf e,  Mr.  Sverdrup. 

109.  General  Russell.  Did  you  have  anybody  else  in  there,  in  those 
cars  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  oh,  there  was — I — you  know,  I  mean,  after  all, 
there  was  a  lot  of  people  connected  there  with  the  district  office. 

110.  General  Hussell.  Ever  have  any  otlier  ladies  in  those  cars? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir. 

111.  General  Russell.  Mrs.  Wyman  and  Mrs.  Rohl  are  the  only 
two  ladies  that  you  ever  had  in  that  automobile? 

Mr.  ZucCA.  iTes,  sir.    That's  the  only  ones  that  I  recall,  sir. 

112.  General  Russell.  Could  there  have  been  some  others  and 
you  have  forgotten  them  before  now? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  it  was  a  long — long  time.  Four  years  is  a  long 
time.    After  all,  this  is  1944.     That  was  in  1936,  '37,  '38,  and  '39. 

113.  General  Russell.  But  you  remember  Paul  Graf e  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Wei,  yes,  sir,  I  remember  Paul  Grafe. 

114.  General  Russell.  His  riding  in  the  automobile? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

115.  General  Russell.  You  remember  Mrs.  Wyman  riding  in  the 
automobile  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

116.  General  Russell.  And  Mrs.  Rohl  riding  in  it? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

117.  General  Russell.  And  these  other  two  gentlemen  you  have 
mentioned,  and  those  are  the  only  ones  you  can  remember  ? 

[2693']  Mr.  Zucca.  Those  are  the  only  ones.  I  mean  I  have  seen 
them  quite  often,  naturally,  and  remember  them. 

118.  General  Russell.  There  might  have  been  other  people  riding  in 
there? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  There  was  undoubtedly  other  people,  you  know,  that  we 
had  driven  at  different  times,  but  I  don't  recall  who  they  were. 

119.  General  Russell.  Now,  when  Brown  would  come  along  be- 
hind you  in  Rohl's  automobile,  who  was  in  there  with  him  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  "No  one,  sir. 

120.  General  Russell.  He  would  be  just  alone? 
Mr,  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

121.  General  Russell.  Major  Clausen  asked  you  about  going  up 
to  the  hotel  room  where  Mr.  Rohl  and  Major  Wyman  were.  Have 
you  ever  seen  any  girls  up  in  those  rooms  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  No,  sir. 

122.  General  Russell.  Never  saw  a  one  in  your  life  ? 
Mr.  Zucca.  No,  sir. 

123.  General  Russell.  You  saw  some  liquor  but  didn't  see  anybody 
drink  any? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  saw  some  liquor,  but  I  didn't  see  anybody  drinking  it. 

124.  General  Russell.  In  all  the  times  you  had  ever  been  in  there 
you  never  saw  one  soul  take  a  drink  of  liquor  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  No,  sir. 

125.  General  Frank.  What  did  you  go  up  there  for? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Well,  I  took  some  cigarettes  up  to  Major  Wyman  a 
couple  of  different  occasions.  One  afternoon  I  took  a  briefcase  up  to 
him,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1351 

\^69Jf]         126.  General  Russell.  What  time  of  day  was  it  that  you 
were  going  up  to  this  room  where  Rohl  was,  where  the  Major  was? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  In  the  afternoon,  sir. 

127.  General  Russell.  Always  in  the  afternoon  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  About  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  yes,  sir. 

128.  General  Russell.  You  never  went  up  there  at  night  at  all  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir,  I  have  never  been  up  there  at  night. 

129.  General  Russell.  When  have  you  seen  Mr.  Rohl  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Wlien? 

130.  General  Russell.  Yes,  lately. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  I  haven't  see  Mr.  Rohl  since  I  left  the  Engineers,  sir, 
19 — let's  see.  That  was  1941  when  I  left  there,  and  I  hadn't  seen  him 
quite  some  time  previous  to  that. 

131.  General  Russell.  Wlien  did  you  see  Paul  Grafe  last? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  About  the  same  time,  sir. 

132.  General  Russell.  '41  ? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir. 

133.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  how  you  came  to  give  this 
statement  that  Major  Clausen  has  read  sections  from  to  you? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Do  I  know  how  I  came  to  give  it? 

134.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Yes,  sir ;  I  was — let's  see.     Some  Weiner — ^Werner. 

135.  General  Russell.  Weiner? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Weiner,  I  believe — I  believe  that  was  his  name — con- 
tacted to  me  at  the  San  Bernardino  air  depot  at  San  Bernardino  and 
questioned  me  along  these  same  lines,  sir. 

136.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  who  pointed  you  out  to  him  or 
suggested  that  he  2:0  to  see  you? 

[P.SSS']        Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir,  I  don't. 

137.  General  Russell.  I  think  that  is  all. 

138.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  one  more  question,  sir :  Some  of  these 
times  when  you  went  up  to  the  Biltmore  Hotel  Mr.  Rohl  would  have 
different  apartments,  wouldn't  he?  I  mean,  change  around  from  time 
to  time  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  yes,  sir. 

139.  Major  Clausen.  Yes.    That  is  all. 

140.  General  Grunert.  Any  other  questions  ? 

141.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir. 

142.  General  Grunert.  Can  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you 
may  want  to  tell  the  Board  that  hasn't  been  brought  up? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  No,  sir. 

143.  General  Frank.  When  yon  would  call  for  Colonel  Wyman  and 
Mr.  Rohl  at  tliese  night  clubs  and  hotels,  and  so  forth,  were  they  al- 
ways both  of  tliem  perfectly  sober? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  To  my  knowledge,  yes,  sir. 

144.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Well,  I  would  say  that,  as  far  as  I  knew,  they  were 
sober,  yes,  sir. 

145.  General  Frank.  But  do  you  really  know  ? 

Mr.  ZuccA.  Pretty  near.  Well,  I  think  I  could  tell  a  sober  man. 
1  mean,  pretty  hard  to  say  that  a  person  is  drunk. 

146.  General  Frank.  If  he  is  not  in  the  gutter  ? 
Mr.  ZirccA.  No,  sir,  I  wouldn't  say  that. 


1352    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

147.  General  Grunert.  How  did  Major  Wyman  treat  you?  Was 
he  rough  with  you  abrupt  or  dictatorial,  or  was  he  nice  to  work  for, 
or  what  ? 

148.  General  Frank.  Was  he  considerate  of  you  ? 

[£596]         Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir,  I  would  say  that  he  was. 

149.  General  Frank.  That  he  was  what? 
Mr.  ZuccA.  Considerate  of  me,  sir. 

150.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  he  gave  you  extra  money,  didn't  he, 
Mr.  Zucca  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  No,  sir. 

151.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  who  was  it  gave  you  the  tips?  Mr. 
Kohl? 

Mr.  Zucca.  I  received  a  tip,  I  believe,  on  two  different  occasions 
from  Mr.  Sverdrup. 

152.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  four  years  and  you  just  received 
two  tips  ? 

Mr.  Zucca.  Yes,  sir. 

153.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Rohl  told  the  Tenney  Committee  his  idea 
of  a  man  being  drunk  was  one  who  couldn't  stand  up  any  more.  Is 
that  your  idea  of  the  definition  of  drunk? 

Mr.  Zucca.  No,  sir. 

154.  Major  Clausen.  Did  he  ever  tell  you  that? 
Mr.  Zucca.  No,  sir. 

155.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all. 

156.  General  Grunert.  There  appear  to  be  no  more  questions. 
Thank  you  for  coming. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  11:50  a.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witnesses  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1353 


V2597^  CONTENTS 


FRIDAY,  SEPTEMBER  8,  1944 
Testimony  of :  Page ' 

Maj.  Gen.  Henry  T.  Burgin,  Army  of  the  United  States,  Fort  Sliafter, 

T.   H 2598 

Colonel  William  S.  Lawton,  General  Staff  Corps,  Headquarters,  Pacific 

Ocean  Area,  Fort  Shatter,  T.  H 2665 

Brig.  Gen.  Edgar  King,  Medical  Department,  Fort  Shafter,  T.  H 2696 

Hon.  Lester  Petrie,  Mayor  of  the  City  of  Honolulu,  T.  H 2708 

Maj.  Gen.  B.  H.  Wells,  United  States  Army,  Retired,  4551  Kahala 

Avenue,  Honolulu,  T.  H 2722 

Walter  Francis  Dillingham,  Carnation  Avenue,  Honolulu,  T.  H 2745 

DOCUMENTS 

Radiogram  to  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department  November  27, 

1941 2680 

Message  of  December  7,  1941  to  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment      2692 

1  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1355 


[25981,        PKOCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  AEMY  PEAEL 

HARBOE  BOAED 


FRIDAY,  SEPTEMBER   8,    1944. 

Fort  Sh after,  Territory  of  Hawaii. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  Tuesday,  September  5, 
1944,  conducted  the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert, 
President  of  the  Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Kussell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder;  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder;  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OP  MAJOR  GENERAL  HENRY  T.  BURGIN,  ARMY  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

General  Burgin.  Henry  T.  Burgin;  Major  General,  Army  of  the 
United  States.     My  station  is  Fort  Shafter,  T.  H.,  I  presume. 

2.  General  Grunert.  General  Burgin,  the  Board  is  after  facts  as  to 
what  happened  prior  to  and  during  the  attack  on  December  7. 
[£699]  Because  of  your  assigned  duties  at  that  time,  we  hop©  we 
can  get  some  facts  from  you,  and  also  probably  get  leads  to  others 
who  have  such  facts.  Now,  the  Board,  with  the  hearings  held  in  the 
last  month  or  more,  has  pretty  thoroughly  developed  the  subject,  so, 
instead  of  piling  up  evidence  on  facts  already  substantiated,  I  will 
attempt  to  bolster  up  some  of  them  by  skipping  from  question  to  ques- 
tion, much  of  which  is  as  a  background  of  the  Roberts  Commission's 
report.  Then,  after  I  get  through  with  that,  we  can  open  up  any 
subject  that  the  Board  Members  desire  to  have  opened  up,  and  also 
give  you  an  opportunity  to  introduce  anything  that  may  occur  to  you, 
as  it  might  have  value  to  the  Board. 

Now,  according  to  the  Roberts  Commission  testimony,  you  evidently 
believed  that  Short  counted  on  the  Navy  for  warning  of  a  sea  approach, 
through  the  sources  of  Navy  scouting,  and  you  stated  that  Short  ex- 
pressed himself  forcibly  that  no  enemy  ships  could  get  close  enough  to 
land  a  plane.     Why  this  belief,  do  you  know? 

General  Burgin.  It  should  be  "launch  a  plane."  I  did  not  say  "land 
a  plane." 

3.  General  Grunert.  To  "launch  a  plane"? 


1356    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Burgin.  Launch  a  plane  from  a  carrier. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  concur  with  Short  in  that  belief,  or 
had  you  given  the  matter  thought  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  concurred  in  General  Short's  belief,  and  I  got  it 
from  conversations  with  General  Short  and  others.  We  had  no  means 
whatsoever,  so  far  as  the  Army  was  concerned,  of  getting  information. 
We  had  no  surface  ships.  We  did  have  some  planes.  It  was  my  un- 
derstanding that  those  planes  of  the  [2600]  Army  operated 
under  the  Navy  so  far  as  scouting  purposes  went,  patrol  purposes. 
Those  patrols  were  seen  to  go  out  every  morning,  come  back  late  after- 
noon. I  was  never  shown  or  didn't  attempt  to  see  what  routes  they 
took,  where  they  went,  or  what  sectors  they  covered,  but  in  my  mind, 
and  I  am  sure,  in  that  of  General  Short's,  was  the  idea  that  the  Navy 
was  doing  the  scouting,  and  that  from  the  Navy  we  would  get  our 
information,  should  the  enemy  approach. 

5.  General  Grunert.  But  you  never  knew  just  what  scouting  the 
Navy  was  doing,  if  any? 

General  Burgin.  I  never  know  positively,  no,  only  I  saw  these  scout- 
ing planes  go  out  and  some  back.  It  was  not  my  business  and  I  didn't 
bother  to  look  into  it. 

6.  General  Grunert.  What  were  they — the  Navy  PB Ys  ? 
General  Burgin.  A  great  many  w^ere  Navy  PB  Ys,  some  of  them  were 

Army  bombers. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Tell  me,  first,  just  what  did  you  command  at 
that  time? 

General  Burgin.  I  commanded  w^iat  was  known  at  that  time  as  the 
Coast  Artillery  Command,  consisting  of  a  seacoast  artillery  plus  all 
the  antiaircraft  artillery  in  the  Hawaiian  Department. 

8.  General  Grunert.  What  was  the  Fifty-Third  Coast  Artillery 
Brigade  ?     What  was  that  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  was  antiaircraft  artillery,  composed  of  the 
Sixty-Fourth  Regiment,  the  Two  Hundred  Fifty-First  Regiment,  and 
the  Ninety-Eighth,  which  came  in  just  before  the  attack,  two  or  three 
months  before. 

9.  General  Frank.  A  National  Guard  regiment? 

[2601  \  General  Burgin.  The  Two  Hundred  Fifty-First  was 
the  only  National  Guard  regiment. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Now,  it  appears  that  you  had  in  that  brigade 
a  brigade  SOP  of  November  26,  1941,  which  charged  each  unit  with 
responsibility  for  its  own  security  against  air  and  ground  forces,  and 
with  the  maintenance  of  air  guards  and  dispersion  of  personnel  and 
materiel,  and  which  provided  for  alarms  for  air  attack.  Now,  was 
this  in  conformity  with  the  Department  SOP  of  November  5,  or  was 
that  your  own  idea,  or  what? 

General  Burgin.  At  this  time,  I  don't  recollect  whether  it  exactly 
conformed  to  the  Department  SOP.  I  believe  it  did.  In  addition 
to  that,  the  idea  behind  that  particular  paragraph  is  the  same  old 
idea  that  you  have  with  an  infantry  company  marching  along  the 
highways.  They  are  cautioned  to  be  ready  to  shoot,  to  disperse,  and 
every  man  shoot  at  the  plane,  should  they  be  attacked.  The  same 
idea  was  behind  this — each  individual  unit  to  look  after  itself,  in  so 
far  as  strafing  planes  were  concerned,  and  keep  dispersed. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Was  this  both  in  post  and  while  out? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1357 

General  Burgtn.  Everywhere,  the  idea  behind  it.  That  is  followed 
even  today  in  all  these  units.  They  are  scattered  as  much  as  you  can, 
dug  into  the  ground,  hidden. 

12.  General  Grunert.  How  did  that  work  out  during  the  attack? 
General  Bfrgin.  I  did  not  have  a  chance  to  check  it,  because  we 

were  not  particularly  attacked.  They  had  one  target  to  go  after, 
which  was  Pearl  Harbor,  and  they  went  after  it.  They  did  it,  and 
did  the  strafing  of  airfields,  serious  strafing,  but  so  far  as  my  AA 
units,  they  were  not  attacked  [2602']  seriously.  There  were 
probably  half  a  dozen  men  injured  from  attack  during  the  whole 
day. 

13.  General  Grunert.  Under  that  SOP,  which  required  each  unit 
to  take  care  of  itself,  did  that  include  preparing  the  necessary  air-raid 
shelters  and  the  preparation  of  slit  trenches,  and  all  other  require- 
ments to  ward  off  an  air  attack? 

General  Burgin.  I  do  not  think  that  would  be  in  that  particular 
paragraph,  but  that  is  SOP  to  do  that  when  you  go  out  into  a  field 
position  for  battle,  and  the  men  actually  did  it  without  having  to 
be  told,  when  they  went  out. 

14.  General  Grunert.  In  the  various  garrisons  in  which  your 
troops  were  stationed,  were  such  precautionary  measures  taken  prior 
to  December  7? 

General  Burgin.  You  mean,  were  slit  trenches  made,  and  so  forth? 
No,  they  were  not. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  done,  shortly  after  December  7? 
General  Burgin.  Immediately  after,  and  during. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Now,  there  is  a  statement  in  your  testimony, 
I  believe,  to  the  effect  that  you  turned  your  anti-aircraft  over  to  the 
Interceptor  Command  for  drills,  prior  to  December  7,  and  on  that 
date,  for  action.    Was  the  Interceptor  Command  then  in  being? 

General  Burgin.  The  Interceptor  Command  was  being  organized. 
It  was  never  in  being  and  functioning,  as  it  should  have  been.  It 
was  only  a  temporary  measure ;  but  that  particular  feature  of  Inter- 
ceptor Command  controlling  AA  fire  was  jealously  guarded  by  the 
air  people,  and  we  had  constant  training  and  maneuvers,  practice, 
where  that  particular  thing  [260S]  was  stressed,  and  the  anti- 
aircraft was  turned  over  to  interceptor  command. 

17.  General  Frank.  On  what  date? 

^  General  Burgin.  A  peculiar  thing  attaches  to  that.  For  at  least 
six  weeks  or  two  months  prior  to  December  7,  we  had,  every  Sunday 
morning,  one  of  these  exercises  with  the  Navy.  Our  AA  would  go 
out  in  the  field  and  take  their  field  positions.  They  would  know 
that  the  Navy  was  coming  in,  with  carrier-based  planes,  and  they 
would  simulate  an  attack  on  the  island,  and  we  put  our  guns  out 
mainly  along  the  roadways,  sometimes  in  position,  and  practiced 
simulating  fire  against  this  simulated  attack  made  by  the  Navy. 
And  we  were  out  just  one  week  prior  to  December  7. 

18.  General  Frank.  On  Sunday? 

General  Burgin.  On  Sunday;  but,  by  some  stroke,  we  did  not  go 
out  on  December  7.    The  fleet  was  in  the  harbor. 

The  interceptor  command  never  got  into  being  actually  as  a  bona 
fide  interceptor  command,  for  weeks  after  December  7 ;  but  we  were 
practicing  as  an  interceptor  command,  through  General  Davidson,  all 
the  time. 


1358    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

19.  General  Grunert.  During  these  practices  and  exercises,  did  the 
thing  work? 

[2604]  General  Burgin.  It  Avorked,  yes,  because  we  would  get 
the  information  of  the  planes  coming  in,  and  immediately  the  inter- 
ceptor command  would  take  over.  All  that  is,  so  far  as  turning  it 
over  to  the  interceptor  command,  is  that  the  interceptor  command 
tells  you  when  to  hold  fire  and  when  to  resume  fire.  If  he  doesn't 
want  you  firing,  he  tells  antiaircraft  to  hold  fire,  and  under  the  orders 
we  have  to  hold  fire. 

20.  General  Gruxert.  Now,  suppose  that  the  interceptor  command 
as  had  been  working  during  these  clrills  and  exercises,  was  in  being  on 
December  7,  and  had  been  working  as  it  had  been  working  during 
the  drills  and  exercises :  what  difference  would  it  have  made  in  ward- 
ing off  the  attack  or  in  minimizing  the  effect  of  the  attack,  in  your 
opinion? 

General  Burgin.  In  my  opinion,  none. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Why  not? 

General  Burgin.  Because  we  didn't  have  ammunition  with  our 
mobile  antiaircraft.  If  they  had  been  out  in  the  field  without  any 
ammunition,  they  would  have  been  worse  off  than  they  actually 
were. 

22.  General  Grunert.  That  brings  me  to  my  next  line  of  ques- 
tioning. 

What  did  you  have  out  with  your  antiaircraft  batteries  such  as 
existed  on  December  7th?  Where  were  they?  In  what  condition 
were  they  to  go  into  action? 

General  Burgin.  They  were  all  ready  to  go  into  action  immediately, 
with  the  exception  that  the  mobile  batteries  did  not  have  the  ammu- 
nition. The  fixed  batteries  along  the  seacoast,  tliose  batteries  bolted 
down  to  concrete,  had  the  ammunition  [3605]  nearby.  I  had 
insisted  on  that  with  General  Short  in  person  and  had  gotten  his 
permission  to  take  this  antiaircraft  ammunition,  move  it  into  the  sea- 
coast  gun  battery  positions,  and  have  it  nearby  the  antiaircraft  guns. 
It  was,  however,  boxed  up  in  wooden  boxes  and  had  to  be  taken  out. 
The  ammunition  for  the  mobile  guns  and  batteries  was  in  Aliamanu 
Crater,  which,  you  may  know  or  may  not,  is  about  a  mile  from  Fort 
Shafter,  up  in  the  old  volcano.  The  mobile  batteries  had  to  send 
there  to  get  ammunition.  In  addition  to  that,  the  mobile  batteries 
had  to  move  out  from  the  various  posts  to  their  field  positions.  They 
were  not  in  field  positions. 

23.  General  Grunert.  What  proportion  of  mobile  to  fixed,  approx- 
imately?    Two  to  one?     Three  to  one? 

General  Burgin.  I  can  give  you  that  exact  figure  from  some  notes 
here. 

24.  General  Grunert.  I  can  probably  refresh  your  memory  by  your 
saying 

General  Burgin.  26. 

2.5.  General  Grunert.  Location  of  60  mobile  and  26  fixed  antiair- 
craft guns? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  26  fixed  guns  and  60  mobile  at  the  time  of  the 
attack. 

26.  General  Grunert.  And  then  there  were  26  fixed  antiaircraft 
guns  which  had  the  ammunition  alongside  and  ready  for  action? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1359 

27.  General  Frank.  In  boxes. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  ammunition  for  the  fixed  guns 
boxed  or  uncased? 

General  Burgin.  It  was  boxed. 

[3606]  29.  General  Grunert.  But  how  long  approximately 
would  it  take  to  unbox  it  and  get  it  into  action? 

General  Burgin.  It  depends  on  the  batteries.  Some  of  them  had 
ammunition  immediately  available;  that  could  be  done  in  a  very  few 
minutes,  four  or  five :  they  get  enough  ammunition  out  to  begin  firing, 
and  continue  to  unbox.  The  batteries  at  Fort  Weaver  that  is  across 
the  other  side  of  Pearl  Harbor,  a  little  longer,  because  this  ammuni- 
tion was  at  Fort  Kamehameha,  had  to  be  carried  across  the  channel. 
But  for  the  other  fixed  batteries  I  would  say  they  could  have  been  fir- 
ing within  five  minutes,  as  far  as  the  ammunition  was  concerned. 
They  did  begin  firing;  they  went  into  action,  three  of  those  batteries. 
Three  of  those  batteries  got  into  action  promptly. 

30.  General  Grunert.  They  didn't  get  into  action  for  the  first 
wave  of  the  attack,  did  thej^? 

General  Burgin.  That  I  don't  know.  These  waves,  I  have  never 
found  anyone  yet  who  could  distinguish  the  difference  in  waves 
and  how  many  waves  actually  came  in  here,  as  a  matter  of  fact. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  information  that  was  got- 
ten out  to  the  batteries  in  time  for  them  to  get  into  action  before  the 
attack  actually  struck  ? 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  no;  we  knew  nothing  about  the  attack  until 
the  torpedoes  dropped. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  succeeded,  through  your  own  re 
quest,  in  getting  boxed  ammunition  with  your  fixed  antiaircraft  bat- 
teries, which  consisted  of  a])proximately  26  guns? 

General  Burgin.    Right. 

33.  General  Grunert.  But  you  were  not  successful  or  did  you 
{2607]  attempt  to  get  ammunition  to  keep  with  your  mobile  bat- 
teries that  could  have  gone  into  position  with  their  ammunition  with- 
out having  to  wait  to  draw  it? 

^  General  Burgin.  Yes,  sir.  we  did.  I  would  like  to  answer  that  a 
little  more  elaborately.  You  may  recollect  yourself  the  great  diffi- 
culty in  prying  loose  ammunition  from  our  storehouses  and  from  the 
ordnance  during  peacetime.  It  was  almost  a  matter  of  impossibility 
to  get  your  ammunition  out  because  in  the  minds  of  everyone  who  has 
preservation  of  ammunition  at  heart  it  goes  out,  gets  damaged,  comes 
back  in,  and  has  to  be  renovated.  The  same  was  especially  true  here. 
It  was  extremely  difficult  to  get  your  ammunition  out  of  the  maga- 
zines. We  tried  the  ordnance  peoi)le  without  results.  General  Max 
Murray  and  myself  went  personally  to  General  Short.  General  Mur- 
ray pled  for  his  ammunition  for  the  field  artillery.  I  asked  for 
ammunition  for  the  antiaircraft.  We  were  put  off,  the  idea  behind 
it  being  that  we  would  get  our  ammunition  in  plenty  of  time,  that  we 
would  have  warning  before  any  attack  ever  struck.         , 

34.  General  Frank.  Was  that  putting  off  made  directly  by  the 
Commanding  General  or  by  a  staff  department? 

General  Burgin.  Both;  staff  departments  first,  then  the  Command- 
ing General  in  person. 


1360    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

35.  General  Frank.  Supported  them  ? 

General  Buegin.  In  his  own  office,  to  General  Murray  and  to  me. 

36.  General  Frank.  Well,  what  were  the  staff  departments  who 
opposed  it? 

General  Buegin.  The  Gs;  G-4s,  the  Ordnance. 

[2608^         37.  General  Frank.  And  their  reasons  were? 

General  Burgin.  Same  old  reason,  that  they  didn't  want  to  issue 
any  of  the  clean  ammunition,  let  it  get  out  and  get  dirty,  have  to  take 
it  back  in  later  on  and  renovate  it ;  and,  besides,  we  would  get  our 
ammunition  in  plenty  of  time  should  any  occasion  arise. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Then  it  was  just  a  question  of  maintenance 
and  preservation.  Did  the  question  of  possible  sabotage  come  into 
it ;  do  you  know  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  quite  true ;  the  sabotage  was  foremost  in 
everybody's  mind.  As  long  as  the  ammunition  could  be  left  locked  up 
in  the  magazines,  it  was  pretty  safely  guarded  and  could  not  be  tam- 
pered with  to  any  great  extent. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Still,  you  being  on  an  outpost  here,  with 
some  intimation,  at  least,  of  the  imminence  of  an  attack,  the  guns  were 
no  good  without  ammunition  ? 

General  Burgin.  Quite  true,  sir. 

40.  General  Grunert.  And,  therefore,  what  warning  in  the  matter 
of  time  did  you  figure  you  should  have  in  order  to  get  your  guns  in 
position  and  your  ammunition  there  with  the  guns  to  fire  ?  Had  that 
been  practiced? 

General  Burgin.  We  had  many,  many  practices  and  tested  that  out, 
and  it  varied  from  the  battery's  position,  where  it  started  to  where  it 
wound  up,  and  other  things,  but  six  hours  was  considered  to  be  the 
maximum. 

41.  General  Grunert.  Six  hours. 

General  Burgin.  Day  and  night.  We  went  out  daytime  and  we 
went  out  nighttime. 

42.  General  Gkunert.  You  actually  took  the  live  ammunition 
[2609]         out  there  to  practice  handling  it  ? 

General  Burgin.  No. 

43.  General  Grunert.  And  to  practice  taking  it  out  there? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  never  took  live  ammunition  on  any  prac- 
tices. That  was  done  once.  I  can't  say  this  for  a  fact,  though,  be- 
cause I  don't  know.  I  was  only  told  it  was  done  before  I  came  here, 
at  one  time.  The  ammunition  was  taken  out.  There  was  a  flurry  and 
a  scare,  and  the  then  there  was  all  hell  to  pay  when  the  ammunition 
came  back  in  and  had  to  be  cleaned  up,  put  back  in  the  ordnance  maga- 
zine.    That,  however,  is  not  my  personal  knowledge, 

44.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  question  in  your  mind  as  to 
the  ammunition  not  being  put  out  there  because  it  might  alarm  the 
public  or  indicate  the  intent  of  what  was  about  to  happen? 

General  Burgin.  The  idea  never  occurred  to  me  at  the  time.     Look- 


ing back  at  the  message  General  Short  had,  not  to  alarm  the  public 
there  is  a  possibility  that  was  in  his  mind.  I  couldn't  alarm  the  public 
in  this  way :  to  move  one  of  these  batteries  out  to  take  the  position 
in  a  private  field  was  practically  impossible  prior  to  December  7th. 
As  soon  as  you  got  off  the  highway,  the  owner,  the  manager,  the  top- 
side man,  all  ran  onto  General  Short's  neck :  The  Army  is  trespassing 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1361 

on  their  land.     Get  to  hell  out  of  there.     You  had  to  do  all  these 
maneuvers  on  Army  land  or  on  the  hisfhways. 

45.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Now,  how  many  of  the  mobile 
positions  for  the  60  mobile  guns  were  on  such  private  land  that  you 
had  to  trespass  to  put  them  in  position?     Do  you  recall  that? 

[£610]  General  Burgin.  I  can  look  here  and  refer  to  this  bulle- 
tin. 

46.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

The  actual  number  doesn't  make  so  much  difference.  I  would  like 
to  have  an  idea  of  what  the  percentage  is,  if  possible. 

General  BurcxTn.  About  40  percent  were  on  private  land. 

47.  General  Grunert.  And  the  other  60  percent,  then,  could  have 
been  put  in  position  without  going  on  private  land  ? 

General  Burgin.  Wait  a  minute.  I  have  included  those  fixed  bat- 
teries. Make  that  higher.  That  percentage,  at  least  50  percent  of 
the  mobile  batteries  were  on  private  land. 

[2611]  48.  General  Grunert.  I  believe  General  Short  stated 
something  to  the  effect  that  under  Alert  No.  1  each  battery  had  a 
skeleton  crew  with  it.  Would  that  refer  to  the  fixed  batteries  or  to 
the  mobile  or  to  both? 

General  Burgin.  It  referred  to  both  as  far  as  sabotage  meant  only. 

49.  General  Grunert.  But  your  mobile  batteries  had  to  move  out 
from  their  location  to  go  into  a  position,  and  then  none  of  these  mo- 
biles went  out  in  their  position,  and  they  had  skeleton  crews  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  quite  understand  your  question.  I  am 
sorry. 

50.  General  Grunert.  Here,  your  fixed  batteries  are  fixed  and  they 
undoubtedly  had  a  skeleton  crew  there  to  prevent  sabotage. 

General  Burgin.  Eight. 

51.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  your  skeleton  crews  to  pre- 
vent sabotage  came  in,  as  far  as  your  mobile  batteries  are  concerned, 
as  if  they  were  at  the  post  and  had  not  moved  out  into  position? 

General  Burgin.  They  were  taken  more  or  less  as  a  regiment  or  a 
battalion  on  the  post  and  the  sabotage  guards  did  not  necessarily  go 
down  to  the  battery  itself. 

52.  General  Grunert.  There  was  not,  then,  much  of  a  sabotage 
problem  as  far  as  guards  were  concerned,  within  the  post  itself? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir. 

53.  General  Grunert.  You  may  have  answered  this,  but  I  will  ask 
it  again :  What  instructions,  if  any,  prevented  the  antiaircraft  com- 
mand from  having  ammunition  at  the  guns?  Were  [2612] 
there  any  instructions  or  could  you  not  get  the  ammunition? 

General  Bukgin.  There  were  no  instructions  forbidding  the  anti- 
aircraft or  any  other  outfit  from  having  the  ammunition,  but  it  was 
just  impossible  to  pry  the  ammunition  loose  from  the  Ordnance, 
the  G-4's,  or  from  General  Short  himself. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  February  of  1941,  Admiral  Kimmel 
pointed  out  the  critical  inadequacy  of  antiaircraft  guns.  Were  you 
here  at  that  time,  in  February  of  1941  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir.    I  came  in  August  of  1941. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Since  August,  1941,  what  improvement  in 
the  line  of  antiaircraft  gun  equipment  took  place,  up  to  December, 
1941? 


1362    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Burgin.  Up  to  December  1941? 

56.  General  Gruistert.  Yes. 

General  Burgin.  No  improvement  in  actual  equipment,  with  the 
bare  exception  of  about  20  37-mm.  guns  that  arrived.  However,  there 
were  more  in  training  than  were  actually  in  use,  because  of  no  ammu- 
nition for  them  up  to  just  a  day  or  two  of  December  7th. 

57.  General  Grunert.  And  they  were  37s  ? 
General  Burgin.  37  mm. 

58.  General  Grunert.  How  did  you  consider  your  command  pre- 
pared for  action  with  what  you  had  ?  Was  it  adequate,  satisfactory, 
or  unsatisfactory,  and  what  explanation  is  there  for  your  answer  ? 

General  Burgin.  With  what  we  had  we  were  prepared  for  action, 
with  the  one  exception  that  our  mobile  antiaircraft  did  not  have  its 
ammunition.  I  have  already  explained  the  reason  for  that.  So  far 
as  the  equipment  was  concerned,  it  was  [2513^  as  modern 
as  the  U.  S.  had  at  the  time,  with  the  bare  exception,  perhaps,  that  we 
had  37-mm.  automatic  weapons,  yes,  whereas  they  were  using  the 
40-mm.  Bofors  and  other  aerials. 

59.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  90s? 
General  Burgin.  We  had  no  90s  whatever  at  the  time. 

60.  General  Grunert.  What  was  the  status  of  their  being  supplied 
to  the  Army  at  that  time,  do  you  know  ? 

General  Burgin.  It  was  reported  that  there  was  an  automatic  supply 
and  we  would  get  them  when  they  had  them. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  what  priority  you  were  on  as 
compared  with  other  commands  at  that  time  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  do  not.  The  90s  came  along  fairly  well  after 
December  7th.  We  are  equipped  now  with  90s  and  120s ;  no  3s  what- 
soever. In  fact,  all  the  equipment  we  had  on  December  7th  has  been 
discarded,  with  the  exception  of  the  .50  caliber  machine  guns. 

62.  General  Grunert.  On  December  7th,  then,  did  you  have  prac- 
tically your  full  allowance,  as  per  tables,  of  the  weapons  that  were 
prescribed  for  you  at  that  time  ? 

General  Burgin.  No.  We  had  the  full  allowance  of  guns,  but  did 
not  have  the  allowance  of  automatic  weapons. 

63.  General  Grunert.  Mainly  what? 

General  Burgin.  Mainly  the  37  mm.  or  the  40.  You  might  say 
we  had  none  of  them  because  we  had  just  received  a  shipment  of  20, 
I  think,  but  no  ammunition.  We  were  way  short  on  .50  caliber  machine 
guns.  We  had  only  about  40  per  cent  of  our  allowance.  We  had  sup- 
plemented them  with  .30  caliber,  however. 

64.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  anything  else  to  add  to  the  anti- 
aircraft situation  picture  that  you  think  would  help  the  [261Ji^ 
Board? 

General  Burgin.  I  think  not,  sir.  The  whole  thing  sums  up  in 
about  this:  We  practiced  making  a  quick  get-away  from  central  lo- 
cations to  field  positions.  We  felt  that  we  could  get  into  field  positions 
after  the  warning  which  we  expected  to  receive. 

65.  General  Grunert.  Had  you  been  alerted  in  what  the  SOP  of 
November  5th  describes  as  Alert  No.  2,  which  is  an  alert  to  ward  off 
an  air  attack,  plus  an  alert  against  sabotage,  then  what  condition  would 
you  have  been  in  ? 

General  Burgin.  The  batteries  would  all  have  been  in  their  field 
positions  with  the  ammunition  open  ready  at  the  guns. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1363 

66.  General  Grunert.  Then  it  all  boils  down  to  your  not  being;  in 
the  alert  which  required  you  to  be  ready  for  any  eventuality,  is  that 
right? 

General  Btjrgin.  That  is  correct. 

67.  General  Grunert.  Now,  a  question  as  to  your  distribution  of 
batteries.  Was  there  an  antiaircraft  battery  assigned  to  Ford  Island 
or  to  cover  Ford  Island  in  its  fire  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes.  Practically  all  the  batteries  surrounding 
Pearl  Harbor  were  a  protection  to  Ford  Island.  There  was,  in  addi- 
tion, a  battery  listed  for  actual  position  on  Ford  Island.  It  was 
later  put  in  there. 

68.  General  Grunert.  How  much  of  this  fixed  stuff  was  in  the 
scheme  of  covering  Ford  Island,  how  much  of  a  fixed  antiaircraft 
battery  ? 

General  Burgin.  There  were  only  three  which  you  might  consider 
in  that  category,  unless  your  attacking  planes  came  [^OlS] 
along  the  shoreline,  from  Diamond  Head ;  then  they  could  all  be  in 
that  category,  because  they  can  shoot  at  the  planes  before  they  reach 
Ford  Island. 

69.  General  Grunert.  Then,  what  you  might  call  the  main  antiair- 
craft protection  of  Ford  Island  consisted  of  your  mobile  batteries, 
which  had  to  take  position  before  they  could  afford  that  protection? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  correct. 

70.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  ever  a  scheme  made  up  of  having 
these  people  dispersing  your  mobile  batteries  so  as  to  get  them  into 
assigned  positions  more  quickly  than  they  could  get  into  them  from 
their  concentrated  locations  ? 

General  Burgin.  No.  They  were  dispersed  pretty  well  as  it  was, 
with  one  outfit  at  Shafter,  one  at  Schofield  Barracks,  one  at  Camp 
Malekoli ;  tliree  regiments,  three  areas.  The  regiments  were  assigned 
to  field  positions  nearest  to  their  locations. 

71.  General  Grunert.  I  have  one  question  here  that  refers  to  your 
testimony  before  the  Roberts  Commission,  to  the  effect  that  you  never 
knew  when  the  fleet  was  coming  in-  except  when  practicing,  and  you 
stated  that  such  knowledge  would  have  helped  the  defense.  Was  that 
information  ever  requested,  if  it  was  going  to  be  of  help  to  you  in 
the  defense?  Was  an  attempt  ever  made  to  find  out  when  the  fleet 
was  coming  in  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  would  like  you  to  read  that  answer  to  me  again, 
that  I  am  supposed  to  have  given  before  the  Roberts  Commission. 

72.  General  Grunert.  This  is  what  this  says:  "General  Burgin 
never  knew  when  tlie  fleet  was  coming  in,  except  when  practicing. 
[3616]  He  stated  such  knowledge  would  have  helped  defense." 
Just  what  was  the  exact  wording  is  I  do  not  know.  This  is  a  summari- 
zation of  such  evidence. 

General  Burgin.  The  last  line  there  is  what  I  take  exception  to, 
that  it  would  help  defense.  I  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  we 
were  not  defending  Pearl  Harbor  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor.  We  were  in 
a  state  of  peace,  not  in  a  state  of  war.  The  practices  prior  to  December 
7th  were  the  only  instances  in  which  I  was  personally  told  that  the 
fleet  was  coming  in  between  certain  hours  and  carrier-based  planes 
would  make  a  simulated  attack  on  us  and  we  would  oppose  them  with 
simulated  opposition.     We  had  at  Pearl  Harbor  a  harbor  entrance 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 37 


1364    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

control  post,  where  one  of  my  officers  sat  with  the  Navy,  but  this  officer 
was  given  very  little  information,  except  when  we  were  maneuvering 
or  practicing  tactical  situations.  In  the  ordinary  course  of  events, 
the  fleet  went  in  and  out  without  any  indication  whatsoever  to  me,  at 
least,  and  it  is  my  opinion  that  no  information  was  given  to  General 
Short.    That  I  do  not  know. 

73.  General  Grunert.  I  understood  from  former  testimony  that 
your  control  officer  or  the  officer  at  the  harbor  entrance  control  post 
was  only  there  periodically  and  not  on  a  24-hour  basis,  is  that  right. 

General  Burgin.  That  is  true,  up  to  December  7th ;  he  was  there  on 
a  daylight  basis,  you  might  say. 

74.  General  Frank.  Wliat  good  did  it  do  you  to  have  him  there 
at  all? 

General  Burgin.  Practically  none,  except  practice,  tactical  situa- 
tions, so  if  such  things  developed  we  could  quickly  take  care  of  the 
harbor  entrance  control. 

[£617]  75.  General  Frank.  It  did  not  give  you  any  intelligent 
information  as  to  the  location  of  our  own  fleet  units  ? 

General  Burgin.  Absolutely  not. 

76.  General  Grunert.  The  testimony  before  the  Roberts  Commis- 
sion also  appears  to  show  you  stated  that  you  expected  Alert  No.  2  to 
follow  almost  immediately  after  Alert  No.  1.  What  was  the  basis 
of  that?    What  was  back  in  your  mind  there? 

General  Burgin.  An  actual  statement  by  the  Chief  of  Staff  to  that 
effect.  When  I  got  the  orders  to  go  into  Alert  No.  1, 1  put  it  into  effect, 
checked  here  and  there  to  see  that  it  had  gone  into  effect,  that  the 
guards  were  out.  Then  I  made  a  trip  to  the  Commanding  General's 
office.  General  Short's  office.  I  asked  the  Chief  of  Staff  if  he  would 
mind  telling  me  the  reason  for  Alert  No.  1.  He  showed  me  the  radio 
that  had  come  from  General  Marshall  and  stated  "We  will  go  into 
Alert  No.  1 ;  then  we  will  slide  immediately  to  Alert  No.  2,  and  then 
to  No.  8." 

77.  General  Grunert.  That  was  on  November  27th,  then? 
General  Burgin.  As  I  recall,  it  was,  it  was  November  27th. 

78.  General  Grunert.  But  up  to  December  7th  you  had  not  slid  into 
Alert  No.  2,  had  you  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir,  there  was  no  change  in  the  alert.  We  had 
done  many,  many  other  things  guarding  against  sabotage,  sending 
guns  and  troops  to  Canton  and  Christmas,  as  I  recollect,  but  we  had 
not  changed  our  alert  status. 

79.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  actually  saw  and  read  the  Chief 
of  Staff's  message  on  November  27th,  1941  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  did. 

80.  General  Grunert.  Did  that  give  you  any  idea  to  suspect 
1^618]  that  Alert  No.  2  would  be  called  soon,  or  the  necessity  for 
any  other  alert  outside  of  Alert  No.  1  ?  In  other  words,  how  did  you 
size  up  that  message  ? 

General  Burgin.  It  is  easy  enough  from  hindsight  to  say  you  would 
have  gone  into  another  alert,  but  it  did  strike  me  we  were  a  little 
backwards;  that  we  should  have  gone  into  Alert  No.  3,  gone  all-out, 
in  spite  of  the  fact  it  would  turn  the  whole  town  upside  down  if  we 
had. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1365 

81.  General  Grunert.  That  is  one  of  the  questions  I  want  to  ask. 
In  what  way  was  that  turning  upside  down  going  to  affect  things, 
outside  of  what  you  have  testified  to,  going  on  private  property  ? 

General  Buegin.  That  is  true. 

82.  General  Grunert.  In  what  way  would  you  have  turned  things 
upside  down,  if  you  had  gone  into  Alert  No.  3  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  would  have  been  the  main  thing,  getting 
your  batteries  into  position,  combating  the  opposition  that  would  have 
taken  place  and  the  excitement  we  expected  to  cause  among  the  local 
Japanese. 

83.  General  Grunert.  Before  we  get  off  into  another  trend  of 
thought,  there  must  have  been  in  your  mind  some  question  about  the 
adequacy  of  Alert  No.  1,  since  you  went  to  the  Commanding  General 
and  questioned  him  about  it;  and  from  your  testimony  it  appears 
that  he  had  some  idea  of  following  it  up  with  Alert  No.  2,  But  what 
gave  you  the  idea  that  Alert  No.  2  might  follow  Alert  No.  1,  unless 
you  considered  No.  1  inadequate? 

General  Burgin.  I  did  consider  No.  1  as  being  inadequate,  but  I 
did  not  voice  that  idea  to  General  Short  or  his  Chief  of  Staff.  On  the 
other  hand,  I  considered  seriously  that  radio  [2619]  that  had 
come  in  to  General  Short,  and  wondered  what  I  would  do  in  his 
position,  that  he  would  not  unduly  excite,  or  words  to  that  effect,  the 
public. 

84.  General  Frank.  Do  you  remember  the  wording  of  that  radio- 
gram ? 

85.  General  Grunert.  General  Frank  will  read  you  the  radiogram, 
in  order  that  you  may  refresh  your  memory  on  it,  and  I  thin^  the 
Board  would  then  like  to  ask  you  a  few  questions  about  it.  • 

General  Burgin.  All  right. 

86.  General  Frank  (reading) : 

Negotiations  witli  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  purposes  with 
only  tlie  barest  possibilities  that  the  Japanese  Government  might  come  back  and 
offer  to  continue. 

General  Burgin.  Now,  wait  a  minute.  That  is  not  the  radio  I 
saw. 

87.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead  and  finish  it  and  then  we  will 
ask  you  about  it. 

88.  General  Frank  (continuing)  : 

Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile  action  possible  at  any  moment. 
If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  not,  be  avoided  the  United  State  desires  that  Japan 
commit  the  first  overt  act.  This  policy  should  not,  repeat  not,  be  construed  as 
restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that  might  jeopardize  your  defense.  Prior  to 
hostile  Japanese  action  you  are  directed  to  undertake  such  reconnaissance  and 
other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary  but  these  measures  should  be  carried  out 
so  as  not,  repeat  not,  to  alarm  civil  population  or  disclose  intent.  Re^port 
measures  taken.  Should  hostilities  occur  you  will  carry  out  the  tasks  assigned 
in  Rainbow  Five  so  far  as  they  pertain  to  Japan.  Limit  dissemination  of  this 
highly  secret  information  to  minimum  essential  officers. 

[2620]         That  is  signed  "Marshall." 

89.  General  Grunert.  That  was  the  Chief  of  Staff's  message  of 
November  27th.    That  apparently  does  not  ring  the  bell  on  you  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  does  not  ring  the  bell  to  me.  That  was  not 
the  message  I  read.    It  had  a  great  many  similar  phrases  in  it. 


1366    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

90.  General  Frank.  Are  you  sure  that  you  saw  the  original  message, 
that  you  did  not  see  a  digest  of  it  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  could  not  answer  that.  I  am  not  sure.  It  was 
signed  "Marshall"  and  it  was  to  General  Short.  It  had  nothing  about 
the  Rainbow  plan  in  it,  for  example,  and  while  it  said  "The  United 
States"  this  message  said  "The  President". 

91.  General  Frank.  This  is  the  only  message  that  was  so  signed 
"Marshall"  on  that  date. 

92.  General  Grunert.  And  that  is  the  only  message  that  the  Board 
has  been  able  to  find  of  that  date.  Do  you  think  there  is  a  similar 
message  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  certainly  do. 

93.  General  Grunert.  Could  it  have  been  paraphrased  and  you  be 
given  the  wrong  conception  of  it? 

General  Burgin.  It  is  possible,  but  I  don't  think  so. 

94.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  possibly  the  last  three  years 
may  have  done  something  to  your  memory  ?  You  seem  to  be  pretty 
certain.    What  cements  that  idea  in  your  mind  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  think  so. 

95.  General  Frank.  Wliat  was  the  substance  of  the  message  you 
saw? 

General  Burgin.  All  right,  I  will  give  it  to  you  just  as  [2621] 
my  mind  recalls  it.  "Diplomatic  relations  with  Japan  have  broken 
down  completely.  Hostilities  may  be  expected  at  any  time.  You  wiU 
take  the  necessary  action.  The  President  desires  that  Japan  shall  com- 
mit the  first  overt  act.  The  President  desires  that  nothing  be  done  to 
unduly  excite  the  public."  Then  I  think  the  rest  of  it  was  "Report 
action  taken",  or  words  to  that  effect.  That  is  what  sticks  in  my  mind 
as  the  message  that  I  read. 

96.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  do  not  recall  this  particular  part 
of  any  message  that  you  then  read,  "This  policy  should  not,  repeat  not, 
be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that  might  jeopar- 
dize your  defense"  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  do  not.  I  have  no  recollection  of  any  such  para- 
graph in  it. 

97.  General  Grunert.  Had  you  received  a  message  with  that  word- 
ing in  it  would  you  have  considered  action  just  for  a  sabotage  alert 
as  restricting  your  defense  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  would,  yes,  sir. 

98.  General  Grunert.  We  will  go  back  to  that  subject  again,  later, 
when  w^e  get  some  copies  of  other  messages. 

General  Frank.  You  stated  a  little  while  ago  that  as  a  result  of  the 
message  you  had  received  there  was  some  question  as  to  action,  in 
answering  the  question  as  to  what  kind  of  an  alert  you  in  person  would 
have  directed.  From  what  you  said  it  leads  me  to  ask  you  this  ques- 
tion :  In  your  mind  did  the  wording  of  this  message  put  you  in  a 
quandary  as  to  just  what  was  expected  of  you  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  cannot  say  that. 

99.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  it  put  General  Short  in  a 
[2622]         quandary? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  hard  to  say. 

100.  General  Frank.  If  you  had  received  this  message  what  do  you 
think  you  would  have  done? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1367 

General  Burgin.  I  think  I  would  have  gone  out  into  Alert  No.  3, 

101.  General  Frank.  Why? 

General  Burgin.  Because  I  believe  in  doing  the  maximum  rather 
than  doing  it  by  dribbles.- 

102.  General  Frank.  Would  going  into  Alert  No.  3  have  handi- 
capped your  training,  as  far  as  your  training  is  concerned  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir.  It  would  help  my  training,  train  right 
into  position. 

103.  General  Grunert.  Of  course,  your  viewpoint  at  the  time  was 
that  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Command,  plus  the  Antiaircraft  Com- 
mand, and  not  the  viewpoint  of  the  top  commander  ? 

General  Burgin.  Absolutely. 

104.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  get  down  to  this  series  of  questions : 
Were  conferences  held  by  the  Commanding  General  or  his  Chief  of 
Staff  with  the  principal  commanders,  wherein  they  were  kept  informed 
of  the  situation,  and  in  turn  they  would  inform  the  Commanding 
General  of  the  measures  taken  by  them  to  meet  such  situation  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir,  there  were  no  conferences,  at  least  while 
I  was  there. 

105.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  a  message  received  by 
the  Navy  on  November  27th  which  started  out  "Consider  this  a  war 
warning"  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  never  did. 

[2623'\  106.  General  Grunert.  Just  what  did  you  know  about 
the  tenseness  of  the  existing  situation  from  late  in  November  until 
the  attack  took  place? 

General  Burgin.  Nothing  officially,  only  what  was  in  the  papers 
and  what  you  would  glean  at  dinner  parties  and  other  places. 

107.  General  Grunert.  Then  there  was  never  a  discussion,  as  far 
as  you  know,  between  the  top  commander  and  his  principal  com- 
manders— and  you  were  one  of  them — as  to  the  tenseness  of  the  situa- 
tion, as  to  the  information  received  from  the  Navy  concerning  that 
tenseness? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir,  there  never  was. 

108.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  called  into  discussion  on  this 
message  received  from  the  Chief  of  Staff  as  to  what  measures  should 
be  taken  thereunder? 

General  Burgin.  I  was  not. 

109.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  decision  to  go  into  Alert  No.  1 
was  made  without  your  advice  or  consultation? 

General  Burgin.  Correct,  yes,  sir. 

110.  General  Grunert.  If  you  did  not  consider  Alert  No.  1  as 
adequate,  did  you  feel  that  you  could  go  to  the  Commanding  General 
and  say  "See  here,  I  don't  think  this  is  adequate  to  give  me  a  chance 
to  do  my  particular  job  in  defense"?    Did  that  occur  to  you? 

General  Burgin.  That  did  occur  and  that  could  have  been  done 
at  any  time  and  might  have  been  done  had  the  attack  not  come  quite 
so  soon.  All  I  was  after  was  to  get  my  ammunition;  that  was  the 
main  point,  and  1  had  already  been  there  once  on  that.  [£624] 
However,  if  we  had  had  our  ammunition  and  been  in  field  position 
it  would  not  have  stopped  that  attack.  It  might  have  deranged  it 
a  bit,  but  the  results  would  have  been  serious  just  the  same. 


1368    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

111.  General  Grdnert.  The  Board  has  had  previous  testimony  as 
to  Saturday  conferences  held.  Were  they  conferences  between  com- 
manders or  staff  commanders,  or  do  you  know  anything  about  such 
conferences  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  do  not,  no,  sir.  In  my  whole  four  months, 
August  7th  to  December  7th,  I  was  called  once  to  a  Commanding 
General's  conference,  one  time.  At  that  conference  there  were  minor 
subjects  discussed ;  never  anything  along  this  line  whatsoever. 

112.  General  Frank.  Were  you  here  when  General  Herron  was 
here  ? 

General  Burgin.  No. 

113.  General  Frank.  Were  you  familiar  with  the  weekly  confer- 
ences that  he  held  with  his  people?    Did  you  ever  hear  about  them? 

General  Burgin.  Never  did.  General  Herron  had  gone  some  time 
before  I  arrived. 

114.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  Chief  of  Staff  while  you  were 
here? 

General  Burgin.  Colonel  Phillips. 

115.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  Phillips? 
General  Burgin.  His  initials  I  do  not  know. 

116.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  a  chance  to  size  him  up  as 
to  his  capability  or  efficiency  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  only  casually. 

[2623]  117.  General  Grunert.  What  did  you  think  of  him  as 
Chief  of  Staff? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  a  pretty  tough  question,  but  I  will  answer 
it.  Normally  he  was  looked  upon  as  one  of  General  Short's  fair- 
haired  boys,  and  he  carried  things  with  a  pretty  high  hand. 

118.  General  Grunert.  But  he  never  called,  so  far  as  you  know, 
the  commanders  of  the  lower  echelon  in  conference  to  discuss  what  was 
in  General  Short's  mind,  or  to  seek  advice  from  them  as  to  decisions 
to  be  made  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir,  he  did  not.  At  least,  I  was  never  called, 
and  I  was  next  in  command  or  next  in  rank  to  General  Short. 

119.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  conferences 
held  between  the  Army  and  the  Navy  and  the  cooperation  between  the 
Army  and  the  Navy  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir,  I  do  not. 

120.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  have  occasion  for  such  cooper- 
ative action  or  any  reason  for  cooperation  with  the  Navy  ? 

General  Burgin,  I  went  down  and  made  my  acquaintance  with  Ad- 
miral Bloch,  who  at  that  time  was  Naval  District  Commander. 
Through  him  we  worked  up  this  harbor  control  idea,  where  I  put  an 
Army  officer  in  there  with  the  Navy  to  work  up  the  organization  and 
functioning  of  a  bona  fide  harbor  entrance  control  plan. 

[2626]  121.  General  Frank.  You  gave  one  answer  to  General 
Grunert's  question  on  Phillips.  What  was  the  concensus  on  Phillips' 
efficiency  and  effectiveness  ? 

General  Burgin.  It  never  occurred  to  me  that  he  was  extremely 
efficient,  or  otherwise — the  average,  run-of-the-mine. 

122.  General  Frank.  How  did  he  get  along  with  his  subordinate 
commands  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1369 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  know ;  got  along  all  right  with  mine,  be- 
cause I  was  fairly  senior  and  ran  my  own  command.  I  didn't  know 
Phillips  well  and  personally.  I  met  him  at  various  dimier  parties 
and  other  things. 

123.  General  Frank.  Would  you  have  selected  him  as  chief  of  staff  ? 
General  Burgin.  No,  because  I  didn't  know  him. 

124.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  make  up  the  plan  for  antiaircraft 
defense  of  Oahu^ 

General  Burgin.  Yes ;  I  sat  in  with  my  staff  and  helped  work  it  up. 

125.  General  Grunert.  Did  that  defense  include  the  equipment  of 
the  District  and  of  the  fleet  when  in  harbor  in  a  concerted  whole  for 
antiaircraft  defense  ? 

General  Burgin.  Not  prior  to  December  7. 

126.  General  Grunert.  Was  it  veering  toward  that,  or  did  you 
expect  to  see  it  remain  separate,  if  an  attack  had  not  occurred^ 

General  Burgin.  There  had  been  very  little  planning  done  along 
that  line  prior  to  December  7,  but  we  soon  saw  that  with  various  ele- 
ments of  the  fleet  always  in  the  harbor  they  should  be  tied  into  our 
antiaircraft  command,  and  the  [^6"27]  problem  was  attacked 
and  worked  out,  whereas  fleet  units  in  the  harbor  had  come  under 
what  was  then  the  interceptor  commander,  now  the  air  defense  com- 
mand. Still,  the  Navy  reserves  for  each  ship  the  right  to  decide  for 
themselves  whether  they  shall  fire  or  not,  so  it  is  really  not  worth 
very  much  even  under  its  present  condition.  The  captain  of  the 
ship  is  still  given  the  last  say,  which  I  think  he  rightly  should  have, 
whether  he  should  shoot  or  not.    It  is  the  preservation  of  his  ship. 

127.  General  Grunert.  General  Russell. 

128.  General  Russell.  In  discussing  the  factors  which  should  have 
been  considered  in  going  into  Alert  2  or  Alert  3,  you  used  language, 
General,  about  the  ''opposition  which  you  would  have  had  to  combat." 
I  was  wondering  just  what  you  meant  by  that  language. 

General  Burgin.  I  wonder  if  you  can  find  that  in  your  notes.  Re- 
peat your  question  to  me,  will  you  ? 

129.  General  Russell.  You  were  replying  to  a  question  from  Gen- 
eral Grunert,  and  in  that  reply  you  used  language  about  "combat- 
ting opposition,"  and  then  I  paraplu^ased  the  other — opposition  which 
would  have  been  provoked  by  Alert  2  or  Alert  3.  All  of  that  language 
about  combatting  opposition  was  quite  new. 

General  Burgin.  What  I  meant  by  that  was  the  opposition,  the 
annoyance  we  would  have  received  from  owners  of  land,  and  other 
facilities,  when  we  took  them  over.  We  would  have  had  to  have  gone 
with  these  batteries  and  other  units,  mobile  outfits,  trucks,  tractors, 
out  into  the  canefields  and  other  fields,  and  all  the  lawyers  in  town 
would  have  been  on  our  [2628]  necks  in  a  very  short  time.  We 
had  all  that  to  consider,  if  we  were  to  comply  with  the  directive  as  I 
read  it,  to  not  unduly  excite  the  public. 

130.  General  Russell.  Is  it  true,  therefore.  General,  that  prior  to 
December  7,  1941,  so  far  as  you  recall,  you  had  never  had  all  of  your 
mobile  batteries  in  the  positions  which  they  were  to  occupy  in  the 
event  of  hostilities? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  correct ;  they  had  not  all  been  in  the  actual 
position  they  were  to  go  in. 


1370    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

131.  General  Frank.  Was  that  because  of  this  opposition  of  the 
people  who  owned  the  land  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  and  the  fact  that  we  had  not  yet  gotten  the 
leases  all  fixed  up,  so  that  we  could  move  into  those  positions  for 
practice. 

132.  General  Kussell.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  therefore,  the  action 
which  would  have  been  required  under  Alert  3  had  never  been  taken 
on  this  island? 

General  Burgin.  In  so  far  as  the  guns  going  actually  in  positions, 
digging  their  revetments,  putting  in  their  bunkers,  that  had  never 
been  done,  so  far  as  the  mobile,  in  all  their  positions ;  in  some,  it  had. 

133.  General  Russell.  Elsewhere  in  your  testimony  you  referred 
to  "turning  the  town  up-side-down,"  or  language  similar  its  meaning 
to  that. 

General  Burgin.  I  see  I  will  have  to  curb  my  language. 

134.  General  Russell.  No,  we  are  just  attempting  to  get  at  the 
thought  behind  the  language.  We  are  not  interested  in  the  language. 
Do  you  think  that  going  all-out  on  Alert  No.  3  would  have  resulted  in 
disturbing  the  people  of  the  City         [^€£9]  of  Honolulu? 

General  Burgin.  I  do. 

135.  General  Russell.  Is  there  in  your  mind  some  thought  that 
there  would  have  been  developed  a  considerable  opposition  among 
the  influential  civilian  population  here  on  the  island  toward  the  results 
of  Alert  No.  3? 

General  Burgin.  I  think  there  is  no  doubt  about  it,  in  the  world. 

136.  General  Russell.  In  other  words,  if  General  Short  had  or- 
dered Alert  No.  3 — and  I  am  asking  this  question  in  the  interest  of 
clarity — if  General  Short  had  ordered  Alert  No.  3  and  thrown  all  of 
his  people  into  readiness  for  immediate  combat,  including  the  issuing 
of  ammunition,  it  might,  or,  in  your  opinion,  it  would  have  provoked 
opposition  on  the  part  of  some  of  the  responsible  and  influential 
civilian  population  here  on  the  island? 

General  Burgin.  I  feel  positive  it  would. 

137.  General  Grunert.  Even  though  he  might  have  explained  that 
to  the  influential  citizens,  there  would  still  have  been  opposition? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  believe  you  could  have  explained  it,  at  that 
time. 

138.  General  Grunert.  Who  are  some  of  those  influential  citizens 
that  you  think  might  have  voiced  their  objection? 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  my ! 

139.  General  Grunert.  Is  Dillingham  one  of  them? 
General  Burgin.  Mr.  Dillingham,  Mr.  Walker. 

140.  General  Frank.  Which  Walker? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  know.  He  is  a  sugar  man.  General 
Wells. 

[2630]         141.  General  Grunert.  General  Wells  is  what? 

General  Burgin.  General  Wells  is  with  the  sugar  people,  a  manager 
of  some  kind. 

142.  General  Frank.  The  Hawaiian  Sugar  Planters  Association. 
General  Burgin.  He  was  instrumental  in  fighting  the  sugar  people's 

battles  quite  strongly  prior  to  the  war,  and  even  yet,  so  far  as  I  know. 

143.  General  Grunert.  How  about  Petrie?     Is  he  one  of  them? 
General  Burgin.  No,  I  don't  think  so.    What  was  the  governor's 

name,  at  that  time  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1371 

144.  General  Grunert.  Poindexter  ? 

General  Burgin.  Poindexter — right.     Mr.  Spauldinff. 

145.  General  Grunert.  Who  are  known  here  as  the  "Big  Five"?  I 
believe  I  have  heard  that  term. 

General  Burgin.    I  don't  know. 

146.  General  Grunert.  These  so-called  "big,  influential  people" 
have  mostly  land  and  crop  interests,  have  they,  where  Alert  No.  3  might 
interfere  with  or  disrupt  them  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  was  my  idea.     That's  my  idea;  yes,  sir. 

147.  General  Russell.  I  want  to  ask  another  question  in  line  with 
this,  General.  I  have  gotten  the  impression  from  your  testimony  that 
the  possibility  of  this  opposition  might  have  had  a  little  bit  deeper 
basis  than  indicated  by  your  answer  to  General  Grunert's  last  question, 
which  rather  limited  this  opposition  to  the  land  owners  because  of 
disturbing  their  profits,  and  whatnot.  I  had  gotten  the  impression 
that  we  would  have  opposition  from  influential  people  on  the  island, 
because  they  did  not  want  the  community  upset,  and  the  [2631] 
relation  between  the  races  disturbed  and  their  commercial  trends 
broken  into.     Was  that  behind  this  opposition,  too  ? 

General  Burgin.  It  might  have  been ;  I  don't  know  much  about  that 
feature  of  it.  I  don't  see  how  it  would  have  any  bearing  on  the  races, 
except  perhaps  the  Japanese,  they  could  see  we  were  doing  something, 
and  those  who  wanted  to  try  to  get  information  back  to  their  own 
country  would  have  that  opportunity.  That  had  nothing  to  do  with 
it  in  this  case,  so  far  as  I  can  see. 

148.  General  Russell.  Going  away  from  that  for  the  minute,  you 
have  given  considerable  testimony  about  the  weapons  available  to  you 
as  antiaircraft  commander.  We  have  had  testimony  to  the  effect  that, 
first,  the  weapons  available  for  the  protection  of  Pearl  Harbor,  of 
the  smaller  caliber,  were  not  numerous  enough,  and  were  ineffective. 
What  is  your  opinion  on  that  ? 

General  Burgin.  They  were  certainly  not  numerous  enough.  They 
were,  however,  about  as  effective  as  any  weapons  we  had  at  that  time, 
except  for  a  few  experimental  models.  For  example,  we  had  the  3-inch 
gun,  a  pretty  good  old  gun  in  its  day.  The  90-mm.  had  hardly  come 
into  play  up  to  that  time  to  any  great  extent ;  there  were  some  manu- 
factured, some  in  use,  on  the  mainland.  There  had  been  built  12 
experimental  model  105-mm.  They  were  all  sent  to  Panama,  and  were 
on  duty  down  there.  They  never  panned  out  well,  and  were  discarded ; 
but  so  far  as  our  heavy  equipment,  it  was  pretty  good  for  its  day. 

149.  General  Russell.  Did  you  observe  the  firing  of  the  batteries 
in  and  near  Pearl  Harl^or  against  the  high-altitude  Japanese  bombers  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes. 

[2632]  150.  General  Russell.  What  was  your  impression  of 
that  fire? 

General  Burgin.  Those  bombers  never  reached  any  great  altitude. 
As  far  as  I  could  tell  they  were  never  over  11,000  feet,  any  of  them. 
Any  gun  we  had  would  reach  that,  even  the  old  Navy  5-inch,  which 
isn't  a  very  good  gun,  either ;  at  the  time ;  very  low  muzzle  velocity,  very 
slow  fire;  also  defective  ammunition.  That  is  the  Navy  5-inch,  their 
main  weapon. 

151.  General  Russell.  The  fire  against  these  bombers  flying  at  ap- 
proximately 10,000  feet  has  been  described  in  testimony  elsewhere  as 


1372    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

ineffective,  because  the  bursts  were  below,  and  frequently  to  the  rear 
of  the  targets.     Were  you  impressed  that  that  was  true  ? 

General  BurCxIN.  It  didn't  occur  to  me  at  the  time,  except  that  in 
any  antiaircraft  fire,  you  may  have  observed,  yourself,  the  great  per- 
centage of  bursts  is  behind  the  target,  even  in  practice,  even  in  battle. 
There  are  two  reasons  for  that ;  the  first  is  your  deceptive  appearance. 
The  burst  occurs  there,  the  plane  goes  ahead,  but  before  that  burst  is 
big  enough  for  your  eye  to  see  it,  the  plane  has  traveled  considerably, 
so  your  burst  is  not  so  far  behind  as  it  would  appear  to  be.  The  other 
reason  is  our  training;  we  are  always  trained  on  a  comparatively  slow- 
moving  target.  We  get  out  on  an  actual  plane,  it  is  going  at  least 
twice  as  fast  as  any  target  you  ever  shot  at,  and  it  takes  a  few  rounds  at 
least  to  get  your  bursts  up  in  the  lead ;  but  so  far  as  your  bursts  being 
late,  that  wasn't  observable  to  me  to  any  great  extent.  It  was  cer- 
tainly not  due  to  the  fact  that  the  guns  would  not  reach  10,000  feet. 
Every  gun  we  had  would  reach  that — 17,000  feet.  The  same,  with  the 
Navy  5-inch.  Just  what  their  maximum  height  is,  I  don't  know,  but 
it  is  certainly  beyond  17,000  feet. 

[£633]  152.  General  Frank.  The  question  of  shooting  ahead  or 
behind  is  a  question  of  training  and  practice,  is  that  right? 

General  Burgin.  That's  my  idea  of  it,  yes. 

153.  General  Grunert.  I  would  like,  before  you  leave  that  subject, 
to  ask  you  about  the  Navy  5-inch  ammunition.  You  say  some  of  it 
was  defective  ? 

General  Burgin.  A  great  deal  of  it  was  defective,  and  "duds."  Un- 
fortunately, the  "duds"  detonated  on  contact  with  the  ground.  They 
were  not  really  "duds,"  so  far  as  contact  with  any  material  object  was 
concerned.  However,  they  did  not  burst  in  the  air.  They  burst  all 
over  town.  They  burst  all  over  De  Russy,  where  I  was.  I  saw  them 
burst  two  of  them  up  in  the  crater  on  Diamond  Head,  knocking  out  one 
of  my  mortars.  That  5-inch  ammunition  was  falling  all  over  the 
island.  A  great  many  people  thought  they  were  Japanese  bombs,  but 
only  one  bomb  hit  the  town  of  Honolulu,  and  I  think  that  was  an  ac- 
cident.    All  the  rest  of  them  were  Navy  5-inch  shells. 

154.  General  Grunert.  How  do  you  know  that  to  be  a  fact? 
General  Burgin.  I  went  out  and  dug  up  the  fragments  and  looked 

at  the  markings  on  them.     I  know  they  were  Navy  shells ;  and  so  does 
the  Navy. 

155.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  Army  was 
blamed  for  that  damage  ?  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  Army  was 
accused  of  having  poor  ammunition,  and  that  they  thought  it  was  the 
Army  ammunition  that  did  that? 

General  Burgin.  I  never  heard  of  that. 

15G.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Go  ahead.  I  just  wanted  to 
get  that  clear. 

157.  General  Russell.  General,  I  am  jumping  about,  because  I 
\263Jf\         just  made  a  note  here  and  there. 

General  Burgin.  Go  ahead. 

158.  General  Russell.  A  great  deal  has  been  said  about  the  inter- 
ceptor command,  whether  or  not  it  was  in  operation,  and  so  forth. 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  sir. 

159.  General  Russell.  As  I  recall  your  testimony,  it  was  to  the 
effect  that  when  the  interceptor  command  was  organized  and  operat- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1373 

ing,  its  only  effect  on  you  would  be  to  tell  you  when  to  shoot  and  when 
not  to  shoot? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  practically  correct. 

160.  General  Russell.  There  is  nothing  so  very  difficult  and  intri- 
cate about  the  interceptor  command  ? 

General  Burgin.  Not  a  thing. 

161.  General  Russell.  And  this  man,  Davidson,  had  been  desig- 
nated a  considerable  time  before  December  7  as  the  interceptor  com- 
mander, or  had  been  named  as  the  man  who  was  going  to  organize  that 
and  exercise  the  command  over  it  ? 

General  Burgin.  Right. 

162.  General  Russell.  In  the  exercises  which  had  been  held  prior 
to  December  7,  1941,  the  interceptor  command  had  been  in  action  i 

General  Burgin.  In  a  minor  way. 

163.  General  Russell.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  its  operation  was  essen- 
tially minor,  any  way  ? 

General  Burgin.  Absolutely,  up  till  well  after  December  7.  I 
might  elaborate  on  that,  to  give  you  my  ideas.  The  whole  scheme  of 
things  there  was  in  embryo,  you  might  say.  These  warning  radars, 
you  heard  a  lot  about,  were  just  being  installed.  [^(JS5]  They 
go  in  as  part  of  the  interceptor  command.  They  were  not  complete  in 
any  manner  of  means.  The  Signal  Corps  was  putting  them  in.  They 
had  no  permanent  home  for  interceptor  command,  and  when  I  re- 
marked a  moment  ago  it  was  simple,  it  is  simple  enough  in  operation, 
but  it  is  complicated  as  everything,  for  installation,  equipment,  and 
funds.  They  operated  under  General  Davidson  in  a  temi^orary  shack 
on  the  Fort  Shafter  Reservation  down  here  in  the  hollow.  At  the 
same  time,  the  real  interceptor  command,  which  is  now  the  Air  De- 
fense Command,  was  being  dug  in  a  hillside  up  above  Fort  Shafter, 
where  it  is  now  located — a  million  dollars'  worth  of  stuff  in  there ;  so 
when  I  said  it  is  simple,  I  don't  mean  simple  in  equipment  and  opera- 
tion, but  in  control  of  the  antiaircraft — extremely  simple;  nothing  to 
do  except  to  tell  you  when  you  can  shoot  and  when  you  can't ;  but  the 
interceptor  command  in  itself  is  an  enormous,  complicated  machine. 
You  ought  to  look  at  it  while  you  are  here. 

164.  General  Russell.  I  hope  to.  It  was  new  throughout  the 
Army,  in  1941? 

General  Burgin.  Incidentally,  we  do  not  call  it  the  "interceptor 
command"  any  more.  It  went  through  several  stages,  called  a  "fighter 
command,"  and  now  it  is  called  the  Air  Defense  Command. 

165.  General  Russell.  All  right.  Another  disassociated  subject: 
What  percentage  of  your  troops  were  with  the  fixed  batteries  on  the 
morning  of  December  7  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  would  say  about  a  third  of  them.  We  had  a  very 
small  number  of  troops,  however,  in  the  fixed  defenses,  a  total  of  101 
officers  and  2,712  men. 

166.  General  Russell.  How  many  were  actually  out  with  the 
[2636]  batteries  on  duty,  on  that  morning  of  December  7  ?  What 
percentage  ? 

General  Burgin.  None  of  them,  except  the  guard  skeleton. 
However,  they  were  right  at  the  batteries.     They  were  manned  in 
a  very  few  minutes. 


1374    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

167.  General  Russell.  Some  confusion  seems  to  have  grown  up  in 
my  mind  about  your  ammunition,  about  the  status  of  your  ammuni- 
tion. You  had  your  ammunition,  on  December  7,  you  did  not  have  to 
go  to  ordnance  to  get  it  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  you  are  wrong.  I  had  the  ammunition  for 
seacoast  artillery  at  the  guns,  in  the  magazine.  I  had  the  ammunition 
for  the  six  fixed  antiaircraft.  We  had  that  ammunition  in  the  sea- 
coast  magazine.  I  didn't  have  the  ammunition  for  the  mobile  anti- 
aircraft's 3-inch  guns. 

168.  General  Kussell.  A  moment  ago,  you  referred  to  the  table 
when  you  were  discussing  the  personnel  available  to  you  on  December 
7.  What  percentage  of  your  table  strength  had  been  given  you  on 
December  7  ? 

General  Burgin.  We  were  pretty  well  below  strength.  The  per- 
centage, I  can't  give  you,  but,  all  in  all,  we  were  short  900  or  1,000  men. 

169.  General  Russell.  And  you  had  how  many — 2,700,  on  this  day 't 
General  Burgin.  Well,  that  is  seacoast,  alone.     You  have  got  to 

remember,  I  have  got  two  commands — antiaircraft  and  the  seacoast, 

170.  General  Russell.  You  were  short  900  on  both  commands  ? 
General  Burgin.  In  the  two  commands  combined;  yes. 

171.  General  Russell.  And  in  the  two  commands  combined,  could 
[2637]         you  give  us  quickly,  there,  what  the  table  strength  was? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  haven't  got  it,  I  am  sorry.  I  can  get  it  for 
you  very  easily. 

172.  General  Grunert.  Approximately  20,000? 

General  Burgin.  No,  no,  no;  I  didn't  have  that  many — probably 
about  13,000  or  14,000,  total. 

173.  General  Grunert.  And  that  is  just  about  10  percent  short? 
General  Burgin.  Yes. 

174.  General  Russell.  General,  is  it  true,  or  not,  that  in  1941  the 
plans  for  defense  against  attack  by  aircraft  were  in  a  state  of  flux  or 
changing  constantly  ? 

General  Burgin.  Quite  true ;  and  they  are  changing,  yet. 

175.  General  Russell.  As  a  result  of  the  experiences  on  December 
7,  and  other  experiences,  has  the  Army  in  its  operations  h<-^-c  in  the 
island  increased  to  any  considerable  extent  the  number  of  antiaircraft 
weapons  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  fluctuates  extremely,  but  at  one  time  th(  y 
increased  enormously,  they  were  a  way  up.  Those  have  gone  out  in 
the  middle  and  west  Pacific,  however.  We  are  back  now  in  the  number 
of  guns  to  about  where  we  were  on  December  7.  However,  we  have 
got  a  much  better  gun. 

176.  General  Russell.  Do  you  think  that  the  reduction  in  the  num- 
ber of  guns,  which  has  been  accomplished  in  the  recent  past,  results 
from  the  fact  that  there  is  no  great  })i'obability  of  any  further  Japanese 
attacks,  here  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  you  are  wrong.  That  has  been  discussed  with 
General  Richardson,  time  and  time  again.  Pie  and  I  both  feel  that  we 
are  yet  subject  to  attack,  that  as  long  as  the  Japanese  have  a  carrier 
afloat  she  can  risk  one  or  two  or  [SSSS]  more,  she  can  get  in 
here;  and  all  the  navies  in  the  world  won't  keep  her  out,  if  she  wants 
to  get  here.    That  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  number  of  guns. 

177.  General  Russell.  It  has  been  reduced,  then,  simply  because  the 
people  who  are  charged  with  responsibility  for  making  the  decision 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1375 

believe  that  the  number  of  guns  which  you  have  here  now  are  adequate 
for  the  protection  of  the  island  ? 

[2639']  General  Burgin.  That  is  correct.  I  have  so  stated  to 
General  Richardson,  and  he  agreed  with  me.  He  had  established  as  a 
minimum  the  number  that  we  have  now. 

178.  General  Russell.  Are  you  on  any  form  of  alert  now  ?  If  so, 
what  is  the  type  ? 

General  Burgin.  We  are  on  a  five-minute  alert.  We  can  get  to  the 
battery  in  five  minutes. 

179.  General  Russell.  That  is  neither  1, 2,  or  3,  the  old  type  of  alert, 
is  it? 

General  Burgin.  That  has  gone  out. 

180.  General  Russell.  What  is  it?  A  cross  between  2  and  3,  or 
more  nearly  2,  or  what? 

General  Burgin.  Well,  more  nearly  3  all  the  time.  We  have  had 
since  December  7th  the  men  in  the  camps  right  at  the  guns,  and  they 
can  get  there  as  quick  as  you  can  sound  an  alarm,  almost. 

181.  General  Russell.  General,  I  am  not  sure  that  the  record  is 
clear  between  you  and  me  on  our  recent  questions  you  were  asked. 

General  Burgin.  I  am  not  either. 

182.  General  Russell.  You  don't  seem  to  answer  my  questions. 
General  Burgin.  I  try  to. 

183.  General  Russell.  And  I  don't  seem  to  understand  your  answers. 
General  Burgin.  I  try  to. 

184.  General  Russell.  Something  is  wrong. 

I  am  attempting  to  develop  whether  or  not  it  is  the  sense  of  the  com- 
manders here  on  the  Island  now  that  they  have  adequate  weapons  for 
the  protection  or  for  the  accomplishment  [£640]  of  their  mis- 
sion against  aircraft  raids. 

General  Burgin.  All  right.  I  will  answer  you  yes.  Now,  you  have 
got  to  qualify  that  when  you  say  "adequate  protection."  If  you  were 
left  here  with  everything  you  could  get,  with  all  the  influences  of  the 
world  to  help,  you  would  probably  take  more:  but  when  General  Mar- 
shall tells  you  that  with  the  manpower  shortage  and  everything  else 
you  have  got  to  scrape  the  bottom  from  here  and  there  to  provide  your 
fighting  force  out  in  the  Pacific,  you  have  got  to  balance  one  against 
the  other  and  come  to  a  decision.  General  Richardson  has  said  the 
minimum  antiaircraft  which  below  we  shall  not  go,  and  he  feels  and  I 
feel  that  under  the  circumstances  that  is  adequate. 

185.  General  Russell.  And  you  have  gotten  to  that  number  ? 
General  Burgin.  And  we  have  not  yet  quite  reached  that  minimum. 

We  are  above  it. 

186.  General  Russell.  How  does  that  compare  now  with  the  number 
of  weapons  that  you  had  available  on  December  7, 1941  ? 

General  Burgin.  The  big  guns,  as  I  stated,  are  approximately  the 
same.  The  gun  is  nuich  better  and  ])robably  ten  times  as  effective  as 
the  equipment  we  had  December  7,  1941.  The  defense  around  Pearl 
Harbor  is  stronger  than  anything  that  has  ever  been  put  up  in  Europe 
anywhere. 

187.  General  Russell.  The  smaller  caliber  guns,  how  does  that  com- 
pare now  with  December  7, 1941  ? 

General  Burgin.  Much  more.  We  have  got  our  full  complement, 
20  batteries. 


1376    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

188.  General  Russell.  In  answer  to  one  of  General  Grunert's 
questions  you  said,  had  you  been  in  position  with  your  ammunition 
ready  to  fire  on  December  7,  that  you  might  have  [2641]  af- 
fected the  Japanese  flights  in  some  way.  I  believe  you  used  the  term, 
you  might  have  broken  it  up  to  an  extent,  or  words  to  that  effect, 
but  you  would  not  have  been  able  to  have  prevented  the  damage 
which  they  did  here. 

Assuming  that  the  antiaircraft  fire  had  been  reinforced  by  the 
aircraft,  are  you  in  position  to  know  what  effect  the  two  operating 
in  conjunction  would  have  had  on  the  Japanese  attack? 

General  Buegin.  I  think  your  answer  is  as  good  as  mine  on  that. 
We  did  have  some  aircraft  that  was  operative;  how  many,  I  don't 
know.  Personally  I  didn't  see  any,  but  there  were  a  few  fighters 
got  into  the  air.  The  full  force  of  fighters  would  have  no  doubt — 
well,  we  could  have  done  much  more  effective  operation  than  they 
did.  The  same  as  our  antiaircraft;  we  probably  could  have  broken 
up  some  of  their  formations,  prevented  some  of  the  damage;  but 
you  never  have  enough  antiaircraft  to  prevent  an  air  attack.  Just 
can't  be  done. 

189.  General  Russell.  A  little  while  ago  you  also  stated  that 
it  was  impossible  to  prevent  the  Japanese  fleet  from  moving  car- 
riers into  a  point  from  which  aircraft  could  be  launched  for  an 
attack  on  the  installation  here  on  Oahu. 

General  Burgin.  I  am  going  to  have  to  ask  you  to  repeat  that, 
what  you  said. 

190.  General  Russell.  Did  you  or  did  you  not  make  the  state- 
ment that  it  was  impossible? 

General  Burgin.  I  did  not. 

191.  General  Russell.  Will  you  read  the  General's  answer  about 
three  questions  up? 

General  Burgin.  I  said  General  Short  got  that  fi^om  the  \^6J0\ 
Navy,  that  it  was  the  impression  of  everybody  that  they  could  not 
come  here.  I  have  never  stated  that  they  could  not.  I  stated  a 
moment  ago  that  even  now  they  could. 

192.  General  Russell.  Well,  that  was  what  I  asked  you,  if  it  wasn't 
true  that  you  stated  that  it  was  impossible  to  prevent  Japanese  car- 
riers from  reaching  a  point  from  which  they  could  launch  an  air 
attack  against  the  installations  here  on  Oahu. 

General  Burgin.  I  think  it  is  impossible  right  now. 

193.  General  Russell.  Yes.    Well,  that  is  what  I  asked  you. 
General  Buegin.  Correct. 

194.  General  Russell.  Now,  General,  you  were  quite  positive  in 
your  earlier  statements  that  the  message  which  you  saw  on  the  27th 
of  November  used  the  term,  "the  President,"  at  least  twice. 

General  Burgin.  That  is  certainly  my  impression,  sir. 

195.  General  Russell.  That  is  your  impression? 

General  Burgin.  I  looked  at  that  message  handed  out  of  the  safe 
by  Colonel  Phillips,  who  held  it  m  his  hand  while  I  read  it,  and  it  is 
certainly  imprinted  on  my  mind  that  it  said  "the  President"  twice. 

196.  General  Russell.  And  you  recall,  as  you  know,  wherein  the 
President's  name  was  mentioned  in  connection  with  the  commission 
of  the  first  overt  act? 

General  Burgin.  Not  the  President's  name,  but  the  word,  "the 
President." 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1377 

197.  General  Eussell.  "The  President"? 
General  Burgin.  Correct. 

198.  General  Eussell.  And  you  also  have  a  distinct  recollection 
that  the  term,  "the  President,"  was  used  in  \2GJt3'\  connection 
with  injunction  against  alarming  the  public? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  my  impression. 

199.  General  Eussell.  Yes.  And  you  are  yet  definite  in  your  im- 
pression that  the  message  read  to  you  by  General  Frank  is  not  the 
message  which  Phillips  took  from  the  safe  and  showed  you? 

General  Burgin.  I  feel  positive  that  is  not  the  message,  although 
it  has  many  of  the  same  terms  in  it. 
(There  was  colloquy  off  the  record.) 

200.  General  Frank,  To  clear  this  up  a  little:  My  questions  will 
dodge  around  here  and  not  follow  sequence. 

General  Burgin.  Yes. 

201.  General  Frank.  You  stated  in  response  to  a  question  by  Gen 
eral  Grunert,  I  think,  that,  "The  interceptor  command  was  being 
organized.  It  was  never  in  being  and  functioning  as  it  should  have 
been.  It  was  only  a  temporary  measure ;  but  that  particular  feature 
of  interceptor  command  controlling  antiaircraft  hre  was  jealously 
guarded  by  the  air  people,  and  we  had  constant  training  and  maneu- 
vers, practice,  where  that  particular  thing  was  stressed,  and  the  anti- 
aircraft was  turned  over  to  the  interceptor  command." 

I  asked  you,  "On  what  date?" 

I  think  perhaps  I  was  under  the  wrong  conception  there.  You 
didn't  mean  that  the  antiaircraft  on  the  afternoon  of  December  7th 
was  turned  over  to  the  interceptor  command,  but  that  it  was  turned 
over  to  the  interceptor  command  during  these  exercises  and  maneu- 
vers ;  is  that  correct  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  correct,  during  the  exercises  and  maneu- 
vers, and  then  it  was  there  for  them  on  December  7.  Now,  I  didn't 
actually  turn  it  over  to  them. 

[^W]         202.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Burgin.  But  under  our  practices  the  control  should  have 
been  there  by  the  interceptor  command.  Whether  it  was  or  not,  I 
can't  answer. 

203.  General  Frank.  Well,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  do  you  know  when 
the  interceptor  command  was  organized,  formally  organized? 

General  Burgin.  There  was  never  any  formal  opening.  I  don't 
know  the  date. 

204.  General  Frank.  Wlien  it  was  announced  as  the 

General  Burgin.  Well,  it  was  a  long  time,  anyhow,  before  they 

got  actually  going. 

205.  General  Frank.  December  7th  ? 

General  Burgin.  In  fact,  it  was  more  than  a  month  before  they  got 
in  their  permanent  home  up  here  and  got  going  properly. 

206.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  radar  and  the  inter- 
ceptor command  installation  actually  was  under  control  of  the  Signal 
Corps  ? 

General  Burgin.  Eight. 

207.  General  Fil:\nk.  And  had  not  yet  been  turned  over  to  the  in- 
terceptor command  on  December  7th ;  isn't  that  correct? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  quite  true. 


1378    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

208.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now,  here  is  a  statement  here, 
"The  interceptor  command  controlling  antiaircraft  fire  was  jealously 
guarded  by  the  air  people."  Well,  was  there  an;7thing  about  their 
jealously  guarding  that  that  interfered  with  its  effectiveness? 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  no,  not  a  thing  in  the  world.  That  is  an  un- 
fortunate remark  there,  and  meant  only  this:  that  we  [264^] 
had  all  these  practices  and  there  were  many,  many  times  when  I,  as 
antiaircraft  fire  man,  thought  they  ought  to  be  shooting,  and  as  inter- 
ceptor command  he  said  no,  because  he  had  his  interceptors  coming  in 
from  a  distance.  An  example  of  that  we  had  in  target  practice  down 
on  the  beach,  and  we  got  an  order  to  hold  fire,  interceptor  command. 
"Why?"  I  said.    "Why  to  hold  fire?" 

"Well,  the  clipper  is  coming  in." 

The  clipper  wasn't  even  in  sight,  way  over  the  horizon  then.  I  said, 
"For  God's  sake,  I  am  not  going  to  shoot  the  clipper  down.  Go  on, 
let  me  have  my  target  practice." 

It  was  just  those  little  misunderstandings  which  made  that  state- 
ment crop  out  there  a  moment  ago. 

209.  General  Frank.  As  long  as  I  clear  up  the  point. 

General  Burgin.  It  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  December  7th  flight. 

210.  General  Frank.  Now,  you  stated  that  you  thought  the  Navy 
was  conducting  reconnaissance. 

General  Burgin.  Yes. 

211.  General  Frank.  "They  were  sending,  out  planes  every 
morning." 

General  Burgin.  Weren't  they  ? 

212.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  what  those  planes  were  going 
out  for  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  don't  know  positively.  Practice,  perhaps. 
We  were  told  they  were  patrolling. 

213.  General  Frank.  That  is  a  fact.  They  were  patrolling,  but  they 
were  patrolling  not  for  reconnaissance  for  defense  of  Oahu,  but 
patrolling  the  areas  in  the  vicinity  of  their  task  [264S'\  forces 
in  guarding  against  submarine  attack. 

General  Burgin.  Well,  that's  news  to  me. 

214.  General  Frank.  Now  I  would  like  to  get  your  reaction  to  this. 
We  have  had  testified  before  the  Board  by  a  naval  officer  that  it  was 
necessary  for  the  Navy  to  have  intelligence  information  so  that  they 
would  know  within  rather  narrow  limits  of  an  impending  attack,  for 
them,  the  Navy,  to  meet  it. 

General  Burgin.  I  should  think  that  would  be  a  true  statement. 
It  certainly  needs  intelligence  just  as  much  as  we  do. 

215.  General  Frank.  Did  jou  have  any  information  along  that 
line  ?    You  evidently  didn't. 

General  Burgin.  I  had  no  way  to  get  any  information  as  to  the 
enemy's  arrival.  I  am  tied  down  to  the  Island  with  nothing  to  go 
any  farther. 

216.  General  Frank,  Evidently  there  was  not  a  free  exchange  of 
information  that  reached  the  level  that  you  held. 

General  Burgin.  It  didn't  reach  my  level,  no. 

217.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

General  Burgin.  I  expected  to  get  my  information  through  Gen- 
eral Short. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1379 

218.  General  Frank.  All  riglit.  Now,  was  the  command  generally 
api^rehensive  with  respect  to  offending  the  local  Japanese? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  think  the  command  as  a  whole  was  appre- 
hensive at  all.  I  don't  think  the}^  cared  whether  they  offended  them 
A' ery  much  or  not. 

219.  General  Frakk.  Do  you  remember  the  wording  in  this  mes- 
sage ?    Here  it  is : 

You  are  directed  to  undertake  sucb  i-econuaissance  [26-^7]  and  other 
measures  as  you  deem  necessary,  but  these  measures  should  not  be  carried  out 
to  alarm  the  civil  population  or  disclose  intent. 

General  Burgin.  That  rings  a  fairly  familiar  bell. 

220.  General  Frank.  Well,  the  civil  population  was  largely  Jap- 
anese. 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  well.  That's  quite  true;  a  large  percentage  of 
the  Island  population  is  Japanese. 

221.  General  Frank.  And  here  was  a  message  not  to  alarm  them. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  there  were  a  series  of  messages  that  came  in  be- 
tween October  16th  and  November  28th,  seven  of  them,  four  of  which 
contained  the  admonition  not  to  alarm  the  population. 

General  Burgin.  That's  news  to  me.    I  only  knew  of  one. 

222.  General  Frank.  Well,  the  question  I  wanted  to  ask,  following: 
Was  there  a  leaning  over  backward  in  the  attitude  to  keep  from  offend- 
ing the  Japanese  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  know.  Looking  back  in  retrospect  I 
would  answer  yes,  it  looks  that  way  from  this  distance. 

223.  General  Frank.  What  kind  of  a  spirit  among  the  officers  and 
men  resulted  from  this  attiude? 

General  Burgin.  There  wasn't  any  noticeable  result,  in  my  mind. 
I  knew  nothing  about  the  admonition  being  repeated  not  to  excite  the 
public.  It  was  not  noised  around  as  far  as  I  know.  It  should  have 
reached  me  if  it  had  been.  The  only  time  I  saw  it  was  in  that  one 
message. 

22J:.  General  Frank.  Did  you  believe  that  there  would  be  a  Jap- 
anese air  attack  on  the  Islands  ? 

General  Burgjn.  I  did  not. 

225.  General  Frank.  Why? 

[264.8]  General  Burgin.  Because  I  thought  they  were  so  far 
away  that  we  would  get  some  intelligence  through  our  Intelligence 
Department  first,  and  then  I  was  positive  that  our  Navy  was  scouting 
around  out  there  and  they  would  give  further  information  of  approach 
at  all  in  this  direction,  and  our  own  Navy  was  out  here  shooting  target 
practice,  maneuvers  all  the  time.  It  looked  like  we  were  perfectly 
able  to  take  care  of  ourselves  against  anything  the  Japanese  should 
send  this  way. 

226.  General  Frank.  Then,  there  was  generally  a  state  of  mind  of 
security  ? 

Geiieral  Burgin.  Yes,  with  a  degree  of  nervousness  underneath  it. 

227.  General  Frank.  I  asked  these  last  two  or  three  questions  to 
give  you  a  little  guide  as  to  tlie  trend  I  am  following  in  the  questions 
that  I  am  asking,  you  see. 

General  Burgin.  Yes. 

228.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  kind  of  a  war  attitude  present 
in  the  command  ?    Were  the  officers  war-minded  ? 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 38 


1380    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Burgin.  No,  not  noticeably  so.  I  was  impressed  when  I 
first  arrived  here  in  August  that  the  war  spirit  was  a  good  deal  less 
than  on  the  mainland. 

229.  General  Frank.  Now,  you  stated  in  your  testimony  that  people 
were  apprehensive  about  sabotage  from  the  Japanese.  From  your 
observation  was  there  any  aggressive  attitude  tow^ard  preventing  this 
much  dreaded  sabotage,  or  Avas  it  mostly  passive  ? 

General  Burgin,  More  or  less  passive,  and  they  selected  the  points 
that  should  need  guarding,  like  the  power  plants  and  the  bridges,  and 
they  actually  went  on  Alert  No.  1,  put  the  guards  on  the  power  plants 
and  the  bridges,  and  my  searchlights  and  my  [2649\  big-gun 
batteries  that  may  have  been  knocked  out  with  a  dynamite  charge  or 
something.     It  was  passive,  I  would  say. 

2'30.  General  Frank.  You  are  an  officer  of  considerable  military 
experience.  I  would  like  to  get  an  opinion  from  you.  What  do  you 
think  would  have  been  the  predicament  of  a  similar  number  of  Ameri- 
cans in  Japan  under  similar  circumstances  ? 

General  Burgin.  You  mean  if  the  population  had  been  reversed 
and  we  had  been  Americans  in  Japan  ? 

231.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Burgin.  I  think  we  could  have  turned  the  place  upside 
down  by  sabotage ;  probably  would. 

£'32.  General  Frank.  What  do  you  think  the  Japanese  would  have 
done,  however?  Do  you  think  they  would  have  allowed  Americans 
to  have  been  at  large  in  Japan  ? 

General  Burgin.  They  certainly  would  not.  We  would  have  been 
locked  up  long  before  war  started. 

233.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  am  after. 

234.  General  Grunert.  All  right;  go  ahead. 

235.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  the  nation  at  large,  from  the 
press  and  your  memory  of  it,  was  war-minded  ? 

General  Burgin.  Certainly  the  opposite,  in  my  opinion. 

236.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  you  thought,  that  you  be- 
lieved, that  you  were  going  to  get  a  warning  from  a  system  of  recon- 
naissance that  you  thought  existed. 

General  Burgin.  Right. 

237.  General  Frank.  But  which  didn't.  How  were  you  going  to 
get  that  warning? 

General  Burgin.  My  idea  was,  the  Navy  had  its  scouts  out  there, 
had  its  carrier-based  planes  out  farther  to  the  west,  [2650'] 
still,  scouting,  that  they  were  going  out  at  least  800  miles  from  Oahu 
every  day.  The  carrier  during  the  daytime  would  have  to  be  farther 
than  800  miles,  and  we  would  get  as  much  warning  as  it  would  take 
the  carrier  to  run  in  from  beyond  800  miles  and  launch  the  planes. 
The  next  thing  was,  we  figured  we  would  have  at  least  12  hours' 
warning. 

238.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  figure  that  that  protection  would 
have  to  cover  360  degrees  ? 

General  Burgin.  Quite  right. 

239.  General  Frank.  Before  you  had  that  sense  of  security,  did  you 
ever  think  of  that  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  we  thought  of  it. 

240.  General  Frank.  In  fact,  in  a  statement  in  a  reply  to  General 
Grunert  you  stated  that  in  your  p)rotection  of  Pearl  Harbor  against 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1381 

attack  you  were  confronted  with  a  state  of  peace  instead  of  a  state  of 
war.  However,  the  dispositions  that  you  made  were  practice  for  ac- 
tual war.  Therefore,  to  all  intents  and  purposes  the  dispositions  were 
the  same,  weren't  they  ? 

General  Burgin.  No;  the  dispositions  for  peace  were  far  different 
from  those  of  war. 

241.  General  Frank.  Why? 

General  Burgin.  Because  the  dispositions  of  peace,  the  whole  64th 
Kegiment,  for  an  example,  were  in  the  barracks  here  at  Fort  Shafter, 
with  its  field  positions  out  well  beyond  here  but  nobody  occupying 
them.  The  98th  were  at  Schofield  Barracks,  251st  at  Malekoli.  They 
were  not  in  their  field  positions  for  war. 

242.  General  Frank.  And  you  never  moved  out  into  all  of  your 
field  positions? 

General  Burgin.  Never  all  at  one  time,  no;  but  every  [2651] 
battery  went  out  didn't  have  to  go  into  actual  position  in  the  cane 
field  and  knock  down  a  man's  cane.  Go  in  alongside  the  road.  Some 
more  of  these  simulations  that  w^e  did  in  peacetime. 

243.  General  Frank.  What  facilities,  to  your  knowledge,  did  our 
Intelligence  Department  have  to  get  information? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  know. 

244.  General  Frank.  You  just  know  that  it  didn't  reach  you. 

To  get  back  to  this  question  of  disturbing  the  local  Japanese,  did  you 
ever  see  any  excitement  among  the  local  Japanese  over  any  military 
divisions  or  operations? 

General  Burgin.  Never  have,  either  before  or  after  December  7. 

245.  You  now  know  that  there  was  not  effective  reconnaissance  out, 
in  compliance  with  the  defense  plan  for  the  protection  of  the  Island 
of  Oahu? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  I  know  that. 

246.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  the  presence  between 
November  25th  and  30th  of  a  Japanese  carrier  task  force  with  sub- 
marines in  the  Marshalls? 

General  Burgin.  Never. 

247.  General  Frank.  What  would  have  been  your  reaction? 
General  Burgin.  I  don't  think  it  would  have  been  any  different. 

We  were  working  under  S.  O.  P.  from  topside.    We  would  have 
waited  on  orders  from  him. 

248.  General  Frank.  You  still  would  have  believed  in  the  Navy? 
General  Burgin.  Yes,  I  certainly  would. 

249.  General  Frank.  Well,  now  that  you  are  conversant  with  the 
fact  that  the  Navy  was  not  providing  this  protection  in  which  you 
believed,  had  that  circumstance  been  chased  in  the  [£652] 
open  where  commanders  of  your  level  and  above  had  known  it,  what 
do  you  think  would  have  been  your  action  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  think  I  would  have  gone  to  General  Short  and 
asked  him.  Let's  go  all-out  and  do  everything  we  could  here. 

250.  General  Frank.  Now,  you  stated  that  you  had  some  difficulty 
in  getting  into  war  positions  with  your  equipment.  And  did  you 
ever  want  to  emjilace  any  of  your  equipment  on  Hawaiian  Pineapple 
Company  land  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  think  we  did  prior  to  the  war.  Now,  I  am 
not  positive.  The  pineapple  go  up  to  the  northward  and  the  sugar 
cane  down  around  Pearl  Harbor;  there  are  no  pineapples  in  there. 


1382    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

So  I  have  no  recollection  of  any  difficulty  with  the  pineapple  people. 

251.  General  Frank.  All  right.  What  was  the  attitude  of  the 
Hawaiian  Sugar  Planters  Association? 

General  Buegin.  Like  everybody  else,  they  didn't  want  the  Army 
to  go  on  their  stuff,  on  their  property.  The  same  attitude  is  growing 
up  right  now.  We  are  having  terrible  difficulty  every  time  we  want 
a  piece  of  property  or  to  use  a  piece  of  property.  It  is  the  same  thing 
over  again:  time  for  the  Army  to  get  out.  They  don't  want  the 
Army  around.  The  same  attitude  is  growing  up  right  now ;  not  bad, 
because  we  can  do  most  as  we  please  now,  acting  carefully. 
'    252.  General  Frank.  Where  does  that  attitude  head  up  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  know.     Just  human  nature,  I  think. 

253.  General  Frank.  In  the  Hawaiian  Sugar  Planters  Association  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  don't  know  that  it  is  confined  to  the  sugar  plant- 
ers. I  have  nothing  against  the  Big  Five.  I  know  [26SS] 
nothing  about  them,  or  any  other  thing.  I  can't  place  any  particular 
person.  It's  everybody.  Anybody  who  owns  land  or  property 
doesn't  want  us  around. 

254.  General  Frank.  Well,  do  you  think  that  that  is  because  of 
commercial  interests  ? 

General  Burgin.  Why,  of  course. 

255.  General  Frank.  Or  because  of  Japanese  interests? 
General  Burgin.  Commercial  interests,  selfish  interests,  of  course. 

256.  General  Frank.  In  this  endeavor  to  prevent  alarming  the 
population,  do  you  think  that  that  had  reference  to  alarming  the 
commercial  interests  or  the  Japanese? 

General  Burgin.  I  thought,  everybody. 

257.  General  Frank.  Will  you  analyze  a  little  bit  the  difference? 
What  effect  would  it  have  had  to  have  alarmed  the  Japanese,  since 
war  was  coming  anyhow  ? 

General  Burgin.  You  can  analyze  it  as  well  as  I  can.  I  don't  see 
that  it  had  any  effect  at  all. 

258.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  an  answer  for  the  record,  please. 
General  Burgin.  It  is  rather  a  difficult  thing  to  answer.     It's  all  a 

man's  opinion  anyhow.     I  don't  think  it  would  disturb  the  Japanese 
any  more  than  it  would  anybody  else. 

259.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now  let's  walk  over  on  the  side 
of  the  commercial  interests. 

260.  Colonel  Toulmin.  The  question  is  not  answered. 

261.  General  Frank.  I  know.     Would  you  repeat  it,  please? 
The  Reporter  (reading)  : 

All  right.     Now  let's  walk  over  on  the  side  of  the  commercial  interests. 

[2654^]  General  Burgin.  I  have  no  feeling  one  way  or  the  other. 
I  don't  think  there  is  any  distinction  between  the  commercial  interest 
or  the  Japanese  interest  or  anybody  else's  interests.  A  great  deal  of 
the  commercial  interests  were  Japanese,  incidentally. 

262.  General  Frank.  Well,  it  would  have  affected  the  normal  con- 
duct of  business;  it  would  have  affected  normal  intercourse  with  the 
mainland;  it  would  have  affected  industry? 

General  Burgin.  Yes. 

[265S]         263.  General  Grunert.  When  you  are  speaking  of  that 
are  you  speaking  of  Alert  No.  2  or  the  all-out  alert? 
General  Burgin.  I  mean  the  all-out  alert. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1383 

264.  General  Grunert.  How  about  Alert  No.  2? 

General  Bukgin.  Alert  No.  2  is  almost  as  bad,  to  go  out  and  take 
your  field  positions. 

265.  General  Grunert.  Under  No.  2  you  get  ready  to  meet  an  air 
attack  and  also  guard  against  sabotage  i 

General  Burgin.  That  is  right.  No.  2  would  probably  have  been 
almost  as  bad  as  No.  3. 

266.  General  Grunert.  And  under  No.  2  the  infantry  and  artillery 
do  not  go  out  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  have  forgotten  what  the  infantry  did  under  No. 
3,  but  I  think  they  did  not  go  out  under  No.  2,  or  No.  3,  those  two 
divisions.  As  far  as  the  antiairciaft  is  concerned,  there  is  very  little 
difference  between  2  and  3. 

267.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  had  you  received  this  mes- 
sage of  November  27th  you  w^ould  have  to  go  Alert  No.  3.  You  also 
stated  that  you  thought  that  it  would  have  disturbed  the  population. 
Notwithstanding  the  cautions  in  that  message  not  to  alarm  the  popu- 
lation, would  you  nevertheless  have  .gone  to  Alert  No.  3  and  have 
violated  that  part  of  it? 

268.  General  Burgin.  I  think  so. 

General  Frank.  Had  the  Army  and  Navy  known  that  the  Japs 
were  coming,  do  you  think  that  a  determined  Japanese  air  attack  in 
force  could  have  been  stopped  ? 

General  BtJRGiN.  Yes,  I  do.  I  think  the  Navy  could  have  stopped 
it  themselves. 

269.  General  Frank.  How? 

[26-56]  General  Burgin.  Met  them  carrier  for  carrier.  They 
had  at  least  two  carriers  here,  as  I  recollect,  the  ENTERPRISE  and 
the  SARATOGA,  and  a  whole  battleship  fleet. 

270.  General  Frank.  I  know,  but  they  were  out  on  task  maneuvers. 
General  Burgin.  They  were  out,  yes,  but  they  got  radio  and  they 

got  information,  however.  They  are  supposed  to  be  out  if  they  meet 
the  enemy.  They  are  not  going  to  meet  him  in  Pearl  Harbor,  that  is 
sure. 

271.  General  Frank.  Considering  that  they  require  a  360-degree 
defense,  and  the  only  notice  that  you  have  of  their  approach  is  the 
fact  that  the  Air  Force  has  been  launched  from  the  carriers  and  is 
on  its  way,  130  miles  out,  do  you  think  that  it  can  be  stopped  ? 

General  Burgin.  No.  You  are  limiting  it  now.  Why  don't  you 
put  them  20  miles  instead  of  knowing  they  were  coming?  Of  course, 
you  would  have  to  do  something  if  you  knew  they  were  coming,  and 
if  they  had  known  they  were  coming  down  the  fleet  would  have  been 
there. 

272.  General  Frank.  But  the  radar 

General  Burgin.  The  radar  would  not  have  helped  any,  because  the 
fleet  would  have  been  too  close.  It  would  have  helped  some,  but  the 
antiaircraft  and  the  fixed  defenses  could  have  been  further  along 
and  ready  to  meet  the  initial  attack,  which  they  were  not.  The 
initial  attack  is  probably  the  one  that  did  the  most  damage,  the 
torpedo  planes. 

273.  General  Frank.  Do  jon  think  a  sneak  attack  would  succeed 
now? 

General  Burgin.  Yes. 


1384     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[26S7]  274.  General  Frank.  Do  you  consider  it  reasonable  for 
the  American  people  to  believe  that  the  Jap  attack  on  December  7th 
could  have  been  absolutely  prevented? 

General  Bukgin.  I  think  it  most  unreasonable  to  even  think  so, 
under  the  conditions  we  were  in,  with  that  fleet.  I  still  go  back 
to  that.  If  you  are  going  to  prevent  carriers  coming  here,  and  bat- 
tlewagons,  you  have  got  to  meet  them  with  the  same  stuff.  They  are 
not  in  Pearl  Harbor  but  out  in  the  Pacific.  We  had  a  360-degrees 
at  Midway,  too,  but  we  met  them  there  and  licked  them. 

275.  General  Frank.  But  they  had  intelligence. 
General  Bltrgin.  Right. 

276.  General  Grunert.  What  is  the  use  of  having  a  fighter  com- 
mand here  if  they  are  not  going  to  be  able  to  lick  what  comes  in  the 
air? 

General  Burgin.  None  at  all. 

277.  General  Grunert.  It  is  a  waste  of  a  fighter  command  if  they 
are  not  going  to  be  able  to  defend  themselves  here,  to  a  great  extent, 
anyway. 

General  Burgin.  They  can  defend  themselves  here.  You  get  that 
20-mile  warning  and  you  get  fighters  in  the  air,  because  now  they 
are  on  the  alert  so  they  can  get  in  the  air. 

278.  General  Grunert.  Then  why  should  a  sneak  attack  be  success- 
ful now,  or  what  extent  would  you  say  that  it  would  be  successful  ? 

General  Burgin.  Well,  it  would  not  be  successful  to  the  extent  that 
tlie  disaster  of  December  7tli  was,  but  it  would  cause  damage.  There 
is  no  question  in  my  mind  if  they  want  to  get  in  here  they  can  get  in 
here,  even  now,  with  carrier-based  planes. 

279.  General  Grunert.  We  had  a  youngster  w^ho  shot  down  four, 
I  believe,  even  without  that  warning  and  so  forth,  and  he  testified 
that  if  they  were  ready  they  could  have  practically  [2658] 
eliminated  them,  especially  the  torpedo  bombers  and  so  forth.  So  it 
is  just  your  opinion  that  there  would  be  a  certain  amount  of  success; 
it  could  not  be  absolutely  stopped  ? 

General  Burgin.  Absolutely.  They  cannot  stop  them,  if  they  de- 
termined to  come  in. 

280.  General  Grunert.  But  it  would  not  be  another  Pearl  Harbor, 
anyway  ? 

General  Burgin.  It  would  not  be  another  disaster  like  December 
7th,  1941. 

281.  General  Frank.  Could  the  defense  forces  be  surprised  now? 
General  Burgin.  Yes. 

282.  General  Frank.  To  what  extent? 

General  Burgin.  I  should  say  they  could  be  surprised  beyond  radar 
surveillance  by  carrier-based  planes. 

283.  General  Frank.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  technical  details 
of  radar? 

General  Burgin.  Not  too  deeply  technical,  no.  I  know  that  the 
long-range  one  will  reach  out  to  about  120  miles.  It  is  not  positive 
to  go  off  and  pick  up  planes  that  are  down  on  the  surface.  We  never 
had  a  hundred  ])er  cent  success  with  it;  so  they  can  come  in. 

284.  General  Frank.  That  is  all  I  wanted  right  there.  An  attack 
could  come  in  at  about  20  feet  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1385 

General  Burgin.  They  have  come  in  undetected,  many  times,  with 
our  practice  attacks,  undetected  until  they  reach  about  20  miles  on 
our  268,  when  the  searchli<ihts  pick  them  up. 

285.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  even  if  they  come  in 
about  20  feet  off  the  water  at  130  miles,  the  radar  does  not  pick  them 
up  until  they  get  in  within  about  20  miles.  Therefore  [26S9] 
if  they  come  in  low  enough  it  is  possible  even  now  for  a  surprise 
attack;  is  that  correct? 

General  Bukgin.  That  is  correct.  We  have  had  it  many  times  in 
practice.  They  are  still  working  on  radar  to  get  one  that  will  pick 
up  low-flying  planes  out  on  the  water. 

286.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  anything  concerning  any  de- 
lays or  tendencies  in  the  construction  of  the  aircraft  warning  service 
facilities  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

General  Burgin.  I  do  not.     I  know  nothing  about  that. 

287.  General  Frank.  Did  j'ou  ever  hear  any  complaint  with  re- 
spect to  this? 

General  Burgin.  Not  until  it  came  out  in  the  papers  some  two 
or  three  months  ago. 

288.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  come  in  contact  with  or  know 
anything  about  the  relations  between  a  Colonel  Wyman,  the  District 
Engineer,  and  a  Mr.  Rohl,  in  Hawaii? 

General  Burgin.  No,  I  know  nothing  whatever  about  that,  and 
never  did. 

289.  General  Grunert.  Did  the  antiaircraft  setup  have  a  triple- 
A.  L  S.? 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  yes. 

290.  General  Grunert.  How  far  out  is  that  or  to  what  extent  can 
that  give  warning  of  the  approach  of  hostile  planes? 

General  Burgin.  As  far  as  you  can  see. 

291.  General  Grunert.  And  how  much  warning  in  time  does  that 
give  your  information  system  to  get  your  information  disseminated 
so  that  you  can  get  ready  to  fire? 

General  Burgin.  Well,  it  is  an  awful  short  warning.  It  is  only 
as  far  as  you  can  put  your  own  men  out  where  they  can  see  and  get 
the  message  back.     Probably  two  minutes,  or  something  like  that. 

[2660]  292.  General  Grunert.  That  does  give  you  some  warn- 
ing? 

General  Burgin.  It  gives  you  a  little  warning. 

293.  General  Grunert.  And  it  supplements  the  air  warning 
system  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  right. 

294.  General  Grunert.  But  only  for  your  own  Command? 
General  Burgin.  That  is  all. 

295.  General  Frank.  But  you  have  some  radar  of  your  own,  do 
you  not? 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  yes,  now.  We  had  not  then.  We  have  got 
many  classes  of  radar,  both  for  fighter  control  and  picking  up  planes. 
The  268  is  the  main  one. 

296.  General  Frank.  And  this  radar  you  now  have  is  effective 
how  far? 

General  Burgin.  About  20  miles  as  a  maximum. 


1386    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

297.  General  Gkunert.  But  they  can  pick  up  better  than  the  warn- 
ing system? 

General  Buegin,  No. 

298.  General  Grunert.  I  understood  it  could  get  the  beam  lower 
so  it  can  get  them  coming  closer  in  ? 

General  Burgin.  No.  We  have  a  separate  radar  for  the  sea-coast, 
for  the  water. 

299.  General  Grunert.  I  understand  they  are  working  on  a  com- 
bination of  268  and  your  574? 

General  Burgin.  I  forget  the  number  of  it,  but  we  have  the  latest 
one  at  the  fort  command  now,  but  it  is  in  an  experimental  stage. 

300.  General  Grunert.  This  command  of  Oahu  and  the  Hawaiian 
Command  is  an  outpost  of  the  United  States? 

[B061]         General  Burgin.  No  doubt  about  that. 

301.  General  Grunert.  And  an  outpost  is  intended  to  be  awake 
and  on  the  alert  so  the  mainland  can  go  to  sleep ;  that  is  the  general 
idea  of  an  outpost? 

General  Burgin.  That  is  right,  yes. 

302.  General  Grunert.  I  asked  you  something  about  the  Big  Five, 
and  you  gave  me  a  few  names,  but  there  is  an  article  in  the  paper  today 
under  Kennedy  saying  "Big  Five  Does  Not  Control  Hawaiian  Air- 
lines". And  it  gives  their  names.  Mr.  Kennedy  named  the  Big  Five 
as  Alexander  &  Baldwin,  Castle  &  Cooke,  C.  Brewer  &  Company, 
American  Factors,  and  Theodore  H.  Davies,  Limited.  Is  that  just 
the  big  five  airlines  or  is  that  the  Big  Five  in  business  out  there  ? 

General  Burgin.  I  cannot  give  you  any  information  on  the  Big 
Five.  It  is  my  impression  it  is  the  Big  Five  in  business,  not  on  the 
airlines.    In  fact,  I  am  positive  of  that  feature  of  it. 

303.  General  Grunert.  Which  one  of  those  is  Dillingham  con- 
nected with,  do  you  know  ? 

General  Burgin,  I  do  not  know.  They  are  all  interlocked  one  with 
the  other.  I  don't  know  a  darned  thing  about  the  Big  Five,  to  be 
frank  with  you,  and  care  less. 

304.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Any  other  questions? 

305.  General  Frank.  In  military  procedure,  when  a  tactical  and 
strategic  commander  is  confronted  with  a  situation  he  makes  an  esti- 
mate of  the  situation.    That  is  normal,  is  it  not? 

General  Burgin.  Correct. 

306.  General  Frank.  And  in  determining  what  the  enemy  will  do 
he  tries  to  find  out  the  action  of  the  enemy  along  what  line,  in  the 
extreme  ? 

[2662']  General  Burgin.  Along  the  line  of  what  he  can  do  to 
hurt  you. 

307.  General  Frank.  To  what  extent? 

General  Burgin.  That  is,  you  try  to  estimate  what  the  enemy  can 
do  to  hurt  you.    I  suppose  that  is  what  you  are  getting  at. 

308.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
General  Burgin.  That  is  right. 

309.  General  Frank.  But  to  hurt  you,  he  will  hurt  you  in  varying 
degrees  in  what  he  does. 

General  Burgin.  You  try  to  find  out  what  he  can  do  to  hurt  you 
most. 

310.  General  Frank.  And  in  making  your  decision  on  your  line 
of  action,  what  do  you  do  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1387 

General  Burgin.  Try  to  protect  against  that,  the  most  serious 
threat. 

311.  General  Frank.  T]iat  is  all. 

312.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  else  that  you  can  think 
of  to  inform  the  Board  that  has  not  been  brought  out,  that  refers  to 
the  subject? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  there  is  one  little  thing  on  my  mind. 

313.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

General  Burgin.  I  think  I  stated  that  I  attended  only  one  con- 
ference where  General  Short  called  his  senior  officers  together,  and  at 
that  conference  minor  things  were  discussed,  which  is  quite  true,  in 
the  way  of  work  projects,  unloading  lumber,  and  so  forth.  At  that 
same  conference  there  was  a  discussion  of  the  war  that  arose,  to  a 
minor  extent,  but  it  was  not  [266^3]  the  purpose  of  the  meet- 
ing, however,  but  General  Short  did  refer  to  the  seriousness  of  the 
situation  and  turned  to  General  Martin,  who  was  his  air  commander, 
and  said,  "Martin,  you  keep  one-third  of  your  fighters  on  alert  at  all 
times." 

314.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  when  that  conference  took 
place  ? 

General  Burgin.  That  was  a  few  days  prior  to  the  27th.  It  was 
not  that  morning.  I  did  not  see  General  Short  himself  that  morning. 
I  saw  Colonel  Phillips.     It  was  only  a  day  or  two  prior  to  that. 

315.  General  Kussell.  Did  you  have  contacts  with  General  Short, 
other  than  at  the  conference  that  you  are  talking  about,  from  August 
up  to  December  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  I  had  contacts  in  various  ways.  I  will  give 
you  one  example.  I  was  hunting  for  a  right  good  command  post  for 
my  headquarters  and  decided  on  the  magazine  up  in  Diamond  Head 
crater.  General  Short  went  with  me  to  inspect  this  and  to  make  the 
decision  on  the  ground.  On  various  things  like  that  I  came  in  contact 
with  General  Short. 

316.  General  Kussell.  Was  he  accessible  and  approachable  in  his 
headquarters  ? 

General  Burgin.  Oh,  yes. 

317.  General  Russell.  Did  he  come  out  to  see  j^ou  and  have  in- 
formal talks  with  you  ? 

General  Burgin.  No,  sir;  never.  He  never  called  any  conferences 
except  that  one  that  I  mentioned. 

318.  General  Russell.  You  say  he  never  did  come  out  to  your  com- 
mand post  and  see  you  out  there  and  see  you  in  the  field  and  talk  with 
you? 

[£664-]  General  Burgin.  I  have  no  recollection  of  his  ever 
coming  out  at  any  time. 

319.  General  Russell.  And  such  talks  as  you  had  with  him  were 
those  where  you  went  to  his  headquarters  ? 

General  Burgin.  Yes,  sir. 

320.  General  Frank.  How  long  were  you  under  his  command,  the 
number  of  months  ? 

General  Burgin.  Four  months,  August  7th,  until  he  was  relieved 
about  December  l7th,  or  something  like  that. 

321.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


1388     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[2665']  TESTIMONY  OF  WILLIAM  S.  LAWTON;  COLONEL,  GEN- 
ERAL STAFF  CORPS;  HEADQUARTERS,  PACIFIC  OCEAN  AREA; 
FT.  SHAFTER,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  name, 
rank,  organization,  and  station. 

Colonel  Lawton.  William  S.  Lawton;  Colonel,  General  Staff 
Corps ;  headquarters.  Pacific  Ocean  Area ;  Ft.  Shafter,  T.  H. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  this  Board  is  after  facts,  and  leads 
to  facts ;  and  because  of  your  assignment  in  1941  and  during  the  at- 
tack, we  hope  that  we  can  get  some  of  those  facts  from  you,  or  leads 
to  others. 

Just  what  was  your  assignment  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  was  an  assistant  to  the  Assistant  Chief  of  Staff, 
G-3,  sir. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Would  you  give  the  approximate  dates? 
Colonel  Lawton.  I  was  in  headquarters  on  March  7,  1941,  in  that 

position,  and  stayed  in  G-3  until  August  1942,  sir. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  G-3,  at  the  time? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Colonel  William  E.  Donegan,  sir. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  Donegan  testified  before  the  Board, 
and  in  effect  stated  that  he  did  not  know  very  much  about  certain 
G-3  matters,  and  that  you  knew  it  all,  or  words  to  that  effect,  on 
those  certain  things.  One  of  them  was  the  Joint  Coastal  Frontier 
Defense  Plan.  Another  one  was  the  liaison,  I  believe,  and  copera- 
tion  with  the  Navy.  Is  that  approximately  correct?  Were  those 
your  specialties  in  the  G-3? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  I  handled  those  matters  in  G-3,  sir. 

6.  General  Grunert.  What  other  matters  in  G-3  did  you  handle, 
particularly  or  especially? 

Colonel  Lawton.  For  a  while  I  handled  Air  Force  matters, 
[2666]  but  I  was  not  handling  those  on  the  7th,  sir,  of  December 
1941 ;  certain  aspects  of  field  fortifications,  seacoast  and  antiaircraft 
artillery  matters,  generally. 

7.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  First,  let  us  take  up  this  Joint 
Hawaiian  Coastal  Frontier  Defense  Plan.  What  do  you  recall,  gen- 
erally speaking,  of  the  responsibilities  of  the  Army,  under  that  plan? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Could  I  refer  to  the  plan,  sir? 

8.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  go  ahead. 
Colonel  Lawton.  In  any  particular  aspects  ? 

9.  General  Grunert.  What  was  their  mission?  What  was  the 
Army's  mission,  with  what  was  it  charged? 

Colonel  Lawton.  To  hold  Oahu  against  attacks  by  sea,  land,  and 
air  forces,  and  against  hostile  sympathizers,  and  support  the  naval 
forces.     That  is  stated  so  in  the  plans,  sir. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Under  that  mission,  they  were  responsible 
for  the  land  defense? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

11.  General  Grunert.  And  in  implementing  that  plan,  what  did  it 
include?     They  had  the  inshore  aerial  patrol,  did  they? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1389 

Colonel  Lawton.  Tliere  was  none  established.  That  is  prescribed 
as  a  mission  for  Army  forces.  There  was  none  established  on  the 
7th  of  December,  or  prior  to  that  time,  sir. 

12.  General  Geunert.  Did  it  make  any  difference  as  far  as  the 
plan  was  concerned,  whether  the  fleet  was  in  or  out  of  the  harbor? 

Colonel  Lawton.  To  my  recollection,  no  sir.  There  was  nothing 
prescribed  in  the  plan,  I  am  quite  sure;  nothing  stated  in  the  plan 
to  that  effect. 

[2667]  13.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  charged  with  distant 
reconnaisance  in  that  plan  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  The  Navy,  sir. 

14.  General  Grunert.  When  you  say  "the  Navy,"  what  do  you 
mean — the  fleet,  or  the  district,  or  both  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir ;  for  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District.  The 
Commandant  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  was  charged  with 
that,  sir. 

15.  General  Geunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  they  lived  up 
to  that  with  which  they  were  charged,  in  the  line  of  distant  recon- 
naissance? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  can't  recall  factually  at  this  time,  sir.  My 
best  recollection  is  that  there  was  certain  distant  reconnaissance.  It 
was  sketchy,  to  my  belief,  if  any.     I  am  not  sure  on  that. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Whose  business  was  it,  in  the  staff,  to  follow 
up  whether  or  not  the  Navy  was  following  its  part  of  the  plan,  for 
the  Commanding  General  ?  In  other  words,  to  whom  did  he  look  to 
see  whether  or  not  that  plan  was  implemented? 

Colonel  Lawton.  It  would  be  the  General  Staff  Chiefs.  There 
were  certain  aspects  of  the  plan  that  were  G-1  functions ;  others,  G-2, 
-3,  and  -4,  sir. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Well,  whose  function  was  it  to  see  whether 
or  not  the  Navy  was  carrying  out  its  part  of  the  plan  of  distant 
reconnaissance? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  that  would  be  primarily  a  G-2  function. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Just  because  of  the  question  of  intelligence, 
was  that  the  idea? 

[2668]         Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Just  what  cooperation  was  there  between 
G-3  of  the  Department  and  operations  of  the  Navy,  or  what  corre- 
sponded to  a  similar  position  in  the  district  or  the  fleet,  or  both  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  You  are  speaking  now  of  liaison,  sir,  of  contact 
back  and  forth  between  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  sir? 

20.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  sir. 

Colonel  Lawton.  There  was  an  officer  in  G-3  always  who  w^as 
primarily  charged  with  naval  liaison.  I  took  over  from  Major 
Hobart  Hewitt,  in  about  August. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  actually  performed  the  duties  of 
liaison  officer  between  the  Department  and  the  Navy,  in  so  far  as 
operational  matters  were  concerned? 

Colonel  Lawton.  From  the  Army,  as  an  Army  officer;  yes,  sir. 
We  also  had  a  naval  officer  in  the  G-3  section. 

22.  General  Grunert.  And  his  name  was  Burr? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Burr;  yes,  sir;  Lieutenant  Harold  Burr. 


1390    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

23.  General  Grujstert.  While  we  are  on  that  subject,  what  was 
he  worth  to  G-B  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  His  duties  were  not  important,  sir. 

24.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Then  you  did  not  get  much  in- 
formation from  him,  did  you? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Just  as  a  messenger  going  back  and  forth,  sir, 
to  get  certain  specific  information,  or  to  bring  certain  specific  infor- 
mation to  the  Navy. 

25.  General  Grunert.  Of  course,  you  do  not  know,  but  I  wondered 
what  the  Navy  thought  of  your  being  the  liaison  officer  for  the  Army. 
Were  you  any  better  than  he  was  for  the  Navy  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  I  was  in  a  position  to  give  them  better 
information. 

[2669]  26.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Now,  what  sort  of  in- 
formation passed  back  and  forth?  What  did  you  do  over  that  pe- 
riod, say,  the  latter  part,  from  October  1  to  December  7  ?  What  hap- 
pened between  the  two  of  them  ?  What  information  was  passed  back 
and  forth,  and  what  did  they  jointly  get,  together  ?  In  other  words, 
give  us  a  story  of  that,  of  your  activities  during  that  time,  in  so  far 
as  the  Navy  or  the  fleet  and  the  Naval  District  were  concerned. 

Colonel  Lawton.  Why,  I  find  it  a  little  difficult  to  remember  exact 
occurrences  of  matters  that  came  up  at  that  time,  sir. 

27.  General  Grunert.  Give  your  memory,  as  it  goes.  Just  tell  us 
the  story,  and  then  we  will  piece  it  out  by  questions. 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  would  quite  frequently  go  over  to  see  Com- 
mander Knowles,  who  was  the  operational  officer  and  War  Plans  officer 
in  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District;  occasionally  would  see  Captain 
Earl,  who  was  the  Chief  of  Staff  for  Admiral  Bloch.  Most  of  my 
business  was  done  with  Commander  Knowles.  I  believe,  during  that 
period  that  you  mention,  there  were  one  or  two  joint  agreements  that 
were  gotten  up  between  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  and  the  Ha- 
waiian Department,  as  to  which  I  conferred  with  Commander  Knowles 
quite  frequently.  We  had  a  number  of  meetings,  along  with  other 
officers.  In  training  matters,  coordination  of  use  to  training  areas,  I 
used  to  see  him  quite  frequently. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Then  your  conferences  were  primarily  on 
training  matters  and  joint  exercises,  were  they? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Training  matters,  joint  exercises,  and  then  there 
were,  I  think,  in  connection  with  the  Hawaiian  [2670']  Coastal 
Frontier  Defense  Plan  of  1941,  several  joint  agreements  made,  as 
annexes. 

29.  General  Grunert.  The  Board  has  knowledge  of  a  Joint  Air 
Operations  Agreement,  and  it  has  knowledge  of  two  addenda  to  that 
agreement.  That  is  the  only  thing  that  I  recall  right  now  that  the 
Board  has  knowledge  of.    Do  you  recall  anything  else  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Tliere  was  one  agreement,  I  think,  at  that  time, 
with  relation  to  harbor  entrance  control  posts,  sir. 

30.  General  Grunert.  That  was  a  local  affair.  Was  that  put  in 
writing  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

31.  General  Grunert.  And  was  it  made  a  part  of  a  plan  ? 
Colonel  Lawton.  It  was  made  part  of  this  plan. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  in  the  plan  that  you  have,  there  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1391 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  it  is,  sir.  Yes,  sir;  it  is  Inclosure  B, 
Annex  No.  VII,  to  IICF-41,  joint  harbor  entrance  control  post. 

33.  General  Grunert.  What  annexes  have  you,  there,  and  what  are 
their  topics  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Annex  No.  1,  Section  VI,  Allocation  of  Military 
and  Civil  Manpower;  Annex  No.  II,  Section  VI,  Allocation  of  Util- 
ities and  Installations;  Annex  III,  Section  VI,  Allocation  of  Local 
Transportation  Facilities :  Land,  Water,  and  Air ;  Annex  IV,  Section 
VI,  Allocation  of  Signal  Communications ;  Annex  V,  Section  VI,  Al- 
location of  Supplies  (Other  Than  Food),  Construction  Materials  and 
Mechanical  Equipment;  Annex  VII,  Section  VI,  Joint  Security 
Measures,  Protection  of  Fleet  and  Pearl  Harbor  Base. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Wait.  That  sounds  interesting.  Generally, 
what  is  that  about  ?     What  is  the  date  of  that  ? 

[267 ^         Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  the  28th  of  March,  1941,  sir. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Generally,  what  is  that  about? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Conduct  of  joint  air  operations  in  defense  of 
Oahu. 

36.  General  Grunert.  That  is  the  Joint  Air  Operations  Agree- 
ment, then? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

37.  General  Grunert.  Well,  go  ahead.  We  know  about  that. 
Give  the  dates  of  those  annexa  as  they  go  on  from  this. 

Colonel  Lawton.  The  one  I  just  mentioned  was  Inclosure  B  to 
Annex  VII,  which  is  a  joint  harbor  entrance  control  post,  approved 
August  12,  1941,  signed  by  General  Short  and  Admiral  Bloch.  That 
is  the  last  one,  sir. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Now,  were  you  liaison  officer  for  G-3  with 
both  the  fleet  and  the  district,  or  only  the  district? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  was  not  designated  in  writing  as  either  one, 
to  my  knowledge,  sir.  In  general,  when  we  had  matters  to  take  up 
with  regard  to  the  fleet,  the  chief  of  section  accompanied  the  naval 
liaison,  or  the  officer  in  G-3  charged  with  naval  duties,  when  he 
went  there. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Were  these  meetings  that  you  had  with  the 
Navy  periodic  or  just  when  one  or  the  other  wanted  to  have  some- 
thing to  talk  about  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Wlien  matters  came  up  to  be  discussed. 

40.  General  Grunert.  And  would  you  always  go  over  to  the  Navy, 
or  would  the  Navy  sometimes  come  to  the  G-3? 

Colonel  Lawton.  It  would  come  to  us  as  often  as  we  went  over 
there,  sir. 

41.  General  Grunert.  And  when  you  had  something  like  this  to 
propose  as  an  annex,  or  something  to  implement  that  plan,  were  those 
about  the  only  times  you  got  together,  or  what  other  [2672] 
subjects  brought  you  together? 

Colonel  Lawton.  There  were  frequent  discussions  with  regard  to 
training,  sir,  and  allocation  of  training  areas. 

42.  General  Grunert.  And  that  is  all  local  training  areas? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Antiaircraft  and  seacoast  artillery,  firing  areas, 

and  training  areas  for  naval  vessels. 

43.  General  Grunert.  During  any  of  those  discussions,  did  the 
question  of  a  long-distance  reconnaissance  ever  come  up? 


1392     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  recall  any  that  I  was  present  at,  sir. 

44.  General  Grunert.  Did  they  ever  inform  you  what  their  task 
forces  were  doing,  while  they  were  out,  or  where  they  went,  or  when 
they  would  come  back  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  They  would  let  us  know — that  is,  we  would  get 
a  memorandum  from  the  fleet  when  their  forces  were  going  out  for 
exercises,  target  practice. 

45.  General  Grunert.  What  did  that  information  usually  contain? 
Colonel  Lawton.  It  gave  the  composition  of  the  forces,  and  I. 

believe  the  general  area  in  which  they  were  going  to  conduct  their 
training. 

46.  General  Grunert.  And  did  that  information  then  disclose 
what  amount  of  reconnaissance  they  were  going  to  make  in  that  area, 
and  what  actions  were  liable  to  or  could  be  considered  as  working  in 
the  protective  scheme  for  the  islands? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  recall  anything  of  that  nature  in  those. 

47.  General  Grunert.  You  knew  they  were  going  out;  according 
to  that,  you  knew  the  approximate  area  they  were  going  to  work, 
but  then  you  did  not  know  just  what  they  were  going  to  do  when 
\_2673']  they  got  out  there,  whether  they  would  send  planes  out 
to  cover  a  certain  wide  area,  or  in,  around  where  they  were;  whether 
they  were  going  to  look  for  planes  or  submarines,  or  anything  of  the 
kind,  did  you  ? 

48.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  anything  about  the  details  of 
their  operating  after  they  got  out? 

Colonel  Lawton.  The  only  information  that  I  can  recall  we  had 
in  that  regard,  they  would  go  out  and  operate  with  one ;  they  would 
break  it  up  many  times  into  two  task  forces  out  there  and  operate, 
one  against  the  other.  I  went  out  some  time,  T  would  say,  in  the  fall 
of  1941,  on  the  SAN  FEANCISCO,  which  we  broke  up  into  two 
groups,  and  we  endeavored  to  locate  this  group  that  had  gone  out 
the  day  ahead  of  us  by  air  search  and  by  other  means. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Then  anything  that  was  done  by  those  task 
forces  while  they  were  out  there,  in  so  far  as  the  defense  of  Hawaii 
is  concerned,  was  incidental  to  their  own  business  of  going  out  there 
and  playing  with  each  other  in  their  training  ? 

Colonel  Law^ton.  To  the  best  of  my  knowledge,  sir.  As  far  as  I 
know,  every  document  we  got  in  our  section,  with  regard  to  these 
naval  exercises,  they  were  purely  training  exercises. 

50.  General  Frank.  And  they  were  not  conducted  for  the  defense 
ofOahu? 

Colonel  Lawton.  To  the  best  of  my  laiowledge  they  were  not,  sir. 

51.  General  Frank.  Except  as  their  presence  there  might  be  inci- 
dental to  such  defense  ? 

[267 .'4']         Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  right. 

52.  General  Grunert.  Now,  was  G-3,  as  the  operations  division  for 
the  Department,  concerned  about  having  protection  all  around,  about 
the  island,  as  a  defensive  measure?  Were  they  concerned  to  the 
extent  that  they  wondered  whether  the  sea,  north  or  south,  was  being 
covered  in  the  line  of  reconnaissance? 

Colonel  Lawton.  There  was  very  little  attention  paid  to  that  matter 
at  that  time,  sir? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1393 

53.  General  Grunert.  Still,  the  plan  and  the  agreement  reached 
was  that  the  Navy  would  perform  the  duty  of  distant  reconnaissance, 
and  that  was  a  protective  measure  for  the  Army  to  do  its  work ;  but 
they  never  went  after  the  Navy  to  ask  them  why  they  didn't  give 
distant  reconnaissance,  as  far  as  you  know,  did  they  ^ 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  recall  any  specific  instance,  before  the 
7th,  sir.    It  is  hard  to  divide,  before  the  7th  and  after  the  7th. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  I  know ;  but  you  and  I  make  an  agree- 
ment ;  I  agree  to  do  so  and  so,  which  helps  you  in  what  you  are  charged 
with  doing ;  you  agi'ee  to  do  so  and  so,  which  helps  me :  Now,  I  cannot 
understand  why  you  do  not  insist  that  I  live  up  to  my  agreement,  and 
know  that  I  am  doing  it,  because  it  affects  your  business.  Do  you  see 
what  I  am  getting  at? 

Colonel  Laavton.  Yes,  sir.    I  understand,  sir. 

55.  General  Grunert.  So  far  as  you  know,  that  was  not  done  prior 
to  December  7? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  it  was  not  done  at  the  time,  because  in 
the  opinion  of  the  commanders  there  was  no  need  for  such  recon- 
naissance. 

[2675]         56.  General  Grunert.  Then  why  put  it  in  the  plan? 

Colonel  Law^ton.  That  was  a  plan  to  be  implemented  at  some  future 
time. 

57.  General  Grunert.  After  they  hit  you — yes.  Implement  that 
protection,  after  they  hit  you.  That  is  a  poor  time  to  implement  any- 
thing, after  you  have  been  hit ! 

58.  General  Frank.  Were  you  waiting  for  D-day? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir ;  but  this  plan  was  agreed  upon,  as  I  recall, 
back  in  March  or  April. 

59.  General  Frank.  When  the  plan  was  drawn  up,  was  there  any 
arrangement  made  to  itemize  the  equipment  that  was  available  to 
implement  the  plan  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  do  not  know,  sir,  at  the  time.  I  had  nothing 
to  do  with  it,  at  that  particular  time,  sir. 

60.  General  Grunert.  There  was  in  the  plan  a  provision  that  locally 
they  could  implement  any  part  of  that  plan  that  they  so  desired,  isn't 
that  true? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  that  is  correct,  sir. 

61.  General  Grunert.  And  as  far  as  you  know,  they  did  not  locally 
agree  to  implement  any  part  of  that  plan  except  for  their  training 
and  exercises,  is  that  right? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Well,  I  couldn't  say  without  going  through  it, 
how  much  of  this  was  implemented.  I  mean  there  was  nothing  that 
came  out  to  my  knowledge  that  says  "This  plan,  here,  will  be  put  in 
effect  in  all  phases." 

62.  General  Grunert.  But  in  part  of  the  phases,  it  apparently  was 
put  into  effect  for  the  time  being,  for  practice  and  training? 

Colonel  Lawton.  In  what  regard,  sir? 

[2676]  63.  General  Grunert.  Whenever  you  had  a  jomt  exer- 
cise outside,  whenever  the  Air  Corps  had  a  joint  exercise  w^ith  the 
Navy. 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir ;  that  is  true. 

64.  General  Grunert.  That  was  implementing  part  of  the  plan  for 
that  particular  exercise? 


1394    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Lawton.  That,  as  a  training  element. 

65.  General  Gkunert.  But,  so  far  as  you  know,  the  plan  was  never 
implemented  for  distant  reconnaissance? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  there  was  some  distant  reconnaissance 
before  the  7th  of  December,  sir.  The  number  of  planes  that  the  Navy 
had  available  were  few,  and  I  am  not  sure  right  now,  but  it  should 
be  a  matter  of  record. 

66.  General  Gkunert.  Was  the  inshore  aerial  patrol  implemented? 
Colonel  Lawton.  The  surface  patrol  I  believe  was,  sir.     The  air 

patrol  was  not. 

67.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  commander 
of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  had  in  his  own  command  any  air- 
craft with  which  to  conduct  this  distant  reconnaissance  that  he  fought 
so  hard  to  get  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir ;  he  had  PB Ys  and  Patrol  Wing  2. 

68.  General  Frank.  And  do  you  know  whether  they  belonged  to 
the  Fourteenth  Naval  District,  or  to  the  fleet? 

Colonel  Lawton.  My  recollection,  they  were  under  the  Fourteenth 
District,  sir. 

69.  General  Frank.  It  has  been  stated  in  naval  testimony  before 
the  Board  that  they  belonged  to  the  fleet. 

Colonel  Lawton.  If  that  is  the  case,  then  I  don't  [£677]  be- 
lieve Admiral  Bloch  had  any  airplanes  under  him,  sir. 

70.  General  Frank.  And  you  did  not  know  that  he  did  not  have 
any  planes  with  which  to  conduct  the  reconnaissance  that  he  agreed  to 
conduct,  in  this  joint  plan,  or  did  you? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  the  airplanes,  certain  planes  of  Patrol 
Wing  2,  were  available  to  Admiral  Bloch  for  that  purpose.  I  think 
some  of  them — I  am  quite  sure  that  some  operated.  I  know  they 
operated  under  him  in  our  training  exercises,  sir. 

71.  General  Frank.  But  if  the  fleet  commander  wanted  to  pull 
them  away  for  fleet  operations 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  he  could,  sir. 

72.  General  Frank.  — that  left  the  Fourteenth  District  commander 
high  and  dry? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  that  is  correct,  sir. 

73.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  that,  at  that  time? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir;  I  knew  that  Admiral  Kimmel  could 
take  those  planes  away,  sir. 

74.  General  Frank.  You  did  know  that? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

75.  (xeneral  Frank.  Did  you  believe  that  the  Navy  was  furnishing 
you  reconnaissance  that  provided  security?  Did  you  believe  that, 
prior  to  December  7? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Oh,  I  was  sure  they  were  not  furnishing  sufficient 
reconnaissance  to  provide  security.  That  is,  sufficient  reconnaissance 
would  have  required  a  360°  search,  which  they  did  not  have  the 
airplanes  to  use,  and  the  airplanes  were  not  available  for  that  purpose. 

76.  (xeneral  Frank.  Did  you  expect  an  attack  by  air? 
Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir. 

[£678]  77.  General  Frank.  Why  not,  if  the  Navy  were  not 
furnishing  complete  360°  reconnaissance  protection? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1395 

Colonel  Lawtox.  I  think  the  general  understanding  was  that  no 
considerable  portion  of  the  Japanese  fleet  could  be  absent  from  sur- 
veillance by  American  observers 

78.  General  Frank,  Naval? 

Colonel  Lawton.  — and  intelligence  personnel,  in  the  Far  East,  for 
a  long  enough  period  to  enable  them  to  come  this  distance,  without 
our  knowing  it  and  being  informed  of  that  fact. 

79.  General  Frank.  And  you  trusted  to  that? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir ;  I  think  that  might  be  so  stated.  I  have 
heard  numerous  naval  officers  make  that  statement,  as  personal  friends, 
from  time  to  time. 

80.  General  Grunert.  Prior  to  Pearl  Harbor,  or  afterward? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Prior  to  Pearl  Harbor,  sir. 

81.  General  Grunert.  Tell  me  whether  or  not  you  knew  anything 
about  a  naval  message,  or  a  message  received  by  the  Navy  from  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  on  November  27,  which  began  with  the 
words,  "Consider  this  a  war  warning,"  and  which  wound  up  by  saying, 
"Transmit  this  to  the  Army,"  or  words  to  that  effect.  Did  you  know 
of  that  message? 

Colonel  Lawtton.  I  have  seen  it  since  the  7th.  Whether  I  saw  that 
message  before  the  7th  or  not,  I  am  not  sure,  sir.  I  saw  an  Army 
message  of  similar  character. 

82.  General  Grunert.  In  view  of  the  liaison  between  G-3  and  the 
Navy,  would  it  not  have  been  natural  for  the  Navy  to  have  furnished 
G-3  with  a  copy  of  the  message,  or  was  that  the  channel  through  which 
the  information  would  be  given  to  the  Army? 

\£679]         Colonel  Lawton.  That  went  on  a  higher  level,  sir. 

83.  General  Grunert.  When  it  got  to  its  destination,  then  did  it 
not  drop  in  the  slot  and  come  down  to  G-3  operations  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  believe  that  particular  message  did,  sir, 
from  the  Navy. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  the  Command- 
ing General  received  that  message? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir :  I  don't,  as  a  fact. 

85.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  know  about  the  message  re- 
ceived by  the  Commanding  General  from  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  the 
Army,  November  27  ?     Do  you  recall  that  message  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir ;  I  know  they  did  receive  a  message,  sir, 
and  I  saw  it,  I  believe,  that  day,  sir. 

86.  General  Grunert.  Tell  me  generally  what  you  remember  about 
the  contents  of  that  message. 

Colonel  Lawton.  The  general  import  was  that  negotiations  were 
continuing  with  Japan,  and  that  we  should  take  precautions  against 
sabotage;  we  were  not  to  commit  any  acts  to  arouse  the  local  public. 
I  don't  remember  more  of  the  message  than  that.  That  was  the 
general  trend. 

[M80]  87.  General  Grunert.  Those  things  stuck  out  in  your 
mind?  You  were  to  take  measures  against  sabotage;  you  were  not  to 
alarm  the  public :  those  two  things  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  right,  sir.  And  I  recall  another  one,  to 
the  best  of  my  recollection  within  five,  six  days  or  a  week  later,  that 
said — I've  always  thought,  from  remembrance  afterwards,  that  the 
wording  was  used,  "Intensify  antisabotage  protection." 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 39 


1396    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

88.  General  Grunert.  I  shall  ask  the  Recorder  to  read  that  message 
to  you  and  see  if  that  is  the  message  of  November  27  to  which  you 
refer.  Listen  to  it  carefully,  because  I  want  to  ask  you  a  few  ques- 
tions about  it. 

89.  Colonel  West.  This  is  the  radiogram  dated  November  27,  1941, 
addressed  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department,  signed 
"Marshall,"  the  body  of  which  reads  as  follows : 

(Radiogram  to  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department,  Fort 
Shafter,  T.  H.,  signed  "Marshall",  is  as  follows:) 

Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  purposes 
with  only  the  barest  possibilities  that  the  Japanese  Government  might  come  back 
and  offer  to  continue.  Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile  action 
possible  at  any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot,  be  avoided  the 
United  States  desires  that  Japan  commit  the  first  overt  act.  This  policy  should 
not,  repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  that  might 
jeopardize  your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  Japanese  action  you  are  directed  to 
undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary 
[2681]  but  these  measures  should  be  carried  out  so  as  not,  repeat  not,  to 
alarm  civilian  population  or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Should 
hostilities  occur  you  will  carry  out  the  tasks  assigned  in  Rainbow  Five  so  far  as 
they  pertain  to  Japan.  Limit  dissemination  of  this  highly  secret  information 
to  minimum  essential  officers. 

90.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  that  as  being  the  message  to 
which  you  refer  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  the  message  to  which  I  refer,  yes,  sir; 

91.  General  Grunert.  Yes.  Now,  it  seems  to  stand  out  in  your 
mind — the  reason  I  didn't  have  that  message  read  to  you  first,  I  wanted 
to  see  what  your  recollections  were  of  the  things  that  stood  out  in  the 
message.  Now,  yon  said  (1)  sabotage.  Sabotage  is  not  mentioned 
in  that  message.     (2)  Don't  alarm  the  public.     Yes,  that  is  mentioned. 

Now,  what  I  can't  quite  get  is  why,  "Don't  alarm  the  public,"  stands 
out  in  your  mind,  where  certain  things  like,  for  instance,  "this  policy 
should  not  restrict  you  to  use  any  action  which  may  jeopardize  your 
defense" — why  that  didn't  stand  out  if  the  alarming  the  public  does 
stand  out.  Is  it,  do  you  suppose,  because  of  the  action  taken,  that 
that  fixed  that  in  your  mind  and  the  other  one  didn't,  or  what  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  it  was,  sir,  because  in  the  discussions 
at  the  time — I  believe  I  saw  that  whole  message  before  the — on  the  27th 
of  November  or  possibly  the  28th,  but  I  recall  the  action  that  was 
directed  in  G-3  by  the  Chief  of  Section  was  to  the  effect  that  we  would 
go  into  the  anti-sabotage  alert.  The  members  of  the  section,  the 
officers  in  [2682]  the  section,  were  detailed,  I  don't  recall  ex- 
actly the  date  of  the  week;  I  would  say  that  was  about  a  Thursday. 
We  went  out  Thursday  or  Friday,  and  we  went  out  on  Saturday  after- 
noon and  Sunday  and  checked  the  sabotage  guards  at  various  public 
utility  installations. 

92.' General  Grunert.  Now,  that  was  action  taken  as  a  result  of  a 
decision  made  on  this  message  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

93.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  in  on  the  discussion  that  the  Com- 
manding General  held  with  the  staff  as  to  advising  him  on  what  action 
should  be  taken  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir,  I  was  not. 

94.  General  Grunert.  When  that  action  was  taken  on  Alert  No.  1, 
alert  against  sabotage,  and  that  was  transmitted  to  the  G-3  Section, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1397 

was  there  any  discussion  in  the  G-3  Section  about  that  alert  or  about 
the  message  itself? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  do  not  believe  there  was,  sir,  and  that  is  what 
makes  me  wonder  now  as  to  whether  I  saw  that  complete  message  at 
that  time  or  not. 

95.  General  Gkunert.  Because  it  is  quite  natural,  when  you  get 
something  from  the  "Old  Man,"  to  sort  of  discuss  it  and  wonder  why 
he  did  this  and  just  what  he  wants  us  to  do. 

Colonel  Laavton.  Yes. 

96.  General  Grunert.  And  his  decision  and  things  of  that  sort. 
Don't  those  things  occur  in  this  new  Army  as  they  used  to  in  the  old 
Army  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

97.  General  Grunert.  I  thought  so.  But  you  don't  recall  any  such 
discussion  ? 

[2683]         Colonel  Lawton.  I  am  sure  there  wasn't. 

98.  General  Grunert.  All  we  want  you  to  do  is  to  remember. 
Colonel  Law^ton.  I  am  sure  there  wasn't  at  that  time,  sir.     There 

was  no  detailed  discussion. 

99.  General  Grunert.  But  when  you  heard  of  it  the  action  had 
been  taken  to  take  No.  1  Alert  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir.  Any  discussion  was  with  respect  to 
what  acts  of  sabotage  might  be  expected. 

100.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  We  will  drop  that  and  go  to  the 
S.  O.  P.  of  November  5,  '-11,  and  its  provisions.  Do  you  recall  that 
S.  O.  P.,  and  what  did  you  have  to  do  with  getting  it  up? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  had  very  little  to  do  with  getting  it  up,  sir. 
Major  Horner  got  that  S.  O.  P.  up,  sir. 

101.  General  Grunert.  What  was  Major  Horner?  Another  as- 
sistant ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes. 

102.  General  Grunert.  What  did  Donegan  do?  His  assistants 
seemed  to  be  doing  everything.     What  did  Donegan  do? 

Colonel  Lawton.  He  supervised  the  work  of  the  other  members  of 
the  section. 

103.  General  Grunert.  Do  3'ou  know  what  brought  about  the 
change  from  the  old  system  of  the  department  to  have  one  alert  which 
meant  all-out  alert,  to  three  alerts,  three  spasms:  sabotage,  air  and 
sabotage,  and  all-out  ?  Do  you  know  what  brought  that  about  ?  Were 
you  in  there  at  the  time  the  change  was  made  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir.  I  believe  that  was  prior  to  the  early 
part  of  '41. 

[£684]  104.  General  Kussell.  Did  you  see  any  messages  from 
the  Chief  of  Staff  or  from  the  War  Department  in  late  November,  early 
December,  other  than  the  one  that  has  been  read  to  you  by  Colonel 
West? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  I  did,  sir.  I  thought  there  was  one 
around  the  3rd  of  December. 

105.  General  Russell.  What  do  you  remember  about  that  message? 
Colonel  Lawton.  That  was  the  one  that,  to  my  recollection,  said, 

"Intensify  antisabotage  precautions." 

106.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  any  message  out  here  in  which 
the  Commanding  General  of  the  Dej^artment  was  told  that  the  Presi- 


1398    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

dent  had  certain  views  about  alarming  the  public  and  about  the  first 
overt  act  being  committed  by  the  Japanese  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  In  which  the  President  was  mentioned,  sir  ? 

107.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir,  I  don't  recall  any  such  message. 

108.  General  Russell.  You  have  no  recollection  of  that.  That 
is  all. 

109.  General  Frank.  We  hear  a  great  deal  about  the  Big  Five  out 
here.    Do  you  know  what  they  are? 

Colonel  Lawton.  The  heads  of  some  of  the  big  businesses  here,  sir. 

110.  General  Frank.  You  heard  about  it? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  couldn't  name  the  members  of  the  Big  Five. 

111.  General  Frank.  You  have  heard  about  them? 
Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  right. 

112.  General  Frank.  Do  they  wield  some  influence  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  ? 

1^685}  Colonel  Law^ton.  I  think,  a  very  great  deal  economi- 
cally, sir. 

113.  General  Frank.  How  long  have  you  been  here  ? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Five  years  next  week,  sir. 

114.  General  Frank.  Has  there  ever  been  any  feeling  or  appre- 
hension in  the  Army  about  influential  civilians  remonstrating  to 
Washington  relative  to  military  measures  they  didn't  like? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Well,  you  asked  that  whether  there  has  ever  been 
any  discussion  on  that  ? 

115.  General  Frank.  Has  there  ever  been  any  feeling,  any  appre- 
hension ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  believe  I  w-ould  call  it  apprehension,  sir. 
I  know  it  has  been  discussed  among  Army  personnel  that,  for  in- 
stance, the  matter  of  taking  cane  land,  that  is,  for  defense  purposes, 
profitable  cane  and  pineapple  lands,  that  there  have  been  protests 
made  by — whether  going  to  Washington,  I  have  no  factual  knowledge, 
but  I  certain  am  of  the  opinion  that  they  did. 

116.  General  Frank.  When  those  questions  come  up,  has  the 
knowledge  that  those  j^eople  will  be  vigorous  in  their  protests  ever 
affected  your  decisions  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Never  affected  mine,  sir. 

117.  General  Frank.  Well,  do  you  think  they  ever  have  affected 
military  decisions  to  prosecute  military  plans  vigorously? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Only  to  a  minor  extent,  anything  that  has  ever 
come  to  my  attention,  sir. 

118.  General  Frank.  They  have  had  some  effect  on  projects,  how- 
ever? 

[£686]  Colonel  Lawton.  My  belief  would  be,  of  a  very  limited 
character,  sir;  I  don't  think  anything  major. 

119.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  ever  told  to  "Lay  off  so  and  so. 
That  will  excite  the  Big  Five,  or  one  of  them,  and  we'd  better  not  try 
to  put  that  across,  even  though  it  is  good  for  the  military  end  of  it"? 
Anything  like  that  ever  come  to  you  ?    Did  you  know  of  it  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  recall  of  any  such  incident. 

120.  General  Grunert.  As  far  as  you  know,  then,  as  far  as  G-3 
were  concerned,  they  were  free  to  advise  the  Commanding  General  as 
to  the  best  military  measures  to  be  taken  despite  any  influence  that 
might  be  used  to  delay  or  offset  those  measures? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1399 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir;  that  is  particularly  true  in  the  period 
before  the  war ;  I  never  ran  up  against  that  at  any  time,  sir. 

121.  General  Frank.  Eight  after  December  7th  the  whole  Terri- 
tory was  very  cooperative,  were  they  not  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Very  much  so,  sir. 

122.  General  Frank.  What  is  the  situation  right  this  minute? 
Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  the  feeling  now  is,  my  personal  opinion, 

many  of  the  business  interests  feel  the  war  is  passing  far  enough  to 
the  west  that  they  can  resume  some  of  their 

123.  General  Frank.  Restrictions  on  the  Army? 
Colonel  Lawton.  No.    Operations. 

124.  General  Frank.  And  restrictions  on  the  Army? 

Colonel  Lawton.  As  far  as  property  is  concernecl,  sir,  because  of 
certain  agitation  to  release  the  curfew  and  certain  elements  releasing 
the  internees. 

125.  General  Grtjnert.  Has  complacency  again  set  in? 

[£687]  Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  believe  I  would  call  it  com- 
placency, sir.  I  think  it  is  a  question  of  business  and  profits  that 
are  entering  the  minds  of  some  of  the  larger  business  firms,  who 
have  been  greatly  curtailed. 

126.  General  Grunert.  Are  attempts  under  way  to  put  conditions 
back  to  what  they  were  before  December  7th,  in  the  line  of  business? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  that  is  the  general  trend,  yes,  sir. 

127.  General  Frank.  Is  there  any  plan  in  the  Department  to 
recommend  a  different  attitude  toward  alien  Japanese  in  the 
Territory  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Not  to  my  knowledge,  sir. 

128.  General  Frank.  So,  from  a  military  point  of  view  would  you 
consider  them  a  menace,  the  same  as  they  considered  them  before 
the  war? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

129.  General  Frank.  And  there  is  no  recommendation,  from  a 
military  point  of  view,  to  clamp  down  on  them? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  thing  the  situation  with  respect  to  the  Japa- 
nese population,  both  alien  and  citizen,  from  the  military  point  of 
view,  is  about  the  same  today  as  it  was  a  year  ago,  two  years  ago,  sir. 

130.  General  Frank.  There  are  about  how  many  Japanese  on 
Oahu?     About  how  many? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  it  runs  around  40,000,  sir. 

131.  General  Frank.  If  there  were  40,000  Americans  under  similar 
conditions  in  Japan,  how  do  you  think  they  would  be  faring  right 
now? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Not  very  well,  sir. 

[2688]         132.  General  Frank.  What  do  you  mean  by  that? 
Colonel  Lawton.  I  think  they  would  be  very  much   restricted, 
probably  not  eating  very  well. 

133.  General  Frank.  And  interned? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Interned,  and  working  at  forced  labor. 

134.  General  Frank.  Yes.  What  do  you  think  the  Japs  would  do 
to  them  when  peace  came,  a  group  of  Americans  under  the  same 
conditions  that  the  Japs  are  in  Hawaii? 

Colonel  Lawton.  You  mean  in  case  of  a  Jap  victory,  sir?  They 
wouldn't  have  much  to  say. 


1400    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

135.  General  Frank.  I  am  just  talking  of  when  peace  is  over, 
victory  or  no  victory.  What  I  am  trying  to  do  is  to  get  a  com- 
parison out  of  you  as  to  whether  or  not  we  would  proceed  reason- 
ably to  protect  ourselves  against  that  menace  or  whether  we  would 
still  allow  the  menace  to  remain,  and  you  have  stated  that  the 
Department 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  believe  I  understand  that  question,  sir. 

136.  General  Frank.  You  have  stated  that  the  Department  has 
no  plan  drawn  up  to  recommend  to  the  civil  authorities  to  make  any 
change  in  the  status  of  the  Japs  other  than  to  continue  to  allow 
them  to  remain  a  menace  after  peace  is  declared;  is  that  correct? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't — I  didn't  intend  to  make  that  statement, 
sir. 

137.  General  Frank.  Well,  have  you  any  such  plan  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  understood  your  question,  General,  was  to  the 
effect  as  to  whether  we  had — the  military  had  changed  its  viewpoint 
towards  the  Japanese  at  the  present  time. 

[2689]  138.  General  Frank.  Yes.  Well,  has  it?  Let  us  pro- 
ceed along  that  line.  Let  us  get  something  that  you  really  under- 
stand now. 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir ;  I  do  not  believe  the  military  has  changed 
its  attitude  toward  handling  of  the  Japanese  in  the  Territory  today 
compared  to  six  months,  a  year,  or  two  years  ago,  sir. 

139.  General  Frank.  And  what  is  that  attitude? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think,  a  vigilant  alera  by  the  part  of  the  Litelli- 
gence  personnel  which  is  reflected  in  the  fact  that  hardly  a  week  goes 
by  that  certain  Japanese  are  not  picked  up  and  interned,  having  in 
their  possession  flags,  Japanese  flags  or  objects  which  should  have 
been  turned,  in,  or  making  anti-American  remarks  or  refusing  to  be 
drafted. 

140.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  that  that  is  a  reasonable,  healthy 
way  to  handle  them,  from  a  military  point  of  view? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  think,  under  the  circumstances,  considering  all 
aspects  of  the  problem,  yes. 

141.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  any  other  nation  in  the  world 
would  do  that  toward  a  potential  enemy  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir. 

142.  General  Frank.  Why  do  you 

Colonel  Lawton.  I'll  take  that  back,  sir.  I  don't  know,  sir.  I 
woudn't  say.  No,  sir.  I  think  one  thing  that  is  involved  here  is  a 
matter  of  economics  and  labor.  If  that  number  of  Japanese  were 
removed  from  these  islands,  were  stirred  up  to  the  extent  that  they 
were  improperly  taken  care  of,  didn't  receive  proper  food  and  cloth- 
ing, where  many  of  these  Japanese  are  citizens,  that  we  would  have 
aroused  a  resentment  which  would  cause  us  more  trouble,  I  believe. 

[£690]  143.  General  Frank.  Do  you  believe  that  their  pres- 
ence here  is  a  jeopardy  to  our  national  defense? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Not  at  the  present  time,  sir. 

144.  General  Frank.  What? 

Colonel  Lawton.  There  are  certain  individuals  that  are,  but  the 
population  as  a  whole,  at  this  stage  of  the  war,  I  do  not  believe  is  a 
menace. 

145.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions?  General 
Russell? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1401 

14C).  General  Eussell.  No,  sir. 

147.  General  Grunekt.  Do  you  think  of  any,  Colonel  Toulmin? 

148.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Yes,  sir.  I  would  like  to  ask  him  one  ques- 
tion. 

Colonel,  was  the  real  reason  for  not  wishing  to  disturb  the  state  of 
mind  of  the  civil  population  prior  to  December  7,  1941, — was  it  that 
if  that  was  done  it  would  upset  the  labor  conditions  for  the  commercial 
interests  here  in  the  Island  who  did  not  want  their  Japanese  labor  in 
any  way  stirred  up  to  interfere  with  their  commercial  operations? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  believe  that  had  anything  to  do  with  it, 
sir. 

149.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  all. 

150.  General  Grunert.  Major  Clausen? 

151.  Major  Clausen.  No,  sir. 

152.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  West? 

153.  Colonel  West.  No,  sir. 

154.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you  can 
tell  the  Board  that  may  be  of  assistance  to  it  in  getting  at  facts  as  to 
what  caused  Pearl  Harbor  or  what  took  place  cluring  Pearl  Harbor, 
that  you  want  to  tell  the  Board  ? 

[2691]  Colonel  Lawton.  The  only  thing  that  stuck  in  my  mind 
since  that  time,  sir:  the  radio  that  came  in  late  on  the  7th,  and  the 
information  that  was  in  back  of  that, 

155.  General  Grunert.  Meaning  what? 

Colonel  Lawton.  As  to  why  that  information  was  not  positively 
and  rapidly  furnished  the  Commanding  General,  under  the  circum- 
stances. 

156.  General  Grunert.  What  information  do  you  refer  to? 
Colonel  Lawton.  The  radio  that  came  in,  actually  delivered,  I  be- 
lieve, to  General  Short  in  the  afternoon  of  the  7th. 

157.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  the  radio  from  the  Chief  of 
Staff  of  December  7th  giving  additional  information  on  the  situation, 
which  did  not  reach  the  Commanding  General  until  early  in  the  after- 
noon ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir;  said  the  Japanese  were  delivering  an 
ultimatum,  I  think,  at  7 :  30  local  time. 

158.  General  Grunert.  Let  me  have  that  message.  Colonel.  Would 
you  read  it  ?     December  7th.     Will  you  read  it  to  the  witness  ? 

159.  Colonel  West.  Yes.  This  is  the  message  dated  December  7, 
1941,  which  was  dispatched  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian 
Department,  signed  "Marshall."     The  body  reads  as  follows : 

[2692]  (Message  of  December  7,  1941,  to  commanding  general, 
Hawaiian  Department,  signed  "'Marshall,"  is  as  follows :) 

Japanese  are  presenting  at  one  p.  m.  Eastern  Standard  time  today  what 
amounts  to  an  ultimatum  also  they  are  under  orders  to  destroy  their  Code 
machine  immediately  stop.  Just  what  significance  the  hour  set  may  have  we 
do  not  know  but  be  on  alert  accordingly  stop  Inform  naval  authorities  of  this 
communication. 

160.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  was  it  about  that  message  you 
wanted  to  put  across  to  the  Board  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Well,  my  thought  has  been  that  if  the  negotiation 
had  reached  that  stage  where  an  ultimatum  was  being  delivered,  code 
machines  being  destroyed,  that  steps  would  be  taken  to  get  that  in- 


1402     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

formation  rapidly  to  the  Army  and  Navy  Chiefs  concerned  in  the 
Hawaiian  area. 

161.  General  Grunert.  And,  as  I  understand,  you  want  the  Board 
to  consider  whether  or  not  the  way  that  message  was  sent  was  what 
it  should  have  been,  how  it  should  have  been  sent  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  That  is  right,  sir. 

162.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  how  it  was  sent  ? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Went  through  RCA,  sir. 

163.  General  Grunert.  RCA.  And  how  could  it  have  been  sent, 
in  your  opinion  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Through  Signal  channels,  sir. 

164.  General  Grunert.  Through  Signal  channels? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  Army  Signal  channels. 

165.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  know  whether  it  was  sent 
[2693]  through  Army  Signal  channels,  and  the  only  way  to  get 
it  here  by  the  Army  Signal  was  to  send  it  through  RCA  to  get  it 
here  as  quickly  as  possible  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir,  I  do  not. 

166.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  know  that? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  know  that,  sir.     That  might  be  true. 

167.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  there  was 
oceanic  telephone  available? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

168.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  it  was  working  that 
day? 

Colonel  Lawton.  It  worked  later  that  day,  sir. 

169.  General  Grunert.  What  happened  later  that  day,  that  you 
know  that? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  know  that  Colonel  Phillips,  Chief  of  Staff,  talked 
to  Washington,  sir. 

170.  General  Grunert.  Talked  to  Washington  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  believe  General  Short  did  too,  but  I  am  not 
positive  of  that.     I  know  that  Colonel  Phillips  did,  sir. 

171.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Another  thought  that  I  know  has  been  in  the 

minds  of  the  people  here :  when  the  message  of  the  27tli  of  November 
came  in,  the  action  taken  here  was  reported  to  the  War  Department, 
that  we  had  gone  on  a  sabotage  alert,  and  when  no  further  direction 
was  received  from  the  War  Department  in  that  regard,  I  think  the 
Chiefs  here  considered  the  precautions  taken  were  what  was  desired 
by  the  War  Department. 

172.  General  Grunert.  Then,  as  far  as  you  personally  are 
[£694-]  concerned,  and  what  you  understand  to  have  been  the  talk 
among  your  fellow  officers,  it  was,  "If  they  didn'l  like  what  we  did, 
why  didn't  they  tell  us  what  to  do?"    Is  that  the  gist  of  it? 

Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir.  I  have  often  wondered  why  they  didn't 
sir. 

173.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not,  when  the 
Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  did  not  receive 
any  further  news  after  he  put  in  his  report,  there  was  ever  any  attempt 
made  on  this  end  to  find  out  whether  what  he  had  put  in  was  O.  K.  ? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  know  of  any  message  that  went  forward 
in  that  regard,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1403 

174.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  know  whether  any  inquiry  was 
made,  "Well,  now,  I  have  just  taken  the  sabotage  alert.  Does  that 
suit  you  people?"  Or  did  they  just  sit  back  and  say,  "Well,  I  put 
in  the  report,  and  if  there's  nothing  about  it," — was  there  any  acknowl- 
edgement of  that  report?     Do  you  know? 

Colonel  Lawton.  I  don't  recall  any,  sir. 

175.  General  Grunert.  Just  took  it  for  granted,  then,  that  the  re- 
port was  received  and  that  the  report  was  satisfactory,  and  nothing 
else  desired? 

Colonel  Lawton,  That's  to  my  knowledge,  sir.  I  assume  many 
things  went  on  between  General  Short  and  General  Marshall  that 
I  know  nothing  about,  sir. 

176.  General  Grunert.  You  just  want  to  bring  it  to  our  attention. 
Colonel  Law^ton.  I  know  there  were  matters  between  General  Short 

and  Admiral  Kimmel  that — conversations  that  were  not  transmitted 
at  least  to  me  in  G-3.  Whether  Colonel  Donegan  knew  [26951 
it  or  not,  I  don't  know.  But  they  had,  I  know,  numerous  conferences 
during  the  period  from  the  27th  on. 

177.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  a  file  in  G-3,  or  was  there  a  file 
kept  in  G-3  of  .the  interchange  of  information  and  correspondence 
between  the  Navy  and  the  Army  that  is  available  to  the  Board,  or  is 
most  of  this  by  voice? 

Colonel  Lawton.  All  the  preliminary  discussions  were  voice. 
There  were  letters  that  went  back  and  forth  signed  by  the  Adjutant 
General  or  by  General  Short  that  would  be  prepared  in  G-3. 

178.  General  Grunert.  But  you  don't  know  of  any  such  particular 
file  that  records  all,  whatever  was  done  and  whatever  was  said? 

Colonel  Lawton.  No,  sir. 

179.  General  Grunert.  If  5'ou  had  to  do  it  over  again,  would  you 
record  these  things? 

Colonel  La"U"1'on.  Yes,  sir. 

180.  General  Grunert.  Are  you  doing  it  now? 
Colonel  Lawton.  Yes,  sir. 

181.  General  Grunert.  Any  questions  ?  (No  response.)  All  right. 
Thank  you  very  much.  Colonel. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2696]        TESTIMONY    OF   BRIGADIER    GENERAL   EDGAR   KING, 
MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT,  FORT  SHAFTER,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  present  station  ? 

General  King.  Edgar  King,  Brigadier  General,  Medical  Depart- 
ment, stationed  at  Fort  Shafter,  Headquarters  of  the  United  States 
Army  forces  in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

2.  General  Grunert.  General,  the  Board  is  after  facts  as  to  what 
happened  prior  to  and  during  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack,  any  leads 
that  we  can  get  from  those  who  know  such  facts.  The  reason  we  asked 
you  to  appear  as  a  witness  is  because  General  Short  in  hiB  testimony 
before  this  Board  referred  to  you  as  having  knowledge  of  conditions 
in  Honolulu  and  also  of  the  measures  taken,  as  I  recall  it,  to  prepare 


1404     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

themselves  to  meet  such  an  attack.     I  think  where  yon  come  in  are 
the  medical  and  sanitary  preparations. 
General  King.  Yes,  sir. 

3.  General  Gkunekt.  So  we  have  called  yon  to  tell  us  generally 
what  was  done,  what  the  conditions  Avere,  so  we  can  ask  any  questions 
about  those  when  they  occur  to  us.  There  is  nothing  special,  so  far 
as  I  am  concerned,  except  that  general  start.  So  you  will  please  give 
us  what  you  remember  and  the  points  you  think  you  ought  to  cover. 

General  King.  I  reported  for  duty  in  the  Hawaiian  Department  in 
August  of  1939. 

4.  General  Grunert.  By  the  way,  what  was  your  assignment? 
General  King.  Surgeon,  Hawaiian  Department. 

5.  General  Grunert.  You  were  the  Department  Surgeon? 
[2697]         General  King.  Department  Surgeon. 

0.  General  Grunert.  And  you  were  that  from  when  to  when? 

General  King.  I  reported  on  the  15th  of  August,  1939,  and  except 
for  the  change  in  terminology  I  am  occupying  the  position  now  that  I 
filled  at  that  time. 

7.  General  Grunert.  All  right,  go  ahead. 

General  King.  It  was  not  long  after  I  reported  that  it  became 
necessary  to  consider  the  possibility  of  war  and  the  preparations 
which  were  necessary  to  meet  it  in  my  department.  We  took  the 
question  of  supply,  personnel  and  so  forth  under  consideration  and 
did  what  we  could  to  get  certain  increases  in  the  next  12  months,  the 
next  18  months.  The  principal  thing  to  be  mentioned  as  having  been 
done  was  the  rearrangement  of  the  medical  supplies  to  be  readily 
usable  in  the  expansion  of  medical  facilities. 

I  think  it  was  February  of  1941  when  it  appeared  to  be  probable 
that  this  area  might  be  involved  in  war,  and  I  made  a  recommendation 
to  the  commanding  general  covering  what  I  considered  certain  mini- 
mum preparations  which  should  be  made  to  meet  a  possible  attack 
upon  these  islands. 

The  recommendations  could  be  considered  in  two  parts,  I  am  not 
attempting  now  to  quote  literally.  I  am  stating  things  in  general 
terms.  One  concerned  the  question  of  the  organization  to  meet  what 
had  become  known  as  civilian  defense — I  believe  there  had  been  that 
term  used  already  at  that  time — and  the  other  was  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  the  military  forces  themselves. 

The  first  part,  or  the  part  which  I  mentioned  first,  the  matter  of 
civilian  defense,  consisted  primarily  in  a  recommenda-  [3698] 
tion  that  I  be  authorized  to  consult  with  the  local  civilian  medical  pro- 
fession and  others  who  were  concerned,  with  a  view  to  organizing  the 
existing  facilities  and  to  securing  supplies  and  creating,  if  we  could, 
a  workable  organization  which  could  take  care  of  casualties  in  case 
the  City  of  Honolulu  should  be  subjected  to  a  bombing  attack.  That 
was  the  thing  we  primarily  had  in  mind,  to  make  use  of  what  there 
was  available. 

The  second  concerned  certain  increases  in  supplies,  certain  increases 
in  bed  capacity  of  hospitals,  and  increases  in  medical  department  per- 
sonnel above  what  was  then  available. 

A  third  thing  was  a  revision,  a  careful  revision  of  the  plans  for  the 
expansion  of  hospitals  in  case  war  action  occurred.  This  expansion 
program — I  think  it  was  called  at  that  time  a  mobilization  plan — is  in 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1405 

existence  in  all  commands,  but  we  found  it  necessary  to  give  some 
particular  consideration  to  that  phase  of  preparation. 

There  were  some  considerations  given  to  the  medical  service  of  the 
other  Hawaiian  Islands,  but  that  covered  more  or  less  a  normal  medical 
service,  depending  upon  the  timount  of  troops  placed  on  those  islands, 
with  particular  reference  to  them. 

8.  General  Grunert.  How  did  those  plans  blossom  as  the  time  went 
on?  Were  you  pretty  well  satisfied  that  you  had  a  good  setup  on 
December  7th,  1941? 

General  King.  From  my  memory  that  I  am  using  now  I  won't 
guarantee  that  every  word  is  accurate  for  the  record.  But  the  organ- 
ization of  the  civilian  phase  of  this  proceeded  rather  satisfactorily. 
In  November  of  1911 — I  think  it  was  the  latter  half  of  November — 
all  of  this  was  with  the  approval  of  the  commanding  general,  I  might 
say ;  he  was  kept  fully  informed  of  [£699]  this  and  where  his 
approval  was  necessary  it  was  given.  I  went  to  each  of  21  aid  sta- 
tions, as  we  called  them,  in  the  City  of  Honolulu,  strategically  located 
as  to  possible  points  where  casualties  might  occur,  and  we  had  what 
I  thought  was  a  very  satisfactory  situation,  well  trained,  with  the 
help  of  medical  officers  and  physicians  who  volunteered.  And  the 
civilian  hospitals  had  some  modifications  in  routine  which  could  be 
put  into  effect  when  necessary. 

So  far  as  the  military  preparations  are  concerned,  we  had  gotten 
some  increases  in  our  bed  capacity;  we  had  gotten  some  progress 
toward  leasing  a  building,  now  the  147th  General  Hospital;  we  had 
completed  our  plans  for  an  air  attack.  We  had  not  gotten  all  the 
personnel  we  had  hoped  for,  for  which  presumably  the  War  Depart- 
ment had  their  own  reasons ;  and  which  I  do  not  question.  We  had 
organized  our  existing  medical  personnel  into  teams  and  so  on,  such 
as  would  be  required  in  an  emergency;  and  considering  all  things  we 
were  not  badly  off  for  an  immediate  emergency.  We  were  in  a  very 
dangerous  position  if  we  had  anything  like  a  sustained  attack.  We 
did  all  we  could  to  meet  that. 

9.  General  Grunert.  It  functioned  pretty  well  during  the  attack 
and  immediately  after  the  attack? 

General  King.  Yes,  sir.  We  had  to  do  a  great  many  things  that 
were  of  an  emergency  nature,  but  I  felt,  all  things  considered,  that 
it  was  a  very  fine  job,  and  I  so  stated  in  an  official  report  concerning 
those  officers  and  men  and  the  civilian  people  who  assisted  us. 

10.  General  Grunert.  You  stated  that,  in  February  of  1941,  you 
considered  this  might  be  a  possible  theater  of  war.  Why  did  that 
come  to  you  that  particular  time?  Wliy  not  in  [2700] 
November  of  1940  or  July  of  1941?  What  particularly  brought  that 
to  your  mind  at  that  time? 

General  King.  My  recollection  of  my  mental  processes.  General,  is 
this :  From  the  time  that  I  arrived  I  had  in  mind  getting  the  medical 
department  in  shape  for  war.  Certain  things  were  present  which 
particularly  made  that  necessary  for  me  to  get  bus}^  on.  I  studied, 
as  near  as  I  could,  the  trend  of  things  and  I  felt  at  the  time  that  I 
wrote  this  particular  recommendation  that  that  was  as  long  as  I  could 
wait,  if  I  was  going  to  accomplish  anything  in  the  way  of  training 
these  people.  That  was  my  design.  I  kept  thinking  of  it  off  and  on 
in  connection  with  other  things  up  to  that.  Those  were  the  processes, 
as  I  recall. 


1406     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

11.  General  Grunert.  Now,  what  were  your  mental  processes 
toward  late  in  November  of  1941,  according  to  the  information  you 
then  had? 

General  King.  Well,  I  felt  absolutely  certain  that  it  would  only 
be  a  little  while  till  we  were  occupied  with  Japan.  I  had  a  little 
knowledge  of  the  Oriental,  had  served  them  in  the  Orient,  and  I 
reasoned  that  we  would  not  be  given  any  warning  whatever.  Those 
were  my  actual  mental  processes. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  concerned  when  they  just  took 
Alert  No.  1  instead  of  taking  a  more  protective  alert? 

General  King.  I  was  extraordinarily  disappointed,  sir. 

13.  General  Grunert.  You  also  referred,  I  believe,  in  your  testi- 
mony here  that  you  started  to  organizing  with  a  view  meeting  the 
medical  demands  for  an  air  attack.  Did  you  consider  an  air  attack 
as  probable  or  more  probable  than  a  surface  attack?  Do  you  recall 
what  your  mental  processes  were  on  that  line  ? 

1^701]  General  Ejng.  Rather  clearly,  I  think,  in  preparing 
particularly  the  civilian  population  in  this  area  against  an  air  attack, 
based  upon  what  we  had  heard  of  the  use  of  air  in  Europe  it  seemed 
to  me  that  the  greatest  amount  of  damage  could  come  from  an  air 
attack,  and  that  is  why  I  stressed,  in  an  effort  to  get  the  work  done, 
the  danger  of  air  attack  over  surface,  because  I  though  it  was  the 
keenest,  most  dangerous  element,  as  we  then  saw  it.  So  I  talked  more 
about  that,  and  it  was  more  in  my  mind  than  a  surface  or  any  other 
attack. 

14.  General  Grunert.  In  your  disappointment  as  to  the  alert  taken, 
for  security  purposes,  did  you  figure  it  was  within  your  province  to 
attempt  to  point  out  to  the  Commanding  General  or  any  superior  that 
you  did  not  think  that  that  was  sufficient  to  cover  the  subject? 

General  King.  I  could  not  see  that  it  was  any  of  my  affair,  sir.  I 
knew  that  they  had  more  information  than  I  did.  That  was  my 
personal  observation. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Tell  me,  from  your  long  exjoerience  out  here, 
can  you  give  us  any  highlights  as  to  the  population,  their  degree  of 
loyalty,  their  possible  reactions  under  situations  such  as  were  experi- 
enced before  and  during  the  so-called  blitz,  and  after  it?  Can  you 
give  the  Board  the  experience  of  your  long  service  here,  so  we  can  get 
a  better  insight  as  to  what  this  population  looks  like  and  acts  like  ?  I 
can  put  some  specific  questions,  if  you  wish,  or  you  can  make  a  general 
statement  as  to  that. 

General  King.  It  is  very  difficult  to  say  anything  about  that  which 
can  be  proven.  That  is  about  the  best  way  to  start  my  remarks.  With 
the  population  approximately  a  third  Japanese  [2702~\  or  of 
Japanese  origin,  personally  I  regard  it  as  potentially  very  dangefous. 
and  I  believe — this  is  based  upon  a  concept  formed  from  many  little 
things — that  the  population  as  a  whole  would  have  become  very  dan- 
gerous if  the  war  had  gone  against  us  at  Midway,  for  example,  instead 
of  going  against  the  Japanese.  That  is  the  reaction  that  I  had  formed 
from  rny  knowlege  of  the  place. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Has  your  opinion  changed  any,  or  do  you 
think  that  status  still  remains? 

General  King.  I  would  have  no  reason  to  change  my  opinion  what- 
ever about  the  great  majority  of  these  people,  that  is,  the  Japanese 
people.     I  cannot  prove  that  statement,  you  understand. 


,  PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1407 

17.  General  Grunert.  Now  that  it  appears  that  tlie  United  Nations 
are  winning  this  world  war,  do  you  think  there  will  be  any  trouble 
with  the  Japanese  here  in  the  future,  unless  Japan  appears  to  be 
winning  ? 

General  King.  I  could  offer  no  predictions  to  that,  General.  The 
Japanese  are  a  problem  here.  It  is  bej^ond  my  ability  to  say  what  they 
will  be  if  we  win  the  war.  I  don't  Imow  what  it  will  be.  I  feel  certain 
that  if  we  were  not  winning  the  war  there  would  be  quite  a  different 
situation  than  it  is  now. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  consulted  as  to  what  form  of  alert 
the  Department  should  take,  or  to  give  advice  as  to  Avhether  or  not 
they  should  do  this  or  that? 

General  King.  I  tliink  I  was  not  at  any  time  at  that  particular 
moment.  I  recall  a  dispatch  which  came  in  which  I  thought  meant 
the  thing  would  not  be  but  a  few  days  away,  and  I  think  that  is  the 
same  you  refer  to  when  Alert  No.  1  was  [2703']  adopted.  I 
was  simply  told  the  decision  of  the  Commanding  General. 

19.  General  Grunert.  You  were  told  of  the  decision  and  not  asked 
whether  or  not  you  had  any  opinion  about  what  should  be  done? 

General  King.  I  cannot  recall  that  I  was  asked,  no.  I  am  sure,  in 
fact,  that  I  was  not. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  the  message  from  the  Chief  of 
Staff  of  the  Army  or  the  message  from  the  Navy  which  was  trans- 
mitted to  the  Army  ? 

General  King.  I  cannot  say,  sir.  I  was  called  to  the  office  of  the 
Chief  of  Staff,  He  handed  me  a  message  which  I  read,  which  had  in 
it  words  like  this :  "It  is  expected  that  all  necessary  precautions  will 
be  necessary,  but  we  want  to  hit  the  enemy  first,  if  we  can,  but  be 
ready  to  hit  them."     Something  like  that. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Was  the  President's  name  or  his  position 
used  in  that  message,  do  you  recall  ? 

General  King.  I  do  not  recall. 

22.  General  Grunert.  But  that  was  the  only  message  that  started 
out  about  the  same  as  that  ? 

General  King.  That  is  the  only  one  I  recall  specifically,  and  I  recall 
tliat  very  specifically. 

23.  General  Frank.  You  said  a  little  while  ago  that  there  was  a 
Japanese  problem  here. 

General  King.  Yes,  sir. 

24.  General  Frank.  What  is  it? 

General  King.  Well,  I  can  best  describe  it,  I  think,  by  the  fact  that 
it  represents  an  oriental  viewpoint  which  it  will  take  several  genera- 
tions, at  least,  to  change.  If  you  look  along  some  of  the  streets  here 
where  there  are  more  Japanese  than  [2704-]  some  of  the  other 
races,  predominantly  Japanese,  it  looks  very  like  the  streets  in 
Tientsin  or  some  of  the  other  north  China  places.  It  resembles  that 
more  than  an  American  street.    It  gives  one  that  idea. 

25.  General  Frank.  But  is  it  a  problem?  Is  it  inimical  to  our 
national  defense? 

General  King.  In  my  judgment,  the  presence  of  that  amount  of  the 
population  at  an  outpost  like  this,  unless  it  is  definitely  controlled, 
is  inimical  to  our  national  defense. 


1408     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK  » 

26.  General  Frank.  Is  it  controlled  here? 

General  King.  It  has  been  during  the  war,  to  the  best  of  my  knowl- 
edge. 

27.  General  Frank.  If  it  is  a  problem,  how  would  you  solve  it? 
General  King.  I  doubt  that  I  am  capable  of  giving  a  solution  to 

that.  It  is  a  highly-complicated  problem,  one  which  depends  on  the 
viewpoint  of  the  nations  of  the  world  as  to  the  disposition  of  the 
Japanese  people  after  this  war.  I  don't  think  I  can  offer  a  definite 
solution  at  this  time. 

28.  General  Frank.  Does  the  value  of  the  Jap  as  a  laborer  in  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  have  a  deterring  effect  on  taking  positive  action  to 
solve  the  problem? 

General  King.  May  I  qualify  that  by  saying  that  I  understand — it 
is  assumed  you  could  not  get  other  labor — I  hear,  without  being  able 
to  definitely  state  my  source  of  information,  that  the  Japanese  people, 
that  is,  speaking  of  them  now  as  Japanese  people,  are  very  valuable  in 
many  respects  as  laborers  and  particularly  as  artisans  and  men  of  that 
sort,  which  I  think  is  an  economic  phase  of  the  political  problem  and 
will  have  to  be  taken  into  consideration  along  with  the  other  things. 

29.  General  Frank.  Do  the  commercial  interests  control  this 
[2705]         solution? 

General  King.  I  have  no  knowledge  on  which  to  base  an  answer  to 
that  question. 

30.  General  Frank.  What  do  you  think? 

General  King.  I  don't  think  any  commercial  interest  can  control 
it,  if  the  government  wants  to  take  positive  action.  If  you  are  speak- 
ing of  the  local  political  situation,  I  have  not  enough  knowledge  to 
answer  that. 

31.  General  Frank.  Were  you  conversant  with  the  official  message 
that  General  Short  had  received  from  Washington  relative  to  the 
situation  existing  between  the  period  of  November  27th  and  December 
7th,  other  than  this  message  you  saw? 

General  King.  I  recall  this :  that  I  was  kept  informed  of  everything 
which  affected  the  medical  department,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge, 
as  to  whether  I  saw  all  these  messages  I  cannot  say,  because  I  do 
not  have  any  way  of  knowing. 

32.  General  Frank.  Getting  back  to  this  commercial  situation 
again,  have  you  any  feeling  that  commercial  interests  control  the 
government's  action  as  to  the  solution  of  this  Japanese  problem. 

General  King.  May  I  ask  which  government  you  refer  to,  sir? 

33.  General  Frank.  The  local. 

General  King.  The  Territorial  Government? 

34.  General  Frank.  Yes, 

General  King.  I  do  not  know,  General,  whether  tliey  do  or  not. 
I  do  not  have  any  knowledge  of  it.  I  hear  things;  I  read  it  in  the 
papers,  but  I  don't  know  anything  about  it,  to  be  honest  with  you; 
I  really  don't  know  anything  about  it. 

[2706']  35.  General  Russell.  General,  I  do  not  know  that  it  is 
germane  to  anything  we  are  out  here  upon,  but  the  subject  has  been 
touched  upon  in  the  last  question  or  two  about  this  Japanese  problem. 

General  King.  Yes,  sir. 

36.  General  Russell.  About  a  third  of  the  population  are  Japs? 

General  King,  That  is  approximately  correct. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1409 

37.  General  Russell.  The  problem,  therefore,  was  created  by  bas- 
ing a  substantial  part  of  our  Navy  on  a  territory  where  a  third  of 
the  inhabitants  were  hostile  in  a  lot  of  ways  toward  our  government. 

General  King.  I  don't  quite  follow  you.  General. 

38.  General  Russell.  The  problem  was  created  by  bringing  the 
Navy  in  and  putting  it  at  Pearl  Harbor  when  all  around  it  a  third 
of  the  population  was  Japanese ;  isn't  that  true? 

General  King.  I  believe  the  problem  would  have  existed  regardless 
of  who  were  here,  if  we  had  Pearl  Harbor  Navy  Yard  and  base  here, 
if  they  had  any  people,  Hawaii ans  or  anything.  The  problem  as 
far  as  the  Japanese  were  concerned,  the  Japanese  Navy  in  its  attempt 
to  start  this  war,  would  have  been  the  same.  The  presence  of  this 
large  number  of  Japanese  sympathizers,  in  my  judgment,  made  it 
very  easy  for  them  or  much  easier  for  them  to  get  all  the  information 
they  needed  with  reference  to  what  went  on  here.  But  the  problem, 
I  think,  would  have  existed  regardless  of  the  population  if  we  had 
this  area  under  our  control  and  had  our  base  here.  It  would  have 
been  more  difficult  for  them. 

39.  General  Russell.  It  will  continue  to  exist  as  long  as  these 
Japanese  are  on  the  islands,  isn't  that  true  ? 

General  King.  Well,  so  long  as  we  have  any  Japanese  any- 
[2707]  where,  as  we  have  Japanese  here,  it  will  not  be  as  easy  as 
if  we  did  not  have  them.  Perhaps  that  is  the  only  way  I  can  answer 
your  question. 

40.  General  Russell,  That  was  all  I  wanted. 

41.  General  Geunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions?  General, 
do  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you  might  tell  the  Board  that  may 
be  uppermost  in  your  mind  or  that  muy  be  craving  for  an  outlet, 
that  the  Board  might  consider,  concerning  this  matter. 

General  King.  I  have  tried  to  state  in  a  brief  form  the  simple  fact 
that  we  were  not  quite  ready  to  meet  those  fellows  at  the  time.  As  to 
why  that  was,  I  do  not  know. 

42.  General  Gkuneet.  If  there  is  not  anything  else,  we  will  thank 
the  General  and  excuse  him. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  1  p.  m.  a  recess  was  taken  until  2  p.  m.) 

[2708^  AFTERNOON    SESSION 

(The  Board,  at  2  o'clock  p.  m,,  continued  the  hearing  of  witnesses.) 

TESTIMONY  OF  HON.  LESTER  PETRIE,  MAYOR  OF  THE  CITY  OF 
HONOLULU,  T.  H.,  CITY  HALL,  HONOLULU,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24, ) 

1.  Colonel  AVest.  Mr.  Petrie,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name  and  address  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Lester  Petrie.     My  business  address  or  residence  ? 

2.  Colonel  West.  Your  business  address. 
Mr.  Petrie.  City  Hall,  Honolulu. 

3.  Colonel  West.  And  you  are,  I  believe,  the  Mayor  of  Honolulu? 
Mr.  Petrie.  I  am,  sir. 


1410     CONGFteSSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

4.  General  Grunert.  Now,  Mr.  Petrie,  this  Board  was  appointed  to 
ascertain  and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  by  the  Japanese 
armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  the  7th  of  December, 
1941,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which  related  to 
the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster  of  the  report  of  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Committee,  which  is  largely  concerned  with  construction  matters. 
Now,  we  are  after  facts  or  leads  to  where  facts  can  be  found.  General 
Short  has  furnished  the  Board  with  a  list  of  representative  citizens 
living  in  Hawaii  who,  he  says,  may  have  information  of  value  to  the 
Board.  Your  name  being  on  that  list,  we  have  asked  you  here  with 
the  hope  that  you  may  have  facts  to  present  to  us.  General  Short 
did  not  refer  to  any  particular  subject  on  which  you  might  testify, 
so  it  is  up  to  you  to  open  up  the  subject,  which  may  then  give  us  a 
[2709']  line  on  questions  that  we  would  like  to  ask  about  the  sub- 
ject.    Have  you  anything  in  mind  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  No,  I  have  not  anything  in  particular  that  might  be 
pertinent  to  that.  I  do  not  recall.  You  have  not  the  testimony  of 
the  other  commission  that  was  here?     I  was  before  that  commission. 

5.  General  Grunert.  We  have  that. 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  do  not  recall  just  what  it  was,  now. 

6.  General  Grunert.  But  in  so  far  as  our  mission  is  concerned,  we 
did  not  think  it  necessary  to  call  you  on  any  particular  point  in  that 
testimony. 

Mr.  Petrie.  No. 

7.  General  Grunert.  But  there  may  be  something  that  stands  out 
in  your  mind  which  you  think  the  Board  ought  to  consider.  It  was 
on  General  Short's  request  we  ask  you  to  come.  He  did  not  mention 
anything  in  particular. 

Mr.  Petrie.  All  I  can  say,  if  I  can  recall  now  what  I  testified  before, 
that  I  know  nothing  that  is  pertinent  to  the  subject  matter  that  I 
understand  the  investigation  is  for.  I  really  believe  the  General  was 
apprehensive  of  the  situation  here.  As  Mayor,  I  think  it  was  along  in 
the  spring  of  that  year,  1911,  that  I  created  a  Major  Disaster  Council — 
there  was  no  other  organization  here — to  prepare  for  any  emergency 
that  might  arise.  In  other  words,  we  felt  we  were  not  prepared  here 
as  citizens.  We  invited  the  Army  and  Navy  to  have  representatives 
there  and  they  sat  in  with  us,  in  an  advisory  capacity  only.  I  am 
sure  that  General  Short's  representative  was  there,  the  Army  and 
Navy.  They  may  not  have  been  at  every  meeting,  but  we  created  this 
council  and  we  proceeded  to  supplement  our  \2710']  fire  equip- 
ment and  our  medical  supplies,  principally,  and  organized  for  per- 
sonnel emei"gency  assitance  that  might  be  needed  on  any  occasion. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  similar  to  what  we  now  know  as 

Mr.  Petrie.  O.  C.  D. 

9.  General  Grunert.  As  O.  CD.? 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  is  right.  They  took  over.  When  the  blitz  came 
in,  they  took  over. 

10.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  was  known  as  the  Community 
Services  of  the  O.  C.  D.  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  is  right. 

11.  General  Grunert.  In  that  was  anything  organized  in  the  line 
of  defense  measures  that  the  O.  C.  D.  now  has,  in  the  line  of  black- 
outs, in  the  line  of  air  raid  shelters,  air  raid  warning  service,  and  so 
forth? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1411 

jNIr.  Petrie.  Not  at  that  time.  That  all  came  afterward.  I  think 
that  all  came  after  the  blitz  that  these  shelters  were  constructed. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Then  at  that  time  there  was  no  consideration 
given  as  to  the  necessity  for  the  protection,  immediate  protection,  of 
civilians,  from  an  air  attack,  outside  of  taking  care  of  themselves 
after  the  attack  happened^ 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  don't  think  so.     I  don't  think  we  had  gone  that  far. 

13.  General  Grunert.  This  was  all  in  the  embryo  stage  of  working 
up  lo  what  the  O.  C.  D.  has  done? 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  really  took  place  afterwards,  after  the  blitz  came. 

14.  General  Frank.  Who  was  the  leading  spirit  in  starting 
[r/77]         this? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  was  in  the  Disaster  Council  and  a  few  of  the  members 
around  the  City  Hall  and  my  department  heads,  we  got  together. 

15.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  in  the  line  of  your  duties  as  mayor, 
you  thought  that  is  what  you  ought  to  be  doing? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes,  sir. 

15.  General    Grunert.  And    the    military    worked    in    with    that 
scheme  whole-heartedly  ? 
Mr.  Petrte.  Absolutely,  yes. 

17.  General  Grunert.  And  rendered  all  assistance  that  you 
thought  was  necessary? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes,  and  the}-  were  advising  the  people  continually 
at  that  time,  I  think,  to  lay  in  food  supplies. 

18.  General  Frank.  Did  General  Short  cooperate  very  thoroughly 
Avith  the  city  government  and  the  commercial  interests  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes,  he  did.  I  will  say  that,  yes.  We  got  along 
very  well  with  General  Short,  very  well. 

19.  General  Frank.  Why  do  you  say  "we"? 

Mr.  Petrie.  The  city;  that  is  as  far  as  I  speak.  The  other 
branches  of  government,  the  Territory,  I  do  not  speak  for.  I  speak 
for  the  city  administration. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  speak  for  the  prominent  citizens  in 
the  city  or  just  for  the  city  administration? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  think  I  could  go  as  far  as  to  speak  for  the  citizens 
of  the  city. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you 
might  add?  Do  you  wish  to  express  j^our  opinion  of  General  Sliort 
or  the  Army  administration,  either  in  preparation  for  what  might 
happen  or  in  action  when  it  did  happen? 

[2712']  Mr.  Petrie.  Well,  I  cannot  say  anything  more  than  that 
I  honestly  believe  they  did  everything  that  possibly  could  be  done. 
I  know  they  were  apprehensive  of  the  situation,  of  an  emergency, 
because  they  were  quite  active.  They  had  these  meetings.  We  had 
a  meeting  at  the  Eoyal  Hawaiian  Hotel  and  one  of  the  members  of 
the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  I  think,  could  speak  for  that,  but  I  at- 
tended one  of  the  meetings  when  General  Short  spoke,  the  Army 
spoke  and  the  Navy  spoke,  along  these  lines  of  preparedness. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Did  that  give  you  the  impression  that  they 
understood  or  realized  the  gravity  of  the  immediate  future? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  would  say  so. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Did  anv  of  you  visualize  an  air  attack,  or 
not? 

7971G — 4G — Ex.  145,  vol.  2  40 


.1412     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Petrie.  No.  I  know  I  did  not.  I  did  not  believe  it  after  I 
had  seen  it  and  I  looked  at  it  for  an  hour,  almost,  from  my  front 
porch. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Then  apparently  the  city  population  was 
not  particularly  war-minded,  were  they? 

Mr,  Petrie.  This  was  all  being  worked  up.  I  would  not  say  they 
were  as  war-minded  then  as  they  were  after  the  blitz,  but  I  don't 
think  they  anticipated  any  such  happening  as  occurred  on  Decem- 
ber 7th. 

25.  General  Grunert,  Suppose  General  Short  or  Admiral  Kimmel 
or  any  of  their  subordinate  officers  or  staff  had  gotten  up  at  one  of 
these  meetings  and  said  "You  people  are  all  asleep  here;  something 
is  liable  to  happen  next  week,"  would  you  think  that  was  jingoism, 
would  you  think  he  was  an  alarmJst,  or  what? 

Mr,  Petrie,  My  personal  observation  of  that  meeting  with  the 
Navy,  I  think  Admiral  Kimmel  kind  of  insinuated  that  to  the  prom- 
inent citizen  here  in  Hawaii,  the  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

[^713]  26.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  not  true  that  one  of  your 
own  papers  here  practically  predicted  the  blitz,  within  about  a  week? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  do  not  recall  that, 

27,  General  Grunert.  How  did  you  consider  the  news  in  the 
papers;  as  a  little  far-fetched,  or  what? 

Mr,  Petrie,  I  do  not  know.  We  were  not  paying  too  much  atten- 
tion to  it  at  the  time,  I  was  quite  busy  at  that  time  when  all  this  was 
coming  out  and  I  didn't  get  much  chance  to  read  the  papers  before  the 
day  of  the  blitz.  I  came  down  that  Sunday  morning  and  I  didn't  leave 
the  city  hall  until  about  10  or  11  days  after  that.     I  stayed  right  there, 

28,  General  Grunert,  Then  you  do  not  recall  this  flare  headline  in 
the  morning  paper  of  November  30th  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  No  ;  I  do  not  recall  it, 

29,  General  Grunert.  It  said  that  war  was  very  liable  to  happen 
within  a  week  or  something  like  that, 

Mr,  Petrie,  I  do  not  definitely  recall  it. 

30,  General  Grunert,  If  you  had  seen  it,  then  what  ?  Would  you 
credit  it  very  much?  I  don't  know  how  you  size  up  your  papers  or 
your  editors,  or  whatnot. 

Mr,  Petrie.  I  don't  know.  Sometimes  you  think  one  way  and 
sometimes  you  think  another.  To  give  you  an  illustration  now,  you 
read  in  the  press  today  that  our  forces  are  here,  and  advancing  here, 
and  then  tomorrow  you  pick  up  the  paper  and  they  are  still  back 
here.  Now,  you  can  take  that  for  what  it  is  worth  and  maybe  that  is 
the  same  all  over.  That  is  my  impression  of  the  latest  news  that  we 
have  been  getting  here.     They  are  a  little  optimistic, 

31,  General  Grunert,  At  that  time  did  you  think  the  situation 
[27 H']  was  sort  of  tense  or  imminent  or  just  would  not  happen 
to  Hawaii? 

Mr.  Petrie,  I  don't  think  they  were  imminent  or  tense  at  that  time. 

32,  General  Frank,  Had  you  been  getting  frequent  alarms? 
Mr,  Petrie,  No,     I  think  we  may  have  had  an  alarm,  but  not 

other  than  a  practice  alarm. 

33,  General  Frank,  What  I  mean  is,  had  the  Japanese  situation 
become  tense  from  time  to  time?     Had  you  become  accustomed  to  it? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1413 

Mr.  Petkie.  Well,  only  what  we  saw  in  the  papers  there.  That 
is  all  we  had,  and  much  of  that  was  coming  from  Washington,  from 
the  mainland. 

34.  General  Frank.  What  I  am  getting  at  is 

Mr.  Petrie.  The  Admiral,  I  know,  when  he  went  through  here, 
ever3'thing  seemed  to  be  all  right. 

35.  General  Frank.  They  called,  "Wolf,  wolf"  so  many  times 
that  when  they  finally  called  it  again  you  did  not  pay  much  attention 
to  it? 

Mr.  Petrie.  If  they  did  call  it,  I  know  there  wasn't  too  much  atten- 
tion paid  to  it  very  seriously.  I  don't  think  they  were  worked  up  to 
any  high  pitch  just  immediately  before  that. 

36.  General  Grunert.  How  about  the  population  of  your  city  at 
that  time?  Did  you  consider,  on  account  of  the  Japanese  element, 
both  American  born  and  alien,  that  that  was  a  particular  menace  to 
the  safety  of  the  island? 

Mr.  Petrie.  No;  we  did  not. 

37.  General  Grunert.  You  say  "we  did  not." 
Mr.  Petrie.  I  did  not. 

[3715]  38.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  evidence  that  they 
engaged  or  intended  to  engage  in  sabotage  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  No,  I  don't  think  there  was,  and  even  on  that  day  I 
don't  think  there  was. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Just  how  do  you  size  them  up  now  ? 

Mr,  Petrie.  I  have  lived  here  with  them,  I  have  grown  up  with 
them.  I  have  been  here  practically  all  my  life,  except  two  years  of  it. 
I  look  at  them  a  little  bit  differently,  perhaps.  Of  course,  I  believe 
possibly  there  are  some,  as  has  been  demonstrated  since,  that  are  not 
loyal,  and  there  may  not  be  any  question  in  my  mind  if  Japan  had 
succeeded  in  getting  in  here  that  a  good  many  might  have  followed 
that  way,  but  the  opportunity  did  not  arise,  so  you  cannot  say  it  would 
happen.    I  have  no  reason  to  say  they  would  or  would  not. 

40.  General  Frank.  How  many  aliens  have  you  on  the  island? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  do  not  recall  jiist  now.  30,000,  is  it?  Or  approxi- 
mately? 

41.  General  Frank.  30,000  what? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Aliens,  if  I  am  not  mistaken.  Those  figures  are  off- 
hand. 

42.  General  Frank.  Of  what  particular  advantage  are  they  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Well,  they  originally  came  here  as  cane  workers,  work- 
ers in  the  cane  fields.  Then  they  "gradually  graduated  into  business, 
and  most  of  the  aliens  now,  I  think,  are  or  were  in  business. 

43.  General  Frank.  Are  they  an  asset  in  the  labor  situation  here 
now  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Well,  to  a  certain  extent  those  that  are  in  the  mechanical 
field  are  all  right,  on  account  of  the  shortage  [2716]  of  man- 
power. I  think  the  government  has  recognized  that,  because  they 
do  practically  nothing  else  but  this  construction. 

44.  General  Frank.  In  normal  times,  with  so  much  unemployment 
in  the  United  States,  how  do  you  reconcile  giving  employment  to 
30,000  aliens  in  Hawaii? 


1414    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Peteie.  They  were  residents  of  Hawaii,  I  guess,  and  possibly 
they  were  more  economical  from  a  wage  scale.  They  were  in  competi- 
tion to  the  white  labor.    There  is  no  question  about  that. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  effort  ever  to  get  labor  from 
the  United  States,  to  replace  the  alien  labor,  or  was  there  any  need  for 
such  an  attempt? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  don't  know.  I  could  not  answer  that.  That  could 
come  from  someone  else.    I  do  not  recall  any. 

46.  General  Frank.  Are  they  a  problem  now  ? 

Mr.  Peteie.  No,  I  would  not  say  they  were.  I  think  the  F.  B.  I.  did 
a  pretty  job  here,  and  the  minute  something  happened  they  had  them 
pretty  well  lined  up.  They  did  a  very  good  job.  They  had  them 
pretty  well  all  located. 

47.  General  Gruneet.  That  was  after  the  attack? 
Mr.  Peteie.  That  was  after  the  attack,  yes,  sir. 

48.  General  Geunert.  Do  you  think  of  any  other  subject  upon  which 
we  might  get  information  from  you,  that  might  be  of  value  to  us? 

Mr.  Peteie.  No,  not  that  I  think  would  possibly  help  you  in  your 
activities. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Any  questions? 

50.  General  Russell.  How  many  people  are  there  within  the  cor- 
porate limits  of  Honolulu  of  Japanese  origin  ? 

[^TIY]         Mr.  Peteie.  Of  Japanese  origin  ? 

51.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Mr.  Petrie.  In  the  City  of  Honolulu? 

52.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  cannot  say  offhand.  In  the  Territory  there  were 
about  150,000,  if  I  remember  correctly.     There  may  be  60,000  possibl3^ 

53.  General  Russell.  In  the  City  of  Honoluhi  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Well,  the  City  of  Honolulu  now  is  the  island. 

54.  General  Frank.  City  and  county  ? 
Mr.  Petrie.  Yes. 

55.  General  Russell.  You  just  have  one  political  entity  ? 
Mr.  Petrie.  That  is  all,  yes. 

56.  General  Russell.  You  are  the  mayor  of  the  island  ? 
Mr.  Peteie.  Of  the  island,  that  is  it. 

57.  General  Russell.  Your  police  jurisdiction  extends  over  the 
island  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes. 

58.  General  Russell.  And  you  of  course  have  a  police  force  of  some 
sort? 

Mr.  Peteie.  Yes, 

59.  General  Russell.  And  on  that  police  force  you  have  your  secret 
investigators,  a  detective  force  as  we  know  it? 

Mr.  Peteie.  Yes,  we  have  a  detective  force. 

60.  General  Russell.  Just  how  large  is  your  detective  force  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Oh,  it  is  not  very  large.  I  don't  recall  now.  15  or  16 
men,  maybe. 

61.  General  Russell.  Did  they  at  any  time  prior  to  December  7th 
direct  their  attention  toward  observing  these  people  of  12718] 
foreign  origin  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  think  they  worked  with  the  F.  B.  I.  on  that.  They 
were  working  together  on  that.     I  know  they  took  one  of  our  principal 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1415 

officers  up  there  who  was  within  the  detective  department.     He  went 
in  and  was  assigned  to  the  F.  B.  I. 

62.  General  Russell.  If  I  interpreted  your  answer  a  minute  ago 
correctly,  you  left  the  question  of  the  regulation  of  the  Japanese,  in 
relation  to  the  American  government,  to  the  federal  agents,  the  F.  B.  I., 
principally,  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Petkie,  I  did  not  get  you,  General. 

63.  General  Russell.  You  left  the  regulation  or  the  investigation 
of  these  people  of  foreign  origin  to  the  F.  B.  I.  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes.     It  was  handled  all  practically  by  the  F.  B.  I. 

64.  General  Russell.  I  am  interested  to  know  whether  or  not  these 
people  of  Japanese  origin  who  are  now  American  citizens  participate 
m  your  elections? 

Mr.  Petrie.  They  do,  yes.  Some  of  them  are  running  for  office. 
Some  of  them  are  elected.  At  that  time,  I  think,  in  1940,  I  guess  it 
was,  one  was  elected  to  the  Senate  of  the  Island  of  Hawaii. 

65.  General  Russell.  Do  they  vote  together?  Do  you  consider 
them  a  Japanese  bloc  as  a  political  entity  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  is  hard  to  say.  It  is  hard  to  prove  anything  like 
that.  It  has  often  been  suspicioned,  but  it  is  awful  hard  to  prove. 
When  you  start  to  analyze  it  you  just  get  down 

06.  General  Frank.  Are  there  candidates  from  the  Japanese 
[27 W]         bloc  in  both  political  parties? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes. 

67.  General  Russell.  In  other  words,  the  Japs  out  here  split  up, 
too? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Oh,  yes ;  they  were  not  all  together,  the  Japanese.  They 
divided  up.  There  was  a  Japanese  member  of  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives and  there  were  some  Japanese  county  officers  on  the  other 
islands.  I  think  the  majority  of  the  council  on  Kauai  were  Japanese, 
3  out  of  5,  if  I  remember  correctly. 

68.  General  Grunert.  I  have  one  or  two  more  questions. 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  possibly  may  be  due  to  complacency,  on  account 
of  not  getting  in  politics. 

69.  General  Russell.  Have  you  got  Democrats  and  Republicans 
out  here  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  is  all,  Democrats  and  Republicans. 

70.  General  Russell.  Are  there  some  democratic  Japanese  and  some 
republican  Japanese? 

Mr.  Petrie.  That  is  right.  Oh,  yes,  they  are  like  you  have  them 
on  the  mainland,  in  California.  It  is  nothing  new  down  here.  There 
are  quite  a  few  of  them  up  north,  northwest. 

71.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  a  Mr.  Raymond  Coll? 
Mr.  Petrie.  I  do. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Is  he  still  editor  of  a  paper  here? 
Mr.  Petrie.  Yes. 

73.  General  Grunert.  I  have  information  here  that  a  Hawaiian 
newspaper  editor  is  quoted  by  a  Washington  newspaper,  shortly  after 
the  submission  of  the  Roberts  report  on  January  24th,  1942,  in  sub- 
stance; that  General  Short  and  Admiral  Kimmel  had  [2720'] 
made  clear  through  their  utterances  before  December  7th,  1941,  of  the 
probability  and  imminence  of  a  Japanese  attack  at  an  early  date. 
Do  you  recall  any  utterance  of  theirs  to  that  effect? 


1416     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  do  not  specifically  recall  it. 

74.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  there  had  been  an  all-out  alert  in- 
stead of  a  sabotage  alert;  would  that  have  made  a  difference  as  far 
as  the  population  of  Honolulu  was  concerned?  You  understand  that 
General  Short  ordered  a  sabotage  alert? 

Mr.  Petrie.  Yes;  I  understand. 

75.  General  Grunert.  You  understand  that  there  are  various  forms 
of  alert? 

Mr.  Petrie.  A  general  alert  and  a  sabotage  alert.  The  sabotage 
alert  was  practically  an  invasion,  I  would  say.  Is  that  what  you 
mean  ? 

76.  General  Grunert.  No;  a  sabotage  alert  is  just  against  sabotage 
or  subversive  efforts. 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  don't  think  we  had  any  of  that  here  at  all,  a  sabotage 
alert. 

77.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  you  had  had  an  all-out  alert  in 
which  they  had  been  prepared  to  meet  any  attack,  would  that  have 
alarmed  your  populace,  if  they  had  taken  such  measures,  do  you  know  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  If  the  Japs  had  gone  that  far  ? 

78.  General  Grunert.  No.  I  mean  if  the  Army  had  gone  all  out 
to  meet  an  attack,  would  that  of  itself  have  alarmed  the  population 
here  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  doubt  it  very  much.  You  mean  to  any  subversive 
activities? 

[27£1]        79.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  Petrie.  Particularly  with  reference  to  the  Japanese? 

80.  General  Grunert.  To  alarm  them. 
Mr.  Petrie.  I  doubt  it. 

81.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  think  if  the  Army  had  taken 
that  alert 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  don't  think  they  would  have  blocked  together,  no. 

82.  General  Grunert.  I  want  to  make  sure  you  understa^jid  what 
I  mean.  If  the  Army  had  prepared  itself  and  had  actually  gone  into 
all  these  position  to  withstand  an  attack,  would  the  act  of  their  going 
into  a  position  and  so  preparing  themselves  prior  to  the  war  have 
alarmed  the  population  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  It  might  possibly  to  a  certain  extent  have  put  the 
public  upon  a  general  alert  itself. 

83.  General  Grunert.  But  what  reaction  would  such  an  alarm 
have  had  ?    What  could  they  do,  if  anything  ? 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  don't  think  they  could  have  done  anything,  because 
the  public  itself  was  really  in  a  position — the  armed  services  were 
here  and  they,  were  leaving  anything  of  that  nature  to  the  armed 
services. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Any  other  questions?  There  appear  to  be 
no  questions,  unless  you  can  think  of  anything  else  you  would  like  to 
tell  the  Board.     Otherwise,  we  thank  you  very  much  for  coming.  ^ 

Mr.  Petrie.  I  don't  know.  I  would  like  to  give  you  whatever  in- 
formation I  can. 

85.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1417 

[£72£]  TESTIMONY  OF  MAJOR  GENERAL  B.  H.  WELLS,  UNITED 
STATES  ARMY,  RETIRED,  4551  KAHALA  AVENUE,  HONOLULU, 
T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  j^our 
full  name,  rank  and  address. 

General  Wells.  My  name  is  Bryant  H.  Wells.  I  am  Major  Gen- 
oral,  United  States  Army,  Retired.  I  live  at  4551  Kahala  Avenue, 
Honolulu. 

2.  General  Grunert.  General,  this  Board  was  appointed  to  ascer- 
tain and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  made  by  Japanese 
armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  the  Tth  of  December, 
1941,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which  related 
to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster  of  the  report  of  the  House  Military 
Affairs  Committee  which  is  largely  concerned  with  construction  mat- 
ters. Now  we  are  after  facts  or  leads  to  where  facts  can  be  found. 
General  Short  furnished  the  Board  a  list  of  representative  citizens 
living  in  Hawaii  who,  he  says,  may  have  information  of  value  to  the 
Board.  Your  name  being  on  that  list,  we  have  asked  you  here  with 
the  hope  that  you  may  have  facts  to  present  to  us.  General  Short  did 
not  refer  to  any  particular  subject  on  which  you  might  testify,  so  it 
is  up  to  you  to  open  up  the  subject,  which  may  then  give  us  a  lead  to 
questions  by  which  to  develop  it.  He  selected  you  as  one  of  the  rep- 
resentative citizens  of  Hawaii.  What  is  your  business  among  the 
citizens  of  Hawaii  that  you  should  be  selected  as  a  representative 
citizen?  We  know  3'ou  are  a  representative  of  the  Army,  but  we  ask 
this  of  you  as  a  representative  citizen  over  here. 

[2723]  General  Wells.  From  the  date  that  I  retired  from  the 
Army,  which  was  in  January,  1935,  I  was  employed  by  the  Hawaiian 
Sugar  Planters  Association  as  secretary  and  treasurer  of  that  organ- 
ization, until,  I  have  forgotten  just  when,  but  after  a  few  years  I  was 
made  the  executive  vice  president  and  secretary  of  the  Hawaiian  Sugar 
Planters  Association,  which  position  I  held  up  to  June  30th  of  this 
year,  when  I  retired  from  that.  During  that  time  I  participated  in  the 
affairs  of  the  community.  For  9  ^^ears  I  was  a  director  of  the  Cliamber 
of  Commerce  of  Honolulu,  and  I  have  been  identified  with  the  Red 
Cross  and  Boy  Scouts  and  Cliiua  Relief  and  various  things  of  that  kind 
of  a  public  nature. 

3.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  think  that  Short  thought  you 
knew  that  might  be  of  advantage  to  the  Board  in  the  mission,  as  I 
have  stated,  of  the  Board  ?  Does  any  particular  thing  occur  to  you  ? 
Or  just  a  knowledge  of  general  conditions  and  so  forth? 

General  Wells.  I  am  kind  of  sorry  I  have  to  answer  that  question, 
for  this  reason :  I  think  that  General  Short  put  my  name  down  because, 
after  he  had  left,  a  certain  prominent  citizen  in  the  city  here  brought  to 
me  a  letter  which  he  proposed  to  send,  I  think,  to  the  Secretary  of  War, 
in  which  it  asked  for  leniency  in  dealing  with  General  Short.  He 
asked  me  to  sign  it.  I  read  it  over.  I  told  this  gentleman  that  the  first 
part  of  the  letter  I  agreed  with  entirely,  and  that  was  that  General 


1418     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Short  from  the  time  he  got  here  until  the  disaster  overwhelmed  him  had 
entered  into  the  spirit  of  the  community,  had  cooperated  wonderfully 
with  them  and  shown  a  broad  vision  of  conditions  here  and  had  become 
quite  popular  in  the  community,  and  people  had  a  good  deal  of 
confidence  in  him. 

[2724]  The  last  part  of  the  letter,  I  don't  remember  just  what  it 
said,  but  it  was  rather  effusive.  It  didn't  make  so  very  much  difference, 
but  I  told  this  gentleman  I  didn't  want  to  sign  it.  It  was  on  the  second 
page.  I  said  that  I  liked  General  Short,  that  "I  think  General  Short 
has  got  a  lot  of  ability ;  I  think  his  relief  from  here  is  all  that  could  be 
expected ;  he  could  not  continue  here  after  what  has  happened,  and  I 
hope  he  will  be  given  some  job  elsewhere  where  he  will  have  training, 
but  I  think  you  put  down  here  a  lot  of  things  or  are  giving  him  credit 
for  having  done  a  lot  of  things  that  he  did  not  do.  Not  that  it  makes 
so  much  difference,  but  I  don't  want  to  sign  it." 

He  said,  "Oh,  do  you  think  so?"  And  he  asked  me  to  explain.  And 
I  did,  and  he  said,  "I  guess  that  is  right."  He  said,  "I  will  change  it. 
It  is  all  right  if  I  change  the  last  sheet,  is  it?"  I  said,  "Yes,  I  will  sign 
the  first  sheet",  which  was  to  the  effect  of  what  I  said. 

I  learned  afterward  that  he  did  not  make  any  change  in  the  letter 
at  all,  so  my  signature  stands  on  that  letter,  and  a  copy  of  it  was  sent 
to  General  Short,  and  General  Short  wrote  me  a  letter  and  thanked 
me  for  it. 

Now,  I  like  to  be  perfectly  clear  with  the  Board  here  on  that.  I  meant 
what  I  said,  that  I  was  willing  to  sign  it.  I  don't  know  why  this 
gentleman  did  what  he  did.  The  reason  I  found  it  out  is  because  later 
he  brought  one  for  me  to  sign  in  the  case  of  Admiral  Kimmel,  which 
1  told  him  I  would  not  sign,  and  I  upbraided  him  for  having  sent  the 
other  one  in  without  having  corrected  it  as  he  promised  to  do. 

That  is  all  I  know. 

4.  General  Grunert.  In  your  position  did  you  keep  up  your 
[2725]  connections  with  Army  matters  in  any  way,  or  are  you 
in.  position  to  testify  as  to  the  measures  taken  or  the  improvement  in 
conditions  as  far  as  the  military  defense  is  concerned? 

General  Wells.  No  ;  I  would  not  be  an  expert  witness  on  that.  You 
mean,  during  his  incumbency  ? 

5.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

General  Wells.  All  I  can  say  is  that  things  were  rather  lively  from 
the  time  he  got  here.  There  had  been  a  good  many  changes  in  the 
defense  system  of  the  island.  For  instance,  as  early  as  1939,  as  I 
recall  it,  in  the  fall  of  1939,  Admiral  Adolphus  Andrews  came  down 
here  with  a  Scouting  Fleet;  I  think  they  called  it  the  Hawaiian  De 
tachment  of  the  fleet  or  some  such  thing  as  that;  which  was  a  lot 
of  ships  and  a  lot  of  officers  and  men.  And  shortly  after  that  the 
rest  of  the  fleet  came  down  under  command  of  Admiral  Richardson, 
who  was  then  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  United  States  Fleet. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Would  you  know  that  letter  you  referred  to  if 
3^ou  saw  it  ? 

General  Wells.  I  think  I  would,  yes. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Is  Frank  E.  Midkiff  the  fellow  who  composed 
the  letter? 

General  Wells.  That  is  him.  A  very  nice  fellow,  by  the  way,  and 
very  enthusiastic  about  the  Army  and  Navy,  and  has  been  president 
of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  and  always  likes  to  help  people. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1419 

8.  General  Grunert.  I  show  you  this  letter,  which  is  in  the  record, 
in  the  testimony  of  General  Short  at  pages  338  and  339,  and  see  if  you 
recognize  that  letter. 

General  Wells.  It  would  take  me  a  little  while  to  read  \27^6~\ 
this.     My  eyesight  is  not  particularly  good. 

9.  General  Grunert.  We  can  read  it  to  you  if  you  wish. 
General  Wells.  If  j^ou  could  have  the  Recorder  read  it  to  me  I 

would  be  very  happy  and  it  would  save  your  time. 

10.  Colonel  West.  The  letter  is  dated  in  Honolulu,  December  22, 
1941,  and  is  addressed  to  The  President,  The  White  House,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Sm:  We,  the  undersigned  representing  substantial  business  and  social  organ- 
izations in  Hawaii,  and  having  had  for  many  years  in  many  ways  a  vital  interest 
in  the  armed  forces  stationed  in  Hawaii,  do  hereby  wish  to  express  our  sincere 
appreciation  of  the  services  rendered  to  this  territory  and  to  our  Nation  by 
Lieutenant  Genei-al  Walter  C.  Short. 

We  have  found  him,  at  all  times  to  be  most  cooperative  and  furthermore  he 
has  exercised  a  vigorous  leadership  in  causing  this  community  to  prepare  for 
an  emergency  such  as  exists  at  present.  Almost  a  year  ago  he  laid  out  a  plan 
for  this  purpose  and  has  taken  all  steps  practicable  toward  carrying  out  such 
a  plan. 

General  Short's  thorough  foresight  and  his  forceful  presentation  of  his  ideas 
to  our  Territorial  Legislature,  to  our  local  oflBcials,  and  to  our  community  in 
general  have  been  very  largely  responsible  for  (a)  the  enactment  of  a  sound 
"M-Day"  Bill  ;— 

General  Wells.  I  don't  know  about  that;  I  doubt  if  I  had  very 
much  to  do  with  the  passage  of  the  M-Day  Bill,  but  that  is  the  letter, 
if  that  is  the  question  you  ask.  You  are  beginning  \2727']  now 
to  get  into  the  things  I  would  not  subscribe  to.  Up  to  that  point  I 
was  willing  to. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  branch  off  to  a  few  other  subjects  on 
which  you  may  have  some  knowledge  and  may  be  able  to  give  us  some 
light.  During  your  service  here  you  have  got  to  know  these  people 
pretty  well,  haven't  you  ? 

General  Wells.  Yes,  some  of  them. 

12.  General  Grunert.  How  about  the  Japanese  element?  You  em- 
ployed a  lot  of  them  in  the  sugar  business,  didn't  you  ? 

General  Wells.  Yes. 

13.  General  Grunert.  What  is  your  opinion?  Are  they  a  dan- 
gerous element  to  the  safety  of  this  outpost  here,  or  not? 

General  Wells.  They  are  not. 

14.  General  Grunert.  They  are  not  ? 
General  Wells.  In  my  opinion. 

15.  General  Grunert.  This  is  your  opinion  ? 
General  Wells.  That  has  been  demonstrated. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  evidence  of  sabotage 
that  occurred  since  you  have  been  here  to  show  their  inclination  ? 

General  Wells.  On  the  contrary,  I  have  made  inquiries  into  quite 
a  number  of  cases  where  sabotage  was  alleged  to  have  been  committed, 
and  in  every  case  when  followed  down  it  proved  to  be  a  false  alarm. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  that  General  Short  decided 
on  November  27th  to  take  up  an  alert  called  a  sabotage  alert  and  de- 
cided not  at  that  time  to  take  up  any  more  protective  alert,  and  one 
of  the  reasons  given  for  that  is  that  he  did  not  want  to  alarm  the 
public.    Now,  had  they  gone  to  an  all-out  alert,  gone         \^728~\         on 


1420     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

into  position,  ready  for  anything,  air  attack,  surface  attack,  or  what- 
not, do  you  know  what  reflection  it  would  have  had  on  the  public  or 
how  it  might  have  disturbed  the  public  ? 

General  Wells.  I  don't  think  it  would  have  disturbed  the  public 
in  any  way  adversely.  I  think  there  might  have  been  some  people 
in  the  public  that  were  so  much  interested  in  it  they  would  have  liked 
to  have  gone  out  and  seen  what  was  happening.  But  the  people  of 
this  island  have  seen  alerts  and  have  seen  the  command  turned  out 
to  their  war  positions  so  many  times  that  it  is  an  old  story.  There 
would  have  been  no  excitement,  in  my  opinion,  had  he  gone  to  the 
war  positions. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Would  there  have  been  any  protest  on  the 
part  of  business  interests  or  others  because  of  possible  disturbance  of 
crops  or  their  taking  places  in  sugar  fields,  and  so  forth,  that  would 
have  deterred  anyone  from  taking  that  alert  unless  he  had  to  ? 

General  Wells.  I  think  not. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Taking  the  people  in  the  sugar  interests, 
would  there  have  been  a  protest  from  the  sugar  people,  if  he  had  taken 
an  all-out  alert,  because  of  disturbance  to  their  labor,  to  their  fields, 
to  their  cane  and  so  forth  ? 

1^729]  General  Wells.  The  best  answer  I  can  give  to  that  is 
to  make  it  a  little  lenglhy.rather  than  just  yes  or  no. 

At  the  time  I  came  here  in  1930,  before  I  came  here,  while  still  in 
Washington,  I  had  heard — I  was  in  the  War  Plans  Division  there — that 
it  was  difficult  to  train  on  this  island  because  of  the  high  development 
of  agriculture  and  the  few  places  where  troops  might  maneuver  off  the 
reservations,  and  of  the  reluctance  of  the  people  who  owned  property 
to  let  the  Army  have  access  to  their  property  for  that  purpose. 

I  found  it  just  the  reverse.  From  somewhat  close  to  thirty  years  of 
experience  before  that  in  many  places  on  the  mainland  those  conditions 
did  exist.  We  had  to  keep  on  the  road.  If  we  went  into  fields  or  any- 
thing of  the  kind  or  into  roads  across  fields  we  usually  had  to  get  not 
only  the  owner's  permission  but  had  to  pay  for  it  and  frequently  it 
was  denied  us.  I  found  it  j'ust  the  reverse  here.  I  never  had  any 
trouble,  in  the  four  years  that  I  was  in  command,  of  getting  permission. 
You  had,  of  course,  to  ask.  Only  decency  would  indicate  that  you 
should  ask  permission  and  not  just  move  onto  people's  property. 

Of  course,  that  doesn't  mean  that  we  could  take  trucks  or  wagons  or 
horses  or  men  through  cultivated  fields.  We  didn't  need  to.  We  had 
property  of  our  own  that  we  could  maneuver  on  in  rather  a  large  way, 
and  over  in  the  Waianae  pocket  where  there  is  very  little  cultivation 
there  is  land  for  that  kind  of  work.  But  to  cross  fields,  to  go  through 
their  roads,  to  go  through  their  valleys  and  over  their  hills,  and  so 
forth,  to  camp  on  their  ground,  to  use  their  water,  and  all  of  those 
things,  we  had  no  difficulty  whatsoever  in  getting  permission  to  do  it, 
and  I  never  paid  a  cent  for  it.  That  is  my  [2730]  recollection. 
If  there  was  any  money  ever  paid  for  any  camp  ground  or  for  water 
or  for  firewood  or  anything  like  that,  why,  I  never  knew  about  it. 

Now,  coming  to  the  answer  now,  in  building  a  plan  for  the  defense 
of  the  Island,  where  you  had  to  use  land  of  that  kind,  it  was  necessary, 
of  course,  to  get  permission  of  the  owners  or  managers  of  various  plan- 
tations.  In  my  plan  of  defense  of  the  Island  I  sent  my  G-3  all  around 
the  Island.    We  did  a  great  deal  of  hiking  ourselves,  so  we  knew  people 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1421 

personally,  and  we  had  permission — we  would  show  them  what  part 
of  their  lands  might  be  used  in  case  of  an  emergency,  and  we  asked 
if  we  might  include  it  in  our  defense  plan  and  if,  when  we  wanted  to 
have  practice  or  maneuvers,  would  it  be  all  right  for  us,  just  by  notify- 
ing them  that  we  were  going  to  pull  off  a  maneuver,  to  go  into  those 
places  without  further  ado.  We  never  had  any  trouble  of  getting 
permission. 

Now,  during  the  time  that  you  mentioned  I  have  no  doubt  that  the 
plan — whatever  it  was  or  whatever  changes  were  made  in  it,  since  I  had 
fooled  with  it,  it  had  several  Department  Commanders  since  that  time. 
What  General  Short  had  done  to  it  I  don't  know  in  detail.  I  have  no 
doubt  that  he  had  procured  authority  to  include  certain  lands  that 
might  be  needed,  that  they  had  been  surveyed,  and  that  he  had  received 
permission,  and  that  it  wouldn't  have  been  anything  unusual  at  all  for 
the  troops  of  his  command  to  have  gone  to  those  places  whenever  he 
wanted  to  sound  an  alert  for  them  to  go.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  they  did 
it  time  and  time  and  time  again. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Then,  I  gather  from  what  you  have  told  us 
that,  as  far  as  you  know,  there  was  no  influence  out  here  \2731'\ 
which  might  have  caused  the  Commanding  General  to  take  some  action 
that  he  didn't  think  was  adequate  for  the  occasion  :  in  other  words,  that 
he  took  a  sabotage  alert  and  not  a  more  protective  alert,  that  was  of  his 
own  volition  and  not  influenced  bv  the  criticism  and  the  influence  of 
the  prominent  property  owners  ?    Is  that  generally  the  idea  ? 

General  Wells.  I  feel  very  sure  that  it  was  not  through  any  in- 
fluence of  a  civilian  character. 

21.  General  Grunert.  That  was  just  one  of  the  things  we  are 
looking  into. 

General  Wells.  Well,  I  want  to  say  this :  that,  in  answer  to  your 
question,  I've  heard — don't  know  how  true  it  is,  but  it  was  published. 
It  has  been  published ;  I  can't  say  where  now.  You  probably  would 
know.  I  think  it  is  in  the  Roberts  report  that  was  published,  or  that 
part  of  it,  that  a  message  was  sent  from  the  War  Department  to 
General  Short  telling  him  that  he  should  expect  sabotage,  asking  him 
not  to  commit  any  overt  act,  and  to  report  what  action  he  had  taken. 

Well,  I  have  always  thought  that  naturally,  when  General  Short 
got  those  instructions  from  the  War  Department  that  he  should 
expect  sabotage,  maybe  not  having  been  here  long  enough  to  know 
the  situation  and  to  cast  out  of  his  mind  the  fear  that  there  would 
be  any,  and  fearful  that  if  he  didn't  take  steps  against  sabotage  that 
he  might  bring  criticism  upon  himself,  that  that  was  the  reason  that 
he  sounded  what  was  afterwards  known  as  Alert  No.  1.  But  that 
is  only  my  opinion.  That,  I  thought,  was  an  error  on  his  part  because 
he  was  taking  steps  against  his  friends,  when  the  danger  was  outside. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  whether  there 
\2732']  was  any  friction  between  the  Army  and  the  Navy  in  the 
line  of  cooperative  action  ? 

General  Wells.  At  that  time,  you  mean  ? 

23.  General  Grunert.  Just  prior  to  December  7th  or  at  that  time. 
General  Wells.  No,  I  don't  know  of  any.    I  have  heard  it  stated, 

seen  it  in  papers,  and  so  forth,  that  Admiral  Kimmel  and  General 
Short  didn't  speak  to  each  other.  I  don't  believe  a  word  of  it.  In 
fact,  I  have  seen  them  together,  been  with  them  together.    How  ex- 


1422    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

tensively  they  cooperated  by  going  to  see  each  other  when  these 
messages  began  to  come  in,  of  course,  I  don't  know  anything  about 
it,  but  I  know  that  they  were  friendly  or,  if  they  were  not,  they  made 
a  pretty  good  bluff  at  it,  because  I  have  seen  them  together  many  times 
and  they  seemed  to  be  cordial. 

24.  General  Frank.  How  many  alien  Japanese  in  the  Territory  ? 
General  Wells.  Oh,  I  don't  know.    I  think  about  20,000,  but  that 

is  just  a  guess.  You  can  get  those  figures  accurately.  That  would 
be  the  best  way  to  get  them,  instead  of  taking  them  from  me. 

25.  General  Frank.  I  am  just  after  a  representative  bloc.  That 
is  as  far  as  I  want. 

Is  there  any  question  about  the  loyalty  of  the  alien  Japs? 

General  Wells.  Well,  General  Frank,  I  want  to  say,  from  the  time 
I  came  here — and  I  came  here  with  a  view  which  I  got  by  reading 
papers,  in  the  War  Department,  in  talking  to  people  who  had  served 
over  here,  in  which  they  had  conceived  at  one  time  that  they  would 
put  all  of  the  Japanese  here  in  a  stockade  or  send  them  to  another 
island  because  if  they  had  any  trouble  [2733]  here  they  were 
all  treacherous  and  they  would  pounce  down  upon  us  and  sabotage, 
and  so  forth.  Naturally,  there  wasn't  any  question  that  was  more 
important  to  a  commanding  officer,  so  that  during  my  four  years  I 
made  a  particular  study  of  that  for  the  purpose  of  deciding  what  was 
the  truth  of  the  matter,  if  I  could  get  at  it. 

I  came  to  the  conclusion  that  there  had  been  a  lot  written  and  a  lot 
said  for  which  there  was  no  foundation.  I  concluded  that  we  didn't 
know,  and  we  never  would  know  until  the  emergency  came,  just  what 
the  situation  was.  But  there  was  nothing  in  the  conduct  of  these 
people  here  in  their  daily  lives  and  their  conduct  as  citizens  that  justi- 
fied me  in  believing  that  they  were  any  different  from  any  other  hy- 
phenated Americans,  so  far  as  those  that  were  citizens,  or  that  the 
aliens  were  any  different  from  a  lot  that  we  were  familiar  with  in 
other  parts  of  the  United  States.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  they  were  law- 
abiding  and  quiet  and  industrious  and  provident  and  thrifty  and 
not  quarrelsome. 

It  is  true  they  are  not  very  pretty  to  look  at.  I  wasn't  struck  with 
that.  They  are  rather  secretive,  they  are  gregarious,  and  so  on.  But 
I  figured  that  the  great  majority  of  them,  aliens  and  citizens,  would  be 
loyal.  There  would  be  skunks,  the  same  as  there  are  in  many  other 
sections,  that  are  hyphenated  Americans,  but  there  wasn't  anything 
that  the  great  United  States  couldn't  handle  with  respect  to  them,  and 
it  would  be  a  great  deal  easier  to  handle  them  and  take  care  of  them 
by  treating  them  and  giving  them  the  rights  that  the  Bill  of  Eights 
provides  for  citizens  and  that  the  proclamation  of  the  President  of 
the  United  States  in  the  last  war  guaranteed  to  aliens. 

[2734-]  As  early  as  1932  they  had  an  organization  here — well, 
earlier  than  that —  they  had  an  organization  known  as  the  New  Amer- 
icans, which  were  gitten  together  by  a  very  prominent  Japanese  here 
named  Okamura,  who  was  a  Christian  minister.  He  cannot  become 
a  citizen,  for  reasons  that  I  don't  need  to  go  into,  although  he  would 
like  very  much  to,  but  he  has  a  home  down  there,  and  he  brings  in  a 
lot  of  these  boys,  young  fellows  from  all  over  the  Islands,  every  year, 
or  did  up  to  the  time  of  the  blitz,  to  the  number  of  about  75  or  100,  in 
between  there  somewhere,  representatives  from  the  various  Islands, 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1423 

that  he  calls  the  conference  of  the  New  Americans,  which  lasts  for  a 
week,  and  he  has  prominent  citizens  talk  to  these  boys  about  Ameri- 
canism and  things  of  that  kind.     He  always  has  a  theme  in  advance. 

I  think  it  was  in  '32  that  I — I  talked  to  him  several  years,  but  in  '32 
1  brought  up  this  question,  my  point  of  view.  Admiral  Stirling 
brought  it  up  from  the  Navy  point  of  view,  and  I  told  him  that  they 
were  suspected,  the  thing  that  they  already  knew,  but  so  far  as  I  was 
concerned  I  believed  that  they  were  conducting  themselves  with  pro- 
priety, and  that  I  regarded  them,  in  the  plan  of  defense  of  this  Island 
that  I  was  building,  as  an  asset. 

I  am  glad  you  asked  the  question,  because  I  have  banked  my  repu- . 
tation  more  or  less.  I  have  been  one  of  the  people  who  has  shown 
faith  and  confidence  in  them,  and  I  did  that  because  of  my  regard  for 
the  Constitution  of  the  United  States.  I  didn't  bring  these  people 
here,  I  wasn't  responsible  for  it,  but  they  are  here,  and  they  were  here 
properly  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  Constitu- 
tion, and  they  were  entitled  [27S6]  to  whatever  protection  it 
fell  within  my  jurisdiction  to  give  them. 

I  say  I  am  glad  I  did  it  because  subsequent  events  that  have  happened 
since  that  time  has  convinced  me,  if  it  doesn't  anybody  else,  but  I  can't 
see  how  anyone  can — now  the  time  has  come,  and  I  said  at  that  time, 
"We  can't  tell  now,  but  when  the  emergency  comes  we  can  tell  in  a  very 
few  weeks.  We  will  know  where  you  stand."  And  now  it  has  been 
more  than  a  couple  of  years,  and  aside  from  remarkably  few  who  have 
been  taken  under  our  wing — and  they  are  only  suspected ;  it  isn't  be- 
cause of  anything  they  did  particularly,  the  great  majority  of  them — 
the  rest  of  them  have  performed  as  well  as  or  equally  as  well  as  a  lot  of 
our  own,  you  might  say,  our  own  Caucasian  people. 

26.  General  Frank.  About  how  many  Japs  did  the  Hawaiian  sugar 
planters  employ  totally? 

General  Wells.  The  last  time  I  looked  at  the  list  I  think  it  was  about 
12,000. 

27.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  you  a  question  about  the 
status  of  Japs  in  Hawaii  as  considered  by  the  Japanese  government. 
They  consider  all  persons  of  Japanese  ancestry  as  citizens  of  Japan,  do 
they  not  ? 

General  Wells.  I  think  that  they  did  for  a  while.  Most  all  nations 
do  that,  consider  the  children  of  subjects  or  citizens  to  be  citizens  of 
their  country.  I  think  we  fought  the  War  of  1812  on  that  question 
somewhat,  as  far  as  Great  Britain  was  concerned,  and  they  claimed  the 
right  to  take  our  citizens  off  our  ships.  And  that  is  one  of  the  features. 
But  Japan,  I  think,  if  my  recollection  is  correct,  is  about  the  only  nation 
I  know  of  that  has  made  provision 

[3736]         28.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  am  getting  to. 

General  Wells.  — have  made  provision  for  those  who  want  to  give 
up  or  to  alienate  themselves  from  that  tie ;  they  have  provided  a  way 
for  doing  it. 

29.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Wells.  And  I  don't  know  of  any  other  nation  that  has, 
although  I  am  not  an  expert  on  that. 

30.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  who  is  an  expert?  "WTiat  I  am 
after  is  to  have  that  explained  a  little  bit.  What  do  they  call  this  legal 
process  by  which  these  Japanese  renounce  their  allegiance  to  Japan  ? 


1424    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Wells.  You  mean  those  that  they  call  dual  citizens? 

31.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Wells.  Now  let  me  see  if  I  get  that  correctly.  Up  to  a  cer- 
tain time,  which  I  think  was  about  1925,  a  child  born  here — of  course, 
any  of  them  born  here  from  any  time  are  regarded  by  our  government 
as  citizens  of  the  United  States.  Now,  up  to  this  year,  which  I  think 
was  1925,  the  Japanese  people  regarded  them  as  subjects  of  Japan ;  and 
then,  on  account  of  various  questions  concerning  Japanese  here  and  in 
California,  and  so  on,  they  issued  a  decree  or  passed  a  law,  or  whatever 
it  is  they  do  over  there,  that  any  child  born  here  whose  parents  wanted 
him  or  her  to  retain  Japanese  citizenship  had  to  register  that  child  three 
weeks  after  it  was  born  with  the  Japanese  consul  here;  and  if  they 
didn't  so  register  the  child,  that  Japan  would  lay  no  claim  to  it. 

With  respect  to  those  that  were  born  before  '35  and  who  were  Amer- 
ican citizens,  and  they  were  then  dual  citizens  and  wanted  to  release 
themselves  from  that  dual  status,  they  provided  [2737]  a  man- 
ner of  doing  it,  which,  as  I  recall  it,  was  quite  complicated,  but  it 
meant  you  went  up  to  the  Japanese  consul  here  and  you  filed  an 
application,  and  he  did  something  with  it  and  sent  it  on  to  the  prefect 
or  district  or  the  home  of  the  parents  of  this  party  in  Japan,  and 
then  there  was  some  rigmarole  there,  and  then  he  came  back,  and 
usually  maybe  it  will  be  approved,  but  oftentimes — and  I  have  talked 
to  some  of  these  young  fellows  as  to  why  they  didn't  do  it.  Thely 
said  it  took  so  long  to  go  through  it  that  they  didn't  want  to  bother 
to  do  it.  They  had  always  regarded  themselves  as  American  citizens ; 
they  had  been  told  that  they  were,  having  been  born  here ;  and  why 
should  they  go  to  the  trouble  and  expense?  It  costs  them  a  little.  I 
think  that  $3  was  the  fee  for  it,  but  there  was  a  manner  in  which  they 
could  divest  themselves  of  the  dual  citizenship. 

32.  General  Frank.  From  your  point  of  view,  then,  you  never  con- 
sidered this  dual-citizenship  group  a  liability  to  the  United  States? 

General  Wells.  Well,  General,  I  have  always  considered  it  just  the 
same  as  the  millions  of  citizens  that  live  on  the  mainland  right  now 
that  are  in  that  same  status.  I  have  made  talks  before  these  people 
and  told  them  that,  but  I  have  also  said  that,  "You  are  in  a  little  dif- 
ferent status  here  because  you  are  under  suspicion,  and  I  advise  you 
to  do  away  with  your  dual  citizenship."  I  have  done  that  time  and 
time  again.  I  always  had  an  idea  that  they  should  do  that  if  they 
could.  I  have  sent  quite  a  number  of  them,  individuals  that  I  happen 
to  know  who  have  asked  me  what  to  do  and  how  to  do  it,  up  to  the 
Japanese  consul  to  get  it  done. 

[2738]  33.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  differential  in  pay 
between  Americans  and  Japanese  doing  the  same  work  in  the  cane 
industry  ? 

General  Wells.  Not  doing  the  same  work. 

34.  General  Frank.  How  did  prices  paid  the  Japs  in  Hawaii  com- 
pare with  prices  paid  in  Louisiana,  for  instance  ? 

General  Wells.  You  mean  on  the  sugar  plantations? 

35.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Wells.  Well,  in  recent  years,  since  1934  when  they  passed 
the  sugar  legislation,  things  have  changed  so  that  I  can't  tell  that 
exactly,  but  our  wages  here  have  always  been  higher  and  are  higher 
now,  very  much  higher  now,  but  those  wages  since 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1425 

36.  General  Fraxk.  Higher  than  what? 

General  Wells.  Higher  than  they  are  paid  in  Louisiana. 

37.  General  Fraxk.  Oh. 

General  Wells.  Higher  in  cash,  and  no  comparison  with  respect  to 
the  superiority  of  the  perquisites  that  are  furnished  the  men  here 
as  compared  with  those  they  have  down  there. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions? 

39.  General  Kussell.  General,  your  discussion  of  the  Japanese  on 
the  islands  has  suirjiested  a  question  or  two  to  me. 

You  were  more  or  less  familiar  with  these  people  as  they  were  em- 
ployed on  the  sugar  plantations  and,  I  assume,  the  other  agricultural 
pursuits  here  on  the  islands? 

General  Wells.  A  little  louder,  please. 

40.  General  Russell.  I  say,  you  were  familiar  with  the  Japanese 
as  they  were  employees  on  the  sugar  plantations  and  the  other  agri- 
cultural pursuits  on  the  islands ?    You  knew  of  them,  saw  them  ? 

[2739]  General  Wells.  Yes.  I  knew  them  fairly  well,  yes. 
You  see,  I  wasn't  the  manager  of  any  plantation.  I  was  connected 
with  the  association  which  is  an  association  of  plantations.  But  I 
visited  the  plantations.  Reports  came  to  our  office.  I  have  talked  to 
managers,  and  I  am  fairly  well  familiar  with  the  Japanese  on  the 
plantations  and  how  they  work. 

41.  General  Russell.  And  in  your  experience  did  you  have  reports 
about  the  activities  of  the  Japanese  consular  agents? 

General  Wells.  Well,  from  the  time  when  I  was  in  command  I 
always  considered  that  the  consul  was  some  fellow  whom  we  had  to 
keep  track  of  and  watch. 

42.  General  Russell.  No.  The  information  which  we  have  of 
Japanese  activities  is  to  the  eifect  that  in  the  islands  just  prior  to  De- 
cember 7th,  41,  there  were  219  agents  of  the  Japanese  consul  here, 
that  ihej  circulated  among  the  Japanese  populations  on  these  farms, 
and  their  mission  seemed  to  be  to  keep  the  relationship  between  the 
Japanese  on  the  island  and  the  homeland  established,  work  out  this 
principal  of  dual  citizenship,  and  so  forth ;  and  the  question  I  am  ask- 
ing is  as  to  whether  or  not  you  in  your  connection  with  the  sugar 
growers  got  any  reports  of  these  activities. 

General  Wells.  No.  I  did  while  I  was  Commanding  General.  My 
G-2  told  me  about  them.  We  didn't  pay  much  attention  to  them.  I 
always  considered  that  they  were,  I  thought — in  fact,  I  thought  I 
knew,  and  I  believe  now,  that  one  of  the  duties  of  the  Japanese  consul 
here,  that  are  laid  down  to  him  by  his  own  government,  was  to  keep 
track  of  the  Japanese  here  in  the  best  way  he  could,  and  I  think  that 
he — usually  a  new  one  would  come  here  most — after  being  here  a  little 
while  and  getting  himself  located  in  his  house  and  office  and  joining 
the  Chamber  of  Commerce  and  meeting  a  few  people  and  trying  to 
ingratiate  himself  that  way,  he  would  go  and  make  a  trip  around  the 
islands,  I  suppose  to  make  contacts  with  the  prominent  Japanese  on 
the         [2740]         various  islands. 

43.  General  Russell.  But  in  all  of  your  connections  here — I  am  not 
talking  about  the  Japanese  consul ;  I  am  talking  about  these  219  people 
who  were  working  out  from  his  office. 

General  Wells.  Yes. 


1426    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

44.  General  Kussell.  In  all  of  your  contacts  with  your  association 
you  never  heard  any  report  at  all  on  their  activities  among  the  people 
on  the  plantations,  the  Japanese  people  ? 

General  Wells.  I  am  saying  that  when  I  was  in  command  my  G-2 
told  me  that  there  were  people  on  the  islands  at  that  time  who  were 
reporting  to  the  consul.  Just  what  the  nature  of  those  reports  was 
we  never  could  find  out  exactly.  I  didn't  consider  it  very  serious,  but 
from  the  time  I  have  been  associated  with  the  Hawaiian  Sugar 
Planters'  Association  I  don't  recall  a  single  instance  where  I  ever 
heard  or  the  managers  ever  told  me  that  they  were  a  menace  or  that 
they  were  doing  anything  contrary  to  what  they  ought  to  do.  In 
that  connection — and  it  might  be  in  that  connection — when  the  F.  B.  I. 
came  down  here,  quit  a  time  before  the  blitz,  the  officer  in  charge  there, 
Mr.  Shivers,  came  over  to  see  me.  He  said  a  large  part  of  the  Japa- 
nese were  around  on  our  plantations,  and  he  thought  it  would  be  help- 
ful to  him  in  getting  a  line  on  things  if  I  could  give  him  some  informa- 
tion about  the  reliability  of  those  Japanese  aliens  and  citizens  who  were 
on  plantations.  And  I  said,  "Well,  it  is  a  kind  of  a  ticklish  thing, 
maybe.  Only  the  reason  I  think  about  it  is  that  I  hate  to  be  suspecting 
these  people  all  the  time,  but,"  I  said,  "if  you  want  it  I'll  do  anything 
you  want  me  to.  I'll  send  out  to  the  managers  and  ask  them  to  send 
in  lists  of  the  names  of  every  Japanese  that  is  [^74-1]  working 
on  the  plantation,  and  also  to  state  what  in  his  opinion  the  character 
of  these  men  would  be ;  particularly,  if  he  feels  that  there  are  some  that 
should  not  be  trusted,  to  say  so ;  and,  if  he  feels  absolutely  sure  that 
certain  individuals  can  unquestionabily  be  trusted,  to  say  that." 

I  did  that.  I  got  in  the  list.  Some  of  the  managers  thought, 
"Well,  I  don't  know  of  anybody  whom  I  have  any  reason  to  suspect." 
I  recall  one  plantation  manager  who  put  down  three  men, — he's  on 
a  plantation  that  employed,  as  I  recall  it,  something  like  2,000  em- 
ployees; they  weren't  all  Japs — who  stated  that,  of  all  the  Japanese 
he  did  have,  that  there  were  three  men  that  he  thought  ought  to  be 
watched,  that  he  wouldn't  trust  them.  On  the  contrary,  he  put  down, 
I  don't  remember  how  many,  but  more  than  that,  of  men  that  he  would 
trust  with  his  own  life.     The  rest  of  them  he  had  no  reason  to  suspect. 

In  general,  I  think  that  one  plantation  out  of  the  35,  as  I  recall 
it  now,  was  the  only  one  where  a  manager  was  willing  to  put  his 
name  down  on  a  list  and  say  that  he  wouldn't  trust  anybody,  and  that 
man  had  three  fellows. 

45.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

General  Wells.  Does  that  answer  your  question  ? 

46.  General  Russell.  Yes.  The  only  thing  I  wanted  to  know  was 
whether  or  not  these  consular  agents  made  trouble  for  you,  the  people 
out  on  the  plantations. 

General  Wells.  Yes. 

47.  General  Russell.  And  you  say  no  ? 

General  Wells.  I  know  they  didn't  make  any  trouble  on  the  plan- 
tations. The  only  trouble  we  had,  I  think,  on  the  [274^]  plan- 
tations in  handling  Japs  that  amounted  to  anything  was,  occasion- 
ally,— of  course,  they  had  a  strike  here  back  a  great  many  years  ago. 
But  they  had  some  questions  sometimes  over  religion,  as  a  rule.  There 
would  be  something.  One  sect  like  the  Okinawas,  which  they  have, 
put  up  the  money  to  build  a  church,  and  another  group  of  Japanese 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1427 

who  didn't  like  the  Okinawas  and  looked  down  upon  them,  and  they 
wanted  a  church.  The  manager  said  he  was  not  going  to  have  his 
plantation  all  covered  with  churches ;  they  would  have  to  get  together. 
So  they  got  together.  One  sect  put  up  a  monument  to  one  of  its 
reverend  saints  in  front  of  it,  and  the  other  came  and  knocked  it 
down.  Things  like  that  you  might  have  in  the  plantations,  but  that 
is  the  only  case  I  speak  of. 

48.  General  Grunert.  General,  suppose  what  would  happen  to  the 
sugar  interests  if  the  12,000  Japanese  now  employed  were  withdrawn. 
It  would  sort  of  upset  things,  wouldn't  it  ? 

General  Wells.  It  surely  would  put  a — give  them  a  headache.  The 
best  answer  to  that  is  that  we  had  here  before  things. started  to  hum 
over  here,  which  was  a  year  and  a  half  or  two  years  before  the  blitz, 
with  these  big  contractors  coming  down  and  the  Army  and  Navy 
having  so  much  money  to  spend,  what  they  called  the  Pacific  Naval 
Air  Base  Contractors.  There  were  five  of  them,  with  Walter  Dilling- 
ham here  associated  with  them,  and  then  afterwards  what  they  called 
the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  which  were  some  people  who  came  down, 
too.  We  lost  between  then  and  now,  on  the  plantations,  as  far  as  I 
can  recall  it,  something  in  the  neighborhood  of  15,000  men,  Filipinos 
and  others,  all  told.  They  went  because  they  got  better  pay,  and  they 
went  because  there  was  no  one  else  to  go.  They  were  [274^] 
practically  shanghaied  in  many  places.  But  anyhow,  it  was  un- 
reasonable that  either  the  sugar  or  pineapple  could  pay  the  wages  that 
the  government  paid;  and  particularly,  when  the  government  put  a 
ceiling  price  on  the  sugar  we  couldn't  change  the  price  of  sugar.  We 
couldn't  increase  the  amount  we  got  for  it.  So  we  had  to  get  along, 
at  the  same  time  the  government  sent  out  requests  that  sugar  was 
absolutely  essential  to  the  prosecution  of  the  war,  in  the  manufacture 
of  industrial  alcohol,  wanted  us  to — they  took  off  the  ban  that  they 
had  had  on  there  with  respect  to  the  quota  that  we  could  have  and 
asked  us  to  produce  our  maximum.  At  the  same  time  we  were  losing 
all  these  men. 

Well,  we  have  done  remarkably  well  by  going  to  mechanism  very 
largely,  in  introducing  grab  harvesting  as  distinguished  from  hand 
harvesting,  and  many  other  of  the  operations  in  cultivation,  harvest- 
ing, and  milling  the  cane  are  now  done  in  more  economical  ways. 
Those  ways,  of  course,  have  produced  headaches  in  another  way  and 
require  more  machinery  when  again  we  are  handicapped  by  having 
to  get  priorities  for  the  machinery  that  we  needed,  which  has  not 
been  easy  to  do.  In  fact,  new  machinery  we  were  prohibited  from 
having.  We  have  had  to  buy  second-hand  at  enormous  prices,  but 
we  have  gotten  along. 

Now,  you  ask,  if  you  took  12,000  more  away  from  us.  I  don't  know 
what  would  happen.  All  I  can  say  is  that  this  industry  has  survived 
in  spite  of  hell  and  high  water,  through  the  industry  and  activity  of 
the  people  who  run  it,  but  I  think  many  of  the  plantations  would  go 
flat  if  you  took  those  men  away. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  else  you  think  of  that 
[2744]  might  be  of  value  to  the  Board  in  its  mission,  that  has  not 
been  brought  up  ? 

General  Wells.  No,  I  don't  think  so.  I  doubt  if  what  I  have  said 
will  be  of  much  value  to  you. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 41 


1428    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

50.  General  Grunert.  You  would  be  surprised  at  the  many  leads 
we  get  and  the  many  opinions  we  get  which  dovetail  at  times. 

General  Wells.  Yes. 

51.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Thank  you  very  much  for  com- 
ing up. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
General  Grunert.  We  shall  tnke  a  five-minute  recess. 
(There  was  a  brief,  informal  recess.) 

[2P5]         TESTIMONY  OF  WALTER  FRANCIS  DILLINGHAM,  CAR- 
NATION AVENUE,  HONOLULU,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Dillingham,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Walter  Francis  Dillingham,  Carnation  Avenue, 
Honolulu. 

2.  Colonel  West.  Wliat  is  your  occupation? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  am  president  of  the  Oahu  Eailway  and  Land 
Company. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Dillingham,  this  Board  was  appointed 
to  ascertain  and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  made  by  the 
Japanese  armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  the  7th  of 
December,  1941,  and.  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which 
related  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster  of  the  report  of  the  House  Mili- 
tary Affairs  Committee,  which  are  largely  concerned  with  construc- 
tion, that  took  place  since  1941.  Now,  we  are  after  facts  or  leads  to 
where  such  facts  can  be  found.  General  Short  has  furnished  the 
Board  a  list  of  representative  citizens  living  in  Hawaii  who,  he  says, 
may  have  information  of  value  to  the  Board.  Your  name  being  on 
that  list,  we  have  asked  you  here,  with  the  hope  that  you  may  have  facts 
that  you  can  present  to  us.  General  Short  did  not  refer  to  any  particu- 
lar subject  on  which  you  might  testify,  so  it  is  up  to  you  to  open  the 
subject  which  may  give  us  leads  as  to  questions  we  may  want  to  ask 
you  to  develop  that  subject.  That  is  rather  a  nebulous  beginning,  but 
that  is  the  situation.  Your  name  was  presented  in  a  list  of  names  that 
General  Short  sent  to  the  [27^6]  Board,  so  we  hope  that  you 
have  something  in  mind  with  which  to  lead  us  to  other  things  about 
which  we  may  question  you.     Have  you  any  such  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  would  not  know  where  to  start.  General, 

4.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  idea  why  General  Short  put 
your  name  down,  except  as  a  prominent  citizen  who  may  have  known 
something  about  what  he  did  over  here  ?  That  is  the  main  lead  I  can 
give  you.    You  knew  General  Short,  did  you  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  knew  General  Short  practically  the  whole  time 
of  his  tour  of  duty  here. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  anything  about  his  association 
with  the  citizens  or  his  knowledge  of  the  people  or  anything  along 
that  line  that  might  give  a  lead? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir.  I  became  very  well  acquainted  with 
General  Short  through  business  dealings  and  also  through  social  con- 
tacts.   I  might  say  this :  that  it  has  been  my  privilege  and  somewhat 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1429 

my  duty,  in  connection  with  my  business  activities,  to  become  ac- 
quainted with  all  of  the  Commanding  Generals  who  have  been  here 
since  the  first  armed  forces  came  to  Hawaii  in  1898, 1  think  it  was,  at 
the  time  of  the  Spanish  War.  General  Short  was  one  of  those  with 
whom  I  came  in  contact. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  his  accomplish- 
ments in  attempting  to  better  or  perfect  the  defenses  of  the  island? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  From  my  observation — and  I  think  I  was  in  a 
favored  position  to  know  what  was  going  on  in  construction  work, 
because  I  have  been  active  in  construction  work  for  many  years — I 
formed  the  opinion  and  stated  it  a  good  many  times,  that  I  considered 
him  one  of  the  ablest  Commanding  Generals  we  have  [2747] 
had  here.  He  was  a  driver;  he  wanted  to  see  things  done;  he  accom- 
plished a  great  deal,  a  great  deal,  and  was  able  to  do  that  because  he 
was  a  very  satisfactory  man  to  do  business  with.  I  may  say  I  did 
not  always  agree  with  him,  but  that  is  possible.  I  have  learned,  in 
business,  to  disagree  with  those  one  deals  with. 

During  the  time  he  was  here  he  acquired  or  started  to  acquire  lands 
on  the  water  front,  and  very  successfully  upset  plans  that  I  had  had 
in  mind  in  connection  w4th  the  development  of  the  Honolulu  harbor 
extension,  Kapalama  Basin,  by  condemning  some  70  to  75  acres  across 
the  water  front  property.  The  matter  was  so  serious  that  I  took  it 
up  with  General  Somervell  in  Washington. 

7.  General  Grunert.  And  General  Somervell  at  that  time  was 
what? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  This  was  before  he  was — I  don't  know  just  what 
his  particular  activity  was,  but  he  had  control  over  situations  such 
as  was  presented  to  me.  He  was  interested  in  transportation,  I  think. 
In  any  event,  I  was  told  to  see  him.  I  did  see  him.  I  explained  that 
in  this  over-all  condemnation  suit  which  was  being  instituted,  they 
were  taking  away  all  of  the  water  front  property  that  was  vitally 
necessary  to  the  Hawaiian  Dredging  Company,  of  which  I  was  the 
organizer  and  president,  that  if  all  this  water  front  property  was 
taken  away  from  us  our  shops,  repair  shops,  ways  on  which  we  build 
scows  and  dredges,  and  so  forth,  would  fold  up,  as  this  company  had 
developed  all  the  harbors  on  the  islands  of  the  Territory  that  started 
with  opening  Pearl  Harbor  in  1909,  with  dredging  the  original  chan- 
nel there,  and  a  good  many  million  dollars  for  the  Army  and  for  the 
Territory.  It  would  put  us  out  of  business  [2748]  unless  we 
had  a  home  port.  It  did  not  seem  to  me  necessary,  nor  to  the  interests 
of  the  government  as  well  as  to  us,  if  we  were  denied  any  place  to  work. 

As  a  result  of  that  conversation  I  thought  and  had  reason  to  believe 
that  word  was  sent  out  here,  because  upon  my  return  from  that  trip  I 
took  up  the  question  with  General  Short  of  rearranging  the  plans 
which  the  Army  had  so  as  to  give  us  a  part  of  this  frontage  of  several 
thousand  feet  which  we  had  on  the  water  front. 

8.  General  Grunert.  What  did  he  want  it  for,  do  you  know  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir.  It  was  for  the  development  of  ware- 
houses in  connection  with  terminal  wharves  which  were  to  be  built 
to  serve  the  Army  Transport.  I  made  trips  over  the  ground  with 
him,  and  as  a  result  of  that  it  was  decided  that  they  could  leave  us 
the  12  acres  which  we  were  using,  but  it  would  be  necessary  for  the 


1430    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Government  to  entirely  surround  us  with  lands  needed  for  military 
purposes. 

That  was  not  a  happy  situation  to  me,  or  to  us,  because  we  had  no 
right  of  way  into  our  property  except  through  the  courtesy  of  the 
Army,  and  easement  to  a  right  of  way  being  a  not  very  permanent 
connection.  However,  that  was  the  arrangement.  The  lands  were 
condemned.  Steps  were  taken  to  condemn  the  property  and  we  lost 
possession  of  it,  and  work  was  started  to  fill  the  low  areas  and  make 
ready  for  the  construction  of  warehouses. 

In  the  plan  for  this  development  the  railroad,  which,  as  I  have 
stated,  I  was  connected  with,  was  interested,  because  some  years  ago 
I  arranged  with  the  Territory  to  secure  a  right  of  way  for  a  belt  line 
road  right  around  this  probable  some-day  harbor  extension,  Kapa- 
lama,  to  have  this  railroad  hook  in  with  the  warehouses  and  serve  the 
wharves  and  so  forth.  Discussions  were  held  [2?49]  with  the 
United  States  Engineers  and  others  to  perfect  a  working  arrange- 
ment on  paper. 

I  have  taken  some  time,  very  little  time,  to  explain  what  took  a 
great  many  meetings  and  discussions,  but  a  very  considerable  amount 
of  money  was  involved.  You  will  appreciate  that  when  you  know 
the  limited  area  of  water  frontage  in  this  harbor,  and  the  taking  away 
of  what  we  had  definite  plans  for  on  locations  which  I  bought,  I  think, 
in  1913,  took  a  long  shot  ahead,  looking  for  a  final  permanent  location 
for  a  home  base  for  our  dredging  enterprise. 

All  that  came  out  of  those  discussions  and  plans  was  that  a  small 
area,  much  smaller  than  we  required  and  planned  for  was  left  to  us, 
and  it  is  occupied  and  operated  by  us  today. 

9.  General  Grunert.  You  might  call  that  a  handicap  to  his  desire 
for  a  full  plan.  Do  you  know  of  any  other  handicaps  under  which 
he  may  have  suffered  in  attempting  to  build  up  a  100  percent  defense? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  If  I  gave  you  the  impression  that  it  was  a  handi- 
cap, I  think  I  have  not  stated  the  position  correctly.  General.  It  was 
a  rearrangement  which,  as  it  turned  out,  was  directly  in  the  interests 
of  both  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  for  we  have  built  scows,  we  have 
repaired  equipment,  we  have  been  continuously  at  work  24  hours  a  clay 
on  that  piece  of  property  in  connection  with  the  war  effort. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Still  you  considered  him  a  very  satisfactory 
man  to  deal  with? 

Mr.  Dn.LiNGHAM.  Yes;  I  think  he  is  a  clean-cut,  straight-forward, 
hard-hitting  man  to  get  what  he  wants,  and  I  am  inclined  to  believe 
that  if  some  word  had  not  come  from  Washington  [2750']  to 
emphasize  the  importance  of  our  place  in  the  picture  he  would  have 
grabbed  it  all  off.  As  it  turned  out,  had  that  taken  place,  it  would 
have  been  a  serious  handicap  to  the  defense  operations  of  both  the 
Army  and  the  Navy,  for  we  have  built  a  very  great  many  barges  and 
scows  and  dredges  and  whatnot  that  have  been  actively  used  in  this 
effort. 

11.  General  Grunert.  As  it  turned  out? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  that  Washington  had  not  inter- 
fered, would  you  still  have  considered  him  a  very  satisfactory  man  to 
deal  with? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  considered  him  very  satisfactory,  if  you  like, 
in  driving  home  what  he  wants. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1431 

13.  General  Grunert.  With  what  construction  company  were  you 
associated  ?    Any  particular  firm  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  With  the  Hawaiian  Dredging  Company. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Did  that  company  have  any  construction  con- 
tracts for  the  government  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  We  have  done  construction  work,  dredging  work, 
wharf  building,  dry-dock  building,  and  so  on,  for  the  Navy;  we  have 
done  dredging  work  for  the  U.  S.  Engineers,  so  that  we  have  practi- 
cally been  continuously  employed  for  35  or  40  years  in  government 
work. 

15.  General  Grunert.  As  to  your  dealings  with  the  Army  Engi- 
neers, who  was  the  District  Engineer  with  whom  you  did  business, 
do  you  recall  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham,  Oh,  yes ;  I  have  done  business  with  a  good  many. 
The  last  one  I  did  business  with  was  Colonel  Wyman. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Wyman  or  Lyman  ? 

[2751]  Mr.  Dillingham.  Both.  Lyman  followed  Wyman.  I 
have  done  business  with  Albert  Lyman.  Albert  Lyman  was  the  last 
engineer  that  I  had  any  considerable  amount  to  do  with,  and  he  fol- 
lowed Colonel  Wyman. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Since  we  are  on  that  subject  and  before  I 
open  any  new  ones,  I  think  I  will  ask  General  Frank  and  Major  Clau- 
sen to  develop  a  certain  specialty  that  they  have  assumed  in  this  in- 
vestigation, while  we  are  on  this  subject.  You  go  ahead  with  that 
line,  and  develop  it.  General. 

18.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  interest  in  any  contracting 
company  or  construction  company  that  was  associated  with  the  Ha- 
waiian Constructors? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir.  I  organized  in  1919  the  Hawaiian  Con- 
tracting Company.  The  reason  for  organizing  it  was  that  I  wanted 
to  give — this  is  important  I  think — some  of  my  associates  who  had 
gone  along  witli  us  in  the  dredging  company  an  interest  in  construc- 
tion work  of  a  wider  field  than  we  had  in  the  dredging  business.  So 
this  company  was  organized  and  the  stock  was  offered  to  the  young 
men  who  had  been  associated  with  me  in  the  dredging  business.  The 
idea  was,  so  there  would  be  no  competition  between  the  two  companies, 
because  they  were  closely  affiliated,  that  the  contracting  company 
would  do  the  land  work  and  the  dredging  company  would  do  the 
water  front  work.  That  made  a  line  of  cleavage  so  that  if  it  were 
wharves  the  dredging  company  handled  it;  if  it  were  filling,  recla- 
mation, salvage  work,  dredging,  any  work  of  that  character,  the 
dredging  company  handled  it.  If  it  were  bridges,  roads,  buildings, 
sewers,  work  of  that  character,  the  contracting  company  handled  it. 

I  agreed  with  my  principal  associate  in  the  dredging  busi- 
[27521  ness  that  we  would  take  whatever  stock  the  boys  were  not 
able  to  take.  So,  as  it  turned  out,  while  not  getting  the  control,  I 
had  a  substantial  interest,  but  had  no  interest,  nor  was  I  a  director, 
nor  have  I  ever  been,  in  the  contracting  company. 

These  companies  were  affiliated,  used  the  same  group  of  engineers, 
occupied  the  same  building,  under  two  separate  managements.  As 
to  the  contracting  company,  Colonel  Wyman  asked  me,  after  he  had 
been  here  some  time,  and  I  met  him,  if  I  would  be  interested  in  coming 
in  and  taking  an  interest  in  the  Hawaiian  Constructors.  Is  that  the 
name  of  it? 


1432     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

19.  General  Frank.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  said  no,  I  would  not.  He  wanted  to  know  why 
not.  And  we  had  quite  a  talk.  I  said  that  all  my  time  and  all  my 
efforts  were  dedicated  to  the  work  which  we  had  in  hand,  that  I  was 
not  interested  in  getting  into  anything  more  than  what  I  had  on  hand. 

20.  General  Grunert.  About  when  was  this,  Mr.  Dillingham,  when 
he  approached  you  as  to  this? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  think  I  can  tell  you  pretty  close  to  it.  That  was, 
I  thinlv,  perhaps  in  May  or  June  of  1941,  along  in  there  some  time. 

Colonel  Wyman  explained  to  me  that  the  Navy  had  put  one  over 
on  the  Army  in  getting — I  am  repeating  now ;  I  am  not  vouching  for 
facts — the  Navy  had  put  one  over  by  giving  my  organization,  my  as- 
sistants, property  work  which  the  Navy  was  doing,  that  he  came  down 
here  without  any  idea  that  there  was  any  outfit,  local  outfit,  that  could 
handle  the  work  which  was  in  sight  for  the  engineers  to  do,  and  because 
of  my  long  residence  in  this  place  and  connections  which  I  had,  to  use 
his  exact  words,  [2753'\  "you  can  get  anything  that  is  necessary 
to  push  your  job  along,  and  I  have  got  this  outfit  I  brought  with  me, 
that  have  got  to  find  their  way  around,"  and  he  said  "I  would  like  to 
have  your  outfit  come  in  and  take  a  hand  in  this,  so  as  to  help  push  our 
jobs  along." 

21.  General  Gunert.  But  this  was  after  the  contract  had  been 
awarded  to  the  Constructors  and  they  were  on  the  job? 

Mr,  Dillingham.  Oh,  yes,  they  had  been  here  and  they  were  doing 
quite  a  lot  of  work.  I  don't  know  when  they  came  here,  but  I  know 
it  was  about  the  middle  of  the  year  of  1941,  because — and  this  may 
interest  you, — I  turned  it  down  flat,  but  I  said  this,  "If  at  any  time 
there  is  anything  you  think  I  can  do  to  help  out  in  the  situation,  you 
can  call  on  me  just  as  if  I  had  the  controlling  interest  in  this  contract 
of  yours.  I  don't  want  anything  for  it,  but  I  do  want  to  help  wherever 
I  can.  So  if  a  situation  arises  where  you  think,  as  you  seem  to  think, 
that  I  could  be  helpful,  just  let  me  know  what  to  do." 

Well,  along  in  October  of  that  year,  one  Sunday  noon.  Colonel  "Wy- 
man and  Colonel  Weimer  came  down  to  this  ranch  that  I  have,  where 
I  spend  my  week-ends.  They  arrived  about  noon  and  had  a  bit  of 
lunch  and  then  he  said :  "General  Short  has  sent  me  down  here  to  tell 
you  we  have  got  to  have  a  35-ton  crane,  and  the  only  crane  that  is  not 
now  being  used  in  war  work  is  the  one  that  you  have  down  in  your 
shops,  the  dredging  shops." 

I  said,  "Well,  Colonel,  you  can't  have  it." 

He  said,  "By  God,  we  will  buy  it." 

I  said,  "You  can't  have  it.  We  are  outfitting  right  at  the  moment 
a  dredge  which  has  come  from  California  and  that  they  want  to  put  to 
work  as  soon  as  possible.  Without  that  [2754]  crane  it  is 
impossible  to  lift  the  spuds  or  move  any  of  the  heavy  pipe,  and  it  will 
tie  us  up  so  we  will  have  to  shut  down.  We  cannot  do  it.  We  have 
another  one  which  has  already  gone  and  we  can't  allow  this  one  to  go." 
^  We  was  a  very  persistent  man  and  a  very  forceful  man.  He  and  I 
did  not  always  get  along.  But  we  locked  horns  on  this  one.  He  said 
"Short  says  you  must  let  us  have  it."  I  said  "I  can't  help  it ;  you  can't 
have  it."  He  said  "Well,  you  telephone  some  of  your  outfit."  I  said 
"I  won't  telephone.     It  won't  do  any  good.     The  answer  is  no." 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1433 

Well,  he  stuck  to  it  for  an  hour  and  a  lialf ,  or  more,  and  then  I  said, 
"I  will  see  you  tomorrow,  Colonel.  In  the  meantime  I  will  try  and 
thinli  up  some  way  out  of  your  fix  here," 

So  the  next  morning  I  took  up  the  question  of  whether  or  not  there 
was  a  crane  available,  and  to  satisfy  Colonel  Wyman  I  took  the  shop 
foreman  up  to  the  Colonel's  office,  and  I  said  "Now,  I  tried  to  explain 
to  you  how  imi^ortant  this  crane  is  to  us.  Here  is  the  shop  foreman, 
Manuel  Costa.  He  will  tell  you  what  our  situation  is,  and  the  answer 
is  no." 

Then  he  said  "This  is  so  important  that  nothing  is  comparable  in 
importance  to  the  getting  of  this  crane.  By  God,  you  are  going  to  let 
me  have  it."     I  said,  "No,  I  am  not.' ' 

Suddenly  it  struck  me  and  I  turned  to  this  man,  and  I  said  "Listen, 
Manuel,  what  has  become  of  that  gantry  crane  that  we  had  at  Hilo 
when  we  finished  the  Hilo  breakwater?"  He  said  'T  think  it  is  up 
there."     So  I  took  the  telephone  and  called  up  the  superintendent. 

Am  I  making  this  too  long  for  you  gentlemen  ? 

22.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead;  it  is  very  interesting. 

\2756']  Mr.  Dllingham.  I  called  up  the  superintendent  of  the 
Hilo  Railroad  and  said  "Where  is  that  crane  you  used  on  the  outer 
end  of  that  breakwater  r'  He  said,  "It  is  boxed  up  behind  the  round 
house."  I  said,  "Tear  it  down,  so  it  can  be  inspected.  It  is  a  30  to 
35  ton  crane,  is  it  not?"    He  said,  "Yes." 

So  I  said,  "Colonel,  have  you  got  a  man  that  can  go  up  and  inspect 
this  rig?"  He  said,  "Yes,  I  have,  but,"  he  said,  "I  haven't  got  any 
money  to  pay  for  sending  him  to  Hilo."  I  said,  "All  right,  I  will 
pay  for  it,  and  you  can  pay  me  some  time.  I  will  send  one  of  our 
engineers,  mechanical  engineers  with  your  man,  and  they  can  go  up 
tomorrow  morning." 

So  I  telephoned  and  arranged  the  transportation  by  air,  and  we  then 
discussed  how  we  could  get  it  -down,  and  Wyman  said,  '  T  have  got  a 
load  going  up  on  a  scow  that  ought  to  be  in  Hilo  tomorrow."  I  said, 
"You  hold  that  scow  in  Hilo  until  we  can  find  out  whether  this  crane 
will  answer  the  purpose  or  not."     That  was  arranged. 

Manuel  Costa  said  everything  was  set  to  go.  Then  Wyman  said, 
"I  am  going  to  tell  you  what  a  jam  I  am  in."  I  may  say,  until  the 
calendar  ran  against  me,  that  I  have  for  over  20  years  been  a  reserve 
officer  in  good  standing  and  have  discussed  the  defense  plans  for  this 
island  with  many  commanding  officers,  and  for  several  reasons,  and 
one  was  because  of  the  part  which  the  railroad  here  would  play  in 
any  attack  that  would  be  made  upon  the  island. 

He  pulled  down  a  chart  and  for  the  first  time  I  learned  where  the 
Japanese  were.  I  was  shown  these  islands  to  the  south  and  southwest 
of  us  and  how  they  were  placed  there  and  how  easily  they  could  cut 
our  line  of  communications  between  [2756']  here  and  Australia. 
He  said,  "The  Ludington  is  loading  in  San  Diego.  I  have  got  orders 
to  get  equipment  down  to  Canton  to  be  used  at  Canton  and/or  Christ- 
mas, unload  the  Ludington  when  she  gets  there.  We  have  got  to  get 
out  of  here  in  so  many  days  with  this  equipment.  I  haven't  a  scow ; 
I  haven't  a  crane ;  I  haven't  a  towboat ;  I  haven't  got  a  damned  thing, 
and  I  have  got  to  get  this  equipment  together  and  get  it  off  down 
there." 


1434     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Well,  Golly,  I  said  to  myself,  if  there  is  anything  in  God's  world 
I  can  do  to  help  this  situation,  this  is  a  situation  that  should  take 
priority  over  anything  else.  Word  came  back  from  Hilo  that  the 
crane  was  worth  moving,  but  the  boiler  was  shot.  I  got  it  down  here 
and  I  put  it  in  the  shop.  I  had  a  battle  royal  with  my  son,  the  manager 
of  the  dredging  company,  because  he  said,  "You  can't,  you  just  can't 
tie  us  up  this  way."  I  couldn't  tell  them  why,  but  I  said,  "This  has 
got  to  have  priority.  I  don't  care  if  you  shut  down  right  now,  but 
we  have  got  to  have  this  thing  ready  to  go.  Take  my  word  for  it. 
You  will  have  to  take  my  word  for  it."  We  got  it  ready  a  day  ahead 
of  scheduled  time  and  off,  and  it  was  down  there  to  meet  the  Ludington. 
We  got  the  scow,  we  got  the  tow  boat,  strapped  this  crane  in  the  center 
so  she  could  lift  the  stuff  out  and  put  it  on  one  end  and  on  the  other 
end  and  then  go  ashore  and  lift  it  off  again,  guns  and  very  necessary 
heavy  equipment  that  had  to  be  put  ashore. 

Subsequent  events  satisfied  me  that  that  was  a  contribution  that  was 
of  the  very  greatest  value  to  the  war  effort,  because  we  hadn't  been  set 
up  there.  If  the  island  was  attacked  or  defended,  we  maintained  the 
line  of  communications  for  our  planes  through  to  Australia;  and  I 
have  said  many  times,  I  don't  know  [2757]  of  any  job  that  was 
more  important  to  the  war  effort  than  what  was  put  over  by  Colonel 
Wyman. 

I  hold  no  brief  for  him,  but  I  can  tell  you  gentlemen  that  in  over 
50  years  of  business  experience  nobody  I  have  ever  known  would  have 
put  that  over  unless  he  had  had  the  drive  that  Colonel  Wyman  had, 
who  wouldn't  take  no  for  an  answer.  He  stuck  to  it  until  he  solved 
the  problem,  and  I  couldn't  discourage  him,  and  until  the  thing  was 
really  put  up  in  such  shape  that  it  had  to  be  done,  a  way  had  to  be 
found  to  do  it.  I  am  glad  to  bear  testimony  to  this,  because  I  read 
the  papers. 

23.  General  Frank.  Did  the  Hawaiian  Contracting  Company 
finally  become  a  member  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

Mr".  Dillingham.  Subsequently  they  were.  They  were  taken  in. 
They  were — I'll  tell  you.     Let  me  tell  you  that  story. 

Colonel  Wyman  and  Kohl  called  me  to  a  meeting  and  tried  to  get 
me  associated  in  this  group,  and  I  said  that  I  wouldn't  be  interested, 
as  I  said  before,  and  I  wouldn't  go  along.     So  that  was  that. 

Some  days  after  that  Mr.  H.  P.  Benson,  who  was  president  of  the 
Hawaiian  Contracting  Company,  asked  me  if  I  would  go  with  him 
to  the  engineer's  office  to  discuss  a  proposition  which  they  wanted  to 
make  to  get  the  Contracting  Company  in  to  help  on  this  construction 
work  of  the  U.  S.  E.  D.  I  agreed  to  go,  and  went.  The  Contracting 
Company  had  the  contract  to  build  the  two  wharves  in  Kapalama,  and 
when  the  war  came  on  they  cancelled  the  contract ;  and  under  a  clause 
of  the  contract,  a  recapture  clause,  they  took  all  of  the  equipment,  all 
of  our  men  except  the  office  force  and  the  management,  and  took  them 
over — Wyman  did — into  his  group.  He  took  the  equipment,  the  men 
[2758]  served,  and  I  don't  know  just  how  they  were  handled,  but 
we  were  left  without  any  men,  without  any  equipment,  and  we  were 
just  the  shell  of  a  company  with  some  money  which  they  eventually 
paid  for  some  equipment. 

24.  General  Frank.  Are  you  conversant  with  the  manner  in  which 
that  organization  functioned  over  in  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1435 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No  ;  I  know  very  little  about  the  details  of  what 
went  on,  but  my  advice  to  Benson  was  not  to  go  in  on  it ;  and  at  that 
meeting  which  I  started  to  tell  you  about,  after  ten  or  fifteen  minutes 
I  got  up  and  said,  "Well,  I  am  not  running  this  company,  and  I 
have  no  managerial  interest  in  it,  but  any  arrangement  you  make  with 
Mr.  Benson  is  your  affair",  and  I  left.  He  came  to  me  and  said,  "We 
are  flat.    We  have  nothing  to  do  unless  we  can  go  in  there." 

I  said,  "What  I  have  heard,  they  need  some  assistance  such  as  you 
can  give  in  straightening  out  some  of  the  tangles  and  snarls  which 
result  from  driving  ahead  to  grab  materials  and  men  and  freeze  this 
and  freeze  that  and  freeze  the  other  thing  so  as  to  have  something  to 
work  with."  The  result  was,  it  had  gotten  awfully  jammed  up,  and 
there  was  a  lot  of  howling  about  it  from  the  business  community 
because  they  couldn't  get  their  bills  approved,  and  so  forth  and  so  on. 
I  said,  "There  is  a  big  job  for  you,  Percy,  in  there,  but  I  wouldn't 
touch  it." 

25.  General  Frank.  You  said  that  to  Benson? 

Mr.  Dn.LiNGiiAM.  Yes,  I  wouldn't  touch  it.  It's  an  awful  mess,  I 
think. 

26.  General  Frank.  Were  you  familiar  at  all  with  those  matters? 
Mr.    Dillingham.  Only    by    hearsay    and    the    difficulties    that 

[^TSO]         people  were  having  in  dealing  with  them.     I  wasn't  con- 
nected with  any  deal  of  that  sort,  and  so  I  wasn't  affected. 

27.  General  Frank.  Who  were  the  people  who  were  affected  ?  Can 
you  tell  us  that? 

Mr.  HiLLiNGHAM.  Davies  &  Company.  Theo.  H.  Davies  &  Com- 
pany, I  think  the  American  Factors,  Honolulu  Iron  Works,  and  a 
great  many  smaller  concerns. 

28.  General  Frank.  What  were  the  reasons  they  needed  help? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  told  Colonel  Wyman  one  day,  I  said, 
"Colonel,  the  trouble  with  your  outfit  is  that  you  haven't  set  up  an 
organization  big  enough  to  do  tlie  tremendous  job  that  is  on  you. 
You  need  a  top  executive,  chief -clerk  type  of  man  to  run  the  office. 
You  need  a  man  that's  conversant  with  the  pay  and  the  checking  up 
of  orders  and  bills  and  so  on.  You  are  trying  to  do  it  all  yourself, 
and  there  isn't  any  man  living  can  handle  the  job  the  size  that  this 
has  suddenly  developed  into  without  having  properly  trained  and 
able  men  to  handle  the  different  jobs  so  that  when  it  comes  on  your 
desk  you  can  put  your  O.  K.  on  and  it's  on  the  way.  You  are  trying 
to  do  all  that  detail  yourself,  and  no  man  can  do  that." 

29.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  of  any  delays  in  defense  con- 
struction because  of  that  situation? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Oh,  I  couldn't.  If  I  said  I  did,  I  would  have  to 
tell  you  where  and  when,  and  I  don't  know. 

30.  General  Frank.  You  said  a  moment  ago,  in  talking  to  Mr. 
Benson,  for  him  to  do  what  he  wanted  to,  but  you  wouldn't  touch  it. 
Why  wouldn't  you  touch  it  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  had  about  all  that  I  could  handle,  and 
]oolicy  matters,  and  details  connected  with  business  that  I  [£760] 
was  trying  to  operate;  and  to  take  this  on  in  addition  was  out  of 
the  question,  plus  the  fact  that  I  knew  they  weren't  set  up  as  any 
business  of  that  magnitude  would  have  to  be  set  up  to  function  per- 
fectly.    But  it  was  war,  and  the  jobs  had  to  be  done,  and  the  drive 


1436     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

was  to  do  them.  The  hours  of  work  that  those  men  spent  were  just 
beyond  anything  that  I  have  ever  known,  because  I  have  been  called 
9 — one  call  I  got  10  o'clock  one  night  from  Colonel  Wyman,  a  rumpus 
about  unloading  some  ship  in  the  harbor.  He  drove  these  men,  ac- 
cording to  Mr.  Benson,  up  to  12  and  1  o'clock,  and  he  would  be  down 
in  the  morning  at  5  or  6.  He  was  a  thief  for  work  if  ever  a  man 
was,  and  he  drove  everybody  with  him  that  way. 

31.  General  Frank.  Are  you  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  details 
to  tell  us  whether  or  not  when  the  Hawaiian  Contracting  organiza- 
tion went  in  there,  that  they  were  allowed  to  use  their  organizational 
and  directive  ability  in  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  or  were  they  di- 
rected by  the  Engineer  Corps? 

Mr.  Dillingham,  If  T  may  make  the  suggestion,  the  man  that  can 
tell  you  all  of  this  and  give  you  the  detail  and  the  straight  of  it  is 
Mr.  Benson,  and  anything  that  I  might  say  would  be  what  I  remember 
of  discussions  or  talks  that  I  had  with  him;  but  he  would  have  first- 
hand information  about  all  of  that  I  am  sure. 

32.  General  Frank.  That  is  what  I  want  to  get.  Now,  did  you 
ever  meet  this  man  Rohl? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

33.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  anything  about  him? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  personally  I  didn't  want  him  for  a  partner. 
In  that  perhaps  I  do  him  a  great  injustice  when  I  say  [2761] 
that,  but  I  didn't  like  the  cut  of  his  jib,  to  be  perfectly  frank. 

34.  General  Frank.  Would  you  ever  hire  him  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

35.  General  Frank.  Why? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  don't  know  why.    I  didn't  like  him. 

36.  General  Frank.  How  many  times,  ever,  did  you  see  him? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  I  think  only  three  times. 

37.  General  Frank.  Was  he  always  sober? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  I  don't  know. 

38.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  suspicion? 
Ml'.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

30.  General  Frank.  Now,  how  long  did  jou  know  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  think  I  met  him  fairly  shortly  after  his  tour 
of  duty  started.  I  don't  remember  just  when  it  was,  but  I  didn't  see 
much  of  him  until  it  came  pretty  close  to  the  attack  here,  the  months 
before  that,  I  think,  four  or  five  or  six  months  prior  to  that  when  I 
first  had  discussions  with  him.    I  think  that's  right. 

40.  General  Frank.  If  Wyman  were  available  would  you  hire  him  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  for  certain  type  of  jobs  I  would  consider 

him  a  very  valuable  man. 

41 .  General  Frank.  Are  there  any  qualifications  on  that  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

42.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  them  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  would  want  to  follow  along  with  him.  It's  a 
very  hard  question  to  answer,  but  he  was  such  a  driver  that  he  was 
not  one  that  would  get  along  with  men  in  civilian  life.  In  all  prob- 
ability, in  civilian  activities  he  would  have  [2762]  trouble  with 
his  organization  because  of  his  domineering,  driving  character.  But 
if  there  was  a  tough  job  somewhere  to  be  done,  and  regardless  of 
everything  else  it  just  had  to  be  done,  I  would  feel  that  in  his  hands  it 
would  be  accomplished  somehow. 


I 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1437 

43.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  wliether  or  not  he  had  an}-  habits 
that  affected  his  dependability? 

Mr,  Dillingham.  I  never  saw  him,  in  any  meeting  I  ever  had  with 
him,  when  I  thought  he  wasn't  alert,  on  the  job.  I  had  practically 
no  social  contacts  with  him.  I  think  he  only  was  in  our  house  once, 
and  that  was  for  a  very  short  time  when  he  came  to  inquire-  about 
something. 

44.  General  Frank.  Would  you  say  he  was  a  man  who  called  for 
close  supervision  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  in  what  connection.  General?  "Close 
supervision?"  Close  supervision  implies  a  check  on  his  integrity  or 
honesty,  or  so  on. 

45.  General  Frank.  Well,  I  am  talking  about  his  work.  If  you 
had  been  Division  Engineer  in  San  Francisco  and  responsible  for 
him  as  District  Engineer  in  Hawaii,  what  degree  of  supervision  would 
you  have  felt  were  necessary  ?  That  is  in  the  light  of  statements  you 
have  just  finished. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  if  it  was  a  rush  job  that  had  to  be  done  I 
would  turn  him  loose  on  it.  If  it  was  a  job  that  was  a  developing 
plan,  and  so  on,  I  would  want  someone  of  entirely  different  nature, 
training,  and  ability  to  go  over  his  setup  and  see  how  in  balance  he 
had  his  work  planned  out. 

46.  General  Frank.  If  his  operations  extended  over  a  period  of 
eight  months,  or  any  period,  how  often  would  you  feel  it  necessary 
to  check  on  him  ? 

[£76r3]  Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  that  would  depend  somewdiat 
on  the  form  of  reports  that  came  in,  the  progress  reports,  the  labor 
reports,  and  costs  of  the  operation.  If  those  were  full  and  complete, 
if  those  reports  were  satisfactory,  I  wouldn't  consider  that  he  needed 
very  close  supervision. 

47.  General  Grunert.  May  I  butt  in  there  ? 

48.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  you  had  him  in  the  job  which  he 
did  here  in  Hawaii,  in  which  apparently  the  office  was  pretty  well 
balled  up  due  to  a  lack  either  of  key  personnel  to  administer  the 
office:  how  then  would  you  have  known  through  these  reports  in 
what  shape  that  office  was  unless  you  came  and  looked  at  it  and  knew 
conditions?  Would  those  reports  have  reflected  the  conditions  that 
actually  existed  here  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  wouldn't  think  so.  I  know  nothing  about  it, 
but  I  don't  believe  that  they  were  taking  the  time  to  write  out  re- 
ports and  all  the  rest  of  it.  I  don't  think  the  man  is  a  good  organizer. 
I  think  he  is  a  driver. 

50.  General  Grunert.  Then,  if  he  is  not  a  good  organizer,  wouldn't 
you  necessarily  have  had  to  provide  him  with  such  organizational 
brains  to  help  him  or  at  least  come  to  see  how  his  organization  was 
getting  along? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  would  think  so. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

52.  General  Frank.  In  his  selection  of  men  he  was  instrumental 
in  bringing  Rohl  over  here  to  lielp  him.  Do  you  think  Rohl  was  of 
any  help  to  him  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  can  repeat  what  he  said  to  me.  He  said 
that,  "These  people  have  done  good  work  for  me  on  the  mainland, 


1438     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

and  I  brought  them  over  here  because"— repeating  what  [2764] 
I  have  ah-eady  said— "because  I  didn't  think  there  was  anybody  here 
that  was  in  a  chiss  to  do  the  job  that  I  knew  they  could  do." 

53.  General  Grunert.  Well,  had  he  investigated  to  find  out  whether 
there  was  anybody  here  to  do  the  job  before  he  went  to  the  mainland 
to  get  them ;  do  you  know  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  I  don't  know. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  ever  approach  you  prior  to  that  con- 
tract being  awarded? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

55.  General  Grunert.  In  December? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

56.  General  Grunert.  Were  there  others  beside  yourself  who  had 
capable  organizations  to  do  a  great  deal  of  that  work  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Why,  there  are  other  organizations  here  that 
do  construction  work  of  different  kinds  successfully. 

57.  General  Frank.  Do  you  think  Benson  would  have  been  big 
enough  to  have  created  the  right  type  organization  to  have  met  that 
requirement,  or  Woolley  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Given  the  opportunity  at  the  start,  I  think  that 
Woolley  and  Benson  could  have  put  in  an  organization  in  the  office, 
and  that  would  have  been  of  great  value. 

58.  General  Frank.  Are  you  conversant  with  the  McKee  Construct- 
ing Company? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

59.  General  Frank.  Mr.  McKee  who  built  Hickam  Field  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  knew  when  they  were  here  working  on  the  field, 
but  I  didn't  have  any  contacts  with  them. 

60.  General  Frank.  Was  this  tour  of  Wyman's  here  his  first 
[2765]         tour  in  the  islands,  to  your  knowledge? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  think  it  was.  I  don't  recall  of  ever  knowing  of 
his  being  here  before. 

61.  General  Frank.  You  were  here  during  the  period  prior  to  Pearl 
Harbor  and  afterwards  and  knew  generally  the  reputation  of  this 
pair,  Rohl  and  Wyman.     Will  you  tell  what  it  was? 

Mr.  Dn^LiNGHAM.  I  don't  think  they  were  very  well  known,  frankly, 
in  the  community.  It  was,  it  seemed  to  me,  a  very  involved  setup 
that  they  had:  I  couldn't  answer  that  question.  I  don't  know. 
Rohl  was,  I  think,  here  only  a  small  part  of  the  time,  and  there  was 
a  fellow  named  Paul  Graf e  who  I  think  had  the  dealings  with  Wyman 
and  with  Benson  and  Woolley. 

62.  General  Grunert.  What  is  your  opinion  of  Grafe? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  wouldn't  employ  him.  It  is  pretty  hard 
to  answer  questions  like  that,  what  my  opinion  is.  I  had  so  little 
to  do  with  him,  practically  nothing  to  do  with  him.  The  same  with 
Rohl.  I  think  we  form  our  likes  and  dislikes  and  our  impressions — 
oftentimes  I  do — in  ten  or  fifteen  minutes'  talk ;  and  what  feeling  I 
had  was  that  this  California  outfit  do  business  in  a  different  way  from 
what  we  do  business.     But  that  doesn't  condemn  them. 

63.  General  Frank.  You  knew  that  this  Hawaiian  Constructors  was 
operating  on  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1439 

64.  General  Frank,  Will  you  state  your  opinion  of  the  relative 
advantage  and  disadvantage  of  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract  as  com- 
pared to  a  fixed-fee  contract? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No  interests  of  mine  that  I  know  of  have  worked 
on  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  except  the  interest  that  I  [2766]  have 
through  the  contracting  company  on  this  U.  S.  E.  D.  contract.  The 
Hawaiian  Dredging  Company  was  one  of  the  first  three  companies 
to  work  on  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee  contract  for  the  Navy.  That  was  on 
the  Pacific  Naval  Air  Base  contract.  That  contract  grew  from  an  esti- 
mated expenditure  of  money  of  between  12  and  14  million  dollars  to 
over  500  million.  If  the  old  method  of  advertising  for  contracts  had 
been  followed,  the  time  it  would  have  taken  to  get  up  the  drawings,  to 
write  the  specifications  for  the  work  in  these  far-flung  locations  sucli 
as  Midway,  Wake,  Johnston,  Palmyra,  Canton,  as  well  as  the  tre- 
mendous amount  of  construction  work  that  was  done  on  this  island, 
I  don't  believe  it  would  have  been  possible,  because  of  the  time  element 
consumed  in  getting  together  these  facts,  calling  for  bids,  securing 
the  bonds,  having  the  contract  signed,  and  so  on — I  don't  think  it 
would  have  been  possible  to  have  accomplished  half  which  was  accom- 
plished under  the  cost-plus-fixed-fee,  in  the  work  which  we  were  con- 
nected with. 

65.  General  Frank.  In  that  work,  however,  you  had  an  opportunity 
to  use  the  organizing  and  directive  ability  that  already  existed  in  your 
dredging  company? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Very  definitely. 

66.  General  Frank.  And  you  had  control  of  directing  the  work  of 
procurement  and  in  planning  operations? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  subject  to  review  and  such  control  as  the 
Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  exercised  over  each  job. 

67.  General  Frank.  And  the  government  did  not  take  over  super- 
vision of  your  work? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

68.  General  Frank.  You  supervised  that  yourself? 
[2767]         Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

69.  General  Frank.  They  gave  you  the  plans  on  which  to  proceed  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir.    And  when  you  say  "you"  you  mean  the 

group  where  we  in  turn  formed  a  directive  group  centralizing  the  di- 
rection and  control  of  ourselves  within  ourselves  ? 

70.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

71.  Major  Clausen.  Concerning,  Mr.  Dillingham,  some  of  the  other 
contractors  who  have  been  available  here  to  have  done  this  work  that 
was  later  done  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  can  you  tell  the  Board 
some  of  the  group  that  might  be  here  ?  You  mentioned  Mr.  Woolley 
and  Mr.  Benson.    Now,  in  addition  to  those  two  are  there  others? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Mr.  E.  E.  Black. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Does  he  have  an  organization  here,  sir? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

73.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  And  Glover,  Jimmie  Glover,  both  of  whom  were 
constructors,  do  construction  work  in  wood  and  concrete  and  under- 
ground and  roads  and  buildings,  and  so  on. 


1440     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

74.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  is  there  a  Mr.  Wiley,  W-i-1-e-y,  who  is 
a  contractor,  local  contractor,  with  whom  you  are  acquainted? 

Mr.  DiLLixGHAM.  I  don't  believe  so.    Mr.  Wiley  ? 

75.  Major  Clausen.  Is  there  a  Mr.  Clarke  of  the  Clarke-Halawa 
Rock  Company? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  I  know  Mr.  Clarke. 

76.  Major  Clausen.  And  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  opinion 
as  to  his  organizing  and  directing  ability,  sir? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  wouldn't  employ  Mr.  Clarke. 
[2768]         77.  Major  Clausen.  Just  when  was  it,  Mr.  Dillingham, 
when  you  became  a  part  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  I  never  became  a  part  of  the  Constructors. 

78.  Major  Clausen.  You  never  were? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

79.  Major  Clausen.  I  understood  that  you  were. 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

80.  Major  Clausen.  You  have  made  a  statement  that  this  Califor- 
nia outlit  operated  differently  than  the  Hawaiian  groups. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

81.  Major  Clausen.  You  had  reference  to  the  Hawaiian  Construc- 
tors? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  had  reference  to  Paul  Grafe,  and  under  Rohl's 
direction  or  management  or  whatever  the  relationship  was. 

82.  Major  Clausen.  Mr.  Paul  Grafe  represented,  did  he  not,  W.  E. 
Callahan  Construction  Company  and  the  Gunther-Shirley  Company  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  think  so. 

83.  Major  Clausen.  Both  those  organizations,  Mr.  Dillingham,  are 
Nebraska  corporations. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Oh,  are  they? 

84.  Major  Clausen.  And  Mr.  Rohl  represented  Rohl-Connolly  Cor- 
poration, and  that  also  was  a  Nebraska  corporation. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  didn't  mean  to  say  anything  about  Cali- 
fornia corporations.    I  should  have  said  mainland  corporations. 

[2769]  85.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  jQnished  your  line  of 
inquiry,  General  Frank,  or  have  you  something  else  ? 

86.  General  Frank.  Are  you  through,  Major? 

87.  Major  Clausen.  This  Mr.  Wylie  I  refer  to  is  an  employee  of  the 
McKee  organization.  Were  you  acquainted  with  the  McKee  Con- 
tractors when  they  were  here  and  built  the  Hickam  Field  and  other 
permanent  installations  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  I  know  of  them.  I  was  not  connected  with 
them  in  any  way. 

88.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all  I  have. 

89.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Dillingham,  from  your  long  residence  in 
the  island  and  your  wide  acquaintanceship,  could  you  give  the  Board 
just  a  little  talk  of  what  you  know  of  the  people,  especially  the  Japa- 
nese element  of  the  population,  as  to  tlieir — I  won't  call  it  loyalty  to 
the  United  States,  but  as  to  their  danger  to  this  outpost  of  the  United 
States? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Of  course,  that  has  been  a  question.  I  think  three 
presidents  of  the  United  States  asked  me  over  a  period  of  years  what 
I  could  tell  of  what  I  thought  of  the  lovalty  of  the  Japanese-Americans 
here.    My  answer  to  that  was  this:  No  one  really  knows.     The  acid 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1441 

test  would  be  where  they  will  stand  if  we  ever  mix  it  with  Japan.  If 
the  thing  can  be  staved  off  for  another  generation,  the  wish  is  father  to 
the  thought,  but  I  believe  that  the  roots  of  the  third  generation  will  be 
in  the  ground  sufficiently  deep  so  that  it  will  be  fully  to  their  interests 
to  be  loyal  and  support  the  government  as  against  any  outsider. 

90.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  indication  because  of  the  raid, 
the  blitz,  or  whatever  they  call  it,  of  any  particular  [2770]  ele- 
ment showing  their  desire  to  turn  against  the  United  States  or  to  perpe- 
trate deeds  or  acts  of  sabotage  that  confirmed  your  belief  that  they 
showed  an  inclination  of  what  the  present-day  generation  out  here  was 
inclined  to  do? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  do  not  know  of  a  single  case  where  a  Japanese 
agent  or  a  Japanese-American  showed  anything  out  of  line  with  sup- 
port to  this  country.  In  our  own  experience,  we  had  45  Japanese- 
American  brakemen,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  7th  we  had  on  our 
docks,  which  are  served  by  rail  and  truck,  a  great  many  thousand  tons 
of  dynamite  and  high  explosives.  We  used,  because  we  had  no  other 
labor,  our  regular  train  crews,  worked  them  around  the  clock,  and 
they  picked  up  and  moved  away  from  the  docks  in  Honolulu  enough 
dynamite  and  high  explosives  to  flatten  the  whole  city  of  Honolulu. 

These  boys  worked  on  these  trains,  carrying  train  loads  of  ammuni- 
tion, dynamite  and  high  explosives,  from  the  water  front  in  Honolulu 
and  the  Pearl  Harbor  naval  station  and  other  restricted  areas,  now 
restricted  areas,  towed  by  locomotives  without  headlights,  without  any 
lights  of  any  sort,  and  they  had  to  give  up  using  fog  torches,  electric 
torches,  because  when  they  were  used  it  frequently  happened  that 
somebody  on  guard  on  the  way  took  a  shot  at  the  fellow  that  was  be- 
tween the  engine  and  the  highball.  We  have  had  our  men  shot  at, 
machine  gunned  as  the  train  pulled  out  at  the  foot  of  Waianae  Moun- 
tain, when  we  had  Marine  guards  on  the  train,  and  guards  along  the 
side,  and  moving  trainloads  of  ammunition ;  they  would  open  fire  and 
shoot  back  and  forth.     Of  course,  it  made  a  job  for  me  to  do. 

But  never  once  was  there  an  employee  of  the  road,  Jaj^anese  or 
otherwise,  I  may  say,  who  failed  to  carry  on  or  who  showed  any 
inclination  to  do  other  than  his  job  and  do  it  well  and  faith-  [2771] 
fully  and  stay  on  it  17,  and  18,  and  19  hours  out  of  the  24,  as  many 
of  them  did.  I  do  not  know  of  a  single  case  in  Honolulu  where  there 
was  sabotage.  All  the  hooey  that  went  out  in  the  papers,  everything 
that  was  published,  every  report  suggesting  something  of  that  sort 
was  run  down,  and  not  one  particle  of  evidence  was  developed  to  sup- 
port any  of  those  yarns. 

I  think  it  was  a  marvelous  record.  "Wliat  they  were  wishing  or 
thinking,  many  of  them,  no  one  knows.  But  so  far  as  any  acts  are 
concerned,  I  must  say  that  they  certainly  delivered  a  square  job  to 
the  United  States. 

91.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  expect  an  air  raid  when  it  came  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Had  you  any  reason  to  believe  that  the  inter- 
national condition  between  the  United  States  and  Japan  was  such  as 
to  result  in  explosion  about  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

93.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  tense- 
ness between  the  two  nations  about  that  time  ? 


1442     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Naturally  we  were  interested  in  what  the  press 
carried  about  the  negotiations  in  Washington.  I  think  there  was  a 
feeling — I  felt  they  were  not  getting  anywhere  with  those  negotiations. 

94.  General  Grunert.  Your  sources  of  information  were  the  press 
and  radio  only,  were  they  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

95.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  the  types  of  alert  that  were  pre- 
scribed by  the  Army  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  am  not  sure  that  I  know  them  all.  I  know 
there  was  a  sabotage  alert,  there  was  the  top  alert,  and  I  did  [B77'2] 
know  the  week  before  the  7th  that  there  was  a  form  of  alert  which 
was  described  and  discussed  at  that  time  as  being  the  sabotage  alert. 

96.  General  Grunert.  You  had  no  occasion  to  ask  yourself  whether 
or  not  that  was  sufficient  security  under  the  circumstances  as  you  knew 
them? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  it  was  considered  a  drill  from  that  point 
of  view,  one  of  many  drills  that  were  being  held. 

97.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  experience  under  the  drill 
in  an  all-out  alert,  where  they  took  their  positions  as  if  to  meet  an 
attack,  be  it  from  the  air  or  sea  or  whatnot  ?  Have  you  ever  noticed 
any  of  those  drills  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  do  not  recall  a  drill  of  that  sort.  There  may 
have  been,  however. 

98.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  not  any  of  the  pre- 
cautions that  were  taken  by  the  Army  at  any  time  alarmed  the  public  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  don't  think  so. 

99.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  every  defensive  move  that  could 
have  been  taken  to  meet  any  possible  condition  had  been  taken,  of 
occupying  the  positions,  of  placing  live  ammunition  at  guns  and  the 
location  in  position  of  antiaircraft  guns,  together  with  protection  of 
various  points  against  sabotage ;  would  that  have  caused  any  particu- 
lar alarm  amongst  the  public  that  you  know  of  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  think  it  would  cause  considerable  discussion, 
if  that  had  been  put  into  effect.  The  question  very  naturally  would  be 
why? 

100.  General  Frank,  There  would  have  been  no  upset  ? 
[2773]         Mr.  Dillingham.  Oh,  I  don't  think  so. 

101.  General  Grunert.  Have  you,  outside  of  your  interests  in  the 
railroad  and  your  construction,  any  other  interests  that  employ  con- 
siderable labor? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  have  been  interested  for  some  10  years 
in  this  cane  fibreboard  factory  in  Hilo.  I  have  been  vice-president 
of  the  Oahu  Sugar  Company  employing  some  500  men. 

102.  General  Grunert.  The  Board  does  not  want  to  know  your 
interests.  It  just  wants  to  get  an  idea  of  the  amount  of  labor  over 
which  you  have  some  control  and  of  which  you  may  have  some 
Iniowledge,  with  a  view  to  finding  out  what  the  conditions  were  as 
to  their  loyalty,  as  to  their  possibility  of  being  a  danger  to  the  United 
States,  and  as  to  whether  such  business  interests  or  commercial  in- 
terests would  lead  the  commercial  people  to  interfere  with  anything 
the  Army  wanted  to  do  in  the  line  of  taking  defensive  measures.  Do 
you  know  of  any  such? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1443 

103.  General  Grunert.  You  do  not  know  of  any  protest  that  busi- 
ness or  commercial  firms  or  managers  of  labor  would  make  if  the 
Army  took  an  all-ont  alert  at  anv  time? 

Mr.  DiLLTNGHAM.  No,  sir. 

104.  General  Grunert.  Have  j^ou  any  questions? 

105.  General  Russell.  Were  you  down  in  this  vicinity  of  Pearl 
Harbor  on  this  day  of  December  7th,  1941? 

Mv.  Dillingham.  I  was  at  the  ranch,  which  is  on  the  other  side  of 
tlie  Waianae  Mountains.  Two  planes  engaged  in  a  dog  fight  and 
we  thought  it  was  a  target  practice.  I  was  at  breakfast  on  the 
veranda,  and  after  disposing  of  the  family  down  there  I  came  right 
down  to  Pearl  Harbor  and  spent  the  day  at  Pearl  Harbor,  until  about 
4  in  the  afternoon.  My  son  was  in  charge  of  dredging  operations 
there.  He  came  in  ahead  of  me.  [2774-]  I  followed  him  in 
as  quickly  as  I  could,  in  time  to  see  the  planes  come  over  that  did 
the  photographing,  and  I  stayed  out  and  watched  them. 

106.  General  Russell.  What  I  had  in  mind  particularly  was  your 
testimony  of  a  moment  ago,  in  which  you  related  that  the  operation 
of  tlie  trains  indicated  a  lot  of  indiscriminate  shooting  by  the  troops, 
one  shooting  at  the  other.  It  indicated  quite  a  bit  of  confusion 
among  the  American  troops  here;   is  that  true? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir.  I'o  everybody  that  was  just  as  much 
of  a  shock  as  there  would  be  if  this  thing  happened  in  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  The  reaction  was  somewhat  in  the  nature  of  paralysis, 
I  would  say,  rather  than  excitement.  Unbelievable.  It  was  not  on 
tiiat  day  that  any  of  this  shooting  went  on,  but  when  night  came  on, 
planes  were  coming  in  and  being  shot  at,  not  far  from  my  home, 
and  fires  in  the  cane  field  from  a  shot-down  plane,  and  fire  from  the 
ships  which  was  still  burning,  and  the  uncertainty  as  to  whether  that 
night  the  morning  attack  would  be  followed  by  a  landing,  all  caused 
a  pretty  serious  state  of  mind  in  the  people  here.  It  was  not  then 
so  much  as  the  following  nights,  that  we  were  trying  to  reorganize, 
that  we  were  moving,  as  we  did  every  night,  trains  in  and  out. 

107.  General  Russell.  But  the  night  that  you  were  describing 
about  the  planes  coming  in  and  getting  shot  at,  that  was  the  night 
following  the  attack  on  the  morning  of  the  7th  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  that  was  the  night  of  the  7th. 

108.  General  Russell.  They  were  friendly  planes? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

109.  General  Russell.  And  our  people  were  shooting  at  them  ? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

[2775']  110.  General  Grunert.  What  is  the  state  of  mind  as 
of  today  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  What  is  the  state  of  mind  today? 

111.  General  Grunert.  As  compared  to  the  state  of  mind  as  of 
December  7th,  before  the  blitz.  Are  they  growing  complacent  again? 
Don't  they  expect  an  attack  now,  or  have  you  any  index  to  that  state 
of  mind  ? 

]\Ir.  Dillingham.  I  think  there  is  this  difference.  General :  Before 
the  7th  there  was  uncertainty  as  to  what  the  reaction  would  be  in  the 
Japanese  population  here.  I  think  the  officials  of  the  Army  and 
Navy,  from  statements  made  by  them — and  I  discussed  it  with  a  great 
many  over  a  period  of  several  years — the  attitude  of  the  public  di- 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 42 


1444     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

vided  somewhat  as  to  how  we  could  depend  on  the  Japanese,  or 
wdiether  we  could  not,  which  led  to  the  feeling  that  the  most  seri- 
ous thing  that  could  happen  to  us  in  the  event  of  war  would  be  what 
the  Japanese  would  do,  whether  we  would  be  knifed  in  bed,  and 
hysterical  people  saying  they  wouldn't  have  them  in  the  house  if  they 
didn't  have  to,  because  if  there  came  along  D-Day,  or  whatever  they 
call  it,  they  might  pin  you  all  in  bed.  There  was  a  lot  of  loose  talk 
of  that  kind.  I  don't  think  anyone  today  is  afraid  of  any  such  reac- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  Japanese.  That  is  quite  different  from  what 
the  feeling  was  before  the  7th. 

112.  General  Russell.  That  feeling  was  rather  real  and  would 
enter  into  any  decision  made  by  a  commander  here,  wouldn't  it  ? 

]\Ir.  Dillingham.  I  think,  in  fact  I  know,  that  that  was  borne  in 
upon  them  from  some  distance  away,  that  they  have  got  to  be  pre- 
pared to  handle  a  situation  that  might  develop  locally  in  the  event 
of  trouble.  If  I  had  to  die  for  it,  I  never  met  an  officer  of  the  Army 
or  Navy  with  any  idea  that  we  w^ould  be  [2776']  bombed  from 
the  air.  No  one  that  I  ever  talked  to  ever  intimated  that  such  a  thing- 
was  a  possibility. 

113.  General  Gruner'J'.  Is  there  any  indication  at  present  that  busi- 
ness or  employers  of  labor  would  be  inclined  to  not  cooperate  with 
the  military  in  what  the  military  thinks  ought  to  be  done,  because  they 
now  think  tliat  there  can  be  no  more  raids,  and,  on  account  of  the 
present  war  situation,  a  great  many  of  these  restrictions  should  be 
removed,  because  they  interfere  with  business  or  pleasure? 

Mr.  DiLLiNGHAji,  I  do  not  think  the  business  men  have  raised  that 
point  even  in  their  own  minds.  I  think  that  this  little  community 
was  solidly  behind  whatever  was  necessary  in  the  judgment  of  our 
military  leaders  to  be  done,  just  as  if  they  were  all  in  miiform  and 
drilled  to  support  them.  I  have  never  known  this  community — I 
have  seen  them  in  trouble  before;  we  had  the  plague,  cholera  and  other 
scares  here,  yellow  fever  and  one  thing  another,  and  they  were  pretty 
badly  frightened  and  got  together  to  do  something  about  it,  but  I 
have  never  known  this  community  so  of  one  mind  to  get  in  and  do 
W'hatever  was  necessary  or  give  whatever  was  wanted  as  they  have 
been  since  the  7th  of  December. 

The  exception  to  the  rule  was  when  politics  entered  into  the  thing 
and  there  was  a  feeling  amongst  some  of  our  legal  fraternity  and  col- 
leges that  we  ought  to  say,  "By  God,  we  ought  to  maintain  the  rights 
of  American  citizens,"  and  all  that  sort  of  hooey  that  nobody  gave 
a  damn  about. 

We  were  perfectly  willing  to  go  to  bed  at  10  o'clock  and  8  o'clock 
and  go  without  lights  and  all  the  rest  of  it,  and  nobody  wanted  any 
change.  Irrespective  of  wdiat  was  said,  that  was  the  truth.  They 
didn't  want  to  be  moved  into  a  different  position,  [1,^777]  for 
one  very  good  reason :  They  felt  that  if  tliere  was  anything  lurking 
in  the  minds  of  the  Japanese  or  any  tendency  for  any  Japs  to  get 
together  or  any  desire  to  do  a  thing  like  that,  they  were  denied  that 
opportunity  under  tlie  curfew  and  were  a  darned  sight  safer  as  Ameri- 
can citizens  under  that  kind  of  military  control,  when  the  fear  of  im- 
mediate punishment  was  facing  a  violator  of  military  law,  as  against 
cases  dragged  along  in  the  courts,  and  the  minute  they  lifted  the 
thing  up  our  troubles  began  with  the  police  and  the  police  depart- 
ment.   'File  minute  that  was  done  they  began  having  trouble. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1445 

114.  General  Grunert.  "Wouldn't  that  be  good  govermnent  on  the 
part  of  the  city  or  the  county  to  have  put  that  in  of  their  own  accord, 
then? 

Mr.  DiLLiJ^GHAM.  To  do  what? 

115.  General  Grunert.  To  have  a  curfew  of  their  own. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  it  is  the  fear  of  punishment,  General.  It 
was  tlie  teeth  in  the  military  control  that  made  people  feel  com- 
fortable here. 

116.  General  Frank.  As  you  know,  Mr.  Dillingham,  this  Alert 
No.  1  that  was  in  vogue  as  a  defense  against  sabotage  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

117.  General  Frank.  And  they  decided  upon  that  because  they 
were  so  ultra-allergic  to  sabotage  and  that  feeling,  that  state  of  mind 
had  been  built  up.  Now,  from  what  you  say  I  assume  that  that  same 
feeling  existed  among  the  civilian  population. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  The  uncertainty  as  to  whether  or  not 

118.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  That  is  right. 

119.  General  Frank.  And  there  was  a  feeling  among  the  civilian 
[3778]  population  of  the  necessity  of  taking  measures  against  sab- 
otage as  a  protection  just  in  case? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Right. 

120.  General  Frank.  That  is  right? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  That  is  correct. . 

121.  General  Frank.  I  am  bringing  that  up  so  as  to  indicate  that 
notwithstanding  there  were  some  messages  from  outside  the  Depart- 
ment that  came  in  that  told  them  to  beware  of  sabotage,  there  was  a 
feeling  right  here  in  the  community  that  prompted  that  same  action  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes.  I  would  not  say  that  it  was  a  unanimous 
opinion  or  anything  like  that.  Except  in  time  of  great  stress,  you 
would  find  a  variety  of  ideas  on  the  thing.  Some  people  felt  tliere 
was  danger  from  it,  and  others  said  "Oh,  pshaw,"  or  something,  but 
as  a  precautionary  measure  I  think  those  who  believe  in  a  coiiserva- 
tive  position  felt  we  should  not  take  any  chances;  would  rather  be 
ready  than  sorry. 

122.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  are  you  acquainted  with  the  reasons  why 
Colonel  Wyman  was  relieved  as  District  Engineer  for  the  Hawaiian 
Dejiartment  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  I  am  not.  I  happen  to  know  that  he  and 
Colonel  Albert  Lyman  did  not  see  eye  to  eye  on  many  things.  I  think 
there  was  a  good  deal  of  friction  between  those  two  officers. 

123.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know,  sir,  why  notwithstanding 
whatever  reasons  may  have  existed  for  the  relief  of  Colonel  Wyman, 
he  was  later  awarded  a  D.  S.  M.  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Wyman  or  Lyman  ? 

124.  Major  Clausen.  Wyman,  sir. 
[3779]         Mr.  Dillingham.  Wyman  ? 

125.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Do  T  know  why  ? 

126.  Major  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  have  always  understood  that  it  was  in  recog- 
nition of  what  he  did  in  opening  and  keeping  the  door  open  between 
here  and  Australia. 


1446     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

127.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  that 
D.S.M.? 

Mr.  Dillingham,  I  haven't  anything  to  do  with  making  awards  of 
that  sort,  naturally,  but  I  made  the  statement  a  great  many  times,  as 
I  made  it  here,  that  I  think  it  was  a  contribution  to  the  war  service. 
Everything  else  aside,  he  darned  near  did  the  impossible  to  make  pos- 
sible the  keeping  open  of  communications  lying  between  here  and 
Australia.  To  my  mind  that  is  one  of  the  most  important  things 
that  could  have  been  done  at  that  time,  but  he  surmounted  the  dif- 
ficulties and  did  it. 

128.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  the  recom- 
mendation for  that?     Did  you  ever  so  recommend  to  his  superiors? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

129.  Major  Clausen.  Or  did  anyone  else  that  you  know  of  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  talked  at  large  on  the  subject,  and  I  think  I 
wrote  Lee  Warren,  to  be  sure  about  that,  that  this  Wyman  was  de- 
serving of  recognition  for  the  accomplishment  of  that  job  tliat  I  knew 
so  much  about. 

[2780]  130.  Major  Clausen.  Just  for  the  sake  of  the  record, 
would  you  state  who  Lee  Warren  is,  Mr.  Dillingham? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes.  Lee  Warren  is  an  attorney  in  Washington 
that  has  represented  me  by  power  of  attorney  for  20  years.  He  was 
in  the  Navy,  retired  more  than  20  years  ago,  studied  law,  and  has 
represented  business  interests  there. 

131.  Major  Clausen.  This  D.  S.  M.  passed  through  a  chain  of 
origination  in  the  office  of  the  Division  Engineer  at  San  Francisco, 
then  through  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  in  Washington  and 
to  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Army  Service  Forces,  General 
Somervell,  for  the  usual  routine  handling. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

132.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  talk  or  write  to  any  of  those? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  sir. 

133.  General  Frank.  Just  for  purposes  of  the  record,  I  would  like 
to  get  in  there  that  the  Rohl-Connoll}'-  Company  and  the  Shirley- 
Gunther  Company  and  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Company  have  offices 
in  and  do  business  in  California,  notwithstanding  where  they  are 
incorporated. 

134.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  further  questions? 

135.  General  Russell.  No. 

136.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  much  if  any  damage  to  property 
and  loss  of  life  in  Honolulu  aside  from  Army  and -Navy  installations 
and  personnel  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Tliere  was  some.  There  were  a  number  killed. 
There  were  some  houses  hit  by  falling  shells  and  shrapnel,  but  in 
proportion  it  was  very  light. 

137.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  any  feeling  existent  or  extant  in 
the  islands  here  as  to  what  General  Short  and  Admiral  Kimmel 
[2781]  did  or  did  not  do,  as  to  whether  or  not  they  did  their  duty 
or  did  not  do  their  duty  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Would  you  read  that  question  again,  please? 
(The  pending  question,  as  above  recorded,  was  read  by  the  reporter.) 
Mr.  Dillingham,  I  judge,  from  letters  received  from  the  mainland 

and  further  away,  that  feeling  was  much  more  keenly  critical  of 

their  failure  to  do  their  duty  than  here  in  the  islands. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  1447 

138.  General  Frank.  Had  you  been  at  the  other  end  of  this  attack, 
Mr.  Dillingham,  would  you  not  have  been  feeling  that  you  were 
participating  in  a  very  courageous  task  of  jeopardy? 

139.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  mean  on  the  Japanese  end? 

140.  General  P'raxk.  Yes. 

141.  General  Grunert.  Oh. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  I  would  have  felt  so  if  I  believed  all  that  I 
read  in  the  papers  about  the  impregnable  Hawaii,  tliat  I  was  going 
up  against  a  buzz-saw. 

142.  General  Frank.  It,  therefore,  was  a  courageous  undertaking 
tliat  could  have  been  disastrous,  just  as  disastrous  in  defeat  as  it  was 
successful  in  victory? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Well,  I  wouldn't  say  that,  because  the  loss  of  life 
and  property  if  we  had  bagged  the  whole  lot  would  have  been  very 
little  compared  to  the  odds  in  personnel  and  materiel;  we  stood  to  lose 
a  great  deal  more  than  they  could  have  lost  if  we  had  knocked  them 
all  out. 

143.  General  Frank.  But,  had  they  lost  the  carriers  that  partici- 
})ated  in  this, • 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Ah,  yes. 

144.  General  Frank.  — it  would  have  had  a  great  effect  upon  future 
Japanese  naval  operations? 

[^3782]         Mr.  Dillingham.  That  is  very  true. 

145.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  they  made  a  gamble  ? 
^   Mr.  Dillingham.  No  question  about  that. 

146.  General  Grunert.  Although  we  have  gone  quite  far  afield  from 
our  original  start  here,  and  we  didn't  know  wTiy  General  Short  wanted 
you  to  appear  before  the  Board,  except  that  you  knew  something  the 
Board  might  be  able  to  use,  I  think  we  have  covered  considerable 
ground,  but  now  is  there  any  ground  left  that  you  can  think  of,  any 
facts  that  you  can  give  the  Board  that  have  not  yet  been  covered,  or 
subjects  that  have  not  been  touched  upon,  that  you  would  like  to  tell 
the  Board? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  have  read  so  much  hooey  about  the  relations 
between  General  Short  and  Admiral  Kimmel  that  I  feel  that  I  would 
like  to  go  on  record,  having  known  both  these  gentlemen,  having  known 
them.  General  Short  in  a  business  and  social  way,  and  Admiral  Kimmel 
only  in  a  limited  social  way.  I  am  perfectly  positive  that  there  was 
a  speaking  and  pleasant  relationship  between  Admiral  Kimmel  and 
General  Short.  I  never  heard  that  there  was  any  friction  or  any  lack 
of  get-together  between  those  two  men  until  after  the  fracas  was  over. 
I  would  like  to  say  this :  that  prior  to  the  Tth  there  was  no  one  ranking 
officer  here  recognized  by  both  branches  of  the  service.  The  question 
of  whether  the  top  Admiral  or  the  top  General  had  authority  over  the 
other  branch  of  the  service,  as  far  as  I  know,  was  never  determined. 
In  other  words,  there  was  sort  of  a  dual  control.  Under  those  condi- 
tions, from  my  point  of  view  as  a  citizen,  I  think  that  is  a  very  difficult 
situation.  If  after  the  Tth  the  thing  was  set  up.  Admiral  Nimitz  was 
put  in  supreme  command  and  the  Commanding  General  here  made 
military  governor,  there  there  [2783]  was  a  sort  of  a  question 
as  to  whether  this  controlled  that  or  this  individual  controlled  the 
other,  and  it  got  down  to  details.  But  with  the  individuals  who  repre- 
sented those  two  tops  the  relationship  was  good,  as  I  know  of  my  own 
knowledge;  and  I  thought,  and  still  think  and  believe,  that  it  is  abso- 


1448     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

lutely  necessary  that  there  be  one  control  in  a  locality  when  there  is 
a  job  for  both  to  do;  and  I  think  that  that  situation  not  only  applies 
here  but  it  applies  in  the  islands  to  the  south  and  elsewhere. 

147.  General  Grunert.  At  that  time  had  you  that  same  thought 
through  to  conclusion,  how  would  that  have  been  in  Washington,  one 
head  here  receiving  instructions  from  two  heads  in  Washington? 
Wouldn't  that  unity  of  command  or  of  control  be  necessary  from  top 
to  bottom  ? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  would  think  so.  I  am  a  believer,  in  business,  of 
having  a  boss  that  has  the  final  say  in  the  direction  of  policies,  and  so 
forth  and  so  on. 

148.  General  Grunert.  But  that  has  come  about  now  through  our 
system  of  joint  Chiefs  of  Statf  which  made  unity  of  command  possible. 
Prior  to  that,  had  they  had  unity  of  commancl  without  a  joint  chief 
of  staff  in  Washington,  they  would  probably  have  received  conflicting 
instiuctions  from  two  heads. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes. 

149.  General  Grunert.  So  the  system  as  a  whole  would  have  to  be 
adjusted  to  meet  the  conditions  extant  at  that  time. 

Mr.  Dillingham.  I  have  just  finished  reading  Ten  Years  In  Japan, 
by  Ambassador  Joseph  Grew.  When  I  read  of  that  year  leading  up 
to  December  7th,  to  say  nothing  of  what  came  before,  and  read  that 
on  January  27th,  because  of  the  amount  of  conver-  [2784^]  sation 
there  was  about  a  sneak  attack  on  Pearl  Haabor,  that  that  was  sent 
to  the  State  Department,  and  then  follow  along  up  to  the  time  of  these 
conversations,  and  no  progress,  and  the  military  and  the  civilians' 
controls  in  Japan  shifting  from  one  foot  to  the  other,  and  so  on,  and  a 
growing  antagonism  against  the  United  States,  ancl  on  the  third  of 
November  Ambassador  Grew  sent  a  long  cablegram  to  Mr.  Hull  out- 
lining the  situation;  and  the  fact,  the  deduction,  the  only  deduction 
I  can  make,  was  that  war  would  inevitably  follow  if  they  didn't  fix 
the  situation  promptly,  and  there  didn't  seem  to  be  any  prospect  of 
that,  and  so  forth  and  so  on;  and  the  next  day  in  his  journal  he  said, 
"I  think  that  my  telegram  of  the  3rd  will  become  history."  One  month 
and  four  days  before  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  this  information  is 
sent  to  the  State  Department  in  Washington;  and  if,  as  I  assume, 
a  message  was  sent  out  to  be  alerted  for  any  emergency,  and  Admiral 
Kimmel  and  General  Short  knew  of  this  background  or  had  those 
instructions  from  the  Secretary  of  War  ancl  the  Secretary  of  Navy, 
and  the  captains  of  warships  who  were  in  town  with  their  families  on 
Saturday  night,  and  the  Army  didn't  ha^e  ammunition  at  the  guns 
and  the  men  placed,  I  think  they  were  very  derelict  in  tlieir  duty. 
So  if  that  would  be  information  that  they  had,  that  w^ould  be  the 
warning  that  they  had,  and  nothing  more  was  done  about  it  than  to 
look  out  for  the  possible  sabotage  here,  and  so  forth  and  so  on,  they 
certainly  didn't  do  their  job. 

150.  General  Frank.  Have  you  read  the  Roberts  report? 
Mr.  Dillingham.  No,  I  have  not  read  the  Roberts  report. 

151.  General  Russell.  This  dereliction  of  duty  that  you  have  pic< 
tured  just  a  moment  ago — in  outlining  the  factual  basis  tliere- 
[^785]  for  you  spent  some  considerable  time  in  talking  about  the 
details  of  what  the  ambassador  who  wrote  the  book  knew,  and  its 
transmittal  to  the  State  Department. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1449 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  sir. 

152.  General  Russell.  I  was  not  clear  as  to  whether  you  thought 
that  the  dereliction  was  more  apparent  and  real  if  the  commanders 
here  knew  what  the  ambassador  in  Japan  knew.  Do  you  think  that 
that  would  affect  their  dereliction  whether  they  knew  what  was  going 
on  in  Japan  or  not? 

Mr.  Dillingham.  Yes,  I'd  think  so,  for  the  reason  that  I  don't  be- 
lieve— in  fact,  I  feel  positive  that  there  wasn't  an  Army  or  a  Navy 
officer  stationed  here  in  Hawaii,  and  maybe  elsewhere,  who  believed 
that  it  was  likely  or  possible  that  we  would  be  bombed  by  Japan.  I 
don't  believe  they  were.  And  unfortunately  I  can't  tell  you  the 
opinion  of  a  man  high  in  office  in  this  country  who  believes  just  as  I 
do  and  included  himself  in  the  statement  that  that  couldn't  be,  that 
that  situation  couldn't  arise. 

Much  of  the  work  that  was  being  done  here  for  the  defense  of  these 
islands  I  think  was  considered  on  the  part  of  a  great  many  officers 
as  being  a  hell  of  a  good  opportunity  for  some  contractors  to  make 
some  money,  ])ut  that  it  was  wholly  unnecessary.  And  certainly  I 
was  on  the  wrong  end  of  that  one. 

153.  General  Grunert.  Any  further  questions? 

154.  General  Frank.  No. 

155.  General  Grunert.  We  seem  to  have  exhausted  what  has 
occurred  to  us.  So  we  thank  you  very  nuich  for  your  presence  and 
taking  your  time  and  giving  us  of  your  testimony. 

Mr.  1  )iLLiNGnA.M.  Very  well,  sir. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  5:34  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witnesses  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF    ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1451 


yme^  CONTENTS 


SATURDAY,  SEPTEMBER  9,  1944 

Testimony  of—  Page^ 

Frank  H.  Locey,  Waialae  Ranch,  Honolulu,  T.  H 2787 

Frank  E.  Midkiff,  406  Castle  &  Cooke  Bldg.,  Honolulu,  T.  H 2803 

John  H.  Midkiff,  WaiaUia,  Honolulu 2833 

1  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


...  at  the 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1453 


1^787]    PROCEEDINGS  BEFOBE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


SATURDAY,   SEPTEMBER   9,    1944. 

Fort  Shafter,  Territory  of  Hawaii. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  conducted 
the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President  of  the 
Board,  presiding. 

Present :  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Eussell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Waker  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Cohjnel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder;  Major  Henry  C. 
Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder;  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Gruxert.  Tlie  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  FRANK  H.  LOCEY,  WAIALAE  RANCH, 
HONOLULU,  TERRITORY  OF  HAWAII 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Locey,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name  and  address? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Frank  H.  Locey,  Waialae  Ranch,  Honolulu. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  Locey?  You 
operate  that  ranch  ? 

Mr.  Locey.  I  operate  the  ranch.  Oh,  I  do  several  other  things.  I 
am  an  importer  of  livestock. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Locey,  this  Board  was  appointed  to  ascer- 
tain and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  made  by  the  Japanese 
armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  December  7th,  1941, 
and,  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  [2788']  phases  .which 
related  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster  of  the  report  of  the  House  Military 
Affairs  Committee,  which  was  largely  concerned  with  construction 
activities  prior  to  that  attack.  Now,  we  are  after  facts  or  leads  to 
Avhere  facts  can  be  found.  General  Short  has  furnished  the  Board  a 
list  of  representative  citizens  living  in  Hawaii  who,  he  says,  may  have 
information  of  value  to  the  Board.  Your  name  being  on  that  list, 
we  have  asked  you  here  with  the  hope  that  you  may  have  facts  to  pre- 
sent to  us.  General  Short  did  not  refer  to  any  particular  subject  on 
which  yon  might  testify,  so  it  is  up  to  you  to  open  the  subject,  which 
may  then  give  us  leads  on  which  we  can  ask  questions. 

Do  you  think  of  any  particular  reason  why  he  should  have  sug- 
gested-.your  name  as  possibly  having  information  that  may  be  of 
Aalue  to  the  Board? 

Mr.". Locey.  Well,  as  far  as  Pearl  Harbor  on  December  7th  is  con- 
cerned, I  was  not  that  close  to  the  military  situation,  although  at  the 


1454     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

time  I  was  president  of  the  Board  of  Forestry  and  Agriculture,  for  10 
years,  and  I  came  in  contact  over  land  deals  with  General  Short.  I 
sat  on  the  Governor's  Food  Commission,  which  General  Short  was 
very  much  interested  in.  General  Short  several  times  sent  for  me  prior 
to  December  7th  to  discuss  issues  that  I  was  familiar  wdth. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  can  possibly  give  us  some  sidelights 
on  his  attempts  to  build  up  his  defense  of  Hawaii  and  his  cooperation 
with  the  civilian  governmental  officials. 

Mr,  LocEY.  I  was  president  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  for 
10  years,  and  I  saw  in  General  Short's  time  a  marked  stepup  in  pre- 
paring. I  could  see  the  hookup  in  my  business  with  him. 
He  was  continually — I  have  charge  of  all  the  forestry  in 
the  [2789]  Territory  which  was  Territory  property — he  was 
continually  working  on  roads,  trails,  getting  permits  to  get  into  dif- 
ferent water  setups  and  studying  the  w^ater  conditions.  He  was 
greatly  interested  in  the  food  situation  of  our  people.  He  quite  a 
few  times — I  would  not  say  quite  a  few  times,  but  he  was  continually 
harping  at  the  civilian  population  here  to  right  themselves  in  case  of 
a  war. 

Several  months  prior  to  December  7th,  he  had  put  guards  on  all 
the  bridges  and  installations  here.  There  was  not  a  day  or  night  that 
you  would  go  out — I  might  go  a  little  further  than  that,  which  would 
be  hearsay,  and  say  that  his  fear  and  Washington's  fear  was  of  sabo- 
tage here,  not  an  attack.  He  did  his  utmost.  He  put  out  guards  on 
all  of  our  utilities,  on  all  of  our  bridges,  day  and  night.  He  put  them 
all  through  our  forests,  all  over  our  water  setups.  They  had  a  c(^n- 
tinuous  guard  over  them.  There  was  hardly  a  day  that  there  were 
not  letters  coming  in  on  the  forestry  situation  from  General  Short, 
most  of  them  personally  signed  by  General  Short. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Then  the  way  I  size  it  up,  as  far  as  you  can 
see,  he  did  his  utmost  to  be  physically  prepared  for  anything  that 
might  happen ;  at  the  same  time  he  paid  a  great  deal  of  attention  to 
antisabotage  measures.     Does  that  about  size  it  up  ? 

Mr.  LocET.  He  did  the  utmost.  I  saw  him  prior  to  December  7th 
several  times,  on  the  food  situation.  On  December  7th  I  was  with 
him  for  a  while;  on  December  8th  I  was  at  quite  a  lengthy  meeting 
with  him.  I  think  that  General  Short  was  a  savior  to  this  country 
on  December  7th.  As  I  say  about  10  or  11  o'clock  I  was  with  him, 
and  saw  the  way  the  man  held  himself. 

[2790]  On  December  8th  he  called  a  meeting  at  headquarters  of 
about  40  of  us,  and  he  outlined  what  he  wanted  us  civilians  to  do. 
He  outlined  the  food  situation.     He  talked  }:)robably  for  two  hours. 

Soon  after  he  left  I  took  over  the  civilian  defense,  and  it  was  a 
big  problem  for  me.  We  had  about  11,000  people  on  our  staff  to  or- 
ganize and  put  on  the  staff.  We  had  construction  and  hospitals  and 
bomb  shelters,  which  was  piled  on  me  in  directives  that  were  written 
in  General  Short's  time.  We  revolutionized  the  whole  hospital  setup. 
We  went  into  all  phases  of  civilian  life,  that  were  prepared  under 
his  administration. 

He  sat  and  talked  on  December  8th  to  us  boys  for  probably  two 
hours,  and  for  a  year  after  that,  when  I  got  out  of  the  civilian  de- 
fense— I  was  not  a  war  man  and  what  I  was  doing  I  never  did  before, 
and  problems  and  directives  were  coming  at  me  en  masse.    There 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1455 

wasn't  a  day  or  many  times  a  day  that  questions  would  come  up  to 
me  that  were  a  mystery.  I  did  not  know  how  to  decide  them.  I 
could  pretty  near  always  go  back  to  General  Short's  speech  that  he 
made  on  that  day,  the  8th,  and  get  an  answer. 

6.  General  Grunert.  This  was  all  after  December  7th  ? 
Mr.  LocEY.  That  was  December  the  8th,  this  meeting. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Was  any  of  this  preparatory  work  done  prior 
to  December  7th  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Well,  there  was  a  marked  stepup  here  with  the  engineers, 
through  their  branch. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  air  raid  shelters,  any  black- 
out drills,  any  slit  trenches  dug,  and  so  forth,  prior  to  December  7th  ? 

['27.91]  Mr.  Locey.  We  did  not  on  the  civilian  setup.  The  civil- 
ian setup  here  was  like  you  might  say  it  was  in  the  United  States. 
It  had  to  be  sold  to  the  public. 

9.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  the  public  had  to  be  convinced 
of  the  necessity  for  it  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  There  had  to  something  happen.  The  public  was  not 
sold  on  the  food  setup.  General  Short  made  a  lot  of  public  state- 
ments on  the  food  setup.     General  Short  feared  a  blockade  here. 

10.  General  Grunert.  The  former  commanders  had  also  feared 
that,  hadn't  they? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Well,  yes,  but  they  were  so  far  ahead  of  war  that  we 
did  not  notice  it,  probably. 

11.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  pay  any  attention  to  it? 

Mr.  LocEY.  We  didn't  pay  any  attention.  General  Short  was  a 
very  calm  and  convincing  man. 

[2792]  1-2.  General  Grunert.  How  long  have  you  been  in  the 
Islands  ? 

Mr.  Locey.  I  have  been  here  thirty  years,  thirty-four  years. 

13.  General  Grunert.  Then  possibly  you  can  assist  the  Board  in 
some  general  observation.  Do  you  mind  if  we  question  you  along 
general  lines? 

Mr.  LocEY.  No,  sir. 

14.  General  Grunert.  How  about  the  population  you  have  over 
here,  particularly  the  Japanese  element,  both  aliens  and  American 
citizens?  How  do  you  size  them  up  as  to  their  being  a  menace  or 
a  danger  to  the  United  States  and  the  Islands?  Would  you  like  to 
express  yourself  on  that  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  would. 

Our  community  talks  of  statehood  here.  I  think  it  is  the  most 
asinine  thing  I  ever  heard.  I  think  we  have  the  finest  form  of  govern- 
ment here  that  there  is  in  the  United  States  today.  I  have  been 
through  the  mainland.  I  have  seen  more  or  less  things  that  weren't 
right,  that  couldn't  be  changed.  We  have  a  form  of  government  that 
you  can  put  your  finger  on  and  clamp  down  at  any  time.  Our  judges 
here  are  appointed  by  and  go  up  as  high  as  the  President.  We  have 
got  a  better  staff  of  judges  in  the  territory,  and  have  had  for  thirty 
years,  than  this  territory  could  ever  have  or  any  state  has  ever  had, 
"because  they  are  appointed,  they  are  fearless,  they  don't  have  to  look 
forward  to  election  when  a  case  is  decided.  They  are  clean  and  above- 
board,  and  there  is  no  election  mixed  up  with  it. 

You  speak  of  the  Japanese  here.     General  Short,  General — oh 


1456     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[279S'\         15.  General  Grunert.  Herron? 

Mr.  LocEY.  No.  He  was  a  Colonel  at  the  time :  Green  was  General 
Short's  executive  officer  that  was  put  in  military  governor.  He  was 
quite  concerned,  and  I  was  on  his  advisory  staff  on  civilian  affairs. 
He  kept  asking  me  about  these  Japs.  I  constantly  said  that  these 
Japs  were — we  were  amazed  at  the  way  they  did  behave,  but  there 
isn't  anything  else  they  could  do  at  the  time.  But  I  kept  a-telling 
the  General  that  when  he  would  bring  this  subject  up,  that  if  this 
Island  ever  had  an  invasion  and  it  got  to  a  point  where  we  had  60 
percent  of  the  advantage  and  the  Japs  had  40,  look  out;  Goddamit, 
they  would  all  go  against  us.  I  don't  say  all  of  them.  I'll  take  that 
back.  There  are  some  good  Japanese  boys  here.  But  we  are  just 
a-kidding  ourselves.  Our  population  :  go  to  our  schools  here  and  look 
at  the  masses  just  filling  the  high  schools,  just  the  statistics  of  the 
graduates  of  the  high  schools  in  two  or  three  years.  They  are  voters. 
See  what  our  vote,  estimate  what  our  vote  will  be  here  in  four  years. 
Why,  hell,  the  population  is  40  percent  Japs  now,  and  there  is  always 
a  sway  in  vote  that  you  can't  depend  on. 

16.  "General  Grunert.  Are  most  of  tliem  Democrats  or  Republicans, 
or  both  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Well,  they  are  mostly  youngsters;  they  don't  know 
what  they  are. 

17.  General  Grunert.  But  there  are  some  on  each  side? 

Mr.  LocEY.  More  on  the  Democrat  side  than  the  Republican  side. 
More  on  the  Democrat  side. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  think  they  would  be  a  definite 
menace  in  case  the  Japanese  attacked  and  appeared  to  [£794.] 
be  winning? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Oh,  definitely.  I  wouldn't  say  all  of  them;  there's  a 
lot  of  the  boys  that  would  rally  to  our  side.  But  there's  a  lot  of 
them  here. 

19.  General  Grunert.  There  is  no  indication  of  that  now  in  the 
present  state  of  the  war,  is  there? 

Mr.  Locey.  Oh,  not  the  slightest.  On  December  the  7th  there 
wasn't  a  thing  hardly  went  wrong  here. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Do  these  Japanese  all  cling  together,  vote 
together,  and  vote  as  a  bloc,  or  are  they  separated  into  parties,  or 
what? 

Mr.  Locey.  They  will  bloc  some,  and  then  they  kind  of  fear  to 
bloc,  and  they  waited  to  gain  more  strength.  You  can  take  in  our 
House,  compare.  I  will  go  back  a  little  further  on  the  question  you 
asked  me  of  the  setup  here.  Go  a  little  further  back.  I  spoke  of 
the  appointments  of  the  people  that  were  appointed  here.  I  didn't 
make  any  mention  of  the  elected  setup.  If  you  would  take  and  get 
before  a  bunch  of  elected  officers  here  and  a  bunch  of  appointed  offi- 
cers, why,  there  is  the  difference  of  day  and  night.  Now  the  Japs 
started  to  crawl  into  our  House  of  Representatives.  A  few  of  them 
got  elected.  They  kept  a-crawling  until  they  got  one — prior  to  De- 
cember the  7th,  a  couple  of  years  before  that,  they  got  one  Japanese 
member  in  the  Senate.  But  there  was  a  marked  clnnb-ujj  of  Ja])anese 
getting  elected  to  our  House.  Then  one  crawled  into  the  Senate. 
But  it's  nothing  now  to  what  it  would  be,  in  my  mind,  in  ten  years 
from  now.     Why,  Goddamit,  if  we  got  statehood,  some  day  we  would 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1457 

liave  a  Japanese  governor  and  a  couple  of  Japanese  delegates  in 
AVashington.  That's  my  opinion;  hope  [2795]  this  is  not 
for 

21.  General  Grunert.  All  this  is  secret,  but  whoever  digs  out  the 
secret  record  has  to  have  the  authority  to  do  so.  But  it  is  not  for 
publication. 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  am  interested  here.  It's  not  becoming  of  me,  really, 
to  talk  this  way  against  the  community  and  this  territory. 

22.  General  Grunert.  You  use  your  own  judgment  on  that,  and  if 
you  think  there  is  anything  that  you  might  say  that  is  liable  to  re- 
bound on  you  that  way 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  don't  ask  to  have  it  stricken  out.  It  is  my  feeling; 
Goddamit,  I  can  stand  up  under  it.  The  bigger  percent  of  the  popu- 
lation here  is  for  statehood.  Everybody  laughed  at  it  when  they 
started  it.  A  couple  of  politicians  began  to  talk  about  it  to  get  more 
votes  amongst  that  class,  until  it  has  grown  and  grown;  Goddamit, 
they  have  all  got  to  believing  it.  I  think  it  is  most  ridiculous,  and  I 
am  way  in  the  minority  on  that  thought ;  there  are  very  few  people 
that's  got  to  thinking  as  I  do. 

2o.  General  Frank.  What  advantage  would  statehood  be  to  indus- 
try? 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  can't  see  it.  I  just — I  can't  see.  They  had  a  congres- 
sional meeting  over  here  years  ago  on  statehood,  and  they  harped  and 
harped  on  statehood.  The  only  advantage  that  it  would  have,  we 
don't  get  proper  representation  in  Washington.  We  have  one  dele- 
gate that  sits  in  the  House.  He  has  a  voice  but  no  vote,  and  his  voice 
is  not  any  good  if  he  has  not  got  a  vote  to  trade,  and  these  representa- 
tives kept  a-asking  what  we  wanted.  The  answer  was  very  easily 
answered  :  [3796]  We  want  representation  in  Washington  that 
will  have  a  value.  But  I  think  that  we  are  asking  for  a  lot  of  trouble 
to  get  that  representation.  We  sure  need  representation  in  Congress 
and  in  the  House.  We  have  a  House  member,  but  he  has  no  vote, 
and  they  pay  no  attention  to  him.  He's  a — Republicans,  now  they 
don't  pay  any  attention  to  them,  even  if  they  do  have  a  vote,  because 
they  are  in  the  minority;  but  just  think  of  a  man  that  hasn't  got  a 
vote;  they  just  pay  no  attention  to  him. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  have  any  questions? 

25.  General  Frank.  No. 

26.  Major  Clausen.  No. 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  might  go  a  little  further  on  December  the  7th,  and 
speaking  of  pre])aredness,  I  left  out  the  Navy.  You  didn't  ask  me. 
I  was  also  Fish  Commissioner  for  ten  years,  and  we  have  a  deep  sea 
fishing  industry  here  that  depends  on  what  they  call  nehu.  It  is  a 
small  fish  for  bait,  and  about  90  percent  of  those  are  in  Pearl  Harbor, 
and  quite  a  while  prior  to  December  they  just  shut  us  down;  we 
couldn't  get  a  fisherman  in  Pearl  Harbor  to  get  bait. 

That  wasn't  my  business,  but  I  ai)pealed  and  represented  them.  We 
couldn't  get  them  in,  and  it  got  to  a  point  where  we  couldn't  get  our 
own  game  wardens  to  police  Pearl  Harbor,  which  is  a  great  fish  reser- 
voir. It  got  to  a  point  where  we  couldn't  get  a  one  of  our  officers  in 
there  to  police  the  shore  for  fishing  violations.  Pearl  Harbor  was 
just  as  tight  as  could  be.  That  went  on  for,  oh,  probably  a  year  prior 
to  Pearl  Harbor, 


1458     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

27.  General  Grunert.  Their  fear  of  sabotage  or  fear  of  the  signal- 
ing, or  what  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  think  fear  of  sabotage.  My  understanding  of  this 
whole  situation  before  December  the  7th,  it  was  a  great  [3797] 
fear  of  sabotage.  Plenty^  of  Army  officers  here  told  me  that  this  place 
was  impregnable;  they  just  waved  aside  the  thought  of  attack,  but 
that  was  just  hearsay,  but  I  know  of  General  Short's  feeling,  and  I 
knew  that  it  was  the  feeling  in  Washington,  through  hearsay  which 
comes  so  straight  to  me,  that  it  was  sabotage  that  we  had  to  look  after. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Well,  they  are  sent  out  here  for  defense  pur- 
poses. 

Mr.  LocEY.  Yes,  sir. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Sabotage  is  just  one  element  of  defense. 
Mr.  Locey.  That  is  right. 

30.  (Tren.eral  Grunert.  Now,  do  you  people  out  here  feel  that  the 
Army  and  Navy  have  let  you  down  through  not  being  able  to  do  more 
to  resist  that  attack? 

Mr.  Locey.  No.    No,  we  don't. 

31.  General  Grunert.  You  didn't  have  very  much  damage  or  loss 
of  life  among  your  civilians  in  this  thing? 

Mr.  Locey.  No ;  we  only  had— well,  there  was  at  Pearl  Harbor.  I 
don't  think  there  was  hardly  any  loss  in  the  military  reservations,  of 
individuals? 

32.  General  Grunert.  I  mean  among  your  civilian  population. 

Mr.  Locey.  Civilian.  Well,  there  was  some  civilian  population  at 
Pearl  Harbor,  but  in  the  town 

33.  General  Grunert.  Those  were  employees,  were  they  ? 

Mr.  Locey.  Yes,  employees.  In  town  there  were  only  a  very  feAv, 
and  those  came  from  shells  of  our  own  guns  that  were  popped  at  the 
Japs. 

34.  General  Grunert.  And  you  people,  you  civilians,  you  business- 
men, and  so  forth,  did  you  anticipate  any  such  attack? 

[2798]         Mr.  Locey.  No. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  complacent?  Were  you  satisfied 
that  this  place  was  impregnable,  and  therefore 

Mr.  Locey.  No.  Well,  to  a  civilian,  the  war — we  don't  understand 
it;  and  if  a  man  is  a  businessman  he  takes  the  advice  of  a  man  that  is 
in  that  business. 

36.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  you  look  to  the  constituted  authori- 
ties to  take  care  of  you,  naturally? 

Mr.  Locey.  Yes,  that  is  right. 

37.  General  Grunert.  Well,  now,  were  you  conscious  or  war- 
minded,  conscious  that  war  was  in  the  immediate  offing?  Did  you 
realize  the  tense  situation? 

Mr.  Locey.  Yes,  we  did. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Where  did  you  get  that  information? 

Mr.  Locey.  Well,  you  just  couldn't  help  from  the  attitude  of  Japan ; 
you  couldn't  help  from  the  attitude  of  our  own  nation  of  beginning  to 
clamp  down  on  Japan.    Something  had  to  happen.    It  had  to  break. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Then,  as  I  gather  it,  you  thouglit  there  was 
going  to  be  war  but  it  wasn't  going  to  hit  here,  first,  at  least  ? 

Mr.  Locey.  It  wasn't  going  to  hit  here.  The  attitude,  it  seemed 
we  got  a  lot  of  our  attitude  from  Washington,  because  we  read  the 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1459 

papers,  and  it  was  my  experience  with  papers  that  they  are  a  menace ; 
they  don't  tell  10  percent  of  the  truth  in  a  lot  of  cases.  They  will 
switch  things  around.    They  always  have  in  my  business. 

40.  General  Grunert.  But  you  still  think  that  the  Army  and  Navy 
did  what  they  should  do  here,  under  the  circumstances? 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  don't  know  a  great  deal  about  the  Navy ;  [£799] 
I  wasn't  in  touch  with  them,  never  have  been,  but  I  have  been  more 
or  less  close  to  the  Army  and  the  Generals  that  have  been  here  prior 
to  Short,  and  I  think  that  the  Army  was  very  much  on  the  job.  Their 
construction  efficiency  was  high.  Their  officers  are  a  high  type  of  men- 
We  had  criticism  here  in  the  press  on  this  Colonel  Wyman. 

[2800']         1.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  know  about  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Well,  Wyman  was  a  very  funny  man,  but  everything 
these  papers  said  about  Wyman  was  utterly  false,  in  my  mind.  I  have 
never  seen  a  man  that  came  into  a  community,  that  made  more  enemies. 
He  was  ruthless  and  hard  and  cold  and  tough,  and  if  he  worked  an 
hour,  he  worked  20  hours  a  day;  and  if  there  was  ever  a  driver  that 
ever  came  to  Hawaii  it  was  Wyman,  and  we  would  have  been  so  far 
back  in  our  work,  or  the  Army  would — why,  they  couldn't  have  got  a 
man  that  would  have  driven  work  through  as  Wyman  did.  He  was 
just  like  a  ''bull  in  a  china  shop."  He  didn't  make  friends.  He  wasn't 
a  personal  friend  of  mine,  but  I  believe  in  justice,  and  the  papers,  the 
items  they  printed  on  Wyman,  all  letting  down,  was  just  all  bosh. 

42.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  this  man  Rohl? 
Mr.  LocEY.  No. 

43.  General  Frank.  Did  you  know  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  LocEY.  I  knew  him  personally.  I  had  business  contacts  with 
him.  General  Short  appointed  me  on  December  8  to  make  an  inventory 
of  farming  machinery  that  was  necessary  to  produce  more  food  here, 
and  turn  it  over  to  Wyman.  I  contacted  Wyman  on  that,  and  anything 
after  December  7  that  pertained  to  food  or  agriculture,  I  was  Wyman's 
contact  man.  Of  course  it  mostly  came  through  an  agent,  but  hell !  you 
could  get  Wyman  at  12  oclock,  or  2  oclock,  in  his  office,  at  night ;  and 
1  have  been  out  on  the  jobs.  On  agricultural  problems  and  vegetables 
he  had  called  me  in  a  few  times  to  consult  me  and  take  me  out  and  show 
me  the  jobs,  get  my  advice  on  them ;  but  I  think  everything  that  I  have 
seen  in  the  paper  about  Wyman  was  false,  in  my  mind. 

44.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  see  any  reports  about  his  [2801] 
imbibing  of  liquor  to  excess?  If  so,  would  you  say  they  were  false, 
also? 

Mr.  LocEY.  Well,  I  am  not  a  social  man.  I  knew  Short  very  well.  I 
was  never  in  his  house.  I  never  met  him  socially.  It  was  always  in  a 
business  way.  The  same  applied  to  Wyman.  I  guess  Wyman  took  a 
drink.    A  few  Army  men  do  take  drinks,  don't  they  ? 

45.  General  Grunert.  We  have  you  as  a  witness,  and  we  are  not  on 
the  stand. 

Some  of  those  "hard-boiled  guys"  who  get  things  done  are  some- 
times, not  always,  hard  drinkers. 

Mr.  LocEY.  Well,  they  have  got  to  have  "an  out."  That  has  always 
been  my  experience  and  observation ;  that  if  you  see  a  man  who  is  a 
"driver,"  and  a  man  who  accomplished  something,  he  had  some  "out." 
Maybe  he  drank,  I  don't  know ;  I  guess  he  did ;  but  I  don't  know,  why 
should  I  say  he  drank  ?    I  never  saw  him  drinking. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145.  vol.  2 43 


1460     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

46.  General  Grunert.  In  your  associations  with  or  in  your  knowl- 
edge of  Wyman,  did  you  ever  know  whether  his  taking  a  drink  or  his 
having  liquor  interfered  with  his  work? 

Mr.  LocET.  I  never  have  seen  anybody  that  liquor  did  any  good.  I 
am  a  teetotaler.  I  keep  liquor  in  my  house.  My  friends  come  there, 
sometimes,  and  get  too  much.  I  have  never  seen  liquor  do  anybody  any 
good.  There  are  lots  of  them  that  drink  it,  but  as  far  as  General 
Wyman's  work,  here  and  "driving,"  we  would  have  lost,  without 
General  Wyman. 

47.  General  Grunert.  You  mean  Colonel  Wyman  ? 
Mr.  Locey.  Or  Colonel  Wyman ;  yes. 

48.  General  Grunert.  The  other  one  was  General  Lyman. 
Mr.  Locey.  Yes.    I  knew  General  Lyman  very  well. 

40.  General  Grunert.  But  you  mean  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Locey.  I  mean  Colonel  Wyman.  He  was  a  man  that  probably 
couldn't  stay  too  long  in  one  place.  He  was  such  a  [2802] 
"driver"  and  so  ruthless  that  in  time  they  build  up  a  sort  of  barrier 
around  him,  that  they  don't  get  through  things  as  well  as  the  man  that 
goes  a  little  calmer ;  but  if  there  was  ever  a  "driver"  it  was  Colonel  Wy- 
man. If  there  was  ever  a  man  worked  hard,  or  worker  long  hours,  it 
was  Colonel  Wyman. 

50.  General  Gri^vert.  Do  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you  would 
like  to  tell  tlie  Board,  that  lias  not  been  brought  up,  that  might  be  of 
value  to  us? 

INIr.  Locey.  Xo. 

51.  General  Gkixeut.  Anything  leading  up  to  Pearl  Harbor,  or 
d'uriiig  Pearl  Harljor? 

Mr.  L()Ci;y.  Well,  I  don't  know  anytliing.  I  have  ahvaj^s  had  my 
opinions. 

52.  General  Grunert.  Sometimes  peoj)le  have  something  in  the  back 
of  their  mind  they  would  like  to  turn  loose.  Now,  this  is  the  oppor- 
tunity. 

Mr.  Locey.  No,  I  haven't  anything.  I  don't  think  I  have  anything 
else. 

53.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions? 

Mr.  Locey.  I  have  always  felt  in  this  case  that  there  were  records 
here  that  would  show,  and  clear  General  Short.  I  feel  that  General 
Short  has  been  crucified.  I  think  he  was  our  savior  on  December  7.  I 
worked  so  close  with  him.  He  was  so  calm  and  so  broad,  and  I  think  it 
has  been  a  crime  the  way  he  has  been  treated.  I  think  he  has  been  a 
savior  to  this  country,  a  savior  on  December  7.  That's  not  as  a  personal 
friend,  because,  just  a  business  associate  of  mine.  He  wasn't  a  personal 
friend,  at  all. 

54.  General  Gri  nei;t.  All  right,  sir ;  thank  you  for  coming  over  and 
giving  us  your  time. 

(Tlie  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[280S]     TESTIMONY  OF  FRANK  E.  MIDKIFF,  406  CASTLE 
&  COOKE  BUILDING,  HONOLULU,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Ilecoi'der  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  Wai'  "24.) 

1.  Colonel  AVest.  Mr.  Midkiff,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1461 

Mr.  Frank  Midriff.  Frank  E.  Midkiff,  40G  Castle  &  Cooke  Build- 
ing, Honolulu. 

2.  General  Gruxert.  Mr.  Midkiff,  this  Board  was  appointed  to  as- 
certain and  report  the  facts  relatino;  to  the  attack  made  by  the  Japa- 
nese armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  December  7.  1041, 
and,  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which  related  to  the 
Pearl  Harbor  disaster,  of  the  report  of  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Military  Committee.  Tliis  rei)ort  largely  concerns  construction  prior 
to  the  attack.  Xo^^•.  we  are  after  facts,  or  leads  to  where  facts  can  be 
found.  General  Short  has  furnished  the  Board  a  list  of  representative 
citizens  living  in  Hawaii,  who,  he  says,  may  have  information  of  value 
to  the  Board.  Your  name  being  on  that  list,  we  have  asked  you  here, 
with  the  hope  that  yo'u  may  have  facts  to  present  to  us.  General  Short 
did  not  refer  to  any  paificular  subject  on  which  you  might  testify,  so 
it  is  up  to  you  to  open  the  subject,  which  may  then  give  us  leads  to 
questions  by  which  to  develop  it. 

I  think  possibly  his  suggesting  that  you  be  asked  to  appear  was 
because,  as  I  understand,  you  prepared  a  letter,  or  at  least  signed  a 
letter  that  went  to  the  President,  the  date  of  the  letter  being  Decembei 
22,  1941.  That  is  probably  the  reason;  so  you  may  start  by  telling 
us  about  that  letter  and  its  contents,  and  what  you  people  thought  ot 
General  Short,  and         \2804]         the  reasons,  and  so  forth. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  1  tried  to  find  a  copy  of  that  letter.  General, 
last  night,  and  was  unable  to  put  my  hand  on  it. 

3.  General  Grunert.  I  have  it  here,  if  you  wish  to  refresh  youi 
memory. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Well,  I  am  only  glad  that  you  have  it,  because 
that  is  my  chief  concern,  that  you  have  it. 

4.  General  Grunert.  That  was  the  letter,  as  it  is  contained  in  the 
files  of  the  Eoberts  Commission's  report,  and  we  have  the  Roberts 
Commission's  report  to  consider. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff  (reading)  : 

We  have  fouiitl  him  at  all  times  to  be  most  cooperative,  and,  furthermore,  [le 
has  exercised  a  vigorous  leadership  in  causing  this  community  to  prepare  f'or 
an  emergency  such  as  exists  at  present.  Almost  a  year  ago  he  laid  out  a  plan 
for  this  purpose,  and  has  taken  all  steps  practicable  toward  carrying  out  such 
plan. 

That  is  our  opinion.  A  number  of  us  were  under  .the  general 
impression  that  General  Short  was  certainly  one  of  the  most  active 
Army  officers  in  making  preparations  for  an  attack  by  Japan. 

Along  in  April,  or  March  possibly,  of  1941,  he  caused  one  of  his 
staff  officers,  then  Colonel  Albert  Lyman,  to  meet  with  a  group  of 
men  down  town — these  men  represented,  I  believe,  the  Mayor's  De- 
fense Committee — to  discuss  a  plan  for  jirotective  measures  for  the 
civil  population  of  Oahu,  in  case  of  bombardment.  Colonel  Lyman 
left  with  the  members,  certain  of  them,  copies  of  that  plan,  witli  the 
exception  of  Part  II,  which  Part  II  was  omitted  from  the  plan,  be- 
cause it  was  a  description  [3S0o]  of  a  possible  attack  by  air- 
plane. That  was  omitted.  All  the  rest  was  there,  containing  the 
measures  to  be  adopted  by  the  civilians,  how  to  organize  tlie  city  for 
the  emergency,  to  provide  aii--raid  i)r<)tection,  take  care  of  evacuation, 
and  utilize  the  workers,  and  so  on.     It  went  into  great  detail. 


1462     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Furthermore,  at  about  the  same  time,  there  was  the  annual  meeting 
of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  Honohil-.i,  at  which  General  Short 
spoke,  very  eloquently  urging  the  people  to  be  prepared,  to  lay  in 
stocks  of  supplies,  to  avoid  panic,  and  giving  them  instructions  in 
case  of  emergency  that  might  arise.  At  the  special  session  of  the 
legislature,  the  General  appeared  in  person,  and  it  was  I  think  due 
to  his  straightforward  presentation  that  the  legislature  enacted  the 
M-Day  Bill,  which  they  had  failed  to  enact  at  the  regular  session  of 
the  legislature,  earlier. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  gather  from  your  testimony  that 
General  Short  was  an  asset  in  preparing  this  command  for  defense; 
particularly,  within  your  own  knowledge,  an  asset  in  preparing  the 
civilian  end  to  defend  themselves  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

6.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  know  about  how  those  measures 
that  were  planned  for  were  actually  put  into  effect  when  the  attack 
came  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  By  the  civilians  ? 

7.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  was  not  a  member  of  the  Mayor's  Defense 
Committee  until  after  December  7.  On  about  December  8,  I  was 
asked  to  come  over  and  assist  in  the  civilian  defense  set-up,  then,  and 
take  charge  of  the  evacuation  procedures.  To  my  general  observa- 
tion, not  being  a  member  of  the  organization,  [3806]  I  note 
that  the  personnel  were  selected  and  appropriations  were  made  by 
the  legislature  for  the  use  of  civilians,  and  unusual  powers  were  given 
to  the  Governor,  and  training  that  personnel  in  the  civilian  defense 
corps  was  being  carried  out  regularly.  The  Civilian  Defense  Corps, 
to  what  exact  extent  I  am  not  certain,  did  cooperate  with  the  Army 
in  the  Army's  maneuvers  and  problems. 

{SSO?]      "  8.  General  Grutvtert.  Was  this  prior  to  December  7th? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir.  A  man  who  is  now,  I  believe, 
Major  Dopy,  was  in  charge  of  that  civilian  defense  corps.  He  is  now 
in  the  Army. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  believe  that  General  Short  did 
everything,  as  far  as  you  can  see,  that  should  have  been  done  in 
prej)aring  his  command  to  defend  the  island? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  so.  The  plan  that  he  laid  out.  Gen- 
eral, was  supposed  to  have  cost  the  civilians  about  a  million  dollars, 
and  Colonel  Lyman  made  that  plain,  that  it  would  be  quite  an 
expensive  thing  for  them,  and  I  well  recall  the  cold  chills  that  the 
business  men  had  at  the  prospect  of  having  to  spend  that  much 
money.  Nevertheless,  General  Short  placed  it  before  them,  as  to 
what  they  should  be  doing. 

10.  General  Frank.  Was  anything  ever  done  with  it? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Only  that  the  business  firms  loosened  up 
with  their  personnel  to  assist  in  the  civilian  defense  corps.  I  do  not 
believe  that  the  Territory  really  began  spending  money  to  any  con- 
siderable extent  until  after  December  7th. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Were  your  people  war  conscious?  Did  you 
think  this  thing  was  coming,  or  what? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  it  was  our  general  feeling  that  Gen- 
eral Short  was  stressing  this  thing  more  than  necessary ;  because 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1463 

of  the  fact  we  had  the  fleet  here  and  because  we  could  see  these 
fortresses  going  out  in  all  directions  and  planes  going  out  in  all 
directions  on  reconnaissance,  and  they  having  submarines  and  de- 
stroyers out,  we  felt  that  we  were  quite  well  protected.  But  I 
think,  even  more  than  that,  we  were  of  the  impression,  the  most  of 
us,  that  there  was  no  great  imminency  of  war. 

\i2S0S]  12.  General  Grunert.  But  when  they  struck  is  when 
the  money  started  pouring  out? 

Mr.  Frank  jSIidkiff.  That  is  right. 

13.  General  Grunert.  When  the  necessity  showed  itself? 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

14.  General  Grunert.  So,  as  I  gather  it,  your  state  of  mind  was 
one  in  which,  yes,  war  was  in  the  offing,  but  it  Avould  not  come  here 
because  of  the  protective  measures  you  thought  were  in  existence? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  That  is  right,  sir,  and  I  believe  we  also  had 
the  feeling  that  Japan  would  be  plumb  foolish  to  attack  the  United 
States,  absolutely  asinine. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Maybe  she  would  have  been  plumb  foolish, 
but  she  took  that  chance. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

16.  General  Grunert.  You  thought  it  was  a  desperate  chance  to 
take? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir.  I  think  we  didn't  even  think  they 
would  be  that  rash  and  that  crazy. 

17.  General  Grunert.  That  brings  me  to  the  subject  of  the  Japa- 
nese population  here.  Are  they  of  that  same  foolish  disposition, 
thtit  they  will  take  chances?  In  other  words,  what  do  you  think  of 
the  Japanese  part  of  the  population  of  the  island,  both  alien  and 
American  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  There  is  a  wide  range,  as  I  see  it.  I  have 
often  been  asked  that  question,  General,  because  I  helped  form  a  com- 
pany of  American  citizens  of  Japanese  ancestry  before  the  first  world 
war,  and  took  them  in,  and  had  their  training  and  so  forth,  until  I 
was  put  in  charge  of  an  officers  training         [2809]         school. 

18.  General  Frank.  You  mean  a  company  of  soldiers  as  a  part  of 
a  battalion? 

Mr.  Frank  jMidkiff.  Yes,  sir.  Because  I  had  that  contact  and 
because  after  the  war  we  formed  an  American  society  of  Japanese 
ancestry,  citizens  of  Japanese  ancestry,  and  tried  to  teach  Ameri- 
canization 1  ere,  I  have  often  been  asked  that  question  by  the  Com- 
manding Generals  of  this  Department,  and  I  have  always  felt  there 
^s  a  wide  range  in  the  attitude  of  the  Japanese  we  have  here  toward 
*^lie  United  States  Government  and  in  the  kind  of  Japanese  that  we 
have  here.  Some  are  highly  intelligent,  well  educated.  A  great 
many  of  tl:em  are  not  very  well  informed.  Most  of  them  are  literate. 
They  read  the  Japanese  papers,  but  they  are  not  very  well  informed. 
They  go  to  church  and  are  what  you  might  call  well  disciplined,  but 
they  have  been  taught  to  love  Japan  and  adore  the  Emperor  and  so 
forth,  the  old-timers.  So  we  have  the  American  citizens  that  are 
educated  here,  the  American  citizens  that  have  been  sent  to  Japan 
for  their  education,  and  then  we  have  the  old-time  aliens  here  who 
are  rajDJdly  dying  out. 


1464     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL«^HARBOR  ATTACK 

These  old-time  aliens,  for  the  most  part,  are  simple,  harmless  peo- 
ple, not  well  enough  informed  or  astute  enough  to  be  trusted  with  any 
kind  of  militarj^  intelligence,  but  just  plodding  away.  I  don't  think 
they  would  be  capable  of  being  organized  into  planned  resistance. 
The  Kibei,  the  ones  born  here  but  sent  to  Japan,  I  have  always  felt 
were  not  trustworthy.  I  have  always  felt  they  haA^e  really  been  in- 
doctrinated with  the  love  of  the  Emperor  and  the  feeling  of  the  su- 
periority of  Japan  and  so  forth,  very  much  like  the  Germans. 

[2810]         19.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  many  such? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  do  not  know  the  number,  but  there 
may  be  some  hundreds.  They  are  not  too  common,  but  enough  of 
those  so  that  we  resented  their  sending  their  children  to  Japan,  did 
not  think  it  was  a  good  thing.  I  would  say  it  was  a  small  number, 
comparatively,  but  in  the  hundreds. 

20.  General  Grunert.  When  they  return  here  do  they  attempt  to 
spread  propaganda  as  to  what  they  find  out  about  Japan  when  over 
there? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  have  never  heard  of  their  doing  that  ac- 
tively, but  they  impress  on  their  children  or  try  to  impress  on  their 
children,  more  tl^m  the  ones  born  and  educated  here,  the  superiority 
of  Japanese  culture,  love  of  the  Emperor  and  so  forth.  They  do 
that  in  their  own  children,  in  their  houses. 

21.  General  Frank.  Does  not  the  Japanese  family  head  have  a  more 
positive  control  over  the  family  than  tlie  Americans? 

IVIr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Very  much  more,  yes,  sir.  It  is  what  j^ou 
might  call  a  well  disciplined  family,  indeed.  The  young  people  are 
brought  up  according  to  the  customs  of  Japan,  rather  carefully.  They 
get  that  in  the  Japanese  language  schools  as  well  as  at  home.  The 
old  people  openly  loudly  deplored  the  tendency  of  the  young  Ameri- 
cans, born  here  and  educated  here,  to  pull  away  from  them.  They 
were  getting  too  fresh  and  too  uppity.  They  were  not  controlled. 
They  objected  to  that. 

On  the  whole,  the  Japanese  have  been  a  more  or  less  docile  group 
here,  hard  workers,  good  citizens,  law-abiding,  as  the  records  will 
show,  on  the  whole,  no  serious  crimes,  a  few  serious  crimes.  The 
peo|)le  here  trusted  them. 

To  my  knowledge,  having  been  here  for  31  years,  there  has 
[2811]  never  been  a  case,  for  example,  of  a  yard  man  or  a  house 
man  stealing  any  property,  money  or  anything  like  that,  to  which 
they  had  access  at  all  times  in  the  residences;  nor  have  they  let  the 
employers  down  by  neglecting  their  duties  or  permitting  trespass,  if 
they  can  avoid  it.  They  have  always  been  helpful  as  employees  in 
that  respect,  and  trustworthy. 

22.  General  Grunert.  On  and  after  December  7th,  1941,  did  you 
have  occasions  to  observe  the  actions  of  the  Japanese  as  to  whether  or 
not  stuck  to  their  jobs  or  they  let  their  employers  down,  or  attempted 
to  organize,  or  anything  of  that  sort? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  have  had  occasion  to  observe  the  actions  of 
the  Japanese  and  the  people  here  generall}^  and  to  my  knowledge 
there  was  no  evidence  of  anything  like  that. 

2?>.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  that  most  of  them  were  ignor- 
ant of  the  attack  that  came? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  so,  yes.  I  think  the  most  of  them 
were  sort  of  stupid,  people  that  were  not  really  astute  enough  to 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PP^ARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1465 

be  trusted  with  any  serious  intelligence  of  that  sort,  and  they  were 
confused,  many  of  them  were  crying  and  running  around  distractedly 
and  could  not  understand  what  it  was  all  about. 

24.  General  Frank.  You  believe  that  had  there  been  a  landing  or 
the  Japanese  invading  force  had  been  partially  successful,  that  there 
would  have  been  a  large  support  of  that  Japanese  invading  force 
by  the  native  Japs? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  that  is  quite  probable,  that  a  great 
many  of  the  aliens,  practically  all  of  the  Kibei,  and  a  number  even 
of  the  American  citizens  educated  here  might  have  attempted  to 
cooperate  with  a  landing  party,  and  if  the  Japanese  [2812]  had 
been  successful  in  an  area  and  not  all  over  the  entire  island  there 
might  have  been  many  who  w^ould  have  joined  them  and  operated 
with  them.    I  think  that  is  quite  probable. 

25.  General  Frank.  You  think,  then,  that  they  were  a  problem, 
from  a  military  point  of  view  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  that  under  the  circumstances  you 
mention  many  of  them  would  be  a  problem,  yes,  sir. 

2G.  General  Frank.  What  is  the  solution  of  that  problem? 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  For  the  future,  after  the  war? 

27.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Most  of  them  now,  I  think,  after  Japan  is 
defeated,  will  not  need  any  further  attention.  The  old  timers,  their 
curve  is  dropping  off  very  fast  here,  the  old  aliens.  The  Kibei,  I 
should  say  it  would  be  a  good  thing  to  send  them  all  back  to  Japan 
and  to  send  any  alien  that  did  not  wish  to  show  loyalty  to  the  United 
States  or  was  disturbed  over  defeat  of  Japan,  send  him  back.  Give  a 
chance  to  the  American  citizens  born  and  educated  here  to  state 
whether  or  not  they  wish  to  be  thoroughly  loyal  to  the  United  States, 
assuming  that  as  American  citizens  they  will  be  loyal,  but  give  them 
a  chance  to  state,  and  if  they  do  not  wish  to  declare  their  loyalty  view 
there  would  be  no  harm  in  sending  them  all  back. 

28.  General  Grunert.  What  do  you  think  the  reaction  to  that 
would  be?  How  many  would  you  lose,  do  you  think?  Have  you 
ever  tried  to  analyze  it  that  way? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  that  from  a  practical  standpoint 
those  few  American  citizens  educated  here  would  want  to  go  back. 
I  think  very  few  of  the  old  timers,  with  their  children  and  grand- 
children here,  would  consider  going  back.  Some  [2S1S]  would 
prefer  to  go  back  there,  join  the  remainder  of  their  families,  and  die 
there,  but  on  the  whole  I  think  it  would  be  possibly  5  per  cent  of  the 
population  that  would  be  deported  under  the  terms  I  suggested. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  the  defeat  of  Japan  would 
inHuence  those  who  are  on  the  fence  to  become  citizens  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Of  the  United  States? 

30.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Of  course,  the  opportunity  is  not  available 
to  them,  unless  they  were  born  liere,  but  I  think  the  defeat  of  Japan 
in  many  cases  would  cause  them,  those  that  have  been  inclined  to  favor 
Japan,  to  think  twice  and  to  show  their  loyalty  toward  the  victorious 
nation. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  that  80  per  cent  of  those  did  not 
want  to  remain  or  80  per  cent  of  your  Jai)anese  would  be  taken  out 
from  here,  how  would  it  affect  your  economic  interests? 


1466     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  It  would  be  very  serious. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Which  industry  would  be  hit  the  hardest? 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  The  two  industrialized  agricultural  indus- 
tries, sugar  and  pineapples. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Sugar  and  pineapples? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Those  two.     They  would  be  very  hard  hit. 

34.  General  Frank.  From  your  point  of  view,  then,  as  pertaining 
to  the  Japanese  situation,  you  would  like  to  put  it  on  a  stable,  clean- 
cut  basis,  and  eliminate  the  uncertainty  with  respect  to  the  Japanese? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  should.  I  advised,  at  the  beginning  of  the 
war,  when  time  made  it  impracticable  to  adopt  my  recom-  [2814^ 
mendation,  that  everybody  here  be  processed  and  to  find  out  the  loyalty 
of  the  people  here,  because  had  there  been  an  invasion,  of  course,  our 
duty  was  to  confine  all  of  the  Japanese,  and  all  like  the  Japanese,  all 
the  Orientials,  and  our  work  would  have  been  seriously  affected.  I 
thought  it  would  be  advisable  for  us  to  go  through  and  process  them 
all  and  put  a  big  identification  mark  on  the  ones  that  we  decided  would 
be  trustworthy,  and,  if  we  had  to  use  the  others,  in  case  of  an  invasion 
to  lock  them  up. 

35.  General  Frank.  Has  anything  like  that  been  done  ? 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  No,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  I  was  going  to  say,  it  sounds  very  sensible. 
Why  don't  you  people  do  it? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  It  has  been  done  for  those  people  who  have 
to  be  used  on  the  water  front  and  in  strategic  places. 

37.  General  Grunert.  Are  the  business  interests  against  such 
action  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  don't  think  they  would  be.  There  was  a 
time  when  it  was  thought  of,  but  the  time  seemed  so  short,  it  could  not 
be  passed  to  get  around  to  it. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  being  thought  of  now  seriously  ? 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes. 

39.  General  Grunert.  Whose  business  do  you  think  it  is  to  get  that 
thing  started  ?     The  Territorial  Legislature  or  what  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  An  idea  like  that,  I  think,  probably  should 
originate  in  the  Territory  or  with  the  department  entrusted  with  the 
security,  the  F.  B.  I.  I  am  sure  Mr.  Shivers  of  the  F.  B.  I.  thought 
the  plan  was  a  good  one  at  the  time. 

40.  General  Grunert.  Certainly,  if  a  thing  like  that  should  be 
[£815]  done  in  the  future,  it  would  look  like  now  is  a  good  time 
for  the  people  to  strike,  when  they  have  definite  impressions  of  their 
danger  and  what  happened  in  the  past  and  what  may  happen  in  the 
future. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes.     May  I,  before  I  leave 

41.  General  Grunert.  We  don't  want  you  to  leave  for  some  time, 
unless  it  is  on  the  same  subject;  otherwise  I  will  give  you  an  oppor- 
tunity later  to  line  up  anything  you  want. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  thank  you. 

'  42.  Colonel  Toulmin.  I  would  like  to  ask  a  question  there,  if  I 
might. 

You  mentioned  the  Japanese  language  schools.  Will  you  describe 
briefly  what  they  are  and  why  you  continue  to  allow  them  to  be  taught 
Japanese  and  segregate  themselves  under  their  own  language? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1467 

Mr.  Frank  Midriff.  The  language  schools  were  all  closed  by  order 
of  the  military  government  on  December  7th  or  8th  and  they  have  not 
been  reopened.     No  assemblages  have  been  permitted  of  the  Japanese. 

43.  Colonel  Toulmix.  What  did  you  have  before  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Fraxk  Midriff.  We  did  have  the  language  schools  right  up 
to  December  7th. 

44.  Colonel  Toui.min.  Who  ran  them? 

Mr.  Fraxr  Midriff.  They  were  run  by  groups  of  Japanese,  people 
Avho  organized  and  brought  teachers  over  from  Japan.  Quite  often 
they  were  Buddhist  priests.  They  were  decidedly  sectarian  on  the 
whole.  Some  of  them  were  Buddhist  schools,  some  Shinto  schools.  A 
few  were  non-sectarian.  But  they  taught  the  Japanese  language. 
They  thought  it  was  a  necessary  thing,  [2816]  that  they  needed 
it  in  their  business,  but  they  also  thought  that  certain  items  of  ethics 
had  to  be  taught  in  these  schools  that  were  neglected  in  the  public 
schools,  such  as  filial  ])iety  and  loyalty  and  disinterestness  and  things 
like  that.  They  justified  the  need  for  those  language  schools  in  order 
to  teach  the  children  to  speak  with  their  elders  and  to  respect  their 
elders  properly. 

45.  Colonel  TouL3rix.  May  I  interrupt  you  there?  Do  you  rec- 
ommend that  those  schools  should  not  be  reopened  ? 

Mr.  Fraxr  Midriff.  I  do.  I  think  those  schools  should  not  be  re 
opened,  any  language  schools. 

46.  Colonel  Toulmix.  What  about  Japanese  newspapers,  are  they 
still  being  published  in  Japanese  ? 

Mr.  Fraxr  Midriff.  There  are  two  papers,  the  Hawaii  Herald  and 
the  Hawaii  Times,  which  formerly  were  the  Hawaii  Nippu  Jiji  and 
Hawaii  Hochi,  that  are  published  in  English  and  Japanese.  It  was 
the  feeling  of  the  military  government  that  in  order  to  get  announce- 
ments and  probably  propaganda  over  it  was  necessary  to  use  those 
papers. 

47.  Colonel  Totjlmix.  Do  you  recommend  their  continuance  after 
the  war  is  over,  in  Japanese? 

Mr.  Fraxr  Midriff.  If  they  are  duly  interpreted,  they  might  be 
useful  for  a  while,  until  these  old  timers  die  off.  I  <:hink  they  will 
die  a  natural  death.  I  should  be  very  glad  when  the  time  arrives 
that  they  are  unnecessary.  If  they  are  really  necessary  from  the 
standpoint  of  giving  some  of  these  old  fellows  who  cannot  talk  infor- 
mation and  if  they  are  duly  checked  and  interpreted  and  the  interpre- 
tation is  filed  and  so  on,  I  think  they  would  be  all  right. 

[^Sl?]  48.  General  FRAXR.What  kind  of  a  problem  do  you 
run  into  in  putting  a  restriction  like  on  the  freedom  of  the  press? 

Mr.  Fraxr  Midriff.  For  example,  after  the  First  World  War,  in 
this  organization  that  I  was  the  head  of,  in  the  American  Legion, 
we  took  the  initiative  in  doing  away  with  the  language  schools.  A 
case  went  from  Oregon  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States 
which  knocked  that  out.  We  legislated  against  it  in  this  territory. 
We  had  to  restore  the  language  schools  then,  because  of  that  Supreme 
Court  decision.     We  might  be  up  against  it  on  that  account,  too. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  one  question  on  the  same  point.  Sir, 
what  proportion  of  the  Japanese  attended  these  Japanese  language 
schools  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midriff,  I  think  90  per  cent  of  them. 


1468     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

50.  Major  Clausen.  90  per  cent? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  A  very  large  per  cent.  They  attended  an 
hour  a  day  after  the  public  schools. 

51.  General  Frank.  They  attended  the  regular  English  public 
schools  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  That  is  right.     That  is  required. 
62.  General  Frank.  And  after  that  was  over  they  then  went  to 
the  Japanese  lan,guage  schools? 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

53.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  not  a  question  of  reciprocity?  What 
is  done  in  Japan?  They  are  allowing  freedom  of  worship  or  reli- 
gion ;  they  allow  certain  churches.  I  do  not  suppose  there  are  enough 
Americans  grouped  over  there  to  have  a  school  of  their  own.  I 
think  that  must  be  taken  into  consideration.  Were  not  there  agree- 
ments made  between  fellow  nations  as  to  what  [2818]  to 
allow  their  nationals  to  do.  When  it  comes  to  your  own  nationals, 
if  you  can  define  them  as  nationals,  those  that  are  not  held  to  a  dual 
citizenship,  it  is  a  question  of  arrangement  between  the  nations. 

54.  General  Frank.  It  is  not  a  question  of  reciprocity,  unless  the 
laws  and  customs  of  the  two  countries  coincide  with  the  question  of 
reciprocity. 

55.  General  Grunert.  I  think  this  is  very  interesting,  but  I  want 
to  get  down  to  our  task  here. 

Summing  up  your  testimony  regarding  General  Short,  I  gather 
that  you  sized  him  up  as  being  a  great  asset  to  this  command  over 
here  in  preparing  it  to  carry  out  its  mission  of  defending  these 
islands  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

56.  General  Grunert.  That  he  cooperated  well  with  the  civil  au- 
thorities and  made  considerable  progress  in  preparing  the  civil  popu- 
lation to  take  care  of  itself  in  the  case  of  an  emergency  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

57.  General  Grunert.  Now,  then,  when  the  time  came  and  the  sur- 
prise attack  struck,  do  you  people  over  here  feel  that  the  military 
authorities  let  you  down  by  not  taking  the  proper  alert  to  use  the 
means  that  had  been  perfected  for  that  defense  ? 

Mr.  Frank  MmKiFF.  There  is,  I  think,  on  the  part  of  a  great  many 
people  just  that  feeling.  I  think  that  on  the  part  of  many  more 
thoughtful  people  there  is  a  feeling  that  the  Army  was  doing  every- 
thing humanly  possible,  practically,  to  maintain  the  security  of  the 
Territory,  to  prepare  the  people  and  the  troops. 

[3810]  58.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  say  everything  was 
being  done  to  prepare  the  troops,  the  civilian  population.  However, 
we  assume  that  all  proper  measures  that  were  necessary  were  taken,  but 
when  the  time  came  they  were  not  applied.  Did  the  people  feel  they 
were  not  applied  ?  You* understand  that  the  alert  adopted  was  the  alert 
against  sabotage? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

59.  General  Grunert.  It  was  not  an  all-out  alert  against  anything 
else  but  sabotage? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

60.  General  Grunert.  In  that  respect  has  there  been  any  feeling 
here  that  the  Army  should  have  taken  the  all-out  alert  in  order  to  fulfill 
their  mission,  for  proper  protection  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARM f   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1469 

[2820]  Mr,  Frank  Midkiff.  That  has  been  expressed.  I  have 
heard  it  expressed.  I  think,  however,  that  there  are  a  nnmber  of  people 
who  are  better  informed — think  they  are  better  informed  on  this  sub- 
ject— that  feel  that  if  the  general  public  knew  the  details  the  general 
public  would  not  blame  the  local  commander  here. 

()1.  General  Gruxert.  And  b}-  the  details  that  you  referred  to,  just 
what  have  }■  ou  in  mind  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  have  a  feeling  that  it  has  been  impossible, 
for  man}'  reasons,  for  General  Short  to  tell  anyone,  much,  any  of  the 
details  as  he  knows  them,  and  I  have  a  reference  to  details  of  what 
he  was  doing  in  the  way  of  work  here  to  prepare  airfields,  what  he  was 
requesting  in  the  way  of  supplies  aiid  material,  troops,  and  equipment, 
and,  from  the  other  end,  what  his  instructions  had  been  as  to  his  con- 
duct in  these  tense  and  touch-and-go  times.  All  of  those,  it  is  my 
belief,  had  a  very  definite  bearing  on  this  whole  situation,  but  the 
general  public  knows  nothing  of  that. 

()2.  General  Gruxert.  Then,  you  appear,  from  what  I  gather,  to 
think  that,  if  the  public  knew  what  General  Short  knows,  it  might  put 
a  different  complexion  on  it. 

Mr.  Fraxk  Midkiff.  1  really  believe  so,  yes,  sir. 

()3.  General  Gruxert.  Now  I  am  going  to  ask  the  members  of  the 
Board  whether  they  have  any  other  questions,  and  then  I  will  give  you 
an  opportunity  to  add  anything  that  you  can  think  of  that  might  help 
tlie  Board. 
.General  Russell? 

()4.  General  Russell.  Did  3011  visit  in  the  vicinity  of  Pearl  Harbor 
on  the  day  of  the  7th,  the  night  of  the  7th  or  8th  of  December,  '41? 

[2821]  Mr.  Fraxk  Midkiff.  I  did  not  visit  there,  but  I  was  up 
on  the  hills  back  at  the  Kamehameha  Schools  from  8 :  05  a.  m.  Decem- 
ber 7th  until  about  12  noon  December  8th,  where  I  could  see  a  great 
deal  of  what  went  on. 

65.  General  Russell.  Could  you  give  us  your  impressions  briefly 
of  what  you  saw  and  what  you  thinlv  about  it? 

Mr.  Fraxk  Midkiff.  I  heard  these  tremendous  explosions  shortly 
before  8  o'clock.  I  was  to  speak  at  the  Kamehameha  Schools  that 
morning  up  on  the  hills  there,  and  I  went  up  just  as  fast  as  I  could 
get  up  there,  and  arrived  to  see  great  smoke  clouds  and  fire  at  Pearl 
Harbor,  hear  these  tremendous  explosions,  seeing  the  Japanese  planes 
flying  around  the  place,  flying  back  up  over  the  hills  and  circling 
around  over  town,  and  so  forth.;  and  my  first  duty  as  the  trustee  of 
the  Kamehameha  Schools  was  to  quiet  the  students  and  teachers  and 
tell  them  to  have  no  fear,  that  in  a  very  short  time  our  planes  would 
be  up  and  the  fleet  would  be  out  and  this  would  be  all  settled,  and 
that  comforted  them. 

And  so  we  waited  for  that  to  happen.  But  to  our  amazement  these 
Japanese  planes  continued  to  fly  around.  They  didn't  seem  to  be 
very  fast  planes  either,  flying  low  around  here,  cracking  away  at 
everything,  and  the  explosions  continued.  I  was  not  close  enough 
to  see  any  plane  drop  any  bombs,  but  I  could  see  the — like,  for 
instance,  a  little  later  time  I  saw  some  destroyers  go  out  of  the  chan- 
nel, and  I  saw  Japanese  planes  following  those  and  bombs  straddling 
ships  [indicatingj.  The  ships  kept  on  going.  We  began  then  to 
get — we  had  gotten  reports  over  the  radio  of  what  was  going  on. 
They  tried  to  explain  what  we  were  seeing  there.     Then  the  radio 


1470     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

was  silenced,  [^823]  and  we  just  had  to  wait  until  the  refugees 
began  to  flee  from  Hickam  and  Pearl  Harbor  and  come  up  to  the 
Kamehameha  Schools  to  tell  us  what  they  had  been  through. 

66.  General  Russell.  When  did  you  see  the  tirst  evidence  of  defen- 
sive measures  or  response  by  American  forces  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  About — well,  I  could  see  our  Army  trucks 
moving  along  the  highways  at  great  speed,  in  diiferent  directions, 
but  chiefly  toward  Pearl  Harbor  and  Hickam,  and  I  could — about  ten 
o'clock  or  ten-thirty,  I  am  not  certain  of  the  time  now,  I  saw  two 
B-17's  take  off  and  start  out  over  the  town  and  go  out  toward  Molokai. 
I  am  informed  that  there  were  other  planes  active,  able  to  get  off 
the  ground,  but  I  didn't  happen  to  see  any  of  those  out  toward  Scho- 
field  or  Barbers  Point  or  Kahuku  where  I  am  told  they  were  active. 
A  f  ter  8 :  05  the  only  planes  of  ours  that  I  noticed  were  those  two 
B-17's.  I  was  also  told  that  some  of  our  B-17's  came  in  at  about 
eight  o'clock  right  in  the  midst  of  this  thing.    I  didn't  see  those. 

67.  General  Russell.  But  from  what  you  saw  there  was  very  little 
opposition  offered  to  the  Japanese  invading  force  at  any  time  that 
day? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  saw  a  great  deal  of  antiaircraft,  A  great 
deal  of  antiaircraft.  And  there  were  other  small-caliber  machine 
guns,  and  so  forth ;  and  the  antiaircraft,  on  the  whole,  was  far  higher, 
exploded  far  higher  than  the  planes.    I  noticed  that.    Way  up  high. 

68.  General  Russell.  After  the  Japanese  were  all  gone  home  that 
day,  during  the  afternoon  and  night  did  this  shooting  continue  bj^ 
the  American  troops  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  It  did.  In  the  evening  I  saw  a  B-17 
[2823'\  come  back  almost  over  the  same  course,  and  it  came  out 
and  circled  and  made  ready  to  land  at  Hickam,  apparently,  and  for 
some  reason  or  other  then  it  did  not  land  but  leveled  off  and  went 
on  over  across  Pearl  Harbor,  with  everything  in  the  book  opened 
up  at  it,  tracer  bullets  and  everything  else  going  way  up  into  the  sky. 
And  a  little  later  that  other, -second  B-17,  or  one — the  second  B-17 
came  back  and  had  the  same  experience,  and  the  next  morning 

G9.  General  Russell.  Go  back  to  that  night.  Was  there  shooting 
going  on  in  our  troop  areas  almost  constantly  through  that  night  of 
December  7th?  Could  you  hear  firing  almost  constantly  throughout 
that  night? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  There  were  probably  both  civilian  and  Army 
troops  scouring  the  heights  and  scouring  the  valleys  and  active  on 
the  coasts  all  around,  very  active;  and,  for  instance,  in  the  valley 
alongside  the  Kamehameha  Schools,  Kapalama  Valley,  there  was 
shooting  all  night  from  time  to  time.  I  didn't  know  whether  it  was 
civilians  in  these  parties  or  whether  it  was  Army  troops  making  this, 
searching  around  to  see  if  there  were  any  Japanese  activities  up  there, 
but  there  were  shots  being  fired  all  through  the  night. 

70.  General  Russell.  All  right.  Now,  I  am  sorry  to  have  disturbed 
you. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  The  next  morning  about  four  o'clock  or  four 
twenty-five  I  heard  over  the  radio,  "Unidentified  planes  coming  in 
from  the  northeast,  approximately  00  miles  from  Kauai.  That  is  all." 
And  I  went  down  to  the  dining  hall  of  the  Kamehameha  Schools  where 
I  had  a  good  view.     A  little  later  I  saw  planes  coming  in,  and  again 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1471 

everything  was  opened  [2S24-]  up  at  them,  antiaircraft,  and  so 
forth.  Those  pLanes  then,  they  were  up  so  high  that  there  was  a  little 
sun  on  them  by  that  time,  and  they  went  out  over  the  sea  and  later 
came  back,  settled  down  some  place. 

71.  General  Russell,  That  is  all  I  have. 

72.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  you  did  not  believe  that  there 
would  be  a  Japanese  attack  on  Oahu;  you  believed  this  prior  to 
December  7th  ? 

Mr,  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

73.  General  Frank.  Did  that  general  feeling  in  the  community 
result  in  the  conclusion  that  local  sabotage  was  a  much  greater  menace 
than  an  air  attack. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  the  people  here  did  not  fear  sabotage. 
I  think  they  had  no  fear  of  the  maids.  There  were  people  who  imme- 
diately circulated  stories  that  the  maids  had  tried  to  poison  the 
ranking  Army  officers,  and  so  forth.  There  were  all  kinds  of  rumors 
of  that  sort.  None  of  us  believed  that,  and  so  far  as  I  know  nothing 
of  that  sort  occurred.  We  had  no  fear  of  the  local  Japanese,  nor  did 
we  believe  that  there  was  any  substantial  organization  outside  of  the 
consul's  clique  and  his  associates. 

74.  General  Frank.  Yet  you  yourself  have  stated  that  you  didn't 
trust  the 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Kibeis? 

75.  General  Frank.  Yes. 
Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Kibeis. 
7().  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  That  is  right.  I  think  they  are  Japanese,  but 
I  don't  feel  that  they — unless  they  were  attached  [2S25]  to  the 
consul  and  serving  him,  I  don't  believe  that  they  are  part  of  an  organi- 
zation or  ever  were  a  part  of  an  organization  that  amounted  to  any- 
thing, or  were  entrusted  with  plans. 

77.  General  Frank.  And  also  you  stated  that,  had  the  Japanese 
landed,  you  thought  that  a  large  portion  of  the  Japanese  would  have 
gone  over  to  them  ? 

]\Ir.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  that  is  probably  true, 

78.  General  Frank.  Now  let  us  get  back  to  the  question  I  just 
asked. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes.    Then  do  we — did  we  fear  sabotage? 

79.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  we  did  not  fear  sabotage.  We  thought 
these  Japanese  were  more  or  less  docile,  with  the  exception  of  those 
uppity,  those  Kibeis  who  we  felt  were  Japanese,  but  we  didn't  feel 
that  there  was  any  likelihood  or  probability  of  the  Japanese  landing 
here  and  of  their  being  a  chance  for  the  local  Japanese  to  be  able  to 
do  anything.  It  would  be  nothing  but  suicide,  and  I  might  have 
thought  that  would  have  been  easy  less  advisable  than  for  Japan  to 
attacl^  the  Islands.     I  think  that  was  the  feeling  locally. 

Excuse  me.  General.  Let  me  say  this :  that  there  are  people  here 
who  have  always  distrusted  the  Japanese  and  have  said  for  years  that 
the  only  good  Jap  is  a  dead  Jap,  and  there  are  many  people  like  that. 
They  haven't  been  here  very  long,  I  think,  on  the  whole,  but  I  can  give 
you  an  outstanding  example  of  one  for  your  consideration,  if  you  will 


1472     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

not  put  it  on  the  record  right  now  as  coming  from  me.  Just  let  me 
give  it  to  you  informally,  if  I  may. 

80.  General  Grunert.  Off  the  record. 

(There  was  colloquy  off  the  record.) 

[2S26]  81.  General  Frank.  There  had  been  built  up  a  very 
decided  consciousness  about  the  probability  of  sabotage? 

Mr.  Frank  MroKirr.  Yes,  that  is  right. 

82.  General  Frank.  And  on  the  part  of  General  Short  ? 
Mr.  Frank  Midktff.  Yes,  sir. 

83.  General  Frank.  That  was  supported  to  a  certain  degree  by  a 
certain  number  of  the  local  populace,  was  it  not? 

Mr.  Frank  MmKirr.  I  think  it  was,  yes,  sir.  We  were  anxious  to  do 
everything  that  he  would  recommend.  For  example,  he  wanted  the 
civilians  to  be  well  organized  and  trained  so  that  in  the  civilian  defense 
corps  there  would  be  men  available  to  guard  the  waterworks  and  the 
electric  ]Dlant,  and  so  forth. 

84.  General  Frank.  The  point  on  which  I  am  about  to  crystallize  is 
this:  Generally  in  the  community  was  there  a  greater  apprehension 
against  sabotage  than  there  was  against  an  air  attack? 

Mr.  Frank  Mtokiff.  I  believe  that  there  may  have  been,  as  I  try  to 
think  of  it  myself,  my  own  attitude  and  those  with  whom  I  was  in 
closest  touch,  the  attitude  that  both  were  preposterous  but  that  we  had, 
nevertheless,  in  these  times,  to  take  the  advice  of  those  responsible  for 
our  security  and  get  ready,  to  train  our  civilian  defense  corps  and  train 
against  sabotage,  and  so  forth,  and  that  the  Army  and  Navy  should  be 
on  the  alert,  as  we  thought  they  were. 

85.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  if  sabotage  were  going  to 
take  place,  it  right  then  and  there  was  upon  them  because  the  people  to 
do  it  were  here  present. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

86.  General  Frank.  Whereas  the  raid  was  yet  to  come. 
[2827]         Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  That  is  right. 

87.  General  Frank.  You  think  that  that  was  an  influencing  point 
of  view  ? 

Mr.  Frank  MmKiFF.  With  the  people  here  ? 

88.  General  Frank.  With  the  people,  yes. 

]\Ir.  Frank  IMroKirr.  Most  people  themselves,  I  think,  woidd  not 
have  been  afraid  of  the  Japanese.  Most  people  felt  that  they  should 
do  everything  possible  to  cooperate  with  the  conservative  stand  of  the 
Army.  I  think  most  people  would  have  felt  that  the  first  thing  that 
would  have  hit  us,  if  anything  would  hit  us,  after  the  air  attack,  would 
be  some  sabotage  and  not  a  landing  party  immediately. 

89.  General  Frank.  Do  you  believe  a  Jap  raid  now  possible? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  think  it  might  be  possible.  I  don't  know 
what  these  fast  carriers  could  do.  They  might  elude  our  submarines 
and  our  reconnaissance,  come  in  fast  enough  to  take  a  poke  at  us,  about 
as  they  did  on  December  7th.  I  think  it  might  be  possible,  a  raid; 
yes,  sir. 

90.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  air  bombardment  attacks 
in  force  are  being  pressed  through  to  varying  degrees  of  success  on 
targets  all  over  the  world,  and  in  the  face  of  determined  opposition. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

91.  General  Frank.  Right  today. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1473 

Mr.  Frank  Midriff.  I  am  quite  impressed  with  that.  I  have  this 
feeling,  and  I  don't  wisli  to  be  unjust,  but  I  have  the  feeling  that  our 
Navy,  prior  to  December  7,  did  not  have  a  due  appreciation  of  the 
danger  of  air ;  and  1  think,  if  our  fleet  hadn't  been  sunk,  that  there  was 
a  good  chance  that  it  might  [£828]  have  sailed  out  into  the 
deep  water  against  the  Japanese  out  here  and  been  sunk  in  deep 
blue  water.  That  is  what  I  have  always  felt  about  it,  indicating, 
I  believe,  the  reaction  I  have  had  at  that  time  that  up  until  tliat  time 
there  was  not  the  appreciation  of  tlie  danger  of  the  air  force  to  ships. 

92.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  that  Japanese  air  attack 
was  a  very  courageous,  daring,  liazardous,  spectacular  project? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  feel  that  it  was  one  of  the  most  remarkable, 
well  planned,  coordinated,  and  lucky  things  that  ever  happened  in 
warfare.     There  was  a  good  deal  of  luck  about  it,  it  seems  to  me,  too. 

93.  General  Grunert.  I  hear  much  about  this  sabotage.  Just  be- 
cause they  have  personnel  here,  why  should  there  be  so  much  danger 
of  sabotage?  What  have  they  got  to  sabotage  with?  Is  it  dynamite 
or  weapons  available  to  them?  Are  explosives  available  to  them? 
Are  the  authorities  here  so  careless  in  taking  care  of  the  dangerous 
things  that  this  publi(/  could  get  at  such  weapons  with  which  to  sabo- 
tage? Have  they  anything  from  which  they  can  make  bombs  and 
things  of  that  sort?  I  don't  quite  get,  just  because  there  is  a  lot  of 
personnel  available,  that  tlie  danger  of  sabotage  is  necessarily  there 
unless  they  have  something  to  sabotage  with.  Do  you  care  to  express 
yourself  along  that  line  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  In  tlie  days  before  Pearl  Harbor  a  great  many 
of  our  expert  powder  men  in  the  quarries  and  on  the  plantations,  and 
so  forth,  were  Japanese :  okl  powder  men.  Many  of  them  were  Japa- 
nese. They  had  access  to  the  explosives.  We  don't  know  how  much 
material  and  supplies  the  consul  may  have  [2829]  had  or  what 
distribution  he  may  have  made  of  the  material  and  supplies  that  may 
have  come  to  him  from  Japan.  There  is  somewhat  of  a  customs  im- 
munity. But  if  he  had  not  had  a  good  organization,  well  distributed, 
even  though  he  had  brought  in  explosives,  and  so  forth,  from  Japan, 
he  couldn't  have  used  those  things  to  any  great  extent.  I  think  that 
General  Short  was  more  apprehensive  of  sabotage  than  the  people 
here  were,  I  might  say.  He  hadn't  been  here  so  long,  and  at  any  rate 
I  don't  think  he  would  have  taken  any  chances.  He  was  apprehen- 
sive, I  am  sure,  about  sabotage,  and  more  than  we  were. 

94.  General  Grunert.  Now,  the  other  point,  the  other  question  I 
have,  is  this,  more  or  less  bringing  up  a  topic  to  get  a  reaction.  I 
think  everybody  respects  the  air  forces  that  can  do  a  lot  of  damage, 
but  if  you  are  properly  prepared  against  an  air  attack  you  can  mini- 
mize that  damage.  Now,  since  December  8tli  or  7th  haven't  you  peo- 
ple been  preparing  yourselves  to  minimize  whatever  damage  could  be 
done  by  a  return  air  raid,  in  the  line  of  discipline,  in  tlie  line  of 
O.  C.  D.  organization^  in  the  line  of  air  raid  shelters?  And  at  the 
same  time  the  Army  and  the  Navy  have  undoubtedly  taken  measures 
to  have  all  their  weapons  of  defense  in  position,  which  was  not  done 
in  December  7tli;  so  that  even  though  an  air  attack  is  possible  the 
damage  it  could  do  is  not  so  great  if  you  are  pi-epaivd  foi-  it.  Is  that 
right  ? 

Mr.  Fraxk  Midkiff.  That  is  riofht,  yes,  sir. 


1474     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

95.  General  Grunert.  Of  course  it  is  going  to  do  damage,  and  I  do 
not  think  an  air  raid,  as  such,  a  determined  raid,  can  be  stopped,  but 
the  effect  of  it  can  be  greatly  minimized.  Is  that  your  way  of  looking 
at  it? 

[2830]         Mr.  Frank  Mtdkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

96.  General  Grunert.  I  just  didn't  want  to  leave  the  impression 
that  an  air  force  could  come  over  and  do  as  it  pleases. 

Are  there  any  other  questions?     (No  response.) 

Is  there  anything  else  that  you  think  of  that  you  would  like  to  tell 
the  Board  about,  for  its  consideration,  that  may  be  of  assistance  to 
it  in  accomplishing  its  mission  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  After  I  joined  the  O.  C.  D.  and  had  charge 
of  evacuation,  I  had  a  great  deal  of  contact  with  the  Army. 

97.  General  Grunert.  This  was  after  December  7th? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  December  7th,  yes,  sir;  after  December  8th. 
And  I  am  not  able  to  tell  whether  many  of  my  impressions  and  many 
of  the  things  I  have  learned  came  before  or  after  December  the  8th, 
but  I  have  a  decided  belief  and  I  have  been  informed  that  General 
Short  was  making  earnest  efforts  to  increase  the  protection  here,  was 
asking  for  supplies,  personnel,  and  equipment  from  the  War  Depart- 
ment, and  that  things  were  not  coming  as  fast  as  he  would  have  liked, 
but  were  coming  much  faster  than  they  had  been  coining  in  years  past. 
There  had  been  a  change  in  the  tempo.  It  wasn't  nearly  what  General 
Short  was  expecting  and  hoping  for,  and  it  is  that  feature  that  I 
think  would  be  productive  of  investigation  also,  that  one  point  right 
there,  whether  the  War  Department  really  was  supporting  General 
Short. 

98.  General  Frank.  But  he  didn't  use  what  he  had. 

99.  General  Grunert.  That  is  the  big  question :  Did  he  use  what 
he  had? 

[2831]  Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes.  Well,  he  had— the  question 
would  be,  how  much  did  he  have  in  the  way  of  radar,  and  how  much 
did  he  have  in  the  way  of  personnel  to  man  it,  and  so  forth. 

100.  General  Grunert.  We  know  what  he  did  have.  Did  he  use 
what  he  had  ?  All  those  questions  must  be  considered,  and  the  Board 
is  glad  to  get  all  these  leads  with  a  view  to  coming  to  conclusions. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir.  There  was  also  the  feeling  among 
some  of  us  that  the  reconnaissance  over  the  sea  was  entrusted  to  the 
Navy  and  that  there  was  a  definite  division  of  responsibility. 

101.  General  Grunert.  Might  you  rather  not  say  "charged  to  the 
Navy"  instead  of  "entrusted"? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

102.  General  Grunert.  Does  that  about  cover  everything  you  can 
think  of?  Because  we  would  like  to  have  everything  that  is  in  the 
back  of  your  mind. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  The  one  thing  that  has  been  referred  to  in 
the  press  and  that  we  were  concerned  with  at  the  time  was  the  fact 
that  a  telephone  might  have  been  used  instead  of  a  coded  message 
arriving  here  so  that  it  became  intelligible  to  General  Short  at  11 :  30 
a.  m.  instead  of  at  an  earlier  hour. 

103.  General  Grunert.  You  are  referring  to  the  so-called  Decem- 
ber 7th  message  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1475 

104.  General  Grunert.  Was  the  oceanic  telephone  in  operation  and 
had  it  been  used  that  morning,  do  you  know,  by  anyone? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  don't  know  that,  but  I  have  no  reason 

105.  General  Grunert.  Well,  it  is  a  point  that  you  think  ought 
[2832]         to  be  considered  ? 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir. 

106.  General  Grunert.  I  see. 

Mr.  Frank  Midkiff.  I  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  out  of 
commission.  I  am  most  thankful  that  the  investigation  has  finally 
come  around,  because  I  am  sure  justice  will  be  done.  I  have  in  my 
own  mind  felt  that  it  was  necessary  on  December  the  7th,  and  after 
that  incident,  for  us  to  have  someone  to  blame,  and  shortly  after- 
wards it  was  advisable  to  have  someone  to  make  a  hero  of,  because  I 
have  felt,  from  what  I  have  understood  to  be  the  situations,  that  con- 
ditions were  not  so  dissimilar  out  in  the  Philippines  from  what  they 
were  here. 

That  is  about  all  I  have  to  say. 

107.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Thank  you  very  much  for  com- 
ing.    We  appreciate  it. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

108.  General  Grunert.  We  shall  have  a  recess  for  ten  minutes. 
We  have  sat  now  for  two  hours. 

(There  was  a  brief  informal  recess.) 

[2833]         TESTIMONY  OF  JOHN  H.  MIDKIFF,  WAIALUA,  HONOLULU 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Midkiff,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board 
your  name  and  address? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  John  H.  Midkiff;  address,  Waialua,  Honolulu. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  what  is  your  occupation,  Mr.  Midkiff? 
Mr.  John  Midkiff.  I  am  the  manager  of  the  Waialua  Agricultural 

Company,  Limited. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Midkiff,  I  always  explain  to  most  of  the 
witnesses  what  this  Board  is  attempting  to  do,  and  it  was  appointed 
to  ascertain  and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  made  by  Jap- 
anese armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  the  7th  of  Decem- 
ber 1941,  and  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which  related 
to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster,  of  the  report  of  the  House  Military 
Affairs  Committee,  largely  concerned  with  construction  matters  prior 
to  Pearl  Harbor. 

Now,  we  are  after  facts,  or  leads  to  where  we  can  get  facts.  Gen- 
eral Short  has  furnished  the  Board  a  list  of  representative  citizens 
living  in  Hawaii  who  he  says  may  have  information  of  value  to  the 
Board.  Your  name  being  on  that  list,  we  have  asked  you  to  come 
here,  with  the  hope  that  you  may  be  able  to  have  facts  to  present  to  us. 

General  Short  did  not  give  us  any  particular  leads  as  to  what  facts 
we  might  find,  or  what  these  various  witnesses  might  be  able  to  tell 
us,  so  we  depend  on  you  to  open  up  the  subject,  and  then  we  will  ask 
some  questions.  Now,  just  what  your  connections  w^ith  General  Short 
were,  what  you  know  about  him,  at  [2834-]  about,  prior  to,  or 
during  the  attack,  we  leave  that  to  you ;  so,  if  you  wish  to  make  a  state- 
ment, we  would  be  glad  to  have  it  as  an  opener. 

79716 — 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 44 


1476     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  that's  a  little  bit  difficult,  nothing  too 
definite  on  that. 

4.  General  Grunert.  If  you  would  rather,  I  will  open  it  up  with  a 
question. 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  will  try  to  cover  it  a  little. 

5.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  have  been  fairly  well  acquainted  with  most 
of  the  Department  Commanders,  for  a  good  many  years,  here,  and  I 
was  impressed,  and  our  engineering  department  on  the  plantation  has 
mentioned  a  number  of  times  the  very  large  amount  of  new  things  that 
were  being  done  on  our  plantation,  and  I  am  referring  to  the  northern 
part,  Waialua,  Haleiwa,  and  around  in  that  direction,  that  would  make 
it  a  safer  place  in  case  of  attack — oh,  for  instance,  such  things  as  a 
north  shore  raili'oad,  that  came  through  from  Wahiawa,  that  came 
down  and  branched,  both  ways  on  the  plantation,  that  could  not  be 
cut  off  as  readily  as  the  Oahu  Railway  that  went  around  to  the  beach 
line. 

There  was  a  great  deal,  a  tremendous  amount  of  rights  of  entry 
asked  of  the  plantation  for  maneuvers,  probably  more  than  there  ever 
had  been ;  and  a  great  deal  of  training  going  on. 

6.  General  Grunert.  This,  I  assume,  was  when  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  a  couple  of  years  before  the  Pearl  Harbor 
attack;  and  a  very  large  number  of  large  gun  positions  that  had  rights 
of  entry  to  put  them  on  various  strategic  places  on  the  plantation, 
especially  high  up  on  the  hills,  overlooking  the  ocean,  to  where  they 
could  cross-fire ;  and  those,  in  the  [283S'\  main  way,  would  be 
the  things  that  impressed  me. 

7.  General  Grunert.  And  this  was  under  General  Short,  fi-om 
when  to  when,  do  you  recall?  He  came  here  in  February  1941  and 
left  in  December  1941.  It  was  during  that  period,  that  you  noticed 
this  progress,  also  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  That  is  true.  Under  General  Herron,  a  great 
deal  of  this  type  of  work  had  been  started,  and  I  suppose  the  fact  that 
apparently  we  were  coming  nearer  to  war,  at  least  the  civilian  popu- 
lation seemed  to  think  so,  it  seemed  to  be  speeded  up  under  General 
Short. 

8.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  handicaps  that  he  may 
have  had  in  preparing  for  the  defense  of  the  Island  of  Oahu,  such  as 
not  being  able  to  get  positions  that  he  wanted  ?  Were  there  any  posi- 
tions on  your  plantation  that  he  wanted,  that  he  could  not  get? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  think  not.    I  don't  recall  any,  at  this  time. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Did  they  have  a  number  of  so-called  "alerts," 
in  which  they  practiced  going  into  position  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Many. 

10.  General  Grunert.  They  had  no  trouble  in  going  into  such  posi- 
tions as  they  selected,  because  they  got  your  permission  to  go  there? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  That  is  right. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Did  that  apply  generally  in  other  places,  do 
you  know? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  think  that  it  did.  I  believe  that  most  people 
in  my  position  realized  that  we  needed  to  cooperate  with  the  Army. 

[2836]  12.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  spoke  of  being  near 
war.  Just  what  did  you  mean  by  "being  near  war,"  prior  to  the 
attack? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  1477 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  there  was  a  general  feeling  that  we  were 
going  to  have  war  Avith  Japan. 

13.  General  Grunert.  What  caused  that  state  of  mind  on  your 
part?  What  were  the  reasons  back  of  it?  Where  did  you  get  your 
information  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Some  of  them,  from  the  preparedness  speeches 
of  the  President  of  the  United  States.  He  had  very  evidently  been 
attempting  to  prepare  the  Nation,  at  least  it  seemed  so  to  me,  mentally, 
for  the  war,  and  to  get  a  great  deal  more  war  equipment  built. 

14.  General  Grunert.  That  came  from  newspapers  and  radio,  pri- 
marily ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  That  was  true. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  private  sources  of  infor- 
mation ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  No. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  conversations  with  the 
Commanding  General  of  the  Department  as  to  the  possible  imminence 
of  war  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  have  had  conversations  with  practically  all 
the  preceding  commanding  officers,  but  in  a  general  way,  I  think, 
when  you  talked  with  the  Army  or  the  Navy — and  I  think  even  more 
so  with  the  Navy — for  years  before,  you  had  a  sort  of  feeling  that 
"Well,  some  day  we  are  gohig  to  fight  Japan";  nothing  more  with 
General  Short  than  with  any  other  Commander. 

[i2837]  17.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  anticipate  an  air  attack 
as  of  December  7,  or  about  that  time  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  did  not ;  no.     It  was  a  great  surprise  to  me. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  think  we  were  going  to  war  with 
Japan  within  six  months  of  that  time,  approximately? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  did. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Then,  why  did  you  not  think  it  might  hit 
here,  instead  of  elsewhere? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  I  am  not  a  military  man.  I  couldn't 
ansAA^r  that,  General.  I  could  only  say,  of  my  own  reactions  in 
March  of  1941, 1  had  a  meeting  of  all  the  Japanese  on  our  plantation. 

20.  General  Grunert.  How  many  such  Japanese  were  there 
approximately? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  we  have  about  500,  but  we  had  this  meet- 
ing of  representatives  of  the  various  groups,  and  I  told  them  that  I 
felt  we  were  going  to  have  war  with  Japan,  and  the  things  that  I 
felt  they  should  do  to  put  themselves  in  the  right  position  if  we  did — 
the  thiugs  that  I  thought  would  be  expected  of  them. 

21.  General  Grunert.  "Wliat  were  those  things? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  in  the  first  place,  I  felt  that  it  was  a  very 
good  thing,  there  were  bond  drives  at  that  time,  for  them  to  invest  in 
our  bonds ;  never,  by  word  or  deed,  to  say  or  do  anything  that  anybody 
could  interpret  as  being  disloyal  to  the  United  States;  to  remember 
that  their  children  were  here,  and  that  if  we  did  have  war,  they  would 
undoubtedly  be  fighting  for  the  United  States ;  not  to  put  themselves, 
as  _  [^SS8]  aliens,  in  a  position  where  they  were  on  one  side  and 
their  children  on  another — just  general  things  of  that  kind. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Were  most  of  these  Japanese  the  older 
generation,  or  youngsters,  or  was  it  a  combination  ? 


1478     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  They  were  both.  They  were  representatives 
of  both  the  older  and  the  younger. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Had  you  occasion  between  that  time  and  De- 
cember to  note  what  they  did  with  your  advice  ? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  t  felt  that  our  people  followed  it  very  closely. 
I  think  probably  the  best  proof  of  that  is  that  we  haven't  had  a  single 
one  of  our  men  picked  up  and  interned.     I  think  that's  very  unusual. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Did  they  buy  bonds? 
Mr.  John  Midkiff.  Oh,  yes !     Many  of  them ! 

25.  General  Grunert.  Can  you  give  us  your  general  impression  of 
your  employees,  as  to  their  feeling  toward  Japan  and  toward  the 
United  States? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  In  some  months  back,  the  Army  gave  young 
Japanese  people  a  chance  to  volunteer  for  active  combat,  and  over 
97  percent  of  our  people  did  volunteer  for  that  active  combat ;  and  I 
think  that  would  probably  be  about  as  good  an  answer  as  I  could  give 
to  that. 

26.  General  Grunert.  That  sounds  quite  unusual;  or  was  it  un- 
usual, compared  with  other  plantations,  or  do  you  know  ? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  It  is  considerably  higher  than  the  Territory, 
as  I  remember  it.  I  am  not  quite  sure  about  the  Territorial  figures. 
It  was  somewhere  around  22  percent  for  the  Territory,  that  volun- 
teered ;  I  am  not  sure  about  that.     I  think  that's  about  that. 

[2839']  27.  General  Grunert.  How  did  you  feel  on  this  sub- 
ject of  sabotage  by  Japanese  aliens,  or  Japanese  Americans  ? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  I  felt  that  if  there  were  any  sabotage  it  would 
not  be  committed  by  the  mill  run  of  the  Japanese  people  here ;  that  if 
there  were  going  to  be  sabotage,  it  would  be  definitely  directed  by  the 
Japanese  consul  or  his  staff;  that  the  people  who  have  lived  here  on 
the  plantations,  and  particularly,  most  of  the  parents  have  been  here 
all  the  w^ay  from,  oh,  30  to  50  years ;  and  their  children  are  born  and 
brought  up  here,  and  are  to  make  their  homes  here ;  they  have  no  inten- 
tion of  going  back.  I  didn't  feel  that  we  had  much  to  worry  about 
from  the  ordinary  run  of  the  population;  that  they  would  not  be 
entrusted  with  military  information  by  Japan. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Now,  suppose  Japan  had  followed  its  air 
raid  with  a  surface  attack  and  been  reasonably  successful ;  what  then 
do  you  think  the  attitude  of  the  Hawaiian  Japanese  would  have  been  ? 

Mr.  John  JNIidkiff.  Well,  undoubtedly  there  would  have  been  some 
of  them  that  would  have  sided  in  with  the  invader.  I  think  a  large 
percentage  of  the  local-born  would  not  have.  Of  course,  my  views 
undoubtedly  are  colored  by  the  knowledge  of  my  own  people  that  I 
have  lived  and  worked  with  out  there  for  over  20  years,  at  Waialua ; 
and,  as  I  say,  I  don't  believe  that  97  percent  of  them  would  volunteer 
to  fight  for  the  United  States  if  before  that  they  were  going  to  side  in 
with  an  invader. 

29.  General  Grunert.  What  form  of  agriculture  was  it  that  was 
followed  on  this  plantation  ? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  Sugar. 

30.  General  Grunert.  How  about  the  pineapple  people,  were 
[^840]         they  in  about  the  same  category? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  I  should  think  mostly ;  the  production  men  in 
the  fields,  at  least.  I  couldn't  answer  for  the  people  in  the  canneries, 
in  town ;  I  don't  know  enough  about  that. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1479 

31.  General  Grunert.  We  are  trying  to  get  away  from  this  word 
"surprise,"  but  were  you  surprised  by  the  attack  on  December  7  ? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  Yes,  I  was  surprised.  We  had  had  a  party. 
We  have  an  annual  sugar  planters'  meeting  here  early  in  December, 
each  year,  and  had  a  number  of  friends  from  outside,  managers  from 
the  other  islands;  they  spent  the  night  with  us,  and  we  had  ha,d  a 
party,  that  was  a  little  too  much  of  a  party,  probably.  They  certainly 
surprised  me.  Got  me  out  of  bed.  I  heard  a  great  deal  of  com- 
motion over  at  our  place,  and  I  had  a  hard  time  believing  that  it  was 
Japanese. 

?>2.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  what  forms  of  alert  the  Army 
had  to  take  care  of  the  various  contingencies? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  There  were  many.  I  couldn't  say  exactly  what 
forms  of  alert  they  had;  no.  I  know  that  prior  to  that,  there  had 
apparently  been  a  feeling  that  something  unusual  was  about  to  happen, 
because  there  had  been  more  alerts  by  the  Army  staff. 

'do.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  more  turning  out  of  troops,  more 
occupation  of  positions,  or  what? 

Mr,  John  Midkiff.  That  was  my  impression,  yes.  My  house  is  a 
house  with  large  grounds,  there,  and  about  9  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
I  think  it  was  9  or  9 :  30,  on  the  morning  of  the  7th,  the  Twenty-First 
Infantry  had  moved  into  my  back  yard  and  had  the  battalion  head- 
quarters set  up  there.  They  were  certainly  prepared  to  move  rather 
fast,  to  have  that  all  down  there  at        [2841]        that  time. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Where  did  they  come  from  ? 
Mr.  John  Midkiff.  Schofield. 

35.  General  Grunert.   How  far  is  your  place  from  Schofield? 
Mr.  John  Midkiff.  About  10  miles. 

36.  General  Grunert.  But  they  were  not  out  there  on  the  6th  ? 
Mr.  John  Midkiff.    They  were  not  h\  position  at  my  place,  no. 

They  had  been,  formerly,  many  times,  down  there,  but  they  were  not, 
on  the  6th. 

37.  General  Grunert.  It  appears  the  Army  was  on  what  they  called 
the  "Alert  No.  1,"  about  November  27,  and  continued  on  that  alert 
until  the  attack.  That  alert  calls  for  protection  against  sabotage  only ; 
it  does  not  call  for  protection  against  air  attack,  nor  against  surface 
attack.  They  had  two  more  forms  of  alert.  The  second  form  was 
tliat  which  was  protection  or  readiness  to  meet  an  air  attack,  plus 
sabotage;  and  the  third  form  was  an  all-out  alert  to  meet  everything. 
They  took  this  first  alert,  an  alert  against  sabotage,  and  that  is  the 
alert  they  were  on  when  the  attack  struck.  Was  that  generally  known 
to  the  public,  or  was  it  known  to  you? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  No,  it  was  not  known  to  me.  It  was  simply  that 
tilings  that  we  saw  gave  us  that  impression;  but  it  was  not  known. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Now,  my  next  question :  Did  the  general 
]mblic,  as  you  know  it,  feel  let  down  by  what  the  Army  failed  to  do, 
or  by  the  inadequate  measures  they  took  to  meet  this  attack? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  I  don't  think  so. 

39.  General  Grunert.  You  don't  think  so? 
Mr.  John  INTidkiff.  Not  in  Hawaii. 

[284-3]         40.  General  Grunert.  How  do  you  feel  about  it? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  Well,  for  publication,  I  i-ather  sort  of  hate  to 
have  this  thing  down  in  these  notes,  if  I  could,  in  some  of  our  meet- 
ings, discuss  it  oflf  the  record. 


1480     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

41.  Genercil  Grunert.  It  won't  do  us  any  good  unless  we  have  it 
on  the  record,  because  we  must  come  to  our  conchisions  from  the 
record ;  so  if  you  have  something  you  do  not  want  to  say,  why,  don't 
say  it;  but  if  you  have  something  you  can  tell  us,  we  would  be  glad 
to  hear  it. 

Mr.  JoHX  MiDKiFF.  Well,  all  right — you  asked  what  I  thought  of 
it.  I  thought  that  the  Army  in  Hawaii,  compared  to  the  Army  leaders 
in  the  Philippines,  got  a  very  bad  deal,  frankly. 

42.  General  Gruisert.  You  mean  they  got  a  bad  deal  in  what  way? 
Mr.  John  IMidkiff.  Well,  in  the  very  fact  that,  at  the  time — and 

as  I  say,  I  am  not  militarj^ ;  I  knoAv  very  little  about  it — but  the  im- 
pression was  that  here,  practically  the  same  thing  happened  in  Hawaii 
that  had  hajDpened  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  the  commanders 
here  were  certainly  relieved,  and,  apparently  to  me,  held  up  to  a  good 
deal  of  shame,  while  under  rather  similar  conditions  in  the  Philip- 
pines they  were  quite  heroes. 

43.  General  Grunert.  You  didn't  know,  of  your  own  accord  or 
knowledge,  whether  both  of  them  were,  so-called,  "guilty,"  or  were 
innocent,  both  of  them? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  No,  I  didn't.  I  couldn't  say  that  I  did.  You 
ask  my  impression.    I  am  giving  you  my  impression. 

44.  General  Grunert.  Then  your  impression  was  made  up  from 
what  you  have  heard  and  read  about  what  happened  in  the  Philip- 
pines, and  what  ypoi^know  happened  here? 

[2843]         Mr.  John  Midkiff.  That's  right. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Well,  what  I  was  really  getting  at  is,  did  the 
people  here  think  that  the  Army  let  them  down  by  not  using  all  that 
they  had  to  meet  the  attack? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  I  think  that  the  people  of  Hawaii,  as  a  whole, 
under  the  conditions,  knowing  that  the  ambassadors  were  talking 
over  the  situation  in  Washington,  felt  that  it  was  a  thing  that  would 
have  happened  under  most  any  circumstances,  with  any  commanding 
officers,  and  that  they  did  not  feel  "let  down." 

46.  General  Grunert.  Still,  you  looked  to  your  Army  and  your 
Navy  to  protect  you,  did  you  not  ? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  Yes,  sir ;  definitely. 

47.  General  Grunert.  And  that  they  must  have  more  knowledge 
than  is  ordinarily  available  to  you,  to  come  to  a  judgment  as  to  what 
to  do? 

Mr.  John  MidkiFf.  That  is  true.  In  that,  I  might  repeat,  I  am 
giving  my  impressions. 

48.  General  Grunert.  Naturally ;  that  is  what  we  want. 

Now,  is  there  any  other  thing  that  you  think  of,  any  subject  you 
might  want  to  open  up  on,  that  will  give  us  a  lead  on  which  to  develop 
it? 

Mr.  John  Midkiff.  I  don't  think  of  anything  more.  As  I  say,  it 
was  just  a  feeling  that  we  had  that  a  very  great  deal  had  been  done 
for  some  months  prior  to  the  attack  at  Pearl  Harbor,  and  that  about 
everything  was  being  done,  from  the  civilian  point  of  view,  that 
could  be  done. 

49.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  we  admit  that  the  100%  prepared- 
ness measures  had  been  taken ;  they  would  not  have  been  of  avail  if 
l^S^-i]         they  had  not  been  used,  would  they  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1481 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  That  is  true. 

50.  General  Grunert.  But,  from  what  I  gather  through  your  tes- 
timony, you  noticed  progress  was  being  made,  and  the  Commanding 
General  'and  his  staff,  and  his  troops,  were  interested  and  working 
toward  preparing  themselves  to  defend  the  island? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  That  is  right. 

51.  General  Gruxert.  Do  you  know  an5^thing  about  the  construc- 
tion that  took  place,  here?     Did  you  have  any  connection  with  it? 

Mr.  JoHX  Midriff.  Which  construction  ? 

52.  General  Grunert,  Mostly  in  the  line  of  tunneling,  building 
emplacements,  and  building  air  warning  stations,  and  so  forth. 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  of  course,  I  know  of  the  construction 
work  that  took  place  out  on  my  own  plantations — railroads  and  gun 
emplacements,  and  things  of  that  kind.  The  fact  of  the  underground 
storage  of  oil.  and  things  of  that  kind,  for  the  Navy,  it  is  more  or 
less  public  knowledge;  but  just  exactly  what  it  was,  I  did  not  know. 

53.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  acquainted  with,  or  did  you  know 
about  Colonel  Wyman,  who  was  a  district  engineer  in  Hawaii^ 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  had  met  him. 

54.  General  Grunert.  What  do  3'ou  know  about  him  ? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Well,  he  called  the  plantation  managers,  some 
time  before  the  war,  I  believe ;  I  am  not  exactly  sure  about  the  time, 
but  anyway,  it  was  felt  that  they  would  need  the  help  of  our  Filipinos 
for  war  work,  construction,  and  also  some  of  our  Japanese;  and  there 
was  formed  in  Hawaii  what  they  called,  in  [284^]  this  island, 
the  Oahu  Volunteers,  and,  on  the  Island  of  Hawaii,  the  Hawaiian 
Rifles,  and  so  on ;  and  we  were  supposed  to  be  able  to  help  in  any  way 
with  construction  work,  if  necessary,  or  fighting,  if  necessary,  what- 
ever we  were  called  upon  to  do ;  and  Colonel  Wyman  called  us  in  one 
Sunday  morning  shortly  after  the  war  to  talk  about,  oh,  the  building 
of  airfields  and  things  of  that  kind,  where  we  were  helping,  the  use 
of  our  men.  We  turned  practically  all  of  our  men  and  all  of  our 
equipment  over  to  Colonel  Wyman  and  his  staff  for  some  time;  had 
several  hundred  of  our  men  regularly,  and  all  of  our  equipment,  build- 
ing airfields  and  things  of  that  kind. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  Colonel  Wy- 
man's  deficiency  or  his  ability  in  his  job  as  district  engineer? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Again,  impressions.  He  impressed  me  as  a 
rather  "hard  boiled  go-getter*'  that  I  would  sort  of  like  to  have  in 
charge  of  a  job,  but  didn't  like  personally.  I  didn't  care  much  about 
him  personally,  but  I  did  think  he  was  moving  things  along  pretty 
well. 

56.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  a  man  by  the  name  of  Rohl? 
Mr.  John  IVIidriff.  I  did  not.     I  have  heard  of  him. 

57.  General  Gruner'j.  Did  you  know  a  man  by  the  name  of  Grafe? 
Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  did  not. 

58.  General  Grunert.  Can  you  think  of  anything  else  that  you 
would  like  to  tell  us  about?  General  Short  evidently  depended  on 
you  to  give  us  some  leads.  You  have  been  trying  to  give  us  some. 
Are  there  any  others  that  are  in  the  back  of  your  mind  that  may  be 
of  help  to  us  in  coming  to  conclusions  or  ferreting  [28461  '  out 
otlier  things  ? 


1482     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  I  really  don't  think  of  any  other  leads,  Gen- 
eral. I  feel  that  most  all  my  testimony  has  been  very  intangible, 
just  simply  impressions.  I  have  no  very  definite  knowledge.  I  knew 
General  Short  and  talked  to  him  on  a  good  many  occasions,  as  I  had 
with  General  Herron  before  him,  and  other  commanding  officers. 

69.  General  Grunert.  You  liked  him  and  respected  him,  did  you 
not? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Very  much.  The  community  as  a  whole  I  am 
sure  liked  and  respected  him. 

60.  General  Grunert.  But  you  knew  nothing  definite  about  his 
military  ability  or  capacity  or  judgment? 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  No,  except  the  impression  that  he  was  doing 
a  very  good  job  in  preparing  the  place. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming.  It  is  a 
pleasure  to  have  met  you,  and  thank  you  for  helping  us  out. 

Mr.  John  Midriff.  Thank  you.  If  I  do  think  of  anything  more, 
if  I  may  volunteer,  I  will  do  that. 

62.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Whereupon,  at  11 :  35  a.  m.,  having  concluded  the  hearing  of 

witnesses  for  the  day,  the  Board  took  up  the  consideration  of  other 

matters.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1483 


im?]  CONTENTS 


MONDAY,  SEPTEMBER  11,  1944 

Testimony  of—  Page' 

Brig.  Gen.  William  J.  Flood,  U.  S.  Army,  Chief  of  Staff,  7th  Air  Force, 

Hickam  Field,  Oahu 2848 

Rear  Admiral  Charles  H.   McMorris,   United   States  Navy,  Chief  of 

Joint  Staff.  Pacific  Fleet  in  Pacific  Ocean  Area 2866 

Brig.  Gen.  John  Stewart  Bragdou,  Chief  of  Construction  Division, 

Office  of  Chief  of  Engineers,  War  Department,  Washington,  D.  C__  2894 
Major  Boiling  R.  Powell,  Junior,  General  Staff  Corps,  Legislative  and 

Liaison    Division,    War   Department,    General    Staff,    Washington, 

D.    C 2923 

Senator  William  Hardy  Hill,  77  Keokeo  Road,  Honolulu,  T.  H 2934 

Colonel  Kendall  J.  Fielder,  General  Staff  Corps,  Headquarters,  POA, 

Fort  Shafter,  T.  H 2943 

DOCUMENTS 

Priority  dated  August  2,  1944 2904 

Excerpts  from  folder  marked  "Confidential,  336.92,  Japanese  Consulate 

and    Consular   Agents" 2967 

Message  to  War  Department,  November  14,  1944 2972 

Message  to  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department,  dated  July 

8,    1941 2974 

EXHIBITS 

No.  22,  Photostat  of  Japanese  Map 3009 

1  Pages  referred  to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1485 


[^^645]        PEOCEEDINGS  BEFORE  THE  ARMY  PEAEL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


MONDAY,  SEPTEMBER    11,    1944 

Fort  Shafter,  Territory  of  Hawaii. 

The  Board,  at  9  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  Saturday,  September 
i),  1944,  conducted  the  hearings  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert, 
President  of  the  Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  Recorder;  Major  Henry 
C.  Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder;  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

f  Jpueral  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  BRIG.   GEN.  WILLIAM  J.  FLOOD,  U.  S.  A.,  CHIEF 
OF  STAFF,  7TH  AIR  FORCE,  HICKAM  FIELD,  OAHU 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights, 
under  iVrticle  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station  ? 

General  Flood.  William  J,  Flood,  Brigadier  General,  U.  S.  Army ; 
Chief  of  Staff.  7th  Air  Force,  Hickam  Field,  Oahu. 

2.  General  Grunert.  General,  the  Board  is  after  facts  and  after 
leads  to  where  we  can  get  facts.  The  reason  we  requested  you  to  come 
here  was  that  the  Board  understood  that  you  had  command  of  Wlieeler 
Field  during  the  attack,  and  so  we  hope  we  ['284^]  can  get 
some  facts  from  you  to  fill  out  the  story  that  is  gradually  taking  shape. 

What  was  your  command  in  1941  over  here,  and  during  the  attack? 

General  Flood.  I  was  in  command  of  Wheeler  Field,  sir.  Wheeler 
Field  at  that  time  consisted  of  our  fighter  airplanes.  Practically  all 
of  them  were  at  Wlieeler.  I  was  not  in  command  of  any  fighter  units ; 
merely  the  field. 

3.  General  Frank.  Base  commander  ? 
General  Flood.  Base  commander,  yes,  sir. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Suppose  you  tell  us  about  what  defense  meas- 
ures were  taken  prior  to  and  after  the  attack,  at  Wlieeler  Field.  In 
defense  measures  I  mean  what  preparatory  work  was  done,  what 
was  the  system  of  defending  the  field  itself  against  an  air  attack,  and 
what  was  done  after  the  air  attack  took  place  that  had  not  been  done 
ju'ior  thereto? 

General  Flood.  Prior  to  the  attack,  sometime  in  November,  we  were 
called — all  base  juid  tactical  commanders  were  called  to  General  Mar- 
tin's office,  who  was  then  in  command  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  ( that 
was  a  forerunner  of  the  7th  Air  Force)  and  we  were  told  that  Head- 


1486     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

quarters  Hawaiian  Department  was  in  receipt  of  a  message  outlining 
the  strained  relations  between  the  Japanese  and  the  United  States, 
and  that  we  were  to  be  particularly  on  alert  for  sabotage.  At  that 
time  I  think  the  sabotage  readiness  phase  was  1.  We  increased  our 
guards  around  the  field.  We  pulled  all  our  airplanes  in  groupments 
on  the  ramps,  and  so  forth,  in  order  to  save  manpower,  and  felt  that 
we  could  probably  better  take  care  of  sabotage  that  way,  and  we  in- 
creased our  guards  around  the  [2850]  perimeter  of  the  field. 
We  also  put  more  stress  on  training  of  the  rifle.  We  were  short  of  men, 
and,  of  course,  as  you  know,  in  the  Air  Force  all  our  men  are  me- 
chanics and  we  don't  have  time  to  train  them  how  to  shoot  a  gun 
so  much,  but  we  did  then.  We  drew  some  of  them  out  and  tried  to 
make  marksmen  out  of  them,  to  know  how  to  handle  rifles,  and  so  forth. 

5.  General  Grunert.  What  was  the  defense  of  Wheeler  Field,  the 
ground  defense,  as  planned  ? 

General  Flood.  Well,  sir,  at  that  time  we  had  some  machine  gun 
positions  on  our  big  hangar,  and  we  had  a  perimeter  guard,  is  all, 
at  that  time.    That  was  before  we  had  the  fence. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Perimeter  guard  armed  with  rifles  ? 
General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  And  some  machine  guns  on  the  hangars? 
General  Flood.  Yes,  sir ;  and  on  top  of  the  hangars,  on  top  of  the  big 

barracks. 

8.  General  Grunert.  On  top  of  the  barracks  ? 
General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

9.  General  Grunert.  To  protect  the  hangars? 
General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Had  the  men  been  instructed  with  the  ma- 
chine gun  ? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

11.  General  Grunert.  So  you  had  a  perimeter  guard  of  riflemen 
partly  instructed,  and  how  many  machine  guns? 

General  Flood.  Well,  sir,  I  don't  think  we  had  more  than  about  five. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Five  machine  guns  ? 
\28S1]         General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

13.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  an  S.  O.  P.  on  just  what  everybody 
would  do  in  case  of  an  attack  by  air  ? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir,  there  was  an  S.  O.  P.  I  am  sure  that  the 
Hawaiian  Department  had  an  S.  O.  P. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Were  there  any  women  and  children  on  the 
post? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir ;  we  had  all  the  families  here. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Wliat  were  the  instructions,  what  were  the 
plans  as  to  taking  care  of  them  in  case  of  attack? 

General  Flood.  Well,  we  were  to  evacuate,  if  we  had  anv  notice;  the 
local  Red  Cross,  and  so  forth,  here,  under  the  Office  of  Civilian  De- 
fense— I  am  pretty  sure  that  that  was  the  agency  that  had  made 
arrangements  to  take  families  into  the  homes  away  from  the  stations 
and  into,  you  might  say,  the  suburbs  or  the  hill  areas  of  Honolulu  if 
such  became  necessary. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Then,  I  understand  your  scheme  was  evacua- 
tion rather  than  protection  in  or  about  Wheeler  Field  ? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir ;  we  had  no  protection  right  there  at  Wheeler 
Field.    We  had  no  trenches  or  anything. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1487 

17.  General  Grunert.  You  had  no  air  raid  shelters? 
General  Flood.  No,  sir. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Or  any  place  for  immediate  protection? 
General  Flood.  No,  sir. 

19.  General  Grunert.  In  case  you  were  caught  by  surprise? 
General  Flood.  No,  sir. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Yes.  Now,  tell  me  briefly  what  happened 
when  the  attack  came. 

General  Flood.  Well,  the  attack,  as  I  remember  it,  hit  us  [2852] 
about  7 :  55  Sunday  morning  on  the  7th.  It  struck  me  at  first — the 
first  we  knew  about  it,  I  just  happened  to  be  out  in  front  of  the  quarters 
talking  to  some  people,  and  there  was  a  bomb  hit  down  near  the  Wheeler 
Depot  area,  and  my  first  reaction  was  that  it  was  an  accidental  bomb 
due  to  someone  having  been  out  on  maneuvers,  or  something  like  that. 
Then  immediately  following  that  these  low-flying  airplanes  came  in,  I 
would  say  around  25  of  them,  about  50  to  75  feet  in  the  air.  You 
could  almost  hit  them  with  a  rock  if  you  had  it.  And  then,  of  course, 
we  saw  the  insignia  of  the  Japanese  rising  sun  on  it,  and  then  right 
away  we  knew  what  had  happened,  and  we  all  hurried  to  ther  line. 
AVell,  we  started  to  the  line  when  the  bomb  hit,  and  they  dropped  I 
think  not  more  than  five  bombs  on  Wlieeler  Field,  two  of  which  hit  one 
of  the  barracks  and,  say.  maybe  three  hit  the  shop  area.  Then  the}^ 
machine-gunned  the  whole  post.  I  mean  they  went  up  and  down  the 
Jine  and  in  the  residential  area  strafing.  They  went  up  and  down  the 
line  strafing,  I  presume  incendiaries,  at  our  airplanes,  because  they 
burned  most  of  them.  They  were  all  loaded  with  gas,  and  so  forth, 
and  of  course  they  went  up  right  away;  and  unfortunately  that  morn- 
ing there  wasn't  any  wind,  and  the  black  smoke  and  all,  we  couldn't 
see  down  there.  We  were  trying  to  get  airplanes  out,  tow  those  out 
tliat  were  not  burning,  but  you  could  hardly  see  anything  around  the 
hangar  area,  just  this  black  smoke  with  no  wind  to  amount  to  any- 
tliing.  We  found  afterwards  that  they  had  practically  got  all  our 
planes.  I  think  we  probably  had,  oh,  maybe  45  or  50  left  out  of  an 
original  about  150. 

21.  General  Grunert.  In  what  shape  were  those  that  were  left? 
General  Flood.  Well,    those   that    were    left    were    not    liad,    sir. 

[28S3]  Fortunately  we  had  gunnery  exercise  on  Saturday,  and 
we  had  some  few  airplanes  over  at  Haleiwa,  which  is  a  field  a  few 
miles  from  Wheeler,  that  the  Japs  didn't  hit.  So  we  rushed  some 
boys  over  there  right  away,  and  tliey  had  some  ammunition  and  every- 
thing ready  to  go,  there,  because  they  had  been  practicing  gunnery ; 
and  we  got  approximately  14  ships  in  the  air  that  morning,  and  I 
think  we  approximately  got  14  Japs  down.  As  far  as  I  know,  those 
Avere  the  only  airplanes  in  the  air. 

22.  General  Grunert.  What  was  the  scheme  of  anticraft  protection 
for  Wheeler  Field? 

General  Flood.  Well,  there  wasn't  any  scheme.  AVe  didn't  have 
any  antiaircraft  other  than  machine  guns. 

23.  General  Grunert.  I  know,  but  it  was  covered  by  antiaii-eraft 
fire  of  the  Department,  wasn't  it? 

General  Flood.  I  presume  it  was,  sir. 


1488     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

24.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  of  any  anticraft  that  went  into 
position  before  the  blitz  was  over,  that  A^ont  into  action  before  the 
blitz  was  over,  as  far  as  yon  know,  as  far  as  you  were  concerned? 

General  Flood.  Not  at  Wheeler,  but  they  were  firing  from  Schofield 
Barracks.    I  don't  know  where,  but  I  could  see  them,  I  am  pretty  sure. 

25.  General  Grunert.  Well,  after  the  thing  was  over,  what  addi- 
tional measures  were  then  taken  for  anything  that  might  come  in  the 
future? 

General  Flood.  Well,  I  made  a  survey  right  away  that  morning, 
and,  figuring  that  most  of  our  airplanes  were  destroyed,  I  got  ahold 
of  four  officers  who  had  been  in  the  Infantry,  Air  Force,  and  I  im- 
mediately formed  four  infantry  companies  [S8S4]  with  my 
air  force  people.  We  put  them  around  the  field,  particularly  over 
near  Kunia  Gulley  there,  to  watch  for  anybody  that  might  come  in; 
and  then  I  called  on  the  Department  for  some  troops  to  guard  the 
airfield.  We  thought  we  might  be  able  to  get  some  planes  up.  Of 
course  we  didn't  know  what  was  coming.  They  sent  me  a  battalion 
of  infantry  from  Schofield.  We  started  the  battalion  around,  and 
their  guns,  and  so  forth.  Major  Nave  I  believe  at  that  time  was  in 
command,  and  I  turned  all  that  ground  personnel  over  to  him,  includ- 
ing the  four  companies  that  we  formed  with  air  force  troops. 

2G.  General  Grunert.  This  was  on  your  request  and  not  according 
to  a  plan  for  the  protection  of  the  field  ? 

General  Flood.  It  was  on  my  request  I  got  the  battalion;  yes,  sir. 
Colonel  Collins,  who  is  now  General  Collins,  was  then,  as  I  remember 
it,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  and  I  got  in  touch  with  him. 

27.  General  Frank.  Chief  of  Staff  where? 

General  Flood.  Of  the  Hawaiian  Department.  I  believe  he  was. 
No;  it  was  Phillips,  I  believe  was,  according — no;  Phillips  I  believe 
was  Chief  of  Staff.    Yes,  that's  right.    It  was  not  Collins. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  said  as  soon  as  they  went  on  the 
sabotage  alert  you  had  to  pull  in  all  the  planes  from  wherever  they 
were,  to  concentrate  them  so  it  would  take  less  guards.  Where  were 
these  planes  before  you  concentrated  them? 

General  Flood.  Well,  we  had  them  around  the  field,  sir,  spotted  in 
different  positions  around  the  field,  and  we  pulled  them  all  into  the 
apron. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Well,  weren't  they  being  guarded  while 
[2?5-5,5]         they  were  all  around  the  field,  prior  to  your  pulling  them  in  ? 

General  Flood.  Well,  they  were  guarded,  yes,  sir,  by  the  guards  on 
the  field,  but  no  particular  guard  on  the  individual  airplanes  as  we  do 
now  have. 

30.  General  Grunert.  The  day  before  ;^ou  got  the  sabotage  alert  they 
were  all  si)otted  around,  and  they  were  being  taken  care  of? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

31.  General  Grunert.  And  the  day  you  got  the  sabotage  alert  you 
pulled  them  in? 

General  Flood.  We  pulled  them  in. 

32.  General  Gri'nert.  Into  a  group,  to  take  care  of  them? 
General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

33.  General  Grunert.  Weren't  they  being  taken  care  of? 
General  Flood.  Well,  sir,  we  thought  they  were.     We  asked — as  a 

matter  of  fact,  I  asked  General  Martin  if  we  could  continue  to  disperse. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1489 

and  he  said,  "Well,  Flood,"  he  said,  "no.  The  orders  are  to  concentrate 
your  planes."  Well,  then  I  got  a  wire  from  the  Commanding  General 
of  the  Department  that  we  would  not  disperse  the  airplanes,  or  a  tele- 
type. I  haven't  got  a  copy  of  it,  but  I  am  sure  there  is  a  record  of  it 
here. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Then,  it  just  looked  as  though  they  expected 
something  to  happen  the  day  after,  that  might  not  have  happened  the 
day  before,  as  far  as  sabotage  is  concerned  ? 

General  Flood.  Well,  it  appeared  to  me,  sir,  that  they  might  have 
thought  there  might  have  been  some  kind  of  organized  sabotage  in  this 
area,  which  I  don't  know  about. 

35.  General  Grunekt.  But  you  just  carried  out  your  orders? 
[2856]         General  Flood.  That's  all ;  yes,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  If  you  hadn't  received  those  definite  orders, 
what  would  have  been  your  disposition  on  your  own  ? 

General  Flood.  Sir,  I  believe  I  would  have  left  them  dispersed.  I 
asked  for  that  permission. 

37.  General  Grunert.  How  would  you  have  taken  care  of  them  dis- 
persed? How  much  more  personnel  would  it  have  taken,  in  your 
opinion,  to  take  care  of  them  dispersed,  as  compared  to  concentrated? 

General  Flood.  Well,  there  were  men  working  on  the  airplanes  all 
day,  and  I  don't  think  it  would  take  any  more,  except  at  night  you  would 
probably  increase  your  guard,  say,  as  we  do  now.  We  have  a  guard 
per  airplane  now,  or  try  to.  We  did  up  until  recently.  We  don't  right 
now. 

[28S7]  38.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  what  department 
orders  required  the  concentration  of  airplanes  under  Alert  No.  1  ?  Was 
that  the  SOP  of  November  5,  do  you  know? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir ;  there  was  a  condition  of  readiness  No.  1 ; 
yes,  sir;  that  is  what  we  were  under,  at  the  time. 

39.  General  Grunert.  That  was  an  SOP  of  November  5  ?  General 
Russell,  have  you  any  questions  ? 

40.  General  Russell.  I  do  not  think  that  is  particularly  clear. 
General.  Were  you  acting  under  an  SOP  in  concentrating  your  planes, 
or  did  you  have  an  order  from  the  Hawaiian  Department  explicitly 
directing  a  concentration  of  the  planes  ? 

General  Flood.  We  had  a  directive  from  General  Martin,  at  this 
meeting,  that  we  would  pull  our  planes  in  and  group  them  up  for 
guarding  against  sabotage.  That  is  where  T  got  my  instructions,  from 
General  Martin. 

41.  General  Russell.  Wliat  did  your  testimony  mean,  a  moment 
ago,  to  the  effect  that  you  had  a  teletype  or  some  form  of  recorded 
order  ? 

General  Flood.  No,  sir ;  I  did  not  mean  a  teletype,  that  way.  I  say 
that  after  this  meeting,  I  asked  General  Martin  if  we  couldn't  disperse 
the  airplanes,  and  he  said,  "No,  Flood,  that  is  not  the  orders,  but,"  he 
said,  "I  will  investigate  it."  I  then  later,  I  think  the  next  day,  got 
a  teletype  saying  that  I  would  not  disperse  the  airplanes.  That  tele- 
type as  I  remember  it  was  not  signed  "Martin,"  it  was  signed  "Short." 

42.  General  Russell.  Would  it  be  possible  for  you  to  get  that  tele- 
type and  let  us  have  it,  at  this  date? 

General  Flood.  Well,  I  presume,  sir,  that  Wheeler  Field  has  that 
in  the  files,    I  will  try  to  locate  it  for  you. 


1490     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[2858]         43.  General  Russell.  We  will  appreciate  that. 

44.  General  Frank.  Will  you  locate  it  and  furnish  the  Board  an 
official  copy  of  it  ? 

General  Flood,  Yes,  sir.  If  they  haven't  got  it,  I  am  sure  the  De- 
partment here  has  it. 

45.  General  Frank.  You  will  dig  it  up  ? 

General  Flood.  I  will  take  steps  to  try  to  locate  it ;  yes,  sir. 

46.  General  Russell.  There  has  been  evidence  at  one  time  or  an- 
other about  a  third  of  the  airplanes  being  required  to  be  on  the  alert 
constantly,  by  a  department  order ;  do  you  know  anything  about  that  ? 

General  Flood.  No,  sir;  I  don't  anything  about  that. 

47.  General  Russell.  It  is  true,  however,  that  none  of  the  planes  at 
Wheeler  Field  were  on  the  alert  7  December  1941  ?  Wheeler  Field  w^as 
where  you  were  ? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir;  Wheeler  Field.    On  December  7,  sir? 

48.  General  Russell.  Yes.  Do  you  know  whether  any  airplanes 
were  on  the  alert  on  the  morning  of  December  7,  1941,  or  not? 

General  Flood.  No,  sir;  I  don't.  That  would  be  General  Davidson, 
the  Fighter  Command. 

49.  General  Russell.  You  saw  the  planes,  and  where  they  were 
when  the  attack  came? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

50.  General  Russell.  You  saw  none  of  them  make  an  effort  to  get 
off  the  ground  and  into  the  air? 

General  Flood.  Oh,  yes;  yes,  sir.  In  addition  to  my  job  as  Base 
Commander,  I  was  Acting  Executive  of  the  Fighter  [3859'] 
Command,  and  General  Davidson  had  given  me  permission  to  aid  him 
in  running  the  set-up  out  there;  and  two  or  three  airplanes  did  get 
off  the  ground.  They  were  not  on  the  alert,  however,  as  far  as  I 
know;  they  might  have  been  put  on  by  the  Fighter  Command;  but 
they  got  up,  because  the  pilots  went  down  there  and  saw  what  was 
going  on,  and  the  mechanics  and  the  pilots  loaded  their  ships  and 
took  off  from  Wheeler.  There  were  not  more  than  two  or  three  that 
got  in  the  air  from  Wheeler.  The  airplanes  I  mentioned  being  in 
the  air,  about  14,  were  practically  all  from  Haleiwa,  which  is  a  station 
where  we  have  planes  for  gunnery.  We  send  them  over  there  for 
maneuvers  in  gunnery.     It  is  right  on  the  water. 

61.  General  Russell.  On  previous  Sunday  mornings,  say  the  Sun- 
day mornings  in  November  1941,  had  your  fighter  planes  participated 
in  any  exercises  or  maneuvers  held  here  in  the  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment 'i 

General  Flood.  We  had  maneuvers,  sir,  periodically.  I  cannot  tell 
you  whether  there  was  any  in  November.  General  Davidson's  records 
would  show  that,  I  think. 

52.  General  Russell.  You  do  not  recall  any  early  Sunday  morning 
maneuvers  just  prior  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack^  in  which  j'our  fight- 
er aircraft  participated? 

General  Flood.  No,  sir ;  I  don't  know  of  any,  myself. 

53.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  have. 

54.  General  Frank.  You  just  stated  that  you  were  Base  Com- 
mander, but  you  were  also  Executive  of  the  Fighter  Command? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir;  that  was  an  agreement  that  General 
Davidson  and  I  had,  because  at  that  time  we  were  building  this  Air 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1491 

Defense  Command  Post,  which  is  your  present  set-up,  right         [2860] 
here  at  Shafter. 

55.  General  Frank.  The  information  center? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir;  and  he  was  dividing  his  time  between 
Wheeler  and  that  point. 

56.  General  Frank.  What  tactical  authority  did  you  have  over 
the  Fighter  Command  ? 

General  Flood.  I  had  not  tactical  authority.  I  didn't  order  any 
airplanes  out,  or  any  maneuvers  of  any  kind. 

57.  General  Frank.  What  were  your  duties,  then  as  Executive? 
General  Flood.  Just  to  take  care  of  the  set-up  at  Wheeler  Field, 

help  the  groups  along. 

58.  General  Frank.  In  what  way? 

General  Flood.  Well,  in  an  advisory  capacity.  We  had  a  lot  of 
young'  fellows  up  there  that,  when  General  was  away,  he  felt  an 
old  officer  ought  to  be  around  to  whom  they  could  turn  and  ask  ques- 
tions, and  that  was  the  type  of  work  I  was  doing  for  him.  I  had  no 
tactical  responsibility. 

59.  General  Frank.  When  did  you  become  Base  Commander  at 
Wheeler  Field  ? 

General  Flood.  I  became  Base  Commander,  there,  in  about  Novem- 
ber, sir. 

60.  General  Frank.  1941? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir.  Prior  to  that,  I  was  A-4  of  the  Hawaiian 
Air  Force — since  that  the  time  you  put  me  in  that  job,  in  March 
1940. 

61.  General  Frank.  As  A-4  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force,  did  you 
have  contacts  with  the  district  engineer? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir;  quite  often. 

62.  General  Frank.  What  was  the  nature  of  those  contacts? 
[£S6'1]         General  Flood.  They  were  all  construction  projects,  the 

development  of  the  Hilo  Alport,  the  Homestead  Airport,  Bellows 
Field,  Barking  Sands,  and  Wheeler. 

63.  General  Frank.  Was  there  any  money  appropriated  to  develop 
those  fields  prior  to  December  7? 

General  Flood.  There  was  money  appropriated  to  him,  sir,  not  to 
us,  as  I  remember  it.  He  got  ths  money.  I  know  that  he  set  up  the 
estimated  costs,  and  so  forth,  and  I  presume  he  got  the  money,  him- 
self. We  didn't  handle  any  money  ourselves  in  the  Air  Force — 
that  is,  the  Air-4  office. 

64.  General  Frank.  Did  the  construction  proceed  satisfactorily? 
General  Flood.  Excellent,  under  Wyman — faster,  under  Wyman, 

I  believe,  than  it  did  nnder  the  Department  Engineer,  who  at  one 
time  was  in  on  a  lot  of  the  stuff. 

65.  General  Frank.  Who  was  the  Department  engineer,  do  you 
remember  ? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir;  that  was  Brigadier  General  Lyman, 
"Queen"  Lyman.  I  do  not  know  whether  that  is  his  regular  name, 
or  not.     He  was  of  Hawaiian  descent,  and  they  called  him  "Queen." 

66.  General  Frank.  How  well  did  you  know  Wyman? 

General  Flood.  I  only  know  bim,  sir,  in  an  official  capacity.  I 
had  never  been  out  with  him  socially.  I  saw  him  though  at  least 
two  or  three  times  a  week  during  the  course  of  his  construction 
period. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 45 


1492     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

67.  General  Frank.  Were  you  always  able  to  find  him  and  to  do 
business  with  him? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  sir;  he  had  an  office  down-town.  Of  course, 
at  some  times  we  would  call  him  up  and  he  would  not  be  there,  but 
he  would  always  be  out  to  see  us  on  any  big         [2S6£]         project. 

68.  General  Frank.  Was  he  cooperative? 

General  Flood.  Exceedingly  so,  with  the  Air  Force.  I  don't  know 
whether  he  was  an  advocate  of  air  or  not,  but  we  never  had  any 
trouble  with  him.  We  would  tell  him  what  we  wanted.  Well, 
naturally,  of  course,  we  would  have  the  usual  arguments  about  run- 
ways and  so  forth,  and  the  way  he  wanted  to  build  them  and  the 
way  we  wanted,  so  we  took  his  word,  as  being  an  engineer. 

69.  General  Frank.  Was  the  runway  at  Bellows  Field  under  con- 
struction when  you  were  A-4  of  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

General  Flood.  Yes  sir;  we  started  on  Bellows  Field,  the  whole 
Bellows  Field  project,  when  I  was  A-4.  Colonel  Wyman  undertook 
that  project,  himself,  and  at  the  time,  we  were  asking  for  money, 
and  I  remember — I  don't  know  whether  this  has  anything  to  do 
with  any  interest  in  this  case,  but  I  asked  him  about  starting  on  it. 
I  said,  "You  are  starting  it  pretty  fast.  Did  you  get  the  money  for 
it?"  He  said,  "Well,  we'll  get  the  money.  We  will  go  ahead.  We 
need  this";  so  he  put  that  project  over  in  no  time  at  all;  and  it  is 
a  good  thing  he  did,  because  we  needed  it. 

70.  General  Frank.  The  work  proceeded  satisfactoril}^,  then? 
General  Flood.  Yes,  sir. 

71.  General  Frank.  Were  there  any  construction  projects  that, 
from  your  point  of  view  as  A-4  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force,  lagged, 
that  w^ere  under  his  jurisdiction? 

(jeneral  Flood.  No,  sir ;  I  would  say  they  went  faster  under 
Wyman's  jurisdiction. 

72.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  are  you  familiar  with  the  exact  [2863] 
times  that  this  work  was  required  to  be  done  by  the  contract  and  the 
job  orders? 

General  Flood.  No;  we  had  nothing  to  do  with  that.  That  was 
Wyman's. 

73.  Major  Clausen.  So,  in  answering  General  Frank's  questions  as 
to  whether  it  was  satisfactory,  you  would  not  know  whether  the  con- 
tract and  job  orders  had  been  lived  up  to  ? 

General  Flood.  I  meant  it  was  satisfactory  from  an  Air  Force 
standpoint  of  having  the  facilities,  getting  it  ready  for  us.  Now, 
as  to  whether  or  not  it  came  up  to  specifications  that  the  engineers  laid 
down  or  not,  I  can't  answer  that,  because  that  wasn't  our  responsibility. 

74.  Major  Clausen.  With  respect  to  Bellows  Field,  the  runwav 
there  would  not  take  a  heavy  ship,  would  it,  on  7  December  1941  ? 

General  Flood.  Well,  I  don't  think  it  was  a  question  of  the  runway, 
there.  I  can't  answer  that.  I  would  say  it  could  take  a  heavy  ship, 
but  in  fact,  we  never  put  any  heavy  stuff  in  there,  because  of  the  nature 
of  the  field,  because  it  is  a  bad  field.  It  was  never  designed  to  put 
heavy  stuff  over  there. 

75.  Major  Clausen.  You  said  something  about  concentrating  the 
airplanes,  the  airplanes  having  been  pulled  in  before  the  7th  of  De- 
cember.    Were  they  put  wing  to  wing? 

General  Flood.  Yes,  they  were  pulled  in  on  the  a]iron  in  front  of 
the  hangars  and  practically  wing-tip  to  wing-tip. 


PKOCEEDIN(;S   OF    ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1493 

76.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  empty  the  gasoline  tanks  on  some  of 
them? 

General  Flood.  No,  sir ;  we  kept  them  so  we  could  fly.  We  did  not 
drain  them.  It  takes  quite  a  while  to  fill  an  [2864]  airplane, 
if  you  ever  need  it. 

77.  Major  Clausex.  You  also  said  something  about  the  practice 
now  being  to  guard  each  plane  with  one  man,  and  having  in  mind 
that  you  have  more  planes  now  than  you  had  before  the  7th  of  Decem- 
ber lOttl;  you  had  sufficient  personnel  before  7  December  1941  to  do 
that  same  thing,  did  you  not  ? 

General  Flood.  Not  one  man  per  airplane ;  no,  sir. 

78.  Major  Clausex.  How  many  planes  were  there  on  Wheeler 
Field? 

General  Feood.  Right  on  Wheeler  Field?  Oh,  I  would  say  maybe 
110. 

79.  Major  Clausex.  Did  you  have  110  men? 

General  Fj.ood.  We  had  more  than  110  men,  but  we  could  not  spare 
110  men  for  guards  for  each  individual  airplane,  because  at  that  time 
our  service  units  were  short,  and  these  people  were  all  mechanics. 
You  had  no  real  set-up  for  guarding,  except  what  we  call  "basics."' 
Of  course,  now  we  have;  we  have  MP  companies  that  are  sent  out, 
assigned  to  the  air  force  for  the  purpose  of  guarding.  We  do  not 
use  trained  men  in  guarding,  unless  in  emergency. 

80.  Major  Clausex.  Suppose  you  had  dispersed  the  planes  instead 
of  concentrating  them,  before  7  December  1941,  would  it  have  been 
possible  to  have  assigned  one  man  to  each  plane  ? 

General  Flood.  I  think  it  would,  in  emergency.  It  would  skin  us 
down. 

81.  Major  Clausex.  But  you  could  have  done  it? 
General  Flood.  I  think  we  could  have  done  it. 

82.  Major  Clausex.  How  many  men  did  you  have? 

General  Flood.  I  do  not  know  the  strength  off-hand  of  [2865] 
the  men  at  Wheeler  Field,  but  we  could  skim  down  and  have  done 
tliat  if  it  had  been  necessary  to  put  one  man  per  airplane. 

83.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

84.  General  Frank.  Colonel  Toulmin,  have  you  anything? 

85.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Nothing.        , 

86.  General  Gruxert.  Have  you  anytliing  that  occurs  to  you  that 
you  would  like  to  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  Board  that  has  not  been 
brought  up?  The  Board  lias  pretty  thoroughly  covered  the  ground 
with  other  witnesses,  and  there  is  no  need  of  just  building  up  testi- 
mony, just  to  pad  the  record. 

General  Flood.  No,  sir. 

87.  General  Gruxert.  But  if  you  knoAv  of  anything  that  is  in  the 
back  of  your  mind  that  may  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board,  let  us  have  it. 

General  Flood.  No,  sir;  I  haven't  anything,  at  all. 

88.  General  Fraxk.  Did  you  ever  know  a  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 
General  Flood.  No,  sir ;  I  never  knew  him. 

89.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  liear  of  liim  ? 

General  Flood.  I  have  read  in  the  papers.  Isn't  he  the  man  that 
Wyman  has  entered  into  contracts  with,  or  supposed  to  have  contracts 
over  here? 

90.  General  Fraxk.  Yes. 


1494     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Flood.  I  have  read  of  him.  I  never  knew  him,  and  I  never 
knew  he  was  here  until  after  the  stories  broke  in  the  papers. 

91.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  know  a  Paul  Grafe? 

General  Flood.  No,  sir;  I  never  knew  him.  We  had  no  contacts, 
at  all,  as  you  remember,  General,  with  any  of  the  contractors.  Ours 
are  with  the  Department  and  the  district  engineer.  They  were  the 
ones  that  let  the  contracts  out,  and  we  didn't  even  know  who  had  them, 
except  we  heard  the  names. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming  in. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2S66]  TESTIMONY  OF  REAR  ADMIRAL  CHARLES  H.  McMORRIS, 
UNITED  STATES  NAVY,  CHIEF  OF  JOINT  STAFF,  PACIFIC  FLEET 
IN  PACIFIC  OCEAN  AREAS 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Admiral,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization  and  station? 

Admiral  MgMorris.  Charles  H.  McMorris,  Rear  Admiral,  United 
States  Navy,  Chief  of  Joint  Statf,  Pacific  Fleet  in  Pacific  Ocean 
Areas. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  this  Board  is  after  facts  and  leads 
to  where  it  can  get  such  facts,  if  it  cannot  get  them  from  the  witnesses 
present.  The  Board  asked  you  to  come  here  because  you  had  testified 
before  the  Roberts  Commission,  and  from  that  testimony  and  your 
assignment  in  1941  we  hope  we  can  get  some  facts  from  you.  The 
field  which  we  have  to  cover  is  so  broad  that  we  have  parcelled  out 
some  of  the  phases  of  this  investigation.  General  Russell  here  has 
charge  of  this  particular  phase  of  it,  so  he  will  lead  in  questioning  you, 
and  the  other  members  of  the  Board  will  fill  in.  So  I  turn  you  over 
to  the  tender  mercies  of  Genei-al  Russell. 

3.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  what  was  your  assignment  in  No- 
vember and  December  of  1941  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Head  of  the  War  Plans  Division  of  the  staff 
of  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet. 

4.  General  Russell.  How  long  had  you  been  on  tliat  assignment 
prior  to  December  7th,  1941? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Since  1  February,  1941. 

5.  General  Russell.  That  was  about  the  time  that  General  Short 
came  out  and  became  Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  [2867] 
Department  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Almost  exactly  the  same  time. 

6.  General  Russell.  During  that  period,  Admiral,  from  February 
1,  1941,  to  December  7,  1941,  were  there  frequent  or  infrequent  con- 
ferences between  the  Commanding  Genei-al  of  the  Hawaiian  Depart- 
ment and  the  Admiral  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  There  were  a  very  considerable  number  of  con- 
ferences between  those  two  officers.  They  were  generally  held  in  the 
office  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  and  I  attended  most 
if  not  all  of  them. 

7.  General  Russell.  Briefly  stated,  what  subjects  were  discussed  at 
those  meetings  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1495 

Admiral  McMorris.  The  defenses  of  the  Hawaiian  Area  and  the 
operations  in  case  of  war  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  and,  among  other  things, 
the  possibilities  of  moving  some  of  the  units  of  the  Army  under  the 
command  of  the  Commander,  Hawaiian  Department,  to  Midway  and 
Wake,  and  the  building  up  of  certain  defenses  at  Canton  and  other 
outlying  islands. 

8.  General  Russell.  Were  those  conferences  more  frequent  or  less 
frequent  in  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1941,  or  were  there  any  changes 
in  the  frequency  of  holding  those  conferences? 

Admiral  McMorris.  As  I  recall  now,  they  were  more  frequent,  but 
a  certain  degree  of  tenseness  in  the  international  situation  obtained 
throughout  1941  and  I  cannot  say  with  clefiniteness  that  the  frequency 
had  markedly  increased. 

9.  General  Russell.  Was  this  subject  of  the  tenseness  in  the  rela- 
tionship between  the  Japanese  Empire  and  the  American  Government 
discussed  at  any  of  these  conferences? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes.  more  frequently  than  not  that  situa- 
[28G8]         tion  was  discussed. 

10.  General  Russell.  Is  it  your  opinion  or  impression  that  there 
was  a  realization  on  the  part  of  those  participating  in  those  conferences 
that  the  situation  between  the  Japanese  Empire  and  the  American 
Government  was  becoming  more  tense  in  the  year  1941  as  the  year 
progressed  ? 

Admiral  McIMorris.  Yes. 

11.  General  Russell.  Is  it  your  opinion  that  there  was  a  realization 
on  the  part  of  these  officers,  both  naval  and  Army,  that  a  war  with  the 
Japanese  Empire  was  inevitable? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  would  say  highly  probable. 

12.  General  Russell.  Highly  probable? 
Admiral  McMorris.  Rather  than  inevitable. 

13.  General  Russell.  Were  speculations  indulged  in  at  these  con- 
ferences as  to  the  imminence  of  war  with  Japan,  its  likelihood  of 
breaking  out  in  the  immediate  future  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes. 

14.  General  Russell.  What,  in  your  opinion,  was  the  concensus  of 
judgment  of  those  officers  attending  these  meetings  as  to  the  imminence 
of  war  with  Japan  in  late  November,  1941? 

Admiral  McMorris.  It  is  my  opinion  that  those  officers  believed  that 
war  with  the  Japanese  Empire  might  occur  in  an  extremely  short 
time,  although  there  may  have  been  expressed  some  uncertainty  as  to 
whether  a  war  between  the  Japanese  and  British  Empires  might  not 
precede  the  involvement  of  the  United  States  by  a  short  time.  I  do 
not  believe,  however,  that  there  was  serious  doubt  but  that  we  would 
actually  be  involved  on  verv  short  notice. 

15.  General  Russell.  You  have  introduced  the  subject  of  war 
\2S60] .  occurring  between  the  British  and  Japanese  Empires  a 
short  time  before  we  became  involved.  Was  it  the  opinion  of  the  as- 
sembled officers  in  these  conferences  that  we  would  go  to  the  rescue 
of  Britain  if  she  became  involved  in  war  with  Japan  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  It  was  felt  that  if  Great  Britain  became  in- 
volved that  some  overt  act,  real  or  fancied,  would  almost  surely  occur 
and  that  it  would  not  be  so  much  of  going  to  the  rescue  of  the  British 
Empire  as  to  defend  American  interests. 


1496     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

16.  General  Russell.  Was  this  opinion  or  conception  based  on 
facts,  or  was  there  some  factual  information  which  had  been  received, 
or  was  it  mere  speculation  on  the  part  of  these  officers? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Largely  speculation,  and  a  general  acquaint- 
ance with  movements  of  certain  Japanese  forces  in  the  southeast  Asia 
area,  and  the  feeling  that  Japan  might  be  unwilling  to  expose  her  line 
of  communications  to  a  threat  from  the  Philippines. 

17.  General  Frank.  You  felt  that  the  United  States  would  be  forced 
in  bv  an  overt  act  bv  Japan  rather  than  by  a  determined  decision  by 
the  United  States?  ' 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes. 

18.  General  Rltssell.  But  your  reasoning  was  that  our  entry  into 
the  war  would  probably  be  preceded  by  an  outbreak  of  hostilities  be- 
tween the  British  and  Japanese  Empires,  which  would  give  our  forces 
some  notice  of  the  coming  events  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  would  not  say  that  I  believed  that,  but  in 
discussions  it  was  certainly  regarded  as  a  distinct  possibility  or  even 
probability. 

19.  General  Russell.  Now,  Admiral,  if  high  naval  officers  had 
12870]  reached  the  conclusion  that  war  with  Japan  was  highly 
probalDle  and  that  its  imminence  was  a  very  great  possibility,  what 
conclusions,  if  any.  were  reached  about  the  probability  or  the  possi- 
bilitv  of  an  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  and  the  Armv  installations  on  the 
Island  of  Oahu  ? 

Admiral  jSIcMorris.  Certainly  I  personally  regarded  such  an  at- 
tack by  saboteurs  or  by  submarines  as  extremely  probable.  I  did  not 
at  any  time  envisage  such  an  attack  as  actually  occurred. 

20.  General  Russell.  You  now  refer  to  a  surprise  air  attack  from 
carrier-based  airplanes  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes,  sir,  I  did  regard  it  as  a  possibility  that  a 
small  raiding  force  might  at  some  time  undertake  it  and  run  efforts 
along  our  lines  of  communication  in  this  vicinity  and  that  such  a  raid- 
ing force  might  include  some  carrier  strength. 

21.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  did  you  know  of  the  presence  of  a 
carrier  force  or  a  task  force,  Japanese  task  force,  in  the  Marshall 
Islands  in  which  carriers  had  been  discovered  late  in  November  of 
1941? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  believe  I  recall  some  intelligence  data  that 
indicated  the  possible  presence  of  carriers  in  the  Marshalls  area. 
Parenthetically,  I  might  acid  that  it  has  since  become  well  established 
that  no  such  force  was  in  the  Marshalls,  but,  of  course,  this  added  in- 
formation Avas  not  available  to  us  at  that  time.  The  intelligence 
that  we  actually  had  was  of  a  speculative  nature. 

22.  General  Rltssell.  What  is  the  information  which  you  have  re- 
ceived since  that  time  that  establishes  clearly  that  no  such  task  force 
with  carriers  was  in  the  Marshalls  late  in  November,  1941? 

[3871]  Admiral  McMohris.  Interrogation  of  prisoners  or  re- 
ports of  interrogations  of  prisoners  and  captured  documents  that 
seemed  to  quite  clearly  indicate  the  movements  of  the  Japanese  car- 
rier force  in  late  November  and  early  December. 

23.  General  Russell.  Where  are  the  documents  that  you  now  refer 
to? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  believe  that  our  intelligence  organization  in 
the  Pacific  Ocean  Areas  has  that  information  available. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1497 

24.  General  Kussj:ll.  A^'oiild  that  be  in  files  here  on  the  Island  of 
Oahu? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  should  say  very  probably,  but  I  would  have 
to  consult  our  Intelligence  Officer  to  give  a  positive  statement  in  that 
connection. 

25.  General  Kussell.  Would  you  be  willing  to  undertake  that  for 
us  and  let  us  know  whether  or  not  you  find  those  documents  and  if 
they  could  be  made  available  to  us? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes,  sir. 

26.  General  Eussell.  Are  there  reports.  Admiral,  of  the  questioning 
of  the  witnesses  upon  whom  you  base  your  opinion  that  the  carriers 
were  not  in  the  Marshalls  in  late  November  and  early  December  avail- 
able in  records  any  place  ? 

Admiral  McMorris,  I  would  expect  to  find  that  information  at  the 
same  source. 

27.  General  Russell.  Will  you  attempt  to  ascertain  that  for  us  and 
let  us  know,  please,  sir? 

28.  General  Russell,  Prior  to  the  morning  of  December  Tth,  1941, 
possibly  on  the  date  of  November  27th,  1941,  do  you  recall  specifically 
a  conference  attended  by  you,  General  Short,  possibly  Admiral  Kim- 
mel,  and  others,  in  which  the  possibility  of  [:?872]  an  attack  on 
Pearl  Harbor  was  discussed? 

Admiral  McMorpjs,  I  recall  that  about  that  time,  certainly  in  very 
late  November,  a  number  of  dispatches  concerning  the  existing  mili- 
tary situation  had  been  received,  and  that  conference  did  take  place  in 
Admiral  Kimmers  office  at  which  the  Commanding  General  of  the 
Hawaiian  Department  and  various  other  officers  were  present.  I  par- 
ticularly remember  a  discussion  with  regard  to  the  movement  or  the 
possible  movement  of  certain  pursuit  planes  from  Oahu  to  Midway 
and  Wake  and  that  certainly  the  possibility  of  an  air  attack  on  Pearl 
Harbor  was  mentioned,  and  I  recall  that  the  merits  or  demerits  of 
sending  certain  particular  units  to  Midway  were  inquired  about.  I 
had  advocated  sending  the  less  efficient  group  to  Midway,  and  Admiral 
Kimmel  inquired  when  I  felt  an  air  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  might 
occur,  and  I  replied  that  I  felt  such  an  attack  would  never  occur. 

29.  General  Russell,  Admiral,  we  have  discussed  the  fringes  of  it, 
possibly,  without  going  to  the  heart  of  it.  Would  you  state  to  the 
Board  the  reasons  upon  which  you  based  this  conclusion,  that  an  air 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  would  never  occur? 

Admiral  McMorris,  Again,  I  am  expressing  my  own  views,  but 
they  are  the  views  which  colored  such  recommendations  as  I  made  from 
time  to  time  to  the  Commander-in-Chief.  I  felt  that  the  Jaj^anese 
interests  lay  in  the  Asiatic  area  and  that  they  could  more  effectively 
utilize  their  full  power  in  that  area.  I  doubted  that  an  attack  on  the 
Pearl  Harbor  area  w'ould  inflict  great  damage  and  felt  that  the 
Japanese  would  have  a  similar  conclusion.  I  felt  that  if  we  were  con- 
templating a  similar  attack  on  the  Japanese  homeland  that  the  dam- 
age we  might  inflict  would  not  be  commensurate  with  the  risk  and 
probable  losses  [2873]  involved,  and  that,  similarly,  the  Jap- 
anese would  reach  such  a  conclusion  as  regards  an  attack  on  Hawaii. 
Subsequent  events,  of  course,  proved  my  conclusions  very  unsound. 

30.  General  Russell,  Earlier  you  stated,  Admiral,  that  you  had 
come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  event  of  war  against  the  United  States, 


1498     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

assuming  it  was  brought  on  by  an  offensive  action  on  the  part  of  Japan, 
would  result  from  threat  to  the  Japanese  line  of  communication  m  its 
progress  to  the  south.  Did  it  occur  to  you  that  possibly  the  mam  in- 
strument which  the  American  people  had  to  attack  that  line  of  com- 
munication was  the  fleet  here  at  Pearl  Harbor  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  knew  that  such  was  not  the  case,  that  our 
logistic  capabilities  at  that  time  would  not  have  permitted  any  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  fleet  in  the  Pearl  Harbor  area  operating  in 
that  portion  of  the  Pacific.  I  did  know,  however,  that  there  had  been 
considerable  augmentation  of  the  air  strength  in  the  Philippine  area 
as  would  endanger  such  lines  of  communication,  and  that  submarines 
based  on  Manila  would  be  highly  effective  against  such  a  line. 

[2S74.]  General  Kussell.  But  you  did  not  regard  our  surface 
fleet  at  Pearl  Harbor  as  a  threat  to  the  Japanese  line  of  communica- 
tions to  the  south,  from  the  Japanese  Empire  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  did  not.  I  did  not  so  regard  it  until  we  were 
able  to  establish  ourselves  much  further  west  and  have  facilities  for 
logistic  support  that  could  not  be  developed  for  a  very  considerable 
period. 

32.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  to  go  back  to  a  question  which  has 
been  suggested  to  me  in  relation  to  the  attack  made  here  on  Pearl 
Harbor:  You  state  that  subsequent  investigation  has  been  made,  and 
3^ou  have  now  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  task  force  which  made 
the  attack  did  not  assemble  in  the  Marshall  Islands ;  is  that  true  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

33.  General  Russell.  What  is  your  opinion  now  as  to  where  this 
task  force  came  from  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  That  they  departed  from  ports  in  southern 
Honshu,  made  a  rendezvous  in  the  southern  Kuriles,  and  steamed  al- 
most directly  eastward  on  a  line  that  approximates  the  latitude  midway 
between  Pearl  Harbor  and  the  Aleutians,  and  then  almost  directly 
south. 

34.  General  Russell.  For  the  purposes  of  the  record :  the  first  port 
from  which  this  task  force  sailed,  is  it,  or  not,  located  on  the  mainland 
of  the  Japanese  Empire,  the  home  island  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  The  initial  port  of  departure  was  from  the 
main  base  of  Japan,  but  that  their  assembly  point  from  which  they 
finally  sailed  was  an  isolated  harbor  to  the  northward  of  the  main 
islands  of  Japan,  that  is,  to  the  northward  of  Hokkaido. 

[287S]  35.  General  Russell.  And  from  that  point  they  traveled 
in  which  direction? 

Admiral  McMorris.  East. 

36.  General  Russell.  Almost  directly  east? 
Admiral  McMorris.  Almost  directly  east. 

37.  General  Russell.  And  thence  almost  directly  south  ? 
Admiral  McMorris.  Almost  directly  south. 

38.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  of  any  refueling  point  between 
the  point  that  you  have  described  as  their  assembly  point  after  leaving 
the  homeland  and  the  point  from  which  they  launched  their  attack  on 
Oahu? 

Admiral  McMorris.  From  their  point  of  departure  I  believe  they 
proceeded  in  one  force,  did  fuel  enroute,  but  I  do  not  now  recall  just 
the  location  of  the  refueling  point  or  points. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1499 

39.  General  Eussell.  How  long,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Navy,  was  it 
from  the  time  this  task  force  left  the  mainland  of  Japan,  or  its  initial 
assembly  port  and  point  of  departure  as  you  have  described  it,  until  it 
reached  Pearl  Harbor? 

Admiral  McMorris.  It  has  been  some  time  since  I  have  reviewed 
that  information,  but  it  was  in  the  neighborhood  of  two  weeks  from 
the  time  of  departure  from  their  mam  bases. 

40.  General  Kussell.  Have  you  any  factual  basis  from  which  de- 
ductions have  been  made  by  the  Navy  as  to  the  constitution  of  this 
task  force? 

Admiral  McMorris.  There  were  six  cruisers  and  attendant  light 
craft  in  this  task  force,  but  the  aircraft  from  only  four  of  the  carriers 
actually  participated  in  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack. 

41.  General  Russell.  Could  you  tell  us  roughly  how  many 
[2876}  surface  ships,  including  carriers  of  various  categories, 
would  have  been  in  this  task  force  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Without  refreshing  my  memory,  I  believe  an 
answer  to  that  might  be  misleading. 

42.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  the  thing  I  am  attempting  to  learn, 
if  possible,  is  whether  or  not  this  was  a  considerable  convoy,  this  task 
force,  and  if  you  can  estimate  roughly  the  number  of  surface  craft  that 
might  have  been  in  it. 

Admiral  McMorris.  The  force  in  question  was  a  fast  striking  force 
that  did  not  include  the  heavy  battleships  but  was  in  general  compara- 
ble in  strength  to  two  of  the  carrier  task  forces  which  the  United 
States  now  operates.  Let  us  say  there  were  in  the  neighborhood  of  15 
combatant  vessels,  including  the  6  carriers. 

43.  General  Russell.  Does  the  Navy  have  conclusions  as  to  the  dis- 
tance that  these  forces  were  from  Pearl  Harbor  when  they  launched 
their  aircraft  which  participated  in  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  In  the  neighborhood  of  300  miles.  I  might 
add  that  the  distance  was  considerably  greater  than  we  felt  that  it  was 
feasible  to  launch  an  attack  on  the  part  of  our  own  carriers  at  that  time. 
The  special  fittings  of  belly  tanks,  and  the  willingness  to  sacrifice 
planes  that  might  run  out  of  gas,  permitted  the  operation  to  take  place 
from  that  distance. 

44.  General  Russell.  At  the  time  of  this  attack  on  December  7th,  as 
we  recall,  there  were  two  or  three  task  forces  from  the  Pacific  Fleet 
based  on  Pearl  Harbor  operating  away  from  Pearl  Harbor,  American 
vessels :  is  that  true  ? 

[2877]  Admiral  McMorris.  That  is  correct.  There  were  at  that 
time  three  American  carriers  in  the  Pacific.  One  was  completing 
or  had  just  completed  overhaul  at  Puget  Sound  and  was  enroute  to 
San  Diego  to  obtain  her  air  group.  One  carrier  with  attendant 
cruisers  and  destroyers  had  just  delivered  certain  marine  fighters  to 
Wake  and  was  expected  to  arrive  at  Pearl  Harbor  on  7  or  8  December. 
The  remaining  carrier,  also  with  attendant  cruisers  and  destroyers, 
was  returning  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  area  after  delivering  fighters  to 
Midway. 

45.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  to  shorten  the  examination,  and 
without  describing  the  elements  of  the  Navy  present  in  Pearl  Harbor, 
was  the  fighting  strength  of  those  elements  at  Pearl  Harbor  on  the 
morning  of  December  5th,  6th,  and  7th,  we  will  say,  of  sufficient 


1500     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

capacity  to  have  destroyed  the  Jap  task  force  had  the  Jap  task  force 
from  which  these  aircraft  were  launched  been  located  and  intercepted? 
Admiral  McMorris.  It  would  have  been  impossible  for  that  force 
to  have  brought  the  Japanese  task  force  within  gun  range  of  the 
heavy  ships  unless  by  some  fortuitous  circumstance  which  I  do  not 
envisage ;  and  unless  they  could  have  been  brought  within  gun  range 
they  could  not  have  been  destroyed. 

46.  General  Russell.  Well,  let  me  state  that  question  another  way. 
Let's  assume  that  on  the  4th  or  5th  of  December  this  approaching 
Japanese  task  force  had  been  discovered,  by  reconnaissance  or  acci- 
dentally or  otherwise.  Was  there  here  in  Pearl  Harbor  a  force  which 
could  have  gone  out  and  prevented  this  task  force  from  reaching  a 
point  from  which  the  aircraft  could  have  been  launched  for  the  attack? 

Admiral  McMoeris,  If  the  force  in  question  had  been  [i2878'\ 
discovered  on  the  5th  of  December,  there  is  no  question  in  my  mind 
that  the  forces  present  would  have  been  moved  to  intercept  the  Jap- 
anese forces,  and  that  it  is  highly  probable  that  if  such  interception 
had  taken  place  the  Japanese  force  would  have  been  deterred  from 
making  an  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  On  the  other  hand,  and  we  are 
now  in  the  field  of  speculation,  I  suspect  that  a  fight  would  have  oc- 
curred in  which  our  losses  might  have  been  even  greater  than  actually 
occurred. 

I'd  like  to  amplify  that  a  moment,  if  I  may. 

47.  General  Russell.  Yes.    Would  you  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  The  antiaircraft  defenses  of  our  ships  at  that 
time  were  by  no  manner  of  means  as  effective  as  they  have  since 
become.  We  would  have  had  but  two  carriers  present  as  against 
the  Japanese  six;  and,  while  I  believe  that  we  would  have  inflicted 
damage  on  the  Japanese,  I  believe  that  our  own  losses  would  have 
been  extremely  heavy  and  might  well  have  included  the  loss  of  both 
our  carriers. 

48.  General  Russell.  Well,  to  state  it  a  little  bit  crudely,  they  were 
going  to  get  you  whether  j'ou  stayed  at  home  or  whether  you  went 
out  and  fought  them ;  is  that  it  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  regret  to  say  I  think  that  is  probably  true. 

49.  General  Russell.  Now,  Admiral,  the  documents  which  this 
Board  has  seen  relating  to  the  plans  for  the  joint  operations  of  the 
Army  and  Navy,  in  estimating  the  situation,  have,  as  I  recall,  without 
exception,  stressed  the  probability  of  a  submarine-air  attack  on  Pearl 
Harbor  as  being  very,  very  probable.  These  documents,  as  I  recall, 
were  prepared  in  the  sping  of  '41.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  Secretary 
of  the  Navy  [2S79]  sent  a  letter  to  the  Secretary  of  War  in 
which  the  attention  of  the  Secretary  of  War  was  called  to  the  possi- 
bility or  probability  of  that  form  of  attack,  and  there  was  stressed  in 
this  letter  the  weakness  of  defenses  here  against  such  an  attack.  Are 
you  familiar  with  those  documents  and  those  estimates? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Without  having  any  detailed  recollection  of 
the  matter,  I  feel  quite  sure  that  at  the  time  I  knew  of  them,  and  cer- 
tainly the  matter  of  AA  defenses  of  this  area  had  been  a  matter  of  very 
grave  concern,  and  representations  were  made  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy  to  increase  the  AA  gun  power,  radar,  and  so  forth,  to  insure 
more  effective  protection  of  ships  in  Pearl  Harbor. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1501 

50.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  making  an  inspection  of  the 
antiaircraft  defenses  here  on  Pearl  Harbor  as  they  were  maintained 
by  the  Army  ? 

"  Admiral  McMorris.  I  at  one  time  did  make  a  tour  of  the  defenses 
of  Oahu  with  General  Gardner,  who  gave  a  presentation  of  his  anti- 
aircraft setup;  and  then  I  rode  around  the  Island,  saw  a  number  of 
(he  installations,  and  attended  several  antiaircraft  practices.  I  do 
not  now^  recall  whether  that  was  when  General  Herron  was  here  or 
after  General  Short  had  taken  over.  I  did  know  that  Army  author- 
ities felt  that  the  AA  gun  power  immediately  around  Pearl  Harbor 
needed  improvement,  and  they  were  particularly  concerned  over  the 
posibility  that  aircraft  coming  in  from  the  south  might  be  able  to  drop 
bombs  before  they  had  been  under  very  seriious  AA  fire.  I  did  not, 
however,  have  detailed  familiarity  with  the  AA  defenses  here,  nor 
would  I  be  a  competent  judge  to  pass  on  many  of  the  [2S80] 
technicalities.  What  I  now  have  outlined  is  rather  a  general  im- 
pression. 

51.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  of  any  reports  made  by  the 
Xavy  here  to  the  Navy  Department  in  Washington  or  to  Army  au- 
thorities here  or  elsewhere  in  which  these  deficiencies  or  inadequacies 
of  the  antiaircraft  defenses  were  pointed  out?  I  will  confine  that 
question  to  the  period  after  February  1,  '41,  if  I  did  not  in  the  the 
original  question. 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  do  not  now  recall  very  clearly.  Such  mat- 
ters could  have  occurred  within  the  staff  without  my  recollecting  it, 
but  I  do  recall,  when  on  a  trip  in  the  summer  of  '41  to  the  Navy  De- 
partment with  Admiral  Kimmel,  representation  to  naval  authorities 
that  the  AA  gun  power  and  radar  defenses  of  Pearl  Harbor  should  be 
improved ;  that  I  do  recall  that  the  matter  of  acquiring  radars  was  one 
very  frequently  discussed,  and  that  during  1941  very  marked  improve- 
ment was  made  in  that  connection. 

52.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  do  you  know  any  reason  why  the 
thinking  of  the  Navy  might  have  changed  from  iFebruary  1941  to 
November  1941  as  to  the  probability  of  a  surprise  air  raid  on  Pearl 
Harbor  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Perhaps  I  had  better  express  my  own  views  in 
that  connection,  that  to  my  mind  as  the  defenses  here  were  strength- 
ened I  thought  that  the  Japanese  would  be  very  promptly  aware  of  it ; 
and  I  thought  that  as  the  year  wore  on  the  Japanese  were  becoming 
more  fully  committed  to  an  all-out  efi'ort  in  another  direction.  I  did 
not  discount  the  possibility  of  air  raid  here,  but  I  did  doubt  that  it 
would  be  highly  effective.  I  did  believe  that  any  raiding  group  would 
suffer  [^881]  disproportionately  to  damage  that  they  might 
inflict  upon  us. 

53.  General  Russell.  This  last  question  so  far  as  I  am  concerned, 
Admiral :  Do  you  know  of  any  directive  or  order  which  may  have 
been  restrictions  or  limitations  upon  the  freedom  of  the  Admiral  of 
the  Pacific  Fleet  in  the  disposition  of  the  elements  of  that  fleet;  from 
higher  authority? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  am  sure  there  were  none. 

54.  General  Russell.  And  you  base  that  assurance  on  the  fact 
that  you  knew  of  none,  and  would  have  known  of  such  if  they  had 
existed  ? 


1502     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Admiral  McMokris.  That  is  correct. 

[288£]  55.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  liow  Jap  intelligence 
revealed  to  the  Jap  navy  the  conditions  here,  so  favorable  to  this 
attack  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  do  not. 

56.  General  Frank.  Is  there  any  thought  about  that  in  the  Navy? 
There  must  have  been  some  discussion  of  it. 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  never  entertained  any  doubt,  any  time  during 
1941,  that  the  Japanese  were  fully  informed  of  all  military  activities 
in  this  area. 

57.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  there  was  sufficient  effort 
made  in  the  islands,  and  that  could  have  been  made,  to  protect  against 
Jap  intelligence? 

Admiral  McMorris.  You  are  getting  out  of  my  bailiwick.  General. 

58.  General  Frank.  You  are  Chief  of  Staff;  you  must  have  had 
some  thought  on  it. 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  was  War  Plans  Officer  at  that  time,  and  my 
concern  was  very  largely  with  the  plans  for  offensive  operations  in 
the  Marshall  area. 

59.  General  Frank.  From  a  general  point  of  view,  is  there  any  feel- 
ing about  that,  in  the  Navy  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  would  say  in  general  that  there  was  a  feeling 
that  intelligence  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  in  time  of 
peace,  toward  restricting  information  reaching  the  enemy,  are  weak, 
and  that  it  takes  stress  of  war  to  obtain  popular  support  for  restrictive 
measures. 

60.  General  Frank.  You  have  already  commented  on  this.  I 
would  like  to  approach  it  from  a  little  different  point  of  view,  with 
respect  to  this  question :  Had  the  Japanese  attack  [£8SS~\  been 
anticipated  and  met  by  the  Navy,  could  aircraft  from  the  carriers 
have  been  successful,  do  you  feel,  in  an  attack  on  the  Jap  carriers  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Will  you  read  that  question? 
(Question  read.) 

61.  General  Frank.  I  will  tell  you  what  I  am  after,  just  to  clear 
this  up  a  little  bit.  I  am  going  to  follow  this  with  a  question  as  to 
what  would  have  been  the  effect  on  subsequent  operations  of  the  Jap 
fleet,  liad  they  not  lost  those  carriers.     Do  you  see  my  approach? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Had  the  Japanese  lost  their  carriers,  undoubt- 
edly they  would  have  been  handicapped  in  some  of  their  subsequent 
operations,  but  it  is  improbable  that  all  of  their  carriers  would  have 
been  lost.  In  fact,  at  one  time  or  another,  those  carriers  have  been 
under  attack ;  and  I  believe  that  one  of  the  six  carriers  that  came  to 
Pearl  Harbor  on  the  7th  of  December  1941  is  still  operative. 

62.  General  Frank.  Then  would  you  say  that  this  Japanese  attack 
was  not  so  hazardous,  so  courageous,  and  such  a  decided  gamble? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  would  say  that  I  felt  that  it  was  a  considera- 
ble gamble  at  the  time,  and  that  had  the  Japanese  continued  in,  with 
all  the  defenses  fully  manned  and  alerted,  there  would  have  been  suf- 
fered very  severe  damage,  and,  in  so  far  as  locally  is  concerned,  would 
not  have'inilicted  great  damage.  I  do  think  however  that  we  would 
surely  have  suffered  damage  within  our  fleet. 

63.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  there  was  a  certain  compla- 
cency here  which  led  the  command,  both  Army  and  Navy,  to  feel 
secure  against  such  an  attack? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1503 

[2884]  Admiral  McMorris.  No,  I  would  not  say  that  in  quite 
those  words. 

64.  General  Frank.  How  would  you  state  it? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  would  say  that  they  felt  an  attack  of  that 
particular  nature  was  improbable,  but  that  their  capabilities  for  with- 
standing such  an  attack,  with  the  measures  at  hand,  would  be  quite 
effective. 

65.  General  Frank.  That  is,  the  capabilities  of  the  Jap  attack 
would  be  effective  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  No,  that  the  capabilities  of  defense  would  be 
effective. 

66.  General  Frank.  But  there  seems  to  have  been  an  effective  Jap- 
anese intelligence  system. 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  am  quite  sure  of  it. 

67.  General  Frank.  Therefore,  in  the  face  of  that  intelligence  sys- 
tem, which  kept  them  advised  of  the  attitude  and  measures  taken  here, 
do  you  feel  under  those  circumstances  that  this  Jap  attack  was  hazard- 
ous, courageous,  and  a  gamble  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  so  felt  at  the  time.  I  still  feel  that  there 
was  great  risk  involved,  even  though  they  escaped  undamaged. 

68.  General  Frank  .  But  you  have  already  stated  that  at  that  time 
there  was  not  a  sufficient  naval  force  here  to  have  met  them  success- 
fully. 

Admiral  McMorris.  That's  correct. 

69.  General  Frank.  Do  you  consider  this  was  a  suicidal  attack  in 
that  it  was  made  so  as  to  sacrifice  the  airplanes  and  crews  but  save  the 
carriers? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  believe  that  that  was  in  their  minds 
[~(55-5]  to  a  large  extent.  I  do  not  believe  that  they  expected  to 
lose  all  of  their  crews,  but  that  they  were  prepared  to  lose  all  or  a 
great  portion  of  them.  I  believe  for  that  matter  that  they  were  pre- 
pared to  accept  some  losses  within  their  carriers,  themselves. 

70.  General  Frank.  Had  all  or  any  part  of  this  analysis  through 
which  we  have  just  gone  taken  place  prior  to  the  attack? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Certainly  not,  as  it  has  been  outlined,  here, 
subsequently.  There  had  been  consideration  given  to  the  question, 
and  to  the  effectiveness  of  these  carriers. 

71.  General  Frank.  What  I  don't  quite  understand  is  how.  if  you 
felt  fears  that  six  carriers  could  come  in  that  could  not  be  handled^  by 
the  United  States  fleet,  here,  how  you  felt  that  Oahu  was  so  secure 
against  attack. 

Admiral  jNIcIMorris.  Let  me  say,  here,  that  the  fleet  is  not  primarily 
to  defend  Oahu,  but  rather,  that  Oahu  was  a  place  of  refuge  for  the 
fleet.  It  was  not  expected  that  in  time  of  war  the  fleet  would  be  pres- 
ent in  Oahu,  except  the  units  here  for  rest  and  replenishment;  just  as, 
today,  the  fleet  is  not  present  in  Oahu,  but  rather  is  operating  for  the 
most  part  far  afield. 

72.  General  Frank.  So  far  as  you  know,  did  this  Jap  attacking  task 
force  completely  evade  all  United  States  naval  intelligence  detection  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  As  far  as  I  know,  no  intelligence,  on  the  part 
of  any  portion  of  the  United  States  authorities,  was  developed. 

73.  General  Frank.  Intelligence  indicated  a  Jap  task  force  in  the 
Marshalls,  with  carriers  and  submarines.    Do  you  know  whether  or 


1504     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

not  the  radio  intercept  was  successful  in  picking         [3886]         the 
force,  but  wrong  in  the  location  ? 
Admiral  McMorris.  I  feel  quite  sure  that  that  did  not  obtain. 

74.  General  Frank.  Is  it  a  difficult  task  to  make  a  rendezvous  with 
supply  ships  at  sea  without  the  use  of  radio  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  No ;  it  should  be  very  simple. 

75.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  do  you  recall  whether  or  not  you 
were  present  or  knew  anything  about  a  conference  that  was  held 
as  a  result  of  two  messages  received,  November  27,  1941,  one  coming 
to  the  Admiral  of  the  fleet,  and  one,  to  General  Short;  the  one  to  the 
Admiral  of  the  fleet  starting  out  by  saying,  "Consider  this  a  war 
warning"  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  remember  such  a  message,  and  I  remember 
that,  subsequent  to  that,  there  was  a  conference ;  but  whether  or  not  it 
was  entirely  on  the  basis  of  that  dispatch  or  on  proposals  of  other  dis- 
patches that  came  in  about  the  same  time,  I  do  not  recall.  Minutes 
of  those  meetings  were  never  made. 

76.  General  Grunert.  Is  it  common  practice  in  the  Navy  to  receive 
a  message  starting  out,  "Consider  this  a  war  warning,"  or  what  did 
that  mean  to  you  navy  people,  when  they  said,  "Consider  this  a  war 
warning"  ?     Was  that  discussed  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  It  was  certainly  considered  to  mean  that  the 
internal  situation  was  continuing  to  deteriorate,  and  that  we  might 
find  ourselves  engaged  in  war,  in  very  short  order.  This  was  not  par- 
ticularly disturbing  or  unexpected,  but  rather  confirmatory  of  the 
general  thoughts  at  the  time. 

77.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  presume  it  was  sent  just  as  a 
routine  matter  ? 

[2887]         Admiral  McMorris.  No,  sir;  by  no  manner  of  means. 

78.  General  Grunert.  Then  it  would  seem  that  if  you  had  that 
"thought  in  mind,  there  was  no  use  in  sending  you  such  a  message. 
That  is  just  an  observation  on  my  part.  As  to  your  estimate,  wherein, 
at  one  of  the  conferences,  you  expressed  yourself  as  estimating  or  feel- 
ing that  the  Japs  would  never  so  attack,  and  there  was  no  probability 
of  such  an  attack,  or  words  to  that  effect ;  now,  at  such  conference,  an 
expression  on  your  part,  in  your  position,  is  not  an  expression  of  your 
own  opinion,  it  is  the  expression  of  an  official  opinion  which  possibly 
a  commanding  general  of  the  Department  could  take  as  reflecting  the 
Navy  estimate  of  the  situation,  and  possibly,  on  which  he  could  base 
action  that  he  took,  because  of  your  understanding;  is  that  a  correct 
expression?     If  not,  will  you  correct  me  in  its  incorrectness? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  would  not  pass  an  opinion  or  conclusion  as 
to  the  merits  or  demerits  of  the  conclusion  which  3^011  have  just  given. 

79.  General  Grunert.  But  is  true,  is  it  not,  that  when  you  express 
yourself  at  any  official  conference,  that  is  an  official  opinion,  at  least  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  That  certainly  was  an  expression  of  the  opin- 
ion of  the  War  Plans  officer  of  the  fleet  commander.  I  shoulcl  be 
highly  surprised,  however,  if  the  individual  who  is  charged  with 
defenses  should  govern  his  actions  or  preparations  for  defense  or 
offense  entirely  on  an  opinion  so  expressed. 

80.  General  Grunert.  During  any  conference  subsequent  to  No- 
vember 27,  do  you  recall  whether  or  not  the  Commanding  [2888] 
General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  informed  the  Navy  as  to  the 


PROCEEDINGS   OP   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1505 

measures  he  was  taking  in  view  of  what  we  w^ill  call  the  "warning 
messages*'  received  ? 
Admiral  McMorris.  I  do  not  recall. 

81.  General  Gruxert.  Do  you  know  what  measures  the  Command- 
*ing  General  took  about  that  time? 

Admiral  McMorris.  No. 

82.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  do  not  know  whether  or  not  he 
informed  tlie  Navy  of  the  measures  that  he  did  take? 

Admiral  ^McMorris.  I  do  not  know.  That,  however,  does  not  imply 
that  such  action  did  not  take  place. 

83.  General  Gruxert.  Were  you  not  interested  in  the  measures  he 
took,  or  Avas  going  to  take,  in  order  to  protect  your  fleet? 

Admiral  INIcMorris.  ISIj^  own  concern  and  my  duties  were  with  the 
implementation  of  the  plans  for  offensive  action.  The  commander 
of  the  Hawaiian  sea  frontier,  and,  to  a  lesser  degree,  the  operations 
section  of  our  staff,  would  have  had  those  matters  of  their  immediate 
concern. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Then  as  I  undei'stand  it,  you  were  concerned 
|)ractically  with  operation  of  the  fleet  after  it  was  out  of  the  harbor, 
and  not  particularly  in  the  harbor? 

Admiral  McMorris.  My  concern  was  with  the  future  rather  than 
(he  immediate  present. 

85.  General  Russell.  Admiral,  the  course  which  you  have  described 
as  being  the  one  that  the  Navy  thinks  now  the  Jap  task  forces  took  in 
order  to  launch  their  aircraft,  is  about  how  many  miles  in  length  ?  Do 
3'ou  recall  how  far  that  is? 

Admiral  McMorris.  You  mean  from  the  port  that  they  last  de- 
parted, until  they  arrived  ? 

[£889]  86.  General  Russell.  Until  they  arrived  at  the  point  at 
which  they  launched  their  attack. 

87.  General  Frank.  Did  they  have  to  refuel  before  they  got  back 
home? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  don't  know  that  they  have  got  information 
on  that,  that  they  tried  to  estimate  that  distance.  I  mean,  without  a 
chart  at  hand,  it  is  certainly  several  thousand  miles ;  but  with  a  quick 
reference  to  the  chart,  which  I  suppose  is  not  obtainable  here,  I  could 
give  it  with  a  considerable  degree  of  accuracy. 

88.  General  Russell.  I  am  not  sure  that  we  can,  from  the  record, 
determine,  but  we  were  attempting  to  relate  that  back  of  December  7 
to  the  date  of  November  26,  which  would  have  given  them  approxi- 
mately 11  days'  traveling  time.  We  were  wondering  if  they  could 
have  followed  the  course  which  you  have  described  and  have  completed 
it  within  eleven  days. 

[28&0]  89.  General  Russell.  Have  you  any  information  which 
you  could  give  us  from  which  we  could  deduce  the  distance  travelled 
by  the  task  force,  assuming  thjit  it  followed  the  course  which  you  now 
think  it  did  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  believe  that  we  have  certain  intelligence  data 
that  might  furnish  very  closely  the  dates  and  courses. 

90.  General  Russell.  Would  you  make  that  data  available  to  us  ? 
Admiral  McMorris.  Yes,  sir. 

91.  General  Grunert.  Admiral,  on  several  occasions  you  referred, 
in  addressing  this  body,  to  it  as  a  court.  It  is  not  a  court.  It  is  a 
Board. 


1506     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Admiral  McMorris.  Very  good,  sir. 

92.  General  Frank.  Admiral,  you  seem  to  adhere  to  the  sincere 
belief  that  this  Jap  attack  was  possible  and  at  the  same  time  have  the 
sincere  belief  that  it  was  not  probable. 

Admiral  McMorris.  Those  were  certainly  the  views  that  I  enter*- 
tained  at  that  time. 

93.  General  Frank.  Also  the  Japs  had  rather  complete  intelligence 
information  of  the  conditions  here.  That  has  been  indicated  by  cap- 
tured orders  of  the  attack  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes,  sir. 

94.  General  Frank.  Also  that  the  Army  here  took  measures  against 
sabotage  only.    Was  that  satisfactory  to  the  Navy  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  do  not  know  that  I  can  answer  that  question 
in  that  way.  Certainly,  the  chief  concern  that  we  felt  at  the  time 
was  that  saboteurs  or  a  submarine  attack  constituted  the  chief  hazard. 

95.  General  Frank.  What  defense  measures  against  air  attack  did 
the  Navy  have  on  December  7th  ? 

[£892]         Admiral  McMorris.  The  details  I  do  not  know. 

96.  General  Frank.  They  had  certain  guns  aboard  the  ships  ? 
Admiral  McMorris.  A  plan  had  been  drawn  up  and  signed  by  the 

Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department,  and  the  Commander, 
Hawaiian  Sea  Frontier 

97.  General  Frank.  Who  was  Admiral  Bloch  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Yes.  — that  included  provisions  for  ships 
and  aircraft  in  port  participating  in  the  local  defense,  but  exactly 
what  those  provisions  were  or  what  conditions  were  prescribed  I  can- 
not say. 

98.  General  Frank.  In  analyzing  the  testimony,  the  Jap  attack- 
ing force  had  a  relative  degree  of  security  against  attack  by  our  fleet, 
did  it  not  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Probably,  unless  there  was  chance  encounter. 

99.  General  Frank.  But  you  stated  that  had  our  fleet  known  of 
its  existence,  it  would  probably  have  suffered  defeat  had  they  met. 

Admiral  McMorris.  I  think  that  is  quite  possible. 

100.  General  Frank.  Then  about  the  only  threat  the  Jap  air  at- 
tack had  was  from  local  defenses,  after  the  attack  had  been  launched ; 
is  that  correct  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  Not  quite,  because  the  things  that  the  Jap 
fleet  would  have  to  contend  with  would  have  included  both  elements 
of  the  fleet,  which  even  had  our  fleet  been  defeated  would  probably 
have  inflicted  some  damage,  so  that  no  one  element  or  consideration 
can  be  taken  as  a  thing  apart. 

101.  General  Frank.  According  to  your  own  testimony,  it  would 
not  have  been  a  paying  venture  for  the  United  States  Fleet  have  gone 
out  after  this  attacking  Jap  force;  that  is  correct,  [2892]  is 
it  not? 

Admiral  McMorris.  No,  sir,  I  did  not  say  it  would  not  be  a  paying 
venture.  I  did  say  and  feel  that  our  own  losses  might  well  have 
been  heavier  than  those  actually  experienced,  but  that  I  would  have 
expected  some  damage  to  have  been  inflicted  on  the  Japanese  Fleet, 
Avhereas  they  actually  escaped  scot-free. 

102.  General  Frank.  Except  for  the  loss  of  their 

Admiral  McMorris.  Excejjt  for  the  loss  of  some  aircraft. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1507 

103.  General  Frank.  What  in  your  opinion  would  have  been  the 
result  of  a  conflict  at  sea  between  the  available  naval  craft  here,  with 
two  carriers,  and  the  Jap  force  that  came  in? 

Admiral  McMurris.  I  believe  that  our  fleet  would  have  suffered 
quite  severely  and  that  it  would  largely  have  been  a  contest  by  air 
forces,  and  that  it  is  improbable  that  we  would  have  succeeded  in 
bringing  the  Japanese  carriers  under  gunfire.  That,  however,  is 
necessarily  highly  speculative. 

104.  General  Frank.  That  is  ver}^  true,  but  in  the  face  of  this 
analysis  it  would  seem  that  this  attack  would  show  up  to  have  been 
much  more  probable  than  with  the  existing  conditions  at  the  time 
then  estimated? 

Admiral  McMorris.  It  might  be  considered  very  doubtful  if  the 
Japanese  Fleet  had  been  discovered,  with  our  forces  at  sea,  as  to 
whether  or  not  they  would  have  continued  the  attack. 

105.  Major  Clausen.  Admiral,  was  the  reason  that  no  counter- 
attack was  launched  because  of  the  lack  of  available  means,  or  because 
you  did  not  know  where  the  attackers  were? 

Admiral  McMorris.  We  did  not  know  where  the  attackers  were. 

106.  Major  Clausen.  Would  the  present  radar  installations  on  the 
higher  mountains  as  presently  operated,  had  they  been  operated 
[2893]  before  or  on  7  December,  1941.  have  permitted  you  to  have 
found  the  attackers? 

Admiral  McMorris.  It  might  have  materiallv  assisted. 

107.  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all  I  have. 

108.  General  Grunert.  Any  other  questions? 

Admiral,  is  there  anything  else  that  you  think  of  that  you  would 
like  to  advance  or  tell  the  Board  that  may  be  of  assistance  to  it  in 
coming  to  a  conclusion  about  these  matters  ? 

Admiral  McMorris.  No,  sir. 

109.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming  u}5.  W^e 
appreciate  your  giving  us  your  time. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[2S94]  TESTIMONY  OF  BRIG.  GEN.  JOHN  STEWART  BRAGDON, 
CHIEF  OF  CONSTRUCTION  DIVISION,  OFFICE  OF  CHIEF  OF  ENGI- 
NEERS, WAR  DEPARTMENT,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  grade,  and  organization  and  station? 

General  Bragdon.  John  Stewart  Bragdon,  Brigadier  General,  Chief 
of  Construction  Division  in  the  Office  of  Chief  of  Engineers. 

2.  Colonel  West.  In  the  War  Department? 
General  Bragdon.  In  the  War  Department,  yes. 

3.  Colonel  West.  Washington,  D.  C? 
General  Bragdon.  Washington,  D.  C,  yes,  sir. 

4.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state,  General  Bragdon,  how  you  hap- 
pen to  be  here  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.  I  am  here  under  orders,  of  which  I  have 
copies,  issued  by  the  Adjutant  General,  dated  the — (the  witness  ex- 
amines paper)  I  think  it's  the  2nd  of  September;  and  these  orders 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 46 


1508     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

instruct  me  to  proceed  and  report  to  the  Commanding  General,  Pacific 
Ocean  Area,  on  temporary  duty  in  connection  with  the  activities  of  the 
Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board,  which  meets  17  September  1944. 

I  was  called  on  the  telephone  by  General  Styer,  I  think  about  two 
weeks  ago,  and  told  that  this  investigation  was  going  on  and  that  I 
should — they  wanted  somebody  to  appear  before  the  Board  who  was 
conversant  with  the  procedures  and  policies  of — construction  policies 
of  the  Engineer  Department,  to  appear  before  the  Board,  and  that  I 
was  the  person  that         [2895]         should  do  it,  and 

5.  General  Frank.  You  were  to  appear  as  a  witness  before  the 
Board? 

General  Bragdon.  They  told  me,  they  stated — stated  that  Colonel 
Wyman  was  coming  back  from  France,  and  they  wanted  somebody  as 
counsel  and  adviser  to  him,  but  they  also  indicated  that  I  should  also 
make  sure  that  any  facts  concerning  construction  and  the  Engineer 
Department  or  the  War  Department  s  methods  along  that  line  should 
be — I  should  inform  the  Board  of  anything  which  they  wanted  to  know 
in  that  line. 

6.  General  Grtjnert.  Was  this  at  the  instigation  of  the  Chief  of 
Engineers  or  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Army  Service  Forces  ? 

General  Bragd.on.  No,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Or  what? 

General  Bragdon.  General  Styer  told  me  that  General  Somervell 
wanted  me  to  do  that,  and  I  think  at  the  same  day  or  possibly  a  day 
later  I  got  a  call  from  the  Under  Secretary's  office,  from  General 
Reber,  and  General  Reber  stated  that  he  had  been  present  when  that 
discussion  had  been  going  on  and  that  the  Under  Secretary's  office  felt 
that  I  should  have  the  assistance  of  a  lawyer,  and  suggested  Major 
Powell,  and  of  course  I  said  I  was  very  glad  to  have  that  assistance 
and  would  be  very  glad  to  have  Major  Powell  accompany  me,  and  he  is 
here,  ahd  he  has  orders  just  similar  to  mine. 

8.  General  Grunert.  The  Board  has  no  information  about  your 
coming,  as  far  as  I  know.     Is  that  true,  Mr.  Recorder? 

9.  Colonel  West.  Yes,  sir.  The  only  information  that  the  Board 
possibly  had  regarding  General  Bragdon  was  that  little  [£896] 
memorandum  that  came  through  the  other  day,  forwarded  from  our 
Washington  headquarters,  over  Colonel  Hughes'  signature,  advising 
us  that  General  Bragdon  had  been  designated  as  Colonel  Wyman's 
counsel  and  had  made  request  of  our  headquarters  in  Washington  for 
certain  information.  That  came  second-hand  from  the  Washington 
headquarters  through  Colonel  Hughes,  and  we  have  no  copies  of  orders 
such  as  that  which  General  Bragdon  has  in  his  possession,  or  no  other 
official  information. 

10.  General  Grunert.  You  go  ahead,  finish ;  then  I  will  begin. 

11.  General  Frank.  Why  is  this  lawyer  with  you? 

General  Bragdon.  I  take  it,  to  assist  me,  sir.    I  mean  that  is  the 

12.  General  Frank.  In  what  capacity? 

General  Bragdon.  I  would  say,  the  same  reasons  that  I  am  here. 
He  has  his  orders  to  be  here  with  me,  sir. 

Now,  what  we  had  hoped  that  the  Board  would  do,  sir,  was  allow 
us  to  submit  statements  concerning  each  of  the  phases — all  phases  of 
the  matter.  We  have  particularly  read  the  interim  report  of  the 
Congressional  Committee,  and  I  rather  felt  that  probably  that  put  this 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1509 

particular  phase  of  the  matter  somewhat  different  from  other  phases, 
because  in  that  were  a  lot  of  conclusions  affecting  primarily  Colonel 
Wyman's  actions  in  connection  with  certain  of  the  work  under  his 
charge. 

That  committee — that  report  has  been  published,  and  of  course  the 
newspapers  carried  these  criticisms  all  over  the  United  States,  and 
it  was  thought  desirable  that  every  effort  be  expended  to  see  that  all 
data  were  submitted  to  the  Board.  In  the  Office  of  the  Chief  of  En- 
gineers Major  Lozier  has  been  [2897]  studying  exhaustively 
all  the  files  bearing  on  it,  and  particularly  the  A.  W.  S.  files  and  the 
War  Gas  Reserve  files  and  the  circumstances  surrounding  the  award- 
ing of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors'  contracts.  Those  three  phases  were 
the  three  things  chiefly  touched  on  by  the  Congressional  Committee, 
and  so  we  have  been  studying  the  files  to  see  if  we  can  get  out  all  the 
data  that  it  was  possible  to  get  and  pin  down  the  various  circumstances, 
connecting  them  up  with  the  dates  chronologically  so  as  to  show  a  true 
picture,  and  that  turns  out  to  be  a  prodigious  task,  because  the  ram- 
ifications of  all  of  these  things,  if  pursued,  are  almost  inexhaustible. 
Major  Lozier  has  done  a  lot  of  work  like  that,  on  that  line;  and  ever 
since  Major  Powell  was  told  that  he  would  come,  he  similarly  has  made 
exhaustive  studies,  and  we  are  now  working,  have  been  working,  started 
working  on  the  files  yesterday  when  we  came  here. 

This  wire  that  I  have  here 

13.  General  Frank.  Now,  just  a  minute.  Specifically  in  what  ca- 
pacity are  you  here  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  I  take  it  I  am  here  for  two  things :  in  the 
first  place,  to — this  order  says,  "in  connection  with  the  activities  of 
the  Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board" :  in  other  words,  to  get  any  data  that 
the  Board  may  want,  particularly  in  connection  with  the  Engineer 
Department  activities;  and  the  next  thing:  and  then  as  counsel  for 
Colonel  Wyman,  to  help  him  work  up  data  which  bear  on  his  connec- 
tion with  the  work,  and  also  in  connection  with  the  charges  made  in 
the  interim  report. 

14.  General  Frank.  You  are  out  here,  from  your  point  of  view,  to 
act  as  counsel  for  Wyman,  as  a  counsel  for  the  Corps  of  Engineers, 
or  whom  ? 

[£898]  General  Bragdon.  Counsel  for  Colonel  Wyman,  in  help- 
ing him  produce  data  for  the  Board,  more  or  less  in  defense  of  his 
actions ;  but  I  didn't — don't  conceive  it.  General,  to  be  solely  that ;  I  also 
conceive  it  to  be  my  duty  to  present  everything  I  can  that  affects  those 
particular  activities,  namely,  the — r- 

15.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  you  were  sent  out  here  as  a 
sort  of  special  investigator  for  this  Board? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir;  not  at  all,  sir. 

16.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  you  are  sent  out  here  as  a  sort 
of  counsel  for  the  Engineers  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir;  I  would  say  partially  that. 

IT.  General  Frank.  From  whom  did  you  get  your  instructions? 

General  Bragdon,  From  General  Styer. 

18.  General  Frank.  What  were  those  instructions? 

General  Bragdon.  Those  instructions  were  about  like  this,  sir 

19.  General  Frank.  Have  you  anything  written? 


1510     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK  ' 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir.  I  had  a  telephone  conversation,  but  I 
don't  know  whether  that's  along  with  me  or  not.  I  can  tell  you  just 
about  the  way  the  conversation  went.  The  Chief  of  Engineers  and  the 
Deputy  Chief  happened  to  be  out  of  the  office,  and  General  Styer 
stated 

20.  General  Frank.  Wlio  is  the  Deputy  Chief? 
General  Bragdon.  General  Robins. 

21.  General  Frank.  Yes? 

General  Bragdon.  — were  out  of  the,  office,  and  General  Styles  got 
me  and  stated  that  Colonel  Wyman  was  back  from  France  and  going 
through  Washington,  was  in  fact  over  there,  had  just  been  in  General 
Somervell's  office,  and  that  he  was  [2S99]  coming  out  to  appear 
before  this  Board;  and  they  stated  that  they  wanted  somebody  to 
appear  before  the  Board  who  understood  the  Engineer  Department's 
construction  procedures  and  policies,  who  was  well  acquainted  with 
those  and  could  present  those  as  it  might  affect  this  case  before  the 
Board,  and  he  ended  up  by  saying,  "You  are  it." 

I  said  ,"I  am  it,  am  I?" 

And  that  was  about  all  there  was  to  it.  He  said  that  Colonel  Wyman 
was  proceeding  on  out  to  San  Francisco  to  have  a  few  days'  rest. 
They  had  pulled  Colonel  Wyman,  who  was  in  command  of  the  base 
at  Cherbourg,  out  from  there,  from  his  activities.  He  was  all  tired 
out,  and  he  should  get  a  few  days'  rest.  I  should  contact  him  in  Sari 
Francisco. 

22.  General  Frank.  In  San  Francisco? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir;  which  is  exactly  what  transpired.  1 
contacted  him  about  two  days  before  I  came  out,  and  we  went  through 
some  of  the  files  there,  that  we  tliought  some  of  the  data  might  be  there 
that  might  not  be  here. 

23.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  any  instructions  from  General 
Somervell  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Not  personally,  no,  sir;  nothing  other  than  just 
what  I  told  you,  from  General  Styer. 

24.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  any  instruction  from  Mr.  Patter- 
son's office? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir,  not  directly  from  him  himself.  I  talked 
to  General  Reber,  and  General  Reber's  sole  discussions  with  me  were 
with  reference  to  having  a  legal  man  along  with  me. 

25.  General  Frank.  For  what  purpose? 
General  Bragdon.  To  assist  me. 

l^OOO]  26.  General  Frank.  Well,  why  is  the  Assistant  Secre- 
tary's office  interested  in  having  a  special  lawyer  out  here  as  an  assist- 
ant to  Wyman's  counsel  ? 

General  Bragdon.  I  don't  know.  sir.  I  know  that  except — well,  I 
would  say  any  office  would  be  interested  in  having  as  much  data  pre- 
sented by — well,  I  guess  I  might  consider  myself  as  a  specialist,  be- 
cause I  have  specialized  in  construction  so  much. 

27.  General  Frank.  Well,  we  have  an  officer  who  is  an  Assistant 
Recorder  on  the  Board. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

28.  General  Frank.  Major  Clausen,  who  has  been  put  on  the  Board, 
at  the  instance  of  the  office  of  the  Under  Secretary,  Mr.  Patterson, 
to  assist  the  Board  in  this  very  matter. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1511 

29.  General  Frank.  Now,  he,  I  understand,  is  here  for  the  purpose 
of  representing  the  War  Departinent  and  the  Under  Secretary's  office ; 
and  noAY,  as  I  understand  it,  the  same  Under  Secretary's  office  is  phicing 
another  lawyer  here  to  take  care  of  Colonel  Wyman's  interests. 

General  Bragdox.  Well.  I  would  say  he  was  here  primarily  to  assist 
me,  sir,  and  I  have  found  in — 1  have  asked 

30,  General  Frank.  And  you  are  here  as  counsel  for  Colonel  Wy- 
man? 

General'  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.  1  have  found,  though,  in  looking 
through  these  files  that  it  is  a  terrific  task,  and  I  have  been  using 
Major  Powell  on  that.  He  has  been  searching — since  he  has  been  on 
this  work  what  he  has  been  doing  has  been  searching  files,  the  A .  W. 

[£901]  31.  General  Frank.  When  he  came  back — Colonel 
Wyman — to  whom  did  he  report  in  Washington  ?  To  General  Somer- 
vell? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

32.  General  Frank.  Or  to  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  or  to  whom? 
General  Bragdon.  To  General  Somervell,  sir.     You  see,  he  over 

in  France — over  in — yes,  in  France,  he  wasn't  under  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Chief  of  Engineers.  He  reported  to  General  Somervell.  I 
haven't  got  a  copy  of  Colonel  Wyman's  orders,  but  he  has.  He  is 
here,  sir.    He  is  now  in  Hawaii. 

33.  General  Frank.  Can  you  state  what  you  are  here  to  prove? 
General  Bragdon.  No,  sir;  I  am  not  here  to  prove  any  particular 

thing.  I  am  simply  here  to — I  take — conceive  that  I  am  here  to  see 
that  all  data  that  can  possibly  bear  on  construction  and  the  activities 
here  are  brought  before  the  Board. 

■  I  wonder  if  I  can  give  you  an  'example  of  how  I  figure  I  might 
be  helpful?  I  think  I  can,  sir.  Before  Pearl  Harbor,  when  peace- 
time regulations  were  in  effect,  the  procedures  were  very  cumbersome. 
We  had  very  small  limitations  on  awards  of  contracts.  For  instance, 
a  District  Engineer  had  a  $10,000  limitation,  a  Division  Engineer 
a  $50,000  limitation.  Everything  above  that  had  to  travel  out  all 
the  way  back  to  Washington,  and  there  was  all  that  complicated 
procedure,  whicJi  was  proper  procedure  to  protect  the  United  States. 
But  after  Pearl  Harbor  things  changed,  and  there  was  a  transition, 
too,  along  that  line !  and  after  Pearl  Harbor  even  an  Area  Engineer, 
a  subordinate  of  a  District  Engineer,  had  a  $3,000,000  limitation. 

I  think  general  policies  like  that  do  make  clear  quite  a  [29021 
number  of  things. 

34.  General  Frank.  Are  you  on  full  time  status  as  a  counsel  now 
for  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  I  am  not  doing  anything  else,  sir ;  I  mean — 

35.  General  Frank.  It  seems  sort  of  peculiar,  because  General 
Short  has  been  given  a  counsel  to  act  in  addition  to  his  other  duties. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.     Well,  of  course, 

36.  General  Frank.  And  here  Colonel  Wyman  comes  along  and 
has  you,  a  Brigadier  General,  and  a  Major  out  of  the  Assistant  Secre- 
tary's office  to  take  care  of  him. 

General  Bragdon.  I  think,  sir,  the  reason  I  was  designated  was 
simply  because  I  am  head  of  the  construction  division  and  supposed 
to  be  well  acquainted  with  our  construction  procedures. 

37.  General  Frank,  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  operations 
at  Pearl  Harbor  around  December  7, 1941  ? 


1512     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Bragdon.  Except  as  revealed  from  a  study — I  have  been 
studying  this  up,  naturally,  since  I  was  assigned  to  the  job — no,  sir. 
I  had 

38.  General  Frank.  Yes.,  But  you  had  no  experience  with  the 
contractors'  nor  with  the  District  Engineer's  operations  in  1941  in 
Hawaii  ? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir,  I  did  not. 

89.  General  Frank.  All  right.    Now,  who  is  Major  Lozier? 

General  Bragdon.  Major  Lozier  is  an  officer  who  has  been  on  duty 
in  the  Chief  of  Engineer's  legal 

40.  General  Frank.  Is  he  a  service  officer  ? 

[B90S]  General  Bragdon.  No,  sir.  The  Judge  Advocate  Gen- 
eral's Office.  He  has  been  on  duty  in  the  Chief  of  Engineer's  office, 
and  he  has  been  sent  out  here  on  permanent  change  of  station. 

41.  General  Frank.  Did  he  come  out  here  with  you? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir;  he  preceded  me.  His  permanent  change 
of  station  orders  I  think  have  been  in  existence  about  six  weeks.  I 
don't  know  why  they  didn't  get  clearance.  And  when  the  Board  in 
Washington  called  Generals  Reybold  and  Robins  before  it,  he  was 
assigned  to  work  on  this  case,  to  get  up  data  for  them,  so  those  two 
Generals  could  answer  you  gentlemen's  questions  before  the  Board. 
He  has  worked  intensively  on  that  ever  since — well,  I  think  for  about 
five  weeks.  He  worked  on  the  files  in  Washington,  the  A.  W.  S.  files 
and  the  War  Reserve  Gasoline  Storage  files. 

4^.  General  Grunert.  Still  working  on  that,  is  he? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Then  was  he  sent  out  here  also  to  help  some- 
body else? 

Gfeneral  Bragdon.  You  see,  General,  he  was  out  here — his  orders 
out  here,  I  think,  about  six  weeks  ago. 

44.  General  Grunert.  Then,  why  is  he  still  on  this  work?  Has  he 
been  instructed  to  be  still  on  this  work  out  here  ? 

General  Bragdon.  I  don't  know  whether  such  instructions  were 
given  him  or  not,  sir,  but  we  did  send  a  w^ire  out  here  in  connection 
with  my  coming,  asking  them  to  please  arrange  these  files  out  here 
in  the  chronological  order  and  to  segregate  them  according  to  what 
we  conceive  to  be  the  three  main  branches  of  investigation,  that  is,  to 
segregate  the  Air  Warning  Service  files  from  the  Reserve  Gasoline 
Storage  files  [2904]  and  the  Rohl-Connolly  contract  so  that 
they  can  be  examined  here.  I  found,  in  the  little  questioning  I  have 
done  of  various  people  connected  with  this,  that  very  few  of  them  can 
give  answers  that  are  specific.  They  just  give  you  leads,  and  you 
have  to  go  to  the  files  to  find  out  anything  that  is  really  anyways 
conclusive. 

45.  General  Frank.  To  whom  were  you  to  report  when  you  got 
here  ? 

General  Bragdon.  General  Richardson,  sir.  I  just  got  here  yester- 
day, and  I  came  over,  and  General  Richardson  was  not  here.  General 
Ruffner  was  out  when  I  got  here,  too. 

46.  General  Frank.  You  have  an  official  copy  of  the  telegram  to 
General  Richardson  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir,  I  do. 

47.  General  Frank.  Will  you  read  it  into  the  record,  please? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1513 

General  Bragdon.  Do  you  want  all  these  numbers  also  ? 

48.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Bragdon.  Or  shall  I  read  the  written  matter?     This  says: 

(Priority  dated  August  2,  1944,  is  as  follows:) 

Peiokity 

-     29  Aug  44 

Washington,  D.  C. 
A  WAR  300004Z  WTJ 

W-88692  30th  Orders  are  being  requested  for  Brigadier  General  J.  S.  Bragdon 
to  proceed  to  Hawaii  in  connection  with  the  Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board  hearings 
there.  General  Bragdon  will  act  as  counsel  for  Colonel  Wyman  who  will  appear 
before  the  Board.  It  Is  desired  that  [2905]  these  officers  reach  Hawaii  on 
or  about  twelve  September.  (To  Richardson  from  Somervell  signed  Marshall) 
It  is  requested  that  you  have  the  Department  Engineer  have  the  records  per- 
taining to  the  construction  of  aircraft  warning  stations,  the  war  reserve  gasoline 
project  and  all  work  pertaining  to  both,  also  the  records  pertaining  to  the  Rohl 
Connolly  contract  and  any  other  contracts  for  work  or  materials  relating  to  the 
above  projects,  reviewed  and  a  chronological  analysis  made  thereof  so  that  it 
will  be  available  for  the  officers  above.  It  is  particularly  desirable  that  there 
be  a  chronoligical  record  of  the  actual  work  done  and  of  aU  delays  in  connection 
therewith,  with  reasons  therefor.  Also  that  local  priorities  and  changes  therein 
be  listed  according  to  their  occurrence.  It  is  further  suggested  that  the  analysis 
be  developed  under  the  three  general  headings  of : 

(a)  the  project  for  the  aircraft  warning  stations ; 

(b)  the  war  reserve  gasoline  storage  project ;  and 

(c)  the  Rohl  Connolly  contract — 

That  should  have  been  "Hawaiian  Constructors." 

— in  its  relation  to  those  projects  and  any  other  work  or  materials  for  which 
that  contract  was  used.  Major  Lue  C.  Lozier  who  is  being  transferred  to  the 
Office  of  the  District  Engineer  on  permanent  change  of  station — 

Apparently  the  second  page  of  it  is  not  here,  sir.  I  will  have  to 
get  that.     It  was  very  brief  on  the  second  page,         [2,906]  to  the 

effect  that  he  also  was  coming.    I  will  have  to  get  that,  sir. 

[290S-A']  Addenda 

(A  corrected  and  complete  copy  of  the  above-mentioned  radiogram 
which  was  furnished  the  Recorder  of  the  Board  by  Headquarters, 
United  States  Army  Forces,  Pacific  Ocean  Areas,  (Through  Lt.  Col. 
R.  W.  Hain,  G.  S.  C.)  reads  as  follows :) 

This  is  a  re-decipherment  of  the  message  dated  30  August  and  contains 

corrections. 

12  Sept  44 
(Date  of  re-decipherment) 
Priority 
a  WAR  300004Z  WTJ  Washington,  D.  C. 

W-88692  30TH  Orders  are  being  requested  for  Brigadier  General  J  Pd  S  Pd 
Bragdon  to  proceed  to  Hawaii  in  connection  with  tlie  Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board 
hearings  there  pd  General  Bragdon  will  act  as  counsel  for  Colonel  Wyman  who 
will  appear  before  Board  Pd  It  is  desired  that  these  officers  reach  Hawaii  on  or 
about  twelve  September  Pd  Paren  to  Richardson  from  Somervell  signed  INIar- 
shall  paren  It  is  requested  that  you  have  the  Department  Engineer  have  the 
records  pertaining  to  the  construction  of  aircraft  warning  stations  cma  the  war 
reserve  gasoline  project  and  all  work  pertaining  to  both  cma  also  the  records 
pertaining  to  the  Rohl  Connolly  contract  and  any  other  contracts  for  work  or 
materials  relating  to  the  above  projects  cma  reviewed  and  a  chronological 
analysis  made  thereof  so  that  it  will  be  available  for  the  officers  above  Pd.  It  is 
particularly  desirable  that  there  be  a  chronological  record  of  the  actual  work 
done  and  of  all  delays  in  connection  therewith  cma  with  reasons  therefor  Pd 
Also  that  local  priorities  and  changes  therein  be  listed  according  to  their  orcur- 


1514     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

rence  Pd  It  is  further  suggested  that  the  analysis  be  developed  under  the  three 
general  headings  of  colon  paren  a  paren  the  project  for  the  aircraft  warning 
stations  semi  paren  b  paren  the  war  reserve  gasoline  storage  [2905-B] 
project  semi  and  paren  c  parent  the  Rohl  Connolly  Contract  in  its  relation  to 
those  projects  and  any  other  work  of  materials  for  which  that  contract  was 
used  Pd  Major  Lu  C  Pd  Lozier  who  is  being  transferred  to  the  Office  of  the 
District  Engineer  on  permanent  change  of  station  is  being  sent  out  immedi- 
ately Pd     Major  Lozier  also  has  studied  this  case 

[2906 — continued']  49.  General  Frank.  Have  you  received  any 
other  instructions — any  other  instructions  from  anybody — other  than 
(hose  you  have  mentioned? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir.  I  talked  it  over  with  General  Kobins. 
and  General  Robins  said,  "Just  give  the  Board  all  the  facts  you  can 
find."  That  was  almost  exactly  his  words.  And  General  Reybold  got 
back  about  an  hour  before  I  left — no,  a  few  hours  before  I  left,  the 
same  morning.     He  had  no  instructions  to  give  me. 

50.  General  Frank.  To  whom  are  you  directed  to  report  in  Wash- 
ington after  you  complete  your  duty  liere? 

General  Bragdon.  I  wasn't  directed  to  report  to  anybody,  sir.  I 
suppose  that  I  should  inform  my  su])eriors  of  what  happened. 

51.  General  Frank.  Who  directed  you  to  come  here? 
General  Bragdon.  These  orders,  sir  [indicating]. 

52.  General  Frank.  I  know,  but  I  am  getting  to  the  authority  that 
originated  these  orders. 

General  Bragdon.  I  take  that  to  have  been  General  Somervell,  be- 
cause General  Styer  so  told  me. 

53.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

General  Bragdon.  General  Styer  first  called  my  Chief  and  Deputy, 
but  they  were  both  absent. 

54.  General  Frank.  I  think  that  is  all. 

General  Bragdon.  General,  could  I  say — I  think  I  did  say  it  before, 
but  I  did  feel,  sir,  that  this  particular  phase  of  it  was  somewhat  differ- 
ent from  other  phases  because  [2907]  there  had  already  been 
an  investigation,  and  printed  report  of  investigation  which  actually 
states  certain  things  were  not  efficiently  done,  and  that's  been  in  the 
press  all  over  the  country.  That's  known,  and  I  don't  thiijk  there  is 
any  other  phase  that  has  been  that  way,  and  I  think  that  undoubtedly 
is  why  our  superiors  felt  that  somebody  who  was  supposed  to  know 
our  procedure,  both  then  and  now,  should  be  here  to  make  sure  the 
Board  could  get  all  those  phases  and  aspects  before  it.  I  think  that 
Avas  all  there  was  behind  that,  sir. 

(There  was  colloquy  off  the  record.) 

General  Bragdon.  Maybe  I  had  better  correct  that,  sir.  General 
Reber  is  with  the — you  mentioned  it,  Colonel. 

55.  Colonel  West.  Well,  I  understood  he  was  with  the  Legislative 
and  Liaison  Division  of  the  War  Department. 

General  Bragdon.  With  Colonel  Persons. 

56.  Colonel  West.  General  Persons. 

General  Bragdon.  General  Persons.  Yes,  I  think  he  is.  Maybe 
I  am  mistaken  on  that.  I  know  he  went  over  to  be  with  the  Under 
Secretary,  and  I  am  not  just  sure,  sir,  of  the  relationship  between  that 
Legislative  Liaison  Section  and  the  Under  Secretary's  office.  I  know 
that  General  Reber — I  thought  he  was  right  with  the  Under  ^Secretary's 
office.  I  have  only  been  in  Washington  about  two  and  a  half  months, 
and  I  am  not  quite  sure  of  all  the  relationships  between  those  officers. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1515 

57.  General  Gruxert.  What  conversation  did  you  have  with  Reber  ? 
General  Bragdon.  It  was  solely  to — as  I  said  before,  sir,  he  thought 

I  should  have  a — he  stated  that  he  had  been  in  General  Somervell's 
office  when  the  conversation  had  taken  place  there,  and  he  stated 
he  thought  I  should  have  a  legal  man         [3908]         to  help  me, 

58.  General  Grunert.  Then,  do  you.  know  whether  he  represented 
the  Under  Secretary  of  War  or  whom  he  represented  when  he  made 
that  statement? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir,  I  don't  know  exactly  that.  I  can't  an- 
swer that,  sir. 

59.  General  Gruistert.  Let  me  see  if  I  understand  the  situation  cor- 
rectly. You  came  over  here  under  orders  to  act  as  a  counsel  for  one 
Colonel  Wyman.     That's  one  thing. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

60.  General  Grunert.  You  came  over  here  also  to  provide  the 
Board  with  data  from  the  War  Department  files  and  from  the  Ha- 
waiian Department  files  if  the  Board  wants  such  data;  is  that  right? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  are  in  a  dual  capacity  of  repre- 
senting one  Colonel  Wyman  and  of  being  an  agent  on  behalf  of  the 
War  Department;  is  that  right? 

General  Bragdon.  I  would  say,  on  behalf  of  the  Engineer  Depart- 
ment of  the  War  Department.     Yes,  sir,  I  would  say  that  was  correct. 

62.  General  Grunert.  Now,  as  far  as  the  Board  knows,  Colonel 
Wyman  has.  not  yet  been  accused  of  anything  except  by  a  Congres- 
sional Committee  report:  and  tlierefore,  as  far  as  the  Board  is  con- 
cerned, why,  we  do  not  admit  that  there  is  a  counsel  required  by  any 
witnesses  who  have  appeared  before  this  Board,  although  any  wit- 
ness may  have  the  advice  of  counsel  in  that  respect,  and  not  counsel 
as  distinguished  from  somebody  charged  with  something  as  far  as  the 
Board  is  concerned. 

[£90d]         General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

63.  General  Grunert.  You  understand  that? 
General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

64.  General  Grunert.  Now,  the  Board  will  be  very  glad  to  get  any 
evidence  that  is  available  or  any  explanation  of  evidence  which  has 
not  already  been  advanced  and  is  not  already  thoroughly  understood 
by  the  Board.  Do  you  understand  that  the  Board  is  limited  in  its 
investigation  to  phases  that  led  up  to  and  are  directly  connected  with 
the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster,  and  nothing  after  that  unless  it  relates  to 
that  attack? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.     I  understand  that,  sir. 

65.  General  Grunert.  And  these  records  that  you  have  been  in- 
vestigating, most  of  them  are  after  Pearl  Harbor  or  prior  thereto,  or 
what? 

General  Bragdon.  All  prior  thereto,  sir,  and  the  fact  is,  we  have 
been  concentrating  on  the  records  of  the  time  between  the  Hawaiian 
Constructors'  contract  and  December  7th,  the  date  of  Pearl  Harbor, 
and  of  course  we  had  to  go  back  somewhat  prior  to  that  in  order  to 
understand  that  part  of  it. 

66.  General  Grunert.  Now,  from  your  investigation  have  you  made 
up  a  running  story  or  statement  that  you  would  like  to  submit  to  the 
Board  or  testify  to  before  the  Board  ? 


1516.    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Bragdon.  Not  at  this  time,  sir. 

67.  General  Grunert.  How  long  will  it  take  you  to  do  that? 
General  Bragdon.  I  would  like  as  much  time  as  I  could  get. 

68.  General  Grunert.  This  Board  is  very  limited  as  to  its  time,  and 
it  is  going  to  leave  here  probably  on  the  19th  and  go  back  to  Wash- 
ington. 

[2910]  General  Bragdon.  I  had  understood  from  our  orders 
that  you  were  going  to  call  Colonel  Wyman  on  the  I7th,  so  we  had 
been  aiming  our  studies  that  we  have  been  making  to  have  our  data 
ready  on  the  I7th. 

69.  General  Grunert.  Wyman  has  been  scheduled  to  appear  here 
on  the  14th.  It  may  originally  have  been  intimated  the  17th,  but  it  is 
actually  scheduled  now  as  the  14th. 

General  Bragdon.  The  14th  ? 

70.  General  Grunert.  We  have  to  move  up  in  order  to  accommo- 
date or  take  care  of  everything  we  are  cliarged  with  doing  within  the 
limited  time  we  have  to  do  it.  Now,  whether  or  not  we  could  post- 
pone his  hearing  until  a  little  later,  that  would  be  up  to  General 
Frank,  who  has  that  particular  part  of  the  investigation.  But  there 
is  no  use  in  rehashing  a  lot  of  this  stuff  if  the  Board  already  has  the 
evidence  that  you  desire  to  present  on  behalf  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers 
and  on  behalf  of  Wyman.  Therefore,  it  would  be  very  necessary  for 
us  to  hear  what  you  have  to  make  in  the  line  of  a  statement  before  we 
determine  whether  or  not  it  is  just  piling  evidence  up.  In  other  words, 
you  don't  know  what  the  Board  knows. 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir,  I  don't. 

71.  General  Grunert.  And  we  don't  know  what  you  may  have 
found  out  that  the  Board  doesn't  know. 

General  Bragdon.  Could  I  present  the  statement  of  that  on  the  15th, 
sir? 

72.  General  Grunert.  I  think  you  ought  to  present  your  statement 
as  early  as  possible,  to  Major  Clausen,  with  a  view  to  seeing  whether 
or  not  it  is  new  evidence  to  the  Board ;  the  earlier  the  date,  the  better. 
Then  we  can  determine  what  in  [2911]  your  statement  the 
Board  hasn't  had  and  doesn't  understand  or  hasn't  had  in  the  evidence 
so  far. 

General  Bragdon.  Could  I 

73.  General  Grunert.  This  is  as  if  you  were  coming  new  into  the 
case.  You  are  coming  into  the  case,  newly  into  the  case  but  probably 
with  old  evidence  as  far  as  we  are  concerned,  and  we  have  not  time  to 
bother  with  rehashing  all  this  stuff. 

General  Bragdon.  No.     I  see  that. 

Could  I  have  the  privilege,  sir,  of  reading  any  of  the  evidence  that 
pertains  to  those  particular  phases  ? 

74.  General  Grunert.  I  clo  not  see  the  necessity  of  your  reading 
the  evidence  that  the.  Board  has  taken. 

General  Bragdon.  My  whole  point  was  to  see  if — in  many  cases  I 
have  found  things 

75.  General  Grunert.  YoumayconsultMajor  Clausen  as  to  whether 
or  not  such  evidence  exists  on  any  point  you  wish. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

76.  General  Grunert.  But  to  turn  over  the  evidence  of  the  Board 
to  any  particular  witness  or  anyone  who  is  interested  in  another  wit- 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1517 

ness  would  be  giving  one  witness  the  benefit  of  knowing  what  all  the 
other  witnesses  had  said,  and  in  case  of  any  future  action  therein  it 
wouldn't  be  "turkey." 

General  Bragdon.  Of  course,  my  idea  would  be  just  to  do  it  in  his 
presence,  in  his  office. 

77.  General  Grunert.  But  you,  are  in  the  capacity  here — that  is 
why  I  wanted  to  bring  out  that  dual  capacity.  You  are  in  the  capacity 
here  of  a  counsel,  to  counsel  some  particular  witness.  Therefore  I  do 
not  see  where  it  is  pertinent  that  you  should  read  all  the  evidence,  nor 
should  the  witness  know         [2912]         what  the  others  testified  to. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

78.  General  Grunert.  If,  as  an  aftermath  of  whatever  may  happen, 
anyone  is  particularly  charged  with  anything,  then  the  law  and  the 
regulations  give  him  ample  cfpportunity  to  prepare  whatever  case  may 
be  against  him. 

■  It  seems  that  most  people  have  an  idea  that  this  is  a  court  of  inquiry 
or  something  or  a  court  to  investigate  some  particular  man  or  some 
particular  person.  We  are  here  to  find  facts  about  those  things 
charged  to  us. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

79.  General  Grunert.  And  as  far  as  you  people  are  concerned,  now 
that  you  have  shown  yourself  as  counsel  for  Wyman,  as  far  as  you 
are  concerned,  those  phases  that  pertain  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster, 
it  may  or  may  not  have  a  bearing  on  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster,  and 
that  will  include  Colonel  Wyman. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

80.  General  Grunert.  So  we  want  to  get  all  the  evidence  we  can,  but 
we  can't  include  you  as  a  member  of  the  Board  to  know  everything 
that  has  gone  on,  and  so  forth. 

General  Bragdon.  That  is  right. 

81.  General  Grunert.  There  is  nothing  to  be  hidden  except  through 
our  instruction  of  holding  this  in  closed  session. 

Do  you  sort  of  get  an  understanding  of  that,  I  mean  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.  Of  course,  it  is  a  fact  that  those — we 
had  then  an  awful  lot  of  data  which  bore  on  those  matters  which 
were  in  that  Congressional  report.  Of  course,  we  had  naturally  ad- 
dressed ourselves  to  that,  because  that  was  pretty  definite — rather,  an 
awful  lot  of  things  were  said  there,  [2913]  and  that  was  why 
we  thought  it  was  important  that  these  things  that  we  had  found 
which  answered  a  lot  of  those  things  should  be  most  certainly  placed 
before  you. 

82.  General  Frank.  Well,  you  understand  that  the  Board  has  a 
regular  procedure,  and  we  have  developed  a  requirement  for  things 
that  we  want,  and  we  have  established  the  routine  of  getting  it. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.  I  only  want  to  fit  in  with  that  proce- 
dure, sir.    I  say,  I  only  wanted  to  fit  in  with  that.    I  wasn't 

83.  General  Grunert.  You  might  ask  the  Assistant  Recorder 
whether  certain  evidence  has  been  brought  out,  introduced  or  not, 
with  a  view  to  finding  out  what  has  been  done,  so  that  if  you  have 
anything  new  the  Board  would  be  glad  to  get  it. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

84.  General  Grunert.  Is  that  about  right? 

85.  General  Frank.  Yes. 


1518     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Bragdon.  I  can  submit  all  the  statements  I  want,  can't  I, 
with  reference  to  these 

86.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

87.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  but  we  don't  want  to  pile  up  evidence. 
If  we  are  satisfied  that  we  have  evidence  on  a  point,  there  is  no  use 
piling  up  records  of  it.  We  would  be  glad  to  get  anything  you  want 
to  submit  for  consideration. 

General  Bragdon.  General,  would  there  be  any  objection,  with  ref- 
erence to  particular  witnesses  that  have  to  do  with  Wyman's  case, 
to  either  myself  or  Major  Powell  being  present,  just  for  those  particu- 
lar witnesses  that  had  to  do  with  Wyman  and  the  air  warning  service  ? 

[2914]  88.  General  Grunert.  You  mean,  to  sit  in  with  those 
witnesses  when  they  give  their  testimony  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Just  to  be  present.  * 

89.  General  Frank.  No. 

90.  General  Grunert.  No;  we  cannot  consider  that  anybody  at 
present  needs  a  counsel  for  that,  except  where  it  is  authorized  by  the 
War  Department  directly,  as  was  done  for  General  Short,  and  that 
was  just  to  sit  in  during  the  time  General  Short  was  giving  his  testi- 
mony, and  for  no  other  witnesses. 

General  Bragdon.  Not  while  others  affecting  him  were  there?  My 
whole  point  would  be  just  to  make  sure  you  got  everything  bearing  on 
those  individual  points. 

91.  General  Frank.  You  seem  to  have  come  out  here  to  have  joined 
the  Board. 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir,  I  don't  believe  that — I  mean,  I  have  no 
such  intention. 

92.  General  Grunert.  Well,  the  Board  is  a  little  bit  confused  as 
to  the  necessity  of  the  War  Department's  sending  two  or  three  people 
out  here  when  the  War  Department  is  already  represented  by  an 
Assistant  Recorder  who  was  specially  detailed  for  that  purpose  by 
the  Under  Secretary  of  War. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir, 

93.  General  Grunert.  So  that  this  coming  of  this  avalanche  of 
talent,  or  rank  and  talent,  is  not  understood  by  the  Board ;  but  if  this 
avalanche  has  anything  to  contribute  to  the  Board,  we  shall  be  very 
glad  to  get  it. 

94.  General  Frank.  Have  you  some  questions.  Colonel  Toulmin? 

95.  Colonel  Tout^min.  I  would  like  to  ask  him  one  or  two  [£915] 
questions,  if  it  is  agreeable.  General. 

General,  I  am  confused  and  I  think  the  record  is  not  entirely  clear 
as  to  just  whom  you  are  representing,  or  defending,  rather,  other  than 
Colonel  Wyman.  Whom  else  are  you  acting  either  as  counsel  for  or 
defending  here  besides  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

General  Bragdon.  I  wouldn't  say  I  was  defending  any  individual. 
I  do  feel  that  I  should  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  Board  any  pro- 
cedures which  might  explain  to  the  Board  any  charges  of  wrong  poli- 
cies or  inefficiencies  on  the  part  of  our  methods  of  doing  things. 

Do  I  make  myself  clear  on  that  ? 

In  other  words,  if  it  is  asserted  that  due  to  certain  methods  of  the 
Engineer  Department  certain  things  might  have  been  delayed,  and  I 
can  explain  them,  then  I  would  conceive  it  to  be  my  duty  to  do  that. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1519 

96.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Then  you  would  be  acting  as  a  witness;  is 
that  it? 

General  Bradgon.  I  would  say  that  that  was  it,  too,  yes. 

97.  Colonel  Toulmin.  And  you  would  also  be  acting  as  counsel  ? 
General  Bragdon.  Yes,  because,  General,  of  course,  you  see,  the  two 

things  are  intermingled.  Colonel  Wyman  was  the  officer  who  was  in 
direct  charge.  Of  course,  he  was  under  the  Commanding  General 
here,  but  he  was  in  direct  charge.  But  there  are  a  lot  of  things  to  be 
explained  by  existing  procedures  at  that  time,  which  were  peacetime 
procedures,  and  there  is  a  legitimate  line  of  demarcation,  although 
there  was  a  transition  between  them,  and  that  transition  had  to  do 
with  things — for  example,  CPFF  contracts  were  not  in  existence  in 
time  of  peace,  [2916]  and  they  came  in  before  Pearl  Harbor, 
but  just  before  it. 

98.  Colonel  Toulmin.  But  it  is  a  little  unusual  to  have  a  man  ap- 
pointed both  as  counsel  and  as  witness.  Under  any  sort  of  procedure 
before  a  board  or  a  court  that  is  a  bit  unusual,  so  I  am  puzzled  in 
asking  the  question. 

.  Now  let  me  ask  one  more  question :  What  was  the  reason  for  the 
conference  between  such  high  authority  as  General  Somervell,  General 
Styer,  and  General  Reber  in  connection  with  this  matter?  That  is, 
what  is  the  objective  sought  to  be  accomplished  ? 

General  Bragdon.  I  don't  know  that,  sir,  because  I  wasn't  present. 
The  only  thing  I  knew  about  when  I  received  a  telephone  call  and  I 
received  those  instructions  which  I  have  already  mentioned. 

99.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  are  not  counsel  for  those  people,  are  you  ? 
General  Bragdon.  No,  sir. 

100.  General  Gruni:rt.  Well,  then,  have  you  finished  ? 

101.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  all. 

102.  Colonel  West.  I  have  one  question,  General. 

103.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

104.  Colonel  West.  Suppose,  General,  in  the  course  of  your  re- 
search for  certain  documents  or  data  which  this  Board  desired,  you 
should  run  across  some  information  which  might  be  inimical  to  the 
interests  of  Colonel  Wyman :  what  would  you  do  in  a  case  of  that  sort  ? 

General  Bragdon.  I  would  give  it  to  the  Board. 

105.  Colonel  West.  Even  though  you  have  been  designated  as  his 
counsel,  you  feel  under  a  duty  to  see  that  a  full,  free,  and  frank 
disclosure  of  all  the  facts  is  made  ? 

[2917]  General  Bragdon.  Of  course,  you  ask  a  very  difficult 
question,  but  I  asked  General  Eobins 

106.  Colonel  West.  I  think  you  are  in  a  very  difficult  position, 
and  I  am  wondering  if  3'ou  gave  any  thought  to  the  matter  before  you 
left  Washington. 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  I  did  to  this  extent:  I  said  to  General 
Robins-=— I  didn't  ask  him  that  question,  as  such,  but  General  Robins 
said,  "You  should  give  the  Board  all  the  facts  you  can  find,  but  our 
point  is  to  give  them  all  the  facts."  And  that  is  what  I  conceive  it  to 
be  my  job  to  do,  to  give  you  all  the  facts,  because  I  thought  there  was 
a  great  paucity  of  facts. 

I  would  like  to  reiterate,  too,  with  every  one  of  those  I  questioned — 
I  believe  it  was  about  four  or  five  people  who  had  to  do  with  the 


1520     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

air  warning  service  in  Washington :  a  Colonel  Smith,  a  Mr.  Kichard- 
son,  a  Colonel  Letts,  who  had  been  in  that  job  for  about  35  years; 
Colonel  Mayo,  now  with  the  Air  Force;  and  when  I  talked  to  those 
people  all  I  got  was  generalities;  I  couldil't  get  specific  things.  But 
they  would  give  leads,  and  the  only  way  I  could  get  anything  I  could 
pin  down  was  when  I  went  to  these  files,  and  then  I  would  get  some- 
thing that  was  specific.  That  was  one  thing  that  worried  me.  Just 
questionings  didn't  get  it,  but  when  you  went  to  the  files  and  com- 
menced to  pin  things  down,  then  the  story  commenced  to  be  clear. 

107.  Colonel  Toulmin.  General,  I  would  like  to  ask  one  question: 
Is  Colonel  Wyman  aware.  General,  of  the  fact  that  your  position  will 
be  such  as  that  indicated  in  your  answer  to  Colonel  West,  that  as  his 
counsel  you  feel  that  you  are  also  going  to  produce  any^  information 
that  may  lead  to  his         [2918]        conviction? 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  he  isn't  on  trial,  sir.    I  mean  you  say 

108.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Well,  have  you  told  him  that  you  are  going 
to  produce  all  of  this  evidence  no  matter  whom  it  hurts? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  we  did  not  discuss  that  point  at  all. 

109.  Colonel  Toulmin.  I  see. 

General  Bragdon.  I  mean,  I  don't  think  "conviction"  is  a  word 
that  should  be  used,  because 

110.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Well,  omit  the  word  "conviction."  Have 
you  told  him  that  you  are  in  this  unique  capacity  of  both  his  counsel 
and  as  an  investigator  to  get  all  the  facts? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir.  I  am  willing  to  tell  him  that  I  will 
conceive  it  to  be  my  job  to  produce  anything  before  the  Board  that 
I  find  the  Board  could 

111.  General  Frank.  Who  appointed  you  as  counsel  for  Wyman? 
General  Bragdon.  Well,  I  would  say  that,  as  far  as  the  appoint- 
ment is  concerned,  there  was  no  written  designation. 

112.  General  Frank.  Well,  who  designated  you? 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  that  was  the  time,  of  course,  when  General 
Styer  talked  to  me  on  the  phone.  General. 

113.  General  Frank.  What  I  am  trying  to  get  is  who  designated 
you  as  that,  as  counsel. 

General  Bragdon.  Nobody  gave  me  an  official  designation.  Those 
were  the  terms  used  by  General  Styer  when  he  called  me  up. 

114.  General  Frank.  It  is,  then,  General  Somervell's  office  that 
has  designated  you  as  counsel  for  Wyman  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

115.  General  Frank.  All  right.  Now,  who  gave  you  the  [^OW] 
instruction  to  provide  all  this  inforihation  to  the  Board?  General 
Somervell's  office? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir. 

116.  General  Frank.  Or  the  Office,  Corps  of  Engineers? 
General  Bragdon.  No,  sir.     General,  you  are  making  it  more  formal 

than  it  was.  I  simply  talked  with  General  Robins  about  coming  out 
here.  I  asked,  "Have  you  anything  to  tell  me  to  do,  General,  when  I 
get  there  before  the  Board?" 

And  he  said,  "No.  Just  tell  them  the  whole  straightforward  facts, 
anything  you  find." 

Now,  that  is  the  only  basis  I  have  for  this  other  reply  to  Colonel 
West.      I  didn't  get  a  lot  of  specific  instructions. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1521 

117.  General  Grunert.  Then,  it  is  the  Engineers  that  want  the 
Board  to  hear  you  as  a  witness  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  they  had — they  never  initiated  that,  sir. 
They  never  initiated  that. 

118.  General  Grunert.  Well,  we  didn't  initiate  it.  Did  Wyman 
ask  for  you?     Why  are  you  out  here ?     Somebody  initiated  it. 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  all  I  know  is,  I  was  called  by  one  of  my 
superiors  in  General  Somervell's  office. 

119.  General  Grunert.  Well,  then,  it  was  initiated  in  General 
Somervell's  office  ? 

General  Bragdon.  It  was  initiated  in  General  Somervell's  office,  yes, 
sir. 

120.  General  Grunert.  That  is,  as  far  as  your  coming  out  here  as 
counsel  for  Wyman  is  concerned  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

121.  General  Grunert.  Well,  now,  who  initiated  your  coming  out 
here  to  give  the  Board  additional  information  the  Board  hasn't 
[2920']         already  received  or  called  for? 

General  Bragdon.  Well,  nobody  told  me  that  I  would  be  a  witness 
before  the  Board — that  is,  and  defined  it  as  formally  as  you  gentlemen 
have  formulated  it. 

122.  General  Grunert.  We  only  accept  evidence  here  through  wit- 
nesses. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

123.  General  Grunert.  And  official  documents. 

124.  General  Frank.  After  all,  there  has  to  be  some  sort  of  formal- 
ity about  the  operations  of  this  Board. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes.  On  the  other  hand,  sir,  I  would  say  if  we 
should  chase  that  down  technically,  it  is  simply  a  fact  that  this  ordered 
me  here  to  report  to  General  Richardson  in  connection  with  the  ac- 
tivities of  the  Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board. 

125.  General  Frank.  But  the  Board  calls  the  witnesses  it  wants, 
not  those  that  are  imposed  upon  it. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir.  Well,  I  would  like  to  appear  before  the 
Board  if  you  will  all  give  me  the  authority  to  do  it,  sir.  If  you  simply 
say  I  can't  do  it 

126.  General  Grunert.  That  is  what  I  am  getting  at.  The  Board 
will  then  consider  you  as  an  officer  desired  by  Colonel  Wyman  to 
counsel  him.  I  say  "counsel  him";  not  as  his  counsel,  but  to  counsel 
him,  because  he  hasn't  been  charged  with  anything  that  I  know  of. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

127.  General  Grunert.  And  also  as  a  witness. 

128.  General  Frank.  For  the  Board. 

129.  General  Grunert.  Yes,  as  a  witness,  we  will  call  you;  as  a 
witness  for  the  Board. 

[2921]         General  Bragdon.  I  appreciate  that  very  much,  sir. 

130.  General  Grunert.  So  that  you  can  find  anything  you  have  in 
mind,  make  up.  your  statement,  and  I  would  advise  you  to  consult 
with  the  Assistant  Recorder  so  as  to  avoid  wasting  your  time  and  our 
time  on  what  is  not  necessary. 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

131.  Colonel  TouLMiN.  May  I  ask  one  question  ? 

132.  Colonel  West.  I  have  one. 


1522     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

133.  Colonel  Toulmin.  General  Grunert,  may  I  ask  just  one  ques- 
tion, please? 

134.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

135.  Colonel  Toulmin.  General,  may  I  ask  you  this  ? 
General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

136.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Did  Colonel  Wyman's  visit  to  General  Som- 
ervell precede  the  instructions  that  came  to  you  from  General  Somer- 
vell's office?     Did  they  tell  you  anything?     Or  General  Styer? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes,  sir. 

137.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  all. 

138.  Colonel  West.  May  I  ask  another  question,  General? 

139.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

140.  Colonel  West.  Did  Colonel  Wyman-ask  for  you  by  name,  as 
counsel  ? 

General  BraCxDOn.  I  don't  know,  sir.  I  have  wondered  that.  I 
just  don't  know. 

141.  Colonel  West.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  he  asked  General 
Somervell's  office  to  designate  someone  as  Counsel? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  sir ;  I  do  not  know  that. 

142.  Colonel  West.  Did  I  understand  you  to  say  that  you  had 
[2922]         talked  with  Colonel  Wyman  in  San  Francisco  ? 

General  Bragdon.  Yes. 

143.  Colonel  West.     On  the  way  over  here  ? 
General  Bragdon.  Yes,  that  is  right. 

144.  Colonel  West.  Did  you  inquire  of  him  whether  or  not  your 
designation  as  his  counsel  was  satisfactory  to  him  ? 

General  Bragdon.  No,  I  didn't  ask  him  that  at  all. 

145.  General  Grunert.  Well,  we  will  ask  him  that. 

146.  Colonel  West.  I  have  no  further  questions,  sir. 

147.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much.  And  get  busy  now, 
so  that  you  will  be  prepared  to  help  the  Board  when  the  time  comes 
for  you  to  be  called. 

General  Bragdon.  Thank  you,  sir. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[292Sli  TESTIMONY  OF  MA  JOE  BOILING  R.  POWELL,  JUNIOR; 
GENERAL  STAFF  CORPS,  LEGISLATIVE  AND  LIAISON  DIVISION, 
WAR  DEPARTMENT,  GENERAL  STAFF,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Major,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

Major  Powell.  Boiling  R.  Powell,  Junior;  Major,  General  Staff 
Corps,  Legislative  and  Liaison  Division;  War  Department,  General 
Staff.    Washington,  D.  C,  is  my  station. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Major,  we  really  do  not  know  what  you 
are  a  witness  for,  or  to,  or  against,  or  whatnot ;  but  it  appears  that 
you  have  come  out  here  on  something  connected  with  this  Board, 
so  I  am  going  to  have  General  Frank  try  to  find  out  what  you  are 
here  for,  and  what  we  are  going  to  do  with  you. 

Major  Powell.  All  right,  sir. 

3.  (jreneral  Grunert.  (jeneral  Frank. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1523 

4.  General  Frank.  Will  you  state  how  you  happen  to  be  here. 
Major  Powell.    I  am  here  pursuant  to  orders  of  the  Adjutant 
General  dated  4  September  1944,  which  direct  me  to — 

Proceed,  not  later  than  13  September  1944,  to  the  Commanding  General, 
Pacific  Ocean  area,  on  further  temporary  duty  for  approximately  31  days, 
in  connection  with  the  activities  of  the  Army  Pearl  Harbor  Board,  which 
meets  September  1944,  and  upon  completion  of  this  temporary  duty,  will  return 
to  proper  station. 

That  is  a  quotation  from  these  orders  of  mine.  I  was  instructed. 
[m24]'       5.  General  Frank.  By  whom? 

Major  Powell.  By  General  Miles  Reber,  of  the  Legislative  and 
Liaison  Division,  War  Department,  General  Staff. 

6.  General  Frank.  In  whose  office  does  he  function? 

Major  Powell.  He  functions  under  the  War  Department  General 
Staff.  General  Persons  is  the  head  of  that  particular  division  of 
the  War  Department  General  Staff,  and  I  was  directed  by  General 
Eeber  to  report  to  General  Bragdon  for  instructions,  and  to  serve 
General  Bragdon  in  any  capacity  I  could,  in  connection  with  the 
consideration  of  the  interim  report  of  the  House  Military  Affairs 
Committee,  involving  the  Wyman-Rohl  relationships  and  the  charges 
contained  in  that  interim  report,  with  which  you  are  familiar;  and 
that  was  my  instruction. 

7.  General  Frank.  In  what  manner  are  you  serving  with  respect 
to  the  Assistant  Secretary's  office? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  I' have  no  directions  or  instructions  from 
either  the  Assistant  Secretary  or  the  Under  Secretary.  My  only 
instructions  came  from  General  Reber, 

8.  General  Frank.  You  have  no  instructions  from  Judge  Patter- 
son's office. 

Major  Powell.  No,  sir;  the  only  instructions  I  have  are  from 
General  Reber,  and  he,  as  I  said,  directed  me  to  report  to  General 
Bragdon. 

9.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  your  coming 
out  here  was  coordinated  with  Judge  Patterson's  office? 

Major  Powell.  I  don't  know,  of  my  own  personal  knowledge; 
no,  sir. 

10.  General  Frank.  When  you  came  out  here,  did  you  know  that 
there  already  was  an  officer  on  the  Board  who  was  \2925'\  des- 
ignated by  tlie  War  Department? 

Major  Powell.  Yes,  sir;  I  had  secured  a  copy  of  the  order  appoint- 
ing the  Board,  and  the  order  referring  to  the  Board  this  considera- 
tion of  the  interim  report;  and  I  knew  that  Colonel  West  had  been 
designated  Recorder  of  the  Board,  and  Major  Clausen,  Assistant  Re- 
corder; but  I  was  not  directed  of  course  to  work  with  the  Board,  or 
become  any  part  of  the  personnel  attached  to  the  Board.  I  was  told 
that  I  was  to  work  with  General  Bragdon  and  assist  .him  in  preparing 
evidence  to  be  presented  to  the  Board  in  connection  with  the  charges 
contained  in  this  congressional  committee,  report — in  other  words, 
in  the  nature  of  counsel  or  advisor. 

11.  General  Frank.  Did  you  receive  instructions  from  anybody 
else  besides  General  Reber  on  this  thing  ? 

Major  Powell.  No,  sir. 

12.  General  Frank.  None? 

79716— 46— Ex.  145,  vol.  2 47 


1524     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Major  Powell.  None  whatever — other  than  General  Bragdon, 
after  I  reported  to  him,  of  course. 

13.  General  Frank.  What  instructions  did  you  receive  from  him? 
Major  Powell.  Well,  General  Bragdon  has  used  me  in  assisting 

him  in  preparing  the  evidence  involving  the  charges  contained  in  this 
House  report,  the  interim  report,  assisting  him  in  getting  that  to- 
gether and  trying  to  develop  it  in  orderly  and  coherent  fashion  so  that 
we  could  present  it  to  the  Board  and  be  of  assistance  to  the  Board  in 
that  respect. 

14.  General  Frank.  That  is,  the  evidence  concerning  what? 
Major   Powell.  The   charges   leveled    against   Colonel   Theodore 

Wyman  and 

[2926]         15.  General  Frank.  That  he  did  what? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  the  charges  in  this  report  of  the  House  com- 
mittee. There  are  a  number  of  charges  and  accusations  and  innu- 
endoes and  everything  else  contained  through  there;  and  we  have 
been  trying  to  develop  evidence  and  get  the  facts,  all  the  facts  that 
have  anything  to  do  with  that,  in  the  files  of  the  office  of  the  Chief 
Engineer,  and  in  tlie  files  of  the  office  of  the  division  engineer  in  San 
Francisco,  and  in  the  files  of  the  engineer  office  here  at  Honolulu; 
and  my  only  purpose  was  to  get  that  together  and  present  it  in  an 
orderly  and  coherent  way  so  the  Board  will  have  the  whole  picture. 

We  are  not  attempting  in  any  way  to  present  a  biased  or  just  one 
side  of  the  picture;  we  want  the  Board  to  have  the  whole  thing,  of 
course ;  but  that  is  the  nature  of  our  activities. 

16.  General  Frank.  Was  there  some  question  about  the  ability  of 
the  Board  to  get  at  the  facts? 

Major  Powell.  None  whatever,  to  my  knowledge;  certainly  no  one 
ever  told  me  of  anything,  or  made  any  such  accusation;  but  this 
Board,  I  was  told,  was  charged,  of  course,  with  the  investigation  of 
the  whole  Pearl  Harbor  matter,  and  the  engineer,  the  Chief  of  En- 
gineers and  his  officers  have  been  accused  of  irregularities  and  inef- 
ficiencies, through  this  House  report,  and  no  other  branch  of  the 
service  has  a  House  report  such  as  this  one  facing  it,  and  I  was  ad- 
vised that  it  was  because  of  the  charges  contained  in  that  House 
report  that  it  was  desired  that  we  prepare  evidence  and  aid  the  Board 
in  answering  the  charges  contained  in  the  House  report;  not  the  gen- 
eral Pearl  Harbor  investigation  as  such,  if  you  get  the  [2927] 
distinction,  there. 

17.  General  Grunert.  Wliat  are  your  investigations?  Had  you 
any  instructions  in  the  nature  of  preparing  a  defense  against  such 
charges? 

Major  Powell.  Not  a  defense,  other  than  presenting  the  facts,  the 
whole  facts,  and  presenting  them  in  a  coherent  manner  that  would  be 
easily  understood. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Wlierein  is  the  Legislative  Division,  as  such, 
interested  in  this  matter?  Why  should  they  have  selected  someone 
from  the  Legislative  Division — why  not  some  one  from  the  Adjutant 
General's  Office,  or  from  the  Juclge  Advocate  General's  Office,  or 
what  ?     Why  were  you  selected  to  do  this,  do  you  know  ? 

Major  Powell.  No,  sir;  I  don't  know. 

19.  General  Grunert.  You  do  not  know  why  Reber  was  called  upon 
to  produce  somebody,  do  you? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1525 

Major  Powell.  No,  sir;  I  don't. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Are  you  an  ex-engineer,  or  an  engineer? 
Major  Powell.  No,  sir;  I  am  a  lawyer  in  civil  life. 

21.  General  Grunert.  But  have  you  been  connected  with  the  engi- 
neers ? 

Major  Powell.  No,  sir. 

22.  General  Grunert.  This  just  came  out  of  the  clear  sky  to  you? 
Major  Powell.  Yes,  sir. 

23.  General  Grunert.  And  apparently  they  are  just  using  you  to 
advise  with  and  help  General  Bragdon,  because  of  your  legal  expe-. 
rience  ? 

Major  PoAVELL.  Legal  background;  I  think  so;  yes,  sir. 

[29£S]  24.  General  Grunert.  And  they  thought  it  was  neces- 
sary to  have  someone  with  legal  experience  to  dig  up  these  facts,  is 
that  it  ? 

Major  Powell.  I  can't  say  what  they  thought,  sir,  that  they  thought 
it  was  necessary,  or  not.  I  think  they  thought  it  would  be  helpful  to 
have  a  man  with  legal  background  prepare  this  evidence. 

25.  General  Grunert.  And  what  progress  have  you  made  ? 
Major  Powell.  Well,  as  I  say,  we  have  gone,  and  gone  through  the 

records  in  the  Chief  of  Engineers'  office,  in  Washington;  we  have  gone 
through  the  records  in  the  division  engineer's,  in  ISan  Francisco,  and 
are  now  in  process  of  going  through  the  records  here ;  and  we  are  pre- 
paring exhibits  and  maps,  and  we  are  preparing  documents  and  things 
of  that  nature  that  we  are  finding,  to  present. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Are  you  preparing  these  things  just  as  if  the 
ones  to  whom  you  were  going  to  submit  them  do  not  know  anything 
about  the  case  ? 

Major  Powell.  No,  sir;  but  we  are  preparing  them  from  the  point 
.of  view  of  giving  the  Board,  being  absolutely  sure  that  the  Board  has 
everything  that  has  a  material  bearing  on  the  case,  and  trying  to  pre- 
sent it  to  the  Board  in  a  manner  tliat  will  save  the  Board  a  lot  of  time 
and  assist  them  in  understanding  the  real  significance  of  it. 

27.  General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  appreciate  anything  5^ou  can 
do  in  that  line  that  is  not  redundant,  that  is  not  already  contained  in 
the  record ;  and  then  you  will  be  prepared  to  be  called  as  a  witness  by 
the  Board,  will  you,  as  soon  as  you  have  obtained  this  evidence  and 
put  it  in  form  ? 

[2929']  Major  Powell.  It  had  not  been  anticipated  that  I  would 
be  called  as  a  witness.  As  I  say,  it  was  anticipated  that  I  would  aid 
in  preparing  witnesses  to  appear  before  the  Board,  more  than  being 
called  as  a  witness,  because  I  have  no  personal  knowledge  of  this 
matter,  as  General  Frank  brought  out. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Now,  when  you  prepare  a  witness,  what  do 
you  prei^are  that  witness  for,  except  to  procluce  certain  evidence  or 
certain  lines  of  thought  or  lines  of  action?  Now,  why  should  you 
prepare  witnesses? 

29.  General  Frank.  Evidence  is  "fact." 

Major  Powell.  Well,  when  I  say  "preparing  a  witness,"  I  mean 
seeing  that  the  witness  Avill  present  to  this  Board,  the  witnesses  that 
have  been  called  by  this  Board  will  present  to  it,  everything  that  is  of 
record,  and  is  pertinent,  here. 


1526     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

30.  General  Frank.  You  tliink  that  needs  a  lawyer — an  expert 
lawyer  to  do  that  for  the  Board  ? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  I  can't  say,  of  course,  would  not  be  presump- 
tuous enough  to  say  the  Board  needs  me,  but  I  received  these  orders 
to  come  and  help  in  any  way  that  I  could. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Then  I  understand  that  you  simply  have 
been  detailed  to  assist  General  Bragdon  in  whatever  he  has  been 
ordered  to  do? 

Major  Powell.  That  is  correct;  yes,  sir. 

32.  General  Gruxert.  Well,  I  think  that  settles  it,  right  there. 

33.  Colonel  Toulmin.  I  would  like  to  ask  him  just  one  question. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead,  ask  him  a  question. 

35.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  are  from  the  Legislative  Division,  as  I 
understand  it.  You  have  read  this  committee  interim  report  of  Con- 
gress, is  that  right  ? 

[2930]         Major  Powell.  Yes,  sir. 

36.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Is  it  your  purpose  to  show  that  the  commit- 
tee's stateinents  were  wrong,  in  whole  or  in  part  ? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  it  is  our  purpose  to  show  all  facts  that  have 
anything  to  do  with  the  statements  of  the  committee. 

37.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  do  not  answer  me. 

Major  Powell.  And  whether  its  statements  are  wrong  or  not,  or 
whether  they  are  half  truths,  will  just  depend  on  the  facts. 

38.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Is  it  your  position  that  Congress  did  not 
either  have  the  ability  to  get  at  the  facts,  or  did  not  put  all  the  facts 
in  the  record  ? 

Major  Powell.  It  is  my  own  personal  opinion  from  the  facts  that 
I  have  uncovered  in  the  files  of  the  engineers'  offices  that  there  are  a 
great  many  inaccuracies  in  that  report  of  Congress,  and  I  think  the 
facts  that  we  present  to  you  gentlemen  will  definitely  show  that. 

39.  Colonel  Toulmin.  What  firm  were  you  connected  with  in  civil 
life.  Major  ? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  I  was  first  connected  with  the  law  firm  of 
Martin,  Turner,  &  McWhorter,  in  Birmingham,  Alabama.  I  served 
for  a  year  on  the  law  faculty  at  the  University  of  Virginia,  and  imme- 
diately before  coming  in  the  Army,  I  was  associated  in  legal  work 
with  the  American  Telephone  &  Telegraph,  as  a  house  counsel. 

40.  Colonel  Toulmin.  That  is  all. 
Colonel  West.  May  I  ask  a  question  ? 

41.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Colonel  West.  What  was  General  Reber's  assignment  prior 
[2931]         to  his  going  on  this  Legislative  and  Liaison  Division  ? 

Major  Powell.  I  don't  know,  sir.  I  didn't  know  him  before  that. 
I  don't  know  just  what  it  was. 

42.  Colonel  West.  Has  he  just  recently  gone  on  that  assignment? 
Major  Powell.  He  has  been  there  for  some  time,  to  my  knowledge. 

Now,  he  has  been  acting  as  head  of  that  division,  in  General  Persons' 
absence. 

43.  Colonel  West.  Is  that  division  under  the  Under  Secretary  of 
War's  office  in  any  way  ? 

Major  Pow^elIj.  Well,  I  know  it  is  a  division  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment General  Stalf,  and  I  cannot  say  just  how  the  War  Department 
General  Staff  fits  into  the  picture,  but  it  was  my  impression  that,  in 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1527 

effect,  that  was  General  MarshalTs  staff,  and  that  the  line  of  command 
would  go  right  on  up  through.  General  Marshall  to  the  Secretary  of 
War. 

44.  Colonel  West.  Just  one  other  question :  Is  it  your  understanding 
that  you  are  functioning  as  a  sort  of  assistant  counsel  for  Colonel 
Wyman  ? 

Major  Powell.  That's  my  understanding — ^to  assist  him. 

45.  Colonel  West.  In  other  words,  you  are  General  Bragdon's  as- 
sistant, and  he  is  designated  as  counsel  ? 

Major  Powell.  As  counsel. 
•  46.  Colonel  West.  So  you  are  really  in  the  nature  of  assistant  coun- 
sel for  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Major  Powell.  That  is  right,  sir;  I  was  assigned  to  assist  Colonel 
Wyman  in  any  way  possible,  and  our  approach  to  this  thing  has  been, 
as  I  have  said — I  would  like  to  emphasize — not  from  the  point  of  view 
of  the  over-all  investigation  of  [2932']  this  Board,  into  the 
Pearl  Harbor  disaster,  but  this  House  interim  report.  We  have  studied 
that  very  carefully  and  analyzed  all  the  charges  contained  in  there, 
and  have  been  endeavoring  to  develop  the  evidence  on  those  charges. 

47.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  a  question.  You  stated  that 
you  considered  it  one  of  your  duties,  to  prepare  the  witnesses.  We 
simply  are  after  facts,  and  if  the  witness  has  the  facts,  that  is  all  we 
are  after — the  simple  facts. 

Major  Powell.  That  is  right. 

48.  General  Frank.  How  do  you  expect  to  prepare  a  witness  to  give 
us  simple  facts,  other  than  the  normal  way  in  which  he  wotild  do  it? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  we  have  been  endeavoring;  when  I  say  "pre- 
pare the  witness,"  I  mean,  to  see  that  the  witness  knows  all  of  the  facts 
that  he  is  supposed  to  know,  that  are  in  the  files,  there,  that  are  con- 
tained, there,  and  have  them  organized  in  some  orderly  way  to  come 
down  here  and  present  them  to  you  gentlemen. 

49.  General  Frank,  After  all,  is  it  not  the  Board's  option  to  get  its 
facts  and  its  witnesses,  without  having  the  witnesses  tampered  with? 

Major  Po"\Mi:LL.  Well,  I  wouldn't  want  my  statement  with  reference 
to  the  preparation  of  a  witness  to  be  interpreted  for  one  moment  as 
tampering  with  the  witness,  or  advising  the  witness  to  say  anything 
less  than  the  whole  truth,  and  everything  that  is  material;  but  it  is  of 
some  assistance,  I  think,  for  a  witness  to  go  over  all  the  facts  and  come 
prepared,  rather  than  just  walk  in  "green",  not  knowing  what  he  is 
going  to  be  faced  with. 

[2933]  50.  General  Frank.  Do  I  understand  that  you  are  about 
to  ask  the  Board  for  a  list  of  the  witnesses  that  it  is  going  to  call,  so 
that  you  can  have  an  opportunity  to  deal  with  them? 

Major  Powell.  Well,  no,  sir;  I  am  not  about  to  ask  the  Board  for 
any  list  of  witnesses. 

51.  General  Frank.  All  right. 

52.  Colonel  Totjlmin.  I  would  like  to  ask  you  one  question.  Major. 
Do  you  regard  it  as  proper  for  a  lawyer  to  appear  as  counsel  for  a 
man,  and  also  appear  as  a  witness  in  disclosing  all  of  the  records  and 
other  data  and  facts,  which  ma}'  be  ach^erse  to  the  man  whom  he 
represents  ? 

Major  Powt:ll.  I  say  it  would  be  highly  irregular,  sir,  and  as  I 
have  stated  before,  I  have  no  instructions  to  appear  as  a  witness,  and 


1528     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

I  would  be  of  no  aid  as  a  witness,  because  anything  I  said  would  be 
second-hand. 

53.  General  Grunert.  See  if  this  statement  of  mine  is  correct:  As 
far  as  you  know,  then,  the  War  Department  and  the  Chief  of  En- 
gineers' Office  have  sent  you  people  out  here  to  be  sure  that  the  Board 
gets  a  chance  to  get  all  the  facts  ? 

Major  Powell.  Correct. 

54.  General  Grunert.  Pro  or  con  ? 
Major  Powell.  Eight,  sir. 

55.  General  Grunert.  That  is  all. 
Major  Pg^vell.  And  to  withhold  nothing. 

56.  General  Grunert.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming  in.  We 
wanted  to  get  your  status  settled,  because  we  did  not  know  where 
you  stood. 

Major  Po"vvELL.  All  right,  sir;  fine ! 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  having  concluded  the  hearing  of  witnesses,  the  Board 
took  up  the  consideration  of  other  business  until  2  p.  m.) 

[2934.^  AFTERNOON  SESSION 

(The  Board,  at  2  o'clock  p.  m.,  continued  the  hearing  of  witnesses.) 
General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  please  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  SENATOK  WILLIAM  HARDY  HILL,  72  KEOKEO  ROAD, 

HONOLULU,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24^) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Senator,  will  you  state  to  the  Board  your  full 
name  and  address,  please? 

Senator  Hill.  William  Hardy  Hill,  77  Keokeo  Eoad,  Honolulu. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Senator,  this  Board  was  appointed  to  ascer- 
tain and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  made  by  Japanese 
armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  the  7th  of  December, 
1941,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which  related 
to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster  of  the  report  of  the  House  Military 
Affairs  Committee.  This  latter  report  is  largely  concerned  with  con- 
struction.   We  are  after  facts  and  leads  to  where  facts  can  be  found. 

General  Short  has  furnished  the  Board  a  list  of  representative 
citizens  living  in  Hawaii  who  he  says  may  have  information  of  value 
to  the  Board.  Your  name  being  on  that  list,  we  have  asked  you  here 
with  the  hope  that  you  may  have  facts  to  present  to  us. 

Now,  General  Short  did  not  refer  to  any  particular  subject  on  which 
you  might  testify,  so  it  is  up  to  you  to  open  the  subject,  which  we  may 
then  develop  by  our  questions.  Do  you  know  of  any  particular  thing 
that  General  Short  might  wish  you  to         [293S]         tell  the  Board  ? 

Senator  Hill.  I  do  not,  and  as  far  as  facts  are  concerned  regarding 
the  attack  I  do  not  have  any.  I  knew  General  Short  very  well,  had 
many  talks  with  him.  We  have  discussed  briefly,  as  much  as  a  military 
man  would  care  to  discuss  with  a  civilian,  the  situation  over  here,  but  I 
have  no  definite  facts  that  I  can  give  this  Board. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1529 

3.  General  Grunert.  Possibly  he  might  have  wanted  you  to  tell  us 
what  you  thought  of  him,  together  with  what  you  may  know  of  your 
own  accord  as  to  his  endeavors  here  to  build  up  a  defense.  Is  there 
anything  in  that  line  that  you  might  tell  us  ? 

Senator  Hill.  AVell,  I  have  never  known  a  man  who  I  thought  more 
highly  of.  I  think  he  was  a  very  fine  man.  He  was  a  serious  and  con- 
scientious man  and  very  high  idealed.  I  felt  and  he  led  me  to  believe, 
at  least  I  gathered  from  what  he  said  at  different  times,  that  he  was  not 
being  given  support  in  the  way  of  men  and  ammunition  from  Wash- 
ington that  he  should.  I  believe  that  he  felt  that  he  should  have  had 
more  men  and  more  ammunition  and  better  equipment. 

The  General  was  not  afraid  of  an  attack  from  Japan.  In  fact, 
nobody  in  Hawaii  gave  any  thought  to  that.  We  thought  we  Were  safe 
and  Japan  would  attack  possibly  the  Philippines  or  possibly  Panama. 
There  was  no  thought  in  niA^  mind  and  I  am  sure  there  was  no  thought 
in  General  Short's  mind  that  Hawaii  would  be  attacked. 

On  one  occasion,  when  General  Short  returned  from  Washington,  I 
said  to  him  "Well,  how  did  you  get  along?"  And  his  answer  was  that 
he  did  not  feel  that  he  was  being  given  the  support  that  he  should. 

[2936]  4.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  know  what  he  ex- 
pected, did  you  ? 

Senator  Hill.  I  believe — and  all  of  this  is  belief — that  he  wanted 
more  planes,  that  he  wanted  more  men,  and  I  am  not  sure  that  he  told 
me,  but  somebody  told  me,  some  military  people,  that  some  of  the  guns 
had  not  been  fired  for  some  15  or  20  years,  until  he  came  here,  and  I 
gathered  that  he  was  back  there  to  try  to  get  larger  appropriations  in 
order  to  better  fortify  the  Islands  of  Hawaii,  the  Territory. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Although  these  things  that  you  tell  us  may  not 
be  facts,  this  Board,  although  it  wants  facts,  is  also  obtaining  some 
impressions.  It  wants  to  size  up  the  conditions.  Can  you  give  us 
something  in  the  line  of  the  condition  or  the  state  of  mind  of  the  popu- 
lation here? 

Senator  Hill.  Yes.  The  population  had  a  tremendous  amount  of 
confidence  in  the  armed  forces.  They  felt  they  were  absolutely  pro- 
tected against  any  attack  that  could  ever  be  made.  As  an  example, 
about  two  months  before  the  attack  I  made  a  little  speech  up  in  Spo- 
kane, Washington  to  the  Rotary  Club,  and  I  told  them  that  I  thought 
they  were  in  just  as  much  danger  of  attack  as  we  were;  we  had  high- 
powered  guns  and  we  had  the  radars,  we  had  planes,  and  that  we  were 
absolutely  safe,  and  that  was  the  feeling  of  all  of  the  civilian  popu- 
lation. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Having  thatf  impression  when  the  attack  came 
did  you  feel  let  down  by  the  military? 

Senator  Hill.  Frankly,  we  did.  We  felt  that  we  were  let  down  to  a 
certain  extent,  but  the  feeling  here,  and  almost  all  of  the  people  feel, 
that  the  let  down  was  not  here  but  in  Washington. 

[2937]         General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  basis  for  that  feeling? 

'Senator  Hill.  We  feel  that  in  Washington  the  powers  that  be  were 
being  hoodwinked  by  the  Japs  and  that  they  were  afraid  to  do  very 
niuch  for  fear  that  they  would  offend  the  Japanese.  I  know  we  read 
in  the  papers  where  they  refused  some  30  or  40  thousand  dollars  to  do 
some  work  on  Guam,  for  fear  that  it  would  offend  the  Japanese. 


1530     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

The  general  feeling,  I  think,  is  that  Washington  did  not  give  us  the 
protection  and  the  men  and  equipment  and  so  forth  that  we  were 
entitled  to.  We  feel  and  have  felt  since  the  war  that  Cordell  Hull  and 
others  in  Washington  knew  a  great  deal  more  about  the  situation  than 
we  were  told.  There  was  no  feeling  that  I  know  of  that  General  Short 
had  let  us  down  or  had  sort  of  gone  to  sleep  on  the  job.  He  was  recog- 
nized, I  think,  throughout  the  Territory  as  a  very  serious-minded  and 
an  efficient  and  a  good  man,  doing  the  best  that  he  could.  He  was  not 
out  on  parties  at  night,  not  a  drinking  man,  but  he  was  all  business. 
There  is  a  kindly  feeling  toward  General  Short  throughout  the 
Territory, 

8.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  said  that  it  was  general  belief  that 
he  did  the  best  he  could.  The  Board  has  had  testimony  to  the  effect 
that  he  took  an  alert,  called  No.  1,  the  sabotage  alert,  where  he  could 
have  taken  an  all-out  alert.  What  the  consequences  were  or  what 
happened  is  well  known.  What  might  have  happened  had  he  taken 
a  greater  alert  that  would  have  provided  greater  security,  one  does 
not  know.  But  I  cannot  well  ask  you  what  was  in  General  Short's 
mind  when  he  took  the  lowest  form  of  alert,  but  can  you  tell  us  any- 
thing about  the  public  mind  as  to  the  danger  from  sabotage  of  your 
population  ? 

Senator  Hill.  We  were  not  afraid  of  sabotage  and  there  was 
[24^8]  very  little  of  it  here.  The  different  races,  we  feel  differently 
toward  them  from  what  they  do  on  the  mainland,  and  still  feel  that  a 
great  many  or  nearly  all  the  Japs  were  loyal  citizens  or,  at  least,  loyal 
enough  not  to  do  any  harm. 

I  think  that  the  armed  forces — I  think  that  General  Short  was  not 
too  much  afraid  of  sabotage  and  work  of  that  kind.  We  have  heard 
that  at  that  time  they  were  on  a  sabotage  alert.  We  have  also  been 
led  to  believe  that  these  alert  orders  came  from  Washington.  They 
were  on  the  alert  so  much  for  a  year  or  two  before  the  war — I  talked 
with  some  of  the  officers — "My  God,  we  have  been  on  the  alert  so  much 
off  and  on  and  off  and  on"  that  it  got  to  be  a  sort  of  a  tiresome  thing. 
I  did  not  know  that  the  General  had  it  within  his  power  to  name  the 
type  of  alert.  We  were  under  the  impression — at  least  I  was,  and 
most  of  us  were — that  these  orders  came  from  Washington. 

We  have  also  heard  that  orders  were  cabled  from  Washington  on 
December  the  7th  regarding  this  attack  and  the  possibility  of  it,  and 
the  message  did  not  reach  General  Short  until  sometime  in  the  after- 
noon. General  Short  did  not  tell  me  that.  Some  of  my  information, 
I  am  very  glad  to  tell  you  where  I  got  it  so  you  can  follow  it  up,  was 
from  a  man  named  Dick  Hallei*,  a  newspaper  man  who  was  very 
friendly  with  General  Short  also.  I  think  that  he  can  give  you  pos- 
sibly some  information  that  you  want. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Is  he  located  here  in  the  city? 

Senator  Hill.  He  lives  here  in  the  city,  I  think  at  the  Pacific  Club. 

10.  General  Grunert,  And  at  that  time  he  was  a  newspaper  man  ? 
Senator  Hill.  He  was. 

[2939]  11.  General  Grunert.  And  he  gave  you  an  impression? 
Just  what  impression  did  he  give  you? 

Senator  Hill.  He  gave  me  the  impression — some  of  the  impressions 
I  have  given  you  here — that  General  Short  was  doing  the  best  that  he 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1531 

could  and  that  he  ^Yas  being  let  dcnvn  a  little  by  Washington,  they 
were  not  giving  him  the  equipment  and  men  that  he  should  have 
and  that  he  had  asked  for  repeatedly. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  tell  you  that  this  sabotage  alert  was 
ordered  from  Washington? 

Senator  Hill.  I  cannot  say  whether  Haller  told  me  that  or  not. 
We  heard  it  at  the  time.  I  cannot  say,  I  do  not  recall  whether  Haller 
was  the  man  who  told  me  that,  but  it  was  general  information. 

13.  General  Gruxert.  What  do  you  suppose  his  source  of  informa- 
tion was? 

Senator  Hill.  I  have  an  idea  it  was  General  Short  direct.  He  was 
very  close  to  General  Short.  » 

14.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  influence  that  you  know  of 
by  citizens  or  groups  of  citizens  that  would  have  prevented  or  would 
have  influenced  General  Short  in  refraining  from  going  on  the  all-out 
alert  because  of  the  disruption  it  might  cause  in  plantations  as  far 
as  the  sugar-cane  crop  or  the  pineapple  crop  or  this  and  that  were 
concerned? 

Senator  Hill.  Since  the  war,  since  the  outbreak,  it  has  been  shown 
that  the  actions  of  the  Commanding  General  here  are  influenced  some- 
what by  the  civilian  population.  Now,  I  mean  this :  General  Emmons 
had  in  mind  moving  a  great  many  of  the  Japanese  from  the  Territory. 
He  discussed  this  with  me.  I  also  discussed  with  his  Deputy  Chief 
of  Staff,  Phillips.  He  wanted  to  move  many,  many  thousands  out  of 
here.  It  was  his  idea  that  the  Japanese,  the  intelligent  or  semi-intelli- 
gent, semi-educated  Japanese  was  the  more  dangerous;  that  the  old 
alien  out  of  the  [2940]  canefield  w-as  not  so  dangerous.  But 
the  sugar  planters,  the  so-called  Big  Five  in  the  Territory,  imme- 
diately got  busy,  contacted  Washington,  contacted  General  Emmons, 
contacted  everybody  that  they  could  and  put  it  up  to  them  in  this 
way :  "We  put  out  a  million  tons  of  sugar  per  year.  If  you  take  our 
Japs  out  you  get  no  sugar."  They  were  very  badly  frightened  that 
something  of  that  kind  w^ould  happen  and  they  used  all  the  pressure 
that  they  could,  and  apparently  they  were  successful  in  getting  what 
they  wanted,  because  General  Emmons  definitely  did  want  to  ship  out 
many,  many  thousands  of  Japanese. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Where  was  he  going  to  ship  them,  do  you 
know? 

Senator  Hill.  Anywhere  on  the  mainland,  but  get  them  out  of 
here. 

16.  General  Grunert.  You  knowing  the  Japanese  and  Filipino 
elements  of  the  population,  how  do  3"0U  size  them  up  as  regards  their 
being  a  menace  to  the  defense  of  the  group  of  islands? 

Senator  Hill.  At  the  present  time?  You  mean  whether  thev  ar-e 
a  menace  now? 

17.  General  Grunert.  Then  or  now. 

Senator  Hill.  I  cannot  see  that  they  are  in  any  way  a  menace  to 
the  war  effort.  The  Filipino  is  definitely  a  good  worker  and  a  loyal 
man.  The  Japanese,  I  believe,  are  loyal  to  us,  most  of  them,  because 
we  are  in  charge.  I  do  believe  that  as  soon  as  a  Japanese  soldier 
is  put  on  Hawaiian  soil,  the  majority  of  the  people  will  be  loyal 
Japanese.     I  think  they  are  just  riding — — 


1532     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

18.  General  Frank.  The  bandwagon  ? 

Senator  Hill.  Riding  on  the  fence.  I  have  many  of  them  [294-11 
working  for  me  and  with  me.  I  have  lived  with  them  here  for  33 
years.  I  know  that  even  in  the  third  and  fourth  generation  the  Jap  is 
just  as  much  a  Jap  as  he  was  a  thousand  years  ago.  As  you  know, 
their  religion,  their  State,  their  politics,  are  all  in  one, — the  family. 
Recently  there  was  a  third  generation  Japanese  married.  His  mother 
was  born  here.  He  was  married  in  the  old  Japanese  style,  just  exactly 
as  they  did  in  Japan  2,000  years  ago.  They  are  not  becoming  Amer- 
icanized. 

19.  General  Grunert.  But  they  do  have  two  political  parties,  don't 
they? 

Senator  Hill.  Yes.  We  have  two  political  parties,  the  Democrat 
and  the  Republican  parties  here,  and  up  until  a  few  years  ago,  when 
their  numbers  were  small,  they  voted  en  bloc.  As  they  got  larger, 
as  the  group  became  larger,  a  few  others  aspired  for  a  little  power  or 
leadership,  and  with  the  help  of  some  of  the  rest  of  them  we  got 
them  sort  of  divided  and  fighting  among  themselves,  so  they  are  not 
now  voting  in  a  solid  bloc,  although  they  have  been  able  to  elect  many 
Japanese  to  public  office,  in  the  Legislature  and  in  the  different 
boards  of  supervisors. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Do  any  of  you  think  of  any  other  avenue 
of  approach,  anything  else  to  ask  the  Senator  ?  If  not,  I  will  ask  the 
Senator  to  bring  up  anything  that  he  thinks  might  be  of  value  to  the 
Board,  realizing  that  we  are  looking  at  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor, 
what  led  up  to  it,  what  happened  there,  and  only  those  things  after- 
wards as  are  related  to  the  attack. 

Senator  Hill.  I  am  sorry  I  have  not  been  of  more  help  to  you. 
I  realize  I  have  not  been  of  much  help.  There  are  two  or  three  things, 
though,  that  I  would  like  to  mention.  One  is  that  [294^]  the 
Roberts  report  stated  that  there  was  no  cooperation  between  the  Army 
and  Navy.  Again,  I  do  not  know  the  facts,  but  we  never  heard  before 
the  war  of  any  lack  of  cooperation.  We  Imew  there  was  a  certain 
rivalry  in  the  football  games,  and  so  forth,  but  we  felt  and  knew, 
or  thought  we  knew,  that  they  were  conferring  and  cooperating.  Now, 
that  is  the  general  impression  in  the  Territory. 

21.  General  Grunert.  You  do  not  know  how  effective  that  coopera- 
tion was,  do  you  ? 

Senator  Hill.  I  do  not. 

22.  General  Grltnert.  You  knew  they  were  getting  together,  but  you 
do  not  know  what  happened  when  they  got  together  ? 

Senator  Hill.  No.  I  do  know  that  Admiral  Kimmel  and  General 
Short  both  were  holding  conferences  every  day  for  many,  many 
months ;  not  together ;  I  mean  with  their  various  men.  I  know  that 
they  were  getting  together;  to  what  extent  or  how  far  they  went,  I 
do  not  know ;  but  nobody  thought  of  the  Army  and  the  Navy  working 
at  odds.  They  all  felt  they  were  cooperating  with  each  other  and 
doing  it  properly.  I  think  that  is  about  the  only  thing  that  I  could 
bring  up  that  might  be  of  interest. 

23.  General  Grunert.  We  thank  you  very  much  for  coming  and 
appreciate  your  coming  all  the  way  up  here. 

Senator  Hill.  I  am  very  glad  to  come,  but  I  am  sorry  I  cannot  be 
of  more  help. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1533 

[29P]        TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  KENDALL  J.  EIELDEE,  GEN- 
ERAL STAFF  CORPS,  HEADQUARTERS  POA,  FORT  SHAFTER,  T.  H. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24. ) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Kenclall  J.  Fielder,  Colonel,  General  Staff  Corps, 
Headquarters  POA,  APO  1)58,  c/o  Postmaster,  San  Francisco. 

2.  General  Grunert,  Colonel,  I  am  going  to  turn  you  over  to  Gen- 
eral Russell  as  being  the  Board  member  who  will  go  into  this  par- 
ticular phase  specially.     The  rest  of  us  will  piece  out  by  questions. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir. 

3.  General  Russell.  When  did  you  become  G-2  on  the  staff  of  the 
Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Colonel  Fielder.  In  the  late  summer  of  1941.  I  think  I  reported 
on  the  22nd  of  July. 

4.  General  Russell.  From  January  1,  '41,  until  you  became  G-2 
of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  what  was  your  assignment? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  was  with  the  22nd  Brigade  at  Schofield  Bar- 
racks on  this  Island,  as  executive  officer. 

5.  General  Russell.  You  came  down  as  a  member  of  the  staff  and 
immediately  became  the  G-2  of  the  Commanding  General  of  the 
Department? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  correct,  yes. 

6.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  would  you  tell  the  Board  what  per- 
sonnel you  had  in  the  G-2  organization  as  of  November  and  December 
1941,  in  the  G-2  division? 

[2944]  Colonel  Fielder.  The  G-2  section  at  that  time  was  en- 
gaged in  counter-intelligence  as  well  as  so-called  combat-intelligence, 
of  which  there  was  none  because  there  was  no  combat,  but  we  did  have 
a  small  combat  section.  We  had  the  public  relations  section  and  the 
ccensorship.  It  was  subdivided  into  two  general  subdivisions,  one  of 
which  took  in  combat-intelligence,  public  relations,  and  plans  for 
censorship.  That  comprised  one  lieutenant  colonel,  three  captains, 
two  first  lieutenants,  and  six  clerks.  Then,  we  had  the  counter- 
intelligence division  which  was  engaged  in  planning,  preparing  for 
anything  subversive.  That  was  composed  of  one  lieutenant  colonel, 
one  captain,  seven  first  lieutenants,  two  second  lieutenants,  and  nine- 
teen counter-intelligence  corps  agents,  plainclothesmen.  That  was 
the  G-2  section  at  that  time. 

7.  General  Russell.  Total  personnel  in  the  G-2  section,  therefore, 
was  some  fifty? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Commissioned,  I  can  tell  you  exactly:  eighteen, 
and  nineteen  agents.  They  are  enlisted  men,  but  they  are  plain- 
clothes. 

8.  General  Russell.  Thirty-seven.     And  then  your  clerical  force? 
Colonel  Fielder.  We  had  about  nine  clerks :  six  with  the  public 

relations  section  and  three  with  the  counter-intelligence. 

9.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  sometime  prior  to  December  7  a  sub- 
division of  work  had  been  made  on  the  Island  between  the  Office  of 
Naval  Intelligence,  the  F.  B.  I.,  and  the  G-2  section  of  the  Depart- 
ment. You  are  familiar,  of  course,  with  that  delineation  of  duties, 
and  so  forth  ? 


1534     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes.  T  am. 

[B94S]  10.  General  Russell.  As  a  result  of  the  agreements 
reached  between  those  three  agencies,  would  you  tell  the  Board 
the  limitation  on  the  operations  of  the  G-2  section  of  the  Hawaiian 
Department,  or  the  fields  in  which  they  could  operate  pursuant  to 
the  terms  of  that  agreement? 

Colonel  Fielder.  We  were  limited  to  operating  among  military 
personnel  and  among  civilians  employed  by  the  military  estab- 
lishment. 

11.  General  Russell.  Did  you,  or  not,  in  1941,  irrespective  of  the 
limitations  of  this  agreement,  operate  among  the  Japanese  people 
on  the  Island?  And  by  "Japanese  people"  I  mean  all  of  those  who 
were  aliens  and  those  of  alien  origin,  Japanese  origin. 

Colonel  Fielder.  We  did  to  a  limited  extent  The  F.  B.  I.  and 
the  O.  N.  I.  and  the  Military  Intelligence  Division  were  very  closely 
associated  even  then,  and  we  had  meetings  once  each  week  of  the 
heads  of  these  three  organizations,  and  we  did  assist  them  with 
our  translators  and  with  our  agents,  but  we  had  no  authority  to  open 
new  cases  or  to  prosecute,  or  anything  like  that. 

12.  General  Russell.  You  repeat,  therefore,  that  your  jurisdiction 
over  civilians  was  limited  to  those  employed  by  the  military  estab- 
lishment ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  correct. 

13.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  I  am  going  to  ask  you  some  ques- 
tions in  a  minute,  probably,  about  the  sabotage  ancl  the  threat  of 
sabotage  as  existing  because  of  the  presence  of  so  many  Japanese 
people  on  the  Island.  It  may  be  necessary,  however,  to  lay  a  little 
broader  groundwork  than  I  have  done         [2946]         already. 

On  and  after  December  7,  1941,  military  law  was  declared  on  the 
Island;  is  that  true? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  correct.  About  noon  on  December  7th 
martial  law  was  declared. 

14.  General  Russell.  Will  you  tell  the  Board  what  effect  on  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  G-2  section  over  Japanese  people  this  declaration 
of  martial  law  had? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  had  the  effect  of  placing  all  the  responsibility 
for  control  of  the  alien  population  or  the  subversively  inclined  popu- 
lation in  the  hands  of  the  military.  That  was  by  joint  agreement. 
The  War  Department  and  the  Navy  Department  and  the  Federal 
Bureau  of  Investigation  in  Washington  had  agreed  that  in  the 
event  of  martial  law  in  Hawaii  the  senior  military  commander  would 
be  responsible,  and  it  was  what  we  call  the  limitation  agreement, 
and  it  does  delineate  the  duties  of  the  various  investigative 
organizations. 

Now,  when  we  got  a  copy  of  that  over  here,  we  had  our  own 
little  local  agreement  signed  by  General  Emmons  at  that  time  and 
Admiral  Bloch,  the  Commandant  of  the  14th  Naval  District,  and 
Mr.  Shivers  of  the  F.  B.  I.;  and  that  merely  elaborated  a  little  bit 
on  the  central  agreement,  the  main  agreement. 

15.  General  Russell.  Have  you  been  in  touch  with  the  Japanese 
population  since  that  time,  in  a  more  detailed  way  than  prior  to 
December  7th? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  have,  very  much  more  so. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1535 

16.  General  Russell.  You  have  continued  in  your  assignment  as 
G-2  until  this  time  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  haven't  changed  assignment ;  I  am  still  [3947] 
G-2. 

17.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Although  the  commands  have  changed,  I  am  still 
the  G-2  for  the  Senior  Commander. 

18.  General  Russell.  Now,  Colonel  Fielder,  there  has  been  con- 
siderable discussion  by  various  people  as  to  the  threat  to  our  national 
security  and  tlie  probability  of  sabotage  because  of  the  presence  here 
of  so  many  Japanese  people  on  the  Island,  I  want  to  break  this  down 
and  go  through  it  hurriedly  to  get  G-2's  reactions  to  that  situation, 
and  possibly  it  would  be  better  to  do  that  with  it  under  certain  heads. 

The  Japanese  as  individuals,  how  many — what  is  the  percentage 
of  Japanese  population  in  the  territory? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  is  almost  40  percent,  about  100,000. 

19.  General  Frank.  On  this  Island  or  in  all  the  Islands? 
Colonel  Fielder.  All  the  Islands.    About  90,000  on  this  Island. 

20.  General  Rltssell.  The  total  population  of  the  Islands,  then, 
there  is  approximately  -100,000? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  right ;  450,000,  about. 

21.  General  Russell.  How  does  the  Japanese  population  on  all 
of  the  Islands  compare  with  what  we  commonly  refer  to  as  the  white 
population? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Just  about  the  same.  Roughly  the  population  is 
divided  into  three  thirds :  one-third  white,  one-third  Japanese,  and 
one-third  mixtures:  Chinese  and  Hawaiians,  and  part  Hawaiians, 
and  Filipinos,  and  so  forth. 

22.  General  Russell.  What  is  the  predominant  pursuit  of  the  Jap- 
anese population  on  the  Island  ? 

[294-8]  Colonel  Fielder.  I  suppose  you  would  call  the  predomi- 
nant pursuit  agriculture,  but  they  also  control  many  other  things. 
Practically  80  ])ercent  of  all  the  artisans,  carpenters,  plumbers,  elec- 
tricians, and  so  forth,  were  of  Japanese  extraction,  and  then  of  course 
many  businessmen,  many  professional  men :  lawyers,  doctors,  even 
bankers*    They  were  engaged  in  almost  every  pursuit. 

23.  General  Russell.  Based  on  your  work  among  these  people,  the 
data  which  your  section  has  accumulated,  and  the  data  which  have 
been  furnished  you  by  F.  B.  I.  and  O.  N.  L,  have  you  reached  any 
conclusions  as  to  the  percentage  of  loyalty  or  disloyalty  to  the  Ameri- 
can Government — I  will  put  it  another  way:  have  you  reached  any 
conclusion  as  to  the  percentage  of  Japanese  who,  in  a  contest  between 
the  American  Government  and  the  Japanese  Government,  would  be 
loyal  to  the  American  Government? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  arrive  At  any  definite 
percentage.  There  is  no  question  but  what  a  great  number  of  them 
would  be  completely  loyal  to  the  United  States.  There  is  no  question 
but  what  a  large  number  would  be  pro-Japanese  because  they  are 
aliens;  you  couldn't  expect  them  to  be  otherwise.  The  queer  thing 
about  the  Japanese  is  that  you  cannot  differentiate  between  those  who 
are  potenHallv  loyal  and  those  who  are  pot-entially  disloyal.  But  we 
just  don't  think  the  way  they  do;  we  can't  solve  their  minds;  and  unless 
they  commit  some  overt  act  or  unless  we  have  evidence  against  them, 


1536     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

such  as  knowing  that  they  have  large  financial  holdings  in  Japan  or 
that  their  nearest  relatives  are  there,  or  that  they  have  contributed 
toward  the  Japanese  war  effort  in  the  war  [2949]  against 
China,  and  things  like  that,  there  is  no  way  of  telling  whether  they 
are  loyal  or  not. 

24.  General  Russell.  I  was  going  to  ask  you  if  any  conclusions  as 
to  loyalty  and  disloyalty  could  be  drawn  because  of  the  place  of 
birth  or  the  time  spent  on  the  Island. 

Colonel  Fielder.  You  can't  draw  a  definite  conclusion.  But  there 
is  one  class  of  Japanese  called  Kibeis,  those  who  are  born  here  and 
then  received  much  of  their  education  in  Japan;  they  are  dual  citi- 
zens. We  consider  them  the  most  dangerous  group  because  they  are 
young,  they  are  active,  they  are  smart,  and  they  have  been  indoc- 
trinated with  this  fanatical  worship  of  the  Emperor  and  willingness 
to  die  for  the  Emperor,  and  all  that  stuff. 

25.  General  Russell.  It  is  from  that  group  that  you  might  expect 
the  leaders  of  the  Japanese  people  to  come,  if  at  all  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes ;  at  the  present  time.  Now,  prior  to  the  war, 
of  course,  they  had  many  alien  Japanese  leaders,  people  engaged  in 
shipping,  the  NYK  Line  officials  in  this  town,  the  bankers,  the  editors 
of  the  local  papers,  and  the  Shinto  priests,  the  language  school  teach- 
ers, and  several  other  pategories,  they  were  the  potentially  dangerous 
ones  at  that  time.  Many  of  these,  of  course,  were  picked  up  promptly 
on  December  7th. 

26.  General  Russell.  Now,  those  people  were  aliens  and  had  come 
to  the  Island  from  Japan  after  having  attained  their  maturity  in 
Japan? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Not  necessarily.  They  might  have  been  born 
there.  If  they  are  born  in  Japan  and  come  right  away,  they  are  still 
aliens. 

[£950]         27.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Many  of  them  are — —or  most  of  them  are  40 
years  old  or  over,  but  some  of  them  are  not  that  old. 

28.  General  Russell.  Well,  now.  Colonel,  to  hurry  along:  You 
have  in  the  Islands  a  great  group  of  Japanese  people  who  are  poorly 
educated,  work  with  their  hands,  the  laboring  class;  that  is  true, 
isn't  it? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  true,  definitely. 

29.  General  Russell.  And  then  you  have  the  upper  crust,  the  peo- 
ple that  you  are  talking  about,  the  Kibeis  and  the  merchants  and  the 
bankers  and  the  shipping  interests  and  the  professional  people.  They 
are  the  educated  Japanese  people.  Now,  from  the  standpoint  of 
loyalty  to  the  American  Government,  where  would  you  expect  to  find 
the  greatest  degree  of  loyalty,  among  the  uneducated  group  or  among 
that  educated  group? 

Colonel  Fielder.  You  would  expect  the  greatest  degree  of  loyalty 
not  among  any  of  those  that  I  have  mentioned,  but  among  the  citizens 
who  were  born  here,  educated  here,  and  who  have  never  been  away 
from  these  Islands,  which  is  still  another  group.  None  of  the  groups 
that  you  mention. 

30.  General  Russell.  Well,  they  are  potential  leaders,  aren't  they  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Many  of  them  are. 

31.  General  Russell.  All  right. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1537 

Colonel  Fielder.  We  have  hundreds  of  them  here  who  have  gone 
through  our  colleges  and  universities  on  the  mainland,  have  gone 
through  the  college  here,  who  have  never  been  away  from  the  American 
soil. 

32.  General  Russell.  Now,  you  think  those  people,  all  those 
[295 11  that  belong  to  what  we  will  roughly  call  the  intellectual 
class,  are  loyal  Americans? 

Colonel  Fielder,  I  think  95  percent  of  them  are. 

33.  General  Russell.  And  they  would  go  down  the  line  in  a  con- 
test with  Japan  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Right.  That  is  borne  out  by  the  fact  that  about 
6,000  of  them  are  in  our  Army  and  have  given  a  splendid  account 
of  themselves  in  Italy  with  the  Hundredth  Battalion. 

34.  General  Russell.  Therefore  your  conclusions  are  that  among 
the  intellectual  group  some  part  of  them  would  be  disloyal,  and  then 
there  would  be  a  large  element  of  them  that  would  be  loyal? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  correct,  yes,  sir. 

35.  General  Russell.  And  among  the  uneducated  or  laboring  group 
they  would  probably  follow  the  leaders  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  They  would  probably  follow  the  leaders.  Many 
of  the  old  aliens  have  been  here  so  long,  they  are  more  or  less  harm- 
less in  a  group  because  most  of  their  interests  are  here.  They  have 
raised  their  families  here.  They  have  severed  many  of  their  ties 
with  Japan.  Consequently,  as  a  group  you  couldn't  consider  them 
necessarily  dangerous,  but  as  individuals  any  one  of  them  might  be 
dangerous. 

36.  General  Russell.  Now,  Colonel,  prior  to  the  outbreak  of — I  will 
come  back  to  this  sabotage  thing  in  a  minute.  Prior  to  the  outbreak 
of  hostilities  in  December  of  1941,  December  7,  1941,  you  had  lists 
of  Japanese  people  here,  "A"  and  "B"  lists? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  we  did. 

37.  General  Russell.  Now,  what  did  the  "A"  list  mean  ? 
[2952']         Colonel  Fielder.  "A"  list? 

38.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Meant  those  that  would  be  picked  up  immedi- 
ately in  the  event  of  any  hostilities,  even  against  the  Philippines, 
we  will  say,  or  against  Malaya,  anywhere  between  the  United  States 
and  Japan,  even  though  notwithstanding 

39.  General  Russell.  How  many  people  did  you  have  on  your  "A" 
list  as  of  December  7,  '41  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  have  forgotten  now.  I  could  get  those  figures, 
but  I  don't  recall. 

40.  General  Russell.  Did  it  run  into  thousands  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  No. 

41.  General  Russell.  Or  into  hundreds  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  would  say  three  or  four  hundred.  But  I  can 
get  those  figures  if  it  makes  any  difference. 

42.  General  Russell.  Well,  three  or  four  hundred  is  enough  for 
us. 

"B"list? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  "B"  list  is  those  that  were  also  considered 
potentially  dangerous  but  who  would  not  be  picked  up  immediately, 
in  the  event  they  sank  one  of  our  transports  on  the  way  to  the  Philip- 


1538     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

pines,  or  diplomatic  relations  were  severed,  or  something  like  that. 
But  they  would  be  picked  up  in  the  event  of  an  attack  on  this  place 
or  war  in  this  part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Otherwise  they  would  just 
be  watched. 

43.  General  Russell.  Now,  on  this  subject  of  percentage  of  loyalty 
and  disloyalty,  do  you  think  they  would  be  affected  materially  by  the 
success  oi  Jap  arms  in  the  Territory,  assuming  that  they  might  have 
been  successful  here  ? 

.  [£dS3]  Colonel  Fielder.  Yes ;  many  of  them  would.  Many  of 
them  who  would  be  neutral  otherwise  would  turn  to  the  winning  side. 

44.  General  Frank.  Or  the  invading  side? 
Colonel  FiELDEK.  Or  the  invading  side. 

45.  General  Russell.  Now,  Colonel,  what  about  the  Japanese  or- 
ganizations on  the  Island,  very  briefly  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  They  are  great  on  organizations.  They  organize 
for  every  form  of  sport,  every  form  of  religion,  and  everything  else. 
There  are  literally  hundreds  of  Japanese  organizations,  but  those  that 
were  considered  dangerous,  most  dangerous,  were  the  Shinto  religious 
sects,  and  of  course  the  Black  Dragon  Society,  which  everybody  is 
familiar  with,  was  one  of  their  very  rabid  imperialistic  organizations. 

46.  General  Frank.  What  characterized  the  two  of  thenl? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Intense  loyalty  to  Japan,  I  think,  more  than  any- 
thing else,  and  desire  to  better  Japan's  position  in  the  world  of  nations. 

■  47.  General  Russell.  Now  you  are  discussing  with  General  Frank 
this  Shinto  group  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  the  Shinto ;  yes,  they  are.  When  you  get 
into  religion  I  am  just  not  familiar  enough  wuth  it  to  go  irito  much 
detail,  but  in  the  Shinto  religion  it  is  tied  in  pretty  close  with  the 
federal  government,  the  Japanese  Empire,  the  worship  of  the  Empire. 

48.  General  Russell.  Go  to  heaven  if  you  die  for  them. 
Colonel  Fielder.  Well,  that's  right. 

49.  General  Russell.  Well,  do  you  think  that  that  sort  of  thing  is 
taught  here  in  your  Shinto  temples  'I 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  certainly  is  taught;  there  is  no  [£954-] 
question  about  it.  It  isn't  any  more  because  we  don't  let — we  have 
closed  up  all  the  Shinto  temples,  but  it  was  taught  prior  to  December  7. 

50.  General  Russell.  How  many  Shinto  temples  did  you  have  prior 
to  December  7,  1941?  ' 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  have  no  idea,  but  it  ran  into  hundreds. 

51.  General  Russell.  Didn't  you  have  some  conception  of  the  num- 
ber of  followers  of  Shintoism  here  in  the  Territory  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  would  say  probably  the  F.  B.  I.  did  have.  We 
didn't  have,  except  what  they  turned  over  to  us. 

52.  General  Russell.  Well,  they  hadn't  been  here  very  long,  had 
they,  Colonel? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  Shintos? 

53.  General  Russell.  No.     The  F.  B.  I. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  think  they  came  about  probably  ten  years  ago. 

64.  General  Russell.  Well,  don't  you  think  as  G-2  it  would  have 
been  a  part  of  your  function  to  have  learned  how  many  of  these  Shinto 
peo])le  there  were  among  the  Japanese,  if  they  believed  in  that  sort  of 
a  thins;? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1539 

Colonel  FiEijjER.  Well,  I  am  not  sure  but  what  my  own  counter- 
intelligence people  did  know,  but  I  as  head  of  it  didn't  know  exactly 
how  many  they  had.  We  undoubtedly  had  access  to  the  records  of 
how  many;  otherwise  we  couldn't  have  arrested  those  that  were  con- 
sidered dangerous. 

55.  General  Rfssell.  Xo,  but  how  many  Shinto  temples  uere  there 
that  you  closed  up  after  December  7, 1941  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  will  have  to  get  that  from  the  records. 

[29SS]         5().  Oeneral  Russell.  Will  you  get  that  and  give  it  to  us  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  will  do  that.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  office — 
if  3'ou  are  going  to  call  ]\Iajor  Meurlott,  who  is  my  assistant, 

57.  General  Russell.  He  is  supposed  to  come  in  later. 
Colonel  Fielder.  He  can  give  you  all  of  the  details  of  that. 

58.  General  Russell.  What  kind  of  reaction  did  you  get  from 
closing  up  these  Shinto  temples? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Strangely  enough,  it  wasn't  bad.  They  didn't 
seem  to  mind  it  so  much.  They  seemed  to  expect  it  more  or  less,  many 
of  the  Shinto  priests,  or  at  least  a  few,  and  a  few  of  the  other  leaders. 
When  we  went  around  to  pick  them  up  on  the  morning  of  December  7, 
we  had  a  plan.  It  was  just  a  regular  dragnet  affair.  Some  of  them 
even  had  their  suitcases  packed.    So  they  knew  what  was  coming. 

59.  General  Russell.  All  right.  I  would  like  to  have  the  back- 
ground on  this  Shinto  organization. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I'll  see  that  Major  IMeurlott  has  this  when  he 
comes  up  before  the  Board. 

60.  General  Russell.  Now,  the  consular  activities,  including  the 
consular  agents.  The  reports  we  have  indicate  that  there  were  219 
of  these  agents  operating  in  the  Islands  on  the  7th  of  December  or 
shortly  theretofore.  Were  you  at  all  familiar  with  the  activity  of 
these  people  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes.  We  knew  that  they  were  in  the  employ  of 
the  Japanese  consulate,  but  we  didn't  know  in  what  capacity.  Many 
of  them  were  very  minor  clerks  and  probably  informants. 

[!20o6]  61.  General  Rl'Ssell.  Were  you  furnished  reports  on 
these  consular  agents  and  Shinto  priests  by  the  F.  B.  I.,  Colonel? 

Colonel  Fielder.  As  individuals,  yes,  we  exchanged  files,  and  we 
had  at  that  time — we  still  have — many  filing  cabinets  full  of  reports 
of  investigations  of  individuals.  We  had  on  December  7  access  to 
practically  all  the  information  that  the  F.  B.  I.  had  on  individuals. 
That  is  how  we  got  the  ''A"  and  "B"  lists.  We  had  a  map  as  big 
as  the  side  of  that  wall  (indicating),  of  the  city  of  Honolulu  and 
of  this  entire  Island.  Kverv  house  for  one  of  these  people  that  we  were 
suspicious  of,  we  had  a  pin  there,  and  it  was  a  comparatively  simple 
matter  to  put  out  our  dragnet  and  pick  them  up  when  hostilities 
started,  but  we  couldn't  touch  them  prior  to  that. 

62.  General  Russell.  Well,  did  it  come  to  pass  that  as  of  December 
7,  or  November  27,  based  on  the  information  which  you  had  and 
which  has  been  referred  to  in  these  previous  questions,  that  you  felt 
that  there  might  be  an  element  of  Japanese  on  this  Island  or  on  these 
Islands  that  would  engage  in  sabotage  efforts  against  the  Government 
in  event  of  war  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Very  definitely. 

63.  General  Russell.  In  the  event  of  hostilities  or  war? 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  voL  2 48 


1540     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Fielder.  Very  definitely.  Everything  pointed  in  that  direc- 
tion. You  couldn't — you  can't  conceive  of  that  many  people  of  a 
different  race  not  engaging  in  some  subversive  activity  in  the  event 
of  hostilities.  I  can't  conceive  of  160,000  Americans  being  in  Japan, 
when  war  is  declared,  without  them  doing  something  against  Japan. 
And  the  same  way  here ;  we  couldn't  think  otherwise. 

64.  General  Russell.  In  other  words,  you  had  the  feeling  [2957] 
that  if  relations  became  more  tense  and  war  should  intervene,  or  war 
was  immediately  imminent,  that  you  might  expect  activity  of  some 
sort  in  the  nature  of  sabotage  by  some  elements  of  the  Japanese  on  the 
Islands  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  everything  pointed  to  that.  In  analyzing 
the  big  picture  of  the  war,  we  knew  that  Japan's  ambition  was  to  the 
south  where  they  could  get  resources.  We  knew  that  they  needed 
tin,  they  needed  rubber,  they  needed  oil ;  and  we  also  knew  that  this 
was  their  one  stumbling  block. 

65.  General  Russell.  What  was  their  one  stumbling  block? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Pearl  Harbor. 

66.  General  Russell.  You  mean  the  Navy? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  Navy.    The  Navy.    Our  Navy,  Pearl  Harbor. 

Consequently  it  looked  as  if  the  easiest  thing  for  them  to  do  would 
be  to  inflict  great  damage  on  our  military  and  naval  installations  here 
any  way  they  could.  Well,  with  160,000  potential  saboteurs  scattered 
throughout  the  Islands  it  is  perfectly  reasonable  to  assume 

67.  General  Russell.  How  were  they  going  to  get  tlieir  hands  on 
their  equipment,  the  explosives  and  whatnot,  to  commit  acts  of 
sabotage? 

Colonel  Fielder.  About  all  they  would  need  would  be  a  box  of 
matches. 

68.  General  Russell.  Explain  that ;  will  you  please,  Colonel  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  AVell,  for  instance,  the  oil  tanks  over  here  near 

Pearl  Harbor,  dozens  of  them,  right  out  in  the  open,  not  underground 
at  all ;  the  docks,  the  waterfront.     Any  waterfront  can  be 

[2958]  69.  General  Russell.  You  can't  set  them  afire  with  a 
match,  can  you? 

Colonel  Fielder.  You  certainly  can  if  you  spread  a  little  gasoline 
on  it,  and  right  within  500  yards  of  the  docking  facilities,  all  of  the 
commercial  aviation  that's  stored  on  the  Island  was  there. 

TO.  General  Frank.  You  mean  aviation  gas? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No.  Aviation  gas,  yes.  That's  it.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  every  other  kind  of  gas,  automobile  gas ;  and  under  those  docks, 
for  instance,  are  a  very  intricate  series  of  pipe  lines  where  they  bunker 
the  ships,  and  so  forth.  It  would  be  a  very  simple  matter  to  open 
one  of  those  valves  and  flood  a  little  oil,  a  little  gasoline  on  the  water, 
and  set  it  on  fire. 

71.  General  Russell.  Well,  what  about  blowing  up  utilities  and 
destruction  of  aircraft  that  was  parked  back  there?  What  was  your 
fear  there  ? 

[2979]  Colonel  Fielder.  The  fear,  there,  was  that  you  could 
more  easily  protect  aircraft  when  they  were  concentrated  than  if  they 
were  dispersed. 

72.  General  Russell.  How  were  they  going  to  get  the  thing  to  blow 
them  up  with  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1541 

Colonel  Fielder.  Well,  dynamite,  for  instance,  was  very  plentiful 
here  at  that  time,  because  of  the  nature  of  this  particular  island,  for 
instance.  Every  time  you  build  a  home  up  there  on  one  of  these  hills, 
you  usually  have  a  blast  away  a  lot  of  rock,  consequently  all  of  the 
constructions  .companies,  almost  every  gang  of  builders  had  cases 
of  dynamite  which  might  have  been  used.  That  is  one  way  they 
coulcl  do  it. 

73.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  a  message  which  came  out  to 
General  Short  on  the  27th  of  November  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir;  I  do. 

74.  General  Russell.  Did  you  see  that  message? 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  saw  it. 

75.  General  Russell.  Did  you  know  of  a  message  which  arrived 
for  the  Navy,  on  or  about  that  same  date,  which  began  with  the  words, 
"This  is  a  war  warning"  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  sir ;  I  didn't  see  that ;  never  heard  of  it,  until 
after  this  thing  was  all  over. 

76.  General  Russell.  A^^ien  General  Short  received  that  message 
on  the  27th  that  we  are  discussing,  and  which  began  with  the  state- 
ment that  "negotiations  with  the  Japanese  government  are  practically 
over,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,"  did  he  have  a  staff  meeting  and 
discuss  what  to  do  about  that? 

Colonel  Fielder.  As  I  remember  it,  he  called  the  staff  officers  in, 
the  Chief  of  Staff  did,  one  or  two  at  a  time,  but  [2960']  it  was 
called  to  my  attention.  We  read  the  thing,  and  we  actually  discussed 
the  message,  and  intensified  our  inspections  of  the  sabotage  plans.  I 
personally  was  detailed  by  General  Short  to  go  to  Wlieeler  Field,  go  to 
Fort  De  Russy,  go  to  Fort  Kamehameha,  and  check  on  the  interior 
guard  systems,  check  on  the  plans  for  repelling  enemy  action,  subver- 
sive acts. 

77.  General  Russell.  Did  you  agree  with  the  decision  made  by  the 
Commanding  General,  to  go  on  a  sabotage  alert  and  not  to  take  a  more 
effective  form  of  alert? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  don't  consider  that  my  prerogative,  to  agree  or 
disagree  with  the  Commanding  General. 

78.  General  Russell.  He  did  not  ask  you  for  your  opinion  about  it  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  He  did  not  ask  me  for  my  opinion. 

79.  General  Russell.  ColoneL  you  are  about  the  only  man  we  have 
found  here  who  was  not  willing  to  express  an  opinion  about  whether 
he  though  the  sabotage  alert  was  good  or  bad. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  have  indicated  that  I  thought — I  very  definitely 
thought  it  was  sound.  I  didn't  expect  anything  else,  if  that  is  the 
answer  j'ou  want. 

80.  General  Russell.  I  do  not  care  what  the  answer  is,  I  just  want 
the  question  answered. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  did  not  mean  it  just  facetiously,  or  anj'thing  like 
that,  but  I  want  to  make  it  perfectly  clear  that  I  did  expect  sabotage, 
^■ery  definitely. 

81.  General  Frank.  Did  you  expect  an  air  attack? 
Colonel  Fielder.  No,  sir;  I  did  not. 

82.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  there  has  been  shown  us  a  telephone 
call  from  Doctor  Mori  on  the  Island  of  Oahu  to  someone  [2961] 
in  Japan.     Have  you  ever  heard  of  that  telephone  call  ? 


1542     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir;  I  am  familiar  with  that. 

83.  General  Russell.  When  did  you  first  see  it,  and  under  what 
conditions.? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  first  saw  it  on  the  late  afternoon  of  December  6, 
1941.  It  was  brought  to  mel)y  Lieutenant  Colonel  Bicknell,  who  was 
my  assistant  at  that  time.  I  read  it,  and  went  over  to  General  Short's 
quarters  and  discussed  it  for  about  an  hour  with  him,  and  Bicknell 
was  there  at  the  same  time.  We  couldn't  solve  it,  we  couldn't  make 
heads  nor  tails  out  of  it.  We  considered  it  very  suspicious,  very  fishy, 
but  the  person  doing  the  talking  on  this  end  was  a  newspaper  woman, 
and  it  appeared  from  the  conversation  that  someone  in  Tokyo,  some 
newspaper  was  trying  to  get  material  to  advise  the  Japanese  public 
of  conditions  in  Hawaii,  and  there  were  a  lot  of  things  they  talked 
about — flowers,  for  instance,  poinsettias  and  hibiscus,  which  didn't 
seem  to  make  sense,  and  till  this  day  that  message  has  not  been  solved, 
so  far  as  I  know. 

84.  General  Russell.  Who  did  you  say  brought  that  message  to 
you  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Colonel  Bicknell — Lt.  Col.  George  Bicknell. 

85.  General  Russell.  Did  he  remain  with  jou,  so  long  as  you  and 
General  Short  were  considering  the  message? 

Colonel  Fielder.  He  remained  at  least  an  hour.  General  Short 
and  I  considered  it  for  perhaps  another  hour,  because  we  were  going 
to  Schofield  Barracks  together.  We  were  an  hour  late  getting  there 
as  a  result  of  that  message,  and,  riding  out  in  the  car,  we  discussed  it ; 
and  then  on  the  way  back,  about  9  :30,  we  discussed  it  still  further, 
and  arrived  at  no  conclusion  as  to  its  significance. 

[2962]  86.  General  Russell.  To  go  back  to  the  November  pe- 
riod, you  received  a  message  on  November  27  from  G-2,  the  War 
Department,  is  that  true  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  true. 

87.  General  Russell.  Have  you  got  the  original  of  that  message, 
which  was  in  the  file,  here  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  believe  that  has  been  turned  over  to  the  Board. 
I  have  a  copy  of  it. 

88.  General  Russell.  I  hand  you  a  message.  No.  473,  dated  27 
November  1941,  which  reads : 

"Japanese  negotiations  have  come  to  practical  stalemate  STOP 
Hostilities  may  ensue  STOP  Subversive  activities  may  be  expected 
STOP     Information  Commanding  General  and  Chief  of  Staff  only." 

Do  you  remember  what  time  of  day  you  got  that  message? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not  remember.  I  could  find  out  from  the 
original,  perhaps. 

89.  General  Russell.  Was  it  before  you  were  in  the  conference  with 
the  Chief  of  Staff  al)out  the  sabotage  order,  or  not? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not  sure  of  that,  but  I  think  it  was  subse- 
quent, I  think  this  came  after  the  other  message,  but  I  am  not  sure. 
It  has  been  so  long,  now,  that  some  of  the  details  have  slipped  my 
mind. 

90.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  on  this  subject  of  sabotage,  and  of 
how  broadly  prevalent  the  sentiment  about  it  was,  do  you  recall  my 
calling  your  attention  on  Saturday  to  a  letter  of  August  3,  1941,  which 
was  signed  by  a  man  named  George  Paisn,  written  to  the  President  of 


PROCEEDINGS   OP   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1543 

the  United  States,  from  Blue  Ridge,  New  York?  Do  you  remember 
that? 

12963]         Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  remember  that. 

91.  General  Russell.  Was  that  letter,  or  a  copy  of  that  letter,  for- 
warded from  Washington  out  to  the  Hawaiian  Department,  and  is  it 
,  now  in  th>e  files  of  the  Hawaiian  Department? 

Colonel  P^iELDER.  It  is. 

D'i.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  my  asking  you  to  check  on  this 
man.  George  Paisn,  to  determine  who  he  was.  and  why  he  was  writing 
the  President  about  the  danger  of  sabotage  here  on  the  island? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  checked  so  far  as  our  files;  we  had  nothing  on 
him,  at  all.     That  letter  came  out  in  September  19^1:1,  as  I  remember  it. 

9;>.  General  Russell.  This  is  a  letter  w^ritten  by  a  man  named 
George  Paisn  to  the  President  and  sent  out  here  to  the  Hawaiian  De- 
partment, and  I  will  read  one  sentence  from  it : 

I  possess  information  tliat  cannot  be  questioned  of  the  existence  of  some  kind 
of  understanding  between  tlie  large  numlxn-  of  Japanese  who  live  in  Hawaii,  the 
Japanese  government  and  the  native  Hawaiians.  I  cannot  give  the  source  of  this 
information  in  a  letter,  but  shall  be  happy  to  do  so  to  anyone  who  can  be  trusted 
not  to  reveal  it  to  anyone  but  yourself.  The  danger  of  sabotage  of  these  reserves 
of  ammunition  and  of  stores  cannot  therefore  be  overlooked  and  demand  the 
most  stringent  precautions  on  the  part  both  of  the  American  naval  and  of  the 
military  authorities  in  Hawaii. 

Colonel,  do  you  mean  to  testify  that  when  you  got  a  letter  with  that 
sort  of  information  in  it.  coming  from  the  President,  you  did  not 
check  on  the  man  wdio  wrote  it,  to  see  whether  or  [296'4]  not  it 
was  worthy  of  serious  attention? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That's  exactly  what  I  mean  to  say.  A  copy  of 
that  letter  was  sent  out  here  for  our  information  by  General  Miles, 
who  was  then  the  G-2  of  the  War  Department.  We  immediately 
checked  here  as  best  we  could  to  find  out  whether  any  ring  of  saboteurs 
or  potential  saboteurs  existed.  We  inunecliately  discussed  it,  as  I 
remember  it,  but  we  got  nowhere.  This  w^as  probably  one  of,  I  would 
say,  eight  or  ten  letters  that  I  have  seen  which  predicted  sabotage 
and  other  subversive  acts  by  local  Japanese. 

The  fact  that  it  is  addressed  to  the  President  does  not  make  it  any 
more  impressive.  I  presume  that  this  letter  was  turned  over  to  the 
FBI,  and  I  presume  that  the  FBI  on  the  mainland  investigated  this 
fellow,  but  our  files  do  not  show  a  result  of  that  investigation.  Xow, 
I  would  be  very  glad  to  ,go  to  the  FBI  files  and  perhaps  w^e  could  find 
out  whether  this  was  run  down,  but  we  didn't  do  it  in  my  section. 

94.  General  Russell.  Now,  so  nuich  for  the  sabotage  evidence. 
Colonel,  it  it  true  that  you  had  a  great  number  of  these  people  whom 

you  detained  after  December  8,  1941.  Did  you  ever  try  any  of  those 
people  on  any  criminal  charges? 

Colonel  Fielder.  One  man  was  tried,  a  German  named  Kuhn,  for 
espionage,  and  he  was  sentenced  by  a  military  commission  to  be  shot, 
or  hanged. 

95.  General  Russell.  Those  records  I  have  been  looking  for.  and  I 
ask  you  now.  They  told  me  today  they  thought  they  would  have  them 
forme.     You  did  not  find  them  in  your  records? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Y^'es ;  we  have  them.  I  thought  they  had  been 
delivered  to  the  Board,  by  Colonel  Hayne. 


1544     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[£965]  96.  General  Kussell.  Hayne  told  me  today  he  would 
check. 

Colonel  Fielder.  He  has  them. 

97.  General  Russell.  Now,  so  far  as  you  know,  however,  of  all  the 
Japanese  people  that  you  interned  after  December  8,  not  a  one  of  them 
has  ever  been  tried  ? 

Colonel  I^ielder.  I  do  not  know  of  any  that  have  been  tried. 

98.  General  Russell.  Since  December  8, 1941,  or  immediately  prior 
thereto,  has  any  Japanese  from  this  island  been  tried  for  disloyalty  to 
the  American  Government,  or  for  acts  of  sabotage  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 

99.  General  Frank.  Would  you  know  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Not  necessarily.  That  would  come  under  the 
Military  Governor's  office,  and  they  could  have  a  military  commission 
sitting  on  one  of  the  other  islands  and  I  might  not  ever  know. 

100.  General  Frank.  Would  you  know  it  if  it  were  on  this  island? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Not  necessarily.     I  could  very  quickly  find  out, 

though,  by  a  telephone  call. 

101.  General  Russell.  Do  you  not  believe,  being  in  as  close  touch 
as  you  are  with  the  Japanese  Hawaiians  on-  this  land,  that  if  such 
thing  had  occurred,  you  would  know  somthing  about  it? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  think  if  it  were  an  outstanding  case,  there  is  no 
question  but  I  would  know  something  about  it.  The  chances  are 
I  would  know,  yes;  but  you  can  see  that  some  of  the  consular  agents 
might  have  been  tried  before  a  military  commission  on  Japanese  of 
gathering  information  of  our  fleet,  he  might  have  been  acquitted,  or 
might  have  been  sentenced  to  a  penitentiary  sentence;  I  don't  know. 

[2966]         102.  General  Russell.  All  right. 

Turning  now  from  sabotage.  Colonel,  what  are  the  sources  of  infor- 
mation available  to  you  as  G-2  on  this  island,  from  which  you  might 
make  deductions  as  to  possible  Japanese  activity  by  the  armed  forces, 
either  naval  or  military? 

Colonel  Fielder.  You  are  speaking  at  the  pres'ent,  or  prior  to  De- 
cember 7? 

103.  General  Russell.  Prior  to  December  7. 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  only  source  of  information  we  had  was 
through  the  Navy.  That's  locally.  Now,  of  course  we  had  access  to 
War  Department  information.  Navy  Department  information;  that 
would  come  to  us;  but  locally,  our  only  source  of  information  was 
through  the  Navy. 

101.  General  Russell.  Do  you  believe  that  the  information  was 
being  sent  from  these  islands  to  the  homeland  of  the  Japanese  gov- 
ernment by  their  Japanese  consul  or  his  agents? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  do. 

105.  General  Russell.  Was  it  possible  for  you  to  have  intercepted 
any  of  that  information  and  have  made  deductions  therefrom  which 
might  have  been  of  benefit  to  our  armed  forces  here  on  the  island? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  was  not  possible  under  the  conditions;  no. 

106.  General  Russell.  What  were  those  conditions,  Colonel? 
Colonel  Fielder.  The  first  thing  I  think  of  is  that  we  were  not 

authorized  to  do  anything  in  connection  with  the  local  population. 
The  consular  agents  had  diplomatic  immunity ;  and  even  the  FBI 
I  understand  were  not  permitted  to  intercept  the  commercial  cables. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY  PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1545 

[2967]  107.  General  Russell.  Wliat  were  the  means  of  com- 
munication available  to  the  Japanese  consul,  if  he  desired  to  communi- 
cate with  the  homeland? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Probably  the  safest  thing  would  be  by  courier. 
The  boats  ran  regularly,  and  the  diplomatic  mail  is  not  subject  to 
examination.  I  would  say  the  safest  method  would  be  physical  trans- 
mission of  messages,  not  by  radio  or  telephone.  Then  of  course  they 
had  the  commercial  cables,  they  had  telephone  connections,  and  they 
had  the  Mackay  radio  and  the  RCA,  all  of  which  had  circuits  to  and 
including  Tokyo. 

108.  General  Russell.  Were  you  permitted  to  intercept  messages 
from  these  other  means  of  communications  ? 

Colonel  Feeder.  We  were  not. 

109.  General  Russell.  Are  you  permitted  to  do  that  now? 
Colonel  Fielder.  We  are  not.    It  is  illegal. 

110.  General  Russell.  On  the  7th  of  December,  did  the  military 
people  raid  the  Japanese  consulate  here  on  the  island  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes;  they  did. 

111.  General  Russell.  Did  they  discover  any  messages  which  had 
not  been  destroyed,  in  that  consulate? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes;  they  did. 

112.  General  Russell.  Is  this  folder  which  I  have  in  my  hand, 
marked  "Confidential,  336.92,  Japanese  Consulate  and  Consular 
Agents,"  a  folder  or  file  containing  all  of  the  messages  delivered  to 
you  by  the  FBI  as  taken  from  the  Japanese  consulate  on  the  day  of  the 
raid  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  contains  all  that  have  been  pieced  together  and 
decoded  and  translated.  We  had  probably  several  waste-paper  basket- 
fuls  of  scraps  which  were  never  solved.  We  [396S]  worked 
on  this,  oh,  some  six  or  eight  months,  piecing  the  various  little  scraps 
together,  and  we  finally  did  solve  some  of  them.  This  is  the  complete 
file  of  messages  that  have  been  solved. 

113.  General  Russell.  Now,  Colonel,  did  I  ask  you,  on  Saturday, 
last,  to  go  through  that  file  and  to  select  any  message  or  messages 
which  might  have  been  helpful  to  you  as  G-2  in  predicting  Japanese 
future  actions,  had  they  been  in  your  hands  prior  to  December  7,  1941  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes;  you  did. 

114.  General  Russell.  And  did  you  select  any  such  messages? 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  selected  several  messages  here  which  would  have 

been  very  much  of  interest  to  me.    They  might  not  have  given  us  any 
definite  warning  of  an  attack. 

115.  General  Russell.  Would  you  read  into  the  record  two,  three, 
or  four  that  you  would  consider  more  material,  so  that  the  Board 
might  hear  them,  and  so  they  may  become  a  matter  of  record.  Will 
you  identify  them  by  date.  Colonel,  so  that  we  might  know. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes.  Here  is  a  message,  No.  115,  14  May,  1941, 
from  Kita,  who  was  the  local  consul,  to  Tokyo.     It  saj^s : 

With  respect  to  message  No.  10  of  January  8th  for  the  purpose  of  reenforcing 
the  local  air  force  21  B-17  bombers,  under  command  of  Lieut.  Greneral  Emmons, 
departed  San  Francisco  at  1559  the  13th  flying  in  formation  and  arrived  Hicliam 
Field  at  0558  the  14th. 

116.  General  Russell.  That  went  to  whom? 
Colonel  Fielder.    To  Gaimudaijin,  Tokyo. 


1546     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

117.  (xeneral  Russell.  Did  you  know  then,  Colonel,  or  do  you  know 
now,  who  that  addressee  was? 

[2969]         Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not. 

Here  is  one  that  might  have  been  of  interest  to  us.  It  indicated 
that  they  knew  that  some  of  our  fliers  were  joining  the  Chinese 
forces.     It  is  from  Kita  on  8  July  1941,  to  the  foreign  minister,  Tokyo : 

A  report  regarding  the  Washington  report  of  the  Latin  Pact  of  May  that 
American  pilots  are  joining  the  China  air  force.  Tlie  local  Chinese  consul  general 
on  10  June  enrolled  100  men  at  his  consulate  (largely  from  local  air  groups) 
Newspaper  reports  indicate  that  the  Chinese  military  attache  in  Washington 
(makes  arrangements?)  Furthermore  according  to  English  (language)  news- 
papers or  the  5th 

that  must  be  a  misprint. 

200  men  have  already  (Toppa  Senn)  gone  (  ?) .    The  Chinese  consul  general 

avoids  a  statement  regarding  his  orders. 

End  of  message. 

On  September  2,  1941,  from  Kita  to  foreign  minister,  Tokyo,  a 
similar  message,  one  sentence  of  which  is  pertinent : 

A  ship  left  port  en  route  for  the  Orient  carrying  about  50  American  aviators 
and  mechanics.  Although  th&  group  declined  to  reveal  their  destination  they 
are  an  advance  party  already  assigned  to  patrol  the  Burma  border  and  the 
Burma  Road,  and  they  have  obtained  permission  to  resign  from  their  military 
duties. 

Here  is  one  of  December  3,  1941,  from  Kita  to  foreign  minister, 
Tokyo,  No.  363 : 

Wyoming  and  two  seaplane  tenders  departed  third. 

December  4,  1941,  RCA  message  No.  364,  from  Kita  to  [2970] 
foreign  minister,  Tokyo : 

One  British  warship  arrived  Honolulu  and  departed  early  morning  fourth, 
approximately  100  tons,  one  stack,  one  four-inch  gun  forward  and  aft.  Fueled. 
Immediately  after  arrival  enlisted  ratings,  received  mail  from  British  consulate. 

On  December  4,  1941,  RCA  message  365,  from  Kita  to  foreign  min- 
ister, Tokyo. 

USS  HONOLULU  arrived  1300  4th. 

December  6,  1941,  from  Kita  to  foreign  minister,  Tokyo,  message 
Xo.  368 : 

1.  The  Army  ordered  several  hundred  balloons  for  training  at  Camp  Davis 
North  Carolina  on  the  American  .mainland.  They  considered  (at  that  time) 
the  practicability  of  their  employment  in  the  defense  of  Hawaii  and  Panama. 
Investigation  of  the  vicinity  of  Pearl  Harbor  reveals  no  locations  selected  for 
tlieir  use  or  any  preparations  for  constructing  moorings.  No  evidence  of  train- 
ing or  personnel  preparations  were  seen.  It  is  concluded  that  their  installation 
would  be  difficult.  FiVen  if  they  were  actually  provided  they  would  interfere 
with  operatlonis  at  nearby  Hickam  Field.  Ewa  Field  and  Ford  Island.  The 
whole  matter  seems  to  have  been  dropped. 

2.  Am  continuing  in  detail  the  investigation  of  the  non-use  of  nets  for  torpedo 
defense  of  battleships  and  will  report  further. 

That,  to  me,  is  a  rather  significant  message.  That  left  here  on 
December  6,  1941. 

118.  (General  Frank.  By  cable  or  radio? 

[2971]         Colonel  Fielder.  By  cable,  RCA. 

Here  is  a  message,  3 :  20  a.  m.,  December  7,  1941,  from  the  Japanese 
consul,  Honolulu.     No,  it  is  received  by  him  from  Togo : 

Relations  strained  between  Japan  and  the  United  States  and  Britain. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1547 

That  is  elated  3  :  20  a.  m.,  on  the  morning  of  the  7th. 
Outside  of  those,  there  are  no  messages  in  there,  that  might  have 
been  particularly  helpful. 

119.  General  Russell.  Is  it  your  testimony,  or  not,  Colonel,  that 
with  the  messages  which  are  contained  in  the  file  recently  identified, 
and  the  telephone  message  which  we  have  discussed  already,  and  which 
is  known  as  the  Mori  message,  that  those  include  all  of  the  messages 
which  reached  you,  as  G-2,  from  FBI,  prior  to  December  8,  1941  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Well,  these  messages  did  not  reach  me  for  weeks 
after  December. 

120.  General  Russell.  But  they  were  seized  by  the  FBI  from  the 
consulate  and  turned  over  to  you,  weeks  after  December  8? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir;  that  is  correct. 

121.  General  Russell.  Therefore,  the  number  of  messages  which 
3'ou  havQ  produced  in  response  to  the  Board's  notice  to  produce,  as 
coining  from  the  FBI,  consists  of  this  one  telephone  transcript  about 
which  you  have  testified  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir;  that  is  correct,  so  far  as  the  armed  forces 
of  Japan  are  concerned. 

[3972]  122.  General  Russell.  Now,  Colonel,  did  you  read  the 
local  papers  along  about  the  first  of  December,  1941,"  to  see  what  the 
relationship  between  the  Japanese  Empire  and  our  government  was? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  naturally  read  the  papers. 

123.  General  Russell.  Wh<it  was  your  conclusion  at  that  time  as 
to  the  inevitability  of  war  with  Japan? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  appeared  inevitable  to  me. 

124.  General  Russell.  You  thought  it  was  coming  some  time  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir.     I  had  no   idea  when,  but  it  seemed 

inevitable. 

125.  General  Russell.  You  did  not  have  the  impression  that  it  was 
imminent? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  I  did  not. 

126.  General  Russell.  I  asked  you  or  the  Board  asked  j^ou  to  pro- 
duce all  the  messages  which  you  might  have  received  from  G-2  or  the 
War  Department  indicating  to  you  the  imminence  or  the  inevitability 
of  war.  As  I  recall,  you  have  produced  only  this  one  message  of 
November  27th.  We  had  some  other  messages  which  we  might  want 
to  identify.  Here  is  a  message  which  might  be  interesting  for  the 
record.  Will  you  identify  and  read  that  message  and  tell  the  Board 
where  it  came  from  and  what  the  basis  of  information  therein  con- 
tained is? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir.  This  is  a  message  that  we  sent  to  the 
War  Department  on  the  14th  of  November,  1941.  I  authenticated  the 
message.     It  reads : 

(Message  to  War  Department  authenticated  by  Colonel  Fielder, 
dated  November  14,  1941,  is  as  follows:) 

The  Adjutant  General, 
Washington,  D.  C. 
For  G-two  interviewed  W.  G.  Keswick,  British  courier  from  [2973] 
Singapore  now  enronte  San  Francisco  comma  Washington  and  London  in  same 
plane  with  Saburo  Knrusn  comma  Keswick  states  quote  mission  of  ambassador 
is  primarily  to  confirm  Nomura  reports  that  United  States  Government  is  not 
bluffing  stop  If  he  sees  any  indication  of  weakness  in  attitude  of  United  States 
comma  then  Japan  may  move  toward  other  hostilities  stop  Should  he  observe 
only  attitude  of  strength  and  determination  great  possibility  no  such  hostile 


1548     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARbOH  ATTACK 

acts  would  take  place  unquote  stop.  Keswick  information  and  opinions  hitherto 
fairly  accurate  period 

127.  General  Russell.  As  I  get  it,  you  people  here  interviewed  this 
man  named  Keswick,  who  was  travelling  with  Kurusu,  and  Keswick's 
opinion  was  that  he  was  going  to  the  States  to  see  whether  or  not  we 
were  bluffing  in  our  attitude  toward  Japanese  aggression  in  the  Pacific  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  true. 

128.  General  Russell.  And  you  made  that  sort  of  reply  ? 
Colonel    Fielder.  Yes,    sir.     We    interviewed   many   people   that 

passed  through  here.  That  was  one  of  our  sources  of  information. 
Honolulu  has  always  been  somewhat  the  crossroads  and  many  British- 
ers, Dutchmen  and  Filipinos  and  whatnot  travel  through  here.  We 
interviewed  a  great  many  of  them  prior  to  December  7th,  1941. 

129.  General  Russell.  That  message  went  from  you  to  the  War 
Department? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  right. 

130.  General  Russell.  Here  is  a  message  of  July  8th,  1941,  from 
the  Adjutant  General  to  you,  in  which  he  discusses  the  international 
situation.  I  believe  that  message  is  in  the  record  [2974^  from 
other  sources.  But  you  did  receive  this  message  of  July  8th,  1941, 
which  discusses  the  War  Department's  idea  as  to  what  the  Japs  were 
going  to  do  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  correct. 

131.  General  Russell.  Will  you  read  into  the  record  that  part  of 
that  message  which  deals  with  the  War  Department's  prophesy  about 
the  Japanese  future  action  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  date  of  this  message  is  July  8th,  1941;  the 
number  is  94-War-BC-207,  to  the  CG,  Hawaiian  Department,  Fort 
Shafter: 

(Message  to  commanding  general,  Hawaiian  Department,  from  War 
Department,  dated  July  8,  1941,  is  as  follows :) 

For  your  information  deduction  from  information  from  numerous  sources  is 
that  Japanese  Government  has  determined  upon  its  future  policy  which  is  sup- 
ported by  all  principal  Japanese  political  and  military  groups.  This  policy  is  at 
present  one  of  watchful  waiting  involving  possible  agressive  action  against  mari- 
time provinces  of  Russia  if  and  when  Siberian  gari-ison  has  been  materially 
reduced  in  strength  and  it  becomes  evident  that  Germany  will  win  a  decisive 
victory  in  European  Russia.  Opinion  is  that  Jap  activity  in  the  south  will  be 
for  the  present  confined  to  seizure  and  development  of  naval,  Army  and  air  bases 
in  Indo-China,  although  an  advance  against  the  British  and  Dutch  cannot  be 
entirely  ruled  out.  Neutrality  pact  with  Russia  may  be  abrogated.  They  have 
ordered  all  Jap  vessels  in  U.  S.  Atlantic  ports  to  be  west  of  Panama  Canal  by 
first  August.  Movement  of  Jap  shipping  from  Japan  has  been  suspended  and 
additional  merchant  vessels  are  being  requisitioned. 

That  is  the  end  of  the  message. 

(jeneral  Russell.  Do  your  files  have  any  other  messages  [£975] 
from  the  War  Department  touching  the  Japanese  situation  until  the 
message  of  November  27,  1941,  from  this  date  in  July? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  sir.     That  is  all  that  appears  in  the  G-2  files. 

132.  General  Russell.  There  is  another  source  of  information  we 
want  to  deal  with  briefly,  and  that  is  this  newspaper  situation.  You 
say  you  were  reading  the  newspapers  out  here  in  early  December  and 
late  November  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1549 

133.  General  Russell.  Do  you  remember  the  headline  of  Sunday, 
November  30,  1911,  to  the  eilect  that  the  Japanese  might  strike  over 
the  week-end  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not  remember  that  in  particular.  It  prob- 
ably impressed  me  at  the  time. 

131.  General  Russell.  I  will  -ask  you  this :  Did  you  during  that 
critical  period  in  November  and  early  December,  1941,  prior  to  the 
attack,  as  a  result  of  seeing  any  headlines  in  the  local  papers  go  down 
to  their  offices  and  contact  them  to  determine  from  where  they  were 
getting  the  information  on  which  these  headlines  were  based? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  I  did  not,  because  that  never  would  occur  to 
me.  Unless  it  was  something  very  outstanding  and  did  not  represent 
opinion,  I  don't  think  I  would  ever  query  them  on  it. 

135.  General  Russell.  Was  not  that  a  source  of  information  which 
you  people  did  not  have  out  here,  as  to  the  imminence  of  war? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not  consider  it  such.  I  do  not  consider  a 
daily  newspaper  a  source  of  official  information,  because  [^2976^ 
I  think  everything  that  they  would  have  access  to  would  be  available 
to  tbe  War  Department. 

136.  General  Russell.  Your  mental  attitude,  then,  excluded  all 
sources  of  information  coming  to  you  except  official  information? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Not  at  all.  I  just  cited  a  couple  of  cases  where  we 
interviewed  people  passing  through.  We  were  seeking  information 
from  all  sides.  But  it  never  occurred  to  me  to  query  a  daily  paper 
because  it  had  a  headline  that  war  was  imminent.  We  knew  war  was 
imminent. 

137.  General  Russell.  Colonel,  we  have  been  discussing  the  things 
that  we  did  not  know  about  the  Japanese.  I  now  want  to  ask  you  a  few 
questioiis  about  the  maps  which  you  took  off  the  Japanese  or  which 
were  taken  from  the  Japanese  after  or  during  the  attack  of  December 
7th,  1941.  You  have  before  you  now  a  map.  Will  you  tell  the  Board 
what  that  map  is  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  is  a  chart,  an  American  chart,  a  very  old  one. 
showing  the  depth  of  the  water  of  Oahu.  It  shows  the  outline  of 
Pearl  Harbor.  It  shows  Hickam  Field.  It  shows  Fort  Kameha- 
meha.  It  shows  several  military  installations.  At  this  particular 
point  in  Japanese  is  written  "4  6-inch  tractor-drawn  guns."  It  shows 
around  the  perimeter  of  Pearl  Harbor  where  certain  ships  are  berthed. 
It  does  not  mention  them  by  name,  but  it  has  a  fairly  accurate  outline 
of  the  installations  inside  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

138.  General  Frank.  On  what  date? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  date  is  not  shown.  They  had  this  map  in 
their  possession  a  number  of  years,  because  there  is  one  entry  on  there 
dated  1933  in  Japanese,  but  it  is  a  coastal  [2977^  '  Geodetic 
Survey  map  which  anyone  could  buy  before  the  war  at  any  map  store. 
Apparently,  they  have  gathered  information  from  time  to  time  and 
overprinted  it  in  Japanese  on  this  particular  chart.  In  addition  to 
that,  there  are  modern  entries  apparently  made  by  the  aviator  himself. 
He  has  got  certain  magnetic  bearings  to  certain  targets  in  Pearl 
Harbor. 

To^my  mind  the  significance  of  it  is  that  they  were  very  meticulous 
in  briefing  their  pilots  prior  to  this  attack.  To  me  it  indicates  they 
had  practiced  a  great  deal.     They  probably  rehearsed  this  thing  many 


1550     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

times  before  it  came  ojff,  because  they  had  very  detailed  information 
"and  instructions  for  the  pilots. 

139.  General  Grunert.  Tell  us  some  more  things  about  the  maps, 
Colonel. 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  shows  the  drydocks  at  Pearl  Harbor.  It  shows 
the  fuel — the  tank  farm  of  oil,  Navy  oil,  which  did  not  exist  at  the  time 
this  chart  was  printed  originally. 

140.  General  Grunert.  What  is  shown  about  Hickam  Field  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  shows  the  number  of  hangars,  a  total  of  8  hang- 
ars, and  one  headquarters  building,  all  apparently  sketched  in  in  ink 
over  the  original  chart. 

141.  General  Grunert.  How  many  hangars  actually  existed  tliere 
on  December  7th  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Five, 

142.  General  Grunert.  How  do  you  account  for  eight  being  shown  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  plans  for  Hickam  Field  called  for  eight  hang- 
ars, although  those  plans  are  more  or  less  standard,  and  there  is  in 
existence  a  drawing  or  a  sketch  of  Hickam  Field  which  dates  back  to 
about  1936,  at  least,  which  shows  in  outline  five  hangars  constructed 
and  three  outlined  in  broken  lines  or  dotted  lines. 

[^2978]  143.  General  Frank.  The  original  plans  called  for  that 
number  of  hangars  and  they  had  not  gotten  the  money  to  date  by 
way  of  appropriations  to  construct  them. 

144.  General  Grunert.  What  impressed  me  was  that  it  appears  on 
this  old  map  to  have  been  a  lot  of  modern  installations  put  on  there, 
but  when  they  get  to  Hickam  Field  they  ap])arently  do  not  know  that 
five  are  constructed  and  they  put  eight  on  there.  It  just  doesn't  make 
sense.  If  they  had  recent  information  about  this  and  that,  why  didn't 
they  have  recent  information  about  the  large  hangars  on  Hickam 
Field?  Do  you  suppose  they  got  ahold  of  some  plans  and  took  that 
for  the  granted  as  the  number  there  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Probably  did. 

145.  General  Russell.  It  is  the  first  time  he  said  anything  to  me 
about  the  plans  being  in  existence  in  1936.  The  story  he  told  me  was 
that  they  had  plans  that  they  were  working  on  Hickam  Field  then  at 
the  time  of  the  attack,  calling  for  eight,  and  that  only  five  of  them 
had  been  put  in,  which  indicated  to  my  mind  very  clearly  that  they 
had  the  current  plans  under  which  the  field  was  being  constructed. 
Now  he  comes  up  and  says  it  was  in  1936.     I  know  nothing  about  that. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  beg  your  pardon.  I  did  not  mean  to  mislead. 
I.  don't  understand  now  what  you  are  after. 

146.  General  Russell.  It  is  perfectly  obvious  that  if  they  were 
working  on  current  plans  calling  for  eight  hangars  and  only  five  had 
been  put  up  and  that  map  showed  eight,  then  that  map  was  made  from 
the  plans  and  not  fi-om  an  observation  of  the  field. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Oh.  yes,  that  is  granted. 

147.  General  Russell.  But  if  the  plan  was  made  in  1936,  thev  may 
have  had  it  for  three  years.  That  is  the  first  time  I  knew  [2979] 
it  was  a  1936  plan. 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  the  first  time  I  knew  it,  today.  You  asked 
me  to  look  it  up  Saturday  and  I  went  to  Hickam  Field  and  got  their 
files. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1551 

148.  General  Russell.  Do  you  have  the  map  on  which  you  sliowed 
me  Pearl  Harbor  with  the  number  of  ships  there  by  name,  the  WYO- 
MING and  some  others,  on  Saturday  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  think  that  is  it  right  there. 

149.  General  Russell.  Could  you  identify  what  you  are  referring 
to? 

Colonel  Fielder.  This  is  a  translation  and  photostat  of  an  overlay 
made  from  a  chart  taken  from  tlie  body  of  a  Japanese  submarine  op- 
erator. A  two-man  submarine  ran  on  the  reef  off  this  island.  One 
of  the  operators  was  captured  and  the  other  one  drowned,  and  this  was 
on  the  body  of  the  one  that  was  drowned. 

150.  General  Russell.  What  does  it  show  about  Pearl  Harbor? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  shows  the  ARIZONA  and  the  PENNSYL- 
VANIA bv  name  as  being — it  shows  their  place  of  berth.  It  shows 
the  TENNESSEE,  the  CALIFORNIA,  the  SARATOGA,  the  WYO- 
MING, the  SAN  FRANCISCO,  tlie  OMAHA,  the  TRENTON. 

151.  General  Fraxk.  Was  the  SARATOGA  at  Ford  Island? 
Colonel  Fielder.  It  was  not.     Very  few  of  these  cruisers  were  in 

port. 

152.  General  Russell.  Are  those  the  places  where  they  were  habitu- 
ally berthed  when  they  came  in  there,  Colonel  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not  sure.  I  am  quite  sure  that  it  is  correct 
for  the — the  location  is  correct.  Whether  or  not  the  ships  berthed  in 
those  places,  I  do  not  know.  I  know  where  [2980^  thev  were 
on  that  date.  I  know  where  the  CALIFORNIA,  and  the  WEST 
VIRGINIA  and  the  ARIZONA  and  tlie  UTAH  were,  and  this  does 
not  quite  correspond,  but  it  is  sufficiently  accurate  to  indicate  that  they 
had  pretty  good  knowledge  of  where  our  ships  tied  up. 

153.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

154.  General  Frank.  Give  us  a  short  statement  on  the  industry  of 
the  Japanese  workers  as  compared  to  others  on  the  islands. 

Colonel  Fielder.  In  my  opinion,  they  are  much  better.  They  lose 
less  time,  they  work  harder,  they  are  more  law-abiding. 

155.  General  Fraxk.  Do  they  work  much  faster? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Much  faster. 

156.  Genei-al  Frank.  You  get  a  lot  more  labor  out  of  eight  hours 
of  Japanese  labor  than  you  get  out  of  any  other  labor  on  the  island? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  correct.  This  particular  building  is  an 
outstanding  example.  Most  of  the  labor  on  this  building  was  Japan- 
ese, and  they  put  it  up  in,  I  think  it  was,  five  weeks  from  the  time  they 
broke  ground,  these  two  buildings. 

157.  General  Frank.  Did  you  render  G-2  estimates  periodically 
prior  to  December  7th? 

Colonel  Fielder.  We  did  not. 

158.  General  Frank.  Why  not? 

Colonel  Fiedler.  I  better  modify  that.  I  was  thinking  of  periodic 
reports  which  are  based  on  combat.  We  submitted  periodically  re- 
ports of  the  local  situation  which  covered  economy  and  communism, 
racial  disorders  and  things  like  that. 

159.  General  Frank.  How  periodically? 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  believe  it  was  once  each  month. 


1552     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[2081]  160.  General  Frank.  How  often  did  you  submit  strate- 
gic estimates  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  did  not  submit  one  that  I  remember,  a  strategic 
estimate,  prior  to  December  7th,  from  the  time  I  became  G-2. 

161.  General  Frank.  Do  you  submit  them  now? 

Colonel  Fielder.  We  submit  a  weekly  rej^ort  and  a  monthly  report. 

162.  General  Frank.  What  is  in  it? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  based  on  operations.  We  have  a  periodic 
report  that  goes  in  every  week  and  then  we  have  one  that  goes  in  bi- 
weekly now,  every  other  week. 

163.  General  Frank.  You  stated  that  there  were  few,  if  any,  mes- 
sages that  you  received  prior  to  December  7th. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  correct. 

164.  General  Frank.  As  G-2  of  the  Hawaiian  Department? 
Colonel  ielder.  Yes. 

165.  General  Frank.  You  did  not  get  much  information  from  the 
War  Department  as  a  G-2,  then  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Very  little  in  the  messages.  Now,  they  would  send 
us  out  studies,  of  various  islands,  for  instance,  maybe  the  Philippine 
Islands.  We  had  a" lot  of  terrain  studies;  we  had  a  lot  of  economic 
studies,  strategic  studies. 

166.  General  Frank.  Did  they  give  you  any  information  on  the 
political  situation  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  local  political  situation? 

167.  General  Frank.  No,  the  international  political  situation. 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not  remember  any  report  on  the  international 

situation  at  all. 

[2982]  168.  General  Frank.  Well,  was  the  Department  Com- 
mander expected  to  get  it?    Is  not  G-2  the  normal  source  for  that? 

Colonel  J'ielder.  That  is  the  normal  source  for  it  and  we  normally 
get  those  things.  I  just  don't  happen  to  remember.  I  could  very 
easily  look  in  the  files.  But  we  got  nothing,  to  my  knowledge,  that 
had  any  particular  bearing  on  the  imminence  of  war. 

169.  General  Frank.  Did  you  get  any  intelligence  messages  from 
the  Navy  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  we  did  not. 

170.  General  Frank.  The  Navy  had  an  intelligence  message  which 
reported  a  Japanese  task  force  in  the  Marshall  Islands.  Did  you 
know  anything  about  that  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  did  not. 

171.  General  Frank.  Do  you  get  any  messages  now  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  we  do. 

172.  General  Frank.  From  the  Navy? 

Colonel  Fielder.  From  many  different  sources.  We  get  very  de- 
tailed valuable  information. 

173.  General  I'rank.  Do  3^011  get  any  messages  on  the  international 
situation  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  we  do. 

174.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  you  now  are  kept  fully 
abreast  of  the  situation  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  do,  refinitely. 

175.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  a  JajDanese  air  raid  is  prob- 
able or  possible  now  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1553 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  feel  it  is  definitely  possible,  but  not  probable. 
[2983]         176.  General  Frank.  Have  you  any  means  of  watchmg 
for  it  now  ? 
,  Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  have. 

177.  General  Frank.  Are  you  taking  those  steps  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  am,  very  definitely. 

178.  General  Frank.  Do  you  feel  that  Oahu  could  be  surprised  to 
any  such  extent  as  it  was  surprised  before? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  don't  think  it  could  be  surprised  to  that  extent, 
but  I  think  it  is  entirely  possible  to  raid  this  place  again  from  the  air 
and  do  a  lot  of  damage. 

179.  General  Frank.  Do  vou  feel  that  a  hostile  force  could  come  in 
here  flying  its  planes  about  20  feet  off  the  water  and  reach  its  objective  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  think  undoubtedly  they  could. 

180.  General  Frank.  Without  being  reported  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  think  it  would  be  reported,  but  possibly  too  late 
to  repel  them. 

181.  General  Frank.  It  would  be  reported  from  about  only  20 
miles  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Twenty  miles,  line  of  sight;  further  than  that 
from  the  higher  installations. 

182.  General  Grunert.  Only  20  miles  out  ? 

183.  General  Frank.  That  is  all. 

184.  General  Grunert.  They  could  only  get  them  from  the  time  they 
got  within  20  miles  ? 

185.  General  Frank.  Eight  today  the  facilities  are  such  that  if 
they  came  in  at  about  20  feet  over  the  water  they  can  get  within  about 
20  miles  before  they  can  be  detected,  unless  they  are  seen  visually. 

186.  General  Grunert.  Low  flying? 
[2984]         187.  General  Frank,  Yes,  sir. 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  right.  I  thought  it  was  a  little  further 
than  that.    I  thought  it  was  at  the  height  of  the  line  of  sight. 

188.  General  F'rank.  They  have  to  be  seen,  by  vision.  Did  the 
Navy  know  of  that  Poinsettia-Hibiscus  message? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  they  did.  I  don't  know  just  when  they  got 
it,  but  a  copy  of  that  was  sent  to  the  Navy  and  Army  by  the  F.  B.  I. 

189.  General  Frank.  ^Yas  there  ever  any  discussion  that  Poinsettia 
and  Hibiscus  might  apply  to  types  of  naval  ships  like  carriers  and 
battleships  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Very  definitely,  except  it  did  not  make  sense, 
because  they  said  they  were  both  in  blossom  and  there  were  no  carriers 
in  Pearl  Harbor.     There  were  battleships  and  one  or  two  cruisers. 

190.  General  Frank.  Might  "blossom"  have  meant  that  they  were 
at  sea  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  could  have  contained  a  code,  there  is  no  question 
about  that,  but  we  tried  to  solve  it,  and  so  far  as  I  know  it  has  not  been 
solved. 

191.  General  Frank.  I  have  nothing  further. 

192.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  remember  one  Captain  McMorris 
of  the  Navy  making  statements  to  the  effect  that  in  his  opinion  the 
Japs  would  never  so  attack,  meaning  by  air,  and  also  there  is  no  pos- 
sibility of  such  an  attack  ?  Do  you  remember  that  being  discussed  or 
that  opinion  being  stated  ? 


1554     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  FiFXDER.  No,  sir," I  do  not, 

193.  General  Grunert.  Was  the  Army  informed  of  the  sinking  of 
[2985]         a  Jap  sub  about  6  :  45  a.  m.  December  7th  ?  - 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  was  not. 

194.  General  Grunert.  Now,  in  your  testimony  before  the  Roberts 
Commission  it  appears  that  you  reported  at  a  staff  meeting  that  the 
Japs  were  burning  papers  at  the  consulate  on  December  Oth,  that  the 
information  came  from  the  F.  B.  I.  and  that  no  one  paid  any  attention 
to  it. 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  incorrect.  I  did  not.  I  did  not  report 
that  to  the  Roberts  Commission. 

195.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  that  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  do. 

196.  General  Grunert.  What  was  that  about  ? 

[2986]  Colonel  Fielder.  The  information  came  to  us  that  the 
consulate  was  burning  papers,  and  if  I  am  not  mistaken  that  came  from 
sources  other  than  the  F.  B.  I.  I  think  it  came  from  the  War  Depart- 
ment, but  it  also  came  from  F.  B.  I.  sources.  And  that  was  reported  at 
the  staff  meeting,  and  it  was  discussed,  but  that  in  itself,  while  signifi- 
cant, was  not  in  any  way  conclusive,  because  there  is  not  a  day  goes  by 
that  we  don't  burn  secret  papers  right  out  here,  for  instance,  and  it  was 
quite  possible  that  the  Japs  had  been  directed  to  burn  up  certain  codes. 
In  fact,  we  know  now,  from  the  material  that  was  captured  at  the  con- 
sulate, that  they  were  destroying  their  codes  and  a  lot  of  their  files  of 
messages  at  that  time. 

That  was  not  ignored  at  the  staff  conference,  but  no  particular  action 
was  indicated,  and  it  merely  indicated  that  war  was  more  nearly  upon 
us,  but  not  of  an  impending  air  attack. 

197.  General  Grunert.  You  definitely  understood  that  the  consulate 
was  the  head  of  the  espionage  system  in  the  islands  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir. 

198.  General  Grunert.  Had  you  any  way  of  getting  information  as 
to  what  was  happening  at  that  consulate? 

Colonel  Fielder.  None  whatever. 

199.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  make  an  attempt  to  get  it? 
Colonel  Fielder.  We  discussed  it  at  great  len2:th  with  the  F.  B.  I.  as 

to  how — what  we  should  do,  and  I  am  of  the- 


te' 


200.  General  Grunert.  You  never  went  beyond  the  letter  of  the  law 
or  the  letter  of  the  instructions  by  easing  operators  in  there  to  find  out 
what  they  were  doing? 

Colonel  Fielder.  We  did  not. 

201.  General  Grunert.  Now,  it  is  also  in  the  digest  of  this  Roberts 
report :  it  says,  "Fielder  discussed  possibility  with  Commanding 
General  in  a  purely  academic  way."  Why,  what  is  discussing  the 
possibility  of  an  attack  in  an  academic  way?  [2987]  We  have 
our  academic  ways  at  our  schools  and  colleges.  Wlien  you  discuss 
whether  or  not  you  are  going  to  have  an  attack,  what  can  you  discuss 
in  an  academic  way  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  don't  know  whose  testimony  that  refers  to. 

202.  General  Grunert.  Well,  did  you  discuss  the  possibility  of  such 
an  attack  with  the  Commanding  General?  And,  if  so,  what  was  done 
about  it  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  was  discussed  innumerable  times,  not  only 
with  the  Commanding  General,  but  with  all  the  staff  officers.     We 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1555 

didn't  necessarily  discuss  an  air  attack  as  such,  but  we  planned  how 
tlie  troops  would  be  disposed;  where  would  the  defenses  be  installed, 
what  regiments  would  be  dispersed  on  certain  beaches,  where  the 
main  line  of  defense  would  be  in  the  event  of  invasion.  All  those 
things  were  discussed. 

20o.  General  Gri  xekt.  All  those  things  were  discussed,  and  a  lot 
of  them  practiced,  were  they? 

Colonel  Fielder.  A  lot  of  them  practiced. 

204.  General  Gruxeut.  But  when  it  came  down  to  the  actual  time, 
they  found  the  command  in  Alert  No.  1,  which  was  sabotage,  and 
therefore  the  implements  that  had  been  prepared  could  not  possibly 
be  used  ?     Is  that  so  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  so. 

205.  General  Gruxert.  Then,  it  appeared  that  if  Alert  No.  2  had 
been  in  force  there  would  have  been  a  much  better  chance,  if  not  of 
stopping  the  attack,  of  minimizing  the  loss ;  is  that  right  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Undoubtedly  losses  would  have .  been  smaller. 
They  could  not  have  stopped  the  attack. 

[29<S8]  20f).  General  Gruxert.  If  an  error  was  made  or  a  mis- 
take in  judgment,  it  was  a  lack  of  comprehension  of  just  was  about 
to  come  about,  or  a  question  of  adopting  the  proper  alert  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  enters  into  it.  There  is  no  assurance  at 
all  that  Alert  No.  2  or  Alert  No.  3  would  have  repelled  the  air  attack. 
In  my  opinion  it  would  not.  It  might  have — it  undoubtedly  woidd 
have  reduced  the  losses. 

207.  General  Grfx-^ert.  Now  let  me  ask  you  a  little  about  these 
staff  conferences.  How  many  staff  conferences  did  they  have?  They 
had  periodic  staff  conferences  between  the  Chief  of  Staff  and  the 
heads  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Every  Saturday  morning  we  had  a  staff 
conference. 

208.  General  Grux'ert.  Was  it  a  routine  matter? 
Colonel  Fielder.  That  was  a  routine  matter,  but  they 

209.  General  Grux'^ert.  What  did  it  amount  to? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Well,  for  instance,  my  part  of  it  consisted  of 
bringing  the  staff  officers  up  to  date  on  world  conditions. 

210.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  give  them  a  little  talk  every 
Saturday  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  every  Saturday  morning. 

211.  General  Gruxert.  Then,  in  a  way  that  was  sort  of  an  estimate 
of  the  situation  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  exactly  what  it  was. 

212.  General  Grux^^ert.  How  did  you  estimate  the  situation  along 
about  November  27  to  December  Gth,  say  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  considered  it  serious,  I  considered  war  immi- 
ment,  but  frankly  I  didn't  think  it  would  be  precipitated  in  that 
manner.  I  expected  the  Japs  to  expand  towards  the  south.  [2989] 
About  that  time  we  had  knowledge  of  a  large  number  of  ships  going 
down  the  China  coast  to  the  south,  which  looked  as  if  an  invasion 
force  was  taking  off  for  Indo-China  or  the  Malay  States,  or  the 
Philippines  or  some  other  place.  I  felt  that  there  was  great  danger 
of  war,  but  I  couldn't — I  didn't  anticipate  that  it  would  be  inflicted 
on  us  so  suddenly.     I  thought  perhaps  there  might  be  a  sinking 

79716^46 — Ex.  145,  roL  2 49 


1556     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

of  a  transport,  one  of  our  transports,  maybe  on  overt  act  against 
the  Philippine  Islands,  maybe  a  severing  of  diplomatic  relations; 
but  we  had  pacified  the  Japs  so  many  times,  had  had  this  critical 
situation  for  weeks  and  weeks,  and  then  we  would  give  them  maybe 
a  little  oil  or  something,  and  I  didn't — I  definitely  did  not  antici- 
pate war  as  being  imminent. 

213.  General  Grunert.  But  you  considered  the  Hawaiian  com- 
mand as  in  an  outpost,  didn't  you? 

Colonel  Fielder.  More  as  an  outpost,  more  as  a  base  from  which 
the  Navy  could  operate.  I  had  great  confidence  in  the  presence  of 
our  Navy  here,  and  we  had  most  of  our  Navy  here  at  that  time,  and 
I  couldn't — I  just  didn't  know  enough  to  visualize  the  approach  of 
an  enemy  task  force  as  long  as  our  Navy  was  present. 

214.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  had  what  we  might  call  a  sort 
of  blind  confidence  in  the  Navy ;  is  that  right  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Well,  it  must  have  been. 

215.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  that  the  Navy  was  not 
making  distant   reconnaissance   for  the  protection  of   the  islands? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  knew  that  under  the  joint  agreement  they  were 
charged  with  it. 

216.  General  Grunert.  Right. 

[2990]  Colonel  Fielder.  And  I  thought  they  were  making 
reconnaisance. 

217.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  any  steps  were  ever 
taken  to  ascertain  just  what  they  were  or  weren't  doing  in  the  line 
of  distant  reconnaissance? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  made  none  personally.  I  don't  know  whether 
the  other — whether  the  Commanding  General  made  any  or  not. 

218.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  know  what  the  task  forces  were 
going  out  for  or  what  they  were  doing  out  there  and  in  what  way 
it  would  have  helped  to  protect  the  island  from  an  approach? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  merely  assumed  that  they  were  going  out  for 
battle  practice,  maneuvers.  We  could  hear  firing  in  the  distance 
occasionally  when  they  were  out. 

219.  General  Grunert.  I  want  to  clear  up  a  few  points  and  then 
I  will  go  to  the  gist  of  what  I  really  want  to  find  out. 

Now,  did  I  understand  you  to  tell  General  Russell  that  you  did 
not  see  an  article  or  a  flare  headline  across  your  morning  paper 
of  November  the  30th  predicting  war  within  a  week? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  didn't  say  I  didn't  see  it.  I  said  that  I  didn't 
remember  it  at  this  time  as  having  impressed  me  particularly. 

220.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  didn't  place  much  credence  in 
what  the  papers  put  out? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  apparently  didn't,  and  I  still  do  not — some  of 
their  headlines. 

221.  General  Grunert.  Now,  tell  us  about  the  statement  that  ap- 
pears in  the  Roberts  report  record  to  the  effect  that  Mr.  Shivers  stated 
that  Mr.  Angus  Taylor,  District  Attorney,  wanted  to  prosecute  some 
Japanese  agents  for  failure  to  register  under  the  alien  registration  act, 
but  General  Short  was  opposed  to  this  without  giving  them  notice  so 
to  do,  claiming  that  it  Avould  [£991]  react  unfavorably  to  his 
plan  of  trying  to  make  friends  and  create  good  relations  amongst  them. 

Now,  what  did  you  have  to  do  with  that,  and  what  advice  did  you 
give  General  Short  on  the  subject  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1557 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  happened  before  I  took  over  as  G-2,  but  I 
am  familiar  with  it  and  I  know  the  background  for  it.  Still  in  the 
backs  of  everj^one's  mind  was  the  old  sabotage  bugaboo,  and  with  so 
many  Japanese  here  the  Army  authorities  felt  that  any  way — any 
steps,  almost,  should  be  taken  to  control  the  local  element  of — the  local 
Japanese  population;  and  also  they  had  been  told  not  to  disturb  the 
population,  not  to  bring  on  racial  disorders,  not  to  conmiit  any  overt 
act.  And  very  definitely,  if  these  agents  so-called  had  been  prosecuted 
it  would  have  thrown  the  community  into  a  tailspin,  and  I  still  think  it 
was  wise  not  to  do  it.  General  Short's  policy  has  proven  sound,  in 
that  they  have  had  no  trouble  from  the  Japanese  population. 

222.  General  Grunert.  How  do  you  know  it  was  proven  sound  if 
they  never  attempted  it  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  His  policy  was  to  treat  them  fairly  and  not  an- 
tagonize them  or  stir  them  up,  but  to  handle  them  fairly,  and  I  say  it 
is  sound  because  it  has  had  no  overt  acts. 

223.  General  Grunert.  Isn't  it  the  characteristic  of  the  Japanese  to 
be  told  what  to  do  in  no  uncertain  terms  ^  Won't  they  respect  you 
more  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  They  do  respect  authority.  They  also  respect  fair 
treatment. 

224.  General  Grunert.  Or  is  it  possible  that  they  have  a  contempt 
for  those  who  they  appear  to  think  are  weaklings — following  the  Ger- 
man and  the  Japanese  custom  ? 

[2992]  Colonel  Fielder.  If  they  construe  it  as  weakness,  I  think 
that  is  correct ;  they  have  a  contempt. 

225.  General  Grunert.  Well,  weren't  they  laughing  up  their  sleeves 
that  they  could  have  these  agents  trotting  all  around  against  our  laws 
and  nobody  lay  a  finger  on  them  ? 

I  don't  expect  3^ou  to  answer  all  these  unless  you  want  to. 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  delighted  to  answer  them,  because  I  think 
that  the  stand  that  General  Short  took  was  absolutely  sound. 

226.  General  Grunert.  Then,  at  that  time,  at  least,  you  thought 
appeasement  was  the  best  policy  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  did.  I  don't  call  it  appeasement,  exactl3\  I  call 
it  fair  play.  These  people  had  not  been  advised  of  their  rights;  they 
had  not  been  told  that  it  was  illegal  to  act.  Many  of  them  were  just 
as  ignorant  of  their  oli'ense  as  anything  in  the  world. 

Now,  here  is — he  didn't  decline  to  prosecute.  He  wanted  to  give 
them  warning  and  tell  them  that  if  they  didn't  register  before  a 
certain  date  they  would  be  prosecuted. 

227.  General  Grunert.  Well,  why  hadn't  this  warning  been  given 
all  this  time  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  I  don't  now. 

228.  General  Grunert.  Since  the  law  was  in  existence. 

Colonel  FiELbER.  That  I  don't  know.    That  is  not  within  the 

229.  General  Grunert.  Yes.     All  right;  we  will  drop  that  subject. 
Now,  it  is  recorded  here  that  in  your  testimony  before  the  Roberts 

Commission  you  denied  that  Washington  had  advised  you         [2993] 
of  three  code  words  that  would  signal  attack.     Was  there  ever  any 
understanding  with  Washington  as  to  signals  or  messages  of  this 
kind  to  denote  imminence  of  actuality  of  attack? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Absolutely  none. 


1558     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Grunert.  That's  all  out  of  clear  sky  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That's  out  of  the — that's  a  figment  of  someone's 
imagination, 

230.  General  Grunert.  Now  tell  me  a  little  more  about  the  time 
that  Bicknell  came  up — according  to  the  testimony  we  have,  he  got 
this  message,  this  message  this  woman  is  supposed  to  have  telephoned 
to  Japan,  and  he  goes,  according  to  his  story,  takes  it  up  to  the  Com- 
manding General's  house  where  you  and  the  Commanding  General 
were  about  to  start  out  for  some  other  place,  and  he  has  a  short  dis- 
cussion with  you,  and  that's  all  that  came  of  that  case  as  far  as  he 
knows;  but  he  expressed  himself  as  feeling  that  that  was  a  most 
important  thing  and  that  it  meant  a  great  deal. 

Will  you  tell  us  more  about  just  what  happened  there?  As  I  re- 
member it,  he  said  he  had  a  very  short  conversation  and  intimated 
that  you  discussed  that  thing  for  about  an  hour. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  did ;  for  longer  than  that. 

231.  General  Grunert.  Was  he  there  all  the  time? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Bicknell  was  there  the  whole  time.  He  had  called 
me  up  first,  I  don't  remember  the  exact  hour ;  I  imagine  around  6 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  and  he  came — I  said,  "Well,  come  right  on 
out". 

He  came  out  to  my  quarters,  we  read  it  over,  and  I  said.  "This 
is — we  had  better  go  over  and  see  General  Short,*'  who  lived  next 
door,  and  we,  the  two  of  us,  went  over,  sat  out  on  [2994-]  his 
porch  for  I  don't  know  how  long,  but  I  would  say  45  minutes  to  an 
hour  at  least,  because  we  were  over  an  hour  late  leaving  for  where 
we  were  going;  and  we  all  considered  it  extremely  interesting,  possi- 
bly important,  but  we  couldn't  make  heads  or  tails  of  it. 

232.  General  Grunert.  It  didn't  induce  General  Short  in  any  way 
to  go  to  his  next  step  in  another  alert,  did  it? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  because,  if  you  will  analyze  the  conversation, 
the  simplest  thing  is  to  read  it,  and  all  it  is,  it  is  getting  information. 
It  ask  about  the  searchlights  and  whether  there  are  many  sailors  on 
the  streets,  whether  there  is — how  the  military  reacts  toward  the 

233.  General  Grunert.  But  didn't  all  these  things  add  up  into  some- 
thing? All  these  indications  should  have  added  up  into — of  course 
it  is  hindsight. 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  is  hindsight. 

234.  General  Grltnert.  But  it  might  then  at  that  time  have  been 
foresight  to  have  all  these  things  add  up  into  meaning  something  more 
than  mere  sabotage. 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  didn't.  It  is  easy  enough,  when  an  act  has 
been  committed,  to  look  back  and  see  a  lot  of  indications  of  that  act, 
but  hindsight  is  so  much  better  than  foresight.  We  studied  it  at 
great  length ;  we  really  did. 

235.  General  Grunert.  Tell  me,  in  the  same  conne'ction :  I  believe 
in  the  hearings  before  the  Congress  on  whether  or  not  to  demand  that 
so-and-so  be  done,  one  congressman  testified  or  at  least  announced 
that  when  Bicknell  got  up  to  the  Commanding  General's  quarters  the 
Commanding  General  cussed  him  out  and  practically  kicked  him  out. 
Will  you  tell  us  whether  that  is         [299S]         true  or  not,  sir  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  untrue. 

236.  General  Grunert.  All  right ;  that  is  all  on  that. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1559 

Now  Jet  US  go  over  a  few  messages  here  and  see  what  you  know 
about  these  things. 

Here  is  a  message  or  a  paraphrased  dispatch  of  the  16th  of  October, 
'41,  from  the  C.  X.  O..  which  warned  all  concerned  of  the  existing 
grave  situation  and  which  directed  the  Navy  to  take  due  precautions 
which  would  not  constitute  i)r()vocative  action  against  Japan.  Did 
you  know  anything  about  that  October  IGth  message?  That  was  the 
gist  of  it. 

['29^6]  Colonel  Fielder.  I  don't  remember  it  in  particular. 
It  might  have  been  discussed  at  a  staff  meeting,  but  I  don't  remember 
it,  no,  sir. 

237.  General  Gruxert.  Here  is  a  message  from  the  same  source 
to  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet,  November  24, 1941,  in  which 
it  is  stated  as  an  opinion,  "A  surprise  aggressive  movement  in  any 
direction  is  a  possibility,"  and  in  which  it  was  directed  not  to  "pre- 
cipitate Jap  action."     Do  you  know  anything  about  that  message? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not. 

238.  General  Grunert.  You  have  already  told  us  you  know  nothing 
about  this  message  of  November  2Tth  to  the  Commander-in-Chief, 
Pacific  Fleet,  which  is  paraphrased  and  includes  the  following:  "Con- 
sider this  dispatch  a  war  warning." 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  was  not  familiar  with  that,  either. 

239.  General  Grunert.  You  were  familiar  with  the  Chief  of  Staff's 
message  to  the  Commanding  General  November  27,  '41,  which  brought 
on  Alert  No.  1? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir,  I  was  familiar  with  that. 

240.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  at  the  discussion  prior  to  the 
decision  as  to  what  was  to  be  done  then  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  discussed  that  with  the  Chief  of  Staff  and  I 
think  with  the  Commanding  General  prior  to  the  decision,  but  I  don't 
remember  those  details.  The  message  was  called  to  my  attention, 
and  we  did  discuss  it, 

241.  General  Grunert.  Prior  to  or  after  the  decision? 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not  sure. 

242.  General  Grunert.  Did  he  ask  you  for  an  estimate  of  the  situa- 
tion, in  view  of  what  was  know  then? 

[2997]         Colonel  Fielder.  No.  he  did  not. 

2'43.  General  Grunert.  Was  there  any  discussion,  as  far  as  you 
remember,  as  to  whether  or  not  you  should  go  to  No.  2  or  No.  3  alert? 

Colonel  Fielder.  There  was  no  discussion  as  to  whether  we  should 
go  to  No.  2  or  No.  3,  that  I  remember.  I  do  remember  discussing  with 
the  Commanding  General  what  might  be  expected  of  the  local  popula- 
tion, and  that  was  discussed  any  number  of  times.  Sabotage  was  more 
or  less  foremost  in  our  minds ;  there  is  no  question  about  that. 

944.  General  Grunert.  Foremost  in  your  minds  why  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Because  of  the  imminent  danger  from  so  many 

245.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  experience  to  back  that 
up  with? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Nothing  except  the  experience  that  the  Germans 
had  given  us,  and  we  knew  that  the  Japs  were  collaborating  with  the 
Germans.  We  knew  that  there  were  Germans  in  Japan  training  the 
Japs. 

246.  General  Gunert.  In  that  experience  you  read  about  the 
Germans  did  you  also  run  across  the  fact  that  they  usually  hit  on 


1560     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Sunday  morning?    I  think  that  was  part  of  that  same  series  of  stuff 
they  put  out. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  that  is  true.  And  it  was  well  loiown.  of 
course,  that  the  Japs  liked  to  surprise-attack.  That's  what  they  did 
at  Port  Arthur. 

247.  General  Grunert.  Now,  you  got  this  G-2  message  from  the 
War  Department  November  27,  to  you,  G-2,  in  which  it  states  that 
acts  of  sabotage  and  espionage  were  probable,  and  also  [2998] 
possible  that  hostilities  may  begin.  That  was  a  straight  G-2  message 
to  G-2,  and  it  was  just  inter-office,  really? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  was  inter-office. 

248.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  was  directed  to  bring  that  to  the  attention  of  the 
Commanding  General  and  the  Chief  of  Staff  only,  which  I  did. 

249.  General  Grunert.  Now,  on  November  28th  you  also  got  a 
message  which  pertained  more  to  protection  against  sabotage  and 
airfields? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir. 

250.  General  GRiJisrERT.  That  was  an  Adjutant  General's  message? 
Colonel  Fielder.  That  was  an  Adjutant  General's  message. 

251.  General  Grunert.  But  those  of  these  G-2  messages  that 
referred  to  sabotage  were  received  after  the  decision  was  made  to  go 
on  an  Alert  No.  1,  sabotage? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not  sure  of  the  time.  General.  That  is  prob- 
ably correct.     We  could  check  the  hour  of  receipt  very  easily. 

252.  General  Grunert.  Now,  there  is  a  naval  dispatch  of  Decem- 
ber 3rd  to  the  effect  that  information  disclosed  that  instructions  were 
sent  to  various  Japanese  diplomatic  and  consular  posts  to  destroy 
certain  codes  and  ciphers  and  to  burn  secret  documents.  Was  this 
information  transmitted  to  you?     Do  you  remember  that? 

Colonel  Fielder,  I  don't  remember  it  from  that  source. 

253.  General  Grunert.  Now,  there  is  one  on  December  4th  and  one 
on  December  6th  somewhat  along  the  same  line.  Do  you  recall  any 
additional  information  you  got  from  the  Navy  after  [2999] 
November  27th  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  do  not. 

254.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  actual 
time  of  receipt  of  the  Chief  of  Staff's  message  of  December  7th  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Only  that  it  was  after  the  attack.  I  don't  remem- 
ber what  hour;  I  think  it  was  around  noontime. 

255.  General  Grunert.  Had  you  had  occasion  to  use  the  oceanic 
telephone  for  anything  with  Washington  ?  Was  that  used  as  a  means 
of  communication  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  never  used  it  until  after  the  attack.  I  used  it 
twice  on  the  morning  of  December  7th. 

256.  General  Grunert.  And  prior  to  that  ? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Prior  to  that  I  had  never  used  it. 

257.  General  Grunert.  Now,  do  you  know  how  long  it  took  you  to 
make  connections  and  get  messages  through  by  using  that  means? 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  took  approximately  an  hour  to  get  a  message 
through. 

258.  General  Grunert.  From  the  time  you  put  in  your  call  until  the 
connections  were  made  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1561 

Colonel  Fielder.  From  the  time  I  put  it  in  until  I  talked  to  General 
Miles  in  Washington.  And  he  called  me  back  later.  I  talked  to  him 
twice  on  that  day. 

259.  General  Grunert.  After  December  7th  you  actually  got  in 
contact  with  General  Miles,  and  then  he  called  you  back? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  sir. 

260.  General  Grunert.  Now  give  us  a  little  more  to  wind  up  with. 
Give  us  a  little  bit  of  information  about  just  what  [3000]  your 
contacts  with  the  district  and  the  fleet  were,  in  the  line  of  getting 
information  and  giving  information. 

Colonel  Fielder.  It  was  very,  very  close  insofar  as  counter-intelli- 
gence was  concerned.  The  investigations  and  the  suspect  list  and  those 
things  were  discussed  regularly  every  week.  But  insofar  as  combat- 
intelligence  and  my  associations  and  relationships  with  the  fleet-intel- 
ligence officer,  thej'  were  not  very  close  because  we  had  practically 
nothing  in  common.    There  was  no  combat  at  that  time. 

261.  General  Gruxert.  And  you  say  the  district  never  transmitted 
to  you  the  fact  that  they  had  picked  up  a  task  force  in  the  Marshall 
Islands? 

Colonel  Fielder.  They  did  not. 

262.  General  Grunert.  Any  other  questions? 

263.  General  Frank.  Do  you  get  that  kind  of  information  now? 
Colonel  Fielder.  Oh,  yes,  very  definitely. 

264.  Major  Clausen.  Yes,  we  have  some  on  the  Rohl-Wyman 
matter. 

Colonel  Fielder,  are  you  acquainted  with  a  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not. 

265.  Major  Clausen.  You,  while  in  charge  of  the  G-2  of  this  Head- 
quarters, though,  have  conducted  investigations  concerning  this  indi- 
vidual, have  you  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  think  the  F.  B.  I.  did. 

266.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  you  did  hand  me  a  G-2  file  which  indi- 
cated an  investigation  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  by  your  section  here, 
sir. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  thought  that  was  a — it's  a  series —  [3001] 
we  do  have  a  file  on  him  which  includes  a  report  of  an  investigation 
by  the  F.  B.  I.,  and  we  have  in  that  file  also  a  series  of  newspaper 
clippings,  and  so  forth,  but  we  did  not  make  a  full  investigation  of 
this  man. 

267.  Major  Clausen.  AVell,  I  didn't  ask  you  whether  j^ou  had  made 
a  full  investigation.  You  have,  or  had  in  July  1942,  a  Captain 
Meurlott? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Meurlott. 

268.  Major  Clausen.  Who  was  he? 

Colonel  Fielder.  He  was  in — what  was  the  date  of  it  ? 

269.  Major  Clausen.  July  1942. 

Colonel  Fielder.  He  was  in  the  counter-intelligence  section  of  the 
G-2  office  at  that  time. 

270.  Major  Clausen.  And  did  he  conduct  an  investigation  concern- 
ing Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl.  any  type  of  investigation  whatsoever? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Well,  I  don't  think  he  did.  He  might  have  pe- 
rused the  files,  and  so  forth,  but  I  wouldn't  call  that  an  investigation. 


1562     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

271.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  I  show  you  a  report  titled,  ''Memo  for 
files,"  dated  July  22, 1942,  and  ask  you  if  you  recognize  that  as  being  in 
the  handwriting  of  Captain  Meurlott. 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  that  is  his  handwriting  all  right. 

272.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  is  a  photostatic  copy,  is  it.  Colonel, 
from  the  files  to  which  you  just  referred  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  right. 

273.  Major  Clausen.  Was  that  report  made  under  your  supervi- 
sion ? 

Colonel  Fielder,  les,  it  was. 

[300^]  274.  Major  Clausen.  You  were  acquainted  with  it  at 
the  time? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  I  was  not. 

275.  Major  Clausen.  I  see. 

Well,  I  will  offer  in  evidence  this  memorandum  dated  July  22,  1942, 
and  read  it  to  the  Board  at  this  time.    This  is  entitled  : 

(Memorandum  dated  7/22/42,  by  Captain  Meurlott,  is  as  follows:) 

Memo  for  files : 

Decision  made  to  bring  this  case  to  a  close  without  the  formality  of  a  Cl-Rl 
report.  Subject  is  claimed  by  Colonel  MoUison  to  be  a  confirmed  drunkard,  and, 
inferentially,  to  be  incompetent  as  a  subversive  influence  for  that  reason.  Irre- 
sponsibility' rather  than  subversion  appears  to  characterize  the  irregularities  in 
his  activities,  as  brought  to  the  attention  of  this  office. 

Case  closed. 

Signed  "K.  M.  Meurlott,  Capt.  M.  I." 

To  whom  is  that  subject  applicable?  it  says,  "subject  is  claimed." 
Who  was  the  subject? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Oh,  that  is  Hans  Wilhelm  Eohl. 

276.  Major  Clausen.  I  see.  Now,  are  you  acquainted  with  Captain 
Ulrich  von  der  Osten,  who  Was  a  German  spy?  Are  you  acquainted 
with  that  case? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  I  am  not. 

277.  Major  Clausen.  Let  me  read  you  this  from  the  F.  B.  I.  report 
dated  March  11,  1943: 

[3003]  (Excerpt  from  F.  B.  I.  report  of  March  11,  1943,  in  re 

Captain  Ulrich  von  der  Osten,  is  as  follows:) 

Captain  Ulrich  von  der  Osten  was  in  fact  one  of  the  chiefs  of  the  German  in- 
telligence service  among  whose  duties  it  was  to  established  contact  with  indivi- 
dual agents  operating  throughout  the  world.  En  route  to  the  United  States  from 
Shanghai  he  had  reported  detailed  information  concerning  national  defense 
preparations  of  the  United  States  at  Pearl  Harbor  and  other  vital  points  in  the 
Hawaiian  Islands.  In  his  report  on  the  Hawaiian  Islands  he  mentioned  that  this 
information  would  be  of  particular  interest  to  "our  yellow  Allies."  This  report 
of  von  der  Osten,  fortunately,  failed  to  reach  its  destination  and  was  ultimately 
turned  over  to  the  FBI. 

Are  you  acquainted  with  that  case? 
Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not. 

278.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  maintain  liaison  with  the  F.  B.  I. 
concerning  matters  of  that  kind,  sir? 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  could  very  easily  be  in  the  hands  of  mysec- 
tion  without  my  knowledge.  I  say  that  I  personally  was  not  familiar 
with  it. 

279.  Major  Clausen.  This  report  was  made  in  1941  and  resulted 
in  conviction  and  sentences  to  terms  of  imprisonment  of  five  to  twenty 
years,  of  a  ring  of  spies. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1563 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  am  not  familiar  with  that. 

280.  Major  Clausen.  March  11)42  the  court  convicted  these  people. 
I  wondered,  in  connection  with  that  report  from  which          [3004] 

I  have  just  read,  if  you  ever  gave  any  consideration  to  the  possibility 
of  a  coincidence  between  the  constiiiction  of  national  defense  prei)ara- 
tions  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  and  the  actual  bomb  pattern  of  the 
attackers  on  7  December  1041. 
Colonel  Fielder.  No,  I  haven't. 

281.  Major  Clausen.  You  don't  know?  Well,  if  you  have  never 
have  given  consideration  to  it,  you  would  not  know. 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  have  considered  the  pattern,  but  not  in  connec- 
tion with  the  construction  plans. 

282.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  know,  Colonel,  about  the  alternate 
air  route  to  the  Philippines  that  was  constructed  or  under  construc- 
tion about  October? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  knew  about  that.     In  the  fall  of  '41. 

283.  Major  Clausen.  And  that  was  commenced  ab(jut  October 
1941? 

Colonel  Fielder.  '41. 

284.  Major  Clausen.  Did  your  office  ever  receive  any  information 
concerning  the  fact  that  the  plans  for  that  alternate  air  route  may 
have  come  to  the  attention  of  the  Japanese  Government  prior  to 
7  December  1941  and  thus  have  indicated  to  Japan  the  fact  that  this 
nation,  that  is  the  United  States,  was  going  to  wage  war  with  Japan? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No,  that  never  came  to  my  attention. 

285.  Major  Clausen.  Did  your  office  ever  receive  information  that 
Colonel  Wyman,  in  the  spring  of  1942,  at  a  drinking  party  with  three 
other  Army  officers, — or  I  will  ask  this  first :  You  know  Colonel  Theo- 
dore Wyman,  Junior,  sir? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  I  know  him. 

[SOOo]  280.  Major  Claltsen.  Did  you  ever  receive  information 
to  the  effect  that  Colonel  Wyman,  in  the  spring  of  1942,  in  connection 
v\ith  several  other  Army  officers,  participated  in  an  evening  of  drink- 
ing and  made  this  statement,  Colonel : 

There  are  probably  a  good  many  things  which  I  have  clone  during  my  life  that 
;ire  not  exactly  right,  but  there  is  one  thing  I  have  not  done  and  that  is  to  sell 
out  my  country  the  way  that  s.  o.  b.  Rohl  dirt  to  his  (Jerman  friends.  I  should 
never  have  trusted  him  and  what  I  should  do  now  is  take  this  service  revolver, 
go  out  and  shoot  him  and  then  blow  my  own  brains  out. 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  never  came  to  my  personal  attention. 

287.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  now,  you  indicated  a  few  minutes  ago 
that  such  an  important  thing  as  a  case  of  a  spy  might  well  be  in  your 
section  here  and  not  come  to  your  personal  knowledge.  Will  you 
search  your  files  and  see  whether  there  is,  any  place  in  this  Department 
or  under  your  jurisdiction  or  command,  any  place,  information 
concerning  this  statement  that  I  have  just  read? 

[3006]  Colonel  Fielder.  That  could  very  readily  be  in  the  files 
of  the  Inspector  General.  Unless  an  Army  officer  is  suspected  of 
espionage  or  some  disloyal  act,  he  would  not  come  to  the  attention  of 
the  G-2  section.  If  he  went  out  on  a  drinking  party,  or  if  he  gam- 
bled, or  if  he  went  in  debt,  oi-  something  like  that,  he  would  probably 
be  investigated  by  an  ins])ector;  but  unless  it  was  subversive,  we 
probably  wouldn't  investigate  him  at  all. 


1564     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

288.  Major  Clausen.  The  incident  to  which  I  refer  is  reported  to 
us  to  have  been  referred  to  the  G-2  office  at  Honohihi ;  so  would  you 
conduct  that  investigation  and  advise  the  Board,  sir? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  will  have  the  officer  who  can  answer  that,  and 
wlio  has  charge  of  the  files,  as  a  subsequent  witness.  It  would  be  much 
more  appropriate  to  have  him  identify  the  fides,  and  search  his  files. 

289.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  coach  him  to  look  that  up  so  he 
can  testify  on  it? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  will.  I  have  already  done  that,  and  he  reported 
to  me  that  this  was  the  only  thing  he  had  in  Ins  files. 

290.  Major  Clausen.  I  am  going  to  read  you  a  paragraph,  here, 
from  a  lead,  and  ask  you  if  joii  have  ever  heard  of  this : 

Check  assertion  that  Rohl  was  close  to  the  owner  of  a  barn  near  Schofield 
base.  This  man  is  said  to  have  been  operating  an  illegal  sliort-wave  radio  on 
December  7,  1941,  and  was  shot  by  military  police.  There  should  be  some  data 
in  the  Honolulu  FBI  office  about  this  matter,  since  we  are  informed  that  an 
inquiry  was  made  by  the  FBI  office  in  Los  Angeles.  This  man's  name  was  given 
to  us  as  Bert  Hasby,  and  his  friendship  with  Rohl  was  said  to  have  been  intimate. 

Do  you  know  anything  about  that,  Colonel  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes;  I  know  about  that.  -  ■ 

[S007]         291.  Major  Clausen.  What  are  the  facts? 

Colonel  Fielder.  The  facts  are  that  Hasby  was  a  Japanese  alien, 
and  he  ran  a  beer  garden  adjacent  to  Schofield  base.  He  was  not 
even  picked  up  after  December  7.  We  subsequently  investigated  him 
some  year  or  year  and  a  half  after  the  war  started,  and  he  was  interned 
for  a  while  on  the  mainland  and  was  subsequently  paroled.  He  is 
now  out,  though ;  he  was  not  shot. 

292.  Major  Clausen.  Did  Colonel  Wyman  ever  talk  with  you  re- 
garding the  immigration  application  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Never  mentioned  it,  never  talked  to  me  about  any- 
tliing  about  Rohl. 

293.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  anything  of  any  letters  or  oral 
conversations  that  Wyman  had  with  respect  to  that  application  of 
Rohl? 

Colonel  Fielder.  No;  no;  he  never  talked  to  me  about  it. 

291.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  just  one  question  on  this  other  matter 
of  Doctor  Mori.     Was  this  Doctor  Mori  a  woman  dentist? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Doctor  Mori  was  a  man,  but  the  woman  that  did 
the  talking  was  a  newspaper  woman,  and  I  think  a  daughter-in-law ; 
I  am  not  sure;  but  Mori  was  a  professional  man.  I  don't  kiiow 
whether  he  was  a  surgeon  or  a  physician  or  a  dentist. 

295.  Major  Clausen.  Well,  this  "hibiscus  and  poinsettias"  conver- 
sation was  by  a  woman  from  this  end,  and  not  this  Doctor  Mori,  a 
dentist? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Yes,  except  the  call  was  placed  for  Mori,  and  she 
did  the  talking  after  the  connection  was  completed.  That  is  my 
recollection  of  it. 

[3008]  29G.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  ever  "G-2"  her  after- 
wards? 

Colonel  Fielder.  Oh,  yes ;  she  was  picked  up. 

297.  General  Grunert.  What  was  done? 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1565 

Colonel  Fielder.  She  was  interned.  She  was  mterned,  and  so  was 
he ;  and  I  have  forgotten  what  became  of  him,  he  may  still  be  interned ; 
but  they  did  not  get  enough  on  any  of  them  to  proceed  before  a  military 
commission,  but  they  did  get  enough  to  intern  them. 

298.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  questions  ? 

299.  General  Russell.  No. 

300.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Is  this  photostat  in  evidence? 

301.  General  Grunert.  No  ;  they  were  not  put  in  evidence,  they  were 
just  explained. 

302.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Do  you  not  think  it  ought  to  be  put  in  evi- 
dence. General? 

303.  General  Grunert.  It  would  be  very  interesting  to  have  it  in 
there,  if  the  Board  wants  it  in. 

304.  General  Frank.  Is  this  on  the  record  ? 

305.  Colonel  Toulmin.  I  was  talking  on  the  record. 

306.  General  Grunert.  Does  the  Board  want  this  in  the  record  ? 

307.  General  Frank.  It  may  not  be  of  interest,  because  it  is  an  old 
photogi'aph.  It  is  obsolete.  It  has  several  hangars  on  there  that  never 
were  built,  but  it  does  not  have  on  there  either  the  big  engineering  docks 
nor  the  supply  warehouses  at  the  other  end  of  the  line. 

Colonel  Fielder,  Nor  the  Aqua  system. 

308.  General  Frank.  Yes — nor  the  Aqua  system. 

309.  General  Russell.  It  had  on  there  enough  for  the  Japs  to  blow 
hell  out  of  us  doM'u  there  with,  and  that  is  what  they  were  [30091 
using  it  for. 

310.  Colonel  Toulmin.  My  thought  is  that  some  question  might  be 
raised  at  some  time  why  the  record  was  not  complete.  It  is  a  very 
simple  thing  to  put  it  in  and  then  nobody  could  be  critical  of  our  not 
having  it  in  the  record. 

311.  General  Grunert.  Identify  it,  and  we  will  put  it  in. 

312.  Colonel^ouLMiN.  This  photostat  of  the  Japanese  map  found  on 
a  Japanese  aviator,  December  7,  1941,  is  offered  in  evidence  with  the 
next  number. 

(The  photostat  referred  to  was  marked  as  Exhibit  No.  22,  and  was 
received  in  evidence.) 

313.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  Fielder,  do  you  know  of  anything 
else,  on  any  subject  that  relates  to  what  we  are  after,  that  has  not  been 
brought  up  here,  that  you  would  like  to  introduce  in  evidence  ? 

Colonel  Fielder.  I  have  one  other  very  short  statement  I  would  like 
to  make. 

314.  General  Grunert.  Go  ahead. 

Colonel  Fielder.  That  is  to  the  effect  that,  while  everyone  in  the 
Army  here  was  materially  concerned  about  sabotage,  certain  other  steps 
were  taken  to  prepare  the  group  of  islands  for  defense ;  and  I  did  men- 
tion the  fact  that  we  held  maneuvers,  and  that  we  fortified  the  beaches, 
and  things  like  that;  but  as  far  as  my  testimony  is  concerned,  I  don't 
want  it  to  appear  that  all  we  did  was  prepare  for  sabotage,  because  we 
went  a  great  deal  further  than  that. 

315.  General  Grunert.  You  prepared  for  a  number  of  things,  but 
what  was  actually  put  into  effect  on  December  7  when  the  attack 
struck  ?     You  were  actually  in  alert  No.  1  ? 


1566     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

[3010]  Colonel  Fielder.  We  were  in  Alert  No.  1  at  that  time; 
that  is  correct. 

316.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions?  There 
appear  to  be  none.     Thank  you  very  much. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

(Whereupon,  at  4:55  p.  m.,  having  concluded  the  hearing  of  wit- 
nesses for  the  day,  the  Board  took  up  the  consideration  of  other 
matters.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1567 


[3011]  CONTENTS 


TUESDAY.  SEl'TEMBER  12,  1W4 

Testimony  of —  Page' 
Colonel  Leonard  D.  Weddington,  Air  Corps,  Sixth  Air  Service  Area 

Command 3012 

Captain  Edwin  T.  Layton,  U.  S.  Navy.  U.  S.  Pacific  Fleet 3028 

Commander  Harold  S.  Burr,  U.  S.  N.  R.,  14th  Naval  District 3067 

Major  General  IMaxwell  Murray.  United  States  Army,  Commanding 

Guadalcanal 3075 

Riley  H.  Allen.  Editor,  Honolulu  Star-Bulletin,  Business  Address  125 

Merchant  St.,  Honolulu,  T.  H 3105 

Lt.  Colonel  Melbourne  H.  West,  Headquarters  7th  Fighter  Wing 3120 

DOCUMENTS 

Message    of    November    27,    1941,    to    Commanding    General,    Hawaiian 

Department 3094 

Newspaper  Articles 3110 

EXHIBITS 

No.  23.  Photostat  of  a   captured   .Tapanese  chart   taken   from   the  chart- 
board  of  a  Japanese  dive  bomber 3035 

24,25.  Two  captured  Japane.se  maps 3074 

26.  Captured  map  with  translation  of  Japanese  endorsements 3074 

'  Pagos  referred   to  are  represented  by  italic  figures  enclosed  by  brackets  and  indicate 
pages  of  original  transcript  of  proceedings. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1569 


iwm    PROCEEDINGS  BEFOEE  THE  ARMY  PEARL 

HARBOR  BOARD 


TUESDAY,   SEPTEMBER    12,    1944 

Fort  Shafter,  Territory  of  Hawaii. 

The  Board,  at  8:30  a.  m.,  pursuant  to  recess  on  yesterday,  con- 
ducted the  hearing  of  witnesses,  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President 
of  the  Board,  presiding. 

Present:  Lt.  Gen.  George  Grunert,  President;  Maj.  Gen.  Henry  D. 
Russell  and  Maj.  Gen.  Walter  H.  Frank,  Members. 

Present  also:  Colonel  Charles  W.  West,  liecorder;  Major  Henry 
C.  Clausen,  Assistant  Recorder;  and  Colonel  Harry  A.  Toulmin,  Jr., 
Executive  Officer. 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  COLONEL  LEONARD  D.  WEDDINGTON,  AIR  CORPS, 
SIXTH  AIR  SERVICE  AREA  COMMAND 

(The  witness  was  sworn  b}^  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

Colonel  Weddington.  Leonard  D.  Weddington,  Colonel,  Air  Corps, 
Sixth  Air  Service  Area  Command ;  APO  959. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel,  this  Board  is  after  facts,  and  leads 
to  where  we  can  get  facts;  that  is,  concerning  what  led  up  to,  and 
v.hat  happened  during,  the  attack  at  Pearl  Harbor.  We  asked  that 
vou  attend  because  you  are  listed  here,  at  the  time  of  the  attack,  as 
commanding  Bellows  Field ;  is  that  right  ? 

[3013]         Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Xow,  I  wish  you  would  tell  the  Board  the 
conditions  at  Bellows  Field  at  the  time  of  the  attack,  as  to  its  prepa- 
ration for  defense  and  what  it  did  to  defend  itself  that  day. 

Colonel  Weddington.  Do  you  desire,  on  the  preparation,  our  defense 
as  to  the  tvpe  of  alert,  orders  that  we  had  received,  or  something  like 
that? 

4.  General  Grunert.  What  were  the  physical  means  of  defending 
the  field?  What  measures  were  taken  to  defend  the  field,  to  ward 
off  an  air  attack? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Prior  to  December  7,  there  were  practically 
no  means  of  warding  off  an  air  attack  available  at  Bellows  Field. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  machine  guns  in  position? 
Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  not  have  any-no  emplacements  of 
any  kind  for  weapons,  or  any  protection  for  the  personnel,  in  the  line 
of  slit  trenches  or  air-raid  shelters — anything  of  that  sort? 


1570     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir;  natural  ditches  and  ravines  were  the 
only  thing. 

7.  General  Grunert.  In  the  line  of  protective  measures,  what  took 
place  after  December  7? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Our  preparation  was  hurried,  and  we  accom- 
plished some,  from  the  time  of  the  warning;  until  the  attack,  because 
at  Bellows  Field  we  had  one  i)lane  make  one  ])ass,  firino;  his  forward 
guns  through  a  tent  area,  approximately  an  hour  before  w^e  at  that 
field  came  under  any  attack  other  than  that. 

[SOI4.]  8.  General  Grunert.  What  protective  measures  have 
you  there,  now  ?    Do  you  know  what  there  is,  now  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  I  know  approximately.  I  do  not  know  the 
numbers  of  organizations,  because  they  have  changed  a  number  of 
times  since  I  have  read  over  the  station  list  at  that  place;  but  I  do 
know  that  they  have  numbers  of  emplacements  for  automatic  weapons 
and  have  sites  in  the  vicinity  for  antiaircraft  gun  positions.  They 
have  placed  them  in  there  several  times.  We  placed  them  within  a 
few  days  after  the  attack,  and  kept  them  there  for  many  months. 

9.  General  Grunert.  What  aircraft  was  at  Bellows  Field  on  the 
morning  of  the  attack? 

Colonel  Weddington.  The  0-4Ts,  I  believe  there  were  7  there  at 
the  time  belonging  to  the  Eighty-Sixth  Observation  Squadron.  They 
also  had  on  the  line  two  O^Ds.  There  was  one  squadron  of  fighters 
at  Bellows  Field  engaged  for  a  month's  aerial  gunnery  ]iractice.  I 
am  not  certain  of  the  number  of  P-40s  that  they  had,  but  they  had 
in  the  vicinity  of  12  on  the  field  that  morning. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Making  a  total  of  about  how  many  air- 
planes ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  21,  approximately. 

11.  General  Grunert.  These  were  all  concentrated  practically 
wing-to-wing,  were  they? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir;  at  the  time  the  first  airplane  came 
over  the  field.  Before  the  next  attack,  they  Avere  dispersed  as  much 
as  possible  on  the  field  at  that  time,  which,  with  the  number  that 
we  had,  the  maximum  distance  between  airplanes  was  approximately 
50  to  75  feet. 

[301.5]  12.  General  Grunert.  Was  this  of  your  own  volition 
that  the  airplanes  were  so  placed,  or  were  you  required  to  so  place 
them  ?  .  . 

Colonel  Weddington.  It  was  the  volition  of  the  indoctrination  on 
the  field.     I  personally  arrived,  it  had  been  done. 

13.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  it  was  done  according  to 
orders  from  higher  up,  is  that  right? 

Colonel  Weddington.  I  believe  our  indoctrination  certainly  came 
from  there;  yes,  sir. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  any  questions.  General  Russell? 

15.  General  Russell.  You  state  that  "when  you  arrived  these  planes 
were  all  in.  wnng-to-wing.  is  that  what  vou  testified? 

Colonel  Weddington.  When  I  arrived  ? 

16.  General  Russell.  Yes. 
Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir. 

17.  General  Russell.  When  were  thev  placed  winij-to-wing? 
Colonel  Weddington.  From  the  time  the  first  airplane  came  down 

and  fired  into  our  tent  gap  and  went  away,  we  had  about  an  hour. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1571 

18.  General  Russell.  We  do  not  nnderstand  each  other.  When  did 
yon  place  your  airplanes  wing-to-wing,  or  close  together? 

Colonel  Weddington.  The  night  before,  when  the  flying  for  the 
day  was  oA-er. 

10.  General  Russell.  How  long  had  you  been  doing  that  prior  to 
December  7,  1941? 

Colonel  Weddington.  All  the  time  except  when  we  were  placed 
under  some  kind  of  special  order. 

20.  General  Russell.  In  October  191:1,  were  you  doing  that? 
Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

21.  (lenei-al  Russell.  You  had  been  doing  it  always? 
■  Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

[.JOJh']         22.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

28.  (xeneral  Frank.  At  that  time,  were  there  any  pilots  on  the  field  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir, 

24.  General  Frank.  How  many  airplanes  were  destroyed  ? 
Colonel  Weddington.  Actual  destruction? 

25.  General  Frank.  Well,  how  many  airplanes  were  made  incap- 
able of  flight  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  I  believe,  four. 

26.  General  Frank.  Did  any  of  them  try  to  take  off? 
Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

27.  General  Frank.  What  happened? 

Colonel  Weddington.  They  were  shot  down  immediately,  with  the 
Japs  right  behind  them.  They  couldn't  hit  the  airplane  while  taxiing 
down.  I  personally  watched,  wondering  what  would  happen  if  the 
pilot  was  hit  while  taxiing,  whether  the  airplane  would  just  go  on  off, 
over  the  island,  or  whether  he  would  die  there,  or  whether  he  would 
groundloop,  or  what  would  happen;  and  I  w^as  watching  particularly, 
because  I  saw  them  make  at  one  of  them  taxiing  down  six  passes.  Six 
different  airplanes  made  passes  at  him  and  seemingly  never  hit  him, 
but  when  he  got  on  the  runway  and  started  to  take  off,  they  got  right 
square  behind  him,  and  just  as  he  got  off,  shot  him  down  in  flames; 
and  he  was  trurning,  trying  to  give  them  a  bad  target,  and  crashed 
into  the  beach  and  burned  there. 

The  other  one  that  they  shot  down  taking  off,  I  did  not  see  take  off', 
because  there  were  some  of  them  making  passes  at  the  position  I  was 
in  at  that  time,  and  I  ducked.  I  had  seen  him  taxiing  down,  how- 
ever. They  shot  him  down  in  the  same  [3017]  manner,  except 
that  he  was  not  so  badly  shot  up,  landed  in  the  water  about  three  quar- 
ters of  a  mile  to  a  mile  down  the  beach,  and  swam  ashore.  He  was 
not  killed. 

28.  General  Frank.  That  morning,  did  any  of  the  B-l7s  that  had 
been  flown  over  from  the  mainland  land  at  Bellows? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

29.  General  Frank.  How  many? 
Colonel  Weddington.  One. 

30.  General  Frank.  Did  you  examine  it  ? 
Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

31.  General  Frank.  What  armament  did  it  have? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Six  50-caliber  machine  guns,  I  believe,  is  the 
total. 

32.  General  Frank.  Were  they  mounted? 

79716 — 46 — Ey   145,  vol.  2 50 


1572     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  WEDDiNGTOiSr.  Yes,  sir;  I  believe  so.  I  am  certain  they 
were,  because  we  used  the  two  on  the  top  turret  that  were  capable  of 
being  manned.  We  left  them  in  position,  and  manned  them  for  a 
number  of  days,  because  we  had  no  other  mounts.  We  took  the  others 
out  and  tried  to  improvise  mounts  at  other  parts  of  the  field,  and 
obtained  ammunition  for  them.  That  was  the  next  day  or  two  before 
we  got  it.  They  had  no  ammunition  aboard.  They  were  mounted, 
but  no  ammunition  aboard. 

33.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  the  direction  from  which  they 
came  in? 

Colonel  AVeddington.  You  mean  to  that  field,  or  to  these  islands? 

34.  General  Frank.  I  mean  the  B-17s. 

Colonel  Weddington.  Tq  that  field,  or  to  these  islands? 

35.  General  Frank.  No,  to  these  islands. 
[3018]         Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  Has  anyone  else  any  questions  ? 

37.  Major  Clausen.  I  have  some,  here. 

Sir,  what  facilities  did  you  have  for  gasoline  for  these  planes  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  We  had  a  small  storage  tank.  They  were  in 
the  process  of  putting  in  more,  but  at  that  time  there  was  a  storage 
tank  I  believe  of  only  20,000.     I  am  not  positive  of  that  number. 

38.  Major  Clausen.  And  so,  on  the  7  December  1941,  they  were  then 
constructing  the  underground  gasoline  storage  tanks,  is  that  correct, 
sir? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  roughly  what  percentage  of  com- 
pletion that  underground  work  had  reached  on  7  December  1941? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Approximately  50  percent  of  the  tunneling. 
I  believe  the  total  figure  of  the  depth  was  417  feet  into  the  hill. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  And  was  it  usual,  Colonel,  for  the  truck  with 
gasoline  to  come  over  the  mountains  every  day  about  10  o'clock? 

Colonel  Weddington.  I  don't  recall  any  specific  time  they  didn't 
come  over.     They  came  around. 

41.  Major  Clausen.  From  what  point  did  the  truck  with  the  gaso- 
line have  to  come — how  far  away  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  The  gasoline  had  to  come  from  Honolulu. 

42.  Major  Clausen.  That  was  about  30  miles? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Approximately;  a  little  more;  a  [3019] 
little  more  than  30, 1  believe. 

43.  Major  Clausen.  Noav,  were  any  of  the  aircraft  on  the  field 
drained  of  gasoline  on  this  morning,  for  security  reasons,  or  otherwise  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Not  drained  for  security  reasons.  They  had 
been  flown  the  day  before,  and  it  had  been  the  practice  when  the  squad- 
ron was  on  its  month  of  aerial  gunnery  practice  not  to  refuel  the  air- 
planes M'hen  they  got  through  on  Saturday  afternoon,  but  to  refuel 
them  during  Sunday;  and  other  days,  they  normally  simply  cleaned 
the  guns,  and  armed  the  next  morning  when  they  were  ready  to  go ; 
but  on  Saturday  afternoons  it  was  the  ]:)ractice  to  get  a  better  job  of 
cleaning,  to  actually  take  the  barrels  or  whatever  portion  of  the  gun 
necessary  at  that  time  to  take  off  and  to  give  them  a  better  cleaning. 
The  guns  were  actually  dismounted  from  most  of  the  P-40s. 

44.  Major  Clausen.  Specifically,  with  reference  to  the  gasoline, 
could  you  give  me  some  idea  as  to  what  percentage  of  gasoline  these 
planes  that  were  on  the  field  had  in  their  tanks  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1573 

Colonel  Weddington,  No,  sir;  I  have  not  heard  what  percentage.  I 
know  some  of  them  were  not  fueled,  and  some  of  them  might  have  been. 

45.  JMajor  Clausen.  So,  in  addition  to  being  wing-to-wing,  they  also 
needed  to  be  fueled  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

46.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  tell  me  something  about  the  runways, 
Colonel  ?     Were  the  runways  being  constructed  at  that  time,  also  ? 

[3020]         Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

47.  Major  Clausen.  Just  tell  the  Board  roughly  what  liad  been 
done  and  what  needed  to  be  done  to  these  runways  as  of  7  December 
1941. 

Colonel  AVeddington.  The  plan  was  for  a  2-runway  field,  and  they 
had  been  working  over  a  month  taking  out  sand  hills  and  coral  hills 
and  working  the  coral  into  a  depth  to  give  them  a  good  base  on  one  of 
the  runways.  The  other  runway  had  very  little  work  done  on  it,  be- 
cause it  was  going  to  be  built  directly  over  the  existing  runway,  so, 
to  keep  the  field  operative,  they  were  not  doing  anything  on  that  run- 
Avay  until  the  other  runway  was  capable  of  handling  aircraft. 

48.  Major  Clausen.  And  with  reference  to  what  you  called  "the 
other  runway,"  can  you-give  the  Board  some  idea  as  to  the  percentage 
of  completion  on  7  December  1941  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  No.  not  definitely  a  percent,  because  so  much 
work  had  entered  into  it,  and  they  worked  24  hours  a  day  and  in  7 
days  had  it  so  they  could  take  any  sized  bomber  that  we  had,  by 
Thursday. 

49.  Major  Clausen.  By  Thursday? 

Colonel  Weddington.  They  worked  night  and  day. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  The  following  Thursday? 

Colonel  Weddington.  The  following  Thursday,  by  working  night 
and  day;  and  we  reported  on  Wednesday  that  we  could  take  anj^thing 
over  there  by  Thursday.  We  hesitated  to  tell  anybody  we  were  work- 
ing night  and  day.  However,  we  were  afraid  that  we  would  get  stopped 
working  at  night,  so  we  worked  night  and  day  to  get  that  thing  ready, 
and  then  told  them  on  Wednesday  that  we  could  take  any  bomber 
that  they  had  the  next  day.  We  had  [S021]  been  informed 
that  Hickam  Field  was  out,  and  for  several  days  we  got  no  other  infor- 
mation as  far  as  operation. 

51.  Major  Clausen.  Colonel,  the  Wednesday  and  the  Thursday  to 
which  you  have  just  referred  were  the  Wednesday  and  Thursday  fol- 
lowing ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Immediately  following  December  7. 

52.  ]\Iajor  Clausen.  Noav,  as  of  December  7,  you  had  no  runway 
there  which  was  capable  of  taking  the  bombers,  is  that  correct,  sir  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  They  landed  very  light  on  it.  It  was  75  feet 
wide  and  I  believe  3,800  feet  long. 

53.  Major  Clausen.  And  this  one  B-17  that  landed,  in  fact  was 
wrecked,  isn't  that  correct  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir.  He  was  wrecked,  however,  because 
he  landed  down  a  very  strong  wind,  and  not  up-wind. 

54.  INIajor  Clausen.  Now,  getting  l)ack  to  this  gasoline  storage,  do 
you  know  the  amount  of  gasoline  that  was  in  the  tank  that  you  had 
at  Bellows  just  before  the  attack  on  7  December  1941  ? 


1574     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Colonel  Weddington.  I  don't  recall  if  it  was  full  or  not.  I  believe 
it  was  kept  fairly  right  up  to  the  top  of  it,  I  never  heard,  one  way 
or  the  other,  so  it  must  have  been  full. 

[302^]  55.  Major  Clausen.  Do  you  know  w^here  I  could  get  that 
information,  sir? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Possibly  the  records,  but  I  am  not  sure. 

50.  Major  Clausen.  Was  there  any  construction  taking  place  at 
Bellows  Field  in  addition  to  the  gasoline  storage  facilities  and  the 
runways  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir,  there  were  buildings  for  a  complete 
permanent  camp  or  permanent  post. 

57.  Major  Clausen.  Had  they  been  completed  ? 
Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir. 

58.  Major  Clausen.  Can  you  give  the  Board  some  idea  of  the  per- 
centage of  completion  of  these  additional  facilities? 

Colonel  Weddington.  There  were  16 — I  have  forgotten  the  exact 
number  in  the  oval  of  the  so-called  63-man  barracks.  The  buildings 
themselves  were  supposedly  completed.  There  were  no  sewage  facili- 
ties. The  sewage  had  not  been  started,  even,  and  half  of  these  build- 
ings were  so  low  that  without  the  seAvage  they  could  not  even  put  in 
temporary  latrines  or  cesspools.  On  the  higher  half  they  dug  and 
connected  up  temporary  cesspools  and  were  using  about  six  of  these, 
six  or  eight.  Tlie  one  office  building — we  called  it  No.  1  item,  I  think 
it  was — approximately  of  the  standard  cantonement  type  construction, 
26  by  108  feet — I  believe  that  is  the  size  of  the  building,  I  am  not  posi- 
tive of  that  size,  but  it  was  a  standard  cantonement  type  construction. 
Two  of  those  had  been  completed.  However,  the  U.  S.  E.  D.,  Area 
Engineer,  was  still  occupying  one  of  them. 

59.  Major  Clausen.  Now,  you  said  you  understood  that  Hickam 
Field  was  out  on  December  7th  ? 

[30£3]         Colonel  Weddington.  Yes. 

60.  Major  Clausen.  Was  Bellows  the  only  field  available  that  could 
be  used  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir.  Our  information  was  that  the  run- 
ways at  Hickam  were  not  usable.  We  had  not  heard  one  way  or  the 
other  about  Wheeler.  However,  Wheeler,  not  being  a  field  with  run- 
ways at  that  time,  had  no  runways  on  it.  We  felt  that  it  could  be 
used,  but  we  did  not  know^  the  extent  of  the  damage  to  Wheeler  Field. 
We  had  not  been  informed  of  that. 

61.  Major  Clausen.  Did  you  later  learn  the  extent  of  the  damage, 
as  to  whether  Bellows  was  the  only  available  field  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

62.  Major  Clausen.  What  was  that? 

Colonel  Weddington.  That  they  could  be  used.  They  swept  the 
runways  and  repaired  what  little  damage  had  been  done.  It  was 
mainly  debris  and  not  damage  to  the  runways  actually  at  Hickam, 
and  since  they  were  expecting  more  airplanes  to  arrive,  and  we  were 
trying  to  relieve  the  congestion,  they  decided  to  send  all  available 
B-18's  that  were  left  to  Bellows,  and  we  informed  them  that  we  could 
use  them  on  Thursday. 

63.  General  Grunert,  At  Bellows  Field  was  the  lack  of  gasoline 
any  handicap  to  what  took  place  that  day  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1575 

« 

Colonel  Weddington.  I  believe  Ave  could  have  gotten,  if  the  air- 
planes had  been  armed  and  refueled,  more  of  them  into  the  air. 

G4.  General  Gruxeht.  Could  you  have  gotten  all  of  them  in  the 
air  with  the  fuel  you  had? 

Colonel  Weddinoton.  I  do  not  believe  that  that  many  pilots  were 
available, 

\o02Jf]  65.  General  Grunekt.  I  mean,  as  to  gasoline.  Did  you 
have  enough  gasoline  to  put  all  the  planes  in  the  air,  if  necessary? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  there  was,  enough  gasoline  there  to 
take  care  of  the  planes. 

66.  Major  Clausen.  In  regard  to  the  consti'uction  of  this  gasoline 
storage  facility,  the  runways  and  otlier  items  you  mentioned,  do 
you  know  the  dates  on  which  they  were  supposed  to  have  been 
completed  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir.  I  do  not  recall  if  we  heard  an 
estimated  date  of  completion. 

67.  General  Frank.  Were  you  satisfied  with  the  progress  of  the 
construction  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  Yes,  sir. 

68.  General  Frank.  Was  it   being  prosecuted  vigorously? 
Colonel   Weddington.  Ii  believe   so.      There    were   other   projects 

going  on  on  the  island  and  they  were  continually  pulling  equipment 
from  the  job  there  and  taking  it  somewhere  else,  until  finally  the 
Area  Engineer  was  very  disturbed  about  it,  because  it  interfered 
wnth  his  program,  and  we  would  find  out  that  equipment  would 
leave  and  he  did  not  know  about  it  and  I  did  not  know  about  it. 
We  had  very  little  to  say  about  it.  I  instructed  the  guards  at  the 
gate  that  no  equipment  left  that  field  without  the  personal  O.  K.  of 
the  Area  Engineer, 

69.  General  Frank.  Who  was  the  Area  Engineer? 
Colonel  Weddington.  Mr.  Paul- 

70.  General  Frank,  Lynch? 

Colonel  Weddington,  Lynch,  Paul  Lynch. 

71.  General  Frank.  Were  there  any  delays  in  construction  that 
were  brought  to  your  attention? 

[3025]  Colonel  Weddington.  I  do  not  recall  any  specific  de- 
hiy,  except,  as  I  mentioned,  the  equipment  being  pulled  off,  and 
then  a  little  project  being  held  up  and  the  location  of  a  certain 
building.  We  would  argue  with  them.  They  tried  to  locate  build- 
ings once  in  a  Avhile  from  down  town  by  an  incorrect  contour  map, 
and  they  would  hold  the  Area  Engineer  to  placing  it  the  way  it 
was  shown  on  their  drawing,  and  we  would  say  ''It  can't  go  there 
that  way,"  and  so  we  would  have  to  call  up  and  get  them  to  come 
out  and  show  them  it  would  not  go  that  way. 

The  District  Engineer  continually  did  things  like  that.  In  one 
area,  particularly,  that  was  completely  smoothed  off  to  be  the 
shoulder  of  one  of  the  runways  later,  they  wanted  to  put  buildings 
around  the  contour,  on  the  hill.  We  said  that  was  entirely  out, 
that  no  buildings  go  in  that  area.  Finally  we  got  a  fairly  open 
authority  to  place  the  buildings  where  we  wanted  to.  If  it  was  too 
much  out  the  Area  Engineer  would — we  got  along  very  well  with 
the  Area  Engineer. 


1576     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

72.  General  Frank.  Did  you  have  any  clifRculty  with  the  Dis- 
trict Engineer's  office,  other  than  this  confusion  with  respect  to 
location  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  No.  Outside  of  a  little  confusion  like  that 
we  had  no  real  trouble,  because  when  it  got  to  a  problem  larger 
than  that,  we  knew  we  were  without  authority  and  would  pass  it 
on  up  to  the  Air  Force, 

73.  General  Frank,  Did  you  feel  you  were  getting  full  support 
from  the  District  Engineer's  office? 

Colonel  Weddington,  Of  course,  we  didn't  know  all  the  problems 
that  they  were  up  against, 

74.  General  Frank.  There  was  some  confusion? 

[3026]  Colonel  Weddington.  We  felt  like  we  could  direct  for 
our  own  benefit  out  there  better  than  they  were  doing.  That  is  a  nat- 
ural feelmg  on  the  part  of  the  lower  echelons,  I  believe,  I  would  not 
say  that  we  were  not  getting  cooperation. 

75.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  anything  else  that  is  on  your 
mind  that  you  would  like  to  tell  the  Board  that  you  think  would  be  of 
benefit  to  the  Board? 

Colonel  Weddington.  No  one  has  asked  about  the  availability  of 
ammunition  to  the  personnel  we  had  there. 

76.  General  Grunert.  All  right,  suppose  you  tell  us  about  that. 
Colonel  Weddington.  We  had  no  ammunition,  except  the  belted 

war  reserve  amnnmition  belonging  to  the  86th  Observation  Squadron, 
32,000  roiyids,  I  believe. 

77.  General  Grunert.  What  did  you  want  to  have;  what  did  you 
think  you  ought  to  have? 

Colonel  Weddington.  We  should  have  had  some  for  the  rifles  we 
had  there,  that  had  been  given  to  us  for  training  recruits.  We  thought 
we  should  have  had  some  ammunition  for  them.  The  86th  Observa- 
tion Squadron  also  had  a  few  .30  caliber  machine  guns  which  we  could 
not  obtain  the  belts  for. 

78.  General  Grunert,  Did  you  ask  for  what  you  needed  or  did  you 
just  wait  to  be  served? 

Colonel  Weddington.  No,  sir.    We  asked  for  it  several  times. 

79.  General  Grunert.  What  was  the  answer  ? 

Colonel  Weddington.  It  was  not  available  and  it  was  not  authorized 
for  any  purpose  that  we  were  over  there  for. 

80.  (jreneral  Grunert.  As  to  December  7th,  were  you  handicapped 
by  not  having  it  then?  Were  you  in  a  position  to  fire  and  use 
[3027]         it,  if  you  had  it? 

Colonel  Weddington.  We  could  have  fired  the  machine  guns  if  we 
had  had  belts.  We  did  have  them  in  the  hour  over  there  between  the 
first  airplane  and  the  attack  of  the  9  fighters  that  finally  attacked  the 
field;  we  did  unbelt  war  reserve  ammunition  belonging  to  the  86th 
and  issued  it  to  all  the  people,  all  the  men  there  that  we  had  issued 
rifles  to.  Many  of  them  had  never  fired  a  rifle,  but  we  at  least  armed 
them. 

81.  General  Ghuneet.  Thank  you  very  much  for  coming. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR  BOARD  1577 

[3028]         TESTIMONY  OF  CAPTAIN  EDWIN  T.  LAYTON,  U.  S.  NAVY 

(The  ^Yitness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1:  Colonel  West.  Captain,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station!' 

Captain  Layton.  Captain  Edwin  T.  Layton,  U.  S.  Navy,  attached 
to  staff  of  the  Connnantler-in-Chief,  U.  S.  Pacific  Fleet.  My  present 
capacity  is  combat  intelligence  ofiicer. 

2.  General  Gruxbrt.  Captain,  the  Board  is  after  facts  or  leads  to 
facts.  We  have  developed  c^uite  a  bit  of  background  and  also  quite 
a  bit  of  the  story,  so  we  are  piecing  out  as  much  as  possible. 

First,  will  you  tell  us  what  was  your  assignment  and  position  just 
prior  to  the  attack  and  during  the  attack? 

Captain  Layton.  I  was  fleet  intelligence  officer,  U.  S.  Pacific  Fleet. 

3.  General  Gkunert.  Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  the  Naval 
District? 

Captain  Laytox.  No,  sir.  The  Naval  District  is  a  separate  com- 
mand, and  the  operations  of  the  intelligence  organization  there  are 
directly  under  the  Commandant  and  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations. 
However,  the  district  intelligence  officer  keeps  the  fleet  intelligence 
officer  apprised  of  any  information  ashore  that  would  have  any  effect 
upon  the  morale  of  the  fleet,  or  subversive  elements,  or  activities  to- 
wards sabotage,  or  anything  that  might  disturb  the  activities  of  the 
fleet  from  its  base. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Now,  will  you  please  give  the  Board  a 
[3029]  brief  general  summarization  of  your  duties  as  fleet  intelli- 
gence officer,  and  wind  up  by  telling  us  jusib  what  connection  you  had 
with  the  department  headquarters  ashore,  the  Army? 

Captain  Layton.  The  duties  of  the  fleet  intelligence  officer  were  to 
assemble,  collate,  to  evaluate  and  disseminate  information  to  the  fleet, 
also  to  the  Commander-in-Chief  and  to  sab  task  force  commanders, 
of  all  matters  that  were  concerned  with  the  operations  of  the  fleet, 
whether  it  was  a  matter  of  materiel  or  a  matter  of  tactics,  or  matters 
of  cognizance  of  junior  commanders.  My  collation  and  evaluation 
and  dissemination  of  intelligence  to  the  Commander-in-Chief  itself 
generally  concerned  itself  with  the  broader  picture  of  the  situation  in 
the  Pacific. 

I  do  not  recall  the  exact  date,  but  somewhere  mid- 1941  Colonel 
Raley — Colonel  Edwin  Raley  of  the  Air  Corps,  wdio  was  G-2,  Hawai- 
ian Air  Force — called  on  me  and  suggested  that  we  establish  immedi- 
ate and  intimate  relationship  of  liaison,  telling  me  that  he  had  been 
so  directed  by  the  Department  G-2.  His  selection,  he  explained,  was 
because  the  Air  Corps  and  the  Navy  based  here  would  operate  closely 
in  case  any  operations  of  the  fleet  in  these  waters  would  be  expected, 
and  that  the  function  of  the  ground  force  here  was  largely  of  a  defen- 
sive garrison  category.  From  that  time  on  Colonel  Raley  or  one  of 
his  assistants  and  1  were  in  almost  daily  conferences.  As  the  time 
grew  closer  the  end  of  November,  and  princi})ally  the  middle  of  No- 
vember on,  there  was  never  a  day  but  wdiich  I  saw  Colonel  Raley  in 
person  at  least  once  and  sometimes  two  and  three  times.  That  was 
also  particularly  [3030]  marked  toward  the  end  of  Novem- 
ber when  considerable  intelligence  was  received  from  various  sources 


1578     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

regarding  the  Japanese  intentions  in  the  Far  East.    He  informed  me 
that  he  was  keeping  his  General  informed  of  all  these  matters. 

5.  General  Grunert.  By  "his  General"  he  meant  whom?  Do  you 
know  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  believe  it  was  General  Martin.  I  am  not 
real 

6.  General  Grunert.  Martin. 

Captain  Layton.  It  is  so  long,  I  have  forgotten  the  name  of  the 
Connnanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Air  Force  at  that  time.  I 
believe.it  was  General  Martin. 

7.  General  Grunert.  What  connection  did  Raley  have  with  G-2, 
if  any? 

Captain  Layton.  As  a  subordinate  under  G-2,  as  I  understand  the 
setup,  he  was  told  to  contact  me  as  a  liaison  between  the  G-2  and  the 
fleet. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  then  the  information  that  passed  between 
the  two  of  you  passed  for  the  Department  and  not  just  between  the 
Air  Force  of  the  Department  and  you  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  cannot  say  that  at  first  hand.  I  do  not  know 
what  he  did  or  what  action  he  took  with  regard  to  this  material.  It 
was  my  assumption,  however,  that,  rather  than  he  talking  to  the  G-2, 
that  the  Commanding  General  of  the  Air  Forces  was  to  confer  or  have 
conversations  regarding  the  situation  with  the  Commanding  General 
of  the  Hawaiian  Department.    That  is  not  first-hand  evidence. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Just  what  took  place  at  these  conferences? 
What  type  of  information  did  you  pass  to  him  ? 

[3031]  Captain  Layton.  Starting  about  the  early  part  of 
November,  somewhere  between  the  10th  and  12th,  we  started  to  receive 
a  series  of  reports  from  naval  observers  in  China,  naval  attache  in 
Tokyo,  naval  attache  in  Chungking,  from  the  British  and  other 
sources,  regarding  the  movements  of  Japanese  troops,  vessels,  naval 
vessels,  transports,  and  so  forth,  south  along  the  China  coast.  There 
was  also  information  of  the  highest  secrecy  from  the  British  sources 
and  from  other  sources  which  indicated  invasion  of  the  Kra  Isthmus 
was  impending.  The  intelligence  from  all  sources,  added  up,  indi- 
cated a  southern  movement  on  the  part  of  the  Japanese  amphibious 
forces,  and  as  the  days  grew  on  mor«  confirmatory  intelligence  was 
received  to  strengthen  this  picture. 

10.  General  (irunert.  What  was  the  source  of  your  inf ornuition  ? 
Captain  Layton.  I  would  have  to  ask  the  Board  now  as  to  what 

degree  of  security  I  am  given  on  my  testimony. 

11.  General  Grunert.  I  don't  want  you  to  divulge  anything  that 
may  be  used  by — I  will  put  the  question  a  little  differently :  Did  you 
get  information  from  the  District  radio  intercept? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  we  received  information  from  many  sources. 
The  principal  source  of  information,  of  course,  is  Office  of  Naval 
Intelligence  under  Cliief  of  Naval  Operations. 

.  12.  General  Grunert.  But  the  principal  source  came  from  Wash- 
ington ? 

Captain  Layton.  That  would  be — all  sources  from  Washington 
would  be  channeled  through  that  source. 

13.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Captain  Layton.  That  is,  we  will  say  that  I  })resume  the  [30.321 
military  attache  at  Chungking,  if  he  received  some  information,  he 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1579 

would  pass  it  in  turn  to  G-2,  who  in  turn  would  pass  it  to  O.  N.  I.,  who 
in  turn  would  pass  it  to  us.  Most  of  our  dispatches  coming  from 
China  direct  or  from  Japan  direct  or  from  the  Philippines  or  from 
French  Indo-China  or  from  the  Singapore  area  would  be  passed 
through  the  naval  observers  there,  but  it  wasn't  necessarily  their 
original  information;  it  may  have  come  from  some  other  source. 

14.  General  Gruxert.  All  right.  Let  us  get  nearer  home.  During 
the  latter  partof  November  do  you  recall  having  received  information 
of  the  presence  of  a  task  force  in  the  Marshall  Islands^ 

Captain  Layton.  There  was  a  statement  to  the  eifect  that  it  was 
believed  that  some  carriers  and  a  majority  of  the  submarines  were 
estimated  to  be  in  the  Marshall  Islands. 

15.  General  Grunert.  That  came  from  what  source? 

Captain  Layton.  That  came  from,  what  the  source  is  called,  combat 
intelligence,  14th  Naval  District. 

1().  General  Grunert.  Who  evaluates  that  sort  of  information  as  to 
its  credibility,  or  who  checks  it  up?  i 

Captain  Layton.  I  did. 

17.  Genei-al  Grunert.  How  did  you  evaluate  it? 

Captain  Layton.  Since  that  information  was  not  checked  from 
other  combat  intelligence  sources  having  available  to  them  the  same 
material,  it  was  not  possible  to  add  it  or  to  evaluate  it  as  "iV-1."  It  is 
after  all,  an  assumption  rather  than  a  definite  statement  of  fact. 
It  was,  however,  believed  that  the  submarine  situation  was  more  clearly 
identified  than  the  carrier  situation  insofar  as  no  carriers  themselves 
were  [oOJ-^]  identified.  This,  I  may  say  now,  has  been  proven 
erroneous.  Captured  documents  and  interrogation  of  prisoners  have 
proven  beyond  a  shadow  of  a  doubt  that  no  carriers  were  in  the  Mar- 
shalls  at  that  time. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Was  this  information  not  confirmed,  or  was 
this  information  confirmed,  by  the  intercept  at  Cavite? 

Captain  Layton.  It  was  not  confirmed  at  Cavite. 

19.  General  Grunert.  It  was  not.  Are  you  at  liberty  to  tell  us 
what  is  your  source  of  information  as  to  what  you  actually  think  hap- 
pened now,  instead  of  what  was  then  at  that  time  supposed  to  be  the 
origin  or  the  source  from  which  the  task  group  that  attacked  Hawaii 
came? 

Captain  Layton.  I  am  at  liberty,  and  I  would  be  glad  to  tell  the 
Board.  Based  on  the  interrogation  of  several  prisoners,  both  locally 
and  in  the  Southwest  Pacific  area,  based  upon  documents  that  have 
been  captured,  it  is  established  beyond  shadow  of  doubt,  as  far  as  I 
am  concerned,  that  the  task  force  allocated  toward  the  attack  on  Pearl 
Harbor  departed  Empire  ports  and  bases  about  22  November  and 
proceeded  direct  to  Tankan  Bay  on  Etorofu  Island  where  they  as- 
sembled, fueled,  and  departed  on  27  November,  proceeding  on  easterly 
courses  until  on  or  about  4  or  5  December  (I  say  that  because  one 
prisoner  says  4  and  one  says  5 ;  these  dates  are  all  east  longitude  dates) 
at  which  time  they  turned  south.  The  course  taken  was  to  avoid  all 
shipping  and  avoid  being  sighted. 

On  the  night  of  the  7th,  east  longitude  date  again,  they  increased 
speed  to  26  knots  and  proceeded  on  to  the  attack.  The  fly-off  was  at 
about  () :  30  Honolulu  time,  although  one  captured  document  shows  at 
least  an  intended  fly-oft'  slightly  later  than  that. 

[30S4]         20.  General  Grunert.  How  far  out,  approximately? 


1580     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Captain  Layton.  The  document  which  showed  the  intended  fly-off 
point  was  about  250  miles.  This  was  based — off  the  record  a  minute, 
would  the  Board  care  for  a  photostat  of  that  document? 

21.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

Captain  Layton.  I  have  it  here  if  you  would  like  it. 

(There  was  colloquy  off  the  record.) 

[S03'5]  Ca]3tain  Layton.  I  would  like  to  introduce  a  photostat 
made  in  my  office  of  a  captured  Japanese  chart  taken  from  the  chart- 
board  of  a  dive  bomber  two  days  after  the  attack,  when  it  was 'raised 
in  Pearl  Harbor.  I,  myself,  took  this  from  the  plane,  and  saw  that 
it  was  photostated  in  my  office  unchano;ed. 

(The  photostat  referred  to  was  marked  Exhibit  No.  23,  and  was 
received  in  evidence.) 

I  have  marked  on  there,  in  English,  our  interpretation  of  these 
markings.  Tliere  is  a  point  with  a  circle  around  it,  timed  0300.  All 
these  times  are  Japanese  times  minus  9,  which  they  maintain  at  all 
times,  as  well  as  the  Japanese  date,  without  changing  it  going  across 
the  date-line  as  we  do.  There  is  a  line  runnino;  slightly  to  the  west 
of  south,  headed  for  the  north  point  Oahu,  on  which  space  to  part  our 
positions  with  times  0320,  0340,  and  0400  hours.  These  correspond, 
starting  off  with  the  assumed  fly-off  point  of  Honolulu  times  of  0730, 
0750,  0810,  and  0830.  Their  spacing  is  about  156  to  160  nautical  miles 
per  hour,  which  obviously  must  be  a  plane  speed,  and  which  is  evalu- 
ated as  being  a  plane  speed,  with  lean  mixture,  to  make  the  longest 
distance  with  the  most  amount  of  bombs  and  the  most  amount  of  "gas" 
thev  could  carry  and  take  off. 

22.  General  Frank.  With  the  least  amount  of  consumption  of 
"gas"? 

Captain  Layton.  The  least  amount  of  consumption  of  "gas." 
I  would  like  to  invite  your  attention  to  several  points  on  this,  one 
of  which,  translated  in  English,  sa^^s : 

No.  1  Assembly  Point.  80  depjrees  20  miles  from  Knlmkn  Point. 
No.  2  Assembly  Point,  30  decrees  20  miles  from  Kanoehe  Bay. 

On  various  points  Qahu,  such  as  Barber's  Point,  points  on  Hawaii, 
points  on  Maui,  are  reference  points.  These  are  merely  like  reference 
points  on  a  map,  A,  B,  C,  D.  and  E.  Those  will  \3036']  prob- 
ably be  used  in  connection  with  sightings.  It  is  to  be  noted  this  chart 
is  eridded  in  Japanese  fashion.  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  so  forth. 

There  is  another  line  running  due  north,  the  southern  position  of 
it  being  slightly  to  the  soutli  of  the  fly-off  point,  which  would  re]:)re- 
sent  a  fly-off  on  a  southerly  course,  and  then  tlie  carriers  being  south 
of  the  fly-off  point  at  the  end  of  the  fly-off  proceeding  north.  These 
positions  are  marked  as  follows:  0350.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  this  is 
50  minutes  after  fly-off  time.  The  next  northerly  point  is  0450,  the 
next  northerly  point  is  0550,  the  next  northerly  point  is  0650.  the  next 
northerly  point  is  0750.  These  times  are  again  Tokyo  time.  Placed 
in  English,  they  are  Honolulu  time:  8:20,  9:20,  10:20,  11:20,  and 
12 :  20. 

The  spacing  of  these  on  the  chart  indicates  a  speed  of  about  26  knots 
and  indicates  the  carrier  retirement  course.  There  are  three  positions 
in  the  left-hand  corner,  rather  indistinct,  representing  three  submar- 
ines, 1-19,  1-21,  and  1-23.  One  prisoner-of-war  interroiration  states 
that  three  submarines  accompanied  this  task  force  from  Tankan  Bay 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1581 

and  proceeded  witli  this  force,  deploying  to  protect  the  force  prior 
to  the  run-in  at  hi^h  speed. 

Here  is  one  that  is  not  translated,  marked  up,  so  that  you  can  see 
what  it  looked  like  in  the  original. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Make  a  proper  notation,  identify  it,  and  put 
it  in  the  record,  please. 

Colonel  West.  This  document  will  be  received  in  evidence  and 
marked  Exhibit  23. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Now,  let  us  go  back  to  the  radio  intercept, 
which  indicated  some  Japanese  vessels  in  the  Marshalls.  [3037  \ 
Was  this  information  transmitted  to  the  Army,  do  you  know? 

Captain  Laytox.  I  do  not  recall  off-hand.  I  believe  I  told  Colonel 
Raley  about  it,  but  I  don't  remember,  now,  positively,  whether  I  did 
or  not. 

25.  General  Grunert.  At  that  time,  without  the  knowledge  you 
have  now,  it  indicated  that  there  was  something  in  the  Marshalls,  be- 
cause of  which  it  might  have  been  well  to  suspect  something  might 
come  from  the  Marshalls.  Have  you  ascertained  where  the  two-man 
"subs"  came  from  ? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir.  With  slightly  less  positive  identifica- 
tion than  the  previous  testimony  I  gave  regarding  the  task  force,  the 
2-men  "subs"  were  carried  "piggyback"  on  submarines  specially  de- 
signed to  carry  them,  and  were  released  in  the  vicinity  of  Oahu.  Their 
mission  was  to  proceed  inside  Pearl  Harbor  and  to  destroy  American 
naval  vessels  there. 

I  may  offer,  if  I  may,  another  chart  showing  the  positions  of  five 
submarine  numbers  inside  the  Pearl  Harbor  channel  entrance,  which 
it  is  assumed  are  the  submarine  positions.  It  also  shows  the  course 
and  time  element  of  a  submarine  passing  around  Ford  Island,  inside 
Pearl  Harbor,  and  is  the  predicted  track  of  the  submarine,  from  which- 
this  chart  was  taken.  This  chart  was  taken  from  the  "midget"  sub- 
marine captured  off  Bellows  Field. 

I  would  like  to  invite  the  attention  of  the  Board  that  three  sub- 
marines, marked  here  "1-16,"  "1-20,"  and  "1-22,"  are  on  the  left-hand 
side  of  the  channel,  entering  Pearl.  The  1-18  and  the  1-21  are  on 
the  right-hand  side  of  the  cliannel,  entering  Pearl.  The  captured 
submarine  was  either  the  1-16  or  the  1-18,  I  have  forgotten  which. 
They  apparently  took  their  names  from  their  parent  submarine',  which 
was  the  real  1-18  or  1-16  or  1-20. 

26.  General  Grunert.  How  many  of  these  submarines  were  de- 
stroyed, do  you  know? 

[3038]  Captain  Layton.  All  of  them,  sir.  The  reason  I  say 
"all  of  them"  was,  the  Japanese  announced  nine  ofKcers  and  petty 
officers  had  all  been  raised  in  rank,  and  had  lost  their  life  on  their 
suicide  mission  against  Pearl  Harbor.  The  Japanese  press  subse- 
quently was  forced  to  announce  that  one  of  the  members  of  these 
crews  had  been  taken  prisoner,  because  many  Japanese  knew  theee 
were  2-man  submarines,  and  nine  men  could  not  be  divided  in  two. 

I  also  have  photographs  of  these  people,  now. 

27.  General  Grunert.  At  what  time  were  any  of  these  submarines 
destroyed  in  Pearl  Harbor  ? 

Captain  Layton.  One  was  destroyed  by  gun  fire  and  ramming 
on  the  morning  of  December  7,  during  the  attack. 

28.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  approximately  what  time  ? 


1582     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Captain  Layton.  I  couldn't  testify  that,  first-hand;  it  would  be 
hearsay. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Was  one  destroyed  before  the  attack? 

Captain  Layton.  One  was  destroyed  outside  of  Pearl  Harbor  by 
theUSSWAKD. 

30.  General  Gri^xert.  Do  you  know  what  time  that  was? 

Captain  Layton.  I  don't  know  at  first-hand  evidence;  no,  sir. 

3L  General  Grunert.  But  it  was  well  before,  about  two  hours  be- 
fore the  attack? 

Captain  Layton.  It  was  somewhere  around  two  hours  before  the 
attack.     I  can  ^et  the  records  to  find  out  the  exact  time. 

32.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  that  information  was 
transmitted  to  the  Army? 

Captain  Layton.  I  do  not  know,  sir. 

[■Wod]  33.  General  Grunert.  Whose  business  would  it  be  to 
transmit  such  information  to  interested  agencies? 

Captain  Layton.  At  that  time  it  would  be  the  mission  of  the  duty- 
officer  who  had  the  staff  duty. 

34.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  what  time  that  information 
was  received,  where  it  could  have  been  transmitted  to  the  Army? 

Captain  Layton.  It  was  received  in  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District, 
first.     What  action  they  took,  I  do  not  know, 

35.  General  Gritnert.  Then  throuf^h  ordinary  channels  it  would 
have  been  up  to  the  Fourteenth  Naval  District  to  transmit  the  infor- 
mation to  the  Army,  if  such  transmission  were  to  be  made? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir. 

36.  General  Grunert.  And  it  would  be  in  their  judgment  as  to 
where  to  transmit,  and  whether  or  not  to  transmit,  and  what  dis- 
semination to  give  it? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir;  being  an  event  within  their  naval  sea 
frontier. 

37.  General  Grunert.  I  have  one  more  question  on  the  pick-up  in 
the  Marshalls.  Although  you  could  not  verify  it  at  the  time,  and  you 
did  not  give  it  an  "A-l"  priority,  as  I  might  call  it,  at  the  same  time 
there  was  evidence  of  some  Japanese  naval  vessels  in  the  Marshalls? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Wouldn't  that,  in  your  opinion,  have  been 
sufficient  news  in  order  to  at  least  check  up  on  whether  or  not  measures 
had  been  taken,  to  be  sure  that  your  defense  was  all  it  should  be? 

Cai^tain  Layton.  Checking  up  the  measures  of  defense  was  not  my 
function  as  a  fleet  intelligence  officer.  I  would  lik^e  [301^0']  to 
invite  the  attention  of  the  Board  to  the  fact  that  there  had  been  naval 
officers  in  the  Marshalls  since  early  December  1040. 

30.  General  Grunert.  Naval  officers? 

Captain  Layton.  Naval  vessels,  in  the  Marshalls. 

40.  General  Frank.  You  mean  Jap  naval  vessels? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir;  Jap  naval  vessels  in  the  Marshalls,  since 
December  1040.  May  1  refresh  my  memory?  As  a  result  of  which, 
I  made  a  personal  study  of  the  Japanese  movements  into  the  Marshalls 
and  Carolines  and  Mariaiias,  as  we  were  in  ])ossession  of  intelligence 
that  they  were  then  actually  fortifying  and  liuilding  air  bases  on 
various  strategic  atolls.  I  informed  Admiral  Richardson  of  this  in 
late  December  1040,  and  informed  Admiral  Kimmel  of  this  activity 
when  he  took  command  in  February  1041. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL    HARBOR   BOARD  1583 

As  of  February  1941,  I  laid  out  what  was  my  opinion  at  that  time 
of  the  defenses  and  aviation  stationed  in  the  Marshalls,  and  noted  that 
as  of  that  time  some  30  auxiliaries  were  engaged  in  transport  of  sup- 
})lies,  material,  and  personnel,  and  at  least  five  men-of-war  were  in  the 
general  Mandates  area.  Subsequently,  this  number  of  ships,  naval 
and  auxiliary  naval,  in  the  Mandates,  and  including  the  ^larshalls, 
rose  to  the  total  of  sojne  eighty  per  month,  en  route,  at.  aiul  returning. 

The  fact  that  one  unit  of  the  conununication  intelligence  net 
assumed  that  carriers  were  in  the  Marshalls  was  based  on  their  tenta- 
tive identification  of  destroyers,  which  had  previously  worked  with 
carriers,  being  in  the  Marshalls.  The  submarine  concentration  in 
the  Marshalls  was  accepted  as  almost  A-1,  and  submarine  activity 
was  anticipated.  We  had  had,  from  [3041]  time  to  time, 
innumerable  submarine  contacts  off  Oahu.  They  had  been  followed 
up,  and  eventually  lost.  Admiral  Kinnnel's  decision  to  treat  all  sub- 
marines in  the  Hawaiian  area  as  eneniy  was  based  upon  the  infornui- 
tion  which  we  have  mentioned,  and  also  the  thought  that  submarine 
action  was  most  likely  in  case  of  hostilities. 

41.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  a  message  received  by  Admiral 
Kinnnel  from  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  on  the  27th  of  Novem- 
ber, which,  as  paraphrased,  started  out  by  saying,  "Ccmsider  this  dis- 
patch a  war  warning''^ 

Captain  Laytox.  I  do. 

42.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  have  any  connection  with  trans- 
mitting that  to  General  Short  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  did. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  it  was  trans- 
mitted to  General  Short? 

Captain  Layton.  I  do.     It  was. 

44.  General  Grunert.  By  whom  ? 

Captain  Layton.  Admiral  Kimmel  directed  me  to  make  a  para- 
phrase and  insure  its  delivery  to  General  Short.  Prior  to  that,  he 
told  me  to  show  him  the  parajjhrase,  to  be  sure  it  met  with  his  appro- 
val, and  that  it  paralleled  closely  the  original  message.  I  typed  the 
paraphrase,  after  several  revisions,  and  took  it  into  his  cabin  for  his 
approval.  At  that  time,  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval 
District,  Captain  Earl,  arrived  with  a  message  from  General  Short, 
which  the  Admiral  read,  and,  said,  or  words,  "This  is  almost  like 
ours."  He  said.  "All  right.  Get  this  to  General  Short,"  and  returned 
the  message  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Fourteenth  Naval  [o04:2] 
District,  Captain  Earl.  We  walked  out  of  the  cabin  together,  and 
Captain  Earl  said,  "Lieutenant  Burr,  the  Navy  liaison  officer  with  the 
headquarters,  Hawaiian  Department,  is  returning  General  Short's 
message  to  General  Short,  and  it  is  appropriate  that  he  also  deliver 
this  message,  as  he  is  the  official  liaison  officer."  He  then  asked  Burr 
to  read  the  message,  which  I  had  in  my  hand,  for  General  Short,  to 
be  sure  that  he  understood  it.  I  handed  them  to  Lieutenant  Burr, 
and  he  delivered  them,  that  evening.  It  was  done  about  5 :  30,  or 
maybe  a  little  later. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Of  the  27th? 
Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir. 

40.  (leneral  Grunert.  Then,  as  far  as  you  know,  you  understand 
that  Burr  delivered  the  juessage? 


1584     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir. 

47.  General  Gkuxert.  Have  you  any  questions  ? 

48.  General  Frank.  Was  that  a  matter  of  assumption,  or  a  matter 
of  fact? 

Captain  Lavtox.  He  has  told  me  he  delivered  the  message. 

49.  General  Frank.  To  whom? 

Captain  Layton.  When  he  arrived  at  the  headquarters.  General 
Short  and  his  Chief  of  Stafi'  were  absent,  inspecting  the  condition  of 
alert  that  had  been  put  in,  and  he  delivered  it  to  the  senior  stafi" 
officer,  who  was  head  of  G-3,  I  believe,  and  I  believe  his  name  was 
Colonel  Donegan,  or  Donovan— Donegan,  I  believe,  sir;  I  am  not  real 
sure — for  delivery  to  (Teneral  Short 

50.  General  Russell.  With  the  possible  exception  of  some  reference 
which  you  made  to  the  evidence  or  the  statement  of  [r304S]  the 
captured  Japanese,  you  have  given  the  Board  none  of  the  factual 
bases  for  your  conclusions  as  to  the  course  which  the  carrier  task 
force  followed  in  reaching  the  point  from  which  the  planes  were 
launched  in  the  attack  of  December  7.  How  extensive  is  this  informa- 
tion upon  which  you  have  based  your  conclusions  as  to  that  course? 

Captain  Layton.  I  did  not  say  from  one  prisoner;  I  said,  from 
several  prisoners,  from  independent  sources.  We  have  one  other 
prisoner  who  is  at  present  under  interrogation,  who  was  secret  secre- 
tary on  the  staff  of  Admiral  Yamamoto,  then  CINC,  combined  fleet, 
who  was  present  when  the  original  operation  order  was  drawn  up, 
and  he  also,  without  knowledge  that  we  knew,  wrote  a  rough  draft  of 
the  order,  as  he  remembered  it,  in  which  it  said : 

On  X  minus^ 

that  was  18  days. 

the  striking  force  composed  of  the  first  air  tleet  would  sortie  home  waters  and 
proceed  via  Tankan  Bay  and  carry  out  a  surprise  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor,  taking 
courees  such  as  to  avoid  shipping,  and  to  arrive  undetected  on  X-Ray  Day. 

Of  interest  is  that  they  prescribed  that  if  any  third  power's  vessels, 
including  Russia  and  Japan,  were  found  within  COO  miles  of  its  desti- 
nation; that  vessel  was  to  be  destroyed;  that  if  any  third  power's  ves- 
sels, including  Spviet  Russia  and  Japan,  were  found  outside  of  600 
miles  of  the  force's  destination,  the  vessel  was  to  be  seized,  and  to  be 
prevented  from  making  any  radio  transmissions;  if  suspicion  was 
existent  that  it  had  made  transmissions,  the  vessel  was  to  be  destroyed. 

[3044]  51.  General  Russell.  That  document  is  in  your  pos- 
session ? 

Captain  Layton.  That  document  has  not  yet  been  fully  translated. 
This  prisoner  is  still  under  interrogation.  I  give  you  that  as  a  first- 
hand evidence  of  having  talked  to  the  prisoner  and  having  read  his 
initial  draft.  That  dociunent  will  be  translated,  with  others  that 
this  man  is  doing,  within  two  or  three  weeks,  and  will  be  published  as 
an  official  intelligence  bulletin  from  the  Pacific  Ocean  Areas  Command, 

52.  General  Russell.  How  many  witnesses  who  have  given  evidence 
bearing  on  the  course  of  that  task  force  have  been  examined  by  ONI, 
by  your  agency,  and  by  all  naval  agencies  of  which  you  know  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  think  three  have  been  examined  by  Pacific 
Ocean  Area  agencies,  and  two  have  been  examined  by  General  Mac- 
Arthur's  agencies. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1585 

53.  General  Russell.  And  these  five  were  personnel  of  this  task 
force  ? 

Captain  Laytox.  That  is  ri<2;ht,  sir.  Additionally,  I  might  add, 
we  also  have  a  facsimile  of  a  captnred  Japanese  map,  which  shows 
the  courses  of  the  carriers  between  November  1941  and  June  1942, 
when  they  met  their  end  at  ]Midway.  That  was  captured  in  the  South 
Pacific  area  and  translated  by  that  combat  intelligence  center  at 
Noumea.  It  also  shows  a  course  due  east  of  Tankan  Bay,  and  then  a 
course  southeast  to  north  Oahu. 

[SO45]  54.  General  Russell.  What  was  the  strength  of  this  task 
force  that  we  are  discussing,  the  Japanese  task  force? 

Captain  Layton.  5'rom  a  captured  official  Japanese  document  taken 
from  the  plane  from  which  the  charts,  the  photostats  I  have  produced 
before  the  Board  were  obtained,  a  small  call  sign  list  was  extracted 
that  showed  the  following  carriers  there,  and  other  documents  that . 
bear  this  out : 

Six  aircraft  carriers,  including  the  AKAGI,  KAGA,  HIRYU, 
SORYU,  SHOKAKU,  ZUIKAKU ;  two  battleships,  two  fast  battle- 
ships, the  HIEI  and  the  KIRISHIMA ;  two  heaw  cruisers,  the  TONE 
and  the  CHIKUMA;  one  light  cruiser,  the  ABUKUMA;  Desron  1. 

55.  General  Russell.  That  is  what? 

Captain  Layton.  Destroyer  Squadron  1.  It  should  be  pointed  out 
that  Destroyer  Squadron  1  is  a  command  and  the  ABUKU]\L\.  is  its 
flagship.  The  number  of  destroyers  present  cannot  be  positively  de- 
termined, because  they  were  not  given  by  name  on  the  call  sign  list. 

56.  General  Russell.  Estimated,  how  many  surface  craft  were  in 
this  task  force  ?   ■ 

Captain  Layton.  Six  aircraft  carriers,  two  fast  battleships,  two 
heavy  cruisers,  one  light  cruiser,  and  some  destroyers. 

57.  General  Russell.  More  than  11? 
Captain  Layton.  JNIore  than  11. 

58.  General  Russell.  You  have  enumerated  11,  and  there  were  a 
number  of  destroyers  also? 

Captain  Layton.  There  should  have  been  a  number  of  destroyers, 
although  the  prisoners  of  war  said  there  were  destroyers  in  Tankan 
Bay,  plus  3  submarines,  which  were  not  on  the         [304G]         call  sign. 

59.  General  Russell.  You  gave  the  maximum  speed  that  this  task 
force  maintained  after  it  turned  south,  southeast,  in  the  direction  of 
Oahu.    Was  that  26  knots  ? 

Captain  Layton.  26  knots  is  what  the  prisoners  said. 

60.  General  Russell.  Approximately  30  miles  an  hour? 
Captain  Layton.  Very  close  to  it,  yes. 

61.  General  Russell.  What  is  your  estimate  of  the  relative  combat 
strength  of  this  task  force  and  the  elements  of  our  Navy  which  was 
based  at  Pearl  Harbor  ? 

Captain  Layton.  This  task  force  was  a  very  powerful  organization 
in  air  and  was  the  same  organization  that  in  one  raid  on  Port  Darwin 
made  the  force  at  Darwin,  Australia,  to  be  no  longer  used  as  an  advance 
naval  and  air  force.  Part  of  this  force  hit  Ceylon  and  Trincomalee 
in  the  Indian  Ocean,  and  destroved  the  aircraft  carrier  HERMES  and 
the  cruisers  DORSET  and  CORNWALL. 

It  might  be  added  that  part  of  this  force  returning  to  Japan  stopped 
by  Wake  and  supported  the  final  assaults  on  Wake.    This  force  was 


1586     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

the  cream  of  the  Japanese  Navy.  Four  of  these  aircraft  carriers  came 
to  Midway  antl  were  sunk  there.  It  is  to  be  recalled  that  several  re- 
ports on  Japanese  naval  air  activity  have  stressed  the  fact  that  the 
character  of  the  pilots  and  their  aggressiveness  and  their  tactics  have 
never  returned  to  a  par  since  the  disruption  of  the  carrier  forces  at 
Midway. 

I  would  like  to  speculate  for  a  minute  on  the  tactical  disposition  of 
this  force.  It  is  to  be  recalled  that  on  the  night  of  the  Tth  of  December, 
1941,  our  date,  Midway  wa.s  bombarded  by  two  cruisers  and  four 
destroyers,  and  the  shell  holes  [30J^7]  indicated  8-inch  shells. 
It  is  my  conviction  that  the  two  heavy  cruisers  of  this  force,  the  TONE 
and  the  CHIKUMA  and  sonle  destroyers,  broke  away  from  this  task 
force  prior  to  their  last  run  in  for  Oaliu  and  made  a  run  to  arrive  off 
Midway  in  the  late  evening  for  a  bombardment.  I  say  this  because 
every  other  8-inch  cruiser  of  the  Japanese  Navy  was  well  accounted 
for  and  has  been  subsequently  checked  by  captured  documents  from 
prisoners. 

62.  General  Russell.  Assuming  that  the  elements  of  the  American 
Navy  based  on  Pearl  Harbor,  with  two  of  its  carriers  present,  had 
discovered  this  task  force  at  a  time  which  would  have  enabled  it,  the 
American  elements,  the  fleet  at  Pearl  Harbor,  to  have  gone  out  to  sea 
and  engaged  in  combat,  what  is  your  opinion  as  to  the  outcome  of  such 
an  engagement? 

Captain  Layton.  This  is  my  personal  opinion. 

63.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

Captain  Layton.  I  think  the  American  forces  here  would  have 
taken  the  licking  of  their  life,  first,  because  the  American  people  were 
not  psychologically  prepared  for  war. 

64.  General  Russell.  How  would  the  psychology  of  the  American 
people  influence  a  naval  engagement  off  of  Oahu  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  am  referring  to  the  American  Navy  as  a  part  of 
the  American  people,  and  I  use  this  example:  During  the  Japanese 
attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  a  portion  of  a  squadron  of  American  carrier 
planes  were  then  flying  in  from  a  carrier  to  Ford  Island.  They  were 
attacked  by  Japanese  fighters,  and  it  is  to  be  observed  that  these  planes 
were  armed  with  machine  gun  ammunition  and  machine  guns  ready 
to  fire,  and  I  can  find  no  record  of  any  of  these  carrier  planes  firing 
one  single         [^048]         shot  at  any  Japanese  plane. 

65.  General  Russell.  Well,  let  us  analyze  that  a  little  further. 
Would  this  terrific  licking  which  you  think  we  would  have  taken  in 
a  naval  engagement  have  resulted  from  the  psychology  of  our  fighters 
or  from  the  lack  of  equipment  to  compete  with  the  Japanese  task 
force  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  do  not  mean  that  the  psychology  would  lick 
them,  at  all.  Lack  of  equipment  would  certainly  have  been  very  dis- 
astrous; lack  of  cruisers,  because  the  battleships  would  never  catch 
that  force  of  the  Japanese.  But  the  Japanese  aviators  at  that  time 
were  all  charged  up  to  go  fight.  Our  })eople  were  not  charged  up  to  go 
fight,  until  after  Pearl  Harbor  was  hit. 

66.  General  Russell.  Would  not  they  have  gotten  pretty  tensely 
charged  if  they  had  an  order  to  proceed  and  meet  and  engage  a  Jap- 
anese task  force  which  was  seeking  to  invade  the  Island  of  Oahu? 

Captain  Layton.  I  do  not  belittle  their  fighting  spirit.    I  do  not 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1587 

mean  it  that  way  at  all.  I  merely,  mean  the  shock  of  Pearl  Harbor, 
which  I  saw  at  first  hand,  caused  a  reaction  among  certain  people  that 
I  think  the  initiative  being  in  the  hands  of  the  other  fellow,  regard- 
less of  his  great  sui^eriority  in  planes  and  numbers  w^ould  have  made 
him,  fresh  from  an  attack,  fresh  from  the  exhilaration  of  having 
delivered  his  attack,  a  psychological  foe  worthy  of  consideration. 

67.  General  Kussell.  How  many  aircraft  do  you  estimate  were 
present  in  the  Japanese  task  force? 

Captain  Lation.  424  aircraft  on  the  carriers. 

68.  General  Russell.  Could  the  naval  elements  at  Pearl  Harbor 
[3049]  have  mustered  any  aircraft  fleet  in  strength  to  compare 
with  and  engage  the  Japanese  aircraft  in  battle? 

Captain  Layton.  If  both  our  carriers  had  been  present — and  only 
one  was — their  total  planes  would  have  been  a  maximum  of  somewhere 
around  ISO. 
■  69.  General  Russell.  Each  had  a  capacity  of  around  90? 

Captain  Layton.  At  a  maximum,  and,  as  you  know,  there  were  no 
combat  flyable  aircraft  after  the  Japanese  hit  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

TO.  General  Russell.  I  was  attempting  to  draw  a  picture  of  what 
would  have  happened  had  w^e  discovered  the  approaching  Japanese 
I  ask  force  in  time  to  have  intercepted  it  and  engaged  it  in  the  open  sea. 

Captain  Laytox.  That  then  brings  this  ponit  of  psychology :  If 
they  were  sent  out  to  intercept  a  Japanese  task  force,  they  would  un- 
doubtedly have  done  a  good  job.  I  believe  that  they  would  have  been 
completely  smashed. 

71.  General  Russell.  Because  of  the  superiority  of  equipment  of 
the  Japanese  task  force  ? 

Captain  Layton.  And  the  Japanese  task  force  had  the  initiative  in 
so  far  as  long  training  of  the  air  units  is  concerned,  preparation  for 
war,  constant  training  on  the  dive  bombers.  We  know  from  a  few 
documents  here  and  there  that  this  was  worked  out  in  advance, 
rehearsed. 

72.  General  Grunekt.  May  I  interpose  a  question  there  ?  Suppose, 
now,  the  Japanese  had  used  the  same  reasoning  that  you  did,  that  you 
are  putting  forth  now,  would  it  not  have  been  to  their  advantage  to 
entice  the  United  States  Fleet  out  of  Pearl  Harbor,  if  they  were  going 
to  do  so  much  damage  to  it,  than  [30o0]  take  the  chance  of 
coming  within  reach  of  land-based  aviation  ?  Why  did  they  do  what 
they  did,  if  they  were  reasoning  as  you  are  reasoning  now  ? 

Captain  Layton.  The  Japanese  mission  was  to  destroy  as  much  as 
possible  of  the  Pacific  Fleet.  The  Japanese  also  realized  that  were 
they  to  be  caught  at  night  or  under  conditions  of  bad  visibility, 
whereby  their  carriers  would  be  of  no  value,  they  would  have  been 
wiped  out  by  gunfire,  with  no  power.  They  had  no  power  in  gunfire. 
I  would  like  to  repeat  that.  I  said  before  they  w^ere  very  powerful  in 
the  air.  They  w^ere  very  weak  in  defensive  gunpower.  A  handful  of 
cruisers  under  fog,  rain  or  bad  visibility  opposing  them  would  have 
destroyed  them  completely  by  destroying  their  planes  on  deck  with 
gunfire,  and  fire  resulting.  Cruisers  and  destroyers  would  have  been 
able  to  put  in  killing  blows.  My  statement  they  were  powerful,  I 
want  to  emphasize,  was  from  the  air.  Therefore  the  Japanese  decided 
to  make  their  fast  run  in  to  be  able  to  use  their  air  against  the  naval 
ships  in  the  harbor. 

79716 — 46 — Ex.  145,  vol.  2 51 


1588     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

We  know  their  priority  was:  1,  aircraft  carriers;  2,  battleships;  3, 
cruisers;  4,  naval  installations  at  Pearrl  Harbor  and,  of  course,  the 
overall  priority  covering  the  action  was  to  destroy  planes  on  the 
ground  on  the  way  in.  In  other  words,  their  fighters  would  destroy 
planes  on  the  ground;  their  dive  bombers  and  speedy  planes  would 
destroy,  in  order,  aircraft  carriers,  battleships  and  cruisers,  and,  there- 
after, shoreside  installations, 

73.  General  Russell.  What  facilities  or  means  were  available  to  you 
to  detect  or  discover  such  a  task  force  you  have  described,  a  hostile  task 
force  ? 

[3051]  _  Captain  Layton.  We  would  have  to  be  informed  through 
our  normal  channels  of  information.  The  Commander-in-Chief  of 
the  Pacific  Fleet  possessed  no  independent  intelligence  organization. 
The  Connnander-in-Chief  was  kept  apprised  through  the  intelligence 
organizations  of  the  formation,  composition  and  almost  destination  of 
the  Japanese  task  force  that  invaded  Malaya  or  invaded  the  Philip- 
pines. That  was  all  brought  out  in  the  message  referred  to  prior  to 
the  27th  of  November,  where  some  aircraft  carriers  were  estimated  to 
be  in  the  Marshalls.  Those  task  forces  followed  the  picture  presented, 
moved  to  the  areas  indicated  and  carried  out  the  missions  presumed. 

74.  General  Pussell.  Let  us  go  back  to  the  task  force  that  invaded 
us  at  Pearl  Harbor.  Your  report  assumes  they  were  assembled  off  the 
mainland  of  Japan,  where  the  task  force  gathered  before  starting  its 
eastward  journey. 

Captain  Layion.  General,  that  position  is  in  the  north  Kuriles. 
They  moved  from  the  Japan  home  waters  up  there  where  it  is  an  unin- 
habited location  for  their  departure  east.  That  force  was  under  the 
strictest  injunction,  according  to  a  prisoner  I  have  referred  to  previ- 
ously, who  is  now  under  interrogation,  to  use  their  radio  under  no 
circumstances  whatever.  Also,  he  has  stated  that  one  of  the  outlines 
of  this  plan  was  that  the  communication  unit  belonging  to  the  com- 
bined fleet  would  initiate  deception  tactics,  to  give  the  impression  that 
the  major  force  of  the  combined  fleet  was  remaining  in  inland  sea 
waters.  They  said  that  the  TATSUTA  MARU  was  to  sail  to  the 
West  Coast  as  scheduled ;  and  some  days  prior  to  this  X-Ray  Day  of 
execution  she  would  be  turned  around  and  return  to  America.  They 
thought  of  everything. 

75.  General  Russell.  Then  there  was  nothing  on  this  rendezvous 
[S052]         part  of  the  northern  islands 

Captain  Layton.  There  was  absolutely  no  evidence  from  the  radio 
intercepts. 

76.  General  Russell.  I  mean,  nobody  lived  there  ? 
Captain  Layi'on.  No. 

77.  General  Russell.  At  this  rendezvous? 

Captain  Layton.  This  is  a  very  desolate  island.  It  has  a  few  fisher- 
men on  it,  who  are,  of  course,  Japanese.  Two  prisoners  of  war  stated 
they  were  absolutely  forbidden  to  go  ashore.  The  only  shore  party,  of 
which  he  was  one  member,  went  in  to  burn  trash.  They  were  forbidden 
to  throw  overboard  garbage  or  trash  in  any  form. 

78.  General  Russell.  The  only  place  we  could  have,  had  spies  to 
observe  the  formation  of  the  task  force  would  have  been  on  the  main- 
land of  Japan  ? 

Captain  Layton.  Spies  even  on  the  mainland  of  Japan  would  have 
merely  noted  their  departure.     Their  departure  we  know  almost  cer- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1589 

tainly  was  through  the  Bungo  Channel  between  the  Islands  of  Kyushu 
and  Shikoku.  which  forms  the  outer  rim  of  the  island  there,  and  that  is 
the  channel  they  go  out  of  when  they  go  to  the  Kuriles. 

79.  General  IIu,s'sell.  The  point  is  that  the  elements  of  the  task  force 
that  left  the  home  island  went  in  isolated  units,  and  met  at  a  distance 
from  there  and  proceeded  en  masse  on  this  assignment? 

•  Captain  Layton,  That  is  the  best  information  we  have. 

80.  General  Russell.  That  is  all  I  have. 

81.  General  Gruxert.  Are  there  any  other  questions? 

82.  Major  Clausen.  I  wondered,  sir,  if  you  wanted  the  name  of 
[3053]  the  duty  officer  whose  responsibility  it  was  to  communicate 
the  information  to  the  Army  of  the  sinking  of  this  Jap  sub  ? 

83.  General  Gkunerts.  Yes,  ask  that  question. 

84.  Major  Clausen.  Sir,  will  you  give  me  the  name  of  the  duty 
officer  whose  responsibility  it  was  to  have  informed  the  Army  of  the 
sinking  of  this  submarine? 

Captain  Layton.  The  name  of  the  duty  officer  of  the  llth  Naval 
District  I  do  not  know.  First,  it  is  too  far  past  and,  secdiid,  I  would 
not  make  it  my  business  to  find  out  who  was  the  duty  officer  in  the  llth 
Naval  District.  The  duty  officer  on  the  Commander  in  Chief's  staff 
was  then  Commander  Murphy.  He  was  informed,  as  I  recall  it,  about 
7 :  30.        _ 

85.  Major  Clausen.  You  stated  there  were  420  aircraft  on  the  car- 
riers. Do  you  have  an  estimate  of  the  number  that  was  used  in  the 
attack  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  have  tried  to  make  that  estimate  but,  unfor- 
tunately, our  observers  vary  so  much ;  but  at  least  300  came  to  Oahu. 
8r).  Major  Clausen.  That  is  all  I  have,  sir. 

87.  Colonel  Toulmin.  May  I  ask  one  question  ? 

How  long  before  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  did  the  Japanese 
rehearsals  probably  start? 

Captain  Layton.  The  best  indication  was  that  the  rehearsals  were 
held  somewhere  in  July  or  August  at  Nanseishoto. 

88.  Colonel  Toulmin.  You  are  referring,  of  course,  to  1941  ? 
Captain  Layton.  194L     There  were  maneuvers  held  in  that  area. 

May  I  check  my  memory '(  I  better  check  as  to  what  date  that  was.  I 
think  that  is  correct. 

[3054]  89.  Colonel  Toulmin.  And  when  did  you  acquire  the 
information  about  these  rehearsals? 

Captain  Layton.  About  a  year  ago. 

90.  Colonel  Toulming.  And  to  what  extent,  if  any,  were  you  able 
to  get  any  information  out  of  the  Marshall  Islands  as  to  the  activities 
of  the  Japanese  force  of  two  or  three  years  prior  to  December,  1941  ? 

Captain  Layton.  There  was  no  information  from  any  source  out 
of  the  Marshall  or  Mandated  Islands,  due  to  the  Japanese  regulations, 
which  would  permit  no  foreigners  and  very  few  Japanese  to  enter 
that  area,  particularly  after  they  commenced  the  militarization  in 
late  1940. 

91.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Did  you  have  any  instructions  from  the 
State  Department  not  to  intervene  in  that  situation  without  its 
approval  ? 

Captain  Layton.  There  had  been  long  existing  differences  between 
the  Navy  Department  and  the  State  Department  as  to  American 


1590     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

naval  vessels  calling  in  the  Marshall  Islands,  that  is,  the  open  ports 
of  the  Marshall  Islands. 

Having  served  in  Tokyo  myself  and  seen  some  of  this  material 
handled,  it  will  be  interesting,  perhaps,  to  the  court  to  hear. 

The  Japanese  Navy  would  say,  of  course,  there  are  open  ports  and 
we  would  be  glad  to  have  you  call  in  at  Jalnit  or  Truk,  of  course. 
And  we  would  approach  the  State  Department,  that  is,  the  Ambas- 
sador or  Secretary  w^ould.  And  they  would  say  "We  cannot  see  any 
reason  at  all  wdiy  you  should  not  stop  in  at  Yap  or  Palau  or  Truk; 
they  are  open  ports." 

Then  when  you  would  press  them  for  a  [30-55]  date  or  writ- 
ten approval,  either  they  would  say  "The  home  office  is  very  bad.  They 
can't  get  along  with  the  Ministry  of  Colonies,  and  they  are  not  will- 
ing at  this  time,"  or  they  would  give  the  excuse  that  there  are  no 
pilots  to  take  you  in,  very  bad  reefs  and  very  treacherous.  At  other 
times  they  would  say  they  had  no  one  there  of  suitable  rank  to  greet 
this  vessel,  and  therefore  it  was  disapproved.  It  always  ended  with 
the  word  "disapproved." 

92.  General  Russell.  Let  us  go  back  to  one  thing  more  on  this 
task  force.  The  elements  of  this  task  force  when  they  left  the  home- 
land proceeded  in  a  northerly  direction  ? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir. 

93.  General  Russell.  The  movement  of  other  elements  of  the 
Japanese  Navy  was  in  a  southerly  direction,  at  that  time? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes. 

94.  General  Russell.  Therefore,  had  the  movement  of  these  ele- 
ments to  the  north  been  discovered,  it  would  have  indicated  missions 
other  than  those  of  the  elements  wdiich  were  moving  to  the  south  ? 

Captain  Layton.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

95.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

96.  General  Grunert.  I  wash  you  woukl  give  the  Board — by  the 
way,  this  is  a  Board  and  not  a  court. 

Captain  Layton.  Excuse  me,  sir.  In  the  Navy  it  is  a  court.  I 
am  sorry.     Please  change  that  to  "Board"  when  I  said  "court." 

97.  General  Grunert.  Would  you  inform  the  Board  or  give  the 
Board  an  idea  of  how  much  of  what  you  got  in  the  line  of  informa- 
tion of  all  of  these  situations  was  eventually  transmitted  to  the 
[3056]  Army,  and  the  system  of  so  doing?  For  instance,  the  in- 
formation that  370U  received,  was  that  transmitted  to  the  District 
or  did  it  come  from  the  District,  and  did  you  in  your  position  trans- 
mit anything  to  the  Army  or  did  you  consider  that  the  District's 
business  to  transmit  such  information  to  the  Army? 

Captain  Layton.  The  information  received  from  the  Office  of  Naval 
Intelligence,  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  was,  I  presume,  passed  to 
the  Army  by  Washington,  where  they  were  the  fountain-head  of  in- 
telligence, both  military  and  naval. 

Now,  I  think  I  should  clarify  the  matter  of  the  combat  intelligence, 
or  communications  intelligence,  as  it  is  now  known.  The  naval  com- 
munications intelligence  thannel  is  run  by  Washington,  supervised 
by  Washington,  over  which  the  Commander-in-Chief  has  no  direct 
responsibility,  nor  concern,  except  he  is  informed  by  the  adjacent 
unit  nearest  him,  and  his  intelligence  officer  lias  access  to  their  files 
and  to  their  intelligence  as  a  matter  of  speed  and  ascertaining  the 
accuracy  of  certain  views  or  statements. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1591 

98.  General  Frank.  Wluit  do  you  mean  by  adjacent  unit? 

Captain  Laytox.  For  instance,  if  the  Commander-in-Chief  was 
here  in  the  Hawaiian  Ishmds,  he  would  have  liaison  or  entree  to  the 
communications  intelligence  unit  of  the  14th  Naval  District.  If  he 
were  in  Guam,  then  he  would  have  liaison  or  access  to  the  intercept 
unit.  It  was  not  a  communications  or  intellifjence  unit.  It  was  an 
intercept  unit  at  Guam.  If  he  were  in  Cavite,  he  would  do  likewise. 
The  units  at  Cavite  and  in  Pearl  Harbor,  14th  Naval  District,  and 
one  in  Washington,  were  on  one  separate  circuit.  The  Commander- 
in-Chief  held  the  crypto  by  which  that  circuit  was  controlled. 

[■)0o7]         90.  (leneral  Frank.  Conmiander  of  which  fleet  ? 

Ca})tain  Layton.  Pacific  Fleet,  and  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
Asiatic  Fleet.  So  that  they  could  be  informed  directly  regarding  any 
matter  of  high  security,  but  they  did  not  fit  on  the  circuit  as  an  inter- 
cept unit,  it  being  an  automatic  land  line  or  high-speed  transmitter 
which  no  receiver  wire  would  take.  It  was  the  responsibility  of  the 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  undei-  whom  the  Director  of  Naval  Com- 
munications is  subordinate,  and  to  whom  this  connnunications  intel- 
ligence organization  is  responsible  and  operati'ng.  It  is  the  Chief 
of  Naval  Operations  or  his  subordinate  whose  res})onsibility  it  is  to 
pass  appropriate  matters  of  that  intelligence  to  appropriate  govern- 
ment agencies,  and  not  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  he  is  not  authorized  to  do  it.  When  I  was  passing 
information  that  came  from  those  sources  to  Colonel  Raley  I  was 
doing  it  on  my  own  responsibility  and  I  so  explained  to  Colonel  Raley 
that  I  was  so  doing. 

100.  General  Frank.  The  amount  of  material  that  you  could  pass 
to  Colonel  Raley,  compared  to  the  total  that  you  received,  had  to  be 
limited? 

Captain  Layton.  I  passed  him  only  the  highlights  and  most  im- 
portant spots. 

101.  General  Grunert.  And  those  things  that  you  thought  the 
Army  had  an  interest  in,  is  that  it  ? 

Captain  Layton.  All  of  these  had  to  do  with  the  situations  in  the 
Far  East,  the  intrigues,  how  the  British  reported  to  us  that  spies,  for 
example,  were  going  to  put  a  false  report  out  that  the  Japanese  had 
landetl  at  Singora  on  the  east  coast,  and  had  a  false  report  to  go  to 
the  British  in  Malaya  across  the  [r30'o8]  border  that  they  needed 
assistance,  and  to  entice  them  across  the  border  from  Padang  Bessa, 
across  the  border  from  AlorStar.  The  British  having  been  enticed 
across  the  border,  they  were  then  to  be  declared  by  Thailand  as  an 
aggressor,  and  Thailand  was  to  call  on  Ja})an  for  assistance,  and  the 
Japanese  entry  into  Thailand  was  then  to  be  as  an  ally  and  a  joint 
attack  be  made  on  ^Malaya  on  the  basis  of  sovereignty.  The  date  was 
tentatively  scheduled  for  1  December. 

102.  General  Frank.  1941  ? 

Captain  Layton.  1941.  The  movement  of  troops  south,  the  move- 
ment of  amphibious  craft,  warships,  all  these  things  all  added  into  a 
picture,  which  I  told  Colonel  Raley. 

General  (trunert.  You  do  not  ki"iow  what  conferences  or  conversa- 
tions the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet  had  with  the  Com- 
manding General  of  the  Hawaiian  Dei)artment  in  wliich  he  may  have 
passed  information  to  the  C(Mimianding  General  of  the  Hawaiian 
Department  ? 


1592     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Captain  Layton.  I  do  not  know,  sir.  I  do  know,  however,  that  I 
delivered  one  message — may  I  refresh  my  memory?  I  delivered  one 
message  on  the  direction  of  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Pacific  Fleet, 
to  General  Short  in  person,  on  either  the  24th  or  25th  of  November, 
where  it  said  that  the  chances  of  a  favorable  outcome  of  negotiations 
with  Japan  was  very  doubtful  and  that  the  situation,  coupled  with  the 
statements  of  the  Japanese  Government  and  the  movements  of  their 
naval  and  military  forces  indicated,  in  the  opinion  of  naval  operations, 
a  surprise  aggressive  movement  in  any  direction,  including  an  attack 
on  the  Phillippines  or  Guam  as  a  possbility.  It  stated  that  the  Chief 
of  Staff  of  the  Army  had  seen  the  dispatch  and  concurs  and 
re-  [S0o9]  quested  that  the  people  addressed  in  the  dispatch 
inform  the  senior  Army  officers  in  their  area.  It  also  had  an  injunc- 
tion that  the  utmost  security  was  necessary  in  order  not  to  complicate 
an  already  tense  situation  or  to  precipitate  Japanese  action. 

General  Short  asked  me  what  I  thought  of  it  at  which  time  I  told 
him  that  Ave  had  considerable  intelligence  from  various  sources  of  the 
movements  of  Japanese  units  to  the  south,  that  troops,  amphibious 
craft,  warships,  movements  of  planes,  had  all  been  detected.  He  asked 
me  if  the  Navy  had  an  airfield  in  Guam.  I  told  him  we  did  not,  that 
an  airfield  on  Guam  had  been  allowed  to  go  into  disuse,  and  that  Guam 
had  its  guns  removed,  and  that  Japan  was  so  informed,  in  the  year 
before  Pearl  Harbor,  to  make  the  Japanese  realize  our  very  peaceful 
intentions. 

[3060]         103.  General  Grunert.  Have  you  anything? 

104.  General  Russell.  Yes, 

Did  you  know  in  November  of  1941  of  the  existence  of  any  agree- 
ments between  the  British,  the  Dutch,  and  the  Americans  as  to  taking 
action  in  concert  in  event  the  Japanese  armed  forces  should  do  cer- 
tain things,  such  as  attack  British,  Dutch,  or  American  possessions 
or  go  into  the  Gulf  of  Siam,  for  example? 

Captain  Layton.  No,  sir. 

105.  General  Russell.  Do  you  know  now  whether  any  such  agree- 
ment as  that  existed? 

Captain  Laytox.  Not  of  first-hand  knowledge.  I  have  heard  that 
there  was  such  an  existing  agreement,  but  I  have  never  seen  it  nor 
heard  of  it  officially. 

106.  General  Russell.  Assuming  that  such  agreements  did  exist 
in  the  fall  of  1041  from  October  on,  and  you  had  known  of  those 
agreements,  would  they  have  influenced  3^ou  in  your  estimate  of  the 
situation  as  to  the  probability  of  war  with  Japan  and  its  inevitability? 

Captain  Layton.  General,  it  is  pretty  hard  to  go  back  now,  with  all 
the  things  that  have  happened,  and  remember  what  I  would  have 
thought  then,  but,  doing  the  best  I  can,  it  would  depend  upon  the 
type  and  nature  of  the  agreement,  the  locality  concerned;  and,  in 
other  words,  all  the  circumstances  would  have  to  be  taken  into  their 
proper  position  and  their  proper  weight. 

I  would  like  'to  mention  that  we  had  in  accordance  with  this  a 
message  from  the  Dutch  who  said  that  they  had  these  secret  sources 
which  told  them  the  Japanese  were  going  to  move  in  on  Dutch  Timor 
and  possibly  even  Portuguese  Timor,  and  asked  us  [3061]  if 
we  had  any  information  of  that  move.  We  told  them  we  had  noth- 
ing whatsoever,  but  there  was  some  indication  that  some  Japanese 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1593 

forces  would  soon  proceed  to  the  Palau  area,  but  whether  or  not  they 
liad  agirressive  intentions  against  Timor  we  could  not  confirm. 

107.  General  Frank.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  from  the  information 
that  you  did  have,  did  you  anticipate,  did  you  think  war  was  imminent 
with  Japan  ? 

Captain  Laytox.  We  had  a  war  warning.  The  Department  had 
ordered  a  reconnaissance  made  by  flying  boats  over  the  French  Indo- 
China  coast,  the  approach  of  the  Gulf  of  Siam.  Japanese  submarines, 
vessels,  a  whole  convoy,  transports  and  aircraft,  were  seen  in  the  area 
on  the  ()th  of  December.  A  dispatch  from  the  C-in-C  Asiatic  Fleet 
re):)orted  two  transport  convoys  en  route  into  the  Gulf  of  Siain. 

The  discussion  then,  as  previously,  that  I  heard  in  the  Commander- 
in-Chief's  office  was  :  Would  the  Japanese  attack,  or  was  this  a  furtlier 
movement  into  the  west  coast  of  French  Indo-China  to  establish  an 
advance  base  to  use  in  the  future  on  occasion  of  other  moves'^  Or, 
if  the  Japanese  decided  to  pull  this  Thailand  induced  invasion,  would 
thej'  leave  the  Phili]:)pines  on  their  flank?  The  possibility  of  war 
vas  fully  debated.  I  did  not  personally  think  that  the  Philippines 
would  be  left  on  the  flank  in  case  the  Japanese  decided  to  make  an 
all-out  southeA'ly  push  with  military  force. 

You  must  remember  at  this  time,  although  the  negotiations  had 
broken  down  and  there  was  very  little  evidence  that  they  might  be 
renewed,  these  negotiations  had  been  going  on  in  Washington  since 
somewliere  around  April  1941,  intermittently,  [3062]  but  they 
had  broken  down  once  before  and  suddenly  Kurusu  was  given  the 
right  of  way  of  a  clipper  being  held  for  him  in  Hongkong,  and  there 
was  nothing  that  would  indicate  that  perhaps  they  couldn't  find  some 
other  way.  After  all,  the  Japanese  is  essentially  an  oriental,  and  bar- 
gaining is  one  of  their  fortes.  If  they  can't  get  their  way  one  way, 
they  will  go  around  another  way  to  bargain,  and  they  never  ask  first 
what  they  really  want :  they  ask  for  about  twice  as  much  so  they  can 
meet  you  in  the  midway  of  compromise. 

So  with  that  in  mind  there  was  also  the  situation  of  :  Was  this  a  mili- 
tary move  or  was  this  a  show  of  force,  or  did  they  think  that  they 
could  put  a  little  more  pressure  on  French  Indo-China  and  that  we 
would  not  do  anything? 

Those  are  questions  we  all  know  the  answer  to  now,  but  at  that  time, 
lacking  all  the  pictures  in  this  jigsaw  puzzle  which  included  naval 
operations  and  diplomacy,  national  policy,  we  couldn't  form  a  com- 
plete picture  from  which  you  could  guess  the  entire  puzzle,  because 
you  will  never  have  all  the  jigsaw  pieces,  but  we  had  insufficient  pieces 
to  see  the  whole  ])icture  clearly. 

108.  General  Frank.  You  still  haven't  answered  my  question. 
Captain  Layton.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir. 

109.  General  Frank.  As  an  intelligence  officer  you  make  intelligence 
estimates  for  the  Commander-in-Chief,  don't  you? 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir. 

110.  General  Frank.  Did  you  consi(ier  at  that  time,  in  view  of  the 
information  that  was  available,  that  war  was  imminent  ? 

Captain  Layton.  I  did  not  think  that  war  was  imminent,  although 
war  was  an  entire  possibility. 

[3063]         111.  General  Frank.  All  right. 


1594     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION   PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

112.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions?  (No 
response.) 

Captain,  have  you  anything  that  you  think  of  that  we  haven't 
touched  on  that  you  think  might  be  of  vahie  to  the  Board  in  coming 
to  conchisions,  that  you  haven't  brought  up  or  that  we  haven't 
brought  up  ? 

Captain  Laytox.  I  would  like  to  state  that  I  have  good  information 
that  there  is,  or  that  there  was,  intelligence  of  value  in  the  Office  of 
Naval  Intelligence  and  also  in  G-2  in  Washington  which  bears  on  the 
case  in  question,  and,  while  it  was  not  the  decisive  pieces  of  evidence, 
they  were  just  some  more  pieces  of  jigsaw  puzzle  that  might  have 
assisted  considerably  in  arriving  at  a  proper  estimate  of  the  situation. 

113.  General  Grunert.  In  other  words,  what  was  the  gist  of  such 
information?     You  must  have  some  idea  of  what  it  amounted  to. 

Captain  Layton.  The  gist  of  the  information  was  the  most  highly 
secret  sources  and  had  to  do  with  the  presence  or  absence  of  naval 
vessels  from  Pearl  Harbor,  reports  concerning  them,  also  concerning 
international  relations,  particularly  ourselves  versus  Japan,  Japan 
versus  and  concerning  her  allies,  Germany  and  Italy. 

114.  General  Grunert.  You  mean,  that  you  think  should  have  been 
transmitted  to  the  Admiral  and  the  General  here?     Is  that  the  idea? 

Captain  La^ton.  I  do.  sir 

115.  General  Grunert.  And  having  had  those,  from  what  you  now 
know — or  I  don't  know  what  you  do  know  on  that  subject,  but 
[3064]  had  you  had  additional  information  it  would  have  given  you 
a  different  idea,  a  different  outlook,  or  a  different  viewpoint,  or  what? 

Captain  Layton.  I  think  it  would  have  assisted  General  Short  and 
Admiral  Kimmel  into  seeing  a  broader  picture  of  the  situation  as  it 
existed  then  than  without  their  being  able  to  see  the  other  parts  of  this 
jigsaw  puzzle  of  which  many  pieces  were  missing,  but  these  pieces  were 
ones  that  we  possessed  in  our  Government  and  we  did  not  have  out  here. 

llC).  General  GrI'Nert.  That,  of  course,  is  hindsight,  like  most 
everything  else  we  get  before  this  Board. 

Captain  Layton.  Of  course. 

117.  General  Grunert.  However,  someone  nuist  judge  as  to  where  to 
draw  the  line  as  to  how  much  they  give.  Otherwise  we  would  have  a 
state,  or  a  chief  of  naval  operations  or  a  chief  of  staff  headquarters  at 
each  one  of  the  lower  commands,  with  everything  they  get. 

Is  there  anything  else  that  you  think  of? 
Captain  Layton.  Nothing  further,  sir. 

118.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  ask  him  a  question. 

119.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

120.  General  Frank.  Does  your  estimate  of  the  situation  indicate 
that  a  surprise  air  raid  is  possible  right  now? 

Captain  Layton.  It  is  always  within  the  Japanese  potentialities  to 
place  aboard  their  carriers  the  planes  from  the  shore  bases,  for  instance, 
to  assign  to  them  by  land  line  telegram  from  Japan  certain  escorts,  to 
give  them  explicit  instructions  that  they  shall  not  break  radio  silence, 
to  sail  them  and  take  advantage  of  weather  fronts  that  form,  as  they 
\S06'5]  know  they  periodically  do  form,  and  they  can  strike  Hawaii, 
Oahu,  tomorrow. 

121.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  how  close  they  can  get  to  Oahu 
right  now,  even  in  good  weather,  if  they  are  not  under  visual  observa- 
tion, without  detection? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1595 

Captain  Layton.  Not  first-hand  evidence,  but  I  would  guess  some- 
where within  radar  range,  if  they  are  not  visually  detected  by  a  plane. 

122.  General  Fkaxk.  To  what  distance  do  you  believe  radar  range  to 
be  a  protection,  positive? 

Captain  Layton.  Positive  protection,  sii-? 

123.  General  Frank.  Yes. 

Captain  Layton.  Against  low-flying  planes,  about  20  miles. 

124.  General  Frank.  That  is  right. 

Captain  Layton.  Unless  you  have  got  a  very  high  mountain  where 
you.  can  get  your  radar  way  up  in  the  air,  and  then  you  can  extend  it  out 
to  about  28  miles,  and  from  there  on  you  have  to  have  too  high  a  moun- 
tain for  a  horizon. 

125.  General  Gruxert.  In  order  tliat  the  record  shall  not  be  mis- 
construed or  misread,  if  it  is  read  by  someone,  I  think  a  little  item  of 
explanation  ought  to  be  entered  therein,  because  the  layman  has  the 
idea  that  they  can  detect  up  to  about  120  or  130  miles,  and  many  of  them 
cannot  understand  that  a  low-tlying  craft  cannot  be  detected  until  it 
gets  very  close  in.     That  is  the  idea,  is  it?  , 

Captain  Layton.  Yes,  sir.  The  radar  wave  we  could  call,  in  other 
words,  human  sight  going  out  from  the  eye,  hitting  something,  com- 
ing back,  and  reflecting  on  the  ej^eball  its  [30G6]  vision,  its  im- 
pression. Now,  if  you  stand-  on  a  high  mountain,  you  may  only  see 
then  to  the  horizon  due  to  the  curvature  of  the  earth.  If  you  stand 
on  the  seashore  you  may  not  see  out  very  far  due  to  the  fact  that  j'our 
height  of  eye  is  the  actual  height  of  your  eye  above  the  sand  you  stand 
upon ;  and  based  on  the  triangle,  one  leg  of  which  is  the  height  of  your 
eye,  and  the  hypotenuse  is  to  the  horizon,  and  the  base  is  from  the 
base  of  your  feet  to  the  point  where  your  eye  touched  the  horizon, 
the  higher  you  go  the  longer  the  leg  of  the  right  angle  triangle. 

126.  General  Frank.  No. 
Captain  Layton.  Excuse  me. 

127.  General  Frank.  Not  always. 
Captain  Layton.  Well,  up  to  a  degree. 

The  higher  you  go  the  greater  becomes  the  upright,  and  therefore 
the  hypotenuse  must  be  increased  also.  That  is  the  distance  you  see 
the  plane. 

128.  General  Frank.  That  is  all  right  in  theory,  but  it  doesn't  al- 
ways work  in  practice.  For  instance,  right  here  on  this  island  it 
didn't  work. 

Captain  Layton.  I  am  only  speaking  of  theory  now,  to  explain 
what  radar  does. 

129.  General  Frant^:.  Yes. 

Captain  Layton.  Therefore,  a  low-flying  plane  two  or  three  feet 
off  of  the  waves 

130.  General  Frank.  Or  twenty. 

Captain  Layton.  — cannot  be  detected  as  soon  as  one  who  is  flying 
way  high  because  he  is  the  same  as  visual  observation  then. 

131.  General  Grunert.  I  think  that  gives  enough  explanation 
[3067]         for  the  record,  anyway. 

If  there  is  nothing  else,  Captain,  we  thank  you  very  much  for  com- 
ing. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 


1596     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

TESTIMONY  OF  COMMANDER  HAROLD  S.  BURR,  IJ.  S.  N.  R. 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Commander  Burr,  will  you  please  state  to  the 
Board  your  name,  rank,  organization,  and  present  station? 

Commander  Burr.  My  name  is  Harold  S.  Burr,  Commander, 
U.  S.  N.  R.,  and  I  am  at  present  assistant  district  intelligence  officer, 
14th  Naval  District. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Commander,  we  are  after  facts  and  leads  to 
facts.  Now,  we  have  developed  a  great  deal  in  the  testimony  we  have 
heard,  so  there  are  just  a  few  things  that  we  would  like  to  check  up 
with  you. 

Will  you  tell  the  Board  just  what  duty  you  were  on  in  the  latter 
part  of  1941  and  during  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor? 

Commander  Burr.  Immediately  preceding  the  attack  and  following 
it  I  was  naval  liaison  officer  representing  the  14th  Naval  District  at 
the  headquarters.of  tlie  Commanding  General. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Then,  you  represented  the  14th  Naval  Dis- 
trict.    How  about  the  fleet  ?     Did  you  represent  the  fleet  ? 

Commander  Burr.  No,  sir. 

4.  General  Grunert.  And  with  whom  did  you  do  most  of  your 
business  in  the  department  headquarters? 

[3068]  Commander  Burr.  My  desk  was  located  in  G-3,  and 
most  of  my  work  was  with  the  Assistant  Chief  of  Staff,  G-3. 

5.  General  Grunert.  Who  was  that  at  that  time? 
Commander  Burr.  Colonel  Donegan. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Donegan? 
Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  tell  the  Board  what  that  liaison  con- 
sisted of  ?     What  did  you  do  there,  and  why  were  you  there  ? 

Commander  Burr.  While  I  am  an  intelligence  officer,  sir,  most  of 
my  work  was  of  a  general  utility  nature,  assisting  the  Army  in  its  con- 
tacts with  the  14th  Naval  District. 

8.  General  Grunert.  So  all  the  business  that  the  14th  Naval  Dis- 
trict did,  was  that  transmitted  through  you  ? 

Commander  Burr.  I  wouldn't  say  all  of  it,  sir,  but 

9.  General  Grunert.  What  classes  of  business  that  was  conducted, 
or  cooperation  between  the  Department  and  the  District,  passed 
through  you  ?     What  sort  of  things  did  you  handle  ?  , 

Commander  Burr.  Well,  it  was  a  wide  variety  of  things',  sir.  There 
were  no  specific  instructions,  but  I  was  the  only  naval  officer  at  the 
time  in  the  headquarters  of  the  Commanding  General ;  and  as  matters 
came  up  with  headquarters  within  the  Army  that  involved  contact 
with  the  14th  Naval  District  (it  might  be  on  matters  of  finding  the 
right  ordnance  man  or  the  right  public  works  man  or  the  right  opera- 
tions man  for  the  Army  to  contact)  that  was  my  job. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  a  sort  of  leg  man  for  the  District? 
[3069]         Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir,  I  would  say  that. 

11.  Genera]  Grunert.  Then,  you  did  a  great  deal  of  contacting  of 
other  staff  officers  who  transacted  business  between  themselves ;  is  that 
right? 

Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1597 

12.  General  Grunert.  Was  it  your  duty  to  keep  the  Army  informed 
of  what  the  District  was  doing  or  what  intelligence  it  received  ? 

Commander  Burr.  Not  on  operational  intelligence  matters  as  a 
rule,  sir. 

13.  General  Grunert.  But  occasionally  they  would  use  you  for  that 
purpose  ? 

Commander  Burr.  But  occasionally  on  things,  yes,  sir.  As  the 
Commandant  of  the  District  issued  directives  which  I  thought  would 
be  of  interest  to  the  Army,  I  did  my  best  to  bring  them  to  the  atten- 
tion of  those  Army  officers  who  I  thought  would  be  concerned. 

14.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  Let's  have  the  other  side  of  the 
j)icture.  Did  the  Army  give  the  District  all  the  information  the  Dis- 
trict wanted?  And,  if  so,  was  it  transmitted  through  you,  or  did 
the  same  thing  apply,  that  they  used  you  in  finding  out  with  whom 
to  do  business,  and  then  they  did  business  sometimes  with  your  knowl- 
edge and  sometimes  without? 

Commander  Buim.  That  is  it,  sir;  sometimes  with  my  knowledge 
and  sometimes  without. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  think  of  this  special  case  on  which 
the  Board  would  like  to  have  information.  This  was  a  message 
from  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  in  Washington  to  the  \3070] 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Pacific  Fleet,  dated  November  27,  1941, 
which,  paraphrased,  started  out,  "Consider  this  a  war  warning." 
Do  you  remember  that  message? 

Commander  Burr.  I  remember  a  secret  message  that  came  in  at 
that  time.  I  w^ouldn't  be  able  to  say  definitely  that  that  was  the 
message,  but  it  sounds  very  much  like  it. 

16.  General  Grunert.  At  that  time  were  you  used,  in  3^our  ca- 
pacity as  liaison  officer,  to  deliver  this  message  from  the  fleet  or 
from  Admiral  Kimmel  to  General  Short? 

Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir,  I  was  used  for  that. 

17.  General  Grunert.  How  did  you.  receive  the  message,  and  what 
did  you  do  wit  it? 

Commander  Burr.  Well,  it  was  in  connection  with  a  similar  mes- 
sage which  General  Short  had  received  from  the  War  Department, 
in  which  he  showed  it  to  me,  asked  me  to  read  it ;  and,  as  I  remember, 
there  was  an  instruction  in  there  for  General  Short  to  inform  the 
Commandant  of  the  District,  and  I  took  it  over  to  the  District.  The 
Commandant  was  not  present,  and  so  I  showed  it  to  the  Chief  of 
Staff,  who  promptly  took  me  to  Admiral  Kimmel's  office  where  the 
message  was  shown  to  him  also,  and  it  was  at  that  time  that — 

18.  General  Grunert.  This  that  you  are  talking  about  is  the  Army 
message  ? 

Commander  Burr.  That  is  the  Army  message.  But  that  is  how 
I  happened  to  be  over  in  Admiral  Kimmel's  office  when  he  gave  me 
the  message  that  the  Navy  had  received,  to  show  to  General  Short. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  show  it  to  General  Short? 
Commander  Burr.  No,   sir.     When  I  returned   to   Fort   Shafter 

[3071]  General  Short  was  not  present  and  could  not  be  located. 
And  similarly  with  the  Chief  of  Staff:  the  senior  officer  present 
was  Colonel  Donegan,  as  I  remember,  in  G-3,  and  he  said  that  he 
would  assume  the  responsibility  for  seeing  to  it  that  the  message 
tvas  delivered  to  General  Short  as  soon  as  he  could  be  located. 


1598     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

20.  General  Gkunert.  Do  you  know  whether  ,or  not  that  message 
actually  reached  General  Short? 

Commander  Burr.  It  is  a  long  time  ago,  sir,  but  I  am  under  the 
impression  that  I  did  ask  Colonel  Donegan  afterwards  if  that  mes- 
sage had  reached  General  Short,  and  he  said  that  it  had.  That  is 
my  impression. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Was  that  message  a  secret  message,  as 
far  as  you  know? 

Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir. 

22.  General  Grunert.  What  is  the  standing  operating  procedure 
of  handling  secret  documents?     Was  a  receipt  demanded  or  given? 

Commander  Burr.  A  receipt  was  not  demanded  on  that.,  sir. 

23.  General  Grunert.  So  as  far  as  you  know  there  is  nothing 
in  writing  to  show  delivery  or  receipt  ? 

Commander  Burr.  No,  sir.  There  is,  I  believe,  an  officer  present 
here  in  the  Islands  w^ho  w^as  present  at  the  time  I  handed  the  message 
to  Colonel  Donegan,  and  he  might  be  able  to  confirm  my  statement. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Who  is  that  officer? 

Commander  Burr.  Colonel  Lawton.     Colonel  William  Lawton. 

25.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  know  whether  G-2  of  the  Depart- 
ment knew  anything  about  this  message?  Was  he  concerned 
[307^]         in  any  way  as  to  the  transmission  ? 

Co.mmander  Burr.  I  don't  think  so. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Or  was  he  included  in  the  know? 
Commander  Burr.  I  don't  think  so,  sir.    It  appeared  to  be  a  G-3 

pigeon  as  it  was  handled. 

27.  General  Grunert.  All  right.  That  covers  the  points  that  I 
wanted  to  use  this  witness  for.  If  you  want  to  ask  any  other  questions 
of  him,  you  may.     General  Russell? 

28.  General  Kussell.  No,  not  I. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Now,  before  you  go,  tell  us  what  is  in  the 
back  of  your  mind  that  you  would  like  to  have  the  Board  know.  Is 
there  anything  that  occurs  to  you  that  might  be  of  value  to  the  Board, 
any  other  subject  you  think  of  bringing  up?  Somebody  usually  has 
a  little  something  they  want  to  say. 

Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir. 

30.  General  Grunert.  We  want  to  give  you  the  opportunity  if  there 
is  anything  that  occurs  to  you. 

Conmiander  Burr.  Well,  I  was  a  very  young  reserve  officer,  only 
being  on  duty  a  short  time,  and  tremendously  impressed  with  the  im- 
portance of  that  message,  although  it  was  very  confusing  to  me. 

31.  General  Grunert.  You  read  both  the  Army  message  and  the 
Navy  message? 

Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir.  I  couldn't  distinguish  one  from  the 
other  at  present,  although  they  impressed  me  as  being  essentially  the 
same,  but  the  import  of  it  as  I  read  it  seemed  to  focus  attention  on 
the  Philippines  and  the  Far  East  and  apply  to  this  area  only  as  a 
security  precaution,  an  antisabotage  precaution,  as  I  remember. 

[3073}  32.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  remember  whether  there 
was  anything  in  either  message  that  refers  to  sabotage? 

Commander  Burr.  That  word  sticks  in  my  head,  sir,  but  I  only 
had  a  quick  glance  at  it,  and  that  was  some  years  ago,  and  I  wouldn't — 
couldn't  swear  to  it. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY    PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1599 

33.  General  Grunert.  But  it  did  impress  you  as  one  that  required 
something  to  be  done  in  order  to  insure  your  own  security  here  in 
the  Ishxnds  ? 

Commander  Burr.  Yes,  sir. 

84.  General  Grunert.  An5^tliing  else? 

Commander  Burr.  I  was  very  much  upset  that  I  couldn't  deliver 
the  message  directly  to  General  Short,  but  there  seemed  to  be  nothing 
more  I  could  do  about  it ;  and,  knowing  its  urgency  and  the  fact  that 
probably  prompt  action  was  indicated,  and  knowing  that  messages  of 
that  sort  usually  went  pretty  directly  to  G-3,  I  felt  that  G-3  was  the 
appropriate  place  to  deliver  it. 

35.  General  Gruxert.  Quite  natural.  Thank  you  very  much  for 
coming. 

Commander  BuRR.  Yes,  sir. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

36.  Genera]  Russell.  Let  me  put  these  in  evidence,  unless  somebody 
has  some  objection  to  it. 

37.  General  Gruxert.  I  have  no  objection  to  putting  them  in  evi- 
dence. I  said  we  did  not  want  them,  but  if  you  want  them,  far  be  it 
from  me  to  keep  you  from  putting  them  in. 

38.  General  Russell.  1  want  these  to  be  marked  exhibits  next  in 
number :  two  captured  Japanese  maps  which  were  identified  [3074  \ 
before  the  Board  by  Captain  Layton;  and  also  another  exhibit  which 
is  a  copy  of  a  captured  map  with  translation  in  English  of  the  Japa- 
nese endorsements ;  and  those  three  will  be  marked  next  in  order. 

(Captured  Japanese  maps  identified,  by  Captain  Layton  were 
marked  Exhibits  Nos.  24  and  25  and  received  in  evidence.) 

(Copy  of  captured  map  with  translation  of  Japanese  endorsements 
was  marked  Exhibit  No.  26  and  received  in  evidence.) 

39.  Colonel  Toulmix.  Are  there  any  more  witnesses? 

40.  General  Gruxert.  Xo  more  witnesses;  this  morning. 
(Whereupon,  at  11  a.  m..  the  Board,  having  concluded  the  hearing 

of  witnesses  for  the  morning,  took  up  the  consideration  of   other 
business.) 

[S07S]  afterxoox"  session 

(At  2  p.  m.,  the  Board  met  and  continued  with  the  hearing  of  wit- 
nesses, as  follows:) 

General  Grunert.  The  Board  will  come  to  order. 

TESTIMONY  OF  MAJOR  GENERAL  MAXWELL  MURRAY,  UNITED 

STATES  ARMY 

(The  witness  Avas  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24.) 

1.  Colonel  West.  General,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station. 

General  Murray.  General  Maxwell  Murray,  02216  :  jNIajor  General, 
United  States  Army;  commanding  Guadalcanal  Base. 

2.  General  Grunert.  General,  this  Board  is  after  facts,  and  leads 
to  where  we  can  get  facts,  as  to  what  led  up  to  Pearl  Harbor,  and  also 


1600     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

the  attack.  Because  of  your  assignment  durinii;  the  latter  part  of  1941, 
and  because  you  testified  before  the  Roberts  Commission,  we  put  you 
on  the  list,  here,  as  a  witness. 

Now,  the  Board  has  developed  a  great  deal  of  the  story,  and  there 
is  no  use  piling  evidence  on  evidence,  so  we  will  skip  around  here  and 
try  to  piece  out  some  of  this  story,  and  then  open  up  any  subjects  that 
any  Members  of  the  Board  want  to  open  up,  as  well  as  give  you  an 
opportunity  to  open  up  anything  we  may  not  touch  on. 

First,  I  would  like  "to  talk  to  you  about  artillery  ammunition,  and 
ask  you  this  question:  Why  was  not  sufficient  ammunition  at  hand 
for  the  artillery,  on  December  7? 

General  Murray.  There  was  sufficient  artillery  ammunition  on 
hand,  but  it  had  not  been  issued  to  troops. 

3.  General  Grunert.  I  mean  "at  hand,"  not  "on  hand." 

[3076]  General  Murray.  I  was  not  authorized  to  draw  the  artil- 
lery ammunition  from  the  magazines.  I  requested  authority  from 
General  Short  to  draw  artillery  ammunition  and  stack  it ;  I  suggested 
either  in  the  gun  parks  or  on  the  division  review  field,  in  small  stacks. 
The  division  review  field,  as  you  know,  is  a  large  area  immediately 
adjacent  to  the  old  artillery  park,  and  had  been  planned  as  the  dis- 
persal area  for  the  artillery. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Tell  us,  first,  what  your  assignment  was. 
General  Murray.  I  was  in  command  of  the  25th  division,  at  that 

time. 

5.  General  Grunert.  And  that  was  stationed  where? 

General  Murray.  That  was  stationed  at  Schofield  Barracks.  I  was 
a  senior  divisional  commander  and  had  been  in  command  at  Schofield 
Barracks  until,  I  can't  be  certain  of  the  date,  but  I  believe  that  the 
organization  of  the  post  command  under  Colonel  Earl  M.  Wilson  had 
been  established  shortly  before  Pearl  Harbor,  before  the  attack  on 
December  7. 

6.  General  Grunert.  That  was  a  station  command? 

General  Murray.  It  was  a  station  command;  yes.  As  I  recall  it, 
that  had  just  been  organized,  and  I  had  moved  into  a  divisional  head- 
quarters which  was  separate  from  the  post  headquarters. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  had  the  tactical  division,  and  had 
nothing  to  do  primarily  with  the  post? 

General  Murray.  Nothing  with  the  post. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  in  your  division  you  had  what  artillery? 
General  Murray.  I  had  the  Eighth,  Eleventh,  and  Thirteenth  Field 

Artillery,  but  it  is  not  generally  known  that  we  had  [3077] 
practically  doubled  the  gun  strength  of  the  brigade  before  the  75-mm. 
gun  batteries ;  the  Eighth  and  the  Thirteenth  were  75-mm.  gun  regi- 
ments, and  each  of  those  batteries  had  eight  guns  to  the  battery  instead 
of  four.  The  Eleventh  was  the  155-howitzer  regiment,  but  they  were 
in  addition  manning  two  batteries  of  155  guns,  and  some  240-mm. 
howitzers.  The  75  regiments  both  had  240-mm.  howitzers  assigned  to 
them,  too. 

We  had  a  total  of  six  240-mm.  howitzer  batteries  organized,  and  two 
howitzer  batteries — "two-gun  batteries"  we  called  them ;  and  those 
had  all  been  equipped  and  furnished,  and  we  had  as  I  recall  it  a  total 
of  1?)C)  guns  mounted  in  the  single  brigade,  which  made  a  very  heavy 
artillery  deployment. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR   BOARD  1601 

9.  General  Grunert.  Under  the  new  plans  for  defense,  what  was 
the  assifrnmeht  as  to  mission,  as  to  your  division,  and  as  to  the  use  of 
that  artillery? 

General  INIurray.  The  division  was  assigned  to  the  south  sector. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  describe  that  sector. 

General  Murray.  The  south  sector  extended  from  a  point  north  of 
Waianae  pocket — I  have  forgotten  the  name  of  the  exact  point — 
stretched  around  through  the  southern  half  of  the  island,  and  up  to 
just  beyond  the  northern  edge  of  the  Kanoehe  Bay  side,  the  eastern 
side  of  "the  island,  at  a  little  island  off  the  coast,  Lae-Ka-Oio. 

11.  General  Gruxert.  Did  that  sector  include  the  City  of  Honolulu? 
General  Murray.  It  included  the  City  of  Honolulu,  yes. 

You  asked  for  the  mission  of  the  artillery? 

12.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

[S078]  General  Murray.  The  artillery  was  charged  with  the 
establishment  of  the  immediate  support  of  the  beaches  by  approxi- 
mately half  of  the  75-mm.  guns  in  the  brigade.  They  were  emplaced 
on  the  beaches  to  provide  close-in  enfilading  fire  as  support  of  the 
machine-gun  positions,  wliich  also  covered  the  beaches.  In  addition  to 
the  immediate  beach  defense,  the  infantry  defense  of  the  beach  was 
supported  from  fixed  artillery  positions,  dug-in  positions,  running 
from  1500  to  2500  yards  in  rear  of  the  beaches,  the  75  gun  batteries,  and 
in  rear  of  those,  or  about  on  the  line,  were  the  155  howitzer  batteries; 
observation  for  all  batteries  being  set  up  on  the  beach  for  a  close 
defense. 

In  addition  to  those  organic  guns,  the  75  guns  and  the  155  howitzers, 
the  240  howitzers  were  in  position,  so  that  practically  the  entire  beach 
that  was  assigned  to  the  division  was  under  fire  of  at  least  one  240-mm. 
howitzer  battery,  and  in  many  cases,  the  batteries;  the  important  areas 
of  the  beach  were  covered  by  two  batteries.  I  would  like  to  correct  one 
statement  that  I  made  earlier.  I  said  that  the  brigade  manned  155 
guns.  I  recall  now  that  we  had  turned  those  over  to  the  Twenty- 
Fourth  Division  just  before  December  7,  because  they  were  in  the 
northern  sector.  They  had  been  assigned  to  the  Eleventh  Field,  but 
we  had  turned  them  over.  I  had  f  orgotton  that  when  I  made  the  state- 
ment. 

I  might  add,  I  have  not  prepared  myself  for  this  discussion,  but  it 
comes  from  memory. 

18.  General  Grunert.  All  right. 

Genera]  Murray.  So  we  had  additional  240s. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Then  your  mission  was  primarily  against  a 
surface  attack? 

[3079]  General  IMurray.  Entirely,  except  for  individual  small 
arms  and  automatic  weapons,  which  were  organic  in  the  division. 

15.  General  Grunert.  Primarily,  for  your  own  protection  ? 
General  Murray.  Primarily;  yes. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  the  types  of  alert  that  were  pre- 
scribed at  that  time? 

General  Murray.  Yes,  We  were  ordered  to  go  on  No.  1  Alert,  on 
November  27,  and  on  December  7,  immediately  after  the  initiation  of 
the  attack,  we  had  a  message  to  go  on  No.  2  Alert,  and  that  was  immedi- 
ately followed  by  a  directive  to  go  on  No.  3  alert. 

17.  General  Grunert.  See  if  I  am  correct  in  this  :  No.  1  Alert  is  the 
so-called  "sabotage  alert"? 


1602     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Murray.  Piimarily. 

18.  General  Grunert.  No.  2  is  the  alert  against  an  air  attack,  plus 
sabotage ;  No.  3  is  the  all-out  alert,  including  everything ;  is  that  right  ? 

General  Murray.  I  am  not  certain.  I  would  have  to  look  up  the 
division  order,  which  is  not  available  to  me;  at  least,  the  order  that  we 
had.  As  I  recall  it,  the  Department  alert  probably  included  the  anti- 
aircraft, but  the  division  alert,  in  so  far  as  I  can  recall  it,  the  No.  2 
Alert,  involved  a  movement  of  certain  infantry  troops  and  certain  light 
weapons  to  position,  but  did  not  call  for  the  installation  of  the  heavy 
artillery  units,  the  240s. 

19.  General  Grunert.  I  see,  then,  you  had  a  division  alert,  under  the 
prescribed  Department  alert? 

General  Murray.  Yes. 

20.  General  Grunert.  It  may  have  been  different  in  nomenclature? 
General    Murray.  In    minor    details.      The    nomenclature    was 

130S0~\         the  same,  but  the  details  were  not. 

21.  General  Grunert.  Then  really  wdien  you  turned  out  it  was  the 
all-out  alert,  in  which  you  used  your  infantry  and  your  artillery? 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir;  we  jumped  from  the  No.  1  Alert  to  the 
No.  3  Alert. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Now%  we  get  back  to  the  ammunition.  You 
say  that  there  was  no  ammunition  immediately  available  to  you  for 
quick  action,  is  that  right? 

General  Murray.  So  far  as  I  can  recall,  we  did  not  have  a  round 
of  arnmunition  in  the  gun  parks. 

23.  General  Grunert.  And,  in  case  you  were  turned  out,  to  go  on 
an  alert  which  required  ammimition,  you  would  then  have  to  draw  it 
from  somewhere? 

General  Murray.  We  had  to  draw  it. 

24.  General  Grunert.  Where  did  it  come  from  ? 

General  Murray.  We  drew  it  directly ;  the  majority  of  it  w^as  drawn 
at  Schofield  Barracks,  although  the  artillery  units  of  the  Eighth 
Field  Artillery,  which  came  directly  to  the  positions  in  Honolulu  and 
Hickam  Field,  immediately  adjacent  to  it,  were  to  draw  ammunition 
at  the  Aliamanu  Crater,  which  was  down  here  near  Pearl  Harbor. 

25.  General  Grunert.  What  additional  time,  outside  of  turning  out 
from  where  you  were  to  get  to  positions,  would  it  take  to  get  ammuni- 
tion to  your  positions,  approximately? 

General  Murray.  I  would  say  that  there  had  been  set  up  for  the 
regiment  two  separate  entrances,  made  so  as  to  expedite  the  issuing 
of  ammunition,  so  that  my  estimate  would  be  that  it  took  not  over 
an  hour  to  issue  the  unit  of  fire  which  we  took  to  the  beach  with  us  on 
December  7. 

[3081]  26.  General  Grunert.  And  did  I  understand  you  to  say 
that  you  had  requested  that  you  be  given  authority  to  stack  some  am- 
munition here  and  there  so  as  to  expedite  it  ? 

General  Murray.  Yes. 

27.  General  Grunert.  And  to  whom  did  you  apply,  and  what  was 
the  result? 

General  Murray.  To  General  Short.  I  should  go  into  it  a  little  fur- 
ther. I  was  not  satisfied,  myself,  with  the  status  of  our  ammunition 
for  either  the  infantry  or  the  artillery.  We  were  authorized  by  the 
Department,  an  old  order  had  limited  us  to  6,000  rounds  of  small- 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARiMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1603 

arms  ammunition  per  company  in  tlie  parks.  It  was  held  there  pri- 
maril}'  for  antisabotage  purposes.  That  made  a  limited  amount  of 
machine-gun  ammunition  and  a  limited  amount  of  rifle  ammunition. 
Our  infantry  companies  were  all  equipped  "svith  extra  machine  guns. 
We  had,  I  think,  at  least  15  machine  guns  in  each  rifle  company ;  the 
average  may  have  been  nearly  20.  It  was  obviously  impossible — 
most  of  our  ammunition  was  not  belted — it  was  obviously  impossible 
to  get  out  the  ammunition  and  belt  it  without  a  serious  delay.  We 
were  ordered  to  have  10,000  rounds  at  each  machine-gun  position, 
which  was  a  very  heavy  allowance,  a  little  over  three  units  of  fire,  so 
that  when  I  brought  that  point  up  to  General  Short  that  it  had 
taken,  on  experiment,  three  days,  with  only  two.  We  had  two  belt 
loading  machines  for  a  heavy-weapon  company,  and  it  took  us  three 
daj^s  to  load  up  our  belted  ammunition  on  a  previous  trial,  so  that 
he  had  authorized  us  to  draw  and  belt  machine-gun  ammunition,  draw 
the  necessary  rifle  ammunition,  and  store  that  in  the  parks.  As  I 
recall  it,  the  only  limitation  that  he  made  on  infantry  ammunition  was 
[3082]  that  we  could  not  have  mortar  ammunition  or  high-ex- 
plosive grenades  inside  the  barracks.  That  was  left  us  in  the  ordnance 
depot,  in  the  infantry  warehouses,  as  was  the  artillery  ammunition. 
However,  the  fact  that  we  were  able  to  get  all  of  the  infantry,  rifle, 
and  machine-gun  ammunition  at  all  ordnance  magazines  cleared  the 
congestion  in  the  ordnance  area  to  such  an  extent  that  we  could  draw 
artillery  ammunition  very  rapidly,  and  as  I  said  before,  the  artillery 
ammunition  was  prepared  for  prompt  issue  in  stacks  of  a  unit,  so 
that  the  trucks  of  the  Eighth  could  go  directly  to  the  doors  that  were 
assigned  to  them  with  the  ammunition  crews  on  board  and  load  very 
promptly.  That  is  what  made  for  the  expeditious  delivery  of  ammu- 
nition. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  while  I  said  there  was  an  hour  possibly  delay, 
that  is  merely  guesswork  because  I  am  certain  that  the  artillery  was 
loaded  and  had  the  ammunition,  ready  to  go,  and  that  the  first  unit 
of  fire,  which  was  300  rounds  per  gun  for  75s,  and  150  rounds  for  the 
155  howitzer,  that  was  loaded  and  ready  by  the  time  the  artillery  was 
ready  to  move  from  the  post.  I  don't  think  that  the  actual  movement 
of  the  guns  to  their  jDositions  was  delayed  on  December  7. 

[3083]  28.  General  Gkunert.  Then  on  December  7th  you  got 
in  position  by  4  p.  m.    Was  that  normal  ? 

General  Murray.  I  would  say  it  was  a  little  before  that.  It  was  an 
exceedingly  rapid  move,  especially  when  you  consider  we  had  that 
much  ammunition.  As  a  matter  of  fact.  Colonel  Kelliher,  who  checked 
the  movement  of  the  post  for  me,  came  back  and  reported  that  the 
movement  out  was  the  best  he  had  ever  seen  the  division  execute. 

29.  General  Grunert.  Now,  it  appears  from  the  Roberts  Commis- 
sion report,  or,  at  least,  I  gather  the  impression  that  you  had  drawn 
some  ammunition  in  violation  of  standing  orders.  What  regulation 
did  you  violate  in  drawing  ammunition  for  emplacement  in  battery 
position  ? 

General  Murray.  I  do  not  recall  that,  sir.  The  only  question  that 
came  up,  so  far  as  I  can  recall,  was  the  drawing  of  infantry  ammuni- 
tion, which  was  authorized.  It  is  possible  that  certain  batteries  may 
have  had  some  at  the  gun  positions  on  the  beach,  but  I  say  that  as  a 
possibility  and  not  of  my  knowledge.    So  far  as  I  can  recall,  all  ammu- 

79716 — 4G — Ex.  145.  vol.  2 52 


1604     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

nition  was  drawn  for  the  field  artillery  units  on  tlie  day  of  December 
7th;  that  is  all  the  ammunition  that  was  taken  to  the  positions,  that 
went  to  the  guns  in  their  initial  movement  to  position. 

30.  General  Grunert.  The  evidence,  as  I  recall,  also  states  that  you 
drew  this  ammunition  reall}^  in  violation  of  standing  orders,  because 
you  anticipated  a  surprise  raid.    Is  that  true? 

General  Murray.  I  do  not  recall  that,  sir.  I  would  like  to  check  it 
up,  but  I  do  not  recall  it. 

31.  General  Grunert.  Let  us  see  that  testimony  here.  Or  let  us 
see  what  the  digest  of  that  is.  I  then  had  the  question,  [3084] 
What  caused  you  to  anticipate  a  surprise  raid,  but  if  you  do  not  recall 
that  you  did 

General  Murray.  No,  sir.  As  I  say,  I  have  not  discussed  it  v.ith 
anyone  since  that  date.  I  may  have  made  that  statement.  I  may 
have  known  of  some  that  was  in  the  hands  of  the  artillery  at  that  time, 
but  I  do  not  recall  it  at  this  time. 

32.  General  Grunert.  In  the  meantime,  we  can  go  to  another 
subject. 

General  Murray.  I  would  like  to  suggest  that  Colonel  Kelliher,  who 
was  the  executive  of  the  artillery  brigade  at  that  time,  is  in  charge  of 
the  Planning  Section  of  the  Department  Headquarters,  and  he  would 
know. 

33.  General  Grunert.  We  will  get  him  if  it  is  of  any  material  mo- 
ment. Were  the  commanders  of  major  units — and  by  major  units  I 
mean  such  a  unit  as  you  had,  such  as  Wilson  and  Burgin  had,  and 
Martin  and  so  forth — kept  informed  of  the  War  and  Navy  Depart- 
ment warning  messages  ? 

General  Murray.  So  far  as  I  know,  we  received  every  message.  I 
received  only  one  personalh^ 

34.  General  Grunert.  So  far  as  you  know,  you  received  only  one? 
General  Murray.  Yes,  sir,  with  reference  to  the  preparation  or  the 

immediate  preparation  for  possible  attack.  We  had  a  number  of  in- 
formal conferences.  We  had  a  number  of  informal  conferences  with 
General  Short  as  to  the  status  of  our  troops,  and  the  equipment  at 
hand. 

35.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  ever  having  seen  a  message 
of  November  27th  from  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  to  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, Pacific  Fleet,  which  started  out  "Consider  [3085] 
this  is  a  war  warning"? 

General  Murray.  It  did  not  arrive  in  that  exact  wording.  I  have  a 
true  copy  of  the  message  that  was  given  to  me  orally,  which  I  would 
like  to  present. 

36.  General  Grunert.  All  right,  read  it.  Then  we  won't  have  to 
have  so  many  appendices  to  our  record. 

General  Murray.  May  I  describe  this  document? 

37.  Geaieral  Grunert.  Yes, 

General  Murray.  At  the  time  the  order  for  the  alert  was  received 
on  November  the  27th,  as  I  recall  it,  it  was  approximately  3  o'clock, 
possibly  3:30  p.m.  I  was  in  the  dentist  chair.  My  aide  came  to  me 
and  said  Alert  No.  1  had  been  ordered,  and  I  asked  "whether  the  neces- 
sary steps  had  been  taken  to  put  it  in  operation.  He  said  the  initial 
units  were  loading  out  at  that  time.  I  asked  as  to  whether  the  liaison 
officer  had  gone  down  to  the  Department  Headquarters,  which  was 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1605 

routine.  He  advised  me  that  he  had  gone,  and  I  told  him  that  I  would 
report  to  headquarters  as  soon  as  the  dentist  could  complete  the  tem- 
porary work  he  was  doing. 

Shortly  after  I  arrived  at  my  divisional  headquarters,  the  liaison 
officer  returned  with  an  oral  message  which  he  told  me  he  was  to  deliver 
to  me  in  person  and  with  the  utmost  secrecy.  He  repeated  his  message 
to  me  and  I  asked  for  his  notes.  He  said  that  he  had  no  notes,  that  he 
was  not  authorized  to  take  notes,  that  the  message  had  been  read  to 
them  twice  by  the  Chief  of  Staff,  but  they  were  not  allowed  to  take 
any  notes.  So  I  asked  him  to  repeat  it,  and  I  was  certain  that  I  had 
the  gist  of  the  message,  so  I  then  directed  him  to  w^rite  out  the  message 
as  he  had  given  it  to  me  and  file  it  as  secret  in  the  divisional  G-2  safe. 

[30S6]  The  copy  that  I  have  at  hand  now  is  a  copy  of  the  orig- 
inal message  which  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  find  with  the  25th  Divi- 
sion on  Noumea  the  other  day  and  they  still  had  the  original  one  in 
headquarters.     It  reads : 

Negotiations  have  come  to  a  standstill  at  this  time.  No  diplomatic  breaking 
of  relations  and  we  will  let  them  make  the  first  overt  act.  You  will  take  such 
precautions  as  you  deem  necessary  to  carry  out  the  Rainbow  plan.  Do  not  excite 
the  civilian  population.  This  will  be  held  to  minimum  people.  Note. — I  was 
told  to  tell  General  Murray,  General  Wilson,  and  Colonel  Wilson  only. 

That  is  initialed  by  Colonel  Haynes;  message  from  Colonel  Philips, 
November  27,  19-il. 

That  was  the  only  message  as  a  direct  message  tliat  I  received  prior 
to  the  order  to  move  out  on  No.  3  Alert  on  December  7.  As  I  say,  there 
were  a  number  of  conferences  and  discussions,  detailed  instructions, 
given,  of  which  I  have  no  record,  from  General  Short  at  that  time. 

38.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  ever  called  into  conference  on  this 
message  to  di&cuss  what  might  be  the  best  thing  to  do  under  its  terms? 

General  Murray,  I  feel  certain  that  we  were.  I  recall  one  discus- 
sion particularly.  The  question  came  up  as  to  whether  any  further 
procedure  was  necessary  on  the  completeness  of  our  sabotage  and 
patrol  cover.  The  sabotage  order  required  not  only  standing  guards 
but  heavy  patrols  and  the  readiness  of  one  battalion  to  move  at  short 
notice  as  a  reserve  unit.  And  the  discussion  included  the  fact  that  the 
report  had  been  made  to  the  War  Department  of  our  antisabotage 
status. 

[3087]  39.  General  Grunert.  But  that  was  after  the  decision 
had  been  made  to  go  on  Alert  No.  1  ? 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir. 

40.  General  Grunert.  And  you  were  discussing  how  best  to  carry 
out  that  alert  ( 

General  Murray,  Yes,  sir. 

41.  General  Grunert.  But  you  did  not  discuss  prior  to  going  on 
Alert  No.  1  or  your  advice  was  not  sought  as  to  whether  you  should 
go  on  No.  1,  No.  2  or  No.  3  ? 

General  Murray.  I  do  not  recall  any  further  discussion  in  that 
detail. 

42.  General  Grunert.  And  you  do  not  recall  on  that  same  day 
knowing  anything  about  a  message  received  by  the  Navj-  which  started 
out  "Consider  this  a  war  warning"  ? 

General  Murray.  I  have  never  seen  or  have  never  heard  directly  of 
that  message. 


1606    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

43.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  hear  anything  about  any  othei 
messages  after  or  around  November  27th  which  related  to  the  inter- 
national situation,  the  burning  of  papers  at  the  consulate  and- so  forth? 

General  Murray.  No.     No,  sir.     I  heard  nothing. 

44.  General  Grunert.  How  often  or  how  frequently  were  your 
conferences  with  the  Commanding  General?  Were  they  periodic, 
were  they  when  something  came  up,  or  what  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  a  rather  difficult  question  to  answer.  I 
should  say  that  I  saw  General  Short  at  his  office  possibly  five  times 
between  November  the  2Tth  and  December  the  7th. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  recall  generally  what  you  discussed 
[3088]         with  him  at  those  meetings? 

General  Murray.  We  discussed  the  general  situation  as  we  saw  it 
in  Washington,  the  discussions  of  the  daily  reports  of*  the  conference 
in  Washington,  and  General  Short  maintained  a  very  close  personal 
interest  in  the  activities  of  the  division. 

46.  General  Grunert.  In  those  discussions  do  you  recall  the  source 
of  General  Short's  information  about  the  situation  in  Washington 
and  the  situation  in  the  diplomatic  field  and  so  forth  ? 

General  Murray.  No,  sir.  I  cannot  be  certain  as  to  that.  I  know 
that  General  Short  was  in  communication  with  Washington  by  tele- 
phone from  time  to  time. 

47.  General  Grunert.  Before  December  7th  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  my  impression,  sir.  I  know  that  he  had 
one  of  these  scramblers,  as  we  call  them,  and  my  impression  was  that 
he  talked  with  Washington,  and  I  considered  or  I  know  that  part  of 
the  discussions  were  based  on  the  newspaper  reports. 

48.  General  Frank.  Is  that  an  inference  by  you  or  a  fact? 
General  Murray.  That  is  an  inference.    I  say  that  we  discussed  it. 

I  know  there  was  a  discussion  of  the  newspaper  reports. 

49.  General  Grunert.  In  that  discussion  what  was  the  state  of 
mind?  What  did  you  conclude  from  your  discussions?  Were  you 
in  accord  with  what  you  concluded  or  was  there  difference  of  opinion? 
In  other  words,  what  did  you  discuss  ? 

General  Murray.  I  recall  no  difl'erences  of  opinion.  General.  My 
reaction  was  that  we  were  on  the  verge  of  war,  that  we  were,  ready 
for  it,  the  ground  troops  were  ready  for  it,  [3089]  and  it 
took  merely  a  move  to  position  to  meet  them.  We  all  anticipated, 
I  am  certain,  something  further  than  the  message  that  was  re- 
ceived on  November  27th. 

50.  General  Grunert.  But  you  were  on  a  sabotage  alert  and  you 
took  no  other  alert  until  the  blow  struck? 

General  Murray.  No  other  alert. 

51.  General  Grunert.  Then  if  the  concensus  of  these  discussions 
was  that  war  w^as  imminent,  why  do  you  suppose  no  other  form  of 
alert  was  taken?    Was  that  discussed? 

General  Murray.  I  do  not  think  that  any  one  of  us  considered  it 
as  imminent  as  it  was. 

52.  General  Grunert.  Imminent  for  somebody  else  but  not  imme- 
diately imminent  for  you? 

General  Murray.  I  would  say  not  immediately  imminent.  I 
might  elaborate.  You  asked  whether  we  did  anything  besides  the 
antisabotage.    Of  course,  there  was  continuous  work  by  all  troops  in 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1607 

establishing  their  gim  positions  and  digging  machine  gun  installa- 
tions and  completing  the  installations  and  checking  the  installations, 
improving  the  telephone  lines,  improving  the  trails  to  the  infantry 
positions,  putting  wire  in  the  critical  areas.  That  was  being  car- 
ried by  troop  details,  but  the  troops  were  carrying  it  out  not  from 
positions  on  the  beach  but  by  details  from  Schofield.  Those  were 
part  of  the  discussions  we  were  carrying  on  with  General  Short  as 
to  the  jDi'ogress  that  was  being  made. 

[3090]  53,  General  Grunert,  All  excellent  preparatory  meas- 
ures. 

General  Murray.  Preparatory  altogether. 

54.  General  Gruxert,  But  not  implemented  unless  the  proper  alert 
had  been  adopted? 

General  Murray.  That  was  correct,  sir. 

55.  General  Grunert.  Now,  so  far  as  you  were  concerned,  as  the 
attack  took  place  and  what  happened,  even  if  you  had  been  on  Alert 
No.  3,  would  you  have  had  any  influence  on  the  attack  one  way  or 
another  ? 

General  Murray.  So  far  as  the  ground  troops  are  concerned,  I 
do  not  think  it  would  have  made  a  particle  of  difference  insofar  as 
the  events  that  occurred  on  December  the  7th  were  concerned. 

56.  General  Grunert.  Your  mission  was  primarily  concerned  with 
sabotage  and  with  all-out  position? 

General  Murray.  Our  mission  was  primarily  sabotage  and  defense 
against  ground  or  close-in  naval  attack,  and  we  were  not  equipped 
or  prepared  to  execute  an  active  defense  against  an  air  attack. 

57.  General  Grunert.  Now  come  back  to  testimonj'  before  the 
Eoberts  Commission,  in  order  to  help  your  memory  as  to  what 
was  said  then.  In  a  statement  to  a  question  from  General  McCoy 
it  says  here  that  a  part  of  the  statement  was  as  follows : 

Several  clays  before  the  alert  I  violated  the  usual  regulation  regarding  am- 
munition by  moving  all  infantry  ammunition  except  high  explosives  into  the 
company  barracks,  the  barrack  room,  and  that  meant  that  most  of  them 
had  as  much  as  thirty  rounds  of  ammunition  in  the  belts,  so  they  were  ready 
for  immediate  action. 

[3091]         That  was  an  evident  violation  of  something,  but- 


General  Murray.  Well,  it  is  a  statement  of  a  violation  of  the  old 
regulation,  but  that  was — I  would  like  to  correct  that  as  to  the  state- 
ment that  I  made  before  this  Board.  That  movement'  of  ammuni- 
tion into  the  barracks  was  in  violation  of  the  standing  orders  of  the 
post,  but  I  made  that  movement  of  the  ammunition  on  the  authoriza- 
tion of  General  Short. 

58.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

General  Murray.  Is  that  clear,  General  ? 

59.  General  Grunert.  That  is  clear  to  me. 

General  Murray.  The  standing  regulations  of  the  post  permitted 
us  to  have  only  6,000  rounds  of  small-arms  ammunition  in  the  bar- 
racks, and  that  confirms  my  recollection  to  the  effect  that  he  did  not 
permit  me  to  bring  the  high  explosive  ammunition  into  the  barracks. 
That  was  the  mortar  ammunition  and  grenades. 

60.  General  Grunert.  Then,  in  reply  to  a  question  from  the  chair- 
man, you  said, 

I  was  just  looking  after  the  alert,     I  thought  there  might  be  a  surprise  raid. 


1608    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

That  is  where  that  digest  got  this, 

I  thought  there  might  be  a  surprise  raid. 

Now,  do  you  recall  what  caused  you  to  think  there  might  be  a  sur- 
prise raid  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  in  line  with  what  I  stated  or  meant  to  con- 
vey in  my  statement  that  I  considered  an  attack  might  be  imminent. 
We  all  considered  the  possibility  of  a  surprise  raid,  an  attempt  to  raid 
either  some  of  our  installations  by  a  small  landing — I  think  that  the 
general  impression,  certainly  among  the  ground  troops,  was  that  the 
most  possible  attack  would  be  what  would  correspond  to  a  [3092] 
commando  raid. 

61.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

General  Murray.  That  was  my  own  impression. 

62.  General  Grunert.  But  if  a  commando  raid  was  in  the  offing, 
do  you  think  you,  being  on  Alert  No.  1,  would  have  been  prepared  for 
it?" 

General  Murray.  No,  sir.  As  an  afterthought,  it  looks — I  say 
there  is  no  question  but  what  as  far  as  protection  against  commando 
raids  or  any  small  raid,  any  sort  of  a  surface  raid,  we  would  have  been 
in  a  better  position  had  the  troops  been  in  the  defense  position. 

63.  General  Grunert.  I  wanted  to  keep  away  from  this  after- 
thought, this  hindsight. 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir. 

64.  General  Grunert.  That  is  why  I  dug  up  that  remark  of  yours 
that  you  expected  a  surprise  raid.  That  was  not  really  afterthought ; 
that  was  practically  at  the  time  that  you  thought  that.  That  is  why 
I  wanted  to  develop  the  thing  a  little  more.  If  you  expect  a  surprise 
raid,  it  isn't  afterthought,  now,  that  you  think  there  ought  to  have 
been  a  better  alert  than  Alert  No.  1  ? 

General  Murray.  I  think  that  I  expressed  myself  fully.  I  would 
have  made  a  better  statement  of  my  position  had  I  said  that  I  would 
have  been  certain  we  would  be  better  prepared  for  a  surprise  raid  had 
we  the  ammunition  in  the  hands  of  troops.  It  was  a  prevention  that 
I  thought  should  be  taken ;  prevention  [3093]  of  a  disaster  in 
case  of  surprise  was  to  have  ammunition  in  the  hands  of  troops ;  and, 
as  I  say,  it  is  better — I  think  I  made  clear  that  I  would  have  preferred 
to  have  had  the  artillery  ammunition  in  the  hands  of  the  troojos, 

65.  General  Grunert.  Another  remark,  another  part  of  the  testi- 
mony, is  to  the  effect  that  when  General  Murray  got  Alert  No.  1  he 
was  not  informed  as  to  the  seriousness  of  the  existing  situation ;  no 
intimation,  nothing,  although  he  talked  to  the  Commanding  General 
and  Headquarters  several  times  between  November  27  and  December 
7.     Is  that  still  your  impression  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  approximately  the — the  only  direct  in- 
ference— the  only  direct  information  that  I  had  had  with  reference 
to  the  war  status  was  in  this  message  which  I  read  of  November  the 
27th. 

66.  General  Grunert.  I  will  ask  the  Recorder  to  read  you  the  Chief 
of  Staff's  entire  message  from  which  evidently  that  part  was  transmit- 
ted to  you,  this  with  a  view  so  that  you  will  understand  what  was  in 
the  entire  message,  and  that  you  only  got  a  part  of  that  message,  evi- 
dently.    Have  you  seen  the  entire  message  since  ? 

General  Murray.  No,  sir,  I  have  never  seen  it. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1609 

67.  General  Grunert.  You  have  never  seen  it. 

I  will  ask  the  Recorder  to  read  it  to  you.  to  see  whether  or  not  that 
would  have  made  any  difference  had  you  heard  the  entire  message. 
Colonel  West.  Shall  I  read  it  now,  General  ? 

68.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

[S094-]  Colonel  West.  This  is  the  message  dated  November  27, 
1941,  addressed  to  the  Commanding  General,  Hawaiian  Department, 
Fort  Shafter,  T.  H.,  signed  '"Marshall,"  the  body  of  which  reads  as 
follows : 

(Message  of  November  27,  1941,  to  commanding  general,  Hawaiian 
Department,  signed  "Marshall,"  is  as  follows:) 

Negotiations  with  Japan  appear  to  be  torniinateil  to  all  practical  nnrposes 
with  only  the  barest  possibilities  that  the  Japanese  Government  might  come  back 
and  offer  to  continue.  Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile  action 
possible  at  any  moment.  If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot,  i)e  avoided  the 
United  States  desires  that  Japan  commit  the  first  overt  act.  This  policy  Bhould 
not,  repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of  action  ti:at  might 
jeopardize  your  defense.  Prior  to  hostile  Japanese  action  you  ar<*  directed  to 
undertake  such  reconnaissance  and  other  measures  as  you  deem  necessary  but 
these  measures  should  be  carried  out  so  as  not,  repeat  not,  to  alarm  civil  popu- 
lation or  disclose  intent.  Report  measures  taken.  Should  hostilities  occur  you 
will  carry  out  the  tasks  assigned  in  Rainbow  Five  so  far  as  they  pi^rtain  to  Japan. 
Limit  dissemination  of  this  highly  secret  information  to  minimum  essential 
officers. 

69.  General  Grunert.  Evidently,  then,  they  just  picked  out  such 
parts  of  that  message  as  they  though  you  needed? 

General  Murray.  There  is  another  possibility:  that  it  [3095^ 
was  read  twice  to  the  staff  oflicer  whom  I  sent  down  there  and  who  told 
me  definitely  that  he  took  no  notes,  was  not  permitted  to  take  notes, 
probably  because  of  the  obvious  secrecy  of  this  message,  and  his  notes 
omitted  two  or  three  important  sentences  in  that  message. 

70.  General  Grunert.  He  may  have  forgotten  them. 
General  Murray.  He  may  have  forgotten  them. 

71.  General  Grunert.  Or  they  may  not  have  been  impressed  upon 
his  mind. 

General  Murray.  That  was  it;  yes,  sir. 

72.  General  Grunert.  Now,  that  sentence  in  there  that  in  effect  saj'S : 
No  matter  what  you  have  to  do,  don't  you  jeopardize  your  own  defense. 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir. 

73.  General  Grunert.  That  is  rather  serious :  No  matter  what  is 
required  otherwise,  he  nuist  not  jeopardize  his.  own  defense.  Now, 
that  in  a  way  might  have  caused 

General  Murray.  May  I — one  sentence — ask  the  second  sentence 
there,  with  reference  to  tlie  imminence  of  hostilities?  I  think  it  is 
about  the  second  or  third  sentence. 

74.  General  Grunert.  All  right.     Reread  that. 

General  Murray.  This  need  not  be  on  the  record.  General.  It  is 
merely  for  my  own  information.     I  would  like  to  hear  it  read. 

7.1.  General  Grunert.  Read  it  in  the  record.  Put  it  in  the  record 
again. 

Colonel  West.  I  had  better  read  it  all  again.     It  begins  : 

Negotiations  witli  Japan  appear  to  be  terminated  to  all  practical  i)ui'poses  with 
only  the  barest  [3006^  possibilities  that  the  Japanese  Government  might 
come  back  and  offer  to  continue. 


1610    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Now,  the  second  sentence  is : 

Japanese  future  action  unpredictable  but  hostile  action  possible  at  any  moment. 
If  hostilities  cannot,  repeat  cannot,  be  avoided  the  United  States  desires  that  Japan 
commit  the  first  overt  act. 

That  is  the  end  of  the  third  sentence,  and  the  fourth  sentence  is : 

This  policy  should  not,  repeat  not,  be  construed  as  restricting  you  to  a  course  of 
action  that  might  jeopardize  your  defense. 

76.  General  Grunert.  I  think  that  covers  as  much  as  he  wants. 
General  Murray.  That  covers  it,  yes,  sir. 

77.  General  Grunert.  Now,  that  sentence  in  there  about  alarming 
the  civil  population:  Do  you  know  of  anything  that  would  have 
alarmed  the  civil  population  had  you  gone  on  an  all-out  alert,  as  far  as 
you  were  cocerned? 

General  Murray.  No,  sir,  I  don't  think  it  would  have  alarmed  them. 
It  was  the  question  that  the  act — the  fact  that  we  were  taking  over  all  of 
the  important  installations:  the  water,  lights,  gas  and  oil  utilities, 
patrols  all'over,  all  important  bridges  guarded. 

78.  General  Grunert.  That's  Alert  No.  1  ? 
General  Murray.  That's  Alert  No.  1,  yes,  sir. 

79.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  think  that  would  have  been  more 
of  an  alarm  than  if  you  had  gone  into  position  ? 

General  Murray.  I  think  that  is  just  as  much  of  an  alarm 
[30&/]  to  the  people  that  we  were  anticipating  something  as  if 
they  had  gone  to  the  beaches. 

80.  General  Grunert.  How  about  if  you  had  gone  into  Alert  No.  3  ? 
How  much  would  it  have  interfered  with  your  training?  What  sort 
of  training  was  going  on  at  the  time? 

General  Murray.  At  that  time  our  training  was,  I  would  say,  com- 
plete and  right  up  to  the  handles. 

81.  General  Grunert.  Then  that  would  have  been  just  a  question 
of  going  into  the  field  and  continuing  such  training  as  you  were  able 
to  do? 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir. 

82.  General  Grunert.  It  would  not  have  made  much  difference  to 
your  command  at  that  time? 

General  Murray.  I  don't  think  it  would  have  made  any  difference 
as  far  as  training.  Possibly  the  training  would  have  been  a  little 
more  active,  actual.  We  were  rather  limited  in  our  training  during 
that  period  due  to  the  fact  that  we  were  on  defense  construction  work, 
work, 

83.  General  Grunert.  General  Russell? 

84.  General  Russell.  You  state  that  you  had  numerous  talks  with 
General  Short  between  November  27  and  December  7,  four  or  five; 
is  that  true? 

General  Murray.  Four  or  five,  I  should  say. 

85.  General  Russell.  During  those  conversations  the  international 
situation  was  discussed  ? 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir. 

86.  General  Russell.  You  were  keeping  up  with  developments 
by  the  local  press,  what  you  read  in  the  papers  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  my  impression.  General. 

[3098]  87.  General  Russell.  Do  you  recall  General  Short  tell- 
ing you  anything  about  other  information  that  had  been  coming  in 
from  Washington  ? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1611 

General  Murray.  My  impression  is  that  lie  mentioned — I  have  quite 
a  definite  impression  that  about  the  first  of  December,  two  or  three 
days  after  the  report  of  the  action  that  had  been  taken,  and  under  the 
message  that  has  just  been  read,  that  he  mentioned  a  reply  from  the 
War  Department  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  information.  That 
is  memory  of  nearly  two  years,  and  I  cannot  be  certain,  but  I  am 
strongly  of  that  impression. 

[3099]  88.  General  Russell.  Tlien  General  Short  had  reported 
the  alert  status  which  was  in  existence  here,  to  Washington  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  my  impression;  yes,  sir. 

89.  General  Russell.  And  it  was  his  impression  that  it  had  been 
approved  in  Washington — that  is,  the  alert  status  had  been  approved 
by  Washington  ? 

General  Murray.  That  was  the  impression  that  I  have  carried  for 
nearly  two  years. 

90.  General  Russell.  General,  there  has  been  some  testimony  about 
Sunday  morning  exercises  for  several  weeks  prior  to  the  Sunday 
morning  of  December  7.  Did  your  command  participate  in  any  such 
exercises  as  those  ? 

General  Murray.  None  that  I  can  recall.  We  had  completed  a 
maneuver.  As  I  recall  it,  it  ended  about  the  end  of  October.  We  had 
had  a  15-day  maneuver  of  both  divisions  and  the  artillery,  the  De- 
partment artillery  troops;  antiaircraft  and  coast  artillery  had  been 
involved  to  a  certain  extent,  but  that  was  the  completion  of  the  train- 
ing period,  and  so  far  as  I  can  recall  those  were  tlie  only  exercises  that 
were  held  on  Sunday  morning.     Those,  of  course,  included  Sunday. 

91.  General  Russell.  How  long  had  you  been  in  command  of  the 
unit  on  the  island  prior  to  December  7,  1941  ? 

General  Murkaa'.  I  had  command  of  the  artillery  brigade  from 
about  the  1st  of  July  1940  until  about  the  middle  of  June  1941,  approx- 
imately, and  I  took  command  of  the  Twenty-Fifth  Division — of  the 
Hawaiian  Division,  first,  and  I  believe  the  separation  of  tlie  Hawaiian 
Division,  Avhich  was  a  Sixth  Regiment  organization  at  tliat  time,  into 
two  triangular  divisions,  was  completed  approximately  the  1st  of 
October.  I  would  have  to  [SlOO]  check  the  records  on  that, 
but  my  recollection  is  it  was  taken  the  1st  of  October. 

92.  General  Russell.  And  you  were  on  the  island  only  from  the 
middle  of  the  year,  from  July  until  the  attack  ? 

General  Murray.  Yes,  sir. 

93.  General  Russell.  There  seems  to  be  some  confusion  in  the 
record  about  the  number  of  alerts,  practices  of  going  into  position,  and 
so  forth,  which  had  taken  place  during  the  period  that  you  just 
described.  What  is  your  recollection  of  whether  or  not  numerous 
alerts  were  staged  and  practices  of  going  into  defensive  positions? 

General  Murray.  During  the  entire  period? 

94.  General  Russell.  Yes. 

General  Murray.  I  could  give  no  estimate  of  the  number.  General, 
but  it  was  a  routine.  A  great  many  occupations  of  position  were 
made  as  part  of  regimental  exercises.  A  regiment  sent  a  battalion 
down. 

95.  General  Russell.  Were  these  occupations  of  positions  confined 
to  the  units  of  your  division,  or  were  they  a  part  of  general  all-out 
alerts  by  the  Hawaiian  Department  ? 


1612     CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Murray.  There  were  cases  of  a  general  all-out  alert,  but 
m  no  case  that  1  can  recalled  did  we  take  the  complete  ammunition 
component  with  us.  Just  before  I  joined  the  division,  a  complete 
move,  including  the  fire  allowances,  had  been  made  in  June  1940,  just 
before  I  came  to  the  department,  but  so  far  as  I  can  recall,  we  made — 
I  will  have  to  change  my  statement.  I  believe  we  made  one  which 
moved  the  ammunition  to  the  positions.  We  had  after  General  Short 
arrived  a  loading  problem,  to  check  the  time  involved  in  distribution 
of  ammunition,  our  ability  [3101']  to  transport  it;  and  my 
impression  is  that  the  troops  went  to  the  positions  at  the  same  time. 
I  cannot  give  the  exact  date,  but  I  believe  that  was  shortly  before  the 
Hawaiian  Division  was  broken  up. 

96.  General  Frank.  Was  that  under  Short  or  Herron? 

General  Murray.  The  last  one  was  under  General  Short.  The  first 
one  was  under  General  Herron,  on  a  War  Department  order. 

97.  General  Russell.  In  these  conferences  with  the  Commanding 
General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department,  or  elsewhere,  was  consideration 
given  to  the  effect  on  the  morale  of  the  troops  of  constant  or  continued 
alert  during  peacetime — in  other  words,  the  effect  on  the  troops  of 
being  out  in  peacetime,  looking  for  Japanese  who  never  came? 

General  Murray.  Crying  "wolf"?  No,  sir;  because  I  believe  that 
in  practically  all  cases  we  knew  that  they  were  training  alerts.  I  do 
not  recall  of  any  one  that  we  moved  in  while  I  was  in  command  of 
troops  on  the  island,  where  the  troops  felt  that  it  was  anything  other 
than  drill,  to  determine  our  ability  and  the  time  it  would  take  us  to 
set  our  positions  and  be  readj^ 

98.  General  Russell.  That  is  all. 

99.  General  Frank.  Really,  how  much  intelligence  information  did 
you  get  over  a  period  of  time  ?     Did  you  get  any  ? 

General  Murray.  That  is  a  very  difficult  question.  General,  because 
that  would  be  a  G-2  record,  which  I  am  not  sufficiently  familiar  with 
to  know. 

100.  General  Frank,  I  am  not  after  the  fine  points  of  the  record, 
I  am  just  after  your  impression  as  to  whether  there  was  an  official  dis- 
tribution of  information. 

General  Murray.  I  cannot  answer  that  question  definitely. 
[S102]  My  impression  is  that  we  did.  I  know  that  G-2  of  the 
division  was  in  constant  contact  with  Colonel  Fielder  of  the  Depart- 
ment, but  I  cannot  recall  at  this  time  exactly  what  the  contents  of 
the  G-2  reports  were. 

101.  General  Fra>7K.  Do  you  remember  of  ever  getting  anything 
"hot"? 

General  Murray.  I  do  not  recall  definitely  of  having  received  any- 
thing that  I  considered  what  3^ou  call  "hot";  that  is,  active  informa- 
tion bearing  on  the  possible  initiation  of  hostilities. 

102.  General  Frank.  Have  you,  since  that  critical  period  between 
the  25th  of  November  and  December  7,  become  conversant  with  infor- 
mation that  did  exist  at  that  time  ? 

General  Murray.  No,  I  do  not  recall  it. 

103.  General  Frank,  Well,  what  I  was  about  to  lead  up  to  was  this 
question — if  in  your  opinion  you  though  the  caution  with  which  vital 
information  was  handled  hindered  full-out  defense  measures? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR  BOARD  1613 

General  Murray.  I  do  not  feel  that  it  did;  because  I  was  so  con- 
vinced of  General  Short's  immediate  interest  and  his  full  knowledge 
of  what  steps  were  being  taken;  and  his  directives  were  so  definite 
that  I  did  not  feel  there  was  anything  that  he  had  that  was  not  being 
applied  to  the  position  in  hand,  I  felt  that  I  was  in  possession  of  the 
information  that  he  had.  Is  that  a  clear  answer  to  your  question, 
General  ?  I  am  not  certain  whether  I  have  covered  exactly  what  you 
want  or  not,  sir. 

104.  General  Frank.  It  would  be  necessary  that  you  knew  that 
something  went  on  of  which  you  were  not  informed,  in  order  to 
[■3103]  be  able  to  answer  the  question ;  therefore,  the  lack  of  prep- 
aration for  the  question  made  it  impossible  for  jou  to  answer  it. 

General  Murray.  I  might  say  that  this  report,  here,  is  much  more 
definite  as  to  conditions  than  the  abbreviated  report  that  was  given 
to  me  directly,  which  was  from  my  G-2. 

105.  General  Frank.  I  have  nothing  further. 

IOC).  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  other  questions  by  any  of  the 
advisors  or  counsel? 

If  not,  can  you  think  of  anything  that  you  feel  that  you  know,  that 
you  could  tell  the  Board,  to  assist  us  in  arriving  at  conclusions  as  to 
this  matter  in  hand  ?  Usually,  witnesses  have  something  in  the  back 
of  their  head  which,  if  it  is  not  brought  out  by  questions,  they  wish 
to  bring  it  out. 

General  Murray.  Well,  I  have  no  hesitation.  It  is  merely  a  ques- 
tion as  to  what  I  can  offer  that  will  clear  the  picture.  The  only  point 
that  occurs -to  me  at  this  instant  is,  you  asked  as  to  the  next  informa- 
tion that  I  had  had  with  reference  to  a  dispatch  from  Wa-hington. 
The  only  positive  information  that  I  have  as  to  a  dispatch  which 
succeeded  the  one  received  on  November  27  was  on  the  afternoon  of 
December  7.  General  Brush  and  I — General  Brush  was  my  assistant 
division  commander — reported  to  General  Short's  command  post,  at, 
I  would  estimate,  approximately  3  :oO  p.  m.  on  the  afternoon  of 
December  7,  to  inform  him  that  tJie  division  was  completely  in  posi- 
tion and  had  the  first  unit  of  fire  at  the  guns,  for  all  weapons ;  and 
while  we  Avere  discussing  tlie  details,  that  he  wished  carried  out,  the 
Chief  of  Staff  brought  in  a  telegram,  which  he  presented  to  General 
Short,  a  radio  message,  which  I  have  never  seen,  but  which  appar- 
ently was  a  great  shock  to  General  Short,  and  he  [3104^]  made 
some  explanation,  and  as  I  recall  it,  said,  "Well,  this  is  a  lot  of  news 
that  would  have  made  a  great  difference  in  the  situation,"  or  words  to 
that  effect.     I  have  never  seen  the  message. 

107.  General  Frank.  Have  we  located  that? 

108.  General  Grunp:rt.  That  vras  the  December  7  message;  yes. 
It  arrived  early  in  the  afternoon  of  December  7.  That  is  the  one  to 
which  the  witness  evidently  refers. 

General  Murray.  I  presume  that  is  the  message. 

109.  General  Grunert.  You  have  never  heard  it,  so  you  would  not 
know  that. 

General  Murray.  I  never  heard  the  message,  and  that  is  the  only 
thing;  that  is  the  next  direct  contact  that  I  can  be  sure  of,  of  having 
been  received  from  the  War  Department. 

110.  General  Grunert.  Then  you  never  heard  of  an}"  messages 
received  through  the  Navy,  concerning  this  situation? 


1614  .  CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

General  Murray.  No,  sir. 

111.  General  Grunert.  Are  there  any  questions? 
Thank  you  very  much.     We  appreciate  your  coming. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 

[3105']  TESTIMONY  OP  EILEY  H.  ALLEN,  EDITOE,  HONOLULU 
STAR-BULLETIN,  BUSINESS  ADDEESS  125  MEECHANT  STEEET 
HONOLULU,  T.  H. 

1.  Colonel  West.  Mr.  Allen,  will  you  please  state  your  name  and 
address  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  My  name  is  Kiley  H.  Allen;  business  address,  125 
Merchant  Street;  home  address,  3275  Pacific  Heights,  Honolulu, 
T.  H. 

2.  Colonel  West.  And  you  are,  I  believe,  editor  of  the  Honolulu 
Star-Bulletin? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  am,  sir. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Allen,  this  Board  was  appointed  to 
ascertain  and  report  the  facts  relating  to  the  attack  made  by  the 
Japanese  armed  forces  upon  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  on  December 
the  7th,  1941,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  to  consider  the  phases  which 
related  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  disaster  of  the  report  of  the  House 
Military  Affairs  Committee,  the  latter  of  which  was  largely  con- 
cerned with  the  construction  that  took  place  here  prior  to 
December  7th. 

Now,  we  are  after  facts  or  leads  to  where  facts  can  be  found. 
I  requested  that  you  come  before  the  Board  in  view  of  your  posi- 
tion as  an  editor  of  one  of  the  prominent  papers  here,  with  the 
hope  that  you  might  be  able  to  give  the  Board  some  facts,  or  at  least 
impressions  and  background,  and  possibly  some  opinions,  if  they  are 
well  based. 

I  do  not  know  just  what  line  to  proceed  along,  except  to  ask  you 
what  your  impression  was,  togethe*'  with  that  which  you  transmitted 
to  the  public  during  the  latter  part  of  November  and  early  in  De- 
cember, as  to  the  status  of  the  international  [3106]  situation, 
particularly  between  the  United  States  and  Japan,  including  your 
impression  of  the  possible  imminence  of  war  and  whether  or  not 
the  impression  was  that  war  would  hit  here  and,  if  so,  how  soon. 

AVould  you  give  us  a  little  story  on  that,  just  a  little  rambling^ 
talk  to  give  us  an  idea  of  what  the  editors  thought  and  what  im- 
pressions they  gave  the  people  through  their  papers  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  will  be  glad  to,  General. 

I  think  it  is  fair  to  say  that  an  examination  of  the  columns  of 
our  paper  throughout  a  good  part  of  1941  will  show  that  we  were 
aware  of  the  increasing  tensity  of  the  situation  on  the  Pacific  and 
the  increasing  possibility  that  friendly  relations  between  the  United 
States  and  the  Empire  of  Japan  would  be  severed  and  that  this 
severance  might  lead  to  combat. 

As  early  as  the  forepart  of  1941  we  were  urging  preparation  by 
the  civil  community  to  meet  such  an  eventuality,  and  we  were  in- 
strumental and  I  in  some  of  my  activities,  outside  of  editing  a  news- 
paper, was  in  some  degree  instrumental  in  endeavoring  to  build  up 
agencies  of  preparedness  in  the  community. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1(315 

If  I  may  go  back  a  little  further,  sir,  I  was  a  member  of  the  executive 
committee  of  the  Hawaii  Chapter  of  the  American  Red  Cross,  as  I  am 
now,  and  earl}'-  in  1941  we  were  considering  the  possibility  that  this 
island  might  become  a  scene  of  defense,  or  at  least  that  we  might  be 
called  upon  to  defend  ourselves,  and  that  such  defense  might  result  in 
civilian  casualties,  and  we  began  aiding  other  agencies,  including  the 
Preparedness  Committee  of  the  Medical  Association  in  their  first  aid 
stations.  In  mid-summer  of  that  year,  I  recall  we  appropriated  a  con- 
siderable sum  to  aid  that  agency,  the  Preparedness  Committee  of  the 
[3107]         Medical  Association. 

We  urged  very  strongly  the  increase  of  island  food  production.  We 
urged  particularly  that  steps  be  taken  by  the  Territorial  executive  to 
cooperate  in  the  bringing  in  and  storing  of  surplus  commodities. 

Our  editorial  columns  called  attention  to  the  increasing  tensity  of  the 
situation,  and  we  interpreted  particularly  the  negotiations,  or  the  dip- 
lomatic exchanges  in  progress  at  Washington,  first  with  Ambassador 
Nonuira  and  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  later  with  Special  Emissary 
Kurusu  and  the  Secretarj^  of  State,  we  interpreted  the  lack  of  success- 
ful conclusion  of  those  negotiations  as  a  very  ominous  sign. 

I  think  that  is  a  fair  statement  of  the  text  of  the  tone  of  our  editorials. 

We  urged  the  passage  of  what  is  called  the  M-Day  Legislation.  We 
did  criticize  the  Territorial  executive  for  what  we  felt  to  be  a  lack  of 
realistic  action  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  an  M-Day  Bill  as  it  was 
passed  by  the  Territorial  Legislature. 

I  mention  that  not  to  bring  up  an  old  criticism  so  much  as  to  answer 
your  question,  sir,  as  to  what  we  attempted  to  do. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Mr.  Allen,  can  you  tell  the  Board  the  sources 
of  your  information  for  your  editorials  and  for  your  write-ups  con- 

'  cerning  the  international  situation?  In  other  w^ords,  did  you  have 
some  authentic  sources  from  which  to  get  information  to  publish  to 
your  people  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  Most  of  our  information,  General,  was  derived  from  a 
reading  of  the  dispatches. 

5.  General  Grunert.  What  dispatches? 

[-3108]  Mr.  Allen.  Which  came  to  us  by  the  Associated  Press, 
United  Press  and  our  own  Washington  bureau,  together  with  what  I 
felt  to  be  an  increasingly  grave  atmosphere  locally.  It  was  impossible 
to  escape  the  feeling,  I  think,  that  there  was  an  increasing  apprehension 
here  locally  that  this  tense  situation  on  the  Pacific  might  involve  the 
Territory  of  Hawaii. 

I  do  not  recall  any  particularly  confidential  information.  General, 
that  r  received.  I  do  recall  at  various  times  the  officers  with  whom  I 
was  acquainted  here  spoke  to  me  about  tlie  possibility  of  such  eventuali- 
ties, and  civilians,  too. 

I  spoke  about  the  principal  source  of  information  being  the  dis- 
patches and  information  from  Washington.  A  search  of  our  paper,  I 
am  sure,  would  show  that  the  headlines  and  the  news  stories  told  of  this 
situation,  I  recall  we  carried  headlines  on  the  imminence  of  trouble  at 
Singapore,  based  on  dispatches.  We  carried  headlines  on  preparations 
for  eventualities  at  Manila.  We  carried  statements  by  Secretary  of 
State  Hull  in  which  he  indicated  that  the  conversations  proceeding 
between  his  office  and  that  of  the  Ambassador  of  Japan  and  the  Special 


1616    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

Emissary  from  Japan  were  not  resolving  themselves  into  friendly 
accommodations  or  friendly  solutions. 

We  interpreted  the  varj^  sharp  -warning  of  our  administration  to 
Japan  that  the  Japanese  must,  in  order  to  retain  the  confidence  of  the 
United  States,  treat  with  China.  We  interpreted  that  as  a  very  serious 
warning  and  a  very  serious  note,  and  also,  if  I  recall  correctly,  we 
stated  our  own  conclusions  that  Japan  was  quite  unlikely  to  yield  to 
that  demand  or  to  that  insistence. 

We  interpreted  some  of  the  moves  which  were  made,  the  possibil- 
ities, such  as  were  obvious  to  a  layman  and  a  citizen  [3100\  such 
as  myself.  We  interpreted  those  moves  as  signs  of  increasing  tensity ; 
the  requisitioning  of  some  of  our  great  passenger  ships  for  transport 
use,  the  warnings  to  our  nationals  to  leave  the  Far  East. 

That,  General,  was  our  chief  source  of  information  on  which  we 
based  our  conclusions,  rather  than  any  confidential  or  off-the-record 
information  that  we  had  as  to  the  actual  imminence  of  a  break  with 
Japan. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  as  the  editor  of  a  paper  free  to 
interpret  these  things  to  your  own  satisfaction,  without  coercion  from 
any  source  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  Yes,  sir. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  in  au}^  way  have  to  cater  to  your  local 
population,  particularly  since  a  great  deal  of  it  may  have  been  Japa- 
nese?    Do  they  read  your  paper? 

Mr.  Allen.  They  do,  sir. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  did  you  have  to  tone  down  anything  you 
wanted  to  say  because  of' their  reading  the  paper,  or  anything  of  that 
sort? 

Mr.  Allen.  Not  in  the  slightest. 

9.  General  Grunert.  You  did  not  think  that  anything  you  put  in 
there,  or  did  you  have  to  consider  whether  that  would  alarm  them  or 
possibly  make  the  situation  worse  locally  by  predicting  a  break  or 
calling  attention  to  the  strained  relations,  or  anything  of  that  sort? 

Mr.  Allen.  We  had  to  consider.  General,  the  possibility  that  we 
might  misinterpret  the  news  too  seriously  and  needlessly  alarm  and 
disturb  not  only  our  readers  of  the  affectecl  nation,  but  the  citizenry  as 
a  whole.  So  far  as  I  can  recall,  I  never  [3110']  held  back  on 
calling  the  facts  as  I  saw  them. 

10.  General  Grunert.  Were  you  conservative  in  such  interpreta- 
tion ? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  felt  that  I  had  to  be  at  least  conservative  to  a  degree 
that  I  should  not  be  jingoistic. 

11.  General  Grunert.  Did  you  just  prior  to  the — I  don't  know 
vrliat  you  call  it  over  here,  whether  disaster  or  blitz  or  what-not,  but 
prior  to  December  7th  did  things  appear  tense  to  you,  so  that  you  had 
to  put  out  a  big  headline  on  anything?  Did  any  particular  point 
stand  out  during  that  week  prior  to  the  attack  that  j'ou  figured  some- 
thing was  quite  imminent? 

Mr.  Allen.  That,  sir,  I  do  not  recall.  I  do  not  recall  exactly  what 
it  was. 

12.  General  Grunert.  Does  an  editor  pass  on  anything  except  the 
editorials,  or  does  he  pass  on  the  scareheads,  as  I  call  them? 

Mr.  Allen.  In  our  organization  I  am  responsible  and  I  do  pass, 
especially  in  time  of  tensity  and  time  of  special  delicacy  or  respon- 


i 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR  BOARD  1617 

feibility,  upon  headlines  as  well  as  upon  the  text  of  articles,  although 
1  do  not  ahvays  see  all  the  headlines  before  they  are  written  or  before 
they  are  published.     I  do  keep  pretty  closely  in  touch  with  them. 

13.  General  Grunert.  I  have  before  me  a  few  of  the  headlines  of 
the  Honolulu  Star-Bulletin,  and  I  will.just  read  them  in  the  record 
to  see  what  the  general  trend  was. 

The  29th  of  November,  1941 : 

U.  S.  Waits  Japan  Reply. 

First  of  December : 

U.  S.  Army  Alerted  in  ^I;uiiia,  Singapore  Mobilizing  As  V^ar  Tension  Grows. 

Again,  December  1 : 

Japan  Envoys  Resume  Talks  Amid  Tension. 

{^3111^         Another  one  on  the  1st  of  December : 
War  Fears  Grow  In  Philippines. 

The  4th  of  December : 
Japan  Spurns  U.  S.  Program. 

The  6th  of  December : 
Singapore  on  War  Footing. 

Again  on  the  6th : 

New  Peace  Effort  Urged  In  Tokyo. 

Another  one  on  the  6th  of  December : 

Civilians  Urged  To  Leave  Manila. 

Of  all  those  the  one  of  the  4th  of  December  seems  to  indicate  to  me 
more  than  any  other, 

Japan  Spiu'ns  U.  S.  Program. 

There  is  an  excerpt  here : 

Domei  Japanese  News  Agency  reported  toniglit  that  it  is  "utterly  impossible 
ror  Japan  to  accept  American  proposals"  for  settlement  of  tlie  Far  Eastern 
Situation  as  Premier  Hideki  Tojo  and  Foreign  Minister  Shigenori  Togo  explained 
current  diplomatic  issues  to  the  privy  council. 

There  is  no  answer  to  that ;  only  I  just  wanted  to  read  this  into  the 
record. 

During  all  this  work  here  what  connection  did  you  have  with  the 
Commanding  General  of  the  Hawaiian  Department  on  the  work  of 
building  up  the  civilian  end  of  the  defense? 

Mr.  Allex.  I  knew  the  Commanding  General  fairly  well.  I  talked 
with  him  occasionally.  Our  chief  contact,  General,  with  both  of  the 
services  was  through,  at  that  time,  the  Naval  Intelligence  or  the 
Army  G-2  Intelligence,  now  Public  Relations  or  Public  Relations 
Branch. 

14.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  feel  that  they  played  the  game 
with  you? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  have  no  criticism  upon  that  point  at  all.  I  should 
add  that  there  may  have  been  matters  which  they  knew  \^3112'\ 
about  which  I  knew  nothing,  but  I  have  no  criticism  of  our  contacts 
with  them. 

15.  General  Gruxert.  Did  you  depend  on  them  as  sources  of  infor- 
mation for  articles,  or  did  they  refuse  any  such  information,  if  asked 


1618    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

for  ?     Ill  other  words,  did  you  ask  for  anything  and,  if  you  asked  for  it, 
did  you  get  it. 

Mr,  Allen.  We  were  under  a  voluntary  censorship,  which  has  been 
in  effect  for  a  considerable  time.  I  at  times  have  differed  with  some 
of  the  aspects  of  that  voluntai^y  censorship  and  have  expressed  myself 
in  an  entirely  friendly  way.  I  should  say  that  with  the  exception  of 
those  matters  which  were  represented  to  us  as  being  of  secret  in  the 
interest  of  "military  secrecy,  we  received  adequate  cooperation.  I  do 
not  recall  any  instance  in  which  we  were  denied  access  to  information, 
except  on  the  ground  of  necessity  for  military  secrecy.  May  I  add 
just  this:  that  our  relations  were  never  hostile;  always,  so  far  as 
I  know,  friendly  and  cooperative. 

16.  General  Grunert.  How  were  the  people  over  here  generally; 
war-minded  or  peace-minded,  or  complacent,  or  what? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  think  that  there  were  large  sections  or  considerable 
sections  that  were  acutely  apprehensive.  That  would  be  elements  in 
all  races,  perhaps.  I  think  there  were  other  sections  who  relied  com- 
pletely on  the  believed  ability  of  the  defense  forces  to  detect  an 
attack  in  case  one  should  be  made.  I  think  the  atmosphere,  rather 
than  one  of  complacency — I  don't  think  you  can  call  it  complacency — 
I  think  the  atmosphere  was  rather  one  of  reliance  upon  the  military 
and  naval  leadership  and  military  and  naval  installations  and  forces 
to  give  warning,  first,  of  a  possible  attack  and  to  repel  that  attack  if  it 
was         [3113]         made. 

I  think  in  general  the  people  of  the  territory  were  extremely  coopera- 
tive in  providing  such  support  and  such  aid  as  was  requested  by  the 
military  and  naval  commanders,  such  as  might  by  done  by  civilians. 

17.  General  Grunert.  You  have  answered  my  next  question  in  a 
v/ay,  but  I  will  put  it  anyway :  Did  you  have  confidence  in  the  mili- 
tary ?    By  military  I  mean  both  Army  and  Navy  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  Personally,  sir,  I  had  great  confidence  in  them. 

18.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  or  does  your  public,  as  I  will  call  it, 
consider  that  the  Army  let  you  down,  because  of  what  happened  at 
Pearl  Harbor? 

Mr.  Allen.  If  you  will  just  pardon  me,  General,  I  want  to  phrase 
my  answer  precisely. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Take  your  time. 

Mr.  Allen.  I  think  we  feel  that  we  had  a  right  to  expect  of  the 
Army  command  a  greater  degree  of  alertness  than  was  manifested 
on  December  7th,  1941, 

20.  General  Grunert,  By  that  you  mean  another  degree  of  alert- 
ness which  gave  more  security  than  that  degree  of  alertness  they  call 
sabotage  ? 

Mr,  Allen.  Yes,  sir, 

21.  General  Grunert.  That  is  an  answer  to  my  question.  Anything 
else? 

22.  General  Russell.  Did  you  come  out  here  on  the  day  of  December 
7th,  the  night  of  December  7th? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  came  out  along — I  did  not  come  to  Fort  Shafter.  I 
came  along  the  roadway.  I  did  not  come  out  until  late  in  the  after- 
noon. I  was  busily  engaged  all  morning  in  newspaper  duties,  as  we 
were  issuing  extras.  I  came  out  late  [311^]  in  the  afternoon. 
I  drove  out  along  the  roadway.  I  did  not  go  to  Pearl  Harbor.  I  drove 
part  way  and  then  drove  back  again  along  the  roads. 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR   BOARD  1619 

23.  General  Kussell.  Did  you  come  out  that  night  ? 
Mr.  Allen.  No,  sir. 

24.  General  Russell.  Was  there  a  lot  of  confusion  that  afternoon? 
Mr.  Allen.  Not  a  great  deal.    I  came  out  about  4  o'clock.    There 

was  a  great  deal  of  traflic.  There  had  been  impressed  into  service  a 
great  variety  of  misceUaneous  vehicles.  I  did  not  detect  what  I  would 
call  more  confusion  than  one  would  expect  after  such  an  attack.  It 
is  rather  hard  to  answer  your  question  exactly. 

I  have  heard — and  this  is  hearsay,  because  I  did  not  see  it — I  heard 
in  the  morning  there  was  not  so  much  confusion  as  a  tremendous  jam 
of  vehicles  because  of  the  tremendous  pressure  to  get  people  from  Pearl 
Harbor  and  other  installations.  I  thought  when  I  came  out  that 
things  were  moving  pretty  well.  My  observation  early  in  the  day 
downtown  had  been  that  the  movement  of  troops  through  the  city 
Avas  proceeding  expeditiously,  so  far  as  I  could  judge. 

25.  General  Russell.  Did  you  and  the  people  here  in  general  have 
the  feeling  that  there  was  a  possibility  of  sabotage  or  subversive 
activities  on  the  part  of  the  Japanese  people  on  the  island  in  the  event 
of  war  with  Japan  or  the  imminence  of  war  with  Japan  ? 

Mr.  Allex.  You  are  speaking  of  the  people  as  civilians,  sir? 

26.  General  Russell.  Civilians,  Japanese  civilians. 

[SJlo]  Mr.  Allen.  For  myself  I  will  speak  perfectly  frankly. 
I  have  had  for  many  years  a  great  deal  of  faith  and  confidence  in  the 
Americans  of  Japanese  ancestry,  American  citizens.  I  have  repeatedly 
said  and  written  tliat  I  thought  they  would  stand  the  test  as  American 
citizens,  realizing  that  there  might  be  exceptions  to  that  general  state- 
ment. I  know  that  there  were  a  great  many  others  who  were  of  the 
same  mind  as  myself,  particularly  the  peo])le  who  deal  with  the  young 
Japanese,  not  merely  as  servants  and  employees,  but  deal  with  them  in 
a  more  intimate  way,  are  better  acquainted  with  them. 

I  think  it  also  fair  to  say  that  there  are  other  citizens  who  had  in 
their  minds  a  doubt  as  to  the  conduct  of  Americans  of  Japanese  an- 
cestry under  such  a  task  or  in  the  case  of  war  between  the  United 
States  and  Japan. 

27.  General  Russell.  This  latter  gi^oup  regarded  the  Japanese 
po]:)ulation  here  as  furnishing  a  potential  source  of  fifth  column 
activity? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  think  so. 

28.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  know  the  District  Engineer  who 
was  out  here  at  that  time.  Colonel  Wyman  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  kncAv  him  vej-y  slightly. 

20.  (ireneral  Frank.  Did  you  ever  haA'e  any  business  with  him  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  No,  sir,  not  directly  wnth  him.  On  matters  of  informa- 
tion I  have  talked  briefly  with  him  and  on  matters  of  information 
have  talked  briefly  with  his  subordinates,  but  I  had  relatively  little 
contact  with  him. 

30.  General  Frank.  Did  anything  ever  arise  in  your  association 
with  him  or  your  dealings  with  him  about  which  you  would  like  to 
comment  to  the  Board? 

[3116]  Mr.  Allen.  Not  with  him  personally,  General.  This  is 
second-liand  inf  oi-mation.  I  give  it  as  nothing  else.  I  heard  instances 
given  of  his  what  might  be  called  ruthlessness,  about  which  I  am  per- 
sonally not  familiar.  Therefore,  I  hesitate  to  answ^er  your  question  in 
the  way  it  was  put. 

79716—46 — Ex.  145,  voL  2 53 


1620    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

31.  General  Frank.  That  is  the  full  extent  to  -which  you  are  con- 
versant with  his  activities? 

Mr.  Allen.  You  mean  his  official  activities? 

32.  General  Frank.  Yes, 
Mr.  Allen.  Yes,  sir. 

33.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  of  any  personal  characteristics, 
in  3'our  opinion,  that  adversely  affected  his  efficiency? 

Mr.  Allen.  I  do  not  personally,  no. 

34.  General  Frank.  By  reputation? 

Mr.  Allen.  Do  you  want  nie  to  give  hearsay  ?  This  is  only  hearsay. 
I  Avill  give  it,  if  you  wish. 

35.  General  Frank.  I  would  like  to  know,  to  establish  that  infor- 
mation on  the  basis  of  reputation  in  the  communit3^ 

Mr.  Allen.  I  heard  that  at  times  he  was  a  heavy  drinker. 
3().  General  Frank.  Which  affected  his  official  capacity  ? 
Mr.  Allen.  No,  sir,  I  did  not  hear  that. 

37.  General  Frank.  Did  you  ever  know  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl? 
Mr.  Allen.  No,  sir. 

38.  General  Frank.  Do  you  know  anything  about  him  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  Only  what  I  have  read.  I  am  familiar  witli  the  reports 
that  have  come  in. 

39.  Major  Clausen.  What  information,  Mr.  Allen,  did  vou  receive 
as  to  the  characteristics  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl,  either  from  original 
source  or  by  hearsay? 

[3117]  Mr.  Allen.  Frankly,  until  the  case  became  of  public 
notoriety  some  months  ago,  I  cannot  recall  that  I  had  more  than  heard 
that  there  was  such  a  man.  It  was  not  until  the  news  came  out  of 
the  investigating  committee  in  Wasliington  that  it  had  made  any  im- 
pression on  my  mind  about  him.  I  just  do  not  recall  that  I  more  than 
heard  of  him  as  one  of  the  interested  contractors. 

Major  Clausen.  With  respect  to  the  information  you  received  from 
Colonel  Wyman  that  you  have  related  to  General  Frank,  was  that  in- 
formation received  by  you  during  the  time  that  he  was  on  duty  here  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  Yes,  sir. 

40.  Major  Clausen.  I  believe  that  is  all  the  questions  I  have. 

41.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  Toulmin? 

42.  Colonel  Toulmin.  Nothing,  sir. 

43.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  West  ? 

44.  Colonel  West.  No,  sir. 

45.  General  Grunert.  Do  you  employ  Japanese  on  your  paper? 
Mr.  Allen.  Yes,  sir. 

46.  General  Grunert.  How  do  they  size  up?  What  kind  of  Jap- 
anese are  they  ?     Young  men,  old  men  ?     How  do  they  size  up  ? 

Mr.  Allen.  We  have,  I  think,  onl}'^  one  Japanese  alien,  part  time. 
We  have  a  number  of  Americans  of  Japanese  ancestry.  We  select 
them  as  carefully  as  we  can,  and  w^e  endeavor  to  extend  to  them — if  we 
feel  that  they  are  people  who  can  be  trusted — we  extend  to  them  our 
confidence  and  support. 

I  might  add  that  on  the  morning  of  December  7th  one  of  our  Ameri- 
cans of  Japanese  ancestry  employed  on  our  news  staff  begged  to  be  able 
to  be  allow  ed  to  go  out  on  the  street  and  cover  the  news.  I  was  ai)pre- 
hensive  that  I  might  be  mistaken,  on  that         [3118~\         tumultous 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   ARMY   PEARL   HARBOR   BOARD  1621 

iii(irnin<i-.  that  he  might  be  shot  or  locked  up.  I  finally  decided  that 
■\ve  would  send  him  out  to  the  Japanese  consul  and  bring  back  what 
news  he  might  find  there.  He  came  back  and  related  with  every  evi- 
dence of  satisfaction  that  the  Japanese  consul  just  had  been  taken 
over  and  he  was  glad  to  see  that  the  Japs  were  locked  up  at  this  time. 

I  might  say  that  he  himself  on  previous  occasions  had  been  sent 
by  us  to  cover  the  news  and  he  felt  that  he  was  being,  as  he  expressed, 
pushed  around  by  the  Japs  of  the  consulate.  He  himself  is  of  Japa- 
nese ancestry,  a  graduate  of  St.  Louis  College,  which  is  a  Catholic 
institution,  and  a  young  man  we  felt  to  be  of  fine  character  and  integ- 
lity.  We  have  a  number  of  others.  We  feel  that  they  are  loyal  citi- 
zens and  good  workers. 

[■3119]  47.  General  Grunert.  This  one  that  went  to  the  Japa- 
nese consulate  that  morning — outside  of  that  general  news  item  he 
didn't  get  anything  else,  did  he? 

Mr.  Allex.  I  don't  recall,  frankly.  I  can  find  out,  if  it  is  material, 
but  so  far  as  I  know,  why,  he  wasn't  on  the  street  very  much.  We  had 
to  be  careful  lest  if  he  were  too  active,  as  a  newsman  would  be,  he 
might  get  himself  into  difficulties  and  have  difficulty  explaining  what 
he  was  doing. 

48.  General  Gruxert.  Now,  Mr.  Allen,  do  you  think  of  anything 
else  that  you  want  to  tell  the  Board  that  might  be  of  value  to  them 
in  reaching  conclusions  as  to  the  mission  charged  to  the  Board? 

Mr.  Allen.  Just  one  thing,  and  perhaps  that  may  have  been  com- 
pletely or  sufficiently  touched  on  for  your  purposes:  I  have  always 
felt  that  the  preoccupation  or,  let  me  say.  the  concern  of  the  military 
and  naval  connnands  with  the  fancied  or  feared  situation  from  within, 
the  sabotage  situation,  was  such  that  it  took  their  concern  away  from 
the  possibility  of  attack  from  without.  I  felt  that  they  had,  or  some 
of  them  had.  a  very  strong  belief  that  there  would  be  uprising  or  wide- 
scale,  wdiolesale  sabotage  within,  at  any  slightest  opportunity,  and 
did  not  sufficiently  take  into  account  what  has  been  done  in  the  terri- 
tory over  a  period  of  a  great  many  years  to  mold  our  young  citizens 
of  Ja]Tanese  ancestry  in  the  same  beliefs  and  the  same  devotions  that 
American  citizens  of  other  ancestries  have.  It  seemed  to  me  that  that 
was  a  fundamental  and  a  tragic  error  in  their  conception  of  the  situa- 
tion in  the  territory. 

49.  General  Grunert.  These  were  your  thoughts  prior  to  \31'£0'\ 
December  7,  or  have  they  been  formed  in  your  mind  since  Decem- 
ber 7? 

Mr.  Allen.  Prior  to  December  7.  I  expressed  them  to  a  considera- 
ble degree  editorially  at  a  time  when  there  was  pending  in  Washing- 
ton a  so-called  martial-law^  bill,  which,  whatever  its  merits,  did  seem 
to  be  based  at  least  partly  on  an  acute  distrust  of  the  Americans  of 
Japanese  ancestry  in  the  territory. 

50.  General  Grunert.  Anything  else?     (No  response.) 

We  thank  you  very  much  for  coming  up,  and  we  appreciate  it. 
Mr.  Allen.  Yes,  sir.    Thank  you. 
(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
General   Grunert.  A    five-minute   recess,   and   then   we  have   one 
witness  after  that:  we  shall  take  but  a  short  time  with  him. 
(There  was  a  brief  informal  recess.) 


1622    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

TESTIMONY  OF  IT.  COL.  MELBOURNE  H.  WEST,  HEADaUARTERS 
7TH  AIR  FIGHTER  WING 

(The  witness  was  sworn  by  the  Recorder  and  advised  of  his  rights 
under  Article  of  War  24. ) 

1.  Colonel  West.  Colonel,  will  you  please  state  to  the  Board  your 
name,  rank,  organization,  and  station? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  Melbourne  H.  West,  Lieutenant  Colonel,  Headquar- 
ters 7th  Fighter  Wing,  APO  958. 

2.  General  Grunert.  Colonel  West,  this  Board  is  after  facts  or 
leads  to  facts  pertaining  to  the  Pearl  Harbor  attack.  We  called  you 
because  you  had  testified  before  the  Roberts  [31^1]  Commis- 
sion. Now,  this  Board  has  covered  a  lot  of  ground  and  has  developed 
most  of  the  main  subjects,  so  Ave  are  just  filling  out  by  checking  up  on 
various  points. 

Will  you  tell  me  what  your  assignment  was  the  latter  part  of  1941, 
including  at  the  time  of  the  attack? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  I  was  battery  commander  of  a  searchlight  battery. 

3.  General  Grunert.  Stationed  where? 
Lt.  Col.  West.  At  Camp  Malekoli. 

4.  General  Grunert.  Malekoli.  That  was  the  home  station,  or 
what  you  might  call  the  home  station.  Was  that  also  the  position  of 
the  battery  when  and  if  you  were  alerted? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  That  was  the  home  station  of  the  battery,  but  it  was 
not  the  field  position  of  the  battery  when  we  were  alerted. 

5.  General  Grunert.  I  notice  in  the  Roberts  Commission  testimony 
that  you  are  alleged  to  have  said  that  at  Malekoli  the  antiaircraft  had 
to  be  gotten  out  of  storage  and  set  up ;  no  equipment  in  place  nor  any 
ready  to  fire.    Is  that  correct  ? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  It  is  correct. 

6.  General  Grunert.  Will  you  explain  that  to  us?  We  don't  know 
just  how  to  interpret  that:  "The  antiaircraft  had  to  be  gotten  out  of 
storage  and  set  up."  What  does  that  mean  ?  If  your  position  was  not 
at  Malekoli  and  you  had  to  take  it  out,  does  that  mean  that  all  this 
equipment  was  placed  in  dead  storage  and  you  had  to  dig  it  out,  oil 
it  up,  put  it  together  and  take  it  out,  or  what?     Explain  it  to  us. 

Lt.  Col.  West.  The  equipment  was  not  in  dead  storage.  The  guns 
were  on  wheels,  ready  to  be  connected  with  their  prime  [31^1 
movers  and  moved  to  their  battery  positions.  They  were  stored  at 
Camp  Malekoli  for  the  purpose  of  protection  during  the  alert,  the 
type  of  alert  that  we  were  in. 

7.  General  Grunert.  Then,  it  simply  meant  that  you  took  it  from 
there  to  your  position  ? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  That  is  right,  sir. 

8.  General  Grunert.  And  got  it  in  position  ready  to  fire? 
Lt.  Col.  West.  That  is  correct. 

9.  General  Grunert.  Well,  that  is  what  misled  me  when  I  read  it. 
I  just  asked  you  to  come  down  here  to  clear  up  that  point. 

As  far  as  Alert  No.  1  was  concerned,  the  sabotage  alert,  there  was  no 
call  for  your  mobile  battery  to  be  in  position  for  action,  was  there? 
Lt.  Col.  West.  That  is  correct. 

10.  General  Frank.  May  I  ask  him  a  question? 


PROCEEDINGS   OF  ARMY   PEARL  HARBOR   BOARD  1623 

11.  General  Grunert.  Yes. 

12.  General  Frank.  Would  you  mind  showing  on  that  map  where 
your  field  position  was  and  where  Malekoli  is  ? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  Malekoli  is  about  two  miles  north  of  Barbers  Point, 
southwestward  tip  of  the  Island,  The  field  position  of  my  battery, 
which  was  a  searchlight  battery,  was  in  the  Ewa  plain  area  adjacent 
to  Pearl  Harbor  and  including  the  Wainae  pocket. 

13.  General  Gp.unert.  How  many  searchlights  in  your  battery  that 
you  had  to  put  out  in  position? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  15  searchlights. 

14.  General  Grunert.  And  they  were  all  concentrated  at  Malekoli ; 
is  that  right? 

[3123']  Lt.  Col.  West.  All  the  searchlights  were,  sir.  There  were 
three  radars  which  were  in  field  positions. 

15.  General  Grunert.  And  you  didn't  have  your  searchlights  out 
in  position  with  small  detachments  to  take  care  of  them  and  operate 
them  in  those  positions? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  We  did  not.  That's  not  customary  even  now,  sir. 
The  searchlights  go  out  to  the  position,  they  operate  at  night,  they 
come  into  the  central  position  in  the  daytime,  up  until  just  recently. 

16.  General  Grunert.  Well,  you  take  them  out  just  before  dark  ? 
Lt.  Col.  West.  Yes,  sir. 

17.  General  Grunert.  And  operate  in  the  position  ? 
Lt.  Col.  West.  That  is  right,  sir. 

18.  General  Grunert.  About  how  far  does  the  farthest  searchlight 
have  to  travel? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  About  five  miles. 

19.  General  Grunert.  Then  there  is  no  need  of  keeping  searchlights 
out  there  in  the  daytime,  is  there  ? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  No,  sir. 

20.  General  Grunert.  Except  to  save  wear  and  tear  on  rubber  and 
use  of  gas  and  oil? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  And  the  guards  which  may  be  necessary  to  guard 
the  position.    The  radars  were  in  their  field  positions. 

21.  General  Grunert.  And,  as  I  understand,  the  searchlight  and 
the  radar  act  in  combination;  did  they? 

Lt.  Col.  West.  That  is  correct,  sir. 

22.  General  Grunert.  Is  there  anything  that  you  have  in  mind 
that  you  w^ould  like  to  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  Board,  to  see 
whether  or  not  we  may  or  may  not  have  gotten  information  [31£4-^ 
on  it.  that  you  think  is  pertinent  to  the  issue,  knowing  what  took 
place  and  probably  some  of  the  reasons  why  the  things  happened? 
Sometimes  the  witnesses  have  something  in  the  back  of  their  heads 
that  they  might  like  to  have  somebody  else  know  about.  Have  you 
any  such  information  ?    If  so,  this  is  the  time  to  let  us  know. 

Lt.  Col.  West.  I  have  none,  of  my  personal  experience.  I  don't 
know  Avhat  has  been  brought  up  before  the  Board.  The  things  I  have 
in  m}^  mind  or  have  expressed  have  probably  already  been  brought  up 
before  them. 

23.  General  Grunert.  Then,  there  is  nothing  that  is  particularly 
itching  to  come  out,  is  there? 

Lt.  Col,  West.  No,  sir. 


1624    CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION  PEARL  HARBOR  ATTACK 

24.  General  Gkunekt.  Have  you  any  questions? 

25.  General  Russell.  No,  sir. 

26.  General  Grunert.  Any  questions  by  the  Board  ?    (No  response.) 
Thank  you  for  coming. 

(The  witness  was  excused,  with  the  usual  admonition.) 
(Thereupon,  at  4:45  p.  m.,  the  Board  concluded  the  hearing  of 
witnesses  for  the  day  and  proceeded  to  other  business.) 

X 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  9999  06314  059  2